Table of Contents

 

 

UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

Form 10-K

(Mark One)

  þ

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011

or

 

  ¨

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from                     to                    

Commission file number 001-15787

MetLife, Inc.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

Delaware   13-4075851

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

200 Park Avenue, New York, N.Y.   10166-0188

(Address of principal

executive offices)

  (Zip Code)

(212) 578-2211

(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

Title of each class

 

Name of each exchange on which registered

Common Stock, par value $0.01   New York Stock Exchange
Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series A, par value $0.01   New York Stock Exchange
6.50% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series B, par value $0.01   New York Stock Exchange
Common Equity Units   New York Stock Exchange
5.875% Senior Notes   New York Stock Exchange
5.375% Senior Notes   Irish Stock Exchange
5.25% Senior Notes   Irish Stock Exchange

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes   þ     No   ¨

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Act.    Yes   ¨     No   þ

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes   þ     No   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).    Yes   þ     No   ¨

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§ 229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this
Form 10-K.   þ

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

 

Large accelerated filer þ

  

Accelerated filer   ¨

Non-accelerated filer ¨   (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)

  

Smaller reporting company   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).    Yes   ¨     No   þ

The aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates of the registrant at June 30, 2011 was approximately $46 billion. At February 21, 2012, 1,060,330,384 shares of the registrant’s common stock were outstanding.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Part III of this Form 10-K incorporates by reference certain information from the registrant’s definitive proxy statement for the Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held on April 24, 2012, to be filed by the registrant with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Regulation 14A not later than 120 days after the year ended December 31, 2011.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

Table of Contents

 

            Page
Number
 
     Part I   

Item 1.

     Business      4   

Item 1A.

     Risk Factors      32   

Item 1B.

     Unresolved Staff Comments      71   

Item 2.

     Properties      71   

Item 3.

     Legal Proceedings      72   

Item 4.

     Mine Safety Disclosures      72   
     Part II   

Item 5.

     Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities      72   

Item 6.

     Selected Financial Data      74   

Item 7.

     Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations      77   

Item 7A.

     Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk      192   

Item 8.

     Financial Statements and Supplementary Data      203   

Item 9.

     Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure      439   

Item 9A.

     Controls and Procedures      439   

Item 9B.

     Other Information      441   
     Part III   

Item 10.

     Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance      442   

Item 11.

     Executive Compensation      442   

Item 12.

     Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters      442   

Item 13.

     Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence      445   

Item 14.

     Principal Accountant Fees and Services      445   
     Part IV   

Item 15.

     Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules      446   

Signatures

     447   

Exhibit Index

     E-1   

EX-3.1

EX-3.2

EX-3.3

EX-3.4

EX-3.5

EX-3.6

EX-4.1(a)

EX-4.45

EX-4.82

EX-10.10

EX-10.11

EX-10.35

EX-10.45

EX-10.46

EX-10.47

EX-10.48

EX-10.49

EX-10.58

EX-10.66

EX-10.67

EX-10.74

EX-10.75

EX-10.76

EX-10.80

EX-10.81

EX-10.88

EX-10.89

EX-10.90

EX-10.93

EX-10.94

EX-12.1

EX-21.1

EX-23.1

EX-31.1

EX-31.2

EX-32.1

EX-32.2

EX-101 INSTANCE DOCUMENT

EX-101 SCHEMA DOCUMENT

EX-101 CALCULATION LINKBASE DOCUMENT

EX-101 LABELS LINKBASE DOCUMENT

EX-101 PRESENTATION LINKBASE DOCUMENT

EX-101 DEFINITION LINKBASE DOCUMENT

 

1


Table of Contents

As used in this Form 10-K, “MetLife,” the “Company,” “we,” “our” and “us” refer to MetLife, Inc., a Delaware corporation incorporated in 1999, its subsidiaries and affiliates.

Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

This Annual Report on Form 10-K, including Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, may contain or incorporate by reference information that includes or is based upon forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Forward-looking statements give expectations or forecasts of future events. These statements can be identified by the fact that they do not relate strictly to historical or current facts. They use words such as “anticipate,” “estimate,” “expect,” “project,” “intend,” “plan,” “believe” and other words and terms of similar meaning in connection with a discussion of future operating or financial performance. In particular, these include statements relating to future actions, prospective services or products, future performance or results of current and anticipated services or products, sales efforts, expenses, the outcome of contingencies such as legal proceedings, trends in operations and financial results.

Any or all forward-looking statements may turn out to be wrong. They can be affected by inaccurate assumptions or by known or unknown risks and uncertainties. Many such factors will be important in determining the actual future results of MetLife, Inc., its subsidiaries and affiliates. These statements are based on current expectations and the current economic environment. They involve a number of risks and uncertainties that are difficult to predict. These statements are not guarantees of future performance. Actual results could differ materially from those expressed or implied in the forward-looking statements. Risks, uncertainties, and other factors that might cause such differences include the risks, uncertainties and other factors identified in MetLife, Inc.’s filings with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”). These factors include: (1) difficult conditions in the global capital markets; (2) concerns over U.S. fiscal policy and the trajectory of the national debt of the U.S., as well as rating agency downgrades of U.S. Treasury securities; (3) uncertainty about the effectiveness of governmental and regulatory actions to stabilize the financial system, the imposition of fees relating thereto, or the promulgation of additional regulations; (4) increased volatility and disruption of the capital and credit markets, which may affect our ability to seek financing or access our credit facilities; (5) impact of comprehensive financial services regulation reform on us; (6) economic, political, legal, currency and other risks relating to our international operations, including with respect to fluctuations of exchange rates; (7) exposure to financial and capital market risk, including as a result of the disruption in Europe and possible withdrawal of one or more countries from the Euro zone; (8) changes in general economic conditions, including the performance of financial markets and interest rates, which may affect our ability to raise capital, generate fee income and market-related revenue and finance statutory reserve requirements and may require us to pledge collateral or make payments related to declines in value of specified assets; (9) potential liquidity and other risks resulting from our participation in a securities lending program and other transactions; (10) investment losses and defaults, and changes to investment valuations; (11) impairments of goodwill and realized losses or market value impairments to illiquid assets; (12) defaults on our mortgage loans; (13) the defaults or deteriorating credit of other financial institutions that could adversely affect us; (14) our ability to address unforeseen liabilities, asset impairments, or rating actions arising from acquisitions or dispositions, including our acquisition of American Life Insurance Company and Delaware American Life Insurance Company (collectively, “ALICO”) and to successfully integrate and manage the growth of acquired businesses with minimal disruption; (15) uncertainty with respect to the outcome of the closing agreement entered into with the United States Internal Revenue Service in connection with the acquisition of ALICO; (16) the dilutive impact on our stockholders resulting from the settlement of common equity units issued in connection with the acquisition of ALICO or otherwise; (17) MetLife, Inc.’s primary reliance, as a holding company, on dividends from its subsidiaries to meet debt payment obligations and the applicable regulatory restrictions on the ability of the subsidiaries to pay such dividends; (18) downgrades in our claims paying ability, financial strength or credit ratings; (19) ineffectiveness of risk management policies and procedures; (20) availability and effectiveness of reinsurance or indemnification arrangements, as well as default or failure of counterparties to perform; (21) discrepancies between actual claims experience and assumptions used in setting prices for our products and establishing the liabilities for our obligations for future policy benefits and claims; (22) catastrophe losses; (23) heightened competition, including

 

2


Table of Contents

with respect to pricing, entry of new competitors, consolidation of distributors, the development of new products by new and existing competitors, distribution of amounts available under U.S. government programs, and for personnel; (24) unanticipated changes in industry trends; (25) changes in assumptions related to investment valuations, deferred policy acquisition costs, deferred sales inducements, value of business acquired or goodwill; (26) changes in accounting standards, practices and/or policies; (27) increased expenses relating to pension and postretirement benefit plans, as well as health care and other employee benefits; (28) exposure to losses related to variable annuity guarantee benefits, including from significant and sustained downturns or extreme volatility in equity markets, reduced interest rates, unanticipated policyholder behavior, mortality or longevity, and the adjustment for nonperformance risk; (29) deterioration in the experience of the “closed block” established in connection with the reorganization of Metropolitan Life Insurance Company; (30) adverse results or other consequences from litigation, arbitration or regulatory investigations; (31) inability to protect our intellectual property rights or claims of infringement of the intellectual property rights of others; (32) discrepancies between actual experience and assumptions used in establishing liabilities related to other contingencies or obligations; (33) regulatory, legislative or tax changes relating to our insurance, banking, international, or other operations that may affect the cost of, or demand for, our products or services, or increase the cost or administrative burdens of providing benefits to employees; (34) the effects of business disruption or economic contraction due to disasters such as terrorist attacks, cyberattacks, other hostilities, or natural catastrophes, including any related impact on our disaster recovery systems, cyber- or other information security systems and management continuity planning; (35) the effectiveness of our programs and practices in avoiding giving our associates incentives to take excessive risks; and (36) other risks and uncertainties described from time to time in MetLife, Inc.’s filings with the SEC.

MetLife, Inc. does not undertake any obligation to publicly correct or update any forward-looking statement if MetLife, Inc. later becomes aware that such statement is not likely to be achieved. Please consult any further disclosures MetLife, Inc. makes on related subjects in reports to the SEC.

Note Regarding Reliance on Statements in Our Contracts

See “Exhibit Index — Note Regarding Reliance on Statements in Our Contracts” for information regarding agreements included as exhibits to this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

.

 

3


Table of Contents

Part I

Item 1.  Business

As used in this Form 10-K, “MetLife,” the “Company,” “we,” “our” and “us” refer to MetLife, Inc., a Delaware corporation incorporated in 1999, its subsidiaries and affiliates.

With a more than 140-year history, we have grown to become a leading global provider of insurance, annuities and employee benefit programs, serving 90 million customers in over 50 countries. Through our subsidiaries and affiliates, we hold leading market positions in the United States, Japan, Latin America, Asia Pacific, Europe and the Middle East. Over the past several years, we have grown our core businesses, as well as successfully executed on our growth strategy. This has included completing a number of transactions that have resulted in the acquisition and, in some cases, divestiture of certain businesses while also further strengthening our balance sheet to position MetLife for continued growth.

MetLife is organized into six segments: Insurance Products, Retirement Products, Corporate Benefit Funding and Auto & Home (collectively, “U.S. Business”), and Japan and Other International Regions (collectively, “International”). In addition, the Company reports certain of its results of operations in Corporate & Other, which includes MetLife Bank, National Association (“MetLife Bank”) and other business activities. On November 21, 2011, MetLife, Inc. announced that it will be reorganizing its business into three broad geographic regions: The Americas; Europe, the Middle East and Africa (“EMEA”); and Asia, and creating a global employee benefits business to better reflect its global reach. While the Company has initiated certain changes in response to this announcement, including the appointment of certain executive leadership into some of the roles designed for the reorganized structure, management continued to evaluate the performance of the operating segments under the existing segment structure as of December 31, 2011. In addition, management continues to evaluate the Company’s segment performance and allocated resources and may adjust such measurements in the future to better reflect segment profitability.

In December 2011, MetLife Bank and MetLife, Inc. entered into a definitive agreement to sell most of the depository business of MetLife Bank. The transaction is expected to close in the second quarter of 2012, subject to certain regulatory approvals and other customary closing conditions. Additionally, in January 2012, MetLife, Inc. announced it is exiting the business of originating forward residential mortgages (together with MetLife Bank’s pending actions to exit the depository business, including the aforementioned December 2011 agreement, the “MetLife Bank Events”). Once MetLife Bank has completely exited its depository business, MetLife, Inc. plans to terminate MetLife Bank’s Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) insurance, putting MetLife, Inc. in a position to be able to deregister as a bank holding company. See “— U.S. Regulation — Financial Holding Company Regulation.” The Company continues to originate reverse mortgages and will continue to service its current mortgage customers. See Note 2 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

In November 2011, the Company entered into an agreement to sell its insurance operations in the Caribbean region, Panama and Costa Rica (the “Caribbean Business”). The sale is expected to close in the second quarter of 2012 subject to regulatory approval and other customary closing conditions. See Note 2 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

On November 1, 2010 (the “Acquisition Date”), MetLife, Inc. completed the acquisition of American Life Insurance Company (“American Life”) from AM Holdings LLC (formerly known as ALICO Holdings LLC) (“AM Holdings”), a subsidiary of American International Group, Inc. (“AIG”), and Delaware American Life Insurance Company (“DelAm”) from AIG (American Life, together with DelAm, collectively, “ALICO”) (the “Acquisition”). ALICO’s fiscal year-end is November 30. Accordingly, the Company’s consolidated financial statements reflect the assets and liabilities of ALICO as of November 30, 2011 and 2010, and the operating results of ALICO for the year ended November 30, 2011 and the one month ended November 30, 2010. The assets, liabilities and operating results relating to the Acquisition are included in the Japan and Other International Regions segments. Prior year results have been adjusted to conform to the current year presentation of segments. See Note 2 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

4


Table of Contents

In the U.S., we provide a variety of insurance and financial services products — including life, dental, disability, auto and homeowners insurance, guaranteed interest and stable value products, and annuities — through both proprietary and independent retail distribution channels, as well as at the workplace. This business serves approximately 60,000 group customers, including over 90 of the top one hundred FORTUNE 500 ® companies, and provides protection and retirement solutions to millions of individuals.

Outside the U.S., we operate in Japan and over 50 countries within Latin America, Asia Pacific, Europe and the Middle East. MetLife is the largest life insurer in Mexico and also holds leading market positions in Japan, Poland, Chile and Korea. This business provides life insurance, accident and health insurance, credit insurance, annuities, endowment and retirement & savings products to both individuals and groups. We believe our international operations will grow more quickly than our U.S. Business in the future.

Operating revenues derived from any customer did not exceed 10% of consolidated operating revenues in any of the last three years. Financial information, including revenues, expenses, operating earnings, and total assets by segment, is provided in Note 22 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements. Operating revenues and operating earnings are performance measures that are not based on accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”). See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” for definitions of such measures.

For financial information related to revenues, total assets, and goodwill balances by geographic region, see Note 7 and Note 22 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

We are one of the largest institutional investors in the U.S. with a $522 billion general account portfolio invested primarily in investment grade corporate bonds, structured finance securities, commercial and agricultural mortgage loans, U.S. Treasury and agency securities, as well as real estate and corporate equity. Over the past several years, we have taken a number of actions to further diversify and strengthen our general account portfolio.

Our well-recognized brand, leading market positions, competitive and innovative product offerings and financial strength and expertise should help drive future growth and enhance shareholder value, building on a long history of fairness, honesty and integrity. Over the course of the next several years, we will pursue the following objectives to achieve our goals:

 

   

Global Presence

 

   

Focus on targeted, disciplined global growth of our businesses

 

   

Leverage our broad and diverse set of distribution channels and products

 

   

Become a more customer-centric organization

 

   

Brand

 

   

Extend the reach of our widely recognized brand to access customers in key markets

 

   

Financial Strength

 

   

Build on our strong risk management and investment expertise

 

   

Focus on margin improvement and return on equity expansion

 

   

Maintain balance between growth, profitability and risk

 

   

Focus on pursuing growth that will add value to the Company and achieve return on equity in excess of our long-term cost of capital

 

   

Take a portfolio view of the business and invest capital in core markets

 

5


Table of Contents
   

Talent

 

   

Further our commitment to a diverse, high performance workplace

U.S. Business

Overview

Insurance Products

Our Insurance Products segment offers a broad range of protection products and services aimed at serving the financial needs of our customers throughout their lives. These products are sold to individuals and corporations, as well as other institutions and their respective employees. We have built a leading position in the U.S. group insurance market through long-standing relationships with many of the largest corporate employers in the U.S., and we are one of the largest issuers of individual life insurance products in the U.S. Our Insurance Products segment is organized into three distinct businesses: Group Life, Individual Life and Non-Medical Health.

Our Group Life insurance products and services include variable life, universal life, and term life products. We offer group insurance products as employer-paid benefits or as voluntary benefits where all or a portion of the premiums are paid by the employee. These group products and services also include employee paid supplemental life and are offered as standard products or may be tailored to meet specific customer needs.

Our Individual Life insurance products and services include variable life, universal life, term life and whole life products. Additionally, through our broker-dealer affiliates, we offer a full range of mutual funds and other securities products. The elimination of transactions from activity between the segments within U.S. Business occurs within Individual Life.

The major products within both Group Life and Individual Life are as follows:

Variable Life.   Variable life products provide insurance coverage through a contract that gives the policyholder flexibility in investment choices and, depending on the product, in premium payments and coverage amounts, with certain guarantees. Most importantly, with variable life products, premiums and account balances can be directed by the policyholder into a variety of separate account investment options or directed to the Company’s general account. In the separate account investment options, the policyholder bears the entire risk of the investment results. We collect specified fees for the management of the investment options. The policyholder’s cash value reflects the investment return of the selected investment options, net of management fees and insurance-related and other charges. In some instances, third-party money management firms manage these investment options. With some products, by maintaining a certain premium level, policyholders may have the advantage of various guarantees that may protect the death benefit from adverse investment experience.

Universal Life.   Universal life products provide insurance coverage on the same basis as variable life, except that premiums, and the resulting accumulated balances, are allocated only to the Company’s general account. Universal life products may allow the insured to increase or decrease the amount of death benefit coverage over the term of the contract and the owner to adjust the frequency and amount of premium payments. We credit premiums to an account maintained for the policyholder. Premiums are credited net of specified expenses. Interest is credited to the policyholder’s account at interest rates we determine, subject to specified minimums. Specific charges are made against the policyholder’s account for the cost of insurance protection and for expenses. With some products, by maintaining a certain premium level, policyholders may have the advantage of various guarantees that may protect the death benefit from adverse investment experience.

Term Life.  Term life products provide a guaranteed benefit upon the death of the insured for a specified time period in return for the periodic payment of premiums. Specified coverage periods range from one year to

 

6


Table of Contents

30 years, but in no event are they longer than the period over which premiums are paid. Death benefits may be level over the period or decreasing. Decreasing coverage is used principally to provide for loan repayment in the event of death. Premiums may be guaranteed at a level amount for the coverage period or may be non-level and non-guaranteed. Term insurance products are sometimes referred to as pure protection products, in that there are typically no savings or investment elements. Term contracts expire without value at the end of the coverage period when the insured party is still living.

Whole Life.   Whole life products provide a guaranteed benefit upon the death of the insured in return for the periodic payment of a fixed premium over a predetermined period. Premium payments may be required for the entire life of the contract period, to a specified age or period, and may be level or change in accordance with a predetermined schedule. Whole life insurance includes policies that provide a participation feature in the form of dividends. Policyholders may receive dividends in cash or apply them to increase death benefits, increase cash values available upon surrender or reduce the premiums required to maintain the contract in-force. Because the use of dividends is specified by the policyholder, this group of products provides significant flexibility to individuals to tailor the product to suit their specific needs and circumstances, while at the same time providing guaranteed benefits.

Our Non-Medical Health products and services include dental insurance, group short- and long-term disability, individual disability income, long-term care (“LTC”), critical illness and accidental death & dismemberment coverages. Other products and services include employer-sponsored auto and homeowners insurance provided through the Auto & Home segment and prepaid legal plans. We also sell administrative services-only (“ASO”) arrangements to some employers. The major products in this area are:

Dental.   Dental products provide insurance and ASO plans that assist employees, retirees and their families in maintaining oral health while reducing out-of-pocket expenses and providing superior customer service. Dental plans include the Preferred Dentist Program and the Dental Health Maintenance Organization.

Disability.   Disability products provide a benefit in the event of the disability of the insured. In most instances, this benefit is in the form of monthly income paid until the insured reaches age 65. In addition to income replacement, the product may be used to provide for the payment of business overhead expenses for disabled business owners or mortgage payment protection. This is offered on both a group and individual basis.

Long-term Care.   LTC products provide protection against the potentially high costs of LTC services. They generally pay benefits to insureds who need assistance with activities of daily living or have a cognitive impairment. Although we discontinued the sale of these products in 2010, we continue to support our existing policyholders.

Retirement Products

Our Retirement Products segment offers a variety of variable and fixed annuities that are primarily sold to individuals and employees of corporations and other institutions. The major products in this area are:

Variable Annuities.   Variable annuities provide for both asset accumulation and asset distribution needs. Variable annuities allow the contractholder to make deposits into various investment options in a separate account, as determined by the contractholder. The risks associated with such investment options are borne entirely by the contractholder, except where guaranteed minimum benefits are involved. In certain variable annuity products, contractholders may also choose to allocate all or a portion of their account to the Company’s general account and are credited with interest at rates we determine, subject to certain minimums. In addition, contractholders may also elect certain minimum death benefit and minimum living benefit guarantees for which additional fees are charged and where asset allocation restrictions may apply.

Fixed Annuities.   Fixed annuities provide for both asset accumulation and asset distribution needs. Fixed annuities do not allow the same investment flexibility provided by variable annuities, but provide guarantees

 

7


Table of Contents

related to the preservation of principal and interest credited. Deposits made into deferred annuity contracts are allocated to the Company’s general account and are credited with interest at rates we determine, subject to certain minimums. Credited interest rates are guaranteed not to change for certain limited periods of time, ranging from one to 10 years. Fixed income annuities provide a guaranteed monthly income for a specified period of years and/or for the life of the annuitant.

Corporate Benefit Funding

Our Corporate Benefit Funding segment includes an array of annuity and investment products, including guaranteed interest products and other stable value products, income annuities, and separate account contracts for the investment management of defined benefit and defined contribution plan assets. This segment also includes certain products to fund postretirement benefits and company, bank or trust owned life insurance used to finance non-qualified benefit programs for executives. The major products in this area are:

Stable Value Products.   We offer general account guaranteed interest contracts, separate account guaranteed interest contracts, and similar products used to support the stable value option of defined contribution plans. We also offer private floating rate funding agreements that are used for money market funds, securities lending cash collateral portfolios and short-term investment funds.

Pensions Closeouts.  We offer general account and separate account annuity products, generally in connection with the termination of defined benefit pension plans, both in the U.S. and the United Kingdom (“U.K.”). We also offer partial risk transfer solutions that allow for partial transfers of pension liabilities and annuity products that include single premium buyouts.

Torts and Settlements.   We offer innovative strategies for complex litigation settlements, primarily structured settlement annuities.

Capital Markets Investment Products.   Products offered include funding agreements, Federal Home Loan Bank advances and funding agreement-backed commercial paper.

Other Corporate Benefit Funding Products and Services.   We offer specialized life insurance products designed specifically to provide solutions for non-qualified benefit and retiree benefit funding purposes.

Auto & Home

Our Auto & Home segment includes personal lines property and casualty insurance offered directly to employees at their employer’s worksite, as well as to individuals through a variety of retail distribution channels, including independent agents, property and casualty specialists, direct response marketing and the individual distribution sales group. Auto & Home primarily sells auto insurance, which represented 67% of Auto & Home’s total net earned premiums in 2011. Homeowners and other insurance represented 33% of Auto & Home’s total net earned premiums in 2011. The major products in this area are:

Auto Coverages.   Auto insurance policies provide coverage for private passenger automobiles, utility automobiles and vans, motorcycles, motor homes, antique or classic automobiles and trailers. Auto & Home offers traditional coverage such as liability, uninsured motorist, no fault or personal injury protection, as well as collision and comprehensive.

Homeowners and Other Coverages.   Homeowners’ insurance policies provide protection for homeowners, renters, condominium owners and residential landlords against losses arising out of damage to dwellings and contents from a wide variety of perils, as well as coverage for liability arising from ownership or occupancy. Other insurance includes personal excess liability (protection against losses in excess of amounts covered by other liability insurance policies), and coverage for recreational vehicles and boat owners. Most of Auto & Home’s homeowners’ policies are traditional insurance policies for dwellings, providing protection for loss on a “replacement cost” basis. These policies also provide additional coverage for reasonable, normal living expenses incurred by policyholders that have been displaced from their homes.

 

8


Table of Contents

In 2011, Auto & Home’s business was concentrated in New York, Massachusetts and Illinois, as measured by the percentage of total direct earned premiums, of 12%, 8% and 7%, respectively, followed by Florida with 6%, and Connecticut and Texas, each with 5%.

Sales Distribution

U.S. Business markets our products and services through various distribution groups. Our life insurance and retirement products targeted to individuals are sold via sales forces, comprised of MetLife employees, in addition to third-party organizations. Our group life, non-medical health and corporate benefit funding products are sold via sales forces primarily comprised of MetLife employees. Personal lines property and casualty insurance products are directly marketed to employees at their employer’s worksite. Auto & Home products are also marketed and sold to individuals by independent agents and property and casualty specialists through a direct response channel and the individual distribution sales group. MetLife sales employees work with all distribution groups to better reach and service customers, brokers, consultants and other intermediaries.

Individual Distribution

Our individual distribution sales group targets the large middle-income market, as well as affluent individuals, owners of small businesses and executives of small- to medium-sized companies. We have also been successful in selling our products in various multi-cultural markets.

Insurance Products are sold through our individual distribution sales group and also through various third-party organizations utilizing two models. In the coverage model, wholesalers sell to high net worth individuals and small- to medium-sized businesses through independent general agencies, financial advisors, consultants, brokerage general agencies and other independent marketing organizations under contractual arrangements. In the point of sale model, wholesalers sell through financial intermediaries, including regional broker-dealers, brokerage firms, financial planners and banks.

Retirement Products are sold through our individual distribution sales group and also through various third-party organizations such as regional broker-dealers, New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) brokerage firms, financial planners and banks.

The individual distribution sales group is comprised of three channels: the MetLife distribution channel, a career agency system, the New England financial distribution channel, a general agency system, and MetLife Resources, a career agency system.

The MetLife distribution channel had approximately 5,000 MetLife agents under contract in 50 agencies at December 31, 2011. The career agency sales force focuses on the large middle-income and affluent markets, including multi-cultural markets. We support our efforts in multi-cultural markets through targeted advertising, specially trained agents and sales literature written in various languages.

The New England Financial distribution channel included approximately 35 general agencies providing support to 2,100 general agents and a network of independent brokers throughout the U.S. at December 31, 2011. The New England Financial distribution channel targets high net worth individuals, owners of small businesses and executives of small- to medium-sized companies.

MetLife Resources, a focused distribution channel of MetLife, markets retirement, annuity and other financial products on a national basis through approximately 540 MetLife agents and independent brokers at December 31, 2011. MetLife Resources targets the nonprofit, educational and healthcare markets.

We market and sell Auto & Home products through independent agents, property and casualty specialists, a direct response channel and the individual distribution sales group. In recent years, we have increased the number of independent agents appointed to sell these products.

 

9


Table of Contents

Group Distribution

Insurance Products distributes its group life and non-medical health products and services through a sales force that is segmented by the size of the target customer. Marketing representatives sell either directly to corporate and other group customers or through an intermediary, such as a broker or consultant. Voluntary products are sold through the same sales channels, as well as by specialists for these products. Employers have been emphasizing such voluntary products and, as a result, we have increased our focus on communicating and marketing to such employees in order to further foster sales of those products. At December 31, 2011, the group life and non-medical health sales channels had approximately 350 marketing representatives.

Retirement Products markets its retirement, savings, investment and payout annuity products and services to sponsors and advisors of benefit plans of all sizes. These products and services are offered to private and public pension plans, collective bargaining units, nonprofit organizations, recipients of structured settlements and the current and retired members of these and other institutions.

Corporate Benefit Funding products and services are distributed through dedicated sales teams and relationship managers located in 11 offices around the country. In addition, the retirement & benefits funding organization works with individual distribution and group life and non-medical health distribution areas to better reach and service customers, brokers, consultants and other intermediaries.

Auto & Home is a leading provider of personal lines property and casualty insurance products offered to employees at their employer’s worksite. At December 31, 2011, approximately 2,400 employers offered MetLife Auto & Home products to their employees.

Group marketing representatives market personal lines property and casualty insurance products to employers through a variety of means, including broker referrals and cross-selling to group customers. Once permitted by the employer, MetLife commences marketing efforts to employees. Employees who are interested in the auto and homeowners products can call a toll-free number to request a quote to purchase coverage and to request payroll deduction over the telephone. Auto & Home has also developed proprietary software that permits an employee in most states to obtain a quote for auto insurance through Auto & Home’s internet website.

We have entered into several joint ventures and other arrangements with third parties to expand the marketing and distribution opportunities of group products and services. We also seek to sell our group products and services through sponsoring organizations and affinity groups. In addition, we also provide life and dental coverage to federal employees.

International

Overview

International provides life insurance, accident and health insurance, credit insurance, annuities, endowment and retirement & savings products to both individuals and groups. We focus on markets primarily within Japan, Latin America, Asia Pacific, Europe and the Middle East. We operate in international markets through subsidiaries and affiliates. See “Risk Factors — Fluctuations in Foreign Currency Exchange Rates Could Negatively Affect Our Profitability,” “Risk Factors — Our International Operations Face Political, Legal, Operational and Other Risks, Including Exposure to Local and Regional Economic Conditions, That Could Negatively Affect Those Operations or Our Profitability,” “Risk Factors — Difficult Conditions in the Global Capital Markets and the Economy Generally May Materially Adversely Affect Our Business and Results of Operations and These Conditions May Not Improve in the Near Future,” and “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk.”

Japan

Our Japan operation is comprised of the business acquired in the Acquisition. Our Japan operation is among the largest foreign life insurers in Japan and ranks sixth in the Japanese life insurance industry measured by total

 

10


Table of Contents

premiums according to the Statistics of Life Insurance in Japan 2010. It provides life insurance products which include whole life, term life, variable life and universal life products. Our Japan operation also provides accident and health insurance, fixed and variable annuities and endowment products. These products are offered to both individuals and groups. Its products are distributed through a multi-distribution platform consisting of captive agents, independent agents, brokers, bancassurance, and direct marketing (“DM”).

Other International Regions

Latin America.   We operate in 22 countries in Latin America, with the largest operations in Mexico, Chile and Argentina. Our Mexican operation is the largest life insurance company in Mexico in both the individual and group businesses according to Asociación Mexicana de Instituciones de Seguro, a Mexican industry trade group which provides rankings for insurance companies. Our Chilean operation is the largest annuity company in Chile, based on market share according to Superintendencia Valores y Seguros, the Chilean insurance regulator. Our Chilean operation also offers individual life insurance and group insurance products. We also actively market individual life insurance, group insurance products and credit life coverage in Argentina, but the nationalization of the pension system substantially reduced our presence in Argentina. The business environment in Argentina has been, and may continue to be, affected by governmental and legal actions which impact our results of operations. See Note 2 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information on the pending disposition of the Caribbean Business.

Asia Pacific.   We operate in four countries in Asia Pacific with wholly-owned operations in Korea, Hong Kong and Australia. Our Korean operation has significant sales of variable universal life and annuity products. Our Hong Kong operation has significant sales of variable universal life and endowment products. Our Australia operation has significant sales of credit insurance and group life products. We also operate through a joint venture in China, the results of which are reflected in net investment income and are not consolidated in our financial results. As discussed in Note 2 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements, the Company sold its 50% interest in its former joint venture in Japan in the second quarter of 2011.

Europe and the Middle East.   We operate in 35 countries in Europe and the Middle East with our largest operations in Poland, the U.K., France, and the United Arab Emirates, as well as through a consolidated joint venture in India. Our Poland operation is a leading provider of life insurance, accident and health insurance, and credit insurance. It is consistently ranked as a top three company in net profits according to “Rzeczpospolita” financial daily. Our U.K. operation provides life insurance, accident and health insurance and variable annuities in its home market and throughout Europe. Our operation in France provides life insurance, accident and health insurance and credit insurance. In the Middle East, we provide life insurance, accident and health insurance, credit insurance, annuities, endowment and retirement & savings products.

Sales Distribution

International markets its products and services through a multi-distribution strategy which varies by geographic region. The various distribution channels include: agency, bancassurance, DM, brokerage and e-commerce. In developing countries, agency covers the needs of the emerging middle class with primarily traditional products (e.g., endowment and accident and health). In more developed and mature markets, agents, while continuing to serve their existing customers to keep pace with their developing financial needs, also target upper middle class and high net worth customer bases with a more sophisticated product set including more investment-sensitive products, such as universal life, mutual fund and single premium deposits.

In the bancassurance channel, International leverages partnerships that span all regions. In addition, DM has extensive and far reaching capabilities in all regions. The DM operations deploy both broadcast marketing approaches (e.g. direct response TV, web-based lead generation) and traditional DM techniques such as telemarketing. Japan represents our largest DM market.

 

11


Table of Contents

Japan

Japan’s multi-channel distribution strategy consists of captive agents, independent agents, brokers, bancassurance, and DM. While face-to-face channels continue to be core to Japan’s business, other channels, including bancassurance and DM, have become a critical part of Japan’s distribution strategy. Our Japan operation has maintained its position in bancassurance due to its strong distribution relationship with Japan’s mega banks, trust banks and various regional banks, as well as with the Japan Post. The DM channel is supported by an industry-leading marketing platform, state-of-the-art call center infrastructure and its own campaign management system.

Our Japan operation has approximately 5,500 captive agents, 10,500 independent agents, 100 bancassurance relationships, including Japan Post, and 200 DM sponsors.

Other International Regions

Latin America.   Latin America’s key distribution channels include captive agents, DM, bancassurance, large multinational brokers and small-and medium-sized brokers, direct and group sales forces (mostly for group policies without broker intermediation), and worksite marketing. The region has an exclusive and captive agency distribution network with more than 2,500 agents also selling a variety of individual life, accident and health, and pension products. In the DM channel, we work with more than 50 sponsors and have a network of more than 1,600 telesales representatives selling mainly accident and health and individual life products. We currently work with over 3,000 active brokers with registered sales of group and individual life, accident and health, group medical, dental and pension products. Worksite marketing in Mexico has over 2,200 agents.

Asia Pacific.   Asia Pacific distribution strategies differ by country but generally utilize a combination of captive agents, bancassurance relationships and DM. Agency sales are achieved through a force of approximately 8,500 agents and managers (which includes approximately 1,700 agents and managers related to our joint venture in China) and a growing force of independent general agents. Bancassurance sales are currently reliant upon a significant regional strategic partnership along with a number of smaller partnerships in each market. Throughout the region, our Asia Pacific operation leverages its expertise in DM operations management to conduct its own campaigns and provide those DM capabilities to third-party sponsors.

While not a significant part of the region’s overall business, sales of group life and pension business are primarily achieved through independent brokers and an employee sales force.

Europe and the Middle East.   Our operation in Central and Eastern Europe (“CEE”) has a multi-channel distribution strategy, which includes significant face to face channels, built on a strong captive agency force of more than 3,400 agents, and relationships with more than 90 active independent brokers and third-party multi-level agency networks. Our CEE operation also has a group/corporate business direct sales force of more than 70 and distribution relationships with more than 100 banks, and other financial and non-financial institutions, as well as a fast growing DM channel. The primary method of distribution is captive and third party agency and captive direct sales forces, with a growing presence in bank, other financial and non-financial institutions, and DM.

Our operation in Western Europe also has a multi-channel distribution strategy, including DM, brokerage, banks and financial institutions. Our U.K. operation has built a strong position in the U.K. independent advisor sector and other third-party distributors with a focus on variable and fixed term annuities. Our U.K operation also has a growing group risk business serving small and medium sized enterprise employers and an agency sales force of approximately 600 agents which distributes accident and health and term life products.

In the Middle East, our products are distributed via a variety of channels including approximately 17,700 agents, bancassurance, brokers and DM. Agency distribution is our primary distribution channel; we have the largest captive network in the Middle East. Bancassurance is a growing channel with approximately 90 relationships, and approximately 260 programs providing access to millions of bank customers.

 

12


Table of Contents

Corporate & Other

Corporate & Other contains the excess capital not allocated to the segments, external integration costs, internal resource costs for associates committed to acquisitions, and various start-up and run-off entities. Additionally, Corporate & Other includes interest expense related to the majority of our outstanding debt, expenses associated with certain legal proceedings, the financial results of MetLife Bank and income tax audit issues. See Note 2 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements. Corporate & Other also includes the elimination of intersegment amounts, which generally relate to intersegment loans, which bear interest rates commensurate with related borrowings.

MetLife Bank is a member of the Federal Reserve System and the Federal Home Loan Bank of New York and is subject to regulation, examination and supervision primarily by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (“OCC”), and the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (“CFPB”), and secondarily by the FDIC, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “Federal Reserve Board”) and the Federal Reserve Bank of New York (the “FRB of NY” and, collectively with the Federal Reserve Board, the “ Federal Reserve”).

Policyholder Liabilities

We establish, and carry as liabilities, actuarially determined amounts that are calculated to meet our policy obligations when a policy matures or is surrendered, an insured dies or becomes disabled or upon the occurrence of other covered events, or to provide for future annuity payments. Amounts for actuarial liabilities are computed and reported in the consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP. For more details on Policyholder Liabilities see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Summary of Critical Accounting Estimates — Liability for Future Policy Benefits” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Policyholder Liabilities.”

Pursuant to state insurance laws and country regulators, MetLife, Inc.’s insurance subsidiaries establish statutory reserves, reported as liabilities, to meet their obligations on their respective policies. These statutory reserves are established in amounts sufficient to meet policy and contract obligations, when taken together with expected future premiums and interest at assumed rates. Statutory reserves and actuarial liabilities for future policy benefits generally differ based on accounting guidance.

The New York Insurance Law and regulations require certain MetLife entities to submit to the New York Superintendent of Insurance or other state insurance departments, with each annual report, an opinion and memorandum of a “qualified actuary” that the statutory reserves and related actuarial amounts recorded in support of specified policies and contracts, and the assets supporting such statutory reserves and related actuarial amounts, make adequate provision for their statutory liabilities with respect to these obligations. See “— U.S. Regulation — Insurance Regulation — Policy and Contract Reserve Adequacy Analysis.”

Insurance regulators in many of the non-U.S. countries in which MetLife operates require certain MetLife entities to prepare a sufficiency analysis of the reserves posted in the locally required regulatory financial statements, and to submit that analysis to the regulatory authorities. See “— International Regulation.”

Underwriting and Pricing

Underwriting

Underwriting generally involves an evaluation of applications for Insurance Products, Retirement Products, Corporate Benefit Funding, and Auto & Home by a professional staff of underwriters and actuaries, who determine the type and the amount of risk that we are willing to accept. International offers the products described above, with the exception of property and casualty insurance. They also offer credit insurance and accident and health products. We employ detailed underwriting policies, guidelines and procedures designed to assist the underwriter to properly assess and quantify risks before issuing policies to qualified applicants or groups, which are consistent for both the U.S. Business and International.

 

13


Table of Contents

Insurance underwriting considers not only an applicant’s medical history, but also other factors such as financial profile, foreign travel, vocations and alcohol, drug and tobacco use. Group underwriting generally evaluates the risk characteristics of each prospective insured group, although with certain voluntary products and for certain coverages, members of a group may be underwritten on an individual basis. We generally perform our own underwriting; however, certain policies are reviewed by intermediaries under guidelines established by us. Generally, we are not obligated to accept any risk or group of risks from, or to issue a policy or group of policies to, any employer or intermediary. Requests for coverage are reviewed on their merits and generally a policy is not issued unless the particular risk or group has been examined and approved by our underwriters.

The underwriting conducted by our remote underwriting offices and intermediaries, as well as our corporate underwriting office, are subject to periodic quality assurance reviews to maintain high-standards of underwriting and consistency. Such offices are also subject to periodic external audits by reinsurers with whom we do business.

We have established senior level oversight of the underwriting process that facilitates quality sales and serves the needs of our customers, while supporting our financial strength and business objectives. Our goal is to achieve the underwriting, mortality and morbidity levels reflected in the assumptions in our product pricing. This is accomplished by determining and establishing underwriting policies, guidelines, philosophies and strategies that are competitive and suitable for the customer, the agent and us.

Auto & Home’s underwriting function has six principal aspects: evaluating potential worksite marketing employer accounts and independent agencies; establishing guidelines for the binding of risks; reviewing coverage bound by agents; underwriting potential insureds, on a case by case basis, presented by agents outside the scope of their binding authority; pursuing information necessary in certain cases to enable Auto & Home to issue a policy within our guidelines; and ensuring that renewal policies continue to be written at rates commensurate with risk.

Subject to very few exceptions, agents in each of the U.S. Business distribution channels have binding authority for risks which fall within its published underwriting guidelines. Risks falling outside the underwriting guidelines may be submitted for approval to the underwriting department; alternatively, agents in such a situation may call the underwriting department to obtain authorization to bind the risk themselves. In most states, we generally have the right within a specified period (usually the first 60 days) to cancel any policy.

Pricing

Pricing reflects our corporate underwriting standards, which are consistent for both U.S. Business and International. Product pricing is based on the expected payout of benefits calculated through the use of assumptions for mortality, morbidity, expenses, persistency and investment returns, as well as certain macroeconomic factors, such as inflation. Investment-oriented products are priced based on various factors, which may include investment return, expenses, persistency and optionality. For certain investment oriented products in the U.S. and certain business sold internationally, pricing may include prospective and retrospective experience rating features. Prospective experience rating involves the evaluation of past experience for the purpose of determining future premium rates and all prior year gains and losses are borne by us. Retrospective experience rating also involves the evaluation of past experience for the purpose of determining the actual cost of providing insurance for the customer, however, the contract includes certain features that allow us to recoup certain losses or distribute certain gains back to the policyholder based on actual prior years’ experience.

Rates for group life, non-medical health, and medical health products are based on anticipated results for the book of business being underwritten. Renewals are generally reevaluated annually or biannually and are repriced to reflect actual experience on such products. Products offered by Corporate Benefit Funding are priced frequently and are very responsive to bond yields, and such prices include additional margin in periods of market uncertainty. This business is predominantly illiquid, because a majority of the policyholders have no contractual rights to cash values and no options to change the form of the product’s benefits.

 

14


Table of Contents

Rates for individual life insurance products are highly regulated and must be approved by the regulators of the jurisdictions in which the product is sold. Generally such products are renewed annually and may include pricing terms that are guaranteed for a certain period of time. Fixed and variable annuity products are also highly regulated and approved by the respective regulators. Such products generally include penalties for early withdrawals and policyholder benefit elections to tailor the form of the product’s benefits to the needs of the opting policyholder. We periodically reevaluate the costs associated with such options and will periodically adjust pricing levels on our guarantees. Further, from time to time, we may also reevaluate the type and level of guarantee features currently being offered.

Rates for Auto & Home’s major lines of insurance are based on its proprietary database, rather than relying on rating bureaus. Auto & Home determines prices in part from a number of variables specific to each risk. The pricing of personal lines insurance products takes into account, among other things, the expected frequency and severity of losses, the costs of providing coverage (including the costs of acquiring policyholders and administering policy benefits and other administrative and overhead costs), competitive factors and profit considerations. The major pricing variables for personal lines insurance include characteristics of the insured property, such as age, make and model or construction type, as well as characteristics of the insureds, such as driving record and loss experience, and the insured’s personal financial management. Auto & Home’s ability to set and change rates is subject to regulatory oversight.

As a condition of our license to do business in each state, Auto & Home, like all other automobile insurers, is required to write or share the cost of private passenger automobile insurance for higher risk individuals who would otherwise be unable to obtain such insurance. This “involuntary” market, also called the “shared market,” is governed by the applicable laws and regulations of each state, and policies written in this market are generally written at rates higher than standard rates.

We continually review our underwriting and pricing guidelines so that our policies remain competitive and supportive of our marketing strategies and profitability goals. Management does not expect the current economic environment, with its volatility and uncertainty, to materially impact the pricing of our products.

Reinsurance Activity

We participate in reinsurance activities in order to limit losses, minimize exposure to significant risks, and provide additional capacity for future growth. We enter into various agreements with reinsurers that cover individual risks, group risks or defined blocks of business, primarily on a coinsurance, yearly renewable term, excess or catastrophe excess basis. These reinsurance agreements spread risk and minimize the effect of losses. The extent of each risk retained by us depends on our evaluation of the specific risk, subject, in certain circumstances, to maximum retention limits based on the characteristics of coverages. We also cede first dollar mortality risk under certain contracts. In addition to reinsuring mortality risk, we reinsure other risks, as well as specific coverages. We obtain reinsurance for capital requirement purposes and also when the economic impact of the reinsurance agreement makes it appropriate to do so.

Under the terms of the reinsurance agreements, the reinsurer agrees to reimburse us for the ceded amount in the event a claim is paid. Cessions under reinsurance agreements do not discharge our obligations as the primary insurer. In the event that reinsurers do not meet their obligations under the terms of the reinsurance agreements, reinsurance balances recoverable could become uncollectible.

We reinsure our business through a diversified group of well-capitalized, highly rated reinsurers. We analyze recent trends in arbitration and litigation outcomes in disputes, if any, with our reinsurers. We monitor ratings and evaluate the financial strength of our reinsurers by analyzing their financial statements. In addition, the reinsurance recoverable balance due from each reinsurer is evaluated as part of the overall monitoring process. Recoverability of reinsurance recoverable balances is evaluated based on these analyses. We generally secure large reinsurance recoverable balances with various forms of collateral, including secured trusts, funds withheld accounts and irrevocable letters of credit.

 

15


Table of Contents

U.S. Business

For our individual life insurance products, we have historically reinsured the mortality risk primarily on an excess of retention basis or a quota share basis. We currently reinsure 90% of the mortality risk in excess of $1 million for most products and reinsure up to 90% of the mortality risk for certain other products. In addition to reinsuring mortality risk as described above, we reinsure other risks, as well as specific coverages. Placement of reinsurance is done primarily on an automatic basis and also on a facultative basis for risks with specified characteristics. On a case by case basis, we may retain up to $20 million per life and reinsure 100% of amounts in excess of the amount we retain. We evaluate our reinsurance programs routinely and may increase or decrease our retention at any time.

For other policies within the Insurance Products segment, we generally retain most of the risk and only cede particular risks on certain client arrangements.

Our Retirement Products segment reinsures a portion of the living and death benefit guarantees issued in connection with our variable annuities. Under these reinsurance agreements, we pay a reinsurance premium generally based on fees associated with the guarantees collected from policyholders, and receive reimbursement for benefits paid or accrued in excess of account values, subject to certain limitations.

Our Corporate Benefit Funding segment has periodically engaged in reinsurance activities, as considered appropriate.

Our Auto & Home segment purchases reinsurance to manage its exposure to large losses (primarily catastrophe losses) and to protect statutory surplus. We cede to reinsurers a portion of losses and premiums based upon the exposure of the policies subject to reinsurance. To manage exposure to large property and casualty losses, we utilize property catastrophe, casualty and property per risk excess of loss agreements.

International

For certain of our life insurance products, we reinsure risks above the corporate retention limit of up to $5 million to external reinsurers on a yearly renewable term basis. We may also reinsure certain risks with external reinsurers depending upon the nature of the risk and local regulatory requirements.

For selected large corporate clients, International reinsures group employee benefits or credit insurance business with various client-affiliated reinsurance companies, covering policies issued to the employees or customers of the clients. Additionally, we cede and assume risk with other insurance companies when either company requires a business partner with the appropriate local licensing to issue certain types of policies in certain countries. In these cases, the assuming company typically underwrites the risks, develops the products and assumes most or all of the risk.

International also has reinsurance agreements in force that reinsure a portion of the living and death benefit guarantees issued in connection with variable annuity products. Under these agreements, we pay or receive reinsurance fees associated with the guarantees collected from policyholders, and pay or receive reimbursement for benefits paid or accrued in excess of account values, subject to certain limitations.

Corporate & Other

We also reinsure through 100% quota share reinsurance agreements certain run-off LTC and workers’ compensation business written by MetLife Insurance Company of Connecticut (“MICC”), a subsidiary of MetLife, Inc.

Catastrophe Coverage

We have exposure to catastrophes, which could contribute to significant fluctuations in our results of operations. We also use excess of retention and quota share reinsurance agreements to provide greater

 

16


Table of Contents

diversification of risk and minimize exposure to larger risks. International currently purchases catastrophe coverage to insure risks within certain countries deemed by management to be exposed to the greatest catastrophic risks.

Reinsurance Recoverables

For information regarding ceded reinsurance recoverable balances, included in premiums, reinsurance and other receivables in the consolidated balance sheets, see Note 9 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

U.S. Regulation

Insurance Regulation

In the United States, insurance is principally regulated by the states, with the federal government playing a limited role. Insurance regulation generally aims at supervising and regulating insurers individually rather than on a group-wide basis, with the goal of protecting policyholders and ensuring that each insurance company remains solvent.

Each of MetLife’s insurance subsidiaries operating in the United States is licensed and regulated in each U.S. jurisdiction where it conducts insurance business. The extent of such regulation varies, but most jurisdictions have laws and regulations governing the financial aspects of insurers, including standards of solvency, statutory reserves, reinsurance and capital adequacy, and the business conduct of insurers. In addition, statutes and regulations usually require the licensing of insurers and their agents, the approval of policy forms and certain other related materials and, for certain lines of insurance, the approval of rates. Such statutes and regulations also prescribe the permitted types and concentration of investments. See “Risk Factors — Our Insurance, Brokerage and Banking Businesses Are Highly Regulated, and Changes in Regulation and in Supervisory and Enforcement Policies May Reduce Our Profitability and Limit Our Growth.”

Each insurance subsidiary is required to file reports, generally including detailed annual financial statements, with insurance regulatory authorities in each of the jurisdictions in which it does business, and its operations and accounts are subject to periodic examination by such authorities. These subsidiaries must also file, and in many jurisdictions and in some lines of insurance obtain regulatory approval for, rules, rates and forms relating to the insurance written in the jurisdictions in which they operate.

State and federal insurance and securities regulatory authorities and other state law enforcement agencies and attorneys general from time to time make inquiries regarding compliance by MetLife, Inc. and its insurance subsidiaries with insurance, securities and other laws and regulations regarding the conduct of our insurance and securities businesses. We cooperate with such inquiries and take corrective action when warranted. See Note 16 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Holding Company Regulation.   MetLife, Inc. and its U.S. insurance subsidiaries are subject to regulation under the insurance holding company laws of various U.S. jurisdictions. The insurance holding company laws and regulations vary from jurisdiction to jurisdiction, but generally require a controlled insurance company (insurers that are subsidiaries of insurance holding companies) to register with state regulatory authorities and to file with those authorities certain reports, including information concerning its capital structure, ownership, financial condition, certain intercompany transactions and general business operations.

State insurance statutes also typically place restrictions and limitations on the amount of dividends or other distributions payable by insurance company subsidiaries to their parent companies, as well as on transactions between an insurer and its affiliates. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Liquidity and Capital Resources — MetLife, Inc. — Liquidity and Capital Sources — Dividends from Subsidiaries.”

 

17


Table of Contents

Guaranty Associations and Similar Arrangements.   Most of the U.S. jurisdictions in which our insurance subsidiaries are admitted to transact business require life and property and casualty insurers doing business within the jurisdiction to participate in guaranty associations, which are organized to pay certain contractual insurance benefits owed pursuant to insurance policies issued by impaired, insolvent or failed insurers. These associations levy assessments, up to prescribed limits, on all member insurers in a particular state on the basis of the proportionate share of the premiums written by member insurers in the lines of business in which the impaired, insolvent or failed insurer is engaged. Some states permit member insurers to recover assessments paid through full or partial premium tax offsets.

In the past five years, the aggregate assessments levied against MetLife have not been material. We have established liabilities for guaranty fund assessments that we consider adequate. See Note 16 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information on the insolvency assessments.

Statutory Insurance Examination.   As part of their regulatory oversight process, state insurance departments conduct periodic detailed examinations of the books, records, accounts, and business practices of insurers domiciled in their states. State insurance departments also have the authority to conduct examinations of non-domiciliary insurers that are licensed in their states. During the three-year period ended December 31, 2011, MetLife has not received any material adverse findings resulting from state insurance department examinations of its insurance subsidiaries conducted during this three-year period.

Regulatory authorities in a small number of states, Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”) and, occasionally, the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), have had investigations or inquiries relating to sales of individual life insurance policies or annuities or other products by Metropolitan Life Insurance Company (“MLIC”), MetLife Securities, Inc., New England Life Insurance Company, New England Securities Corporation, General American Life Insurance Company, Walnut Street Securities, Inc., MICC and Tower Square Securities, Inc. These investigations often focus on the conduct of particular financial services representatives and the sale of unregistered or unsuitable products or the misuse of client assets. Over the past several years, these and a number of investigations by other regulatory authorities were resolved for monetary payments and certain other relief, including restitution payments. We may continue to resolve investigations in a similar manner.

Policy and Contract Reserve Adequacy Analysis.   Annually, our U.S. insurance subsidiaries are required to conduct an analysis of the sufficiency of all statutory reserves. In each case, a qualified actuary must submit an opinion which states that the statutory reserves, when considered in light of the assets held with respect to such reserves, make good and sufficient provision for the associated contractual obligations and related expenses of the insurer. If such an opinion cannot be provided, the insurer must set up additional reserves by moving funds from surplus. Since inception of this requirement, our U.S. insurance subsidiaries which are required by their states of domicile to provide these opinions have provided such opinions without qualifications.

NAIC.   The National Association of Insurance Commissioners (“NAIC”) is an organization, the mandate of which is to benefit state insurance regulatory authorities and consumers by promulgating model insurance laws and regulations for adoption by the states. The NAIC provides standardized insurance industry accounting and reporting guidance through its Accounting Practices and Procedures Manual (the “Manual”). However, statutory accounting principles continue to be established by individual state laws, regulations and permitted practices. Changes to the Manual or modifications by the various state insurance departments may impact the statutory capital and surplus of MetLife, Inc.’s U.S. insurance subsidiaries.

Surplus and Capital; Risk-Based Capital.  Insurers are required to maintain their capital and surplus at or above minimum levels. Regulators have discretionary authority, in connection with the continued licensing of our U.S. insurance subsidiaries, to limit or prohibit an insurer’s sales to policyholders if, in their judgment, the regulators determine that such insurer has not maintained the minimum surplus or capital or that the further transaction of business will be hazardous to policyholders. Most of our U.S. insurance subsidiaries are subject to risk-based capital (“RBC”) requirements and report their RBC based on a formula calculated by applying factors

 

18


Table of Contents

to various asset, premium and statutory reserve items, as well as taking into account the risk characteristics of the insurer. The major categories of risk involved are asset risk, insurance risk, interest rate risk, market risk and business risk. The formula is used as an early warning regulatory tool to identify possible inadequately capitalized insurers for purposes of initiating regulatory action, and not as a means to rank insurers generally. State insurance laws provide insurance regulators the authority to require various actions by, or take various actions against, insurers whose RBC ratio does not meet or exceed certain RBC levels. As of the date of the most recent annual statutory financial statements filed with insurance regulators, the RBC of each of these subsidiaries was in excess of each of those RBC levels. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Liquidity and Capital Resources — The Company — Capital.”

In late 2009, following rating agency downgrades of virtually all residential mortgage-backed securities (“RMBS”) from certain vintages, the NAIC engaged PIMCO Advisory (“PIMCO”), a provider of investment advisory services, to analyze approximately 20,000 RMBS held by insurers and evaluate the likely loss that holders of those securities would suffer in the event of a default. PIMCO’s analysis showed that the severity of expected losses on those securities evaluated that are held by our U.S. insurance companies was significantly less than would be implied by the rating agencies’ ratings of such securities. The NAIC incorporated the results of PIMCO’s analysis into the RBC charges assigned to the evaluated securities, with a beneficial impact on the RBC of our U.S. insurance subsidiaries. The NAIC utilized the solution again for 2010. The NAIC adopted a similar solution for 2010 for commercial mortgage-backed securities (“CMBS”) by selecting BlackRock Solutions, a provider of investment advisory services, to assist in the RBC determination process. BlackRock Solutions served as a third-party modeler of the 7,000 CMBS holdings of U.S. insurance companies, including our U.S. insurance subsidiaries. The impact of the implementation for 2010 of the modeling solution for CMBS on our U.S. insurance subsidiaries was minimal. Any revisions to the modeling bases for 2011 are not anticipated to have a material impact on the RBC of our U.S. insurance subsidiaries.

In 2011, the NAIC adopted a proposal that permits RBC recognition for the risk mitigation value of the use of derivatives for hedging asset (fixed maturity and equity securities) risk. The adopted measure is effective December 31, 2011 and is anticipated to have a modest, positive impact on the RBC of our U.S. insurance subsidiaries.

Regulation of Investments.   Each of our U.S. insurance subsidiaries is subject to state laws and regulations that require diversification of our investment portfolios and limit the amount of investments in certain asset categories, such as below investment grade fixed income securities, equity real estate, other equity investments, and derivatives. Failure to comply with these laws and regulations would cause investments exceeding regulatory limitations to be treated as non-admitted assets for purposes of measuring surplus and, in some instances, would require divestiture of such non-qualifying investments. We believe that the investments made by each of MetLife, Inc.’s U.S. insurance subsidiaries complied, in all material respects, with such regulations at December 31, 2011.

The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (“Dodd-Frank”) includes provisions that may impact the investments and investment activities of MetLife, Inc. and its subsidiaries, including the federal regulation of such activities. Until the various final regulations are promulgated pursuant to Dodd-Frank, and perhaps for some time thereafter, the full impact of Dodd-Frank on such activities will remain unclear. Such provisions and regulations include, but are not limited to, the regulation of the over-the-counter derivatives markets and prohibitions on covered banking entities engaging in proprietary trading and sponsoring or investing in hedge funds or private equity funds (commonly known as the Volcker Rule). See “— Dodd-Frank and Other Legislative and Regulatory Developments — Regulation of Over-the-Counter Derivatives” and “— Dodd-Frank and Other Legislative and Regulatory Developments — Volcker Rule.”

Federal Initiatives.   Although the insurance business in the United States is primarily regulated by the states, federal initiatives often have an impact on our business in a variety of ways. From time to time, federal measures are proposed which may significantly affect the insurance business. These areas include financial services regulation, securities regulation, pension regulation, health care regulation, privacy, tort reform legislation and

 

19


Table of Contents

taxation. In addition, various forms of direct and indirect federal regulation of insurance have been proposed from time to time, including proposals for the establishment of an optional federal charter for insurance companies. See “— Dodd-Frank and Other Legislative and Regulatory Developments.”

Financial Holding Company Regulation

Once MetLife Bank has completely exited its depository business, MetLife, Inc. plans to terminate MetLife Bank’s FDIC insurance, putting MetLife, Inc. in a position to be able to deregister as a bank holding company. Upon completion of the foregoing, MetLife, Inc. will no longer be regulated as a bank holding company or subject to enhanced supervision and prudential standards as a bank holding company with assets of $50 billion or more. However, if, in the future, MetLife, Inc. is designated by the Financial Stability Oversight Council (“FSOC”) as a non-bank systemically important financial institution (as discussed below), it could once again be subject to regulation by the Federal Reserve and enhanced supervision and prudential standards, such as Regulation YY (as discussed below).

The FSOC issued a notice of proposed rulemaking in October 2011, outlining the process it will follow and the criteria it will use to assess whether a non-bank financial company should be subject to enhanced supervision by the Federal Reserve as a non-bank systemically important financial institution. If MetLife, Inc. meets the quantitative thresholds set forth in the proposal, the FSOC will continue with a further analysis using qualitative and quantitative factors.

In April 2011, the Federal Reserve Board and the FDIC proposed a rule regarding the implementation of the Dodd-Frank requirement that (i) each non-bank financial company designated by the FSOC for enhanced supervision by the Federal Reserve Board (a “non-bank systemically important financial institution” or “non-bank SIFI”) and each bank holding company with assets of $50 billion or more report periodically to the Federal Reserve Board, the FDIC and the FSOC the plan of such company for rapid and orderly resolution in the event of material financial distress or failure, and (ii) that each such company report on the nature and extent of credit exposures of such company to significant bank holding companies and significant non-bank financial companies and the nature and extent of credit exposures of significant bank holding companies and significant non-bank financial companies to such covered company. In November 2011, the Federal Reserve Board and the FDIC adopted a final rule implementing the resolution plan requirement, effective November 30, 2011, but deferred finalizing the credit exposure reporting requirement until a later date. If MetLife, Inc. remains a bank holding company on July 1, 2012, or if, in the future, it is designated by the FSOC as a non-bank SIFI, it would be required to submit a resolution plan. See “— Dodd-Frank and Other Legislative and Regulatory Developments — Orderly Liquidation Authority.”

In December 2011, the Federal Reserve Board issued a release proposing the adoption of enhanced prudential standards required by Dodd-Frank (“Regulation YY”). Regulation YY would apply to bank holding companies with assets of $50 billion or more and non-bank systemically important financial institutions. Regulation YY would impose (i) enhanced RBC requirements, (ii) leverage limits, (iii) liquidity requirements, (iv) single counterparty exposure limits, (v) governance requirements for risk management, (vi) stress test requirements, and (vii) special debt-to-equity limits for certain companies, and would establish a procedure for early remediation based on the failure to comply with these requirements. The Federal Reserve Board invited comment on, among other things, whether and how to apply these standards to non-bank systemically important financial institutions. For further information regarding enhanced prudential standards and Regulation YY, see “— Dodd-Frank and Other Legislative and Regulatory Developments — Enhanced Prudential Standards.”

Regulatory Agencies.   Currently, as the owner of a federally-chartered bank, MetLife, Inc. remains a bank holding company and financial holding company. As such, MetLife, Inc continues to be subject to regulation under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (the “BHC Act”), and to inspection, examination, and supervision by the Federal Reserve. In addition, MetLife Bank is subject to regulation and examination primarily by the OCC and the CFPB and secondarily by the Federal Reserve and the FDIC, as described below under “— Banking Regulation.”

 

20


Table of Contents

Financial Holding Company Activities.   As a financial holding company, MetLife, Inc.’s activities and investments are restricted by the BHC Act, as amended by the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999 (the “GLB Act”), to those that are “financial” in nature or “incidental” or “complementary” to such financial activities. Activities that are financial in nature include securities underwriting, dealing and market making, sponsoring mutual funds and investment companies, insurance underwriting and agency, merchant banking and activities that the Federal Reserve Board has determined to be closely related to banking. In addition, under the insurance company investment portfolio provision of the GLB Act, financial holding companies are authorized to make investments in other financial and non-financial companies, through their insurance subsidiaries, that are in the ordinary course of business and in accordance with state insurance law, provided the financial holding company does not routinely manage or operate such companies except as may be necessary to obtain a reasonable return on investment.

Capital.   MetLife, Inc. and MetLife Bank are subject to risk-based and leverage capital guidelines issued by the federal banking regulatory agencies for banks and financial holding companies. The federal banking regulatory agencies are required by law to take specific prompt corrective actions with respect to institutions that do not meet minimum capital standards. MetLife, Inc. may become required to comply with further requirements relating to the calculation of capital, commonly referred to as “Basel II,” which could require significant investment by the Company, including software. In addition, in December 2010, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (the “Basel Committee”) published its final rules for increased capital and liquidity requirements (commonly referred to as “Basel III”) for bank holding companies, such as MetLife, Inc. Assuming these requirements are endorsed and adopted by the U.S., they are to be phased in beginning January 1, 2013. It is possible that even more stringent capital and liquidity requirements could be imposed under Basel III and Dodd-Frank as long as MetLife, Inc. remains a bank holding company or if, in the future, it is designated by the FSOC as a non-bank systemically important financial institution. Certain of our international operations could also be affected by Solvency II, a new capital adequacy regime for the European insurance industry. See “— International Regulation.” The ability of MetLife Bank and MetLife, Inc. to pay dividends, repurchase common stock or other securities or engage in other transactions that could affect its capital or need for capital would be affected by any additional capital requirements that might be imposed as a result of the enactment of Dodd-Frank, Regulation YY and the endorsement and adoption by the U.S. of Basel III. See “— Dodd-Frank and Other Legislative and Regulatory Developments — Enhanced Prudential Standards” and “Risk Factors — Our Insurance, Brokerage and Banking Businesses Are Highly Regulated, and Changes in Regulation and in Supervisory and Enforcement Policies May Reduce Our Profitability and Limit Our Growth.” At December 31, 2011, MetLife, Inc. and MetLife Bank were in compliance with applicable requirements currently in effect.

The Federal Reserve’s capital plan rule requires all bank holding companies with assets of more than $50 billion, including MetLife, Inc., to submit annual capital plans which include projections of the company’s capital levels under baseline and stress scenarios over a nine-quarter period. The Federal Reserve will approve or object to a company’s proposed capital actions, such as dividends and stock repurchases, based on the results of those capital plans and the Federal Reserve’s assessment of the robustness of the company’s capital planning processes. In addition, in recent years, the Federal Reserve has conducted its own assessment of large bank holding companies’ internal capital planning processes, capital adequacy and proposed capital distributions. In 2011, the Federal Reserve conducted the Comprehensive Capital Analysis and Review of the 19 largest bank holding companies (“CCAR 2011”), including MetLife, Inc. See “Risk Factors — Our Insurance, Brokerage and Banking Businesses Are Highly Regulated, and Changes in Regulation and in Supervisory and Enforcement Policies May Reduce Our Profitability and Limit Our Growth.” In January 2012, MetLife submitted to the Federal Reserve a comprehensive capital plan, as mandated by the capital plans rule, and additional information required by the 2012 Comprehensive Capital Analysis and Review (“CCAR 2012”). The capital plan projects MetLife’s capital levels to the end of 2013 under baseline and stress scenarios, including a stress scenario developed and provided by the Federal Reserve as part of CCAR 2012. MetLife’s capital plan was created in accordance with MetLife’s capital policy which addresses capital management objectives, measurement and assessment of capital adequacy, and capital governance and other approval processes for distributions and other uses of capital. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Liquidity and Capital Resources — Capital Management” and “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk — Risk Management.” The Federal Reserve has stated that it will consider the results of the

 

21


Table of Contents

capital plan exercise and CCAR 2012 in evaluating proposed capital actions by participating bank holding companies, such as common stock dividend increases and stock repurchases, and that it will provide its assessment of participating institutions’ capital plans in mid-March 2012.

Consumer Protection Laws.   Numerous other federal and state laws also affect MetLife, Inc.’s and MetLife Bank’s earnings and activities, including federal and state consumer protection laws. The GLB Act included consumer privacy provisions that, among other things, require disclosure of a financial institution’s privacy policy to customers. In addition, these provisions permit states to adopt more extensive privacy protections through legislation or regulation. As part of Dodd-Frank, Congress established the CFPB to supervise and regulate institutions that provide certain financial products and services to consumers. Although the consumer financial services subject to the CFPB’s jurisdiction generally exclude insurance business of the kind in which we engage, the CFPB does have authority to regulate consumer services provided by MetLife Bank and non-insurance consumer services provided elsewhere throughout MetLife. See “— Dodd-Frank and Other Legislative and Regulatory Developments — Consumer Protection Laws.”

Change of Control and Restrictions on Mergers and Acquisitions.   Because MetLife, Inc. is a financial holding company and bank holding company, no person may acquire control of MetLife, Inc. without the prior approval of the Federal Reserve Board. A change of control is conclusively presumed upon acquisition of 25% or more of any class of voting securities and rebuttably presumed upon acquisition of 10% or more of any class of voting securities. Further, as a result of MetLife, Inc.’s ownership of MetLife Bank, approval from the OCC would be required in connection with a change of control (generally presumed upon the acquisition of 10% or more of any class of voting securities) of MetLife, Inc. As a result of Dodd-Frank, Federal Reserve approval is required for any acquisition of a non-bank firm by a bank holding company having more than $10 billion of assets, such as MetLife, Inc. Further, as a bank holding company with assets of $50 billion or more, MetLife, Inc. will be required to provide prior notice to the Federal Reserve before acquiring control of voting shares of a company engaged in financial activities that has $10 billion or more of consolidated assets.

Banking Regulation

As a federally chartered national banking association, MetLife Bank is subject to a wide variety of banking laws, regulations and guidelines. Federal banking and consumer financial protection laws regulate most aspects of the business of MetLife Bank, but certain state laws may apply as well. MetLife Bank is principally regulated by the OCC and the CFPB and secondarily by the Federal Reserve and the FDIC. Federal banking laws and regulations address various aspects of MetLife Bank’s business and operations with respect to, among other things, chartering to carry on business as a bank; the permissibility of certain activities; maintaining minimum capital ratios; capital management in relation to the bank’s assets; dividend payments and repurchases of securities, including common stock; safety and soundness standards; loan loss and other related liabilities; liquidity; financial reporting and disclosure standards; counterparty credit concentration; restrictions on related party and affiliate transactions; lending limits; payment of interest; unfair or deceptive acts or practices; privacy; and relationships with MetLife, Inc. in its capacity as a bank holding company and potentially with other investors in connection with a change of control of MetLife Bank. Dodd-Frank established a statutory standard for Federal preemption of state consumer financial protection laws, which standard will require national banks to comply with many state consumer financial protection laws that previously were considered preempted by Federal law. The FDIC has the right to assess FDIC-insured banks for funds to help pay the obligations of insolvent banks to depositors. In addition, Dodd-Frank resulted in increased assessments for MetLife Bank, as a bank with assets of $10 billion or more. Federal and state banking regulators regularly re-examine existing laws and regulations applicable to banks and their products. Changes in these laws and regulations, or in interpretations thereof, are often made for the benefit of the consumer at the expense of the bank.

Securities, Broker-Dealer and Investment Adviser Regulation

Some of our subsidiaries and their activities in offering and selling variable insurance products are subject to extensive regulation under the federal securities laws administered by the SEC. These subsidiaries issue variable

 

22


Table of Contents

annuity contracts and variable life insurance policies through separate accounts that are registered with the SEC as investment companies under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “Investment Company Act”). Each registered separate account is generally divided into sub-accounts, each of which invests in an underlying mutual fund which is itself a registered investment company under the Investment Company Act. In addition, the variable annuity contracts and variable life insurance policies issued by these registered separate accounts are registered with the SEC under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”). Other subsidiaries are registered with the SEC as broker-dealers under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and are members of, and subject to regulation by, FINRA. Further, some of our subsidiaries are registered as investment advisers with the SEC under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended (the “Investment Advisers Act”), and are also registered as investment advisers in various states, as applicable. Certain variable contract separate accounts sponsored by our subsidiaries are exempt from registration, but may be subject to other provisions of the federal securities laws.

Federal and state securities regulatory authorities and FINRA from time to time make inquiries and conduct examinations regarding compliance by MetLife, Inc. and its subsidiaries with securities and other laws and regulations. We cooperate with such inquiries and examinations and take corrective action when warranted.

Federal and state securities laws and regulations are primarily intended to protect investors in the securities markets and generally grant regulatory agencies broad rulemaking and enforcement powers, including the power to limit or restrict the conduct of business for failure to comply with such laws and regulations. See “— Dodd-Frank and Other Legislative and Regulatory Developments — Regulation of Brokers and Dealers.” We may also be subject to similar laws and regulations in the foreign countries in which we provide investment advisory services, offer products similar to those described above, or conduct other activities.

Environmental Considerations

As an owner and operator of real property, we are subject to extensive federal, state and local environmental laws and regulations. Inherent in such ownership and operation is also the risk that there may be potential environmental liabilities and costs in connection with any required remediation of such properties. In addition, we hold equity interests in companies that could potentially be subject to environmental liabilities. We routinely have environmental assessments performed with respect to real estate being acquired for investment and real property to be acquired through foreclosure. We cannot provide assurance that unexpected environmental liabilities will not arise. However, based on information currently available to us, we believe that any costs associated with compliance with environmental laws and regulations or any remediation of such properties will not have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition.

Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (“ERISA”) Considerations

We provide products and services to certain employee benefit plans that are subject to ERISA, or the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”). As such, our activities are subject to the restrictions imposed by ERISA and the Code, including the requirement under ERISA that fiduciaries must perform their duties solely in the interests of ERISA plan participants and beneficiaries and the requirement under ERISA and the Code that fiduciaries may not cause a covered plan to engage in prohibited transactions with persons who have certain relationships with respect to such plans. The applicable provisions of ERISA and the Code are subject to enforcement by the Department of Labor (“DOL”), the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) and the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation.

In John Hancock Mutual Life Insurance Company v. Harris Trust and Savings Bank (1993), the U.S. Supreme Court held that certain assets in excess of amounts necessary to satisfy guaranteed obligations under a participating group annuity general account contract are “plan assets.” Therefore, these assets are subject to certain fiduciary obligations under ERISA, which requires fiduciaries to perform their duties solely in the interest of ERISA plan participants and beneficiaries. On January 5, 2000, the Secretary of Labor issued final regulations indicating, in cases where an insurer has issued a policy backed by the insurer’s general account to or for an

 

23


Table of Contents

employee benefit plan, the extent to which assets of the insurer constitute plan assets for purposes of ERISA and the Code. The regulations apply only with respect to a policy issued by an insurer on or before December 31, 1998 (“Transition Policy”). No person will generally be liable under ERISA or the Code for conduct occurring prior to July 5, 2001, where the basis of a claim is that insurance company general account assets constitute plan assets. An insurer issuing a new policy that is backed by its general account and is issued to or for an employee benefit plan after December 31, 1998 will generally be subject to fiduciary obligations under ERISA, unless the policy is a guaranteed benefit policy.

The regulations indicate the requirements that must be met so that assets supporting a Transition Policy will not be considered plan assets for purposes of ERISA and the Code. These requirements include detailed disclosures to be made to the employee benefits plan and the requirement that the insurer must permit the policyholder to terminate the policy on 90 day notice and receive without penalty, at the policyholder’s option, either (i) the unallocated accumulated fund balance (which may be subject to market value adjustment) or (ii) a book value payment of such amount in annual installments with interest. We have taken and continue to take steps designed to ensure compliance with these regulations.

Dodd-Frank and Other Legislative and Regulatory Developments

Dodd-Frank effected the most far-reaching overhaul of financial regulation in the U.S. in decades. The full impact of Dodd-Frank on us will depend on the numerous rulemaking initiatives required or permitted by Dodd-Frank and the various studies mandated by Dodd-Frank, which are scheduled to be completed over the next few years. See “Risk Factors — Various Aspects of Dodd-Frank Could Impact Our Business Operations, Capital Requirements and Profitability and Limit Our Growth.”

Federal Regulation .  Dodd-Frank established the Federal Insurance Office within the Department of the Treasury, which has the authority to participate in the negotiations of international insurance agreements with foreign regulators for the U.S., as well as to collect information about the insurance industry and recommend prudential standards. While not having a general supervisory or regulatory authority over the business of insurance, the director of this office will perform various functions with respect to insurance, including serving as a non-voting member of the FSOC and making recommendations to the FSOC regarding insurers to be designated for more stringent regulation. The director is also required to submit a report to Congress regarding how to modernize and improve the system of insurance regulation in the United States, including by increasing national uniformity through either a federal charter or effective action by the states.

Enhanced Prudential Standards.   As a large, interconnected bank holding company with assets of $50 billion or more or, if designated as such by the FSOC, a non-bank systemically important financial institution, MetLife, Inc. will be subject to enhanced prudential standards imposed on such companies. The FSOC has proposed rules governing the process of how it would designate non-bank financial companies that would be subject to enhanced supervision by the Federal Reserve, but these rules have not become final and no non-bank financial companies have been so designated.

As proposed, Regulation YY would subject non-bank systemically important financial institutions to the same enhanced standards as large bank holding companies. Regulation YY would impose (i) enhanced RBC requirements, (ii) leverage limits, (iii) liquidity requirements, (iv) single counterparty exposure limits, (v) governance requirements for risk management, (vi) stress test requirements, and (vii) special debt-to-equity limits for certain companies, and would establish a procedure for early remediation based on the failure to comply with these requirements. The Federal Reserve Board invited comment on, among other things, whether and how to apply these standards to non-bank systemically important financial institutions.

In addition, if it were determined that MetLife, Inc. posed a substantial threat to U.S. financial stability, the applicable federal regulators would have the right to require it to take one or more other mitigating actions to reduce that risk, including limiting its ability to merge with or acquire another company, terminating activities, restricting its ability to offer financial products or requiring it to sell assets or off-balance sheet items to

 

24


Table of Contents

unaffiliated entities. Enhanced standards would also permit, but not require, regulators to establish requirements with respect to contingent capital, enhanced public disclosures and short-term debt limits. These standards are described as being more stringent than those otherwise imposed on bank holding companies; however, the Federal Reserve Board is permitted to apply them on an institution-by-institution basis, depending on its determination of the institution’s riskiness.

MetLife, Inc., as a bank holding company, will have to meet minimum leverage ratio and RBC requirements on a consolidated basis to be established by the Federal Reserve Board that are not less than those applicable to insured depository institutions under so-called prompt corrective action regulations as in effect on the date of the enactment of Dodd-Frank. One consequence of these new rules will ultimately be the inability of bank holding companies to include trust-preferred securities as part of their Tier 1 capital. Because of the phase-in period for these new rules, they should have little practical effect on MetLife’s ability to treat its currently outstanding trust-preferred securities as part of its Tier 1 capital, but they do prevent MetLife, Inc. from treating the common equity units issued originally as part of the consideration for the Acquisition (and since re-sold to the public) as Tier I capital, since the new rules apply immediately to instruments issued after May 19, 2010. See Note 14 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for information on these common equity units.

Under Dodd-Frank, all bank holding companies that have elected to be treated as financial holding companies, such as MetLife, Inc., are required to be “well capitalized” and “well managed” as defined by the Federal Reserve Board, on a consolidated basis, and not just at their depository institution(s), a higher standard than was applicable to financial holding companies before Dodd-Frank. If we are unable to meet these standards, we could be subject to activity restrictions, ultimately be required to divest certain operations and be restricted in our ability to pay dividends, repurchase common stock or other securities or engage in transactions that could affect our capital or need for capital. See “Risk Factors — Our Insurance, Brokerage and Banking Businesses Are Highly Regulated, and Changes in Regulation and in Supervisory and Enforcement Policies May Reduce Our Profitability and Limit Our Growth.”

Regulation of Over-the-Counter Derivatives.   Dodd-Frank also includes a new framework of regulation of the over-the-counter (“OTC”) derivatives markets which will require clearing of certain types of transactions currently traded OTC and could potentially impose additional costs, including new capital, reporting and margin requirements and additional regulation on the Company. Increased margin requirements on MetLife, Inc.’s part, combined with restrictions on securities that will qualify as eligible collateral, could reduce its liquidity and require an increase in its holdings of cash and government securities with lower yields causing a reduction in income. MetLife, Inc. uses derivatives to mitigate a wide range of risks in connection with its businesses, including the impact of increased benefit exposures from our annuity products that offer guaranteed benefits. The derivative clearing requirements of Dodd-Frank could increase the cost of our risk mitigation and expose us to the risk of a default by a clearinghouse with respect to MetLife, Inc.’s cleared derivative transactions. In addition, we have always been subject to the risk that hedging and other management procedures might prove ineffective in reducing the risks to which insurance policies expose us or that unanticipated policyholder behavior or mortality, combined with adverse market events, produces economic losses beyond the scope of the risk management techniques employed. Any such losses could be increased by higher costs of writing derivatives (including customized derivatives) and the reduced availability of customized derivatives that might result from the enactment of Dodd-Frank.

Volcker Rule.   Dodd-Frank restricts the ability of insured depository institutions and of companies, such as MetLife, Inc., that control an insured depository institution, and their affiliates, to engage in proprietary trading and to sponsor or invest in funds (hedge funds and private equity funds) that rely on certain exemptions from the Investment Company Act. Dodd-Frank provides an exemption for investment activity by a regulated insurance company or its affiliate solely for the general account of such insurance company if such activity is in compliance with the insurance company investment laws of the state or jurisdiction in which such company is domiciled and the appropriate Federal regulators after consultation with relevant insurance commissioners have not jointly determined such laws to be insufficient to protect the safety and soundness of the institution or the financial stability of the U.S. Other exemptions, including, but not limited to, activities for risk-mitigating

 

25


Table of Contents

hedging and activities on behalf of customers, may be available for the general account or separate account activities of insurance companies. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the appropriate Federal regulatory authorities are permitted under the legislation to impose, as part of rulemaking, additional capital requirements and other restrictions on any exempted activity. Dodd-Frank provides for a period of rulemaking during which the effects of the statutory language may be clarified. Among other things, one task of the rulemaking is to appropriately accommodate the business of insurance within an insurance company subject to regulation in accordance with relevant insurance company investments laws. Until the rulemaking is complete, including the scope of the statutory exemptions to be applied to insurance companies for each of the prohibitions on proprietary trading and fund sponsoring or investing, it is unclear whether MetLife, Inc. may have to alter any of its future activities to comply, including continuing to invest in private investment funds for its general accounts or to issue certain insurance products backed by its separate accounts. See “Risk Factors – Various Aspects of Dodd-Frank Could Impact Our Business Operations, Capital Requirements and Profitability and Limit Our Growth.”

Consumer Protection Laws .  Dodd-Frank established the CFPB that supervises and regulates institutions providing certain financial products and services to consumers. Although the consumer financial services to which this legislation applies exclude insurance business of the kind in which we engage, the CFPB has authority to regulate consumer services provided by MetLife Bank and non-insurance consumer services provided elsewhere throughout MetLife. Dodd-Frank established a statutory standard for Federal preemption of state consumer financial protection laws, which standard may require national banks to comply with many state consumer financial protection laws that previously were considered preempted by Federal law. The scope of this new standard is currently the matter of some dispute between the Comptroller of the Currency and some state attorneys general, and there have been judicial decisions holding that Dodd-Frank did not change the pre-existing preemption standard as established in earlier judicial decisions. As a result of the new standard, whatever its scope is finally determined to be, the regulatory and compliance burden on MetLife Bank may increase, which could adversely affect its business and results of operations. Dodd-Frank also includes provisions on mortgage lending, anti-predatory lending and other regulatory and supervisory provisions that could also impact the business and operations of MetLife Bank.

Orderly Liquidation Authority.   Under the provisions of Dodd-Frank relating to the resolution or liquidation of certain types of financial institutions, including bank holding companies, if MetLife, Inc. were to become insolvent or were in danger of defaulting on its obligations, it could be compelled to undergo liquidation with the FDIC as receiver. For this new regime to be applicable, a number of determinations would have to be made, including that a default by the affected company would have serious adverse effects on financial stability in the U.S. If the FDIC were to be appointed as the receiver for such a company, the liquidation of that company would occur under the provisions of the new liquidation authority, and not under the Bankruptcy Code. In such a liquidation, the holders of such company’s debt could in certain respects be treated differently than under the Bankruptcy Code. In particular, unsecured creditors and shareholders are intended to bear the losses of the company being liquidated. As required by Dodd-Frank, the FDIC has established rules relating to the priority of creditors’ claims and the potentially dissimilar treatment of similarly situated creditors. These provisions could apply to some financial institutions whose outstanding debt securities we hold in our investment portfolios. Dodd-Frank also provides for the assessment of bank holding companies with assets of $50 billion or more, non-bank SIFIs, and other financial companies with assets of $50 billion or more to cover the costs of liquidating any financial company subject to the new liquidation authority. In addition, regulations have been issued by the FDIC and the Federal Reserve Board regarding the advance preparation of resolution plans by all non-bank SIFIs and bank holding companies with $50 billion or more of assets. The largest institutions will have to submit resolution plans by July 1, 2012. Under the rule, if MetLife, Inc. remains a bank holding company on this date, or if, in the future, it is designated by the FSOC as a non-bank systemically important financial institution, it would be required to submit a resolution plan. Resolution plans would have to be resubmitted annually and promptly following any event, occurrence, change in conditions or circumstances, or other change that results in, or could reasonably be foreseen to have, a material effect on the resolution plan. A failure to submit a “credible” resolution plan could result in the imposition a variety of measures, including additional capital, leverage, or liquidity requirements, and forced divestiture of assets or operations.

 

26


Table of Contents

Regulation of Brokers and Dealers.   Dodd-Frank also authorizes the SEC to establish a standard of conduct applicable to brokers and dealers when providing personalized investment advice to retail and other customers. This standard of conduct would be to act in the best interest of the customer without regard to the financial or other interest of the broker or dealer providing the advice.

Source of Strength .  Dodd-Frank statutorily imposes the requirement that MetLife, Inc. serve as a source of strength for MetLife Bank.

We cannot predict what other proposals may be made, what legislation may be introduced or enacted or the impact of any such legislation on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

International Regulation

Our international operations are regulated in the jurisdictions in which they are located or operate. This regulation includes minimum capital, solvency and operational requirements. The authority of our international operations to conduct business is subject to licensing requirements, permits and approvals, and these authorizations are subject to modification and revocation. Periodic examinations of insurance company books and records, financial reporting requirements, market conduct examinations and policy filing requirements are among the techniques used by regulators to supervise our non-U.S. insurance businesses. We also have investment and pension companies in certain foreign jurisdictions that provide mutual fund, pension and other financial products and services. Those entities are subject to securities, investment, pension and other laws and regulations, and oversight by the relevant securities, pension and other authorities of the countries in which the companies operate. In some jurisdictions, some of our insurance products are considered “securities” under local law and may be subject to local securities regulations and oversight by local securities regulators.

Our international operations are exposed to increased political, legal, financial, operational and other risks. Our international operations may be materially adversely affected by the actions and decisions of foreign authorities and regulators, such as through nationalization or expropriation of assets, the imposition of limits on foreign ownership of local companies, changes in laws (including tax laws and regulations), their application or interpretation, political instability, dividend limitations, price controls, currency exchange controls or other restrictions that prevent us from transferring funds from these operations out of the countries in which they operate or converting local currencies we hold into U.S. dollars or other currencies, as well as other adverse actions by foreign governmental authorities and regulators. Such actions may negatively affect our business in these jurisdictions. See “Risk Factors — Our International Operations Face Political, Legal, Operational and Other Risks, Including Exposure to Local and Regional Economic Conditions, That Could Negatively Affect Those Operations or Our Profitability” and “Risk Factors — Our Insurance, Brokerage and Banking Businesses Are Highly Regulated, and Changes in Regulation and in Supervisory and Enforcement Policies May Reduce Our Profitability and Limit Our Growth.”

Certain of our international insurance operations may be subject to assessments, generally based on their proportionate share of business written in the relevant jurisdiction, for certain obligations to policyholders and claimants resulting from the insolvency of insurance companies. We cannot predict the timing and scope of any assessments that may be made in the future, which may materially affect the results of operations of our international insurance operations in particular quarterly or annual periods.

Annually, many of our international insurance operations are required to conduct an analysis of the sufficiency of all statutory reserves. In most of those cases, a locally qualified actuary must submit an analysis of the likelihood that the reserves make good and sufficient provision for the associated contractual obligations and related expenses of the insurer. Local regulatory and actuarial standards for this vary widely; the required implied certainty of the signing actuary’s opinion varies equally widely.

We are also subject to the evolving Solvency II insurance regulatory directive for each of our insurance operations throughout the European Economic Area. The European Insurance and Occupational Pensions Authority (“EIOPA”) established Solvency II as a new capital adequacy regime for the European insurance

 

27


Table of Contents

industry. Currently, the EIOPA anticipates final proposals for standards and guidelines to be published in September 2012. Implementation is under discussion within EIOPA, but we are proceeding with our plan for readiness by January 1, 2013. Our Solvency II program is governed by a steering committee comprised of senior management. Solvency II encompasses solvency capital requirements, allows for both standard model and internal model calculations, requires a robust governance and risk management framework fully embedded in day-to-day decision making and greater quarterly and annual reporting disclosures. As requirements are finalized by the regulators, capital requirements might be impacted in a number of jurisdictions. Compliance with these new capital standards may impact the level of capital required to be held at individual legal entities. Further, the efforts required to comply with these regulations may increase operating costs at these entities. See “Risk Factors — Our Insurance, Brokerage and Banking Businesses Are Highly Regulated, and Changes in Regulation and in Supervisory and Enforcement Policies May Reduce Our Profitability and Limit Our Growth.”

We expect the scope and extent of regulation outside of the U.S., as well as regulatory oversight, generally to continue to increase. That oversight, and the legal and regulatory environment in the countries in which we operate, could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.

Japan

Our operations in Japan are subject to regulation and examination by Japan’s Financial Services Agency (“FSA”). Our operations in Japan are required to file with the FSA annual reports for each fiscal year (ending March 31) which include financial statements. These annual reports are not prepared on a U.S. GAAP basis. Similar to the U.S., Japanese law provides that insurers in Japan must maintain specified solvency standards for the protection of policyholders and to support the financial strength of licensed insurers. As of September 30, 2011, the date of our most recent regulatory filing in Japan, the solvency margin ratio of our Japan operations was 1,529.5%, which is significantly in excess of the legally mandated solvency margin of 200% in Japan. Most Japanese life insurers maintain a solvency margin ratio well in excess of the legally mandated minimum. The FSA will apply a revised method of calculating the solvency margin ratio of life insurance companies in Japan for the next fiscal year-end, which is March 31, 2012, and required the disclosure of the ratio calculated on this new basis as reference information for the last fiscal year-end, which was March 31, 2011. As of September 30, 2011, the solvency margin of our Japan operations calculated on this new basis was 923.9%. We do not expect our relative position within the industry to materially change as a result of the application of this revised method.

A portion of the annual earnings of our Japan operations may be repatriated each year, and may further be distributed to MetLife, Inc. as a dividend. We may determine not to repatriate profits from the Japan operations or to repatriate a reduced amount in order to maintain or improve the solvency margin of the Japan operations or for other reasons. In addition, the FSA may limit or not permit profit repatriations or other transfers of funds to the U.S. if such transfers would be detrimental to the solvency or financial strength of our Japan operations or for other reasons.

Our operations in Japan are subject to assessments to cover obligations to policyholders in the event of insolvency of other insurance companies. Under the Japanese Insurance Business Law, all licensed life insurers in Japan are assessed on an annual basis by the Life Insurance Policyholders Protection Corporation of Japan. These assessments are aggregated across all licensed life insurers in Japan and used to satisfy certain obligations to policyholders and claimants of insolvent life insurance companies. We cannot predict the amount of future assessments, which may materially affect our results of operations in Japan in particular quarterly or annual periods.

Competition

We believe that competition faced by our segments is based on a number of factors, including service, product features, scale, price, financial strength, claims-paying ratings, credit ratings, e-business capabilities and name recognition. We compete in the U.S. and internationally, with other insurance companies, as well as non-insurance financial services companies, such as banks, broker-dealers and asset managers, for individual consumers, employer and other group customers as well as agents and other distributors of insurance and

 

28


Table of Contents

investment products. Some of these companies offer a broader array of products, have more competitive pricing or, with respect to other insurance companies, have higher claims paying ability ratings. Our U.S. Business competes in the U.S. with over 1,000 other U.S. and foreign-owned companies. In Japan, we compete with over 40 domestic and foreign-owned life insurance companies, many of which offer products in categories on which we focus: accident and health insurance, life insurance, and annuities. However, we typically have two to three main competitors per product category. Elsewhere, we compete with the foreign insurance operations of large U.S. insurers and with global insurance groups and local companies in particular areas in which they are active. Many of our group insurance products are underwritten annually and, accordingly, there is a risk that group purchasers may be able to obtain more favorable terms from competitors rather than renewing coverage with us. See “Risk Factors — Competitive Factors May Adversely Affect Our Market Share and Profitability.”

We believe that the turbulence in financial markets that began in the second half of 2007, its impact on the capital position of many competitors, and subsequent actions by regulators and rating agencies have altered the competitive environment. In particular, we believe that these factors have highlighted financial strength as the most significant differentiator from the perspective of some customers and certain distributors. We believe the Company is well positioned to compete in this environment. In particular, the Company distributes many of its individual products through other financial institutions such as banks and broker-dealers. These distribution partners are currently placing greater emphasis on the financial strength of the company whose products they sell. In addition, the financial market turbulence has highlighted the extent of the risk associated with certain variable annuity products and has led many companies in our industry to re-examine the pricing and features of the products they offer. The effects of current market conditions may also lead to consolidation in the life insurance industry. Although we cannot predict the ultimate impact of these conditions, we believe that the strongest companies will enjoy a competitive advantage as a result of the current circumstances.

We must attract and retain productive sales representatives to sell our insurance, annuities and investment products. Insurance companies compete for sales representatives with demonstrated ability. We compete with other insurance companies for sales representatives primarily on the basis of our financial position, support services and compensation and product features. See “— U.S. Business — Sales Distribution.” In selected global markets, we continue to undertake several initiatives to grow our career agency forces, while continuing to enhance the efficiency and production of our existing sales forces. We cannot provide assurance that these initiatives will succeed in attracting and retaining productive agents. Sales of individual insurance, annuities and investment products and our results of operations and financial position could be materially adversely affected if we are unsuccessful in attracting and retaining productive agents. See “Risk Factors — We May Be Unable to Attract and Retain Sales Representatives for Our Products.”

Numerous aspects of our business are subject to regulation. Legislative and other changes affecting the regulatory environment can affect our competitive position within the life insurance industry and within the broader financial services industry. See “— U.S. Regulation,” “— International Regulation,” “Risk Factors — Our Insurance, Brokerage and Banking Businesses Are Highly Regulated, and Changes in Regulation May Reduce Our Profitability and Limit Our Growth,” “Risk Factors — Governmental and Regulatory Actions for the Purpose of Stabilizing and Revitalizing the Financial Markets and Protecting Investors and Consumers May Not Achieve the Intended Effect or Could Adversely Affect Our Competitive Position” and “Risk Factors — Changes in U.S. Federal and State Securities Laws and Regulations, and State Insurance Regulations Regarding Suitability of Annuity Product Sales, May Affect Our Operations and Our Profitability.”

Employees

At December 31, 2011, we had approximately 67,000 employees. We believe that our relations with our employees are satisfactory.

 

29


Table of Contents

Executive Officers of the Registrant

Set forth below is information regarding the executive officers of MetLife, Inc.:

Steven J. Goulart, age 53, has been Executive Vice President and Chief Investment Officer of MetLife, Inc. since May 2011. Previously, he was Treasurer of MetLife, Inc. from July 2009 to April 2011, head of the Portfolio Management Unit as Senior Managing Director of MLIC from January 2011 to April 2011, and head of the Mergers & Acquisitions Unit as Senior Vice President of MLIC from November 2006 to July 2009 and as Director of MetLife Group, Inc. from June to November 2006. Before joining MetLife in 2006, Mr. Goulart was senior managing director in Bear Stearns’ financial institutions group, managing director in Morgan Stanley’s global insurance group and managing director in the financial institutions group at Merrill Lynch.

Frans Hijkoop, age 51, has been Executive Vice President and Chief Human Resources Officer of MetLife, Inc. since August 2011. Previously, he was chief personnel officer and senior vice president of human resources for the American Foods division of PepsiCo Inc. from January 2008 to August 2011 and chief personnel officer and senior vice president of human resources for PepsiCo International from February 2007 to January 2008. Prior to that he was an executive committee member and group human resources director of Lloyds TSB from January 2004 to February 2007.

Beth Hirschhorn, age 47, has been Executive Vice President, Global Brand, Marketing and Communications of MetLife, Inc. since November 1, 2011. Previously, she was Chief Marketing Officer and Senior Vice President of MetLife, Inc. from November 2006 to October 2011, and managed marketing for the U.S. Individual and Institutional businesses as Vice President of MLIC from January 2003 to November 2006. Before joining MetLife in 2002, she led the consumer financial services marketing unit at JP Morgan Chase.

Steven A. Kandarian, age 59, has been Chairman of the Board of MetLife, Inc. since January 2012 and President and Chief Executive Officer of MetLife, Inc. since May 2011. Previously, he was Executive Vice President and Chief Investment Officer of MetLife, Inc. from April 2005 to April 2011. Before joining MetLife, he was the executive director of the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation from 2001 to 2004. Mr. Kandarian was founder and managing partner of Orion Capital Partners, where he managed a private equity fund specializing in venture capital and corporate acquisitions.

Michel Khalaf, age 48, has been President, EMEA, of MetLife, Inc. since November 21, 2011. He joined MetLife as a result of the Acquisition. Mr. Khalaf served as Executive Vice President of MLIC from January 2011 until November 2011, and was Regional President, Middle East, Africa and South Asia of American Life from January 2009 until November 2011. Prior to the Acquisition, Mr. Khalaf had been deputy president and chief operating officer of Philamlife, the operating company of AIG in the Philippines, from August 2006 to October 2008. Mr. Khalaf has also held a number of leadership roles with ALICO in various markets around the world, including Poland, Egypt, Italy, France, and the Caribbean.

Nicholas D. Latrenta, age 60, has been Executive Vice President of MetLife, Inc. since August 2010 and General Counsel of MetLife, Inc. since May 2010. Previously, he was Senior Chief Counsel of MLIC supporting the Insurance Group from March 2007 to April 2010, the Institutional Business, ERISA and Product Tax Legal Group from April 2006 to February 2007, and MetLife Business from July 2004 to March 2006. He also served as Senior Vice President of MLIC Institutional Business from October 2000 to June 2004. Mr. Latrenta joined the Company in 1969 and has served in various senior management positions since that time.

Martin Lippert, age 52, joined MetLife in September 2011 as Executive Vice President and Head of Global Technology of MetLife, Inc. and has been Executive Vice President and Head of Global Technology and Operations of MetLife, Inc. since November 2011. Before joining MetLife, he was chief operations and technology officer for Citigroup from July 2008 to March 2009, and was vice chairman and group head of global technology and operations for Royal Bank of Canada from August 1997 to July 2008.

 

30


Table of Contents

Maria R. Morris, age 49, has been Executive Vice President and Head of Global Employee Benefits of MetLife, Inc. since November 2011. Previously, she was Executive Vice President, Global Operations, Integration, of MetLife, Inc. from September 2011 to November 2011, and Executive Vice President, Technology and Operations, of MetLife, Inc. from January 2008 to September 2011. Previously, she was Executive Vice President, Employee Benefits Sales of MLIC from December 2005 to January 2008, Senior Vice President of Group Insurance and Voluntary Benefits Sales and Service Operations of MLIC from July 2003 to December 2005, and Vice President from March 1997 to July 2003.

Eric T. Steigerwalt, age 50, has been Executive Vice President and Interim Chief Financial Officer for MetLife, Inc. since November 2011. He has been Executive Vice President of MLIC since January 2010, prior to which he served as Senior Vice President of MLIC from June 2000 to December 2009 and Vice President of MLIC from September 1998 to June 2000. Mr. Steigerwalt also served as Senior Vice President of MetLife, Inc. from June 2000 through July 2009, and served as Treasurer of MetLife, Inc. from May 2007 to July 2009. As an officer of MLIC, he served as chief financial officer for U.S. Business from August 2009 to November 2011, chief financial officer for Individual Business from 2002 to 2003 and head of Investor Relations from 2000 to 2002.

William J. Wheeler, age 50, has been President, The Americas, of MetLife, Inc. since November 21, 2011. Previously, he was Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of MetLife, Inc. from December 2003 to November 2011, prior to which he was a Senior Vice President of MLIC from 1997 to December 2003. Prior to his appointment as Chief Financial Officer, Mr. Wheeler oversaw business development, product management and marketing activities for Individual Business and served as chief financial officer of Individual Business. Before joining MLIC in 1997 as treasurer, he was senior vice president at Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette, a position he held for more than five years.

Trademarks

We have a worldwide trademark portfolio that we consider important in the marketing of our products and services, including, among others, the trademark “MetLife.” We also have the exclusive license to use the Peanuts ® characters in the area of financial services and healthcare benefit services in the U.S. and internationally under an advertising and premium agreement with Peanuts Worldwide, LLC until December 31, 2014. We also have a non-exclusive license to use certain Citigroup-owned trademarks in connection with the marketing, distribution or sale of life insurance and annuity products under a licensing agreement with Citigroup until June 30, 2015. Furthermore, as result of the Acquisition, we acquired American Life and its trademarks, including the “Alico” trademark. We believe that our rights in our trademarks and under our Peanuts ® characters license and our Citigroup license are well protected.

Available Information

MetLife files periodic reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. Such reports, proxy statements and other information may be obtained by visiting the Public Reference Room of the SEC at its Headquarters Office, 100 F Street, N.E., Washington D.C. 20549 or by calling the SEC at 1-202-551-8090 or 1-800-SEC-0330 (Office of Investor Education and Advocacy). In addition, the SEC maintains an internet website (www.sec.gov) that contains reports, proxy statements, and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC, including MetLife, Inc.

MetLife makes available, free of charge, on its website (www.metlife.com) through the Investor Relations page, its annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, and amendments to all those reports, as soon as reasonably practicable after filing (furnishing) such reports to the SEC. Other information found on the website is not part of this or any other report filed with or furnished to the SEC.

 

31


Table of Contents

Item 1A.   Risk Factors

Difficult Conditions in the Global Capital Markets and the Economy Generally May Materially Adversely Affect Our Business and Results of Operations and These Conditions May Not Improve in the Near Future

Our business and results of operations are materially affected by conditions in the global capital markets and the economy generally. Stressed conditions, volatility and disruptions in global capital markets, particular markets, or financial asset classes can have an adverse effect on us, in part because we have a large investment portfolio and our insurance liabilities are sensitive to changing market factors. Global market factors, including interest rates, credit spreads, equity prices, real estate markets, foreign currency exchange rates, consumer spending, business investment, government spending, the volatility and strength of the capital markets, deflation and inflation, all affect the business and economic environment and, ultimately, the amount and profitability of our business. Disruptions in one market or asset class can also spread to other markets or asset classes. Upheavals in the financial markets can also affect our business through their effects on general levels of economic activity, employment and customer behavior. While our diversified business mix and geographically diverse business operations partially mitigate these risks, correlation across regions, countries and global market factors may reduce the benefits of diversification.

Volatile conditions have continued to characterize financial markets at times, and not all global financial markets are functioning normally. Significant market volatility, and government actions taken in response, may exacerbate some of the risks we face. Beginning in 2010 and continuing throughout 2011, concerns increased about capital markets and the solvency of certain European Union member states, including Portugal, Ireland, Italy, Greece and Spain (“Europe’s perimeter region”), and of financial institutions that have significant direct or indirect exposure to debt issued by these countries. This, in turn, created market volatility which will continue to affect the performance of various asset classes in 2012, and perhaps longer, until there is an ultimate resolution of these sovereign debt-related concerns. As a result of concerns about the ability of Europe’s perimeter region to service their sovereign debt, these countries have experienced credit ratings downgrades, including the downgrade of Greece’s sovereign debt in July 2011 by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (“Moody’s”) and Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services (“S&P”) to Ca and CC ratings, respectively — rating designations of likely in, or very near, default. On February 27, 2012, S&P downgraded Greece’s credit rating to SD, a rating of selective default. Despite support programs for Europe’s perimeter region, concerns about the ability to service sovereign debt subsequently expanded to other European Union member states. As a result, in late 2011 and early 2012, several other European Union member states have experienced credit ratings downgrades or have had their credit ratings outlook changed to negative. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Investments — Current Environment.” The Japanese economy, to which we face substantial exposure given our operations there, was significantly negatively impacted by the March 2011 earthquake and tsunami. Although we expect modest growth in the Japanese economy during 2012, disruptions to the Japanese economy are having, and will continue to have, negative impacts on the overall global economy, not all of which can be foreseen. Although the August 2011 downgrade by S&P of U.S. Treasury securities initially had an adverse effect on financial markets, the extent of the longer-term impact cannot be predicted. In November 2011, Fitch Ratings (“Fitch”) warned that it may in the future downgrade the U.S. credit rating unless action is taken to reduce the national debt of the U.S. It is possible that the August 2011 S&P downgrade and any future downgrades, as well as continued concerns about U.S. fiscal policy and the trajectory of the national debt of the U.S., could have severe repercussions to the U.S. and global credit and financial markets, further exacerbate concerns over sovereign debt of other countries and could disrupt economic activity in the U.S. and elsewhere. See “— Concerns Over U.S. Fiscal Policy and the Trajectory of the National Debt of the U.S., as well as Rating Agency Downgrades of U.S. Treasury Securities, Could Have an Adverse Effect on Our Business, Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Investments — Current Environment.”

Our revenues and net investment income are likely to remain under pressure in uncertain financial market conditions and as a result of low interest rates and our profit margins could erode. Also, in the event of extreme

 

32


Table of Contents

prolonged market events, such as the recent global credit crisis, we could incur significant capital and/or operating losses. Even in the absence of a market downturn, we are exposed to substantial risk of loss due to market volatility.

We are a significant writer of variable insurance products and certain other products issued through separate accounts. The account values of these products decrease as a result of declining equity markets. Decreases in account values reduce fees generated by these products, cause the amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs (“DAC”) to accelerate and could increase the level of insurance liabilities we must carry to support such products issued with any associated guarantees.

Factors such as consumer spending, business investment, government spending, the volatility and strength of the capital markets, deflation and inflation all affect the business and economic environment and, ultimately, the amount and profitability of our business. In an economic downturn characterized by higher unemployment, lower family income, lower corporate earnings, lower business investment and lower consumer spending, the demand for our financial and insurance products could be adversely affected. Group insurance, in particular, is affected by the higher unemployment rate. In addition, we may experience an elevated incidence of claims and lapses or surrenders of policies. Our policyholders may choose to defer paying insurance premiums or stop paying insurance premiums altogether. Adverse changes in the economy could affect earnings negatively and could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

The recent financial crisis has precipitated, and may continue to raise the possibility of, legislative, judicial, regulatory and other governmental actions. We cannot predict whether or when such actions may occur, nor can we predict what ultimate impact, if any, either such actions or any of the legislative, judicial, regulatory and other governmental actions of the last several years could have on our business, results of operations and financial condition. See “— Governmental and Regulatory Actions for the Purpose of Stabilizing and Revitalizing the Financial Markets and Protecting Investors and Consumers May Not Achieve the Intended Effect or Could Adversely Affect Our Competitive Position,” “— Our Insurance, Brokerage and Banking Businesses Are Highly Regulated, and Changes in Regulation and in Supervisory and Enforcement Policies May Reduce Our Profitability and Limit Our Growth,” “— Various Aspects of Dodd-Frank Could Impact Our Business Operations, Capital Requirements and Profitability and Limit Our Growth,” and “— Competitive Factors May Adversely Affect Our Market Share and Profitability.”

Concerns Over U.S. Fiscal Policy and the Trajectory of the National Debt of the U.S., as well as Rating Agency Downgrades of U.S. Treasury Securities, Could Have an Adverse Effect on Our Business, Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Concerns over U.S. fiscal policy and the trajectory of the national debt could have severe repercussions to the U.S. and global credit and financial markets, further exacerbate concerns over sovereign debt of other countries and disrupt economic activity in the U.S. and elsewhere. As a result, our access to, or cost of, liquidity may deteriorate.

In August 2011, S&P downgraded the AAA rating on U.S. Treasury securities to AA+ with a negative outlook, while Moody’s affirmed the Aaa rating on U.S. Treasury securities, but with a negative outlook. In October 2011, Moody’s affirmed its August 2011 ratings, but revised its negative outlook to stable. In November 2011, Fitch affirmed its AAA rating on U.S. Treasury securities but changed its U.S. credit rating outlook to negative from stable, citing the failure of a special Congressional committee to agree on certain deficit reduction measures and warning that it may in the future downgrade the U.S. credit rating unless action is taken to reduce the national debt of the U.S.

As a result of downgrades of U.S. Treasury securities, the market value of some of our investments may decrease, and our capital adequacy could be adversely affected, which could require us to raise additional capital during a period of distress in financial markets, potentially at a higher cost. Further downgrades, together with the sustained current trajectory of the national debt of the U.S., would significantly exacerbate the risks we face and any resulting adverse effects on our business, financial condition and results of operations, including those

 

33


Table of Contents

described under “— Difficult Conditions in the Global Capital Markets and the Economy Generally May Materially Adversely Affect Our Business and Results of Operations and These Conditions May Not Improve in the Near Future,” “— Adverse Capital and Credit Market Conditions May Significantly Affect Our Ability to Meet Liquidity Needs, Access to Capital and Cost of Capital,” “— Our Participation in a Securities Lending Program Subjects Us to Potential Liquidity and Other Risks” and “— The Determination of the Amount of Allowances and Impairments Taken on Our Investments is Subjective and Could Materially Impact Our Results of Operations or Financial Position.” We cannot predict whether or when these adverse consequences may occur, what other unforeseen consequences may result, or the extent, severity and duration of the impact of such consequences on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Governmental and Regulatory Actions for the Purpose of Stabilizing and Revitalizing the Financial Markets and Protecting Investors and Consumers May Not Achieve the Intended Effect or Could Adversely Affect Our Competitive Position

In recent years, Congress, the Federal Reserve, the FDIC, the U.S. Treasury and other agencies of the U.S. federal government have taken a number of increasingly aggressive actions (including a series of interest rate reductions that began in the second half of 2007) intended to provide liquidity to financial institutions and markets, to avert a loss of investor confidence in particular troubled institutions, to prevent or contain the spread of the financial crisis and to spur economic growth. Most of these programs have largely run their course or been discontinued. More likely to be relevant to us are the monetary policy implemented by the Federal Reserve and the implementation of Dodd-Frank, which will significantly change financial regulation in the U.S. in a number of areas that could affect us. Given the large number of provisions of Dodd-Frank that must be implemented through regulatory action and the delay with which some aspects of this implementation are taking place, we cannot predict what impact this could have on our business, results of operations and financial condition. The impact of Dodd-Frank implementation will also be affected by MetLife Bank’s pending actions to exit the depository business, MetLife Bank’s decision to exit the forward mortgage origination business, MetLife, Inc.’s intention to deregister as a bank holding company, and Dodd-Frank rulemaking initiatives relating to non-bank systemically important financial institutions. See “— Various Aspects of Dodd-Frank Could Impact Our Business Operations, Capital Requirements and Profitability and Limit Our Growth” and “Business — U.S. Regulation — Dodd-Frank and Other Legislative and Regulatory Developments.”

The Federal Reserve Board has taken a number of actions in recent years to spur economic activity by keeping interest rates low and may take further actions to influence interest rates in the future, which may have an impact on the pricing levels of risk-bearing investments, and may adversely impact the level of product sales. There can be no assurance that these actions will have the intended effect or what impact, if any, these actions could have on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

In addition, the U.S. federal government (including the FDIC) and private lenders have instituted programs to reduce the monthly payment obligations of mortgagors and/or reduce the principal payable on residential mortgage loans. As a result of such programs or of any legislation requiring loan modifications, we may need to maintain or increase our engagement in similar activities in order to comply with program or statutory requirements and to remain competitive. Increased attention is also being paid to the practices of lenders in connection with the mortgage modification process.

We cannot predict whether the funds made available by the U.S. federal government and its agencies, or other actions taken by the government, will stabilize or further revive the financial markets or harm them or, if the U.S. federal government decides to distribute additional amounts, either by Federal Reserve Board action or by Congressional appropriation, whether those additional actions will have positive or negative effects.

The choices made by the U.S. Treasury, the Federal Reserve and the FDIC in their distribution of funds under any future asset purchase programs, as well as any decisions made regarding the imposition of additional regulation on large financial institutions may have, over time, the effect of supporting or burdening some aspects of the financial services industry more than others. Some of our competitors have received, or may in the future

 

34


Table of Contents

receive, benefits under one or more of the federal government’s programs. This could adversely affect our competitive position. See “— Our Insurance, Brokerage and Banking Businesses Are Highly Regulated, and Changes in Regulation and in Supervisory and Enforcement Policies May Reduce Our Profitability and Limit Our Growth,” “— Governmental and Regulatory Actions for the Purpose of Stabilizing and Revitalizing the Financial Markets and Protecting Investors and Consumers May Not Achieve the Intended Effect or Could Adversely Affect Our Competitive Position,” and “— Competitive Factors May Adversely Affect Our Market Share and Profitability.”

Adverse Capital and Credit Market Conditions May Significantly Affect Our Ability to Meet Liquidity Needs, Access to Capital and Cost of Capital

The capital and credit markets are sometimes subject to periods of extreme volatility and disruption. Such volatility and disruption could cause liquidity and credit capacity for certain issuers to be limited.

We need liquidity to pay our operating expenses, interest on our debt and dividends on our capital stock, maintain our securities lending activities and replace certain maturing liabilities. Without sufficient liquidity, we will be forced to curtail our operations, and our business will suffer. The principal sources of our liquidity are insurance premiums, annuity considerations, deposit funds, and cash flow from our investment portfolio and assets, consisting mainly of cash or assets that are readily convertible into cash. Sources of liquidity in normal markets also include short-term instruments such as funding agreements and commercial paper. Sources of capital in normal markets include long-term instruments, medium- and long-term debt, junior subordinated debt securities, capital securities and equity securities.

In the event market or other conditions have an adverse impact on our capital and liquidity, or any required regulatory stress-testing indicates that such conditions could have such an impact beyond expectations and our current resources do not satisfy our needs or regulatory requirements, we may have to seek additional financing. The availability of additional financing will depend on a variety of factors such as market conditions, regulatory considerations, the general availability of credit, the volume of trading activities, the overall availability of credit to the financial services industry, our credit ratings and credit capacity, as well as the possibility that customers or lenders could develop a negative perception of our long- or short-term financial prospects if we incur large investment losses or if the level of our business activity decreases due to a market downturn. Similarly, our access to funds may be impaired if regulatory authorities or rating agencies take negative actions against us. Our internal sources of liquidity may prove to be insufficient and, in such case, we may not be able to successfully obtain additional financing on favorable terms, or at all.

Our liquidity requirements may change if, among other things, we are required to return significant amounts of cash collateral on short notice under securities lending agreements.

Disruptions, uncertainty or volatility in the capital and credit markets may also limit our access to capital required to operate our business, most significantly our insurance operations. Such market conditions may limit our ability to replace, in a timely manner, maturing liabilities; satisfy regulatory capital requirements (under both insurance and banking laws); and access the capital necessary to grow our business. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Conditions and Results of Operations — Industry Trends — Regulatory Changes.” See also “Business — U.S. Regulation — Financial Holding Company Regulation” for information relating to the possible impact on us of Regulation YY, Basel II and Basel III, “Business — U.S. Regulation — Dodd-Frank and Other Legislative and Regulatory Developments” for a discussion of the possible impact on us of Dodd-Frank, and “Business — International Regulation” for information relating to Solvency II. As a result, we may be forced to delay raising capital, issue different types of securities than we would have otherwise, less effectively deploy such capital, issue shorter tenor securities than we prefer, or bear an unattractive cost of capital which could decrease our profitability and significantly reduce our financial flexibility. Our results of operations, financial condition, cash flows and statutory capital position could be materially adversely affected by disruptions in the financial markets.

 

35


Table of Contents

Our Insurance, Brokerage and Banking Businesses Are Highly Regulated, and Changes in Regulation and in Supervisory and Enforcement Policies May Reduce Our Profitability and Limit Our Growth

Insurance Regulation — U.S. Our insurance operations are subject to a wide variety of insurance and other laws and regulations. See “Business — U.S. Regulation — Insurance Regulation.” State insurance laws regulate most aspects of our U.S. insurance businesses, and our U.S insurance subsidiaries are regulated by the insurance regulators of the states in which they are domiciled and the states in which they are licensed.

State laws in the U.S. grant insurance regulatory and other state authorities broad administrative powers with respect to, among other things:

 

   

licensing companies and agents to transact business;

 

   

calculating the value of assets to determine compliance with statutory requirements;

 

   

mandating certain insurance benefits;

 

   

regulating certain premium rates;

 

   

reviewing and approving policy forms;

 

   

regulating unfair trade and claims practices, including through the imposition of restrictions on marketing and sales practices, distribution arrangements and payment of inducements, and identifying and paying to the states benefits and other property that is not claimed by the owners;

 

   

regulating advertising;

 

   

protecting privacy;

 

   

establishing statutory capital and reserve requirements and solvency standards;

 

   

fixing maximum interest rates on insurance policy loans and minimum rates for guaranteed crediting rates on life insurance policies and annuity contracts;

 

   

approving changes in control of insurance companies;

 

   

restricting the payment of dividends and other transactions between affiliates; and

 

   

regulating the types, amounts and valuation of investments.

State insurance guaranty associations have the right to assess insurance companies doing business in their state for funds to help pay the obligations of insolvent insurance companies to policyholders and claimants. Because the amount and timing of an assessment is beyond our control, the liabilities that we have currently established for these potential liabilities may not be adequate. See “Business — U.S. Regulation — Insurance Regulation — Guaranty Associations and Similar Arrangements.”

State insurance regulators and the NAIC regularly re-examine existing laws and regulations applicable to insurance companies and their products. Changes in these laws and regulations, or in interpretations thereof, that are made for the benefit of the consumer sometimes lead to additional expense for the insurer and, thus, could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

U.S. Federal Regulation Affecting Insurance .  Currently, the U.S. federal government does not directly regulate the business of insurance. However, Dodd-Frank allows federal regulators to compel state insurance regulators to liquidate an insolvent insurer under some circumstances if the state regulators have not acted within a specific period. It also establishes the Federal Insurance Office within the Department of the Treasury, which has the authority to participate in the negotiations of international insurance agreements with foreign regulators for the U.S., as well as to collect information about the insurance industry and recommend prudential standards.

 

36


Table of Contents

While not having a general supervisory or regulatory authority over the business of insurance, the director of this office will perform various functions with respect to insurance, including serving as a non-voting member of the FSOC and making recommendations to the FSOC regarding insurers to be designated for more stringent regulation. The director is also required to submit a report to Congress regarding how to modernize and improve the system of insurance regulation in the United States, including by increasing national uniformity through either a federal charter or effective action by the states.

Federal legislation and administrative policies in several areas can significantly and adversely affect insurance companies. These areas include financial services regulation, securities regulation, derivatives regulation, mortgage regulation, pension regulation, health care regulation, privacy, tort reform legislation and taxation. In addition, various forms of direct and indirect federal regulation of insurance have been proposed from time to time, including proposals for the establishment of an optional federal charter for insurance companies. Other aspects of our insurance operations could also be affected by Dodd-Frank. For example, Dodd-Frank imposes restrictions on the ability of affiliates of insured depository institutions (such as MetLife Bank) to engage in proprietary trading or sponsor or invest in hedge funds or private equity funds. See “Business — U.S. Regulation — Dodd-Frank and Other Legislative and Regulatory Developments — Volcker Rule.”

Banking and Bank Holding Company Regulation .  As a federally chartered national banking association, MetLife Bank is subject to a wide variety of banking laws, regulations and guidelines. Federal banking and consumer financial protection laws regulate most aspects of the business of MetLife Bank, but certain state laws may apply as well. MetLife Bank is principally regulated by the OCC and the CFPB, and secondarily by the Federal Reserve and the FDIC.

Federal banking laws and regulations address various aspects of MetLife Bank’s business and operations with respect to, among other things:

 

   

chartering to carry on business as a bank;

 

   

the permissibility of certain activities;

 

   

maintaining minimum capital ratios;

 

   

capital management in relation to the bank’s assets;

 

   

dividend payments and repurchases of securities, including common stock;

 

   

safety and soundness standards;

 

   

loan loss and other related liabilities;

 

   

liquidity;

 

   

financial reporting and disclosure standards;

 

   

counterparty credit concentration;

 

   

restrictions on related party and affiliate transactions;

 

   

lending limits (and, in addition, Dodd-Frank includes the credit exposures arising from securities lending by MetLife Bank within lending limits otherwise applicable to loans);

 

   

payment of interest;

 

   

unfair or deceptive acts or practices;

 

   

mortgage servicing practices;

 

   

privacy; and

 

   

relationships with MetLife, Inc. in its capacity as a bank holding company and potentially with other investors in connection with a change in control of MetLife Bank.

 

37


Table of Contents

Federal banking regulators regularly re-examine existing laws and regulations applicable to banks and their products. Changes in these laws and regulations, or in interpretations thereof, are often made for the benefit of the consumer at the expense of the bank and, thus, could have a material adverse effect on the financial condition and results of operations of MetLife Bank.

From 2008 until January 2012, MetLife Bank significantly increased its mortgage servicing activities by acquiring servicing portfolios. Currently, MetLife Bank services approximately 1% of the aggregate principal amount of the mortgage loans serviced in the U.S. In January 2012, MetLife, Inc. announced that MetLife Bank was exiting its forward mortgage origination business. The Company continues to originate reverse mortgages and will continue to service its current mortgage customers.

State and federal regulatory and law enforcement authorities have initiated various inquiries, investigations or examinations of alleged irregularities in the foreclosure practices of the residential mortgage servicing industry. Mortgage servicing practices have also been the subject of Congressional attention. Authorities have publicly stated that the scope of the investigations extends beyond foreclosure documentation practices to include mortgage loan modification and loss mitigation practices. See “— The Resolution of Several Issues Affecting the Financial Services Industry Could Have a Negative Impact on Our Reported Results or on Our Relations with Current and Potential Customers.”

In addition, Dodd-Frank established the CFPB that supervises and regulates institutions providing certain financial products and services to consumers. Although the consumer financial services to which this legislation applies exclude insurance business of the kind in which we engage, the CFPB has authority to regulate consumer services provided by MetLife Bank and non-insurance consumer services provided elsewhere throughout MetLife. See “Business — U.S. Regulation — Dodd-Frank and Other Legislative and Regulatory Developments — Consumer Protection Laws.” We cannot predict how regulation by the CFPB might affect our business.

In December 2010, the Basel Committee published Basel III for bank holding companies, such as MetLife, Inc. Assuming these requirements are endorsed and adopted by the U.S., they are to be phased in beginning January 1, 2013. It is possible that even more stringent capital and liquidity requirements could be imposed on us under Basel III and Dodd-Frank as long as MetLife, Inc. remains a bank holding company or if, in the future, it is designated by the FSOC as a non-bank systemically important financial institution. In December 2011, the Federal Reserve Board issued a release proposing the adoption of Regulation YY. Regulation YY would apply to bank holding companies with assets of $50 billion or more and non-bank SIFIs. The ability of MetLife Bank and MetLife, Inc. to pay dividends, repurchase common stock or other securities or engage in other transactions that could affect its capital or need for capital would be affected by any additional capital requirements that might be imposed as a result of the enactment of Dodd-Frank, Regulation YY and the endorsement and adoption by the U.S. of Basel III and other regulatory initiatives. We are also subject to the evolving Solvency II insurance regulatory directive for each of our insurance operations throughout the European Economic Area. As requirements are finalized by the regulators, capital requirements might be impacted in a number of jurisdictions. In addition, our legal entity structure throughout Europe may impact our capital requirements, risk management infrastructure and reporting by country. See “Business — U.S. Regulation,” “Business — International Regulation” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Industry Trends.” The Basel Committee has also published rules requiring a capital surcharge for globally systemically important banks, which are to be phased in beginning in 2016 and will become fully effective in 2019 if they are endorsed and adopted by the U.S. banking regulators.

The Federal Reserve’s capital plan rule requires all bank holding companies with assets of more than $50 billion, including MetLife, Inc., to submit annual capital plans which include projections of the company’s capital levels under baseline and stress scenarios over a nine-quarter period. The Federal Reserve will approve or object to a company’s proposed capital actions, such as dividends and stock repurchases, based on the results of those capital plans and the Federal Reserve’s assessment of the robustness of the company’s capital planning processes. In addition, in recent years the Federal Reserve has conducted its own assessment of large bank holding companies’ internal capital planning processes, capital adequacy and proposed capital distributions. In 2011, the Federal Reserve conducted the CCAR 2011. In October 2011, we announced that the Federal Reserve

 

38


Table of Contents

had concluded that our planned capital actions submitted as part of CCAR 2011 should be tested under a revised adverse macroeconomic scenario developed for those firms participating in the CCAR 2012. As a result, the Federal Reserve did not approve MetLife, Inc.’s planned dividend increase and other proposed capital actions. In January 2012, we submitted to the Federal Reserve a comprehensive capital plan, as mandated by the capital plans rule, and additional information required by CCAR 2012. The capital plan projects MetLife’s capital levels to the end of 2013 under baseline and stress scenarios, including a stress scenario developed and provided by the Federal Reserve as part of CCAR 2012. The Federal Reserve has stated that it will consider the results of the capital plan exercise and CCAR 2012 in evaluating proposed capital actions by participating bank holding companies, such as common stock dividend increases and stock repurchases, and that it will provide its assessment of participating institutions’ capital plans in mid-March 2012. There can be no assurance that the Federal Reserve will approve our capital plans.

Under Dodd-Frank, all bank holding companies that have elected to be treated as financial holding companies, such as MetLife, Inc., are required to be “well capitalized” and “well managed” as defined by the Federal Reserve, on a consolidated basis, and not just at their depository institution(s), a higher standard than was applicable to financial holding companies before Dodd-Frank. If we are unable to meet these standards, we could be subject to activity restrictions, ultimately be required to divest certain operations and be restricted in our ability to pay dividends, repurchase common stock or other securities, or engage in transactions that could affect our capital or need for capital. See “Business — U.S. Regulation — Dodd-Frank and Other Legislative and Regulatory Developments.”

Once MetLife Bank has completely exited its depository business, MetLife, Inc. plans to terminate MetLife Bank’s FDIC insurance, putting MetLife, Inc. in a position to be able to deregister as a bank holding company. Upon completion of the foregoing, we will no longer be regulated as a bank holding company or subject to enhanced supervision and prudential standards as a bank holding company with assets of $50 billion or more. However, if, in the future, MetLife, Inc. is designated by the FSOC as a non-bank systemically important financial institution, it would once again be subject to regulation by the Federal Reserve and enhanced supervision and prudential standards, such as Regulation YY. In October 2011, the FSOC issued a notice of proposed rulemaking outlining the process it will follow and the criteria it will use to assess whether a non-bank financial company should be subject to enhanced supervision by the Federal Reserve as a non-bank systemically important financial institution. If MetLife, Inc. meets the quantitative thresholds set forth in the proposal, the FSOC will continue with a further analysis using qualitative and quantitative factors. See “Business — U.S. Regulation — Financial Holding Company Regulation” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Industry Trends.”

The FDIC has the right to assess FDIC-insured banks for funds to help pay the obligations of insolvent banks to depositors. Because the amount and timing of an assessment is beyond our control, the liabilities that we have currently established for these potential liabilities may not be adequate. In addition, Dodd-Frank will result in increased assessments for banks with assets of $10 billion or more, which includes MetLife Bank. In addition, large bank holding companies and non-bank systemically important financial institutions can be assessed under Dodd-Frank for any uncovered costs arising in connection with the resolution of a systemically important financial company and, under a proposal of the U.S. Treasury published on January 3, 2012, will be assessed to cover the expenses of the Office of Financial Research, an agency established by Dodd-Frank to improve the quality of financial data available to policymakers and facilitate more robust and sophisticated analysis of the financial system.

Regulation of Brokers and Dealers .  Dodd-Frank also authorizes the SEC to establish a standard of conduct applicable to brokers and dealers when providing personalized investment advice to retail and other customers. This standard of conduct would be to act in the best interest of the customer without regard to the financial or other interest of the broker or dealer providing the advice. See “Business — U.S. Regulation — Securities, Broker-Dealer and Investment Adviser Regulation” and “— Changes in U.S. Federal and State Securities Laws and Regulations, and State Insurance Regulations Regarding Suitability of Annuity Product Sales, May Affect Our Operations and Our Profitability.”

 

39


Table of Contents

International Regulation .  Our international insurance operations are principally regulated by insurance regulatory authorities in the jurisdictions in which they are located or operate. See “Business — International Regulation” and “— Our International Operations Face Political, Legal, Operational and Other Risks, Including Exposure to Local and Regional Economic Conditions, That Could Negatively Affect Those Operations or Our Profitability.” A significant portion of our revenues is generated through operations in foreign jurisdictions, including many countries in early stages of economic and political development. Our international operations may be materially adversely affected by the actions and decisions of foreign authorities and regulators, such as through nationalization or expropriation of assets, the imposition of limits on foreign ownership of local companies, changes in laws (including tax laws and regulations), their application or interpretation, political instability, dividend limitations, price controls, changes in applicable currency, currency exchange controls or other restrictions that prevent us from transferring funds from these operations out of the countries in which they operate or converting local currencies we hold to U.S. dollars or other currencies. This may also impact many of our customers and independent sales intermediaries. Changes in the regulations that affect their operations also may affect our business relationships with them and their ability to purchase or distribute our products. Accordingly, these changes and actions may negatively affect our business in these jurisdictions.

We expect the scope and extent of regulation outside of the U.S., as well as regulatory oversight, generally to continue to increase. The authority of our international operations to conduct business is subject to licensing requirements, permits and approvals, and these authorizations are subject to modification and revocation. The regulatory environment in the countries in which we operate and changes in laws could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations. See “— Our International Operations Face Political, Legal, Operational and Other Risks, Including Exposure to Local and Regional Economic Conditions, That Could Negatively Affect Those Operations or Our Profitability” and “Business — International Regulation.”

Compliance with applicable laws and regulations is time consuming and personnel-intensive, and changes in these laws and regulations may materially increase our direct and indirect compliance and other expenses of doing business, thus having a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

Summary .  From time to time, regulators raise issues during examinations or audits of MetLife, Inc.’s regulated subsidiaries that could, if determined adversely, have a material impact on us. We cannot predict whether or when regulatory actions may be taken that could adversely affect our operations. In addition, the interpretations of regulations by regulators may change and statutes may be enacted with retroactive impact, particularly in areas such as accounting or statutory reserve requirements. We are also subject to other regulations and may in the future become subject to additional regulations. See “Business — U.S. Regulation” and “Business — International Regulation.”

Our International Operations Face Political, Legal, Operational and Other Risks, Including Exposure to Local and Regional Economic Conditions, That Could Negatively Affect Those Operations or Our Profitability

Our international operations are exposed to increased political, legal, financial, operational and other risks. Our international operations may be materially adversely affected by the actions and decisions of foreign authorities and regulators, such as through nationalization or expropriation of assets, the imposition of limits on foreign ownership of local companies, changes in laws (including tax laws and regulations), their application or interpretation, political instability, dividend limitations, price controls, changes in applicable currency, currency exchange controls or other restrictions that prevent us from transferring funds from these operations out of the countries in which they operate or converting local currencies we hold into U.S. dollars or other currencies, as well as other adverse actions by foreign governmental authorities and regulators, such as the retroactive application of new requirements to sales made prior to their introduction. Such actions may negatively affect our business in these jurisdictions and could indirectly affect our business in other jurisdictions as well. Some of our foreign insurance operations are, and are likely to continue to be, in emerging markets where these risks are heightened. See “Business — International Regulation,” “— Our Insurance, Brokerage and Banking Businesses Are Heavily Regulated, and Changes in Regulation and in Supervisory and Enforcement Policies May Reduce Our Profitability and Limit Our Growth” and “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk.” In

 

40


Table of Contents

addition, we rely on local sales forces in these countries and may encounter labor problems resulting from workers’ associations and trade unions in some countries. In several countries, including China and India, we operate with local business partners with the resulting risk of managing partner relationships to the business objectives. If our business model is not successful in a particular country, we may lose all or most of our investment in building and training the sales force in that country.

We are expanding our international operations in certain markets where we operate and in selected new markets. This may require considerable management time, as well as start-up expenses for market development before any significant revenues and earnings are generated. Operations in new foreign markets may achieve low margins or may be unprofitable, and expansion in existing markets may be affected by local economic and market conditions. Therefore, as we expand internationally, we may not achieve expected operating margins and our results of operations may be negatively impacted.

In addition, in recent years, the operating environment in Argentina has been very challenging. In Argentina, we were formerly principally engaged in the pension business. In December 2008, the Argentine government nationalized the Social Security System and moved pension fund assets into the government-run system, effectively eliminating the private pension companies in Argentina. As a result, we have experienced and will continue to experience reductions in the operation’s revenues and cash flows. In February 2011, the Argentine Superintendent of Insurance (“SSN”) enacted a resolution effectively prohibiting cross-border reinsurance operations. In October 2011, the SSN enacted a resolution which affects our ability to invest and diversify abroad – as of December 31, 2011, all investments and funds must be located in Argentina. Further governmental or legal actions related to our operations in Argentina could negatively impact our operations in Argentina and result in future losses. See Note 16 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

We also have operations in the Middle East where the legal and political systems and regulatory frameworks are subject to instability and disruptions. Lack of legal certainty and stability in the region exposes our operations to increased risk of disruption and to adverse or unpredictable actions by regulators and may make it more difficult for us to enforce our contracts, which may negatively impact our business in this region.

We have market presence in over 50 different countries and increased exposure to risks posed by local and regional economic conditions. Europe has recently experienced a deep recession and countries such as Italy, Spain, Portugal, Greece and Ireland have been particularly affected by the recession, resulting in increased national debts and depressed economic activity. We have significant operations and investments in these countries which could be adversely affected by economic developments such as higher taxes, growing inflation, decreasing government spending, rising unemployment and currency instability. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Investments — Current Environment.”

We face increased exposure to the Japanese markets as a result of our considerable presence there. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Investments — Current Environment,” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Results of Operations — Japan.” The Japanese economy was significantly negatively impacted by the March 2011 earthquake and tsunami, and the resulting serious disruption to power supplies and release of radiation from a damaged nuclear power plant in northeastern Japan. The impact of these events is uncertain and difficult to predict. Deterioration in Japan’s economic environment could have an adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition. Any weakening of the yen against the U.S. dollar would adversely affect the estimated fair value of our yen-denominated investments, our investments in Japan subsidiaries and our net income from operations in Japan. See “— Fluctuations in Foreign Currency Exchange Rates Could Negatively Affect Our Profitability.” Changes in market interest rates may also have an adverse effect on our investments and operations in Japan. See “— Changes in Market Interest Rates May Significantly Affect Our Profitability.”

 

41


Table of Contents

Various Aspects of Dodd-Frank Could Impact Our Business Operations, Capital Requirements and Profitability and Limit Our Growth

On July 21, 2010, President Obama signed Dodd-Frank. Various provisions of Dodd-Frank could affect our business operations, capital requirements and profitability and limit our growth. See “Business — U.S. Regulation — Dodd-Frank and Other Legislative and Regulatory Developments.”

The addition of a new regulatory regime over us, the likelihood of additional regulations, and the other changes discussed in “Business — U.S. Regulation — Dodd-Frank and Other Legislative and Regulatory Developments” could require changes to our operations. Whether such changes would affect our competitiveness in comparison to other institutions is uncertain, since the Federal Reserve has stated that at least some of our competitors, in particular insurance holding companies that control thrifts, rather than banks, will be similarly affected. Competitive effects are possible, however, if MetLife, Inc. were required to pay any new or increased assessments and/or satisfy additional capital requirements but its competitors were not, and to the extent any new prudential supervisory standards are imposed on MetLife, Inc. but not on its competitors. The impact could be different if MetLife, Inc. is no longer subject to regulation as a bank holding company, although it could still be subject to enhanced supervision as a non-bank systemically important financial institution. See “Business – U.S. Regulation – Financial Holding Company Regulation.” We cannot predict whether other proposals will be adopted, or what impact, if any, the adoption of Dodd-Frank or other proposals and the resulting regulations could have on our business, financial condition or results of operations or on our dealings with other financial companies. See also “— Our Insurance, Brokerage and Banking Businesses are Highly Regulated, and Changes in Regulation and in Supervisory and Enforcement Policies May Reduce Our Profitability and Limit Our Growth.”

Moreover, Dodd-Frank potentially affects such a wide range of the activities and markets in which we engage and participate that it may not be possible to anticipate all of the ways in which it could affect us. For example, many of our methods for managing risk and exposures are based upon the use of observed historical market behavior or statistics based on historical models. Historical market behavior may be altered by the enactment of Dodd-Frank. As a result of this enactment and otherwise, these methods may not fully predict future exposures, which could be significantly greater than our historical measures indicate.

The Resolution of Several Issues Affecting the Financial Services Industry Could Have a Negative Impact on Our Reported Results or on Our Relations with Current and Potential Customers

We will continue to be subject to legal and regulatory actions in the ordinary course of our business, both in the U.S. and internationally. This could result in a challenge of business sold in the past under previously acceptable market practices at the time. Regulators are increasingly interested in the approach that product providers use to select third-party distributors and to monitor the appropriateness of sales made by them. In some cases, product providers can be held responsible for the deficiencies of third-party distributors. In addition, regulators are auditing compliance by life insurers with state unclaimed property laws. See “— Litigation and Regulatory Investigations Are Increasingly Common in Our Businesses and May Result in Significant Financial Losses and/or Harm to Our Reputation.”

As a result of publicity relating to widespread perceptions of industry abuses, there have been numerous regulatory inquiries and proposals for legislative and regulatory reforms.

MetLife Bank’s mortgage servicing has been the subject of recent inquiries and requests by state and federal regulatory and law enforcement authorities. MetLife Bank is cooperating with the authorities’ review of this business. On April 13, 2011, the OCC entered into consent decrees with several banks, including MetLife Bank. The consent decrees require an independent review of foreclosure practices and set forth new residential mortgage servicing standards, including a requirement for a designated point of contact for a borrower during the loss mitigation process. In addition, the Federal Reserve Board entered into consent decrees with the affiliated bank holding companies of these banks, including MetLife, Inc., to enhance the supervision of the mortgage servicing activities of their banking subsidiaries. In a February 9, 2012 press release, the Federal Reserve Board announced that it had issued monetary sanctions against five banking organizations for deficiencies in the

 

42


Table of Contents

organizations’ servicing of residential mortgage loans and processing of foreclosures. The Federal Reserve Board also stated that it plans to announce monetary penalties against six other institutions under its supervision against whom it had issued enforcement actions in 2011 for deficiencies in servicing of residential mortgage loans and processing foreclosures. The Federal Reserve Board did not identify these six institutions, but MetLife, Inc. is among the institutions that entered into consent decrees with the Federal Reserve Board in 2011. MetLife Bank has also had a meeting with the Department of Justice regarding mortgage servicing and foreclosure practices. It is possible that various state or federal regulatory and law enforcement authorities may seek monetary penalties from MetLife Bank relating to foreclosure practices. MetLife Bank is responding to a subpoena issued by the New York State Department of Financial Services regarding hazard insurance and flood insurance that MetLife Bank obtains to protect the lienholder’s interest when the borrower’s insurance has lapsed.

These consent decrees, as well as the inquiries or investigations referred to above, could adversely affect our reputation or result in material fines, penalties, equitable remedies or other enforcement actions, and result in significant legal costs in responding to governmental investigations or other litigation. We cannot predict the outcome of any such actions or reviews. In addition, the changes to the mortgage servicing business required by the consent decrees and the resolution of any other inquiries or investigations may affect the profitability of such business. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Industry Trends.”

The MetLife Bank Events may not relieve MetLife from complying with the consent decrees, or protect it from the inquiries and investigations relating to residential mortgage servicing and foreclosure activities, or any fines, penalties, equitable remedies or enforcement actions that may result, the costs of responding to any such governmental investigations, or other litigation.

We Are Exposed to Significant Financial and Capital Markets Risk Which May Adversely Affect Our Results of Operations, Financial Condition and Liquidity, and May Cause Our Net Investment Income to Vary from Period to Period

We are exposed to significant financial and capital markets risk, including changes in interest rates, credit spreads, equity prices, real estate markets, foreign currency exchange rates, market volatility, the performance of the global economy in general, the performance of the specific obligors, including governments, included in our portfolio and other factors outside our control.

Our exposure to interest rate risk relates primarily to the market price and cash flow variability associated with changes in interest rates. Changes in interest rates will impact the net unrealized gain or loss position of our fixed income investment portfolio. If long-term interest rates rise dramatically within a six to 12 month time period, certain of our life insurance businesses and fixed annuity business may be exposed to disintermediation risk. Disintermediation risk refers to the risk that our policyholders may surrender their contracts in a rising interest rate environment, requiring us to liquidate fixed income investments in an unrealized loss position. Due to the long-term nature of the liabilities associated with certain of our life insurance businesses, guaranteed benefits on variable annuities, and structured settlements, sustained declines in long-term interest rates may subject us to reinvestment risks and increased hedging costs. In other situations, declines in interest rates may result in increasing the duration of certain life insurance liabilities, creating asset-liability duration mismatches.

Our investment portfolio also contains interest rate sensitive instruments, such as fixed income securities, which may be adversely affected by changes in interest rates from governmental monetary policies, domestic and international economic and political conditions and other factors beyond our control. Changes in interest rates will impact both the net unrealized gain or loss position of our fixed income portfolio and the rates of return we receive on funds invested. Our mitigation efforts with respect to interest rate risk are primarily focused towards maintaining an investment portfolio with diversified maturities that has a weighted average duration that is approximately equal to the duration of our estimated liability cash flow profile. For certain of our liability portfolios, it is not possible to invest assets to the full liability duration, thereby creating some amount of ALM mismatch. For this and other reasons, we also use derivative instruments to mitigate interest rate risk. However, our estimate of the liability cash flow profile may be inaccurate and we may be forced to liquidate fixed income

 

43


Table of Contents

investments prior to maturity at a loss in order to cover the cash flow profile of the liability. Although we take measures to manage the economic risks of investing in a changing interest rate environment, we may not be able to mitigate the interest rate risk of our fixed income investments relative to our liabilities. See also “— Changes in Market Interest Rates May Significantly Affect Our Profitability.”

Our exposure to credit spreads primarily relates to market price volatility and cash flow variability associated with changes in credit spreads. A widening of credit spreads will adversely impact both the net unrealized gain or loss position of the fixed-income investment portfolio, will increase losses associated with credit-based non-qualifying derivatives where we assume credit exposure, and, if issuer credit spreads increase significantly or for an extended period of time, will likely result in higher other-than-temporary impairments (“OTTI”). Credit spread tightening will reduce net investment income associated with new purchases of fixed maturity securities. In addition, market volatility can make it difficult to value certain of our securities if trading becomes less frequent. As such, valuations may include assumptions or estimates that may have significant period-to-period changes which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations or financial condition. If there is a resumption of significant volatility in the markets, it could cause changes in credit spreads and defaults and a lack of pricing transparency which, individually or in tandem, could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial condition, liquidity or cash flows through realized investment losses, impairments, and changes in unrealized loss positions.

Our primary exposure to equity risk relates to the potential for lower earnings associated with certain of our insurance businesses where fee income is earned based upon the estimated fair value of the assets under management. Downturns and volatility in equity markets can have a material adverse effect on the revenues and investment returns from our savings and investment products and services. Because these products and services generate fees related primarily to the value of assets under management, a decline in the equity markets could reduce our revenues from the reduction in the value of the investments we manage. The retail variable annuity business in particular is highly sensitive to equity markets, and a sustained weakness in the equity markets could decrease revenues and earnings in variable annuity products. Furthermore, certain of our variable annuity products offer guaranteed benefits which increase our potential benefit exposure should equity markets decline. We use derivatives and reinsurance to mitigate the impact of such increased potential benefit exposures. We are also exposed to interest rate and equity risk based upon the discount rate and expected long-term rate of return assumptions associated with our pension and other postretirement benefit obligations. Sustained declines in long-term interest rates or equity returns likely would have a negative effect on the funded status of these plans. Lastly, we invest a portion of our investments in public and private equity securities, leveraged buy-out funds, hedge funds and other private equity funds and the estimated fair value of such investments may be impacted by downturns or volatility in equity markets.

Our primary exposure to real estate risk relates to commercial and agricultural real estate. Our exposure to commercial and agricultural real estate risk stems from various factors. These factors include, but are not limited to, market conditions including the demand and supply of leasable commercial space, creditworthiness of tenants and partners, capital markets volatility and the inherent interest rate movement. In addition, our real estate joint venture development program is subject to risks, including, but not limited to, reduced property sales and decreased availability of financing which could adversely impact the joint venture developments and/or operations. The state of the economy and speed of recovery in fundamental and capital market conditions in the commercial and agricultural real estate sectors will continue to influence the performance of our investments in these sectors. These factors and others beyond our control could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial condition, liquidity or cash flows through net investment income, realized investment losses and levels of valuation allowances.

Our investment portfolio contains investments in government bonds issued by certain European Union member States, including Portugal, Ireland, Italy, Greece and Spain, commonly referred to as “Europe’s perimeter region,” as well as Cyprus, and in financial institutions that have significant direct or indirect exposure to debt issued by those nations. Recently, the European Union member states have experienced above average public debt, inflation and unemployment as the global economic downturn has developed. A number of member states are significantly impacted by the economies of their more influential neighbors, such as Germany.

 

44


Table of Contents

In addition, financial troubles of one nation can lead to troubles in others. In particular, a number of large European banks hold significant amounts of sovereign and/or financial institution debt of other European nations and could experience difficulties as a result of defaults or declines in the value of such debt. These difficulties or concern that they may occur could disrupt the functioning of the financial markets. Our investment portfolio also contains investments in revenue bonds issued under the auspices of U.S. states and municipalities and a limited amount of general obligation bonds of U.S. states and municipalities (collectively, “Municipal Bonds”). Recently, certain U.S. states and municipalities have faced budget deficits and financial difficulties. There can be no assurance that the financial difficulties of such U.S. states and municipalities would not have an adverse impact on our Municipal Bond portfolio.

A possible result of the disruption in Europe is the withdrawal of one or more countries from the Euro zone. The extent to which our results of operations, financial condition, liquidity and net investment income would be affected by any such withdrawal will depend on a number of factors, including the identity of the withdrawing country and the likelihood that other counties will follow suit. Risks related to any such withdrawal could include overall economic disruption; capital flight, with attendant risks to the integrity of the European Union banking system; conversion to a national currency, which may be subject to devaluation as discussed further below; inflation risks; increased costs and diminished effectiveness in hedging against declines in the value of the Euro; declines in the value of our investments; credit losses; and an increase in foreign currency exchange rate risks, among others.

Our primary foreign currency exchange risks are described under “— Fluctuations in Foreign Currency Exchange Rates Could Negatively Affect Our Profitability.” Changes in these factors, which are significant risks to us, can affect our net investment income in any period, and such changes can be substantial. Foreign currency exchange risk will increase if a country withdraws from the Euro zone. The national currency to which such a country may revert will likely be devalued and contracts using the Euro will need to be renegotiated. It is possible that any such devaluation could be significant. We cannot predict the extent of such a devaluation, or the effect of it on our contracts, on our investments in bonds governed by the law of any such country, or on our investments in financial institutions that have significant direct or indirect exposure to debt issued by any such country. Any operations we may have in any such withdrawing country could also be materially adversely affected by legal or governmental actions related to conversion from the Euro to a national currency.

A portion of our investments is made in leveraged buy-out funds, hedge funds and other private equity funds, many of which make private equity investments. The amount and timing of net investment income from such investment funds tends to be uneven as a result of the performance of the underlying investments, including private equity investments. The timing of distributions from the funds, which depends on particular events relating to the underlying investments, as well as the funds’ schedules for making distributions and their needs for cash, can be difficult to predict. As a result, the amount of net investment income that we record from these investments can vary substantially from quarter to quarter. Significant volatility could adversely impact returns and net investment income on these alternative investment classes. In addition, the extent to which MetLife, Inc. can continue to invest in such funds is uncertain under Dodd-Frank.

Continuing challenges include continued weakness in the U.S. real estate market, investor anxiety over the U.S. and European economies, defaults or declines in the value of sovereign or financial institution debt, rating agency downgrades of various structured products and financial issuers, unresolved issues with structured investment vehicles and monoline financial guarantee insurers, deleveraging of financial institutions and hedge funds, sustained high levels of unemployment and the continuing recovery in the inter-bank market. Significant volatility in the markets could cause changes in interest rates, declines in equity prices, and the strengthening or weakening of foreign currencies against the U.S. dollar which, individually or in tandem, could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial condition, liquidity or cash flows through realized investment losses, impairments, increased valuation allowances and changes in unrealized gain or loss positions.

Changes in Market Interest Rates May Significantly Affect Our Profitability

Some of our products, principally traditional whole life insurance, fixed annuities and guaranteed interest contracts, expose us to the risk that changes in interest rates will reduce our investment margin or “spread,” or

 

45


Table of Contents

the difference between the amounts that we are required to pay under the contracts in our general account and the rate of return we are able to earn on general account investments intended to support obligations under the contracts. Our spread is a key component of our net income.

As interest rates decrease or remain at low levels, we may be forced to reinvest proceeds from investments that have matured or have been prepaid or sold at lower yields, reducing our investment margin. Moreover, borrowers may prepay or redeem the fixed income securities, commercial or agricultural mortgage loans and mortgage-backed securities in our investment portfolio with greater frequency in order to borrow at lower market rates, which exacerbates this risk. Lowering interest crediting rates can help offset decreases in investment margins on some products. However, our ability to lower these rates could be limited by competition or contractually guaranteed minimum rates and may not match the timing or magnitude of changes in asset yields. As a result, our spread could decrease or potentially become negative. Our expectation for future spreads is an important component in the amortization of DAC and value of business acquired (“VOBA”), and significantly lower spreads may cause us to accelerate amortization, thereby reducing net income in the affected reporting period. In addition, during periods of declining interest rates, life insurance and annuity products may be relatively more attractive investments to consumers, resulting in increased premium payments on products with flexible premium features, repayment of policy loans and increased persistency, or a higher percentage of insurance policies remaining in force from year to year, during a period when our new investments carry lower returns. A decline in market interest rates could also reduce our return on investments that do not support particular policy obligations. Accordingly, declining interest rates may materially affect our results of operations, financial position and cash flows and significantly reduce our profitability. In January 2012, the Federal Reserve Board announced its plans to keep interest rates low until at least through late 2014, 18 months longer than previously planned.

Increases in market interest rates could also negatively affect our profitability. In periods of rapidly increasing interest rates, we may not be able to replace, in a timely manner, the investments in our general account with higher yielding investments needed to fund the higher crediting rates necessary to keep interest sensitive products competitive. We, therefore, may have to accept a lower spread and, thus, lower profitability or face a decline in sales and greater loss of existing contracts and related assets. In addition, policy loans, surrenders and withdrawals may tend to increase as policyholders seek investments with higher perceived returns as interest rates rise. This process may result in cash outflows requiring that we sell investments at a time when the prices of those investments are adversely affected by the increase in market interest rates, which may result in realized investment losses. Unanticipated withdrawals and terminations may cause us to accelerate the amortization of DAC and VOBA, which reduces net income and may also cause us to accelerate negative VOBA, which increases net income. An increase in market interest rates could also have a material adverse effect on the value of our investment portfolio, for example, by decreasing the estimated fair values of the fixed income securities that comprise a substantial portion of our investment portfolio. Finally, an increase in interest rates could result in decreased fee income associated with a decline in the value of variable annuity account balances invested in fixed income funds.

Some of Our Investments Are Relatively Illiquid and Are in Asset Classes That Have Been Experiencing Significant Market Valuation Fluctuations

We hold certain investments that may lack liquidity, such as privately-placed fixed maturity securities, mortgage loans, policy loans and leveraged leases, equity real estate, including real estate joint ventures and funds, and other limited partnership interests. These asset classes represented 28.3% of the carrying value of our total cash and investments at December 31, 2011. In recent years, even some of our very high quality investments experienced reduced liquidity during periods of market volatility or disruption. If we require significant amounts of cash on short notice in excess of normal cash requirements or are required to post or return cash collateral in connection with our investment portfolio, derivatives transactions or securities lending program, we may have difficulty selling these investments in a timely manner, be forced to sell them for less than we otherwise would have been able to realize, or both. The reported value of our relatively illiquid types of investments, our investments in the asset classes described above and, at times, our high quality, generally liquid asset classes, do not necessarily reflect the lowest current market price for the asset. If we were forced to sell certain of our

 

46


Table of Contents

investments in the global market, there can be no assurance that we will be able to sell them for the prices at which we have recorded them and we could be forced to sell them at significantly lower prices. Some provisions of Dodd-Frank may lower the prices for certain fund investments by forcing them to be sold over a relatively short period of time.

Our Participation in a Securities Lending Program Subjects Us to Potential Liquidity and Other Risks

We participate in a securities lending program whereby blocks of securities, which are included in fixed maturity securities and short-term investments, are loaned to third parties, primarily brokerage firms and commercial banks. We obtain collateral, usually cash, in an amount generally equal to 102% of the estimated fair value of the securities loaned, which is obtained at the inception of a loan and maintained at a level greater than or equal to 100% for the duration of the loan. Returns of loaned securities by the third parties would require us to return the collateral associated with such loaned securities. In addition, in some cases, the maturity of the securities held as invested collateral (i.e., securities that we have purchased with cash collateral received from the third parties) may exceed the term of the related securities on loan and the estimated fair value may fall below the amount of cash received as collateral and invested. If we are required to return significant amounts of cash collateral on short notice and we are forced to sell securities to meet the return obligation, we may have difficulty selling such collateral that is invested in securities in a timely manner, be forced to sell securities in a volatile or illiquid market for less than we otherwise would have been able to realize under normal market conditions, or both. In addition, under stressful capital market and economic conditions, liquidity broadly deteriorates, which may further restrict our ability to sell securities. If we decrease the amount of our securities lending activities over time, the amount of net investment income generated by these activities will also likely decline. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Investments — Securities Lending” and Note 3 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Our Requirements to Pledge Collateral or Make Payments Related to Declines in Estimated Fair Value of Specified Assets May Adversely Affect Our Liquidity and Expose Us to Counterparty Credit Risk

Some of our transactions with financial and other institutions specify the circumstances under which the parties are required to pledge collateral related to any decline in the estimated fair value of the specified assets. In addition, under the terms of some of our transactions, we may be required to make payments to our counterparties related to any decline in the estimated fair value of the specified assets. The amount of collateral we may be required to pledge and the payments we may be required to make under these agreements may increase under certain circumstances and will likely increase under Dodd-Frank, which could adversely affect our liquidity. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Liquidity and Capital Resources — The Company — Liquidity and Capital Sources — Collateral Financing Arrangements,” “Business — U.S. Regulation — Dodd-Frank and Other Legislative and Regulatory Developments” and Note 12 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Gross Unrealized Losses on Fixed Maturity and Equity Securities and Defaults, Downgrades or Other Events May Result in Future Impairments to the Carrying Value of Such Securities, Resulting in a Reduction in Our Net Income

Fixed maturity securities represent a significant portion of our investment portfolio. Fixed maturity and equity securities classified as available-for-sale are reported at their estimated fair value. Unrealized gains or losses on available-for-sale securities are recognized as a component of other comprehensive income (loss) and are, therefore, excluded from net income. Our gross unrealized gains and gross unrealized losses on fixed maturity and equity securities available for sale at December 31, 2011 were $26.1 billion and $5.8 billion, respectively. The portion of the $5.8 billion of gross unrealized losses for fixed maturity and equity securities where the estimated fair value has declined and remained below amortized cost or cost by 20% or more for six months or greater was $1.4 billion at December 31, 2011. The accumulated change in estimated fair value of these available-for-sale securities is recognized in net income when the gain or loss is realized upon the sale of the security or in the event that the decline in estimated fair value is determined to be other-than-temporary and an impairment charge to earnings is taken.

 

47


Table of Contents

The occurrence of a major economic downturn, acts of corporate malfeasance, widening risk spreads, or other events that adversely affect the issuers, guarantors or underlying collateral of structured securities could cause the estimated fair value of our fixed maturity securities portfolio and our earnings to decline and the default rate of the fixed maturity securities in our investment portfolio to increase. A ratings downgrade affecting issuers or guarantors of particular securities, or similar trends that could worsen the credit quality of issuers, such as the corporate issuers of securities in our investment portfolio, could also have a similar effect. With economic uncertainty, credit quality of issuers or guarantors could be adversely affected. Similarly, a ratings downgrade affecting a security we hold could indicate the credit quality of that security has deteriorated and could increase the capital we must hold to support that security to maintain our RBC levels. Levels of writedowns or impairments are impacted by our assessment of intent to sell, or whether it is more likely than not that we will be required to sell, fixed maturity securities and the intent and ability to hold equity securities which have declined in value until recovery. If we determine to reposition or realign portions of the portfolio so as not to hold certain equity securities, or intend to sell or determine that it is more likely than not that we will be required to sell, certain fixed maturity securities in an unrealized loss position prior to recovery, then we will incur an OTTI charge in the period that the decision was made not to hold the equity security to recovery, or to sell, or the determination was made it is more likely than not that we will be required to sell the fixed maturity security. Realized losses or impairments may have a material adverse effect on our net income in a particular quarterly or annual period.

The Determination of the Amount of Allowances and Impairments Taken on Our Investments is Subjective and Could Materially Impact Our Results of Operations or Financial Position

The determination of the amount of allowances and impairments varies by investment type and is based upon our periodic evaluation and assessment of known and inherent risks associated with the respective asset class. Such evaluations and assessments are revised as conditions change and new information becomes available. We update our evaluations regularly and reflect changes in allowances and impairments in net investment losses as such evaluations are revised. Additional impairments may need to be taken or allowances provided for in the future. Furthermore, historical trends may not be indicative of future impairments or allowances.

For example, the cost of our fixed maturity and equity securities is adjusted for impairments deemed to be other-than-temporary. The assessment of whether impairments have occurred is based on our case-by-case evaluation of the underlying reasons for the decline in estimated fair value. The review of our fixed maturity and equity securities for impairment includes an analysis of gross unrealized losses by three categories of securities: (i) securities where the estimated fair value has declined and remained below cost or amortized cost by less than 20%; (ii) securities where the estimated fair value has declined and remained below cost or amortized cost by 20% or more for less than six months; and (iii) securities where the estimated fair value has declined and remained below cost or amortized cost by 20% or more for six months or greater.

Additionally, we consider a wide range of factors about the security issuer and use our best judgment in evaluating the cause of the decline in the estimated fair value of the security and in assessing the prospects for near-term recovery. Inherent in our evaluation of the security are assumptions and estimates about the operations of the issuer and its future earnings potential. Considerations in the impairment evaluation process include, but are not limited to: (i) the length of time and the extent to which the estimated fair value has been below cost or amortized cost; (ii) the potential for impairments of securities when the issuer is experiencing significant financial difficulties; (iii) the potential for impairments in an entire industry sector or sub-sector; (iv) the potential for impairments in certain economically depressed geographic locations; (v) the potential for impairments of securities where the issuer, series of issuers or industry has suffered a catastrophic type of loss or has exhausted natural resources; (vi) with respect to fixed maturity securities, whether we have the intent to sell or will more likely than not be required to sell a particular security before recovery of the decline in estimated fair value below cost or amortized cost; (vii) with respect to equity securities, whether we have the ability and intent to hold a particular security for a period of time sufficient to allow for the recovery of its estimated fair value to an amount at least equal to its cost; (viii) with respect to structured securities, changes in forecasted cash flows after considering the quality of the underlying collateral; timing of expected prepayment; current and

 

48


Table of Contents

forecasted loss severity; consideration of the payment terms of the underlying assets backing a particular security; and the payment priority within the tranche structure of the security; and (ix) other subjective factors, including concentrations and information obtained from regulators and rating agencies.

Defaults on Our Mortgage Loans and Volatility in Performance May Adversely Affect Our Profitability

Our mortgage loans face default risk and are principally collateralized by commercial, agricultural and residential properties. We establish valuation allowances for estimated impairments at the balance sheet date. Such valuation allowances are based on the excess carrying value of the loan over the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s original effective interest rate, the estimated fair value of the loan’s collateral if the loan is in the process of foreclosure or otherwise collateral dependent, or the loan’s observable market price. We also establish valuation allowances for loan losses for pools of loans with similar risk characteristics, such as property types, loan-to-value ratios and debt service coverage ratios when, based on past experience, it is probable that a credit event has occurred and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated. These valuation allowances are based on loan risk characteristics, historical default rates and loss severities, real estate market fundamentals and outlook, as well as other relevant factors. At December 31, 2011, mortgage loans that were either delinquent or in the process of foreclosure totaled less than 0.4% of our mortgage loan investments. The performance of our mortgage loan investments, however, may fluctuate in the future. In addition, substantially all of our mortgage loans held-for-investment have balloon payment maturities. An increase in the default rate of our mortgage loan investments could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition through realized investment losses or increases in our valuation allowances.

Further, any geographic or sector concentration of our mortgage loans may have adverse effects on our investment portfolios and consequently on our results of operations or financial condition. While we seek to mitigate this risk by having a broadly diversified portfolio, events or developments that have a negative effect on any particular geographic region or sector may have a greater adverse effect on the investment portfolios to the extent that the portfolios are concentrated. Moreover, our ability to sell assets relating to such particular groups of related assets may be limited if other market participants are seeking to sell at the same time. In addition, legislative proposals that would allow or require modifications to the terms of mortgage loans could be enacted. We cannot predict whether these proposals will be adopted, or what impact, if any, such proposals or, if enacted, such laws, could have on our business or investments. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Investments — Mortgage Loans.”

The Defaults or Deteriorating Credit of Other Financial Institutions Could Adversely Affect Us

We have exposure to many different industries and counterparties, and routinely execute transactions with counterparties in the financial services industry, including brokers and dealers, commercial banks, investment banks, hedge funds and other investment funds and other institutions. Many of these transactions expose us to credit risk in the event of default of our counterparty. In addition, with respect to secured transactions, our credit risk may be exacerbated when the collateral held by us cannot be realized or is liquidated at prices not sufficient to recover the full amount of the loan or derivative exposure due to us. We also have exposure to these financial institutions in the form of unsecured debt instruments, non-redeemable and redeemable preferred securities, derivative transactions, joint venture, hedge fund and equity investments. Further, potential action by governments and regulatory bodies in response to the financial crisis affecting the global banking system and financial markets, such as investment, nationalization, conservatorship, receivership and other intervention, whether under existing legal authority or any new authority that may be created, or lack of action by European Union member governments and central banks, as well as deterioration in the banks’ credit standing, could negatively impact these instruments, securities, transactions and investments or limit the Company’s ability to trade with them. There can be no assurance that any such losses or impairments to the carrying value of these investments or other changes would not materially and adversely affect our business and results of operations.

 

49


Table of Contents

We Face Unforeseen Liabilities, Asset Impairments or Rating Actions Arising from Acquisitions, Including ALICO, and Dispositions of Businesses or Difficulties Integrating and Managing Growth of Such Businesses

We have engaged in dispositions and acquisitions of businesses in the past, and expect to continue to do so in the future. Acquisition and disposition activity exposes us to a number of risks.

There could be unforeseen liabilities or asset impairments, including goodwill impairments, that arise in connection with the businesses that we may sell or the businesses that we may acquire in the future.

In addition, there may be liabilities or asset impairments that we fail, or are unable, to discover in the course of performing due diligence investigations on each business that we have acquired or may acquire. Furthermore, even for obligations and liabilities that we do discover during the due diligence process, neither the valuation adjustment nor the contractual protections we negotiate may be sufficient to fully protect us from losses. For example, in connection with the acquisition of ALICO, we may be exposed to obligations and liabilities of ALICO that are not adequately covered, in amount, scope or duration, by the indemnification provisions in the stock purchase agreement, dated as of March 7, 2010 (as amended, the “Stock Purchase Agreement”), entered into in connection with the Acquisition, by and among MetLife, Inc., AIG and AM Holdings, or reflected or reserved for in ALICO’s historical financial statements. Although we have rights to indemnification from AM Holdings under the Stock Purchase Agreement for certain losses, our rights are limited by survival periods for bringing claims and monetary limitations on the amount we may recover, and we cannot be certain that indemnification will be, among other things, collectible or sufficient in amount, scope or duration to fully offset any loss we may suffer. We are indemnified under the Stock Purchase Agreement for various tax matters, including U.S. federal income taxes attributable to periods during which the ALICO business was included in AIG’s consolidated federal income tax return. We cannot be certain that any such indemnification will ultimately be fully collectible.

Furthermore, the use of our own funds as consideration in any acquisition would consume capital resources, which could affect our capital plan and render those funds unavailable for other corporate purposes. We also may not be able to raise sufficient funds to consummate an acquisition if, for example, we are unable to sell our securities or close related bridge credit facilities. Moreover, as a result of uncertainty and risks associated with potential acquisitions and dispositions of businesses, rating agencies may take certain actions with respect to the ratings assigned to MetLife, Inc. and/or its subsidiaries.

Our ability to achieve certain benefits we anticipate from any acquisitions of businesses will depend in large part upon our ability to successfully integrate such businesses in an efficient and effective manner. We may not be able to integrate such businesses smoothly or successfully, and the process may take longer than expected. The integration of operations and differences in operational culture may require the dedication of significant management resources, which may distract management’s attention from day-to-day business. If we are unable to successfully integrate the operations of such acquired businesses, we may be unable to realize the benefits we expect to achieve as a result of such acquisitions and our business and results of operations may be less than expected.

The success with which we are able to integrate acquired operations will depend on our ability to manage a variety of issues, including the following:

 

   

Loss of key personnel or higher than expected employee attrition rates could adversely affect the performance of the acquired business and our ability to integrate it successfully.

 

   

Customers of the acquired business may reduce, delay or defer decisions concerning their use of its products and services as a result of the acquisition or uncertainty related to the consummation of the acquisition, including, for example, potential unfamiliarity with the MetLife brand in regions where we did not have a market presence prior to the acquisition.

 

50


Table of Contents
   

If the acquired business relies upon independent distributors to distribute its products, these distributors may not continue to generate the same volume of business for us after the acquisition. Independent distributors may reexamine the scope of their relationship with the acquired business or us as a result of the acquisition and decide to curtail or eliminate distribution of our products.

 

   

Integrating acquired operations with our existing operations may require us to coordinate geographically separated organizations, address possible differences in corporate culture and management philosophies, merge financial processes and risk and compliance procedures, combine separate information technology platforms and integrate operations that were previously closely tied to the former parent of the acquired business or other service providers.

 

   

In cases where we or an acquired business operates in certain markets through joint ventures, the acquisition may affect the continued success and prospects of the joint venture. Our ability to exercise management control or influence over these joint venture operations and our investment in them will depend on the continued cooperation between the joint venture participants and on the terms of the joint venture agreements, which allocate control among the joint venture participants. We may face financial or other exposure in the event that any of these joint venture partners fail to meet their obligations under the joint venture, encounter financial difficulty or elect to alter, modify or terminate the relationship.

 

   

We may incur significant costs in connection with any acquisition and the related integration. The costs and liabilities actually incurred in connection with an acquisition and subsequent integration process may exceed those anticipated.

All of these challenges are present in our integration of ALICO, which we expect to extend over a substantial period.

The prospects of our business also may be materially and adversely affected if we are not able to manage the growth of any acquired business successfully. For example, the life insurance markets in many of the international markets we entered through the Acquisition have experienced significant growth in recent years. Management of growth in these markets to date has required significant management and operational resources and is likely to continue to do so. Future growth of our combined business will require, among other things, the continued development of adequate underwriting and claim handling capabilities and skills, sufficient capital base, increased marketing and sales activities, and the hiring and training of new personnel.

There can be no assurance that we will be successful in managing future growth of any acquired business. In particular, there may be difficulties in hiring and training sufficient numbers of customer service personnel and agents to keep pace with any future growth in the number of customers in our developing or developed markets. In addition, we may experience difficulties in upgrading, developing and expanding information technology systems quickly enough to accommodate any future growth. If we are unable to manage future growth, our prospects may be materially and adversely affected.

There Can Be No Assurance That the Closing Agreement American Life Entered Into With the IRS Will Achieve Its Intended Effect, or That American Life Will Be Able to Comply with the Related Agreed Upon Plan

On March 4, 2010, American Life entered into a closing agreement with the Commissioner of the IRS with respect to a U.S. withholding tax issue arising from payments by foreign branches of a life insurance company incorporated under U.S. law. IRS Revenue Ruling 2004-75, effective January 1, 2005, requires foreign branches of U.S. life insurance companies in certain circumstances to withhold U.S. income taxes on payments of taxable income made with respect to certain insurance and annuity products paid to customers resident in a foreign country. The closing agreement provides transitional relief under Section 7805(b) of the Code to American Life, such that American Life’s foreign branches will not be required to withhold U.S. income tax on the income portion of payments made pursuant to American Life’s life insurance and annuity contracts (“Covered Payments”) under IRS Revenue Ruling 2004-75 for any tax periods beginning on January 1, 2005 and ending on December 31, 2013 (the “Deferral Period”). In accordance with the closing agreement, American Life submitted

 

51


Table of Contents

a plan to the IRS indicating the steps American Life will take (on a country by country basis) to ensure that no substantial amount of U.S. withholding tax will arise from Covered Payments made by American Life’s foreign branches to foreign customers after the Deferral Period. In addition, the closing agreement requires that such plan be updated in quarterly filings with the IRS. The closing agreement is final and binding upon American Life and the IRS; provided, however, that the agreement can be reopened in the event of malfeasance, fraud or a misrepresentation of a material fact, and is subject to change of law risk that occurs after the effective date of the closing agreement (with certain exceptions). In addition, the closing agreement provides that no legislative amendment to Section 861(a)(1)(A) of the Code shall shorten the Deferral Period, regardless of when such amendment is enacted. The plan American Life delivered to the IRS involves the transfer of businesses from certain of the foreign branches of American Life to one or more existing or newly-formed foreign affiliates of American Life; however, the plan is subject to change pursuant to the quarterly updates that American Life will provide to the IRS. An estimate of the costs to comply with the plan has been recorded in the financial statements. Also the achievement of the plan presented to the IRS within the required time frame of December 31, 2013 is contingent upon regulatory approvals and other requirements. Failure to achieve the plan in a timely manner could cause American Life to be required to withhold U.S. income taxes on the taxable portion of payments made by American Life’s foreign branches after December 31, 2013 to customers resident in a foreign country, which could put American Life at a competitive disadvantage with its competitors that sell similar products through foreign entities and could have a material adverse effect on American Life’s future revenues or expenses or both.

The Settlement of Common Equity Units Issued in Connection with the Acquisition Will Have a Dilutive Impact on MetLife, Inc.’s Stockholders

As part of the consideration paid to AM Holdings pursuant to the terms of the Stock Purchase Agreement, MetLife, Inc. issued $3.0 billion aggregate stated amount of common equity units, which initially consist of (x) purchase contracts obligating the holder to purchase a variable number of shares of MetLife, Inc.’s common stock on each of three specified future settlement dates (expected to occur on October 10, 2012, September 11, 2013 and October 8, 2014, subject to deferral under certain circumstances) for a fixed amount per purchase contract (an aggregate of $1.0 billion on each settlement date) (the “Stock Purchase Contracts”) and (y) an interest in each of three series of debt securities of MetLife, Inc. AM Holdings subsequently sold all of the common equity units in a public offering. The aggregate amount of MetLife, Inc.’s common stock issuable upon settlement of the Stock Purchase Contracts is expected to be approximately 67.8 million to 84.7 million shares. As a result, more shares of common stock will be outstanding and each existing stockholder will own a smaller percentage of our common stock then outstanding.

Fluctuations in Foreign Currency Exchange Rates Could Negatively Affect Our Profitability

We are exposed to risks associated with fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates against the U.S. dollar resulting from our holdings of non-U.S. dollar denominated investments, investments in foreign subsidiaries and net income from foreign operations and issuance of non-U.S. dollar denominated instruments, including guaranteed interest contracts and funding agreements. These risks relate to potential decreases in estimated fair value and income resulting from a strengthening or weakening in foreign exchange rates versus the U.S. dollar. In general, the weakening of foreign currencies versus the U.S. dollar will adversely affect the estimated fair value of our non-U.S. dollar denominated investments, our investments in foreign subsidiaries, and our net income from foreign operations. Although we use foreign currency derivatives to mitigate foreign currency exchange rate risk, we cannot provide assurance that these methods will be effective or that our counterparties will perform their obligations. See “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk.”

From time to time, various emerging market countries have experienced severe economic and financial disruptions, including significant devaluations of their currencies. Our exposure to foreign exchange rate risk is exacerbated by our investments in certain emerging markets.

Historically, we have matched substantially all of our foreign currency liabilities in our foreign subsidiaries with investments denominated in their respective foreign currency, which limits the effect of currency exchange

 

52


Table of Contents

rate fluctuation on local operating results; however, fluctuations in such rates affect the translation of these results into our U.S. dollar basis consolidated financial statements. Although we take certain actions to address this risk, foreign currency exchange rate fluctuation could materially adversely affect our reported results due to unhedged positions or the failure of hedges to effectively offset the impact of the foreign currency exchange rate fluctuation. See “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk.”

We face substantial exposure to risks associated with fluctuations in the yen/ U.S. dollar exchange rate because we now have substantial operations in Japan and a significant portion of our premiums and investment income in Japan are received in yen. Most claims and expenses associated with our operations in Japan are also paid in yen and we primarily purchase yen-denominated assets to support yen-denominated policy liabilities. These and other yen-denominated financial statement items are, however, translated into U.S. dollars for financial reporting purposes. Accordingly, fluctuations in the yen/U.S. dollar exchange rate can have a significant effect on our reported financial position and results of operations. Our Japan operation does assume some currency exposure by backing a portion of surplus and yen denominated liabilities with U.S. dollar assets. Although this represents risk to our Japan operation, this activity reduces yen exposure at the enterprise level.

Due to our significant international operations, during periods when any foreign currency in which we derive our revenues (such as the Japanese yen) weakens, translating amounts expressed in that currency into U.S. dollars causes fewer U.S. dollars to be reported. When the relevant foreign currency strengthens, translating such currency into U.S. dollars causes more U.S. dollars to be reported. Any unrealized foreign currency translation adjustments are reported in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss). The weakening of a foreign currency relative to the U.S. dollar will generally adversely affect the value of investments in U.S. dollar terms and reduce the level of reserves denominated in that currency.

As a Holding Company, MetLife, Inc. Depends on the Ability of Its Subsidiaries to Transfer Funds to It to Meet Its Obligations and Pay Dividends

MetLife, Inc. is a holding company for its insurance and financial subsidiaries and does not have any significant operations of its own. Dividends from its subsidiaries and permitted payments to it under its tax sharing arrangements with its subsidiaries are its principal sources of cash to meet its obligations and to pay preferred and common stock dividends. If the cash MetLife, Inc. receives from its subsidiaries is insufficient for it to fund its debt service and other holding company obligations, MetLife, Inc. may be required to raise cash through the incurrence of debt, the issuance of additional equity or the sale of assets.

The payment of dividends and other distributions to MetLife, Inc. by its U.S. insurance subsidiaries is regulated by insurance laws and regulations. In general, dividends in excess of prescribed limits require insurance regulatory approval. In addition, insurance regulators may prohibit the payment of dividends or other payments by its insurance subsidiaries to MetLife, Inc. if they determine that the payment could be adverse to our policyholders or contractholders. The payment of dividends and other distributions by insurance companies is also influenced by business conditions and rating agency considerations. See “Business — U.S. Regulation — Insurance Regulation” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Liquidity and Capital Resources — MetLife, Inc. — Liquidity and Capital Sources — Dividends from Subsidiaries.” The ability of MetLife Bank to pay dividends is also subject to regulation by the OCC. See also “— Our Insurance, Brokerage and Banking Businesses Are Highly Regulated, and Changes in Regulation and in Supervisory and Enforcement Policies May Reduce Our Profitability and Limit Our Growth.”

Any payment of interest, dividends, distributions, loans or advances by our foreign subsidiaries and branches to MetLife, Inc. could be subject to taxation or other restrictions on dividends or repatriation of earnings under applicable law, monetary transfer restrictions and foreign currency exchange regulations in the jurisdiction in which such foreign subsidiaries operate. See “Business — International Regulation” and “— Our International Operations Face Political, Legal, Operational and Other Risks, Including Exposure to Local and Regional Economic Conditions, That Could Negatively Affect Those Operations or Our Profitability.”

 

53


Table of Contents

A Downgrade or a Potential Downgrade in Our Financial Strength or Credit Ratings Could Result in a Loss of Business and Materially Adversely Affect Our Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Financial strength ratings, which various Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organizations (“NRSRO”) publish as indicators of an insurance company’s ability to meet contractholder and policyholder obligations, are important to maintaining public confidence in our products, our ability to market our products and our competitive position.

Downgrades in our financial strength ratings could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations in many ways, including:

 

   

reducing new sales of insurance products, annuities and other investment products;

 

   

adversely affecting our relationships with our sales force and independent sales intermediaries;

 

   

materially increasing the number or amount of policy surrenders and withdrawals by contractholders and policyholders;

 

   

requiring us to reduce prices for many of our products and services to remain competitive; and

 

   

adversely affecting our ability to obtain reinsurance at reasonable prices or at all.

In addition to the financial strength ratings of our insurance subsidiaries, various NRSROs also publish credit ratings for MetLife, Inc. and several of its subsidiaries. Credit ratings are indicators of a debt issuer’s ability to meet the terms of debt obligations in a timely manner and are important factors in our overall funding profile and ability to access certain types of liquidity. Downgrades in our credit ratings could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations in many ways, including adversely limiting our access to capital markets, potentially increasing the cost of debt, and requiring us to post collateral. See Note 4 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for information regarding the impact of a one-notch downgrade with respect to derivative transactions with credit rating downgrade triggers. Also, at December 31, 2011, $188 million of liabilities associated with funding agreements and other capital market products were subject to credit ratings downgrade triggers that permit early termination subject to a notice period of 90 days.

In view of the difficulties experienced by many financial institutions as a result of the global recession, including our competitors in the insurance industry, we believe it is possible that the NRSROs will continue to heighten the level of scrutiny that they apply to such institutions, will continue to increase the frequency and scope of their credit reviews, will continue to request additional information from the companies that they rate, and may adjust upward the capital and other requirements employed in the NRSRO models for maintenance of certain ratings levels. Rating agencies use an “outlook statement” of “positive,” “stable,” “negative” or “developing” to indicate a medium- or long-term trend in credit fundamentals which, if continued, may lead to a ratings change. A rating may have a “stable” outlook to indicate that the rating is not expected to change; however, a “stable” rating does not preclude a rating agency from changing a rating at any time, without notice. Certain rating agencies assign rating modifiers such as “CreditWatch” or “Under Review” to indicate their opinion regarding the potential direction of a rating. These ratings modifiers are generally assigned in connection with certain events such as potential mergers and acquisitions, or material changes in a company’s results, in order for the rating agencies to perform their analyses to fully determine the rating implications of the event.

We cannot predict what actions rating agencies may take, or what actions we may take in response to the actions of rating agencies, which could adversely affect our business. As with other companies in the financial services industry, our ratings could be downgraded at any time and without any notice by any NRSRO.

An Inability to Access Our Credit Facilities Could Result in a Reduction in Our Liquidity and Lead to Downgrades in Our Credit and Financial Strength Ratings

In August 2011, we entered into a $3 billion unsecured five-year credit agreement by amending and restating our October 2010 unsecured 364-day credit agreement, and reduced the outstanding commitment under our

 

54


Table of Contents

October 2010 unsecured three-year credit facility to $1 billion. We also have other facilities which we enter into in the ordinary course of business. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Liquidity and Capital Resources — The Company — Liquidity and Capital Sources — Credit and Committed Facilities” and Note 11 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

We rely on our credit facilities as a potential source of liquidity. The availability of these facilities could be critical to our credit and financial strength ratings and our ability to meet our obligations as they come due in a market when alternative sources of credit are tight. The credit facilities contain certain administrative, reporting, legal and financial covenants. We must comply with covenants under our credit facilities, including a requirement to maintain a specified minimum consolidated net worth.

Our right to borrow funds under these facilities is subject to the fulfillment of certain important conditions, including our compliance with all covenants, and our ability to borrow under these facilities is also subject to the continued willingness and ability of the lenders that are parties to the facilities to provide funds. Our failure to comply with the covenants in the credit facilities or fulfill the conditions to borrowings, or the failure of lenders to fund their lending commitments (whether due to insolvency, illiquidity or other reasons) in the amounts provided for under the terms of the facilities, would restrict our ability to access these credit facilities when needed and, consequently, could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

Our Risk Management Policies and Procedures May Leave Us Exposed to Unidentified or Unanticipated Risk, Which Could Negatively Affect Our Business

Management of risk requires, among other things, policies and procedures to record properly and verify a large number of transactions and events. We have devoted significant resources to develop and periodically update our risk management policies and procedures to reflect ongoing review of our risks and expect to continue to do so in the future. Nonetheless, our policies and procedures may not be comprehensive. Many of our methods for managing risk and exposures are based upon the use of observed historical market behavior or statistics based on historical models. As a result, these methods may not fully predict future exposures, which can be significantly greater than our historical measures indicate. Other risk management methods depend upon the evaluation of information regarding markets, clients, catastrophe occurrence or other matters that is publicly available or otherwise accessible to us. This information may not always be accurate, complete, up-to-date or properly evaluated. In addition, more extensive and perhaps different risk management policies and procedures might have to be implemented under Regulation YY. See “Business — U.S. Regulation — Financial Holding Company Regulation” and “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk.”

Reinsurance May Not Be Available, Affordable or Adequate to Protect Us Against Losses

As part of our overall risk management strategy, we purchase reinsurance for certain risks underwritten by our various business segments. See “Business — Reinsurance Activity.” While reinsurance agreements generally bind the reinsurer for the life of the business reinsured at generally fixed pricing, market conditions beyond our control determine the availability and cost of the reinsurance protection for new business. In certain circumstances, the price of reinsurance for business already reinsured may also increase. Any decrease in the amount of reinsurance will increase our risk of loss and any increase in the cost of reinsurance will, absent a decrease in the amount of reinsurance, reduce our earnings. Accordingly, we may be forced to incur additional expenses for reinsurance or may not be able to obtain sufficient reinsurance on acceptable terms, which could adversely affect our ability to write future business or result in the assumption of more risk with respect to those policies we issue.

If the Counterparties to Our Reinsurance or Indemnification Arrangements or to the Derivative Instruments We Use to Hedge Our Business Risks Default or Fail to Perform, We May Be Exposed to Risks We Had Sought to Mitigate, Which Could Materially Adversely Affect Our Financial Condition and Results of Operations

We use reinsurance, indemnification and derivative instruments to mitigate our risks in various circumstances. In general, reinsurance does not relieve us of our direct liability to our policyholders, even when the reinsurer is

 

55


Table of Contents

liable to us. Accordingly, we bear credit risk with respect to our reinsurers and indemnitors. We cannot provide assurance that our reinsurers will pay the reinsurance recoverables owed to us or that indemnitors will honor their obligations now or in the future or that they will pay these recoverables on a timely basis. A reinsurer’s or indemnitor’s insolvency, inability or unwillingness to make payments under the terms of reinsurance agreements or indemnity agreements with us could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

In addition, we use derivative instruments to hedge various business risks. We enter into a variety of derivative instruments, including options, forwards, interest rate, credit default and currency swaps with a number of counterparties. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Investments.” If our counterparties fail or refuse to honor their obligations under these derivative instruments, our hedges of the related risk will be ineffective. This is a more pronounced risk to us in view of the stresses suffered by financial institutions over the past few years. Such failure could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

Differences Between Actual Claims Experience and Underwriting and Reserving Assumptions May Adversely Affect Our Financial Results

Our earnings significantly depend upon the extent to which our actual claims experience is consistent with the assumptions we use in setting prices for our products and establishing liabilities for future policy benefits and claims. Our liabilities for future policy benefits and claims are established based on estimates by actuaries of how much we will need to pay for future benefits and claims. For life insurance and annuity products, we calculate these liabilities based on many assumptions and estimates, including estimated premiums to be received over the assumed life of the policy, the timing of the event covered by the insurance policy, the amount of benefits or claims to be paid and the investment returns on the investments we make with the premiums we receive. We establish liabilities for property and casualty claims and benefits based on assumptions and estimates of damages and liabilities incurred. To the extent that actual claims experience is less favorable than the underlying assumptions we used in establishing such liabilities, we could be required to increase our liabilities.

Due to the nature of the underlying risks and the high degree of uncertainty associated with the determination of liabilities for future policy benefits and claims, we cannot determine precisely the amounts which we will ultimately pay to settle our liabilities. Such amounts may vary from the estimated amounts, particularly when those payments may not occur until well into the future. We evaluate our liabilities periodically based on accounting requirements, which change from time to time, the assumptions used to establish the liabilities, as well as our actual experience. We charge or credit changes in our liabilities to expenses in the period the liabilities are established or re-estimated. If the liabilities originally established for future benefit payments prove inadequate, we must increase them. Such increases could affect earnings negatively and have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Catastrophes May Adversely Impact Liabilities for Policyholder Claims and Reinsurance Availability

Our insurance operations are exposed to the risk of catastrophic events. The extent of losses from a catastrophe is a function of both the total amount of insured exposure in the area affected by the event and the severity of the event. Most catastrophes are restricted to small geographic areas; however, hurricanes, earthquakes, tsunamis and man-made catastrophes may produce significant damage or loss of life in larger areas, especially those that are heavily populated. Claims resulting from natural or man-made catastrophic events could cause substantial volatility in our financial results for any fiscal quarter or year and could materially reduce our profitability or harm our financial condition. Also, catastrophic events could harm the financial condition of issuers of obligations we hold in our investment portfolio, resulting in impairments to these obligations, and the financial condition of our reinsurers and thereby increase the probability of default on reinsurance recoveries. Large-scale catastrophes may also reduce the overall level of economic activity in affected countries which could hurt our business and the value of our investments. Our ability to write new business could also be affected. It is possible that increases in the value, caused by the effects of inflation or other factors, and geographic concentration of insured property, could increase the severity of claims from catastrophic events in the future.

 

56


Table of Contents

Our life insurance operations are exposed to the risk of catastrophic mortality, such as a pandemic or other event that causes a large number of deaths. Significant influenza pandemics have occurred three times in the last century; however the likelihood, timing, and severity of a future pandemic cannot be predicted. A significant pandemic could have a major impact on the global economy or the economies of particular countries or regions, including travel, trade, tourism, the health system, food supply, consumption, overall economic output and, eventually, on the financial markets. In addition, a pandemic that affected our employees or the employees of our distributors or of other companies with which we do business could disrupt our business operations. The effectiveness of external parties, including governmental and non-governmental organizations, in combating the spread and severity of such a pandemic could have a material impact on the losses experienced by us. In our group insurance operations, a localized event that affects the workplace of one or more of our group insurance customers could cause a significant loss due to mortality or morbidity claims. These events could cause a material adverse effect on our results of operations in any period and, depending on their severity, could also materially and adversely affect our financial condition.

Our Auto & Home business has experienced, and will likely in the future experience, catastrophe losses that may have a material adverse impact on the business, results of operations and financial condition of the Auto & Home segment. Although Auto & Home makes every effort to manage our exposure to catastrophic risks through volatility management and reinsurance programs, these efforts do not eliminate all risk. Catastrophes can be caused by various events, including hurricanes, windstorms, earthquakes, hail, tornadoes, explosions, severe winter weather (including snow, freezing water, ice storms and blizzards), fires and man-made events such as terrorist attacks. Historically, substantially all of our catastrophe-related claims have related to homeowners coverages. However, catastrophes may also affect other Auto & Home coverages. Due to their nature, we cannot predict the incidence, timing and severity of catastrophes. In addition, changing climate conditions, primarily rising global temperatures, may be increasing, or may in the future increase, the frequency and severity of natural catastrophes such as hurricanes.

Hurricanes and earthquakes are of particular note for our homeowners coverages. Areas of major hurricane exposure include coastal sections of the northeastern U.S. (including lower New York, Connecticut, Rhode Island and Massachusetts), the Gulf Coast (including Alabama, Mississippi, Louisiana and Texas) and Florida. We also have some earthquake exposure, primarily along the New Madrid fault line in the central U.S. and in the Pacific Northwest.

Most of the jurisdictions in which our U.S. insurance subsidiaries are admitted to transact business require life and property and casualty insurers doing business within the jurisdiction to participate in guaranty associations, which are organized to pay contractual benefits owed pursuant to insurance policies issued by impaired, insolvent or failed insurers. These associations levy assessments, up to prescribed limits, on all member insurers in a particular state on the basis of the proportionate share of the premiums written by member insurers in the lines of business in which the impaired, insolvent or failed insurer is engaged. In addition, certain states have government owned or controlled organizations providing life and property and casualty insurance to their citizens. The activities of such organizations could also place additional stress on the adequacy of guaranty fund assessments. Many of these organizations also have the power to levy assessments similar to those of the guaranty associations described above. Some states permit member insurers to recover assessments paid through full or partial premium tax offsets. See “Business — U.S. Regulation — Insurance Regulation — Guaranty Associations and Similar Arrangements” and “Business — International Regulation.”

While in the past five years, the aggregate assessments levied against MetLife, Inc.’s insurance subsidiaries have not been material, it is possible that a large catastrophic event could render such guaranty funds inadequate and we may be called upon to contribute additional amounts, which may have a material impact on our financial condition or results of operations in a particular period. We have established liabilities for guaranty fund assessments that we consider adequate, but additional liabilities may be necessary. See Note 16 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Consistent with industry practice and accounting standards, we establish liabilities for claims arising from a catastrophe only after assessing the probable losses arising from the event. We cannot be certain that the

 

57


Table of Contents

liabilities we have established will be adequate to cover actual claim liabilities. From time to time, states have passed legislation that has the effect of limiting the ability of insurers to manage risk, such as legislation restricting an insurer’s ability to withdraw from catastrophe-prone areas. While we attempt to limit our exposure to acceptable levels, subject to restrictions imposed by insurance regulatory authorities, a catastrophic event or multiple catastrophic events could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Our ability to manage this risk and the profitability of our property and casualty and life insurance businesses depends in part on our ability to obtain catastrophe reinsurance, which may not be available at commercially acceptable rates in the future. See “— Reinsurance May Not Be Available, Affordable or Adequate to Protect Us Against Losses.”

Our Statutory Reserve Financings May Be Subject to Cost Increases and New Financings May Be Subject to Limited Market Capacity

To support statutory reserves for several products, including, but not limited to, our level premium term life and universal life with secondary guarantees and MLIC’s closed block, we currently utilize capital markets solutions for financing a portion of our statutory reserve requirements. While we have financing facilities in place for our previously written business and have remaining capacity in existing facilities to support writings through the end of 2011 or later, certain of these facilities are subject to cost increases upon the occurrence of specified ratings downgrades of MetLife or are subject to periodic repricing. Any resulting cost increases could negatively impact our financial results.

Future capacity for these statutory reserve funding structures in the marketplace is not guaranteed. If capacity becomes unavailable for a prolonged period of time, hindering our ability to obtain funding for these new structures, our ability to write additional business in a cost effective manner may be impacted.

Competitive Factors May Adversely Affect Our Market Share and Profitability

Our segments are subject to intense competition. We believe that this competition is based on a number of factors, including service, product features, scale, price, financial strength, claims-paying ratings, credit ratings, e-business capabilities and name recognition. We compete in the U.S. and internationally, with a large number of other insurance companies, as well as non-insurance financial services companies, such as banks, broker-dealers and asset managers, for individual consumers, employers and other group customers and agents and other distributors of insurance and investment products. Some of these companies offer a broader array of products, have more competitive pricing or, with respect to other insurance companies, have higher claims paying ability ratings. Some may also have greater financial resources with which to compete. National banks, which may sell annuity products of life insurers in some circumstances, also have pre-existing customer bases for financial services products. Many of our group insurance products are underwritten annually, and, accordingly, there is a risk that group purchasers may be able to obtain more favorable terms from competitors rather than renewing coverage with us. The effect of competition may, as a result, adversely affect the persistency of these and other products, as well as our ability to sell products in the future.

In addition, the investment management and securities brokerage businesses have relatively few barriers to entry and continually attract new entrants. See “Business — Competition.”

Finally, numerous aspects of our business are subject to regulation. Legislative and other changes affecting the

regulatory environment can affect our competitive position within the life insurance industry and within the

broader financial services industry. See “Business — U.S. Regulation,” “Business — International Regulation,” “— Our Insurance, Brokerage and Banking Businesses Are Highly Regulated, and Changes in Regulation May Reduce Our Profitability and Limit Our Growth,” “— Governmental and Regulatory Actions for the Purpose of Stabilizing and Revitalizing the Financial Markets and Protecting Investors and Consumers May Not Achieve the Intended Effect or Could Adversely Affect Our Competitive Position” and “— Changes in U.S. Federal and State Securities Laws and Regulations, and State Insurance Regulations Regarding Suitability of Annuity Product Sales, May Affect Our Operations and Our Profitability.”

 

58


Table of Contents

 

Industry Trends, Including the Consolidation of Distributors of Insurance Products, Could Adversely Affect the Profitability of Our Businesses

Our segments continue to be influenced by a variety of trends that affect the insurance industry, including competition with respect to product features, price, distribution capability, customer service and information technology. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Industry Trends.” The insurance industry distributes many of its individual products through other financial institutions such as banks and broker-dealers. An increase in bank and broker-dealer consolidation activity may negatively impact the industry’s sales, and such consolidation could increase competition for access to distributors, result in greater distribution expenses and impair our ability to market insurance products to our current customer base or to expand our customer base. Consolidation of distributors and/or other industry changes may also increase the likelihood that distributors will try to renegotiate the terms of any existing selling agreements to terms less favorable to us.

The impact on our business and on the life insurance industry generally of the volatility and instability of the financial markets is difficult to predict, and our business plans, financial condition and results of operations may be negatively impacted or affected in other unexpected ways. The Federal Reserve Board has taken a number of actions in recent years to spur economic activity by keeping interest rates low and may take further actions to influence interest rates in the future, which may have an impact on the pricing levels of risk-bearing investments, and may adversely impact the level of product sales. See “— Governmental and Regulatory Actions for the Purpose of Stabilizing and Revitalizing the Financial Markets and Protecting Investors and Consumers May Not Achieve the Intended Effect or Could Adversely Affect Our Competitive Position.” In addition, the life insurance industry is subject to state regulation and, as complex products are introduced, regulators may refine capital requirements and introduce new reserving standards. Dodd-Frank, Regulation YY, Basel III, Solvency II and other regulatory initiatives may also lead to changes in regulation that may benefit or disadvantage us relative to some of our competitors. See “Business — Competition,” “— Our Insurance, Brokerage and Banking Businesses Are Heavily Regulated, and Changes in Regulation May Reduce Our Profitability and Limit Our Growth” and “— Competitive Factors May Adversely Affect Our Market Share and Profitability.”

Our Valuation of Fixed Maturity, Equity and Trading and Other Securities and Short-Term Investments May Include Methodologies, Estimations and Assumptions Which Are Subject to Differing Interpretations and Could Result in Changes to Investment Valuations That May Materially Adversely Affect Our Results of Operations or Financial Condition

Fixed maturity, equity, and trading and other securities and short-term investments which are reported at estimated fair value on the consolidated balance sheets represent the majority of our total cash and investments. We have categorized these securities into a three-level hierarchy, based on the priority of the inputs to the respective valuation technique.

The fair value hierarchy gives the highest priority to quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (Level 3). An asset or liability’s classification within the fair value hierarchy is based on the lowest level significant input to its valuation. See Note 1 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for information regarding the three input levels.

At December 31, 2011, 9.4%, 85.3% and 5.3% of these securities represented Level 1, Level 2 and Level 3, respectively. The Level 1 securities primarily consist of certain U.S. Treasury and agency securities, foreign government securities, RMBS principally to-be-announced securities, exchange traded common stock, exchange traded registered mutual fund interests and short-term money market securities, including U.S. Treasury bills. The Level 2 assets include fixed maturity and equity securities priced principally through independent pricing services using observable inputs. These fixed maturity securities include most U.S. Treasury and agency securities, as well as the majority of U.S. and foreign corporate securities, RMBS, foreign government securities, CMBS, state and political subdivision securities, foreign government securities, and ABS. Equity securities classified as Level 2 primarily consist of non-redeemable preferred securities and certain equity securities where market quotes are available but are not considered actively traded and are priced by independent pricing services. We review the valuation methodologies used by the independent pricing services on an ongoing basis and ensure

 

59


Table of Contents

that any changes to valuation methodologies are justified. Level 3 assets include fixed maturity securities priced principally through independent non-binding broker quotations or market standard valuation methodologies using inputs that are not market observable or cannot be derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data. Level 3 consists of less liquid fixed maturity securities with very limited trading activity or where less price transparency exists around the inputs to the valuation methodologies including: U.S. and foreign corporate securities — including below investment grade private placements; RMBS; CMBS; ABS and foreign government securities. Equity securities classified as Level 3 securities consist principally of nonredeemable preferred stock and common stock of companies that are privately held or companies for which there has been very limited trading activity or where less price transparency exists around the inputs to the valuation.

Prices provided by independent pricing services and independent non-binding broker quotations can vary widely even for the same security. The determination of estimated fair values by management in the absence of quoted market prices is based on: (i) valuation methodologies; (ii) securities we deem to be comparable; and (iii) assumptions deemed appropriate given the circumstances. The fair value estimates are made at a specific point in time, based on available market information and judgments about financial instruments, including estimates of the timing and amounts of expected future cash flows and the credit standing of the issuer or counterparty. Factors considered in estimating fair value include: coupon rate, maturity, estimated duration, call provisions, sinking fund requirements, credit rating, industry sector of the issuer, and quoted market prices of comparable securities. The use of different methodologies and assumptions may have a material effect on the estimated fair value amounts. During periods of market disruption including periods of significantly rising or high interest rates, rapidly widening credit spreads or illiquidity, it may be difficult to value certain of our securities, for example sub-prime mortgage-backed securities, mortgage-backed securities where the underlying loans are Alt-A and CMBS, if trading becomes less frequent and/or market data becomes less observable. In times of financial market disruption, certain asset classes that were in active markets with significant observable data may become illiquid. In such cases, more securities may fall to Level 3 and thus require more subjectivity and management judgment. As such, valuations may include inputs and assumptions that are less observable or require greater estimation, as well as valuation methods which are more sophisticated or require greater estimation thereby resulting in estimated fair values which may be greater or less than the amount at which the investments may be ultimately sold. Further, rapidly changing and unprecedented credit and equity market conditions could materially impact the valuation of securities as reported within our consolidated financial statements and the period-to-period changes in estimated fair value could vary significantly. Decreases in value may have a material adverse effect on our results of operations or financial condition.

If Our Business Does Not Perform Well, We May Be Required to Recognize an Impairment of Our Goodwill or Other Long-Lived Assets or to Establish a Valuation Allowance Against the Deferred Income Tax Asset, Which Could Adversely Affect Our Results of Operations or Financial Condition

Goodwill is the excess of cost over the estimated fair value of net assets acquired which represents the future economic benefits arising from such net assets acquired that could not be individually identified. As of December 31, 2011, our goodwill was $11.9 billion. Goodwill is not amortized but is tested for impairment at least annually, or more frequently if events or circumstances, such as adverse changes in the business climate, indicate that the implied fair value of the reporting unit is less than the carrying value of that reporting unit. We perform our annual goodwill impairment testing during the third quarter of each year based upon data as of the close of the second quarter. Goodwill associated with a business acquisition is not tested for impairment during the year the business is acquired unless there is a significant identified impairment event. Impairment testing is performed using the fair value approach, which requires the use of estimates and judgment, at the “reporting unit” level. A reporting unit is the operating segment or a business one level below the operating segment, if discrete financial information is prepared and regularly reviewed by management at that level.

The estimated fair value of the reporting unit is impacted by the performance of the business. The performance of our businesses may be adversely impacted by prolonged market declines. If it is determined that the goodwill has been impaired, we must write down the goodwill by the amount of the impairment, with a corresponding charge to net income. Such writedowns could have an adverse effect on our results of operation or financial

 

60


Table of Contents

position. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Summary of Critical Accounting Estimates — Goodwill” and Note 7 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Long-lived assets, including assets such as real estate, also require impairment testing to determine whether changes in circumstances indicate that we will be unable to recover the carrying amount of the asset group through future operations of that asset group or market conditions that will impact the estimated fair value of those assets. Such writedowns could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations or financial position.

Deferred income tax represents the tax effect of the differences between the book and tax basis of assets and liabilities. Deferred tax assets are assessed periodically by management to determine if they are realizable. Factors in management’s determination include the performance of the business including the ability to generate future taxable income. If based on available information, it is more likely than not that the deferred income tax asset will not be realized then a valuation allowance must be established with a corresponding charge to net income. Such charges could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations or financial position.

If Our Business Does Not Perform Well or if Actual Experience Versus Estimates Used in Valuing and Amortizing DAC, Deferred Sales Inducements (“DSI”) and VOBA Vary Significantly, We May Be Required to Accelerate the Amortization and/or Impair the DAC, DSI and VOBA Which Could Adversely Affect Our Results of Operations or Financial Condition

We incur significant costs in connection with acquiring new and renewal insurance business. Costs that vary with and relate to the production of new and renewal insurance business are deferred as DAC. Bonus amounts credited to certain policyholders, either immediately upon receiving a deposit or as excess interest credits for a period of time, are referred to as DSI. The recovery of DAC and DSI is dependent upon the future profitability of the related business. The amount of future profit or margin is dependent principally on investment returns in excess of the amounts credited to policyholders, mortality, morbidity, persistency, interest crediting rates, dividends paid to policyholders, expenses to administer the business, creditworthiness of reinsurance counterparties and certain economic variables, such as inflation. Of these factors, we anticipate that investment returns are most likely to impact the rate of amortization of such costs. The aforementioned factors enter into management’s estimates of gross profits or margins, which generally are used to amortize such costs.

If the estimates of gross profits or margins were overstated, then the amortization of such costs would be accelerated in the period the actual experience is known and would result in a charge to income. Significant or sustained equity market declines could result in an acceleration of amortization of DAC and DSI related to variable annuity and variable universal life contracts, resulting in a charge to income. Such adjustments could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations or financial condition.

VOBA represents the excess of book value over the estimated fair value of acquired insurance, annuity, and investment-type contracts in-force at the acquisition date. The estimated fair value of the acquired liabilities is based on actuarially determined projections, by each block of business, of future policy and contract charges, premiums, mortality and morbidity, separate account performance, surrenders, operating expenses, investment returns, nonperformance risk adjustment and other factors. Actual experience on the purchased business may vary from these projections. Revisions to estimates result in changes to the amounts expensed in the reporting period in which the revisions are made and could result in a charge to income. Also, as VOBA is amortized similarly to DAC and DSI, an acceleration of the amortization of VOBA would occur if the estimates of gross profits or margins were overstated. Accordingly, the amortization of such costs would be accelerated in the period in which the actual experience is known and would result in a charge to net income. Significant or sustained equity market declines could result in an acceleration of amortization of the VOBA related to variable annuity and variable universal life contracts, resulting in a charge to income. Such adjustments could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations or financial condition. See “— Changes in Accounting Standards Issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board or Other Standard-Setting Bodies May Adversely Affect Our Financial Statements,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results

 

61


Table of Contents

of Operations — Summary of Critical Accounting Estimates — Deferred Policy Acquisition Costs and Value of Business Acquired” and Note 1 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further consideration of DAC and VOBA.

Changes in Accounting Standards Issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board or Other Standard-Setting Bodies May Adversely Affect Our Financial Statements

Our financial statements are subject to the application of GAAP, which is periodically revised and/or expanded. Accordingly, from time to time we are required to adopt new or revised accounting standards issued by recognized authoritative bodies, including the Financial Accounting Standards Board. Market conditions have prompted accounting standard setters to expose new guidance which further interprets or seeks to revise accounting pronouncements related to financial instruments, structures or transactions, as well as to issue new standards expanding disclosures. The impact of accounting pronouncements that have been issued but not yet implemented is disclosed in our reports filed with the SEC. We will adopt new guidance regarding accounting for DAC in the first quarter of 2012. Under the new guidance, only incremental direct costs associated with the successful acquisition of new or renewal contracts may be capitalized, and direct-response advertising costs may be capitalized under certain conditions. We plan to apply this guidance retrospectively to all prior periods presented in our consolidated financial statements for all insurance contracts; this will result in a reduction of DAC and total equity. See Note 1 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements. An assessment of proposed standards is not provided as such proposals are subject to change through the exposure process and, therefore, the effects on our financial statements cannot be meaningfully assessed. It is possible that future accounting standards we are required to adopt could change the current accounting treatment that we apply to our consolidated financial statements and that such changes could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

Changes in Our Discount Rate, Expected Rate of Return and Expected Compensation Increase Assumptions for Our Pension and Other Postretirement Benefit Plans May Result in Increased Expenses and Reduce Our Profitability

We determine our pension and other postretirement benefit plan costs based on our best estimates of future plan experience. These assumptions are reviewed regularly and include discount rates, expected rates of return on plan assets and expected increases in compensation levels and expected medical inflation. Changes in these assumptions may result in increased expenses and reduce our profitability. See Note 17 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for details on how changes in these assumptions would affect plan costs.

Guarantees Within Certain of Our Products that Protect Policyholders Against Significant Downturns in Equity Markets May Decrease Our Earnings, Increase the Volatility of Our Results if Hedging or Risk Management Strategies Prove Ineffective, Result in Higher Risk Management Costs and Expose Us to Increased Counterparty Risk

Certain of our variable annuity products include guaranteed minimum benefits. These include guaranteed minimum death benefits, guaranteed minimum withdrawal benefits, guaranteed minimum accumulation benefits, and guaranteed minimum income benefits. Periods of significant and sustained downturns in equity markets, increased equity volatility, or reduced interest rates could result in an increase in the valuation of the future policy benefit or policyholder account balance liabilities associated with such products, resulting in a reduction to net income. We use reinsurance in combination with derivative instruments to mitigate the liability exposure and the volatility of net income associated with these liabilities, and while we believe that these and other actions have mitigated the risks related to these benefits, we remain liable for the guaranteed benefits in the event that reinsurers or derivative counterparties are unable or unwilling to pay. In addition, we are subject to the risk that hedging and other management procedures prove ineffective or that unanticipated policyholder behavior or mortality, combined with adverse market events, produces economic losses beyond the scope of the risk management techniques employed. These, individually or collectively, may have a material adverse effect on net income, financial condition or liquidity. We are also subject to the risk that the cost of hedging these guaranteed minimum benefits increases as implied volatilities increase and/or interest rates decrease, resulting in a reduction to net income.

 

62


Table of Contents

The valuation of certain of the foregoing liabilities (carried at fair value) includes an adjustment for nonperformance risk that reflects the credit standing of the issuing entity. This adjustment, which is not hedged, is based in part on publicly available information regarding credit spreads related to MetLife, Inc.’s debt, including credit default swaps. In periods of extreme market volatility, movements in these credit spreads can have a significant impact on net income.

Contractual Features Within Certain of Our Life and Annuity Products May Increase Our Exposure to Foreign Exchange Risk, and Decrease Our Earnings

Certain of our life and annuity products are exposed to foreign exchange risk. Payments under these contracts, depending on the circumstances, may be required to be made in different currencies and may not be the legal tender in the country whose law governs the particular product. Changes in exchange rate movements and the imposition of capital controls may also directly impact the liability valuation that may not be entirely hedged. If the currency upon which expected future payments are made strengthens, the liability valuation may increase, which may result in a reduction of net income.

We May Need to Fund Deficiencies in Our Closed Block; Assets Allocated to the Closed Block Benefit Only the Holders of Closed Block Policies

MLIC’s plan of reorganization, as amended (the “Plan”), required that we establish and operate an accounting mechanism, known as a closed block, to ensure that the reasonable dividend expectations of policyholders who own certain individual insurance policies of MLIC are met. See Note 10 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements. We allocated assets to the closed block in an amount that will produce cash flows which, together with anticipated revenue from the policies included in the closed block, are reasonably expected to be sufficient to support obligations and liabilities relating to these policies, including, but not limited to, provisions for the payment of claims and certain expenses and tax, and to provide for the continuation of the policyholder dividend scales in effect for 1999, if the experience underlying such scales continues, and for appropriate adjustments in such scales if the experience changes. We cannot provide assurance that the closed block assets, the cash flows generated by the closed block assets and the anticipated revenue from the policies included in the closed block will be sufficient to provide for the benefits guaranteed under these policies. If they are not sufficient, we must fund the shortfall. Even if they are sufficient, we may choose, for competitive reasons, to support policyholder dividend payments with our general account funds.

The closed block assets, the cash flows generated by the closed block assets and the anticipated revenues from the policies in the closed block will benefit only the holders of the policies in the closed block. In addition, to the extent that these amounts are greater than the amounts estimated at the time the closed block was funded, dividends payable in respect of the policies included in the closed block may be greater than they would be in the absence of a closed block. Any excess earnings will be available for distribution over time only to closed block policyholders.

Litigation and Regulatory Investigations Are Increasingly Common in Our Businesses and May Result in Significant Financial Losses and/or Harm to Our Reputation

We face a significant risk of litigation and regulatory investigations and actions in the ordinary course of operating our businesses, including the risk of class action lawsuits. Our pending legal and regulatory actions include proceedings specific to us and others generally applicable to business practices in the industries in which we operate. In connection with our insurance operations, plaintiffs’ lawyers may bring or are bringing class actions and individual suits alleging, among other things, issues relating to sales or underwriting practices, claims payments and procedures, product design, disclosure, administration, denial or delay of benefits and breaches of fiduciary or other duties to customers. Plaintiffs in class action and other lawsuits against us may seek very large or indeterminate amounts, including punitive and treble damages. Modern pleading practice in the U.S. permits considerable variation in the assertion of money damages or other relief. This variability in pleadings, together

 

63


Table of Contents

with our actual experience in litigating or resolving through settlement numerous claims over an extended period of time, demonstrates to management that the monetary relief which may be specified in a lawsuit or claim bears little relevance to its merits or disposition value. See Note 16 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Due to the vagaries of litigation, the outcome of a litigation matter and the amount or range of potential loss at particular points in time may normally be difficult to ascertain. Uncertainties can include how fact finders will evaluate documentary evidence and the credibility and effectiveness of witness testimony, and how trial and appellate courts will apply the law in the context of the pleadings or evidence presented, whether by motion practice, or at trial or on appeal. Disposition valuations are also subject to the uncertainty of how opposing parties and their counsel will themselves view the relevant evidence and applicable law.

The Company establishes liabilities for litigation and regulatory loss contingencies when it is probable that a loss has been incurred and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated. Liabilities have been established for a number of matters noted in Note 16 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements. It is possible that some of the matters could require us to pay damages or make other expenditures or establish accruals in amounts that could not be estimated at December 31, 2011.

Over the past several years, we have faced numerous claims, including class action lawsuits, alleging improper marketing or sales of individual life insurance policies, annuities, mutual funds or other products.

In addition, MLIC is and has been a defendant in a large number of lawsuits seeking compensatory and punitive damages for personal injuries allegedly caused by exposure to asbestos. These lawsuits principally have focused on allegations with respect to certain research, publication and other activities of one or more of MLIC’s employees during the period from the 1920’s through approximately the 1950’s and have alleged that MLIC learned or should have learned of certain health risks posed by asbestos and, among other things, improperly publicized or failed to disclose those health risks. Additional litigation relating to these matters may be commenced in the future. The ability of MLIC to estimate its ultimate asbestos exposure is subject to considerable uncertainty, and the conditions impacting its liability can be dynamic and subject to change. The availability of reliable data is limited and it is difficult to predict the numerous variables that can affect liability estimates, including the number of future claims, the cost to resolve claims, the disease mix and severity of disease in pending and future claims, the impact of the number of new claims filed in a particular jurisdiction and variations in the law in the jurisdictions in which claims are filed, the possible impact of tort reform efforts, the willingness of courts to allow plaintiffs to pursue claims against MLIC when exposure to asbestos took place after the dangers of asbestos exposure were well known, and the impact of any possible future adverse verdicts and their amounts. The number of asbestos cases that may be brought, the aggregate amount of any liability that MLIC may incur, and the total amount paid in settlements in any given year are uncertain and may vary significantly from year to year.

The ability to make estimates regarding ultimate asbestos exposure declines significantly as the estimates relate to years further in the future. In our judgment, there is a future point after which losses cease to be probable and reasonably estimable. It is reasonably possible that our total exposure to asbestos claims may be materially greater than the asbestos liability currently accrued and that future charges to income may be necessary. The potential future charges could be material in the particular quarterly or annual periods in which they are recorded.

We are also subject to various regulatory inquiries, such as information requests, subpoenas and books and record examinations, from state and federal regulators and other authorities. A substantial legal liability or a significant regulatory action against us could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Moreover, even if we ultimately prevail in the litigation, regulatory action or investigation, we could suffer significant reputational harm, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations, including our ability to attract new customers, retain our current customers and recruit and retain employees. Regulatory inquiries and litigation may cause volatility in the price of stocks of companies in our industry.

 

64


Table of Contents

More than 30 U.S. jurisdictions are auditing MetLife, Inc. and certain of its affiliates for compliance with unclaimed property laws. Additionally, MLIC and certain of its affiliates have received subpoenas and other regulatory inquiries from certain regulators and other officials relating to claims-payment practices and compliance with unclaimed property laws. An examination of these practices by the Illinois Department of Insurance has been converted into a multistate targeted market conduct exam. On July 5, 2011, the New York Insurance Department issued a letter requiring life insurers doing business in New York to use data available on the U.S. Social Security Administration’s Death Master File or a similar database to identify instances where death benefits under life insurance policies, annuities, and retained asset accounts are payable, to locate and pay beneficiaries under such contracts, and to report the results of the use of the data. It is possible that other jurisdictions may pursue similar investigations or inquiries, may join the multistate market conduct exam, or issue directives similar to the New York Insurance Department’s letter. In the third quarter of 2011, we incurred a $117 million after tax charge to increase reserves in connection with our use of the U.S. Social Security Administration’s Death Master File and similar databases to identify potential life insurance claims that have not yet been presented to us. It is possible that the audits, market conduct exam, and related activity may result in additional payments to beneficiaries, additional escheatment of funds deemed abandoned under state laws, administrative penalties, interest, and changes to our procedures for the identification and escheatment of abandoned property. We believe that payments for life insurance claims not yet presented and interest thereon will not be materially different from the reserve charge noted above. To the extent we can estimate the reasonably possible amount of potential additional payments, it has been included in the aggregate estimate of reasonably possible loss provided in Note 16 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements. It is possible that there will be additional payments or other expenses incurred with respect to changes in procedures and we are not currently able to estimate these additional possible amounts, but such costs may be substantial.

We cannot give assurance that current claims, litigation, unasserted claims probable of assertion, investigations and other proceedings against us will not have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations. It is also possible that related or unrelated claims, litigation, unasserted claims probable of assertion, investigations and proceedings may be commenced in the future, and we could become subject to further investigations and have lawsuits filed or enforcement actions initiated against us. The number of countries in which we currently operate has greatly expanded as a result of the Acquisition and, consequently, we may be subject to additional investigations and lawsuits in such jurisdictions. Increased regulatory scrutiny and any resulting investigations or proceedings in any of the countries where we operate could result in new legal actions and precedents and industry-wide regulations that could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We May Not be Able to Protect Our Intellectual Property and May be Subject to Infringement Claims

We rely on a combination of contractual rights with third parties and copyright, trademark, patent and trade secret laws to establish and protect our intellectual property. Although we endeavor to protect our rights, third parties may infringe or misappropriate our intellectual property. We may have to litigate to enforce and protect our copyrights, trademarks, patents, trade secrets and know-how or to determine their scope, validity or enforceability. This would represent a diversion of resources that may be significant and our efforts may not prove successful. The inability to secure or protect our intellectual property assets could have a material adverse effect on our business and our ability to compete.

We may be subject to claims by third parties for (i) patent, trademark or copyright infringement, (ii) breach of copyright, trademark or license usage rights, or (iii) misappropriation of trade secrets. Any such claims and any resulting litigation could result in significant expense and liability for damages. If we were found to have infringed or misappropriated a third-party patent or other intellectual property right, we could in some circumstances be enjoined from providing certain products or services to our customers or from utilizing and benefiting from certain methods, processes, copyrights, trademarks, trade secrets or licenses. Alternatively, we could be required to enter into costly licensing arrangements with third parties or implement a costly work around. Any of these scenarios could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

 

65


Table of Contents

Legislative and Regulatory Activity in Health Care and Other Employee Benefits Could Increase the Costs or Administrative Burdens of Providing Benefits to Our Employees or Hinder or Prevent Us From Attracting and Retaining Employees, or Affect our Profitability As a Provider of Life Insurance, Annuities, and Non-Medical Health Insurance Benefit Products

The Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, signed into law on March 23, 2010, and The Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010, signed into law on March 30, 2010 (together, the “Health Care Act”), may lead to fundamental changes in the way that employers, including us, provide health care benefits, other benefits, and other forms of compensation to their employees and former employees. Among other changes, and subject to various effective dates, the Health Care Act generally restricts certain limits on benefits, mandates coverage for certain kinds of care, extends the required coverage of dependent children through age 26, eliminates pre-existing condition exclusions or limitations, requires cost reporting and, in some cases, requires premium rebates to participants under certain circumstances, limits coverage waiting periods, establishes several penalties on employers who fail to offer sufficient coverage to their full-time employees, and requires employers under certain circumstances to provide employees with vouchers to purchase their own health care coverage. The Health Care Act also provides for increased taxation of “high cost” coverage, restricts the tax deductibility of certain compensation paid by health insurers, reduces the tax deductibility of retiree health care costs to the extent of any retiree prescription drug benefit subsidy provided to the employer by the federal government, increases Medicare taxes on certain high earners, and establishes health insurance “exchanges” for individual purchases of health insurance.

The impact of the Health Care Act on us as an employer and on the benefit plans we sponsor for employees or retirees and their dependents, whether those benefits remain competitive or effective in meeting their business objectives, and our costs to provide such benefits and our tax liabilities in connection with benefits or compensation, cannot be predicted. Furthermore, we cannot predict the impact of choices that will be made by various regulators, including the U.S. Treasury, the IRS, the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, and state regulators, to promulgate regulations or guidance, or to make determinations under or related to the Health Care Act. Either the Health Care Act or any of these regulatory actions could adversely affect our ability to attract, retain, and motivate talented associates. They could also result in increased or unpredictable costs to provide employee benefits, and could harm our competitive position if we are subject to fees, penalties, tax provisions or other limitations in the Health Care Act and our competitors are not.

The Health Care Act also imposes requirements on us as a provider of non-medical health insurance benefit products, subject to various effective dates. It also imposes requirements on the purchasers of certain of these products and has implications for certain other MLIC products, such as annuities. We cannot predict the impact of the Act or of regulations, guidance or determinations made by various regulators, on the various products that we offer. Either the Health Care Act or any of these regulatory actions could adversely affect our ability to offer certain of these products in the same manner as we do today. They could also result in increased or unpredictable costs to provide certain products, and could harm our competitive position if the Health Care Act has a disparate impact on our products compared to products offered by our competitors.

Litigation in U.S. federal courts has challenged whether the Health Care Act, or parts of it, are valid and consistent with the U.S. constitution. Some of the recent court decisions on these issues have held that the Health Care Act is unconstitutional, in whole or in part, and it is expected that the U.S. Supreme Court will decide these issues in 2012. If the Health Care Act is ruled unconstitutional, the resulting disruption to the system of regulation of health care benefits, other benefits, and other forms of compensation in the U.S., and uncertainty regarding the future course of that system of regulation, may have impacts, some of them potentially negative, on the way that we provide health care benefits, other benefits and other forms of compensation to employees, and on our ability to do so in an efficient manner, which could adversely affect our ability to attract, retain, and motivate talented associates and could also result in increased or unpredictable costs. Such a ruling, and the uncertainty it creates, could also result in negative effects on us as a provider of non-medical health insurance benefit products, affecting our ability to offer certain products in the same manner as we do today or resulting in increased or unpredictable costs to provide certain products.

 

66


Table of Contents

The Preservation of Access to Care for Medicare Beneficiaries and Pension Relief Act of 2010 also includes certain provisions for defined benefit pension plan funding relief. These provisions may impact the likelihood and/or timing of corporate plan sponsors terminating their plans and/or engaging in transactions to partially or fully transfer pension obligations to an insurance company. As part of our Corporate Benefit Funding segment, we offer general account and separate account group annuity products that enable a plan sponsor to transfer these risks, often in connection with the termination of defined benefit pension plans. Consequently, this legislation could indirectly affect the mix of our business, with fewer closeouts and more non-guaranteed funding products, and adversely impact our results of operations.

Changes in U.S. Federal and State Securities Laws and Regulations, and State Insurance Regulations Regarding Suitability of Annuity Product Sales, May Affect Our Operations and Our Profitability

Federal and state securities laws and regulations apply to insurance products that are also “securities,” including variable annuity contracts and variable life insurance policies. As a result, some of MetLife, Inc.’s subsidiaries and their activities in offering and selling variable insurance contracts and policies are subject to extensive regulation under these securities laws. These subsidiaries issue variable annuity contracts and variable life insurance policies through separate accounts that are registered with the SEC as investment companies under the Investment Company Act. Each registered separate account is generally divided into sub-accounts, each of which invests in an underlying mutual fund which is itself a registered investment company under the Investment Company Act. In addition, the variable annuity contracts and variable life insurance policies issued by the separate accounts are registered with the SEC under the Securities Act. Other subsidiaries are registered with the SEC as broker-dealers under the Exchange Act, and are members of and subject to regulation by FINRA. Further, some of our subsidiaries are registered as investment advisers with the SEC under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, and are also registered as investment advisers in various states, as applicable.

Federal and state securities laws and regulations are primarily intended to ensure the integrity of the financial markets and to protect investors in the securities markets, as well as protect investment advisory or brokerage clients. These laws and regulations generally grant regulatory agencies broad rulemaking and enforcement powers, including the power to limit or restrict the conduct of business for failure to comply with the securities laws and regulations. A number of changes have recently been suggested to the laws and regulations that govern the conduct of our variable insurance products business and our distributors that could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. For example, Dodd-Frank authorizes the SEC to establish a standard of conduct applicable to brokers and dealers when providing personalized investment advice to retail and other customers. This standard of conduct would be to act in the best interest of the customer without regard to the financial or other interest of the broker or dealer providing the advice. Further, proposals have been made that the SEC establish a self-regulatory organization with respect to registered investment advisers, which could increase the level of regulatory oversight over such investment advisers.

In addition, state insurance regulators are becoming more active in adopting and enforcing suitability standards with respect to sales of annuities, both fixed and variable. In particular, the NAIC has adopted a revised Suitability in Annuity Transactions Model Regulation (“SAT”) that will, if enacted by the states, place new responsibilities upon issuing insurance companies with respect to the suitability of annuity sales, including responsibilities for training agents. Several states have already enacted laws based on the SAT.

We also may be subject to similar laws and regulations in the foreign countries in which we offer products or conduct other activities similar to those described above. See “Business — International Regulation.”

Changes in Tax Laws, Tax Regulations, or Interpretations of Such Laws or Regulations Could Increase Our Corporate Taxes; Changes in Tax Laws Could Make Some of Our Products Less Attractive to Consumers

Changes in tax laws, Treasury and other regulations promulgated thereunder, or interpretations of such laws or regulations could increase our corporate taxes. The Obama Administration has proposed corporate tax changes. Changes in corporate tax rates could affect the value of deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities. Furthermore, the value of deferred tax assets could be impacted by future earnings levels.

 

67


Table of Contents

Changes in tax laws could make some of our products less attractive to consumers. A shift away from life insurance and annuity contracts and other tax-deferred products would reduce our income from sales of these products, as well as the assets upon which we earn investment income. The Obama Administration has proposed certain changes to individual income tax rates and rules applicable to certain policies.

We cannot predict whether any tax legislation impacting corporate taxes or insurance products will be enacted, what the specific terms of any such legislation will be or whether, if at all, any legislation would have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

Changes to Regulations Under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 Could Adversely Affect Our Distribution Model by Restricting Our Ability to Provide Customers With Advice

The prohibited transaction rules of ERISA and the Internal Revenue Code generally restrict the provision of investment advice to ERISA plans and participants and Individual Retirement Accounts (“IRAs”) if the investment recommendation results in fees paid to the individual advisor, his or her firm or their affiliates that vary according to the investment recommendation chosen. In October 2011, the DOL issued final regulations which provide limited relief from these investment advice restrictions. If no additional relief is provided regarding these investment advice restrictions, the ability of our affiliated broker-dealers and their registered representatives to provide investment advice to ERISA plans and participants, and with respect to IRAs, would likely be significantly restricted. Also, the fee and revenue arrangements of certain advisory programs may be required to be revenue neutral, resulting in potential lost revenues for these broker-dealers and their affiliates.

Other proposed investment advice regulatory initiatives under ERISA also may negatively impact the current business model of our broker-dealers. In particular, the DOL issued a proposed regulation in October 2010 that would, if adopted as proposed, significantly broaden the circumstances under which a person or entity providing investment advice with respect to ERISA plans or IRAs would be deemed a fiduciary under ERISA or the Internal Revenue Code. If adopted, the proposed regulations may make it easier for the DOL in enforcement actions, and for plaintiffs’ attorneys in ERISA litigation, to attempt to extend fiduciary status to advisors who would not be deemed fiduciaries under current regulations. In September 2011, the DOL announced it will re-propose these fiduciary definition regulations, and a new proposal is expected in 2012.

In addition, the DOL has issued a number of regulations recently that increase the level of disclosure that must be provided to plan sponsors and participants. The participant disclosure regulations were issued in final form in October 2010 and become effective in 2012, and the regulations which require service providers to disclose fee and other information to plan sponsors take effect in 2012. These ERISA disclosure requirements will likely increase the regulatory and compliance burden upon us, resulting in increased costs.

We May Be Unable to Attract and Retain Sales Representatives for Our Products

We must attract and retain productive sales representatives to sell our insurance, annuities and investment products. Strong competition exists among insurers for sales representatives with demonstrated ability. In addition, there is competition for representatives with other types of financial services firms, such as independent broker-dealers.

We compete with other insurers for sales representatives primarily on the basis of our financial position, support services and compensation and product features. We continue to undertake several initiatives to grow our career agency force while continuing to enhance the efficiency and production of our existing sales force. We cannot provide assurance that these initiatives will succeed in attracting and retaining new agents. Sales of individual insurance, annuities and investment products and our results of operations and financial condition could be materially adversely affected if we are unsuccessful in attracting and retaining agents. See “Business — Competition.”

 

68


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.’s Board of Directors May Control the Outcome of Stockholder Votes on Many Matters Due to the Voting Provisions of the MetLife Policyholder Trust

Under the Plan, we established the MetLife Policyholder Trust (the “Trust”) to hold the shares of MetLife, Inc. common stock allocated to eligible policyholders not receiving cash or policy credits under the plan. As of February 21, 2012, the Trust held 211,500,239 shares, or 19.9%, of the outstanding shares of MetLife, Inc. common stock. Because of the number of shares held in the Trust and the voting provisions of the Trust, the Trust may affect the outcome of matters brought to a stockholder vote. Except on votes regarding certain fundamental corporate actions described below, the trustee will vote all of the shares of common stock held in the Trust in accordance with the recommendations given by MetLife, Inc.’s Board of Directors to its stockholders or, if the Board gives no such recommendations, as directed by the Board. As a result of the voting provisions of the Trust, the Board of Directors may be able to control votes on matters submitted to a vote of stockholders, excluding those fundamental corporate actions, so long as the Trust holds a substantial number of shares of common stock.

If the vote relates to fundamental corporate actions specified in the Trust, the trustee will solicit instructions from the Trust beneficiaries and vote all shares held in the Trust in proportion to the instructions it receives. These actions include:

 

   

an election or removal of directors in which a stockholder has properly nominated one or more candidates in opposition to a nominee or nominees of MetLife, Inc.’s Board of Directors or a vote on a stockholder’s proposal to oppose a Board nominee for director, remove a director for cause or fill a vacancy caused by the removal of a director by stockholders, subject to certain conditions;

 

   

a merger or consolidation, a sale, lease or exchange of all or substantially all of the assets, or a recapitalization or dissolution, of MetLife, Inc., in each case requiring a vote of stockholders under applicable Delaware law;

 

   

any transaction that would result in an exchange or conversion of shares of common stock held by the Trust for cash, securities or other property; and

 

   

any proposal requiring MetLife, Inc.’s Board of Directors to amend or redeem the rights under MetLife, Inc.’s stockholder rights plan, other than a proposal with respect to which we have received advice of nationally-recognized legal counsel to the effect that the proposal is not a proper subject for stockholder action under Delaware law. MetLife, Inc. does not currently have a stockholder rights plan.

If a vote concerns any of these fundamental corporate actions, the trustee will vote all of the shares of common stock held by the Trust in proportion to the instructions it received, which will give disproportionate weight to the instructions actually given by Trust beneficiaries.

The MetLife Policyholder Trust Agreement provides that we may terminate the Trust once the percentage of outstanding shares held in the Trust falls to 25%. We must terminate the Trust 90 days after we provide the trustee with notice that the percentage of outstanding shares held in the Trust is 10% or less. In connection with any termination of the Trust, all of the shares of common stock then held in the Trust will need to be distributed to the respective Trust beneficiaries, unless we offer to purchase all or a portion of such Trust shares. In connection with such a distribution, we may incur costs related to an increase in the number of shareholders, which may include increased mailing and proxy solicitation expenses.

State Laws, Federal Laws, Our Certificate of Incorporation and Our By-Laws May Delay, Deter or Prevent Takeovers and Business Combinations that Stockholders Might Consider in Their Best Interests

State laws and our certificate of incorporation and by-laws may delay, deter or prevent a takeover attempt that stockholders might consider in their best interests. For instance, they may prevent stockholders from receiving the benefit from any premium over the market price of MetLife, Inc.’s common stock offered by a bidder in a takeover context. Even in the absence of a takeover attempt, the existence of these provisions may adversely affect the prevailing market price of MetLife, Inc.’s common stock if they are viewed as discouraging takeover attempts in the future.

 

69


Table of Contents

Any person seeking to acquire a controlling interest in us would face various regulatory obstacles which may delay, deter or prevent a takeover attempt that stockholders of MetLife, Inc. might consider in their best interests. First, the insurance laws and regulations of the various states in which MetLife, Inc.’s U.S. insurance subsidiaries are organized may delay or impede a business combination involving us. State insurance laws prohibit an entity from acquiring control of an insurance company without the prior approval of the domestic insurance regulator. Under most states’ statutes, an entity is presumed to have control of an insurance company if it owns, directly or indirectly, 10% or more of the voting stock of that insurance company or its parent company. We are also subject to banking regulations, and may in the future become subject to additional regulations. Dodd-Frank contains provisions that could restrict or impede consolidation, mergers and acquisitions by systemically significant firms and/or large bank holding companies. See “Business — U.S. Regulation — Financial Holding Company Regulation — Change of Control and Restrictions on Mergers and Acquisitions.” In addition, the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, would require approval by the contract owners of our variable contracts in order to effectuate a change of control of any affiliated investment adviser to a mutual fund underlying our variable contracts. Finally, FINRA approval would be necessary for a change of control of any FINRA registered broker-dealer that is a direct or indirect subsidiary of MetLife, Inc.

In addition, Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law may affect the ability of an “interested stockholder” to engage in certain business combinations, including mergers, consolidations or acquisitions of additional shares, for a period of three years following the time that the stockholder becomes an “interested stockholder.” An “interested stockholder” is defined to include persons owning, directly or indirectly, 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of a corporation.

MetLife, Inc.’s certificate of incorporation and by-laws also contain provisions that may delay, deter or prevent a takeover attempt that stockholders might consider in their best interests. These provisions may adversely affect prevailing market prices for MetLife, Inc.’s common stock and include: a prohibition on the calling of special meetings by stockholders; advance notice procedures for the nomination of candidates to the Board of Directors and stockholder proposals to be considered at stockholder meetings; and supermajority voting requirements for the amendment of certain provisions of the certificate of incorporation and by-laws.

The Continued Threat of Terrorism and Ongoing Military Actions May Adversely Affect the Level of Claim Losses We Incur and the Value of Our Investment Portfolio

The continued threat of terrorism, both within the U.S. and abroad, ongoing military and other actions and heightened security measures in response to these types of threats may cause significant volatility in global financial markets and result in loss of life, property damage, additional disruptions to commerce and reduced economic activity. Some of the assets in our investment portfolio may be adversely affected by declines in the credit and equity markets and reduced economic activity caused by the continued threat of terrorism. We cannot predict whether, and the extent to which, companies in which we maintain investments may suffer losses as a result of financial, commercial or economic disruptions, or how any such disruptions might affect the ability of those companies to pay interest or principal on their securities or, to the extent not covered by the terrorism insurance maintained by our commercial and agricultural mortgagees, mortgage loans. The continued threat of terrorism also could result in increased reinsurance prices and reduced insurance coverage and potentially cause us to retain more risk than we otherwise would retain if we were able to obtain reinsurance at lower prices. Terrorist actions also could disrupt our operations centers in the U.S. or abroad. In addition, the occurrence of terrorist actions could result in higher claims under our insurance policies than anticipated. See “— Difficult Conditions in the Global Capital Markets and the Economy Generally May Materially Adversely Affect Our Business and Results of Operations and These Conditions May Not Improve in the Near Future.”

The Occurrence of Events Unanticipated in Our Disaster Recovery Systems and Management Continuity Planning, as well as a Failure in Cyber- or Other Information Security Systems, Could Result in a Loss or Disclosure of Confidential Information, Damage Our Reputation and Could Impair Our Ability to Conduct Business Effectively

In the event of a disaster such as a natural catastrophe, an epidemic, an industrial accident, a blackout, a computer virus, a terrorist attack, a cyberattack or war, unanticipated problems with our disaster recovery

 

70


Table of Contents

systems could have a material adverse impact on our ability to conduct business and on our results of operations and financial position, particularly if those problems affect our computer-based data processing, transmission, storage and retrieval systems and destroy valuable data. In addition, in the event that a significant number of our managers were unavailable in the event of a disaster, our ability to effectively conduct business could be severely compromised. These interruptions also may interfere with our suppliers’ ability to provide goods and services and our employees’ ability to perform their job responsibilities.

We depend heavily upon computer systems to provide reliable service. Despite our implementation of a variety of security measures, our computer systems could be subject to physical and electronic break-ins, cyberattacks and similar disruptions from unauthorized tampering, including threats that may come from external factors, such as governments, organized crime, hackers and third parties to whom we outsource certain functions, or may originate internally from within the Company.

If one or more of these events occurs, it could potentially jeopardize the confidential, proprietary and other information processed and stored in, and transmitted through, our computer systems and networks, or otherwise cause interruptions or malfunctions in our, as well as our customers’ or other third parties’, operations, which could result in damage to our reputation, financial losses, litigation, increased costs, regulatory penalties and/or customer dissatisfaction or loss. Although we take steps to prevent and detect such attacks, it is possible that we may not become aware of a cyber incident for some time after it occurs, which could increase our exposure to these consequences.

Our Associates May Take Excessive Risks Which Could Negatively Affect Our Financial Condition and Business

As an insurance enterprise, we are in the business of being paid to accept certain risks. The associates who conduct our business, including executive officers and other members of management, sales managers, investment professionals, product managers, sales agents, and other associates, do so in part by making decisions and choices that involve exposing us to risk. These include decisions such as setting underwriting guidelines and standards, product design and pricing, determining what assets to purchase for investment and when to sell them, which business opportunities to pursue, and other decisions. Although we endeavor, in the design and implementation of our compensation programs and practices, to avoid giving our associates incentives to take excessive risks, associates may take such risks regardless of the structure of our compensation programs and practices. Similarly, although we employ controls and procedures designed to monitor associates’ business decisions and prevent us from taking excessive risks, there can be no assurance that these controls and procedures are or may be effective. If our associates take excessive risks, the impact of those risks could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or business operations.

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments

MetLife has no unresolved comments from the SEC staff regarding its periodic or current reports under the Exchange Act.

Item 2.  Properties

In 2006, we signed a lease for 410,000 rentable square feet on 12 floors in an office building in Manhattan, New York, which is occupied by U.S. Business, Corporate & Other, and International. The term of that lease commenced during 2008 and continues for 21 years. In August 2009, we subleased 32,000 rentable square feet of that space to a subtenant, which has met our standards of review with respect to creditworthiness and we currently have approximately 33,000 rentable square feet of the 410,000 rentable square feet available for sublease. We moved certain operations from our Long Island City, New York facility, to the Manhattan space in late 2008, but continue to maintain an on-going presence in Long Island City. Our lease in Long Island City covers 686,000 rentable square feet, which is occupied by Corporate & Other, under a long-term lease arrangement that commenced during 2003 and continues for 20 years. In connection with the move of certain

 

71


Table of Contents

operations to Manhattan, in late 2008, we subleased 330,000 rentable square feet to four subtenants, each of which has met our standards of review with respect to creditworthiness. To date, with our occupancy and the four subtenants we have secured, we are fully subscribed at the Long Island City location.

In connection with the 2005 sale of the 200 Park Avenue property, we have retained rights to existing signage and are leasing space for associates in the property for 20 years with optional renewal periods through 2205, which is occupied by U.S. Business, Corporate & Other, and International.

We continue to own 15 other buildings in the U.S. that we use in the operation of our business. These buildings contain approximately four million rentable square feet and are located in the following states: Connecticut, Florida, Illinois, Missouri, New Jersey, New York, Ohio, Oklahoma, Pennsylvania and Rhode Island. Our computer center in Rensselaer, New York is not owned in fee but rather is occupied pursuant to a long-term ground lease. We lease space in 709 other locations throughout the U.S., and these leased facilities consist of 8.9 million rentable square feet. Approximately 39% of these leases are occupied as sales offices for the U.S. Business operations. The balance of space is utilized for corporate functions supporting business activities. We also own 75 properties outside the U.S. for associates in International, including 10 significant properties, as well as smaller facilities and condominium units. We lease approximately 1,200 sites in various locations outside the U.S. We believe that these properties are suitable and adequate for our current and anticipated business operations.

We arrange for property and casualty coverage on our properties, taking into consideration our risk exposures and the cost and availability of commercial coverages, including deductible loss levels. In connection with the renewal of those coverages, we have arranged $700 million of property insurance, including coverage for terrorism, on our real estate portfolio through May 1, 2012, its renewal date.

Item 3.  Legal Proceedings

See Note 16 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Item 4.  Mine Safety Disclosures

Not applicable.

Item 5.  Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

Issuer Common Equity

MetLife, Inc.’s common stock, par value $0.01 per share, began trading on the NYSE under the symbol “MET” on April 5, 2000.

The following table presents high and low closing prices for the common stock on the NYSE for the periods indicated:

 

     2011  
     1st Quarter      2nd Quarter      3rd Quarter      4th Quarter  

Common Stock Price

           

High

   $ 48.63      $ 46.79      $ 44.38      $ 36.82  

Low

   $ 42.28      $ 39.24      $ 26.82      $ 26.60  

 

     2010  
     1st Quarter      2nd Quarter      3rd Quarter      4th Quarter  

Common Stock Price

           

High

   $ 43.34      $ 47.10      $ 42.73      $ 44.92  

Low

   $ 33.64      $ 37.76      $ 36.49      $ 37.74  

 

72


Table of Contents

At February 21, 2012, there were 91,277 stockholders of record of common stock.

The table below presents dividend declaration, record and payment dates, as well as per share and aggregate dividend amounts, for the common stock:

 

             Dividend  

Declaration Date

   Record Date   Payment Date   Per Share     Aggregate  
            

(In millions,

except per share data)

 

October 25, 2011

   November 9, 2011   December 14, 2011   $ 0.74     $ 787  

October 26, 2010

   November 9, 2010   December 14, 2010   $ 0.74     $ 784  (1) 

 

 

(1)

Includes dividends paid on convertible preferred stock.

Future common stock dividend decisions will be determined by MetLife, Inc.’s Board of Directors after taking into consideration factors such as our current earnings, expected medium-term and long-term earnings, financial condition, regulatory capital position, and applicable governmental regulations and policies. The payment of dividends and other distributions by MetLife, Inc. to its security holders is subject to regulation by the Federal Reserve. See “Business — U.S. Regulation — Financial Holding Company Regulation,” and Note 18 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

See Item 12 for information about our equity compensation plans.

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

Purchases of common stock made by or on behalf of MetLife, Inc. or its affiliates during the quarter ended December 31, 2011 are set forth below:

 

Period

  (a) Total Number
of Shares
Purchased (1)
    (b) Average Price
Paid per Share
    (c) Total Number
of Shares
Purchased as Part
of Publicly
Announced Plans
or Programs
    (d) Maximum Number
(or Approximate

Dollar Value) of
Shares that May Yet
Be Purchased Under the
Plans or Programs (2)
 

October 1- October 31, 2011

    1,922     $ 32.59            $ 1,260,735,127  

November 1- November 30, 2011

    7,300     $ 29.61            $ 1,260,735,127  

December 1- December 31, 2011

    21,393     $ 30.57            $ 1,260,735,127  

 

 

(1)

During the periods October 1 through October 31, 2011, November 1 through November 30, 2011 and December 1 through December 31, 2011, separate account and other affiliates of MetLife, Inc. purchased 1,922 shares, 7,300 shares and 21,393 shares, respectively, of common stock on the open market in nondiscretionary transactions to rebalance index funds. Except as disclosed above, there were no shares of common stock which were repurchased by MetLife, Inc.

 

(2)

At December 31, 2011, MetLife, Inc. had $1.3 billion remaining under its common stock repurchase program authorizations. In April 2008, MetLife, Inc.’s Board of Directors authorized an additional $1.0 billion common stock repurchase program, which will begin after the completion of the January 2008 $1.0 billion common stock repurchase program, of which $261 million remained outstanding at December 31, 2011. Under these authorizations, MetLife, Inc. may purchase its common stock from the MetLife Policyholder Trust, in the open market (including pursuant to the terms of a pre-set trading plan meeting the requirements of Rule 10b5-1 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) and in privately negotiated transactions. Any future common stock repurchases will be dependent upon several factors, including the Company’s capital position, its liquidity, its financial strength and credit ratings, general market conditions and the market price of MetLife, Inc.’s common stock compared to management’s assessment of the stock’s underlying value and applicable regulatory approvals, as well as other legal and accounting factors. See “Business — U.S. Regulation — Financial Holding Company Regulation.”

 

73


Table of Contents

Item 6.  Selected Financial Data

The following selected financial data has been derived from the Company’s audited consolidated financial statements. The statement of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, and the balance sheet data at December 31, 2011 and 2010 have been derived from the Company’s audited financial statements included elsewhere herein. The statement of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007, and the balance sheet data at December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 have been derived from the Company’s audited financial statements not included herein. The selected financial data set forth below should be read in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere herein.

 

    Years Ended December 31,  
    2011     2010     2009     2008     2007  
    (In millions)  

Statements of Operations Data (1)

         

Revenues

         

Premiums

  $   36,361     $   27,071     $   26,157     $   25,604     $   22,671  

Universal life and investment-type product policy fees

    7,806       6,028       5,197       5,373       5,233  

Net investment income

    19,606       17,511       14,741       16,181       17,965  

Other revenues

    2,532       2,328       2,329       1,585       1,465  

Net investment gains (losses)

    (867     (408     (2,901     (2,085     (318

Net derivative gains (losses)

    4,824       (265     (4,866     3,910       (260
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenues

    70,262       52,265       40,657       50,568       46,756  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Expenses

         

Policyholder benefits and claims

    35,457       29,185       28,003       27,094       23,452  

Interest credited to policyholder account balances

    5,603       4,919       4,845       4,787       5,458  

Policyholder dividends

    1,446       1,485       1,649       1,749       1,722  

Other expenses

    17,730       12,764       10,521       11,908       10,373  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total expenses

    60,236       48,353       45,018       45,538       41,005  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from continuing operations before provision for income tax

    10,026       3,912       (4,361     5,030       5,751  

Provision for income tax expense (benefit)

    3,075       1,165       (2,025     1,568       1,664  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from continuing operations, net of income tax

    6,951       2,747       (2,336     3,462       4,087  

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of income tax

    20       39       58       (184     378  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

    6,971       2,786       (2,278     3,278       4,465  

Less: Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests

    (10     (4     (32     69       148  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to MetLife, Inc.

    6,981       2,790       (2,246     3,209       4,317  

Less: Preferred stock dividends

    122       122       122       125       137  

          Preferred stock redemption premium

    146                              
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) available to MetLife, Inc.’s common shareholders

  $ 6,713     $ 2,668     $ (2,368   $ 3,084     $ 4,180  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

74


Table of Contents

 

    December 31,  
    2011     2010     2009     2008     2007  
    (In millions)  

Balance Sheet Data (1)

         

Assets:

         

General account assets (2)

  $ 596,602     $ 547,768     $ 390,460     $ 380,981     $ 399,099  

Separate account assets

    203,023       183,138       148,854       120,697       160,050  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

  $ 799,625     $ 730,906     $ 539,314     $ 501,678     $ 559,149  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities:

         

Policyholder liabilities and other policy-related balances (3)

  $ 421,244     $ 399,125     $ 281,487     $ 280,345     $ 259,682  

Payables for collateral under securities loaned and other transactions

    33,716       27,272       24,196       31,059       44,136  

Bank deposits

    10,507       10,316       10,211       6,884       4,534  

Short-term debt

    686       306       912       2,659       667  

Long-term debt (2)

    23,692       27,586       13,220       9,667       9,100  

Collateral financing arrangements

    4,647       5,297       5,297       5,192       4,882  

Junior subordinated debt securities

    3,192       3,191       3,191       3,758       4,075  

Other (2)

    38,642       25,562       18,448       17,432       35,038  

Separate account liabilities

    203,023       183,138       148,854       120,697       160,050  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

    739,349       681,793       505,816       477,693       522,164  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Redeemable noncontrolling interests in partially owned consolidated securities

    105       117                       
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Equity:

         

MetLife, Inc.’s stockholders’ equity:

         

Preferred stock, at par value

    1       1       1       1       1  

Convertible preferred stock, at par value

                                  

Common stock, at par value

    11       10       8       8       8  

Additional paid-in capital

    26,782       26,423       16,859       15,811       17,098  

Retained earnings

    27,289       21,363       19,501       22,403       19,884  

Treasury stock, at cost

    (172     (172     (190     (236     (2,890

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

    5,886       1,000       (3,058     (14,253     1,078  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total MetLife, Inc.’s stockholders’ equity

    59,797       48,625       33,121       23,734       35,179  

Noncontrolling interests

    374       371       377       251       1,806  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total equity

    60,171       48,996       33,498       23,985       36,985  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and equity

  $ 799,625     $ 730,906     $ 539,314     $ 501,678     $ 559,149  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

75


Table of Contents

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2011     2010     2009     2008     2007  
     (In millions, except per share data)  

Other Data (1), (4)

          

Net income (loss) available to MetLife, Inc.’s common shareholders

   $ 6,713     $ 2,668     $ (2,368   $ 3,084     $ 4,180  

Return on MetLife, Inc.’s common equity

     12.8  %      6.9  %      (9.0 ) %      11.2  %      12.9  % 

Return on MetLife, Inc.’s common equity, excluding accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

     13.8  %      7.0  %      (6.8 ) %      9.1  %      13.3  % 

EPS Data (1), (5)

          

Income (loss) from continuing operations available to MetLife, Inc.’s common shareholders per common share:

          

Basic

   $ 6.32     $ 2.98     $ (2.96   $ 4.57     $ 5.30  

Diluted

   $ 6.27     $ 2.96     $ (2.96   $ 4.52     $ 5.17  

Income (loss) from discontinued operations per common share:

          

Basic

   $ 0.02     $ 0.04     $ 0.07     $ (0.38   $ 0.32  

Diluted

   $ 0.02     $ 0.04     $ 0.07     $ (0.38   $ 0.31  

Net income (loss) available to MetLife, Inc.’s common shareholders per common share:

          

Basic

   $ 6.34     $ 3.02     $ (2.89   $ 4.19     $ 5.62  

Diluted

   $ 6.29     $ 3.00     $ (2.89   $ 4.14     $ 5.48  

Cash dividends declared per common share

   $ 0.74     $ 0.74     $ 0.74     $ 0.74     $ 0.74  

 

 

(1)

On November 1, 2010, MetLife, Inc. acquired ALICO. The results of the Acquisition are reflected in the 2011 and 2010 selected financial data from the Acquisition Date. See Note 2 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

(2)

At December 31, 2011, general account assets, long-term debt and other liabilities include amounts relating to variable interest entities of $7.3 billion, $3.1 billion and $60 million, respectively. At December 31, 2010, general account assets, long-term debt and other liabilities include amounts relating to variable interest entities of $11.1 billion, $6.9 billion and $93 million, respectively.

 

(3)

Policyholder liabilities and other policy-related balances include future policy benefits, policyholder account balances, other policy-related balances, policyholder dividends payable and the policyholder dividend obligation.

 

(4)

Return on MetLife, Inc.’s common equity is defined as net income (loss) available to MetLife, Inc.’s common shareholders divided by MetLife, Inc.’s average common stockholders’ equity.

 

(5)

For the year ended December 31, 2009, shares related to the assumed exercise or issuance of stock-based awards have been excluded from the calculation of diluted earnings per common share as these assumed shares are anti-dilutive.

 

76


Table of Contents

Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

For purposes of this discussion, “MetLife,” the “Company,” “we,” “our” and “us” refer to MetLife, Inc., a Delaware corporation incorporated in 1999, its subsidiaries and affiliates. Following this summary is a discussion addressing the consolidated results of operations and financial condition of the Company for the periods indicated. This discussion should be read in conjunction with “Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements,” “Risk Factors,” “Selected Financial Data” and the Company’s consolidated financial statements included elsewhere herein.

This Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations may contain or incorporate by reference information that includes or is based upon forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Forward-looking statements give expectations or forecasts of future events. These statements can be identified by the fact that they do not relate strictly to historical or current facts. They use words such as “anticipate,” “estimate,” “expect,” “project,” “intend,” “plan,” “believe” and other words and terms of similar meaning in connection with a discussion of future operating or financial performance. In particular, these include statements relating to future actions, prospective services or products, future performance or results of current and anticipated services or products, sales efforts, expenses, the outcome of contingencies such as legal proceedings, trends in operations and financial results. Any or all forward-looking statements may turn out to be wrong. Actual results could differ materially from those expressed or implied in the forward-looking statements. See “Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.”

The following discussion includes references to our performance measures, operating earnings and operating earnings available to common shareholders, that are not based on accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”). Operating earnings is the measure of segment profit or loss we use to evaluate segment performance and allocate resources. Consistent with GAAP accounting guidance for segment reporting, operating earnings is our measure of segment performance. Operating earnings is also a measure by which senior management’s and many other employees’ performance is evaluated for the purposes of determining their compensation under applicable compensation plans.

Operating earnings is defined as operating revenues less operating expenses, both net of income tax. Operating earnings available to common shareholders is defined as operating earnings less preferred stock dividends.

Operating revenues and operating expenses exclude results of discontinued operations and other businesses that have been or will be sold or exited by MetLife, Inc. (“Divested Businesses”). Operating revenues also excludes net investment gains (losses) and net derivative gains (losses).

The following additional adjustments are made to GAAP revenues, in the line items indicated, in calculating operating revenues:

 

   

Universal life and investment-type product policy fees excludes the amortization of unearned revenue related to net investment gains (losses) and net derivative gains (losses) and certain variable annuity guaranteed minimum income benefits (“GMIB”) fees (“GMIB Fees”);

 

   

Net investment income: (i) includes amounts for scheduled periodic settlement payments and amortization of premium on derivatives that are hedges of investments but do not qualify for hedge accounting treatment, (ii) includes income from discontinued real estate operations, (iii) excludes post-tax operating earnings adjustments relating to insurance joint ventures accounted for under the equity method, (iv) excludes certain amounts related to contractholder-directed unit-linked investments, and (v) excludes certain amounts related to securitization entities that are variable interest entities (“VIEs”) consolidated under GAAP; and

 

   

Other revenues are adjusted for settlements of foreign currency earnings hedges.

 

77


Table of Contents

The following additional adjustments are made to GAAP expenses, in the line items indicated, in calculating operating expenses:

 

   

Policyholder benefits and claims and policyholder dividends excludes: (i) changes in the policyholder dividend obligation related to net investment gains (losses) and net derivative gains (losses), (ii) inflation-indexed benefit adjustments associated with contracts backed by inflation-indexed investments and amounts associated with periodic crediting rate adjustments based on the total return of a contractually referenced pool of assets, (iii) benefits and hedging costs related to GMIBs (“GMIB Costs”), and (iv) market value adjustments associated with surrenders or terminations of contracts (“Market Value Adjustments”);

 

   

Interest credited to policyholder account balances includes adjustments for scheduled periodic settlement payments and amortization of premium on derivatives that are hedges of policyholder account balances (“PABs”) but do not qualify for hedge accounting treatment and excludes amounts related to net investment income earned on contractholder-directed unit-linked investments;

 

   

Amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs (“DAC”) and value of business acquired (“VOBA”) excludes amounts related to: (i) net investment gains (losses) and net derivative gains (losses), (ii) GMIB Fees and GMIB Costs, and (iii) Market Value Adjustments;

 

   

Amortization of negative VOBA excludes amounts related to Market Value Adjustments;

 

   

Interest expense on debt excludes certain amounts related to securitization entities that are VIEs consolidated under GAAP; and

 

   

Other expenses excludes costs related to: (i) noncontrolling interests, (ii) implementation of new insurance regulatory requirements, and (iii) business combinations.

We believe the presentation of operating earnings and operating earnings available to common shareholders as we measure it for management purposes enhances the understanding of our performance by highlighting the results of operations and the underlying profitability drivers of our business. Operating revenues, operating expenses, operating earnings, and operating earnings available to common shareholders, should not be viewed as substitutes for the following financial measures calculated in accordance with GAAP: GAAP revenues, GAAP expenses, GAAP income (loss) from continuing operations, net of income tax, and GAAP net income (loss) available to MetLife, Inc.’s common shareholders, respectively. Reconciliations of these measures to the most directly comparable GAAP measures are included in “— Results of Operations.”

In 2011, management modified its definition of operating earnings to exclude the impacts of Divested Businesses, which includes certain operations of MetLife Bank, National Association (“MetLife Bank”) and our insurance operations in the Caribbean region, Panama and Costa Rica (the “Caribbean Business”), as these results are not relevant to understanding the Company’s ongoing operating results. Consequently, prior years’ results for Corporate & Other and total consolidated operating earnings have been decreased by $111 million, net of $66 million of income tax, and $211 million, net of $139 million of income tax, for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

In addition, in 2011, management modified its definition of operating earnings and operating earnings available to common shareholders to exclude impacts related to certain variable annuity guarantees and Market Value Adjustments to better conform to the way it manages and assesses its business. Accordingly, such results are no longer reported in operating earnings and operating earnings available to common shareholders. Consequently, prior years’ results for Retirement Products and total consolidated operating earnings have been increased by $64 million, net of $34 million of income tax, and $90 million, net of $49 million of income tax, for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

 

78


Table of Contents

In this discussion, we sometimes refer to sales activity for various products. These sales statistics do not correspond to revenues under GAAP, but are used as relevant measures of business activity. Additionally, the impact of changes in our foreign currency exchange rates is calculated using the average foreign currency exchange rates for the current year and is applied to each of the comparable years.

Executive Summary

MetLife is a leading global provider of insurance, annuities and employee benefit programs throughout the United States, Japan, Latin America, Asia Pacific, Europe and the Middle East. Through its subsidiaries and affiliates, MetLife offers life insurance, annuities, auto and homeowners insurance, mortgage and deposit products and other financial services to individuals, as well as group insurance and retirement & savings products and services to corporations and other institutions. MetLife is organized into six segments: Insurance Products, Retirement Products, Corporate Benefit Funding and Auto & Home (collectively, “U.S. Business”), and Japan and Other International Regions (collectively, “International”). In addition, the Company reports certain of its results of operations in Corporate & Other, which includes MetLife Bank and other business activities.

On November 21, 2011, MetLife, Inc. announced that it will be reorganizing its business into three broad geographic regions: The Americas; Europe, the Middle East and Africa (“EMEA”); and Asia, and creating a global employee benefits business to better reflect its global reach. While the Company has initiated certain changes in response to this announcement, including the appointment of certain executive leadership into some of the roles designed for the reorganized structure, management continued to evaluate the performance of the operating segments under the existing segment structure as of December 31, 2011. In addition, management continues to evaluate the Company’s segment performance and allocated resources and may adjust such measurements in the future to better reflect segment profitability.

In December 2011, MetLife Bank and MetLife, Inc. entered into a definitive agreement to sell most of the depository business of MetLife Bank. The transaction is expected to close in the second quarter of 2012, subject to certain regulatory approvals and other customary closing conditions. Additionally, in January 2012, MetLife, Inc. announced it is exiting the business of originating forward residential mortgages (together with MetLife Bank’s pending actions to exit the depository business, including the aforementioned December 2011 agreement, the “MetLife Bank Events”). Once MetLife Bank has completely exited its depository business, MetLife, Inc. plans to terminate MetLife Bank’s Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) insurance, putting MetLife, Inc. in a position to be able to deregister as a bank holding company. See “Business — U.S. Regulation — Financial Holding Company Regulation.” The Company continues to originate reverse mortgages and will continue to service its current mortgage customers. As a result of the MetLife Bank Events, for the year ended December 31, 2011, the Company recorded charges totaling $212 million, net of income tax, which included intent-to-sell other-than-temporary impairment (“OTTI”) investment charges, charges related to the de-designation of certain cash flow hedges, a goodwill impairment charge and other employee-related charges. In addition, the Company expects to incur additional charges of $90 million to $110 million, net of income tax, during 2012, related to exiting the forward residential mortgage origination business, with no expected impact on the Company’s operating earnings. See Note 2 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

On November 1, 2010 (the “Acquisition Date”), MetLife, Inc. completed the acquisition of American Life Insurance Company (“American Life”) from AM Holdings LLC (formerly known as ALICO Holdings LLC) (“AM Holdings”), a subsidiary of American International Group, Inc. (“AIG”), and Delaware American Life Insurance Company (“DelAm”) from AIG (American Life, together with DelAm, collectively, “ALICO”) (the “Acquisition”). ALICO’s fiscal year-end is November 30. Accordingly, the Company’s consolidated financial statements reflect the assets and liabilities of ALICO as of November 30, 2011 and 2010, and the operating results of ALICO for the year ended November 30, 2011 and the one month ended November 30, 2010. The assets, liabilities and operating results relating to the Acquisition are included in the Japan and Other International Regions segments. Prior year results have been adjusted to conform to the current year presentation of segments. See Note 2 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

79


Table of Contents

We continue to experience an increase in market share and sales in several of our businesses; however, the general economic conditions, including the high levels of unemployment, negatively impacted the demand for certain of our products. Portfolio growth in response to the higher sales levels drove improved investment results despite lower yields experienced in connection with the continued decline in interest rates in 2011. The declining interest rate environment, however, also generated significant derivative gains in 2011. Current year results were negatively impacted by severe weather, including the earthquake and tsunami in Japan in the first quarter, record numbers of tornadoes in the second quarter and Hurricane Irene in the third quarter.

 

    Years Ended December 31,  
    2011     2010     2009  
    (In millions)  

Income (loss) from continuing operations, net of income tax

  $     6,951     $     2,747     $ (2,336

Less: Net investment gains (losses)

    (867     (408     (2,901

Less: Net derivative gains (losses)

    4,824       (265     (4,866

Less: Other adjustments to continuing operations (1)

    (1,641     (914     480  

Less: Provision for income tax (expense) benefit

    (845     379       2,597  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating earnings

    5,480       3,955           2,354  

Less: Preferred stock dividends

    122       122       122  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating earnings available to common shareholders

  $ 5,358     $ 3,833     $ 2,232  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

See definitions of operating revenues and operating expenses for the components of such adjustments.

Year Ended December 31, 2011 compared with the Year Ended December 31, 2010

Unless otherwise stated, all amounts discussed below are net of income tax.

During the year ended December 31, 2011, income (loss) from continuing operations, net of income tax, increased $4.2 billion to $7.0 billion from $2.8 billion in 2010. The change was predominantly due to a $5.1 billion favorable change in net derivative gains (losses), before income tax, and a $1.5 billion favorable change in operating earnings available to common shareholders, which includes the impact of the Acquisition.

The favorable change in net derivative gains (losses) of $3.3 billion was primarily driven by favorable changes in freestanding derivatives, partially offset by unfavorable changes in embedded derivatives. The favorable change in freestanding derivatives was primarily attributable to the impact of falling long-term and mid-term interest rates and equity market movements and volatility.

The Acquisition drove the majority of the $1.5 billion increase in operating earnings available to common shareholders. In addition, improved investment performance was the result of portfolio growth in response to increased sales across many of our businesses, which more than offset the negative impact of the declining interest rate environment on yields. Current year results were negatively impacted by severe weather, as well as, in the third quarter, a charge to increase reserves in connection with the Company’s use of the U.S. Social Security Administration’s Death Master File and similar databases to identify potential life insurance claims that have not been presented to the Company (“Death Master File”) and expenses incurred related to a liquidation plan filed by the New York State Department of Financial Services (the “Department of Financial Services”) for Executive Life Insurance Company of New York (“ELNY”).

Year Ended December 31, 2010 compared with the Year Ended December 31, 2009

Unless otherwise stated, all amounts discussed below are net of income tax.

During the year ended December 31, 2010, MetLife’s income (loss) from continuing operations, net of income tax increased $5.1 billion to a gain of $2.8 billion from a loss of $2.3 billion in 2009, of which $2 million in losses is from the inclusion of ALICO results for one month in 2010 and the impact of financing costs for the

 

80


Table of Contents

Acquisition. The change was predominantly due to a $4.6 billion favorable change in net derivative gains (losses), before income tax, and a $2.5 billion favorable change in net investment gains (losses), before income tax. Offsetting these favorable variances were unfavorable changes in adjustments related to continuing operations of $1.4 billion, before income tax, and $2.2 billion of income tax, resulting in a total favorable variance of $3.5 billion. In addition, operating earnings available to common shareholders increased $1.6 billion to $3.8 billion in 2010 from $2.2 billion in 2009.

The favorable change in net derivative gains (losses) of $3.0 billion was primarily driven by net gains on freestanding derivatives in 2010 compared to net losses in 2009, partially offset by an unfavorable change in embedded derivatives from gains in 2009 to losses in 2010. The favorable change in freestanding derivatives was primarily attributable to market factors, including falling long-term and mid-term interest rates, a stronger recovery in equity markets in 2009 than 2010, equity volatility, which decreased more in 2009 as compared to 2010, a strengthening U.S. dollar and widening corporate credit spreads in the financial services sector. The favorable change in net investment gains (losses) of $1.6 billion was primarily driven by a decrease in impairments and a decrease in the provision for credit losses on mortgage loans. These favorable changes in net derivative and net investment gains (losses) were partially offset by an unfavorable change of $518 million in related adjustments.

The improvement in the financial markets, which began in the second quarter of 2009 and continued into 2010, was a key driver of the $1.6 billion increase in operating earnings available to common shareholders. Such market improvement was most evident in higher net investment income and policy fees, as well as a decrease in variable annuity guarantee benefit costs. These increases were partially offset by an increase in amortization of DAC, VOBA and deferred sales inducements (“DSI”) as a result of an increase in average separate account balances and higher 2010 gross margins in the closed block driven by increased investment yields and the impact of dividend scale reductions. The 2010 period also includes one month of ALICO results, contributing $114 million to the increase in operating earnings. The favorable impact of a reduction in discretionary spending associated with our enterprise-wide cost reduction and revenue enhancement initiative was more than offset by an increase in other expenses related to our Other International Regions segment. This increase primarily stemmed from the impact of a benefit recorded in the prior year related to the pesification in Argentina, as well as current year business growth in the segment.

Consolidated Company Outlook

In 2012, we expect a solid improvement in the operating earnings of the Company over 2011, driven primarily by the following:

 

   

Premiums, fees and other revenues growth in 2012 is expected to be driven by:

 

   

Rational pricing strategy in the group insurance marketplace.

 

   

Higher fees earned on separate accounts primarily due to favorable net flows of variable annuities, which are expected to remain strong in 2012, thereby increasing the value of those separate accounts; and

 

   

Increases in our International businesses, notably accident and health, from continuing organic growth throughout our various geographic regions.

 

   

Focus on disciplined underwriting. We see no significant changes to the underlying trends that drive underwriting results and continue to anticipate solid results in 2012; however, unanticipated catastrophes, similar to those that occurred during 2011, could result in a high volume of weather-related claims.

 

   

Focus on expense management. We continue to focus on expense control throughout the Company, and managing the costs associated with the integration of ALICO.

 

   

Continued disciplined approach to investing and asset/liability management, including significant hedging to protect against low interest rates.

 

81


Table of Contents

As a result of new financial accounting guidance for DAC which we intend to adopt in the first quarter of 2012, we estimate that, on the date of adoption, DAC will be reduced by approximately $3.1 billion to $3.6 billion and total equity will be reduced by approximately $2.1 billion to $2.4 billion, net of income tax. Additionally, we estimate that there will be a negative impact on our 2012 operating earnings primarily in Japan, with no impact on our on-going cash flows. The Company plans to apply this accounting change retrospectively to all prior periods presented in its consolidated financial statements for all insurance contracts.

We expect only modest investment losses in 2012, but more difficult to predict is the impact of potential changes in fair value of freestanding and embedded derivatives as even relatively small movements in market variables, including interest rates, equity levels and volatility, can have a large impact on the fair value of derivatives and net derivative gains (losses). Additionally, changes in fair value of embedded derivatives within certain insurance liabilities may have a material impact on net derivative gains (losses) related to the inclusion of an adjustment for nonperformance risk.

Industry Trends

We continue to be impacted by the unstable global financial and economic environment that has been affecting the industry.

Financial and Economic Environment.   Our business and results of operations are materially affected by conditions in the global capital markets and the economy generally. Stressed conditions, volatility and disruptions in global capital markets, particular markets, or financial asset classes can have an adverse effect on us, in part because we have a large investment portfolio and our insurance liabilities are sensitive to changing market factors. Global market factors, including interest rates, credit spreads, equity prices, real estate markets, foreign currency exchange rates, consumer spending, business investment, government spending, the volatility and strength of the capital markets, deflation and inflation all affect the business and economic environment and, ultimately, the amount and profitability of our business. Disruptions in one market or asset class can also spread to other markets or asset classes. Upheavals in the financial markets can also affect our business through their effects on general levels of economic activity, employment and customer behavior. While our diversified business mix and geographically diverse business operations partially mitigate these risks, correlation across regions, countries and global market factors may reduce the benefits of diversification.

Beginning in 2010 and continuing throughout 2011, concerns increased about capital markets and the solvency of certain European Union member states, including Portugal, Ireland, Italy, Greece and Spain (“Europe’s perimeter region”), and of financial institutions that have significant direct or indirect exposure to their sovereign debt. See “— Investments — Current Environment” for information regarding credit ratings downgrades and support programs for Europe’s perimeter region. These ratings downgrades and implementation of European Union and private sector support programs have increased concerns that other European Union member states could experience similar financial troubles, that some countries could default on their obligation or have to restructure their outstanding debt, that financial institutions with significant holdings of sovereign or private debt issued by borrowers in peripheral European countries could experience financial stress, or that one or more countries may exit the Euro zone, any of which could have significant adverse effects on the European and global economies and on financial markets, generally. See “Risk Factors – We Are Exposed to Significant Financial and Capital Markets Risk Which May Adversely Affect Our Results of Operations, Financial Condition and Liquidity, and May Cause Our Net Investment Income to Vary from Period to Period.”

Although the downgrade by Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services (“S&P”) of U.S. Treasury securities initially had an adverse effect on financial markets, the extent of the longer-term impact cannot be predicted. Fitch Ratings (“Fitch”) warned that it may in the future downgrade the U.S. credit rating unless action is taken to reduce the national debt of the U.S. See “Risk Factors — Concerns Over U.S. Fiscal Policy and the Trajectory of the National Debt of the U.S., as well as Rating Agency Downgrades of U.S. Treasury Securities, Could Have an

 

82


Table of Contents

Adverse Effect on Our Business, Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” See also “— Investments — Current Environment” for further information about European region support programs announced in July 2011 and October 2011, ratings actions and our exposure to obligations of European governments and private obligors.

All of these factors have had and could continue to have an adverse effect on the financial results of companies in the financial services industry, including MetLife. Such global economic conditions, as well as the global financial markets, continue to impact our net investment income, our net investment and net derivative gains (losses), and the demand for and the cost and profitability of certain of our products, including variable annuities and guarantee benefits. See “— Results of Operations” and “— Liquidity and Capital Resources.”

As a financial holding company with significant operations in the U.S., we are affected by the monetary policy of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “Federal Reserve Board”) and the Federal Reserve Bank of New York (the “FRB of NY” and, collectively with the Federal Reserve Board, the “Federal Reserve”). The Federal Reserve Board has taken a number of actions in recent years to spur economic activity by keeping interest rates low and may take further actions to influence interest rates in the future, which may have an impact on the pricing levels of risk-bearing investments, and may adversely impact the level of product sales. In January 2012, the Federal Reserve Board announced its plans to keep interest rates low until at least through late 2014, 18 months longer than previously planned in order to revive the slow recovery from stressed economic conditions. See “Risk Factors — Governmental and Regulatory Actions for the Purpose of Stabilizing and Revitalizing the Financial Markets and Protecting Investors and Consumers May Not Achieve the Intended Effect or Could Adversely Affect Our Competitive Position” and “— Investments — Current Environment.”

Competitive Pressures.   The life insurance industry remains highly competitive. The product development and product life-cycles have shortened in many product segments, leading to more intense competition with respect to product features. Larger companies have the ability to invest in brand equity, product development, technology and risk management, which are among the fundamentals for sustained profitable growth in the life insurance industry. In addition, several of the industry’s products can be quite homogeneous and subject to intense price competition. Sufficient scale, financial strength and financial flexibility are becoming prerequisites for sustainable growth in the life insurance industry. Larger market participants tend to have the capacity to invest in additional distribution capability and the information technology needed to offer the superior customer service demanded by an increasingly sophisticated industry client base. We believe that the turbulence in financial markets that began in the second half of 2007, its impact on the capital position of many competitors, and subsequent actions by regulators and rating agencies have highlighted financial strength as a significant differentiator from the perspective of customers and certain distributors. In addition, the financial market turbulence and the economic recession have led many companies in our industry to re-examine the pricing and features of the products they offer and may lead to consolidation in the life insurance industry.

Regulatory Changes.   The U.S. life insurance industry is regulated primarily at the state level, with some products and services also subject to Federal regulation. As life insurers introduce new and often more complex products, regulators refine capital requirements and introduce new reserving standards for the life insurance industry. Regulations recently adopted or currently under review can potentially impact the statutory reserve and capital requirements of the industry. In addition, regulators have undertaken market and sales practices reviews of several markets or products, including equity-indexed annuities, variable annuities and group products. The regulation of the financial services industry in the U.S. and internationally has received renewed scrutiny as a result of the disruptions in the financial markets. Significant regulatory reforms have been recently adopted and additional reforms proposed, and these or other reforms could be implemented. See “Business — U.S. Regulation,” “Business – International Regulation,” “Risk Factors — Our Insurance, Brokerage and Banking Businesses Are Highly Regulated, and Changes in Regulation and in Supervisory and Enforcement Policies May Reduce Our Profitability and Limit Our Growth” and “Risk Factors — Changes in U.S. Federal and State Securities Laws and Regulations, and State Insurance Regulations Regarding Suitability of Annuity Product Sales, May Affect Our Operations and Our Profitability.”

 

83


Table of Contents

The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (“Dodd-Frank”), which was signed by President Obama in July 2010, effected the most far-reaching overhaul of financial regulation in the U.S. in decades. The full impact of Dodd-Frank on us will depend on the numerous rulemaking initiatives required or permitted by Dodd-Frank which are scheduled to be completed over the next few years. See “Business — U.S. Regulation — Dodd-Frank and Other Legislative and Regulatory Developments” and “Risk Factors — Various Aspects of Dodd-Frank Could Impact Our Business Operations, Capital Requirements and Profitability and Limit Our Growth.”

As a federally chartered national banking association, MetLife Bank is subject to a wide variety of banking laws, regulations and guidelines, as is MetLife, Inc., as a bank holding company. See “Business – U.S. Regulation – Banking Regulation” and “Business – U.S. Regulation – Financial Holding Company Regulation.” In December 2011, MetLife Bank and MetLife, Inc. entered into a definitive agreement to sell most of the depository business of MetLife Bank. In January 2012, MetLife, Inc. announced it is exiting the business of originating forward residential mortgages. Once MetLife Bank has completely exited its depository business, MetLife, Inc. plans to terminate MetLife Bank’s FDIC insurance, putting MetLife, Inc. in a position to be able to deregister as a bank holding company. Upon completion of the foregoing, MetLife, Inc. will no longer be regulated as a bank holding company or subject to enhanced supervision and prudential standards as a bank holding company with assets of $50 billion or more. However, if, in the future, MetLife, Inc. is designated by the Financial Stability Oversight Council (“FSOC”) as a non-bank systemically important financial institution (as discussed below), it could once again be subject to regulation by the Federal Reserve and enhanced supervision and prudential standards, such as Regulation YY (as discussed below). In October 2011, the FSOC issued a notice of proposed rulemaking, outlining the process it will follow and the criteria it will use to assess whether a non-bank financial company should be subject to enhanced supervision by the Federal Reserve as a non-bank systemically important financial institution. If MetLife, Inc. meets the quantitative thresholds set forth in the proposal, the FSOC will continue with a further analysis using qualitative and quantitative factors.

In December 2010, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision published its final rules for increased capital and liquidity requirements (commonly referred to as “Basel III”) for bank holding companies, such as MetLife, Inc. Assuming these requirements are endorsed and adopted by the U.S. banking regulators, they are to be phased in beginning January 1, 2013. It is possible that even more stringent capital and liquidity requirements could be imposed under Basel III, Dodd-Frank and Regulation YY, as long as MetLife, Inc. remains a bank holding company or if, in the future, it is designated by the FSOC as a non-bank systemically important financial institution. The Basel Committee has also published rules requiring a capital surcharge for globally systemically important banks, which are to be phased in beginning January 2016 if they are endorsed and adopted by the U.S. banking regulators. As currently proposed, this surcharge would not apply to global non-bank systemically important financial institutions. However, international regulatory bodies are currently engaged in evaluating standards to identify such companies and to develop a regulatory regime that would apply to them, which may include enhanced capital requirements or other measures. The ability of MetLife Bank and MetLife, Inc. to pay dividends, repurchase common stock or other securities or engage in other transactions that could affect its capital or need for capital could be reduced by any additional capital requirements that might be imposed as a result of the enactment of Dodd-Frank, Regulation YY and/or the endorsement and adoption by the U.S. of Basel III and other regulatory initiatives. See “Risk Factors – Our Insurance, Brokerage and Banking Businesses Are Highly Regulated, and Changes in Regulation and in Supervisory and Enforcement Policies May Reduce Our Profitability and Limit Our Growth.”

In April 2011, the Federal Reserve Board and the FDIC proposed a rule regarding the implementation of the Dodd-Frank requirement that (i) each non-bank financial company designated by the FSOC for enhanced supervision by the Federal Reserve Board (a “non-bank systemically important financial institution” or “non-bank SIFI”) and each bank holding company with assets of $50 billion or more report periodically to the Federal Reserve Board, the FDIC and the FSOC the plan of such company for rapid and orderly resolution in the event of material financial distress or failure, and (ii) that each such company report on the nature and extent of credit exposures of such company to significant bank holding companies and significant non-bank financial companies

 

84


Table of Contents

and the nature and extent of credit exposures of significant bank holding companies and significant non-bank financial companies to such covered company. In November 2011, the Federal Reserve Board and the FDIC adopted a final rule implementing the resolution plan requirement, effective November 30, 2011, but deferred finalizing the credit exposure reporting requirement until a later date. If MetLife, Inc. remains a bank holding company on July 1, 2012, or if, in the future, it is designated by the FSOC as a non-bank SIFI, it would be required to submit a resolution plan. See “Business — U.S. Regulation — Dodd-Frank and Other Legislative and Regulatory Developments – Orderly Liquidation Authority.”

In December 2011, the Federal Reserve Board issued a release proposing the adoption of enhanced prudential standards required by Dodd-Frank (“Regulation YY”). Regulation YY would apply to bank holding companies with assets of $50 billion or more and non-bank SIFIs. Regulation YY would impose (i) enhanced risk-based capital (“RBC”) requirements, (ii) leverage limits, (iii) liquidity requirements, (iv) single counterparty exposure limits, (v) governance requirements for risk management, (vi) stress test requirements, and (vii) special debt-to-equity limits for certain companies, and would establish a procedure for early remediation based on the failure to comply with these requirements. As proposed, Regulation YY would apply the same enhanced regulatory standards to non-bank systemically important financial institutions as would apply to systemically important banks; the Federal Reserve Board has solicited comments on the appropriateness of this treatment. For further information regarding enhanced prudential standards and Regulation YY, see “Business — U.S. Regulation — Dodd-Frank and Other Legislative and Regulatory Developments — Enhanced Prudential Standards.” Dodd-Frank also includes provisions that may impact the investment and investment activities of MetLife, Inc. and its subsidiaries, including the federal regulation of such activities. Such provisions include the regulation of the over-the-counter (“OTC”) derivatives markets and the prohibitions on covered banking entities engaging in proprietary trading or sponsoring or investing in hedge funds or private equity funds. See “Business — U.S. Regulation — Dodd-Frank and Other Legislative and Regulatory Developments — Regulation of Over-the-Counter Derivatives” and “Business — U.S. Regulation — Dodd-Frank and Other Legislative and Regulatory Developments — Volcker Rule.”

Mortgage and Foreclosure-Related Exposures   In 2008, MetLife Bank acquired certain assets to enter the forward and reverse residential mortgage origination and servicing business, including rights to service residential mortgage loans. At various times since then, including most recently in the third quarter of 2010, MetLife Bank has acquired additional residential mortgage loan servicing rights. On January 10, 2012, MetLife, Inc. announced that it is exiting the business of originating forward residential mortgages, but will continue to service its current mortgage customers. As an originator and servicer of mortgage loans, which are usually sold to an investor shortly after origination, MetLife Bank has obligations to repurchase loans or compensate for losses upon demand by the investor due to defects in servicing of the loans or a determination that material representations made in connection with the sale of the loans (relating, for example, to the underwriting and origination of the loans) are incorrect. MetLife Bank is indemnified by the sellers of the acquired assets, for various periods depending on the transaction and the nature of the claim, for origination and servicing deficiencies that occurred prior to MetLife Bank’s acquisition, including indemnification for any repurchase claims made from investors who purchased mortgage loans from the sellers. Substantially all mortgage servicing rights (“MSRs”) that were acquired by MetLife Bank relate to loans sold to Federal National Mortgage Association (“FNMA”) or Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“FHLMC”). MetLife Bank has originated and sold mortgages primarily to FNMA and FHLMC and sold Federal Housing Administration and loans guaranteed by the United States Department of Veterans’ Affairs in mortgage-backed securities guaranteed by Government National Mortgage Association (“GNMA”) (collectively, the “Agency Investors”) and, to a limited extent, a small number of private investors. Currently 99.5% of MetLife Bank’s $82.0 billion servicing portfolio consists of Agency Investors’ product. Other than repurchase obligations which are subject to indemnification by sellers of acquired assets as described above, MetLife Bank’s exposure to repurchase obligations and losses related to origination deficiencies is limited to the approximately $58.6 billion of loans originated by MetLife Bank (all of which have been originated since August 2008). Reserves for representation and warranty repurchases and indemnifications were $69 million and $56 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. MetLife Bank is exposed to losses due to servicing deficiencies on loans originated and sold, as

 

85


Table of Contents

well as servicing acquired, to the extent such servicing deficiencies occurred after the date of acquisition. Management is satisfied that adequate provision has been made in the Company’s consolidated financial statements for all probable and reasonably estimable repurchase obligations and losses.

Currently, MetLife Bank services approximately 1% of the aggregate principal amount of the mortgage loans serviced in the U.S. State and federal regulatory and law enforcement authorities have initiated various inquiries, investigations or examinations of alleged irregularities in the foreclosure practices of the residential mortgage servicing industry. Mortgage servicing practices have also been the subject of Congressional attention. Authorities have publicly stated that the scope of the investigations extends beyond foreclosure documentation practices to include mortgage loan modification and loss mitigation practices.

MetLife Bank’s mortgage servicing has been the subject of recent inquiries and requests by state and federal regulatory and law enforcement authorities. MetLife Bank is cooperating with the authorities’ review of this business. On April 13, 2011, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (“OCC”) entered into consent decrees with several banks, including MetLife Bank. The consent decrees require an independent review of foreclosure practices and set forth new residential mortgage servicing standards, including a requirement for a designated point of contact for a borrower during the loss mitigation process. In addition, the Federal Reserve Board entered into consent decrees with the affiliated bank holding companies of these banks, including MetLife, Inc., to enhance the supervision of the mortgage servicing activities of their banking subsidiaries. In a February 9, 2012 press release, the Federal Reserve Board announced that it had issued monetary sanctions against five banking organizations for deficiencies in the organizations’ servicing of residential mortgage loans and processing of foreclosures. The Federal Reserve Board also stated that it plans to announce monetary penalties against six other institutions under its supervision against whom it had issued enforcement actions in 2011 for deficiencies in servicing of residential mortgage loans and processing foreclosures. The Federal Reserve Board did not identify these six institutions, but MetLife, Inc. is among the institutions that entered into consent decrees with the Federal Reserve Board in 2011. MetLife Bank has also had a meeting with the Department of Justice regarding mortgage servicing and foreclosure practices. It is possible that various state or federal regulatory and law enforcement authorities may seek monetary penalties from MetLife Bank relating to foreclosure practices. MetLife Bank is responding to a subpoena issued by the Department of Financial Services regarding hazard insurance and flood insurance that MetLife Bank obtains to protect the lienholder’s interest when the borrower’s insurance has lapsed.

These consent decrees, as well as the inquiries or investigations referred to above, could adversely affect MetLife’s reputation or result in material fines, penalties, equitable remedies or other enforcement actions, and result in significant legal costs in responding to governmental investigations or other litigation. In addition, the changes to the mortgage servicing business required by the consent decrees and the resolution of any other inquiries or investigations may affect the profitability of such business.

The MetLife Bank Events may not relieve MetLife from complying with the consent decrees, or protect it from the inquiries and investigations relating to residential mortgage servicing and foreclosure activities, or any fines, penalties, equitable remedies or enforcement actions that may result, the costs of responding to any such governmental investigations, or other litigation.

Summary of Critical Accounting Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to adopt accounting policies and make estimates and assumptions that affect amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements. For a discussion of the Company’s significant accounting policies see Note 1 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements. The most critical estimates include those used in determining:

 

  (i)

estimated fair values of investments in the absence of quoted market values;

 

  (ii)

investment impairments;

 

  (iii)

estimated fair values of freestanding derivatives and the recognition and estimated fair value of embedded derivatives requiring bifurcation;

 

86


Table of Contents
  (iv)

amortization of DAC and the establishment and amortization of VOBA;

 

  (v)

measurement of goodwill and related impairment, if any;

 

  (vi)

liabilities for future policyholder benefits and the accounting for reinsurance;

 

  (vii)

measurement of income taxes and the valuation of deferred tax assets;

 

  (viii)

measurement of employee benefit plan liabilities; and

 

  (ix)

liabilities for litigation and regulatory matters.

In addition, the application of acquisition accounting requires the use of estimation techniques in determining the estimated fair values of assets acquired and liabilities assumed — the most significant of which relate to aforementioned critical accounting estimates. In applying the Company’s accounting policies, we make subjective and complex judgments that frequently require estimates about matters that are inherently uncertain. Many of these policies, estimates and related judgments are common in the insurance and financial services industries; others are specific to the Company’s business and operations. Actual results could differ from these estimates.

Estimated Fair Value of Investments

In determining the estimated fair value of fixed maturity securities, equity securities, trading and other securities, short-term investments, cash equivalents, mortgage loans and MSRs, various methodologies, assumptions and inputs are utilized.

When quoted prices in active markets are not available, the determination of estimated fair value is based on market standard valuation methodologies, giving priority to observable inputs. The market standard valuation methodologies utilized include: discounted cash flow methodologies, matrix pricing or other similar techniques. The inputs to these market standard valuation methodologies include, but are not limited to: interest rates, credit standing of the issuer or counterparty, industry sector of the issuer, coupon rate, call provisions, sinking fund requirements, maturity, estimated duration and management’s assumptions regarding liquidity and estimated future cash flows. Accordingly, the estimated fair values are based on available market information and management’s judgments about financial instruments.

The significant inputs to the market standard valuation methodologies for certain types of securities with reasonable levels of price transparency are inputs that are observable in the market or can be derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data. Such observable inputs include benchmarking prices for similar assets in active, liquid markets, quoted prices in markets that are not active and observable yields and spreads in the market.

When observable inputs are not available, the market standard valuation methodologies for determining the estimated fair value of certain types of securities that trade infrequently, and therefore have little or no price transparency, rely on inputs that are significant to the estimated fair value that are not observable in the market or cannot be derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data. These unobservable inputs can be based in large part on management judgment or estimation, and cannot be supported by reference to market activity. Even though unobservable, these inputs are based on assumptions deemed appropriate given the circumstances and consistent with what other market participants would use when pricing such securities.

The estimated fair value of residential mortgage loans held-for-sale and securitized reverse residential mortgage loans is determined based on observable pricing for securities backed by similar types of loans, adjusted to convert the securities prices to loan prices, or from independent broker quotations, which is intended to approximate the amounts that would be received from third parties. Certain other mortgage loans that were previously designated as held-for-investment, but now are designated as held-for-sale, are recorded at the lower

 

87


Table of Contents

of amortized cost or estimated fair value, or for collateral dependent loans, estimated fair value of the collateral less expected disposition costs determined on an individual loan basis. For these loans, estimated fair value is determined using independent broker quotations, or values provided by independent valuation specialists, or when the loan is in foreclosure or otherwise collateral dependent, the estimated fair value of the underlying collateral is estimated using internal models.

The estimated fair value of MSRs is principally determined through the use of internal discounted cash flow models which utilize various assumptions. Valuation inputs and assumptions include generally observable items such as type and age of loan, loan interest rates, current market interest rates, and certain unobservable inputs, including assumptions regarding estimates of discount rates, loan prepayments and servicing costs, all of which are sensitive to changing markets conditions. The use of different valuation assumptions and inputs, as well as assumptions relating to the collection of expected cash flows, may have a material effect on the estimated fair values of MSRs.

Financial markets are susceptible to severe events evidenced by rapid depreciation in asset values accompanied by a reduction in asset liquidity. The Company’s ability to sell securities, or the price ultimately realized for these securities, depends upon the demand and liquidity in the market and increases the use of judgment in determining the estimated fair value of certain securities.

See Note 5 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information regarding the estimated fair value of investments.

Investment Impairments

One of the significant estimates related to available-for-sale securities is the evaluation of investments for impairments. The assessment of whether impairments have occurred is based on our case-by-case evaluation of the underlying reasons for the decline in estimated fair value. The Company’s review of its fixed maturity and equity securities for impairment includes an analysis of gross unrealized losses by three categories of severity and/or age of gross unrealized loss. An extended and severe unrealized loss position on a fixed maturity security may not have any impact on the ability of the issuer to service all scheduled interest and principal payments and the Company’s evaluation of recoverability of all contractual cash flows or the ability to recover an amount at least equal to its amortized cost based on the present value of the expected future cash flows to be collected. In contrast, for certain equity securities, greater weight and consideration are given by the Company to a decline in estimated fair value and the likelihood such estimated fair value decline will recover.

Additionally, we consider a wide range of factors about the security issuer and use our best judgment in evaluating the cause of the decline in the estimated fair value of the security and in assessing the prospects for near-term recovery. Inherent in our evaluation of the security are assumptions and estimates about the operations of the issuer and its future earnings potential. Considerations used by the Company in the impairment evaluation process include, but are not limited to:

 

  (i)

the length of time and the extent to which the estimated fair value has been below cost or amortized cost;

 

  (ii)

the potential for impairments of securities when the issuer is experiencing significant financial difficulties;

 

  (iii)

the potential for impairments in an entire industry sector or sub-sector;

 

  (iv)

the potential for impairments in certain economically depressed geographic locations;

 

  (v)

the potential for impairments of securities where the issuer, series of issuers or industry has suffered a catastrophic type of loss or has exhausted natural resources;

 

88


Table of Contents
  (vi)

with respect to fixed maturity securities, whether the Company has the intent to sell or will more likely than not be required to sell a particular security before recovery of the decline in estimated fair value below amortized cost;

 

  (vii)

with respect to equity securities, whether the Company’s ability and intent to hold a particular security for a period of time sufficient to allow for the recovery of its estimated fair value to an amount at least equal to its cost;

 

  (viii)

with respect to structured securities, changes in forecasted cash flows after considering the quality of underlying collateral; expected prepayment speeds; current and forecasted loss severity; consideration of the payment terms of the underlying assets backing a particular security; and the payment priority within the tranche structure of the security; and

 

  (ix)

other subjective factors, including concentrations and information obtained from regulators and rating agencies.

The determination of the amount of allowances and impairments on other invested asset classes is highly subjective and is based upon the Company’s periodic evaluation and assessment of known and inherent risks associated with the respective asset class. Such evaluations and assessments are revised as conditions change and new information becomes available.

See Note 3 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information relating to investment impairments.

Derivative Financial Instruments

The determination of estimated fair value of freestanding derivatives, when quoted market values are not available, is based on market standard valuation methodologies and inputs that management believes are consistent with what other market participants would use when pricing the instruments. Derivative valuations can be affected by changes in interest rates, foreign currency exchange rates, financial indices, credit spreads, default risk, nonperformance risk, volatility, liquidity and changes in estimates and assumptions used in the pricing models. See Note 5 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional details on significant inputs into the OTC derivative pricing models and credit risk adjustment.

The Company issues certain variable annuity products with guaranteed minimum benefits, which are measured at estimated fair value separately from the host variable annuity product, with changes in estimated fair value reported in net derivative gains (losses). The estimated fair values of these embedded derivatives are determined based on the present value of projected future benefits minus the present value of projected future fees. The projections of future benefits and future fees require capital market and actuarial assumptions including expectations concerning policyholder behavior. A risk neutral valuation methodology is used under which the cash flows from the guarantees are projected under multiple capital market scenarios using observable risk free rates. The valuation of these embedded derivatives also includes an adjustment for the Company’s nonperformance risk and risk margins for non-capital market inputs. The nonperformance risk adjustment, which is captured as a spread over the risk free rate in determining the discount rate to discount the cash flows of the liability, is determined by taking into consideration publicly available information relating to spreads in the secondary market for MetLife, Inc.’s debt, including related credit default swaps. These observable spreads are then adjusted, as necessary, to reflect the priority of these liabilities and the claims paying ability of the issuing insurance subsidiaries compared to MetLife, Inc. Risk margins are established to capture the non-capital market risks of the instrument which represent the additional compensation a market participant would require to assume the risks related to the uncertainties in certain actuarial assumptions. The establishment of risk margins requires the use of significant management judgment, including assumptions of the amount and cost of capital needed to cover the guarantees.

 

89


Table of Contents

As part of its regular review of critical accounting estimates, the Company periodically assesses inputs for estimating nonperformance risk in fair value measurements. During the second quarter of 2010, the Company completed a study that aggregated and evaluated data, including historical recovery rates of insurance companies, as well as policyholder behavior observed during the recent financial crisis. As a result, at the end of the second quarter of 2010, the Company refined the manner in which its insurance subsidiaries incorporate expected recovery rates into the nonperformance risk adjustment for purposes of estimating the fair value of investment-type contracts and embedded derivatives within insurance contracts. The refinement impacted the Company’s income from continuing operations, net of income tax, with no effect on operating earnings.

The table below illustrates the impact that a range of reasonably likely variances in credit spreads would have on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet, excluding the effect of income tax. However, these estimated effects do not take into account potential changes in other variables, such as equity price levels and market volatility, that can also contribute significantly to changes in carrying values. Therefore, the table does not necessarily reflect the ultimate impact on the consolidated financial statements under the credit spread variance scenarios presented below.

In determining the ranges, the Company has considered current market conditions, as well as the market level of spreads that can reasonably be anticipated over the near term. The ranges do not reflect extreme market conditions experienced during the recent financial crisis as the Company does not consider those to be reasonably likely events in the near future.

 

     Carrying Value
At December 31, 2011
 
     PABs      DAC and
VOBA
 
     (In millions)  

100% increase in the Company’s credit spread

   $ 2,449      $ 700  

As reported

   $ 4,176      $ 958  

50% decrease in the Company’s credit spread

   $ 5,479      $ 1,110  

The accounting for derivatives is complex and interpretations of accounting standards continue to evolve in practice. If it is determined that hedge accounting designations were not appropriately applied, reported net income could be materially affected. Differences in judgment as to the availability and application of hedge accounting designations and the appropriate accounting treatment may result in a differing impact on the consolidated financial statements of the Company from that previously reported. Assessments of hedge effectiveness and measurements of ineffectiveness of hedging relationships are also subject to interpretations and estimations and different interpretations or estimates may have a material effect on the amount reported in net income.

Variable annuities with guaranteed minimum benefits may be more costly than expected in volatile or declining equity markets. Market conditions including, but not limited to, changes in interest rates, equity indices, market volatility and foreign currency exchange rates, changes in the Company’s nonperformance risk, variations in actuarial assumptions regarding policyholder behavior, mortality and risk margins related to non-capital market inputs, may result in significant fluctuations in the estimated fair value of the guarantees that could materially affect net income. If interpretations change, there is a risk that features previously not bifurcated may require bifurcation and reporting at estimated fair value in the consolidated financial statements and respective changes in estimated fair value could materially affect net income.

Additionally, the Company ceded the risk associated with certain of the variable annuities with guaranteed minimum benefits described in the preceding paragraphs. The value of the embedded derivatives on the ceded risk is determined using a methodology consistent with that described previously for the guarantees directly written by the Company with the exception of the input for nonperformance risk that reflects the credit of the

 

90


Table of Contents

reinsurer. Because certain of the direct guarantees do not meet the definition of an embedded derivative and, thus are not accounted for at fair value, significant fluctuations in net income may occur since the change in fair value of the embedded derivative on the ceded risk is being recorded in net income without a corresponding and offsetting change in fair value of the direct guarantee.

See Note 4 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information on the Company’s derivatives and hedging programs.

Deferred Policy Acquisition Costs and Value of Business Acquired

The Company incurs significant costs in connection with acquiring new and renewal insurance business. Costs that vary with and relate to the production of new and renewal insurance business are deferred as DAC. Such costs consist principally of commissions, certain agency expenses, policy issuance expenses and certain advertising costs. VOBA represents the excess of book value over the estimated fair value of acquired insurance, annuity, and investment-type contracts in-force at the acquisition date. For certain acquired blocks of business, the estimated fair value of the in-force contract obligations exceeded the book value of assumed in-force insurance policy liabilities, resulting in negative VOBA, which is presented separately from VOBA as an additional insurance liability included in other policy-related balances. The estimated fair value of the acquired liabilities is based on actuarially determined projections, by each block of business, of future policy and contract charges, premiums, mortality and morbidity, separate account performance, surrenders, operating expenses, investment returns, nonperformance risk adjustment and other factors. Actual experience on the purchased business may vary from these projections. The recovery of DAC and VOBA is dependent upon the future profitability of the related business. The Company will adopt new guidance regarding the accounting for DAC beginning in the first quarter of 2012 and will apply it retrospectively to all prior periods presented in its consolidated financial statements for all insurance contracts. See Note 1 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Separate account rates of return on variable universal life contracts and variable deferred annuity contracts affect in-force account balances on such contracts each reporting period which can result in significant fluctuations in amortization of DAC and VOBA. The Company’s practice to determine the impact of gross profits resulting from returns on separate accounts assumes that long-term appreciation in equity markets is not changed by short-term market fluctuations, but is only changed when sustained interim deviations are expected. The Company monitors these events and only changes the assumption when its long-term expectation changes. The effect of an increase/(decrease) by 100 basis points in the assumed future rate of return is reasonably likely to result in a decrease/(increase) in the DAC and VOBA amortization of approximately $161 million with an offset to the Company’s unearned revenue liability of approximately $26 million for this factor.

The Company also periodically reviews other long-term assumptions underlying the projections of estimated gross margins and profits. These include investment returns, policyholder dividend scales, interest crediting rates, mortality, persistency, and expenses to administer business. Assumptions used in the calculation of estimated gross margins and profits which may have significantly changed are updated annually. If the update of assumptions causes expected future gross margins and profits to increase, DAC and VOBA amortization will decrease, resulting in a current period increase to earnings. The opposite result occurs when the assumption update causes expected future gross margins and profits to decrease.

The Company’s most significant assumption updates resulting in a change to expected future gross margins and profits and the amortization of DAC and VOBA are due to revisions to expected future investment returns, expenses, in-force or persistency assumptions and policyholder dividends on participating traditional life contracts, variable and universal life contracts and annuity contracts. The Company expects these assumptions to be the ones most reasonably likely to cause significant changes in the future. Changes in these assumptions can be offsetting and the Company is unable to predict their movement or offsetting impact over time.

 

91


Table of Contents

At December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, DAC and VOBA for the Company was $28.0 billion, $27.1 billion and $19.1 billion, respectively. Amortization of DAC and VOBA associated with the variable and universal life and the annuity contracts was significantly impacted by movements in equity markets. The following chart illustrates the effect on DAC and VOBA of changing each of the respective assumptions, as well as updating estimated gross margins or profits with actual gross margins or profits during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009. Increases (decreases) in DAC and VOBA balances, as presented below, resulted in a corresponding decrease (increase) in amortization.

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
         2011             2010             2009      
     (In millions)  

Investment return

   $ (64   $ (84   $ 22  

Separate account balances

     (145     23       (85

Net investment gain (loss)

     (576     (124     712  

Guaranteed Minimum Income Benefits

     (15     84       187  

Expense

     (7     96       61  

In-force/Persistency

     (2     9       (118

Policyholder dividends and other

     60       (203     154  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ (749   $ (199   $ 933  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The following represents significant items contributing to the changes to DAC and VOBA amortization in 2011:

 

   

The decrease in equity markets during the year lowered separate account balances which led to a reduction in actual and expected future gross profits on variable universal life contracts and variable deferred annuity contracts resulting in an increase of $145 million in DAC and VOBA amortization.

 

   

Changes in net investment gains (losses) resulted in the following changes in DAC and VOBA amortization:

 

   

Actual gross profits decreased as a result of an increase in liabilities associated with guarantee obligations on variable annuities, resulting in a decrease of DAC and VOBA amortization of $531 million, excluding the impact from the Company’s nonperformance risk and risk margins, which are described below. This decrease in actual gross profits was more than offset by freestanding derivative gains associated with the hedging of such guarantee obligations, which resulted in an increase in DAC and VOBA amortization of $847 million.

 

   

The widening of the Company’s nonperformance risk adjustment decreased the valuation of guarantee liabilities, increased actual gross profits and increased DAC and VOBA amortization by $260 million. This was partially offset by higher risk margins which increased the guarantee liability valuations, decreased actual gross profits and decreased DAC and VOBA amortization by $72 million.

 

   

The remainder of the impact of net investment gains (losses), which increased DAC amortization by $72 million, was primarily attributable to current period investment activities.

The following represents significant items contributing to the changes to DAC and VOBA amortization in 2010:

 

   

Changes in net investment gains (losses) resulted in the following changes in DAC and VOBA amortization:

 

   

Actual gross profits increased as a result of a decrease in liabilities associated with guarantee obligations on variable annuities, resulting in an increase of DAC and VOBA amortization of $197 million, excluding the impact from the Company’s nonperformance risk and risk margins, which

 

92


Table of Contents
 

are described below. This increase in actual gross profits was partially offset by freestanding derivative losses associated with the hedging of such guarantee obligations, which resulted in a decrease in DAC and VOBA amortization of $88 million.

 

   

The narrowing of the Company’s nonperformance risk adjustment increased the valuation of guarantee liabilities, decreased actual gross profits and decreased DAC and VOBA amortization by $96 million. In addition, higher risk margins which increased the guarantee liability valuations, decreased actual gross profits and decreased DAC and VOBA amortization by $18 million.

 

   

The remainder of the impact of net investment gains (losses), which increased DAC amortization by $129 million, was primarily attributable to current period investment activities.

 

   

Included in policyholder dividends and other was an increase in DAC and VOBA amortization of $42 million as a result of changes to long-term assumptions. In addition, amortization increased by $39 million as a result of favorable gross margin variances. The remainder of the increase was due to various immaterial items.

The following represents significant items contributing to the changes to DAC and VOBA amortization in 2009:

 

   

Changes in net investment gains (losses) resulted in the following changes in DAC and VOBA amortization:

 

   

Actual gross profits increased as a result of a decrease in liabilities associated with guarantee obligations on variable annuities, resulting in an increase of DAC and VOBA amortization of $995 million, excluding the impact from the Company’s nonperformance risk and risk margins, which are described below. This increase in actual gross profits was partially offset by freestanding derivative losses associated with the hedging of such guarantee obligations, which resulted in a decrease in DAC and VOBA amortization of $636 million.

 

   

The narrowing of the Company’s nonperformance risk adjustment increased the valuation of guarantee liabilities, decreased actual gross profits and decreased DAC and VOBA amortization by $607 million. This was partially offset by lower risk margins which decreased the guarantee liability valuations, increased actual gross profits and increased DAC and VOBA amortization by $20 million.

 

   

The remainder of the impact of net investment gains (losses), which decreased DAC amortization by $484 million, was primarily attributable to current period investment activities.

 

   

Included in policyholder dividends and other was a decrease in DAC and VOBA amortization of $90 million as a result of changes to long-term assumptions. The remainder of the decrease was due to various immaterial items.

The Company’s DAC and VOBA balance is also impacted by unrealized investment gains (losses) and the amount of amortization which would have been recognized if such gains and losses had been realized. The increase in unrealized investment gains decreased the DAC and VOBA balance by $879 million and $1.4 billion in 2011 and 2010, respectively. The decrease in unrealized investment losses decreased the DAC and VOBA balance by $2.8 billion in 2009. Notes 3 and 6 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements include the DAC and VOBA offset to unrealized investment losses.

Goodwill

Goodwill is tested for impairment at least annually or more frequently if events or circumstances, such as adverse changes in the business climate, indicate that there may be justification for conducting an interim test.

For purposes of goodwill impairment testing, if the carrying value of a reporting unit exceeds its estimated fair value, the implied fair value of the reporting unit goodwill is compared to the carrying value of that goodwill to measure the amount of impairment loss, if any. In such instances, the implied fair value of the goodwill is

 

93


Table of Contents

determined in the same manner as the amount of goodwill that would be determined in a business acquisition. The key inputs, judgments and assumptions necessary in determining estimated fair value of the reporting units include projected operating earnings, current book value (with and without accumulated other comprehensive income), the level of economic capital required to support the mix of business, long-term growth rates, comparative market multiples, the account value of in-force business, projections of new and renewal business, as well as margins on such business, the level of interest rates, credit spreads, equity market levels, and the discount rate that we believe is appropriate for the respective reporting unit. The estimated fair values of the retirement products and individual life reporting units are particularly sensitive to the equity market levels.

We apply significant judgment when determining the estimated fair value of our reporting units and when assessing the relationship of market capitalization to the aggregate estimated fair value of our reporting units. The valuation methodologies utilized are subject to key judgments and assumptions that are sensitive to change. Estimates of fair value are inherently uncertain and represent only management’s reasonable expectation regarding future developments. These estimates and the judgments and assumptions upon which the estimates are based will, in all likelihood, differ in some respects from actual future results. Declines in the estimated fair value of our reporting units could result in goodwill impairments in future periods which could materially adversely affect our results of operations or financial position.

During the third quarter of 2011, the Company announced its decision to explore the sale of MetLife Bank’s depository business. As a result, in September 2011, the Company performed a goodwill impairment test on MetLife Bank, which is a separate reporting unit within Corporate & Other. As a result of the testing, the Company recorded a $65 million goodwill impairment charge that is reflected as a net investment loss for the year ended December 31, 2011. See Note 7 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

In addition, the Company performed its annual goodwill impairment tests of its other reporting units and concluded that the fair values of all reporting units were in excess of their carrying values and, therefore, goodwill was not impaired. On an ongoing basis, we evaluate potential triggering events that may affect the estimated fair value of our reporting units to assess whether any goodwill impairment exists.

In the fourth quarter of 2011, the Company performed interim goodwill impairment testing on the Retirement Products reporting unit. This testing was due to adverse market conditions, which caused both the equity markets and interest rates to decline. The fair value of the Retirement Products reporting unit, which was calculated based on application of an actuarial valuation approach, exceeded the carrying value by approximately 10%. The valuation methodology is subject to judgments and assumptions that are sensitive to change. If we had assumed that the discount rate was 100 basis points higher than the discount rate, the fair value of the Retirement Products reporting unit would have exceeded the carrying value by approximately 2%. As of December 31, 2011, the amount of goodwill allocated to the Retirement Products reporting unit was approximately $1.7 billion. The estimate of fair value is inherently uncertain and the judgments and assumptions upon which the estimate is based, will, in all likelihood, differ in some respects from actual future results. A change in market conditions, including equity market returns, interest rate levels and market volatility could result in a goodwill impairment.

In the fourth quarter of 2011, the Company announced that it will be reorganizing its business into three broad geographic regions, The Americas, EMEA and Asia, and creating a global employee benefits business, to better reflect its global reach. As a result, the Company’s reporting structure may change the composition of certain of its reporting units.

See Note 7 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information on the Company’s goodwill.

Liability for Future Policy Benefits

Generally, future policy benefits are payable over an extended period of time and related liabilities are calculated as the present value of future expected benefits to be paid reduced by the present value of future expected premiums. Such liabilities are established based on methods and underlying assumptions in accordance with GAAP and applicable actuarial standards. Principal assumptions used in the establishment of liabilities for

 

94


Table of Contents

future policy benefits are mortality, morbidity, policy lapse, renewal, retirement, disability incidence, disability terminations, investment returns, inflation, expenses and other contingent events as appropriate to the respective product type and geographical area. These assumptions are established at the time the policy is issued and are intended to estimate the experience for the period the policy benefits are payable. Utilizing these assumptions, liabilities are established on a block of business basis. If experience is less favorable than assumed, additional liabilities may be established, resulting in a charge to policyholder benefits and claims.

Future policy benefit liabilities for disabled lives are estimated using the present value of benefits method and experience assumptions as to claim terminations, expenses and interest.

Liabilities for unpaid claims are estimated based upon the Company’s historical experience and other actuarial assumptions that consider the effects of current developments, anticipated trends and risk management programs, reduced for anticipated salvage and subrogation.

Future policy benefit liabilities for minimum death and income benefit guarantees relating to certain annuity contracts are based on estimates of the expected value of benefits in excess of the projected account balance, recognizing the excess ratably over the accumulation period based on total expected assessments. Liabilities for universal and variable life secondary guarantees and paid-up guarantees are determined by estimating the expected value of death benefits payable when the account balance is projected to be zero and recognizing those benefits ratably over the accumulation period based on total expected assessments. The assumptions used in estimating these liabilities are consistent with those used for amortizing DAC, and are thus subject to the same variability and risk. The assumptions of investment performance and volatility for variable products are consistent with historical experience of the appropriate underlying equity index, such as the S&P 500 Index.

The Company periodically reviews its estimates of actuarial liabilities for future policy benefits and compares them with its actual experience. Differences between actual experience and the assumptions used in pricing these policies and guarantees, as well as in the establishment of the related liabilities result in variances in profit and could result in losses.

See Note 8 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information on the Company’s liability for future policy benefits.

Reinsurance

Accounting for reinsurance requires extensive use of assumptions and estimates, particularly related to the future performance of the underlying business and the potential impact of counterparty credit risks. The Company periodically reviews actual and anticipated experience compared to the aforementioned assumptions used to establish assets and liabilities relating to ceded and assumed reinsurance and evaluates the financial strength of counterparties to its reinsurance agreements using criteria similar to that evaluated in the security impairment process discussed previously. Additionally, for each of its reinsurance agreements, the Company determines whether the agreement provides indemnification against loss or liability relating to insurance risk, in accordance with applicable accounting standards. The Company reviews all contractual features, particularly those that may limit the amount of insurance risk to which the reinsurer is subject or features that delay the timely reimbursement of claims. If the Company determines that a reinsurance agreement does not expose the reinsurer to a reasonable possibility of a significant loss from insurance risk, the Company records the agreement using the deposit method of accounting.

See Note 9 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information on the Company’s reinsurance programs.

Income Taxes

The Company provides for federal, state and foreign income taxes currently payable, as well as those deferred due to temporary differences between the financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities. The Company’s accounting for income taxes represents management’s best estimate of various events and

 

95


Table of Contents

transactions. These tax laws are complex and are subject to differing interpretations by the taxpayer and the relevant governmental taxing authorities. In establishing a provision for income tax expense, we must make judgments and interpretations about the application of these inherently complex tax laws. We must also make estimates about when in the future certain items will affect taxable income in the various tax jurisdictions, both domestic and foreign.

The realization of deferred tax assets depends upon the existence of sufficient taxable income within the carryback or carryforward periods under the tax law in the applicable tax jurisdiction. Valuation allowances are established when management determines, based on available information, that it is more likely than not that deferred income tax assets will not be realized. Factors in management’s determination include the performance of the business and its ability to generate capital gains. Significant judgment is required in determining whether valuation allowances should be established, as well as the amount of such allowances. When making such determination, consideration is given to, among other things, the following:

 

  (i)

future taxable income exclusive of reversing temporary differences and carryforwards;

 

  (ii)

future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences;

 

  (iii)

taxable income in prior carryback years; and

 

  (iv)

tax planning strategies.

Disputes over interpretations of the tax laws may be subject to review and adjudication by the court systems of the various tax jurisdictions or may be settled with the taxing authority upon audit. The Company determines whether it is more likely than not that a tax position will be sustained upon examination by the appropriate taxing authorities before any part of the benefit is recorded in the financial statements. The Company may be required to change its provision for income taxes when estimates used in determining valuation allowances on deferred tax assets significantly change, or when receipt of new information indicates the need for adjustment in valuation allowances. Additionally, future events, such as changes in tax laws, tax regulations, or interpretations of such laws or regulations, could have an impact on the provision for income tax and the effective tax rate. Any such changes could significantly affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements in the year these changes occur.

See Note 15 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information on the Company’s income taxes.

Employee Benefit Plans

Certain subsidiaries of MetLife, Inc. sponsor and/or administer pension and other postretirement benefit plans covering employees who meet specified eligibility requirements. The obligations and expenses associated with these plans require an extensive use of assumptions such as the discount rate, expected rate of return on plan assets, rate of future compensation increases, healthcare cost trend rates, as well as assumptions regarding participant demographics such as rate and age of retirements, withdrawal rates and mortality. In consultation with our external consulting actuarial firms, we determine these assumptions based upon a variety of factors such as historical performance of the plan and its assets, currently available market and industry data, and expected benefit payout streams. We determine our expected rate of return on plan assets based upon an approach that considers inflation, real return, term premium, credit spreads, equity risk premium and capital appreciation, as well as expenses, expected asset manager performance and the effect of rebalancing for the equity, debt and real estate asset mix applied on a weighted average basis to our pension asset portfolio. Given the amount of plan assets as of December 31, 2010, if we had assumed an expected rate of return for both our pension and other postretirement benefit plans that was 100 basis points higher or 100 basis points lower than the rates we assumed, the change in our net periodic costs would have been a decrease of $75 million and an increase of $75 million, respectively. This considers only changes in our assumed long-term rate of return given the level and mix of

 

96


Table of Contents

invested assets at the beginning of the year, without consideration of possible changes in any of the other assumptions described above that could ultimately accompany any changes in our assumed long-term rate of return.

We determine our discount rates used to value the pension and postretirement obligations, based upon rates commensurate with current yields on high quality corporate bonds. Given the amount of pension and postretirement obligations as of December 31, 2010, the beginning of the measurement year, if we had assumed a discount rate for both our pension and postretirement benefit plans that was 100 basis points higher or 100 basis points lower than the rates we assumed, the change in our net periodic costs would have been a decrease of $122 million and an increase of $142 million, respectively. This considers only changes in our assumed discount rates without consideration of possible changes in any of the other assumptions described above that could ultimately accompany any changes in our assumed discount rate. The assumptions used may differ materially from actual results due to, among other factors, changing market and economic conditions and changes in participant demographics. These differences may have a significant effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements and liquidity.

See Note 17 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional assumptions used in measuring liabilities relating to the Company’s employee benefit plans.

Litigation Contingencies

The Company is a party to a number of legal actions and is involved in a number of regulatory investigations. Given the inherent unpredictability of these matters, it is difficult to estimate the impact on the Company’s financial position. Liabilities are established when it is probable that a loss has been incurred and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated. Liabilities related to certain lawsuits, including the Company’s asbestos-related liability, are especially difficult to estimate due to the limitation of available data and uncertainty regarding numerous variables that can affect liability estimates. The data and variables that impact the assumptions used to estimate the Company’s asbestos-related liability include the number of future claims, the cost to resolve claims, the disease mix and severity of disease in pending and future claims, the impact of the number of new claims filed in a particular jurisdiction and variations in the law in the jurisdictions in which claims are filed, the possible impact of tort reform efforts, the willingness of courts to allow plaintiffs to pursue claims against the Company when exposure to asbestos took place after the dangers of asbestos exposure were well known, and the impact of any possible future adverse verdicts and their amounts. On a quarterly and annual basis, the Company reviews relevant information with respect to liabilities for litigation, regulatory investigations and litigation-related contingencies to be reflected in the Company’s consolidated financial statements. It is possible that an adverse outcome in certain of the Company’s litigation and regulatory investigations, including asbestos-related cases, or the use of different assumptions in the determination of amounts recorded could have a material effect upon the Company’s consolidated net income or cash flows in particular quarterly or annual periods.

See Note 16 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information regarding the Company’s assessment of litigation contingencies.

Economic Capital

Economic capital is an internally developed risk capital model, the purpose of which is to measure the risk in the business and to provide a basis upon which capital is deployed. The economic capital model accounts for the unique and specific nature of the risks inherent in the Company’s business.

Effective January 1, 2011, the Company updated its economic capital model to align segment allocated equity with emerging standards and consistent risk principles. Such changes to the Company’s economic capital model are applied prospectively. Segment net investment income is also credited or charged based on the level of allocated equity; however, changes in allocated equity do not impact the Company’s consolidated net investment income, operating earnings or income (loss) from continuing operations, net of income tax.

 

97


Table of Contents

Acquisitions and Dispositions

See Note 2 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

During 2011, a local operating subsidiary of American Life closed on the purchase of a 99.86% stake in a Turkish life insurance and pension company and at the same time entered into an exclusive 15-year distribution arrangement with the seller to distribute the company’s products in Turkey. Also in 2011, American Life agreed to sell certain closed blocks of business in the U.K. Finally, in 2011, Punjab National Bank (“PNB”) agreed to acquire a 30% stake in MetLife India Insurance Company Limited (“MetLife India”) and to enter into a separate exclusive 10-year distribution arrangement to sell MetLife India’s products through PNB’s branch network. PNB’s acquisition of the 30% stake in MetLife India is subject to, among other things, regulatory approval and final agreements among PNB and the existing shareholders of MetLife India. If such agreements are not obtained, or the transaction does not receive regulatory approval, PNB may request to amend or cancel the distribution agreement.

In addition, in 2012, local operating subsidiaries of MetLife, Inc. agreed to acquire, from members of the Aviva Plc group (“Aviva”), Aviva’s life insurance business in the Czech Republic and Hungary and Aviva’s life insurance and pensions business in Romania. The closing of each of these transactions is subject to regulatory and other approvals.

 

98


Table of Contents

Results of Operations

Year Ended December 31, 2011 Compared with the Year Ended December 31, 2010

Consolidated Results

We have experienced growth and an increase in market share in several of our businesses. Sales of our domestic annuity products were up 51% driven by strong growth in variable annuities across all distribution channels. Even with the impact of the March 2011 earthquake and tsunami, our sales results in Japan are stronger than anticipated and continue to show steady growth and improvement across essentially all distribution channels. Market penetration continues in our pension closeout business in the U.K.; however, our domestic pension closeout business has been adversely impacted by a combination of poor equity market returns and lower interest rates. In the U.S., sustained high levels of unemployment and a challenging pricing environment continue to depress growth across our group insurance businesses. While we experienced growth in our traditional life and universal life businesses, sales of group life and non-medical health products declined. Policy sales of auto and homeowners products decreased as the housing and automobile markets remained sluggish. We experienced steady growth and improvement in sales of the majority of our products abroad.

 

    Years Ended December 31,     Change     % Change  
        2011             2010          
    (In millions)        

Revenues

       

Premiums

  $ 36,361     $ 27,071     $ 9,290       34.3

Universal life and investment-type product policy fees

    7,806       6,028       1,778       29.5

Net investment income

    19,606       17,511       2,095       12.0

Other revenues

    2,532       2,328       204       8.8

Net investment gains (losses)

    (867     (408     (459  

Net derivative gains (losses)

    4,824       (265     5,089    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total revenues

    70,262       52,265       17,997       34.4
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Expenses

       

Policyholder benefits and claims and policyholder dividends

    36,903       30,670       6,233       20.3

Interest credited to policyholder account balances

    5,603       4,919       684       13.9

Capitalization of DAC

    (6,858     (3,299     (3,559  

Amortization of DAC and VOBA

    5,391       2,843       2,548       89.6

Amortization of negative VOBA

    (697     (64     (633  

Interest expense on debt

    1,629       1,550       79       5.1

Other expenses

    18,265       11,734       6,531       55.7
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total expenses

    60,236       48,353       11,883       24.6
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Income (loss) from continuing operations before provision for income tax

    10,026       3,912       6,114    

Provision for income tax expense (benefit)

    3,075       1,165       1,910    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Income (loss) from continuing operations, net of income tax

    6,951       2,747       4,204    

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of income tax

    20       39       (19     (48.7 )% 
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Net income (loss)

    6,971       2,786       4,185    

Less: Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests

    (10     (4     (6  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Net income (loss) attributable to MetLife, Inc.

    6,981       2,790       4,191    

Less: Preferred stock dividends

    122       122             

          Preferred stock redemption premium

    146              146    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Net income (loss) available to MetLife, Inc.’s common shareholders

  $ 6,713     $ 2,668     $ 4,045    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

99


Table of Contents

Unless otherwise stated, all amounts discussed below are net of income tax.

During the year ended December 31, 2011, income (loss) from continuing operations, net of income tax, increased $4.2 billion to $7.0 billion primarily driven by a favorable change in net derivative gains (losses), partially offset by increased net investment losses, net of related adjustments, principally associated with DAC and VOBA amortization. Also included in income (loss) from continuing operations, net of income tax, are the results of the Divested Businesses. In addition, operating earnings increased, reflecting the impact of the Acquisition.

We manage our investment portfolio using disciplined Asset/Liability Management (“ALM”) principles, focusing on cash flow and duration to support our current and future liabilities. Our intent is to match the timing and amount of liability cash outflows with invested assets that have cash inflows of comparable timing and amount, while optimizing, net of income tax, risk-adjusted net investment income and risk-adjusted total return. Our investment portfolio is heavily weighted toward fixed income investments, with over 80% of our portfolio invested in fixed maturity securities and mortgage loans. These securities and loans have varying maturities and other characteristics which cause them to be generally well suited for matching the cash flow and duration of insurance liabilities. Other invested asset classes including, but not limited to, equity securities, other limited partnership interests and real estate and real estate joint ventures, provide additional diversification and opportunity for long-term yield enhancement in addition to supporting the cash flow and duration objectives of our investment portfolio. We also use derivatives as an integral part of our management of the investment portfolio to hedge certain risks, including changes in interest rates, foreign currencies, credit spreads and equity market levels. Additional considerations for our investment portfolio include current and expected market conditions and expectations for changes within our specific mix of products and business segments. In addition, the general account investment portfolio includes, within trading and other securities, contractholder-directed investments supporting unit-linked variable annuity type liabilities, which do not qualify as separate account assets. The returns on these contractholder-directed investments, which can vary significantly period to period, include changes in estimated fair value subsequent to purchase, inure to contractholders and are offset in earnings by a corresponding change in policyholder account balances through interest credited to policyholder account balances.

The composition of the investment portfolio of each business segment is tailored to the specific characteristics of its insurance liabilities, causing certain portfolios to be shorter in duration and others to be longer in duration. Accordingly, certain portfolios are more heavily weighted in longer duration, higher yielding fixed maturity securities, or certain sub-sectors of fixed maturity securities, than other portfolios.

Investments are purchased to support our insurance liabilities and not to generate net investment gains and losses. However, net investment gains and losses are incurred and can change significantly from period to period due to changes in external influences, including changes in market factors such as interest rates, foreign currencies, credit spreads and equity markets; counterparty specific factors such as financial performance, credit rating and collateral valuation; and internal factors such as portfolio rebalancing. Changes in these factors from period to period can significantly impact the levels of both impairments and realized gains and losses on investments sold.

We use freestanding interest rate, equity, credit and currency derivatives to provide economic hedges of certain invested assets and insurance liabilities, including embedded derivatives within certain of our variable annuity minimum benefit guarantees. For those hedges not designated as accounting hedges, changes in market factors can lead to the recognition of fair value changes in net derivative gains (losses) without an offsetting gain or loss recognized in earnings for the item being hedged even though these are effective economic hedges. Additionally, we issue liabilities and purchase assets that contain embedded derivatives whose changes in estimated fair value are sensitive to changes in market factors and are also recognized in net derivative gains (losses).

The favorable change in net derivative gains (losses) of $3.3 billion, from losses of $172 million in 2010 to gains of $3.1 billion in 2011, was driven by a favorable change in freestanding derivatives of $3.9 billion, which

 

100


Table of Contents

was partially offset by an unfavorable change in embedded derivatives of $583 million primarily associated with variable annuity minimum benefit guarantees. The $3.9 billion favorable change in freestanding derivatives was primarily attributable to the impact of falling long-term and mid-term interest rates and equity market movements and volatility. Long-term and mid-term interest rates fell more in 2011 than in 2010 which had a positive impact of $2.1 billion on our interest rate derivatives, $670 million of which was attributable to hedges of variable annuity minimum benefit guarantee liabilities that are accounted for as embedded derivatives. The impact of equity market movements and volatility in 2011 compared to 2010 had a positive impact of $1.5 billion on our equity derivatives, which was primarily attributable to hedges of variable annuity minimum benefit guarantee liabilities that are accounted for as embedded derivatives.

Certain variable annuity products with minimum benefit guarantees contain embedded derivatives that are measured at estimated fair value separately from the host variable annuity contract with changes in estimated fair value recorded in net derivative gains (losses). The fair value of these embedded derivatives also includes an adjustment for nonperformance risk, which is unhedged. The $583 million unfavorable change in embedded derivatives was primarily attributable to hedged risks relating to changes in market factors of $1.6 billion and an unfavorable change in other unhedged non-market risks of $308 million, partially offset by a favorable change in unhedged risks for changes in the adjustment for nonperformance risk of $1.3 billion. The aforementioned $1.6 billion unfavorable change in embedded derivatives was more than offset by favorable changes on freestanding derivatives that hedge these risks, which are described in the preceding paragraphs.

The increase in net investment losses primarily reflects impairments on Greece sovereign debt securities, intent-to-sell impairments on other sovereign debt securities due to the repositioning of the ALICO portfolio into longer duration and higher yielding investments, intent-to-sell impairments related to the Divested Businesses, and lower net gains on sales of fixed maturity and equity securities. These losses were partially offset by net gains on the sales of certain real estate investments and reductions in the mortgage valuation allowance reflecting improving real estate market fundamentals.

Income (loss) from continuing operations, net of income tax, related to the Divested Businesses, excluding net investment gains (losses) and net derivative gains (losses), decreased $152 million to a loss of $41 million in 2011 compared to a gain of $111 million in 2010. Included in this loss was a reduction in total revenues of $73 million and an increase in total expenses of $79 million. As previously mentioned, the Divested Businesses include certain operations of MetLife Bank and the Caribbean Business.

Income tax expense for the year ended December 31, 2011 was $3.1 billion, or 31% of income (loss) from continuing operations before provision for income tax, compared with $1.2 billion, or 30% of income (loss) from continuing operations before provision for income tax, for 2010. The Company’s 2011 and 2010 effective tax rates differ from the U.S. statutory rate of 35% primarily due to the impact of certain permanent tax differences, including non-taxable investment income and tax credits for investments in low income housing, in relation to income (loss) from continuing operations before provision for income tax, as well as certain foreign permanent tax differences.

As more fully described in the discussion of performance measures above, we use operating earnings, which does not equate to income (loss) from continuing operations, net of income tax, as determined in accordance with GAAP, to analyze our performance, evaluate segment performance, and allocate resources. We believe that the presentation of operating earnings and operating earnings available to common shareholders, as we measure it for management purposes, enhances the understanding of our performance by highlighting the results of operations and the underlying profitability drivers of the business. Operating earnings and operating earnings available to common shareholders should not be viewed as substitutes for GAAP income (loss) from continuing operations, net of income tax, and GAAP net income (loss) available to MetLife, Inc.’s common shareholders, respectively. Operating earnings available to common shareholders increased $1.5 billion to $5.3 billion in 2011 from $3.8 billion in 2010.

 

101


Table of Contents

Reconciliation of income (loss) from continuing operations, net of income tax, to operating earnings available to common shareholders

Year Ended December 31, 2011

 

0000000000 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000
    Insurance
Products
    Retirement
Products
    Corporate
Benefit
Funding
    Auto &
Home
    Japan     Other
International
Regions
    Corporate
& Other
    Total  
    (In millions)  

Income (loss) from continuing operations, net of income tax

  $ 2,629     $ 1,419     $ 1,405     $ 90     $ 1,190     $ 782     $ (564   $ 6,951  

Less: Net investment gains (losses)

    53       84       23       (9     (221     (616     (181     (867

Less: Net derivative gains (losses)

    1,849       1,747       366       (12     200       785       (111     4,824  

Less: Other adjustments to continuing
operations (1)

    (125     (777     91              38       (441     (427     (1,641

Less: Provision for income tax (expense) benefit

    (623     (368     (166     7       (3     18       290       (845
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating earnings

  $ 1,475     $ 733     $ 1,091     $ 104     $ 1,176     $ 1,036       (135     5,480  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

Less: Preferred stock dividends

                122       122  
             

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating earnings available to common shareholders

              $ (257   $ 5,358  
             

 

 

   

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 2010

 

0000000000 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000
    Insurance
Products
    Retirement
Products
    Corporate
Benefit
Funding
    Auto &
Home
    Japan     Other
International
Regions
    Corporate
& Other
    Total  
    (In millions)  

Income (loss) from continuing operations, net of income tax

  $ 1,367     $ 792     $ 1,020     $ 295     $ 2     $ (155   $ (574   $ 2,747  

Less: Net investment gains (losses)

    103       139       176       (7     (9     (280     (530     (408

Less: Net derivative gains (losses)

    215       235       (162     (1     (144     (347     (61     (265

Less: Other adjustments to continuing
operations (1)

    (244     (381     140              12       (439     (2     (914

Less: Provision for income tax (expense) benefit

    (28     (4     (54     3       49       225       188       379  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating earnings

  $ 1,321     $ 803     $ 920     $ 300     $ 94     $ 686       (169     3,955  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

Less: Preferred stock dividends

                122       122  
             

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating earnings available to common shareholders

              $ (291   $ 3,833  
             

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

(1) See definitions of operating revenues and operating expenses for the components of such adjustments.

 

102


Table of Contents

Reconciliation of GAAP revenues to operating revenues and GAAP expenses to operating expenses

Year Ended December 31, 2011

 

    Insurance
Products
    Retirement
Products
    Corporate
Benefit
Funding
    Auto &
Home
    Japan     Other
International
Regions
    Corporate
& Other
    Total  
    (In millions)  

Total revenues

  $   27,841     $ 9,015     $ 8,613     $   3,217     $   8,822     $ 10,538     $ 2,216     $ 70,262  

Less: Net investment gains (losses)

    53       84       23       (9     (221     (616     (181     (867

Less: Net derivative gains (losses)

    1,849       1,747       366       (12     200       785       (111     4,824  

Less: Adjustments related to net investment gains (losses) and net derivative gains (losses)

    14                                                 14  

Less: Other adjustments to revenues (1)

    (224     78       145              (407     50       1,265       907  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating revenues

  $ 26,149     $ 7,106     $ 8,079     $ 3,238     $ 9,250     $ 10,319     $ 1,243     $ 65,384  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total expenses

  $ 23,795     $ 6,833     $ 6,454     $ 3,162     $ 6,994     $ 9,376     $ 3,622     $ 60,236  

Less: Adjustments related to net investment gains (losses) and net derivative gains (losses)

    (85     638                     19                     572  

Less: Other adjustments to expenses (1)

           217       54              (464     491       1,692       1,990  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

  $ 23,880     $ 5,978     $ 6,400     $ 3,162     $ 7,439     $ 8,885     $ 1,930     $ 57,674  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 2010

 

    Insurance
Products
    Retirement
Products
    Corporate
Benefit
Funding
    Auto &
Home
    Japan     Other
International
Regions
    Corporate
& Other
    Total  
    (In millions)  

Total revenues

  $   26,444     $ 6,849     $ 7,568     $   3,146     $ 669     $ 5,685     $ 1,904     $   52,265  

Less: Net investment gains (losses)

    103       139       176       (7     (9     (280     (530     (408

Less: Net derivative gains (losses)

    215       235       (162     (1     (144     (347     (61     (265

Less: Adjustments related to net investment gains (losses) and net derivative gains (losses)

    1                                                 1  

Less: Other adjustments to revenues (1)

    (151     (39     190              116       (72     1,450       1,494  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating revenues

  $ 26,276     $ 6,514     $ 7,364     $ 3,154     $ 706     $ 6,384     $ 1,045     $ 51,443  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total expenses

  $ 24,338     $ 5,622     $ 5,999     $ 2,781     $ 664     $ 5,917     $ 3,032     $ 48,353  

Less: Adjustments related to net investment gains (losses) and net derivative gains (losses)

    90       35                                          125  

Less: Other adjustments to expenses (1)

    4       307       50              104       367       1,452       2,284  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

  $ 24,244     $ 5,280     $ 5,949     $ 2,781     $ 560     $ 5,550     $ 1,580     $ 45,944  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

(1) See definitions of operating revenues and operating expenses for the components of such adjustments.

 

103


Table of Contents

Consolidated Results – Operating

 

     Years Ended December 31,     Change     % Change  
     2011     2010      
     (In millions)        

OPERATING REVENUES

        

Premiums

   $ 36,269     $ 27,071     $ 9,198       34.0

Universal life and investment-type product policy fees

     7,528       5,817       1,711       29.4

Net investment income

     19,676       16,880       2,796       16.6

Other revenues

     1,911       1,675       236       14.1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total operating revenues

     65,384       51,443       13,941       27.1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

OPERATING EXPENSES

        

Policyholder benefits and claims and policyholder dividends

     36,227       29,972       6,255       20.9

Interest credited to policyholder account balances

     6,057       4,697       1,360       29.0

Capitalization of DAC

     (6,849     (3,299     (3,550  

Amortization of DAC and VOBA

     4,799       2,802       1,997       71.3

Amortization of negative VOBA

     (619     (57     (562  

Interest expense on debt

     1,305       1,139       166       14.6

Other expenses

     16,754       10,690       6,064       56.7
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total operating expenses

     57,674       45,944       11,730       25.5
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Provision for income tax expense (benefit)

     2,230       1,544       686       44.4
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Operating earnings

     5,480       3,955       1,525       38.6

Less: Preferred stock dividends

     122       122             
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Operating earnings available to common shareholders

   $ 5,358     $ 3,833     $ 1,525       39.8
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Unless otherwise stated, all amounts discussed below are net of income tax.

The increase in operating earnings reflects the impact of the Acquisition with the corresponding effects on each of our financial statement lines in both Japan and Other International Regions. Further trends and matters impacting our business and the comparison to 2010 results are discussed below.

Positive results from strong sales in 2011 were offset by losses from severe weather and the impact of the low interest rate environment. Changes in foreign currency exchange rates had a slightly positive impact on results compared to 2010.

In 2011, we benefited from strong sales as well as growth and higher persistency in our business, across many of our products. As a result, we experienced growth in our investment portfolio, as well as our average separate account assets, generating both higher net investment income of $479 million and higher policy fee income of $265 million. Since many of our products are interest spread-based, the growth in our individual life, long-term care (“LTC”) and structured settlement businesses also resulted in a $131 million increase in interest credited expenses. These increased sales also generated an increase in commission and other volume-related expenses of $622 million, which was largely offset by an increase of $538 million in related DAC capitalization. In addition, other non-variable expenses increased $73 million due to growth in our existing businesses.

On an annual basis, we perform experience studies, as well as update our assumptions regarding both expected policyholder behaviors and the related investment environment. These updates, commonly known as unlocking events, result in changes to certain insurance-related liabilities, DAC and revenue amortization. The impact of updates to our assumptions in both 2011 and 2010, resulted in a net increase to operating earnings of $23 million, in the current year.

In the fourth quarter of 2011, we announced a reduction in our dividend scale related to our closed block. The impact of this action increased operating earnings by $54 million.

 

104


Table of Contents

Severe weather during 2011 was the primary driver of our unfavorable claims experience in Auto & Home, which decreased operating earnings by $239 million. In addition, in the third quarter of 2011, we incurred a $117 million charge to increase reserves in connection with our use of the Death Master File, impacting primarily Insurance Products. These events overshadowed favorable claims experience in our dental and disability businesses and strong mortality gains in our group life business, which, combined, improved operating earnings by $100 million.

Market factors, specifically the current low interest rate environment, continued to be a challenge during 2011. Also in 2011, equity markets remained relatively flat compared to much stronger 2010 equity market performance. Investment yields were negatively impacted by the current low interest rate environment and lower returns in the equity markets, partially offset by improving real estate markets, resulting in a $157 million decrease in net investment income. DAC, VOBA and DSI amortization and certain insurance-related liabilities are sensitive to market fluctuations, which was the primary driver of higher expenses of $102 million in these categories. In particular, the less favorable 2011 investment markets caused acceleration of DAC amortization. Partially offsetting these decreases was a $119 million improvement in operating earnings, primarily driven by lower average crediting rates on our annuity and funding agreement businesses. The lower average crediting rates continue to reflect the lower investment returns available in the marketplace. Also contributing to the decrease in interest credited is the impact from derivatives that are used to hedge certain liabilities in our funding agreement business. In addition, growth in our separate accounts due to favorable equity market performance in 2010 and stable equity markets in 2011 resulted in increased fees and other revenues of $79 million.

Interest expense on debt increased $109 million primarily as a result of debt issued in the third and fourth quarters of 2010 in connection with the Acquisition and Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) borrowings.

The Company incurred $40 million of expenses related to a liquidation plan filed by the Department of Financial Services for ELNY in the third quarter of 2011. Results from our mortgage loan servicing business were lower driven by an increase in expenses of $31 million in response to both a larger portfolio and increased regulatory oversight.

The Company also benefited from a higher tax benefit in 2011 of $88 million over 2010 primarily due to $75 million of charges in 2010 related to the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act and the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010 (together, the “Health Care Act”). The Health Care Act reduced the tax deductibility of retiree health care costs to the extent of any Medicare Part D subsidy received beginning in 2013. Because the deductibility of future retiree health care costs was reflected in our financial statements, the entire future impact of this change in law was required to be recorded as a charge in the first quarter of 2010, when the legislation was enacted. The higher tax benefit was also a result of higher utilization of tax preferenced investments which provide tax credits and deductions.

 

105


Table of Contents

Insurance Products

 

    Years Ended December 31,     Change     % Change  
    2011     2010      
          (In millions)              

OPERATING REVENUES

       

Premiums

  $ 16,949     $ 17,200     $ (251     (1.5 )% 

Universal life and investment-type product policy fees

    2,264       2,247       17       0.8

Net investment income

    6,107       6,068       39       0.6

Other revenues

    829       761       68       8.9
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total operating revenues

    26,149       26,276       (127     (0.5 )% 
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

OPERATING EXPENSES

       

Policyholder benefits and claims and policyholder dividends

    18,707       19,075       (368     (1.9 )% 

Interest credited to policyholder account balances

    997       963       34       3.5

Capitalization of DAC

    (864     (841     (23     (2.7 )% 

Amortization of DAC and VOBA

    897       966       (69     (7.1 )% 

Interest expense on debt

           1       (1     (100.0 )% 

Other expenses

    4,143       4,080       63       1.5
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total operating expenses

    23,880       24,244       (364     (1.5 )% 
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Provision for income tax expense (benefit)

    794       711       83       11.7
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Operating earnings

  $ 1,475     $ 1,321     $ 154       11.7
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Unless otherwise stated, all amounts discussed below are net of income tax.

Strong underwriting results generated about half of our increase in operating earnings. The remaining increase resulted from the impact of annual assumption updates, lower policyholder dividends and higher fees from our variable and universal life business. These increases were dampened by the negative impacts of the sustained low interest rate environment.

Growth in our open block traditional life and in our variable and universal life businesses was more than offset by declines in our group life and non-medical health businesses, as well as the expected run-off from our closed block business. Sustained high levels of unemployment and a challenging pricing environment continue to depress growth in many of our group insurance businesses. Our dental business benefited from higher enrollment and certain pricing actions, but this was more than offset by a decline in revenues from our disability business. This reduction was mainly due to net customer cancellations and lower covered lives. Our LTC revenues were flat period over period, consistent with the discontinuance of the sale of this coverage at the end of 2010. Although revenues have declined from the prior year, current year premiums and deposits, along with an expansion of our securities lending program, resulted in an increase in our average invested assets, which contributed $189 million to operating earnings. Mirroring the growth in average invested assets in our individual life and LTC businesses, interest credited on long-duration contracts and on our policyholder account balances increased by $76 million. The aforementioned increased sales of our individual variable and universal life products, which was mainly driven by our launch of a new product in the current year, coupled with ongoing organic growth in the business, increased operating earnings by $41 million. These increased sales also generated an increase in commission expenses, which was mostly offset by the capitalization of these expenses. Broker–dealer related revenues also increased during the year and were significantly offset by a corresponding increase in other expenses.

In 2011, pricing actions and improved claims experience, mainly as a result of stabilizing benefits utilization, drove a $57 million increase in our dental results. Higher closures and lower incidences in 2011 contributed to the $43 million increase in our disability results. Our life businesses were essentially flat; however, lower claims incidence resulted in very strong group life mortality gains, which were offset by increased severity of claims in the variable and universal life businesses. On an annual basis, we perform experience studies, as well as update

 

106


Table of Contents

our assumptions surrounding both expected policyholder behaviors and the related investment environment. These updates, commonly known as unlocking events, result in changes to certain insurance related liabilities, DAC and revenue amortization. The impact of updates to our assumptions, in both 2011 and 2010 primarily related to policyholder behaviors, such as projected premium assumptions and various factors impacting persistency, coupled with insurance related refinements, resulted in a net increase to operating earnings of $41 million. Partially offsetting these favorable impacts was a $109 million charge, recorded in the third quarter of the current year, related to our use of the Death Master File, in both our group and individual life businesses.

Refinements in our DAC model in both years as well as the impact of higher amortization in 2010 contributed to a $37 million net decrease in amortization. The higher level of amortization in 2010 was primarily due to the emergence of actual premium and lapse information which differed from management’s expectations.

In the fourth quarter of 2011, we announced a reduction to our dividend scale related to our closed block. The impact of this action increased operating earnings by $54 million.

Market factors, specifically the current low interest rate environment, continued to be a challenge during 2011. Investment yields were negatively impacted by lower returns on allocated equity and lower returns in the equity markets, partially offset by improving real estate markets. Unlike in Retirement Products and Corporate Benefit Funding, a reduction in investment yield does not necessarily drive a corresponding change in the rates credited on policyholder account balances or amounts held for future policyholder benefits. The reduction in investment yield resulted in a $164 million decrease in operating earnings. Partially offsetting this decline was the impact of updating projected market factors as part of our aforementioned annual update to assumptions. This update resulted in an unlocking event, resulting in a $32 million increase to operating earnings.

Retirement Products

 

    Years Ended December 31,     Change     % Change  
    2011     2010      
          (In millions)              

OPERATING REVENUES

       

Premiums

  $ 1,141     $ 875     $ 266       30.4

Universal life and investment-type product policy fees

    2,463       2,024       439       21.7

Net investment income

    3,195       3,395       (200     (5.9 )% 

Other revenues

    307       220       87       39.5
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total operating revenues

    7,106       6,514       592       9.1
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

OPERATING EXPENSES

       

Policyholder benefits and claims and policyholder dividends

    1,846       1,487       359       24.1

Interest credited to policyholder account balances

    1,595       1,612       (17     (1.1 )% 

Capitalization of DAC

    (1,612     (1,067     (545     (51.1 )% 

Amortization of DAC and VOBA

    1,004       808       196       24.3

Interest expense on debt

    2       3       (1     (33.3 )% 

Other expenses

    3,143       2,437       706       29.0
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total operating expenses

    5,978       5,280       698       13.2
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Provision for income tax expense (benefit)

    395       431       (36     (8.4 )% 
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Operating earnings

  $ 733     $ 803     $ (70     (8.7 )% 
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Unless otherwise stated, all amounts discussed below are net of income tax.

Total annuity sales increased 51% to $30.4 billion due to strong growth in variable annuities across all distribution channels. Variable annuity product sales increased primarily due to the introduction of a new higher benefit, lower-risk variable annuity rider and changes in competitors’ offerings which, we believe, made our products more attractive. We have launched several changes to the products and riders we offer that we expect will reduce sales volumes in 2012, as we manage these sales volumes to strike the right balance among growth, profitability and risk. Total annuity net flows were $16.2 billion, higher than in 2010. Changes in interest rates

 

107


Table of Contents

and equity markets can significantly impact our earnings. In 2011, interest rates declined while equity markets remained relatively flat compared to much stronger 2010 equity market performance. Operating earnings were down 9% mainly due to these market factors.

Strong sales and higher persistency in 2011, along with the impact of an increase in allocated equity, increased operating earnings by $147 million. The strong sales of variable annuities increased our average separate account assets and, as a result, we generated higher asset-based fee revenue on the separate account assets and higher net investment income, partially offset by increases in DAC amortization. Partially offsetting these favorable impacts was an increase in variable expenses, primarily related to new business commissions and asset-based commissions of $38 million, net of related DAC capitalization. Other non-variable expenses also increased $16 million due to growth in the business.

Investment market performance reduced our operating earnings by $56 million. DAC, VOBA and DSI amortization, as well as certain insurance-related liabilities, are sensitive to market fluctuations, which was the primary driver of higher expenses in these categories. In particular, the less favorable 2011 equity markets when compared to 2010 caused an acceleration of DAC amortization. Lower investment returns on certain limited partnerships and lower returns on allocated equity also contributed to the decline in operating earnings. Partially offsetting these decreases was an improvement in operating earnings, primarily driven by lower average crediting rates on annuity fixed rate funds. Lower average crediting rates continue to reflect the lower investment returns available in the marketplace. Growth in our separate accounts, due to favorable equity market performance in 2010 and 2011, resulted in increased fees and other revenues.

To better align with hedged risks, certain elements of our variable annuity hedging program that were previously recorded in net investment income were recorded in net derivative gains (losses) beginning in 2011 which resulted in a decrease in operating earnings of $77 million. Lower income annuity mortality gains of $18 million also reduced operating earnings in 2011. We review and update our long-term assumptions used in our calculations of certain insurance-related liabilities and DAC annually, which may result in changes and are recorded in the fourth quarter each year. This annual update of assumptions, other insurance liability refinements and DAC model revisions made during the year, contributed to a net operating earnings reduction of $12 million.

Corporate Benefit Funding

 

     Years Ended December 31,     Change     % Change  
     2011     2010      
           (In millions)              

OPERATING REVENUES

        

Premiums

   $ 2,418     $ 1,938     $ 480       24.8

Universal life and investment-type product policy fees

     231       226       5       2.2

Net investment income

     5,181       4,954       227       4.6

Other revenues

     249       246       3       1.2
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total operating revenues

     8,079       7,364       715       9.7
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

OPERATING EXPENSES

        

Policyholder benefits and claims and policyholder dividends

     4,594       4,041       553       13.7

Interest credited to policyholder account balances

     1,321       1,445       (124     (8.6 )% 

Capitalization of DAC

     (27     (19     (8     (42.1 )% 

Amortization of DAC and VOBA

     17       16       1       6.3

Interest expense on debt

     8       6       2       33.3

Other expenses

     487       460       27       5.9
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total operating expenses

     6,400       5,949       451       7.6
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Provision for income tax expense (benefit)

     588       495       93       18.8
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Operating earnings

   $ 1,091     $ 920     $ 171       18.6
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

108


Table of Contents

Unless otherwise stated, all amounts discussed below are net of income tax.

Corporate Benefit Funding had strong pension closeout sales in the U.K., and strong sales of structured settlements. Although the combination of poor equity returns and the low interest rate environment has resulted in underfunded pension plans, which reduces our customers’ flexibility to engage in transactions such as pension closeouts, sales in the U.K. remained strong as we continue to penetrate that market. Sales in our structured settlement business were strong as we remain very competitive in the marketplace. Premiums for these businesses were almost entirely offset by the related change in policyholder benefits. However, current year premiums, deposits, funding agreement issuances, increased allocated equity, and the expansion of our securities lending program, all contributed to the growth of our average invested assets, which led to an increase in net investment income of $167 million.

Deposits into separate accounts, including guaranteed interest contracts, and corporate owned life insurance, increased significantly resulting in a $9 million increase in advisory fees and an $8 million increase in premium tax. However, these expenses are offset by a corresponding increase in revenues.

Market factors, including the current low interest rate environment, have negatively impacted our investment returns by $19 million. These lower investment returns include the impact of returns on invested economic capital. The low interest rate environment was also the primary driver of the decrease in interest credited to policyholders of $81 million. Many of our funding agreement and guaranteed interest contract liabilities are tied to market indices. Interest rates on new business were set lower, as were the rates on existing business with terms that can fluctuate. Also contributing to the decrease in interest credited is the impact from derivatives that are used to hedge certain liabilities in our funding agreement business. Commensurate with our strong sales of structured settlements, the interest credited expense associated with these insurance liabilities increased $26 million.

The Company’s use of the Death Master File in connection with our post-retirement benefit business resulted in a charge in the third quarter of the current year of $8 million. Other insurance liability refinements and mortality results negatively impacted our year-over-year operating earnings by $20 million.

Auto & Home

 

     Years Ended December 31,     Change     % Change  
     2011     2010      
           (In millions)              

OPERATING REVENUES

        

Premiums

   $ 3,000     $ 2,923     $ 77       2.6

Net investment income

     205       209       (4     (1.9 )% 

Other revenues

     33       22       11       50.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total operating revenues

     3,238       3,154       84       2.7
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

OPERATING EXPENSES

        

Policyholder benefits and claims and policyholder dividends

     2,375       2,021       354       17.5

Capitalization of DAC

     (453     (448     (5     (1.1 )% 

Amortization of DAC and VOBA

     448       439       9       2.1

Other expenses

     792       769       23       3.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total operating expenses

     3,162       2,781       381       13.7
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Provision for income tax expense (benefit)

     (28     73       (101  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Operating earnings

   $ 104     $ 300     $ (196     (65.3 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Unless otherwise stated, all amounts discussed below are net of income tax.

In 2011, operating results were negatively impacted by severe weather including record numbers of tornadoes in the second quarter and Hurricane Irene in the third quarter. Policy sales decreased as the housing and new

 

109


Table of Contents

automobile sales markets remained sluggish, resulting in a decrease in exposures. However, average premium per policy increased for both our homeowners and auto policies, more than offsetting the negative impact from the decrease in exposures.

Adverse claims experience was the primary driver of the decrease in operating earnings. Catastrophe-related losses increased $187 million compared to 2010 mainly due to severe storm activity in the U.S. during the second and third quarters of 2011, which resulted in $261 million of losses. The second quarter included catastrophe-related losses mainly due to a record number of tornadoes for a one-month period that resulted in damage in many states. The third quarter included catastrophe-related losses resulting from the impact from Hurricane Irene. In addition, current year non-catastrophe claim costs increased $75 million as a result of higher claim frequencies in both our auto and homeowners businesses due primarily to more severe winter weather in the first quarter of 2011 and to non-catastrophe wind and hail through the remainder of the year. The negative impact of these items was partially offset by additional favorable development of prior year losses of $23 million.

The increase in average premium per policy in both our homeowners and auto businesses improved operating earnings by $60 million and the decrease in exposures resulted in a $4 million decrease in operating earnings as the negative impact from lower premiums exceeded the positive impact from lower claims. Exposures are primarily each automobile for the auto line of business and each residence for the homeowners line of business.

The impact of the items discussed above can be seen in the unfavorable change in the combined ratio, including catastrophes, to 104.9% in 2011 from 94.6% in 2010. The combined ratio, excluding catastrophes, was 89.1% in 2011 compared to 88.1% in 2010.

Higher commissions, resulting from the increase in average premium per policy, coupled with an increase in other volume-related expenses contributed to the decrease in operating earnings. This increase is included in the $18 million increase in other expenses, including the net change in DAC.

Japan

 

     Years Ended December 31,     Change  
         2011             2010        
     (In millions)  

OPERATING REVENUES

      

Premiums

   $ 6,325     $ 499     $ 5,826  

Universal life and investment-type product policy fees

     824       55       769  

Net investment income

     2,079       145       1,934  

Other revenues

     22       7       15  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating revenues

     9,250       706       8,544  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

OPERATING EXPENSES

      

Policyholder benefits and claims and policyholder dividends

     3,973       309       3,664  

Interest credited to policyholder account balances

     1,561       123       1,438  

Capitalization of DAC

     (2,250     (149     (2,101

Amortization of DAC and VOBA

     1,312       82       1,230  

Amortization of negative VOBA

     (555     (49     (506

Other expenses

     3,398       244       3,154  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     7,439       560       6,879  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Provision for income tax expense (benefit)

     635       52       583  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating earnings

   $ 1,176     $ 94     $ 1,082  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Unless otherwise stated, all amounts discussed below are net of income tax.

Our Japan operation is comprised of the Japanese business acquired in the Acquisition and remains among the largest foreign life insurers in Japan. The stability of this business is evidenced by a solvency margin ratio

 

110


Table of Contents

significantly in excess of the legally mandated solvency margin in Japan and above average with respect to the industry. Through our Japan operation, we provide accident and health insurance, life insurance, annuities and endowment products to both individuals and groups. Japan’s operating earnings for 2010 include one month of results from the ALICO operations.

The Japanese economy, to which we face substantial exposure given our operations there, was significantly negatively impacted by the March 2011 earthquake and tsunami. Although we expect modest growth in the Japanese economy during 2012, disruptions to the Japanese economy are having, and will continue to have, negative impacts on the overall global economy, not all of which can be foreseen. Despite the impact of the earthquake and tsunami, our sales results continued to show steady growth and improvement across our captive agent, independent agent, broker, bancassurance, and direct marketing distribution channels.

Japan reported premiums, fees and other revenues of $7.2 billion for 2011, including $4.3 billion from accident and health insurance and $2.7 billion from life insurance products distributed through our multi-distribution platform. In addition, during 2011, the Company incurred $39 million of incremental insurance claims and operating expenses related to the March 2011 earthquake and tsunami.

Other International Regions

 

     Years Ended December 31,              
         2011             2010         Change     % Change  
     (In millions)        

OPERATING REVENUES

        

Premiums

   $ 6,426     $ 3,625     $ 2,801       77.3

Universal life and investment-type product policy fees

     1,746       1,265       481       38.0

Net investment income

     1,995       1,466       529       36.1

Other revenues

     152       28       124    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total operating revenues

     10,319       6,384       3,935       61.6
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

OPERATING EXPENSES

        

Policyholder benefits and claims and policyholder dividends

     4,724       3,053       1,671       54.7

Interest credited to policyholder account balances

     583       554       29       5.2

Capitalization of DAC

     (1,643     (775     (868  

Amortization of DAC and VOBA

     1,120       490       630    

Amortization of negative VOBA

     (64     (8     (56  

Interest expense on debt

     1       3       (2     (66.7 )% 

Other expenses

     4,164       2,233       1,931       86.5
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total operating expenses

     8,885       5,550       3,335       60.1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Provision for income tax expense (benefit)

     398       148       250    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Operating earnings

   $ 1,036     $ 686     $ 350       51.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Unless otherwise stated, all amounts discussed below are net of income tax.

Sales results continued to show steady growth and improvement, with increases over 2010 in essentially all of our businesses. In the Asia Pacific region, sales continued to grow, driven by strong variable universal life sales, the launch of a whole life cancer product in Korea and higher group sales in the Australia business. In Latin America, accident and health sales increased throughout the region. In addition, there was strong retirement sales growth in Mexico, as well as strong growth in Chile’s immediate annuity products. Our business in Europe experienced higher credit life sales and continued growth in our variable annuity business.

Reported operating earnings increased over 2010 as a result of the inclusion of a full year of results of the ALICO operations other than Japan for 2011 compared to one month of results for 2010. The positive impact of changes in foreign currency exchange rates improved reported earnings by $19 million for 2011 compared to 2010.

 

111


Table of Contents

In addition to the increase in operating earnings due to the ALICO operations other than Japan, the current year benefited from business growth, most notably in Mexico, Korea and Ireland. These increases were partially offset by a decrease in the Japan reinsurance business mainly due to market performance. The impact of the sale of the Company’s interest in Mitsui Sumitomo MetLife Insurance Co., LTD (“MSI MetLife”) on April 1, 2011 also decreased operating results for 2011, as no earnings were recognized in the current year.

Net investment income increased reflecting an increase from growth in average invested assets and a decrease from lower yields. The increase in average invested assets reflects the Acquisition and growth in our businesses. Beginning in the fourth quarter of 2010, investment earnings and interest credited related to contractholder-directed unit-linked investments were excluded from operating revenues and operating expenses, as the contractholder, and not the Company, directs the investment of the funds. This change in presentation had no impact on operating earnings in the current period; however, it unfavorably impacted the change in net investment income in 2011, when compared to 2010 as positive returns were incurred in 2010 from recovering equity markets. The corresponding favorable impact is reflected in interest credited expense. Decreased yields reflect the decreased operating joint venture returns from the sale of MSI MetLife in second quarter of 2011, the Acquisition, as ALICO’s acquired investment portfolio has a larger allocation to lower yielding government securities, partially offset by the impact of higher inflation. The change in net investment income from inflation was offset by a similar change in the related insurance liabilities.

In addition to an increase associated with the Acquisition, operating expenses increased primarily due to higher commissions and compensation expenses in Korea, Mexico, Brazil and Ireland due to business growth, a portion which is offset by DAC capitalization.

Corporate & Other

 

     Years Ended December 31,              
         2011             2010         Change     % Change  
     (In millions)        

OPERATING REVENUES

        

Premiums

   $ 10     $ 11     $ (1     (9.1 )% 

Net investment income

     914       643       271       42.1

Other revenues

     319       391       (72     (18.4 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total operating revenues

     1,243       1,045       198       18.9
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

OPERATING EXPENSES

        

Policyholder benefits and claims and policyholder dividends

     8       (14     22    

Amortization of DAC and VOBA

     1       1             

Interest expense on debt

     1,294       1,126       168       14.9

Other expenses

     627       467       160       34.3
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total operating expenses

     1,930       1,580       350       22.2
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Provision for income tax expense (benefit)

     (552     (366     (186     (50.8 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Operating earnings

     (135     (169     34       20.1

Less: Preferred stock dividends

     122       122             
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Operating earnings available to common shareholders

   $ (257   $ (291   $ 34       11.7
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Unless otherwise stated, all amounts discussed below are net of income tax.

MetLife, Inc. completed four debt financings in August 2010 in connection with the Acquisition, issuing $1.0 billion of 2.375% senior notes, $1.0 billion of 4.75% senior notes, $750 million of 5.875% senior notes, and $250 million of floating rate senior notes. MetLife, Inc. also issued debt securities in November 2010, which are part of the $3.0 billion stated value of common equity units. The proceeds from these debt issuances were used to finance the Acquisition.

 

112


Table of Contents

Operating earnings available to common shareholders and operating earnings each increased $34 million, primarily due to higher net investment income and a higher tax benefit. These increases were partially offset by an increase in interest expense of $109 million, primarily resulting from the 2010 debt issuances, a decrease in earnings related to resolutions of certain legal matters in 2010 and an increase in other expenses.

Net investment income increased $176 million due to an increase of $130 million from higher yields and an increase of $46 million from growth in average invested assets. Yields were primarily impacted by the decline in interest rates, as lower crediting rates were paid to the segments on the economic capital invested on their behalf period over period, lower returns in equity markets and lower returns on alternative investments. An increase in the average invested assets was primarily due to proceeds from the debt issuances referenced above. Our investments primarily include structured securities, investment grade corporate fixed maturities, mortgage loans and U.S. Treasury and agency securities. In addition, our investment portfolio includes the excess capital not allocated to the segments. Accordingly, it includes a higher allocation to certain other invested asset classes to provide additional diversification and opportunity for long-term yield enhancement, including leveraged leases, other limited partnership interests, real estate, real estate joint ventures, trading and other securities and equity securities.

Corporate & Other also benefited in 2011 from a higher tax benefit of $133 million over 2010 primarily due to $75 million of charges in 2010 related to the Health Care Act. The higher tax benefit was also a result of higher utilization of tax preferenced investments which provide tax credits and deductions.

Results from our mortgage loan servicing business were lower, driven by an increase in expenses of $31 million in response to both a larger portfolio and increased regulatory oversight. In addition hedging results were lower by $21 million.

The Company incurred $40 million of expenses related to a liquidation plan filed by the Department of Financial Services for ELNY in the third quarter of 2011. In addition, the Company increased advertising costs by $15 million and incurred higher internal resources costs for associates committed to the Acquisition of $13 million. Minor fluctuations in various other expense categories, such as interest on uncertain tax positions, and discretionary spending, such as consulting and postemployment related costs, offset each other and resulted in a small increase to earnings. Additionally, the resolutions of certain legal matters in the prior period resulted in $39 million of lower operating earnings for 2011.

 

113


Table of Contents

Results of Operations

Year Ended December 31, 2010 Compared with the Year Ended December 31, 2009

Consolidated Results

We have experienced growth and an increase in market share in several of our businesses, which, together with improved overall market conditions compared to conditions a year ago, positively impacted our results most significantly through increased net cash flows, improved yields on our investment portfolio and increased policy fee income. Sales of our domestic annuity products were up 14%, driven by an increase in variable annuity sales compared with the prior year. We benefited in 2010 from strong sales of structured settlement products. Market penetration continues in our pension closeout business in the U.K.; however, although improving, our domestic pension closeout business has been adversely impacted by a combination of poor equity returns and lower interest rates. High levels of unemployment continue to depress growth across our group insurance businesses due to lower covered payrolls. While we experienced growth in our group life business, sales of non-medical health and individual life products declined. Sales of new homeowner and auto policies increased 11% and 4%, respectively, as the housing and automobile markets have improved. We experienced a 30% increase in sales of retirement and savings products abroad.

 

    Years Ended December 31,              
        2010             2009         Change     % Change  
    (In millions)        

Revenues

       

Premiums

  $   27,071     $   26,157     $ 914       3.5

Universal life and investment-type product policy fees

    6,028       5,197       831       16.0

Net investment income

    17,511       14,741         2,770       18.8

Other revenues

    2,328       2,329       (1    

Net investment gains (losses)

    (408     (2,901     2,493       85.9

Net derivative gains (losses)

    (265     (4,866     4,601       94.6
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total revenues

    52,265       40,657       11,608       28.6
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Expenses

       

Policyholder benefits and claims and policyholder dividends

    30,670       29,652       1,018       3.4

Interest credited to policyholder account balances

    4,919       4,845       74       1.5

Capitalization of DAC

    (3,299     (2,976     (323     (10.9 )% 

Amortization of DAC and VOBA

    2,843       1,289       1,554    

Amortization of negative VOBA

    (64            (64  

Interest expense on debt

    1,550       1,044       506       48.5

Other expenses

    11,734       11,164       570       5.1
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total expenses

    48,353       45,018       3,335       7.4
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Income (loss) from continuing operations before provision for income tax

    3,912       (4,361     8,273    

Provision for income tax expense (benefit)

    1,165       (2,025     3,190    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Income (loss) from continuing operations, net of income tax

    2,747       (2,336     5,083    

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of income tax

    39       58       (19     (32.8 )% 
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Net income (loss)

    2,786       (2,278     5,064    

Less: Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests

    (4     (32     28       87.5
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Net income (loss) attributable to MetLife, Inc.

    2,790       (2,246     5,036    

Less: Preferred stock dividends

    122       122             

         Preferred stock redemption premium

                        
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Net income (loss) available to MetLife, Inc.’s common shareholders

  $ 2,668     $ (2,368   $ 5,036    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

114


Table of Contents

Unless otherwise stated, all amounts discussed below are net of income tax.

During the year ended December 31, 2010, income (loss) from continuing operations, net of income tax increased $5.1 billion to a gain of $2.8 billion from a loss of $2.3 billion in 2009, of which $2 million in losses was from the inclusion of one month of ALICO results in 2010. The change was predominantly due to a $3.0 billion favorable change in net derivative gains (losses) and a $1.6 billion favorable change in net investment gains (losses). Offsetting these favorable variances totaling $4.6 billion were unfavorable changes in adjustments related to net derivative and net investment gains (losses) of $518 million, net of income tax, principally associated with DAC and VOBA amortization, resulting in a total favorable variance related to net derivative and net investment gains (losses), net of related adjustments and income tax, of $4.1 billion.

The favorable variance in net derivative gains (losses) of $3.0 billion, from losses of $3.2 billion in 2009 to losses of $172 million in 2010 was primarily driven by a favorable change in freestanding derivatives of $4.4 billion, comprised of a $4.5 billion favorable change from losses in the prior year of $4.3 billion to gains in the current year of $203 million and $123 million in ALICO freestanding derivative losses. This favorable variance was partially offset by an unfavorable change in embedded derivatives primarily associated with variable annuity minimum benefit guarantees of $1.4 billion from gains in the prior year of $1.1 billion to losses in the current year of $257 million, net of $5 million in ALICO embedded derivative gains.

We use freestanding interest rate, currency, credit and equity derivatives to provide economic hedges of certain invested assets and insurance liabilities, including embedded derivatives within certain of our variable annuity minimum benefit guarantees. The $4.5 billion favorable variance in freestanding derivatives was primarily attributable to market factors, including falling long-term and mid-term interest rates, a stronger recovery in equity markets in the prior year than the current year, a greater decrease in equity volatility in the prior year as compared to the current year, a strengthening U.S. dollar and widening corporate credit spreads in the financial services sector. Falling long-term and mid-term interest rates in the current year compared to rising long-term and mid-term interest rates in the prior year had a positive impact of $2.6 billion on our interest rate derivatives, $931 million of which is attributable to hedges of variable annuity minimum benefit guarantee liabilities, which are accounted for as embedded derivatives. In addition, stronger equity market recovery and lower equity market volatility in the prior year as compared to the current year had a positive impact of $1.1 billion on our equity derivatives, which we use to hedge variable annuity minimum benefit guarantees. U.S. dollar strengthening had a positive impact of $554 million on certain of our foreign currency derivatives, which are used to hedge foreign-denominated asset and liability exposures. Finally, widening corporate credit spreads in the financial services sector had a positive impact of $221 million on our purchased protection credit derivatives.

Certain variable annuity products with minimum benefit guarantees contain embedded derivatives that are measured at estimated fair value separately from the host variable annuity contract, with changes in estimated fair value reported in net derivative gains (losses). These embedded derivatives also include an adjustment for nonperformance risk of the related liabilities carried at estimated fair value. The $1.4 billion unfavorable change in embedded derivatives was primarily attributable to the impact of market factors, including falling long-term and mid-term interest rates, changes in foreign currency exchange rates, equity volatility and equity market movements. Falling long-term and mid-term interest rates in the current year compared to rising long-term and mid-term interest rates in the prior year had a negative impact of $1.4 billion. Changes in foreign currency exchange rates had a negative impact of $468 million. Equity volatility decreased more in the prior year than in the current year causing a negative impact of $284 million, and a stronger recovery in the equity markets in the prior year than in the current year had a negative impact of $228 million. The unfavorable impact from these hedged risks was partially offset by a favorable change related to the adjustment for nonperformance risk of $1.2 billion, from losses of $1.3 billion in 2009 to losses of $62 million in 2010. This $62 million loss was net of a $621 million loss related to a refinement in estimating the spreads used in the adjustment for nonperformance risk made in the second quarter of 2010. Gains on the freestanding derivatives that hedged these embedded derivative risks largely offset the change in liabilities attributable to market factors, excluding the adjustment for nonperformance risk, which does not have an economic impact on the Company.

 

115


Table of Contents

Improved or stabilizing market conditions across several invested asset classes and sectors as compared to the prior year resulted in decreases in impairments and in net realized losses from sales and disposals of investments in most components of our investment portfolio. These decreases, coupled with a decrease in the provision for credit losses on mortgage loans due to improved market conditions, resulted in a $1.6 billion improvement in net investment gains (losses).

Income from continuing operations, net of income tax for 2010 includes $138 million of expenses related to the acquisition and integration of ALICO. These expenses, which primarily consisted of investment banking and legal fees, are recorded in Corporate & Other and are not a component of operating earnings.

Income tax expense for the year ended December 31, 2010 was $1.2 billion, or 30% of income from continuing operations before provision for income tax, compared with income tax benefit of $2.0 billion, or 46% of the loss from continuing operations before benefit for income tax, for the comparable 2009 period. The Company’s 2010 and 2009 effective tax rates differ from the U.S. statutory rate of 35% primarily due to the impact of certain permanent tax differences, including non-taxable investment income and tax credits for investments in low income housing, in relation to income (loss) from continuing operations before income tax, as well as certain foreign permanent tax differences.

As more fully described in the discussion of performance measures above, we use operating earnings, which does not equate to income (loss) from continuing operations as determined in accordance with GAAP, to analyze our performance, evaluate segment performance, and allocate resources. Operating earnings is also a measure by which senior management’s and many other employees’ performance is evaluated for the purpose of determining their compensation under applicable compensation plans. We believe that the presentation of operating earnings, as we measure it for management purposes, enhances the understanding of our performance by highlighting the results of operations and the underlying profitability drivers of the business. Operating earnings should not be viewed as a substitute for GAAP income (loss) from continuing operations, net of income tax. Operating earnings available to common shareholders increased by $1.6 billion to $3.8 billion in 2010 from $2.2 billion in 2009.

 

116


Table of Contents

Reconciliation of income (loss) from continuing operations, net of income tax, to operating earnings available to common shareholders

Year Ended December 31, 2010

 

000000000 000000000 000000000 000000000 000000000 000000000 000000000 000000000
    Insurance
Products
    Retirement
Products
    Corporate
Benefit
Funding
    Auto &
Home
    Japan     Other
International
Regions
    Corporate
& Other
    Total  
    (In millions)  

Income (loss) from continuing operations, net of income tax

  $   1,367     $ 792     $ 1,020     $   295     $ 2     $ (155   $ (574   $   2,747  

Less: Net investment gains (losses)

    103       139       176       (7     (9     (280     (530     (408

Less: Net derivative gains (losses)

    215       235       (162     (1     (144     (347     (61     (265

Less: Other adjustments to continuing operations (1)

    (244     (381     140              12       (439     (2     (914

Less: Provision for income tax (expense) benefit

    (28     (4     (54     3       49       225       188       379  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating earnings

  $ 1,321     $ 803     $ 920     $ 300     $ 94     $ 686       (169     3,955  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

Less: Preferred stock dividends

                122       122  
             

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating earnings available to common shareholders

              $ (291   $ 3,833  
             

 

 

   

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 2009

 

000000000 000000000 000000000 000000000 000000000 000000000 000000000 000000000
    Insurance
Products
    Retirement
Products
    Corporate
Benefit
Funding
    Auto &
Home
    Japan     Other
International
Regions
    Corporate
& Other
    Total  
    (In millions)  

Income (loss) from continuing operations, net of income tax

  $ (422   $ (466   $ (746   $ 321     $   —      $ (289   $ (734     $  (2,336

Less: Net investment gains (losses)

    (472     (533     (1,486     (41            (100     (269     (2,901

Less: Net derivative gains (losses)

    (1,786     (1,175     (672     39              (798     (474     (4,866

Less: Other adjustments to continuing operations (1)

    (146     379       121                     (206     332       480  

Less: Provision for income tax (expense) benefit

    840       465       711       1              364       216       2,597  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating earnings

  $ 1,142     $ 398     $ 580     $ 322     $      $ 451       (539     2,354  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

Less: Preferred stock dividends

                122       122  
             

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating earnings available to common shareholders

              $ (661   $ 2,232  
             

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) See definitions of operating revenues and operating expenses for the components of such adjustments.

 

117


Table of Contents

Reconciliation of GAAP revenues to operating revenues and GAAP expenses to operating expenses

Year Ended December 31, 2010

 

    Insurance
Products
    Retirement
Products
    Corporate
Benefit
Funding
    Auto &
Home
    Japan     Other
International
Regions
    Corporate
& Other
    Total  
    (In millions)  

Total revenues

  $ 26,444     $ 6,849     $ 7,568     $ 3,146     $ 669     $ 5,685     $ 1,904     $ 52,265  

Less: Net investment gains (losses)

    103       139       176       (7     (9     (280     (530     (408

Less: Net derivative gains (losses)

    215       235       (162     (1     (144     (347     (61     (265

Less: Adjustments related to net investment gains (losses) and net derivative gains (losses)

    1                                                 1  

Less: Other adjustments to revenues (1)

    (151     (39     190              116       (72     1,450       1,494  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating revenues

  $ 26,276     $ 6,514     $ 7,364     $ 3,154     $ 706     $ 6,384     $ 1,045     $ 51,443  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total expenses

  $ 24,338     $ 5,622     $ 5,999     $ 2,781     $ 664     $ 5,917     $ 3,032     $ 48,353  

Less: Adjustments related to net investment gains (losses) and net derivative gains (losses)

    90       35                                          125  

Less: Other adjustments to expenses (1)

    4       307       50              104       367       1,452       2,284  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

  $ 24,244     $ 5,280     $ 5,949     $ 2,781     $ 560     $ 5,550     $ 1,580     $ 45,944  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 2009

 

    Insurance
Products
    Retirement
Products
    Corporate
Benefit
Funding
    Auto &
Home
    Japan     Other
International
Regions
    Corporate
& Other
    Total  
    (In millions)  

Total revenues

  $ 23,476     $ 3,975     $ 5,231     $ 3,113     $   —      $ 3,997     $ 865     $ 40,657  

Less: Net investment gains (losses)

    (472     (533     (1,486     (41            (100     (269     (2,901

Less: Net derivative gains (losses)

    (1,786     (1,175     (672     39              (798     (474     (4,866

Less: Adjustments related to net investment gains (losses) and net derivative gains (losses)

    (27                                               (27

Less: Other adjustments to revenues (1)

    (81     (51     184                     (169     1,283       1,166  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating revenues

  $ 25,842     $ 5,734     $ 7,205     $ 3,115     $      $ 5,064     $ 325     $ 47,285  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total expenses

  $ 24,165     $ 4,690     $ 6,400     $ 2,697     $      $ 4,495     $ 2,571     $ 45,018  

Less: Adjustments related to net investment gains (losses) and net derivative gains (losses)

    39       (739                                        (700

Less: Other adjustments to expenses (1)

    (1     309       63                     37       951       1,359  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

  $ 24,127     $ 5,120     $ 6,337     $ 2,697     $      $ 4,458     $ 1,620     $ 44,359  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)

See definitions of operating revenues and operating expenses for the components of such adjustments.

 

118


Table of Contents

Consolidated Results - Operating

 

     Years Ended December 31,              
         2010         2009     Change     % Change  
     (In millions)        

OPERATING REVENUES

        

Premiums

   $ 27,071     $ 26,157     $ 914       3.5

Universal life and investment-type product policy fees

     5,817       5,055       762       15.1

Net investment income

     16,880       14,600       2,280       15.6

Other revenues

     1,675       1,473       202       13.7
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total operating revenues

     51,443       47,285       4,158       8.8
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

OPERATING EXPENSES

        

Policyholder benefits and claims and policyholder dividends

     29,972       29,104       868       3.0

Interest credited to policyholder account balances

     4,697       4,849       (152     (3.1 )% 

Capitalization of DAC

     (3,299     (2,976     (323     (10.9 )% 

Amortization of DAC and VOBA

     2,802       2,186       616       28.2

Amortization of negative VOBA

     (57            (57  

Interest expense on debt

     1,139       1,044       95       9.1

Other expenses

     10,690       10,152       538       5.3
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total operating expenses

     45,944       44,359       1,585       3.6
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Provision for income tax expense (benefit)

     1,544       572       972    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Operating earnings

     3,955       2,354       1,601       68.0

Less: Preferred stock dividends

     122       122             
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Operating earnings available to common shareholders

   $ 3,833     $ 2,232     $ 1,601       71.7
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Unless otherwise stated, all amounts discussed below are net of income tax.

The improvement in the financial markets was the primary driver of the increase in operating earnings as evidenced by higher net investment income and an increase in average separate account balances, which resulted in an increase in policy fee income. Partially offsetting this improvement was an increase in amortization of DAC, VOBA and DSI. The increase in operating earnings also includes the positive impact of changes in foreign currency exchange rates in 2010. This improved reported operating earnings by $37 million for 2010 compared to 2009. Furthermore, the 2010 period also includes one month of ALICO results, contributing $114 million to the increase in operating earnings. The current period also benefited from the dividend scale reduction in the fourth quarter of 2009. The improvement in 2010 results compared to 2009 was partially offset by the prior period impact of pesification in Argentina and unfavorable claims experience.

Net investment income increased from higher yields and growth in average invested assets. Yields were positively impacted by the effects of stabilizing real estate markets and recovering private equity markets year over year on real estate joint ventures and other limited partnership interests, and by the effects of continued repositioning of the accumulated liquidity in our portfolio to longer duration and higher yielding investments, including investment grade corporate fixed maturity securities. Growth in our investment portfolio was primarily due to the Acquisition and positive net cash flows from growth in our domestic individual and group life businesses, as well as certain international businesses, higher cash collateral balances received from our derivative counterparties, as well as the temporary investment of proceeds from the debt and common stock issuances in anticipation of the Acquisition. With the exception of the cash flows from such securities issuances, which were temporarily invested in lower yielding liquid investments, we continued to reposition the accumulated liquidity in our portfolio to longer duration and higher yielding investments.

Since many of our products are interest spread-based, higher net investment income is typically offset by higher interest credited expense. However, interest credited expense, including amounts reflected in policyholder

 

119


Table of Contents

benefits and claims, decreased primarily in our domestic funding agreement business, which experienced lower average crediting rates combined with lower average account balances. Our fixed annuities business also experienced lower crediting rates. Certain crediting rates can move consistently with the underlying market indices, primarily the London Inter-Bank Offer Rate (“LIBOR”), which were lower than the prior year. The impact from the growth in our structured settlement, LTC and disability businesses partially offset those decreases in interest credited expense.

A significant increase in average separate account balances is largely attributable to favorable market performance resulting from improved market conditions since the second quarter of 2009 and positive net cash flows from the annuity business. This resulted in higher policy fees and other revenues of $444 million, most notably in our Retirement Products segment. In addition, changes in foreign currency exchange rates increased policy fees by $52 million. The improvement in fees is partially offset by greater DAC, VOBA and DSI amortization of $325 million. Policy fees are typically calculated as a percentage of the average assets in the separate accounts. DAC, VOBA and DSI amortization is based on the earnings of the business, which in the retirement business are derived, in part, from fees earned on separate account balances. A portion of the increase in amortization was due to the impact of higher current year gross margins, a primary component in the determination of the amount of amortization for our Insurance Products segment, mostly in the closed block resulting from increased investment yields and the impact of dividend scale reductions.

The reduction in the dividend scale in the fourth quarter of 2009 resulted in a $109 million decrease in policyholder dividends in the traditional life business in the current period.

Claims experience varied amongst our businesses with a net unfavorable impact of $153 million to operating earnings compared to the prior year. We had unfavorable claims experience in our Auto & Home segment, primarily due to increased catastrophes. Our Insurance Products segment experienced mixed claims experience with a net unfavorable impact. We experienced less favorable mortality experience in our Corporate Benefit Funding segment despite favorable experience in our structured settlements business.

Interest expense increased $62 million primarily as a result of the full year impact of debt issuances in 2009 and of senior notes and debt securities issued in anticipation of the Acquisition, partially offset by the impact of lower interest rates on variable rate collateral financing arrangements.

In addition to a $269 million increase associated with the Acquisition, operating expenses increased due to the impact of a $95 million benefit recorded in the prior period related to the pesification in Argentina, as well as a $60 million increase related to the investment and growth in our international businesses. Changes in foreign currency exchange rates also increased other expenses by $54 million. In addition, the current period includes a $14 million increase in charitable contributions and $13 million of costs associated with the integration of ALICO. Offsetting these increases was a $76 million reduction in discretionary spending, such as consulting, rent and postemployment related costs. In addition, we experienced a $47 million decline in market driven expenses, primarily pension and post retirement benefit costs. Also contributing to the decrease was a $35 million reduction in real estate-related charges and $15 million of lower legal costs.

The 2010 period includes $75 million of charges related to the Health Care Act. The Federal government currently provides a Medicare Part D subsidy. The Health Care Act reduced the tax deductibility of retiree health care costs to the extent of any Medicare Part D subsidy received beginning in 2013. Because the deductibility of future retiree health care costs is reflected in our financial statements, the entire future impact of this change in law was required to be recorded as a charge in the period in which the legislation was enacted. Changes to the provision for income taxes in both periods contributed to an increase in operating earnings of $86 million for our Other International Regions segment, resulting from a $34 million unfavorable impact in 2009 due to a change in assumption regarding the repatriation of earnings and a benefit of $52 million in the current year from additional permanent reinvestment of earnings, the reversal of tax provisions and favorable changes in liabilities for tax uncertainties. In addition, in 2009 we had a larger benefit of $82 million as compared to 2010 related to the utilization of tax preferenced investments which provide tax credits and deductions.

 

120


Table of Contents

Insurance Products

 

     Years Ended December 31,              
         2010         2009     Change     % Change  
    

(In millions)

       

OPERATING REVENUES

        

Premiums

   $ 17,200     $ 17,168     $ 32       0.2

Universal life and investment-type product policy fees

     2,247       2,281       (34     (1.5 )% 

Net investment income

     6,068       5,614       454       8.1

Other revenues

     761       779       (18     (2.3 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total operating revenues

     26,276       25,842       434       1.7
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

OPERATING EXPENSES

        

Policyholder benefits and claims and policyholder dividends

     19,075       19,111       (36     (0.2 )% 

Interest credited to policyholder account balances

     963       952       11       1.2

Capitalization of DAC

     (841     (873     32       3.7

Amortization of DAC and VOBA

     966       725       241       33.2

Interest expense on debt

     1       6       (5     (83.3 )% 

Other expenses

     4,080       4,206       (126     (3.0 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total operating expenses

     24,244       24,127       117       0.5
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Provision for income tax expense (benefit)

     711       573       138       24.1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Operating earnings

   $ 1,321     $ 1,142     $ 179       15.7
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Unless otherwise stated, all amounts discussed below are net of income tax.

The improvement in the global financial markets had a positive impact on net investment income, which contributed to the increase in Insurance Products’ operating earnings. In addition, we experienced overall modest revenue growth in several of our businesses despite this challenging environment. High levels of unemployment continue to depress growth across most of our group insurance businesses due to lower covered payrolls. Growth in our group life business was dampened by a decline in our non-medical health and individual life businesses. However, our dental business benefited from higher enrollment and pricing actions, partially offset by lower persistency and the loss of existing subscribers, driven by high unemployment. This business also experienced more stable utilization and benefits costs in the current year. The revenue growth from our dental business was more than offset by a decline in revenues from our disability business, mainly due to net customer cancellations, changes in benefit levels and lower covered lives. Our long-term care revenues were flat year over year, concurrent with the discontinuance of the sale of this coverage at the end of 2010. In our individual life business, the change in revenues was suppressed by the impact of a benefit recorded in the prior year related to the positive resolution of certain legal matters. Excluding this impact, the traditional life business experienced 8% growth in our open block of business. The expected run-off of our closed block more than offset this growth.

The significant components of the $179 million increase in operating earnings were an improvement in net investment income and the impact of a reduction in dividends to certain policyholders, coupled with lower expenses. These improvements were partially offset by an increase in DAC amortization, as well as net unfavorable claims experience across several of our businesses.

Higher net investment income of $295 million was due to a $202 million increase from growth in average invested assets and a $93 million increase from higher yields. Growth in the investment portfolio was attributed to an increase in net cash flows from the majority of our businesses. The increase in yields was largely due to the positive effects of recovering private equity markets and stabilizing real estate markets on other limited partnership interests and real estate joint ventures. To manage the needs of our intermediate to longer-term liabilities, our portfolio consists primarily of investment grade corporate fixed maturity securities, mortgage loans, structured finance securities (comprised of mortgage and asset-backed securities) and U.S. Treasury and agency securities and, to a lesser extent, certain other invested asset classes, including other limited partnership interests, real estate joint ventures and other invested assets which provide additional diversification and opportunity for long-term yield enhancement.

 

121


Table of Contents

The increase in net investment income was partially offset by a $36 million increase in interest credited on long duration contracts, which is reflected in the change in policyholder benefits and dividends, primarily due to growth in future policyholder benefits in our LTC and disability businesses.

Other expenses decreased by $82 million, largely due to a decrease of $40 million from the impact of market conditions on certain expenses, such as pension and post-retirement benefit costs. In addition, a decrease in information technology expenses of $29 million contributed to the improvement in operating earnings. A decrease in variable expenses, such as commissions and premium taxes, further reduced expenses by $11 million, a portion of which is offset by DAC capitalization.

The reduction in the dividend scale in the fourth quarter of 2009 resulted in a $109 million decrease in policyholder dividends in the traditional life business in 2010.

Claims experience varied amongst Insurance Products’ businesses with a net unfavorable impact of $42 million to operating earnings. We experienced excellent mortality results in our group life business due to a decrease in severity, as well as favorable reserve refinements in 2010. In addition, an improvement in our LTC results was driven by favorable claim experience mainly due to higher terminations and less claimants in 2010, coupled with the impact of unfavorable reserve refinements in 2009. Our improved dental results were driven by higher enrollment and pricing actions, as well as improved claim experience in the current year. The impact of this positive experience was surpassed by solid, but less favorable mortality, in our individual life business combined with higher incidence and severity of group disability claims in the current year, and the impact of a gain from the recapture of a reinsurance agreement in 2009.

Higher DAC amortization of $157 million was primarily driven by the impact of higher gross margins, a primary component in the determination of the amount of amortization, mostly in the closed block resulting from increased investment yields and the impact of dividend scale reductions. In addition, the net impact of various model refinements in both 2010 and 2009 increased DAC amortization.

Certain events reduced operating earnings, including the impact of a benefit being recorded in 2009 of $17 million related to the positive resolution of certain legal matters and an increase in current income tax expense of $27 million, resulting from an increase in our effective tax rate.

Retirement Products

 

     Years Ended December 31,              
     2010     2009     Change     % Change  
    

(In millions)

       

OPERATING REVENUES

        

Premiums

   $ 875     $ 920     $ (45     (4.9 )% 

Universal life and investment-type product policy fees

     2,024       1,543       481       31.2

Net investment income

     3,395       3,098       297       9.6

Other revenues

     220       173       47       27.2
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total operating revenues

     6,514       5,734       780       13.6
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

OPERATING EXPENSES

        

Policyholder benefits and claims and policyholder dividends

     1,487       1,486       1       0.1

Interest credited to policyholder account balances

     1,612       1,688       (76     (4.5 )% 

Capitalization of DAC

     (1,067     (1,067           

Amortization of DAC and VOBA

     808       610       198       32.5

Interest expense on debt

     3              3    

Other expenses

     2,437       2,403       34       1.4
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total operating expenses

     5,280       5,120       160       3.1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Provision for income tax expense (benefit)

     431       216       215       99.5
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Operating earnings

   $ 803     $ 398     $ 405    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

122


Table of Contents

Unless otherwise stated, all amounts discussed below are net of income tax.

During 2010, overall annuity sales decreased 5% compared to 2009 as declines in fixed annuity sales were partially offset by increased sales of our variable annuity products. The financial market turmoil in early 2009 resulted in extraordinarily high sales of fixed annuity products in 2009. The high sales level was not expected to continue after the financial markets returned to more stable levels. Variable annuity product sales increased primarily due to the expansion of alternative distribution channels and fewer competitors in the market place. Surrender rates for both our variable and fixed annuities remained low during the current period as we believe our customers continue to value our products compared to other alternatives in the marketplace.

Interest rate and equity market changes were the primary driver of the $405 million increase in operating earnings, with the largest impact resulting from a $343 million increase in policy fees and other revenues and, a $193 million increase in net investment income, offset by a $132 million increase in DAC, VOBA and DSI amortization and a $39 million increase in commission expense resulting from growth in annuity contract balances.

A significant increase in average separate account balances was largely attributable to favorable market performance resulting from improved market conditions since the second quarter of 2009 and positive net cash flows from the annuity business. This resulted in higher policy fees and other revenues of $343 million, partially offset by greater DAC, VOBA and DSI amortization. Policy fees are typically calculated as a percentage of the average assets in the separate account. DAC, VOBA and DSI amortization is based on the earnings of the business, which in the retirement business are derived, in part, from fees earned on separate account balances.

Financial market improvements also resulted in the increase in net investment income of $193 million as a $291 million increase from higher yields was partially offset by a $98 million decrease from a decline in average invested assets. Yields were positively impacted by the effects of the continued repositioning of the accumulated liquidity in our investment portfolio to longer duration and higher yielding assets, including investment grade corporate fixed maturity securities. Yields were also positively impacted by the effects of recovering private equity markets and stabilizing real estate markets on other limited partnership interests and real estate joint ventures. Despite positive net cash flows, a reduction in the general account investment portfolio was due to the impact of more customers gaining confidence in the equity markets and, as a result, electing to transfer funds into our separate account investment options as market conditions improved. To manage the needs of our intermediate to longer-term liabilities, our investment portfolio consists primarily of investment grade corporate fixed maturity securities, structured finance securities, mortgage loans and U.S. Treasury and agency securities and, to a lesser extent, certain other invested asset classes, including other limited partnership interests, real estate joint ventures and other invested assets, in order to provide additional diversification and opportunity for long-term yield enhancement.

Annuity guaranteed benefit liabilities, net of a decrease in paid claims, increased benefits by $13 million primarily from our annual unlocking of assumptions related to these liabilities.

Interest credited expense decreased $49 million driven by lower average crediting rates on fixed annuities and higher amortization of excess interest reserve due to one large case surrender in 2010, partially offset by growth in our fixed annuity PABs.

 

123


Table of Contents

Corporate Benefit Funding

 

     Years Ended December 31,     Change     % Change  
         2010             2009          
           (In millions)              

OPERATING REVENUES

        

Premiums

   $ 1,938     $ 2,264     $ (326     (14.4 )% 

Universal life and investment-type product policy fees

     226       176       50       28.4

Net investment income

     4,954       4,527       427       9.4

Other revenues

     246       238       8       3.4
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total operating revenues

     7,364       7,205       159       2.2
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

OPERATING EXPENSES

        

Policyholder benefits and claims and policyholder dividends

     4,041       4,245       (204     (4.8 )% 

Interest credited to policyholder account balances

     1,445       1,632       (187     (11.5 )% 

Capitalization of DAC

     (19     (14     (5     (35.7 )% 

Amortization of DAC and VOBA

     16       15       1       6.7

Interest expense on debt

     6       3       3       100.0

Other expenses

     460       456       4       0.9
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total operating expenses

     5,949       6,337       (388     (6.1 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Provision for income tax expense (benefit)

     495       288       207       71.9
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Operating earnings

   $ 920     $ 580     $ 340       58.6
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Unless otherwise stated, all amounts discussed below are net of income tax.

Corporate Benefit Funding benefited in 2010 from strong sales of structured settlement products and continued market penetration of our pension closeout business in the U.K. However, structured settlement premiums have declined $174 million, before income tax, from 2009 reflecting extraordinary sales in the fourth quarter of 2009. While market penetration continued in our pension closeout business in the U.K. as the number of sold cases increased, the average premium has declined, resulting in a decrease in premiums of $216 million, before income tax. Although improving, a combination of poor equity returns and lower interest rates have contributed to pension plans remaining underfunded, both in the U.S. and in the U.K., which reduces our customers’ flexibility to engage in transactions such as pension closeouts. For each of these businesses, the movement in premiums is almost entirely offset by the related change in policyholder benefits. The insurance liability that is established at the time we assume the risk under these contracts is typically equivalent to the premium recognized.

The $340 million increase in operating earnings was primarily driven by an improvement in net investment income and the impact of lower crediting rates, partially offset by the impact of prior period favorable liability refinements and less favorable mortality.

The primary driver of the $340 million increase in operating earnings was higher net investment income of $278 million, reflecting a $187 million increase from higher yields and a $91 million increase in average invested assets. Yields were positively impacted by the effects of stabilizing real estate markets and recovering private equity markets on real estate joint ventures and other limited partnership interests. These improvements in yields were partially offset by decreased yields on fixed maturity securities due to the reinvestment of proceeds from maturities and sales during this lower interest rate environment. Growth in the investment portfolio is due to an increase in average PABs and growth in the securities lending program. To manage the needs of our longer-term liabilities, our portfolio consists primarily of investment grade corporate fixed maturity securities, structured finance securities, mortgage loans and U.S. Treasury and agency securities, and, to a lesser extent, certain other invested asset classes including other limited partnership interests, real estate joint ventures and other invested assets in order to provide additional diversification and opportunity for long-term yield enhancement. For our short-term obligations, we invest primarily in structured finance securities, mortgage loans and investment grade

 

124


Table of Contents

corporate fixed maturity securities. The yields on these short-term investments have moved consistently with the underlying market indices, primarily LIBOR and U.S. Treasury, on which they are based.

As many of our products are interest spread-based, changes in net investment income are typically offset by a corresponding change in interest credited expense. However, interest credited expense decreased $122 million, primarily related to our funding agreement business as a result of lower average crediting rates combined with lower average account balances. Certain crediting rates can move consistently with the underlying market indices, primarily LIBOR, which were lower than the prior year. Interest credited expense related to the structured settlement businesses increased $40 million as a result of the increase in the average policyholder liabilities.

Mortality experience was mixed and reduced operating earnings in 2010 by $26 million. Less favorable mortality in our pension closeouts and corporate owned life insurance businesses compared to 2009 was only slightly offset by favorable mortality experience in our structured settlements business.

Liability refinements in both 2010 and 2009 resulted in a $28 million decrease to operating earnings. These were largely offset by the impact of a charge in the 2009 period related to a refinement of a reinsurance recoverable in the small business recordkeeping business which increased operating earnings by $20 million.

Auto & Home

 

     Years Ended December 31,     Change     % Change  
         2010             2009          
           (In millions)              

OPERATING REVENUES

        

Premiums

   $ 2,923     $ 2,902     $ 21       0.7

Net investment income

     209       180       29       16.1

Other revenues

     22       33       (11     (33.3 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total operating revenues

     3,154       3,115       39       1.3
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

OPERATING EXPENSES

        

Policyholder benefits and claims and policyholder dividends

     2,021       1,932       89       4.6

Capitalization of DAC

     (448     (435     (13     (3.0 )% 

Amortization of DAC and VOBA

     439       436       3       0.7

Other expenses

     769       764       5       0.7
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total operating expenses

     2,781       2,697       84       3.1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Provision for income tax expense (benefit)

     73       96       (23     (24.0 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Operating earnings

   $ 300     $ 322     $ (22     (6.8 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Unless otherwise stated, all amounts discussed below are net of income tax.

The improving housing and automobile markets have provided opportunities that led to increased new business sales for both homeowners and auto policies in 2010. Sales of new policies increased 11% for our homeowners business and 4% for our auto business in 2010 compared to 2009. Average premium per policy also improved in 2010 over 2009 in our homeowners businesses but remained flat in our auto business.

The primary driver of the $22 million decrease in operating earnings was unfavorable claims experience, partially offset by higher net investment income and increased premiums.

Catastrophe-related losses increased by $58 million compared to 2009 due to increases in both the number and severity of storms. The 2010 claim costs decreased $19 million as a result of lower frequencies in both our auto and homeowners businesses; however, this was partially offset by a $13 million increase in claims due to higher severity in our homeowners business. Also contributing to the decline in operating earnings was an increase of $7 million in loss adjusting expenses, primarily related to a decrease in our unallocated loss adjusting expense liabilities at the end of 2009.

 

125


Table of Contents

The impact of the items discussed above can be seen in the unfavorable change in the combined ratio, including catastrophes, increasing to 94.6% in 2010 from 92.3% in 2009 and the favorable change in the combined ratio, excluding catastrophes, decreasing to 88.1% in 2010 from 88.9% in 2009.

A $19 million increase in net investment income partially offset the declines in operating earnings discussed above. Net investment income was higher primarily as a result of an increase in average invested assets, including changes in allocated equity, partially offset by a decrease in yields. This portfolio is comprised primarily of high quality municipal bonds.

The increase in average premium per policy in our homeowners businesses improved operating earnings by $10 million as did an increase in exposures which improved operating earnings by $1 million. Exposures are primarily each automobile for the auto line of business and each residence for the property line of business. Also improving operating earnings, through an increase in premiums, was a $5 million reduction in reinsurance costs.

The slight increase in other expenses was more than offset by an $8 million increase in DAC capitalization, resulting primarily from increased premiums written.

In addition, a first quarter 2010 write-off of an equity interest in a mandatory state underwriting pool required by a change in legislation and a decrease in income from a retroactive reinsurance agreement in run-off, both of which were recorded in other revenues, drove a $7 million decrease in operating earnings. Auto & Home also benefited from a lower effective tax rate which improved operating earnings by $8 million primarily as a result of tax free interest income representing a larger portion of pre-tax income.

Japan

 

     Years Ended December 31,      Change  
     2010     2009     
           (In millions)         

OPERATING REVENUES

       

Premiums

   $ 499     $       $ 499  

Universal life and investment-type product policy fees

     55               55  

Net investment income

     145               145  

Other revenues

     7               7  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total operating revenues

     706               706  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

OPERATING EXPENSES

       

Policyholder benefits and claims and policyholder dividends

     309               309  

Interest credited to policyholder account balances

     123               123  

Capitalization of DAC

     (149             (149

Amortization of DAC and VOBA

     82               82  

Amortization of negative VOBA

     (49             (49

Other expenses

     244               244  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     560               560  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Provision for income tax expense (benefit)

     52               52  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Operating earnings

   $ 94     $       $ 94  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Our Japan operation is comprised of the Japan business acquired in the Acquisition and is among the largest foreign life insurers in Japan. Through our Japan operation we provide life insurance, accident and health insurance, annuities and endowment products to both individuals and groups. Reported operating earnings reflect the operating results of ALICO from the Acquisition Date through November 30, 2010, ALICO’s fiscal year-end. Therefore, Japan’s operating earnings for 2010 include one month of results from ALICO operations.

 

126


Table of Contents

Other International Regions

 

     Years Ended December 31,     Change     % Change  
         2010             2009          
           (In millions)              

OPERATING REVENUES

        

Premiums

   $ 3,625     $ 2,884     $ 741       25.7

Universal life and investment-type product policy fees

     1,265       1,055       210       19.9

Net investment income

     1,466       1,111       355       32.0

Other revenues

     28       14       14       100.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total operating revenues

     6,384       5,064       1,320       26.1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

OPERATING EXPENSES

        

Policyholder benefits and claims and policyholder dividends

     3,053       2,326       727       31.3

Interest credited to policyholder account balances

     554       577       (23     (4.0 )% 

Capitalization of DAC

     (775     (587     (188     (32.0 )% 

Amortization of DAC and VOBA

     490       397       93       23.4

Amortization of negative VOBA

     (8            (8  

Interest expense on debt

     3       8       (5     (62.5 )% 

Other expenses

     2,233       1,737       496       28.6
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total operating expenses

     5,550       4,458       1,092       24.5
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Provision for income tax expense (benefit)

     148       155       (7     (4.5 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Operating earnings

   $ 686     $ 451     $ 235       52.1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Unless otherwise stated, all amounts discussed below are net of income tax.

The improvement in the global financial markets has resulted in continued growth, with an increase in sales in the current period compared to the prior period excluding the results of our Japan joint venture. Retirement and savings sales increased driven by strong annuity, universal life and pension sales in Europe, Mexico, Chile, Korea and China. In our Europe and the Middle East operations, sales of annuities and universal life products remained strong, more than doubling from the prior year, partially offset by lower pension and variable universal life sales in India due to the loss of a major distributor, as well as lower credit life sales. Our Latin America operation experienced an overall increase in sales resulting from solid growth in pension and universal life sales in Mexico and an increase in fixed annuity sales in Chile due to market recovery, slightly offset by lower bank sales in Brazil resulting from incentives offered in the prior year. Sales in our Asia Pacific operation, excluding the results of our Japan joint venture, increased primarily due to higher variable universal life sales in Korea, slightly offset by the decline in annuity sales and strong bank channel sales in China.

Reported operating earnings increased by $235 million over the prior year. The positive impact of changes in foreign currency exchange rates improved reported earnings by $37 million for 2010 compared to 2009. Reported operating earnings reflect the operating results of ALICO operations other than Japan from the Acquisition Date through November 30, 2010, which contributed $20 million to our 2010 operating earnings. As previously noted, ALICO’s fiscal year-end is November 30; therefore, our results for the year include one month of results from ALICO operations other than Japan.

Changes in assumptions for measuring the impact of inflation on certain inflation-indexed fixed maturity securities increased operating earnings. Changes to the provision for income taxes in both periods contributed to an increase in operating earnings, resulting from an unfavorable impact in 2009 from a change in assumption regarding the repatriation of earnings and a benefit in the current year from additional permanent reinvestment of earnings, the reversal of tax provisions and favorable changes in liabilities for tax uncertainties. Business growth in our Latin America operation contributed to an increase in operating earnings. Operating earnings in Mexico increased due to growth in our institutional and individual businesses, partially offset by the impact of

 

127


Table of Contents

unfavorable claims experience. Higher investment yields resulting from portfolio restructuring was the primary driver in Argentina contributing to an improvement in operating earnings. India’s results benefited primarily due to lower expenses resulting from the loss of a major distributor and slower growth resulting from market conditions.

Partially offsetting these increases is the impact of pesification in Argentina, which favorably impacted 2009 reported earnings by $95 million. This prior period benefit was due to a liability release resulting from a reassessment of our approach in managing existing and potential future claims related to certain social security pension annuity contractholders in Argentina. In addition, operating earnings in Australia were lower, which was primarily due to a write-off of DAC attributable to a change in a product feature in the current period.

Net investment income increased from growth in average invested assets and improved yields. Growth in average invested assets reflects growth in our businesses. Improved yields reflects the impact of increased inflation, primarily in Chile, as well as the impact of changes in assumptions for measuring the effects of inflation on certain inflation-indexed fixed maturity securities. The increase in net investment income from higher inflation was offset by an increase in the related insurance liabilities due to higher inflation. Although diversification into higher yielding investments had a positive impact on yields, this was partially offset by decreased trading and other securities results driven by a stronger recovery in equity markets in 2009 compared to 2010, primarily in Hong Kong, and by a decrease in the results of our operating joint ventures. The reduction in net investment income from our trading portfolio is entirely offset by a corresponding decrease in the interest credited on the related contractholder account balances and therefore had no impact on operating earnings.

In addition to an increase associated with the Acquisition, operating expenses increased due to the impact of the pesification in Argentina noted above, as well as current period business growth in Korea, Brazil and Mexico, which resulted in increased commissions and compensation. These increases were partially offset by lower commissions and business expenses in India.

Corporate & Other

 

    Years Ended December 31,        
    2010     2009     Change     % Change  
          (In millions)              

OPERATING REVENUES

       

Premiums

  $ 11     $ 19     $ (8     (42.1 )% 

Net investment income

    643       70       573    

Other revenues

    391       236       155       65.7
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total operating revenues

    1,045       325       720    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

OPERATING EXPENSES

       

Policyholder benefits and claims and policyholder dividends

    (14     4       (18  

Amortization of DAC and VOBA

    1       3       (2     (66.7 )% 

Interest expense on debt

    1,126       1,027       99       9.6

Other expenses

    467       586       (119     (20.3 )% 
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total operating expenses

    1,580       1,620       (40     (2.5 )% 
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Provision for income tax expense (benefit)

    (366     (756     390       51.6
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Operating earnings

    (169     (539     370       68.6

Less: Preferred stock dividends

    122       122             
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Operating earnings (losses) available to common shareholders

  $ (291   $ (661   $ 370       56.0
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Unless otherwise stated, all amounts discussed below are net of income tax.

MetLife, Inc. completed four debt financings in August 2010 in anticipation of the Acquisition, issuing $1.0 billion of 2.375% senior notes, $1.0 billion of 4.75% senior notes, $750 million of 5.875% senior notes, and

 

128


Table of Contents

$250 million of floating rate senior notes. MetLife, Inc. also issued debt securities, which are part of the $3.0 billion stated value of common equity units. The proceeds from these debt issuances were used to finance the Acquisition. MetLife, Inc. completed three debt issuances in 2009 in response to the economic crisis, issuing $397 million of floating rate senior notes in March 2009, $1.3 billion of senior notes in May 2009, and $500 million of junior subordinated debt securities in July 2009. The proceeds from these debt issuances were used for general corporate purposes.

Operating earnings available to common shareholders and operating earnings, which excludes preferred stock dividends, each increased $370 million, primarily due to an increase in net investment income and a reduction in operating expenses, partially offset by a decrease in tax benefit and an increase in interest expense resulting from the debt issuances noted above.

Net investment income increased $372 million reflecting an increase of $242 million due to higher yields and an increase of $130 million from growth in average invested assets. Yields were positively impacted by the effects of recovering private equity markets and stabilizing real estate markets on other limited partnership interests and real estate joint ventures. This was partially offset by lower fixed maturities and mortgage loan yields which were adversely impacted by the reinvestment of proceeds from maturities and sales during this lower interest rate environment and from decreased trading and other securities results due to a stronger recovery in equity markets in 2009 as compared to 2010. In addition, due to the lower interest rate environment in the current year, less net investment income was credited to the segments in 2010 compared to 2009. Growth in average invested assets was primarily due to higher cash collateral balances received from our derivative counterparties and the temporary investment of the proceeds from the debt and common stock issuances in anticipation of the Acquisition. Our investments primarily include structured finance securities, investment grade corporate fixed maturities, mortgage loans and U.S. Treasury and agency securities. In addition, our investment portfolio includes the excess capital not allocated to the segments. Accordingly, it includes a higher allocation of certain other invested asset classes to provide additional diversification and opportunity for long-term yield enhancement, including leveraged leases, other limited partnership interests, real estate, real estate joint ventures, trading securities and equity securities.

Corporate & Other benefited in 2010 from a $76 million reduction in discretionary spending, such as consulting and postemployment related costs, a $35 million decrease in real estate-related charges and $15 million of lower legal costs. These savings were partially offset by a $14 million increase in charitable contributions. The current year also included $44 million of internal resource costs for associates committed to the Acquisition. Additionally, the resolutions of certain legal matters increased operating earnings by $35 million.

Positive results from our mortgage loan servicing business were driven by a $32 million improvement in hedging results. A larger portfolio resulted in higher servicing fees of $18 million. This was partially offset by $10 million of additional expenses incurred in response to both the larger portfolio and increased regulatory oversight.

Interest expense increased $64 million primarily as a result of the debt issuances in 2009 and the senior notes and debt securities issued in anticipation of the Acquisition, partially offset by the impact of lower interest rates on variable rate collateral financing arrangements.

The 2010 period includes $75 million of charges related to the Health Care Act. The Federal government currently provides a Medicare Part D subsidy. The Health Care Act reduced the tax deductibility of retiree health care costs to the extent of any Medicare Part D subsidy received beginning in 2013. Because the deductibility of future retiree health care costs is reflected in our financial statements, the entire future impact of this change in law was required to be recorded as a charge in the period in which the legislation was enacted. As a result, we incurred a $75 million charge in the first quarter of 2010. The Health Care Act also amended Internal Revenue Code Section 162(m) as a result of which MetLife was initially considered a healthcare provider, as defined, and would be subject to limits on tax deductibility of certain types of compensation. In December 2010, the Internal

 

129


Table of Contents

Revenue Service issued Notice 2011-2 which clarified that the executive compensation deduction limitation included in the Health Care Act did not apply to insurers like MetLife selling de minimis amounts of health care coverage. As a result, in the fourth quarter of 2010, we reversed $18 million of previously recorded taxes for 2010. In 2009, Corporate & Other received a larger benefit of $49 million as compared to 2010 related to the utilization of tax preferenced investments which provide tax credits and deductions.

Effects of Inflation

Management believes that inflation has not had a material effect on its consolidated results of operations, except insofar as inflation may affect interest rates.

An increase in inflation could affect our business in several ways. During inflationary periods, the value of fixed income investments falls which could increase realized and unrealized losses. Inflation also increases expenses for labor and other materials, potentially putting pressure on profitability if such costs cannot be passed through in our product prices. Inflation could also lead to increased costs for losses and loss adjustment expenses in certain of our businesses, which could require us to adjust our pricing to reflect our expectations for future inflation. Prolonged and elevated inflation could adversely affect the financial markets and the economy generally, and dispelling it may require governments to pursue a restrictive fiscal and monetary policy, which could constrain overall economic activity, inhibit revenue growth and reduce the number of attractive investment opportunities.

Investments

Investment Risks

The Company’s primary investment objective is to optimize, net of income tax, risk-adjusted investment income and risk-adjusted total return while ensuring that assets and liabilities are managed on a cash flow and duration basis. The Company is exposed to four primary sources of investment risk:

 

   

credit risk, relating to the uncertainty associated with the continued ability of a given obligor to make timely payments of principal and interest;

 

   

interest rate risk, relating to the market price and cash flow variability associated with changes in market interest rates;

 

   

liquidity risk, relating to the diminished ability to sell certain investments in times of strained market conditions; and

 

   

market valuation risk, relating to the variability in the estimated fair value of investments associated with changes in market factors such as credit spreads.

The Company manages risk through in-house fundamental analysis of the underlying obligors, issuers, transaction structures and real estate properties. The Company also manages credit risk, market valuation risk and liquidity risk through industry and issuer diversification and asset allocation. For real estate and agricultural assets, the Company manages credit risk and market valuation risk through geographic, property type and product type diversification and asset allocation. The Company manages interest rate risk as part of its asset and liability management strategies; through product design, such as the use of market value adjustment features and surrender charges; and through proactive monitoring and management of certain non-guaranteed elements of its products, such as the resetting of credited interest and dividend rates for policies that permit such adjustments. The Company also uses certain derivative instruments in the management of credit, interest rate, currency and equity market risks.

Purchased credit default swaps are utilized by the Company to mitigate credit risk in its investment portfolio. Generally, the Company purchases credit protection by entering into credit default swaps referencing the issuers of specific assets owned by the Company. In certain cases, basis risk exists between these credit default swaps

 

130


Table of Contents

and the specific assets owned by the Company. For example, the Company may purchase credit protection on a macro basis to reduce exposure to specific industries or other portfolio concentrations. In such instances, the referenced entities and obligations under the credit default swaps may not be identical to the individual obligors or securities in the Company’s investment portfolio. In addition, the Company’s purchased credit default swaps may have shorter tenors than the underlying investments they are hedging. However, the Company dynamically hedges this risk through the rebalancing and rollover of its credit default swaps at their most liquid tenors. The Company believes that its purchased credit default swaps serve as effective legal and economic hedges of its credit exposure.

The Company generally enters into market standard purchased and written credit default swap contracts. Payout under such contracts is triggered by certain credit events experienced by the referenced entities. For credit default swaps covering North American corporate issuers, credit events typically include bankruptcy and failure to pay on borrowed money. For European corporate issuers, credit events typically also include involuntary restructuring. With respect to credit default contracts on Western European sovereign debt, credit events typically include failure to pay debt obligations, repudiation, moratorium, or involuntary restructuring. In each case, payout on a credit default swap is triggered only after the Credit Derivatives Determinations Committee of the International Swaps and Derivatives Association deems that a credit event has occurred.

Current Environment

The global economy and markets are still affected by a period of significant stress that began in the second half of 2007. This disruption adversely affected the financial services sector in particular and global capital markets. The Federal Reserve Board has taken a number of actions in recent years to spur economic activity by keeping interest rates low and may take further actions to influence interest rates in the future, which may have an impact on the pricing levels of risk-bearing investments. See “Risk Factors — Governmental and Regulatory Actions for the Purpose of Stabilizing and Revitalizing the Financial Markets and Protecting Investors and Consumers May Not Achieve the Intended Effect or Could Adversely Affect Our Competitive Position.”

Beginning in 2010 and continuing throughout 2011, concerns increased about capital markets and the solvency of certain European Union member states, including Portugal, Ireland, Italy, Greece and Spain, and of financial institutions that have significant direct or indirect exposure to their sovereign debt. This, in turn, increased market volatility that will continue to affect the performance of various asset classes in 2012, and perhaps longer, until there is an ultimate resolution of these European Union sovereign debt-related concerns.

As a result of concerns about the ability of Portugal, Ireland, Italy, Greece and Spain, commonly referred to as “Europe’s perimeter region,” to service their sovereign debt, these countries have experienced credit ratings downgrades, including the downgrade of Greece’s sovereign debt in July 2011 by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (“Moody’s”) and S&P to Ca and CC ratings, respectively — rating designations of likely in, or very near, default, following the announcement of the debt exchange proposal summarized below. In February 2012, S&P further downgraded Greece, as described below. Despite support programs for Europe’s perimeter region, concerns about the ability to service sovereign debt subsequently expanded to other European Union member states. As a result, in late 2011 and early 2012, several other European Union member states have experienced credit ratings downgrades or have had their credit ratings outlook changed to negative. As summarized below, at December 31, 2011, the Company did not have significant exposure to the sovereign debt of Europe’s perimeter region. Accordingly, we do not expect such investments to have a material adverse effect on our results of operations or financial condition. Outside of Europe’s perimeter region, the Company’s sovereign debt, corporate debt and perpetual hybrid securities in Europe were concentrated in the United Kingdom, Germany, France, the Netherlands and Poland, which are higher-rated countries within the European Union, as well in Switzerland and Norway, which are two higher-rated non-European Union countries.

Greece Support Program.   In July 2011, a public sector support program for Greece of €109 billion was announced, as well as a separate, voluntary debt exchange proposal for private sector holders of Greece sovereign debt (known as Private Sector Involvement, or “PSI”). Private investors that voluntarily participate in the initially proposed July PSI proposal, which was expected to apply to Greece’s sovereign debt maturing

 

131


Table of Contents

through 2019, were expected to incur losses on a net present value basis of approximately 20% on such securities. In October 2011, a revision of the July PSI proposal was announced which included a voluntary 50% nominal discount on all maturities of Greece sovereign debt held by the private sector. In addition to this, the public sector Greece financing package was revised to €100 billion plus a contribution of €30 billion from Greece’s public sector creditors to provide collateral enhancements on the exchanged Greece sovereign bonds under the October PSI proposal. On February 21, 2012, the Euro Group, which is comprised of the finance ministers of the member states of the European Union, representatives of the European Commission and the European Central Bank, announced a €130 billion support program that contains a PSI proposal for a voluntary 53.5% nominal discount on all maturities of Greece sovereign debt held by the private sector. On February 23, 2012, Greece’s Parliament retroactively inserted collective action clauses in the documentation of certain series of its sovereign debt, which has the effect of binding all private sector investors to accept the terms of a debt exchange, if a quorum of private sector investors accepts the debt exchange proposal. Greece launched a sovereign debt exchange offer on February 24, 2012. On February 27, 2012, as a result of the retroactive insertion of such collective action clauses, S&P downgraded Greece’s credit rating to SD, a rating of selective default. If the Greece sovereign debt exchange offer is consummated, S&P has stated it will likely consider the selective default to have been cured and would likely raise the sovereign credit rating on Greece.

Europe’s Perimeter Region Sovereign Debt Securities.   Our holdings of Greece sovereign debt were acquired in the Acquisition and our amortized cost basis reflects recording such securities at estimated fair value on November 1, 2010, which was substantially below par, partially mitigating our impairment exposure. During the year ended December 31, 2011, we recorded non-cash impairment charges of $405 million on our holdings of Greece’s sovereign debt. In addition, during the year ended December 31, 2011, we sold a significant portion of our Europe’s perimeter region sovereign debt, thereby substantially reducing our exposure. The par value, amortized cost and estimated fair value of holdings in sovereign debt of Europe’s perimeter region were $874 million, $254 million and $264 million at December 31, 2011, respectively, and $1.9 billion, $1.6 billion and $1.6 billion at December 31, 2010, respectively.

Select European Countries – Investment Exposures. Due to the current level of economic, fiscal and political strain in Europe’s perimeter region and Cyprus, the Company continually monitors and adjusts its level of investment exposure in these countries. We manage direct and indirect investment exposure in these countries through fundamental credit analysis. The following table presents a summary of investments by invested asset class and related purchased credit default protection across Europe’s perimeter region, by country, and Cyprus.

 

    Summary of Select European Country Investment Exposure at December 31, 2011 (1)(2)  
    Fixed maturity securities (3)                                      
    Sovereign     Financial
Services
    Non-Financial
Services
    Total     All Other
General Account
Investment
Exposure (4)(5)
    Total
Exposure (6)
    %     Purchased
Credit Default
Protection (7)
    Net
Exposure
    %  
    (In millions)  

Europe’s perimeter region:

                   

Portugal

  $ 16     $ 4     $ 164     $ 184     $ 9     $ 193       5  %    $ (31   $ 162       4  % 

Italy

    30       242       995       1,267       80       1,347       33       (11     1,336       33  

Ireland

    16       6       537       559       532       1,091       26              1,091       27  

Greece

    189                     189       203       392       9              392       9  

Spain

    13       163       764       940       60       1,000       24              1,000       24  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Europe’s perimeter region

    264       415       2,460       3,139       884       4,023       97       (42     3,981       97  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cyprus

    80                     80       34       114       3              114       3  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $ 344     $ 415     $ 2,460     $ 3,219     $ 918     $ 4,137       100  %    $ (42   $ 4,095       100  % 
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

As percent of total cash and invested assets

    0.1     0.1     0.4     0.6     0.2     0.8       0.0     0.8  %   

Investment grade percent

    41     99     93     88            

Non investment grade percent

    59     1     7     12            

 

 

(1)

Information is presented on a country of risk basis (e.g. the country where the issuer primarily conducts business).

 

(2)

The Company has not written any credit default swaps with an underlying risk related to any of these six countries.

 

 

132


Table of Contents
(3)

Presented at estimated fair value. The par value and amortized cost of the fixed maturity securities were $3.9 billion and $3.4 billion, respectively, at December 31, 2011.

 

(4)

Comprised of equity securities, FVO general account securities, real estate and real estate joint ventures, other limited partnership interests, cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments, and other invested assets at carrying value. See Note 1 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for an explanation of the carrying value for these invested asset classes.

 

(5)

Excludes FVO contractholder-directed unit-linked investments of $667 million, which support unit-linked variable annuity type liabilities and do not qualify for separate account summary total assets and liabilities. The contractholder, and not the Company, directs the investment of these funds. The related variable annuity type liability is satisfied from the contractholder’s account balance and not from the general account investments of the Company.

 

(6)

There were no unfunded commitments related to these investments as of December 31, 2011.

 

(7)

Purchased credit default protection is stated at the estimated fair value of the swap. For Portugal, the purchased credit default protection relates to sovereign securities and this swap had a notional amount of $100 million and an estimated fair value of $31 million as of December 31, 2011. For Italy, the purchased credit default protection relates to financial services corporate securities and these swaps had a notional amount of $80 million and an estimated fair value of $11 million at December 31, 2011. The counterparties to these swaps are financial institutions with S&P credit ratings ranging from A+ to A- as of December 31, 2011.

European Region Investments.   The Company has investments across certain European Union member states and other countries in the region that are not members of the European Union (collectively, the “European Region”). In the European Region, we have proactively mitigated risk in both direct and indirect exposures by investing in a diversified portfolio of high quality investments with a focus on the higher-rated countries, reducing our holdings through sales of financial services securities during 2010 and 2011 and sales of Europe’s perimeter region sovereign debt in 2011, and by purchasing certain single name credit default protection in 2010 and 2011. Our sales of financial services securities were focused on institutions with exposure to Europe’s perimeter region, lower preference capital structure instruments, and larger positions. Sovereign debt issued by countries outside of Europe’s perimeter region comprised $8.4 billion, or 97% of European Region sovereign fixed maturity securities, at estimated fair value at December 31, 2011. The European Region corporate securities (fixed maturity and perpetual hybrid securities classified as non-redeemable preferred stock) are invested in a diversified portfolio of primarily non-financial services securities, which comprised $25.8 billion, or 77% of European Region total corporate securities, at estimated fair value at December 31, 2011. Of these European Region sovereign fixed maturity and corporate securities, 92% were investment grade and, for the 8% that were below investment grade, the majority were non-financial services corporate securities at December 31, 2011. European Region financial services corporate securities at estimated fair value were $7.6 billion, including $5.9 billion within the banking sector, with 94% invested in investment grade rated corporate securities, at December 31, 2011.

Rating Actions — U.S. Treasury Securities. In August 2011, S&P downgraded the AAA rating on U.S. Treasury securities to AA+ with a negative outlook, while Moody’s affirmed the Aaa rating on U.S. Treasury securities, but with a negative outlook. Fitch affirmed its AAA rating on U.S. Treasury securities and kept its outlook stable. In October 2011, Moody’s affirmed its August 2011 ratings but revised its negative outlook to stable. In November 2011, Fitch affirmed its AAA rating on U.S. Treasury securities but changed its U.S. credit rating outlook to negative from stable, citing the failure of a special Congressional committee to agree on certain deficit-reduction measures. We continue to closely evaluate the implications on our investment portfolio of further rating agency downgrades of U.S. Treasury securities and believe our investment portfolio is well positioned. In light of the related market uncertainty, we increased our liquidity position in July 2011. With the raising of the statutory debt ceiling in August 2011, we have subsequently redeployed and reduced some of

 

133


Table of Contents

this increased liquidity position into higher yielding investments according to our ALM discipline. Despite the downgrade by S&P, yields on U.S. Treasury securities have decreased since these actions, causing an increase in the unrealized gain position on our holdings of U.S. Treasury and agency securities. The S&P downgrade initially had an adverse effect on financial markets but the extent of the longer-term impact cannot be predicted. See “Risk Factors — Concerns Over U.S. Fiscal Policy and the Trajectory of the National Debt of the U.S., as well as Rating Agency Downgrades of U.S. Treasury Securities Could Have an Adverse Effect on Our Business, Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

Japan Investments.   The Japanese economy, to which we face substantial exposure given our operations there, was significantly negatively impacted by the March 2011 earthquake and tsunami. Although we expect modest growth in the Japanese economy during 2012, disruptions to the Japanese economy are having, and will continue to have, negative impacts on the overall global economy, not all of which can be foreseen. The Company’s investment in fixed maturity and equity securities in Japan were $28.4 billion, of which $21.0 billion, or 74%, were Japan government and agency fixed maturity securities at December 31, 2011.

Summary.   All of these factors have had and could continue to have an adverse effect on the financial results of companies in the financial services industry, including MetLife. Such global economic conditions, as well as the global financial markets, continue to impact our net investment income, our net investment gains (losses) and net derivative gains (losses), level of unrealized gains and (losses) within the various asset classes within our investment portfolio and our allocation to lower yielding cash equivalents and short-term investments. See “— Industry Trends” and “Risk Factors – Difficult Conditions in the Global Capital Markets and the Economy Generally May Materially Adversely Affect Our Business and Results of Operations and These Conditions May Not Improve in the Near Future.”

 

134


Table of Contents

Composition of Investment Portfolio and Investment Portfolio Results

The following yield table presents the investment income, investment portfolio gains (losses), annualized yields on average ending assets and ending carrying value for each of the asset classes within the investment portfolio, as well as investment income and investment portfolio gains (losses) for the investment portfolio as a whole. The yield table also presents gains (losses) on derivative instruments which are used to manage risk for certain invested assets and certain insurance liabilities:

 

     At and for the Years Ended
December 31,
 
     2011     2010     2009  
     (In millions)  

Fixed Maturity Securities:

      

Yield (1)

     4.94     5.54     5.75

Investment income (2),(3),(4)

   $ 15,016     $ 12,567     $ 11,827  

Investment gains (losses) (3)

   $ (932   $ (255   $ (1,658

Ending carrying value (2),(3)

   $ 351,011     $ 325,391     $ 228,070  

Mortgage Loans:

      

Yield (1)

     5.53     5.51     5.38

Investment income (3),(4)

   $ 3,162     $ 2,821     $ 2,734  

Investment gains (losses) (3)

   $ 175     $ 22     $ (442

Ending carrying value (3)

   $ 61,303     $ 55,457     $ 50,824  

Real Estate and Real Estate Joint Ventures:

      

Yield (1)

     3.76     1.10     (7.47 )% 

Investment income (3)

   $ 307     $ 77     $ (541

Investment gains (losses) (3)

   $ 230     $ (40   $ (156

Ending carrying value

   $ 8,563     $ 8,030     $ 6,896  

Policy Loans:

      

Yield (1)

     5.43     6.38     6.49

Investment income

   $ 641     $ 649     $ 641  

Ending carrying value

   $ 11,892     $ 11,761     $ 9,932  

Equity Securities:

      

Yield (1)

     4.44     4.40     5.12

Investment income

   $ 141     $ 128     $ 176  

Investment gains (losses)

   $ (23   $ 104     $ (399

Ending carrying value

   $ 3,023     $ 3,602     $ 3,081  

Other Limited Partnership Interests:

      

Yield (1)

     10.58     14.99     3.22

Investment income

   $ 681     $ 879     $ 174  

Investment gains (losses)

   $ 4     $ (18   $ (356

Ending carrying value

   $ 6,378     $ 6,416     $ 5,508  

Cash and Short-Term Investments:

      

Yield (1), (5)

     1.04     0.61     0.53

Investment income

   $ 155     $ 81     $ 93  

Investment gains (losses)

   $ 2     $ 2     $ 6  

Ending carrying value (3)

   $ 27,750     $ 22,302     $ 18,385  

Other Invested Assets: (1)

      

Investment income

   $ 454     $ 492     $ 335  

Investment gains (losses) (3)

   $ (9   $ (8   $ (32

Ending carrying value

   $ 23,628     $ 15,430     $ 12,697  

Total Investments:

      

Investment income yield (1)

     5.01     5.51     5.08

Investment fees and expenses yield

     (0.13     (0.14     (0.14
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Investment Income Yield (1), (3),(5)

     4.88     5.37     4.94
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Investment income

   $ 20,557     $ 17,694     $ 15,439  

Investment fees and expenses

     (546     (465     (432
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net investment income including divested businesses

   $ 20,011     $ 17,229     $ 15,007  

Less: net investment income from divested businesses (5)

     (335     (349     (407
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Investment Income (3)

   $ 19,676     $ 16,880     $ 14,600  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending Carrying Value (3)

   $ 493,548     $ 448,389     $ 335,393  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Investment portfolio gains (losses) including divested businesses

   $ (553   $ (193   $ (3,037

Less: investment portfolio gains (losses) from divested businesses (5)

     140       33       129  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Investment portfolio gains (losses) (3),(5),(6)

   $ (413   $ (160   $ (2,908

Gross investment gains

   $ 1,354     $ 1,180     $ 1,226  

Gross investment losses

     (1,058     (840     (1,393

Writedowns

     (709     (500     (2,741
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Investment Portfolio Gains (Losses) (3),(5),(6)

   $ (413   $ (160   $ (2,908

Investment portfolio gains (losses) income tax (expense) benefit

     148       46       1,068  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Investment Portfolio Gains (Losses), Net of Income Tax

   $ (265   $ (114   $ (1,840
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Derivative gains (losses) including divested businesses

   $ 4,545     $ (614   $ (5,106

Less: derivative gains (losses) from divested businesses (5)

     163       41       (2
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Derivative gains (losses) (3),(5),(6)

   $ 4,708     $ (573   $ (5,108

Derivative gains (losses) income tax (expense) benefit

     (1,643         144           1,804  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Derivative Gains (Losses), Net of Income Tax

   $     3,065     $ (429   $ (3,304
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

135


Table of Contents

 

As described in the footnotes below, the yield table reflects certain differences from the presentation of invested assets, net investment income, net investment gains (losses) and net derivative gains (losses) as presented in the consolidated balance sheets and consolidated statements of operations. This yield table presentation is consistent with how we measure our investment performance for management purposes, and we believe it enhances understanding of our investment portfolio results.

 

(1)

Yields are calculated as investment income as a percent of average quarterly asset carrying values. Investment income excludes recognized gains and losses and reflects the operating revenue adjustments related to net investment income. Asset carrying values exclude unrealized investment gains (losses), collateral received from counterparties associated with our securities lending program, freestanding derivative assets, collateral received from derivative counterparties, the effects of consolidating under GAAP certain VIEs that are treated as consolidated securitization entities (“CSEs”), contractholder-directed unit-linked investments and securitized reverse residential mortgage loans. A yield is not presented for other invested assets, as it is not considered a meaningful measure of performance for this asset class.

 

(2)

Fixed maturity securities include $740 million, $594 million and $2.4 billion at estimated fair value of trading and other securities at December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Fixed maturity securities include $31 million, $234 million and $400 million of investment income (loss) related to trading and other securities for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

 

(3)

As described in footnote (1) above, ending carrying values exclude contractholder-directed unit-linked investments — reported within trading and other securities, securities held by CSEs — reported within trading and other securities, and securitized reverse residential mortgage loans– reported within mortgage loans. The related adjustments to ending carrying value, investment income and investment gains (losses) by invested asset class are presented below. The adjustments to investment income, net investment income and investment gains (losses) in the aggregate are as shown in footnote (6) to this yield table. The adjustment to investment gains (losses) presented below and in footnote (6) to this yield table includes the effects of remeasuring both the invested assets and long-term debt in accordance with the FVO.

 

    At or For the Year Ended December 31, 2011     At or For the Year Ended December 31, 2010  
    As Reported in the
Yield Table
    Excluded
Amounts
    Total     As Reported in the
Yield Table
    Excluded
Amounts
    Total  
    (In millions)     (In millions)  

Trading and Other Securities: (included within Fixed Maturity Securities):

           

Ending carrying value

  $ 740     $ 17,528     $ 18,268     $ 594     $ 17,995     $ 18,589  

Investment income

  $ 31     $ (444   $ (413   $ 234     $ 226     $ 460  

Investment gains (losses)

  $ (2   $ (8   $ (10   $      $ (30   $ (30

Mortgage Loans:

           

Ending carrying value

  $ 61,303     $ 10,790     $ 72,093     $ 55,457     $ 6,840     $ 62,297  

Investment income

  $ 3,162     $ 332     $ 3,494     $ 2,821     $ 396     $ 3,217  

Investment gains (losses)

  $ 175     $ 13     $ 188     $ 22     $ 36     $ 58  

Cash and Short-Term Investments:

           

Ending carrying value

  $ 27,750     $ 21     $ 27,771     $ 22,302     $ 39     $ 22,341  

Total Investments:

           

Ending carrying value

  $ 493,548     $ 28,339     $ 521,887     $ 448,389     $ 24,874     $ 473,263  

 

(4)

Investment income from fixed maturity securities and mortgage loans includes prepayment fees.

 

(5)

For further information on Divested Businesses, see Note 2 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements. Prior period yields have been recast to conform to the current period presentation to exclude

 

136


Table of Contents
 

from asset carrying values freestanding derivatives and collateral received from derivative counterparties. Net investment income, investment portfolio gains (losses), and derivative gains (losses) are presented including and excluding the impact of Divested Businesses. Yields are calculated including the net investment income and ending carrying values of the Divested Businesses.

 

(6)

Net investment income, investment portfolio gains (losses) and derivative gains (losses) presented in this yield table vary from the most directly comparable measures presented in the GAAP consolidated statements of operations due to certain reclassifications affecting net investment income, net investment gains (losses), net derivative gains (losses), interest credited to policyholder account balances, and other revenues, and excludes the effects of consolidating under GAAP certain VIEs that are treated as CSEs. Such reclassifications are presented in the tables below.

 

    Years Ended December 31,  
    2011     2010     2009  
    (In millions)  

Net investment income — in the above yield table

  $ 20,011     $ 17,229     $ 15,007  

Real estate discontinued operations — deduct from net investment income

    (4     (2     (22

Scheduled periodic settlement payments on derivatives not qualifying for hedge accounting —deduct from net investment income, add to net derivative gains (losses)

    (249     (208     (88

Equity method operating joint ventures — add to net investment income, deduct from net derivative gains (losses)

    (23     (130     (156

Net investment income on contractholder-directed unit-linked investments — reported within trading and other securities — add to net investment income

    (453     211         

Incremental net investment income from CSEs — add to net investment income

    324       411         
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net investment income — GAAP consolidated statements of operations

  $ 19,606     $ 17,511     $ 14,741  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Investment portfolio gains (losses) — in the above yield table

  $ (553   $ (193   $ (3,037

Real estate discontinued operations — deduct from net investment gains (losses)

    (96     (14     (8

Investment gains (losses) related to CSEs — add to net investment gains (losses)

    5       6         

Other gains (losses) — add to net investment gains (losses)

    (223     (207     144  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net investment gains (losses) — GAAP consolidated statements of operations

  $ (867   $ (408   $ (2,901
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Derivative gains (losses) — in the above yield table

  $ 4,545     $ (614   $ (5,106

Scheduled periodic settlement payments on derivatives not qualifying for hedge accounting —add to net derivative gains (losses), deduct from net investment income

    249       208       88  

Scheduled periodic settlement payments on derivatives not qualifying for hedge accounting — add to net derivative gains (losses), deduct from interest credited to PABs

    19       11       (4

Settlement of foreign currency earnings hedges — add to net derivative gains (losses), deduct from other revenues

    (12              

Equity method operating joint ventures— add to net investment income, deduct from net derivative gains (losses)

    23       130       156  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net derivative gains (losses) — GAAP consolidated statements of operations

  $ 4,824     $ (265   $ (4,866
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See “— Results of Operations — Year Ended December 31, 2011 Compared with the Year Ended December 31, 2010” and “— Year Ended December 31, 2010 Compared with the Year Ended December 31, 2009,” for analyses of the year over year changes in net investment income, net investment gains (losses) and net derivative gains (losses).

Fixed Maturity and Equity Securities Available-for-Sale

Fixed maturity securities, which consisted principally of publicly-traded and privately placed fixed maturity securities, were $350.3 billion and $324.8 billion at estimated fair value, or 67% and 69% of total cash and invested assets, at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. Publicly-traded fixed maturity securities represented $303.6 billion and $284.0 billion of total fixed maturity securities at estimated fair value, at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, or 87% of total fixed maturity securities at estimated fair value, at both December 31, 2011 and

 

137


Table of Contents

2010. Privately placed fixed maturity securities represented $46.7 billion and $40.8 billion at estimated fair value, at December 31, 2011 and 2010 respectively, or 13% of total fixed maturity securities at estimated fair value, at both December 31, 2011 and 2010.

Equity securities, which consisted principally of publicly-traded and privately-held common and preferred stocks, including certain perpetual hybrid securities and mutual fund interests, were $3.0 billion and $3.6 billion at estimated fair value, or 0.6% and 0.8% of total cash and invested assets, at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. Publicly-traded equity securities represented $1.7 billion and $2.3 billion at estimated fair value, or 57% and 64% of total equity securities, at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. Privately-held equity securities represented $1.3 billion of total equity securities at estimated fair value, at both December 31, 2011 and 2010, or 43% and 36% of total equity securities at estimated fair value, at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

Upon acquisition, the Company classifies perpetual securities that have attributes of both debt and equity as fixed maturity securities if the securities have an interest rate step-up feature which, when combined with other qualitative factors, indicates that the securities have more debt-like characteristics; while those with more equity-like characteristics are classified as equity securities within non-redeemable preferred stock. Many of such securities, commonly referred to as “perpetual hybrid securities,” have been issued by non-U.S. financial institutions that are accorded the highest two capital treatment categories by their respective regulatory bodies (i.e. core capital, or “Tier 1 capital” and perpetual deferrable securities, or “Upper Tier 2 capital”). The following table presents the amount and classification of perpetual hybrid securities held by the Company at:

 

            December 31,  
            2011     2010  

Classification

  Estimated
Fair
Value
    Estimated
Fair

Value
 

Consolidated Balance Sheets

 

Sector Table

 

Primary Issuers

   
            (In millions)  

Fixed maturity securities

  Foreign corporate securities   Non-U.S. financial institutions   $ 523     $ 2,008  

Fixed maturity securities

  U.S. corporate securities   U.S. financial institutions   $ 226     $ 83  

Equity securities

  Non-redeemable preferred stock   Non-U.S. financial institutions   $ 440     $ 1,043  

Equity securities

  Non-redeemable preferred stock   U.S. financial institutions   $ 350     $ 236  

The Company’s holdings in redeemable preferred stock with stated maturity dates, commonly referred to as “capital securities,” were primarily issued by U.S. financial institutions and have cumulative interest deferral features. The Company held $1.9 billion and $2.7 billion at estimated fair value of such securities at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, which are included in the U.S. and foreign corporate securities sectors within fixed maturity securities.

Valuation of Securities.   We are responsible for the determination of estimated fair value. The estimated fair value of publicly-traded securities is determined by management after considering one of three primary sources of information: quoted market prices in active markets, independent pricing services, or independent broker quotations; whereas for privately placed securities, estimated fair value is determined after considering one of three primary sources of information: market standard internal matrix pricing, market standard internal discounted cash flow techniques, or independent pricing services after we determine their use of available observable market data. Discounted cash flow techniques rely upon the estimated future cash flows of the security, credit spreads of comparable public securities and secondary transactions, as well as other factors, including the credit quality of the issuer and the reduced liquidity associated with privately placed debt securities. For publicly-traded securities, the number of quotations obtained varies by instrument and depends on the liquidity of the particular instrument. Generally, we obtain prices from multiple pricing services to cover all asset classes and obtain multiple prices for certain securities, but ultimately utilize the price with the highest placement in the fair value hierarchy. Independent pricing services that value these instruments use market standard valuation methodologies based on data about market transactions and inputs from multiple pricing sources that are market observable or can be derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data. See Note 5

 

138


Table of Contents

of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for a discussion of the types of market standard valuation methodologies utilized and key assumptions and observable inputs used in applying these standard valuation methodologies. When a price is not available in the active market or through an independent pricing service, management will value the security primarily using market standard internal matrix pricing or discounted cash flow techniques, and non-binding quotations from independent brokers who are knowledgeable about these securities. Independent non-binding broker quotations utilize inputs that may be difficult to corroborate with observable market data. As shown in the following section, less than 1% of our fixed maturity securities were valued using non-binding quotations from independent brokers at December 31, 2011.

Senior management, independent of the trading and investing functions, is responsible for the oversight of control systems and valuation policies, including reviewing and approving new transaction types and markets, for ensuring that observable market prices and market-based parameters are used for valuation, wherever possible, and for determining that judgmental valuation adjustments, when applied, are based upon established policies and are applied consistently over time. We review our valuation methodologies on an ongoing basis and revise when necessary based on changing market conditions. We gain assurance on the overall reasonableness and consistent application of input assumptions, valuation methodologies and compliance with accounting standards for fair value determination through our controls designed to ensure that the financial assets and financial liabilities are appropriately valued and represent an exit price. We utilize several controls, including certain monthly controls, which include, but are not limited to, analysis of portfolio returns to corresponding benchmark returns, comparing a sample of executed prices of securities sold to the fair value estimates, comparing fair value estimates to management’s knowledge of the current market, reviewing the bid/ask spreads to assess activity, comparing prices from multiple pricing sources, when available, reviewing independent auditor reports regarding the controls over valuation of securities employed by independent pricing services, and ongoing due diligence to confirm that independent pricing services use market-based parameters for valuation. We determine the observability of inputs used in estimated fair values received from independent pricing services or brokers by assessing whether these inputs can be corroborated by observable market data.

The Company also applies a formal process to challenge any prices received from independent pricing services that are not considered representative of estimated fair value. If we conclude that prices received from independent pricing services are not reflective of market activity or representative of estimated fair value, we will seek independent non-binding broker quotes or use an internally developed valuation to override these prices. As described below, such overrides have not been material. Our internally developed valuations of current estimated fair value, which reflect our estimates of liquidity and non-performance risks, compared with pricing received from the independent pricing services, did not produce material differences for the vast majority of our fixed maturity securities portfolio. This is, in part, because our internal estimates of liquidity and non-performance risks are generally based on available market evidence and estimates used by other market participants. In the absence of such market-based evidence, management’s best estimate is used. As a result, we generally use the price provided by the independent pricing service under our normal pricing protocol.

The Company has reviewed the significance and observability of inputs used in the valuation methodologies to determine the appropriate fair value hierarchy level for each of its securities. Based on the results of this review and investment class analyses, each instrument is categorized as Level 1, 2 or 3 based on the lowest level significant input to its valuation. Certain securities have been classified into Level 1 because of unadjusted quoted prices and high volumes of trading activity and narrow bid/ask spreads. Most securities valued by independent pricing services have been classified into Level 2 because the significant inputs used in pricing these securities are market observable or can be corroborated using market observable information. Most investment grade privately placed fixed maturity securities and certain below investment grade privately placed fixed maturity securities priced by independent pricing services that use observable inputs have been classified within Level 2. Distressed privately placed fixed maturity securities have been classified within Level 3. Below investment grade privately placed fixed maturity securities and less liquid securities with very limited trading activity where estimated fair values are determined by independent pricing services or by non-binding quotations from independent brokers that use inputs that may be difficult to corroborate with observable market data, are

 

139


Table of Contents

classified as Level 3. Use of independent non-binding broker quotations generally indicates there is a lack of liquidity or the general lack of transparency in the process to develop these price estimates causing them to be considered Level 3. See Note 5 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further information regarding the valuation techniques and inputs by level within the three level fair value hierarchy by major classes of invested assets.

Quarterly, we evaluate and monitor the markets in which our fixed maturity and equity securities trade and, in our judgment, despite reduced levels of liquidity discussed above, believe none of these fixed maturity and equity securities trading markets should be characterized as distressed and disorderly.

Fair Value Hierarchy and Level 3 Rollforward — Fixed Maturity and Equity Securities.  Fixed maturity securities and equity securities available-for-sale measured at estimated fair value on a recurring basis and their corresponding fair value pricing sources and fair value hierarchy are as follows:

 

     December 31, 2011  
     Fixed Maturity
Securities
    Equity
Securities
 
    
     (In millions)  

Level 1:

          

Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets

   $     19,987        5.7   $ 819        27.1
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Level 2:

          

Independent pricing source

     275,575        78.7       497        16.4  

Internal matrix pricing or discounted cash flow techniques

     36,944        10.5       988        32.7  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Significant other observable inputs

     312,519        89.2       1,485        49.1  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Level 3:

          

Independent pricing source

     8,178        2.4       513        17.0  

Internal matrix pricing or discounted cash flow techniques

     8,138        2.3       158        5.2  

Independent broker quotations

     1,449        0.4       48        1.6  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Significant unobservable inputs

     17,765        5.1       719        23.8  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total estimated fair value

   $ 350,271        100.0   $ 3,023        100.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

140


Table of Contents

 

     December 31, 2011  
     Fair Value Measurements Using  
     Quoted
Prices in
Active
Markets for
Identical Assets
(Level 1)
     Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs

(Level 2)
     Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
     Total
Estimated
Fair Value
 
     (In millions)  

Fixed Maturity Securities:

           

U.S. corporate securities

   $       $ 99,001      $ 6,784      $ 105,785  

Foreign corporate securities

             59,648        4,370        64,018  

Foreign government securities

     76        50,138        2,322        52,536  

Residential mortgage-backed securities (“RMBS”)

             41,035        1,602        42,637  

U.S. Treasury and agency securities

     19,911        20,070        31        40,012  

Commercial mortgage-backed securities (“CMBS”)

             18,316        753        19,069  

State and political subdivision securities

             13,182        53        13,235  

Asset-backed securities (“ABS”)

             11,129        1,850        12,979  

Other fixed maturity securities

                               
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total fixed maturity securities

   $ 19,987      $   312,519      $ 17,765      $ 350,271  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Equity Securities:

           

Common stock

   $ 819      $ 1,105      $ 281      $ 2,205  

Non-redeemable preferred stock

             380        438        818  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total equity securities

   $ 819      $ 1,485      $ 719      $ 3,023  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The composition of fair value pricing sources for and significant changes in Level 3 securities at December 31, 2011 are as follows:

 

   

The majority of the Level 3 fixed maturity and equity securities (83%, as presented above) were concentrated in four sectors: U.S. and foreign corporate securities, foreign government securities and ABS.

 

   

Level 3 fixed maturity securities are priced principally through market standard valuation methodologies, independent pricing services and independent non-binding broker quotations using inputs that are not market observable or cannot be derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data. Level 3 fixed maturity securities consist of less liquid fixed maturity securities with very limited trading activity or where less price transparency exists around the inputs to the valuation methodologies including alternative residential mortgage loan (“Alt-A”) and sub-prime RMBS and less liquid prime RMBS, certain below investment grade private placements and less liquid investment grade corporate securities (included in U.S. and foreign corporate securities), less liquid foreign government securities and less liquid ABS.

 

   

During the year ended December 31, 2011, Level 3 fixed maturity securities decreased by $5.0 billion, or 22%. The decrease was driven by net transfers out of Level 3, partially offset by net purchases in excess of sales and increase in estimated fair value recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss). See analysis of transfers into and/or out of Level 3 below. The increase in net purchases in excess of sales of fixed maturity securities were concentrated in ABS and foreign government securities, and the increase in estimated fair value recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) for fixed maturity securities was concentrated in U.S. corporate securities due in part to a decrease in interest rates.

 

141


Table of Contents

A rollforward of the fair value measurements for fixed maturity securities and equity securities available-for-sale measured at estimated fair value on a recurring basis using significant unobservable (Level 3) inputs is as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31, 2011  
     Fixed  Maturity
Securities
    Equity
Securities
 
    
    
     (In millions)  

Balance, beginning of period

   $ 22,716     $ 1,173  

Total realized/unrealized gains (losses) included in:

    

Earnings (1)

     48       (57

Other comprehensive income (loss)

     403       10  

Purchases

     4,907       109  

Sales

     (4,219     (462

Transfers into Level 3

     599       12  

Transfers out of Level 3

     (6,689     (66
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, end of period

   $ 17,765     $ 719  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)

Total gains and losses in earnings and other comprehensive income (loss) are calculated assuming transfers into or out of Level 3 occurred at the beginning of the period. Items transferred into and out for the same period are excluded from the rollforward. Total gains (losses) for fixed maturity securities included in earnings of ($7) million and other comprehensive income (loss) of $9 million, were incurred on these securities subsequent to their transfer into Level 3, for the year ended December 31, 2011, respectively.

An analysis of transfers into and/or out of Level 3 for the year ended December 31, 2011 is as follows:

Overall, transfers into and/or out of Level 3 are attributable to a change in the observability of inputs. Assets and liabilities are transferred into Level 3 when a significant input cannot be corroborated with market observable data. This occurs when market activity decreases significantly and underlying inputs cannot be observed, current prices are not available, and when there are significant variances in quoted prices, thereby affecting transparency. Assets and liabilities are transferred out of Level 3 when circumstances change such that a significant input can be corroborated with market observable data. This may be due to a significant increase in market activity, a specific event, or one or more significant input(s) becoming observable. Transfers into and/or out of any level are assumed to occur at the beginning of the period. Significant transfers into and/or out of Level 3 assets and liabilities for the year ended December 31, 2011 are summarized below:

 

   

During the year ended December 31, 2011, fixed maturity securities transfers into Level 3 of $599 million resulted primarily from current market conditions characterized by a lack of trading activity, decreased liquidity and credit ratings downgrades (e.g., from investment grade to below investment grade). These current market conditions have resulted in decreased transparency of valuations and an increased use of broker quotations and unobservable inputs to determine estimated fair value principally for certain U.S. and foreign corporate securities and foreign government securities.

 

   

During the year ended December 31, 2011, fixed maturity securities transfers out of Level 3 of ($6.7) billion resulted primarily from increased transparency of both new issuances that, subsequent to issuance and establishment of trading activity, became priced by independent pricing services and existing issuances that, over time, the Company was able to obtain pricing from, or corroborate pricing received from independent pricing services with observable inputs, or there were increases in market activity and upgraded credit ratings primarily for ABS, foreign government securities, U.S. and foreign corporate securities and RMBS.

See “— Summary of Critical Accounting Estimates — Estimated Fair Value of Investments” for further information on the estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported above.

 

142


Table of Contents

See Note 5 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further information about the valuation techniques and inputs by level by major classes of invested assets that affect the amounts reported above.

Fixed Maturity Securities. See Note 3 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for information about:

 

   

Fixed maturity and equity securities on a sector basis and the related cost or amortized cost, gross unrealized gains and losses, including the noncredit loss component of OTTI loss, and estimated fair value of such securities at December 31, 2011 and 2010;

 

   

Government and agency securities holdings in excess of 10% of the Company’s equity at December 31, 2011 and 2010; and

 

   

Maturities of fixed maturity securities at December 31, 2011 and 2010.

Fixed Maturity Securities Credit Quality — Ratings.  The Securities Valuation Office of the National Association of Insurance Commissioners (“NAIC”) evaluates the fixed maturity security investments of insurers for regulatory reporting and capital assessment purposes and assigns securities to one of six credit quality categories called “NAIC designations.” If no rating is available from the NAIC, then as permitted by the NAIC, an internally developed rating is used. The NAIC ratings are generally similar to the credit quality designations of the Nationally Recognized Statistical Ratings Organizations (“NRSROs”) for marketable fixed maturity securities, called “rating agency designations,” except for certain structured securities as described below. NAIC ratings 1 and 2 include fixed maturity securities generally considered investment grade (i.e., rated “Baa3” or better by Moody’s or rated “BBB” or better by S&P and Fitch) by such rating organizations. NAIC ratings 3 through 6 include fixed maturity securities generally considered below investment grade (i.e., rated “Ba1” or lower by Moody’s or rated “BB+” or lower by S&P and Fitch) by such rating organizations. Rating agency designations are based on availability of applicable ratings from rating agencies on the NAIC acceptable rating organizations list, including Moody’s, S&P, Fitch and Realpoint, LLC. If no rating is available from a rating agency, then an internally developed rating is used.

The NAIC adopted revised rating methodologies for certain structured securities comprised of non-agency RMBS, CMBS and ABS. The NAIC’s objective with the revised rating methodologies for these structured securities was to increase the accuracy in assessing expected losses, and to use the improved assessment to determine a more appropriate capital requirement for such structured securities. The revised methodologies reduce regulatory reliance on rating agencies and allow for greater regulatory input into the assumptions used to estimate expected losses from structured securities. The Company applies the revised NAIC rating methodologies to structured securities held by MetLife, Inc.’s insurance subsidiaries that file NAIC statutory financial statements. The NAIC’s present methodology is to evaluate structured securities held by insurers using the revised NAIC rating methodologies on an annual basis. If such insurance subsidiaries of the Company acquire structured securities that have not been previously evaluated by the NAIC, but are expected to be evaluated by the NAIC in the upcoming annual review, an internally developed rating is used until a final rating becomes available.

The four tables below present fixed maturity securities based on rating agency designations and equivalent designations of the NAIC, with the exception of certain structured securities described above. These structured securities are presented based on ratings from the revised NAIC rating methodologies described above (which may not correspond to rating agency designations). All NAIC designation (e.g., NAIC 1 — 6) amounts and percentages presented herein are based on the revised NAIC methodologies described above. All rating agency designation (e.g., Aaa/AAA) amounts and percentages presented herein are based on rating agency designations without adjustment for the revised NAIC methodologies described above.

 

143


Table of Contents

The following table presents total fixed maturity securities by NRSRO designation and the equivalent designations of the NAIC, except for certain structured securities, which are presented as described above, as well as the percentage, based on estimated fair value, that each designation is comprised of at:

 

        December 31,  
        2011     2010  

NAIC
Rating

 

Rating Agency Designation

  Amortized
Cost
    Estimated
Fair
Value
    % of
Total
    Amortized
Cost
    Estimated
Fair
Value
    % of
Total
 
        (In millions)  
1   Aaa/Aa/A   $     230,195     $     246,786       70.5  %    $     226,639     $     231,198       71.2  % 
2   Baa     73,352       78,531       22.4       65,412       68,729       21.2  
3   Ba     14,604       14,375       4.1       15,331       15,290       4.7  
4   B     9,437       8,849       2.5       8,742       8,308       2.6  
5   Caa and lower     2,142       1,668       0.5       1,340       1,142       0.3  
6   In or near default     81       62              153       130         
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
 

Total fixed maturity securities

  $ 329,811     $ 350,271       100.0  %    $ 317,617     $ 324,797       100.0  % 
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The following tables present total fixed maturity securities, based on estimated fair value, by sector classification and by NRSRO designation and the equivalent designations of the NAIC, except for certain structured securities, which are presented as described above, that each designation is comprised of at December 31, 2011and 2010:

 

    Fixed Maturity Securities — by Sector & Credit Quality Rating at December 31, 2011  
NAIC Rating:   1     2     3     4     5     6     Total
Estimated
Fair  Value
 
Rating Agency Designation:   Aaa/Aa/A     Baa     Ba     B     Caa and
Lower
    In or Near
Default
   
    (In millions)  

U.S. corporate securities

  $     51,045     $     41,533     $     8,677     $     4,257     $     271     $     2     $     105,785  

Foreign corporate securities

    33,403       26,383       2,915       1,173       140       4       64,018  

Foreign government securities

    42,360       7,553       1,146       1,281       196              52,536  

RMBS (1)

    36,699       1,477       1,450       2,026       933       52       42,637  

U.S. Treasury and agency
securities

    40,012                                          40,012  

CMBS (1)

    18,403       388       125       57       96              19,069  

State and political
subdivision securities

    12,357       842       23       5       8              13,235  

ABS (1)

    12,507       355       39       50       24       4       12,979  

Other fixed maturity securities

                                                
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total fixed maturity securities

  $ 246,786     $ 78,531     $ 14,375     $ 8,849     $ 1,668     $ 62     $ 350,271  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Percentage of total

    70.5  %      22.4  %      4.1  %      2.5  %      0.5  %       %      100.0  % 

 

144


Table of Contents

 

    Fixed Maturity Securities — by Sector & Credit Quality Rating at December 31, 2010  
NAIC Rating:   1     2     3     4     5     6     Total  
Rating Agency Designation:   Aaa/Aa/A     Baa     Ba     B     Caa and
Lower
    In or Near
Default
    Estimated
Fair Value
 
    (In millions)  

U.S. corporate securities

  $ 46,035     $ 34,259     $ 7,633     $ 3,452     $ 353     $ 40     $ 91,772  

Foreign corporate securities

    39,430       24,352       2,474       1,454       169       9       67,888  

Foreign government securities

    31,559       7,184       2,179       1,080                     42,002  

RMBS (1) (2)

    39,640       1,196       2,411       2,054       497       54       45,852  

U.S. Treasury and agency securities

    33,304                                          33,304  

CMBS (1)

    19,385       665       363       205       56       1       20,675  

State and political subdivision securities

    9,368       722       32              7              10,129  

ABS (1) (2)

    12,477       348       198       59       60       26       13,168  

Other fixed maturity securities

           3              4                     7  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total fixed maturity securities

  $ 231,198     $ 68,729     $ 15,290     $ 8,308     $ 1,142     $ 130     $ 324,797  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Percentage of total

    71.2  %      21.2  %      4.7  %      2.6  %      0.3  %       %      100.0  % 

 

 

(1)

Presented using the revised NAIC rating methodologies described above.

 

(2)

Within fixed maturity securities, a reclassification from the ABS sector to the RMBS sector has been made to the prior year amounts to conform to the current year presentation for securities backed by sub-prime residential mortgage loans to be consistent with market convention relating to the risks inherent in such securities and the Company’s management of its investments within these asset sectors.

The following table presents selected information about certain fixed maturity securities held at:

 

     December 31,  
     2011     2010  
     (In millions)  

Below investment grade or non-rated fixed maturity securities:

    

Estimated fair value

   $ 24,954     $ 24,870  

Net unrealized gains (losses)

   $ (1,310   $ (696

Non-income producing fixed maturity securities:

    

Estimated fair value

   $ 62     $ 130  

Net unrealized gains (losses)

   $ (19   $ (23

 

145


Table of Contents

U.S. and Foreign Corporate Fixed Maturity Securities.   The Company maintains a diversified portfolio of corporate fixed maturity securities across industries and issuers. This portfolio does not have an exposure to any single issuer in excess of 1% of total investments. The tables below present information for U.S. and foreign corporate securities at:

 

     December 31,  
     2011     2010  
     Estimated
Fair

Value
     % of
Total
    Estimated
Fair

Value
     % of
Total
 
     (In millions)            (In millions)         

Corporate fixed maturity securities — by sector:

          

Foreign corporate fixed maturity securities (1)

   $ 64,018        37.7  %    $ 67,888        42.5  % 

U.S. corporate fixed maturity securities — by industry:

          

Industrial

     26,962        15.9       22,070        13.8  

Consumer

     26,739        15.7       21,482        13.5  

Finance

     20,854        12.3       20,785        13.0  

Utility

     19,508        11.5       16,902        10.6  

Communications

     8,178        4.8       7,335        4.6  

Other

     3,544        2.1       3,198        2.0  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 169,803        100.0  %    $ 159,660        100.0  % 
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

Includes U.S. dollar denominated and foreign denominated debt obligations of foreign obligors and other foreign fixed maturity securities.

 

     December 31,  
     2011     2010  
     Estimated
Fair

Value
     % of Total
Investments
    Estimated
Fair

Value
     % of Total
Investments
 
     (In millions)            (In millions)         

Concentrations within corporate fixed maturity securities:

          

Largest exposure to a single issuer

   $ 1,642        0.3  %    $ 2,291        0.5  % 

Holdings in ten issuers with the largest exposures

   $ 10,716        2.1  %    $ 14,247        3.1  % 

Structured Securities.   The following table presents information about structured securities at:

 

     December 31,  
     2011     2010  
     Estimated
Fair

Value
     % of
Total
    Estimated
Fair

Value
     % of
Total
 
     (In millions)  

RMBS

   $ 42,637        57.1  %    $ 45,852        57.5  % 

CMBS

     19,069        25.5       20,675        26.0  

ABS

     12,979        17.4       13,168        16.5  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total structured securities

   $ 74,685        100.0  %    $ 79,695        100.0  % 
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Ratings profile:

          

RMBS rated Aaa/AAA

   $ 31,690        74.3  %    $ 36,244        79.0  % 

RMBS rated NAIC 1

   $ 36,699        86.1  %    $ 39,640        86.5  % 

CMBS rated Aaa/AAA

   $ 15,785        82.8  %    $ 16,901        81.7  % 

CMBS rated NAIC 1

   $ 18,403        96.5  %    $ 19,385        93.7  % 

ABS rated Aaa/AAA

   $ 8,223        63.4  %    $ 10,252        77.9  % 

ABS rated NAIC 1

   $ 12,507        96.4  %    $ 12,477        94.8  % 

 

146


Table of Contents

RMBS . The table below presents information on RMBS holdings at:

 

     December 31,  
     2011     2010  
     Estimated
Fair

Value
     % of
Total
    Estimated
Fair

Value
     % of
Total
 
     (In millions)            (In millions)         

By security type:

          

Collateralized mortgage obligations

   $ 23,392        54.9    $ 23,422        51.1 

Pass-through securities

     19,245        45.1       22,430        48.9  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total RMBS

   $ 42,637        100.0    $ 45,852        100.0 
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

By risk profile:

          

Agency

   $ 31,055        72.8    $ 34,254        74.7 

Prime

     5,959        14.0       6,258        13.7  

Alt-A

     4,648        10.9       4,221        9.2  

Sub-prime

     975        2.3       1,119        2.4  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total RMBS

   $ 42,637        100.0    $ 45,852        100.0 
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Collateralized mortgage obligations are a type of mortgage-backed security structured by dividing the cash flows of mortgages into separate pools or tranches of risk that create multiple classes of bonds with varying maturities and priority of payments. Pass-through mortgage-backed securities are a type of asset-backed security that is secured by a mortgage or collection of mortgages. The monthly mortgage payments from homeowners pass from the originating bank through an intermediary, such as a government agency or investment bank, which collects the payments and, for a fee, remits or passes these payments through to the holders of the pass-through securities.

The majority of RMBS held by the Company was rated Aaa/AAA by Moody’s, S&P or Fitch; and the majority was rated NAIC 1 by the NAIC at December 31, 2011 and 2010, as presented above. Agency RMBS were guaranteed or otherwise supported by FNMA, FHLMC or GNMA. Non-agency RMBS include prime, Alt-A and sub-prime RMBS. Prime residential mortgage lending includes the origination of residential mortgage loans to the most creditworthy borrowers with high quality credit profiles. Alt-A is a classification of mortgage loans where the risk profile of the borrower falls between prime and sub-prime. Sub-prime mortgage lending is the origination of residential mortgage loans to borrowers with weak credit profiles. Included within prime and Alt-A RMBS are resecuritization of real estate mortgage investment conduit (“Re-REMIC”) securities. Re-REMIC RMBS involve the pooling of previous issues of prime and Alt-A RMBS and restructuring the combined pools to create new senior and subordinated securities. The credit enhancement on the senior tranches is improved through the resecuritization.

At December 31, 2011 and 2010, the Company’s Alt-A securities portfolio has no exposure to option adjustable rate mortgages (“ARMs”) and a minimal exposure to hybrid ARMs. The Company’s Alt-A securities portfolio is comprised primarily of fixed rate mortgages (93% and 91% at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively) which have performed better than both option ARMs and hybrid ARMs in the overall Alt-A market. The Company’s Alt-A RMBS holdings had unrealized losses of $871 million and $670 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. Approximately 7% and 16% of this portfolio was rated Aa or better at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

The sub-prime RMBS had unrealized losses of $347 million and $317 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. At December 31, 2011, approximately 21% of this portfolio was rated Aa or better, of which 79% was in vintage year 2005 and prior. At December 31, 2010, approximately 54% of this portfolio was rated Aa or better, of which 88% was in vintage year 2005 and prior. These older vintages from 2005 and prior benefit from better underwriting, improved credit enhancement levels and higher residential property price appreciation. Approximately 69% and 66% of this portfolio was rated NAIC 2 or better at December 31, 2011 and 2010,

 

147


Table of Contents

respectively. The slowing U.S. housing market, greater use of affordable mortgage products and relaxed underwriting standards for some originators of sub-prime residential mortgage loans have led to higher delinquency and loss rates, especially within the 2006 and 2007 vintage years. These factors have caused a pull-back in market liquidity and repricing of risk, which has led to higher levels of unrealized losses on securities backed by sub-prime residential mortgage loans as compared to historical levels.

CMBS. The following tables present holdings of CMBS by rating agency designation and by vintage year at:

 

    December 31, 2011  
    Aaa     Aa     A     Baa     Below
Investment
Grade
    Total  
    Amortized
Cost
    Estimated
Fair
Value
    Amortized
Cost
    Estimated
Fair
Value
    Amortized
Cost
    Estimated
Fair
Value
    Amortized
Cost
    Estimated
Fair
Value
    Amortized
Cost
    Estimated
Fair
Value
    Amortized
Cost
    Estimated
Fair
Value
 
    (In millions)  

2003 & Prior

  $ 5,574     $ 5,677     $ 176     $ 176     $ 91     $ 88     $ 54     $ 52     $ 29     $ 27     $ 5,924     $ 6,020  

2004

    3,586       3,730       430       440       135       129       83       80       32       25       4,266       4,404  

2005

    3,081       3,318       427       432       277       269       184       175       31       28       4,000       4,222  

2006

    1,712       1,835       245       237       89       83       118       110       123       106       2,287       2,371  

2007

    643       665       395       332       163       138       67       71       94       88       1,362       1,294  

2008

                                                            25       27       25       27  

2009

                                                                                   

2010

    3       3                                   60       66                     63       69  

2011

    536       557       1       1       92       96                     9       8       638       662  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $ 15,135     $ 15,785     $ 1,674     $ 1,618     $ 847     $ 803     $ 566     $ 554     $ 343     $ 309     $ 18,565     $ 19,069  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ratings Distribution

      82.8  %        8.5  %        4.2  %        2.9  %        1.6  %        100.0  % 
   

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 
    December 31, 2010  
    Aaa     Aa     A     Baa     Below
Investment
Grade
    Total  
    Amortized
Cost
    Estimated
Fair
Value
    Amortized
Cost
    Estimated
Fair
Value
    Amortized
Cost
    Estimated
Fair
Value
    Amortized
Cost
    Estimated
Fair
Value
    Amortized
Cost
    Estimated
Fair
Value
    Amortized
Cost
    Estimated
Fair
Value
 
    (In millions)  

2003 & Prior

  $ 7,411     $ 7,640     $ 282     $ 282     $ 228     $ 227     $ 74     $ 71     $ 28     $ 24     $ 8,023     $ 8,244  

2004

    3,489       3,620       277       273       216       209       181       175       91       68       4,254       4,345  

2005

    3,113       3,292       322       324       286       280       263       255       73       66       4,057       4,217  

2006

    1,463       1,545       159       160       168       168       385       398       166       156       2,341       2,427  

2007

    840       791       344       298       96       95       119       108       122       133       1,521       1,425  

2008

    2       2                                                               2       2  

2009

    3       3                                                               3       3  

2010

    8       8                     4       4                                   12       12  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $ 16,329     $ 16,901     $ 1,384     $ 1,337     $ 998     $ 983     $ 1,022     $ 1,007     $ 480     $ 447     $ 20,213     $ 20,675  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ratings Distribution

      81.7  %        6.4  %        4.8  %        4.9  %        2.2  %        100.0  % 
   

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

The tables above reflect rating agency designations assigned by nationally recognized rating agencies including Moody’s, S&P, Fitch and Realpoint, LLC.

The weighted average credit enhancement of the Company’s CMBS holdings was 27% and 26% at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. This credit enhancement percentage represents the current weighted average estimated percentage of outstanding capital structure subordinated to the Company’s investment holding that is available to absorb losses before the security incurs the first dollar of loss of principal. The credit protection does not include any equity interest or property value in excess of outstanding debt.

 

148


Table of Contents

ABS.   The Company’s ABS are diversified both by collateral type and by issuer. The following table presents information about ABS held at:

 

     December 31,  
     2011     2010  
     Estimated
Fair

Value
     % of
Total
    Estimated
Fair

Value
     % of
Total
 
     (In millions)            (In millions)         

By collateral type:

          

Credit card loans

   $ 4,038        31.1  %    $ 6,027        45.8  % 

Collateralized debt obligations

     2,575        19.8       1,798        13.7  

Student loans

     2,434        18.8       2,416        18.3  

Automobile loans

     977        7.5       605        4.6  

Other loans

     2,955        22.8       2,322        17.6  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 12,979        100.0  %    $ 13,168        100.0  % 
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Evaluation of Fixed Maturity Securities and Equity Securities Available-for-Sale for Other-Than-Temporary Impairment

See the following sections within Note 3 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for information about the evaluation of fixed maturity securities and equity securities available-for-sale for OTTI:

 

   

Evaluating available-for-sale securities for other-than-temporary impairment;

 

   

Net unrealized investment gains (losses);

 

   

Continuous gross unrealized losses and OTTI losses for fixed maturity and equity securities available-for-sale by sector;

 

   

Aging of gross unrealized losses and OTTI losses for fixed maturity and equity securities available-for-sale;

 

   

Concentration of gross unrealized losses and OTTI losses for fixed maturity and equity securities available-for-sale; and

 

   

Evaluating temporarily impaired available-for-sale securities.

Trading and Other Securities

The Company has a trading securities portfolio, principally invested in fixed maturity securities, to support investment strategies that involve the active and frequent purchase and sale of securities (“Actively Traded Securities”) and the execution of short sale agreements. Trading and other securities also include securities for which the FVO has been elected (“FVO Securities”). FVO Securities include certain fixed maturity and equity securities held for investment by the general account to support asset and liability matching strategies for certain insurance products. FVO Securities also include contractholder-directed investments supporting unit-linked variable annuity type liabilities which do not qualify for presentation as separate account summary total assets and liabilities. These investments are primarily mutual funds and, to a lesser extent, fixed maturity and equity securities, short-term investments and cash and cash equivalents. The investment returns on these investments inure to contractholders and are offset by a corresponding change in PABs through interest credited to policyholder account balances. FVO Securities also include securities held by CSEs (former qualifying special purpose entities). Trading and other securities were $18.3 billion and $18.6 billion at estimated fair value, or 3.5% and 3.9% of total cash and invested assets, at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. See Note 3 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for tables which present information about the Actively Traded Securities and FVO Securities, related short sale agreement liabilities and investments pledged to secure short sale agreement liabilities at December 31, 2011 and 2010.

 

149


Table of Contents

Trading and other securities and trading (short sale agreement) liabilities, measured at estimated fair value on a recurring basis and their corresponding fair value hierarchy, are presented as follows:

 

     December 31, 2011  
     Trading and Other
Securities
    Trading
Liabilities
 
     (In millions)  

Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets and liabilities (Level 1)

   $ 7,572        41  %    $ 124        98  % 

Significant other observable inputs (Level 2)

     9,287        51       3        2  

Significant unobservable inputs (Level 3)

     1,409        8                 
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total estimated fair value

   $ 18,268        100  %    $ 127        100  % 
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

A rollforward of the fair value measurements for trading and other securities measured at estimated fair value on a recurring basis using significant unobservable (Level 3) inputs for the year ended December 31, 2011, is as follows:

 

            Year Ended December 31, 2011           
    (In millions)  

Balance, beginning of period

  $ 822  

Total realized/unrealized gains (losses) included in earnings

    (2

Purchases

    1,246  

Sales

    (519

Transfers into Level 3

    121  

Transfers out of Level 3

    (259
 

 

 

 

Balance, end of period

  $ 1,409  
 

 

 

 

See “ — Summary of Critical Accounting Estimates” for further information on the estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported above.

See Note 5 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further information about the valuation techniques and inputs by level of major classes of invested assets that affect the amounts reported above.

Net Investment Gains (Losses) Including OTTI Losses Recognized in Earnings

See Note 3 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for tables that present:

 

   

The components of net investment gains (losses) for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009;

 

   

Proceeds from sales or disposals of fixed maturity and equity securities and the components of fixed maturity and equity securities net investment gains (losses) for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009;

 

   

Fixed maturity security OTTI losses recognized in earnings by sector and industry within the U.S. and foreign corporate securities sector for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009; and

 

   

Equity security OTTI losses recognized in earnings by sector and industry for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009.

Overview of Fixed Maturity and Equity Security OTTI Losses Recognized in Earnings.  Impairments of fixed maturity and equity securities were $1.0 billion, $484 million and $1.9 billion for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Impairments of fixed maturity securities were $955 million, $470 million and $1.5 billion for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Impairments of equity securities were $60 million, $14 million and $400 million for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

 

150


Table of Contents

The Company’s credit-related impairments of fixed maturity securities were $645 million, $423 million and $1.1 billion for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

The Company’s three largest impairments totaled $499 million, $105 million and $508 million for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

The Company records OTTI losses charged to earnings within net investment gains (losses) and adjusts the cost basis of the fixed maturity and equity securities accordingly. The Company does not change the revised cost basis for subsequent recoveries in value.

Explanations of changes in fixed maturity and equity securities impairments are as follows:

 

   

Year Ended December 31, 2011 compared to the Year Ended December 31, 2010 — Overall OTTI losses recognized in earnings on fixed maturity and equity securities were $1.0 billion for the current year as compared to $484 million in the prior year. The increase in OTTI losses on fixed maturity and equity securities primarily reflects impairments on Greece sovereign debt securities of $405 million as a result of the reduction in the expected recoverable amount (see “— Investments — Current Environment”) and intent-to-sell fixed maturity security impairments on other sovereign debt securities due to the repositioning of the acquired ALICO portfolio into longer duration and higher yielding investments, resulting in total sovereign debt security impairments of $486 million recognized in 2011. In addition, intent-to-sell impairments related to the Divested Businesses of $154 million were recognized in 2011 primarily concentrated in the RMBS sector. These increased impairments were partially offset by decreased impairments in the CMBS, ABS and corporate sectors, reflecting improving economic fundamentals.

 

   

Year Ended December 31, 2010 compared to the Year Ended December 31, 2009 — Overall OTTI losses recognized in earnings on fixed maturity and equity securities were $484 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 compared to $1.9 billion in the prior year. Improving or stabilizing market conditions across all sectors and industries, particularly the financial services industry, as compared to the prior year when there was significant stress in the global financial markets, resulted in a lower level of impairments in fixed maturity and equity securities in 2010. The most significant decrease in the current year, as compared to the prior year, was in the Company’s financial services industry holdings which comprised $799 million in fixed maturity and equity security impairments in the year ended December 31, 2009, as compared to $129 million in impairments in the year ended December 31, 2010. Of the $799 million in financial services industry impairments in the prior year, $340 million were in equity securities, of which $310 million were in financial services industry perpetual hybrid securities which were impaired as a result of deterioration in the credit rating of the issuer to below investment grade and due to a severe and extended unrealized loss position on these securities. Impairments in the current year were concentrated in the RMBS, ABS and CMBS sectors reflecting then current economic conditions including higher unemployment levels and continued weakness within the real estate markets. Of the fixed maturity and equity securities impairments of $484 million and $1.9 billion in the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively, $287 million and $449 million, or 59% and 24%, respectively, were in the Company’s RMBS, ABS and CMBS holdings.

Future Impairments.   Future OTTIs will depend primarily on economic fundamentals, issuer performance (including changes in the present value of future cash flows expected to be collected), changes in credit ratings, changes in collateral valuation, changes in interest rates and changes in credit spreads. If economic fundamentals or any of the above factors deteriorate, additional OTTIs may be incurred in upcoming quarters.

Credit Loss Rollforward — Rollforward of the Cumulative Credit Loss Component of OTTI Loss Recognized in Earnings on Fixed Maturity Securities Still Held for Which a Portion of the OTTI Loss Was Recognized in Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)

See Note 3 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for the table that presents a rollforward of the cumulative credit loss component of OTTI loss recognized in earnings on fixed maturity securities still held at December 31, 2011 and 2010 for which a portion of the OTTI loss was recognized in other comprehensive income (loss) for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010.

 

151


Table of Contents

Securities Lending

The Company participates in a securities lending program whereby blocks of securities, which are included in fixed maturity securities and short-term investments, are loaned to third parties, primarily brokerage firms and commercial banks. The Company obtains collateral, usually cash, in an amount generally equal to 102% of the estimated fair value of the securities loaned, which is obtained at the inception of a loan and maintained at a level greater than or equal to 100% for the duration of the loan. Securities loaned under such transactions may be sold or repledged by the transferee. The Company is liable to return to its counterparties the cash collateral under its control. These transactions are treated as financing arrangements and the associated liability is recorded at the amount of the cash received.

See Note 3 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for the following information regarding the Company’s securities lending program: securities on loan, cash collateral on deposit from counterparties, security collateral on deposit from counterparties and the estimated fair value of the reinvestment portfolio at December 31, 2011 and 2010.

Invested Assets on Deposit, Held in Trust and Pledged as Collateral

See Note 3 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for a table of the invested assets on deposit, held in trust and pledged as collateral at December 31, 2011 and 2010.

Mortgage Loans

The Company’s mortgage loans are principally collateralized by commercial real estate, agricultural real estate and residential properties. The carrying value of mortgage loans was $72.1 billion and $62.3 billion, or 13.8% and 13.1% of total cash and invested assets at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. See Note 3 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for a table that presents the Company’s mortgage loans held-for-investment of $56.9 billion and $59.0 billion by portfolio segment at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, as well as the components of the mortgage loans held-for-sale of $15.2 billion and $3.3 billion at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. The information presented below excludes the effects of consolidating certain VIEs that are treated as CSEs and securitized reverse residential mortgage loans. Such amounts are presented in the aforementioned table.

The Company diversifies its mortgage loan portfolio by both geographic region and property type to reduce the risk of concentration. Of the Company’s commercial and agricultural mortgage loans, 90% are collateralized by properties located in the U.S., with the remaining 10% collateralized by properties located outside the U.S., calculated as a percent of the total mortgage loans held - for- investment (excluding commercial mortgage loans held by CSEs) at December 31, 2011. The carrying value of the Company’s commercial and agricultural mortgage loans located in California, New York and Texas were 19%, 10% and 8%, respectively, of total mortgage loans held for investment (excluding commercial mortgage loans held by CSEs) at December 31, 2011. Additionally, the Company manages risk when originating commercial and agricultural mortgage loans by generally lending only up to 75% of the estimated fair value of the underlying real estate collateral.

 

152


Table of Contents

Commercial Mortgage Loans by Geographic Region and Property Type.   Commercial mortgage loans are the largest component of the mortgage loan invested asset class as it represents over 70% of total mortgage loans held-for-investment (excluding the effects of consolidating certain VIEs that are treated as CSEs) at both December 31, 2011 and 2010. The tables below present the diversification across geographic regions and property types of commercial mortgage loans held-for-investment at:

 

     December 31,  
     2011     2010  
     Amount      % of
Total
    Amount      % of
Total
 
     (In millions)  

Region (1):

          

South Atlantic

   $ 9,022        22.3  %    $ 7,910        20.9  % 

Pacific

     8,209        20.3       8,616        22.8  

Middle Atlantic

     6,370        15.8       5,486        14.5  

International

     4,713        11.7       4,095        10.8  

West South Central

     3,220        8.0       2,922        7.7  

East North Central

     2,984        7.3       2,900        7.7  

New England

     1,563        3.9       1,310        3.5  

Mountain

     746        1.8       811        2.2  

East South Central

     487        1.2       461        1.2  

West North Central

     365        0.9       643        1.7  

Multi-Region and Other

     2,761        6.8       2,664        7.0  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total recorded investment

     40,440        100.0  %      37,818        100.0  % 
     

 

 

      

 

 

 

Less: valuation allowances

     398          562     
  

 

 

      

 

 

    

Carrying value, net of valuation allowances

   $ 40,042        $ 37,256     
  

 

 

      

 

 

    

Property Type:

          

Office

   $ 18,582        45.9  %    $ 16,857        44.6  % 

Retail

     9,524        23.6       9,215        24.3  

Apartments

     4,011        9.9       3,630        9.6  

Hotels

     3,114        7.7       3,089        8.2  

Industrial

     3,102        7.7       2,910        7.7  

Other

     2,107        5.2       2,117        5.6  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total recorded investment

     40,440        100.0  %      37,818        100.0  % 
     

 

 

      

 

 

 

Less: valuation allowances

     398          562     
  

 

 

      

 

 

    

Carrying value, net of valuation allowances

   $ 40,042        $ 37,256     
  

 

 

      

 

 

    

 

(1)

Reclassifications have been made to the prior year amounts from various regions to the Multi-Region and Other region to conform to the current year presentation.

Mortgage Loan Credit Quality — Restructured, Potentially Delinquent, Delinquent or Under Foreclosure.  The Company monitors its mortgage loan investments on an ongoing basis, including reviewing loans that are restructured, potentially delinquent, and delinquent or under foreclosure. These loan classifications are consistent with those used in industry practice.

The Company defines restructured mortgage loans as loans in which the Company, for economic or legal reasons related to the debtor’s financial difficulties, grants a concession to the debtor that it would not otherwise consider. The Company defines potentially delinquent loans as loans that, in management’s opinion, have a high probability of becoming delinquent in the near term. The Company defines delinquent mortgage loans consistent

 

153


Table of Contents

with industry practice, when interest and principal payments are past due as follows: commercial mortgage loans — 60 days or more; agricultural mortgage loans — 90 days or more; and residential mortgage loans — 60 days or more. The Company defines mortgage loans under foreclosure as loans in which foreclosure proceedings have formally commenced.

The following table presents the recorded investment and valuation allowance for all mortgage loans held-for-investment distributed by the above stated loan classifications at:

 

     December 31,  
     2011     2010  
     Recorded
Investment
     % of
Total
    Valuation
Allowance
     % of
Recorded
Investment
    Recorded
Investment
     % of
Total
    Valuation
Allowance
     % of
Recorded
Investment
 
     (In millions)  

Commercial:

                    

Performing

   $ 40,106        99.1  %    $ 339        0.8  %    $ 37,487        99.1  %    $ 528        1.4  % 

Restructured (1)

     248        0.6       44        17.7  %      93        0.2       6        6.5  % 

Potentially delinquent

     23        0.1       15        65.2  %      180        0.5       28        15.6  % 

Delinquent or under foreclosure

     63        0.2                %      58        0.2                % 
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

Total

   $ 40,440        100.0  %    $ 398        1.0  %    $ 37,818        100.0  %    $ 562        1.5  % 
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

Agricultural (2):

                    

Performing

   $ 12,899        98.3  %    $ 41        0.3  %    $ 12,486        97.9  %    $ 35        0.3  % 

Restructured (3)

     58        0.4       7        12.1  %      33        0.3       8        24.2  % 

Potentially delinquent

     25        0.2       4        16.0  %      62        0.5       11        17.7  % 

Delinquent or under foreclosure (3)

     147        1.1       29        19.7  %      170        1.3       34        20.0  % 
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

Total

   $ 13,129        100.0  %    $ 81        0.6  %    $ 12,751        100.0  %    $ 88        0.7  % 
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

Residential (4):

                    

Performing

   $ 664        96.4  %    $ 1        0.2  %    $ 2,145        96.1  %    $ 12        0.6  % 

Restructured (5)

                             %      4        0.2                % 

Potentially delinquent

                             %      4        0.2                % 

Delinquent or under foreclosure (5)

     25        3.6       1        4.0  %      78        3.5       2        2.6  % 
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

Total (6)

   $ 689        100.0  %    $ 2        0.3  %    $ 2,231        100.0  %    $ 14        0.6  % 
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

(1)

As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, restructured commercial mortgage loans were comprised of 10 and five restructured loans, respectively, all of which were performing.

 

(2)

Of the $13.1 billion of agricultural mortgage loans outstanding at December 31, 2011, 50% were subject to rate resets prior to maturity. A substantial portion of these mortgage loans have been successfully reset, refinanced or extended at market terms.

 

(3)

As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, restructured agricultural mortgage loans were comprised of 11 and five restructured loans, respectively, all of which were performing. Additionally, as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, delinquent or under foreclosure agricultural mortgage loans included four and two restructured loans with a recorded investment of $13 million and $29 million, respectively, which were not performing.

 

(4)

Residential mortgage loans held-for-investment consist primarily of first lien residential mortgage loans and, to a much lesser extent, second lien residential mortgage loans and home equity lines of credit.

 

(5)

There were no restructured residential mortgage loans at December 31, 2011. As of December 31, 2010, restructured residential mortgage loans were comprised of 12 restructured loans, all of which were performing.

 

(6)

The valuation allowance on and the related carrying value of certain residential mortgage loans held-for-investment was transferred to held-for-sale in connection with the pending disposition of certain operations of MetLife Bank. See Note 2 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

154


Table of Contents

See Note 3 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for tables that present, by portfolio segment, mortgage loans by credit quality indicator, impaired mortgage loans, past due and nonaccrual mortgage loans, as well as loans modified through troubled debt restructurings.

Mortgage Loan Credit Quality — Monitoring Process — Commercial and Agricultural Mortgage Loans.   The Company reviews all commercial mortgage loans on an ongoing basis. These reviews may include an analysis of the property financial statements and rent roll, lease rollover analysis, property inspections, market analysis, estimated valuations of the underlying collateral, loan-to-value ratios, debt service coverage ratios, and tenant creditworthiness. The monitoring process focuses on higher risk loans, which include those that are classified as restructured, potentially delinquent, delinquent or in foreclosure, as well as loans with higher loan-to-value ratios and lower debt service coverage ratios. The monitoring process for agricultural mortgage loans is generally similar, with a focus on higher risk loans, such as loans with higher loan-to-value ratios, including reviews on a geographic and property type basis.

Loan-to-value ratios and debt service coverage ratios are common measures in the assessment of the quality of commercial mortgage loans. Loan-to-value ratios are a common measure in the assessment of the quality of agricultural mortgage loans. Loan-to-value ratios compare the amount of the loan to the estimated fair value of the underlying collateral. A loan-to-value ratio greater than 100% indicates that the loan amount is greater than the collateral value. A loan-to-value ratio of less than 100% indicates an excess of collateral value over the loan amount. The debt service coverage ratio compares a property’s net operating income to amounts needed to service the principal and interest due under the loan. For commercial mortgage loans, the average loan-to-value ratio was 61% and 66% at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, and the average debt service coverage ratio was 2.1x at December 31, 2011, as compared to 2.4x at December 31, 2010. The commercial mortgage loan debt service coverage ratio and loan-to-value ratio, as well as the values utilized in calculating these ratios, are updated annually, on a rolling basis, with a portion of the commercial mortgage loan portfolio updated each quarter. For agricultural mortgage loans, the average loan-to-value ratio was 48% and 49% at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. The values utilized in calculating the agricultural mortgage loan loan-to-value ratio are developed in connection with the ongoing review of the agricultural loan portfolio and are routinely updated.

Mortgage Loan Credit Quality — Monitoring Process — Residential Mortgage Loans.   The Company has a conservative residential mortgage loan portfolio and does not hold any option ARMs, sub-prime or low teaser rate loans. Higher risk loans include those that are classified as restructured, potentially delinquent, delinquent or in foreclosure, as well as loans with higher loan-to-value ratios and interest-only loans. The Company’s investment in residential junior lien loans and residential mortgage loans with a loan-to-value ratio of 80% or more was $74 million and $95 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, and certain of the higher loan-to-value residential mortgage loans have mortgage insurance coverage which reduces the loan-to-value ratio to less than 80%. Additionally, the Company’s investment in traditional residential interest-only mortgage loans was $6 million and $389 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

Mortgage Loan Valuation Allowances.   The Company’s valuation allowances are established both on a loan specific basis for those loans considered impaired where a property specific or market specific risk has been identified that could likely result in a future loss, as well as for pools of loans with similar risk characteristics where a property specific or market specific risk has not been identified, but for which the Company expects to incur a loss. Accordingly, a valuation allowance is provided to absorb these estimated probable credit losses. The Company records additions to and decreases in its valuation allowances and gains and losses from the sale of loans in net investment gains (losses).

The Company records valuation allowances for loans considered to be impaired when it is probable that, based upon current information and events, the Company will be unable to collect all amounts due under the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Based on the facts and circumstances of the individual loans being impaired, loan specific valuation allowances are established for the excess carrying value of the loan over either: (i) the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s original effective interest rate; (ii) the estimated fair value of the loan’s underlying collateral if the loan is in the process of foreclosure or otherwise collateral dependent; or (iii) the loan’s observable market price.

 

155


Table of Contents

The Company also establishes valuation allowances for loan losses for pools of loans with similar risk characteristics, such as property types, loan-to-value ratios and debt service coverage ratios when, based on past experience, it is probable that a credit event has occurred and the amount of loss can be reasonably estimated. These valuation allowances are based on loan risk characteristics, historical default rates and loss severities, real estate market fundamentals and outlook, as well as other relevant factors.

The determination of the amount of, and additions or decreases to, valuation allowances is based upon the Company’s periodic evaluation and assessment of known and inherent risks associated with its loan portfolios. Such evaluations and assessments are based upon several factors, including the Company’s experience for loan losses, defaults and loss severity, and loss expectations for loans with similar risk characteristics. These evaluations and assessments are revised as conditions change and new information becomes available. We update our evaluations regularly, which can cause the valuation allowances to increase or decrease over time as such evaluations are revised. Negative credit migration including an actual or expected increase in the level of problem loans will result in an increase in the valuation allowance. Positive credit migration including an actual or expected decrease in the level of problem loans will result in a decrease in the valuation allowance. Such changes in the valuation allowance are recorded in net investment gains (losses).

See Note 3 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for a table that presents the activity in the Company’s valuation allowances, by portfolio segment, for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009; and for tables that present the Company’s valuation allowances, by type of credit loss, by portfolio segment, at December 31, 2011 and 2010.

Impairments to estimated fair value included within net investment gains (losses) for impaired mortgage loans were $18 million and $17 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. The estimated fair value of the impaired mortgage loans after these impairments was $209 million and $197 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, which are carried at estimated fair value based on the value of the underlying collateral or independent broker quotations, if lower, of which $151 million and $164 million related to impaired mortgage loans held-for-investment and $58 million and $33 million to certain mortgage loans held-for-sale, at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. These impaired mortgage loans were recorded at estimated fair value and represent a nonrecurring fair value measurement. The estimated fair value is categorized as Level 3 due to the lack of transparency and unobservability in collateral valuation and independent broker quotations.

Real Estate and Real Estate Joint Ventures

The Company diversifies its real estate investments by both geographic region and property type to reduce risk of concentration. Of the Company’s real estate investments, 83% are primarily located in the United States, with the remaining 17% located outside the United States, at December 31, 2011. The three locations with the largest real estate investments were California, Japan and Florida at 19%, 14%, and 12%, respectively, at December 31, 2011. See Note 3 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information regarding real estate and real estate joint venture investments.

 

156


Table of Contents

Real estate and real estate joint venture investments by property type are categorized as follows:

 

     December 31,  
     2011     2010  
       Carrying  
Value
     % of
    Total    
      Carrying  
Value
     % of
    Total    
 
     (In millions)            (In millions)         

Office

   $ 5,089        59.4  %    $ 4,369        54.4  % 

Apartments

     1,610        18.8       1,774        22.1  

Real estate investment funds

     562        6.6       552        6.9  

Industrial

     427        5.0       433        5.4  

Retail

     332        3.9       389        4.8  

Hotel

     218        2.5       233        2.9  

Land

     126        1.5       133        1.7  

Agriculture

     14        0.2       17        0.2  

Other

     185        2.1       130        1.6  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total real estate and real estate joint ventures

   $ 8,563        100.0  %    $ 8,030        100.0  % 
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

There were no impairments recognized on real estate and real estate joint ventures held-for-investment for the year ended December 31, 2011. Impairments recognized on real estate and real estate joint ventures held-for-investment were $48 million and $160 million for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively, which included impairments on cost basis real estate joint ventures of $25 million and $82 million, respectively. There were no impaired cost basis real estate joint ventures held as of December 31, 2011. The estimated fair value of the impaired cost basis real estate joint ventures, after impairments, held as of December 31, 2010, was $8 million. These impairments to estimated fair value represent non-recurring fair value measurements that have been classified as Level 3 due to the limited activity and limited price transparency inherent in the market for such investments. Impairments recognized on real estate held-for-sale were $2 million and $1 million for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. There were no impairments recognized on real estate held-for-sale for the year ended December 31, 2009.

Other Limited Partnership Interests

The carrying value of other limited partnership interests (which primarily represent ownership interests in pooled investment funds that principally make private equity investments in companies in the United States and overseas) was $6.4 billion at both December 31, 2011 and 2010, which included $1.1 billion and $1.0 billion of hedge funds, at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. Impairments to estimated fair value for such other limited partnership interests of $5 million, $12 million and $354 million for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively, were recognized within net investment gains (losses). The estimated fair value of the impaired other limited partnership interests after these impairments was $13 million, $23 million and $561 million at December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. These impairments to estimated fair value represent non-recurring fair value measurements that have been classified as Level 3 due to the limited activity and limited price transparency inherent in the market for such investments.

Other Invested Assets

See Note 3 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for a table that presents the Company’s other invested assets by type at December 31, 2011 and 2010 and related information.

Short-term Investments and Cash Equivalents

The carrying value of short-term investments, which includes securities and other investments with remaining maturities of one year or less, but greater than three months, at the time of purchase was $17.3 billion and $9.4 billion, or 3.3% and 2.0% of total cash and invested assets, at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. The

 

157


Table of Contents

carrying value of cash equivalents, which includes securities and other investments with an original or remaining maturity of three months or less at the time of purchase, was $5.0 billion and $9.6 billion, or 1.0% and 2.0% of total cash and invested assets, at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

Derivative Financial Instruments

Derivatives.   The Company is exposed to various risks relating to its ongoing business operations, including interest rate risk, foreign currency risk, credit risk, and equity market risk. The Company uses a variety of strategies to manage these risks, including the use of derivative instruments. See Note 4 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for:

 

   

A comprehensive description of the nature of the Company’s derivative instruments, including the strategies for which derivatives are used in managing various risks.

 

   

Information about the notional amount, estimated fair value, and primary underlying risk exposure of the Company’s derivative financial instruments, excluding embedded derivatives held at December 31, 2011 and 2010.

Hedging.   See Note 4 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for information about:

 

   

The notional amount and estimated fair value of derivatives and non-derivative instruments designated as hedging instruments by type of hedge designation at December 31, 2011 and 2010.

 

   

The notional amount and estimated fair value of derivatives that are not designated or do not qualify as hedging instruments by derivative type at December 31, 2011 and 2010.

 

   

The statement of operations effects of derivatives in cash flow, fair value, or non-qualifying hedge relationships for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009.

See “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk — Management of Market Risk Exposures — Hedging Activities” for more information about the Company’s use of derivatives by major hedge program.

Fair Value Hierarchy.   Derivatives measured at estimated fair value on a recurring basis and their corresponding fair value hierarchy, are presented as follows:

 

    December 31, 2011  
    Derivative
Assets
    Derivative
Liabilities
 
    (In millions)  

Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets and liabilities (Level 1)

  $ 62       1  %    $ 103       3  % 

Significant other observable inputs (Level 2)

    14,746       90       3,750       93  

Significant unobservable inputs (Level 3)

    1,392       9       158       4  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total estimated fair value

  $ 16,200          100  %    $ 4,011          100  % 
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The valuation of Level 3 derivatives involves the use of significant unobservable inputs and generally requires a higher degree of management judgment or estimation than the valuations of Level 1 and Level 2 derivatives. Although Level 3 inputs are unobservable, management believes they are consistent with what other market participants would use when pricing such instruments and are considered appropriate given the circumstances. The use of different inputs or methodologies could have a material effect on the estimated fair value of Level 3 derivatives and could materially affect net income.

 

158


Table of Contents

Derivatives categorized as Level 3 at December 31, 2011 include: interest rate swaps and interest rate forwards with maturities which extend beyond the observable portion of the yield curve; interest rate lock commitments with certain unobservable inputs, including pull-through rates; equity variance swaps with unobservable volatility inputs; foreign currency swaps which are cancelable and priced through independent broker quotations; credit default swaps based upon baskets of credits having unobservable credit spreads, or that are priced through independent broker quotations; equity options with unobservable volatility inputs or that are priced via independent broker quotations; and credit forwards having unobservable repurchase rates.

At December 31, 2011 and 2010, 5% and 2%, respectively, of the net derivative estimated fair value was priced via independent broker quotations.

A rollforward of the fair value measurements for net derivatives measured at estimated fair value on a recurring basis using significant unobservable (Level 3) inputs for the year ended December 31, 2011 is as follows:

 

         Year Ended December 31, 2011      
     (In millions)  

Balance, beginning of period

   $                173  

Total realized/unrealized gains (losses) included in:

  

Earnings

     637  

Other comprehensive income (loss)

     344  

Purchases, sales, issuances and settlements

     156  

Transfer into and/or out of Level 3

     (76
  

 

 

 

Balance, end of period

   $             1,234  
  

 

 

 

See “— Summary of Critical Accounting Estimates — Derivative Financial Instruments” for further information on the estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported above.

Credit Risk.   See Note 4 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for information about how the Company manages credit risk related to its freestanding derivatives, including the use of master netting agreements and collateral arrangements.

The Company’s policy is not to offset the fair value amounts recognized for derivatives executed with the same counterparty under the same master netting agreement. This policy applies to the recognition of derivatives in the consolidated balance sheets, and does not affect the Company’s legal right of offset. The estimated fair value of the Company’s net derivative assets and net derivative liabilities after the application of master netting agreements and collateral were as follows at December 31, 2011:

 

     December 31, 2011  
     Net Derivative
Assets
    Net Derivative
Liabilities
 
     (In millions)  

Estimated Fair Value of OTC Derivatives After Application of Master Netting Agreements (1)

   $ 12,905     $ 619  

Cash collateral on OTC Derivatives

     (9,493     (8
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Estimated Fair Value of OTC Derivatives After Application of Master Netting Agreements and Cash Collateral (1)

     3,412       611  

Securities Collateral on OTC Derivatives (2)

     (2,520     (416
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Estimated Fair Value of OTC Derivatives After Application of Master Netting Agreements and Cash and Securities Collateral (1)

     892       195  

Estimated Fair Value of Exchange-Traded Derivatives

     54       30  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Estimated Fair Value of Derivatives After Application of Master Netting Agreements and Cash and Securities Collateral (1)

   $ 946     $ 225  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

159


Table of Contents

 

 

(1)

Includes income accruals on derivatives.

 

(2)

The collateral is held in separate custodial accounts and is not recorded on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets.

Credit Derivatives.   See Note 4 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for information about the estimated fair value and maximum amount at risk related to the Company’s written credit default swaps.

Embedded Derivatives.   The embedded derivatives measured at estimated fair value on a recurring basis and their corresponding fair value hierarchy, are presented as follows:

 

    December 31, 2011  
    Net Embedded Derivatives Within  
    Asset Host
Contracts
    Liability Host
Contracts
 
    (In millions)  

Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets and liabilities (Level 1)

  $          %    $          % 

Significant other observable inputs (Level 2)

    1        1       19        1  

Significant unobservable inputs (Level 3)

    362        99       4,565        99  
 

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total estimated fair value

  $       363              100  %    $       4,584              100  % 
 

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

A rollforward of the fair value measurements for net embedded derivatives measured at estimated fair value on a recurring basis using significant unobservable (Level 3) inputs is as follows:

 

         Year Ended December 31, 2011      
     (In millions)  

Balance, beginning of period

   $ (2,438

Total realized/unrealized gains (losses) included in:

  

Earnings

     (1,191

Other comprehensive income (loss)

     (119

Purchases, sales, issuances and settlements

     (455

Transfer into and/or out of Level 3

       
  

 

 

 

Balance, end of period

   $         (4,203
  

 

 

 

The valuation of guaranteed minimum benefits includes an adjustment for nonperformance risk. Included in net derivative gains (losses) for the year ended December 31, 2011, were gains (losses) of $1.8 billion in connection with this adjustment.

See “ — Summary of Critical Accounting Estimates — Derivative Financial Instruments” for further information on the estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported above.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

Credit Facilities and Committed Facilities

The Company maintains unsecured credit and committed facilities with various financial institutions. See “— Liquidity and Capital Resources — The Company — Liquidity and Capital Sources — Credit and Committed Facilities” for further descriptions of such arrangements.

Collateral for Securities Lending and Derivative Financial Instruments

The Company has non-cash collateral for securities lending from counterparties on deposit from customers, which cannot be sold or repledged, and which has not been recorded on its consolidated balance sheets. The

 

160


Table of Contents

Company participates in a securities lending program in the normal course of business for the purpose of enhancing the Company’s total return on its investment portfolio. The amount of this collateral was $371 million at estimated fair value at December 31, 2011. There was no non-cash collateral for securities lending on deposit from customers at December 31, 2010. See “— Investments — Securities Lending” and “Securities Lending” in Note 1 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for discussion of the Company’s securities lending program and the classification of revenues and expenses and the nature of the secured financing arrangement and associated liability.

The Company has non-cash collateral from counterparties for derivative financial instruments, which can be sold or repledged subject to certain constraints, and has not been recorded on its consolidated balance sheets. The Company enters into derivative financial instruments to manage various risks relating to its ongoing business operations. The amount of this collateral was $2.5 billion and $984 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, which were held in separate custodial accounts and not recorded on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets. See “— Liquidity and Capital Resources —The Company — Liquidity and Capital Sources — Collateral Financing Arrangements” and “Derivatives” in Note 4 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for information on the earned income on and the gross notional amount, estimated fair value of assets and liabilities and primary underlying risk exposure of the Company’s derivative financial instruments.

Lease Commitments

The Company, as lessee, has entered into various lease and sublease agreements for office space, information technology and other equipment. The Company’s commitments under such lease agreements are included within the contractual obligations table. See “— Liquidity and Capital Resources — The Company — Liquidity and Capital Uses — Contractual Obligations” and Note 16 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Guarantees

See “Guarantees” in Note 16 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Other

Additionally, the Company has the following commitments in the normal course of business for the purpose of enhancing the Company’s total return on its investment portfolio:

 

   

Commitments to Fund Partnership Investments;

 

   

Mortgage Loan Commitments; and

 

   

Commitments to Fund Bank Credit Facilities, Bridge Loans and Private Corporate Bond Investments.

See “Net Investment Income” and “Net Investment Gains (Losses)” in Note 3 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for information on the investment income, investment expense, gains and losses from such investments. See also “Fixed Maturity and Equity Securities Available-for-Sale,” “Mortgage Loans,” “Real Estate and Real Estate Joint Ventures,” and “Other Limited Partnerships” in Note 3 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for information on our investments in fixed maturity securities, mortgage loans and partnership investments.

Other than the commitments disclosed in Note 16 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements, there are no other material obligations or liabilities arising from the commitments to fund partnership investments, mortgage loans, bank credit facilities, bridge loans, and private corporate bond investments.

See also “— Liquidity and Capital Resources — The Company — Liquidity and Capital Uses — Contractual Obligations” for further information on commitments to fund partnership investments, mortgage loans, bank credit facilities, bridge loans and private corporate bond investments. In addition, see “Primary Risks Managed by Derivative Financial Instruments and Non-Derivative Financial Instruments” in Note 4 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further information on interest rate lock commitments.

 

161


Table of Contents

Policyholder Liabilities

We establish, and carry as liabilities, actuarially determined amounts that are calculated to meet policy obligations when a policy matures or is surrendered, an insured dies or becomes disabled or upon the occurrence of other covered events, or to provide for future annuity payments. Amounts for actuarial liabilities are computed and reported in the consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP. For more details on Policyholder Liabilities, see “— Summary of Critical Accounting Estimates.”

Due to the nature of the underlying risks and the high degree of uncertainty associated with the determination of actuarial liabilities, the Company cannot precisely determine the amounts that will ultimately be paid with respect to these actuarial liabilities, and the ultimate amounts may vary from the estimated amounts, particularly when payments may not occur until well into the future.

Our actuarial liabilities for future benefits are adequate to cover the ultimate benefits required to be paid to policyholders. We periodically review our estimates of actuarial liabilities for future benefits and compare them with our actual experience. We revise estimates, to the extent permitted or required under GAAP, if we determine that future expected experience differs from assumptions used in the development of actuarial liabilities.

Insurance regulators in many of the non-U.S. countries in which MetLife operates require certain MetLife entities to prepare a sufficiency analysis of the reserves posted in the locally required regulatory financial statements, and to submit that analysis to the regulatory authorities. See “Business — International Regulation.”

We have experienced, and will likely in the future experience, catastrophe losses and possibly acts of terrorism, and turbulent financial markets that may have an adverse impact on our business, results of operations, and financial condition. Catastrophes can be caused by various events, including pandemics, hurricanes, windstorms, earthquakes, hail, tornadoes, explosions, severe winter weather (including snow, freezing water, ice storms and blizzards), fires and man-made events such as terrorist attacks. Due to their nature, we cannot predict the incidence, timing, severity or amount of losses from catastrophes and acts of terrorism, but we make broad use of catastrophic and non-catastrophic reinsurance to manage risk from these perils.

Future Policy Benefits

We establish liabilities for amounts payable under insurance policies. See Notes 1 and 8 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information.

Insurance Products.   Future policy benefits are comprised mainly of liabilities for disabled lives under disability waiver of premium policy provisions, liabilities for survivor income benefit insurance, LTC policies, active life policies and premium stabilization and other contingency liabilities held under participating life insurance contracts. In order to manage risk, the Company has often reinsured a portion of the mortality risk on new individual life insurance policies. The reinsurance programs are routinely evaluated and this may result in increases or decreases to existing coverage. The Company entered into various derivative positions, primarily interest rate swaps and swaptions, to mitigate the risk that investment of premiums received and reinvestment of maturing assets over the life of the policy will be at rates below those assumed in the original pricing of these contracts.

Retirement Products.   Future policy benefits are comprised mainly of liabilities for life-contingent income annuities, supplemental contracts with and without life contingencies, liabilities for Guaranteed Minimum Death Benefits (“GMDBs”) included in certain annuity contracts, and a certain portion of guaranteed living benefits. See “— Variable Annuity Guarantees.”

Corporate Benefit Funding.   Liabilities are primarily related to payout annuities, including pension closeouts and structured settlement annuities. There is no interest rate crediting flexibility on these liabilities. A sustained low interest rate environment could negatively impact earnings as a result, however, the Company has employed various asset/liability management strategies, including the use of various derivative positions, primarily interest rate floors and interest rate swaps, to mitigate the risks associated with such a scenario.

 

162


Table of Contents

Auto & Home.   Future policy benefits include liabilities for unpaid claims and claim expenses for property and casualty insurance and represent the amount estimated for claims that have been reported but not settled and claims incurred but not reported. Liabilities for unpaid claims are estimated based upon assumptions such as rates of claim frequencies, levels of severities, inflation, judicial trends, legislative changes or regulatory decisions. Assumptions are based upon the Company’s historical experience and analyses of historical development patterns of the relationship of loss adjustment expenses to losses for each line of business, and consider the effects of current developments, anticipated trends and risk management programs, reduced for anticipated salvage and subrogation.

Japan and Other International Regions .  Future policy benefits are held primarily for traditional life and accident and health contracts in Japan, Asia Pacific and immediate annuities in Latin America. They are also held for total return pass-thru provisions included in certain universal life and savings products mainly in Japan and Latin America, and traditional life, endowment and annuity contracts sold in various countries in Asia Pacific. They also include certain liabilities for variable annuity guarantees of minimum death benefits, and longevity guarantees sold in Japan and Asia Pacific. Finally, in Europe and the Middle East, they also include unearned premium liabilities established for credit insurance contracts covering death, disability and involuntary loss of employment, as well as traditional life, accident and health and endowment contracts. Factors impacting these liabilities include sustained periods of lower yields than rates established at issue, lower than expected asset reinvestment rates, actual lapses resulting in lower than expected income, asset impairments, and actual mortality resulting in higher than expected benefit payments. The Company mitigates its risks by implementing an asset/liability matching policy and through the development of periodic experience studies. See “— Variable Annuity Guarantees.”

Estimates for the liabilities for unpaid claims and claim expenses are reset as actuarial indications change and these changes in the liability are reflected in the current results of operation as either favorable or unfavorable development of prior year losses.

Corporate & Other.   Future policy benefits primarily include liabilities for quota-share reinsurance agreements for certain LTC and workers’ compensation business written by MetLife Insurance Company of Connecticut (“MICC”), prior to its acquisition by MetLife, Inc. These are run-off businesses that have been included within Corporate & Other since the acquisition of MICC.

Policyholder Account Balances

PABs are generally equal to the account value, which includes accrued interest credited, but exclude the impact of any applicable surrender charge that may be incurred upon surrender. See Notes 1 and 8 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information.

Insurance Products.   PABs are held for death benefit disbursement retained asset accounts, universal life policies, the fixed account of variable life insurance policies, specialized life insurance products for benefit programs and general account universal life policies. PABs are credited interest at a rate set by the Company, which are influenced by current market rates. The majority of the PABs have a guaranteed minimum credited rate between 0.5% and 6.0%. A sustained low interest rate environment could negatively impact earnings as a result of the minimum credited rate guarantees. The Company has various derivative positions, primarily interest rate floors, to partially mitigate the risks associated with such a scenario.

Retirement Products.   PABs are held for fixed deferred annuities and the fixed account portion of variable annuities, for certain income annuities, and for certain portions of guaranteed benefits. PABs are credited interest at a rate set by the Company. Credited rates for deferred annuities are influenced by current market rates, and most of these contracts have a minimum guaranteed rate between 1.0% and 4.0%. See “— Variable Annuity Guarantees.”

Corporate Benefit Funding.   PABs are comprised of funding agreements. Interest crediting rates vary by type of contract, and can be fixed or variable. Variable interest crediting rates are generally tied to an external index,

 

163


Table of Contents

most commonly (1-month or 3-month) LIBOR. MetLife is exposed to interest rate risks, and foreign exchange risk when guaranteeing payment of interest and return of principal at the contractual maturity date. The Company may invest in floating rate assets, or enter into floating rate swaps, also tied to external indices, as well as caps to mitigate the impact of changes in market interest rates. The Company also mitigates its risks by implementing an asset/liability matching policy and seeks to hedge all foreign currency risk through the use of foreign currency hedges, including cross currency swaps.

Japan and Other International Regions.   PABs are held largely for fixed income retirement and savings plans in Japan and Latin America and to a lesser degree, amounts for unit-linked-type funds in certain countries across all regions that do not meet the GAAP definition of separate accounts. Also included are certain liabilities for retirement and savings products sold in certain countries in Japan and Asia Pacific that generally are sold with minimum credited rate guarantees. Liabilities for guarantees on certain variable annuities in Japan and Asia Pacific are established in accordance with derivatives and hedging guidance and are also included within PABs. These liabilities are generally impacted by sustained periods of low interest rates, where there are interest rate guarantees. The Company mitigates its risks by implementing an asset/liability matching policy and by hedging its variable annuity guarantees. Liabilities for unit-linked-type funds are impacted by changes in the fair value of the associated underlying investments, as the return on assets is generally passed directly to the policyholder. See “— Variable Annuity Guarantees.”

Variable Annuity Guarantees

The Company issues, directly and through assumed reinsurance, certain variable annuity products with guaranteed minimum benefits that provide the policyholder a minimum return based on their initial deposit (i.e., the benefit base) less withdrawals. See Notes 1 and 8 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information.

The net amount at risk (“NAR”) for guarantees can change significantly during periods of sizable and sustained shifts in equity market performance, increased equity volatility, or changes in interest rates. The NAR disclosed in Note 8 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements represents management’s estimate of the current value of the benefits under these guarantees if they were all exercised simultaneously at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. However, there are features, such as deferral periods and benefits requiring annuitization or death, that limit the amount of benefits that will be payable in the near future.

Guarantees, including portions thereof, accounted for as embedded derivatives, are recorded at estimated fair value and included in PABs. Guarantees accounted for as embedded derivatives include guaranteed minimum accumulation benefits, the non life-contingent portion of guaranteed minimum withdrawal benefits (“GMWB”) and the portion of certain GMIB that do not require annuitization. For more detail on the determination of estimated fair value, see Note 5 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

The table below contains the carrying value for guarantees included in PABs at:

 

     December 31,  
     2011      2010  
     (In millions)  

U.S. Business:

     

Guaranteed minimum accumulation benefit

   $ 52      $ 44  

Guaranteed minimum withdrawal benefit

     710        173  

Guaranteed minimum income benefit

     988        (51

International:

     

Guaranteed minimum accumulation benefit

     694        454  

Guaranteed minimum withdrawal benefit

     2,000        1,936  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $     4,444      $     2,556  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Included in net derivative gains (losses) for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 were gains (losses) of ($1.3) billion and ($269) million, respectively, in embedded derivatives related to the change in estimated fair

 

164


Table of Contents

value of the guarantees. The carrying amount of guarantees accounted for at estimated fair value includes an adjustment for nonperformance risk. In connection with this adjustment, gains (losses) of $1.8 billion and ($96) million are included in the gains (losses) of ($1.3) billion and ($269) million in net derivative gains (losses) for the year ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

The estimated fair value of guarantees accounted for as embedded derivatives can change significantly during periods of sizable and sustained shifts in equity market performance, equity volatility, interest rates or foreign exchange rates. Additionally, because the estimated fair value for guarantees accounted for at estimated fair value includes an adjustment for nonperformance risk, a decrease in the Company’s credit spreads could cause the value of these liabilities to increase. Conversely, a widening of the Company’s credit spreads could cause the value of these liabilities to decrease. The Company uses derivative instruments and reinsurance to mitigate the liability exposure, risk of loss and the volatility of net income associated with these liabilities. The derivative instruments used are primarily equity and treasury futures, equity options and variance swaps, and interest rate swaps. The change in valuation arising from the nonperformance risk is not hedged.

The table below presents the estimated fair value of the derivatives hedging guarantees accounted for as embedded derivatives:

 

Primary Underlying

Risk Exposure

  

Instrument Type

  December 31,  
     2011     2010  
     Notional
Amount
    Estimated Fair Value     Notional
Amount
    Estimated Fair Value  
       Assets     Liabilities       Assets     Liabilities  
     (In millions)  
Interest rate    Interest rate swaps   $     22,719     $     1,869     $     598     $     13,762     $     401     $     193  
   Interest rate futures     11,126       17       16       5,822       32       10  
   Interest rate options     11,372       567       6       614       15         
Foreign currency   

Foreign currency forwards

    2,311       41       4       2,320       46       1  
  

Foreign currency futures

    177                                     
Equity market    Equity futures     4,916       15       10       6,959       17       9  
   Equity options     16,367       3,239       177       32,942       1,720       1,196  
   Variance swaps     18,402       390       75       17,635       190       118  
  

Total rate of return swaps

    1,274       8       31       1,547                
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
  

Total

  $ 88,664     $ 6,146     $ 917     $ 81,601     $ 2,421     $ 1,527  
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Included in net derivative gains (losses) for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 were gains (losses) of $3.2 billion and $113 million related to the change in estimated fair value of the above derivatives. Additionally, included in net derivative gains (losses) for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 were gains (losses) of $26 million and ($35) million, respectively, related to ceded reinsurance.

Guarantees, including portions thereof, have liabilities established that are included in future policy benefits. Guarantees accounted for in this manner include GMDBs, the life-contingent portion of certain GMWB, and the portion of GMIB that require annuitization. These liabilities are accrued over the life of the contract in proportion to actual and future expected policy assessments based on the level of guaranteed minimum benefits generated using multiple scenarios of separate account returns. The scenarios use best estimate assumptions consistent with those used to amortize deferred acquisition costs. When current estimates of future benefits exceed those previously projected or when current estimates of future assessments are lower than those previously projected, liabilities will increase, resulting in a current period charge to net income. The opposite result occurs when the current estimates of future benefits are lower than that previously projected or when current estimates of future assessments exceed those previously projected. At each reporting period, the Company updates the actual amount of business remaining in-force, which impacts expected future assessments and the projection of estimated future benefits resulting in a current period charge or increase to earnings.

 

165


Table of Contents

The table below contains the carrying value for guarantees included in future policy benefits at:

 

     December 31,  
     2011      2010  
     (In millions)  

U.S. Business:

     

Guaranteed minimum death benefit

   $ 260      $ 167  

Guaranteed minimum income benefit

     723        507  

International:

     

Guaranteed minimum death benefit

     118        66  

Guaranteed minimum income benefit

     149        116  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $     1,250      $     856  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Included in policyholder benefits and claims for the year ended December 31, 2011 is a charge of $394 million and for the year ended December 31, 2010 is a charge of $302 million, related to the respective change in liabilities for the above guarantees.

The carrying amount of guarantees accounted for as insurance liabilities can change significantly during periods of sizable and sustained shifts in equity market performance, increased equity volatility, or changes in interest rates. The Company uses reinsurance in combination with derivative instruments to mitigate the liability exposure, risk of loss and the volatility of net income associated with these liabilities. Derivative instruments used are primarily equity futures, treasury futures and interest rate swaps.

Included in policyholder benefits and claims associated with the hedging of the guarantees in future policy benefits for the year ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 were gains (losses) of $86 million and $8 million, respectively, related to reinsurance agreements containing embedded derivatives carried at estimated fair value and gains (losses) of ($87) million and ($275) million, respectively, related to freestanding derivatives.

While the Company believes that the hedging strategies employed for guarantees included in both PABs and in future policy benefits, as well as other management actions, have mitigated the risks related to these benefits, the Company remains liable for the guaranteed benefits in the event that reinsurers or derivative counterparties are unable or unwilling to pay. Certain of the Company’s reinsurance agreements and most derivative positions are collateralized and derivatives positions are subject to master netting agreements, both of which, significantly reduces the exposure to counterparty risk. In addition, the Company is subject to the risk that hedging and other management procedures prove ineffective or that unanticipated policyholder behavior or mortality, combined with adverse market events, produces economic losses beyond the scope of the risk management techniques employed. Lastly, because the valuation of the guarantees accounted for as embedded derivatives includes an adjustment for nonperformance risk that is not hedged, changes in the nonperformance risk may result in significant volatility in net income.

Other Policy-related Balances

Other policy-related balances include policy and contract claims, unearned revenue liabilities, premiums received in advance, policyholder dividends due and unpaid, and policyholder dividends left on deposit. See Notes 1 and 8 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information.

Policyholder Dividends Payable

Policyholder dividends payable consists of liabilities related to dividends payable in the following calendar year on participating policies.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Overview

Our business and results of operations are materially affected by conditions in the global capital markets and the global economy. Stressed conditions, volatility and disruptions in global capital markets, particular markets, or financial asset classes can have an adverse effect on us, in part because we have a large investment portfolio

 

166


Table of Contents

and our insurance liabilities are sensitive to changing market factors. The global economy and markets are still affected by a period of significant stress that began in the second half of 2007. This disruption adversely affected the financial services sector, in particular, and global capital markets. Consequently, financial institutions paid higher spreads over benchmark U.S. Treasury securities than before the market disruption began.

Beginning in 2010 and continuing throughout 2011, concerns increased about capital markets and the solvency of certain European Union member states and of financial institutions that have significant direct or indirect exposure to debt issued by these countries. The Japanese economy, to which we face substantial exposure given our operations there, was significantly negatively impacted by the March 2011 earthquake and tsunami. Disruptions to the Japanese economy are having, and will continue to have, negative impacts on the overall global economy, not all of which can be foreseen. Although the August 2011 downgrade by S&P of U.S. Treasury securities initially had an adverse effect on financial markets, the extent of the longer-term impact cannot be predicted. In November 2011, Fitch warned that it may in the future downgrade the U.S. credit rating unless action is taken to reduce the national debt of the U.S. It is possible that the August 2011 S&P downgrade and any future downgrades, as well as continued concerns about U.S. fiscal policy and the trajectory of the national debt of the U.S., could have severe repercussions to the U.S. and global credit and financial markets, could further exacerbate concerns over sovereign debt of other countries and could disrupt economic activity in the U.S. and elsewhere. All of these factors could affect the Company’s ability to meet liquidity needs and obtain capital. See “— Industry Trends,” “— Investments — Current Environment” and “Risk Factors — Concerns Over U.S. Fiscal Policy and the Trajectory of the National Debt of the U.S., as well as Rating Agency Downgrades of U.S. Treasury Securities, Could Have an Adverse Effect on Our Business, Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

Liquidity Management

Based upon the strength of its franchise, diversification of its businesses and strong financial fundamentals, we continue to believe the Company has ample liquidity to meet business requirements under current market conditions and unlikely but reasonably possible stress scenarios. The Company’s short-term liquidity position includes cash and cash equivalents and short-term investments, excluding: (i) cash collateral received under the Company’s securities lending program that has been reinvested in cash and cash equivalents, short-term investments and publicly-traded securities, and (ii) cash collateral received from counterparties in connection with derivative instruments. At December 31, 2011 and 2010, the Company’s short-term liquidity position was $16.2 billion and $17.6 billion, respectively. We continuously monitor and adjust our liquidity and capital plans for MetLife, Inc. and its subsidiaries in light of changing needs and opportunities. See “— Investments — Current Environment.”

Capital Management

The Company has established several senior management committees as part of its capital management process. These committees, including the Capital Management Committee and the Enterprise Risk Committee (comprised of members of senior management, including MetLife, Inc.’s Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer and Chief Risk Officer and, in the case of the Enterprise Risk Committee, MetLife, Inc.’s Chief Investment Officer), regularly review actual and projected capital levels (under a variety of scenarios including stress scenarios) and MetLife’s capital plan in accordance with its capital policy.

MetLife’s Board and senior management are directly involved in the development and maintenance of MetLife’s capital policy. The capital policy sets forth, among other things, minimum and target capital levels and the governance of the capital management process. All capital actions, including proposed changes to the capital plan, capital targets or capital policy, are reviewed by the Finance and Risk Committee of the Board prior to obtaining full Board approval. The Board approves the capital policy and the annual capital plan and authorizes capital actions, as required.

MetLife’s 2012 capital plan, as submitted to the Federal Reserve for approval in January 2012 as part of the Federal Reserve Board’s 2012 Comprehensive Capital Analysis and Review, was created in accordance with MetLife’s capital policy. See “Business – U.S. Regulation – Financial Holding Company Regulation.”

 

167


Table of Contents

The Company

Liquidity

Liquidity refers to a company’s ability to generate adequate amounts of cash to meet its needs. Liquidity needs are determined from a rolling six-month forecast by portfolio of investment assets and are monitored daily. Asset mix and maturities are adjusted based on the forecast. Cash flow testing and stress testing provide additional perspectives on liquidity, which include various scenarios of the potential risk of early contractholder and policyholder withdrawal. The Company includes provisions limiting withdrawal rights on many of its products, including general account institutional pension products (generally group annuities, including funding agreements, and certain deposit fund liabilities) sold to employee benefit plan sponsors. Certain of these provisions prevent the customer from making withdrawals prior to the maturity date of the product.

In the event of significant cash requirements beyond anticipated liquidity needs, the Company has various alternatives available depending on market conditions and the amount and timing of the liquidity need. These options include cash flows from operations, the sale of liquid assets, global funding sources and various credit facilities.

Under certain stressful market and economic conditions, the Company’s access to, or cost of, liquidity may deteriorate. If the Company requires significant amounts of cash on short notice in excess of anticipated cash requirements or is required to post or return cash collateral in connection with its investment portfolio, derivatives transactions or securities lending program, the Company may have difficulty selling investment assets in a timely manner, be forced to sell them for less than the Company otherwise would have been able to realize, or both. In addition, in the event of such forced sale, accounting guidance require the recognition of a loss for certain securities in an unrealized loss position and may require the impairment of other securities based upon the Company’s ability to hold such securities, which may negatively impact the Company’s financial condition. See “Risk Factors — Some of Our Investments Are Relatively Illiquid and Are in Asset Classes That Have Been Experiencing Significant Market Valuation Fluctuations.”

In extreme circumstances, all general account assets within a particular legal entity — other than those which may have been pledged to a specific purpose — are available to fund obligations of the general account of that legal entity.

Capital

The Company’s capital position is managed to maintain its financial strength and credit ratings and is supported by its ability to generate strong cash flows at the operating companies, borrow funds at competitive rates and raise additional capital to meet its operating and growth needs.

The Company was able to issue new debt and remarket outstanding debt during the difficult market conditions prevailing in the second half of 2008 and early 2009, as well as during the rebound and recovery periods beginning in the second quarter of 2009 and continuing into 2010. The increase in credit spreads experienced during the crisis resulted in an increase in the cost of capital, as well as increases in facility fees. Most recently, as a result of reductions in interest rates and credit spreads, the Company’s interest expense and dividends on floating rate securities have been lower.

Despite the still unsettled financial markets, the Company also raised new capital from successful offerings of MetLife, Inc.’s common stock in August 2010 and March 2011. The August 2010 offering provided financing for the Acquisition and the March 2011 offering provided financing for the repurchase from AM Holdings of MetLife, Inc.’s Convertible Preferred Stock that was issued in connection with the Acquisition. See “— The Company — Liquidity and Capital Sources — Convertible Preferred Stock” and “— Common Stock.”

 

168


Table of Contents

Rating Agencies.  Rating agencies assign insurer financial strength ratings to MetLife, Inc.’s domestic life insurance subsidiaries and credit ratings to MetLife, Inc. and certain of its subsidiaries. The level and composition of regulatory capital at the subsidiary level and equity capital of the Company are among the many factors considered in determining the Company’s insurer financial strength and credit ratings. Each agency has its own capital adequacy evaluation methodology, and assessments are generally based on a combination of factors. In addition to heightening the level of scrutiny that they apply to insurance companies, rating agencies have increased and may continue to increase the frequency and scope of their credit reviews, may request additional information from the companies that they rate and may adjust upward the capital and other requirements employed in the rating agency models for maintenance of certain ratings levels.

A downgrade in the credit or insurer financial strength ratings of MetLife, Inc. or its subsidiaries would likely impact the cost and availability of financing for MetLife, Inc. and its subsidiaries and result in additional collateral requirements or other required payments under certain agreements, which are eligible to be satisfied in cash or by posting securities held by the subsidiaries subject to the agreements.

Statutory Capital and Dividends.  Our insurance subsidiaries have statutory surplus well above levels to meet current regulatory requirements.

Except for American Life, RBC requirements are used as minimum capital requirements by the NAIC and the state insurance departments to identify companies that merit regulatory action. RBC is based on a formula calculated by applying factors to various asset, premium and statutory reserve items. The formula takes into account the risk characteristics of the insurer, including asset risk, insurance risk, interest rate risk and business risk and is calculated on an annual basis. The formula is used as an early warning regulatory tool to identify possible inadequately capitalized insurers for purposes of initiating regulatory action, and not as a means to rank insurers generally. These rules apply to each of MetLife, Inc.’s domestic insurance subsidiaries. State insurance laws provide insurance regulators the authority to require various actions by, or take various actions against, insurers whose total adjusted capital does not meet or exceed certain RBC levels. At the date of the most recent annual statutory financial statements filed with insurance regulators, the total adjusted capital of each of these subsidiaries was in excess of each of those RBC levels.

American Life does not conduct insurance business in Delaware or any other domestic state and, as such, is exempt from RBC requirements by Delaware law. In addition to Delaware, American Life operations are regulated by applicable authorities of the countries in which the company operates and are subject to capital and solvency requirements in those countries.

The amount of dividends that our insurance subsidiaries can pay to MetLife, Inc. or other parent entities is constrained by the amount of surplus we hold to maintain our ratings and provides an additional margin for risk protection and investment in our businesses. We proactively take actions to maintain capital consistent with these ratings objectives, which may include adjusting dividend amounts and deploying financial resources from internal or external sources of capital. Certain of these activities may require regulatory approval. Furthermore, the payment of dividends and other distributions to MetLife, Inc. and other parent entities by their respective insurance subsidiaries is regulated by insurance laws and regulations. See “Business — U.S. Regulation — Insurance Regulation,” “Business — International Regulation,” “— MetLife, Inc. — Liquidity and Capital Sources — Dividends from Subsidiaries” and Note 18 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.”

 

169


Table of Contents

Summary of Primary Sources and Uses of Liquidity and Capital.  The Company’s primary sources and uses of liquidity and capital are summarized as follows:

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2011     2010        2009  
     (In millions)  

Sources:

         

Net cash provided by operating activities

   $     10,290     $ 7,996        $ 3,803  

Net cash provided by changes in policyholder account balances

     4,321       4,557            

Net cash provided by changes in payables for collateral under securities loaned and other transactions

     6,444       3,076            

Net cash provided by changes in bank deposits

     96                 3,164  

Net cash provided by short-term debt issuances

     380                   

Long-term debt issued

     1,346       5,090          2,961  

Collateral financing arrangements issued

                      105  

Cash received in connection with collateral financing arrangements

     100                 775  

Junior subordinated debt securities issued

                      500  

Common stock issued, net of issuance costs

     2,950       3,529            

Stock options exercised

     88       52          8  

Common stock issued to settle stock forward contracts

                      1,035  

Cash provided by other, net

     125                   

Cash provided by the effect of change in foreign currency exchange rates

                      108  
  

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total sources

     26,140       24,300          12,459  
  

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

 

Uses:

         

Net cash used in investing activities

     22,235       18,314          13,935  

Net cash used for changes in policyholder account balances

                      2,282  

Net cash used for changes in payables for collateral under securities loaned and other transactions

                      6,863  

Net cash used for changes in bank deposits

            32            

Net cash used for short-term debt repayments

            606          1,747  

Long-term debt repaid

     2,042       1,061          555  

Collateral financing arrangements repaid

     502                   

Cash paid in connection with collateral financing arrangements

     63                 400  

Debt issuance costs

     1       14          30  

Redemption of convertible preferred stock

     2,805                   

Preferred stock redemption premium

     146                   

Dividends on preferred stock

     122       122          122  

Dividends on common stock

     787       784          610  

Cash used in other, net

            304          42  

Cash used in the effect of change in foreign currency exchange rates

     22       129            
  

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total uses

     28,725       21,366          26,586  
  

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

   $ (2,585   $ 2,934        $ (14,127
  

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

 

 

170


Table of Contents

Liquidity and Capital Sources

Cash Flows from Operations.  The Company’s principal cash inflows from its insurance activities come from insurance premiums, annuity considerations and deposit funds. A primary liquidity concern with respect to these cash inflows is the risk of early contractholder and policyholder withdrawal. See “— The Company — Liquidity and Capital Uses — Contractual Obligations.”

Cash Flows from Investments.  The Company’s principal cash inflows from its investment activities come from repayments of principal, proceeds from maturities, sales of invested assets, settlements of freestanding derivatives and net investment income. The primary liquidity concerns with respect to these cash inflows are the risk of default by debtors and market disruption. The Company closely monitors and manages these risks through its credit risk management process.

Liquid Assets.  An integral part of the Company’s liquidity management is the amount of liquid assets it holds. Liquid assets include cash and cash equivalents, short-term investments and publicly-traded securities, excluding: (i) cash collateral received under the Company’s securities lending program that has been reinvested in cash and cash equivalents, short-term investments and publicly-traded securities; (ii) cash collateral received from counterparties in connection with derivative instruments; (iii) cash and cash equivalents, short-term investments and securities on deposit with regulatory agencies; and (iv) securities held in trust in support of collateral financing arrangements and pledged in support of debt and funding agreements. At December 31, 2011 and 2010, the Company had $258.9 billion and $245.7 billion, respectively, in liquid assets. For further discussion of invested assets on deposit with regulatory agencies, held in trust in support of collateral financing arrangements and pledged in support of debt and funding agreements, see “ — Investments — Invested Assets on Deposit, Held in Trust and Pledged as Collateral.”

Dispositions . Net cash proceeds from dispositions during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 were $449 million, $0 and $130 million, respectively. See Note 2 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for information regarding certain of these dispositions.

Global Funding Sources.  Liquidity is provided by a variety of short-term instruments, including funding agreements, credit facilities and commercial paper. Capital is provided by a variety of instruments, including short-term and long-term debt, preferred securities, junior subordinated debt securities and equity and equity-linked securities. The diversity of the Company’s funding sources enhances funding flexibility, limits dependence on any one market or source of funds and generally lowers the cost of funds. The Company’s global funding sources include:

 

   

MetLife, Inc. and MetLife Funding, Inc. (“MetLife Funding”) each have commercial paper programs supported by $4.0 billion in general corporate credit facilities (see “ — The Company — Liquidity and Capital Sources — Credit and Committed Facilities”). MetLife Funding, a subsidiary of Metropolitan Life Insurance Company (“MLIC”), serves as a centralized finance unit for the Company. MetLife Funding raises cash from its commercial paper program and uses the proceeds to extend loans, through MetLife Credit Corp., another subsidiary of MLIC, to MetLife, Inc., MLIC and other affiliates in order to enhance the financial flexibility and liquidity of these companies. Outstanding balances for the commercial paper program fluctuate in line with changes to affiliates’ financing arrangements. Pursuant to a support agreement, MLIC has agreed to cause MetLife Funding to have a tangible net worth of at least one dollar. At both December 31, 2011 and 2010, MetLife Funding had a tangible net worth of $12 million. At December 31, 2011 and 2010, MetLife Funding had total outstanding liabilities for its commercial paper program, including accrued interest payable, of $101 million and $102 million, respectively.

 

   

MetLife Bank is a depository institution that is approved to use the FRB of NY Discount Window borrowing privileges. To utilize these privileges, MetLife Bank has pledged qualifying loans and investment securities to the FRB of NY as collateral. At both December 31, 2011 and 2010, MetLife Bank had no liability for advances from the FRB of NY under this facility. For further discussion of MetLife, Inc.’s status as a bank holding company, see “— MetLife, Inc. — Capital.”

 

171


Table of Contents
   

MetLife Bank has a cash need to fund residential mortgage loans that it originates and holds generally for a relatively short period before selling to one of the government-sponsored enterprises such as FNMA or FHLMC. The outstanding volume of residential mortgage originations varies from month to month and is cyclical within a month. To meet the variable funding requirements from this mortgage activity, as well as to increase overall liquidity from time to time, MetLife Bank takes advantage of short-term collateralized borrowing opportunities with the Federal Home Loan Bank of New York (“FHLB of NY”). MetLife Bank has entered into advances agreements with the FHLB of NY whereby MetLife Bank has received cash advances and under which the FHLB of NY has been granted a blanket lien on certain of MetLife Bank’s residential mortgage loans, mortgage loans held-for-sale, commercial mortgage loans and mortgage-backed securities to collateralize MetLife Bank’s repayment obligations. Upon any event of default by MetLife Bank, the FHLB of NY’s recovery is limited to the amount of MetLife Bank’s liability under the advances agreements. MetLife Bank has received advances from the FHLB of NY on both short-term and long-term bases, with a total liability of $4.8 billion and $3.8 billion at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. As a result of the recently announced exit from MetLife Bank’s forward mortgage origination business, MetLife Bank’s cash need to fund residential mortgage loans will be reduced. MetLife Bank also intends to discontinue entering into advances agreements with the FHLB of NY and intends to effect a transfer of any outstanding advances to MLIC in 2012. Additionally, in connection with the MetLife Bank Events and the transfer of the FHLB of NY advances, there may be timing differences in MetLife Bank’s cash flows giving rise to short-term liquidity needs. Should these needs arise, the Company will provide MetLife Bank with temporary liquidity support through a possible combination of internally and externally sourced funds. See “ — MetLife, Inc. — Capital.”

 

   

The Company issues fixed and floating rate funding agreements, which are denominated in either U.S. dollars or foreign currencies, to certain special purpose entities (“SPEs”) that have issued either debt securities or commercial paper for which payment of interest and principal is secured by such funding agreements. During the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, the Company issued $39.9 billion, $34.1 billion and $28.6 billion, respectively, and repaid $41.6 billion, $30.9 billion and $32.0 billion, respectively, of such funding agreements. At December 31, 2011 and 2010, funding agreements outstanding, which are included in PABs, were $25.5 billion and $27.2 billion, respectively. See Note 8 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

   

The Company also had obligations under funding agreements with the FHLB of NY of $11.7 billion and $12.6 billion at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, for MLIC, which are included in PABs. During the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, the Company issued $7.4 billion, $10.8 billion and $16.7 billion, respectively, and repaid $8.3 billion, $11.8 billion and $18.1 billion, respectively, of such funding agreements. See Note 8 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements. The liability for outstanding advances agreements entered into by MetLife Bank is expected to be transferred to MLIC in 2012 under newly executed funding agreements. MetLife Bank will transfer an agreed upon amount of cash as part of such transfer and the liability will be included in PABs for MLIC.

 

   

The Company had obligations under funding agreements with the Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston (“FHLB of Boston”) of $450 million and $100 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, for MICC, which are included in PABs. During the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, the Company issued $425 million, $0 and $0, respectively, and repaid $75 million, $225 million and $200 million, respectively, of such funding agreements. See Note 8 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

   

The Company had obligations under funding agreements with the FHLB of Des Moines of $220 million for MetLife Investors Insurance Company (“MLIIC”) and $475 million for General American Life Insurance Company (“GALIC”) at December 31, 2011, which are included in PABs. There were no funding agreements with the FHLB of Des Moines at December 31, 2010. During the year ended December 31, 2011, the Company issued $295 million and repaid $75 million of such funding agreements for MLIIC. During the year ended December 31, 2011, the Company issued $700 million and repaid $225 million of such funding agreements for GALIC. See Note 8 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

172


Table of Contents
   

MLIC and MICC have each issued funding agreements to the Federal Agricultural Mortgage Corporation (“Farmer Mac”) and to certain SPEs that have issued debt securities for which payment of interest and principal is secured by such funding agreements; such debt securities are also guaranteed as to payment of interest and principal by Farmer Mac. The obligations under all such funding agreements are secured by a pledge of certain eligible agricultural real estate mortgage loans and may, under certain circumstances, be secured by other qualified collateral. The amount of the Company’s liability for funding agreements issued was $2.8 billion at both December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, which is included in PABs. During the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, the Company issued $1.5 billion, $250 million and $0, respectively, and repaid $1.5 billion, $0 and $0, respectively, of such funding agreements. See Note 8 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Outstanding Debt.  The following table summarizes the outstanding debt of the Company at:

 

     December 31,  
     2011      2010  
     (In millions)  

Short-term debt

   $     686      $ 306  

Long-term debt (1)

   $ 20,624      $ 20,766  

Collateral financing arrangements

   $ 4,647      $ 5,297  

Junior subordinated debt securities

   $ 3,192      $ 3,191  

 

(1)

Excludes $3.1 billion and $6.8 billion at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, of long-term debt relating to CSEs. See Note 3 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Debt Issuances and Other Borrowings. During the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, MetLife Bank received advances related to long-term borrowings totaling $1.3 billion, $2.1 billion and $1.3 billion, respectively, from the FHLB of NY. During the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, MetLife Bank received advances related to short-term borrowings totaling $10.1 billion, $12.5 billion and $26.3 billion, respectively, from the FHLB of NY.

In connection with the financing of the Acquisition (see Note 2 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements), in November 2010, MetLife, Inc. issued to AM Holdings $3.0 billion in three series of debt securities (the “Series C Debt Securities,” the “Series D Debt Securities” and the “Series E Debt Securities,” and, together, the “Debt Securities”), which constitute a part of the MetLife, Inc. common equity units (the “Equity Units”) more fully described in Note 14 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements. The Debt Securities are subject to remarketing, initially bear interest at 1.56%, 1.92% and 2.46%, respectively (an average rate of 1.98%), and carry initial maturity dates of June 15, 2023, June 15, 2024 and June 15, 2045, respectively. The interest rates will be reset in connection with the successful remarketings of the Debt Securities. Prior to the first scheduled attempted remarketing of the Series C Debt Securities, such Debt Securities will be divided into two tranches equal in principal amount with maturity dates of June 15, 2018 and June 15, 2023. Prior to the first scheduled attempted remarketing of the Series E Debt Securities, such Debt Securities will be divided into two tranches equal in principal amount with maturity dates of June 15, 2018 and June 15, 2045.

In August 2010, in anticipation of the Acquisition, MetLife, Inc. issued senior notes as follows:

 

   

$1.0 billion senior notes due February 6, 2014, which bear interest at a fixed rate of 2.375%, payable semi-annually;

 

   

$1.0 billion senior notes due February 8, 2021, which bear interest at a fixed rate of 4.75%, payable semi-annually;

 

   

$750 million senior notes due February 6, 2041, which bear interest at a fixed rate of 5.875%, payable semi-annually; and

 

   

$250 million floating rate senior notes due August 6, 2013, which bear interest at a rate equal to three-month LIBOR, reset quarterly, plus 1.25%, payable quarterly.

 

173


Table of Contents

In connection with these offerings, MetLife, Inc. incurred $15 million of issuance costs which have been capitalized and included in other assets. These costs are being amortized over the terms of the senior notes.

In July 2009, MetLife, Inc. issued $500 million of junior subordinated debt securities with a final maturity of August 2069. Interest is payable semi-annually at a fixed rate of 10.75% up to, but not including, August 1, 2039, the scheduled redemption date. In the event the debt securities are not redeemed on or before the scheduled redemption date, interest will accrue at an annual rate of three-month LIBOR plus a margin equal to 7.548%, payable quarterly in arrears. In connection with the offering, MetLife, Inc. incurred $5 million of issuance costs which have been capitalized and included in other assets. These costs are being amortized over the term of the securities. See Note 13 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for a description of the terms of the junior subordinated debt securities.

In May 2009, MetLife, Inc. issued $1.3 billion of senior notes due June 1, 2016. The senior notes bear interest at a fixed rate of 6.75%, payable semi-annually. In connection with the offering, MetLife, Inc. incurred $6 million of issuance costs which have been capitalized and included in other assets. These costs are being amortized over the term of the senior notes.

In March 2009, MetLife, Inc. issued $397 million of floating rate senior notes due June 2012 under the FDIC’s Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program. The senior notes bear interest at a rate equal to three-month LIBOR, reset quarterly, plus 0.32%. The senior notes are not redeemable prior to their maturity. In connection with the offering, MetLife, Inc. incurred $15 million of issuance costs which have been capitalized and included in other assets. These costs are being amortized over the term of the senior notes.

In February 2009, MetLife, Inc. remarketed its existing $1.0 billion 4.91% Series B junior subordinated debt securities as 7.717% senior debt securities, Series B, due 2019. Interest on these senior debt securities is payable semi-annually. See “ — The Company — Liquidity and Capital Sources — Remarketing of Junior Subordinated Debt Securities and Settlement of Stock Purchase Contracts.”

Collateral Financing Arrangements.  As described more fully in Note 12 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements:

 

   

MetLife, Inc., in connection with the collateral financing arrangement associated with MetLife Reinsurance Company of Charleston’s (“MRC”) reinsurance of the closed block liabilities, entered into an agreement in 2007 with an unaffiliated financial institution that referenced the $2.5 billion aggregate principal amount of 35-year surplus notes by MRC. Under the agreement, MetLife, Inc. is entitled to the interest paid by MRC on the surplus notes of three-month LIBOR plus 0.55% in exchange for the payment of three-month LIBOR plus 1.12%, payable quarterly on such amount as adjusted, as described below.

Under this agreement, MetLife, Inc. may also be required to pledge collateral or make payments to the unaffiliated financial institution related to any decline in the estimated fair value of the surplus notes. Any such payments would be accounted for as a receivable and included in other assets on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets and would not reduce the principal amount outstanding of the surplus notes. Such payments would, however, reduce the amount of interest payments due from MetLife, Inc. under the agreement. Any payment received from the unaffiliated financial institution would reduce the receivable by an amount equal to such payment and would also increase the amount of interest payments due from MetLife, Inc. under the agreement. In addition, the unaffiliated financial institution may be required to pledge collateral to MetLife, Inc. related to any increase in the estimated fair value of the surplus notes. MetLife, Inc. may also be required to make a payment to the unaffiliated financial institution in connection with any early termination of this agreement.

In December 2011, following regulatory approval, MRC repurchased and canceled $650 million in aggregate principal amount of the surplus notes (the “Partial Repurchase”). Payments made by the Company in December 2011 associated with the Partial Repurchase, which also included payments made

 

174


Table of Contents

to the unaffiliated financial institution, totaled $650 million, exclusive of accrued interest on the surplus notes. At December 31, 2011 and 2010, the amount of the surplus notes outstanding was $1.9 billion and $2.5 billion, respectively.

At December 31, 2011 and 2010, the amount of the receivable from the unaffiliated financial institution was $241 million and $425 million, respectively. In June 2011, MetLife, Inc. received $100 million from the unaffiliated financial institution related to an increase in the estimated fair value of the surplus notes. No payments were made or received by MetLife, Inc. during 2010. During 2009, on a net basis, MetLife, Inc. received $375 million from the unaffiliated financial institution related to changes in the estimated fair value of the surplus notes.

In addition, at December 31, 2011 and 2010, MetLife, Inc. had pledged collateral with an estimated fair value of $125 million and $49 million, respectively, to the unaffiliated financial institution.

 

   

MetLife, Inc., in connection with the collateral financing arrangement associated with MetLife Reinsurance Company of South Carolina’s (“MRSC”) reinsurance of universal life secondary guarantees, entered into an agreement in 2007 with an unaffiliated financial institution under which MetLife, Inc. is entitled to the return on the investment portfolio held by trusts established in connection with this collateral financing arrangement in exchange for the payment of a stated rate of return to the unaffiliated financial institution of three-month LIBOR plus 0.70%, payable quarterly. The collateral financing agreement may be extended by agreement of MetLife, Inc. and the unaffiliated financial institution on each anniversary of the closing. MetLife, Inc. may also be required to make payments to the unaffiliated financial institution, for deposit into the trusts, related to any decline in the estimated fair value of the assets held by the trusts, as well as amounts outstanding upon maturity or early termination of the collateral financing arrangement. During 2011 and 2010, no payments were made or received by MetLife, Inc. During 2009, MetLife, Inc. contributed $360 million, as a result of declines in the estimated fair value of the assets in the trusts. Cumulatively, since May 2007, MetLife, Inc. has contributed a total of $680 million as a result of declines in the estimated fair value of the assets in the trusts, all of which was deposited into the trusts.

In addition, MetLife, Inc. may be required to pledge collateral to the unaffiliated financial institution under this agreement. At December 31, 2011 and 2010, MetLife, Inc. had pledged $92 million and $63 million under the agreement, respectively.

Remarketing of Junior Subordinated Debt Securities and Settlement of Stock Purchase Contracts.  In February 2009, MetLife, Inc. closed the remarketing of the Series B portion of its junior subordinated debt securities originally issued in 2005. The Series B junior subordinated debt securities were modified as permitted by their terms to be 7.717% senior debt securities, Series B, due February 15, 2019. MetLife, Inc. did not receive any proceeds from the remarketing. The subsequent settlement of the stock purchase contracts occurred on February 17, 2009, providing proceeds to MetLife, Inc. of $1.0 billion in exchange for shares of MetLife, Inc.’s common stock. MetLife, Inc. delivered 24,343,154 shares of its newly issued common stock to settle the stock purchase contracts.

Credit and Committed Facilities.  The Company maintains unsecured credit facilities and committed facilities, which aggregated $4.0 billion and $12.4 billion, respectively, at December 31, 2011. When drawn upon, these facilities bear interest at varying rates in accordance with the respective agreements.

The unsecured credit facilities are used for general corporate purposes, to support the borrowers’ commercial paper programs and for the issuance of letters of credit. At December 31, 2011, the Company had outstanding $3.1 billion in letters of credit and no drawdowns against these facilities. Remaining unused commitments were $916 million at December 31, 2011.

The committed facilities are used for collateral for certain of the Company’s affiliated reinsurance liabilities. At December 31, 2011, the Company had outstanding $5.4 billion in letters of credit and $2.8 billion in aggregate drawdowns against these facilities. Remaining unused commitments were $4.2 billion at December 31, 2011.

 

175


Table of Contents

See Note 11 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion of these facilities.

We have no reason to believe that our lending counterparties will be unable to fulfill their respective contractual obligations under these facilities. As commitments associated with letters of credit and financing arrangements may expire unused, these amounts do not necessarily reflect the Company’s actual future cash funding requirements.

Covenants.   Certain of the Company’s debt instruments, credit facilities and committed facilities contain various administrative, reporting, legal and financial covenants. The Company believes it was in compliance with all such covenants at December 31, 2011.

Preferred Stock.   See “ — The Company — Liquidity and Capital Uses — Dividends” for information on MetLife, Inc.’s Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series A, and 6.50% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series B (collectively, the “Preferred Stock”).

Convertible Preferred Stock.   In November 2010, MetLife, Inc. issued to AM Holdings in connection with the financing of the Acquisition 6,857,000 shares of Series B contingent convertible junior participating non-cumulative perpetual preferred stock (the “Convertible Preferred Stock”) convertible into approximately 68,570,000 shares (valued at $40.90 per share at the time of the Acquisition) of MetLife, Inc.’s common stock (subject to anti-dilution adjustments) upon a favorable vote of MetLife, Inc.’s common stockholders. On March 8, 2011, MetLife, Inc. repurchased and canceled all of the Convertible Preferred Stock. See “— Common Stock” below.

Common Stock.   In November 2010, MetLife, Inc. issued to AM Holdings in connection with the financing of the Acquisition 78,239,712 new shares of its common stock at $40.90 per share. On March 8, 2011, AM Holdings sold the 78,239,712 shares of common stock in a public offering concurrent with a public offering by MetLife, Inc. of 68,570,000 new shares of its common stock at a price of $43.25 per share for gross proceeds of $3.0 billion. In connection with the offering of common stock, MetLife, Inc. incurred $16 million of issuance costs which have been recorded as a reduction of additional paid-in capital. The proceeds were used to repurchase the Convertible Preferred Stock.

In August 2010, in connection with the financing of the Acquisition, MetLife, Inc. issued 86,250,000 new shares of its common stock at a price of $42.00 per share for gross proceeds of $3.6 billion. In connection with the offering of common stock, MetLife, Inc. incurred $94 million of issuance costs which have been recorded as a reduction of additional paid-in-capital.

In connection with the remarketing of the junior subordinated debt securities, in February 2009, MetLife, Inc. delivered 24,343,154 shares of its newly issued common stock to settle the stock purchase contracts. See “— The Company — Liquidity and Capital Sources — Remarketing of Junior Subordinated Debt Securities and Settlement of Stock Purchase Contracts.”

During the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, 3,549,211 and 2,182,174 new shares of common stock were issued for $115 million and $74 million, respectively, to satisfy various stock option exercises and other stock-based awards. There were no new shares of common stock issued to satisfy the various stock option exercises and other stock-based awards during the year ended December 31, 2009. There were no shares of common stock issued from treasury stock during the year ended December 31, 2011. During the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, 332,121 shares and 861,586 shares of common stock were issued from treasury stock for $18 million and $46 million, respectively, to satisfy various stock option exercises and other stock-based awards.

Equity Units. On the Acquisition Date, MetLife, Inc. issued to AM Holdings in connection with the financing of the Acquisition $3.0 billion aggregate stated amount of Equity Units. On March 8, 2011, concurrently with the public offering of common stock by MetLife, Inc., AM Holdings sold all the Equity Units in a public offering. The terms and conditions of the Equity Units were unaffected by the resulting transfers of ownership. The Equity

 

176


Table of Contents

Units, which are mandatorily convertible securities, will initially consist of (i) purchase contracts obligating the holder to purchase a variable number of shares of MetLife, Inc.’s common stock on each of three specified future settlement dates (expected to be approximately two, three and four years after closing of the Acquisition) for a fixed amount per purchase contract (an aggregate of $1.0 billion on each settlement date) and (ii) an interest in each of three series of Debt Securities of MetLife, Inc. The value of the purchase contracts at issuance of $247 million was calculated as the present value of the future contract payments and was recorded in other liabilities. At future dates, the Series C, D and E Debt Securities will be subject to remarketing and sold to investors. Holders of the Equity Units who elect to include their Debt Securities in a remarketing can use the proceeds thereof to meet their obligations under the purchase contracts.

See Note 14 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion of the Equity Units.

Liquidity and Capital Uses

Acquisitions.   Cash outflows for acquisitions during the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 were $233 million and $7.2 billion, respectively. During the year ended December 31, 2009, there were no cash outflows for acquisitions. See Note 2 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for information regarding certain of these acquisitions.

Debt Repayments.   In December 2011, MetLife, Inc. repaid its $750 million senior note with an interest rate of 6.13%. During the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, MetLife Bank made repayments of $750 million, $349 million and $497 million, respectively, to the FHLB of NY related to long-term borrowings. During the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, MetLife Bank made repayments to the FHLB of NY related to short-term borrowings of $9.7 billion, $12.9 billion and $26.4 billion, respectively. During the year ended December 31, 2009, MetLife Bank made repayments of $21.2 billion to the FRB of NY and MICC made repayments of $300 million to the FHLB of Boston, each related to short-term borrowings.

Debt Repurchases.   We may from time to time seek to retire or purchase our outstanding debt through cash purchases and/or exchanges for other securities, in open market purchases, privately negotiated transactions or otherwise. Any such repurchases or exchanges will be dependent upon several factors, including our liquidity requirements, contractual restrictions, general market conditions, and applicable regulatory, legal and accounting factors. Whether or not to repurchase any debt and the size and timing of any such repurchases will be determined in the Company’s discretion. In December 2011, following regulatory approval, the Company repurchased $650 million in aggregate principal amount of the surplus notes included in collateral financing arrangements.

Insurance Liabilities.   The Company’s principal cash outflows primarily relate to the liabilities associated with its various life insurance, property and casualty, annuity and group pension products, operating expenses and income tax, as well as principal and interest on its outstanding debt obligations. Liabilities arising from its insurance activities primarily relate to benefit payments under the aforementioned products, as well as payments for policy surrenders, withdrawals and loans. For annuity or deposit type products, surrender or lapse product behavior differs somewhat by segment. In the Retirement Products segment, which includes individual annuities, lapses and surrenders tend to occur in the normal course of business. During the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, general account surrenders and withdrawals from annuity products were $4.1 billion and $3.8 billion, respectively. In Corporate Benefit Funding, which includes pension closeouts, bank-owned life insurance and other fixed annuity contracts, as well as funding agreements (including funding agreements with the FHLB of NY, the FHLB of Des Moines and the FHLB of Boston) and other capital market products, most of the products offered have fixed maturities or fairly predictable surrenders or withdrawals. With regard to Corporate Benefit Funding liabilities that provide customers with limited liquidity rights, at December 31, 2011 there were $2.4 billion of funding agreements and other capital market products that could be put back to the Company after a period of notice. Of these liabilities, $535 million were subject to a notice period of 90 days. The remainder was subject to a notice period of five months or greater. An additional $188 million of Corporate Benefit Funding liabilities were subject to credit ratings downgrade triggers that permit early termination subject to a notice period of 90 days. See “ — The Company — Liquidity and Capital Uses — Contractual Obligations.”

 

177


Table of Contents

Dividends.   Th e table below presents declaration, record and payment dates, as well as per share and aggregate dividend amounts, for the common stock:

 

      

 

  

 

   Dividend  

Declaration Date

  

Record Date

  

Payment Date

         Per Share                  Aggregate        
               (In millions, except per share data)  

October 25, 2011

   November 9, 2011    December 14, 2011    $     0.74      $     787  

October 26, 2010

   November 9, 2010    December 14, 2010      0.74        784 (1) 

October 29, 2009

   November 9, 2009    December 14, 2009      0.74        610  

 

(1)

Includes dividends on convertible preferred stock issued in November 2010. See “ — The Company — Liquidity and Capital Sources — Convertible Preferred Stock.”

Common stock dividend decisions are determined by MetLife, Inc.’s Board of Directors after taking into consideration factors such as the Company’s current earnings, expected medium-term and long-term earnings, financial condition, regulatory capital position, and applicable governmental regulations and policies. The payment of dividends and other distributions by MetLife, Inc. to its security holders is subject to regulation by the Federal Reserve. See “Business — U.S. Regulation — Financial Holding Company Regulation” and Note 18 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Information on the declaration, record and payment dates, as well as per share and aggregate dividend amounts, for Preferred Stock is as follows for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009:

 

   

 

 

 

   Dividend  

Declaration Date

 

Record Date

 

Payment Date

   Series A
Per Share
     Series A
Aggregate
     Series B
Per Share
     Series B
Aggregate
 
               
             (In millions, except per share data)  

November 15, 2011

  November 30, 2011   December 15, 2011    $     0.2527777        $    7      $     0.4062500        $  24  

August 15, 2011

  August 31, 2011   September 15, 2011    $ 0.2555555        $    6      $ 0.4062500        $  24  

May 16, 2011

  May 31, 2011   June 15, 2011    $ 0.2555555        7      $ 0.4062500        24  

March 7, 2011

  February 28, 2011   March 15, 2011    $ 0.2500000        6      $ 0.4062500        24  
         

 

 

       

 

 

 
            $  26           $  96  
         

 

 

       

 

 

 

November 15, 2010

  November 30, 2010   December 15, 2010    $ 0.2527777        $    7      $ 0.4062500        $  24  

August 16, 2010

  August 31, 2010   September 15, 2010    $ 0.2555555        6      $ 0.4062500        24  

May 17, 2010

  May 31, 2010   June 15, 2010    $ 0.2555555        7      $ 0.4062500        24  

March 5, 2010

  February 28, 2010   March 15, 2010    $ 0.2500000        6      $ 0.4062500        24  
         

 

 

       

 

 

 
            $  26           $  96  
         

 

 

       

 

 

 

November 16, 2009

  November 30, 2009   December 15, 2009    $ 0.2527777        $    7      $ 0.4062500        $  24  

August 17, 2009

  August 31, 2009   September 15, 2009    $ 0.2555555        6      $ 0.4062500        24  

May 15, 2009

  May 31, 2009   June 15, 2009    $ 0.2555555        7      $ 0.4062500        24  

March 5, 2009

  February 28, 2009   March 16, 2009    $ 0.2500000        6      $ 0.4062500        24  
         

 

 

       

 

 

 
            $  26           $  96  
         

 

 

       

 

 

 

Share Repurchases.   At December 31, 2011, MetLife, Inc. had $1.3 billion remaining under its common stock repurchase program authorizations. See “Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities” for further information relating to such authorizations. During the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, the Company did not repurchase any shares.

Under these authorizations, MetLife, Inc. may purchase its common stock from the MetLife Policyholder Trust, in the open market (including pursuant to the terms of a pre-set trading plan meeting the requirements of Rule 10b5-1 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) and in privately negotiated transactions. Any future common stock repurchases will be dependent upon several factors, including the Company’s capital position, its liquidity, its financial strength and credit ratings, general market conditions and the market price of MetLife, Inc.’s common stock compared to management’s assessment of the stock’s underlying value and applicable regulatory approvals, as well as other legal and accounting factors. See “Business — U.S. Regulation — Financial Holding Company Regulation.”

 

178


Table of Contents

Residential Mortgage Loans Held-for-Sale.   At December 31, 2011 and 2010, the Company held $15.2 billion and $3.3 billion, respectively, in residential mortgage loans held-for-sale. From time to time, MetLife Bank has an increased cash need to fund mortgage loans that it holds generally for a relatively short period before selling to one of the government-sponsored enterprises such as FNMA or FHLMC. To meet these increased funding requirements, as well as to increase overall liquidity, MetLife Bank takes advantage of collateralized borrowing opportunities with the FRB of NY and the FHLB of NY. For further detail on MetLife Bank’s use of these funding sources, see “ — The Company — Liquidity and Capital Sources — Global Funding Sources.” Securitized reverse residential mortgage loans were funded through issuance of GNMA securities, for which the corresponding liability at December 31, 2011 of $7.7 billion is included in other liabilities.

Investment and Other.   Additional cash outflows include those related to obligations of securities lending activities, investments in real estate, limited partnerships and joint ventures, as well as litigation-related liabilities. Also, the Company pledges collateral to, and has collateral pledged to it by, counterparties under the Company’s current derivative transactions. At December 31, 2011 and 2010, the Company was obligated to return cash collateral under its control of $9.5 billion and $2.6 billion, respectively. See “— Investments — Derivative Financial Instruments — Credit Risk.” With respect to derivative transactions with credit ratings downgrade triggers, a two-notch downgrade would have increased the Company’s derivative collateral requirements by $83 million at December 31, 2011. In addition, the Company has pledged collateral and has had collateral pledged to it, and may be required from time to time to pledge additional collateral or be entitled to have additional collateral pledged to it, in connection with collateral financing arrangements related to the reinsurance of closed block liabilities and universal life secondary guarantee liabilities. See “— The Company — Liquidity and Capital Sources — Collateral Financing Arrangements.”

Securities Lending.   The Company participates in a securities lending program whereby blocks of securities, which are included in fixed maturity securities and short-term investments, are loaned to third parties, primarily brokerage firms and commercial banks. The Company obtains collateral, usually cash, from the borrower, which must be returned to the borrower when the loaned securities are returned to the Company. Under the Company’s securities lending program, the Company was liable for cash collateral under its control of $24.2 billion and $24.6 billion at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. Of these amounts, $2.7 billion and $2.8 billion at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, were on open, meaning that the related loaned security could be returned to the Company on the next business day upon return of cash collateral. The estimated fair value of the securities on loan related to the cash collateral on open at December 31, 2011 was $2.7 billion, of which $2.6 billion were U.S. Treasury and agency securities which, if put to the Company, can be immediately sold to satisfy the cash requirements.

Contractual Obligations.   The following table summarizes the Company’s major contractual obligations at December 31, 2011:

 

     Total (1)      One Year or
Less (1)
     More than
One Year to
Three Years (1)
     More than
Three Years to
Five Years (1)
     More than
Five Years (1)
 
     (In millions)  

Future policy benefits

   $ 317,340      $ 6,348      $ 10,561      $ 13,444      $ 286,987  

Policyholder account balances

     295,341        33,909        48,569        32,605        180,258  

Other policyholder liabilities

     12,188        7,997        390        150        3,651  

Payables for collateral under securities loaned and other transactions

     33,716        33,716                          

Bank deposits

     10,575        9,309        1,218        48          

Short-term debt

     686        686                          

Long-term debt

     30,054        2,390        4,804        6,126        16,734  

Collateral financing arrangements

     6,106        67        135        133        5,771  

Junior subordinated debt securities

     9,933        258        517        516        8,642  

Commitments to lend funds

     15,065        13,736        101        93        1,135  

Operating leases

     2,052        337        481        317        917  

Other

     25,324        24,850        31                443  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 758,380      $ 133,603      $ 66,807      $ 53,432      $ 504,538  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

179


Table of Contents

 

 

(1)

The contractual obligations have not been adjusted for businesses expected to be divested in 2012, which are categorized according to the future timing of such obligations irrespective of the corresponding divestitures. See “— MetLife, Inc. — Capital” and Note 2 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Future policy benefits  — Future policy benefits include liabilities related to traditional whole life policies, term life policies, pension closeout and other group annuity contracts, structured settlements, master terminal funding agreements, single premium immediate annuities, long-term disability policies, individual disability income policies, LTC policies and property and casualty contracts. Included within future policy benefits are contracts where the Company is currently making payments and will continue to do so until the occurrence of a specific event, such as death, as well as those where the timing of a portion of the payments has been determined by the contract. Also included are contracts where the Company is not currently making payments and will not make payments until the occurrence of an insurable event, such as death or illness, or where the occurrence of the payment triggering event, such as a surrender of a policy or contract, is outside the control of the Company. The Company has estimated the timing of the cash flows related to these contracts based on historical experience, as well as its expectation of future payment patterns.

Liabilities related to accounting conventions, or which are not contractually due, such as shadow liabilities, excess interest reserves and property and casualty loss adjustment expenses, of $4.6 billion have been excluded from amounts presented in the table above.

Amounts presented in the table above, excluding those related to property and casualty contracts, represent the estimated cash payments for benefits under such contracts including assumptions related to the receipt of future premiums and assumptions related to mortality, morbidity, policy lapse, renewal, retirement, inflation, disability incidence, disability terminations, policy loans and other contingent events as appropriate to the respective product type. Payments for case reserve liabilities and incurred but not reported liabilities associated with property and casualty contracts of $1.5 billion have been included using an estimate of the ultimate amount to be settled under the policies based upon historical payment patterns. The ultimate amount to be paid under property and casualty contracts is not determined until the Company reaches a settlement with the claimant, which may vary significantly from the liability or contractual obligation presented above, especially as it relates to incurred but not reported liabilities. All estimated cash payments presented in the table above are undiscounted as to interest, net of estimated future premiums on policies currently in-force and gross of any reinsurance recoverable. The more than five years category includes estimated payments due for periods extending for more than 100 years from the present date.

The sum of the estimated cash flows shown for all years in the table of $317.3 billion exceeds the liability amount of $184.3 billion included on the consolidated balance sheet principally due to the time value of money, which accounts for at least 80% of the difference, as well as differences in assumptions, most significantly mortality, between the date the liabilities were initially established and the current date.

For the majority of the Company’s insurance operations, estimated contractual obligations for future policy benefits and policyholder account balance liabilities as presented in the table above are derived from the annual asset adequacy analysis used to develop actuarial opinions of statutory reserve adequacy for state regulatory purposes. These cash flows are materially representative of the cash flows under GAAP. (See “— Policyholder account balances” below.)

Actual cash payments to policyholders may differ significantly from the liabilities as presented in the consolidated balance sheet and the estimated cash payments as presented in the table above due to differences between actual experience and the assumptions used in the establishment of these liabilities and the estimation of these cash payments.

 

180


Table of Contents

Policyholder account balances — PABs include liabilities related to conventional guaranteed interest contracts, guaranteed interest contracts associated with formal offering programs, funding agreements, individual and group annuities, total control accounts, individual and group universal life, variable universal life and company-owned life insurance.

Included within PABs are contracts where the amount and timing of the payment is essentially fixed and determinable. These amounts relate to policies where the Company is currently making payments and will continue to do so, as well as those where the timing of the payments has been determined by the contract. Other contracts involve payment obligations where the timing of future payments is uncertain and where the Company is not currently making payments and will not make payments until the occurrence of an insurable event, such as death, or where the occurrence of the payment triggering event, such as a surrender of or partial withdrawal on a policy or deposit contract, is outside the control of the Company. The Company has estimated the timing of the cash flows related to these contracts based on historical experience, as well as its expectation of future payment patterns.

Excess interest reserves representing purchase accounting adjustments of $381 million, as well as $4.3 billion relating to embedded derivatives, have been excluded from amounts presented in the table above as they represent accounting conventions and not contractual obligations.

Amounts presented in the table above represent the estimated cash payments to be made to policyholders undiscounted as to interest and including assumptions related to the receipt of future premiums and deposits; withdrawals, including unscheduled or partial withdrawals; policy lapses; surrender charges; annuitization; mortality; future interest credited; policy loans and other contingent events as appropriate to the respective product type. Such estimated cash payments are also presented net of estimated future premiums on policies currently in-force and gross of any reinsurance recoverable. For obligations denominated in foreign currencies, cash payments have been estimated using current spot rates.

The sum of the estimated cash flows shown for all years in the table of $295.3 billion exceeds the liability amount of $217.7 billion included on the consolidated balance sheet principally due to the time value of money, which accounts for at least 80% of the difference, as well as differences in assumptions between the date the liabilities were initially established and the current date. See the comments under “— Future policy benefits” above regarding the source and uncertainties associated with the estimation of the contractual obligations related to future policyholder benefits and PABs.

Other policyholder liabilities  — Other policyholder liabilities are comprised of other policy-related balances, policyholder dividends payable and the policyholder dividend obligation. Amounts included in the table above related to these balances are as follows:

 

  a.

Other policy-related balances includes liabilities for incurred but not reported claims and claims payable on group term life, long-term disability, LTC and dental; policyholder dividends left on deposit and policyholder dividends due and unpaid related primarily to traditional life and group life and health; and premiums received in advance. Liabilities related to unearned revenue and negative VOBA of $2.3 billion and $3.6 billion, respectively, have been excluded from the cash payments presented in the table above because they reflect accounting conventions and not contractual obligations. With the exception of policyholder dividends left on deposit, and those items excluded as noted in the preceding sentence, the contractual obligation presented in the table above related to other policy-related balances is equal to the liability reflected in the consolidated balance sheet. Such amounts are reported in the one year or less category due to the short-term nature of the liabilities. Contractual obligations on policyholder dividends left on deposit are projected based on assumptions of policyholder withdrawal activity.

 

181


Table of Contents
  b.

Policyholder dividends payable consists of liabilities related to dividends payable in the following calendar year on participating policies. As such, the contractual obligation related to policyholder dividends payable is presented in the table above in the one year or less category at the amount of the liability presented in the consolidated balance sheet.

 

  c.

The nature of the policyholder dividend obligation is described in Note 10 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements. Because the exact timing and amount of the ultimate policyholder dividend obligation is subject to significant uncertainty and the amount of the policyholder dividend obligation is based upon a long-term projection of the performance of the closed block, we have reflected the obligation at the amount of the liability, if any, presented in the consolidated balance sheet in the more than five years category. This was presented to reflect the long-duration of the liability and the uncertainty of the ultimate cash payment.

Payables for collateral under securities loaned and other transactions  — The Company has accepted cash collateral in connection with securities lending and derivative transactions. As the securities lending transactions expire within the next year or the timing of the return of the collateral is uncertain, the return of the collateral has been included in the one year or less category in the table above. The Company also holds non-cash collateral, which is not reflected as a liability in the consolidated balance sheet, of $2.9 billion at December 31, 2011.

Bank deposits  — Bank deposits of $10.6 billion exceed the amount on the balance sheet of $10.5 billion due to the inclusion of estimated interest payments. Liquid deposits, including demand deposit accounts, money market accounts and savings accounts, are assumed to mature at carrying value within one year. Certificates of deposit are assumed to pay all interest and principal at maturity.

Short-term debt, long-term debt, collateral financing arrangements and junior subordinated debt securities  — Amounts presented in the table above for short-term debt, long-term debt, collateral financing arrangements and junior subordinated debt securities differ from the balances presented on the consolidated balance sheet, as the amounts presented in the table above do not include premiums or discounts upon issuance or purchase accounting fair value adjustments. The amounts presented above also include future interest on such obligations as described below.

Short-term debt consists of borrowings with original maturities of one year or less carrying fixed interest rates. The contractual obligation for short-term debt presented in the table above represents the principal amounts due upon maturity plus the related future interest for the period from January 1, 2012 through maturity.

Long-term debt bears interest at fixed and variable interest rates through their respective maturity dates. Future interest on fixed rate debt was computed using the stated rate on the obligations for the period from January 1, 2012 through maturity. Future interest on variable rate debt was computed using prevailing rates at December 31, 2011 and, as such, does not consider the impact of future rate movements. Long-term debt also includes payments under capital lease obligations of $1 million, $6 million, $2 million and $28 million, in the one year or less, more than one year to three years, more than three years to five years and more than five years categories, respectively. Long-term debt presented in the table above excludes $3.1 billion at December 31, 2011 of long-term debt relating to CSEs.

Collateral financing arrangements bear interest at fixed and variable interest rates through their respective maturity dates. Future interest on fixed rate debt was computed using the stated rate on the obligations for the period from January 1, 2012 through maturity. Future interest on variable rate debt was computed using prevailing rates at December 31, 2011 and, as such, does not consider the impact of future rate movements. Pursuant to these collateral financing arrangements, MetLife, Inc. may be required to deliver cash or pledge collateral to the respective unaffiliated financial institutions. See “— The Company — Liquidity and Capital Sources — Collateral Financing Arrangements.”

 

182


Table of Contents

Junior subordinated debt securities bear interest at fixed interest rates through their respective redemption dates. Future interest was computed using the stated rates on the obligations for the period from January 1, 2012 through the scheduled redemption dates, as it is the Company’s expectation that the debt will be redeemed at that time. Inclusion of interest payments on junior subordinated debt through the final maturity dates would increase the contractual obligation by $7.7 billion.

Commitments to lend funds  — The Company commits to lend funds under mortgage loans, partnerships, bank credit facilities, bridge loans and private corporate bond investments. In the table above, the timing of the funding of mortgage loans and private corporate bond investments is based on the expiration dates of the corresponding commitments. As it relates to commitments to lend funds to partnerships and under bank credit facilities, the Company anticipates that these amounts could be invested any time over the next five years; however, as the timing of the fulfillment of the obligation cannot be predicted, such obligations are presented in the one year or less category in the table above. Commitments to fund bridge loans are short-term obligations and, as a result, are presented in the one year or less category in the table above. See Note 16 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements and “— Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements.”

Operating leases  — As a lessee, the Company has various operating leases, primarily for office space. Contractual provisions exist that could increase or accelerate those lease obligations presented, including various leases with early buyouts and/or escalation clauses. However, the impact of any such transactions would not be material to the Company’s financial position or results of operations. See Note 16 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Other  — Other liabilities presented in the table above are principally comprised of amounts due under reinsurance agreements, payables related to securities purchased but not yet settled, securities sold short, accrued interest on debt obligations, estimated fair value of derivative obligations, deferred compensation arrangements, guaranty liabilities, the estimated fair value of forward stock purchase contracts, the liability related to securitized reverse residential mortgage loans, and general accruals and accounts payable due under contractual obligations. If the timing of any of the other liabilities is sufficiently uncertain, the amounts are included within the one year or less category.

The other liabilities presented in the table above differ from the amount presented in the consolidated balance sheet by $5.6 billion due primarily to the exclusion of items such as legal liabilities, pension and postretirement benefit obligations, taxes due other than income tax, unrecognized tax benefits and related accrued interest, accrued severance and employee incentive compensation and other liabilities such as deferred gains and losses. Such items have been excluded from the table above as they represent accounting conventions or are not liabilities due under contractual obligations.

The net funded status of the Company’s pension and other postretirement liabilities included within other liabilities has been excluded from the amounts presented in the table above. Rather, the amounts presented represent the discretionary contributions of $205 million expected to be made by the Company to the pension plan in 2012 and the contributions of $109 million expected to be made by the Company to the postretirement benefit plans during 2012. Virtually all contributions to the pension and postretirement benefit plans are made by the insurance subsidiaries of MetLife, Inc. with little impact on MetLife, Inc.’s cash flows.

Excluded from the table above are unrecognized tax benefits and related accrued interest of $679 million and $235 million, respectively, for which the Company cannot reliably determine the timing of payment. Current income tax payable is also excluded from the table.

Separate account liabilities are excluded from the table above. Generally, the separate account owner, rather than the Company, bears the investment risk of these funds. The separate account assets are legally segregated and are not subject to the claims that arise out of any other business of the Company. Net deposits, net investment income and realized and unrealized capital gains and losses on the separate accounts are fully offset

 

183


Table of Contents

by corresponding amounts credited to contractholders whose liability is reflected with the separate account liabilities. Separate account liabilities are fully funded by cash flows from the separate account assets and are set equal to the estimated fair value of separate account assets.

The Company also enters into agreements to purchase goods and services in the normal course of business; however, these purchase obligations were not material to its consolidated results of operations or financial position at December 31, 2011.

Additionally, the Company has agreements in place for services it conducts, generally at cost, between subsidiaries relating to insurance, reinsurance, loans and capitalization. Intercompany transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. Intercompany transactions among insurance subsidiaries and affiliates have been approved by the appropriate insurance regulators as required.

Support Agreements.  MetLife, Inc. and several of its subsidiaries (each, an “Obligor”) are parties to various capital support commitments, guarantees and contingent reinsurance agreements with certain subsidiaries of MetLife, Inc. Under these arrangements, each Obligor, with respect to the applicable entity, has agreed to cause such entity to meet specified capital and surplus levels, has guaranteed certain contractual obligations or has agreed to provide, upon the occurrence of certain contingencies, reinsurance for such entity’s insurance liabilities. We anticipate that in the event that these arrangements place demands upon the Company, there will be sufficient liquidity and capital to enable the Company to meet anticipated demands. See “— MetLife, Inc. — Liquidity and Capital Uses — Support Agreements.”

Litigation.  Putative or certified class action litigation and other litigation, and claims and assessments against the Company, in addition to those discussed elsewhere herein and those otherwise provided for in the Company’s consolidated financial statements, have arisen in the course of the Company’s business, including, but not limited to, in connection with its activities as an insurer, mortgage lending bank, employer, investor, investment advisor and taxpayer. Further, state insurance regulatory authorities and other federal and state authorities regularly make inquiries and conduct investigations concerning the Company’s compliance with applicable insurance and other laws and regulations.

The Company establishes liabilities for litigation and regulatory loss contingencies when it is probable that a loss has been incurred and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated. For material matters where a loss is believed to be reasonably possible but not probable, no accrual is made but the Company discloses the nature of the contingency and an aggregate estimate of the reasonably possible range of loss in excess of amounts accrued, when such an estimate can be made. It is not possible to predict or determine the ultimate outcome of all pending investigations and legal proceedings. In some of the matters referred to herein, very large and/or indeterminate amounts, including punitive and treble damages, are sought. Although in light of these considerations, it is possible that an adverse outcome in certain cases could have a material adverse effect upon the Company’s financial position, based on information currently known by the Company’s management, in its opinion, the outcome of such pending investigations and legal proceedings are not likely to have such an effect. However, given the large and/or indeterminate amounts sought in certain of these matters and the inherent unpredictability of litigation, it is possible that an adverse outcome in certain matters could, from time to time, have a material adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated net income or cash flows in particular quarterly or annual periods.

 

184


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Capital

Restrictions and Limitations on Bank Holding Companies and Financial Holding Companies.  MetLife, Inc. and its insured depository institution subsidiary, MetLife Bank, are subject to risk-based and leverage capital guidelines issued by the federal banking regulatory agencies for banks and bank and financial holding companies. The federal banking regulatory agencies are required by law to take specific prompt corrective actions with respect to institutions that do not meet minimum capital standards. As of their most recently filed reports with the federal banking regulatory agencies, all of MetLife, Inc.’s and MetLife Bank’s risk-based and leverage capital ratios met the federal banking regulatory agencies, “well capitalized” standards. In addition to requirements which may be imposed in connection with the implementation of Dodd-Frank, such as the enhanced prudential standards under proposed Regulation YY, if adopted in the U.S., Basel III will also lead to increased capital and liquidity requirements for bank holding companies, such as MetLife, Inc. See “Business — U.S. Regulation,” “— Industry Trends” and “Risk Factors — Our Insurance, Brokerage and Banking Businesses Are Highly Regulated, and Changes in Regulation and in Supervisory and Enforcement Policies May Reduce Our Profitability and Limit Our Growth.”

Once MetLife Bank has completely exited its depository business, MetLife, Inc. plans to terminate MetLife Bank’s FDIC insurance, putting MetLife, Inc. in a position to be able to deregister as a bank holding company. Upon completion of the foregoing, MetLife, Inc. will no longer be regulated as a bank holding company. However, if, in the future, MetLife, Inc. is designated by the FSOC as a non-bank systemically important financial institution, it would once again be regulated by the Federal Reserve (including its capital requirements) and may be subject to enhanced supervision and prudential standards. In October 2011, the FSOC issued a notice of proposed rulemaking outlining the process it will follow and the criteria it will use to assess whether a non-bank financial company should be so subject. If MetLife, Inc. meets the quantitative thresholds set forth in the proposal, the FSOC will continue with a further analysis using qualitative and quantitative factors. For further information, see “— Industry Trends.”

The following table contains the RBC ratios and the regulatory requirements for MetLife, Inc., as a bank holding company, and MetLife Bank:

MetLife, Inc.

RBC Ratios — Bank Holding Company

 

                 Regulatory
Requirements
Minimum
    Regulatory
Requirements
“Well Capitalized”
 
     December 31,      
     2011     2010      

Total RBC Ratio

     10.25      8.52      8.00      10.00 

Tier 1 RBC Ratio

     9.98      8.21      4.00      6.00 

Tier 1 Leverage Ratio

     5.32      5.11      4.00      N/A   

Tier 1 Common Ratio

     9.39      6.97      N/A        N/A   

MetLife Bank

RBC Ratios — Bank

 

                 Regulatory
Requirements
Minimum
    Regulatory
Requirements
“Well Capitalized”
 
     December 31,      
     2011     2010      

Total RBC Ratio

     12.55      15.00      8.00      10.00 

Tier 1 RBC Ratio

     12.54      14.16      4.00      6.00 

Tier 1 Leverage Ratio

     5.27      7.14      4.00      5.00 

Tier 1 Common Ratio

     9.72      13.56      N/A        N/A   

 

185


Table of Contents

Summary of Primary Sources and Uses of Liquidity and Capital.  For information regarding the primary sources and uses of MetLife, Inc.’s liquidity and capital, see “— The Company — Capital — Summary of Primary Sources and Uses of Liquidity and Capital.”

Liquidity and Capital

Liquidity and capital are managed to preserve stable, reliable and cost-effective sources of cash to meet all current and future financial obligations and are provided by a variety of sources, including a portfolio of liquid assets, a diversified mix of short- and long-term funding sources from the wholesale financial markets and the ability to borrow through credit and committed facilities. MetLife, Inc. is an active participant in the global financial markets through which it obtains a significant amount of funding. These markets, which serve as cost-effective sources of funds, are critical components of MetLife, Inc.’s liquidity and capital management. Decisions to access these markets are based upon relative costs, prospective views of balance sheet growth and a targeted liquidity profile and capital structure. A disruption in the financial markets could limit MetLife, Inc.’s access to liquidity.

MetLife, Inc.’s ability to maintain regular access to competitively priced wholesale funds is fostered by its current credit ratings from the major credit rating agencies. We view our capital ratios, credit quality, stable and diverse earnings streams, diversity of liquidity sources and our liquidity monitoring procedures as critical to retaining such credit ratings. See “— The Company — Capital — Rating Agencies.”

Liquidity is monitored through the use of internal liquidity risk metrics, including the composition and level of the liquid asset portfolio, timing differences in short-term cash flow obligations, access to the financial markets for capital and debt transactions and exposure to contingent draws on MetLife, Inc.’s liquidity.

Liquidity and Capital Sources

Dividends from Subsidiaries.  MetLife, Inc. relies in part on dividends from its subsidiaries to meet its cash requirements. MetLife, Inc.’s insurance subsidiaries are subject to regulatory restrictions on the payment of dividends imposed by the regulators of their respective domiciles. The dividend limitation for U.S. insurance subsidiaries is generally based on the surplus to policyholders at the end of the immediately preceding calendar year and statutory net gain from operations for the immediately preceding calendar year. Statutory accounting practices, as prescribed by insurance regulators of various states in which the Company conducts business, differ in certain respects from accounting principles used in financial statements prepared in conformity with GAAP. The significant differences relate to the treatment of DAC, certain deferred income tax, required investment liabilities, statutory reserve calculation assumptions, goodwill and surplus notes.

The table below sets forth the dividends permitted to be paid by the respective insurance subsidiary without insurance regulatory approval and the respective dividends paid:

 

    2012     2011     2010     2009  

Company

  Permitted w/o
Approval (1)
    Paid
(2)
    Permitted w/o
Approval (3)
    Paid (2)     Permitted w/o
Approval (3)
    Paid (2)      Permitted w/o
Approval (3)
 
    (In millions)  

Metropolitan Life Insurance Company

  $ 1,350     $ 1,321  (4)    $ 1,321     $ 631  (4)    $ 1,262     $       $ 552  

American Life Insurance Company

  $ 168  (5)    $ 661     $ 661  (5)    $  (6)    $ 511  (5)    $ N/A       $ N/A   

MetLife Insurance Company of Connecticut

  $ 504     $ 517     $ 517     $ 330     $ 659     $       $ 714  

Metropolitan Property and Casualty Insurance Company

  $      $ 30     $      $ 260     $      $ 300      $ 9  

Metropolitan Tower Life Insurance Company

  $ 82     $ 80     $ 80     $ 569  (7)    $ 93     $       $ 88  

MetLife Investors Insurance Company

  $ 18     $      $      $      $      $       $   

Delaware American Life Insurance Company

  $ 12     $      $      $      $      $ N/A       $ N/A   

 

186


Table of Contents

 

(1)

Reflects dividend amounts that may be paid during 2012 without prior regulatory approval. However, because dividend tests may be based on dividends previously paid over rolling 12-month periods, if paid before a specified date during 2012, some or all of such dividends may require regulatory approval.

 

(2)

All amounts paid, including those requiring regulatory approval.

 

(3)

Reflects dividend amounts that could have been paid during the relevant year without prior regulatory approval.

 

(4)

Includes securities transferred to MetLife, Inc. of $170 million and $399 million during the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

 

(5)

Reflects approximate dividend amounts permitted to be paid without prior regulatory approval.

 

(6)

Reflects the respective dividends paid since the Acquisition Date. See Note 2 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

(7)

Includes shares of an affiliate distributed to MetLife, Inc. as an in-kind dividend of $475 million.

In addition to the amounts presented in the table above, for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, cash dividends in the aggregate amount of $139 million, $0 and $215 million, respectively, were paid to MetLife, Inc. by certain of its other subsidiaries. Additionally, for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, MetLife, Inc. received cash of $771 million, $54 million and $0, respectively, representing returns of capital.

The dividend capacity of our non-U.S. operations is subject to similar restrictions established by the local regulators. The non-U.S. regulatory regimes also commonly limit the dividend payments to the parent to a portion of the prior year’s statutory income, as determined by the local accounting principles. The regulators of our non-U.S. operations, including Japan’s Financial Services Agency, may also limit or not permit profit repatriations or other transfers of funds to the U.S. if such transfers are deemed to be detrimental to the solvency or financial strength of the non-U.S. operations, or for other reasons. Most of the non-U.S. subsidiaries are second tier subsidiaries which are owned by various non-U.S. holding companies. The capital and rating considerations applicable to the first tier subsidiaries may also impact the dividend flow into MetLife, Inc.

The Company’s management actively manages its target and excess capital levels and dividend flows on a proactive basis and forecasts local capital positions as part of the financial planning cycle. The dividend capacity of certain U.S. and non-U.S. subsidiaries is also subject to business targets in excess of the minimum capital necessary to maintain the desired rating or level of financial strength in the relevant market. Management of MetLife, Inc. cannot provide assurances that MetLife, Inc.’s subsidiaries will have statutory earnings to support payment of dividends to MetLife, Inc. in an amount sufficient to fund its cash requirements and pay cash dividends and that the applicable regulators will not disapprove any dividends that such subsidiaries must submit for approval. See Note 18 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Liquid Assets.  An integral part of MetLife, Inc.’s liquidity management is the amount of liquid assets it holds. Liquid assets include cash and cash equivalents, short-term investments and publicly-traded securities, excluding: (i) cash collateral received under the Company’s securities lending program that has been reinvested in cash and cash equivalents, short-term investments and publicly-traded securities; and (ii) cash collateral received from counterparties in connection with derivative instruments. At December 31, 2011 and 2010, MetLife, Inc. had $4.2 billion and $2.8 billion, respectively, in liquid assets. In addition, MetLife, Inc. has pledged collateral and has had collateral pledged to it, and may be required from time to time to pledge additional collateral or be entitled to have additional collateral pledged to it. At December 31, 2011 and 2010, MetLife, Inc. had pledged $449 million and $362 million, respectively, of liquid assets under collateral support agreements.

 

187


Table of Contents

Dispositions.  Cash proceeds from dispositions during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 were $180 million, $0 and $130 million, respectively. See Note 2 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for information regarding certain of these dispositions.

Global Funding Sources.  Liquidity is also provided by a variety of short-term instruments, including commercial paper. Capital is provided by a variety of instruments, including medium- and long-term debt, junior subordinated debt securities, collateral financing arrangements, capital securities and stockholders’ equity. The diversity of MetLife, Inc.’s funding sources enhances funding flexibility, limits dependence on any one source of funds and generally lowers the cost of funds. Other sources of MetLife, Inc.’s liquidity include programs for short-term and long-term borrowing, as needed.

We continuously monitor and adjust our liquidity and capital plans in light of changing requirements and market conditions.

Long-term Debt.  The following table summarizes the outstanding long-term debt of MetLife, Inc. at:

 

     December 31,  
     2011      2010  
     (In millions)  

Long-term debt — unaffiliated

   $ 15,666      $ 16,258  

Long-term debt — affiliated (1)

   $ 500      $ 665  

Collateral financing arrangements

   $ 2,797      $ 2,797  

Junior subordinated debt securities

   $ 1,748      $ 1,748  

 

(1)

Includes $165 million of affiliated senior notes associated with bonds held by ALICO at December 31, 2010. Such bonds were sold to a third party in the second quarter of 2011.

Short-term Debt.  MetLife, Inc. maintains a commercial paper program, proceeds of which can be used to finance the general liquidity needs of MetLife, Inc. and its subsidiaries. MetLife, Inc. had no short-term debt outstanding at both December 31, 2011 and 2010. There was no short-term debt activity in both 2011 and 2010. During the year ended December 31, 2009, the weighted average interest rate on short-term debt, comprised only of commercial paper, was 1.25%. During the year ended December 31, 2009, the average daily balance on short-term debt was $5 million, and the average days outstanding was six days.

Debt Issuances and Other Borrowings.  For information on MetLife, Inc.’s debt issuances and other borrowings, see “— The Company — Liquidity and Capital Sources — Debt Issuances and Other Borrowings.”

 

188


Table of Contents

Senior Notes.  The following table summarizes MetLife, Inc.’s outstanding senior notes series by maturity date, excluding any premium or discount, at December 31, 2011:

 

Maturity Date

   Principal      Interest Rate
     (In millions)       

2012

   $ 400      5.38%

2012

   $ 397      three-month LIBOR + .032%

2013

   $ 500      5.00%

2013

   $ 250      three-month LIBOR + 1.25%

2014

   $ 350      5.50%

2014

   $ 1,000      2.38%

2015

   $ 1,000      5.00%

2016

   $ 1,250      6.75%

2018

   $ 1,035      6.82%

2018 (1)

   $ 500      1.56%

2018 (2)

   $ 500      2.46%

2019

   $ 1,035      7.72%

2020

   $ 729      5.25%

2021

   $ 1,000      4.75%

2023 (1)

   $ 500      1.56%

2024

   $ 1,000      1.92%

2024

   $ 673      5.38%

2032

   $ 600      6.50%

2033

   $ 200      5.88%

2034

   $ 750      6.38%

2035

   $ 1,000      5.70%

2041

   $ 750      5.88%

2045 (2)

   $ 500      2.46%

 

(1)

Represents one of two tranches comprising the Series C Debt Securities.

 

(2)

Represents one of two tranches comprising the Series E Debt Securities.

Collateral Financing Arrangements.  For information on MetLife, Inc.’s collateral financing arrangements, see “— The Company — Liquidity and Capital Sources — Collateral Financing Arrangements” and Note 12 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Credit and Committed Facilities.  At December 31, 2011, MetLife, Inc., along with MetLife Funding, maintained $4.0 billion in unsecured credit facilities, the proceeds of which are available to be used for general corporate purposes, to support the borrowers’ commercial paper programs and for the issuance of letters of credit. At December 31, 2011, MetLife, Inc. had outstanding $3.1 billion in letters of credit and no drawdowns against these facilities. Remaining unused commitments were $916 million at December 31, 2011.

MetLife, Inc. maintains committed facilities with a capacity of $300 million. At December 31, 2011, MetLife, Inc. had outstanding $300 million in letters of credit and no drawdowns against these facilities. There were no remaining unused commitments at December 31, 2011. In addition, MetLife, Inc. is a party to committed facilities of certain of its subsidiaries, which aggregated $12.1 billion at December 31, 2011. The committed facilities are used as collateral for certain of the Company’s affiliated reinsurance liabilities.

See Note 11 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further detail on these facilities.

Covenants.  Certain of MetLife, Inc.’s debt instruments, credit facilities and committed facilities contain various administrative, reporting, legal and financial covenants. MetLife, Inc. believes it was in compliance with all such covenants at December 31, 2011.

 

189


Table of Contents

Preferred Stock, Convertible Preferred Stock, Common Stock and Equity Units.   For information on preferred stock, convertible preferred stock, common stock and equity units issued by MetLife, Inc., see “— The Company — Liquidity and Capital Sources — Preferred Stock,” “— Convertible Preferred Stock,” “— Common Stock,” and “— Equity Units,” respectively.

Liquidity and Capital Uses

The primary uses of liquidity of MetLife, Inc. include debt service, cash dividends on common and preferred stock, capital contributions to subsidiaries, payment of general operating expenses and acquisitions. Based on our analysis and comparison of our current and future cash inflows from the dividends we receive from subsidiaries that are permitted to be paid without prior insurance regulatory approval, our asset portfolio and other cash flows and anticipated access to the capital markets, we believe there will be sufficient liquidity and capital to enable MetLife, Inc. to make payments on debt, make cash dividend payments on its common and preferred stock, contribute capital to its subsidiaries, pay all general operating expenses and meet its cash needs.

Acquisitions.   During the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2009, there were no cash outflows for acquisitions. Cash outflows for acquisitions during the year ended December 31, 2010 were $7.2 billion. See Note 2 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for information regarding certain of these acquisitions.

Affiliated Capital Transactions.   During the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, MetLife, Inc. invested an aggregate of $1.9 billion, $699 million (excludes the Acquisition) and $986 million, respectively, in various subsidiaries.

MetLife, Inc. lends funds, as necessary, to its subsidiaries, some of which are regulated, to meet their capital requirements. Such loans are included in loans to subsidiaries and consisted of the following at:

 

            December 31,  

Subsidiaries

  Interest Rate   Maturity Date   2011     2010  
            (In millions)  

Metropolitan Life Insurance Company (1)

  Six-month LIBOR + 1.80%   December 31, 2011   $      $ 775  

Metropolitan Life Insurance Company (2)

  7.13%   December 15, 2032            400  

Metropolitan Life Insurance Company (2)

  7.13%   January 15, 2033            100  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

      $      $ 1,275  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)

In April 2011, MLIC repaid in cash the $775 million surplus note issued to MetLife, Inc. in December 2009. The early redemption was approved by the New York Superintendent of Insurance.

 

(2)

On December 15, 2011, MLIC repaid in cash the $400 million and $100 million capital notes issued to MetLife, Inc. in December 2002.

In September and November 2011, American Life issued notes to MetLife, Inc. for $100 million and $270 million, respectively. American Life repaid both notes during the fourth quarter of 2011.

Debt Repayments.   In December 2011, MetLife, Inc. repaid the $750 million senior note with an interest rate of 6.13%. MetLife, Inc. intends to repay all or refinance in whole or in part the debt that is due in 2012. See “— MetLife, Inc. — Liquidity and Capital Sources — Senior Notes.”

Support Agreements.   MetLife, Inc. is party to various capital support commitments and guarantees with certain of its subsidiaries. Under these arrangements, MetLife, Inc. has agreed to cause each such entity to meet specified capital and surplus levels or has guaranteed certain contractual obligations.

 

190


Table of Contents

In June 2011, MetLife, Inc. guaranteed the obligations of its subsidiary, DelAm, under a stop loss reinsurance agreement with RGA Reinsurance (Barbados) Inc. (“RGARe”), pursuant to which RGARe retrocedes to DelAm a portion of the whole life medical insurance business that RGARe assumed from American Life on behalf of its Japan branch.

Prior to the sale in April 2011 of its 50% interest in MSI MetLife to a third party, MetLife, Inc. guaranteed the obligations of its subsidiary, Exeter Reassurance Company, Ltd. (“Exeter”), under a reinsurance agreement with MSI MetLife, under which Exeter reinsures variable annuity business written by MSI MetLife. This guarantee will remain in place until such time as the reinsurance agreement between Exeter and MSI MetLife is terminated, notwithstanding the April 2011 disposition of MetLife, Inc.’s interest in MSI MetLife as described in Note 2 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

In March 2011, MetLife, Inc. guaranteed the obligations of its subsidiary, Missouri Reinsurance (Barbados) Inc. (“MoRe”), under a retrocession agreement with RGARe, pursuant to which MoRe retrocedes a portion of the closed block liabilities associated with industrial life and ordinary life insurance policies that it assumed from MLIC.

In November 2010, MetLife, Inc. guaranteed the obligations of Exeter in an aggregate amount up to $1.0 billion, under a reinsurance agreement with MetLife Europe Limited (“MEL”), under which Exeter reinsures the guaranteed living benefits and guaranteed death benefits associated with certain unit-linked annuity contracts issued by MEL.

In January 2010, MetLife, Inc. guaranteed the obligations of MoRe, under a retrocession agreement with RGARe, pursuant to which MoRe retrocedes certain group term life insurance liabilities that it assumed from MLIC.

In December 2009, MetLife, Inc., in connection with MetLife Reinsurance Company of Vermont’s (“MRV”) reinsurance of certain universal life and term life insurance risks, committed to the Vermont Department of Banking, Insurance, Securities and Health Care Administration to take necessary action to cause the third protected cell of MRV to maintain total adjusted capital equal to or greater than 200% of such protected cell’s authorized control level RBC, as defined in state insurance statutes. See “— The Company — Liquidity and Capital Sources — Credit and Committed Facilities” and Note 11 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

MetLife, Inc., in connection with MRV’s reinsurance of certain universal life and term life insurance risks, committed to the Vermont Department of Banking, Insurance, Securities and Health Care Administration to take necessary action to cause each of the two initial protected cells of MRV to maintain total adjusted capital equal to or greater than 200% of such protected cell’s authorized control level RBC, as defined in state insurance statutes. See “— The Company — Liquidity and Capital Sources — Credit and Committed Facilities” and Note 11 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

MetLife, Inc., in connection with the collateral financing arrangement associated with MRC’s reinsurance of a portion of the liabilities associated with the closed block, committed to the South Carolina Department of Insurance to make capital contributions, if necessary, to MRC so that MRC may at all times maintain its total adjusted capital at a level of not less than 200% of the company action level RBC, as defined in state insurance statutes as in effect on the date of determination or December 31, 2007, whichever calculation produces the greater capital requirement, or as otherwise required by the South Carolina Department of Insurance. See “— The Company — Liquidity and Capital Sources — Debt Issuances and Other Borrowings” and Note 12 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

MetLife, Inc., in connection with the collateral financing arrangement associated with MRSC’s reinsurance of universal life secondary guarantees, committed to the South Carolina Department of Insurance to take necessary action to cause MRSC to maintain total adjusted capital equal to the greater of $250,000 or 100% of MRSC’s

 

191


Table of Contents

authorized control level RBC, as defined in state insurance statutes. See “— The Company — Liquidity and Capital Sources — Debt Issuances and Other Borrowings” and Note 12 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

MetLife, Inc. has net worth maintenance agreements with two of its insurance subsidiaries, MLIIC and First MetLife Investors Insurance Company. Under these agreements, as subsequently amended, MetLife, Inc. agreed, without limitation as to the amount, to cause each of these subsidiaries to have a minimum capital and surplus of $10 million, total adjusted capital at a level not less than 150% of the company action level RBC, as defined by state insurance statutes, and liquidity necessary to enable it to meet its current obligations on a timely basis.

MetLife, Inc. also guarantees the obligations of a number of its subsidiaries under credit facilities with third-party banks. See Note 11 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Adoption of New Accounting Pronouncements

See Note 1 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Future Adoption of New Accounting Pronouncements

See Note 1 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Subsequent Events

See Note 24 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Item 7A.  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

Risk Management

The Company must effectively manage, measure and monitor the market risk associated with its assets and liabilities. It has developed an integrated process for managing risk, which it conducts through its Enterprise Risk Management Department, Asset/Liability Management Unit, Treasury Department and Investment Department along with the management of the business segments. The Company has established and implemented comprehensive policies and procedures at both the corporate and business segment level to minimize the effects of potential market volatility.

The Company regularly analyzes its exposure to interest rate, equity market price and foreign currency exchange rate risks. As a result of that analysis, the Company has determined that the estimated fair values of certain assets and liabilities are materially exposed to changes in interest rates, foreign currency exchange rates and changes in the equity markets.

Enterprise Risk Management.   MetLife has established several financial and non-financial senior management committees as part of its risk management process. These committees manage capital and risk positions, approve ALM strategies and establish appropriate corporate business standards. Further enhancing its committee structure, during the second quarter of 2010, MetLife created an Enterprise Risk Committee including the following voting members: the Chief Financial Officer, the Chief Investment Officer and the Chief Risk Officer. This committee is responsible for reviewing all material risks to the enterprise and deciding on actions if necessary, in the event risks exceed desirable targets, taking into consideration best practices to resolve or mitigate those risks.

MetLife also has a separate Enterprise Risk Management Department, which is responsible for risk management throughout MetLife and reports to MetLife’s Chief Risk Officer. The Enterprise Risk Management Department’s primary responsibilities consist of:

 

   

implementing a corporate risk framework, which outlines the Company’s approach for managing risk on an enterprise-wide basis;

 

192


Table of Contents
   

developing policies and procedures for managing, measuring, monitoring and controlling those risks identified in the corporate risk framework;

 

   

establishing appropriate corporate risk tolerance levels;

 

   

deploying capital on an economic capital basis; and

 

   

reporting on a periodic basis to the Finance and Risk Committee of the Company’s Board of Directors; with respect to credit risk, reporting to the Investment Committee of the Company’s Board of Directors; and reporting on various aspects of risk to financial and non-financial senior management committees.

Asset/Liability Management.   The Company actively manages its assets using an approach that balances quality, diversification, asset/liability matching, liquidity, concentration and investment return. The goals of the investment process are to optimize, net of income tax, risk-adjusted investment income and risk-adjusted total return while ensuring that the assets and liabilities are reasonably managed on a cash flow and duration basis. The ALM process is the shared responsibility of the Financial Risk Management and Asset/Liability Management Unit, Enterprise Risk Management, the Portfolio Management Unit, and the senior members of the business segments and is governed by the ALM Committees. The ALM Committees’ duties include reviewing and approving target portfolios, establishing investment guidelines and limits and providing oversight of the ALM process on a periodic basis. The directives of the ALM Committees are carried out and monitored through ALM Working Groups which are set up to manage by product type. In addition, an ALM Steering Committee oversees the activities of the underlying ALM Committees.

MetLife establishes target asset portfolios for each major insurance product, which represent the investment strategies used to profitably fund its liabilities within acceptable levels of risk. These strategies are monitored through regular review of portfolio metrics, such as effective duration, yield curve sensitivity, convexity, liquidity, asset sector concentration and credit quality by the ALM Working Groups.

Market Risk Exposures

The Company has exposure to market risk through its insurance operations and investment activities. For purposes of this disclosure, “market risk” is defined as the risk of loss resulting from changes in interest rates, foreign currency exchange rates and equity market.

Interest Rates.   The Company’s exposure to interest rate changes results most significantly from its holdings of fixed maturity securities, as well as its interest rate sensitive liabilities. The fixed maturity securities include U.S. and foreign government bonds, securities issued by government agencies, corporate bonds and mortgage-backed securities, all of which are mainly exposed to changes in medium- and long-term interest rates. The interest rate sensitive liabilities for purposes of this disclosure include debt, PABs related to certain investment type contracts, and net embedded derivatives on variable annuities with guaranteed minimum benefits which have the same type of interest rate exposure (medium- and long-term interest rates) as fixed maturity securities. The Company employs product design, pricing and ALM strategies to reduce the adverse effects of interest rate movements. Product design and pricing strategies include the use of surrender charges or restrictions on withdrawals in some products and the ability to reset credited rates for certain products. ALM strategies include the use of derivatives and duration mismatch limits. See “Risk Factors — Changes in Market Interest Rates May Significantly Affect Our Profitability.”

Foreign Currency Exchange Rates.   The Company’s exposure to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates against the U.S. dollar results from its holdings in non-U.S. dollar denominated fixed maturity and equity securities, mortgage loans, and certain liabilities, as well as through its investments in foreign subsidiaries. The principal currencies that create foreign currency exchange rate risk in the Company’s investment portfolios and liabilities are the Euro, the Japanese yen, the British pound, the Mexican peso and the Canadian dollar. Selectively, the Company uses U.S. dollar assets to support certain long duration foreign currency liabilities.

 

193


Table of Contents

Through its investments in foreign subsidiaries and joint ventures, the Company is primarily exposed to the Japanese yen, the Polish zloty, the Mexican peso, the British pound, the Australian dollar, the Euro, the Korean won and the Canadian dollar. In addition to hedging with foreign currency swaps, forwards and options, local surplus in some countries is held entirely or in part in U.S. dollar assets which further minimizes exposure to foreign currency exchange rate fluctuation risk. The Company has matched much of its foreign currency liabilities in its foreign subsidiaries with their respective foreign currency assets, thereby reducing its risk to foreign currency exchange rate fluctuation. See “Risk Factors — Fluctuations in Foreign Currency Exchange Rates Could Negatively Affect Our Profitability.”

Equity Market.   The Company has exposure to equity market risk through certain liabilities that involve long-term guarantees on equity performance such as net embedded derivatives on variable annuities with guaranteed minimum benefits, certain PABs along with investments in equity securities. We manage this risk on an integrated basis with other risks through our ALM strategies including the dynamic hedging of certain variable annuity guarantee benefits. The Company also manages equity market risk exposure in its investment portfolio through the use of derivatives. Equity exposures associated with other limited partnership interests are excluded from this section as they are not considered financial instruments under GAAP.

Management of Market Risk Exposures

The Company uses a variety of strategies to manage interest rate, foreign currency exchange rate and equity market risk, including the use of derivative instruments.

Interest Rate Risk Management.   To manage interest rate risk, the Company analyzes interest rate risk using various models, including multi-scenario cash flow projection models that forecast cash flows of the liabilities and their supporting investments, including derivative instruments. These projections involve evaluating the potential gain or loss on most of the Company’s in-force business under various increasing and decreasing interest rate environments. The Department of Financial Services regulations require that MetLife perform some of these analyses annually as part of MetLife’s review of the sufficiency of its regulatory reserves. For several of its legal entities, the Company maintains segmented operating and surplus asset portfolios for the purpose of ALM and the allocation of investment income to product lines. For each segment, invested assets greater than or equal to the GAAP liabilities less the DAC asset and any non-invested assets allocated to the segment are maintained, with any excess swept to the surplus segment. The business segments may reflect differences in legal entity, statutory line of business and any product market characteristic which may drive a distinct investment strategy with respect to duration, liquidity or credit quality of the invested assets. Certain smaller entities make use of unsegmented general accounts for which the investment strategy reflects the aggregate characteristics of liabilities in those entities. The Company measures relative sensitivities of the value of its assets and liabilities to changes in key assumptions utilizing Company models. These models reflect specific product characteristics and include assumptions based on current and anticipated experience regarding lapse, mortality and interest crediting rates. In addition, these models include asset cash flow projections reflecting interest payments, sinking fund payments, principal payments, bond calls, mortgage prepayments and defaults.

Common industry metrics, such as duration and convexity, are also used to measure the relative sensitivity of assets and liability values to changes in interest rates. In computing the duration of liabilities, consideration is given to all policyholder guarantees and to how the Company intends to set indeterminate policy elements such as interest credits or dividends. Each asset portfolio has a duration target based on the liability duration and the investment objectives of that portfolio. Where a liability cash flow may exceed the maturity of available assets, as is the case with certain retirement and non-medical health products, the Company may support such liabilities with equity investments, derivatives or curve mismatch strategies.

 

194


Table of Contents

Foreign Currency Exchange Rate Risk Management.   Foreign currency exchange rate risk is assumed primarily in three ways: investments in foreign subsidiaries, purchases of foreign currency denominated investments in the investment portfolio and the sale of certain insurance products.

 

   

The Company’s Treasury Department is responsible for managing the exposure to investments in foreign subsidiaries. Limits to exposures are established and monitored by the Treasury Department and managed by the Investment Department.

 

   

The Investment Department is responsible for managing the exposure to foreign currency investments. Exposure limits to unhedged foreign currency investments are incorporated into the standing authorizations granted to management by the Board of Directors and are reported to the Board of Directors on a periodic basis.

 

   

The lines of business are responsible for establishing limits and managing any foreign exchange rate exposure caused by the sale or issuance of insurance products.

MetLife uses foreign currency swaps and forwards to mitigate the liability exposure, risk of loss and the volatility of net income associated with its investments in foreign subsidiaries, foreign currency denominated fixed income investments and the sale of certain insurance products.

Equity Market Risk Management.   Equity market risk exposure through the issuance of variable annuities is managed by the Company’s Asset/Liability Management Unit in partnership with the Investment Department. Equity market risk is realized through its investment in equity securities and is managed by its Investment Department. MetLife uses derivatives to mitigate its equity exposure both in certain liability guarantees such as variable annuities with guaranteed minimum benefit and equity securities. These derivatives include exchange-traded equity futures, equity index options contracts and equity variance swaps. The Company also employs reinsurance to manage these exposures.

Hedging Activities.   MetLife uses derivative contracts primarily to hedge a wide range of risks including interest rate risk, foreign currency risk, and equity risk. Derivative hedges are designed to reduce risk on an economic basis while considering their impact on accounting results and GAAP and Statutory capital. The construction of the Company’s derivative hedge programs vary depending on the type of risk being hedged. Some hedge programs are asset or liability specific while others are portfolio hedges that reduce risk related to a group of liabilities or assets. The Company’s use of derivatives by major hedge programs is as follows:

 

   

Risks Related to Living Guarantee Benefits — The Company uses a wide range of derivative contracts to hedge the risk associated with variable annuity living guarantee benefits. These hedges include equity and interest rate futures, interest rate swaps, currency futures/forwards, equity indexed options and interest rate option contracts and equity variance swaps.

 

   

Minimum Interest Rate Guarantees — For certain Company liability contracts, the Company provides the contractholder a guaranteed minimum interest rate. These contracts include certain fixed annuities and other insurance liabilities. The Company purchases interest rate floors to reduce risk associated with these liability guarantees.

 

   

Reinvestment Risk in Long Duration Liability Contracts — Derivatives are used to hedge interest rate risk related to certain long duration liability contracts, such as deferred annuities. Hedges include zero coupon interest rate swaps and swaptions.

 

   

Foreign Currency Risk — The Company uses currency swaps and forwards to hedge foreign currency risk. These hedges primarily swap foreign currency denominated bonds, investments in foreign subsidiaries or equity exposures to U.S. dollars.

 

195


Table of Contents
   

General ALM Hedging Strategies — In the ordinary course of managing the Company’s asset/liability risks, the Company uses interest rate futures, interest rate swaps, interest rate caps, interest rate floors and inflation swaps. These hedges are designed to reduce interest rate risk or inflation risk related to the existing assets or liabilities or related to expected future cash flows.

Risk Measurement: Sensitivity Analysis

The Company measures market risk related to its market sensitive assets and liabilities based on changes in interest rates, equity prices and foreign currency exchange rates utilizing a sensitivity analysis. This analysis estimates the potential changes in estimated fair value based on a hypothetical 10% change (increase or decrease) in interest rates, equity market prices and foreign currency exchange rates. The Company believes that a 10% change (increase or decrease) in these market rates and prices is reasonably possible in the near-term. In performing the analysis summarized below, the Company used market rates at December 31, 2011. The sensitivity analysis separately calculates each of the Company’s market risk exposures (interest rate, equity market and foreign currency exchange rate) relating to its trading and non trading assets and liabilities. The Company modeled the impact of changes in market rates and prices on the estimated fair values of its market sensitive assets and liabilities as follows:

 

   

the net present values of its interest rate sensitive exposures resulting from a 10% change (increase or decrease) in interest rates;

 

   

the U.S. dollar equivalent estimated fair values of the Company’s foreign currency exposures due to a 10% change (increase or decrease) in foreign currency exchange rates; and

 

   

the estimated fair value of its equity positions due to a 10% change (increase or decrease) in equity market prices.

The sensitivity analysis is an estimate and should not be viewed as predictive of the Company’s future financial performance. The Company cannot ensure that its actual losses in any particular period will not exceed the amounts indicated in the table below. Limitations related to this sensitivity analysis include:

 

   

the market risk information is limited by the assumptions and parameters established in creating the related sensitivity analysis, including the impact of prepayment rates on mortgages;

 

   

for the derivatives that qualify as hedges, the impact on reported earnings may be materially different from the change in market values;

 

   

the analysis excludes other significant real estate holdings and liabilities pursuant to insurance contracts; and

 

   

the model assumes that the composition of assets and liabilities remains unchanged throughout the period.

Accordingly, the Company uses such models as tools and not as substitutes for the experience and judgment of its management. Based on its analysis of the impact of a 10% change (increase or decrease) in market rates and prices, MetLife has determined that such a change could have a material adverse effect on the estimated fair value of certain assets and liabilities from interest rate, foreign currency exchange rate and equity exposures.

 

196


Table of Contents

The table below illustrates the potential loss in estimated fair value for each market risk exposure of the Company’s market sensitive assets and liabilities at December 31, 2011:

 

     December 31, 2011  
     (In millions)  

Non-trading:

  

Interest rate risk

   $ 4,319  

Foreign currency exchange rate risk

   $ 4,547  

Equity market risk

   $ 37  

Trading:

  

Interest rate risk

   $ 5  

Foreign currency exchange rate risk

   $ 486  

 

197


Table of Contents

Sensitivity Analysis: Interest Rates.   The table below provides additional detail regarding the potential loss in fair value of the Company’s trading and non-trading interest sensitive financial instruments at December 31, 2011 by type of asset or liability:

 

     December 31, 2011  
     Notional
Amount
     Estimated
Fair
Value (3)
    Assuming a
10% Increase
in the Yield
Curve
 
     (In millions)  

Assets:

       

Fixed maturity securities

      $ 350,271     $ (4,941

Equity securities

        3,023         

Trading and other securities

        18,268       (5

Mortgage loans:

       

Held-for-investment

        59,560       (220

Held-for-sale

        7,526       (35
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Mortgage loans, net

        67,086       (255

Policy loans

        14,213       (125

Real estate joint ventures (1)

        183         

Other limited partnership interests (1)

        1,656         

Short-term investments

        17,310       (1

Other invested assets:

       

Mortgage servicing rights

        666       54  

Other

        1,434         

Cash and cash equivalents

        10,461       (1

Accrued investment income

        4,344         

Premiums, reinsurance and other receivables

        5,232       (227

Other assets

        308       (10

Net embedded derivatives within asset host contracts (2)

        363       (17

Mortgage loan commitments

   $ 4,129        3       (2

Commitments to fund bank credit facilities, bridge loans and private corporate bond investments

   $ 1,432        51         
       

 

 

 

Total Assets

        $ (5,530
       

 

 

 

Liabilities:

       

Policyholder account balances

      $ 153,304     $ 740  

Payables for collateral under securities loaned and other transactions

        33,716         

Bank deposits

        10,507         

Short-term debt

        686         

Long-term debt

        22,514       186  

Collateral financing arrangements

        4,136         

Junior subordinated debt securities

        3,491       105  

Other liabilities:

       

Trading liabilities

        127       2  

Other

        4,087       25  

Net embedded derivatives within liability host contracts (2)

        4,584       1,677  
       

 

 

 

Total Liabilities

        $ 2,735  
       

 

 

 

Derivative Instruments:

       

Interest rate swaps

   $ 79,733      $ 6,042     $ (1,049

Interest rate floors

   $ 23,866        1,081       (89

Interest rate caps

   $ 49,665        102       25  

Interest rate futures

   $ 14,965        6       (103

Interest rate options

   $ 16,988        890       (200

Interest rate forwards

   $ 14,033        195       (31

Synthetic GICs

   $ 4,454                 

Foreign currency swaps

   $ 16,461        112       14  

Foreign currency forwards

   $ 10,149        140       1  

Currency futures

   $ 633                 

Currency options

   $ 1,321        6         

Credit default swaps

   $ 13,136        213         

Credit forwards

   $ 20        4         

Equity futures

   $ 7,053        16         

Equity options

   $ 17,099        3,084       (90

Variance swaps

   $ 18,801        322       (7

Total rate of return swaps

   $ 1,644        (24       
       

 

 

 

Total Derivative Instruments

        $ (1,529
       

 

 

 

Net Change

        $ (4,324
       

 

 

 

 

198


Table of Contents

 

(1)

Represents only those investments accounted for using the cost method.

 

(2)

Embedded derivatives are recognized in the consolidated balance sheet in the same caption as the host contract.

 

(3)

Separate account assets and liabilities which are interest rate sensitive are not included herein as any interest rate risk is borne by the holder of the separate account.

Interest rate risk has decreased by $1.1 billion, or 20%, to $4.3 billion at December 31, 2011 from $5.4 billion at December 31, 2010. The decrease in risk is primarily due to a large decline in interest rates across the long end of the swaps and U.S. Treasury curves which decreased risk by $1.8 billion. This decrease in risk was partially offset by a change in the net asset and liability bases of $590 million and the yield impact to long term debt of $230 million. The remainder of the fluctuation is attributable to numerous immaterial items.

 

199


Table of Contents

Sensitivity Analysis: Foreign Currency Exchange Rates .  The table below provides additional detail regarding the potential loss in estimated fair value of the Company’s portfolio due to a 10% change in foreign currency exchange rates at December 31, 2011 by type of asset or liability:

 

     December 31, 2011  
     Notional
Amount
     Estimated
Fair
Value (1)
    Assuming a
10% Increase
in the Foreign
Exchange Rate
 
     (In millions)  

Assets:

       

Fixed maturity securities

      $ 350,271     $ (7,945

Equity securities

        3,023       (106

Trading and other securities

        18,268       (486

Mortgage loans:

       

Held-for-investment

        59,560       (450

Held-for-sale

        7,526         
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Mortgage loans, net

        67,086       (450

Policy loans

        14,213       (187

Other limited partnership interests

        1,656       (10

Short-term investments

        17,310       (204

Other invested assets:

       

Mortgage servicing rights

        666         

Other

        1,434       (62

Cash and cash equivalents

        10,461       (135

Accrued investment income

        4,344       (7

Premiums, reinsurance and other receivables

        5,232       (162

Other assets

        308       (7
       

 

 

 

Total Assets

        $ (9,761
       

 

 

 

Liabilities:

       

Policyholder account balances

      $ 153,304     $ 3,375  

Bank deposits

        10,507         

Long-term debt

        22,514       126  

Payable for collateral under securities loaned and other transactions

        33,716       3  

Other liabilities

        4,087       163  

Net embedded derivatives within liability host contracts (2)

        4,584       476  
       

 

 

 

Total Liabilities

        $ 4,143  
       

 

 

 

Derivative Instruments:

       

Interest rate swaps

   $ 79,733      $ 6,042     $ (41

Interest rate floors

   $ 23,866        1,081         

Interest rate caps

   $ 49,665        102         

Interest rate futures

   $ 14,965        6       (3

Interest rate options

   $ 16,988        890       (17

Interest rate forwards

   $ 14,033        195         

Synthetic GICs

   $ 4,454                 

Foreign currency swaps

   $ 16,461        112       736  

Foreign currency forwards

   $ 10,149        140       46  

Currency futures

   $ 633               (53

Currency options

   $ 1,321        6       29  

Credit default swaps

   $ 13,136        213         

Credit forwards

   $ 20        4         

Equity futures

   $ 7,053        16       (3

Equity options

   $ 17,099        3,084       (109

Variance swaps

   $ 18,801        322         

Total rate of return swaps

   $ 1,644        (24       
       

 

 

 

Total Derivative Instruments

        $ 585  
       

 

 

 

Net Change

        $ (5,033
       

 

 

 

 

200


Table of Contents

 

 

(1)

Estimated fair value presented in the table above represents the estimated fair value of all financial instruments within this financial statement caption not necessarily those solely subject to foreign exchange risk.

 

(2)

Embedded derivatives are recognized in the consolidated balance sheet in the same caption as the host contract.

Foreign currency exchange rate risk increased by $1.0 billion, to $5.0 billion at December 31, 2011 from $4.0 billion at December 31, 2010. This change was due to an increase in exchange rate risk relating to fixed maturity securities (including trading and other securities) of $1.6 billion due to higher net exposures primarily to the British pound, the Australian dollar and the Japanese yen. This was partially offset by an increase in the foreign exposure related to PABs and other liabilities and the use of derivatives employed by the Company of $274 million and $280 million, respectively. The remainder of the fluctuation is attributable to numerous immaterial items.

 

201


Table of Contents

Sensitivity Analysis: Equity Market Prices.  The table below provides additional detail regarding the potential loss in estimated fair value of the Company’s portfolio due to a 10% change in equity at December 31, 2011 by type of asset or liability:

 

     December 31, 2011  
     Notional
Amount
     Estimated
Fair
Value (1)
    Assuming a
10% Increase
in Equity
Prices
 
     (In millions)  

Assets:

       

Equity securities

      $ 3,023     $ 346  

Other invested assets:

       

Net embedded derivatives within asset host contracts (2)

        363       (17
       

 

 

 

Total Assets

        $ 329  
       

 

 

 

Liabilities:

       

Policyholder account balances

      $ 153,304     $   

Bank deposits

        10,507         

Other liabilities:

       

Net embedded derivatives within liability host contracts (2)

        4,584       739  
       

 

 

 

Total Liabilities

        $ 739  
       

 

 

 

Derivative Instruments:

       

Interest rate swaps

   $ 79,733      $ 6,042     $   

Interest rate floors

   $ 23,866        1,081         

Interest rate caps

   $ 49,665        102         

Interest rate futures

   $ 14,965        6         

Interest rate options

   $ 16,988        890         

Interest rate forwards

   $ 14,033        195         

Synthetic GICs

   $ 4,454                 

Foreign currency swaps

   $ 16,461        112         

Foreign currency forwards

   $ 10,149        140         

Currency futures

   $ 633                 

Currency options

   $ 1,321        6         

Credit default swaps

   $ 13,136        213         

Credit forwards

   $ 20        4         

Equity futures

   $ 7,053        16       (680

Equity options

   $ 17,099        3,084       (286

Variance swaps

   $ 18,801        322       13  

Total rate of return swaps

   $ 1,644        (24     (152
       

 

 

 

Total Derivative Instruments

        $ (1,105
       

 

 

 

Net Change

        $ (37
       

 

 

 

 

(1)

Estimated fair value presented in the table above represents the estimated fair value of all financial instruments within this financial statement caption not necessarily those solely subject to equity price risk.

 

(2)

Embedded derivatives are recognized in the consolidated balance sheet in the same caption as the host contract.

 

(3)

During the fourth quarter of 2011, the analysis of the impact of a 10% change (increase or decrease) in equity prices determined that due to a change in the portfolio composition of derivatives employed by the Company, an increase of 10% had the most adverse effect on our equity risk while the prior year end’s analysis of equity prices shows a decrease of 10% had the most adverse effect.

Equity price risk increased by $23 million to $37 million at December 31, 2011 from $14 million at December 31, 2010. This increase is primarily due to a change in the portfolio composition of derivatives employed by the Company.

 

202


Table of Contents

Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements and Schedules

 

     Page  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     204   

Financial Statements at December 31, 2011 and 2010 and for the Years Ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009:

  

Consolidated Balance Sheets

     205   

Consolidated Statements of Operations

     206   

Consolidated Statements of Equity

     207   

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

     210   

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

     212   

Financial Statement Schedules at December 31, 2011 and 2010 and for the Years Ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009:

  

Schedule I — Consolidated Summary of Investments  — Other Than Investments in Related Parties

     427   

Schedule II — Condensed Financial Information of Registrant

     428   

Schedule III — Consolidated Supplementary Insurance Information

     436   

Schedule IV — Consolidated Reinsurance

     438   

 

203


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of

MetLife, Inc.:

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of MetLife, Inc. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, and the related consolidated statements of operations, equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2011. Our audits also included the financial statement schedules listed in the Index to Consolidated Financial Statements and Schedules. These consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedules are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedules based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of MetLife, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2011, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also, in our opinion, such financial statement schedules, when considered in relation to the basic consolidated financial statements taken as a whole, present fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein.

As discussed in Note 1, the Company changed its method of accounting for the recognition and presentation of other-than-temporary impairment losses for certain investments as required by accounting guidance adopted on April 1, 2009.

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011, based on the criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission, and our report, dated February 28, 2012 expressed an unqualified opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

/s/    DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

New York, New York

February 28, 2012

 

204


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Consolidated Balance Sheets

December 31, 2011 and 2010

(In millions, except share and per share data)

 

    2011     2010  

Assets

   

Investments:

   

Fixed maturity securities available-for-sale, at estimated fair value (amortized cost: $329,811 and $317,617, respectively; includes $3,225 and $3,330, respectively, relating to variable interest entities)

  $ 350,271     $ 324,797  

Equity securities available-for-sale, at estimated fair value (cost: $3,208 and $3,621, respectively)

    3,023       3,602  

Trading and other securities, at estimated fair value (includes $473 and $463, respectively, of actively traded securities; and $280 and $387, respectively, relating to variable interest entities)

    18,268       18,589  

Mortgage loans:

   

Held-for-investment, principally at amortized cost (net of valuation allowances of $481 and $664, respectively; includes $3,187 and $6,840, respectively, at estimated fair value, relating to variable interest entities)

    56,915       58,976  

Held-for-sale, principally at estimated fair value (includes $10,716 and $2,510, respectively, under the fair value option)

    15,178       3,321  
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Mortgage loans, net

    72,093       62,297  

Policy loans

    11,892       11,761  

Real estate and real estate joint ventures (includes $15 and $10, respectively, relating to variable interest entities)

    8,563       8,030  

Other limited partnership interests (includes $259 and $298, respectively, relating to variable interest entities)

    6,378       6,416  

Short-term investments, principally at estimated fair value

    17,310       9,384  

Other invested assets, principally at estimated fair value (includes $98 and $104, respectively, relating to variable interest entities)

    23,628       15,430  
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total investments

    511,426       460,306  

Cash and cash equivalents, principally at estimated fair value (includes $176 and $69, respectively, relating to variable interest entities)

    10,461       12,957  

Accrued investment income (includes $16 and $34, respectively, relating to variable interest entities)

    4,344       4,328  

Premiums, reinsurance and other receivables (includes $12 and $2, respectively, relating to variable interest entities)

    22,481       19,799  

Deferred policy acquisition costs and value of business acquired

    27,971       27,092  

Goodwill

    11,935       11,781  

Other assets (includes $5 and $6, respectively, relating to variable interest entities)

    7,984       8,174  

Assets of subsidiaries held-for-sale

           3,331  

Separate account assets

    203,023       183,138  
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

  $ 799,625     $ 730,906  
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities and Equity

   

Liabilities

   

Future policy benefits

  $ 184,252     $ 170,912  

Policyholder account balances

    217,700       210,757  

Other policy-related balances

    15,599       15,750  

Policyholder dividends payable

    774       830  

Policyholder dividend obligation

    2,919       876  

Payables for collateral under securities loaned and other transactions

    33,716       27,272  

Bank deposits

    10,507       10,316  

Short-term debt

    686       306  

Long-term debt (includes $3,068 and $6,902, respectively, at estimated fair value, relating to variable interest entities)

    23,692       27,586  

Collateral financing arrangements

    4,647       5,297  

Junior subordinated debt securities

    3,192       3,191  

Current income tax payable

    193       297  

Deferred income tax liability

    7,535       1,856  

Other liabilities (includes $60 and $93, respectively, relating to variable interest entities; and $7,626 and $0, respectively,
under the fair value option)

    30,914       20,366  

Liabilities of subsidiaries held-for-sale

           3,043  

Separate account liabilities

    203,023       183,138  
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

    739,349       681,793  
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Contingencies, Commitments and Guarantees (Note 16)

   

Redeemable noncontrolling interests in partially owned consolidated subsidiaries

    105       117  
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Equity

   

MetLife, Inc.’s stockholders’ equity:

   

Preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share; 200,000,000 shares authorized:

   

Preferred stock, 84,000,000 shares issued and outstanding; $2,100 aggregate liquidation preference

    1       1  

Convertible preferred stock, 0 and 6,857,000 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively

             

Common stock, par value $0.01 per share; 3,000,000,000 shares authorized; 1,061,150,915 and 989,031,704 shares issued at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively; 1,057,957,028 and 985,837,817 shares outstanding at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively

    11       10  

Additional paid-in capital

    26,782       26,423  

Retained earnings

    27,289       21,363  

Treasury stock, at cost; 3,193,887 shares at December 31, 2011 and 2010

    (172     (172

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

    5,886       1,000  
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total MetLife, Inc.’s stockholders’ equity

    59,797       48,625  

Noncontrolling interests

    374       371  
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total equity

    60,171       48,996  
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and equity

  $ 799,625     $ 730,906  
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

 

205


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Operations

For the Years Ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

(In millions, except per share data)

 

     2011      2010      2009  

Revenues

        

Premiums

   $ 36,361       $ 27,071       $ 26,157   

Universal life and investment-type product policy fees

     7,806         6,028         5,197   

Net investment income

     19,606         17,511         14,741   

Other revenues

     2,532         2,328         2,329   

Net investment gains (losses):

        

Other-than-temporary impairments on fixed maturity securities

     (924)         (682)         (2,432)   

Other-than-temporary impairments on fixed maturity securities transferred to other comprehensive income (loss)

     (31)         212         939   

Other net investment gains (losses)

     88         62         (1,408)   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total net investment gains (losses)

     (867)         (408)         (2,901)   

Net derivative gains (losses)

     4,824         (265)         (4,866)   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total revenues

     70,262         52,265         40,657   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Expenses

        

Policyholder benefits and claims

     35,457         29,185         28,003   

Interest credited to policyholder account balances

     5,603         4,919         4,845   

Policyholder dividends

     1,446         1,485         1,649   

Other expenses

     17,730         12,764         10,521   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total expenses

     60,236         48,353         45,018   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income (loss) from continuing operations before provision for income tax

     10,026         3,912         (4,361)   

Provision for income tax expense (benefit)

     3,075         1,165         (2,025)   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income (loss) from continuing operations, net of income tax

     6,951         2,747         (2,336)   

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of income tax

     20         39         58   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

     6,971         2,786         (2,278)   

Less: Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests

     (10)         (4)         (32)   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to MetLife, Inc.

     6,981         2,790         (2,246)   

Less: Preferred stock dividends

     122         122         122   

         Preferred stock redemption premium

     146         —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income (loss) available to MetLife, Inc.’s common shareholders

   $ 6,713       $ 2,668       $ (2,368)   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income (loss) from continuing operations, net of income tax, available to MetLife, Inc.’s common shareholders per common share:

        

Basic

   $ 6.32       $ 2.98       $ (2.96)   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Diluted

   $ 6.27       $ 2.96       $ (2.96)   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income (loss) available to MetLife, Inc.’s common shareholders per common share:

        

Basic

   $ 6.34       $ 3.02       $ (2.89)   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Diluted

   $ 6.29       $ 3.00       $ (2.89)   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Cash dividends declared per common share

   $ 0.74       $ 0.74       $ 0.74   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

 

206


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Equity

For the Year Ended December 31, 2011

(In millions)

 

                                        Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)                    
    Preferred
Stock
    Convertible
Preferred
Stock
    Common
Stock
    Additional
Paid-in
Capital
    Retained
Earnings
    Treasury
Stock

at Cost
    Net
Unrealized
Investment
Gains (Losses)
    Other-Than-
Temporary
Impairments
    Foreign
Currency
Translation
Adjustments
    Defined
Benefit
Plans
Adjustment
    Total
MetLife, Inc.’s
Stockholders’
Equity
    Noncontrolling
Interests (1)
    Total
Equity
 

Balance at December 31, 2010

  $     $      $ 10      $ 26,423      $ 21,363      $ (172   $ 3,356      $ (366   $ (541   $ (1,449   $ 48,625     $ 371     $ 48,996  

Redemption of convertible preferred stock

               (2,805                 (2,805       (2,805

Preferred stock redemption premium

            (146               (146       (146

Common stock issuance — newly issued shares

        1       2,949                    2,950         2,950  

Stock-based compensation

          215                    215         215  

Dividends on preferred stock

            (122               (122       (122

Dividends on common stock

            (787               (787       (787

Change in equity of noncontrolling interests

                          38       38  

Comprehensive income (loss):

                         

Net income (loss)

            6,981                  6,981       3       6,984  

Other comprehensive income (loss):

                         

Unrealized gains (losses) on derivative instruments, net of income tax

                1,022              1,022         1,022  

Unrealized investment gains (losses), net of related offsets and income tax

                4,542        (75         4,467       (5     4,462  

Foreign currency translation adjustments, net of income tax

                    (109       (109     (33     (142

Defined benefit plans adjustment, net of income tax

                      (494     (494       (494
                     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income (loss)

                        4,886       (38     4,848  
                     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive income (loss)

                        11,867       (35     11,832  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2011

  $     $      $ 11      $ 26,782      $ 27,289      $ (172   $ 8,920      $ (441   $ (650   $ (1,943   $ 59,797     $ 374     $ 60,171  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

  

 

 

(1)

Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests excludes gains (losses) of redeemable noncontrolling interests in partially owned consolidated subsidiaries of ($13) million.

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

 

207


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Equity — (Continued)

For the Year Ended December 31, 2010

(In millions)

 

                                        Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)                    
    Preferred
Stock
    Convertible
Preferred
Stock
    Common
Stock
    Additional
Paid-in
Capital
    Retained
Earnings
    Treasury
Stock
at Cost
    Net
Unrealized
Investment
Gains (Losses)
    Other-Than-
Temporary
Impairments
    Foreign
Currency
Translation
Adjustments
    Defined
Benefit
Plans
Adjustment
    Total
MetLife, Inc.’s
Stockholders’
Equity
    Noncontrolling
Interests (1)
    Total
Equity
 

Balance at December 31, 2009

  $     $ —       $     $ 16,859      $ 19,501      $ (190)      $ (817)      $ (513)      $ (183)      $ (1,545)      $ 33,121      $ 377      $ 33,498   

Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle, net of income tax (Note 1)

            (12)          31        11            30          30   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at January 1, 2010

          —               16,859        19,489        (190)        (786)        (502)        (183)        (1,545)        33,151        377        33,528   

Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle, net of income tax (Note 1)

            (10)          10              —           —    

Convertible preferred stock issuance

      —           2,805                    2,805          2,805   

Common stock issuance — newly issued shares related to business acquisition

              6,727                    6,729          6,729   

Issuance of stock purchase contracts related to common equity units

          (69)                    (69)          (69)   

Stock-based compensation

          101          18                119          119   

Dividends on preferred stock

            (122)                  (122)          (122)   

Dividends on common stock

            (784)                  (784)          (784)   

Change in equity of noncontrolling interests

                          (9)        (9)   

Comprehensive income (loss):

                         

Net income (loss)

            2,790                  2,790        (2)        2,788   

Other comprehensive income (loss):

                         

Unrealized gains (losses) on derivative
instruments, net of income tax

                11              11          11   

Unrealized investment gains (losses), net of related offsets and income tax

                4,121        136            4,257        (3)        4,254   

Foreign currency translation adjustments, net of income tax

                    (358)          (358)              (350)   

Defined benefit plans adjustment, net of income tax

                      96       96          96   
                     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income (loss)

                        4,006              4,011   
                     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive income (loss)

                        6,796              6,799   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2010

  $     $ —       $ 10      $ 26,423      $ 21,363      $ (172)      $ 3,356      $ (366)      $ (541)      $ (1,449)      $ 48,625      $ 371      $ 48,996   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

  

 

(1)

Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests excludes gains (losses) of redeemable noncontrolling interests in partially owned consolidated subsidiaries of ($2) million.

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

 

208


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Equity — (Continued)

For the Year Ended December 31, 2009

(In millions)

 

                                  Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)                    
    Preferred
Stock
    Common
Stock
    Additional
Paid-in
Capital
    Retained
Earnings
    Treasury
Stock
at Cost
    Net
Unrealized
Investment
Gains (Losses)
    Other-Than-
Temporary
Impairments
    Foreign
Currency
Translation
Adjustments
    Defined
Benefit
Plans
Adjustment
    Total
MetLife, Inc.’s
Stockholders’
Equity
    Noncontrolling
Interests
    Total
Equity
 

Balance at December 31, 2008

  $     $     $ 15,811      $ 22,403      $ (236)      $ (12,564)      $ —       $ (246)      $ (1,443)      $ 23,734      $ 251      $ 23,985   

Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle, net of income tax (Note 1)

          76            (76)            —           —    

Common stock issuance — newly issued shares

        1,035                    1,035         1,035   

Treasury stock transactions, net

        (7)          14                         

Stock-based compensation

        20          32                52          52   

Dividends on preferred stock

          (122)                  (122)          (122)   

Dividends on common stock

          (610)                  (610)          (610)   

Change in equity of noncontrolling interests

                        169        169   

Comprehensive income (loss):

                       

Net income (loss)

          (2,246)                  (2,246)        (32)        (2,278)   

Other comprehensive income (loss):

                       

Unrealized gains (losses) on derivative instruments, net of income tax

              (116)              (116)          (116)   

Unrealized investment gains (losses), net of related offsets and income tax

              11,863        (437)            11,426        (11)        11,415   

Foreign currency translation adjustments, net of income tax

                  63          63          63   

Defined benefit plans adjustment, net of income tax

                    (102)        (102)          (102)   
                   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income (loss)

                      11,271        (11)        11,260   
                   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive income (loss)

                      9,025        (43)        8,982   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2009

  $     $     $ 16,859      $ 19,501      $ (190)      $ (817)      $ (513)      $ (183)      $ (1,545)      $ 33,121      $ 377      $ 33,498   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

 

209


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

For the Years Ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

(In millions)

 

        2011             2010             2009      

Cash flows from operating activities

     

Net income (loss)

  $ 6,971     $ 2,786     $ (2,278

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by operating activities:

     

Depreciation and amortization expenses

    679       585       520  

Amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts associated with investments, net

    (477     (1,078     (967

(Gains) losses on investments and derivatives and from sales of businesses, net

    (3,181     854       7,715  

(Income) loss from equity method investments, net of dividends or distributions

    315       48       1,279  

Interest credited to policyholder account balances

    5,603       4,925       4,852  

Interest credited to bank deposits

    95       137       163  

Universal life and investment-type product policy fees

    (7,806     (6,037     (5,218

Change in trading and other securities

    648       (1,369     (1,152

Change in residential mortgage loans held-for-sale, net

    (4,530     (487     (800

Change in mortgage servicing rights

    (60     (165     (687

Change in accrued investment income

    525       (206     (110

Change in premiums, reinsurance and other receivables

    58       (1,023     (1,653

Change in deferred policy acquisition costs, net

    (1,397     (541     (1,837

Change in income tax recoverable (payable)

    2,022       1,292       (2,614

Change in other assets

    2,360       1,948       (660

Change in insurance-related liabilities and policy-related balances

    7,068       6,489       6,401  

Change in other liabilities

    1,136       (315     865  

Other, net

    261       153       (16
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

    10,290       7,996       3,803  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities

     

Sales, maturities and repayments of:

     

Fixed maturity securities

    104,302       86,529       64,428  

Equity securities

    2,006       1,371       2,545  

Mortgage loans

    13,486       6,361       5,769  

Real estate and real estate joint ventures

    1,296       322       43  

Other limited partnership interests

    1,121       522       947  

Purchases of:

     

Fixed maturity securities

    (116,939     (100,713     (83,940

Equity securities

    (1,481     (949     (1,986

Mortgage loans

    (14,694     (8,967     (4,692

Real estate and real estate joint ventures

    (1,534     (786     (579

Other limited partnership interests

    (1,147     (1,008     (803

Cash received in connection with freestanding derivatives

    2,815       1,814       3,292  

Cash paid in connection with freestanding derivatives

    (3,478     (2,548     (5,393

Sales of businesses, net of cash and cash equivalents disposed of $54, $0 and $180, respectively

    126              (50

Sale of interest in joint venture

    265                

Disposal of subsidiary

    4              (19

Purchases of businesses, net of cash and cash equivalents acquired of $70, $4,175 and $0, respectively

    (163     (3,021       

Net change in policy loans

    (66     (225     (259

Net change in short-term investments

    (7,949     3,033       5,534  

Net change in other invested assets

    (36     137       1,388  

Other, net

    (169     (186     (160
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

  $ (22,235   $ (18,314   $ (13,935
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

 

210


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows — (Continued)

For the Years Ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

(In millions)

 

        2011             2010             2009      

Cash flows from financing activities

     

Policyholder account balances:

     

Deposits

  $ 91,946     $ 74,296     $ 77,517  

Withdrawals

    (87,625     (69,739     (79,799

Net change in payables for collateral under securities loaned and other transactions

    6,444       3,076       (6,863

Net change in bank deposits

    96       (32     3,164  

Net change in short-term debt

    380       (606     (1,747

Long-term debt issued

    1,346       5,090       2,961  

Long-term debt repaid

    (2,042     (1,061     (555

Collateral financing arrangements issued

                  105  

Collateral financing arrangements repaid

    (502              

Cash received in connection with collateral financing arrangements

    100              775  

Cash paid in connection with collateral financing arrangements

    (63            (400

Junior subordinated debt securities issued

                  500  

Debt issuance costs

    (1     (14     (30

Common stock issued, net of issuance costs

    2,950       3,529         

Stock options exercised

    88       52       8  

Redemption of convertible preferred stock

    (2,805              

Preferred stock redemption premium

    (146              

Common stock issued to settle stock forward contracts

                  1,035  

Dividends on preferred stock

    (122     (122     (122

Dividends on common stock

    (787     (784     (610

Other, net

    125       (304     (42
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

    9,382       13,381       (4,103
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effect of change in foreign currency exchange rates on cash and cash equivalents balances

    (22     (129     108  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Change in cash and cash equivalents

    (2,585     2,934       (14,127

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year

    13,046       10,112       24,239  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents, end of year

  $ 10,461     $ 13,046     $ 10,112  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents, subsidiaries held-for-sale, beginning of year

  $ 89     $ 88     $ 108  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents, subsidiaries held-for-sale, end of year

  $      $ 89     $ 88  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents, from continuing operations, beginning of year

  $ 12,957     $ 10,024     $ 24,131  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents, from continuing operations, end of year

  $ 10,461     $ 12,957     $ 10,024  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:

     

Net cash paid (received) during the year for:

     

Interest

  $ 1,565     $ 1,489     $ 989  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income tax

  $ 676     $ (23   $ 397  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-cash transactions during the year:

     

Business acquisitions:

     

Assets acquired (1)

  $ 327     $ 125,728     $   

Liabilities assumed (1)

    (94     (109,306       

Redeemable and non-redeemable noncontrolling interests assumed

           (130       
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net assets acquired

    233       16,292         

Cash paid, excluding transaction costs of $0, $88 and $0, respectively

    (233     (7,196       

Other purchase price adjustments

           98         
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Securities issued

  $      $ 9,194     $   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Remarketing of debt securities:

     

Fixed maturity securities redeemed

  $      $      $ 32  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Long-term debt issued

  $      $      $ 1,035  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Junior subordinated debt securities redeemed

  $      $      $ 1,067  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Purchase money mortgage loans on sales of real estate joint ventures

  $      $ 2     $ 93  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Real estate and real estate joint ventures acquired in satisfaction of debt

  $ 292     $ 93     $ 211  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Collateral financing arrangements repaid

  $ 148     $          
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)

The 2010 amounts include measurement period adjustments described in Note 2.

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

 

211


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

1.  Business, Basis of Presentation and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Business

“MetLife” or the “Company” refers to MetLife, Inc., a Delaware corporation incorporated in 1999, its subsidiaries and affiliates. MetLife is a leading global provider of insurance, annuities and employee benefit programs throughout the United States, Japan, Latin America, Asia Pacific, Europe and the Middle East. Through its subsidiaries and affiliates, MetLife offers life insurance, annuities, auto and homeowners insurance, mortgage and deposit products and other financial services to individuals, as well as group insurance and retirement & savings products and services to corporations and other institutions.

MetLife is organized into six segments: Insurance Products, Retirement Products, Corporate Benefit Funding and Auto & Home (collectively, “U.S. Business”), and Japan and Other International Regions (collectively, “International”). See Note 22.

Basis of Presentation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of MetLife, Inc. and its subsidiaries, as well as partnerships and joint ventures in which the Company has control, and variable interest entities (“VIEs”) for which the Company is the primary beneficiary. See “— Adoption of New Accounting Pronouncements.” Closed block assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses are combined on a line-by-line basis with the assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses outside the closed block based on the nature of the particular item. See Note 10. Intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated.

On November 1, 2010 (the “Acquisition Date”), MetLife, Inc. completed the acquisition of American Life Insurance Company (“American Life”) from AM Holdings LLC (formerly known as ALICO Holdings LLC) (“AM Holdings”), a subsidiary of American International Group, Inc. (“AIG”), and Delaware American Life Insurance Company (“DelAm”) from AIG (American Life, together with DelAm, collectively, “ALICO”) (the “Acquisition”). The Acquisition was accounted for using the acquisition method of accounting. ALICO’s fiscal year-end is November 30. Accordingly, the Company’s consolidated financial statements reflect the assets and liabilities of ALICO as of November 30, 2011 and 2010, and the operating results of ALICO for the year ended November 30, 2011 and the one month ended November 30, 2010. The accounting policies of ALICO were conformed to those of MetLife upon the Acquisition. See Note 2.

Certain amounts in the prior years’ consolidated financial statements and related footnotes thereto have been reclassified to conform with the 2011 presentation as discussed throughout the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Critical Accounting Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”) requires management to adopt accounting policies and make estimates and assumptions that affect amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements.

A description of critical estimates is incorporated within the discussion of the related accounting policies which follows. In applying these policies, management makes subjective and complex judgments that frequently require estimates about matters that are inherently uncertain. Many of these policies, estimates and related judgments are common in the insurance and financial services industries; others are specific to the Company’s business and operations. Actual results could differ from these estimates.

 

212


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

Investments

The accounting policies for the Company’s principal investments are as follows:

Fixed Maturity and Equity Securities.   The Company’s fixed maturity and equity securities are classified as available-for-sale and are reported at their estimated fair value.

Unrealized investment gains and losses on these securities are recorded as a separate component of other comprehensive income (loss), net of policyholder-related amounts and deferred income taxes. All security transactions are recorded on a trade date basis. Investment gains and losses on sales of securities are determined on a specific identification basis.

Interest income on fixed maturity securities is recorded when earned using an effective yield method giving effect to amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts. Dividends on equity securities are recorded when declared. Interest, dividends and prepayment fees are recorded in net investment income.

Included within fixed maturity securities are structured securities including mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities (“ABS”). Amortization of the premium or discount considers the estimated timing and amount of prepayments of the underlying loans. Actual prepayment experience is periodically reviewed and effective yields are recalculated when differences arise between the originally anticipated and the actual prepayments received and currently anticipated. Prepayment assumptions for single class and multi-class mortgage-backed and ABS are estimated by management using inputs obtained from third-party specialists, including broker-dealers, and based on management’s knowledge of the current market. For credit-sensitive mortgage-backed and ABS and certain prepayment-sensitive securities, the effective yield is recalculated on a prospective basis. For all other mortgage-backed and ABS, the effective yield is recalculated on a retrospective basis.

The Company periodically evaluates fixed maturity and equity securities for impairment. The assessment of whether impairments have occurred is based on management’s case-by-case evaluation of the underlying reasons for the decline in estimated fair value. The Company’s review of its fixed maturity and equity securities for impairments includes an analysis of the total gross unrealized losses by three categories of severity and/or age of the gross unrealized loss, as summarized in Note 3 “— Aging of Gross Unrealized Loss and OTTI Loss for Fixed Maturity and Equity Securities Available-for-Sale.”

Management considers a wide range of factors about the security issuer and uses its best judgment in evaluating the cause of the decline in the estimated fair value of the security and in assessing the prospects for near-term recovery. Inherent in management’s evaluation of the security are assumptions and estimates about the operations of the issuer and its future earnings potential. Considerations used by the Company in the impairment evaluation process include, but are not limited to: (i) the length of time and the extent to which the estimated fair value has been below cost or amortized cost; (ii) the potential for impairments of securities when the issuer is experiencing significant financial difficulties; (iii) the potential for impairments in an entire industry sector or sub-sector; (iv) the potential for impairments in certain economically depressed geographic locations; (v) the potential for impairments of securities where the issuer, series of issuers or industry has suffered a catastrophic type of loss or has exhausted natural resources; (vi) with respect to fixed maturity securities, whether the Company has the intent to sell or will more likely than not be required to sell a particular security before the decline in estimated fair value below amortized cost recovers; (vii) with respect to structured securities, changes in forecasted cash flows after considering the quality of underlying collateral; expected prepayment speeds; current and forecasted loss severity; consideration of the payment terms of the underlying assets backing a particular security; and the payment priority within the tranche structure of the security; and (viii) other subjective factors, including concentrations and information obtained from regulators and rating agencies.

 

213


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

For fixed maturity securities in an unrealized loss position, an other-than-temporary impairment (“OTTI”) is recognized in earnings when it is anticipated that the amortized cost will not be recovered. In such situations, the OTTI recognized in earnings is the entire difference between the fixed maturity security’s amortized cost and its estimated fair value only when either: (i) the Company has the intent to sell the fixed maturity security; or (ii) it is more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell the fixed maturity security before recovery of the decline in estimated fair value below amortized cost. If neither of these two conditions exist, the difference between the amortized cost of the fixed maturity security and the present value of projected future cash flows expected to be collected is recognized as an OTTI in earnings (“credit loss”). If the estimated fair value is less than the present value of projected future cash flows expected to be collected, this portion of OTTI related to other-than credit factors (“noncredit loss”) is recorded in other comprehensive income (loss). Adjustments are not made for subsequent recoveries in value.

With respect to equity securities, the Company considers in its OTTI analysis its intent and ability to hold a particular equity security for a period of time sufficient to allow for the recovery of its estimated fair value to an amount equal to or greater than cost. If a sale decision is made for an equity security and it is not expected to recover to an amount at least equal to cost prior to the expected time of the sale, the security will be deemed other-than-temporarily impaired in the period that the sale decision was made and an OTTI loss will be recorded in earnings. When an OTTI loss has occurred, the OTTI loss is the entire difference between the equity security’s cost and its estimated fair value with a corresponding charge to earnings.

Upon acquisition, the Company classifies perpetual securities that have attributes of both debt and equity as fixed maturity securities if the securities have an interest rate step-up feature which, when combined with other qualitative factors, indicates that the securities have more debt-like characteristics; while those with more equity-like characteristics are classified as equity securities within non-redeemable preferred stock. Many of such securities, commonly referred to as “perpetual hybrid securities,” have been issued by non-U.S. financial institutions that are accorded the highest two capital treatment categories by their respective regulatory bodies (i.e. core capital, or “Tier 1 capital” and perpetual deferrable securities, or “Upper Tier 2 capital”). With respect to perpetual hybrid securities, the Company considers in its OTTI analysis whether there has been any deterioration in credit of the issuer and the likelihood of recovery in value of the securities that are in a severe and extended unrealized loss position. The Company also considers whether any perpetual hybrid securities, with an unrealized loss, regardless of credit rating, have deferred any dividend payments. When an OTTI loss has occurred, the OTTI loss is the entire difference between the perpetual hybrid security’s cost and its estimated fair value with a corresponding charge to earnings.

The Company’s methodology and significant inputs used to determine the amount of the credit loss on fixed maturity securities are as follows:

(i) The Company calculates the recovery value by performing a discounted cash flow analysis based on the present value of future cash flows expected to be received. The discount rate is generally the effective interest rate of the fixed maturity security prior to impairment.

(ii) When determining the collectability and the period over which value is expected to recover, the Company applies the same considerations utilized in its overall impairment evaluation process which incorporates information regarding the specific security, fundamentals of the industry and geographic area in which the security issuer operates, and overall macroeconomic conditions. Projected future cash flows are estimated using assumptions derived from management’s best estimates of likely scenario-based outcomes after giving consideration to a variety of variables that include, but are not limited to: general payment terms of the security; the likelihood that the issuer can service the scheduled interest and principal payments; the quality and amount of any credit enhancements; the security’s position within the capital structure of the

 

214


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

issuer; possible corporate restructurings or asset sales by the issuer; and changes to the rating of the security or the issuer by rating agencies.

(iii) Additional considerations are made when assessing the unique features that apply to certain structured securities such as residential mortgage-backed securities (“RMBS”), commercial mortgage-backed securities (“CMBS”) and ABS. These additional factors for structured securities include, but are not limited to: the quality of underlying collateral; expected prepayment speeds; current and forecasted loss severity; consideration of the payment terms of the underlying assets backing a particular security; and the payment priority within the tranche structure of the security.

(iv) When determining the amount of the credit loss for U.S. and foreign corporate securities, foreign government securities and state and political subdivision securities, management considers the estimated fair value as the recovery value when available information does not indicate that another value is more appropriate. When information is identified that indicates a recovery value other than estimated fair value, management considers in the determination of recovery value the same considerations utilized in its overall impairment evaluation process as described in (ii) above, as well as private and public sector programs to restructure foreign government securities.

The cost or amortized cost of fixed maturity and equity securities is adjusted for OTTI in the period in which the determination is made. The Company does not change the revised cost basis for subsequent recoveries in value.

In periods subsequent to the recognition of OTTI on a fixed maturity security, the Company accounts for the impaired security as if it had been purchased on the measurement date of the impairment. Accordingly, the discount (or reduced premium) based on the new cost basis is accreted into net investment income over the remaining term of the fixed maturity security in a prospective manner based on the amount and timing of estimated future cash flows.

Trading and Other Securities .  Trading and other securities are stated at estimated fair value. Trading and other securities include investments that are actively purchased and sold (“Actively Traded Securities”). These Actively Traded Securities are principally fixed maturity securities. Short sale agreement liabilities related to Actively Traded Securities, included in other liabilities, are also stated at estimated fair value. Trading and other securities also includes securities for which the fair value option (“FVO”) has been elected (“FVO Securities”). FVO Securities include certain fixed maturity and equity securities held-for-investment by the general account to support asset and liability matching strategies for certain insurance products. FVO Securities also include contractholder-directed investments supporting unit-linked variable annuity type liabilities which do not qualify for presentation and reporting as separate account summary total assets and liabilities. These investments are primarily mutual funds and, to a lesser extent, fixed maturity and equity securities, short-term investments and cash and cash equivalents. The investment returns on these investments inure to contractholders and are offset by a corresponding change in policyholder account balances (“PABs”) through interest credited to policyholder account balances. Changes in estimated fair value of these securities subsequent to purchase are included in net investment income, except for certain fixed maturity securities included in FVO Securities where changes are included in net investment gains (losses). FVO Securities also include securities held by consolidated securitization entities (“CSEs”) with changes in estimated fair value subsequent to consolidation included in net investment gains (losses). Interest and dividends related to all trading and other securities are included in net investment income.

Securities Lending .  Securities lending transactions, whereby blocks of securities, which are included in fixed maturity securities and short-term investments, are loaned to third parties, are treated as financing

 

215


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

arrangements and the associated liability is recorded at the amount of cash received. At the inception of a loan, the Company obtains collateral, usually cash, in an amount generally equal to 102% of the estimated fair value of the securities loaned and maintains it at a level greater than or equal to 100% for the duration of the loan. The Company monitors the estimated fair value of the securities loaned on a daily basis with additional collateral obtained as necessary. Income and expenses associated with securities lending transactions are reported as investment income and investment expense, respectively, within net investment income.

Mortgage Loans – Mortgage Loans Held-For-Investment .  For the purposes of determining valuation allowances the Company disaggregates its mortgage loan investments into three portfolio segments: commercial, agricultural, and residential. The accounting and valuation allowance policies that are applicable to all portfolio segments are presented below, followed by the policies applicable to both commercial and agricultural loans, which are very similar, as well as policies applicable to residential loans. Also included in mortgage loans held-for-investment are commercial mortgage loans held by CSEs that were consolidated by the Company on January 1, 2010 upon the adoption of new guidance. The FVO was elected for these commercial mortgage loans, and thus they are stated at estimated fair value with changes in estimated fair value subsequent to consolidation recognized in net investment gains (losses).

Commercial, Agricultural and Residential Mortgage Loans — Mortgage loans held-for-investment are stated at unpaid principal balance, adjusted for any unamortized premium or discount, deferred fees or expenses, and net of valuation allowances. Interest income is accrued on the principal amount of the loan based on the loan’s contractual interest rate. Amortization of premiums and discounts is recorded using the effective yield method. Interest income, amortization of premiums and discounts and prepayment fees are reported in net investment income. Interest ceases to accrue when collection of interest is not considered probable and/or when interest or principal payments are past due as follows: commercial — 60 days; and agricultural and residential — 90 days, unless, in the case of a residential loan, it is both well-secured and in the process of collection. When a loan is placed on non-accrual status, uncollected past due interest is charged-off against net investment income. Generally, the accrual of interest income resumes after all delinquent amounts are paid and management believes all future principal and interest payments will be collected. Cash receipts on non-accruing loans are recorded in accordance with the loan agreement as a reduction of principal and/or interest income. Charge-offs occur upon the realization of a credit loss, typically through foreclosure or after a decision is made to sell a loan, or for residential loans when, after considering the individual consumer’s financial status, management believes that uncollectability is other-than-temporary. Gain or loss upon charge-off is recorded, net of previously established valuation allowances, in net investment gains (losses). Cash recoveries on principal amounts previously charged-off are generally recorded as an increase to the valuation allowance, unless the valuation allowance adequately provides for expected credit losses; then the recovery is recorded in net investment gains (losses). Gains and losses from sales of loans and increases or decreases to valuation allowances are recorded in net investment gains (losses).

Mortgage loans are considered to be impaired when it is probable that, based upon current information and events, the Company will be unable to collect all amounts due under the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Specific valuation allowances are established using the same methodology for all three portfolio segments as the excess carrying value of a loan over either (i) the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s original effective interest rate, (ii) the estimated fair value of the loan’s underlying collateral if the loan is in the process of foreclosure or otherwise collateral dependent, or (iii) the loan’s observable market price. A common evaluation framework is used for establishing non-specific valuation allowances for all loan portfolio segments; however, a separate non-specific valuation allowance is calculated and maintained for each loan portfolio segment that is based on inputs unique to each loan portfolio segment. Non-specific valuation allowances are established for pools of loans with similar risk

 

216


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

characteristics where a property-specific or market-specific risk has not been identified, but for which the Company expects to incur a credit loss. These evaluations are based upon several loan portfolio segment-specific factors, including the Company’s experience for loan losses, defaults and loss severity, and loss expectations for loans with similar risk characteristics. These evaluations are revised as conditions change and new information becomes available.

For commercial and agricultural mortgage loans, the Company typically uses 10 years or more of historical experience in establishing non-specific valuation allowances. For commercial mortgage loans, 20 years of historical experience is used which captures multiple economic cycles. For evaluations of commercial mortgage loans, in addition to historical experience, management considers factors that include the impact of a rapid change to the economy, which may not be reflected in the loan portfolio, and recent loss and recovery trend experience as compared to historical loss and recovery experience. For agricultural mortgage loans, ten years of historical experience is used which captures a full economic cycle. For evaluations of agricultural loans, in addition to historical experience, management considers factors that include increased stress in certain sectors, which may be evidenced by higher delinquency rates, or a change in the number of higher risk loans. For commercial and agricultural mortgage loans, on a quarterly basis, management incorporates the impact of these current market events and conditions on historical experience in determining the non-specific valuation allowance established for each portfolio segment level. For evaluations of residential mortgage loans, the key inputs of expected frequency and expected loss reflect current market conditions, with expected frequency adjusted, when appropriate, for differences from market conditions and the Company’s experience.

Commercial and Agricultural Mortgage Loans — All commercial loans are reviewed on an ongoing basis which may include an analysis of the property financial statements and rent roll, lease rollover analysis, property inspections, market analysis, estimated valuations of the underlying collateral, loan-to-value ratios, debt service coverage ratios, and tenant creditworthiness. All agricultural loans are monitored on an ongoing basis. The monitoring process focuses on higher risk loans, which include those that are classified as restructured, potentially delinquent, delinquent or in foreclosure, as well as loans with higher loan-to-value ratios and lower debt service coverage ratios. The monitoring process for agricultural loans is generally similar, with a focus on higher risk loans, including reviews on a geographic and property-type basis. Higher risk commercial and agricultural loans are reviewed individually on an ongoing basis for potential credit loss and specific valuation allowances are established using the methodology described above for all loan portfolio segments. Quarterly, the remaining loans are reviewed on a pool basis by aggregating groups of loans that have similar risk characteristics for potential credit loss, and non-specific valuation allowances are established as described above using inputs that are unique to each segment of the loan portfolio.

For commercial loans, the Company’s primary credit quality indicator is the debt service coverage ratio, which compares a property’s net operating income to amounts needed to service the principal and interest due under the loan. Generally, the lower the debt service coverage ratio, the higher the risk of experiencing a credit loss. The Company also reviews the loan-to-value ratio of its commercial loan portfolio. Loan-to-value ratios compare the unpaid principal balance of the loan to the estimated fair value of the underlying collateral. A loan-to-value ratio greater than 100% indicates that the loan’s unpaid principal balance is greater than the collateral value. A loan-to-value ratio of less than 100% indicates an excess of collateral value over the loan’s unpaid principal balance. Generally, the higher the loan-to-value ratio, the higher the risk of experiencing a credit loss. The debt service coverage ratio and loan-to-value ratio, as well as the values utilized in calculating these ratios, are updated annually, on a rolling basis, with a portion of the loan portfolio updated each quarter.

 

217


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

For agricultural loans, the Company’s primary credit quality indicator is the loan-to-value ratio. The values utilized in calculating this ratio are developed in connection with the ongoing review of the agricultural loan portfolio and are routinely updated.

Residential Mortgage Loans — The Company’s residential loan portfolio is comprised primarily of closed end, amortizing residential loans and home equity lines of credit and it does not hold any optional adjustable rate mortgages, sub-prime, or low teaser rate loans.

In contrast to the commercial and agricultural loan portfolios, residential loans are smaller-balance homogeneous loans that are collectively evaluated for impairment. Non-specific valuation allowances are established using the evaluation framework described above for pools of loans with similar risk characteristics from inputs that are unique to the residential segment of the loan portfolio. Loan specific valuation allowances are only established on residential loans when they have been restructured and are established using the methodology described above for all loan portfolio segments.

For residential loans, the Company’s primary credit quality indicator is whether the loan is performing or non-performing. The Company generally defines non-performing residential loans as those that are 90 or more days past due and/or in non-accrual status. The determination of performing or non-performing status is assessed monthly. Generally, non-performing residential loans have a higher risk of experiencing a credit loss.

Mortgage Loans Modified in a Troubled Debt Restructuring .  For a small portion of the portfolio, classified as troubled debt restructurings, concessions are granted related to the borrowers’ financial difficulties. Generally, the types of concessions include: reduction of the contractual interest rate, extension of the maturity date at an interest rate lower than current market interest rates and/or a reduction of accrued interest. The amount, timing and extent of the concession granted is considered in determining any impairment or changes in the specific valuation allowance recorded in connection with the troubled debt restructuring. Through the continuous portfolio monitoring process, a specific valuation allowance may have been recorded prior to the quarter when the mortgage loan is modified in a troubled debt restructuring. Accordingly, the carrying value (after specific valuation allowance) before and after modification through a troubled debt restructuring may not change significantly, or may increase if the expected recovery is higher than the pre-modification recovery assessment.

Mortgage Loans — Mortgage Loans Held-For-Sale .  This caption includes three categories of mortgage loans:

Residential mortgage loans – held-for-sale .  Forward and reverse residential mortgage loans originated with the intent to sell, for which the FVO was elected, are stated at estimated fair value. Subsequent changes in estimated fair value are recognized in other revenues.

Mortgage loans – held-for-sale – lower of amortized cost or estimated fair value .  Mortgage loans that were previously designated as held-for-investment, but now are designated as held-for-sale, are stated at the lower of amortized cost or estimated fair value. At the time of transfer to held-for-sale status, such mortgage loans are recorded at the lower of amortized cost or estimated fair value, or for collateral dependent loans, estimated fair value less expected disposition costs, with any loss recognized in net investment gains (losses).

Securitized reverse residential mortgage loans .  Reverse residential mortgage loans originated with the intent to sell which have been sold into Government National Mortgage Association (“GNMA”) securitizations, for which the FVO was elected, are stated at estimated fair value. Prior to December 31, 2011, consistent with historical industry practice, these standard form loans were de-recognized from the

 

218


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

balance sheet upon the GNMA securitization. However, after an industry led review of the GNMA securitization program, the Company has determined that these securitized reverse residential mortgage loans do not qualify for de-recognition. Therefore, as of December 31, 2011 the Company recorded $7.7 billion of reverse mortgage loans, included within mortgage loans held-for-sale. The FVO was also elected for the $7.6 billion corresponding liability, included within other liabilities. Subsequent changes in estimated fair value of both the asset and liability are recognized in other revenues. The Company’s economic exposure is generally limited to its servicing rights. Prior year amounts have not been included in the financial statements as these amounts were not material to such financial statements.

Policy Loans .  Policy loans are stated at unpaid principal balances. Interest income on such loans is recorded as earned in net investment income using the contractually agreed upon interest rate. Generally, interest is capitalized on the policy’s anniversary date. Valuation allowances are not established for policy loans, as these loans are fully collateralized by the cash surrender value of the underlying insurance policies. Any unpaid principal or interest on the loan is deducted from the cash surrender value or the death benefit prior to settlement of the policy.

Real Estate .  Real estate held-for-investment, including related improvements, is stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is provided on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful life of the asset (typically 20 to 55 years). Rental income is recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the respective leases. The Company classifies a property as held-for-sale if it commits to a plan to sell a property within one year and actively markets the property in its current condition for a price that is reasonable in comparison to its estimated fair value. The Company classifies the results of operations and the gain or loss on sale of a property that either has been disposed of or classified as held-for-sale as discontinued operations, if the ongoing operations of the property will be eliminated from the ongoing operations of the Company and if the Company will not have any significant continuing involvement in the operations of the property after the sale. Real estate held-for-sale is stated at the lower of depreciated cost or estimated fair value less expected disposition costs. Real estate is not depreciated while it is classified as held-for-sale. The Company periodically reviews its properties held-for-investment for impairment and tests properties for recoverability whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying amount of the asset may not be recoverable and the carrying value of the property exceeds its estimated fair value. Properties whose carrying values are greater than their undiscounted cash flows are written down to their estimated fair value, with the impairment loss included in net investment gains (losses). Impairment losses are based upon the estimated fair value of real estate, which is generally computed using the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at a rate commensurate with the underlying risks. Real estate acquired upon foreclosure is recorded at the lower of estimated fair value or the carrying value of the mortgage loan at the date of foreclosure.

Real Estate Joint Ventures and Other Limited Partnership Interests .  The Company uses the equity method of accounting for investments in real estate joint ventures and other limited partnership interests consisting of leveraged buy-out funds, hedge funds and other private equity funds in which it has more than a minor ownership interest or more than a minor influence over the joint venture’s or partnership’s operations, but does not have a controlling interest and is not the primary beneficiary. The equity method is also used for such investments in which the Company has more than a minor influence or more than a 20% interest. Generally, the Company records its share of earnings using a three-month lag methodology for instances where the timely financial information is not available and the contractual agreements provide for the delivery of the investees’ financial information after the end of the Company’s reporting period. The Company uses the cost method of accounting for investments in real estate joint ventures and other limited partnership interests in which it has a minor equity investment and virtually no influence over the joint venture’s or the partnership’s operations. Based on the nature and structure of these investments, they do not meet the characteristics of an equity security. The Company reports the distributions from real estate joint ventures and other limited partnership

 

219


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

interests accounted for under the cost method and equity in earnings from real estate joint ventures and other limited partnership interests accounted for under the equity method in net investment income. In addition to the investees performing regular evaluations for the impairment of underlying investments, the Company routinely evaluates its investments in real estate joint ventures and other limited partnerships for impairments. The Company considers its cost method investments for OTTI when the carrying value of real estate joint ventures and other limited partnership interests exceeds the net asset value (“NAV”). The Company takes into consideration the severity and duration of this excess when deciding if the cost method investment is other-than-temporarily impaired. For equity method investees, the Company considers financial and other information provided by the investee, other known information and inherent risks in the underlying investments, as well as future capital commitments, in determining whether an impairment has occurred. When an OTTI is deemed to have occurred, the Company records a realized capital loss within net investment gains (losses) to record the investment at its estimated fair value.

Short-term Investments .  Short-term investments include securities and other investments with remaining maturities of one year or less, but greater than three months, at the time of purchase and are stated at estimated fair value or amortized cost, which approximates estimated fair value.

Other Invested Assets .  Other invested assets consist principally of freestanding derivatives with positive estimated fair values, leveraged leases, investments in insurance enterprise joint ventures, tax credit partnerships, funding agreements, mortgage servicing rights (“MSRs”) and funds withheld.

Freestanding derivatives with positive estimated fair values are described in “—Derivative Financial Instruments” below.

Leveraged leases are recorded net of non-recourse debt. The Company recognizes income on the leveraged leases by applying the leveraged lease’s estimated rate of return to the net investment in the lease. The Company regularly reviews residual values and impairs them to expected values.

Joint venture investments represent the Company’s investments in entities that engage in insurance underwriting activities and are accounted for under the equity method.

Tax credit partnerships are established for the purpose of investing in low-income housing and other social causes, where the primary return on investment is in the form of income tax credits and are accounted for under the equity method or under the effective yield method. The Company reports the equity in earnings of joint venture investments and tax credit partnerships in net investment income.

Funding agreements represent arrangements where the Company has long-term interest bearing amounts on deposit with third parties and are generally stated at amortized cost.

MSRs are measured at estimated fair value and are either acquired or are generated from the sale of originated residential mortgage loans where the servicing rights are retained by the Company. Changes in estimated fair value of MSRs are reported in other revenues in the period in which the change occurs.

Funds withheld represent a receivable for amounts contractually withheld by ceding companies in accordance with reinsurance agreements. The Company recognizes interest on funds withheld at rates defined by the terms of the agreement which may be contractually specified or directly related to the underlying investments and records it in net investment income.

Investments Risks and Uncertainties .  The Company’s investments are exposed to four primary sources of risk: credit, interest rate, liquidity risk, and market valuation. The financial statement risks, stemming from such investment risks, are those associated with the determination of estimated fair values, the diminished ability to sell certain investments in times of strained market conditions, the recognition of impairments, the

 

220


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

recognition of income on certain investments and the potential consolidation of VIEs. The use of different methodologies, assumptions and inputs relating to these financial statement risks may have a material effect on the amounts presented within the consolidated financial statements.

When available, the estimated fair value of the Company’s fixed maturity and equity securities are based on quoted prices in active markets that are readily and regularly obtainable. Generally, these are the most liquid of the Company’s securities holdings and valuation of these securities does not involve management judgment.

When quoted prices in active markets are not available, the determination of estimated fair value is based on market standard valuation methodologies as described in “— Fair Value” below and in Note 5. Such estimated fair values are based on available market information and management’s judgments about financial instruments. The observable and unobservable inputs used in the standard market valuation methodologies are described in Note 5.

The estimated fair value of residential mortgage loans held-for-sale and securitized reverse residential mortgage loans are primarily based on observable pricing for securities backed by similar types of loans, adjusted to convert the securities prices to loan prices, or from independent broker quotations, which is intended to approximate the amounts that would be received from third parties. Certain other mortgage loans designated as held-for-sale are recorded at the lower of amortized cost or estimated fair value, or for collateral dependent loans, estimated fair value of the collateral less expected disposition costs. For these loans, estimated fair value is determined using independent broker quotations or values provided by independent valuation specialists or, when the loan is in foreclosure or otherwise collateral dependent, the estimated fair value of the underlying collateral is estimated using internal models.

The estimated fair value of MSRs is principally determined through the use of internal discounted cash flow models which utilize various valuation inputs and assumptions which are described in Note 5. The use of different valuation assumptions and inputs, as well as assumptions relating to the collection of expected cash flows, may have a material effect on the estimated fair values of MSRs.

Financial markets are susceptible to severe events evidenced by rapid depreciation in asset values accompanied by a reduction in asset liquidity. The Company’s ability to sell securities, or the price ultimately realized for these securities, depends upon the demand and liquidity in the market and increases the use of judgment in determining the estimated fair value of certain securities.

The determination of the amount of valuation allowances and impairments, as applicable, is described previously by investment type. The determination of such valuation allowances and impairments is highly subjective and is based upon the Company’s periodic evaluation and assessment of known and inherent risks associated with the respective asset class. Such evaluations and assessments are revised as conditions change and new information becomes available.

The recognition of income on certain investments (e.g. structured securities, including mortgage-backed and ABS, certain structured investment transactions, trading and other securities) is dependent upon prepayments and defaults, which could result in changes in amounts to be earned.

The Company has invested in certain structured transactions that are VIEs. These structured transactions include asset-backed securitizations, hybrid securities, real estate joint ventures, other limited partnership interests, and limited liability companies. The Company consolidates those VIEs for which it is deemed to be the primary beneficiary.

 

 

221


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

The accounting guidance for the determination of when an entity is a VIE and when to consolidate a VIE is complex and requires significant management judgment. The determination of the VIE’s primary beneficiary requires an evaluation of the contractual and implied rights and obligations associated with each party’s relationship with or involvement in the entity, an estimate of the entity’s expected losses and expected residual returns and the allocation of such estimates to each party involved in the entity. The Company generally uses a qualitative approach to determine whether it is the primary beneficiary.

For most VIEs, the entity that has both the ability to direct the most significant activities of the VIE and the obligation to absorb losses or receive benefits that could be significant to the VIE is considered the primary beneficiary. However, for VIEs that are investment companies or apply measurement principles consistent with those utilized by investment companies, the primary beneficiary is based on a risks and rewards model and is defined as the entity that will absorb a majority of a VIE’s expected losses, receive a majority of a VIE’s expected residual returns if no single entity absorbs a majority of expected losses, or both. The Company reassesses its involvement with VIEs on a quarterly basis. The use of different methodologies, assumptions and inputs in the determination of the primary beneficiary could have a material effect on the amounts presented within the consolidated financial statements.

Derivative Financial Instruments

Derivatives are financial instruments whose values are derived from interest rates, foreign currency exchange rates, credit spreads and/or other financial indices. Derivatives may be exchange-traded or contracted in the over-the-counter (“OTC”) market. The Company uses a variety of derivatives, including swaps, forwards, futures and option contracts, to manage various risks relating to its ongoing business operations. To a lesser extent, the Company uses credit derivatives, such as credit default swaps, to synthetically replicate investment risks and returns which are not readily available in the cash market. The Company also purchases certain securities, issues certain insurance policies and investment contracts and engages in certain reinsurance agreements that have embedded derivatives.

Freestanding derivatives are carried in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets either as assets within other invested assets or as liabilities within other liabilities at estimated fair value as determined through the use of quoted market prices for exchange-traded derivatives and interest rate forwards to sell certain to be announced securities or through the use of pricing models for OTC derivatives. The determination of estimated fair value of freestanding derivatives, when quoted market values are not available, is based on market standard valuation methodologies and inputs that management believes are consistent with what other market participants would use when pricing the instruments. Derivative valuations can be affected by changes in interest rates, foreign currency exchange rates, financial indices, credit spreads, default risk, nonperformance risk, volatility, liquidity and changes in estimates and assumptions used in the pricing models.

Accruals on derivatives are generally recorded in accrued investment income or within other liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets. However, accruals that are not expected to settle within one year are included with the derivative carrying value in other invested assets or other liabilities.

The Company does not offset the fair value amounts recognized for derivatives executed with the same counterparty under the same master netting agreement.

If a derivative is not designated as an accounting hedge or its use in managing risk does not qualify for hedge accounting, changes in the estimated fair value of the derivative are generally reported in net derivative gains (losses) except for those (i) in policyholder benefits and claims for economic hedges of variable annuity guarantees included in future policy benefits; (ii) in net investment income for (a) economic hedges of equity method investments in joint ventures, (b) all derivatives held in relation to the trading portfolios, and (c) derivatives held within contractholder-directed unit-linked investments; (iii) in other revenues for derivatives held in connection with the Company’s mortgage banking activities; and (iv) in other expenses for economic

 

222


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

hedges of foreign currency exposure related to the Company’s international subsidiaries. The fluctuations in estimated fair value of derivatives which have not been designated for hedge accounting can result in significant volatility in net income.

To qualify for hedge accounting, at the inception of the hedging relationship, the Company formally documents its risk management objective and strategy for undertaking the hedging transaction, as well as its designation of the hedge as either (i) a hedge of the estimated fair value of a recognized asset or liability (“fair value hedge”); (ii) a hedge of a forecasted transaction or of the variability of cash flows to be received or paid related to a recognized asset or liability (“cash flow hedge”); or (iii) a hedge of a net investment in a foreign operation. In this documentation, the Company sets forth how the hedging instrument is expected to hedge the designated risks related to the hedged item and sets forth the method that will be used to retrospectively and prospectively assess the hedging instrument’s effectiveness and the method which will be used to measure ineffectiveness. A derivative designated as a hedging instrument must be assessed as being highly effective in offsetting the designated risk of the hedged item. Hedge effectiveness is formally assessed at inception and periodically throughout the life of the designated hedging relationship. Assessments of hedge effectiveness and measurements of ineffectiveness are also subject to interpretation and estimation and different interpretations or estimates may have a material effect on the amount reported in net income.

The accounting for derivatives is complex and interpretations of the primary accounting guidance continue to evolve in practice. Judgment is applied in determining the availability and application of hedge accounting designations and the appropriate accounting treatment under such accounting guidance. If it was determined that hedge accounting designations were not appropriately applied, reported net income could be materially affected.

Under a fair value hedge, changes in the estimated fair value of the hedging derivative, including amounts measured as ineffectiveness, and changes in the estimated fair value of the hedged item related to the designated risk being hedged, are reported within net derivative gains (losses). The estimated fair values of the hedging derivatives are exclusive of any accruals that are separately reported in the consolidated statement of operations within interest income or interest expense to match the location of the hedged item.

Under a cash flow hedge, changes in the estimated fair value of the hedging derivative measured as effective are reported within other comprehensive income (loss), a separate component of stockholders’ equity and the deferred gains or losses on the derivative are reclassified into the consolidated statement of operations when the Company’s earnings are affected by the variability in cash flows of the hedged item. Changes in the estimated fair value of the hedging instrument measured as ineffectiveness are reported within net derivative gains (losses). The estimated fair values of the hedging derivatives are exclusive of any accruals that are separately reported in the consolidated statement of operations within interest income or interest expense to match the location of the hedged item.

In a hedge of a net investment in a foreign operation, changes in the estimated fair value of the hedging derivative that are measured as effective are reported within other comprehensive income (loss) consistent with the translation adjustment for the hedged net investment in the foreign operation. Changes in the estimated fair value of the hedging instrument measured as ineffectiveness are reported within net derivative gains (losses).

The Company discontinues hedge accounting prospectively when: (i) it is determined that the derivative is no longer highly effective in offsetting changes in the estimated fair value or cash flows of a hedged item; (ii) the derivative expires, is sold, terminated, or exercised; (iii) it is no longer probable that the hedged forecasted transaction will occur; or (iv) the derivative is de-designated as a hedging instrument.

When hedge accounting is discontinued because it is determined that the derivative is not highly effective in offsetting changes in the estimated fair value or cash flows of a hedged item, the derivative continues to be carried in the consolidated balance sheets at its estimated fair value, with changes in estimated fair value

 

223


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

recognized currently in net derivative gains (losses). The carrying value of the hedged recognized asset or liability under a fair value hedge is no longer adjusted for changes in its estimated fair value due to the hedged risk, and the cumulative adjustment to its carrying value is amortized into income over the remaining life of the hedged item. Provided the hedged forecasted transaction is still probable of occurrence, the changes in estimated fair value of derivatives recorded in other comprehensive income (loss) related to discontinued cash flow hedges are released into the consolidated statements of operations when the Company’s earnings are affected by the variability in cash flows of the hedged item.

When hedge accounting is discontinued because it is no longer probable that the forecasted transactions will occur on the anticipated date or within two months of that date, the derivative continues to be carried in the consolidated balance sheets at its estimated fair value, with changes in estimated fair value recognized currently in net derivative gains (losses). Deferred gains and losses of a derivative recorded in other comprehensive income (loss) pursuant to the discontinued cash flow hedge of a forecasted transaction that is no longer probable are recognized immediately in net derivative gains (losses).

In all other situations in which hedge accounting is discontinued, the derivative is carried at its estimated fair value in the consolidated balance sheets, with changes in its estimated fair value recognized in the current period as net derivative gains (losses).

The Company issues certain products and purchases certain investments that contain embedded derivatives. The Company assesses each identified embedded derivative to determine whether it is required to be bifurcated. If the instrument would not be accounted for in its entirety at estimated fair value and it is determined that the terms of the embedded derivative are not clearly and closely related to the economic characteristics of the host contract, and that a separate instrument with the same terms would qualify as a derivative instrument, the embedded derivative is bifurcated from the host contract and accounted for as a freestanding derivative. Such embedded derivatives are carried in the consolidated balance sheets at estimated fair value with the host contract and changes in their estimated fair value are generally reported in net derivative gains (losses) except for those in policyholder benefits and claims related to ceded reinsurance of guaranteed minimum income benefits (“GMIB”). If the Company is unable to properly identify and measure an embedded derivative for separation from its host contract, the entire contract is carried on the balance sheet at estimated fair value, with changes in estimated fair value recognized in the current period in net investment gains (losses) or net investment income. Additionally, the Company may elect to carry an entire contract on the balance sheet at estimated fair value, with changes in estimated fair value recognized in the current period in net investment gains (losses) or net investment income if that contract contains an embedded derivative that requires bifurcation.

Fair Value

As described below, certain assets and liabilities are measured at estimated fair value in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets. In addition, the notes to these consolidated financial statements include further disclosures of estimated fair values. The Company defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. In most cases, the exit price and the transaction (or entry) price will be the same at initial recognition.

Subsequent to initial recognition, fair values are based on unadjusted quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in active markets that are readily and regularly obtainable. When such quoted prices are not available, fair values are based on quoted prices in markets that are not active, quoted prices for similar but not identical assets or liabilities, or other observable inputs. If these inputs are not available, or observable inputs are not determinative, unobservable inputs and/or adjustments to observable inputs requiring management judgment are used to determine the fair value of assets and liabilities.

 

224


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

The Company considers three broad valuation techniques: (i) the market approach, (ii) the income approach, and (iii) the cost approach. The Company determines the most appropriate valuation technique to use, given what is being measured and the availability of sufficient inputs, giving priority to observable inputs. The Company categorizes its assets and liabilities measured at estimated fair value into a three-level hierarchy, based on the significant input with the lowest level in its valuation. The input levels are as follows:

 

  Level 1

Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities. The Company defines active markets based on average trading volume for equity securities. The size of the bid/ask spread is used as an indicator of market activity for fixed maturity securities.

 

  Level 2

Quoted prices in markets that are not active or inputs that are observable either directly or indirectly. These inputs can include quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities other than quoted prices in Level 1, quoted prices in markets that are not active, or other significant inputs that are observable or can be derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities.

 

  Level 3

Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and are significant to the estimated fair value of the assets or liabilities. Unobservable inputs reflect the reporting entity’s own assumptions about the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all highly liquid securities and other investments purchased with an original or remaining maturity of three months or less at the date of purchase to be cash equivalents. Cash equivalents are stated at amortized cost, which approximates estimated fair value.

Property, Equipment, Leasehold Improvements and Computer Software

Property, equipment and leasehold improvements, which are included in other assets, are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation is determined using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets, as appropriate. The estimated life for company occupied real estate property is generally 40 years. Estimated lives generally range from five to 10 years for leasehold improvements and three to seven years for all other property and equipment. The cost basis of the property, equipment and leasehold improvements was $2.5 billion and $2.4 billion at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. Accumulated depreciation and amortization of property, equipment and leasehold improvements was $1.2 billion at both December 31, 2011 and 2010. Related depreciation and amortization expense was $199 million, $151 million and $151 million for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

Computer software, which is included in other assets, is stated at cost, less accumulated amortization. Purchased software costs, as well as certain internal and external costs incurred to develop internal-use computer software during the application development stage, are capitalized. Such costs are amortized generally over a four-year period using the straight-line method. The cost basis of computer software was $2.2 billion and $2.0 billion at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. Accumulated amortization of capitalized software was $1.5 billion and $1.4 billion at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. Related amortization expense was $217 million, $189 million and $171 million for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

 

225


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

Deferred Policy Acquisition Costs and Value of Business Acquired

The Company incurs significant costs in connection with acquiring new and renewal insurance business. Costs that vary with and relate to the production of new business are deferred as deferred policy acquisition costs (“DAC”). Such costs consist principally of commissions, certain agency expenses, policy issuance expenses and certain advertising costs. Value of business acquired (“VOBA”) is an intangible asset resulting from a business combination that represents the excess of book value over the estimated fair value of acquired insurance, annuity, and investment-type contracts in-force at the acquisition date. The estimated fair value of the acquired liabilities is based on actuarially determined projections, by each block of business, of future policy and contract charges, premiums, mortality and morbidity, separate account performance, surrenders, operating expenses, investment returns, nonperformance risk adjustment and other factors. Actual experience on the purchased business may vary from these projections. The recovery of DAC and VOBA is dependent upon the future profitability of the related business. DAC and VOBA are aggregated in the consolidated financial statements for reporting purposes.

The Company amortizes DAC for credit life insurance, property and casualty insurance and other short-duration contracts, which is primarily composed of commissions and certain underwriting expenses, in proportion to historic and future earned premium over the applicable contract term.

The Company amortizes DAC and VOBA on life insurance, accident and health and investment-type contracts in proportion to gross premiums, gross margins or gross profits, depending on the type of contract as described below.

The Company amortizes DAC and VOBA related to non-participating and non-dividend-paying traditional contracts (term insurance, non-participating whole life insurance, traditional group life insurance, non-medical health insurance, and accident and health insurance) over the appropriate premium paying period in proportion to the present value of actual historic and expected future gross premiums. The present value of expected premiums is based upon the premium requirement of each policy and assumptions for mortality, morbidity, persistency and investment returns at policy issuance, or policy acquisition (as it relates to VOBA), that include provisions for adverse deviation that are consistent with the assumptions used to calculate future policyholder benefit liabilities. These assumptions are not revised after policy issuance or acquisition unless the DAC or VOBA balance is deemed to be unrecoverable from future expected profits. Absent a premium deficiency, variability in amortization after policy issuance or acquisition is caused only by variability in premium volumes.

The Company amortizes DAC and VOBA related to participating, dividend-paying traditional contracts over the estimated lives of the contracts in proportion to actual and expected future gross margins. The amortization includes interest based on rates in effect at inception or acquisition of the contracts. The future gross margins are dependent principally on investment returns, policyholder dividend scales, mortality, persistency, expenses to administer the business, creditworthiness of reinsurance counterparties and certain economic variables, such as inflation. For participating contracts within the closed block (dividend paying traditional contracts) future gross margins are also dependent upon changes in the policyholder dividend obligation. Of these factors, the Company anticipates that investment returns, expenses, persistency and other factor changes, as well as policyholder dividend scales are reasonably likely to impact significantly the rate of DAC and VOBA amortization. Each reporting period, the Company updates the estimated gross margins with the actual gross margins for that period. When the actual gross margins change from previously estimated gross margins, the cumulative DAC and VOBA amortization is re-estimated and adjusted by a cumulative charge or credit to current operations. When actual gross margins exceed those previously estimated, the DAC and VOBA amortization will increase, resulting in a current period charge to earnings. The opposite result occurs when the actual gross margins are below the previously estimated gross margins. Each reporting period, the Company also updates the actual amount of business in-force, which impacts expected future gross margins. When expected future gross margins are below those previously estimated, the DAC and VOBA amortization will increase, resulting in a current period charge to earnings. The opposite result occurs when the expected future gross margins are above the

 

226


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

previously estimated expected future gross margins. Each period, the Company also reviews the estimated gross margins for each block of business to determine the recoverability of DAC and VOBA balances.

The Company amortizes DAC and VOBA related to fixed and variable universal life contracts and fixed and variable deferred annuity contracts over the estimated lives of the contracts in proportion to actual and expected future gross profits. The amortization includes interest based on rates in effect at inception or acquisition of the contracts. The amount of future gross profits is dependent principally upon returns in excess of the amounts credited to policyholders, mortality, persistency, interest crediting rates, expenses to administer the business, creditworthiness of reinsurance counterparties, the effect of any hedges used and certain economic variables, such as inflation. Of these factors, the Company anticipates that investment returns, expenses and persistency are reasonably likely to impact significantly the rate of DAC and VOBA amortization. Each reporting period, the Company updates the estimated gross profits with the actual gross profits for that period. When the actual gross profits change from previously estimated gross profits, the cumulative DAC and VOBA amortization is re-estimated and adjusted by a cumulative charge or credit to current operations. When actual gross profits exceed those previously estimated, the DAC and VOBA amortization will increase, resulting in a current period charge to earnings. The opposite result occurs when the actual gross profits are below the previously estimated gross profits. Each reporting period, the Company also updates the actual amount of business remaining in-force, which impacts expected future gross profits. When expected future gross profits are below those previously estimated, the DAC and VOBA amortization will increase, resulting in a current period charge to earnings. The opposite result occurs when the expected future gross profits are above the previously estimated expected future gross profits. Each period, the Company also reviews the estimated gross profits for each block of business to determine the recoverability of DAC and VOBA balances.

Separate account rates of return on variable universal life contracts and variable deferred annuity contracts affect in-force account balances on such contracts each reporting period which can result in significant fluctuations in amortization of DAC and VOBA. Returns that are higher than the Company’s long-term expectation produce higher account balances, which increases the Company’s future fee expectations and decreases future benefit payment expectations on minimum death and living benefit guarantees, resulting in higher expected future gross profits. The opposite result occurs when returns are lower than the Company’s long-term expectation. The Company’s practice to determine the impact of gross profits resulting from returns on separate accounts assumes that long-term appreciation in equity markets is not changed by short-term market fluctuations, but is only changed when sustained interim deviations are expected. The Company monitors these events and only changes the assumption when its long-term expectation changes.

The Company also periodically reviews other long-term assumptions underlying the projections of estimated gross margins and profits. These include investment returns, policyholder dividend scales, interest crediting rates, mortality, persistency and expenses to administer business. Management annually updates assumptions used in the calculation of estimated gross margins and profits which may have significantly changed. If the update of assumptions causes expected future gross margins and profits to increase, DAC and VOBA amortization will decrease, resulting in a current period increase to earnings. The opposite result occurs when the assumption update causes expected future gross margins and profits to decrease.

Periodically, the Company modifies product benefits, features, rights or coverages that occur by the exchange of a contract for a new contract, or by amendment, endorsement, or rider to a contract, or by election or coverage within a contract. If such modification, referred to as an internal replacement, substantially changes the contract, the associated DAC or VOBA is written off immediately through income and any new deferrable costs associated with the replacement contract are deferred. If the modification does not substantially change the contract, the DAC or VOBA amortization on the original contract will continue and any acquisition costs associated with the related modification are expensed.

 

227


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

Sales Inducements

The Company generally has two different types of sales inducements which are included in other assets: (i) the policyholder receives a bonus whereby the policyholder’s initial account balance is increased by an amount equal to a specified percentage of the customer’s deposit; and (ii) the policyholder receives a higher interest rate using a dollar cost averaging method than would have been received based on the normal general account interest rate credited. The Company defers sales inducements and amortizes them over the life of the policy using the same methodology and assumptions used to amortize DAC. The amortization of sales inducements is included in policyholder benefits and claims. Each year, or more frequently if circumstances indicate a potentially significant recoverability issue exists, the Company reviews the deferred sales inducements to determine the recoverability of these balances.

Value of Distribution Agreements and Customer Relationships Acquired

Value of distribution agreements acquired (“VODA”) is reported in other assets and represents the present value of expected future profits associated with the expected future business derived from the distribution agreements acquired as part of a business combination. Value of customer relationships acquired (“VOCRA”) is also reported in other assets and represents the present value of the expected future profits associated with the expected future business acquired through existing customers of the acquired company or business. The VODA and VOCRA associated with past acquisitions are amortized over useful lives ranging from 10 to 40 years and such amortization is included in other expenses. Each year, or more frequently if circumstances indicate a potentially significant recoverability issue exists, the Company reviews VODA and VOCRA to determine the recoverability of these balances.

Goodwill

Goodwill is the excess of cost over the estimated fair value of net assets acquired which represents the future economic benefits arising from such net assets acquired that could not be individually identified. Goodwill is not amortized but is tested for impairment at least annually or more frequently if events or circumstances, such as adverse changes in the business climate, indicate that there may be justification for conducting an interim test. The Company performs its annual goodwill impairment testing during the third quarter of each year based upon data as of the close of the second quarter. Goodwill associated with a business acquisition is not tested for impairment during the year the business is acquired unless there is a significant identified impairment event.

Impairment testing is performed using the fair value approach, which requires the use of estimates and judgment, at the “reporting unit” level. A reporting unit is the operating segment or a business one level below the operating segment, if discrete financial information is prepared and regularly reviewed by management at that level. For purposes of goodwill impairment testing, a significant portion of goodwill within Corporate & Other is allocated to reporting units within the Company’s segments.

For purposes of goodwill impairment testing, if the carrying value of a reporting unit exceeds its estimated fair value, there might be an indication of impairment. In such instances, the implied fair value of the goodwill is determined in the same manner as the amount of goodwill that would be determined in a business acquisition. The excess of the carrying value of goodwill over the implied fair value of goodwill would be recognized as an impairment and recorded as a charge against net income.

In performing the Company’s goodwill impairment tests, the estimated fair values of the reporting units are first determined using a market multiple approach. When further corroboration is required, the Company uses a discounted cash flow approach. For reporting units which are particularly sensitive to market assumptions, such as the retirement products and individual life reporting units, the Company may use additional valuation methodologies to estimate the reporting units’ fair values.

 

228


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

The key inputs, judgments and assumptions necessary in determining estimated fair value of the reporting units include projected operating earnings, current book value (with and without accumulated other comprehensive income), the level of economic capital required to support the mix of business, long-term growth rates, comparative market multiples, the account value of in-force business, projections of new and renewal business, as well as margins on such business, the level of interest rates, credit spreads, equity market levels and the discount rate that the Company believes is appropriate for the respective reporting unit. The estimated fair values of the retirement products and individual life reporting units are particularly sensitive to the equity market levels.

When testing goodwill for impairment, the Company also considers its market capitalization in relation to the aggregate estimated fair value of its reporting units.

The Company applies significant judgment when determining the estimated fair value of the Company’s reporting units and when assessing the relationship of market capitalization to the aggregate estimated fair value of its reporting units. The valuation methodologies utilized are subject to key judgments and assumptions that are sensitive to change. Estimates of fair value are inherently uncertain and represent only management’s reasonable expectation regarding future developments. These estimates and the judgments and assumptions upon which the estimates are based will, in all likelihood, differ in some respects from actual future results. Declines in the estimated fair value of the Company’s reporting units could result in goodwill impairments in future periods which could materially adversely affect the Company’s results of operations or financial position.

On an ongoing basis, the Company evaluates potential triggering events that may affect the estimated fair value of the Company’s reporting units to assess whether any goodwill impairment exists. Deteriorating or adverse market conditions for certain reporting units may have a significant impact on the estimated fair value of these reporting units and could result in future impairments of goodwill.

See Note 7 for discussion of goodwill impairment testing during 2011.

Liability for Future Policy Benefits and PABs

The Company establishes liabilities for amounts payable under insurance policies, including traditional life insurance, traditional annuities, certain accident and health, and non-medical health insurance. Generally, amounts are payable over an extended period of time and related liabilities are calculated as the present value of future expected benefits to be paid reduced by the present value of future expected premiums. Such liabilities are established based on methods and underlying assumptions in accordance with GAAP and applicable actuarial standards. Principal assumptions used in the establishment of liabilities for future policy benefits are mortality, morbidity, policy lapse, renewal, retirement, disability incidence, disability terminations, investment returns, inflation, expenses and other contingent events as appropriate to the respective product type and geographical area. These assumptions are established at the time the policy is issued and are intended to estimate the experience for the period the policy benefits are payable. Utilizing these assumptions, liabilities are established on a block of business basis. For long duration insurance contracts, assumptions such as mortality, morbidity and interest rates are “locked in” upon the issuance of new business. However, significant adverse changes in experience on such contracts may require us to establish premium deficiency reserves. Such reserves are determined based on assumptions at the time the premium deficiency reserve is established and do not include a provision for adverse deviation.

Premium deficiency reserves may also be established for short duration contracts to provide for expected future losses. These reserves on short duration contracts are based on actuarial estimates of the amount of loss inherent in that period, including losses incurred for which claims have not been reported. The provisions for

 

229


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

unreported claims are calculated using studies that measure the historical length of time between the incurred date of a claim and its eventual reporting to the company. Anticipated investment income is considered in the calculation of premium deficiency losses for short duration contracts.

Future policy benefit liabilities for participating traditional life insurance policies are equal to the aggregate of (i) net level premium reserves for death and endowment policy benefits (calculated based upon the non-forfeiture interest rate, ranging from 3% to 7% for domestic business and 1% to 18% for international business, and mortality rates guaranteed in calculating the cash surrender values described in such contracts); and (ii) the liability for terminal dividends for domestic business.

Participating business represented approximately 6% of the Company’s life insurance in-force at both December 31, 2011 and 2010. Participating policies represented approximately 21%, 26% and 28% of gross life insurance premiums for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

Future policy benefit liabilities for non-participating traditional life insurance policies are equal to the aggregate of the present value of expected future benefit payments and related expenses less the present value of expected future net premiums. Assumptions as to mortality and persistency are based upon the Company’s experience when the basis of the liability is established. Interest rate assumptions for the aggregate future policy benefit liabilities range from 2% to 10% for domestic business and 1% to 14% for international business.

Future policy benefit liabilities for individual and group traditional fixed annuities after annuitization are equal to the present value of expected future payments. Interest rate assumptions used in establishing such liabilities range from 2% to 11% for domestic business and 2% to 12% for international business.

Future policy benefit liabilities for non-medical health insurance, primarily related to domestic business, are calculated using the net level premium method and assumptions as to future morbidity, withdrawals and interest, which provide a margin for adverse deviation. Interest rate assumptions used in establishing such liabilities range from 4% to 7%.

Future policy benefit liabilities for disabled lives are estimated using the present value of benefits method and experience assumptions as to claim terminations, expenses and interest. Interest rate assumptions used in establishing such liabilities range from 2% to 9% for domestic business and 2% to 9% for international business.

Liabilities for unpaid claims and claim expenses for property and casualty insurance are included in future policyholder benefits and represent the amount estimated for claims that have been reported but not settled and claims incurred but not reported. Other policy-related balances include claims that have been reported but not settled and claims incurred but not reported on life and non-medical health insurance. Liabilities for unpaid claims are estimated based upon the Company’s historical experience and other actuarial assumptions that consider the effects of current developments, anticipated trends and risk management programs, reduced for anticipated salvage and subrogation. The effects of changes in such estimated liabilities are included in the results of operations in the period in which the changes occur.

Liabilities for universal and variable life secondary guarantees and paid-up guarantees are determined by estimating the expected value of death benefits payable when the account balance is projected to be zero and recognizing those benefits ratably over the accumulation period based on total expected assessments. The assumptions used in estimating the secondary and paid-up guarantee liabilities are consistent with those used for amortizing DAC, and are thus subject to the same variability and risk. The assumptions of investment performance and volatility for variable products are consistent with historical Standard & Poor’s (“S&P”) experience of the appropriate underlying equity index, such as the S&P 500 Index. The benefits used in calculating the liabilities are based on the average benefits payable over a range of scenarios.

 

230


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

Future policy benefit liabilities are established for certain variable annuity products with guaranteed minimum benefits as described below under “— Variable Annuity Guaranteed Minimum Benefits.”

The Company regularly reviews its estimates of actuarial liabilities for future policy benefits and compares them with its actual experience. Differences between actual experience and the assumptions used in pricing these policies and guarantees, and in the establishment of the related liabilities, result in changes in the additional liability balances with related charges or credits to benefit expenses in the period in which the changes occur.

PABs relate to investment-type contracts, universal life-type policies and certain guaranteed minimum benefits. Investment-type contracts principally include traditional individual fixed annuities in the accumulation phase and non-variable group annuity contracts. PABs for these contracts are equal to: (i) policy account values, which consist of an accumulation of gross premium payments and investment performance; (ii) credited interest, ranging from 1% to 13% for domestic business and 1% to 14% for international business, less expenses, mortality charges and withdrawals; and (iii) fair value adjustments relating to business combinations.

Variable Annuity Guaranteed Minimum Benefits

The Company issues, directly and through assumed reinsurance, certain variable annuity products with guaranteed minimum benefits that provide the policyholder a minimum return based on their initial deposit (i.e., the benefit base) less withdrawals. In some cases the benefit base may be increased by additional deposits, bonus amounts, accruals or optional market value resets. These guarantees are accounted for as insurance liabilities or as embedded derivatives depending on how and when the benefit is paid. Specifically, a guarantee is accounted for as an embedded derivative if a guarantee is paid without requiring (i) the occurrence of specific insurable event, or (ii) the policyholder to annuitize. Alternatively, a guarantee is accounted for as an insurance liability if the guarantee is paid only upon either (i) the occurrence of a specific insurable event, or (ii) annuitization. In certain cases, a guarantee may have elements of both an insurance liability and an embedded derivative and in such cases the guarantee is accounted for under a split of the two models.

These guarantees include:

 

   

Guaranteed minimum death benefit (“GMDB”) that guarantees the contractholder a return of their purchase payment upon death even if the account value is reduced to zero. An enhanced death benefit may be available for an additional fee.

 

   

GMIB that provides the contractholder, after a specified period of time determined at the time of issuance of the variable annuity contract, with a minimum accumulation of their purchase payments, even if the account value is reduced to zero, that can be annuitized to receive a monthly income stream that is not less than a specified amount. Certain of these contracts also provide for a guaranteed lump sum return of purchase premium in lieu of the annuitization benefit.

 

   

Guaranteed minimum withdrawal benefits (“GMWB”) that guarantee the contractholder a return of their purchase payment via partial withdrawals, even if the account value is reduced to zero, provided that the contractholder’s cumulative withdrawals in a contract year do not exceed a certain limit. Certain of these contacts include guaranteed withdrawals that are life contingent.

 

   

Guaranteed minimum accumulation benefits (“GMAB”) that provide the contractholder, after a specified period of time determined at the time of issuance of the variable annuity contract, with a minimum accumulation of their purchase payments even if the account value is reduced to zero.

 

231


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

Guarantees accounted for as insurance liabilities in future policy benefits include GMDB, the portion of GMIB that require annuitization, and the life-contingent portion of certain GMWB. These liabilities are established as follows:

GMDB liabilities are determined by estimating the expected value of death benefits in excess of the projected account balance and recognizing the excess ratably over the accumulation period based on total expected assessments. The assumptions used in estimating the GMDB liabilities are consistent with those used for amortizing DAC, and are thus subject to the same variability and risk. The assumptions of investment performance and volatility are consistent with the historical experience of the appropriate underlying equity index, such as the S&P 500 Index. The benefit assumptions used in calculating the liabilities are based on the average benefits payable over a range of scenarios.

GMIB liabilities are determined by estimating the expected value of the income benefits in excess of the projected account balance at any future date of annuitization and recognizing the excess ratably over the accumulation period based on total expected assessments. The assumptions used for estimating the GMIB liabilities are consistent with those used for estimating the GMDB liabilities. In addition, the calculation of guaranteed annuitization benefit liabilities incorporates an assumption for the percentage of the potential annuitizations that may be elected by the contractholder. Certain GMIB have settlement features that result in a portion of that guarantee being accounted for as an embedded derivative and are recorded in PABs as described below.

The liability for the life contingent portion of GMWB is determined based on the expected value of the life contingent payments and expected assessments using assumptions consistent with those used for estimating the GMDB liabilities.

Guarantees accounted for as embedded derivatives in PABs include the non life-contingent portion of GMWB, GMAB and the portion of certain GMIB that do not require annuitization. These guarantees are recorded at estimated fair value separately from the host variable annuity with changes in estimated fair value reported in net derivative gains (losses). At inception, the Company attributes to the embedded derivative a portion of the projected future guarantee fees to be collected from the policyholder equal to the present value of projected future guaranteed benefits. Any additional fees represent “excess” fees and are reported in universal life and investment-type product policy fees.

The estimated fair values of these embedded derivatives are then determined based on the present value of projected future benefits minus the present value of projected future fees. The projections of future benefits and future fees require capital market and actuarial assumptions including expectations concerning policyholder behavior. A risk neutral valuation methodology is used under which the cash flows from the guarantees are projected under multiple capital market scenarios using observable risk free rates. The valuation of these embedded derivatives also includes an adjustment for the Company’s nonperformance risk and risk margins related to non-capital market inputs. The nonperformance adjustment, which is captured as a spread over the risk free rate in determining the discount rate to discount the cash flows of the liability, is determined by taking into consideration publicly available information relating to spreads in the secondary market for MetLife, Inc.’s debt, including related credit default swaps. These observable spreads are then adjusted, as necessary, to reflect the priority of these liabilities and the claims paying ability of the issuing insurance subsidiaries compared to MetLife, Inc. Risk margins are established to capture the non-capital market risks of the instrument which represent the additional compensation a market participant would require to assume the risks related to the uncertainties in certain actuarial assumptions. The establishment of risk margins requires the use of significant management judgment, including assumptions of the amount and cost of capital needed to cover the guarantees.

 

232


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

These guarantees may be more costly than expected in volatile or declining equity markets. Market conditions including, but not limited to, changes in interest rates, equity indices, market volatility and foreign currency exchange rates, changes in nonperformance risk, variations in actuarial assumptions regarding policyholder behavior, mortality and risk margins related to non-capital market inputs may result in significant fluctuations in the estimated fair value of the guarantees that could materially affect net income.

The Company ceded the risk associated with certain of the GMIB and GMWB described in the preceding paragraphs. With respect to GMIB, a portion of the directly written GMIB guarantees that are accounted for as insurance (i.e., not as embedded derivatives) but where the reinsurance agreements contain embedded derivatives. These embedded derivatives are included in premiums, reinsurance, and other receivables in the consolidated balance sheet with changes in estimated fair value reported in net derivative gains (losses) or policyholder benefits and claims in the consolidated statements of operations, depending on the classification of the direct risk. The value of the embedded derivatives on the ceded risk is determined using a methodology consistent with that described previously for the guarantees directly written by the Company with the exception of the input for nonperformance risk that reflects the credit of the reinsurer.

Other Policy-Related Balances

Other policy-related balances include policy and contract claims, unearned revenue liabilities, premiums received in advance, negative VOBA, policyholder dividends due and unpaid and policyholder dividends left on deposit.

The liability for policy and contract claims generally relates to incurred but not reported death, disability, long-term care (“LTC”) and dental claims, as well as claims which have been reported but not yet settled. The liability for these claims is based on the Company’s estimated ultimate cost of settling all claims. The Company derives estimates for the development of incurred but not reported claims principally from actuarial analyses of historical patterns of claims and claims development for each line of business. The methods used to determine these estimates are continually reviewed. Adjustments resulting from this continuous review process and differences between estimates and payments for claims are recognized in policyholder benefits and claims expense in the period in which the estimates are changed or payments are made.

The unearned revenue liability relates to universal life-type and investment-type products and represents policy charges for services to be provided in future periods. The charges are deferred as unearned revenue and amortized using the product’s estimated gross profits and margins, similar to DAC. Such amortization is recorded in universal life and investment-type product policy fees.

The Company accounts for the prepayment of premiums on its individual life, group life and health contracts as premium received in advance and applies the cash received to premiums when due.

For certain acquired blocks of business, the estimated fair value of the in-force contract obligations exceeded the book value of assumed in-force insurance policy liabilities, resulting in negative VOBA, which is presented separately from VOBA as an additional insurance liability. The fair value of the in-force contract obligations is based on actuarial determined projections by each block of business. Negative VOBA is amortized over the policy period in proportion to the approximate consumption of losses included in the liability usually expressed in terms of insurance in-force or account value. Such amortization is recorded as a contra-expense in other expenses in the consolidated statements of operations.

Also included in other policy-related balances are policyholder dividends due and unpaid on participating policies and policyholder dividends left on deposit. Such liabilities are presented at amounts contractually due to policyholders.

 

233


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

Recognition of Insurance Revenue and Related Benefits

Premiums related to traditional life and annuity policies with life contingencies and long-duration accident and health and credit insurance policies are recognized as revenues when due from policyholders. Policyholder benefits and expenses are provided against such revenues to recognize profits over the estimated lives of the policies. When premiums are due over a significantly shorter period than the period over which benefits are provided, any excess profit is deferred and recognized into operations in a constant relationship to insurance in-force or, for annuities, the amount of expected future policy benefit payments.

Premiums related to short-duration non-medical health and disability, accident and health, and certain credit life insurance contracts are recognized on a pro rata basis over the applicable contract term.

Deposits related to universal life-type and investment-type products are credited to PABs. Revenues from such contracts consist of amounts assessed against PABs for mortality, policy administration and surrender charges and are recorded in universal life and investment-type product policy fees in the period in which services are provided. Amounts that are charged to operations include interest credited and benefit claims incurred in excess of related PABs.

Premiums related to property and casualty contracts are recognized as revenue on a pro rata basis over the applicable contract term. Unearned premiums, representing the portion of premium written relating to the unexpired coverage, are also included in future policy benefits.

Premiums, policy fees, policyholder benefits and expenses are presented net of reinsurance.

The portion of fees allocated to embedded derivatives described previously is recognized within net derivative gains (losses) as part of the estimated fair value of embedded derivatives.

Other Revenues

Other revenues include, in addition to items described elsewhere herein, advisory fees, broker-dealer commissions and fees and administrative service fees. Such fees and commissions are recognized in the period in which services are performed. Other revenues also include changes in account value relating to corporate-owned life insurance (“COLI”). Under certain COLI contracts, if the Company reports certain unlikely adverse results in its consolidated financial statements, withdrawals would not be immediately available and would be subject to market value adjustment, which could result in a reduction of the account value.

Policyholder Dividends

Policyholder dividends are approved annually by the insurance subsidiaries’ boards of directors. The aggregate amount of policyholder dividends is related to actual interest, mortality, morbidity and expense experience for the year, as well as management’s judgment as to the appropriate level of statutory surplus to be retained by the insurance subsidiaries.

Income Taxes

MetLife, Inc. and its includable life insurance and non-life insurance subsidiaries file a consolidated U.S. federal income tax return in accordance with the provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”). Non-includable subsidiaries file either separate individual corporate tax returns or separate consolidated tax returns.

 

234


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

The Company’s accounting for income taxes represents management’s best estimate of various events and transactions.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities resulting from temporary differences between the financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities are measured at the balance sheet date using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years the temporary differences are expected to reverse.

For U.S. federal income tax purposes, the Company made an election under Section 338 of the Code (the “Section 338 Election”) relating to the Acquisition. Pursuant to such election, the historical tax basis in the acquired assets and liabilities was adjusted to the fair market value as of the Acquisition Date resulting in a change to the related deferred income taxes. See Note 15.

The realization of deferred tax assets depends upon the existence of sufficient taxable income within the carryback or carryforward periods under the tax law in the applicable tax jurisdiction. Valuation allowances are established when management determines, based on available information, that it is more likely than not that deferred income tax assets will not be realized. Factors in management’s determination include the performance of the business and its ability to generate capital gains. Significant judgment is required in determining whether valuation allowances should be established, as well as the amount of such allowances. When making such determination, consideration is given to, among other things, the following:

 

  (i)

future taxable income exclusive of reversing temporary differences and carryforwards;

 

  (ii)

future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences;

 

  (iii)

taxable income in prior carryback years; and

 

  (iv)

tax planning strategies.

The Company may be required to change its provision for income taxes in certain circumstances. Examples of such circumstances include when estimates used in determining valuation allowances on deferred tax assets significantly change or when receipt of new information indicates the need for adjustment in valuation allowances. Additionally, future events, such as changes in tax laws, tax regulations, or interpretations of such laws or regulations, could have an impact on the provision for income tax and the effective tax rate. Any such changes could significantly affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements in the year these changes occur.

The Company determines whether it is more likely than not that a tax position will be sustained upon examination by the appropriate taxing authorities before any part of the benefit can be recorded in the financial statements. A tax position is measured at the largest amount of benefit that is greater than 50% likely of being realized upon settlement. Unrecognized tax benefits due to tax uncertainties that do not meet the threshold are included within other liabilities and are charged to earnings in the period that such determination is made.

The Company classifies interest recognized as interest expense and penalties recognized as a component of income tax.

Reinsurance

The Company enters into reinsurance agreements primarily as a purchaser of reinsurance for its various insurance products and also as a provider of reinsurance for some insurance products issued by third parties.

For each of its reinsurance agreements, the Company determines whether the agreement provides indemnification against loss or liability relating to insurance risk in accordance with applicable accounting standards. The Company reviews all contractual features, particularly those that may limit the amount of insurance risk to which the reinsurer is subject or features that delay the timely reimbursement of claims.

 

235


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

For reinsurance of existing in-force blocks of long-duration contracts that transfer significant insurance risk, the difference, if any, between the amounts paid (received), and the liabilities ceded (assumed) related to the underlying contracts is considered the net cost of reinsurance at the inception of the reinsurance agreement. The net cost of reinsurance is recorded as an adjustment to DAC and recognized as a component of other expenses on a basis consistent with the way the acquisition costs on the underlying reinsured contracts would be recognized. Subsequent amounts paid (received) on the reinsurance of in-force blocks, as well as amounts paid (received) related to new business, are recorded as ceded (assumed) premiums and ceded (assumed) future policy benefit liabilities are established.

For prospective reinsurance of short-duration contracts that meet the criteria for reinsurance accounting, amounts paid (received) are recorded as ceded (assumed) premiums and ceded (assumed) unearned premiums and are reflected as a component of premiums, reinsurance and other receivables (future policy benefits). Such amounts are amortized through earned premiums over the remaining contract period in proportion to the amount of protection provided. For retroactive reinsurance of short-duration contracts that meet the criteria of reinsurance accounting, amounts paid (received) in excess of (which do not exceed) the related insurance liabilities ceded (assumed) are recognized immediately as a loss. Any gains on such retroactive agreements are deferred and recorded in other liabilities. The gains are amortized primarily using the recovery method.

The assumptions used to account for both long and short-duration reinsurance agreements are consistent with those used for the underlying contracts. Ceded policyholder and contract related liabilities, other than those currently due, are reported gross on the balance sheet.

Amounts currently recoverable under reinsurance agreements are included in premiums, reinsurance and other receivables and amounts currently payable are included in other liabilities. Such assets and liabilities relating to reinsurance agreements with the same reinsurer may be recorded net on the balance sheet, if a right of offset exists within the reinsurance agreement. In the event that reinsurers do not meet their obligations to the Company under the terms of the reinsurance agreements, reinsurance balances recoverable could become uncollectible. In such instances, reinsurance recoverable balances are stated net of allowances for uncollectible reinsurance.

Premiums, fees and policyholder benefits and claims include amounts assumed under reinsurance agreements and are net of reinsurance ceded. Amounts received from reinsurers for policy administration are reported in other revenues.

If the Company determines that a reinsurance agreement does not expose the reinsurer to a reasonable possibility of a significant loss from insurance risk, the Company records the agreement using the deposit method of accounting. Deposits received are included in other liabilities and deposits made are included within premiums, reinsurance and other receivables. As amounts are paid or received, consistent with the underlying contracts, the deposit assets or liabilities are adjusted. Interest on such deposits is recorded as other revenues or other expenses, as appropriate. Periodically, the Company evaluates the adequacy of the expected payments or recoveries and adjusts the deposit asset or liability through other revenues or other expenses, as appropriate.

Accounting for reinsurance requires extensive use of assumptions and estimates, particularly related to the future performance of the underlying business and the potential impact of counterparty credit risks. The Company periodically reviews actual and anticipated experience compared to the aforementioned assumptions used to establish assets and liabilities relating to ceded and assumed reinsurance and evaluates the financial strength of counterparties to its reinsurance agreements using criteria similar to that evaluated in the security impairment process discussed previously.

Cessions under reinsurance agreements do not discharge the Company’s obligations as the primary insurer.

 

236


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

Employee Benefit Plans

Certain subsidiaries of MetLife, Inc. (the “Subsidiaries”) sponsor and/or administer various plans that provide defined benefit pension and other postretirement benefits covering eligible employees and sales representatives. Measurement dates used for all of the Subsidiaries’ defined benefit pension and other postretirement benefit plans correspond with the fiscal year ends of sponsoring Subsidiaries, which are December 31 for U.S. Subsidiaries and November 30 for most foreign Subsidiaries.

The U.S. pension benefits are provided utilizing either a traditional formula or cash balance formula. The traditional formula provides benefits based upon years of credited service and either final average or career average earnings. The cash balance formula utilizes hypothetical or notional accounts which credit participants with benefits equal to a percentage of eligible pay, as well as earnings credits, determined annually based upon the average annual rate of interest on 30-year U.S. Treasury securities, for each account balance. The non-U.S. pension plans generally provide benefits based either upon years of credited service and earnings preceding retirement or on points earned on job grades and other factors related to years of service.

The Subsidiaries also provide certain postemployment benefits and certain postretirement medical and life insurance benefits for retired employees. Employees of the Subsidiaries who were hired prior to 2003 (or, in certain cases, rehired during or after 2003) and meet age and service criteria while working for one of the Subsidiaries, may become eligible for these other postretirement benefits, at various levels, in accordance with the applicable plans. Virtually all retirees, or their beneficiaries, contribute a portion of the total cost of postretirement medical benefits. Employees hired after 2003 are not eligible for any employer subsidy for postretirement medical benefits.

The projected pension benefit obligation (“PBO”) is defined as the actuarially calculated present value of vested and non-vested pension benefits accrued based on future salary levels. The accumulated pension benefit obligation (“ABO”) is the actuarial present value of vested and non-vested pension benefits accrued based on current salary levels. Obligations, both PBO and ABO, of the defined benefit pension plans are determined using a variety of actuarial assumptions, from which actual results may vary, as described below.

The expected postretirement plan benefit obligations (“EPBO”) represent the actuarial present value of all other postretirement benefits expected to be paid after retirement to employees and their dependents and is used in measuring the periodic postretirement benefit expense. The accumulated postretirement plan benefit obligations (“APBO”) represent the actuarial present value of future other postretirement benefits attributed to employee services rendered through a particular date and is the valuation basis upon which liabilities are established. The APBO is determined using a variety of actuarial assumptions, from which actual results may vary, as described below.

The Company recognizes the funded status of the PBO for pension plans and the APBO for other postretirement plans for each of its plans in the consolidated balance sheets. The actuarial gains or losses, prior service costs and credits and the remaining net transition asset or obligation that had not yet been included in net periodic benefit costs are charged, net of income tax, to accumulated other comprehensive income (loss).

Net periodic benefit cost is determined using management estimates and actuarial assumptions to derive service cost, interest cost, and expected return on plan assets for a particular year. Net periodic benefit cost also includes the applicable amortization of any prior service cost (credit) arising from the increase (decrease) in prior years’ benefit costs due to plan amendments or initiation of new plans. These costs are amortized into net periodic benefit cost over the expected service years of employees whose benefits are affected by such plan amendments. Actual experience related to plan assets and/or the benefit obligations may differ from that

 

237


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

originally assumed when determining net periodic benefit cost for a particular period, resulting in gains or losses. To the extent such aggregate gains or losses exceed 10 percent of the greater of the benefit obligations or the market-related asset value of the plans, they are amortized into net periodic benefit cost over the expected service years of employees expected to receive benefits under the plans.

The obligations and expenses associated with these plans require an extensive use of assumptions such as the discount rate, expected rate of return on plan assets, rate of future compensation increases, healthcare cost trend rates, as well as assumptions regarding participant demographics such as rate and age of retirements, withdrawal rates and mortality. Management, in consultation with its external consulting actuarial firms, determines these assumptions based upon a variety of factors such as historical performance of the plan and its assets, currently available market and industry data and expected benefit payout streams. The assumptions used may differ materially from actual results due to, among other factors, changing market and economic conditions and changes in participant demographics. These differences may have a significant effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements and liquidity.

The Subsidiaries also sponsor defined contribution savings and investment plans (“SIP”) for substantially all employees under which a portion of employee contributions is matched. Applicable matching contributions are made each payroll period. Accordingly, the Company recognizes compensation cost for current matching contributions. As all contributions are transferred currently as earned to the SIP trust, no liability for matching contributions is recognized in the consolidated balance sheets.

Stock-Based Compensation

As more fully described in Note 18, the Company grants certain employees and directors stock-based compensation awards under various plans that are subject to specific vesting conditions. The cost of all stock-based transactions is measured at fair value at grant date and recognized over the period during which a grantee is required to provide goods or services in exchange for the award. Although the terms of the Company’s stock-based plans do not accelerate vesting upon retirement, or the attainment of retirement eligibility, the requisite service period subsequent to attaining such eligibility is considered nonsubstantive. Accordingly, the Company recognizes compensation expense related to stock-based awards over the shorter of the requisite service period or the period to attainment of retirement eligibility. An estimation of future forfeitures of stock-based awards is incorporated into the determination of compensation expense when recognizing expense over the requisite service period.

Foreign Currency

Assets, liabilities and operations of foreign affiliates and subsidiaries are recorded based on the functional currency of each entity. The determination of the functional currency is made based on the appropriate economic and management indicators. With the exception of certain foreign operations, primarily Japan, where multiple functional currencies exist, the local currencies of foreign operations are the functional currencies. Assets and liabilities of foreign affiliates and subsidiaries are translated from the functional currency to U.S. dollars at the exchange rates in effect at each year-end and income and expense accounts are translated at the average rates of exchange prevailing during the year. The resulting translation adjustments are charged or credited directly to other comprehensive income or loss, net of applicable taxes. Gains and losses from foreign currency transactions, including the effect of re-measurement of monetary assets and liabilities to the appropriate functional currency, are reported as part of net investment gains (losses) in the period in which they occur.

 

238


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

Discontinued Operations

The results of operations of a component of the Company that either has been disposed of or is classified as held-for-sale are reported in discontinued operations if the operations and cash flows of the component have been or will be eliminated from the ongoing operations of the Company as a result of the disposal transaction and the Company will not have any significant continuing involvement in the operations of the component after the disposal transaction.

Earnings Per Common Share

Basic earnings per common share are computed based on the weighted average number of common shares, or their equivalent, outstanding during the period. The difference between the number of shares assumed issued and number of shares assumed purchased represents the dilutive shares. Diluted earnings per common share include the dilutive effect of the assumed: (i) exercise or issuance of stock-based awards using the treasury stock method; (ii) settlement of stock purchase contracts underlying common equity units using the treasury stock method; and (iii) settlement of accelerated common stock repurchase contracts. Under the treasury stock method, exercise or issuance of stock-based awards and settlement of the stock purchase contracts underlying common equity units is assumed to occur with the proceeds used to purchase common stock at the average market price for the period. See Notes 14, 18 and 20.

Litigation Contingencies

The Company is a party to a number of legal actions and is involved in a number of regulatory investigations. Given the inherent unpredictability of these matters, it is difficult to estimate the impact on the Company’s financial position. Liabilities are established when it is probable that a loss has been incurred and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated. Except as otherwise disclosed in Note 16, legal costs are recognized in other expenses as incurred. On a quarterly and annual basis, the Company reviews relevant information with respect to liabilities for litigation, regulatory investigations and litigation-related contingencies to be reflected in the Company’s consolidated financial statements. It is possible that an adverse outcome in certain of the Company’s litigation and regulatory investigations, or the use of different assumptions in the determination of amounts recorded, could have a material effect upon the Company’s consolidated net income or cash flows in particular quarterly or annual periods.

Separate Accounts

Separate accounts are established in conformity with insurance laws and are generally not chargeable with liabilities that arise from any other business of the Company. Separate account assets are subject to general account claims only to the extent the value of such assets exceeds the separate account liabilities. Assets within the Company’s separate accounts primarily include: mutual funds, fixed maturity and equity securities, mortgage loans, derivatives, hedge funds, other limited partnership interests, short-term investments and cash and cash equivalents. The Company reports separately, as assets and liabilities, investments held in separate accounts and liabilities of the separate accounts if (i) such separate accounts are legally recognized; (ii) assets supporting the contract liabilities are legally insulated from the Company’s general account liabilities; (iii) investments are directed by the contractholder; and (iv) all investment performance, net of contract fees and assessments, is passed through to the contractholder. The Company reports separate account assets meeting such criteria at their fair value which is based on the estimated fair values of the underlying assets comprising the portfolios of an individual separate account. Investment performance (including investment income, net investment gains (losses) and changes in unrealized gains (losses)) and the corresponding amounts credited to contractholders of such separate accounts are offset within the same line in the consolidated statements of operations. Separate accounts

 

239


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

credited with a contractual investment return are combined on a line-by-line basis with the Company’s general account assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses and the accounting for these investments is consistent with the methodologies described herein for similar financial instruments held within the general account. Unit-linked separate account investments which are directed by contractholders but do not meet one or more of the other above criteria are included in trading and other securities.

The Company’s revenues reflect fees charged to the separate accounts, including mortality charges, risk charges, policy administration fees, investment management fees and surrender charges. Such fees are included in universal life and investment-type product policy fees in the consolidated statements of operations.

Adoption of New Accounting Pronouncements

Financial Instruments

Effective July 1, 2011, the Company adopted new guidance regarding accounting for troubled debt restructurings. This guidance clarifies whether a creditor has granted a concession and whether a debtor is experiencing financial difficulties for the purpose of determining when a restructuring constitutes a troubled debt restructuring. Additionally, the guidance prohibits creditors from using the borrower’s effective rate test to evaluate whether a concession has been granted to the borrower. The adoption did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements. See also expanded disclosures in Note 3.

Effective January 1, 2011, the Company adopted new guidance regarding accounting for investment funds determined to be VIEs. Under this guidance, an insurance entity would not be required to consolidate a voting-interest investment fund when it holds the majority of the voting interests of the fund through its separate accounts. In addition, an insurance entity would not consider the interests held through separate accounts for the benefit of policyholders in the insurer’s evaluation of its economic interest in a VIE, unless the separate account contractholder is a related party. The adoption did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

Effective December 31, 2010, the Company adopted guidance regarding disclosures about the credit quality of financing receivables and valuation allowances for credit losses, including credit quality indicators. Such disclosures must be disaggregated by portfolio segment or class based on how a company develops its valuation allowances for credit losses and how it manages its credit exposure. The Company has provided all material required disclosures in its consolidated financial statements.

Effective July 1, 2010, the Company adopted guidance regarding accounting for embedded credit derivatives within structured securities. This guidance clarifies the type of embedded credit derivative that is exempt from embedded derivative bifurcation requirements. Specifically, embedded credit derivatives resulting only from subordination of one financial instrument to another continue to qualify for the scope exception. Embedded credit derivative features other than subordination must be analyzed to determine whether they require bifurcation and separate accounting. As a result of the adoption of this guidance, the Company elected FVO for certain structured securities that were previously accounted for as fixed maturity securities. Upon adoption, the Company reclassified $50 million of securities from fixed maturity securities to trading and other securities. These securities had cumulative unrealized losses of $10 million, net of income tax, which was recognized as a cumulative effect adjustment to decrease retained earnings with a corresponding increase to accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) as of July 1, 2010.

Effective January 1, 2010, the Company adopted guidance related to financial instrument transfers and consolidation of VIEs. The financial instrument transfer guidance eliminates the concept of a qualified special purpose entity (“QSPE”), eliminates the guaranteed mortgage securitization exception, changes the criteria for

 

240


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

achieving sale accounting when transferring a financial asset and changes the initial recognition of retained beneficial interests. The new consolidation guidance changes the definition of the primary beneficiary, as well as the method of determining whether an entity is a primary beneficiary of a VIE from a quantitative model to a qualitative model. Under the new qualitative model, the entity that has both the ability to direct the most significant activities of the VIE and the obligation to absorb losses or receive benefits that could be significant to the VIE is considered to be the primary beneficiary of the VIE. The guidance requires a quarterly reassessment, as well as enhanced disclosures, including the effects of a company’s involvement with VIEs on its financial statements.

As a result of the adoption of this guidance, the Company consolidated certain former QSPEs that were previously accounted for as fixed maturity CMBS and equity security collateralized debt obligations. The Company also elected FVO for all of the consolidated assets and liabilities of these entities. Upon consolidation, the Company recorded $278 million of securities classified as trading and other securities, $6.8 billion of commercial mortgage loans and $6.8 billion of long-term debt based on estimated fair values at January 1, 2010 and de-recognized $179 million in fixed maturity securities and less than $1 million in equity securities. The consolidation also resulted in a decrease in retained earnings of $12 million, net of income tax, and an increase in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) of $42 million, net of income tax, at January 1, 2010. For the year ended December 31, 2010, the Company recorded $426 million of net investment income on the consolidated assets, $411 million of interest expense in other expenses on the related long-term debt, and $6 million in net investment gains (losses) to remeasure the assets and liabilities at their estimated fair values.

In addition, the Company also deconsolidated certain partnerships for which the Company does not have the power to direct activities and for which the Company has concluded it is no longer the primary beneficiary. These deconsolidations did not result in a cumulative effect adjustment to retained earnings and did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

Also effective January 1, 2010, the Company adopted guidance that indefinitely defers the above changes relating to the Company’s interests in entities that have all the attributes of an investment company or for which it is industry practice to apply measurement principles for financial reporting that are consistent with those applied by an investment company. As a result of the deferral, the above guidance did not apply to certain real estate joint ventures and other limited partnership interests held by the Company.

Effective April 1, 2009, the Company adopted OTTI guidance. This guidance amends the previously used methodology for determining whether an OTTI exists for fixed maturity securities, changes the presentation of OTTI for fixed maturity securities and requires additional disclosures for OTTI on fixed maturity and equity securities in interim and annual financial statements. The Company’s net cumulative effect adjustment of adopting the OTTI guidance was an increase of $76 million to retained earnings with a corresponding increase to accumulated other comprehensive loss to reclassify the noncredit loss portion of previously recognized OTTI losses on fixed maturity securities held at April 1, 2009. This cumulative effect adjustment was comprised of an increase in the amortized cost basis of fixed maturity securities of $126 million, net of policyholder related amounts of $10 million and net of deferred income taxes of $40 million, resulting in the net cumulative effect adjustment of $76 million. The increase in the amortized cost basis of fixed maturity securities of $126 million by sector was as follows: $53 million — ABS, $43 million — RMBS, $17 million — U.S. corporate securities and $13 million — CMBS. As a result of the adoption of the OTTI guidance, the Company’s pre-tax earnings for the year ended December 31, 2009 increased by $857 million, offset by an increase in other comprehensive loss representing OTTI relating to noncredit losses recognized during the year ended December 31, 2009.

Effective January 1, 2009, the Company adopted guidance on disclosures about derivative instruments and hedging. This guidance requires enhanced qualitative disclosures about objectives and strategies for using

 

241


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

derivatives, quantitative disclosures about fair value amounts of and gains and losses on derivative instruments and disclosures about credit risk-related contingent features in derivative agreements. The Company has provided all of the material disclosures in its consolidated financial statements.

Effective January 1, 2009, the Company adopted prospectively an update on accounting for transfers of financial assets and repurchase financing transactions. This update provides guidance for evaluating whether to account for a transfer of a financial asset and repurchase financing as a single transaction or as two separate transactions. The adoption did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

Business Combinations and Noncontrolling Interests

Effective January 1, 2011, the Company adopted new guidance that addresses when a business combination should be assumed to have occurred for the purpose of providing pro forma disclosure. Under the new guidance, if an entity presents comparative financial statements, the entity should disclose revenue and earnings of the combined entity as though the business combination that occurred during the current year had occurred as of the beginning of the comparable prior annual reporting period. The guidance also expands the supplemental pro forma disclosures to include additional narratives. The adoption did not have an impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

Effective January 1, 2009, the Company adopted revised guidance on business combinations and accounting for noncontrolling interests in the consolidated financial statements. Under this guidance:

 

   

All business combinations (whether full, partial or “step” acquisitions) result in all assets and liabilities of an acquired business being recorded at fair value, with limited exceptions.

 

   

Acquisition costs are generally expensed as incurred; restructuring costs associated with a business combination are generally expensed as incurred subsequent to the acquisition date.

 

   

The fair value of the purchase price, including the issuance of equity securities, is determined on the acquisition date.

 

   

Assets acquired and liabilities assumed in a business combination that arise from contingencies are recognized at fair value if the acquisition-date fair value can be reasonably determined. If the fair value is not estimable, an asset or liability is recorded if existence or incurrence at the acquisition date is probable and its amount is reasonably estimable.

 

   

Changes in deferred income tax asset valuation allowances and income tax uncertainties after the acquisition date generally affect income tax expense.

 

   

Noncontrolling interests (formerly known as “minority interests”) are valued at fair value at the acquisition date and are presented as equity rather than liabilities.

 

   

Net income (loss) includes amounts attributable to noncontrolling interests.

 

   

When control is attained on previously noncontrolling interests, the previously held equity interests are remeasured at fair value and a gain or loss is recognized.

 

   

Purchases or sales of equity interests that do not result in a change in control are accounted for as equity transactions.

 

   

When control is lost in a partial disposition, realized gains or losses are recorded on equity ownership sold and the remaining ownership interest is remeasured and holding gains or losses are recognized.

 

242


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

The adoption of this guidance on a prospective basis did not have an impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

Effective January 1, 2009, the Company adopted prospectively guidance on determination of the useful life of intangible assets. This guidance amends the factors that should be considered in developing renewal or extension assumptions used to determine the useful life of a recognized intangible asset. This change is intended to improve the consistency between the useful life of a recognized intangible asset and the period of expected future cash flows used to measure the fair value of the asset. The Company determines useful lives and provides all of the material disclosures prospectively on intangible assets acquired on or after January 1, 2009 in accordance with this guidance.

Fair Value

Effective January 1, 2010, the Company adopted guidance that requires disclosures about significant transfers into and/or out of Levels 1 and 2 of the fair value hierarchy and activity in Level 3. In addition, this guidance provides clarification of existing disclosure requirements about level of disaggregation and inputs and valuation techniques. The adoption of this guidance did not have an impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

The following pronouncements relating to fair value had no material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements:

 

   

Effective January 1, 2009, the Company implemented fair value measurements guidance for certain nonfinancial assets and liabilities that are recorded at fair value on a non-recurring basis. This guidance applies to such items as: (i) nonfinancial assets and nonfinancial liabilities initially measured at estimated fair value in a business combination; (ii) reporting units measured at estimated fair value in the first step of a goodwill impairment test; and (iii) indefinite-lived intangible assets measured at estimated fair value for impairment assessment.

 

   

Effective January 1, 2009, the Company adopted prospectively guidance on issuer’s accounting for liabilities measured at fair value with a third-party credit enhancement. This guidance states that an issuer of a liability with a third-party credit enhancement should not include the effect of the credit enhancement in the fair value measurement of the liability. In addition, it requires disclosures about the existence of any third-party credit enhancement related to liabilities that are measured at fair value.

 

   

Effective April 1, 2009, the Company adopted guidance on: (i) estimating the fair value of an asset or liability if there was a significant decrease in the volume and level of trading activity for these assets or liabilities; and (ii) identifying transactions that are not orderly. The Company has provided all of the material disclosures in its consolidated financial statements.

 

   

Effective December 31, 2009, the Company adopted guidance on: (i) measuring the fair value of investments in certain entities that calculate NAV per share; (ii) how investments within its scope would be classified in the fair value hierarchy; and (iii) enhanced disclosure requirements, for both interim and annual periods, about the nature and risks of investments measured at fair value on a recurring or non-recurring basis.

 

   

Effective December 31, 2009, the Company adopted guidance on measuring liabilities at fair value. This guidance provides clarification for measuring fair value in circumstances in which a quoted price in an active market for the identical liability is not available. In such circumstances a company is required to measure fair value using either a valuation technique that uses: (i) the quoted price of the identical liability when traded as an asset; or (ii) quoted prices for similar liabilities or similar liabilities when

 

243


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

 

traded as assets; or (iii) another valuation technique that is consistent with the principles of fair value measurement such as an income approach (e.g., present value technique) or a market approach (e.g., “entry” value technique).

Defined Benefit and Other Postretirement Plans

Effective December 31, 2011, the Company adopted guidance regarding enhanced disclosures for employers’ participation in multiemployer pension plans. The revised disclosures require additional qualitative and quantitative information about the employer’s involvement in significant multiemployer pension and other postretirement plans. The adoption of this guidance did not have an impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

Effective December 31, 2009, the Company adopted guidance to enhance the transparency surrounding the types of assets and associated risks in an employer’s defined benefit pension or other postretirement benefit plans. This guidance requires an employer to disclose information about the valuation of plan assets similar to that required under other fair value disclosure guidance. The Company provided all of the material disclosures in its consolidated financial statements.

Other Pronouncements

Effective January 1, 2011, the Company adopted new guidance regarding goodwill impairment testing. This guidance modifies Step 1 of the goodwill impairment test for reporting units with zero or negative carrying amounts. For those reporting units, an entity would be required to perform Step 2 of the test if qualitative factors indicate that it is more likely than not that goodwill impairment exists. The adoption did not have an impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

Effective April 1, 2009, the Company adopted prospectively guidance which establishes general standards for accounting and disclosures of events that occur subsequent to the balance sheet date but before financial statements are issued or available to be issued. The Company has provided all of the material disclosures in its consolidated financial statements.

Effective January 1, 2009, the Company adopted guidance on determining whether an instrument (or embedded feature) is indexed to an entity’s own stock. This guidance provides a framework for evaluating the terms of a particular instrument and whether such terms qualify the instrument as being indexed to an entity’s own stock. The adoption did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

Future Adoption of New Accounting Pronouncements

In December 2011, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued new guidance regarding comprehensive income (Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2011-12, Comprehensive Income (Topic 220): Deferral of the Effective Date for Amendments to the Presentation of Reclassifications of Items Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income in Accounting Standards Update No. 2011-05). The amendments in ASU 2011-12 are effective for fiscal years and interim periods within those years beginning after December 15, 2011. Consistent with the effective date of the amendments in ASU 2011-05 discussed below, ASU 2011-12 defers the effective date pertaining to reclassification adjustments out of accumulated other comprehensive income in ASU 2011-05. The amendments are being made to allow the FASB time to re-deliberate whether to present on the face of the financial statements the effects of reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive income on the components of net income and other comprehensive income for all periods presented. All other requirements in ASU 2011-05 are not affected by ASU 2011-12, including the requirement to report comprehensive income either in a single continuous financial statement or in two separate but

 

244


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

consecutive financial statements. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of this guidance on its consolidated financial statements.

In December 2011, the FASB issued new guidance regarding balance sheet offsetting disclosures (ASU 2011-11, Balance Sheet (Topic 210): Disclosures about Offsetting Assets and Liabilities), effective for annual reporting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2013, and interim periods within those annual periods. The guidance should be applied retrospectively for all comparative periods presented. The amendments in ASU 2011-11 require an entity to disclose information about offsetting and related arrangements to enable users of its financial statements to understand the effects of those arrangements on its financial position. Entities are required to disclose both gross information and net information about both instruments and transactions eligible for offset in the statement of financial position and instruments and transactions subject to an agreement similar to a master netting arrangement. The objective of ASU 2011-11 is to facilitate comparison between those entities that prepare their financial statements on the basis of GAAP and those entities that prepare their financial statements on the basis of International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”). The Company is currently evaluating the impact of this guidance on its consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.

In December 2011, the FASB issued new guidance regarding derecognition of in substance real estate (ASU 2011-10 Property, Plant and Equipment (Topic 360): Derecognition of in Substance Real Estate - a Scope Clarification (a consensus of the FASB Emerging Issues Task Force), effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning on or after June 15, 2012. The amendments should be applied prospectively to deconsolidation events occurring after the effective date. Under the amendments in ASU 2011-10, when a parent ceases to have a controlling financial interest in a subsidiary that is in substance real estate as a result of a default on the subsidiary’s nonrecourse debt, the reporting entity should apply the guidance in Subtopic 360-20 to determine whether it should derecognize the in substance real estate. Generally, a reporting entity would not satisfy the requirements to derecognize in substance real estate before the legal transfer of the real estate to the lender and the extinguishment of the related nonrecourse indebtedness. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of this guidance on its consolidated financial statements.

In September 2011, the FASB issued new guidance on goodwill impairment testing (ASU 2011-08, Intangibles Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Testing Goodwill for Impairment), effective for calendar years beginning after December 15, 2011. Early adoption is permitted. The objective of this standard is to simplify how an entity tests goodwill for impairment. The amendments in this standard will allow an entity to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying value as a basis for determining whether it needs to perform the quantitative two-step goodwill impairment test. Only if an entity determines, based on qualitative assessment, that it is more likely than not that a reporting unit’s fair value is less than its carrying value will it be required to calculate the fair value of the reporting unit. The Company does not expect the adoption of this new guidance to have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

In July 2011, the FASB issued new guidance on other expenses (ASU 2011-06, Other Expenses (Topic 720): Fees Paid to the Federal Government by Health Insurers), effective for calendar years beginning after December 31, 2013. The objective of this standard is to address how health insurers should recognize and classify in their income statements fees mandated by the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended by the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act. The amendments in this standard specify that the liability for the fee should be estimated and recorded in full once the entity provides qualifying health insurance in the applicable calendar year in which the fee is payable with a corresponding deferred cost that is amortized to expense using the straight-line method of allocation unless another method better allocates the fee over the calendar year that it is payable. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of this guidance on its consolidated financial statements.

 

245


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

In June 2011, the FASB issued new guidance regarding comprehensive income (ASU 2011-05, Comprehensive Income (Topic 220): Presentation of Comprehensive Income), effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2011. The guidance should be applied retrospectively and early adoption is permitted. The new guidance provides companies with the option to present the total of comprehensive income, components of net income, and the components of other comprehensive income either in a single continuous statement of comprehensive income or in two separate but consecutive statements. The objective of the standard is to increase the prominence of items reported in other comprehensive income and to facilitate convergence of GAAP and IFRS. The standard eliminates the option to present components of other comprehensive income as part of the statement of changes in stockholders’ equity. The amendments in ASU 2011-05 do not change the items that must be reported in other comprehensive income or when an item of other comprehensive income must be reclassified in net income. The Company intends to adopt the two-statement approach in the first quarter of 2012.

In May 2011, the FASB issued new guidance regarding fair value measurements (ASU 2011-04, Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820): Amendments to Achieve Common Fair Value Measurement and Disclosure Requirements in U.S. GAAP and IFRSs), effective for the first interim or annual period beginning after December 15, 2011. The guidance should be applied prospectively. The amendments in this ASU are intended to establish common requirements for measuring fair value and for disclosing information about fair value measurements in accordance with GAAP and IFRS. Some of the amendments clarify the FASB’s intent on the application of existing fair value measurement requirements. Other amendments change a particular principle or requirement for measuring fair value or for disclosing information about fair value measurements. The Company does not expect the adoption of this new guidance to have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

In April 2011, the FASB issued new guidance regarding effective control in repurchase agreements (ASU 2011-03, Transfers and Servicing (Topic 860): Reconsideration of Effective Control for Repurchase Agreements), effective for the first interim or annual period beginning on or after December 15, 2011. The guidance should be applied prospectively to transactions or modifications of existing transactions that occur on or after the effective date. The amendments in this ASU remove from the assessment of effective control the criterion requiring the transferor to have the ability to repurchase or redeem the financial assets. The Company does not expect the adoption of this new guidance to have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

In October 2010, the FASB issued new guidance regarding accounting for deferred acquisition costs (ASU 2010-26, Financial Services —Insurance (Topic 944): Accounting for Costs Associated with Acquiring or Renewing Insurance Contracts) (“ASU 2010-26”), effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2011. ASU 2010-26 specifies that only costs related directly to successful acquisition of new or renewal contracts can be capitalized as DAC; all other acquisition-related costs must be expensed as incurred. Under the new guidance, advertising costs may only be included in DAC if the capitalization criteria in the direct-response advertising guidance in Subtopic 340-20, Other Assets and Deferred Costs—Capitalized Advertising Costs, are met. As a result, certain direct marketing, sales manager compensation and administrative costs currently capitalized by the Company will no longer be deferred. The Company will adopt ASU 2010-26 in the first quarter of 2012 and will apply it retrospectively to all prior periods presented in its consolidated financial statements for all insurance contracts. The Company estimates that DAC will be reduced by approximately $3.1 billion to $3.6 billion and total equity will be reduced by approximately $2.1 billion to $2.4 billion, net of income tax, as of the date of adoption.

 

246


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

2. Acquisitions and Dispositions

Pending Dispositions

In December 2011, MetLife Bank National Association (“MetLife Bank”) and MetLife, Inc. entered into a definitive agreement to sell most of the depository business of MetLife Bank. The transaction is expected to close in the second quarter of 2012, subject to certain regulatory approvals and other customary closing conditions. Additionally, in January 2012, MetLife, Inc. announced it is exiting the business of originating forward residential mortgages. In conjunction with these events, for the year ended December 31, 2011, the Company recorded charges totaling $212 million, net of income tax, which included intent-to-sell OTTI investment charges, charges related to the de-designation of certain cash flow hedges, a goodwill impairment charge and other employee-related charges. In addition, the Company expects to incur additional charges of $90 million to $110 million, net of income tax, during 2012, related to exiting the forward residential mortgage origination business. The total assets and liabilities recorded in the consolidated balance sheet related to these two businesses as of December 31, 2011 were approximately $11.0 billion and $10.0 billion, respectively. These transactions did not qualify for discontinued operations accounting treatment under GAAP. See Notes 3 and 7.

In November 2011, the Company entered into an agreement to sell its insurance operations in the Caribbean region, Panama and Costa Rica (the “Caribbean Business”). The total assets and liabilities recorded in the consolidated balance sheet related to these insurance operations as of December 31, 2011 were $859 million and $707 million, respectively. Related to the pending sale, the Company recorded a loss of $21 million, net of income tax, which included intent-to-sell OTTI investment charges, during the year ended December 31, 2011. The sale is expected to close in the second quarter of 2012 subject to regulatory approval and other customary closing conditions. The results of the Caribbean Business are included in continuing operations.

2011 Dispositions

On April 1, 2011, the Company sold its 50% interest in Mitsui Sumitomo MetLife Insurance Co., Ltd. (“MSI MetLife”), a Japan domiciled life insurance company, to its joint venture partner, MS&AD Insurance Group Holdings, Inc. (“MS&AD”), for $269 million (¥22.5 billion) in cash consideration, less $4 million (¥310 million) to reimburse MS&AD for specific expenses incurred related to the transaction. The accumulated other comprehensive losses in the foreign currency translation adjustment component of equity resulting from the hedges of the Company’s investment in the joint venture of $46 million, net of income tax, were released upon sale but did not impact net income for year ended December 31, 2011 as such losses were considered in the overall impairment evaluation of the investment prior to the sale. During the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, the Company recorded a loss of $57 million and $136 million, net of income tax, respectively, in net investment gains (losses) within the consolidated statements of operations related to the sale. The Company’s operating earnings relating to its investment in MSI MetLife were included in the Other International Regions segment.

On November 1, 2011, the Company sold its wholly-owned subsidiary, MetLife Taiwan Insurance Company Limited (“MetLife Taiwan”) for $180 million in cash consideration. The net assets sold were $282 million, resulting in a loss on disposal of $64 million, net of income tax, recorded in discontinued operations, for the year ended December 31, 2011. Income (loss) from the operations of MetLife Taiwan of $20 million, $22 million and $9 million, net of income tax, for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively, was also recorded in discontinued operations. See Note 23.

 

247


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

2010 Acquisition of ALICO

Description of Transaction

On the Acquisition Date, MetLife, Inc. acquired all of the issued and outstanding capital stock of American Life from AM Holdings, a subsidiary of AIG, and DelAm from AIG for a total purchase price of $16.4 billion, which consisted of (i) cash of $7.2 billion (includes settlement of intercompany balances and certain other adjustments), and (ii) securities of MetLife, Inc. valued at $9.2 billion.

The $7.2 billion cash portion of the purchase price was funded through the issuance of common stock as described in Note 18, fixed and floating rate senior debt as described in Note 11 as well as cash on hand. The securities issued to AM Holdings included (a) 78,239,712 shares of MetLife, Inc.’s common stock; (b) 6,857,000 shares of Series B Contingent Convertible Junior Participating Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock (the “convertible preferred stock”) of MetLife, Inc.; and (c) 40 million common equity units of MetLife, Inc. (the “Equity Units”) with an aggregate stated amount at issuance of $3.0 billion, initially consisting of (i) three purchase contracts (the “Series C Purchase Contracts,” the “Series D Purchase Contracts” and the “Series E Purchase Contracts” and, together, the “Purchase Contracts”), obligating the holder to purchase, on specified future settlement dates, a variable number of shares of MetLife, Inc.’s common stock for a fixed price; and (ii) an interest in each of three series of debt securities (the “Series C Debt Securities,” the “Series D Debt Securities” and the “Series E Debt Securities,” and, together, the “Debt Securities”) issued by MetLife, Inc. Distributions on the Equity Units will be made quarterly, through contract payments on the Purchase Contracts and interest payments on the Debt Securities, initially at an aggregate annual rate of 5.00% (an average annual rate of 3.02% on the Purchase Contracts and an average annual rate of 1.98% on the Debt Securities) as described in Note 14.

On March 8, 2011, AM Holdings sold, in public offering transactions, all the shares of common stock and Equity Units it received as consideration from MetLife in connection with the Acquisition. The Company did not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of either the shares of common stock or the Equity Units owned by AM Holdings. On March 8, 2011, MetLife, Inc. issued 68,570,000 shares of common stock for gross proceeds of $3.0 billion, which were used to repurchase and cancel 6,857,000 shares of convertible preferred stock received as consideration by AM Holdings from MetLife in connection with the Acquisition. See Note 18.

ALICO is an international life insurance company, providing consumers and businesses with products and services for life insurance, accident and health insurance, retirement and wealth management solutions. The Acquisition significantly broadened the Company’s diversification by product, distribution and geography, meaningfully accelerated MetLife’s global growth strategy, and provides the opportunity to build an international franchise leveraging the key strengths of ALICO.

 

248


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

Fair Value and Allocation of Purchase Price

The computation of total purchase consideration and the amounts recognized for each major class of assets acquired and liabilities assumed, based upon their respective fair values at the Acquisition Date, and the resulting goodwill, are presented below:

 

 

     November 1, 2010  
     (In millions)  

Cash

   $ 6,800  

MetLife, Inc.’s common stock (78,239,712 shares) (1)

     3,200  

MetLife, Inc.’s convertible preferred stock (1), (2)

     2,805  

MetLife, Inc.’s Equity Units ($3.0 billion aggregate stated amount) (3)

     3,189  
  

 

 

 

Total cash paid and securities issued to AM Holdings

   $ 15,994  

Contractual purchase price adjustments (4)

     396  
  

 

 

 

Total purchase price

   $ 16,390  

Effective settlement of pre-existing relationships (5)

     (186

Contingent consideration (6)

     88  
  

 

 

 

Total purchase consideration for ALICO

   $ 16,292  
  

 

 

 

 

(1)

Fair value is based on the opening price of MetLife, Inc.’s common stock of $40.90 on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) on November 1, 2010.

 

(2)

On March 8, 2011, MetLife, Inc. repurchased and canceled all of the convertible preferred stock.

 

(3)

The Equity Units include the Debt Securities and the Purchase Contracts that will settle in MetLife, Inc.’s common stock on specified future dates. See Note 14.

 

(4)

Relates to the cash settlement of intercompany balances prior to the Acquisition for amounts in excess of certain agreed-upon thresholds and certain other adjustments.

 

(5)

Effective settlement of debt securities issued by MetLife, Inc. that were owned by ALICO on the Acquisition Date and which reduced the total purchase consideration. Such debt securities were sold to a third party in the second quarter of 2011.

 

(6)

Estimated fair value of potential payments related to the adequacy of reserves for guarantees on the fair value of a fund of assets backing certain United Kingdom (“U.K.”) unit-linked contracts.

At the Acquisition Date, management expected the aggregate amount of MetLife, Inc.’s common stock to be issued to AM Holdings to be between 214.6 million to 231.5 million shares, consisting of 78.2 million shares issued at closing, 68.6 million shares to be issued upon conversion of the convertible preferred stock and between 67.8 million and 84.7 million shares of common stock, in total, issuable upon settlement of the Purchase Contracts forming part of the Equity Units. On March 8, 2011, MetLife, Inc. issued 68.6 million shares of common stock and used the gross proceeds to repurchase and cancel the convertible preferred stock. On the same date, AM Holdings sold, in a public offering, all the Equity Units it received as consideration from MetLife in connection with the Acquisition. See Notes 14 and 18.

 

249


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

Recording of Assets Acquired and Liabilities Assumed

The following table summarizes the amounts recognized at fair value for each major class of assets acquired and liabilities assumed and the resulting goodwill as of the Acquisition Date, inclusive of adjustments made in the first year after the Acquisition Date to the amounts initially recorded (“measurement period adjustments”).

 

 

    November 1, 2010  
    (In millions)  

Assets acquired:

 

Total investments

  $ 101,036  

Cash and cash equivalents

    4,175  

Accrued investment income

    948  

Premiums, reinsurance and other receivables

    1,971  

VOBA

    9,210  

Other assets

    1,146  

Separate account assets

    244  
 

 

 

 

Total assets

  $ 118,730  
 

 

 

 

Liabilities assumed:

 

Future policy benefits

  $ 31,811  

Policyholder account balances

    66,652  

Other policy-related balances

    7,306  

Current and deferred income tax liability

    375  

Other liabilities

    2,918  

Separate account liabilities

    244  
 

 

 

 

Total liabilities

  $ 109,306  
 

 

 

 

Redeemable noncontrolling interests in partially owned consolidated subsidiaries assumed

  $ 109  
 

 

 

 

Noncontrolling interests

    (21

Goodwill

    6,998  
 

 

 

 

Net assets acquired

  $ 16,292  
 

 

 

 

The measurement period adjustments, which related to the finalization of American Life’s current and deferred income tax liability, did not have an impact on the Company’s earnings or cash flows and, therefore, the financial statements were not retrospectively adjusted. See Note 15.

Goodwill

Goodwill is calculated as the excess of the consideration transferred over the net assets recognized and represents the future economic benefits arising from other assets acquired and liabilities assumed that could not be individually identified. The goodwill recorded as part of the Acquisition includes the expected synergies and other benefits that management believes will result from combining the operations of ALICO with the operations of MetLife, including further diversification in geographic mix and product offerings and an increase in distribution strength.

As of the Acquisition Date, of the $7.0 billion of goodwill, approximately $4.0 billion was estimated to be deductible for tax purposes. Of the $4.0 billion, approximately $573 million was estimated to be deductible for U.S. tax purposes prior to the completion of the anticipated restructuring of American Life’s foreign branches. See “—Branch Restructuring.”

 

250


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

Identified Intangibles

VOBA reflects the estimated fair value of in-force contracts acquired and represents the portion of the purchase price that is allocated to the value of future profits embedded in acquired insurance annuity and investment-type contracts in-force at the Acquisition Date.

The value of VODA and VOCRA, included in other assets, reflects the estimated fair value of ALICO’s distribution agreements and customer relationships acquired at November 1, 2010 and will be amortized over the useful lives. Each year the Company reviews VODA and VOCRA to determine the recoverability of these balances.

The use of discount rates was necessary to establish the fair value of VOBA and the identifiable intangibles. In selecting the appropriate discount rates, management considered its weighted average cost of capital, as well as the weighted average cost of capital required by market participants. The fair value of acquired liabilities was determined using risk free rates adjusted for a nonperformance risk premium. The nonperformance adjustment was determined by taking into consideration publicly available information relating to spreads in the secondary market for MetLife Inc.’s debt, including related credit default swaps. These observable spreads were then adjusted to reflect the priority of these liabilities, the claims paying ability of the insurance subsidiaries compared to MetLife, Inc. and, as necessary, the relative credit spreads of the liabilities’ currencies of denomination as compared to USD spreads.

The fair values of business acquired, distribution agreements and customer relationships and the weighted average amortization periods were as follows as of November 1, 2010:

 

 

     November 1, 2010      Weighted Average
Amortization Period
 
     (In millions)      (In years)  

VOBA

   $ 9,210        8.2  

VODA and VOCRA

     341        10.3  
  

 

 

    

Total value of amortizable intangible assets acquired

   $ 9,551        8.6  
  

 

 

    

Negative VOBA

For certain acquired blocks of business, the estimated fair value of acquired liabilities exceeded the initial policy reserves assumed at the Acquisition Date, resulting in negative VOBA of $4.4 billion recorded at the Acquisition Date. Negative VOBA is recorded in other policy-related balances. See Note 8. The following summarizes the major blocks of business, all included within the Japan segment, for which negative VOBA was recorded and describes why the fair value of the liabilities associated with these blocks of business exceeded the initial policy reserves assumed:

 

   

Fixed Annuities – This block of business provides a fixed rate of return to the policyholders. A decrease in market interest rates since the time of issuance was the primary driver that resulted in the fair value of the liabilities associated with this block being significantly greater than the initial policy reserves assumed at the Acquisition Date.

 

   

Interest Sensitive Whole Life and Retirement Savings Products – These contracts contain guaranteed minimum benefit features. The recorded reserves for these guarantees increase ratably over the life of the policies in relation to future gross revenues. In contrast, the fair value of the guaranteed minimum benefit component of the initial policy reserves assumed represents the amount that would be required to

 

251


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

 

be transferred to a market participant to assume the full liability at the acquisition date, implicitly incorporating market participant views as to all expected future cash flows. This results in a fair value significantly in excess of the initial guaranteed minimum benefit liability assumed at the Acquisition Date.

Trademark Assets

In connection with the Acquisition, the Company recognized $47 million in trademark assets recorded in other assets. The fair value of the trademark assets will be recognized ratably over their expected useful lives which is generally between five to 10 years.

Indemnification Assets and Contingent Consideration

The stock purchase agreement dated as of March 7, 2010, as amended by and among MetLife, Inc., AIG and AM Holdings (formerly known as ALICO Holdings LLC) (the “Stock Purchase Agreement”) and related agreements include indemnification provisions that allocate the risk of losses arising out of contingencies or other uncertainties that existed as of the Acquisition Date in accordance with the terms, and subject to the limitations and procedures, provided by such provisions. As applicable, the Company recognizes an indemnification asset at the same time that it recognizes the indemnified item, measured on the same basis as the indemnified item. The Company recognized the following indemnification assets and contingencies as of the Acquisition Date in accordance with the indemnification provisions of the Stock Purchase Agreement and related agreements:

Investments — The Company established indemnification assets for the fair value of amounts expected to be recovered from defaults of certain fixed maturity securities, CMBS and mortgage loans. These indemnification assets were included in other invested assets at December 31, 2011 and 2010.

Litigation — The Company established indemnification assets associated with certain settlements expected to be made in connection with the suspension of withdrawals from certain unit-linked funds offered to certain policyholders. These indemnification assets were included in other assets at December 31, 2011 and 2010.

Section 338 Election — See Note 1.

The Company recognized an aggregate amount of $574 million for indemnification assets as of the Acquisition Date in accordance with the indemnification provisions of the Stock Purchase Agreement and related agreements.

Contingent Consideration —The Company has guaranteed that the fair value of a fund of assets backing certain U.K. unit-linked contracts will have a value of at least £1 per unit on July 1, 2012. If the shortfall between the aggregate guaranteed amount and the fair value of the fund exceeds £106 million (as adjusted for withdrawals), AIG will pay the difference to the Company and, conversely, if the shortfall at July 1, 2012 is less than £106 million, the Company will pay the difference to AIG. The Company believes that the fair value of the fund will equal or exceed the aggregate guaranteed amount by July 1, 2012. The contingent consideration liability was $109 million at December 31, 2011 and $88 million at the Acquisition Date. The increase in the contingent consideration liability amount from the Acquisition Date to December 31, 2011 was recorded in net derivative gains (losses) in the consolidated statement of operations.

 

252


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

Branch Restructuring

On March 4, 2010, American Life entered into a closing agreement (the “Closing Agreement”) with the Commissioner of the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) with respect to a U.S. withholding tax issue arising as a result of payments made by its foreign branches. The Closing Agreement provides that American Life’s foreign branches will not be required to withhold U.S. income tax on the income portion of payments made pursuant to American Life’s life insurance and annuity contracts (“Covered Payments”) for any tax periods beginning on January 1, 2005 and ending on December 31, 2013 (the “Deferral Period”). The Closing Agreement required that American Life submit a plan to the IRS within 90 days after the close of the Acquisition, indicating the steps American Life would take (on a country by country basis) to ensure that no substantial amount of U.S. withholding tax will arise from Covered Payments made by American Life’s foreign branches to foreign customers after the Deferral Period. Such plan, which was submitted to the IRS on January 29, 2011, involves the transfer of businesses from certain of the foreign branches of American Life to one or more existing or newly-formed subsidiaries of MetLife, Inc. or American Life.

A liability of $277 million was recognized in purchase accounting as of the Acquisition Date for the anticipated and estimated costs associated with restructuring American Life’s foreign branches into subsidiaries in connection with the Closing Agreement.

See Notes 7, 15 and 19 for additional information related to the Acquisition.

Revenues and Earnings of ALICO

The following table presents information for ALICO that is included in the Company’s consolidated statement of operations from the Acquisition Date through November 30, 2010:

 

 

     ALICO’s Operations
Included in MetLife’s

Results for the
Year Ended December 31, 2010
 
     (In millions)  

Total revenues

   $ 950  

Income (loss) from continuing operations, net of income tax

   $ (2

Supplemental Pro Forma Information (unaudited)

The following table presents unaudited supplemental pro forma information as if the Acquisition had occurred on January 1, 2010 for the year ended December 31, 2010 and on January 1, 2009 for the year ended December 31, 2009.

 

 

       Years Ended December 31,  
               2010                        2009          
       (In millions, except per share data)  

Total revenues

     $     64,680        $     54,282  

Income (loss) from continuing operations, net of income tax, attributable to common shareholders

     $ 3,888        $ (1,353

Income (loss) from continuing operations, net of income tax, attributable to common shareholders per common share:

         

Basic

     $ 3.60        $ (1.29

Diluted

     $ 3.57        $ (1.29

 

253


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

The pro forma information was derived from the historical financial information of MetLife and ALICO, reflecting the results of operations of MetLife and ALICO for 2010 and 2009. The historical financial information has been adjusted to give effect to the pro forma events that are directly attributable to the Acquisition and factually supportable and expected to have a continuing impact on the combined results. Discontinued operations and the related earnings per share have been excluded from the presentation as they are non-recurring in nature. The pro forma information is not intended to reflect the results of operations of the combined company that would have resulted had the Acquisition been effective during the periods presented or the results that may be obtained by the combined company in the future. The pro forma information does not reflect future events that may occur after the Acquisition, including, but not limited to, expense efficiencies or revenue enhancements arising from the Acquisition and also does not give effect to certain one-time charges that MetLife expects to incur, such as restructuring and integration costs.

The pro forma information primarily reflects the following pro forma adjustments:

 

   

reduction in net investment income to reflect the amortization or accretion associated with the new cost basis of the acquired fixed maturities available-for-sale portfolio;

 

   

elimination of amortization associated with the elimination of ALICO’s historical DAC;

 

   

amortization of VOBA, VODA and VOCRA associated with the establishment of VOBA, VODA and VOCRA arising from the Acquisition;

 

   

reduction in other expenses associated with the amortization of negative VOBA;

 

   

reduction in revenues associated with the elimination of ALICO’s historical unearned revenue liability;

 

   

interest expense associated with the issuance of the Debt Securities to AM Holdings and the public issuance of senior notes in connection with the financing of the Acquisition;

 

   

certain adjustments to conform to MetLife’s accounting policies; and

 

   

reversal of investment and derivative gains (losses) associated with certain transactions that were completed prior to the Acquisition Date (conditions of closing).

2009 Disposition

In March 2009, the Company sold Cova Corporation (“Cova”), the parent company of Texas Life Insurance Company (“Texas Life”) to a third-party for $130 million in cash consideration, excluding $1 million of transaction costs. The net assets sold were $101 million, resulting in a gain on disposal of $28 million, net of income tax. The Company also reclassified $4 million, net of income tax, of the 2009 operations of Texas Life into discontinued operations in the consolidated financial statements. As a result, the Company recognized income from discontinued operations of $32 million, net of income tax, during the year ended December 31, 2009. See Note 23.

2009 Disposition through Assumption Reinsurance

On October 30, 2009, the Company completed the disposal, through assumption reinsurance, of substantially all of the insurance business of MetLife Canada, a wholly-owned indirect subsidiary, to a third-party. Pursuant to the assumption reinsurance agreement, the consideration paid by the Company was $259 million, comprised of cash of $14 million and fixed maturity securities, mortgage loans and other assets totaling $245 million. At the

 

254


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

date of the assumption reinsurance agreement, the carrying value of insurance liabilities transferred was $267 million, resulting in a gain of $5 million, net of income tax. The gain was recognized in net investment gains (losses).

3. Investments

Fixed Maturity and Equity Securities Available-for-Sale

The following tables present the cost or amortized cost, gross unrealized gains and losses, estimated fair value of fixed maturity and equity securities and the percentage that each sector represents by the respective total holdings for the periods shown. The unrealized loss amounts presented below include the noncredit loss component of OTTI losses:

 

 

    December 31, 2011  
    Cost or
Amortized
Cost
     Gross Unrealized     Estimated
Fair
Value
    % of
Total
 
       Gains     Temporary
Losses
    OTTI
Losses
     
    (In millions)  

Fixed Maturity Securities:

            

U.S. corporate securities

  $ 98,621      $ 8,544     $ 1,380     $      $ 105,785       30.2 

Foreign corporate securities

    61,568        3,789       1,338       1       64,018       18.3  

Foreign government securities

    49,840        3,053       357              52,536       15.0  

RMBS

    42,092        2,281       1,033       703       42,637       12.2  

U.S. Treasury and agency securities

    34,132        5,882       2              40,012       11.4  

CMBS

    18,565        730       218       8       19,069       5.4  

State and political subdivision securities

    11,975        1,416       156              13,235       3.8  

ABS

    13,018        278       305       12       12,979       3.7  

Other fixed maturity securities

                                          
 

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total fixed maturity securities

  $ 329,811      $ 25,973     $ 4,789     $ 724     $ 350,271       100.0 
 

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Equity Securities:

            

Common stock

  $ 2,219      $ 83     $ 97     $      $ 2,205       72.9 

Non-redeemable preferred stock

    989        31       202              818       27.1  
 

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total equity securities

  $ 3,208      $ 114     $ 299     $      $ 3,023       100.0 
 

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

255


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

 

    December 31, 2010  
    Cost or
Amortized
Cost
    Gross Unrealized     Estimated
Fair
Value
    % of
Total
 
      Gains     Temporary
Losses
    OTTI
Losses
     
    (In millions)  

Fixed Maturity Securities:

           

U.S. corporate securities

  $ 88,905     $ 4,469     $ 1,602     $      $ 91,772       28.3

Foreign corporate securities

    65,487       3,326       925              67,888       20.9  

Foreign government securities

    40,871       1,733       602              42,002       12.9  

RMBS

    45,904       1,661       1,180       533       45,852       14.1  

U.S. Treasury and agency securities

    32,469       1,394       559              33,304       10.2  

CMBS

    20,213       740       266       12       20,675       6.4  

State and political subdivision securities

    10,476       171       518              10,129       3.1  

ABS

    13,286       265       327       56       13,168       4.1  

Other fixed maturity securities

    6       1                     7         
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total fixed maturity securities

  $ 317,617     $ 13,760     $ 5,979     $     601     $ 324,797       100.0
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Equity Securities:

           

Common stock

  $ 2,059     $ 146     $ 12     $      $ 2,193       60.9

Non-redeemable preferred stock

    1,562       76       229              1,409       39.1  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total equity securities

  $ 3,621     $ 222     $ 241     $      $ 3,602       100.0
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

  

 

Within fixed maturity securities, a reclassification from the ABS sector to the RMBS sector has been made to the prior year amounts to conform to the current year presentation for securities backed by sub-prime residential mortgage loans to be consistent with market convention relating to the risks inherent in such securities and the Company’s management of its investments within these asset sectors.

The Company held non-income producing fixed maturity securities with an estimated fair value of $62 million and $130 million with unrealized gains (losses) of ($19) million and ($23) million at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

The Company held foreign currency derivatives with notional amounts of $15.3 billion and $12.2 billion to hedge the exchange rate risk associated with foreign denominated fixed maturity securities at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

Concentrations of Credit Risk (Fixed Maturity Securities) — Summary.  The following section contains a summary of the concentrations of credit risk related to fixed maturity securities holdings.

The Company was not exposed to any concentrations of credit risk of any single issuer greater than 10% of the Company’s equity, other than the government securities summarized in the table below. The par value, amortized cost and estimated fair value of holdings in sovereign fixed maturity securities of Portugal, Ireland, Italy, Greece and Spain, commonly referred to as “Europe’s perimeter region,” was $874 million, $254 million and $264 million at December 31, 2011, respectively, and $1.9 billion, $1.6 billion and $1.6 billion at December 31, 2010, respectively. The estimated fair value of these Europe perimeter region sovereign fixed maturity securities represented 0.4% and 3.2% of the Company’s equity at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, and 0.1% and 0.3% of total cash and invested assets at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

 

256


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

Concentrations of Credit Risk (Government and Agency Securities).  The following section contains a summary of the concentrations of credit risk related to government and agency fixed maturity and fixed-income securities holdings, which were greater than 10% of the Company’s equity at:

 

 

     December 31,  
     2011      2010  
     Carrying Value (1)  
     (In millions)  

Government and agency fixed maturity securities:

     

United States

   $ 40,012      $ 33,304  

Japan

   $ 21,003      $ 15,591  

Mexico (2)

   $       $ 5,050  

U.S. Treasury and agency fixed-income securities included in:

     

Short-term investments

   $ 15,775      $ 4,048  

Cash equivalents

   $ 1,748      $ 5,762  

 

 

(1)

Represents estimated fair value for fixed maturity securities, and for short-term investments and cash equivalents, estimated fair value or amortized cost, which approximates estimated fair value.

 

(2)

The Company’s investment in Mexico government and agency fixed maturity securities at December 31, 2011 of $5.0 billion is less than 10% of the Company’s equity.

Concentrations of Credit Risk (Equity Securities).  The Company was not exposed to any concentrations of credit risk in its equity securities holdings of any single issuer greater than 10% of the Company’s equity or 1% of total investments at December 31, 2011 and 2010.

Maturities of Fixed Maturity Securities.  The amortized cost and estimated fair value of fixed maturity securities, by contractual maturity date (excluding scheduled sinking funds), were as follows at:

 

 

     December 31,  
     2011      2010  
     Amortized
Cost
     Estimated
Fair

Value
     Amortized
Cost
     Estimated
Fair

Value
 
     (In millions)  

Due in one year or less

   $ 16,747      $ 16,862      $ 8,580      $ 8,702  

Due after one year through five years

     62,819        64,414        65,143        66,796  

Due after five years through ten years

     82,694        88,036        76,508        79,571  

Due after ten years

     93,876        106,274        87,983        90,033  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Subtotal

     256,136        275,586        238,214        245,102  

RMBS, CMBS and ABS

     73,675        74,685        79,403        79,695  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total fixed maturity securities

   $ 329,811      $ 350,271      $ 317,617      $ 324,797  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Actual maturities may differ from contractual maturities due to the exercise of call or prepayment options. Fixed maturity securities not due at a single maturity date have been included in the above table in the year of final contractual maturity. RMBS, CMBS and ABS are shown separately in the table, as they are not due at a single maturity.

As discussed further in Note 2, an indemnification asset has been established in connection with certain investments acquired from American Life.

 

257


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

Evaluating Available-for-Sale Securities for Other-Than-Temporary Impairment

As described more fully in Note 1, the Company performs a regular evaluation, on a security-by-security basis, of its available-for-sale securities holdings, including fixed maturity securities, equity securities and perpetual hybrid securities, in accordance with its impairment policy in order to evaluate whether such investments are other-than-temporarily impaired.

Net Unrealized Investment Gains (Losses)

The components of net unrealized investment gains (losses), included in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), were as follows:

 

 

    Years Ended December 31,  
    2011     2010     2009  
    (In millions)  

Fixed maturity securities

  $   21,096     $   7,817     $   (1,208

Fixed maturity securities with noncredit OTTI losses in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

    (724     (601     (859
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total fixed maturity securities

    20,372       7,216       (2,067

Equity securities

    (167     (3     (103

Derivatives

    1,514       (59     (144

Other

    72       42       71  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Subtotal

    21,791       7,196       (2,243
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Amounts allocated from:

     

Insurance liability loss recognition

    (3,996     (672     (118

DAC and VOBA related to noncredit OTTI losses recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

    47       38       71  

DAC and VOBA

    (2,093     (1,205     145  

Policyholder dividend obligation

    (2,919     (876       
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Subtotal

    (8,961     (2,715     98  

Deferred income tax benefit (expense) related to noncredit OTTI losses recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

    236       197       275  

Deferred income tax benefit (expense)

    (4,596     (1,692     539  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net unrealized investment gains (losses)

    8,470       2,986       (1,331

Net unrealized investment gains (losses) attributable to noncontrolling interests

    9       4       1  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net unrealized investment gains (losses) attributable to MetLife, Inc.

  $ 8,479     $ 2,990     $ (1,330
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

258


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

The changes in fixed maturity securities with noncredit OTTI losses included in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) were as follows:

 

 

     December 31,  
     2011     2010  
     (In millions)  

Balance, beginning of period

   $     (601   $     (859

Noncredit OTTI losses recognized (1)

     31       (212

Transferred to retained earnings (2)

            16  

Securities sold with previous noncredit OTTI loss

     125       137  

Subsequent changes in estimated fair value

     (279     317  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, end of period

   $ (724   $ (601
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

Noncredit OTTI losses recognized, net of DAC, were $33 million and ($202) million for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

 

(2)

Amounts transferred to retained earnings were in connection with the adoption of guidance related to the consolidation of VIEs as described in Note 1.

 

259


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

The changes in net unrealized investment gains (losses) were as follows:

 

 

    Years Ended December 31,  
    2011     2010     2009  
    (In millions)  

Balance, beginning of period

  $   2,990     $   (1,330   $   (12,564

Cumulative effect of change in accounting principles, net of income tax

           52       (76

Fixed maturity securities on which noncredit OTTI losses have been recognized

    (123     242       (733

Unrealized investment gains (losses) during the year

    14,823       9,117       20,745  

Unrealized investment gains (losses) of subsidiary at the date of disposal

    (105              

Unrealized investment gains (losses) relating to:

     

Insurance liability gain (loss) recognition

    (3,406     (554     (160

Insurance liability gain (loss) recognition of subsidiary at the date of disposal

    82                

DAC and VOBA related to noncredit OTTI losses recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

    9       (33     61  

DAC and VOBA

    (899     (1,350     (2,880

DAC and VOBA of subsidiary at date of disposal

    11                

Policyholder dividend obligation

    (2,043     (876       

Deferred income tax benefit (expense) related to noncredit OTTI losses recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

    39       (73     235  

Deferred income tax benefit (expense)

    (2,908     (2,208     (5,969

Deferred income tax benefit (expense) of subsidiary at date of disposal

    4                
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net unrealized investment gains (losses)

    8,474       2,987       (1,341

Net unrealized investment gains (losses) attributable to noncontrolling interests

    5       3       11  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, end of period

  $ 8,479     $ 2,990     $ (1,330
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Change in net unrealized investment gains (losses)

  $ 5,484     $ 4,317     $ 11,223  

Change in net unrealized investment gains (losses) attributable to noncontrolling interests

    5       3       11  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Change in net unrealized investment gains (losses) attributable to MetLife, Inc.

  $ 5,489     $ 4,320     $ 11,234  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

260


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

Continuous Gross Unrealized Losses and OTTI Losses for Fixed Maturity and Equity Securities Available-for-Sale by Sector

The following tables present the estimated fair value and gross unrealized losses of fixed maturity and equity securities in an unrealized loss position, aggregated by sector and by length of time that the securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position. The unrealized loss amounts presented below include the noncredit component of OTTI loss. Fixed maturity securities on which a noncredit OTTI loss has been recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) are categorized by length of time as being “less than 12 months” or “equal to or greater than 12 months” in a continuous unrealized loss position based on the point in time that the estimated fair value initially declined to below the amortized cost basis and not the period of time since the unrealized loss was deemed a noncredit OTTI loss.

 

 

    December 31, 2011  
    Less than 12 Months     Equal to or Greater
than 12 Months
    Total  
    Estimated
Fair

Value
    Gross
Unrealized
Losses
    Estimated
Fair

Value
    Gross
Unrealized
Losses
    Estimated
Fair

Value
    Gross
Unrealized
Losses
 
    (In millions, except number of securities)  

Fixed Maturity Securities:

           

U.S. corporate securities

  $   15,642     $   590     $    5,135     $   790     $   20,777     $   1,380  

Foreign corporate securities

    12,618       639       5,957       700       18,575       1,339  

Foreign government securities

    11,227       230       1,799       127       13,026       357  

RMBS

    4,040       547       4,724       1,189       8,764       1,736  

U.S. Treasury and agency securities

    2,611       1       50       1       2,661       2  

CMBS

    2,825       135       678       91       3,503       226  

State and political subdivision securities

    177       2       1,007       154       1,184       156  

ABS

    4,972       103       1,316       214       6,288       317  

Other fixed maturity securities

                                         
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total fixed maturity securities

  $ 54,112     $ 2,247     $ 20,666     $ 3,266     $ 74,778     $ 5,513  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Equity Securities:

           

Common stock

  $ 581     $ 96     $ 5     $ 1     $ 586     $ 97  

Non-redeemable preferred stock

    204       30       370       172       574       202  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total equity securities

  $ 785     $ 126     $ 375     $ 173     $ 1,160     $ 299  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total number of securities in an unrealized loss position

    3,978         1,963        
 

 

 

     

 

 

       

 

261


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

    December 31, 2010  
    Less than 12 Months     Equal to or Greater
than 12 Months
    Total  
    Estimated
Fair

Value
    Gross
Unrealized
Losses
    Estimated
Fair

Value
    Gross
Unrealized
Losses
    Estimated
Fair

Value
    Gross
Unrealized
Losses
 
    (In millions, except number of securities)  

Fixed Maturity Securities:

           

U.S. corporate securities

  $   22,954     $     447     $     8,319     $   1,155     $     31,273     $   1,602  

Foreign corporate securities

    22,415       410       3,976       515       26,391       925  

Foreign government securities

    26,659       585       189       17       26,848       602  

RMBS

    7,630       221       7,624       1,492       15,254       1,713  

U.S. Treasury and agency securities

    13,401       530       118       29       13,519       559  

CMBS

    3,787       29       1,363       249       5,150       278  

State and political subdivision securities

    5,061       246       988       272       6,049       518  

ABS

    2,671       33       2,102       350       4,773       383  

Other fixed maturity securities

    1                            1         
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total fixed maturity securities

  $ 104,579     $ 2,501     $ 24,679     $ 4,079     $ 129,258     $ 6,580  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Equity Securities:

           

Common stock

  $ 89     $ 12     $ 1     $      $ 90     $ 12  

Non-redeemable preferred stock

    191       9       824       220       1,015       229  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total equity securities

  $ 280     $ 21     $ 825     $ 220     $ 1,105     $ 241  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total number of securities in an unrealized loss position

    5,609         1,704        
 

 

 

     

 

 

       

 

262


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

Aging of Gross Unrealized Losses and OTTI Losses for Fixed Maturity and Equity Securities Available-for-Sale

The following tables present the cost or amortized cost, gross unrealized losses, including the portion of OTTI loss on fixed maturity securities recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), gross unrealized losses as a percentage of cost or amortized cost and number of securities for fixed maturity and equity securities where the estimated fair value had declined and remained below cost or amortized cost by less than 20%, or 20% or more at:

 

 

    December 31, 2011  
    Cost or Amortized Cost     Gross Unrealized Losses     Number of Securities  
      Less than  
20%
      20% or  
more
    Less than
20%
    20% or
more
    Less than
20%
    20% or
more
 
    (In millions, except number of securities)  

Fixed Maturity Securities:

           

Less than six months

  $ 49,249     $ 4,736     $ 1,346     $ 1,332       3,260       320  

Six months or greater but less than nine months

    4,104       1,049       279       349       375       63  

Nine months or greater but less than twelve months

    1,160       288       55       93       143       14  

Twelve months or greater

    17,590       2,115       1,216       843       1,523       167  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

Total

  $     72,103     $ 8,188     $ 2,896     $ 2,617      
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

Percentage of amortized cost

        4  %      32  %     
     

 

 

   

 

 

     

Equity Securities:

           

Less than six months

  $ 714     $ 376     $ 64     $ 123       154       42  

Six months or greater but less than nine months

    22       8       2       4       19       3  

Nine months or greater but less than twelve months

    18              2              8         

Twelve months or greater

    98       223       8       96       24       20  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

Total

  $ 852     $ 607     $ 76     $ 223      
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

Percentage of cost

        9  %      37  %     
     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

263


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

 

     December 31, 2010  
     Cost or Amortized Cost      Gross Unrealized Losses     Number of Securities  
     Less than
20%
    20% or
more
     Less than
20%
    20% or
more
    Less than
20%
    20% or
more
 
     (In millions, except number of securities)  

Fixed Maturity Securities:

             

Less than six months

   $ 105,301     $ 1,403      $ 2,348     $ 368       5,320       121  

Six months or greater but less than nine months

     1,125       376        29       102       104       29  

Nine months or greater but less than twelve months

     371       89        28       27       50       9  

Twelve months or greater

     21,627       5,546        1,863       1,815       1,245       311  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

     

Total

   $ 128,424     $ 7,414      $ 4,268     $ 2,312      
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

     

Percentage of amortized cost

          3  %      31  %     
       

 

 

   

 

 

     

Equity Securities:

             

Less than six months

   $ 247     $ 94      $ 10     $ 22       106       33  

Six months or greater but less than nine months

     29       65        5       16       3       2  

Nine months or greater but less than twelve months

     6       47               16       3       2  

Twelve months or greater

     518       340        56       116       35       14  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

     

Total

   $ 800     $ 546      $ 71     $ 170      
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

     

Percentage of cost

          9  %      31  %     
       

 

 

   

 

 

     

Equity securities with gross unrealized losses of 20% or more for twelve months or greater decreased from $116 million at December 31, 2010 to $96 million at December 31, 2011. As shown in the section “— Evaluating Temporarily Impaired Available-for-Sale Securities” below, all of the equity securities with gross unrealized losses of 20% or more for twelve months or greater at December 31, 2011 were financial services industry investment grade non-redeemable preferred stock, of which 71% were rated A or better.

 

264


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

Concentration of Gross Unrealized Losses and OTTI Losses for Fixed Maturity and Equity Securities Available-for-Sale

The gross unrealized losses related to fixed maturity and equity securities, including the portion of OTTI losses on fixed maturity securities recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) were $5.8 billion and $6.8 billion at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. The concentration, calculated as a percentage of gross unrealized losses (including OTTI losses), by sector and industry was as follows at:

 

 

     December 31,  
     2011     2010  

Sector:

    

RMBS

     30  %      25  % 

U.S. corporate securities

     24       23  

Foreign corporate securities

     23       14  

Foreign government securities

     6       9  

ABS

     5       5  

CMBS

     4       4  

State and political subdivision securities

     3       8  

U.S. Treasury and agency securities

            8  

Other

     5       4  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     100  %      100  % 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Industry:

    

Mortgage-backed

     34  %      29  % 

Finance

     27       21  

Utility

     8       5  

Foreign government securities

     6       9  

Consumer

     6       4  

Asset-backed

     5       5  

Communications

     3       2  

State and political subdivision securities

     3       8  

Industrial

     2       2  

U.S. Treasury and agency securities

            8  

Other

     6       7  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     100  %      100  % 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Evaluating Temporarily Impaired Available-for-Sale Securities

The following table presents fixed maturity and equity securities, each with gross unrealized losses of greater than $10 million, the number of securities, total gross unrealized losses and percentage of total gross unrealized losses at:

 

 

     December 31,  
     2011     2010  
     Fixed Maturity
Securities
    Equity
Securities
    Fixed Maturity
Securities
    Equity
Securities
 
     (In millions, except number of securities)  

Number of securities

     96       8       107       6  

Total gross unrealized losses

   $ 1,703     $ 117     $ 2,014     $ 103  

Percentage of total gross unrealized losses

     31  %      39  %      31  %      43  % 

 

265


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

Fixed maturity and equity securities, each with gross unrealized losses greater than $10 million, decreased $297 million during the year ended December 31, 2011. The decline in, or improvement in, gross unrealized losses for the year ended December 31, 2011, was primarily attributable to a decrease in interest rates, partially offset by widening credit spreads. These securities were included in the Company’s OTTI review process.

As of December 31, 2011, $1.3 billion of unrealized losses were from fixed maturity securities with an unrealized loss position of 20% or more of amortized cost for six months or greater. Of the $1.3 billion, $526 million, or 41%, are related to unrealized losses on investment grade securities. Unrealized losses on investment grade securities are principally related to widening credit spreads or rising interest rates since purchase. Of the $1.3 billion, $759 million, or 59%, are related to unrealized losses on below investment grade securities. Unrealized losses on below investment grade securities are principally related to RMBS (primarily alternative residential mortgage loans and sub-prime residential mortgage loans), U.S and foreign corporate securities (primarily utility, industrial and financial services industry securities) and ABS (primarily collateralized debt obligations) and were the result of significantly wider credit spreads resulting from higher risk premiums since purchase, largely due to economic and market uncertainties including concerns over the financial services industry sector, unemployment levels and valuations of residential real estate supporting non-agency RMBS. As explained further in Note 1, management evaluates these U.S. and foreign corporate securities based on factors such as expected cash flows and the financial condition and near-term and long-term prospects of the issuer; and evaluates non-agency RMBS and ABS based on actual and projected cash flows after considering the quality of underlying collateral, expected prepayment speeds, current and forecasted loss severity, consideration of the payment terms of the underlying assets backing a particular security, and the payment priority within the tranche structure of the security. See “— Aging of Gross Unrealized Losses and OTTI Losses for Fixed Maturity and Equity Securities Available-for-Sale” for a discussion of equity securities with an unrealized loss position of 20% or more of cost for 12 months or greater.

In the Company’s impairment review process, the duration and severity of an unrealized loss position for equity securities are given greater weight and consideration than for fixed maturity securities. An extended and severe unrealized loss position on a fixed maturity security may not have any impact on the ability of the issuer to service all scheduled interest and principal payments and the Company’s evaluation of recoverability of all contractual cash flows or the ability to recover an amount at least equal to its amortized cost based on the present value of the expected future cash flows to be collected. In contrast, for an equity security, greater weight and consideration are given by the Company to a decline in market value and the likelihood such market value decline will recover.

 

266


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

The following table presents certain information about the Company’s equity securities available-for-sale with gross unrealized losses of 20% or more at December 31, 2011:

 

 

          Non-Redeemable Preferred Stock  
    All Equity
Securities
    All Types of
Non-Redeemable
Preferred Stock
    Investment Grade  
        All Industries     Financial Services Industry  
    Gross
Unrealized
Losses
    Gross
Unrealized
Losses
    % of All
Equity
Securities
    Gross
Unrealized
Losses
    % of All
Non-Redeemable
Preferred Stock
    Gross
Unrealized
Losses
    % of All
Industries
    % A
Rated or
Better
 
    (In millions)           (In millions)           (In millions)              

Less than six months

  $ 123     $ 87       71  %    $ 46       53  %    $ 46       100  %      22  % 

Six months or greater but less than twelve months

    4               %              %              %       % 

Twelve months or greater

    96       96       100  %      96       100  %      96       100  %      71  % 
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

All equity securities with gross unrealized losses of 20% or more

  $ 223     $ 183       82  %    $ 142       78  %    $ 142       100  %      55  % 
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

In connection with the equity securities impairment review process, the Company evaluated its holdings in non-redeemable preferred stock, particularly those in the financial services industry. The Company considered several factors including whether there has been any deterioration in credit of the issuer and the likelihood of recovery in value of non-redeemable preferred stock with a severe or an extended unrealized loss. The Company also considered whether any issuers of non-redeemable preferred stock with an unrealized loss held by the Company, regardless of credit rating, have deferred any dividend payments. No such dividend payments had been deferred.

With respect to common stock holdings, the Company considered the duration and severity of the unrealized losses for securities in an unrealized loss position of 20% or more; and the duration of unrealized losses for securities in an unrealized loss position of less than 20% in an extended unrealized loss position (i.e., 12 months or greater).

Based on the Company’s current evaluation of available-for-sale securities in an unrealized loss position in accordance with its impairment policy, and the Company’s current intentions and assessments (as applicable to the type of security) about holding, selling and any requirements to sell these securities, the Company has concluded that these securities are not other-than-temporarily impaired.

Future OTTIs will depend primarily on economic fundamentals, issuer performance (including changes in the present value of future cash flows expected to be collected), changes in credit ratings, changes in collateral valuation, changes in interest rates and changes in credit spreads. If economic fundamentals or any of the above factors deteriorate, additional OTTIs may be incurred in upcoming quarters.

 

267


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

Trading and Other Securities

The table below presents certain information about the Company’s trading and other securities.

 

 

     December 31,  
     2011     2010  
     (In millions)  

Actively Traded Securities

   $ 473      $ 463   

FVO general account securities

     267        131   

FVO contractholder-directed unit-linked investments

     17,411        17,794   

FVO securities held by CSEs

     117        201   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total trading and other securities — at estimated fair value

   $ 18,268      $ 18,589   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Actively Traded Securities — at estimated fair value

   $ 473     $ 463  

Short sale agreement liabilities — at estimated fair value

     (127     (46
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net long/short position — at estimated fair value

   $ 346     $ 417  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Investments pledged to secure short sale agreement liabilities

   $ 558     $ 465  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

See Note 1 for discussion of FVO contractholder-directed unit-linked investments and “— Variable Interest Entities” for discussion of CSEs included in the table above. See “— Net Investment Income” and “— Net Investment Gains (Losses)” for the net investment income recognized on trading and other securities and the related changes in estimated fair value subsequent to purchase included in net investment income and net investment gains (losses) for securities still held as of the end of the respective years, as applicable.

 

268


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

Net Investment Gains (Losses)

The components of net investment gains (losses) were as follows:

 

 

    Years Ended December 31,  
    2011     2010     2009  
    (In millions)  

Total gains (losses) on fixed maturity securities:

     

Total OTTI losses recognized

  $     (924   $     (682   $     (2,432

Less: Noncredit portion of OTTI losses transferred to and recognized in other comprehensive income (loss)

    (31     212       939  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net OTTI losses on fixed maturity securities recognized in earnings (1)

    (955     (470     (1,493

Fixed maturity securities — net gains (losses) on sales and disposals

    25       215       (165
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total gains (losses) on fixed maturity securities

    (930     (255     (1,658

Other net investment gains (losses):

     

Equity securities

    (23     104       (399

Trading and other securities — FVO general account securities —changes in estimated fair value

    (2              

Mortgage loans

    175       22       (442

Real estate and real estate joint ventures

    134       (54     (164

Other limited partnership interests

    4       (18     (356

Other investment portfolio gains (losses)

    (7     (6     (26
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Subtotal — investment portfolio gains (losses)

    (649     (207     (3,045
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

FVO CSEs — changes in estimated fair value:

     

Commercial mortgage loans

    (84     758         

Securities

           (78       

Long-term debt — related to commercial mortgage loans

    97       (722       

Long-term debt — related to securities

    (8     48         

Other gains (losses) (2)

    (223     (207     144  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Subtotal FVO CSEs and other gains (losses)

    (218     (201     144  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total net investment gains (losses)

  $ (867   $ (408   $ (2,901
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

Investment portfolio gains (losses) for the year ended December 31, 2011 includes intent-to-sell impairments of ($154) million as a result of the pending disposition of certain operations of MetLife Bank and the Caribbean Business. See Note 2.

 

(2)

Other gains (losses) includes a loss of $87 million and $209 million for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, related to the sale of the Company’s investment in MSI MetLife. See Note 2. Other gains (losses) for the year ended December 31, 2011 includes a goodwill impairment loss of $65 million and a loss of $19 million related to the Company’s pending sale of the Caribbean Business. See Notes 2 and 7.

See “— Variable Interest Entities” for discussion of CSEs included in the table above.

Gains (losses) from foreign currency transactions included within net investment gains (losses) were $37 million, $230 million and $226 million for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

 

269


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

Proceeds from sales or disposals of fixed maturity and equity securities and the components of fixed maturity and equity securities net investment gains (losses) were as shown in the table below. Investment gains and losses on sales of securities are determined on a specific identification basis.

 

 

    Years Ended December 31,     Years Ended December 31,     Years Ended December 31,  
      2011         2010         2009         2011         2010         2009         2011         2010         2009    
    Fixed Maturity Securities     Equity Securities     Total  
    (In millions)  

Proceeds

  $ 67,449     $ 54,514     $ 38,972     $ 1,241     $ 616     $ 940     $ 68,690     $ 55,130     $ 39,912  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross investment gains

  $ 892     $ 831     $ 939     $ 108     $ 129     $ 134     $ 1,000     $ 960     $ 1,073  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross investment losses

    (867     (616     (1,104     (71     (11     (133     (938     (627     (1,237
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total OTTI losses recognized in earnings:

                 

Credit-related

    (645     (423     (1,130                          (645     (423     (1,130

Other (1)

    (310     (47     (363     (60     (14     (400     (370     (61     (763
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total OTTI losses recognized in earnings

    (955     (470     (1,493     (60     (14     (400     (1,015     (484     (1,893
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net investment gains (losses)

  $ (930   $ (255   $ (1,658   $ (23   $ 104     $ (399   $ (953   $ (151   $ (2,057
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

Other OTTI losses recognized in earnings include impairments on equity securities, impairments on perpetual hybrid securities classified within fixed maturity securities where the primary reason for the impairment was the severity and/or the duration of an unrealized loss position and fixed maturity securities where there is an intent to sell or it is more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell the security before recovery of the decline in estimated fair value.

Fixed maturity security OTTI losses recognized in earnings related to the following sectors and industries within the U.S. and foreign corporate securities sector:

 

 

    Years Ended December 31,  
    2011     2010     2009  
    (In millions)  

Sector:

     

U.S. and foreign corporate securities — by industry:

     

Finance

  $ 56     $ 126     $ 452  

Consumer

    50       36       211  

Communications

    41       16       235  

Industrial

    11       2       30  

Utility

    10       3       89  

Other industries

    1              26  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total U.S. and foreign corporate securities

    169       183       1,043  

Foreign government securities

    486              1  

RMBS

    214       117       258  

ABS

    54       84       103  

CMBS

    32       86       88  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $ 955     $ 470     $ 1,493  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

270


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

Equity security OTTI losses recognized in earnings related to the following sectors and industries:

 

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2011      2010      2009  
     (In millions)  

Sector:

        

Non-redeemable preferred stock

   $     38      $     7      $     333  

Common stock

     22        7        67  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 60      $ 14      $ 400  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Industry:

        

Financial services industry:

        

Perpetual hybrid securities

   $ 38      $ 3      $ 310  

Common and remaining non-redeemable preferred stock

                     30  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total financial services industry

     38        3        340  

Other industries

     22        11        60  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 60      $ 14      $ 400  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Credit Loss Rollforward — Rollforward of the Cumulative Credit Loss Component of OTTI Loss Recognized in Earnings on Fixed Maturity Securities Still Held for Which a Portion of the OTTI Loss Was Recognized in Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)

The table below presents a rollforward of the cumulative credit loss component of OTTI loss recognized in earnings on fixed maturity securities still held for which a portion of the OTTI loss was recognized in other comprehensive income (loss):

 

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
         2011             2010      
     (In millions)  

Balance, at January 1,

   $     443     $     581  

Additions:

    

Initial impairments — credit loss OTTI recognized on securities not previously impaired

     45       109  

Additional impairments — credit loss OTTI recognized on securities previously impaired

     143       125  

Reductions:

    

Sales (maturities, pay downs or prepayments) during the period of securities previously impaired as credit loss OTTI

     (90     (260

Securities de-recognized in connection with the adoption of new guidance related to the consolidation of VIEs

            (100

Securities impaired to net present value of expected future cash flows

     (57     (2

Increases in cash flows — accretion of previous credit loss OTTI

     (13     (10
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, at December 31,

   $ 471     $ 443  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

271


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

Net Investment Income

The components of net investment income were as follows:

 

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2011     2010     2009  
     (In millions)  

Investment income:

      

Fixed maturity securities

   $     15,037     $     12,407     $     11,545  

Equity securities

     141       128       178  

Trading and other securities — Actively Traded Securities and FVO general account securities (1)

     31       73       116  

Mortgage loans

     3,164       2,824       2,741  

Policy loans

     641       649       641  

Real estate and real estate joint ventures

     704       391       (245

Other limited partnership interests

     681       879       174  

Cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments

     167       101       128  

International joint ventures (2)

     3       (81     (115

Other

     178       236       205  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Subtotal

     20,747       17,607       15,368  

Less: Investment expenses

     1,029       894       911  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Subtotal, net

     19,718       16,713       14,457  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Trading and other securities — FVO contractholder-directed unit-linked investments (1)

     (453     372       284  

FVO CSEs:

      

Commercial mortgage loans

     332       411         

Securities

     9       15         
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Subtotal

     (112     798       284  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net investment income

   $ 19,606     $ 17,511     $ 14,741  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

Changes in estimated fair value subsequent to purchase for securities still held as of the end of the respective years included in net investment income were:

 

Trading and other securities — Actively Traded Securities and FVO general account securities

     $            (3     $            30        $            34  

Trading and other securities — FVO contractholder-directed unit-linked investments

     $        (647     $          322        $          275  

 

(2)

Amounts are presented net of changes in estimated fair value of derivatives related to economic hedges of the Company’s investment in these equity method international joint venture investments that do not qualify for hedge accounting of ($23) million, $36 million, and ($143) million for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively.

See “— Variable Interest Entities” for discussion of CSEs included in the table above.

 

272


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

Securities Lending

As described more fully in Note 1, the Company participates in a securities lending program whereby blocks of securities are loaned to third parties. These transactions are treated as financing arrangements and the associated cash collateral received is recorded as a liability. The Company is obligated to return the cash collateral received to its counterparties.

Elements of the securities lending program are presented below at:

 

 

     December 31,  
     2011      2010  
     (In millions)  

Securities on loan: (1)

     

Amortized cost

   $ 20,613      $ 23,715  

Estimated fair value

   $ 24,072      $ 24,230  

Cash collateral on deposit from counterparties (2)

   $ 24,223      $ 24,647  

Security collateral on deposit from counterparties

   $ 371      $   

Reinvestment portfolio — estimated fair value

   $ 23,940      $ 24,177  

 

 

 

(1)

Included within fixed maturity securities and short-term investments.

 

(2)

Included within payables for collateral under securities loaned and other transactions.

Security collateral on deposit from counterparties in connection with the securities lending transactions may not be sold or repledged, unless the counterparty is in default, and is not reflected in the consolidated financial statements.

Invested Assets on Deposit, Held in Trust and Pledged as Collateral

Invested assets on deposit, held in trust and pledged as collateral are presented in the table below at estimated fair value for cash and cash equivalents, short-term investments, fixed maturity securities, equity securities, and trading and other securities and at carrying value for mortgage loans.

 

 

     December 31,  
     2011      2010  
     (In millions)  

Invested assets on deposit (1)

   $ 1,660      $ 2,110  

Invested assets held in trust (2)

     11,135        8,430  

Invested assets pledged as collateral (3)

     29,899        29,470  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total invested assets on deposit, held in trust and pledged as collateral

   $   42,694      $   40,010  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

The Company has invested assets on deposit with regulatory agencies consisting primarily of cash and cash equivalents, short-term investments, fixed maturity securities and equity securities.

 

(2)

The Company held in trust cash and securities, primarily fixed maturity and equity securities, to satisfy requirements under certain collateral financing agreements and certain reinsurance agreements.

 

(3)

The Company has pledged fixed maturity securities, mortgage loans and cash and cash equivalents in connection with various agreements and transactions, including funding and advances agreements (see Notes 8 and 11), collateralized borrowings (see Note 11), collateral financing arrangements (see Note 12), derivative transactions (see Note 4), and short sale agreements (see “— Trading and Other Securities”).

 

273


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

Mortgage Loans

Mortgage loans are summarized as follows at:

 

 

     December 31,  
     2011     2010  
     Carrying
Value
    % of
Total
    Carrying
Value
    % of Total  
           (In millions)        

Mortgage loans held-for-investment:

        

Commercial

   $ 40,440       56.1  %    $ 37,818       60.7  % 

Agricultural

     13,129       18.2       12,751       20.4  

Residential (1)

     689       1.0       2,231       3.7  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Subtotal

     54,258       75.3       52,800       84.8  

Valuation allowances (1)

     (481     (0.7     (664     (1.1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Subtotal mortgage loans held-for-investment, net

     53,777       74.6       52,136       83.7  

Commercial mortgage loans held by CSEs

     3,138       4.4       6,840       11.0  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total mortgage loans held-for-investment, net

     56,915       79.0       58,976       94.7  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Mortgage loans held-for-sale:

        

Residential

     3,064       4.2       2,510       4.0  

Mortgage loans — lower of amortized cost or estimated fair value (1)

     4,462       6.2       811       1.3  

Securitized reverse residential mortgage loans (2)

     7,652       10.6                
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total mortgage loans held-for-sale

     15,178       21.0       3,321       5.3  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total mortgage loans, net

   $ 72,093       100.0  %    $ 62,297       100.0  % 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)

The valuation allowance on and the related carrying value of certain residential mortgage loans held-for-investment was transferred to mortgage loans held-for-sale in connection with the pending disposition of certain operations of MetLife Bank. See Note 2.

 

(2)

See Note 1 for a discussion of the securitized reverse residential mortgage loans.

See “— Variable Interest Entities” for discussion of CSEs included in the table above and the decrease in commercial mortgage loans held by CSEs.

Certain of the Company’s real estate joint ventures have mortgage loans with the Company. The carrying values of such mortgage loans were $286 million and $283 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

 

274


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

The following tables present the recorded investment in mortgage loans held for investment, by portfolio segment, by method of evaluation of credit loss, and the related valuation allowances, by type of credit loss, at:

 

 

         Commercial              Agricultural              Residential          Total  
     (In millions)  

December 31, 2011:

           

Mortgage loans:

           

Evaluated individually for credit losses

   $ 96      $ 159      $ 13      $ 268  

Evaluated collectively for credit losses

     40,344        12,970        676        53,990  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total mortgage loans

     40,440        13,129        689        54,258  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Valuation allowances:

           

Specific credit losses

     59        45        1        105  

Non-specifically identified credit losses

     339        36        1        376  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total valuation allowances

     398        81        2        481  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Mortgage loans, net of valuation allowance

   $ 40,042      $ 13,048      $ 687      $ 53,777  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

December 31, 2010:

           

Mortgage loans:

           

Evaluated individually for credit losses

   $ 120      $ 146      $ 13      $ 279  

Evaluated collectively for credit losses

     37,698        12,605        2,218        52,521  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total mortgage loans

     37,818        12,751        2,231        52,800  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Valuation allowances:

           

Specific credit losses

     36        52                88  

Non-specifically identified credit losses

     526        36        14        576  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total valuation allowances

     562        88        14        664  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Mortgage loans, net of valuation allowance

   $ 37,256      $ 12,663      $ 2,217      $ 52,136  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following tables present the changes in the valuation allowance, by portfolio segment:

 

 

     Mortgage Loan Valuation Allowances  
         Commercial             Agricultural             Residential         Total  
     (In millions)  

Balance at January 1, 2009

   $ 232     $ 61     $ 11     $ 304  

Provision (release)

     384       79       12       475  

Charge-offs, net of recoveries

     (27     (25     (6     (58
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2009

     589       115       17       721  

Provision (release)

     (5     12       2       9  

Charge-offs, net of recoveries

     (22     (39     (5     (66
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2010

     562       88       14       664  

Provision (release)

     (152     (3     10       (145

Charge-offs, net of recoveries

     (12     (4     (3     (19

Transfer to held-for-sale (1)

                   (19     (19
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2011

   $ 398     $ 81     $ 2     $ 481  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)

The valuation allowance on and the related carrying value of certain residential mortgage loans held-for-investment was transferred to mortgage loans held-for-sale in connection with the pending disposition of certain operations of MetLife Bank. See Note 2.

 

275


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

Commercial Mortgage Loans — by Credit Quality Indicators with Estimated Fair Value.   See Note 1 for a discussion of all credit quality indicators presented herein. Presented below for the commercial mortgage loans held-for-investment is the recorded investment, prior to valuation allowances, by the indicated loan-to-value ratio categories and debt service coverage ratio categories and estimated fair value of such mortgage loans by the indicated loan-to-value ratio categories at:

 

 

     Commercial  
     Recorded Investment     Estimated
Fair  Value
     % of
Total
 
     Debt Service Coverage Ratios      Total      % of
Total
      
     >1.20x      1.00x - 1.20x      < 1.00x             
            (In millions)             (In millions)  

December 31, 2011:

          

Loan-to-value ratios:

                   

Less than 65%

   $ 24,983      $ 448      $ 564      $ 25,995        64.3  %    $ 27,581        65.5  % 

65% to 75%

     8,275        336        386        8,997        22.3       9,387        22.3  

76% to 80%

     1,150        98        226        1,474        3.6       1,473        3.5  

Greater than 80%

     2,714        880        380        3,974        9.8       3,664        8.7  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 37,122      $ 1,762      $ 1,556      $ 40,440        100.0  %    $   42,105        100.0  % 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

December 31, 2010:

                   

Loan-to-value ratios:

          

Less than 65%

   $ 16,663      $ 125      $ 483      $ 17,271        45.7  %    $ 18,183        46.9  % 

65% to 75%

     9,022        765        513        10,300        27.2       10,685        27.6  

76% to 80%

     3,033        304        135        3,472        9.2       3,535        9.1  

Greater than 80%

     4,155        1,813        807        6,775        17.9       6,374        16.4  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 32,873      $ 3,007      $ 1,938      $ 37,818        100.0  %    $ 38,777        100.0  % 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Agricultural Mortgage Loans — by Credit Quality Indicator.   The recorded investment in agricultural mortgage loans held-for-investment, prior to valuation allowances, by credit quality indicator, is as shown below. The estimated fair value of agricultural mortgage loans held-for-investment was $13.6 billion and $12.9 billion at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

 

 

     Agricultural  
     December 31,  
     2011     2010  
     Recorded
  Investment  
     % of
Total
    Recorded
  Investment  
     % of
Total
 
     (In millions)            (In millions)         

Loan-to-value ratios:

          

Less than 65%

   $ 11,802        89.9  %    $ 11,483        90.1  % 

65% to 75%

     874        6.7       885        6.9  

76% to 80%

     76        0.6       48        0.4  

Greater than 80%

     377        2.8       335        2.6  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 13,129        100.0  %    $ 12,751        100.0  % 
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

276


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

Residential Mortgage Loans — by Credit Quality Indicator.   The recorded investment in residential mortgage loans held-for-investment, prior to valuation allowances, by credit quality indicator, is as shown below. The estimated fair value of residential mortgage loans held-for-investment was $737 million and $2.3 billion at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

 

 

     Residential  
     December 31,  
     2011     2010  
     Recorded
  Investment  
     % of
Total
    Recorded
  Investment  
     % of
Total
 
     (In millions)            (In millions)         

Performance indicators:

          

Performing

   $ 671        97.4  %    $ 2,149        96.3  % 

Nonperforming

     18        2.6       82        3.7  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 689        100.0  %    $ 2,231        100.0  % 
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Past Due and Interest Accrual Status of Mortgage Loans.   The Company has a high quality, well performing, mortgage loan portfolio, with approximately 99% of all mortgage loans classified as performing at both December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010. The Company defines delinquent mortgage loans consistent with industry practice, when interest and principal payments are past due as follows: commercial mortgage loans — 60 days or more; agricultural mortgage loans — 90 days or more; and residential mortgage loans — 60 days or more. The recorded investment in mortgage loans held-for-investment, prior to valuation allowances, past due according to these aging categories, greater than 90 days past due and still accruing interest and in nonaccrual status, by portfolio segment, were as follows at:

 

 

    Past Due     Greater than 90 Days Past Due Still
Accruing Interest
    Nonaccrual Status  
    December 31, 2011     December 31, 2010     December 31, 2011     December 31, 2010     December 31, 2011     December 31, 2010  
                (In millions)              

Commercial

  $ 63     $ 58     $      $ 1     $ 63     $ 7  

Agricultural

    146       159       29       13       157       177  

Residential

    8       79              11       17       25  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $ 217     $ 296     $ 29     $ 25     $ 237     $ 209  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

277


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

Impaired Mortgage Loans.  The unpaid principal balance, recorded investment, valuation allowances and carrying value, net of valuation allowances, for impaired mortgage loans held-for-investment, including those modified in a troubled debt restructuring, by portfolio segment, were as follows at:

 

 

    Impaired Mortgage Loans  
    Loans with a Valuation Allowance     Loans without a
Valuation Allowance
    All Impaired Loans  
    Unpaid
Principal
Balance
    Recorded
Investment
    Valuation
Allowances
    Carrying
Value
    Unpaid
Principal
Balance
    Recorded
Investment
    Unpaid
Principal
Balance
    Carrying
Value
 
    (In millions)  

December 31, 2011:

               

Commercial

  $ 96     $ 96     $ 59     $ 37     $ 252     $ 237     $ 348     $ 274  

Agricultural

    160       159       45       114       71       69       231       183  

Residential

    13       13       1       12       1       1       14       13  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $ 269     $ 268     $ 105     $ 163     $ 324     $ 307     $ 593     $ 470  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

December 31, 2010:

               

Commercial

  $ 120     $ 120     $ 36     $ 84     $ 99     $ 87     $ 219     $ 171  

Agricultural

    146       146       52       94       123       119       269       213  

Residential

    3       3              3       16       16       19       19  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $ 269     $ 269     $ 88     $ 181     $ 238     $ 222     $ 507     $ 403  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Unpaid principal balance is generally prior to any charge-offs.

The average investment in impaired mortgage loans held-for-investment, including those modified in a troubled debt restructuring, and the related interest income, by portfolio segment, for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, and for all mortgage loans for the year ended December 31, 2009, was:

 

 

    Impaired Mortgage Loans  
    Average Investment      Interest Income Recognized  
           Cash Basis      Accrual Basis  
    (In millions)  

For the Year Ended December 31, 2011:

       

Commercial

  $ 313      $ 5      $ 1  

Agricultural

    252        4        1  

Residential

    23                  
 

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

  $ 588      $ 9      $ 2  
 

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

For the Year Ended December 31, 2010:

       

Commercial

  $ 192      $ 5      $ 1  

Agricultural

    284        6        2  

Residential

    16                  
 

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

  $ 492      $ 11      $ 3  
 

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

For the Year Ended December 31, 2009

  $ 338      $ 8      $ 1  
 

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

278


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

Mortgage Loans Modified in a Troubled Debt Restructuring.  See Note 1 for a discussion of loan modifications that are classified as trouble debt restructuring and the types of concession typically granted. At December 31, 2011, the number of mortgage loans and carrying value after specific valuation allowance of mortgage loans modified during the period in a troubled debt restructuring were as follows:

 

 

     Mortgage Loans Modified in a Troubled Debt
Restructuring
 
     December 31, 2011  
     Number of
Mortgage
Loans
     Carrying Value after Specific
Valuation Allowance
 
            Pre-
Modification
     Post-
Modification
 
            (In millions)  

Commercial

     5      $ 147      $ 111  

Agricultural

     10        42        42  

Residential

                       
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     15      $ 189      $ 153  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

During the previous 12 months, the Company had four agricultural mortgage loans, with a carrying value after specific valuation allowance of $13 million, modified in a troubled debt restructuring with a subsequent payment default at December 31, 2011. There were no commercial or residential mortgage loans during the previous 12 months modified in a troubled debt restructuring with a subsequent payment default at December 31, 2011. Payment default is determined in the same manner as delinquency status — when interest and principal payments are past due as follows: commercial mortgage loans — 60 days or more; agricultural mortgage loans — 90 days or more; and residential mortgage loans — 60 days or more.

Real Estate and Real Estate Joint Ventures

Real estate investments by type consisted of the following:

 

 

    December 31,  
    2011     2010  
    Carrying
Value
    % of
Total
    Carrying
Value
    % of
Total
 
    (In millions)           (In millions)        

Traditional

  $ 5,958       69.6  %    $ 4,987       62.1  % 

Real estate joint ventures and funds

    2,340       27.3       2,707       33.7  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Real estate and real estate joint ventures

    8,298       96.9       7,694       95.8  

Foreclosed (commercial, agricultural and residential)

    264       3.1       152       1.9  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Real estate held-for-investment

    8,562       100.0       7,846       97.7  

Real estate held-for-sale

    1              184       2.3  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total real estate and real estate joint ventures

  $ 8,563       100.0  %    $ 8,030       100.0  % 
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The Company classifies within traditional real estate its investment in income-producing real estate, which is comprised primarily of wholly-owned real estate and, to a much lesser extent, joint ventures with interests in single property income-producing real estate. The estimated fair value of the traditional real estate investment portfolio was $7.7 billion and $6.3 billion at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. The Company classifies within real estate joint ventures and funds, its investments in joint ventures with interests in multi-property

 

279


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

projects with varying strategies ranging from the development of properties to the operation of income-producing properties; as well as its investments in real estate private equity funds. From time to time, the Company transfers investments from these joint ventures to traditional real estate, if the Company retains an interest in the joint venture after a completed property commences operations and the Company intends to retain an interest in the property.

Properties acquired through foreclosure were $295 million, $165 million and $127 million for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively, and include commercial, agricultural and residential properties. After the Company acquires properties through foreclosure, it evaluates whether the properties are appropriate for retention in its traditional real estate portfolio. Foreclosed real estate held at December 31, 2011 and 2010 includes those properties the Company has not selected for retention in its traditional real estate portfolio and which do not meet the criteria to be classified as held-for-sale.

The wholly-owned real estate within traditional real estate is net of accumulated depreciation of $1.3 billion and $1.5 billion at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. Related depreciation expense on traditional wholly-owned real estate was $164 million, $151 million and $135 million for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. These amounts include depreciation expense related to discontinued operations of $7 million, $16 million and $17 million for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

There were no impairments recognized on real estate held-for-investment for the year ended December 31, 2011. Impairments recognized on real estate held-for-investment were $48 million and $160 million for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Impairments recognized on real estate held-for-sale were $2 million and $1 million for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. There were no impairments recognized on real estate held-for-sale for the year ended December 31, 2009. The Company’s carrying value of real estate held-for-sale has been reduced by impairments recorded prior to 2009 of $1 million at both December 31, 2011 and 2010. The carrying value of non-income producing real estate was $182 million and $137 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

Other Limited Partnership Interests

The carrying value of other limited partnership interests (which primarily represent ownership interests in pooled investment funds that principally make private equity investments in companies in the United States and overseas) was $6.4 billion at both December 31, 2011 and 2010. Included within other limited partnership interests were $1.1 billion and $1.0 billion at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, of investments in hedge funds. Impairments of other limited partnership interests, principally other limited partnership interests accounted for under the cost method, were $5 million, $12 million and $354 million for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

Collectively Significant Equity Method Investments

The Company holds investments in real estate joint ventures, real estate funds and other limited partnership interests consisting of leveraged buy-out funds, hedge funds, private equity funds, joint ventures and other funds. The portion of these investments accounted for under the equity method had a carrying value of $9.5 billion as of December 31, 2011. The Company’s maximum exposure to loss related to these equity method investments is limited to the carrying value of these investments plus unfunded commitments of $3.5 billion as of December 31, 2011. Except for certain real estate joint ventures, the Company’s investments in real estate funds and other limited partnership interests are generally of a passive nature in that the Company does not participate in the management of the entities.

 

280


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

As further described in Note 1, the Company generally records its share of earnings in its equity method investments using a three-month lag methodology and within net investment income. Aggregate net investment income from these equity method real estate joint ventures, real estate funds and other limited partnership interests exceeded 10% of the Company’s consolidated pre-tax income (loss) from continuing operations for two of the three most recent annual periods: 2010 and 2009. The Company is providing the following aggregated summarized financial data for such equity method investments, for the most recent annual periods, in order to provide comparative information. This aggregated summarized financial data does not represent the Company’s proportionate share of the assets, liabilities, or earnings of such entities.

As of, and for the year ended December 31, 2011, the aggregated summarized financial data presented below reflects the latest available financial information. Aggregate total assets of these entities totaled $266.4 billion and $262.9 billion as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. Aggregate total liabilities of these entities totaled $31.2 billion and $77.6 billion as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. Aggregate net income (loss) of these entities totaled $9.7 billion, $18.7 billion and $22.8 billion for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Aggregate net income (loss) from real estate joint ventures, real estate funds and other limited partnership interests is primarily comprised of investment income, including recurring investment income and realized and unrealized investment gains (losses).

Other Invested Assets

The following table presents the carrying value of the Company’s other invested assets by type at:

 

 

     December 31,  
     2011     2010  
     Carrying
Value
     % of
Total
    Carrying
Value
     % of
Total
 
     (In millions)            (In millions)         

Freestanding derivatives with positive fair values

   $ 16,200        68.6  %    $ 7,777        50.4  % 

Leveraged leases, net of non-recourse debt

     2,248        9.5       2,191        14.2  

Tax credit partnerships

     1,531        6.5       976        6.3  

MSRs

     666        2.8       950        6.2  

Funds withheld

     608        2.6       551        3.6  

Joint venture investments

     218        0.9       694        4.5  

Other

     2,157        9.1       2,291        14.8  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 23,628        100.0  %    $ 15,430        100.0  % 
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

See Note 4 for information regarding the freestanding derivatives with positive estimated fair values. See “—Leveraged Leases” for the composition of leveraged leases. Tax credit partnerships are established for the purpose of investing in low-income housing and other social causes, where the primary return on investment is in the form of income tax credits, and are accounted for under the equity method or under the effective yield method. See Note 5 for activity rollforwards for MSRs. Funds withheld represent amounts contractually withheld by ceding companies in accordance with reinsurance agreements. Joint venture investments are accounted for under the equity method and represent the Company’s investment in insurance underwriting joint ventures in China, Japan (see Note 2) and Chile.

 

281


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

Leveraged Leases

Investment in leveraged leases, included in other invested assets, consisted of the following:

 

 

     December 31,  
     2011     2010  
     (In millions)  

Rental receivables, net

   $ 1,859     $ 1,882  

Estimated residual values

     1,657       1,682  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Subtotal

     3,516       3,564  

Unearned income

     (1,268     (1,373
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Investment in leveraged leases

   $ 2,248     $ 2,191  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Rental receivables are generally due in periodic installments. The payment periods range from one to 15 years, but in certain circumstances are as long as 34 years. For rental receivables, the primary credit quality indicator is whether the rental receivable is performing or non-performing, which is assessed monthly. The Company generally defines non-performing rental receivables as those that are 90 days or more past due. As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, all rental receivables were performing.

The deferred income tax liability related to leveraged leases was $1.5 billion and $1.4 billion at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

The components of income from investment in leveraged leases, excluding realized gains (losses) were as follows:

 

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2011     2010     2009  
     (In millions)  

Net income from investment in leveraged leases

   $ 125     $ 123     $ 114  

Less: Income tax expense on leveraged leases

     (44     (43     (40
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net investment income after income tax from investment in leveraged leases

   $ 81     $ 80     $ 74  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash Equivalents

The carrying value of cash equivalents, which includes securities and other investments with an original or remaining maturity of three months or less at the time of purchase, was $5.0 billion and $9.6 billion at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

Purchased Credit Impaired Investments

Investments acquired with evidence of credit quality deterioration since origination and for which it is probable at the acquisition date that the Company will be unable to collect all contractually required payments are classified as purchased credit impaired investments. For each investment, the excess of the cash flows expected to be collected as of the acquisition date over its acquisition-date fair value is referred to as the accretable yield and is recognized as net investment income on an effective yield basis. If subsequently, based on current information and events, it is probable that there is a significant increase in cash flows previously expected to be collected or if actual cash flows are significantly greater than cash flows previously expected to be collected, the accretable yield is adjusted prospectively. The excess of the contractually required payments (including interest) as of the acquisition date over the cash flows expected to be collected as of the acquisition

 

282


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

date is referred to as the nonaccretable difference, and this amount is not expected to be realized as net investment income. Decreases in cash flows expected to be collected can result in OTTI or the recognition of mortgage loan valuation allowances (see Note 1).

The table below presents the purchased credit impaired investments, by invested asset class, held at:

 

 

    Fixed Maturity Securities     Mortgage Loans  
    December 31,  
    2011     2010     2011     2010  
    (In millions)  

Outstanding principal and interest balance (1)

  $ 4,547     $ 1,548     $ 471     $ 504  

Carrying value (2)

  $ 3,130     $ 1,050     $ 173     $ 195  

 

 

 

(1)

Represents the contractually required payments which is the sum of contractual principal, whether or not currently due, and accrued interest.

 

(2)

Estimated fair value plus accrued interest for fixed maturity securities and amortized cost, plus accrued interest, less any valuation allowances, for mortgage loans.

The following table presents information about purchased credit impaired investments acquired during the periods, as of their respective acquisition dates:

 

 

     Fixed Maturity Securities      Mortgage Loans  
     Years Ended December 31,  
     2011      2010      2011      2010  
     (In millions)  

Contractually required payments (including interest)

   $ 5,141      $ 2,126      $       $ 553  

Cash flows expected to be collected (1), (2)

   $ 4,365      $ 1,782      $       $ 374  

Fair value of investments acquired

   $ 2,590      $ 1,076      $       $ 201  

 

 

 

(1)

Represents undiscounted principal and interest cash flow expectations, at the date of acquisition.

 

(2)

A portion of the difference between the contractually required payments (including interest) and the cash flows expected to be collected on certain of the investments acquired in the Acquisition has been established as an indemnification asset as discussed further in Note 2.

The following table presents activity for the accretable yield on purchased credit impaired investments for:

 

 

     Fixed Maturity Securities     Mortgage Loans  
     Years Ended December 31,  
     2011     2010     2011     2010  
     (In millions)  

Accretable yield, January 1,

   $ 541     $      $ 170     $   

Investments purchased

     1,775       606                

Acquisition (1)

            100              173  

Accretion recognized in earnings

     (114     (62     (56     (3

Disposals

     (65                     

Reclassification (to) from nonaccretable difference

     174       (103     140         
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accretable yield, December 31,

   $ 2,311     $ 541     $ 254     $ 170  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

283


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

 

 

(1)

As described further in Note 2, all investments acquired in the Acquisition were recorded at estimated fair value as of the Acquisition Date. This activity relates to acquired fixed maturity securities and mortgage loans with a credit impairment inherent in the estimated fair value.

Variable Interest Entities

The Company holds investments in certain entities that are VIEs. In certain instances, the Company holds both the power to direct the most significant activities of the entity, as well as an economic interest in the entity and, as such, is deemed to be the primary beneficiary or consolidator of the entity. The following table presents the total assets and total liabilities relating to VIEs for which the Company has concluded that it is the primary beneficiary and which are consolidated at December 31, 2011 and 2010. Creditors or beneficial interest holders of VIEs where the Company is the primary beneficiary have no recourse to the general credit of the Company, as the Company’s obligation to the VIEs is limited to the amount of its committed investment.

 

 

     December 31,  
     2011      2010  
     Total
Assets
     Total
Liabilities
     Total
Assets
     Total
Liabilities
 
     (In millions)  

Consolidated securitization entities (1)

   $ 3,299      $ 3,103      $ 7,114      $ 6,892  

MRSC collateral financing arrangement (2)

     3,333                3,333          

Other limited partnership interests

     360        6        319        85  

Trading and other securities

     163                186          

Other invested assets

     102        1        108        1  

Real estate joint ventures

     16        18        20        17  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 7,273      $ 3,128      $ 11,080      $ 6,995  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

284


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

 

 

(1)

The Company consolidates former QSPEs that are structured as CMBS and former QSPEs that are structured as collateralized debt obligations. The assets of these entities can only be used to settle their respective liabilities, and under no circumstances is the Company liable for any principal or interest shortfalls should any arise. The Company’s exposure was limited to that of its remaining investment in the former QSPEs of $172 million and $201 million at estimated fair value at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. The long-term debt presented below bears interest primarily at fixed rates ranging from 2.25% to 5.57%, payable primarily on a monthly basis and is expected to be repaid over the next six years. Interest expense related to these obligations, included in other expenses, was $324 million and $411 million for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. The Company sold certain of these CMBS investments in the third quarter of 2011, resulting in the deconsolidation of such entities and their related mortgage loans held-for-investment and long-term debt. The assets and liabilities of these CSEs, at estimated fair value, were as follows at:

 

     December 31,  
     2011      2010  
     (In millions)  

Assets:

     

Mortgage loans held-for-investment (commercial mortgage loans)

   $ 3,138      $ 6,840  

Trading and other securities

     117        201  

Accrued investment income

     16        34  

Cash and cash equivalents

     21        39  

Premiums, reinsurance and other receivables

     7          
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 3,299      $ 7,114  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities:

     

Long-term debt

   $ 3,068      $ 6,820  

Other liabilities

     35        72  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

   $ 3,103      $ 6,892  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(2)

See Note 12 for a description of the MetLife Reinsurance Company of South Carolina (“MRSC”) collateral financing arrangement. These assets consist of the following, at estimated fair value, at:

 

     December 31,  
     2011      2010  
     (In millions)  

Fixed maturity securities available-for-sale:

     

ABS

   $ 1,356      $ 1,333  

U.S. corporate securities

     833        893  

RMBS

     502        547  

CMBS

     369        383  

Foreign corporate securities

     126        139  

State and political subdivision securities

     39        30  

Foreign government securities

             5  

Mortgage loans

     49          

Cash and cash equivalents

     59        3  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $     3,333      $ 3,333  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

285


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

The following table presents the carrying amount and maximum exposure to loss relating to VIEs for which the Company holds significant variable interests but is not the primary beneficiary and which have not been consolidated at:

 

 

     December 31,  
     2011      2010  
     Carrying
Amount
     Maximum
Exposure
to Loss (1)
     Carrying
Amount
     Maximum
Exposure
to Loss (1)
 
     (In millions)  

Fixed maturity securities available-for-sale:

           

RMBS (2)

   $ 42,637      $ 42,637      $ 45,852      $ 45,852  

CMBS (2)

     19,069        19,069        20,675        20,675  

ABS (2)

     12,979        12,979        13,168        13,168  

U.S. corporate securities

     2,911        2,911        2,435        2,435  

Foreign corporate securities

     2,087        2,087        2,950        2,950  

Other limited partnership interests

     4,340        6,084        4,383        6,479  

Other invested assets

     799        1,194        576        773  

Trading and other securities

     671        671        789        789  

Mortgage loans

     456        456        350        350  

Real estate joint ventures

     61        79        40        108  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $   86,010      $   88,167      $   91,218      $   93,579  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

The maximum exposure to loss relating to the fixed maturity and trading and other securities is equal to the carrying amounts or carrying amounts of retained interests. The maximum exposure to loss relating to the other limited partnership interests and real estate joint ventures is equal to the carrying amounts plus any unfunded commitments of the Company. Such a maximum loss would be expected to occur only upon bankruptcy of the issuer or investee. The maximum exposure to loss relating to mortgage loans is equal to the carrying amounts plus any unfunded commitments of the Company. For certain of its investments in other invested assets, the Company’s return is in the form of income tax credits which are guaranteed by a creditworthy third party. For such investments, the maximum exposure to loss is equal to the carrying amounts plus any unfunded commitments, reduced by income tax credits guaranteed by third parties of $267 million and $231 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

 

(2)

For these variable interests, the Company’s involvement is limited to that of a passive investor.

As described in Note 16, the Company makes commitments to fund partnership investments in the normal course of business. Excluding these commitments, the Company did not provide financial or other support to investees designated as VIEs during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009.

4. Derivative Financial Instruments

Accounting for Derivative Financial Instruments

See Note 1 for a description of the Company’s accounting policies for derivative financial instruments.

See Note 5 for information about the fair value hierarchy for derivatives.

 

286


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

Primary Risks Managed by Derivative Financial Instruments and Non-Derivative Financial Instruments

The Company is exposed to various risks relating to its ongoing business operations, including interest rate risk, foreign currency risk, credit risk and equity market risk. The Company uses a variety of strategies to manage these risks, including the use of derivative instruments. The following table presents the gross notional amount, estimated fair value and primary underlying risk exposure of the Company’s derivative financial instruments, excluding embedded derivatives, held at:

 

 

        December 31,  
        2011     2010  

Primary Underlying

Risk Exposure

 

Instrument Type

  Notional
Amount
    Estimated Fair
Value (1)
    Notional
Amount
    Estimated Fair
Value (1)
 
      Assets     Liabilities       Assets     Liabilities  
        (In millions)  

Interest rate

 

Interest rate swaps

  $ 79,733     $ 8,241     $ 2,199     $ 54,803     $ 2,654     $ 1,516  
 

Interest rate floors

    23,866       1,246       165       23,866       630       66  
 

Interest rate caps

    49,665       102              35,412       176       1  
 

Interest rate futures

    14,965       25       19       9,385       43       17  
 

Interest rate options

    16,988       896       6       8,761       144       23  
 

Interest rate forwards

    14,033       286       91       10,374       106       135  
 

Synthetic GICs

    4,454                     4,397                

Foreign currency

 

Foreign currency swaps

    16,461       1,172       1,060       17,626       1,616       1,282  
 

Foreign currency forwards

    10,149       200       60       10,443       119       91  
 

Currency futures

    633                     493       2         
 

Currency options

    1,321       6              5,426       50         
 

Non-derivative hedging instruments (2)

                         169              185  

Credit

 

Credit default swaps

    13,136       326       113       10,957       173       104  
 

Credit forwards

    20       4              90       2       3  

Equity market

 

Equity futures

    7,053       26       10       8,794       21       9  
 

Equity options

    17,099       3,263       179       33,688       1,843       1,197  
 

Variance swaps

    18,801       397       75       18,022       198       118  
 

Total rate of return swaps

    1,644       10       34       1,547                
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
 

Total

  $ 290,021     $ 16,200     $ 4,011     $ 254,253     $ 7,777     $ 4,747  
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

The estimated fair value of all derivatives in an asset position is reported within other invested assets in the consolidated balance sheets and the estimated fair value of all derivatives in a liability position is reported within other liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets.

 

(2)

The estimated fair value of non-derivative hedging instruments represents the amortized cost of the instruments, as adjusted for foreign currency transaction gains or losses. Non-derivative hedging instruments are reported within PABs in the consolidated balance sheets.

 

287


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

The following table presents the gross notional amount of derivative financial instruments by maturity at December 31, 2011:

 

 

    Remaining Life  
    One Year or
Less
    After One Year
Through Five
Years
    After Five Years
Through Ten
Years
    After Ten Years     Total  
    (In millions)  

Interest rate swaps

  $ 5,709     $ 26,479     $ 18,989     $ 28,556     $ 79,733  

Interest rate floors

           16,866       4,000       3,000       23,866  

Interest rate caps

    5,000       40,151       4,514              49,665  

Interest rate futures

    14,965                            14,965  

Interest rate options

    707       11,976       4,305              16,988  

Interest rate forwards

    13,358       675                     14,033  

Synthetic GICs

    4,454                            4,454  

Foreign currency swaps

    1,255       6,593       5,793       2,820       16,461  

Foreign currency forwards

    9,834       237       19       59       10,149  

Currency futures

    633                            633  

Currency options

    1,321                            1,321  

Credit default swaps

    174       12,315       647              13,136  

Credit forwards

    20                            20  

Equity futures

    7,053                            7,053  

Equity options

    538       5,254       11,307              17,099  

Variance swaps

    1,015       2,067       15,396       323       18,801  

Total rate of return swaps

    1,597       47                     1,644  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $ 67,633     $ 122,660     $ 64,970     $ 34,758     $ 290,021  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest rate swaps are used by the Company primarily to reduce market risks from changes in interest rates and to alter interest rate exposure arising from mismatches between assets and liabilities (duration mismatches). In an interest rate swap, the Company agrees with another party to exchange, at specified intervals, the difference between fixed rate and floating rate interest amounts as calculated by reference to an agreed notional principal amount. These transactions are entered into pursuant to master agreements that provide for a single net payment to be made by the counterparty at each due date. The Company utilizes interest rate swaps in fair value, cash flow and non-qualifying hedging relationships.

The Company also enters into basis swaps to better match the cash flows from assets and related liabilities. In a basis swap, both legs of the swap are floating with each based on a different index. Generally, no cash is exchanged at the outset of the contract and no principal payments are made by either party. A single net payment is usually made by one counterparty at each due date. Basis swaps are included in interest rate swaps in the preceding table. The Company utilizes basis swaps in non-qualifying hedging relationships.

Inflation swaps are used as an economic hedge to reduce inflation risk generated from inflation-indexed liabilities. Inflation swaps are included in interest rate swaps in the preceding table. The Company utilizes inflation swaps in non-qualifying hedging relationships.

Implied volatility swaps are used by the Company primarily as economic hedges of interest rate risk associated with the Company’s investments in mortgage-backed securities. In an implied volatility swap, the Company exchanges fixed payments for floating payments that are linked to certain market volatility measures. If implied volatility rises, the floating payments that the Company receives will increase, and if implied volatility

 

288


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

falls, the floating payments that the Company receives will decrease. Implied volatility swaps are included in interest rate swaps in the preceding table. The Company utilizes implied volatility swaps in non-qualifying hedging relationships.

The Company uses structured interest rate swaps to synthetically create investments that are either more expensive to acquire or otherwise unavailable in the cash markets. These transactions are a combination of a derivative and a cash instrument such as a U.S. Treasury, agency, or other fixed maturity security. Structured interest rate swaps are included in interest rate swaps in the preceding table. Structured interest rate swaps are not designated as hedging instruments.

The Company purchases interest rate caps and floors primarily to protect its floating rate liabilities against rises in interest rates above a specified level, and against interest rate exposure arising from mismatches between assets and liabilities (duration mismatches), as well as to protect its minimum rate guarantee liabilities against declines in interest rates below a specified level, respectively. In certain instances, the Company locks in the economic impact of existing purchased caps and floors by entering into offsetting written caps and floors. The Company utilizes interest rate caps and floors in non-qualifying hedging relationships.

In exchange-traded interest rate (Treasury and swap) futures transactions, the Company agrees to purchase or sell a specified number of contracts, the value of which is determined by the different classes of interest rate securities, and to post variation margin on a daily basis in an amount equal to the difference in the daily market values of those contracts. The Company enters into exchange-traded futures with regulated futures commission merchants that are members of the exchange. Exchange-traded interest rate (Treasury and swap) futures are used primarily to hedge mismatches between the duration of assets in a portfolio and the duration of liabilities supported by those assets, to hedge against changes in value of securities the Company owns or anticipates acquiring and to hedge against changes in interest rates on anticipated liability issuances by replicating Treasury or swap curve performance. The Company utilizes exchange-traded interest rate futures in non-qualifying hedging relationships.

Swaptions are used by the Company to hedge interest rate risk associated with the Company’s long-term liabilities and invested assets. A swaption is an option to enter into a swap with a forward starting effective date. In certain instances, the Company locks in the economic impact of existing purchased swaptions by entering into offsetting written swaptions. The Company pays a premium for purchased swaptions and receives a premium for written swaptions. Swaptions are included in interest rate options in the preceding table. The Company utilizes swaptions in non-qualifying hedging relationships.

The Company writes covered call options on its portfolio of U.S. Treasury securities as an income generation strategy. In a covered call transaction, the Company receives a premium at the inception of the contract in exchange for giving the derivative counterparty the right to purchase the referenced security from the Company at a predetermined price. The call option is “covered” because the Company owns the referenced security over the term of the option. Covered call options are included in interest rate options in the preceding table. The Company utilizes covered call options in non-qualifying hedging relationships.

The Company enters into interest rate forwards to buy and sell securities. The price is agreed upon at the time of the contract and payment for such a contract is made at a specified future date. The Company also uses interest rate forwards to sell to be announced securities as economic hedges against the risk of changes in the fair value of mortgage loans held-for-sale and interest rate lock commitments. The Company utilizes interest rate forwards in cash flow and non-qualifying hedging relationships.

Interest rate lock commitments are short-term commitments to fund mortgage loan applications in process (the pipeline) for a fixed term for a fixed rate or spread. During the term of an interest rate lock commitment, the Company is exposed to the risk that interest rates will change from the rate quoted to the potential borrower.

 

289


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

Interest rate lock commitments to fund mortgage loans that will be held-for-sale are considered derivative instruments. Interest rate lock commitments are included in interest rate forwards in the preceding table. Interest rate lock commitments are not designated as hedging instruments.

A synthetic GIC is a contract that simulates the performance of a traditional guaranteed interest contract through the use of financial instruments. Under a synthetic GIC, the policyholder owns the underlying assets. The Company guarantees a rate return on those assets for a premium. Synthetic GICs are not designated as hedging instruments.

Foreign currency derivatives, including foreign currency swaps, foreign currency forwards, currency options, and currency futures contracts, are used by the Company to reduce the risk from fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates associated with its assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies. The Company also uses foreign currency forwards and swaps to hedge the foreign currency risk associated with certain of its net investments in foreign operations.

In a foreign currency swap transaction, the Company agrees with another party to exchange, at specified intervals, the difference between one currency and another at a fixed exchange rate, generally set at inception, calculated by reference to an agreed upon principal amount. The principal amount of each currency is exchanged at the inception and termination of the currency swap by each party. The Company utilizes foreign currency swaps in fair value, cash flow, net investment in foreign operations and non-qualifying hedging relationships.

In a foreign currency forward transaction, the Company agrees with another party to deliver a specified amount of an identified currency at a specified future date. The price is agreed upon at the time of the contract and payment for such a contract is made in a different currency at the specified future date. The Company utilizes foreign currency forwards in fair value, net investment in foreign operations and non-qualifying hedging relationships.

In exchange-traded currency futures transactions, the Company agrees to purchase or sell a specified number of contracts, the value of which is determined by referenced currencies, and to post variation margin on a daily basis in an amount equal to the difference in the daily market values of those contracts. The Company enters into exchange-traded futures with regulated futures commission merchants that are members of the exchange. Exchange-traded currency futures are used primarily to hedge currency mismatches between assets and liabilities. The Company utilizes exchange-traded currency futures in non-qualifying hedging relationships.

The Company enters into currency option contracts that give it the right, but not the obligation, to sell the foreign currency amount in exchange for a functional currency amount within a limited time at a contracted price. The contracts may also be net settled in cash, based on differentials in the foreign exchange rate and the strike price. The Company uses currency options to hedge against the foreign currency exposure inherent in certain of its variable annuity products. The Company also uses currency options as an economic hedge of foreign currency exposure related to the Company’s international subsidiaries. The Company utilizes currency options in non-qualifying hedging relationships.

The Company uses certain of its foreign currency denominated funding agreements to hedge portions of its net investments in foreign operations against adverse movements in exchange rates. Such contracts are included in non-derivative hedging instruments in the preceding table.

Swap spreadlocks are used by the Company to hedge invested assets on an economic basis against the risk of changes in credit spreads. Swap spreadlocks are forward transactions between two parties whose underlying reference index is a forward starting interest rate swap where the Company agrees to pay a coupon based on a

 

290


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

predetermined reference swap spread in exchange for receiving a coupon based on a floating rate. The Company has the option to cash settle with the counterparty in lieu of maintaining the swap after the effective date. The Company utilizes swap spreadlocks in non-qualifying hedging relationships.

Certain credit default swaps are used by the Company to hedge against credit-related changes in the value of its investments. In a credit default swap transaction, the Company agrees with another party, at specified intervals, to pay a premium to hedge credit risk. If a credit event, as defined by the contract, occurs, the contract may be cash settled or it may be settled gross by the delivery of par quantities of the referenced investment equal to the specified swap notional in exchange for the payment of cash amounts by the counterparty equal to the par value of the investment surrendered. The Company utilizes credit default swaps in non-qualifying hedging relationships.

Credit default swaps are also used to synthetically create investments that are either more expensive to acquire or otherwise unavailable in the cash markets. These transactions are a combination of a derivative and one or more cash instruments such as U.S. Treasury securities, agency securities or other fixed maturity securities. The Company also enters into certain credit default swaps held in relation to trading portfolios for the purpose of generating profits on short-term differences in price. These credit default swaps are not designated as hedging instruments.

The Company enters into forwards to lock in the price to be paid for forward purchases of certain securities. The price is agreed upon at the time of the contract and payment for the contract is made at a specified future date. When the primary purpose of entering into these transactions is to hedge against the risk of changes in purchase price due to changes in credit spreads, the Company designates these as credit forwards. The Company utilizes credit forwards in cash flow hedging relationships.

In exchange-traded equity futures transactions, the Company agrees to purchase or sell a specified number of contracts, the value of which is determined by the different classes of equity securities, and to post variation margin on a daily basis in an amount equal to the difference in the daily market values of those contracts. The Company enters into exchange-traded futures with regulated futures commission merchants that are members of the exchange. Exchange-traded equity futures are used primarily to hedge liabilities embedded in certain variable annuity products offered by the Company. The Company utilizes exchange-traded equity futures in non-qualifying hedging relationships.

Equity index options are used by the Company primarily to hedge minimum guarantees embedded in certain variable annuity products offered by the Company. To hedge against adverse changes in equity indices, the Company enters into contracts to sell the equity index within a limited time at a contracted price. The contracts will be net settled in cash based on differentials in the indices at the time of exercise and the strike price. Certain of these contracts may also contain settlement provisions linked to interest rates. In certain instances, the Company may enter into a combination of transactions to hedge adverse changes in equity indices within a pre-determined range through the purchase and sale of options. Equity index options are included in equity options in the preceding table. The Company utilizes equity index options in non-qualifying hedging relationships.

Equity variance swaps are used by the Company primarily to hedge minimum guarantees embedded in certain variable annuity products offered by the Company. In an equity variance swap, the Company agrees with another party to exchange amounts in the future, based on changes in equity volatility over a defined period. Equity variance swaps are included in variance swaps in the preceding table. The Company utilizes equity variance swaps in non-qualifying hedging relationships.

 

291


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

Total rate of return swaps (“TRRs”) are swaps whereby the Company agrees with another party to exchange, at specified intervals, the difference between the economic risk and reward of an asset or a market index and the London Inter-Bank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”), calculated by reference to an agreed notional principal amount. No cash is exchanged at the outset of the contract. Cash is paid and received over the life of the contract based on the terms of the swap. These transactions are entered into pursuant to master agreements that provide for a single net payment to be made by the counterparty at each due date. The Company uses TRRs to hedge its equity market guarantees in certain of its insurance products. TRRs can be used as hedges or to synthetically create investments. The Company utilizes TRRs in non-qualifying hedging relationships.

Hedging

The following table presents the gross notional amount and estimated fair value of derivatives designated as hedging instruments by type of hedge designation at:

 

 

    December 31,  
    2011     2010  
      Notional
Amount
    Estimated Fair Value     Notional
Amount
    Estimated Fair Value  

Derivatives Designated as Hedging Instruments

    Assets     Liabilities       Assets     Liabilities  
    (In millions)  

Fair value hedges:

           

Foreign currency swaps

  $ 3,220     $ 500     $ 98     $ 4,524     $ 907     $ 145  

Foreign currency forwards

    1,830       2       10                       

Interest rate swaps

    4,580       1,884       92       5,108       823       169  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Subtotal

    9,630       2,386       200       9,632       1,730       314  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flow hedges:

           

Foreign currency swaps

    6,370       352       306       5,556       213       347  

Interest rate swaps

    3,230       947              3,562       102       116  

Interest rate forwards

    965       210              1,140              107  

Credit forwards

    20       4              90       2       3  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Subtotal

    10,585       1,513       306       10,348       317       573  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Foreign operations hedges:

           

Foreign currency forwards

    1,689       53       12       1,935       9       26  

Non-derivative hedging instruments

                         169              185  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Subtotal

    1,689       53       12       2,104       9       211  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total qualifying hedges

  $ 21,904     $ 3,952     $ 518     $ 22,084     $ 2,056     $ 1,098  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

292


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

The following table presents the gross notional amount and estimated fair value of derivatives that were not designated or do not qualify as hedging instruments by derivative type at:

 

 

      December 31,  
      2011     2010  

Derivatives Not Designated or Not

Qualifying as Hedging Instruments

  Notional
Amount
    Estimated Fair Value     Notional
Amount
    Estimated Fair Value  
    Assets     Liabilities       Assets     Liabilities  
    (In millions)  

Interest rate swaps

  $ 71,923     $ 5,410     $ 2,107     $ 46,133     $ 1,729     $ 1,231  

Interest rate floors

    23,866       1,246       165       23,866       630       66  

Interest rate caps

    49,665       102              35,412       176       1  

Interest rate futures

    14,965       25       19       9,385       43       17  

Interest rate options

    16,988       896       6       8,761       144       23  

Interest rate forwards

    13,068       76       91       9,234       106       28  

Synthetic GICs

    4,454                     4,397                

Foreign currency swaps

    6,871       320       656       7,546       496       790  

Foreign currency forwards

    6,630       145       38       8,508       110       65  

Currency futures

    633                     493       2         

Currency options

    1,321       6              5,426       50         

Credit default swaps

    13,136       326       113       10,957       173       104  

Equity futures

    7,053       26       10       8,794       21       9  

Equity options

    17,099       3,263       179       33,688       1,843       1,197  

Variance swaps

    18,801       397       75       18,022       198       118  

Total rate of return swaps

    1,644       10       34       1,547                
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-designated or non-qualifying derivatives

  $ 268,117     $ 12,248     $ 3,493     $ 232,169     $ 5,721     $ 3,649  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Derivative Gains (Losses)

The components of net derivative gains (losses) were as follows:

 

 

       Years Ended December 31,  
       2011     2010     2009  
     (In millions)  

Derivatives and hedging gains (losses) (1)

   $ 6,108     $ 122     $ (6,624

Embedded derivatives

     (1,284     (387     1,758  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total net derivative gains (losses)

   $ 4,824     $ (265   $ (4,866
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

Includes foreign currency transaction gains (losses) on hedged items in cash flow and non-qualifying hedging relationships, which are not presented elsewhere in this note.

 

293


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

The following table presents earned income on derivatives for the:

 

 

       Years Ended December 31,  
       2011     2010     2009  
     (In millions)  

Qualifying hedges:

      

Net investment income

   $ 98     $ 83     $ 49  

Interest credited to policyholder account balances

     214       233       220  

Other expenses

     (4     (6     (3

Non-qualifying hedges:

      

Net investment income

     (8     (3     (2

Other revenues

     75       108       77  

Net derivative gains (losses)

     411       65       91  

Policyholder benefits and claims

     17                
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 803     $ 480     $ 432  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Fair Value Hedges

The Company designates and accounts for the following as fair value hedges when they have met the requirements of fair value hedging: (i) interest rate swaps to convert fixed rate investments to floating rate investments; (ii) interest rate swaps to convert fixed rate liabilities to floating rate liabilities; (iii) foreign currency swaps to hedge the foreign currency fair value exposure of foreign currency denominated investments and liabilities; and (iv) foreign currency forwards to hedge the foreign currency fair value exposure of foreign currency denominated fixed rate investments.

 

294


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

The Company recognizes gains and losses on derivatives and the related hedged items in fair value hedges within net derivative gains (losses). The following table represents the amount of such net derivative gains (losses):

 

 

Derivatives in Fair Value

Hedging Relationships

  

Hedged Items in Fair Value

Hedging Relationships

   Net Derivative
Gains (Losses)
Recognized for
Derivatives
    Net Derivative
Gains (Losses)
Recognized for
Hedged Items
    Ineffectiveness
Recognized in
Net Derivative
Gains (Losses)
 
          (In millions)  

For the Year Ended December 31, 2011:

      

Interest rate swaps:

   Fixed maturity securities    $ (25   $ 22     $ (3
   PABs (1)      1,054       (1,030     24  

Foreign currency swaps:

   Foreign-denominated fixed maturity securities      1       3       4  
   Foreign-denominated PABs (2)      (24     (25     (49

Foreign currency

forwards:

   Foreign-denominated fixed maturity securities      (25     25         
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 981     $ (1,005   $ (24
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

For the Year Ended December 31, 2010:

      

Interest rate swaps:

   Fixed maturity securities    $ (14   $ 16     $ 2  
   PABs (1)      140       (142     (2

Foreign currency swaps:

   Foreign-denominated fixed maturity securities      14       (14       
   Foreign-denominated PABs (2)      9       (20     (11

Foreign currency

forwards:

   Foreign-denominated fixed maturity securities                      
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 149     $ (160   $ (11
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

For the Year Ended December 31, 2009:

      

Interest rate swaps:

   Fixed maturity securities    $ 49     $ (42   $ 7  
   PABs (1)      (963     951       (12

Foreign currency swaps:

   Foreign-denominated fixed maturity securities      (13     10       (3
   Foreign-denominated PABs (2)      462       (449     13  

Foreign currency

forwards:

   Foreign-denominated fixed maturity securities                      
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ (465   $ 470     $ 5  
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

Fixed rate liabilities.

 

(2)

Fixed rate or floating rate liabilities.

For the Company’s foreign currency forwards, the change in the fair value of the derivative related to the changes in the difference between the spot price and the forward price is excluded from the assessment of hedge effectiveness. For all other derivatives, all components of each derivative’s gain or loss were included in the assessment of hedge effectiveness. For the year ended December 31, 2011, ($3) million of the change in fair value of derivatives was excluded from the assessment of hedge effectiveness. For the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, no component of the change in fair value of derivatives was excluded from the assessment of hedge effectiveness.

 

295


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

Cash Flow Hedges

The Company designates and accounts for the following as cash flow hedges when they have met the requirements of cash flow hedging: (i) interest rate swaps to convert floating rate investments to fixed rate investments; (ii) interest rate swaps to convert floating rate liabilities to fixed rate liabilities; (iii) foreign currency swaps to hedge the foreign currency cash flow exposure of foreign currency denominated investments and liabilities; (iv) interest rate forwards and credit forwards to lock in the price to be paid for forward purchases of investments; (v) interest rate swaps and interest rate forwards to hedge the forecasted purchases of fixed-rate investments; and (vi) interest rate swaps and interest rate forwards to hedge forecasted fixed-rate borrowings.

In certain instances, the Company discontinued cash flow hedge accounting because the forecasted transactions did not occur on the anticipated date, within two months of that date, or were no longer probable of occurring. The net amounts reclassified into net derivative gains (losses) for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 related to such discontinued cash flow hedges were gains (losses) of ($13) million, $9 million and ($7) million, respectively.

At December 31, 2011 and 2010, the maximum length of time over which the Company was hedging its exposure to variability in future cash flows for forecasted transactions did not exceed nine years and seven years, respectively.

The following table presents the components of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), before income tax, related to cash flow hedges:

 

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2011     2010     2009  
     (In millions)  

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), balance at January 1,

   $ (59   $ (76   $ 82  

Gains (losses) deferred in other comprehensive income (loss) on the effective portion of cash flow hedges

     1,552       (51     (221

Amounts reclassified to net derivative gains (losses)

     9             65             54  

Amounts reclassified to net investment income

     3       4       8  

Amounts reclassified to other expenses

     9       (1     3  

Amortization of transition adjustment

                   (2
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), balance at December 31,

   $   1,514     $ (59   $ (76
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

At December 31, 2011, $13 million of deferred net gains (losses) on derivatives in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) was expected to be reclassified to earnings within the next 12 months.

 

296


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

The following table presents the effects of derivatives in cash flow hedging relationships on the consolidated statements of operations and the consolidated statements of equity:

 

 

Derivatives in Cash Flow
Hedging Relationships

  Amount of Gains
(Losses) Deferred
in Accumulated Other
Comprehensive  Income
(Loss) on Derivatives
    Amount and Location
of Gains (Losses)
Reclassified from
Accumulated Other Comprehensive

Income (Loss) into Income (Loss)
    Amount and Location
of Gains (Losses)
Recognized in Income (Loss)

on Derivatives
 
    (Effective Portion)     (Effective Portion)     (Ineffective Portion and
Amount Excluded from
Effectiveness Testing)
 
          Net Derivative
Gains (Losses)
    Net Investment
Income
    Other
Expenses
    Net Derivative
Gains (Losses)
    Net Investment
Income
 
    (In millions)  

For the Year Ended December 31, 2011:

           

Interest rate swaps

  $ 1,023     $ (42   $ 1     $ (10   $ 1     $   

Foreign currency swaps

    175              (6     2       2         

Interest rate forwards

    336       31       1       (1     2         

Credit forwards

    18       2       1                       
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $ 1,552     $ (9   $ (3   $ (9   $ 5     $   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

For the Year Ended December 31, 2010:

           

Interest rate swaps

  $ 13     $      $      $ (1   $ 3     $   

Foreign currency swaps

    34       (79     (6     2                

Interest rate forwards

    (117     14       2              (2       

Credit forwards

    19                                     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $ (51   $ (65   $ (4   $ 1     $ 1     $   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

For the Year Ended December 31, 2009:

           

Interest rate swaps

  $ (45   $      $      $ (4   $ (2   $   

Foreign currency swaps

    (319     (133     (6     1       (1       

Interest rate forwards

    147       79                              

Credit forwards

    (4                                   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $ (221   $ (54   $ (6   $ (3   $ (3   $   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

  

 

All components of each derivative’s gain or loss were included in the assessment of hedge effectiveness.

Hedges of Net Investments in Foreign Operations

The Company uses foreign exchange contracts, which may include foreign currency swaps, forwards and options, to hedge portions of its net investments in foreign operations against adverse movements in exchange rates. The Company measures ineffectiveness on these contracts based upon the change in forward rates. In addition, the Company may also use non-derivative financial instruments to hedge portions of its net investments in foreign operations against adverse movements in exchange rates. The Company measures ineffectiveness on non-derivative financial instruments based upon the change in spot rates.

When net investments in foreign operations are sold or substantially liquidated, the amounts in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) are reclassified to the consolidated statements of operations, while a pro rata portion will be reclassified upon partial sale of the net investments in foreign operations.

 

297


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

The following table presents the effects of derivatives and non-derivative financial instruments in net investment hedging relationships in the consolidated statements of operations and the consolidated statements of equity:

 

 

Derivatives and Non-Derivative Hedging
Instruments in Net Investment Hedging
Relationships (1), (2)

   Amount of Gains (Losses)
Deferred in Accumulated
Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)

(Effective Portion)
    Amount and Location
of Gains (Losses)
Reclassified From Accumulated Other
Comprehensive Income
(Loss) into Income (Loss)
(Effective Portion)
 
     Net Investment Gains (Losses)  
   Years Ended December 31,     Years Ended December 31,  
       2011            2010           2009         2011      2010      2009  
     (In millions)  

Foreign currency forwards

   $ 62      $ (167   $ (244   $       $       $ (59

Foreign currency swaps

                    (18                    (63

Non-derivative hedging instruments

     6        (16     (37                    (11
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 68      $ (183   $ (299   $       $       $ (133
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

During the year ended December 31, 2011, the Company sold its interest in MSI MetLife, which was a hedged item in a net investment hedging relationship. As a result, the Company released losses of $71 million from accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) upon the sale. This release did not impact net income for the year ended December 31, 2011 as such losses were considered in the overall impairment evaluation of the investment prior to sale. During the year ended December 31, 2010, there were no sales or substantial liquidations of net investments in foreign operations that would have required the reclassification of gains or losses from accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) into earnings. During the year ended December 31, 2009, the Company substantially liquidated, through assumption reinsurance, the portion of its Canadian operations that was being hedged in a net investment hedging relationship. As a result, the Company reclassified losses of $133 million from accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) into earnings. See Note 2.

 

(2)

There was no ineffectiveness recognized for the Company’s hedges of net investments in foreign operations. All components of each derivative and non-derivative hedging instrument’s gain or loss were included in the assessment of hedge effectiveness.

At December 31, 2011 and 2010, the cumulative foreign currency translation gain (loss) recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) related to hedges of net investments in foreign operations was ($84) million and ($223) million, respectively.

Non-Qualifying Derivatives and Derivatives for Purposes Other Than Hedging

The Company enters into the following derivatives that do not qualify for hedge accounting or for purposes other than hedging: (i) interest rate swaps, implied volatility swaps, caps and floors and interest rate futures to economically hedge its exposure to interest rates; (ii) foreign currency forwards, swaps, option contracts and future contracts to economically hedge its exposure to adverse movements in exchange rates; (iii) credit default swaps to economically hedge exposure to adverse movements in credit; (iv) equity futures, equity index options, interest rate futures, TRRs and equity variance swaps to economically hedge liabilities embedded in certain variable annuity products; (v) swap spreadlocks to economically hedge invested assets against the risk of changes in credit spreads; (vi) interest rate forwards to buy and sell securities to economically hedge its exposure to interest rates; (vii) credit default swaps, TRRs and structured interest rate swaps to synthetically create

 

298


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

investments; (viii) basis swaps to better match the cash flows of assets and related liabilities; (ix) credit default swaps held in relation to trading portfolios; (x) swaptions to hedge interest rate risk; (xi) inflation swaps to reduce risk generated from inflation-indexed liabilities; (xii) covered call options for income generation; (xiii) interest rate lock commitments; (xiv) synthetic GICs; and (xv) equity options to economically hedge certain invested assets against adverse changes in equity indices.

The following tables present the amount and location of gains (losses) recognized in income for derivatives that were not designated or qualifying as hedging instruments:

 

 

    Net
Derivative
Gains  (Losses)
    Net
Investment
Income (1)
    Policyholder
Benefits and
Claims (2)
    Other
Revenues (3)
    Other
Expenses (4)
 
    (In millions)  

For the Year Ended December 31, 2011:

         

Interest rate swaps

  $ 2,544     $ (2   $      $ 367     $   

Interest rate floors

    517                              

Interest rate caps

    (228                            

Interest rate futures

    100       1              (11       

Equity futures

    (3     (6     (99              

Foreign currency swaps

    70                              

Foreign currency forwards

    310       (9                     

Currency futures

    32                              

Currency options

    (69                            

Equity options

    941       (26     5                

Interest rate options

    1,021                     24         

Interest rate forwards

    (14                   (144       

Variance swaps

    244       (3     7                

Credit default swaps

    175       5                       

Total rate of return swaps

    (4                            
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $ 5,636     $ (40   $ (87   $ 236     $   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

For the Year Ended December 31, 2010:

         

Interest rate swaps

  $ 622     $ 4     $ 39     $ 172     $   

Interest rate floors

    144                              

Interest rate caps

    (185                            

Interest rate futures

    77       (4            (3       

Equity futures

    (58     (25     (314              

Foreign currency swaps

    52                              

Foreign currency forwards

    250       55                       

Currency futures

    (23                            

Currency options

    (83     (1                   (4

Equity options

    (683     (16                     

Interest rate options

    25                     (6       

Interest rate forwards

    8                     (74       

Variance swaps

    (55                            

Credit default swaps

    34       (2                     

Total rate of return swaps

    14                              
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $ 139     $ 11     $ (275   $ 89     $ (4
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

For the Year Ended December 31, 2009:

         

Interest rate swaps

  $ (1,700   $ (5   $ (13   $ (161   $   

Interest rate floors

    (907                            

Interest rate caps

    33                              

Interest rate futures

    (366     2                       

Equity futures

    (681     (38     (363              

Foreign currency swaps

    (405                            

Foreign currency forwards

    (102     (24                     

Currency options

    (36     (1                   (3

Equity options

    (1,713     (68                     

Interest rate options

    (379                            

Interest rate forwards

    (7                   (4       

Variance swaps

    (276     (13                     

Swap spreadlocks

    (38                            

Credit default swaps

    (243     (11                     

Total rate of return swaps

    63                              
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $ (6,757   $ (158   $ (376   $ (165   $ (3
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

299


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

 

 

(1)

Changes in estimated fair value related to economic hedges of equity method investments in joint ventures; changes in estimated fair value related to derivatives held in relation to trading portfolios; and changes in estimated fair value related to derivatives held within contractholder-directed unit-linked investments.

 

(2)

Changes in estimated fair value related to economic hedges of variable annuity guarantees included in future policy benefits.

 

(3)

Changes in estimated fair value related to derivatives held in connection with the Company’s mortgage banking activities.

 

(4)

Changes in estimated fair value related to economic hedges of foreign currency exposure associated with the Company’s international subsidiaries.

Credit Derivatives

In connection with synthetically created investment transactions and credit default swaps held in relation to the trading portfolio, the Company writes credit default swaps for which it receives a premium to insure credit risk. Such credit derivatives are included within the non-qualifying derivatives and derivatives for purposes other than hedging table. If a credit event occurs, as defined by the contract, the contract may be cash settled or it may be settled gross by the Company paying the counterparty the specified swap notional amount in exchange for the delivery of par quantities of the referenced credit obligation. The Company’s maximum amount at risk, assuming the value of all referenced credit obligations is zero, was $7.7 billion and $5.1 billion at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. The Company can terminate these contracts at any time through cash settlement with the counterparty at an amount equal to the then current fair value of the credit default swaps. At December 31, 2011, the Company would have paid $41 million to terminate all of these contracts, and at December 31, 2010, the Company would have received $62 million to terminate all of these contracts.

 

300


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

The following table presents the estimated fair value, maximum amount of future payments and weighted average years to maturity of written credit default swaps at:

 

 

    December 31,  
    2011     2010  

Rating Agency Designation of Referenced Credit
Obligations (1)

  Estimated
Fair Value
of Credit
Default
Swaps
    Maximum
Amount

of Future
Payments under
Credit Default
Swaps (2)
    Weighted
Average
Years to
Maturity (3)
    Estimated
Fair Value
of Credit
Default
Swaps
    Maximum
Amount
of Future
Payments under
Credit Default
Swaps (2)
    Weighted
Average
Years to
Maturity (3)
 
                  (In millions)                     (In millions)  

Aaa/Aa/A

           

Single name credit default swaps (corporate)

  $ 5     $ 737       3.5     $ 5     $ 470       3.8  

Credit default swaps referencing indices

    (1     2,813       3.0       45       2,928       3.7  
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

Subtotal

    4       3,550       3.1       50       3,398       3.7  
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

Baa

           

Single name credit default swaps (corporate)

    (17     1,234       4.0       5       735       4.3  

Credit default swaps referencing indices

    (26     2,847       4.9       7       931       5.0  
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

Subtotal

    (43     4,081       4.6       12       1,666       4.7  
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

Ba

           

Single name credit default swaps (corporate)

           25       3.5              25       4.4  

Credit default swaps referencing indices

                                         
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

Subtotal

           25       3.5              25       4.4  
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

B

           

Single name credit default swaps (corporate)

                                         

Credit default swaps referencing indices

    (2     25       4.8                       
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

Subtotal

    (2     25       4.8                       
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total

  $ (41   $ 7,681       3.9     $ 62     $ 5,089       4.1  
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

(1)

The rating agency designations are based on availability and the midpoint of the applicable ratings among Moody’s Investors Service, S&P and Fitch Ratings. If no rating is available from a rating agency, then an internally developed rating is used.

 

(2)

Assumes the value of the referenced credit obligations is zero.

 

(3)

The weighted average years to maturity of the credit default swaps is calculated based on weighted average notional amounts.

 

301


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

The Company has also entered into credit default swaps to purchase credit protection on certain of the referenced credit obligations in the table above. As a result, the maximum amounts of potential future recoveries available to offset the $7.7 billion and $5.1 billion from the table above were $115 million and $120 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

Credit Risk on Freestanding Derivatives

The Company may be exposed to credit-related losses in the event of nonperformance by counterparties to derivative financial instruments. Generally, the current credit exposure of the Company’s derivative contracts is limited to the net positive estimated fair value of derivative contracts at the reporting date after taking into consideration the existence of netting agreements and any collateral received pursuant to credit support annexes.

The Company manages its credit risk related to OTC derivatives by entering into transactions with creditworthy counterparties, maintaining collateral arrangements and through the use of master agreements that provide for a single net payment to be made by one counterparty to another at each due date and upon termination. Because exchange-traded futures and options are effected through regulated exchanges, and positions are marked to market on a daily basis, the Company has minimal exposure to credit-related losses in the event of nonperformance by counterparties to such derivative instruments. See Note 5 for a description of the impact of credit risk on the valuation of derivative instruments.

The Company enters into various collateral arrangements which require both the pledging and accepting of collateral in connection with its OTC derivative instruments. At December 31, 2011 and 2010, the Company was obligated to return cash collateral under its control of $9.5 billion and $2.6 billion, respectively. This cash collateral is included in cash and cash equivalents or in short-term investments and the obligation to return it is included in payables for collateral under securities loaned and other transactions in the consolidated balance sheets. At December 31, 2011 and 2010, the Company had received collateral consisting of various securities with a fair market value of $2.5 billion and $984 million, respectively, which were held in separate custodial accounts. Subject to certain constraints, the Company is permitted by contract to sell or repledge this collateral, but at December 31, 2011, none of the collateral had been sold or repledged.

The Company’s collateral arrangements for its OTC derivatives generally require the counterparty in a net liability position, after considering the effect of netting agreements, to pledge collateral when the fair value of that counterparty’s derivatives reaches a pre-determined threshold. Certain of these arrangements also include credit-contingent provisions that provide for a reduction of these thresholds (on a sliding scale that converges toward zero) in the event of downgrades in the credit ratings of the Company and/or the counterparty. In addition, certain of the Company’s netting agreements for derivative instruments contain provisions that require the Company to maintain a specific investment grade credit rating from at least one of the major credit rating agencies. If the Company’s credit ratings were to fall below that specific investment grade credit rating, it would be in violation of these provisions, and the counterparties to the derivative instruments could request immediate payment or demand immediate and ongoing full overnight collateralization on derivative instruments that are in a net liability position after considering the effect of netting agreements.

 

302


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

The following table presents the estimated fair value of the Company’s OTC derivatives that are in a net liability position after considering the effect of netting agreements, together with the estimated fair value and balance sheet location of the collateral pledged. The table also presents the incremental collateral that the Company would be required to provide if there was a one notch downgrade in the Company’s credit rating at the reporting date or if the Company’s credit rating sustained a downgrade to a level that triggered full overnight collateralization or termination of the derivative position at the reporting date. Derivatives that are not subject to collateral agreements are not included in the scope of this table.

 

 

            Estimated Fair Value of
Collateral Provided:
    Fair Value of Incremental
Collateral Provided Upon:
 
      Estimated
Fair Value (1) of
Derivatives in Net
Liability Position
    Fixed Maturity
Securities (2)
    Cash (3)     One Notch
Downgrade

in the
Company’s
Credit

Rating
    Downgrade in the
Company’s Credit Rating

to a Level that Triggers
Full Overnight
Collateralization or
Termination of

the Derivative Position
 
    (In millions)  

December 31, 2011:

         

Derivatives subject to credit-contingent provisions

  $ 447     $ 405     $ 4     $ 48     $ 104  

Derivatives not subject to credit-contingent provisions

    28       11       4                
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $ 475     $ 416     $ 8     $ 48     $ 104  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

December 31, 2010:

         

Derivatives subject to credit-contingent provisions

  $ 1,167     $ 1,024     $      $ 99     $ 231  

Derivatives not subject to credit-contingent provisions

    22              43                
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $ 1,189     $ 1,024     $ 43     $ 99     $ 231  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

After taking into consideration the existence of netting agreements.

 

(2)

Included in fixed maturity securities in the consolidated balance sheets. Subject to certain constraints, the counterparties are permitted by contract to sell or repledge this collateral.

 

(3)

Included in premiums, reinsurance and other receivables in the consolidated balance sheets.

Without considering the effect of netting agreements, the estimated fair value of the Company’s OTC derivatives with credit-contingent provisions that were in a gross liability position at December 31, 2011 was $777 million. At December 31, 2011, the Company provided collateral of $409 million in connection with these derivatives. In the unlikely event that both: (i) the Company’s credit rating was downgraded to a level that triggers full overnight collateralization or termination of all derivative positions; and (ii) the Company’s netting agreements were deemed to be legally unenforceable, then the additional collateral that the Company would be required to provide to its counterparties in connection with its derivatives in a gross liability position at December 31, 2011 would be $368 million. This amount does not consider gross derivative assets of $330 million for which the Company has the contractual right of offset.

The Company also has exchange-traded futures and options, which require the pledging of collateral. At December 31, 2011 and 2010, the Company pledged securities collateral for exchange-traded futures and options

 

303


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

of $42 million and $40 million, respectively, which is included in fixed maturity securities. Subject to certain constraints, the counterparties are permitted by contract to sell or repledge this collateral. At December 31, 2011 and 2010, the Company provided cash collateral for exchange-traded futures and options of $680 million and $662 million, respectively, which is included in premiums, reinsurance and other receivables.

Embedded Derivatives

The Company issues certain products or purchases certain investments that contain embedded derivatives that are required to be separated from their host contracts and accounted for as freestanding derivatives. These host contracts principally include: variable annuities with guaranteed minimum benefits, including GMWBs, GMABs and certain GMIBs; ceded reinsurance of guaranteed minimum benefits related to GMABs and certain GMIBs; assumed reinsurance of guaranteed minimum benefits related to GMWBs and GMABs; funding agreements with equity or bond indexed crediting rates; funds withheld on assumed and ceded reinsurance; and options embedded in debt or equity securities.

The following table presents the estimated fair value of the Company’s embedded derivatives at:

 

 

       December 31,  
       2011     2010  
     (In millions)  

Net embedded derivatives within asset host contracts:

    

Ceded guaranteed minimum benefits

   $ 327     $ 185  

Funds withheld on assumed reinsurance

     35         

Options embedded in debt or equity securities

     (70     (57

Other

     1         
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net embedded derivatives within asset host contracts

   $ 293     $ 128  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net embedded derivatives within liability host contracts:

    

Direct guaranteed minimum benefits

   $ 2,104     $ 370  

Funds withheld on ceded reinsurance

     122       66  

Assumed guaranteed minimum benefits (1)

         2,340           2,186  

Other

     18       12  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net embedded derivatives within liability host contracts

   $ 4,584     $ 2,634  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

Assumed reinsurance of guaranteed minimum benefits related to GMWBs and GMABs of MSI MetLife, which was sold during the second quarter of 2011, have been separately presented in the current period. See Note 2. Comparative prior year balances, which were previously presented in direct guaranteed minimum benefits, have been conformed to the current period presentation.

The following table presents changes in estimated fair value related to embedded derivatives:

 

 

       Years Ended December 31,  
       2011     2010     2009  
     (In millions)  

Net derivative gains (losses) (1)

   $ (1,284   $ (387   $ 1,758  

Policyholder benefits and claims

   $         86     $ 8     $ (114

 

 

(1)

The valuation of guaranteed minimum benefits includes an adjustment for nonperformance risk. The amounts included in net derivative gains (losses), in connection with this adjustment, were $1.8 billion, ($96) million and ($1.9) billion, for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

 

304


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

5. Fair Value

Considerable judgment is often required in interpreting market data to develop estimates of fair value, and the use of different assumptions or valuation methodologies may have a material effect on the estimated fair value amounts.

Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value

Recurring Fair Value Measurements

The assets and liabilities measured at estimated fair value on a recurring basis, including those items for which the Company has elected the FVO, were determined as described below. These estimated fair values and their corresponding placement in the fair value hierarchy are summarized as follows:

 

 

      December 31, 2011  
      Fair Value Measurements at Reporting Date Using        
      Quoted Prices in
Active Markets for
Identical Assets

and Liabilities
(Level 1)
    Significant  Other
Observable

Inputs
(Level 2)
    Significant
Unobservable
Inputs

(Level 3)
    Total
Estimated

Fair
Value
 
    (In millions)  

Assets

       

Fixed maturity securities:

       

U.S. corporate securities

  $      $ 99,001     $ 6,784     $ 105,785  

Foreign corporate securities

           59,648       4,370       64,018  

Foreign government securities

    76       50,138       2,322       52,536  

RMBS

           41,035       1,602       42,637  

U.S. Treasury and agency securities

    19,911       20,070       31       40,012  

CMBS

           18,316       753       19,069  

State and political subdivision securities

           13,182       53       13,235  

ABS

           11,129       1,850       12,979  

Other fixed maturity securities

                           
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total fixed maturity securities

    19,987       312,519       17,765       350,271  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Equity securities:

       

Common stock

    819       1,105       281       2,205  

Non-redeemable preferred stock

           380       438       818  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total equity securities

    819       1,485       719       3,023  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Trading and other securities:

       

Actively Traded Securities

           473              473  

FVO general account securities

           244       23       267  

FVO contractholder-directed unit-linked investments

    7,572       8,453       1,386       17,411  

FVO securities held by CSEs

           117              117  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total trading and other securities

    7,572       9,287       1,409       18,268  

Short-term investments (1)

    8,150       8,120       590       16,860  

Mortgage loans:

       

Commercial mortgage loans held by CSEs

           3,138              3,138  

Mortgage loans held-for-sale: (2)

       

Residential mortgage loans

           2,836       228       3,064  

Securitized reverse residential mortgage loans

           6,466       1,186       7,652  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total mortgage loans held-for-sale

           9,302       1,414       10,716  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total mortgage loans

           12,440       1,414       13,854  

Other invested assets:

       

MSRs

                  666       666  

Other investments

    312       124              436  

Derivative assets: (3)

       

Interest rate contracts

    32       10,426       338       10,796  

Foreign currency contracts

    1       1,316       61       1,378  

Credit contracts

           301       29       330  

Equity market contracts

    29       2,703       964       3,696  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total derivative assets

    62       14,746       1,392       16,200  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other invested assets

    374       14,870       2,058       17,302  

Net embedded derivatives within asset host contracts (4)

           1       362       363  

Separate account assets (5)

    28,191       173,507       1,325       203,023  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

  $ 65,093     $ 532,229     $ 25,642     $ 622,964  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

305


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

      December 31, 2011  
      Fair Value Measurements at Reporting Date Using        
      Quoted Prices in
Active Markets for
Identical Assets

and Liabilities
(Level 1)
    Significant  Other
Observable

Inputs
(Level 2)
    Significant
Unobservable
Inputs

(Level 3)
    Total
Estimated

Fair
Value
 
    (In millions)  

Liabilities:

       

Derivative liabilities: (3)

       

Interest rate contracts

  $ 91     $ 2,351     $ 38     $ 2,480  

Foreign currency contracts

           1,103       17       1,120  

Credit contracts

           85       28       113  

Equity market contracts

    12       211       75       298  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total derivative liabilities

    103       3,750       158       4,011  

Net embedded derivatives within liability host contracts (4)

           19       4,565       4,584  

Long-term debt of CSEs

           2,952       116       3,068  

Liability related to securitized reverse residential mortgage loans (6)

           6,451       1,175       7,626  

Trading liabilities (6)

    124       3              127  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

  $ 227     $ 13,175     $ 6,014     $ 19,416  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
      December 31, 2010  
      Fair Value Measurements at Reporting Date Using        
      Quoted Prices in
Active Markets for
Identical Assets

and Liabilities
(Level 1)
    Significant  Other
Observable

Inputs
(Level 2)
    Significant
Unobservable
Inputs

(Level 3)
    Total
Estimated

Fair
Value
 
    (In millions)  

Assets:

       

Fixed maturity securities:

       

U.S. corporate securities

  $      $ 84,623     $ 7,149     $ 91,772  

Foreign corporate securities

           62,162       5,726       67,888  

Foreign government securities

    149       38,719       3,134       42,002  

RMBS

    274       43,037       2,541       45,852  

U.S. Treasury and agency securities

    14,602       18,623       79       33,304  

CMBS

           19,664       1,011       20,675  

State and political subdivision securities

           10,083       46       10,129  

ABS

           10,142       3,026       13,168  

Other fixed maturity securities

           3       4       7  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total fixed maturity securities

    15,025       287,056       22,716       324,797  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Equity securities:

       

Common stock

    831       1,094       268       2,193  

Non-redeemable preferred stock

           504       905       1,409  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total equity securities

    831       1,598       1,173       3,602  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Trading and other securities:

       

Actively Traded Securities

           453       10       463  

FVO general account securities

           54       77       131  

FVO contractholder-directed unit-linked investments

    6,270       10,789       735       17,794  

FVO securities held by CSEs

           201              201  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total trading and other securities

    6,270       11,497       822       18,589  

Short-term investments (1)

    3,026       4,681       858       8,565  

Mortgage loans:

       

Commercial mortgage loans held by CSEs

           6,840              6,840  

Residential mortgage loans held-for-sale (2)

           2,486       24       2,510  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total mortgage loans

           9,326       24       9,350  

Other invested assets:

       

MSRs

                  950       950  

Other investments

    373       121              494  

Derivative assets: (3)

       

Interest rate contracts

    131       3,583       39       3,753  

Foreign currency contracts

    2       1,711       74       1,787  

Credit contracts

           125       50       175  

Equity market contracts

    23       1,757       282       2,062  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total derivative assets

    156       7,176       445       7,777  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other invested assets

    529       7,297       1,395       9,221  

Net embedded derivatives within asset host contracts (4)

                  185       185  

Separate account assets (5)

    25,566       155,589       1,983       183,138  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

  $ 51,247     $ 477,044     $ 29,156     $ 557,447  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

306


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

      December 31, 2010  
      Fair Value Measurements at Reporting Date Using        
      Quoted Prices in
Active Markets for
Identical Assets

and Liabilities
(Level 1)
    Significant  Other
Observable

Inputs
(Level 2)
    Significant
Unobservable
Inputs

(Level 3)
    Total
Estimated

Fair
Value
 
    (In millions)  

Liabilities:

       

Derivative liabilities: (3)

       

Interest rate contracts

  $ 35     $ 1,598     $ 125     $ 1,758  

Foreign currency contracts

           1,372       1       1,373  

Credit contracts

           101       6       107  

Equity market contracts

    10       1,174       140       1,324  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total derivative liabilities

    45       4,245       272       4,562  

Net embedded derivatives within liability host contracts (4)

           11       2,623       2,634  

Long-term debt of CSEs

           6,636       184       6,820  

Trading liabilities (6)

    46                     46  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

  $ 91     $ 10,892     $ 3,079     $ 14,062  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

Short-term investments as presented in the tables above differ from the amounts presented in the consolidated balance sheets because certain short-term investments are not measured at estimated fair value (e.g., time deposits, etc.), and therefore are excluded from the tables presented above.

 

(2)

Mortgage loans held-for-sale as presented in the tables above differ from the amount presented in the consolidated balance sheets as these tables do not include mortgage loans that were previously designated as held-for-investment, but now are designated as held-for-sale and stated at lower of amortized cost or estimated fair value.

 

(3)

Derivative liabilities are presented within other liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets. The amounts are presented gross in the tables above to reflect the presentation in the consolidated balance sheets, but are presented net for purposes of the rollforward in the Fair Value Measurements Using Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3) tables which follow. At December 31, 2010 there were $185 million of non-derivative hedging instruments, carried at amortized cost, which are included within the liabilities total in Note 4 but excluded from derivative liabilities in the tables above as they are not derivative instruments. At December 31, 2011, there were no non-derivative hedging instruments.

 

(4)

Net embedded derivatives within asset host contracts are presented primarily within premiums, reinsurance and other receivables in the consolidated balance sheets. Net embedded derivatives within liability host contracts are presented primarily within PABs in the consolidated balance sheets. At December 31, 2011, fixed maturity securities and equity securities also included embedded derivatives of $2 million and ($72) million, respectively. At December 31, 2010, fixed maturity securities and equity securities included embedded derivatives of $5 million and ($62) million, respectively.

 

(5)

Separate account assets are measured at estimated fair value. Investment performance related to separate account assets is fully offset by corresponding amounts credited to contractholders whose liability is reflected within separate account liabilities. Separate account liabilities are set equal to the estimated fair value of separate account assets.

 

(6)

The liability related to securitized reverse residential mortgage loans and trading liabilities are presented within other liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets.

See Note 3 for discussion of CSEs included in the tables above and for certain amounts in prior year footnote disclosures which have been reclassified to conform with the 2011 presentation.

 

307


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

The methods and assumptions used to estimate the fair value of financial instruments are summarized as follows:

Fixed Maturity Securities, Equity Securities, Trading and Other Securities and Short-term Investments

When available, the estimated fair value of the Company’s fixed maturity securities, equity securities, trading and other securities and short-term investments are based on quoted prices in active markets that are readily and regularly obtainable. Generally, these are the most liquid of the Company’s securities holdings and valuation of these securities does not involve management’s judgment.

When quoted prices in active markets are not available, the determination of estimated fair value is based on market standard valuation methodologies, giving priority to observable inputs. The market standard valuation methodologies utilized include: discounted cash flow methodologies, matrix pricing or other similar techniques. The inputs in applying these market standard valuation methodologies include, but are not limited to: interest rates, credit standing of the issuer or counterparty, industry sector of the issuer, coupon rate, call provisions, sinking fund requirements, maturity and management’s assumptions regarding estimated duration, liquidity and estimated future cash flows. Accordingly, the estimated fair values are based on available market information and management’s judgments about financial instruments.

The significant inputs to the market standard valuation methodologies for certain types of securities with reasonable levels of price transparency are inputs that are observable in the market or can be derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data. Such observable inputs include benchmarking prices for similar assets in active markets, quoted prices in markets that are not active and observable yields and spreads in the market.

When observable inputs are not available, the market standard valuation methodologies for determining the estimated fair value of certain types of securities that trade infrequently, and therefore have little or no price transparency, rely on inputs that are significant to the estimated fair value that are not observable in the market or cannot be derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data. These unobservable inputs can be based in large part on management’s judgment or estimation and cannot be supported by reference to market activity. Even though these inputs are unobservable, management believes they are consistent with what other market participants would use when pricing such securities and are considered appropriate given the circumstances.

The estimated fair value of FVO securities held by CSEs is determined on a basis consistent with the methodologies described herein for fixed maturity securities and equity securities. The Company consolidates certain securitization entities that hold securities that have been accounted for under the FVO and classified within trading and other securities.

The use of different methodologies, assumptions and inputs may have a material effect on the estimated fair values of the Company’s securities holdings.

Mortgage Loans

The Company has elected the FVO for commercial mortgage loans held by CSEs, residential mortgage loans held-for-sale and securitized reverse residential mortgage loans. See Note 1 for a discussion of these mortgage loans. See “— Valuation Techniques and Inputs by Level Within the Three-Level Fair Value Hierarchy by Major Classes of Assets and Liabilities” below for a discussion of the methods and assumptions used to estimate the fair value of these financial instruments.

 

308


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

MSRs

Although MSRs are not financial instruments, the Company has included them in the preceding table as a result of its election to carry MSRs at estimated fair value. See “— Valuation Techniques and Inputs by Level Within the Three-Level Fair Value Hierarchy by Major Classes of Assets and Liabilities” below for a discussion of the methods and assumptions used to estimate the fair value of these financial instruments.

Other Investments

Other investments is primarily comprised of investment funds. The estimated fair value of these investment funds is determined on a basis consistent with the methodologies described herein for trading and other securities.

Derivatives

The estimated fair value of derivatives is determined through the use of quoted market prices for exchange-traded derivatives and interest rate forwards to sell certain to be announced securities, or through the use of pricing models for OTC derivatives. The determination of estimated fair value, when quoted market values are not available, is based on market standard valuation methodologies and inputs that management believes are consistent with what other market participants would use when pricing the instruments. Derivative valuations can be affected by changes in interest rates, foreign currency exchange rates, financial indices, credit spreads, default risk, nonperformance risk, volatility, liquidity and changes in estimates and assumptions used in the pricing models.

The significant inputs to the pricing models for most OTC derivatives are inputs that are observable in the market or can be derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data. Significant inputs that are observable generally include: interest rates, foreign currency exchange rates, interest rate curves, credit curves and volatility. However, certain OTC derivatives may rely on inputs that are significant to the estimated fair value that are not observable in the market or cannot be derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data. Significant inputs that are unobservable generally include: independent broker quotes, references to emerging market currencies and inputs that are outside the observable portion of the interest rate curve, credit curve, volatility or other relevant market measure. These unobservable inputs may involve significant management judgment or estimation. Even though unobservable, these inputs are based on assumptions deemed appropriate given the circumstances and management believes they are consistent with what other market participants would use when pricing such instruments.

The credit risk of both the counterparty and the Company are considered in determining the estimated fair value for all OTC derivatives, and any potential credit adjustment is based on the net exposure by counterparty after taking into account the effects of netting agreements and collateral arrangements. The Company values its derivative positions using the standard swap curve which includes a spread to the risk free rate. This credit spread is appropriate for those parties that execute trades at pricing levels consistent with the standard swap curve. As the Company and its significant derivative counterparties consistently execute trades at such pricing levels, additional credit risk adjustments are not currently required in the valuation process. The Company’s ability to consistently execute at such pricing levels is in part due to the netting agreements and collateral arrangements that are in place with all of its significant derivative counterparties. The evaluation of the requirement to make additional credit risk adjustments is performed by the Company each reporting period.

Most inputs for OTC derivatives are mid market inputs but, in certain cases, bid level inputs are used when they are deemed more representative of exit value. Market liquidity, as well as the use of different methodologies, assumptions and inputs, may have a material effect on the estimated fair values of the Company’s derivatives and could materially affect net income.

 

309


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

Embedded Derivatives Within Asset and Liability Host Contracts

Embedded derivatives principally include certain direct, assumed and ceded variable annuity guarantees and equity or bond indexed crediting rates within certain funding agreements. Embedded derivatives are recorded at estimated fair value with changes in estimated fair value reported in net income.

The Company issues and assumes certain variable annuity products with guaranteed minimum benefits. GMWBs, GMABs and certain GMIBs are embedded derivatives, which are measured at estimated fair value separately from the host variable annuity contract, with changes in estimated fair value reported in net derivative gains (losses). These embedded derivatives are classified within PABs in the consolidated balance sheets.

The fair value of these guarantees is estimated using the present value of projected future benefits minus the present value of projected future fees using actuarial and capital market assumptions including expectations concerning policyholder behavior. A risk neutral valuation methodology is used under which the cash flows from the guarantees are projected under multiple capital market scenarios using observable risk free rates. The valuation of these guarantee liabilities includes adjustments for nonperformance risk and for a risk margin related to non-capital market inputs.

The nonperformance adjustment is determined by taking into consideration publicly available information relating to spreads in the secondary market for MetLife, Inc.’s debt, including related credit default swaps. These observable spreads are then adjusted, as necessary, to reflect the priority of these liabilities and the claims paying ability of the issuing insurance subsidiaries compared to MetLife, Inc.

Risk margins are established to capture the non-capital market risks of the instrument which represent the additional compensation a market participant would require to assume the risks related to the uncertainties of such actuarial assumptions as annuitization, premium persistency, partial withdrawal and surrenders. The establishment of risk margins requires the use of significant management judgment, including assumptions of the amount and cost of capital needed to cover the guarantees. These guarantees may be more costly than expected in volatile or declining equity markets. Market conditions including, but not limited to, changes in interest rates, equity indices, market volatility and foreign currency exchange rates; changes in nonperformance risk; and variations in actuarial assumptions regarding policyholder behavior, mortality and risk margins related to non-capital market inputs may result in significant fluctuations in the estimated fair value of the guarantees that could materially affect net income.

The Company ceded the risk associated with certain of the GMIBs and GMABs previously described. These reinsurance agreements contain embedded derivatives which are included within premiums, reinsurance and other receivables in the consolidated balance sheets with changes in estimated fair value reported in net derivative gains (losses) or policyholder benefits and claims depending on the statement of operations classification of the direct risk. The value of the embedded derivatives on the ceded risk is determined using a methodology consistent with that described previously for the guarantees directly written by the Company with the exception of the input for nonperformance risk that reflects the credit of the reinsurer.

The estimated fair value of the embedded derivatives within funds withheld related to certain ceded reinsurance is determined based on the change in estimated fair value of the underlying assets held by the Company in a reference portfolio backing the funds withheld liability. The estimated fair value of the underlying assets is determined as previously described in “— Fixed Maturity Securities, Equity Securities, Trading and Other Securities and Short-term Investments.” The estimated fair value of these embedded derivatives is included, along with their funds withheld hosts, in other liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets with changes in estimated fair value recorded in net derivative gains (losses). Changes in the credit spreads on the underlying assets, interest rates and market volatility may result in significant fluctuations in the estimated fair value of these embedded derivatives that could materially affect net income.

 

310


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

The estimated fair value of the embedded equity and bond indexed derivatives contained in certain funding agreements is determined using market standard swap valuation models and observable market inputs, including an adjustment for nonperformance risk. The estimated fair value of these embedded derivatives are included, along with their funding agreements host, within PABs with changes in estimated fair value recorded in net derivative gains (losses). Changes in equity and bond indices, interest rates and the Company’s credit standing may result in significant fluctuations in the estimated fair value of these embedded derivatives that could materially affect net income.

Separate Account Assets

Separate account assets are carried at estimated fair value and reported as a summarized total on the consolidated balance sheets. The estimated fair value of separate account assets is based on the estimated fair value of the underlying assets. Assets within the Company’s separate accounts include: mutual funds, fixed maturity securities, equity securities, mortgage loans, derivatives, hedge funds, other limited partnership interests, short-term investments and cash and cash equivalents. See “— Valuation Techniques and Inputs by Level Within the Three-Level Fair Value Hierarchy by Major Classes of Assets and Liabilities” below for a discussion of the methods and assumptions used to estimate the fair value of these financial instruments.

Long-term Debt of CSEs

The Company has elected the FVO for the long-term debt of CSEs. See “— Valuation Techniques and Inputs by Level Within the Three-Level Fair Value Hierarchy by Major Classes of Assets and Liabilities” below for a discussion of the methods and assumptions used to estimate the fair value of these financial instruments.

Liability Related to Securitized Reverse Residential Mortgage Loans

The Company has elected the FVO for the liability related to securitized reverse residential mortgage loans. See “— Valuation Techniques and Inputs by Level Within the Three-Level Fair Value Hierarchy by Major Classes of Assets and Liabilities” below for a discussion of the methods and assumptions used to estimate the fair value of this financial instrument.

Trading Liabilities

Trading liabilities are recorded at estimated fair value with subsequent changes in estimated fair value recognized in net investment income. The estimated fair value of trading liabilities is determined on a basis consistent with the methodologies described in “— Fixed Maturity Securities, Equity Securities, Trading and Other Securities and Short-term Investments.”

Valuation Techniques and Inputs by Level Within the Three-Level Fair Value Hierarchy by Major Classes of Assets and Liabilities

A description of the significant valuation techniques and inputs to the determination of estimated fair value for the more significant asset and liability classes measured at fair value on a recurring basis is as follows:

The Company determines the estimated fair value of its investments using primarily the market approach and the income approach. The use of quoted prices for identical assets and matrix pricing or other similar techniques are examples of market approaches, while the use of discounted cash flow methodologies is an example of the income approach. The Company attempts to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs in selecting whether the market or income approach is used.

 

311


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

While certain investments have been classified as Level 1 from the use of unadjusted quoted prices for identical investments supported by high volumes of trading activity and narrow bid/ask spreads, most investments have been classified as Level 2 because the significant inputs used to measure the fair value on a recurring basis of the same or similar investment are market observable or can be corroborated using market observable information for the full term of the investment. Level 3 investments include those where estimated fair values are based on significant unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and may reflect management’s own assumptions about what factors market participants would use in pricing these investments.

Level 1 Measurements:

Fixed Maturity Securities, Equity Securities, Trading and Other Securities and Short-term Investments

These securities are comprised of U.S. Treasury and agency securities, foreign government securities, RMBS principally to-be-announced securities, exchange traded common stock, exchange traded registered mutual fund interests included in trading and other securities and short-term money market securities, including U.S. Treasury bills. Valuation of these securities is based on unadjusted quoted prices in active markets that are readily and regularly available. Contractholder-directed unit-linked investments reported within trading and other securities include certain registered mutual fund interests priced using daily NAV provided by the fund managers.

Derivative Assets and Derivative Liabilities

These assets and liabilities are comprised of exchange-traded derivatives, as well as interest rate forwards to sell certain to-be-announced securities. Valuation of these assets and liabilities is based on unadjusted quoted prices in active markets that are readily and regularly available.

Separate Account Assets

These assets are comprised of (i) securities that are similar in nature to the fixed maturity securities, equity securities and short-term investments referred to above; and (ii) certain exchange-traded derivatives, including financial futures and owned options. Valuation of these assets is based on unadjusted quoted prices in active markets that are readily and regularly available.

Level 2 Measurements:

Fixed Maturity Securities, Equity Securities, Trading and Other Securities and Short-term Investments

This level includes fixed maturity securities and equity securities priced principally by independent pricing services using observable inputs. Trading and other securities and short-term investments within this level are of a similar nature and class to the Level 2 securities described below. Contractholder-directed unit-linked investments reported within trading and other securities include certain mutual fund interests without readily determinable fair values given prices are not published publicly. Valuation of these mutual funds is based upon quoted prices or reported NAV provided by the fund managers, which were based on observable inputs.

U.S. corporate and foreign corporate securities .  These securities are principally valued using the market and income approaches. Valuation is based primarily on quoted prices in markets that are not active, or using matrix pricing or other similar techniques that use standard market observable inputs such as benchmark yields, spreads off benchmark yields, new issuances, issuer rating, duration, and trades of identical or comparable securities. Investment grade privately placed securities are valued using discounted cash flow methodologies using standard market observable inputs, and inputs derived from, or corroborated by, market observable data including market yield curve, duration, call provisions, observable prices and spreads for

 

312


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

similar publicly traded or privately traded issues that incorporate the credit quality and industry sector of the issuer. This level also includes certain below investment grade privately placed fixed maturity securities priced by independent pricing services that use observable inputs.

Structured securities comprised of RMBS, CMBS and ABS .  These securities are principally valued using the market approach. Valuation is based primarily on matrix pricing or other similar techniques using standard market inputs including spreads for actively traded securities, spreads off benchmark yields, expected prepayment speeds and volumes, current and forecasted loss severity, rating, weighted average coupon, weighted average maturity, average delinquency rates, geographic region, debt-service coverage ratios and issuance-specific information including, but not limited to: collateral type, payment terms of the underlying assets, payment priority within the tranche, structure of the security, deal performance and vintage of loans.

U.S. Treasury and agency securities .  These securities are principally valued using the market approach. Valuation is based primarily on quoted prices in markets that are not active, or using matrix pricing or other similar techniques using standard market observable inputs such as benchmark U.S. Treasury yield curve, the spread off the U.S. Treasury curve for the identical security and comparable securities that are actively traded.

Foreign government and state and political subdivision securities .  These securities are principally valued using the market approach. Valuation is based primarily on matrix pricing or other similar techniques using standard market observable inputs including benchmark U.S. Treasury or other yields, issuer ratings, broker-dealer quotes, issuer spreads and reported trades of similar securities, including those within the same sub-sector or with a similar maturity or credit rating.

Common and non-redeemable preferred stock .  These securities are principally valued using the market approach where market quotes are available but are not considered actively traded. Valuation is based principally on observable inputs including quoted prices in markets that are not considered active.

Commercial Mortgage Loans Held by CSEs

These commercial mortgage loans are principally valued using the market approach. The principal market for these commercial loan portfolios is the securitization market. The Company uses the quoted securitization market price of the obligations of the CSEs to determine the estimated fair value of these commercial loan portfolios. These market prices are determined principally by independent pricing services using observable inputs.

Residential Mortgage Loans Held-For-Sale

Residential mortgage loans held-for-sale are principally valued using the market approach. Valuation is based primarily on readily available observable pricing for securities backed by similar loans. The unobservable adjustments to such prices are insignificant.

Securitized Reverse Residential Mortgage Loans

Securitized reverse residential mortgage loans are principally valued using the market approach. Valuation is based primarily on readily available observable pricing for securities backed by similar fixed-rate loans. The unobservable adjustments to such prices are not significant.

Derivative Assets and Derivative Liabilities

This level includes all types of derivative instruments utilized by the Company with the exception of exchange-traded derivatives and interest rate forwards to sell certain to-be-announced securities included within Level 1 and those derivative instruments with unobservable inputs as described in Level 3. These derivatives are principally valued using an income approach.

 

313


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

Interest rate contracts.

Non-option-based — Valuations are based on present value techniques, which utilize significant inputs that may include the swap yield curve, LIBOR basis curves and repurchase rates.

Option-based — Valuations are based on option pricing models, which utilize significant inputs that may include the swap yield curve, LIBOR basis curves and interest rate volatility.

Foreign currency contracts.

Non-option-based — Valuations are based on present value techniques, which utilize significant inputs that may include the swap yield curve, LIBOR basis curves, currency spot rates and cross currency basis curves.

Option-based — Valuations are based on option pricing models, which utilize significant inputs that may include the swap yield curve, LIBOR basis curves, currency spot rates, cross currency basis curves and currency volatility.

Credit contracts.

Non-option-based — Valuations are based on present value techniques, which utilize significant inputs that may include the swap yield curve, credit curves and recovery rates.

Equity market contracts.

Non-option-based — Valuations are based on present value techniques, which utilize significant inputs that may include the swap yield curve, spot equity index levels and dividend yield curves.

Option-based — Valuations are based on option pricing models, which utilize significant inputs that may include the swap yield curve, spot equity index levels, dividend yield curves and equity volatility.

Embedded Derivatives Contained in Certain Funding Agreements

These derivatives are principally valued using an income approach. Valuations are based on present value techniques, which utilize significant inputs that may include the swap yield curve and the spot equity and bond index level.

Separate Account Assets

These assets are comprised of investments that are similar in nature to the fixed maturity securities, equity securities, short-term investments and derivative assets referred to above. Also included are certain mutual funds and hedge funds without readily determinable fair values given prices are not published publicly. Valuation of the mutual funds and hedge funds is based upon quoted prices or reported NAV provided by the fund managers.

Long-term Debt of CSEs

The estimated fair value of the long-term debt of the Company’s CSEs is based on quoted prices when traded as assets in active markets or, if not available, based on market standard valuation methodologies, consistent with the Company’s methods and assumptions used to estimate the fair value of comparable fixed maturity securities.

Liability Related to Securitized Reverse Residential Mortgage Loans

The estimated fair value of the liability related to securitized reverse residential mortgage loans, is based on quoted prices when traded as assets in active markets or, if not available, based on market standard valuation methodologies, consistent with the Company’s methods and assumptions used to estimate the fair value of comparable financial instruments.

 

314


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

Level 3 Measurements:

In general, investments classified within Level 3 use many of the same valuation techniques and inputs as described in Level 2 Measurements. However, if key inputs are unobservable, or if the investments are less liquid and there is very limited trading activity, the investments are generally classified as Level 3. The use of independent non-binding broker quotations to value investments generally indicates there is a lack of liquidity or a lack of transparency in the process to develop the valuation estimates generally causing these investments to be classified in Level 3.

Fixed Maturity Securities, Equity Securities, Trading and Other Securities and Short-term Investments

This level includes fixed maturity securities and equity securities priced principally by independent broker quotations or market standard valuation methodologies using inputs that are not market observable or cannot be derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data. Trading and other securities and short-term investments within this level are of a similar nature and class to the Level 3 securities described below; accordingly, the valuation techniques and significant market standard observable inputs used in their valuation are also similar to those described below.

U.S. corporate and foreign corporate securities .  These securities, including financial services industry hybrid securities classified within fixed maturity securities, are principally valued using the market and income approaches. Valuations are based primarily on matrix pricing or other similar techniques that utilize unobservable inputs or cannot be derived principally from, or corroborated by, observable market data, including illiquidity premiums and spread adjustments to reflect industry trends or specific credit-related issues. Valuations may be based on independent non-binding broker quotations. Generally, below investment grade privately placed or distressed securities included in this level are valued using discounted cash flow methodologies which rely upon significant, unobservable inputs and inputs that cannot be derived principally from, or corroborated by, observable market data.

Structured securities comprised of RMBS, CMBS and ABS .  These securities are principally valued using the market approach. Valuation is based primarily on matrix pricing or other similar techniques that utilize inputs that are unobservable or cannot be derived principally from, or corroborated by, observable market data, or are based on independent non-binding broker quotations. Below investment grade securities and RMBS supported by sub-prime mortgage loans included in this level are valued based on inputs including quoted prices for identical or similar securities that are less liquid and based on lower levels of trading activity than securities classified in Level 2, and certain of these securities are valued based on independent non-binding broker quotations.

Foreign government and state and political subdivision securities .  These securities are principally valued using the market approach. Valuation is based primarily on matrix pricing or other similar techniques, however these securities are less liquid and certain of the inputs are based on very limited trading activity.

Common and non-redeemable preferred stock .  These securities, including privately held securities and financial services industry hybrid securities classified within equity securities, are principally valued using the market and income approaches. Valuations are based primarily on matrix pricing or other similar techniques using inputs such as comparable credit rating and issuance structure. Equity securities valuations determined with discounted cash flow methodologies use inputs such as earnings multiples based on comparable public companies, and industry-specific non-earnings based multiples. Certain of these securities are valued based on independent non-binding broker quotations.

 

315


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

Residential Mortgage Loans Held-For-Sale

Residential mortgage loans held-for-sale for which pricing for securities backed by similar loans is not observable, the estimated fair value is determined using unobservable independent broker quotations or valuation models using significant unobservable inputs.

Securitized Reverse Residential Mortgage Loans

Securitized reverse residential mortgage loans for which pricing for securities backed by similar adjustable-rate loans is not observable, the estimated fair value is determined using unobservable independent broker quotations or valuation models using significant unobservable inputs.

MSRs

MSRs, which are valued using an income approach, are carried at estimated fair value and have multiple significant unobservable inputs including assumptions regarding estimates of discount rates, loan prepayments and servicing costs. Sales of MSRs tend to occur in private transactions where the precise terms and conditions of the sales are typically not readily available and observable market valuations are limited. As such, the Company relies primarily on a discounted cash flow model to estimate the fair value of the MSRs. The model requires inputs such as type of loan (fixed vs. variable and agency vs. other), age of loan, loan interest rates and current market interest rates that are generally observable. The model also requires the use of unobservable inputs including assumptions regarding estimates of discount rates, loan prepayments and servicing costs.

Derivative Assets and Derivative Liabilities

These derivatives are principally valued using an income approach. Valuations of non-option-based derivatives utilize present value techniques, whereas valuations of option-based derivatives utilize option pricing models. These valuation methodologies generally use the same inputs as described in the corresponding sections above for Level 2 measurements of derivatives. However, these derivatives result in Level 3 classification because one or more of the significant inputs are not observable in the market or cannot be derived principally from, or corroborated by, observable market data.

Interest rate contracts.

Non-option-based — Significant unobservable inputs may include pull through rates on interest rate lock commitments and the extrapolation beyond observable limits of the swap yield curve and LIBOR basis curves.

Option-based — Significant unobservable inputs may include the extrapolation beyond observable limits of the swap yield curve, LIBOR basis curves and interest rate volatility.

Foreign currency contracts.

Non-option-based — Significant unobservable inputs may include the extrapolation beyond observable limits of the swap yield curve, LIBOR basis curves and cross currency basis curves. Certain of these derivatives are valued based on independent non-binding broker quotations.

Option-based — Significant unobservable inputs may include currency correlation and the extrapolation beyond observable limits of the swap yield curve, LIBOR basis curves, cross currency basis curves and currency volatility.

 

316


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

Credit contracts.

Non-option-based — Significant unobservable inputs may include credit spreads, repurchase rates, and the extrapolation beyond observable limits of the swap yield curve and credit curves. Certain of these derivatives are valued based on independent non-binding broker quotations.

Equity market contracts.

Non-option-based — Significant unobservable inputs may include the extrapolation beyond observable limits of dividend yield curves.

Option-based — Significant unobservable inputs may include the extrapolation beyond observable limits of dividend yield curves, equity volatility and unobservable correlations between model inputs. Certain of these derivatives are valued based on independent non-binding broker quotations.

Direct and Assumed Guaranteed Minimum Benefits

These embedded derivatives are principally valued using an income approach. Valuations are based on option pricing techniques, which utilize significant inputs that may include swap yield curve, currency exchange rates and implied volatilities. These embedded derivatives result in Level 3 classification because one or more of the significant inputs are not observable in the market or cannot be derived principally from, or corroborated by, observable market data. Significant unobservable inputs generally include: the extrapolation beyond observable limits of the swap yield curve and implied volatilities, actuarial assumptions for policyholder behavior and mortality and the potential variability in policyholder behavior and mortality, nonperformance risk and cost of capital for purposes of calculating the risk margin.

Reinsurance Ceded on Certain Guaranteed Minimum Benefits

These embedded derivatives are principally valued using an income approach. The valuation techniques and significant market standard unobservable inputs used in their valuation are similar to those previously described under “Direct and Assumed Guaranteed Minimum Benefits” and also include counterparty credit spreads.

Embedded Derivatives Within Funds Withheld Related to Certain Ceded Reinsurance

These embedded derivatives are principally valued using an income approach. Valuations are based on present value techniques, which utilize significant inputs that may include the swap yield curve and the fair value of assets within the reference portfolio. These embedded derivatives result in Level 3 classification because one or more of the significant inputs are not observable in the market or cannot be derived principally from, or corroborated by, observable market data. Significant unobservable inputs generally include: the fair value of certain assets within the reference portfolio which are not observable in the market and cannot be derived principally from, or corroborated by, observable market data.

Separate Account Assets

These assets are comprised of investments that are similar in nature to the fixed maturity securities, equity securities and derivative assets referred to above. Separate account assets within this level also include mortgage loans and other limited partnership interests. The estimated fair value of mortgage loans is determined by discounting expected future cash flows, using current interest rates for similar loans with similar credit risk. Other limited partnership interests are valued giving consideration to the value of the underlying holdings of the partnerships and by applying a premium or discount, if appropriate, for factors such as liquidity, bid/ask spreads, the performance record of the fund manager or other relevant variables which may impact the exit value of the particular partnership interest.

 

317


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

Long-term Debt of CSEs

The estimated fair value of the long-term debt of the Company’s CSEs are priced principally through independent broker quotations or market standard valuation methodologies using inputs that are not market observable or cannot be derived from or corroborated by observable market data.

Liability Related to Securitized Reverse Residential Mortgage Loans

The estimated fair value of the liability related to securitized reverse residential mortgage loans is based on quoted prices when traded as assets in less active markets or, if not available, based on market standard valuation methodologies using unobservable inputs, consistent with the Company’s methods and assumptions used to estimate the fair value of comparable financial instruments.

Transfers between Levels 1 and 2:

During the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, transfers between Levels 1 and 2 were not significant.

Transfers into or out of Level 3:

Overall, transfers into and/or out of Level 3 are attributable to a change in the observability of inputs. Assets and liabilities are transferred into Level 3 when a significant input cannot be corroborated with market observable data. This occurs when market activity decreases significantly and underlying inputs cannot be observed, current prices are not available, and/or when there are significant variances in quoted prices, thereby affecting transparency. Assets and liabilities are transferred out of Level 3 when circumstances change such that a significant input can be corroborated with market observable data. This may be due to a significant increase in market activity, a specific event, or one or more significant input(s) becoming observable. Transfers into and/or out of any level are assumed to occur at the beginning of the period. Significant transfers into and/or out of Level 3 assets and liabilities for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 are summarized below.

Transfers into Level 3 were due primarily to a lack of trading activity, decreased liquidity and credit ratings downgrades (e.g., from investment grade to below investment grade), which have resulted in decreased transparency of valuations and an increased use of broker quotations and unobservable inputs to determine estimated fair value.

During the year ended December 31, 2011, transfers into Level 3 for fixed maturity securities of $599 million and for separate account assets of $19 million, were principally comprised of certain U.S. and foreign corporate securities and foreign government securities. During the year ended December 31, 2010, transfers into Level 3 for fixed maturity securities of $1.7 billion and for separate account assets of $46 million were principally comprised of certain U.S. and foreign corporate securities and CMBS.

Transfers out of Level 3 resulted primarily from increased transparency of both new issuances that subsequent to issuance and establishment of trading activity, became priced by independent pricing services and existing issuances that, over time, the Company was able to obtain pricing from, or corroborate pricing received from, independent pricing services with observable inputs, or increases in market activity and upgraded credit ratings. With respect to derivatives, transfers out of Level 3 resulted primarily from increased transparency related to the observable portion of the equity volatility surface.

During the year ended December 31, 2011, transfers out of Level 3 for fixed maturity securities of $6.7 billion and for separate account assets of $257 million, were principally comprised of certain ABS, foreign government securities, U.S. and foreign corporate securities, RMBS and CMBS. During the year ended December 31, 2011,

 

318


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

transfers out of Level 3 for derivatives of $75 million were principally comprised of equity options. During the year ended December 31, 2010, transfers out of Level 3 for fixed maturity securities of $1.7 billion and for separate account assets of $234 million were principally comprised of certain U.S. and foreign corporate securities, RMBS and ABS.

The following tables summarize the change of all assets and (liabilities) measured at estimated fair value on a recurring basis using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3), including realized and unrealized gains (losses) of all assets and (liabilities) and realized and unrealized gains (losses) of all assets and (liabilities) still held at the end of the respective time periods:

 

    Fair Value Measurements Using Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)  
    Fixed Maturity Securities:  
    U.S.
Corporate
Securities
    Foreign
Corporate
Securities
    Foreign
Government
Securities
    RMBS     U.S.
Treasury
and Agency
Securities
    CMBS     State and
Political
Subdivision
Securities
    ABS     Other
Fixed
Maturity
Securities
 
    (In millions)  

Year Ended December 31, 2011:

                 

Balance, January 1,

  $ 7,149     $ 5,726     $ 3,134     $ 2,541     $ 79     $ 1,011     $ 46     $ 3,026     $ 4  

Total realized/unrealized gains (losses) included in:

                 

Earnings: (1), (2)

                 

Net investment income

    11       27       18       10              25              24         

Net investment gains (losses)

    17       (9            (41            (16            (18       

Net derivative gains (losses)

                                                              

Other revenues

                                                              

Policyholder benefits and claims

                                                              

Other expenses

                                                              

Other comprehensive income (loss)

    327       (66            (5     3       71       (8     81         

Purchases (3)

    912       1,740       529       393       6       283       11       1,033         

Sales (3)

    (887     (2,094     (179     (213     (1     (178     (4     (659     (4

Issuances (3)

                                                              

Settlements (3)

                                                              

Transfers into Level 3 (4)

    169       211       123       20              52       10       14         

Transfers out of Level 3 (4)

    (914     (1,165     (1,303     (1,103     (56     (495     (2     (1,651       
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 31,

  $ 6,784     $ 4,370     $ 2,322     $ 1,602     $ 31     $ 753     $ 53     $ 1,850     $   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Changes in unrealized gains (losses) relating to assets and liabilities still held at December 31, 2011 included in earnings:

                 

Net investment income

  $ 10     $ 19     $ 18     $ 11     $      $ 24     $      $ 20     $   

Net investment gains (losses)

  $ (27   $ (31   $ (3   $ (41   $      $ (14   $      $ (10   $   

Net derivative gains (losses)

  $      $      $      $      $      $      $      $      $   

Other revenues

  $      $      $      $      $      $      $      $      $   

Policyholder benefits and claims

  $      $      $      $      $      $      $      $      $   

Other expenses

  $      $      $      $      $      $      $      $      $   

 

319


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

 

    Fair Value Measurements Using Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)  
    Equity Securities:     Trading and Other Securities:                    
    Common
Stock
    Non-
redeemable
Preferred
Stock
    Actively
Traded
Securities
    FVO
General
Account
Securities
    FVO
Contractholder-
directed
Unit-linked
Investments
    Short-term
Investments
    Residential
Mortgage
Loans Held-
for-sale
    Securitized
Reverse
Residential
Mortgage
Loans
 
    (In millions)  

Year Ended December 31, 2011:

               

Balance, January 1,

  $ 268     $ 905     $ 10     $ 77     $ 735     $ 858     $ 24     $   

Total realized/unrealized gains (losses) included in:

               

Earnings: (1), (2)

               

Net investment income

                         (7     5       3                

Net investment gains (losses)

    14       (71                          (2              

Net derivative gains (losses)

                                                       

Other revenues

                                              5         

Policyholder benefits and claims

                                                       

Other expenses

                                                       

Other comprehensive income (loss)

    5       5                            2                

Purchases (3)

    106       3                     1,246       600       3         

Sales (3)

    (46     (416     (8     (33     (478     (870              

Issuances (3)

                                              175       1,186  

Settlements (3)

                                              (87       

Transfers into Level 3 (4)

           12                     121              109         

Transfers out of Level 3 (4)

    (66            (2     (14     (243     (1     (1       
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 31,

  $ 281     $ 438     $      $ 23     $ 1,386     $ 590     $ 228     $ 1,186  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Changes in unrealized gains (losses) relating to assets and liabilities still held at December 31, 2011 included in earnings:

               

Net investment income

  $      $      $      $ (8   $ (4   $      $      $   

Net investment gains (losses)

  $ (6   $ (19   $      $      $      $ (1   $      $   

Net derivative gains (losses)

  $      $      $      $      $      $      $      $   

Other revenues

  $      $      $      $      $      $      $ 5     $   

Policyholder benefits and claims

  $      $      $      $      $      $      $      $   

Other expenses

  $      $      $      $      $      $      $      $   

 

320


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

 

    Fair Value Measurements Using Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)  
          Net Derivatives: (7)                          
    MSRs
(5),(6)
    Interest
Rate
Contracts
    Foreign
Currency
Contracts
    Credit
Contracts
    Equity
Market
Contracts
    Net
Embedded
Derivatives
(8)
    Separate
Account
Assets (9)
    Long-term
Debt of
CSEs
    Liability
Related

to  Securitized
Reverse
Mortgage
Loans
 
    (In millions)  

Year Ended December 31, 2011:

                 

Balance, January 1,

  $   950     $ (86   $ 73     $ 44     $ 142     $ (2,438   $ 1,983     $ (184   $   

Total realized/unrealized gains (losses) included in:

                 

Earnings: (1), (2)

                 

Net investment income

                                (3                            

Net investment gains (losses)

                                              39       (8       

Net derivative gains (losses)

           41       (28     (43     601       (1,277                     

Other revenues

    (314     62                                                   

Policyholder benefits and claims

                                7       86                       

Other expenses

                                                              

Other comprehensive income (loss)

           329              14       1       (119                     

Purchases (3)

           (1            1       228              284                

Sales (3)

                                              (743              

Issuances (3)

    173                     (3     (4                          (1,175

Settlements (3)

    (143     (44     (1     (12     (8     (455            76         

Transfers into Level 3 (4)

           (1                                 19                

Transfers out of Level 3 (4)

                                (75            (257              
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 31,

  $ 666     $ 300     $ 44     $ 1     $ 889     $ (4,203   $ 1,325     $   (116   $ (1,175
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Changes in unrealized gains (losses) relating to assets and liabilities still held at December 31, 2011 included in earnings:

                 

Net investment income

  $      $      $      $      $      $      $      $      $   

Net investment gains (losses)

  $      $      $      $      $      $      $      $ (8   $   

Net derivative gains (losses)

  $      $ 24     $ (24   $ (42   $ 601     $ (1,303   $      $      $   

Other revenues

  $ (282   $ 68     $      $      $      $      $      $      $   

Policyholder benefits and claims

  $      $      $      $      $ 7     $ 94     $      $      $   

Other expenses

  $      $      $      $      $      $      $      $      $   

 

321


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

 

    Fair Value Measurements Using Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)  
  Fixed Maturity Securities:  
  U.S.
Corporate
Securities
    Foreign
Corporate
Securities
    Foreign
Government
Securities
    RMBS     U.S.
Treasury
and Agency
Securities
    CMBS     State and
Political
Subdivision
Securities
    ABS     Other
Fixed
Maturity
Securities
 
    (In millions)  

Year Ended December 31, 2010:

                 

Balance, January 1,

  $ 6,694     $ 5,244     $ 378     $ 2,884     $ 37     $ 139     $ 69     $ 1,659     $ 6  

Total realized/unrealized gains (losses) included in:

                 

Earnings: (1), (2)

                 

Net investment income

    22       15       6       64              1              9       1  

Net investment gains (losses)

    (13     (34     (5     (59            (6            (40       

Net derivative gains (losses)

                                                              

Other revenues

                                                              

Policyholder benefits and claims

                                                              

Other expenses

                                                              

Other comprehensive income (loss)

    277       318       (95     305       2       89       (2     168       2  

Purchases, sales, issuances and settlements (3)

    (415     305       2,965       (445     (6     684       9       1,435       (5

Transfers into Level 3 (4)

    898       502       40       91       46       132              28         

Transfers out of Level 3 (4)

    (314     (624     (155     (299            (28     (30     (233       
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 31,

  $ 7,149     $ 5,726     $ 3,134     $ 2,541     $ 79     $ 1,011     $ 46     $ 3,026     $ 4  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Changes in unrealized gains (losses) relating to assets and liabilities still held at December 31, 2010 included in earnings:

                 

Net investment income

  $ 13     $ 15     $ 10     $ 63     $      $ 1     $      $ 9     $ 1  

Net investment gains (losses)

  $ (44   $ (43   $      $ (29   $      $ (6   $      $ (23   $   

Net derivative gains (losses)

  $      $      $      $      $      $      $      $      $   

Other revenues

  $      $      $      $      $      $      $      $      $   

Policyholder benefits and claims

  $      $      $      $      $      $      $      $      $   

Other expenses

  $      $      $      $      $      $      $      $      $   

 

322


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

 

    Fair Value Measurements Using Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)  
    Equity Securities:     Trading and Other Securities:                    
    Common
Stock
    Non-
redeemable
Preferred
Stock
    Actively
Traded
Securities
    FVO
General
Account
Securities
    FVO
Contractholder-
directed
Unit-linked
Investments
    Short-term
Investments
    Residential
Mortgage
Loans Held-
for-sale
    MSRs
(5),(6)
 
    (In millions)  

Year Ended December 31, 2010:

               

Balance, January 1,

  $ 136     $ 1,102     $ 32     $ 51     $      $ 23     $ 25     $ 878  

Total realized/unrealized gains (losses)
included in:

               

Earnings: (1), (2)

               

Net investment income

                         8       (15     2                

Net investment gains (losses)

    5       46                                            

Net derivative gains (losses)

                                                       

Other revenues

                                              (2     (79

Policyholder benefits and claims

                                                       

Other expenses

                                                       

Other comprehensive income (loss)

    7       12                            (9              

Purchases, sales, issuances and settlements (3)

    128       (250     (22     (1     750       842              151  

Transfers into Level 3 (4)

    1                     37                     10         

Transfers out of Level 3 (4)

    (9     (5            (18                   (9       
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 31,

  $ 268     $ 905     $ 10     $ 77     $ 735     $ 858     $ 24     $ 950  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Changes in unrealized gains (losses) relating to assets and liabilities still held at December 31, 2010 included in earnings:

               

Net investment income

  $      $      $      $ 12     $ (15   $ 2     $      $   

Net investment gains (losses)

  $ (2   $ (3   $      $      $      $      $      $   

Net derivative gains (losses)

  $      $      $      $      $      $      $      $   

Other revenues

  $      $      $      $      $      $      $ (2   $ (28

Policyholder benefits and claims

  $      $      $      $      $      $      $      $   

Other expenses

  $      $      $      $      $      $      $      $   

 

323


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

 

    Fair Value Measurements Using Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)  
  Net Derivatives: (7)     Net
Embedded
Derivatives (8)
    Separate
Account
Assets (9)
    Long-term
Debt of
CSEs (10)
 
  Interest
Rate
Contracts
    Foreign
Currency
Contracts
    Credit
Contracts
    Equity
Market
Contracts
       
    (In millions)  

Year Ended December 31, 2010:

             

Balance, January 1,

  $ 7     $ 108     $ 42     $ 199     $ (1,455   $ 1,797     $   

Total realized/unrealized gains (losses) included in:

             

Earnings: (1), (2)

             

Net investment income

                                                

Net investment gains (losses)

                                       132       48  

Net derivative gains (losses)

    36       46       4       (88     (343              

Other revenues

    1                                            

Policyholder benefits and claims

                                8                

Other expenses

           (4                                   

Other comprehensive income (loss)

    (107     2       13       11       (226              

Purchases, sales, issuances and settlements (3)

    (23     (57     (15     20       (422     242       (232

Transfers into Level 3 (4)

                                       46         

Transfers out of Level 3 (4)

           (22                          (234       
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 31,

  $ (86   $ 73     $ 44     $ 142     $ (2,438   $ 1,983     $ (184
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Changes in unrealized gains (losses) relating to assets and liabilities still held at December 31, 2010 included in earnings:

             

Net investment income

  $      $      $      $      $      $      $   

Net investment gains (losses)

  $      $      $      $      $      $      $ 48  

Net derivative gains (losses)

  $ 36     $ 45     $ 6     $ (82   $ (363   $      $   

Other revenues

  $ 5     $      $      $      $      $      $   

Policyholder benefits and claims

  $      $      $      $      $ 8     $      $   

Other expenses

  $      $      $      $      $      $      $   

 

324


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

 

    Fair Value Measurements Using Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)  
  Fixed Maturity Securities:  
  U.S.
Corporate
Securities
    Foreign
Corporate
Securities
    Foreign
Government
Securities
    RMBS     U.S.
Treasury
and Agency
Securities
    CMBS     State and
Political
Subdivision
Securities
    ABS     Other
Fixed
Maturity
Securities
 
    (In millions)  

Year Ended December 31, 2009:

                 

Balance, January 1,

  $ 7,498     $ 5,906     $ 386     $ 1,655     $ 88     $ 260     $ 123     $ 1,383     $ 40  

Total realized/unrealized gains (losses)
included in:

                 

Earnings: (1), (2)

                 

Net investment income

    15       (4     12       36              1              2       1  

Net investment gains (losses)

    (444     (326     (52     (27            (37            (101       

Net derivative gains (losses)

                                                              

Other revenues

                                                              

Policyholder benefits and claims

                                                              

Other expenses

                                                              

Other comprehensive income (loss)

    940       1,515       53       210       (1     53       7       473         

Purchases, sales, issuances and settlements (3)

    (1,359     (519     12       1,126       (29     (44     (19     (139     (35

Transfers into and/or out of level 3 (4)

    44       (1,328     (33     (116     (21     (94     (42     41         
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 31,

  $ 6,694     $ 5,244     $ 378     $ 2,884     $ 37     $ 139     $ 69     $ 1,659     $ 6  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Changes in unrealized gains (losses) relating to assets and liabilities still held at December 31, 2009 included in earnings:

                 

Net investment income

  $ 18     $ (3   $ 11     $ 36     $      $ 1     $      $ 2     $ 1  

Net investment gains (losses)

  $ (412   $ (176   $      $ (82   $      $ (61   $      $ (48   $   

Net derivative gains (losses)

  $      $      $      $      $      $      $      $      $   

Other revenues

  $      $      $      $      $      $      $      $      $   

Policyholder benefits and claims

  $      $      $      $      $      $      $      $      $   

Other expenses

  $      $      $      $      $      $      $      $      $   

 

325


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

 

     Fair Value Measurements Using Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)  
     Equity Securities:     Trading and
Other
Securities
    Short-term
Investments
    Residential
Mortgage
Loans Held-
for-sale
    MSRs
(5),(6)
 
     Common
Stock
    Non-
redeemable
Preferred
Stock
         
     (In millions)  

Year Ended December 31, 2009:

            

Balance, January 1,

   $ 105     $ 1,274     $ 175     $ 100     $ 177     $ 191  

Total realized/unrealized gains (losses) included in:

            

Earnings: (1), (2)

            

Net investment income

                   16                       

Net investment gains (losses)

     (2     (357            (21              

Net derivative gains (losses)

                                          

Other revenues

                                 (3     172  

Policyholder benefits claims

                                          

Other expenses

                                          

Other comprehensive income (loss)

     6       486                              

Purchases, sales, issuances and settlements (3)

     23       (256     (108     (51     2       515  

Transfers into and/or out of level 3 (4)

     4       (45            (5     (151       
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 31,

   $ 136     $ 1,102     $ 83     $ 23     $ 25     $ 878  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Changes in unrealized gains (losses) relating to assets and liabilities still held at December 31, 2009 included in earnings:

            

Net investment income

   $      $      $ 15     $      $      $   

Net investment gains (losses)

   $ (1   $ (168   $      $ 1     $      $   

Net derivative gains (losses)

   $      $      $      $      $      $   

Other revenues

   $      $      $      $      $ (3   $ 147  

Policyholder benefits and claims

   $      $      $      $      $      $   

Other expenses

   $      $      $      $      $      $   

 

326


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

 

    Fair Value Measurements Using Significant Unobservable Inputs  (Level 3)  
  Net
Derivatives (7)
    Net
Embedded
Derivatives (8)
    Separate
Account
Assets (9)
    Long-term
Debt
CSEs
 
    (In millions)  

Year Ended December 31, 2009:

       

Balance, January 1,

  $ 2,547     $ (2,929   $ 1,677     $   

Total realized/unrealized gains (losses) included in:

       

Earnings: (1), (2)

       

Net investment income

    (13                     

Net investment gains (losses)

                  (223       

Net derivative gains (losses)

    (225     1,716                

Other revenues

    (33                     

Policyholder benefits and claims

           (114              

Other expenses

    (2                     

Other comprehensive income (loss)

    (11     15                

Purchases, sales, issuances and settlements (3)

    97       (143     478         

Transfers into and/or out of level 3 (4)

    (2,004            (135       
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 31,

  $ 356     $ (1,455   $ 1,797     $   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Changes in unrealized gains (losses) relating to assets and liabilities still held at December 31, 2009 included in earnings:

       

Net investment income

  $ (13   $      $      $   

Net investment gains (losses)

  $      $      $      $   

Net derivative gains (losses)

  $ (194   $ 1,697     $      $   

Other revenues

  $ 5     $      $      $   

Policyholder benefits and claims

  $      $ (114   $      $   

Other expenses

  $ (2   $      $      $   

 

 

(1)

Amortization of premium/discount is included within net investment income. Impairments charged to earnings on securities and certain mortgage loans are included within net investment gains (losses) while changes in estimated fair value of certain mortgage loans and MSRs are recorded in other revenues. Lapses associated with net embedded derivatives are included within net derivative gains (losses).

 

(2)

Interest and dividend accruals, as well as cash interest coupons and dividends received, are excluded from the rollforward.

 

(3)

The amount reported within purchases, sales, issuances and settlements is the purchase or issuance price and the sales or settlement proceeds based upon the actual date purchased or issued and sold or settled, respectively. Items purchased/issued and sold/settled in the same period are excluded from the rollforward. For the year ended December 31, 2011, fees attributed to net embedded derivatives are included within settlements. For the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, fees attributed to net embedded derivatives are included within purchases, sales, issuances and settlements. Purchases, sales, issuances and settlements for the year ended December 31, 2010 include financial instruments acquired from ALICO as follows: $5.4 billion of fixed maturity securities, $68 million of equity securities, $582 million of trading and other securities, $216 million of short-term investments, ($10) million of net derivatives, $244 million of separate account assets and ($116) million of net embedded derivatives.

 

(4)

Total gains and losses (in earnings and other comprehensive income (loss)) are calculated assuming transfers into and/or out of Level 3 occurred at the beginning of the period. Items transferred into and/or out of Level 3 in the same period are excluded from the rollforward.

 

327


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

(5)

The additions for purchases, originations and issuances and the reductions for loan payments, sales and settlements, affecting MSRs were $173 million and ($143) million, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2011. The additions for purchases, originations and issuances and the reductions for loan payments, sales and settlements, affecting MSRs were $330 million and ($179) million, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2010. The additions for purchases, originations and issuances and the reductions for loan payments, sales and settlements, affecting MSRs were $628 million and ($113) million, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2009.

 

(6)

The changes in estimated fair value due to changes in valuation model inputs or assumptions were ($314) million, ($79) million and $172 million for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. For the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 there were no other changes in estimated fair value affecting MSRs.

 

(7)

Freestanding derivative assets and liabilities are presented net for purposes of the rollforward.

 

(8)

Embedded derivative assets and liabilities are presented net for purposes of the rollforward.

 

(9)

Investment performance related to separate account assets is fully offset by corresponding amounts credited to contractholders within separate account liabilities. Therefore, such changes in estimated fair value are not recorded in net income. For the purpose of this disclosure, these changes are presented within net investment gains (losses).

 

(10)

The long-term debt of the CSEs at January 1, 2010 is reported within the purchases, sales, issuances and settlements caption of the rollforward.

Fair Value Option

Residential Mortgage Loans Held-For-Sale

The following table presents residential mortgage loans held-for-sale carried under the FVO at:

 

 

     December 31,  
     2011     2010  
     (In millions)  

Unpaid principal balance

   $ 2,935     $ 2,473  

Excess of estimated fair value over unpaid principal balance

     129       37  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Carrying value at estimated fair value

   $     3,064     $     2,510  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loans in non-accrual status

   $ 3     $ 2  

Loans more than 90 days past due

   $ 20     $ 3  

Loans in non-accrual status or more than 90 days past due, or both — difference between aggregate estimated fair value and unpaid principal balance

   $ (2   $ (1

 

328


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

Residential mortgage loans held-for-sale accounted for under the FVO are initially measured at estimated fair value. Interest income on residential mortgage loans held-for-sale is recorded based on the stated rate of the loan and is recorded in net investment income. Gains and losses from initial measurement, subsequent changes in estimated fair value and gains or losses on sales are recognized in other revenues. Such changes in estimated fair value for these loans were due to the following:

 

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2011     2010     2009  
     (In millions)  

Instrument-specific credit risk based on changes in credit spreads for non-agency loans and adjustments in individual loan quality

   $ (3   $ (1   $ (2

Other changes in estimated fair value

     511       487       600  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total gains (losses) recognized in other revenues

   $ 508     $ 486     $ 598  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Securitized Reverse Residential Mortgage Loans

The following table presents securitized reverse residential mortgage loans carried under the FVO at:

 

 

     December 31,
2011
 
     (In millions)  

Unpaid principal balance

   $ 6,914  

Excess of estimated fair value over unpaid principal balance

     738  
  

 

 

 

Carrying value at estimated fair value

   $ 7,652  
  

 

 

 

Loans in non-accrual status

   $   

Loans more than 90 days past due

   $ 59  

Loans in non-accrual status or more than 90 days past due, or both — difference between aggregate estimated fair value and unpaid principal balance

   $   

Securitized reverse residential mortgage loans accounted for under the FVO are initially measured at estimated fair value. Gains and losses from initial measurement and subsequent changes in estimated fair value are recognized in other revenues.

The following table presents the liability related to securitized reverse residential mortgage loans carried under the FVO at:

 

 

     December 31,
2011
 
     (In millions)  

Contractual principal balance

   $ 6,914  

Excess of estimated fair value over contractual principal balance

     712  
  

 

 

 

Carrying value at estimated fair value

   $ 7,626  
  

 

 

 

The liability related to securitized reverse residential mortgage loans accounted for under the FVO is initially measured at estimated fair value. Gains and losses from initial measurement and subsequent changes in estimated fair value are recognized in other revenues.

 

329


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

Assets and Liabilities Held by CSEs

The Company has elected the FVO for the following assets and liabilities held by CSEs: commercial mortgage loans, securities and long-term debt. Information on the estimated fair value of the securities classified as trading and other securities is presented in Note 3. The following table presents these commercial mortgage loans carried under the FVO at:

 

 

     December 31,  
     2011      2010  
     (In millions)  

Unpaid principal balance

   $ 3,019      $ 6,636  

Excess of estimated fair value over unpaid principal balance

     119        204  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Carrying value at estimated fair value

   $ 3,138      $ 6,840  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following table presents the long-term debt carried under the FVO related to both the commercial mortgage loans and securities classified as trading and other securities at:

 

 

     December 31,  
     2011      2010  
     (In millions)  

Contractual principal balance

   $ 2,954      $ 6,619  

Excess of estimated fair value over contractual principal balance

     114        201  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Carrying value at estimated fair value

   $ 3,068      $ 6,820  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Interest income on both commercial mortgage loans and securities classified as trading and other securities held by CSEs is recorded in net investment income. Interest expense on long-term debt of CSEs is recorded in other expenses. Gains and losses from initial measurement, subsequent changes in estimated fair value and gains or losses on sales of both the commercial mortgage loans and long-term debt are recognized in net investment gains (losses). See Note 3.

Non-Recurring Fair Value Measurements

Certain assets are measured at estimated fair value on a non-recurring basis and are not included in the tables presented above. The amounts below relate to certain investments measured at estimated fair value during the period and still held at the reporting dates.

 

 

    Years Ended December 31,  
  2011     2010     2009  
  Carrying
Value
Prior to
Measurement
    Estimated
Fair
Value After
Measurement
    Net
Investment
Gains
(Losses)
    Carrying
Value
Prior to
Measurement
    Estimated
Fair
Value After
Measurement
    Net
Investment
Gains
(Losses)
    Carrying
Value
Prior to
Measurement
    Estimated
Fair
Value After
Measurement
    Net
Investment
Gains
(Losses)
 
    (In millions)  

Mortgage loans: (1)

                 

Held-for-investment

  $ 166     $ 151     $ (15   $ 179     $ 164     $ (15   $ 294     $ 202     $ (92

Held-for-sale

    61       58       (3     35       33       (2     9       8       (1
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Mortgage loans, net

  $ 227     $ 209     $ (18   $ 214     $ 197     $ (17   $ 303     $ 210     $ (93
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other limited partnership interests (2)

  $ 18     $ 13     $ (5   $ 35     $ 23     $ (12   $ 915     $ 561     $ (354

Real estate joint ventures (3)

  $      $      $      $ 33     $ 8     $ (25   $ 175     $ 93     $ (82

Goodwill (4)

  $ 65     $      $ (65   $      $      $      $      $      $   

 

330


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

 

 

(1)

Mortgage loans  — The impaired mortgage loans presented above were written down to their estimated fair values at the date the impairments were recognized and are reported as losses above. Subsequent improvements in estimated fair value on previously impaired loans recorded through a reduction in the previously established valuation allowance are reported as gains above. Estimated fair values for impaired mortgage loans are based on observable market prices or, if the loans are in foreclosure or are otherwise determined to be collateral dependent, on the estimated fair value of the underlying collateral, or the present value of the expected future cash flows. Impairments to estimated fair value and decreases in previous impairments from subsequent improvements in estimated fair value represent non-recurring fair value measurements that have been categorized as Level 3 due to the lack of price transparency inherent in the limited markets for such mortgage loans.

 

(2)

Other limited partnership interests  — The impaired investments presented above were accounted for using the cost method. Impairments on these cost method investments were recognized at estimated fair value determined from information provided in the financial statements of the underlying entities in the period in which the impairment was incurred. These impairments to estimated fair value represent non-recurring fair value measurements that have been classified as Level 3 due to the limited activity and price transparency inherent in the market for such investments. This category includes several private equity and debt funds that typically invest primarily in a diversified pool of investments using certain investment strategies including domestic and international leveraged buyout funds; power, energy, timber and infrastructure development funds; venture capital funds; and below investment grade debt and mezzanine debt funds. The estimated fair values of these investments have been determined using the NAV of the Company’s ownership interest in the partners’ capital. Distributions from these investments will be generated from investment gains, from operating income from the underlying investments of the funds and from liquidation of the underlying assets of the funds. It is estimated that the underlying assets of the funds will be liquidated over the next two to 10 years. Unfunded commitments for these investments were $4 million and $34 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

 

(3)

Real estate joint ventures  — The impaired investments presented above were accounted for using the cost method. Impairments on these cost method investments were recognized at estimated fair value determined from information provided in the financial statements of the underlying entities in the period in which the impairment was incurred. These impairments to estimated fair value represent non-recurring fair value measurements that have been classified as Level 3 due to the limited activity and price transparency inherent in the market for such investments. This category includes several real estate funds that typically invest primarily in commercial real estate. The estimated fair values of these investments have been determined using the NAV of the Company’s ownership interest in the partners’ capital. Distributions from these investments will be generated from investment gains, from operating income from the underlying investments of the funds and from liquidation of the underlying assets of the funds. It is estimated that the underlying assets of the funds will be liquidated over the next two to 10 years. There were no unfunded commitments for these investments at December 31, 2011. Unfunded commitments for these investments were $6 million at December 31, 2010.

 

(4)

Goodwill — As discussed in Notes 2 and 7, the Company recorded an impairment of goodwill associated with MetLife Bank. This impairment has been categorized as Level 3 due to the significant unobservable inputs used in the determination of the associated estimated fair value.

 

331


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

Amounts related to the Company’s financial instruments that were not measured at fair value on a recurring basis, were as follows:

 

 

    December 31,  
  2011     2010  
  Notional
  Amount  
    Carrying
     Value    
    Estimated
Fair
    Value    
    Notional
     Amount    
    Carrying
     Value    
    Estimated
Fair
    Value    
 
    (In millions)  

Assets:

           

Mortgage loans: (1)

           

Held-for-investment

    $ 53,777     $ 56,422       $ 52,136     $ 53,927  

Held-for-sale

      4,462       4,462         811       811  
   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Mortgage loans, net

    $ 58,239     $ 60,884       $ 52,947     $ 54,738  

Policy loans

    $ 11,892     $ 14,213       $ 11,761     $ 13,253  

Real estate joint ventures (2)

    $ 130     $ 183       $ 451     $ 482  

Other limited partnership interests (2)

    $ 1,318     $ 1,656       $ 1,539     $ 1,619  

Short-term investments (3)

    $ 450     $ 450       $ 819     $ 819  

Other invested assets (2)

    $ 1,434     $ 1,434       $ 1,490     $ 1,490  

Cash and cash equivalents

    $ 10,461     $ 10,461       $ 12,957     $ 12,957  

Accrued investment income

    $ 4,344     $ 4,344       $ 4,328     $ 4,328  

Premiums, reinsurance and other
receivables (2)

    $ 4,639     $ 5,232       $ 3,752     $ 4,048  

Other assets (2)

    $ 310     $ 308       $ 466     $ 453  

Assets of subsidiaries held-for-sale (2)

    $      $        $ 3,068     $ 3,068  

Liabilities:

           

PABs (2)

    $ 146,890     $ 153,304       $ 146,822     $ 152,745  

Payables for collateral under securities loaned and other transactions

    $ 33,716     $ 33,716       $ 27,272     $ 27,272  

Bank deposits

    $ 10,507     $ 10,507       $ 10,316     $ 10,371  

Short-term debt

    $ 686     $ 686       $ 306     $ 306  

Long-term debt (2), (4)

    $ 20,587     $ 22,514       $ 20,734     $ 21,892  

Collateral financing arrangements

    $ 4,647     $ 4,136       $ 5,297     $ 4,757  

Junior subordinated debt securities

    $ 3,192     $ 3,491       $ 3,191     $ 3,461  

Other liabilities (2), (5)

    $ 4,087     $ 4,087       $ 2,777     $ 2,777  

Separate account liabilities (2)

    $ 49,610     $ 49,610       $ 42,160     $ 42,160  

Liabilities of subsidiaries held-for-sale (2)

    $      $        $ 105     $ 105  

Commitments: (6)

           

Mortgage loan commitments

  $ 4,129     $      $ 3     $ 3,754     $      $ (17

Commitments to fund bank credit facilities, bridge loans and private corporate bond investments

  $ 1,432     $      $ 51     $ 2,437     $      $   

 

 

(1)

Mortgage loans held-for-investment as presented in the table above differ from the amounts presented in the consolidated balance sheets because this table does not include commercial mortgage loans held by CSEs, which are accounted for under the FVO.

 

332


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

Mortgage loans held-for-sale as presented in the table above differ from the amounts presented in the consolidated balance sheets because this table only includes mortgage loans that were previously designated as held-for-investment but now are designated as held-for-sale and stated at lower of amortized cost or estimated fair value.

 

(2)

Carrying values presented herein differ from those presented in the consolidated balance sheets because certain items within the respective financial statement caption are not considered financial instruments. Financial statement captions excluded from the table above are not considered financial instruments.

 

(3)

Short-term investments as presented in the table above differ from the amounts presented in the consolidated balance sheets because this table does not include short-term investments that meet the definition of a security, which are measured at estimated fair value on a recurring basis.

 

(4)

Long-term debt as presented in the table above does not include long-term debt of CSEs, which is accounted for under the FVO.

 

(5)

Other liabilities as presented in the table above differ from the amounts presented in the consolidated balance sheets because certain items within other liabilities are not considered financial instruments and this table does not include the liability related to securitized reverse residential mortgage loans, which are accounted for under the FVO.

 

(6)

Commitments are off-balance sheet obligations. Negative estimated fair values represent off-balance sheet liabilities.

The methods and assumptions used to estimate the fair value of financial instruments are summarized as follows:

The assets and liabilities measured at estimated fair value on a recurring basis include: fixed maturity securities, equity securities, trading and other securities, certain short-term investments, mortgage loans held by CSEs, mortgage loans held-for-sale accounted for under the FVO, MSRs, derivative assets and liabilities, net embedded derivatives within asset and liability host contracts, separate account assets, long-term debt of CSEs and trading liabilities. These assets and liabilities are described in the section “— Recurring Fair Value Measurements” and, therefore, are excluded from the table above. The estimated fair value for these financial instruments approximates carrying value.

Mortgage Loans

These mortgage loans are principally comprised of commercial and agricultural mortgage loans, which are originated for investment purposes and are primarily carried at amortized cost. Residential mortgage loans are generally purchased from third parties for investment purposes and are principally carried at amortized cost. Mortgage loans originally held-for-investment, but subsequently held-for-sale are carried at the lower of cost or estimated fair value, or for collateral dependent loans, estimated fair value less expected disposition costs. The estimated fair values of these mortgage loans are determined as follows:

Mortgage loans held-for-investment. — For commercial and agricultural mortgage loans held-for-investment and carried at amortized cost, estimated fair value was primarily determined by estimating expected future cash flows and discounting them using current interest rates for similar mortgage loans with similar credit risk. For residential mortgage loans held-for-investment and carried at amortized cost, estimated fair value is primarily determined from observable pricing for similar loans.

 

333


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

Mortgage loans held-for-sale. — Certain mortgage loans previously classified as held-for-investment have been designated as held-for-sale. For these mortgage loans, estimated fair value is determined using independent broker quotations or values provided by independent valuation specialists, or, when the mortgage loan is in foreclosure or otherwise determined to be collateral dependent, the fair value of the underlying collateral is estimated using internal models.

Policy Loans

For policy loans with fixed interest rates, estimated fair values are determined using a discounted cash flow model applied to groups of similar policy loans determined by the nature of the underlying insurance liabilities. Cash flow estimates are developed by applying a weighted-average interest rate to the outstanding principal balance of the respective group of policy loans and an estimated average maturity determined through experience studies of the past performance of policyholder repayment behavior for similar loans. These cash flows are discounted using current risk-free interest rates with no adjustment for borrower credit risk as these loans are fully collateralized by the cash surrender value of the underlying insurance policy. The estimated fair value for policy loans with variable interest rates approximates carrying value due to the absence of borrower credit risk and the short time period between interest rate resets, which presents minimal risk of a material change in estimated fair value due to changes in market interest rates.

Real Estate Joint Ventures and Other Limited Partnership Interests

Real estate joint ventures and other limited partnership interests included in the preceding table consist of those investments accounted for using the cost method. The remaining carrying value recognized in the consolidated balance sheets represents investments in real estate carried at cost less accumulated depreciation, or real estate joint ventures and other limited partnership interests accounted for using the equity method, which do not meet the definition of financial instruments for which fair value is required to be disclosed.

The estimated fair values for real estate joint ventures and other limited partnership interests accounted for under the cost method are generally based on the Company’s share of the NAV as provided in the financial statements of the investees. In certain circumstances, management may adjust the NAV by a premium or discount when it has sufficient evidence to support applying such adjustments.

Short-term Investments

Certain short-term investments do not qualify as securities and are recognized at amortized cost in the consolidated balance sheets. For these instruments, the Company believes that there is minimal risk of material changes in interest rates or credit of the issuer such that estimated fair value approximates carrying value. In light of recent market conditions, short-term investments have been monitored to ensure there is sufficient demand and maintenance of issuer credit quality and the Company has determined additional adjustment is not required.

Other Invested Assets

Other invested assets within the preceding table are principally comprised of funds withheld, various interest-bearing assets held in foreign subsidiaries and certain amounts due under contractual indemnifications.

For funds withheld and the various interest-bearing assets held in foreign subsidiaries, the Company evaluates the specific facts and circumstances of each instrument to determine the appropriate estimated fair values. These estimated fair values were not materially different from the recognized carrying values.

 

334


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Due to the short-term maturities of cash and cash equivalents, the Company believes there is minimal risk of material changes in interest rates or credit of the issuer such that estimated fair value generally approximates carrying value. In light of recent market conditions, cash and cash equivalent instruments have been monitored to ensure there is sufficient demand and maintenance of issuer credit quality, or sufficient solvency in the case of depository institutions, and the Company has determined additional adjustment is not required.

Accrued Investment Income

Due to the short term until settlement of accrued investment income, the Company believes there is minimal risk of material changes in interest rates or credit of the issuer such that estimated fair value approximates carrying value. In light of recent market conditions, the Company has monitored the credit quality of the issuers and has determined additional adjustment is not required.

Premiums, Reinsurance and Other Receivables

Premiums, reinsurance and other receivables in the preceding table are principally comprised of certain amounts recoverable under reinsurance agreements, amounts on deposit with financial institutions to facilitate daily settlements related to certain derivative positions and amounts receivable for securities sold but not yet settled.

Premiums receivable and those amounts recoverable under reinsurance agreements determined to transfer significant risk are not financial instruments subject to disclosure and thus have been excluded from the amounts presented in the preceding table. Amounts recoverable under ceded reinsurance agreements, which the Company has determined do not transfer significant risk such that they are accounted for using the deposit method of accounting, have been included in the preceding table. The estimated fair value is determined as the present value of expected future cash flows, which were discounted using an interest rate determined to reflect the appropriate credit standing of the assuming counterparty.

The amounts on deposit for derivative settlements essentially represent the equivalent of demand deposit balances and amounts due for securities sold are generally received over short periods such that the estimated fair value approximates carrying value. In light of recent market conditions, the Company has monitored the solvency position of the financial institutions and has determined additional adjustments are not required.

Other Assets

Other assets in the preceding table are primarily composed of a receivable for cash paid to an unaffiliated financial institution under the MetLife Reinsurance Company of Charleston (“MRC”) collateral financing arrangement as described in Note 12. The estimated fair value of the receivable for the cash paid to the unaffiliated financial institution under the MRC collateral financing arrangement is determined by discounting the expected future cash flows using a discount rate that reflects the credit rating of the unaffiliated financial institution. The amounts excluded from the preceding table are not considered financial instruments subject to disclosure.

PABs

PABs in the table above include investment contracts. Embedded derivatives on investment contracts and certain variable annuity guarantees accounted for as embedded derivatives are included in this caption in the consolidated financial statements but excluded from this caption in the table above as they are separately presented in “— Recurring Fair Value Measurements.” The remaining difference between the amounts reflected

 

335


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

as PABs in the preceding table and those recognized in the consolidated balance sheets represents those amounts due under contracts that satisfy the definition of insurance contracts and are not considered financial instruments.

The investment contracts primarily include certain funding agreements, fixed deferred annuities, modified guaranteed annuities, fixed term payout annuities and total control accounts. The fair values for these investment contracts are estimated by discounting best estimate future cash flows using current market risk-free interest rates and adding a spread to reflect the nonperformance risk in the liability.

Payables for Collateral Under Securities Loaned and Other Transactions

The estimated fair value for payables for collateral under securities loaned and other transactions approximates carrying value. The related agreements to loan securities are short-term in nature such that the Company believes there is limited risk of a material change in market interest rates. Additionally, because borrowers are cross-collateralized by the borrowed securities, the Company believes no additional consideration for changes in nonperformance risk are necessary.

Bank Deposits

Due to the frequency of interest rate resets on customer bank deposits held in money market accounts, the Company believes that there is minimal risk of a material change in interest rates such that the estimated fair value approximates carrying value. For time deposits, estimated fair values are estimated by discounting the expected cash flows to maturity using discount rates based on the LIBOR/swap curve at the date of the valuation. The Company has taken into consideration the sale price for the pending disposition of most of the depository business of MetLife Bank to determine the estimated fair value of bank deposits at December 31, 2011. See Note 2.

Short-term and Long-term Debt, Collateral Financing Arrangements and Junior Subordinated Debt Securities

The estimated fair value for short-term debt approximates carrying value due to the short-term nature of these obligations. The determination of estimated fair values of collateral financing arrangements takes into account valuations obtained from the counterparties to the arrangements, as part of the collateral management process. The estimated fair values of long-term debt and junior subordinated debt securities are generally determined by discounting expected future cash flows using market rates currently available for debt with similar remaining maturities and reflecting the credit risk of the Company, including inputs when available, from actively traded debt of the Company or other companies with similar types of borrowing arrangements. Risk-adjusted discount rates applied to the expected future cash flows can vary significantly based upon the specific terms of each individual arrangement, including, but not limited to: subordinated rights, contractual interest rates in relation to current market rates, the structuring of the arrangement, and the nature and observability of the applicable valuation inputs. Use of different risk-adjusted discount rates could result in different estimated fair values.

The carrying value of long-term debt presented in the table above differs from the amounts presented in the consolidated balance sheets as it does not include capital leases which are not required to be disclosed at estimated fair value.

Other Liabilities

Other liabilities included in the table above reflect those other liabilities that satisfy the definition of financial instruments subject to disclosure. These items consist primarily of interest and dividends payable, amounts due for securities purchased but not yet settled, funds withheld amounts payable which are contractually withheld by the Company in accordance with the terms of the reinsurance agreements and amounts payable under certain

 

336


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

assumed reinsurance agreements are recorded using the deposit method of accounting. The Company evaluates the specific terms, facts and circumstances of each instrument to determine the appropriate estimated fair values, which are not materially different from the carrying values, with the exception of certain deposit type reinsurance payables. For these reinsurance payables, the estimated fair value is determined as the present value of expected future cash flows, which are discounted using an interest rate determined to reflect the appropriate credit standing of the assuming counterparty.

Separate Account Liabilities

Separate account liabilities included in the preceding table represent those balances due to policyholders under contracts that are classified as investment contracts. The remaining amounts presented in the consolidated balance sheets represent those contracts classified as insurance contracts, which do not satisfy the definition of financial instruments.

Separate account liabilities classified as investment contracts primarily represent variable annuities with no significant mortality risk to the Company such that the death benefit is equal to the account balance, funding agreements related to group life contracts and certain contracts that provide for benefit funding.

Separate account liabilities are recognized in the consolidated balance sheets at an equivalent value of the related separate account assets. Separate account assets, which equal net deposits, net investment income and realized and unrealized investment gains and losses, are fully offset by corresponding amounts credited to the contractholders’ liability which is reflected in separate account liabilities. Since separate account liabilities are fully funded by cash flows from the separate account assets which are recognized at estimated fair value as described in the section “— Recurring Fair Value Measurements,” the Company believes the value of those assets approximates the estimated fair value of the related separate account liabilities.

Mortgage Loan Commitments and Commitments to Fund Bank Credit Facilities, Bridge Loans and Private Corporate Bond Investments

The estimated fair values for mortgage loan commitments that will be held for investment and commitments to fund bank credit facilities, bridge loans and private corporate bonds that will be held for investment reflected in the above table represents the difference between the discounted expected future cash flows using interest rates that incorporate current credit risk for similar instruments on the reporting date and the principal amounts of the commitments.

Assets and Liabilities of Subsidiaries Held-For-Sale

The carrying values of the assets and liabilities of subsidiaries held-for-sale reflect those assets and liabilities which were previously determined to be financial instruments and which were reflected in other financial statement captions in the comparable table above in previous periods but have been reclassified to these captions to reflect the discontinued nature of the operations. The estimated fair value of the assets and liabilities of subsidiaries held-for-sale has been determined on a basis consistent with the assets and liabilities as described herein.

 

337


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

6.  Deferred Policy Acquisition Costs and Value of Business Acquired

Information regarding DAC and VOBA was as follows:

 

 

     DAC     VOBA     Total  
     (In millions)  

Balance at January 1, 2009

   $ 16,510     $ 3,491     $ 20,001  

Capitalizations

     2,976              2,976  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Subtotal

     19,486       3,491       22,977  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Amortization related to:

      

Net investment gains (losses)

     625       87       712  

Other expenses

     (1,736     (265     (2,001
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total amortization

     (1,111     (178     (1,289
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Unrealized investment gains (losses)

     (2,314     (505     (2,819

Effect of foreign currency translation and other

     158       56       214  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2009

     16,219       2,864       19,083  

Capitalizations

     3,299              3,299  

Acquisitions

            9,210       9,210  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Subtotal

     19,518       12,074       31,592  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Amortization related to:

      

Net investment gains (losses)

     (108     (16     (124

Other expenses

     (2,225     (494     (2,719
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total amortization

     (2,333     (510     (2,843
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Unrealized investment gains (losses)

     (1,258     (125     (1,383

Effect of foreign currency translation and other

     77       (351     (274
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2010

     16,004       11,088       27,092  

Capitalizations

     6,858              6,858  

Acquisitions

            11       11  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Subtotal

     22,862       11,099       33,961  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Amortization related to:

      

Net investment gains (losses)

     (523     (49     (572

Other expenses

     (3,062     (1,757     (4,819
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total amortization

     (3,585     (1,806     (5,391
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Unrealized investment gains (losses)

     (518     (361     (879

Effect of foreign currency translation and other

     (167     447       280  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2011

   $     18,592     $     9,379     $     27,971  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See Note 2 for a description of acquisitions and dispositions.

The estimated future amortization expense allocated to other expenses for the next five years for VOBA is $1.3 billion in 2012, $1.1 billion in 2013, $917 million in 2014, $774 million in 2015 and $661 million in 2016.

 

338


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

Amortization of DAC and VOBA is attributed to both investment gains and losses and to other expenses for the amount of gross margins or profits originating from transactions other than investment gains and losses. Unrealized investment gains and losses represent the amount of DAC and VOBA that would have been amortized if such gains and losses had been recognized.

Information regarding DAC and VOBA by segment was as follows:

 

 

    DAC     VOBA     Total  
    December 31,  
    2011     2010     2011     2010     2011     2010  
    (In millions)  

U.S. Business:

           

Insurance Products

  $ 8,228     $ 8,247     $ 381     $ 833     $ 8,609     $ 9,080  

Retirement Products

    4,659       4,706       830       1,094       5,489       5,800  

Corporate Benefit Funding

    101       74       3       1       104       75  

Auto & Home

    194       190                     194       190  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total U.S. Business

      13,182         13,217         1,214         1,928         14,396         15,145  

International:

           

Japan

    1,989       135       6,509       6,853       8,498       6,988  

Other International Regions

    3,420       2,650       1,655       2,306       5,075       4,956  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total International

    5,409       2,785       8,164       9,159       13,573       11,944  

Corporate & Other

    1       2       1       1       2       3  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $ 18,592     $ 16,004     $ 9,379     $ 11,088     $ 27,971     $ 27,092  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

7.  Goodwill

Goodwill is the excess of cost over the estimated fair value of net assets acquired. Information regarding goodwill was as follows:

 

 

    December 31,  
    2011     2010     2009  
    (In millions)  

Balance at January 1,

  $ 11,781     $ 5,047     $ 5,008  

Acquisitions

    39       6,959         

Impairments (1)

    (65              

Effect of foreign currency translation and other

    180       (225     39  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31,

  $ 11,935     $ 11,781     $ 5,047  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

At December 31, 2011, the Company’s accumulated goodwill impairment loss was $65 million.

 

339


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

Information regarding allocated goodwill by segment and reporting unit was as follows:

 

    December 31,  
    2011     2010  
    (In millions)  

U.S. Business:

   

Insurance Products:

   

Group life

  $ 2     $ 2  

Individual life

    1,263       1,263  

Non-medical health

    149       149  
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Insurance Products

    1,414       1,414  

Retirement Products

    1,692       1,692  

Corporate Benefit Funding

    900       900  

Auto & Home

    157       157  
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total U.S. Business

    4,163       4,163  
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

International:

   

Japan

    5,371         

Other International Regions:

   

Latin America

    501       229  

Asia Pacific

    72       72  

Europe

    938       38  

Middle East

    485         
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total International

    7,367       339  
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Corporate & Other

    405       470  
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $ 11,935     $ 4,972  
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

The table above does not include goodwill of $6.8 billion at December 31, 2010, associated with ALICO. In the first quarter of 2011, the Company began reporting the results from its international operations in two separate segments to reflect a change in the manner in which the financial results are reviewed and evaluated by executive management. Consequently, $5.2 billion and $1.8 billion of goodwill were allocated in 2011 to the reporting unit in the Japan segment and to reporting units in the Other International Regions segment, respectively, each net of the associated foreign currency translations. See Note 2 for a description of acquisitions and dispositions.

As of November 1, 2011, American Life’s current and deferred income taxes were affected by measurement period adjustments, which resulted in a $39 million increase to the goodwill recorded as part of the Acquisition related to the Japan segment. See Note 15.

During the third quarter of 2011, the Company began exploring the sale of MetLife Bank’s depository business. As a result, in September 2011, the Company performed a goodwill impairment test on MetLife Bank, which was a separate reporting unit within Corporate & Other. A comparison of the fair value of the reporting unit, using a market multiple approach, to its carrying value indicated a potential for goodwill impairment. A further comparison of the implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill with its carrying amount indicated that the entire amount of goodwill associated with MetLife Bank was impaired. Consequently, the Company recorded a $65 million goodwill impairment charge that is reflected as a net investment loss for the year ended December 31, 2011.

 

340


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

In addition, the Company performed its annual goodwill impairment tests of its other reporting units during the third quarter of 2011 based upon data at June 30, 2011 and concluded that the fair values of all reporting units were in excess of their carrying values and, therefore, goodwill was not impaired. Such tests are described in more detail in Note 1.

Based on the adverse economic conditions in 2011, which caused both equity markets and interest rates to decline, the Company assessed the need to update the annual impairment tests and identified only one reporting unit, Retirement Products, that warranted interim impairment testing. The results of the testing indicated that goodwill for the Retirement Products reporting unit was not impaired.

Management continues to evaluate current market conditions that may affect the estimated fair value of these reporting units to assess whether any goodwill impairment exists. Deteriorating or adverse market conditions for certain reporting units may have a significant impact on the estimated fair value of these reporting units and could result in future impairments of goodwill.

8.  Insurance

Insurance Liabilities

Insurance liabilities were as follows:

 

 

    Future Policy
Benefits
    Policyholder Account
Balances
    Other Policy-Related
Balances
 
    December 31,  
    2011     2010     2011     2010     2011     2010  
    (In millions)  

U.S. Business:

           

Insurance Products

  $ 74,390     $ 72,936     $ 30,196     $ 29,407     $ 6,000     $ 5,831  

Retirement Products

    10,455       8,829       48,689       46,517       161       146  

Corporate Benefit Funding

    44,471       39,187       56,308       57,773       181       184  

Auto & Home

    3,101       3,036                     44       171  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total U.S. Business

    132,417       123,988       135,193       133,697       6,386       6,332  

International:

           

Japan

    26,659       23,083       58,195       53,161       5,212       5,311  

Other International Regions

    19,002       18,043       24,278       23,857       3,590       3,684  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total International

    45,661       41,126       82,473       77,018       8,802       8,995  

Corporate & Other

    6,174       5,798       34       42       411       423  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $ 184,252     $ 170,912     $ 217,700     $ 210,757     $ 15,599     $ 15,750  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

341


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

Value of Distribution Agreements and Customer Relationships Acquired

Information regarding VODA and VOCRA, which are reported in other assets, was as follows:

 

 

         Amount      
     (In millions)  

Balance at January 1, 2009

   $ 822  

Acquisitions

       

Amortization

     (34

Effect of foreign currency translation and other

     4  
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2009

     792  

Acquisitions

     356  

Amortization

     (42

Effect of foreign currency translation and other

     (12
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2010

     1,094  

Acquisitions

     213  

Amortization

     (60

Effect of foreign currency translation and other

     17  
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2011

   $ 1,264  
  

 

 

 

The estimated future amortization expense allocated to other expenses for the next five years for VODA and VOCRA is $82 million in 2012, $89 million in 2013, $94 million in 2014, $92 million in 2015 and $84 million in 2016. See Note 2 for a description of acquisitions and dispositions.

Negative Value of Business Acquired

Information regarding negative VOBA, which is recorded in other policy-related balances, was as follows:

 

 

    Amount  
    (In millions)  

Balance at January 1, 2010

  $   

Acquisitions

    4,422  

Amortization

    (64

Effect of foreign currency translation

    (71
 

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2010

    4,287  

Acquisitions

    7  

Amortization

    (697

Effect of foreign currency translation

    60  
 

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2011

  $         3,657  
 

 

 

 

The weighted average amortization period for negative VOBA was 6.0 years. The estimated future amortization of credit to expenses recorded in other expenses for the next five years for negative VOBA is $627 million in 2012, $563 million in 2013, $477 million in 2014, $388 million in 2015 and $298 million in 2016.

 

342


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

Sales Inducements

Information regarding deferred sales inducements, which are reported in other assets, was as follows:

 

 

    Amount  
    (In millions)  

Balance at January 1, 2009

  $ 711  

Capitalization

    193  

Amortization

    (63
 

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2009

    841  

Capitalization

    157  

Amortization

    (80
 

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2010

    918  

Capitalization

    140  

Amortization

    (132
 

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2011

  $             926  
 

 

 

 

Separate Accounts

Separate account assets and liabilities include two categories of account types: pass-through separate accounts totaling $158.8 billion and $149.0 billion at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, for which the policyholder assumes all investment risk, and separate accounts for which the Company contractually guarantees either a minimum return or account value to the policyholder which totaled $44.2 billion and $34.1 billion at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. The latter category consisted primarily of funding agreements and participating close-out contracts. The average interest rate credited on these contracts was 3.12% and 3.32% at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

For the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, there were no investment gains (losses) on transfers of assets from the general account to the separate accounts.

Obligations Under Funding Agreements

The Company issues fixed and floating rate funding agreements, which are denominated in either U.S. dollars or foreign currencies, to certain special purpose entities (“SPEs”) that have issued either debt securities or commercial paper for which payment of interest and principal is secured by such funding agreements. During the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, the Company issued $39.9 billion, $34.1 billion and $28.6 billion, respectively, and repaid $41.6 billion, $30.9 billion and $32.0 billion, respectively, of such funding agreements. At December 31, 2011 and 2010, funding agreements outstanding, which are included in PABs, were $25.5 billion and $27.2 billion, respectively.

Certain subsidiaries of MetLife, Inc. are members of the Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”). Holdings of FHLB common stock by branch, included in equity securities, were as follows at:

 

 

     December 31,  
     2011      2010  
     (In millions)  

FHLB of New York (“FHLB of NY”)

   $         658      $         890  

FHLB of Boston

   $ 70      $ 70  

FHLB of Des Moines

   $ 51      $ 20  

 

343


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

Certain subsidiaries of MetLife, Inc. have also entered into funding agreements. The liability for funding agreements is included in PABs. Information related to the funding agreements was as follows:

 

 

    Liability     Collateral  
    December 31,  
    2011     2010     2011     2010  
    (In millions)  

FHLB of NY (1)

  $     11,655     $     12,555     $     13,002  (2)    $     14,204  (2) 

Farmer Mac (3)

  $ 2,750     $ 2,750     $ 3,157  (4)    $ 3,159  (4) 

FHLB of Boston (1)

  $ 450     $ 100     $ 518  (2)    $ 211  (2) 

FHLB of Des Moines (1)

  $ 695     $      $ 953  (2)    $ —  (2) 

 

 

 

(1)

Represents funding agreements issued to the FHLB in exchange for cash and for which the FHLB has been granted either a blanket lien or a lien on certain assets, including RMBS, to collateralize obligations under the funding agreements. The Company maintains control over these pledged assets, and may use, commingle, encumber or dispose of any portion of the collateral as long as there is no event of default and the remaining qualified collateral is sufficient to satisfy the collateral maintenance level. Upon any event of default by the Company, the FHLB’s recovery on the collateral is limited to the amount of the Company’s liability to the FHLB.

 

(2)

Advances are collateralized by mortgage-backed securities. The amount of collateral presented is at estimated fair value.

 

(3)

Represents funding agreements issued to certain SPEs that have issued debt securities for which payment of interest and principal is secured by such funding agreements, and such debt securities are also guaranteed as to payment of interest and principal by the Federal Agricultural Mortgage Corporation, a federally chartered instrumentality of the United States (“Farmer Mac”).

 

(4)

Secured by a pledge of certain eligible agricultural real estate mortgage loans. The amount of collateral presented is at carrying value.

 

344


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

Liabilities for Unpaid Claims and Claim Expenses

Information regarding the liabilities for unpaid claims and claim expenses relating to property and casualty, group accident and non-medical health policies and contracts, which are reported in future policy benefits and other policy-related balances, was as follows:

 

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2011     2010     2009  
     (In millions)  

Balance at January 1,

   $   10,708     $ 8,219     $ 8,260  

Less: Reinsurance recoverables

     2,198       547       1,042  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net balance at January 1,

     8,510       7,672       7,218  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Acquisitions, net

            583         

Incurred related to:

      

Current year

     9,028       6,482       6,569  

Prior years

     (199     (75     (152
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total incurred

     8,829       6,407       6,417  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Paid related to:

      

Current year

     (6,238     (4,050     (3,972

Prior years

     (2,420     (2,102     (1,991
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total paid

     (8,658     (6,152     (5,963
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net balance at December 31,

     8,681       8,510       7,672  

Add: Reinsurance recoverables

     1,436       2,198       547  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31,

   $ 10,117     $   10,708     $   8,219  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

During 2011, 2010 and 2009, as a result of changes in estimates of insured events in the respective prior year, claims and claim adjustment expenses associated with prior years decreased by $199 million, $75 million and $152 million, respectively, due to a reduction in prior year automobile bodily injury and homeowners’ severity and improved loss ratio for non-medical health claim liabilities.

Guarantees

The Company issues annuity contracts which may include contractual guarantees to the contractholder for: (i) return of no less than total deposits made to the contract less any partial withdrawals (“return of net deposits”); and (ii) the highest contract value on a specified anniversary date minus any withdrawals following the contract anniversary, or total deposits made to the contract less any partial withdrawals plus a minimum return (“anniversary contract value” or “minimum return”). The Company also issues annuity contracts that apply a lower rate of funds deposited if the contractholder elects to surrender the contract for cash and a higher rate if the contractholder elects to annuitize (“two tier annuities”). These guarantees include benefits that are payable in the event of death, maturity or at annuitization.

The Company also issues universal and variable life contracts where the Company contractually guarantees to the contractholder a secondary guarantee or a guaranteed paid-up benefit.

 

345


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

Information regarding the types of guarantees relating to annuity contracts and universal and variable life contracts was as follows:

 

 

    December 31,  
    2011     2010  
    In the
Event of Death
    At
Annuitization
    In the
Event of Death
    At
Annuitization
 
    (In millions)  

Annuity Contracts (1)

       

Return of Net Deposits

       

Separate account value

  $ 60,935     $ 486     $ 55,753     $ 390  

Net amount at risk (2)

  $ 8,912  (3)    $ 404  (4)    $ 6,194  (3)    $ 289  (4) 

Average attained age of contractholders

    62 years        66 years        62 years        67 years   

Anniversary Contract Value or Minimum Return

       

Separate account value

  $ 102,910     $ 71,934     $ 92,041     $ 55,668  

Net amount at risk (2)

  $ 7,729  (3)    $ 11,735  (4)    $ 5,297  (3)    $ 6,373  (4) 

Average attained age of contractholders

    63 years        62 years        62 years        61 years   

Two Tier Annuities

       

General account value

    N/A      $ 386       N/A      $ 280  

Net amount at risk (2)

    N/A      $ 60  (5)      N/A      $ 49  (5) 

Average attained age of contractholders

    N/A        60 years        N/A        62 years   

 

 

     December 31,  
     2011     2010  
     Secondary
Guarantees
    Paid-Up
Guarantees
    Secondary
Guarantees
    Paid-Up
Guarantees
 
     (In millions)  

Universal and Variable Life Contracts (1)

        

Account value (general and separate account)

   $ 12,946     $ 3,963     $ 11,015     $ 4,102  

Net amount at risk (2)

   $ 188,642  (3)    $ 24,991  (3)    $ 156,432  (3)    $ 26,851  (3) 

Average attained age of policyholders

     53 years        59 years        52 years        58 years   

 

 

 

 

(1)

The Company’s annuity and life contracts with guarantees may offer more than one type of guarantee in each contract. Therefore, the amounts listed above may not be mutually exclusive.

 

(2)

The net amount at risk is based on the direct and assumed amount at risk (excluding ceded reinsurance).

 

(3)

The net amount at risk for guarantees of amounts in the event of death is defined as the current GMDB in excess of the current account balance at the balance sheet date.

 

(4)

The net amount at risk for guarantees of amounts at annuitization is defined as the present value of the minimum guaranteed annuity payments available to the contractholder determined in accordance with the terms of the contract in excess of the current account balance.

 

(5)

The net amount at risk for two tier annuities is based on the excess of the upper tier, adjusted for a profit margin, less the lower tier.

 

346


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

Information regarding the liabilities for guarantees (excluding base policy liabilities) relating to annuity and universal and variable life contracts was as follows:

 

 

    Annuity Contracts     Universal and Variable
Life Contracts
       
        Guaranteed    
Death
Benefits
        Guaranteed    
Annuitization
Benefits
    Secondary
     Guarantees    
    Paid-Up
     Guarantees    
    Total  
    (In millions)  

Direct and Assumed

         

Balance at January 1, 2009

  $ 251     $ 403     $ 271     $ 140     $         1,065  

Incurred guaranteed benefits

    118       (1     233       34       384  

Paid guaranteed benefits

    (201                          (201
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2009

    168       402       504       174       1,248  

Acquisitions

    46       110       2,952              3,108  

Incurred guaranteed benefits

    149       111       536       24       820  

Paid guaranteed benefits

    (91            (1            (92
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2010

    272       623       3,991       198       5,084  

Incurred guaranteed benefits

    273       269       496       23       1,061  

Paid guaranteed benefits

    (113     (10     (24            (147
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2011

  $ 432     $ 882     $ 4,463     $ 221     $ 5,998  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ceded

         

Balance at January 1, 2009

  $ 8     $      $ 80     $ 90     $ 178  

Incurred guaranteed benefits

    26              102       32       160  

Paid guaranteed benefits

    (28                          (28
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2009

    6              182       122       310  

Acquisitions

    30                            30  

Incurred guaranteed benefits

    18       (1     412       17       446  

Paid guaranteed benefits

    (15                          (15
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2010

    39       (1     594       139       771  

Incurred guaranteed benefits

    35       9       20       16       80  

Paid guaranteed benefits

    (20                          (20
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2011

  $ 54     $ 8     $ 614     $ 155     $ 831  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net

         

Balance at January 1, 2009

  $ 243     $ 403     $ 191     $ 50     $ 887  

Incurred guaranteed benefits

    92       (1     131       2       224  

Paid guaranteed benefits

    (173                          (173
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2009

    162       402       322       52       938  

Acquisitions

    16       110       2,952              3,078  

Incurred guaranteed benefits

    131       112       124       7       374  

Paid guaranteed benefits

    (76            (1            (77
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2010

    233       624       3,397       59       4,313  

Incurred guaranteed benefits

    238       260       476       7       981  

Paid guaranteed benefits

    (93     (10     (24            (127
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2011

  $ 378     $ 874     $ 3,849     $ 66     $ 5,167  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

347


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

Account balances of contracts with insurance guarantees were invested in separate account asset classes as follows at:

 

 

     December 31,  
     2011      2010  
     (In millions)  

Fund Groupings:

     

Equity

   $ 57,750      $ 59,546  

Balanced

     52,823        40,199  

Bond

     9,838        9,539  

Money Market

     1,521        1,584  

Specialty

     2,034        2,192  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 123,966      $ 113,060  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

9.  Reinsurance

The Company participates in reinsurance activities in order to limit losses, minimize exposure to significant risks and provide additional capacity for future growth.

For its individual life insurance products, the Company has historically reinsured the mortality risk primarily on an excess of retention basis or a quota share basis. The Company currently reinsures 90% of the mortality risk in excess of $1 million for most products and reinsures up to 90% of the mortality risk for certain other products. In addition to reinsuring mortality risk as described above, the Company reinsures other risks, as well as specific coverages. Placement of reinsurance is done primarily on an automatic basis and also on a facultative basis for risks with specified characteristics. On a case by case basis, the Company may retain up to $20 million per life and reinsure 100% of amounts in excess of the amount the Company retains. The Company evaluates its reinsurance programs routinely and may increase or decrease its retention at any time.

For other policies within the Insurance Products segment, the Company generally retains most of the risk and only cedes particular risks on certain client arrangements.

The Company’s Retirement Products segment reinsures a portion of the living and death benefit guarantees issued in connection with its variable annuities. Under these reinsurance agreements, the Company pays a reinsurance premium generally based on fees associated with the guarantees collected from policyholders, and receives reimbursement for benefits paid or accrued in excess of account values, subject to certain limitations.

The Company’s Corporate Benefit Funding segment periodically engages in reinsurance activities, as considered appropriate. The impact of these activities on the financial results of this segment has not been significant.

The Company’s Auto & Home segment purchases reinsurance to manage its exposure to large losses (primarily catastrophe losses) and to protect statutory surplus. The Company cedes to reinsurers a portion of losses and premiums based upon the exposure of the policies subject to reinsurance. To manage exposure to large property and casualty losses, the Company utilizes property catastrophe, casualty and property per risk excess of loss agreements.

For life insurance products within International, the Company reinsures, depending on the product, risks above the corporate retention limit of up to $5 million to external reinsurers on a yearly renewable term basis. The Company’s international businesses may also reinsure certain risks with external reinsurers depending upon the nature of the risk and local regulatory requirements. For selected large corporate clients, International reinsures

 

348


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

group employee benefits or credit insurance business with various client-affiliated reinsurance companies, covering policies issued to the employees or customers of the clients. Additionally, the Company cedes and assumes risk with other insurance companies when either company requires a business partner with the appropriate local licensing to issue certain types of policies in certain countries. In these cases, the assuming company typically underwrites the risks, develops the products and assumes most or all of the risk. International also has reinsurance agreements in force that reinsure a portion of the living and death benefit guarantees issued in connection with variable annuity products. Under these agreements, the Company pays or receives reinsurance fees associated with the guarantees collected from policyholders, and pays or receives reimbursement for benefits paid or accrued in excess of account values, subject to certain limitations.

The Company also reinsures, through 100% quota share reinsurance agreements, certain run-off LTC and workers’ compensation business written by MetLife Insurance Company of Connecticut (“MICC”). These businesses have been included within Corporate & Other.

The Company has exposure to catastrophes, which could contribute to significant fluctuations in the Company’s results of operations. The Company uses excess of retention and quota share reinsurance agreements to provide greater diversification of risk and minimize exposure to larger risks. For International, the Company currently purchases catastrophe coverage to insure risks within certain countries deemed by management to be exposed to the greatest catastrophic risks.

The Company reinsures its business through a diversified group of well-capitalized, highly rated reinsurers. The Company analyzes recent trends in arbitration and litigation outcomes in disputes, if any, with its reinsurers. The Company monitors ratings and evaluates the financial strength of its reinsurers by analyzing their financial statements. In addition, the reinsurance recoverable balance due from each reinsurer is evaluated as part of the overall monitoring process. Recoverability of reinsurance recoverable balances is evaluated based on these analyses. The Company generally secures large reinsurance recoverable balances with various forms of collateral, including secured trusts, funds withheld accounts and irrevocable letters of credit. These reinsurance recoverable balances are stated net of allowances for uncollectible reinsurance, which at December 31, 2011 and 2010, were immaterial.

The Company has secured certain reinsurance recoverable balances with various forms of collateral, including secured trusts, funds withheld accounts and irrevocable letters of credit. The Company had $5.6 billion and $5.5 billion of unsecured unaffiliated reinsurance recoverable balances at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

At December 31, 2011, the Company had $13.5 billion of net unaffiliated ceded reinsurance recoverables. Of this total, $10.3 billion, or 76%, were with the Company’s five largest unaffiliated ceded reinsurers, including $3.2 billion of which were unsecured. At December 31, 2010, the Company had $13.1 billion of net unaffiliated ceded reinsurance recoverables. Of this total, $10.0 billion, or 76%, were with the Company’s five largest unaffiliated ceded reinsurers, including $3.6 billion of which were unsecured.

The Company has reinsured with an unaffiliated third-party reinsurer, 49.25% of the closed block through a modified coinsurance agreement. The Company accounts for this agreement under the deposit method of accounting. The Company, having the right of offset, has offset the modified coinsurance deposit with the deposit recoverable.

 

349


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

The amounts in the consolidated statements of operations include the impact of reinsurance. Information regarding the effect of reinsurance was as follows:

 

 

    Years Ended December 31,  
    2011     2010     2009  
    (In millions)  

Premiums:

     

Direct premiums

  $ 37,185     $ 27,596     $ 27,165  

Reinsurance assumed

    1,484       1,377       1,313  

Reinsurance ceded

    (2,308     (1,902     (2,321
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net premiums

  $ 36,361     $ 27,071     $ 26,157  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Universal life and investment-type product policy fees:

     

Direct universal life and investment-type product policy fees

  $ 8,455     $ 6,621     $ 5,784  

Reinsurance assumed

    154       138       106  

Reinsurance ceded

    (803     (731     (693
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net universal life and investment-type product policy fees

  $ 7,806     $ 6,028     $ 5,197  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other revenues:

     

Direct other revenues

  $ 2,468     $ 2,256     $ 2,264  

Reinsurance assumed

    2              1  

Reinsurance ceded

    62       72       64  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net other revenues

  $ 2,532     $ 2,328     $ 2,329  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Policyholder benefits and claims:

     

Direct policyholder benefits and claims

  $ 37,574     $ 31,400     $ 30,029  

Reinsurance assumed

    1,101       1,275       1,024  

Reinsurance ceded

    (3,218     (3,490     (3,050
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net policyholder benefits and claims

  $ 35,457     $ 29,185     $ 28,003  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest credited to policyholder account balances:

     

Direct interest credited to policyholder account balances

  $ 5,600     $ 4,917     $ 4,842  

Reinsurance assumed

    3       2       3  

Reinsurance ceded

                    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest credited to policyholder account balances

  $ 5,603     $ 4,919     $ 4,845  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Policyholder dividends:

     

Direct policyholder dividends

  $ 1,446     $ 1,485     $ 1,649  

Reinsurance assumed

    17       17       13  

Reinsurance ceded

    (17     (17     (13
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net policyholder dividends

  $ 1,446     $ 1,485     $ 1,649  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other expenses:

     

Direct other expenses

  $ 17,865     $ 12,870     $ 10,565  

Reinsurance assumed

    168       116       100  

Reinsurance ceded

    (303     (222     (144
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net other expenses

  $ 17,730     $ 12,764     $ 10,521  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

350


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

The amounts in the consolidated balance sheets include the impact of reinsurance. Information regarding the effect of reinsurance was as follows at:

 

 

    December 31, 2011  
    Direct     Assumed     Ceded     Total
Balance
Sheet
 
    (In millions)  

Assets:

       

Premiums, reinsurance and other receivables

  $ 5,601     $ 641     $ 16,239     $ 22,481  

Deferred policy acquisition costs and value of business acquired

    27,979       138        (146     27,971  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

  $ 33,580     $ 779     $ 16,093     $ 50,452  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities:

       

Future policy benefits

  $ 182,281     $ 1,972     $ (1   $ 184,252  

Policyholder account balances

    214,206       3,494              217,700  

Other policy-related balances

    14,880       339       380       15,599  

Other liabilities

    25,245       630       5,039       30,914  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

  $ 436,612     $ 6,435     $ 5,418     $ 448,465  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

    December 31, 2010  
    Direct     Assumed     Ceded     Total
Balance
Sheet
 
    (In millions)  

Assets:

       

Premiums, reinsurance and other receivables

  $ 5,517     $ 722     $ 13,560     $ 19,799  

Deferred policy acquisition costs and value of business acquired

    27,095       176       (179     27,092  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

  $ 32,612     $ 898     $ 13,381     $ 46,891  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities:

       

Future policy benefits

  $ 168,903     $ 2,074     $ (65   $ 170,912  

Policyholder account balances

    208,520       2,237              210,757  

Other policy-related balances

    14,981       265       504       15,750  

Other liabilities

    17,057       608       2,701       20,366  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

  $ 409,461     $ 5,184     $ 3,140     $ 417,785  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Reinsurance agreements that do not expose the Company to a reasonable possibility of a significant loss from insurance risk are recorded using the deposit method of accounting. The deposit assets on reinsurance were $2.4 billion and $2.5 billion at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. The deposit liabilities on reinsurance were $66 million and $47 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

10.  Closed Block

On April 7, 2000 (the “Demutualization Date”), Metropolitan Life Insurance Company (“MLIC”) converted from a mutual life insurance company to a stock life insurance company and became a wholly-owned subsidiary of MetLife, Inc. The conversion was pursuant to an order by the New York Superintendent of Insurance (the “Superintendent”) approving MLIC’s plan of reorganization, as amended (the “Plan”). On the Demutualization Date, MLIC established a closed block for the benefit of holders of certain individual life insurance policies of MLIC. Assets have been allocated to the closed block in an amount that has been determined to produce cash

 

351


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

flows which, together with anticipated revenues from the policies included in the closed block, are reasonably expected to be sufficient to support obligations and liabilities relating to these policies, including, but not limited to, provisions for the payment of claims and certain expenses and taxes, and to provide for the continuation of policyholder dividend scales in effect for 1999, if the experience underlying such dividend scales continues, and for appropriate adjustments in such scales if the experience changes. At least annually, the Company compares actual and projected experience against the experience assumed in the then-current dividend scales. Dividend scales are adjusted periodically to give effect to changes in experience.

The closed block assets, the cash flows generated by the closed block assets and the anticipated revenues from the policies in the closed block will benefit only the holders of the policies in the closed block. To the extent that, over time, cash flows from the assets allocated to the closed block and claims and other experience related to the closed block are, in the aggregate, more or less favorable than what was assumed when the closed block was established, total dividends paid to closed block policyholders in the future may be greater than or less than the total dividends that would have been paid to these policyholders if the policyholder dividend scales in effect for 1999 had been continued. Any cash flows in excess of amounts assumed will be available for distribution over time to closed block policyholders and will not be available to stockholders. If the closed block has insufficient funds to make guaranteed policy benefit payments, such payments will be made from assets outside of the closed block. The closed block will continue in effect as long as any policy in the closed block remains in-force. The expected life of the closed block is over 100 years.

The Company uses the same accounting principles to account for the participating policies included in the closed block as it used prior to the Demutualization Date. However, the Company establishes a policyholder dividend obligation for earnings that will be paid to policyholders as additional dividends as described below. The excess of closed block liabilities over closed block assets at the Demutualization Date (adjusted to eliminate the impact of related amounts in accumulated other comprehensive income) represents the estimated maximum future earnings from the closed block expected to result from operations attributed to the closed block after income taxes. Earnings of the closed block are recognized in income over the period the policies and contracts in the closed block remain in-force. Management believes that over time the actual cumulative earnings of the closed block will approximately equal the expected cumulative earnings due to the effect of dividend changes. If, over the period the closed block remains in existence, the actual cumulative earnings of the closed block are greater than the expected cumulative earnings of the closed block, the Company will pay the excess of the actual cumulative earnings of the closed block over the expected cumulative earnings to closed block policyholders as additional policyholder dividends unless offset by future unfavorable experience of the closed block and, accordingly, will recognize only the expected cumulative earnings in income with the excess recorded as a policyholder dividend obligation. If over such period, the actual cumulative earnings of the closed block are less than the expected cumulative earnings of the closed block, the Company will recognize only the actual earnings in income. However, the Company may change policyholder dividend scales in the future, which would be intended to increase future actual earnings until the actual cumulative earnings equal the expected cumulative earnings.

Experience within the closed block, in particular mortality and investment yields, as well as realized and unrealized gains and losses, directly impact the policyholder dividend obligation. Amortization of the closed block DAC, which resides outside of the closed block, is based upon cumulative actual and expected earnings within the closed block. Accordingly, the Company’s net income continues to be sensitive to the actual performance of the closed block.

 

352


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

Information regarding the closed block liabilities and assets designated to the closed block was as follows:

 

 

     December 31,  
     2011     2010  
     (In millions)  

Closed Block Liabilities

    

Future policy benefits

   $ 43,169     $ 43,456  

Other policy-related balances

     358       316  

Policyholder dividends payable

     514       579  

Policyholder dividend obligation

     2,919       876  

Current income tax payable

            178  

Other liabilities

     613       627  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total closed block liabilities

     47,573       46,032  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Assets Designated to the Closed Block

    

Investments:

    

Fixed maturity securities available-for-sale, at estimated fair value

     30,407       28,768  

Equity securities available-for-sale, at estimated fair value

     35       102  

Mortgage loans

     6,206       6,253  

Policy loans

     4,657       4,629  

Real estate and real estate joint ventures held-for-investment

     364       328  

Short-term investments

            1  

Other invested assets

     857       729  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total investments

     42,526       40,810  

Cash and cash equivalents

     249       236  

Accrued investment income

     509       518  

Premiums, reinsurance and other receivables

     109       95  

Current income tax recoverable

     53         

Deferred income tax assets

     362       474  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets designated to the closed block

     43,808       42,133  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Excess of closed block liabilities over assets designated to the closed block

     3,765       3,899  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Amounts included in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss):

    

Unrealized investment gains (losses), net of income tax

     2,394       1,101  

Unrealized gains (losses) on derivative instruments, net of income tax

     11       10  

Allocated to policyholder dividend obligation, net of income tax

     (1,897     (569
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total amounts included in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

     508       542  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Maximum future earnings to be recognized from closed block assets and liabilities

   $ 4,273     $ 4,441  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Information regarding the closed block policyholder dividend obligation was as follows:

 

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2011      2010      2009  
     (In millions)  

Balance at January 1,

   $ 876      $       $   

Change in unrealized investment and derivative gains (losses)

     2,043        876          
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at December 31,

   $ 2,919      $ 876      $   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

353


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

Information regarding the closed block revenues and expenses was as follows:

 

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2011     2010     2009  
     (In millions)  

Revenues

      

Premiums

   $ 2,306     $ 2,461     $ 2,708  

Net investment income

     2,233       2,294       2,197  

Net investment gains (losses):

      

Other-than-temporary impairments on fixed maturity securities

     (14     (32     (107

Other-than-temporary impairments on fixed maturity securities transferred to other comprehensive income (loss)

     3              40  

Other net investment gains (losses)

     43       71       327  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total net investment gains (losses)

     32       39       260  

Net derivative gains (losses)

     8       (27     (128
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenues

     4,579       4,767       5,037  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Expenses

      

Policyholder benefits and claims

     2,991       3,115       3,329  

Policyholder dividends

     1,137       1,235       1,394  

Other expenses

     193       199       203  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total expenses

     4,321       4,549       4,926  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Revenues, net of expenses before provision for income tax expense (benefit)

     258       218       111  

Provision for income tax expense (benefit)

     90       72       36  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Revenues, net of expenses and provision for income tax expense (benefit)

   $ 168     $ 146     $ 75  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The change in the maximum future earnings of the closed block was as follows:

 

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2011     2010     2009  
     (In millions)  

Balance at December 31,

   $ 4,273     $ 4,441     $ 4,587  

Less:

      

Closed block adjustment (1)

                   144  

Balance at January 1,

     4,441       4,587       4,518  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Change during year

   $ (168   $ (146   $ (75
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)

The closed block adjustment represents an intra-company reallocation of assets which affected the closed block. The adjustment had no impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

MLIC charges the closed block with federal income taxes, state and local premium taxes and other additive state or local taxes, as well as investment management expenses relating to the closed block as provided in the Plan. MLIC also charges the closed block for expenses of maintaining the policies included in the closed block.

 

354


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

11.  Long-term and Short-term Debt

Long-term and short-term debt outstanding was as follows:

 

 

     Interest Rates     Maturity    December 31,  
     Range    Weighted
Average
      
           2011      2010  
                     (In millions)  

Senior notes

   0.57%-7.72%      4.84    2012-2045    $ 15,666      $ 16,258  

Advances agreements

   0.23%-4.86%      2.28    2012-2021      4,179        3,600  

Surplus notes

   7.63%-7.88%      7.85    2015-2025      700        699  

Fixed rate notes (1)

   7.50%-15.00%      10.02    2012              82  

Other notes with varying interest rates

   2.77%-8.00%      5.23    2016-2030      42        95  

Capital lease obligations

             37        32  
          

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total long-term debt (2)

             20,624        20,766  

Total short-term debt

             686        306  
          

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

           $ 21,310      $ 21,072  
          

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)

Certain of the fixed rate notes were repaid prior to maturity in 2011.

 

(2)

Excludes $3.1 billion and $6.8 billion of long-term debt relating to CSEs at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. See Note 3.

The aggregate maturities of long-term debt at December 31, 2011 for the next five years and thereafter are $1.5 billion in 2012, $1.5 billion in 2013, $1.7 billion in 2014, $2.3 billion in 2015, $2.4 billion in 2016 and $11.2 billion thereafter.

Advances agreements and capital lease obligations are collateralized and rank highest in priority, followed by unsecured senior debt which consists of senior notes, fixed rate notes and other notes with varying interest rates, followed by subordinated debt which consists of junior subordinated debt securities. Payments of interest and principal on the Company’s surplus notes, which are subordinate to all other obligations at the operating company level and senior to obligations at MetLife, Inc., may be made only with the prior approval of the insurance department of the state of domicile. Collateral financing arrangements are supported by either surplus notes of subsidiaries or financing arrangements with MetLife, Inc. and, accordingly, have priority consistent with other such obligations.

Certain of the Company’s debt instruments, credit facilities and committed facilities contain various administrative, reporting, legal and financial covenants. The Company believes it was in compliance with all such covenants at December 31, 2011.

Senior Notes — Senior Debt Securities Underlying Equity Units

In connection with the financing of the Acquisition (see Note 2) in November 2010, MetLife, Inc. issued to AM Holdings $3.0 billion (estimated fair value of $3.0 billion) in three series of Debt Securities, which constitute a part of the Equity Units more fully described in Note 14. The Debt Securities (Series C, D and E) are subject to remarketing, initially bear interest at 1.56%, 1.92% and 2.46%, respectively (an average rate of 1.98%), and carry initial maturity dates of June 15, 2023, June 15, 2024 and June 15, 2045, respectively. The interest rates will be reset in connection with the successful remarketings of the Debt Securities. Prior to the first scheduled attempted remarketing of the Series C Debt Securities, such Debt Securities will be divided into two tranches equal in

 

355


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

principal amount with maturity dates of June 15, 2018 and June 15, 2023. Prior to the first scheduled attempted remarketing of the Series E Debt Securities, such Debt Securities will be divided into two tranches equal in principal amount with maturity dates of June 15, 2018 and June 15, 2045.

Senior Notes — Other

In August 2010, in anticipation of the Acquisition, MetLife, Inc. issued senior notes as follows:

 

   

$1.0 billion senior notes due February 6, 2014, which bear interest at a fixed rate of 2.375%, payable semiannually;

 

   

$1.0 billion senior notes due February 8, 2021, which bear interest at a fixed rate of 4.75%, payable semiannually;

 

   

$750 million senior notes due February 6, 2041, which bear interest at a fixed rate of 5.875%, payable semiannually; and

 

   

$250 million floating rate senior notes due August 6, 2013, which bear interest at a rate equal to three-month LIBOR, reset quarterly, plus 1.25%, payable quarterly.

In connection with these offerings, MetLife, Inc. incurred $15 million of issuance costs which have been capitalized and included in other assets. These costs are being amortized over the terms of the senior notes.

In May 2009, MetLife, Inc. issued $1.3 billion of senior notes due June 1, 2016. The senior notes bear interest at a fixed rate of 6.75%, payable semiannually. In connection with the offering, MetLife, Inc. incurred $6 million of issuance costs which have been capitalized and included in other assets. These costs are being amortized over the term of the senior notes.

In March 2009, MetLife, Inc. issued $397 million of floating rate senior notes due June 29, 2012 under the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation’s Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program. The senior notes bear interest at a rate equal to three-month LIBOR, reset quarterly, plus 0.32%. The senior notes are not redeemable prior to their maturity. In connection with the offering, MetLife, Inc. incurred $15 million of issuance costs which have been capitalized and included in other assets. These costs are being amortized over the term of the senior notes.

In February 2009, MetLife, Inc. remarketed its existing $1.0 billion 4.91% Series B junior subordinated debt securities as 7.717% senior debt securities, Series B, due 2019. Interest on these senior debt securities is payable semiannually. The Series B junior subordinated debt securities were originally issued in 2005. See Note 13.

Advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank of New York

MetLife Bank is a member of the FHLB of NY and held $234 million and $187 million of common stock of the FHLB of NY at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, which is included in equity securities. MetLife Bank has also entered into advances agreements with the FHLB of NY whereby MetLife Bank has received cash advances and under which the FHLB of NY has been granted a blanket lien on certain of MetLife Bank’s residential mortgage loans held-for-sale, commercial mortgage loans and mortgage-backed securities to collateralize MetLife Bank’s repayment obligations. Upon any event of default by MetLife Bank, the FHLB of NY’s recovery is limited to the amount of MetLife Bank’s liability under the advances agreements. The amount of MetLife Bank’s liability for advances from the FHLB of NY was $4.8 billion and $3.8 billion at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, which is included in long-term debt and short-term debt depending upon the original tenor of the advance. During the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, MetLife Bank

 

356


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

received advances related to long-term borrowings totaling $1.3 billion, $2.1 billion and $1.3 billion, respectively, from the FHLB of NY. MetLife Bank made repayments to the FHLB of NY of $750 million, $349 million and $497 million related to long-term borrowings for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. The advances related to both long-term and short-term debt were collateralized by residential mortgage loans held-for-sale, commercial mortgage loans and mortgage-backed securities with estimated fair values of $8.7 billion and $7.8 billion at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

Collateralized Borrowing from the Federal Reserve Bank of New York

MetLife Bank is a depository institution that is approved to use the Federal Reserve Bank of New York Discount Window borrowing privileges. In order to utilize these privileges, MetLife Bank has pledged qualifying loans and investment securities to the Federal Reserve Bank of New York as collateral. MetLife Bank had no liability for advances from the Federal Reserve Bank of New York at both December 31, 2011 and 2010. The estimated fair value of loan and investment security collateral pledged by MetLife Bank to the Federal Reserve Bank of New York at December 31, 2011 and 2010 was $1.6 billion and $1.8 billion, respectively. There were no such advances during the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010. During the year ended December 31, 2009, the weighted average interest rate on these advances was 0.26%. During the year ended December 31, 2009, the average daily balance of these advances was $1.5 billion and these advances were outstanding for an average of 24 days.

Short-term Debt

Short-term debt with maturities of one year or less was as follows:

 

 

     December 31,  
         2011              2010      
     (In millions)  

Commercial paper

   $ 101      $ 102  

MetLife Bank, N.A.-Advances agreements with the FHLB of NY

     585        190  

Other

             14  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total short-term debt

   $ 686      $ 306  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Average daily balance

   $ 447      $ 687  

Average days outstanding

     19 days         21 days   

During the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, the weighted average interest rate on short-term debt was 0.33%, 0.35% and 0.42%, respectively.

Interest Expense

Interest expense related to the Company’s indebtedness included in other expenses was $975 million, $815 million and $713 million for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively, and does not include interest expense on collateral financing arrangements, junior subordinated debt securities or common equity units. See Notes 12, 13 and 14.

Credit and Committed Facilities

The Company maintains unsecured credit facilities and committed facilities, which aggregated $4.0 billion and $12.4 billion, respectively, at December 31, 2011. When drawn upon, these facilities bear interest at varying rates in accordance with the respective agreements.

 

357


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

Credit Facilities . The unsecured credit facilities are used for general corporate purposes, to support the borrowers’ commercial paper programs and for the issuance of letters of credit. Total fees expensed associated with these credit facilities were $35 million, $17 million and $43 million for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Information on these credit facilities at December 31, 2011 was as follows:

 

 

Borrower(s)

    Expiration       Capacity       Letter of
Credit
  Issuances  
      Drawdowns       Unused
  Commitments  
 
              (In millions)        

MetLife, Inc. and MetLife Funding, Inc.

  October 2013 (1), (2)   $ 1,000     $ 104     $      $ 896  

MetLife, Inc. and MetLife Funding, Inc.

  August 2016 (1)     3,000       2,980              20  
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

    $ 4,000     $ 3,084     $      $ 916  
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)

In August 2011, the 364-day, $1.0 billion senior unsecured credit agreement entered into in October 2010 by MetLife, Inc. and MetLife Funding, Inc., a subsidiary, was amended and restated to provide a five-year, $3.0 billion senior unsecured credit facility. Concurrently, MetLife, Inc. and MetLife Funding, Inc. elected to reduce the outstanding commitments under the three-year, $3.0 billion senior unsecured credit facility entered into in October 2010 to $1.0 billion with no change to the original maturity of October 2013. The Company incurred costs of $9 million related to the five-year credit facility, which have been capitalized and included in other assets. These costs will be amortized over the amended terms of the facilities. Due to the reduction in total capacity of the three-year facility, the Company subsequently expensed $4 million of the remaining deferred financing costs associated with the October 2010 credit agreement, which are included in other expenses.

 

(2)

All borrowings under the credit agreement must be repaid by October 2013, except that letters of credit outstanding upon termination may remain outstanding until October 2014.

 

358


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

Committed Facilities .  The committed facilities are used for collateral for certain of the Company’s affiliated reinsurance liabilities. Total fees expensed associated with these committed facilities were $93 million, $92 million and $55 million for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Information on these committed facilities at December 31, 2011 was as follows:

 

 

Account Party/Borrower(s)

  Expiration   Capacity     Letter of
Credit
Issuances
    Drawdowns     Unused
Commitments
    Maturity
(Years)
 
              (In millions)              

MetLife, Inc.

  August 2012   $ 300     $ 300     $      $          

Exeter Reassurance Company Ltd., MetLife, Inc. & Missouri Reinsurance (Barbados), Inc.

  June 2016     500       490              10       4  

MetLife Reinsurance Company of Vermont & MetLife, Inc.

  December 2020 (1)     350       350                     9  

Exeter Reassurance Company Ltd.

  December 2027 (1)     650       205              445       16  

MetLife Reinsurance Company of South Carolina & MetLife, Inc.

  June 2037 (2)     3,500              2,797       703       25  

MetLife Reinsurance Company of Vermont & MetLife, Inc.

  December 2037 (1)     2,896       1,715              1,181       26  

MetLife Reinsurance Company of Vermont & MetLife, Inc.

  September 2038 (1)     4,250       2,402              1,848       26  
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total

    $ 12,446     $ 5,462     $ 2,797     $ 4,187    
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

(1)

MetLife, Inc. is guarantor under this agreement.

 

(2)

The drawdown on this facility is associated with the collateral financing arrangement described more fully in Note 12.

As a result of the offerings of certain senior notes (see “— Senior Notes — Other”) and common stock (see Note 18), the commitment letter for a $5.0 billion senior credit facility, which MetLife, Inc. signed to partially finance the Acquisition, was terminated. During March 2010, MetLife, Inc. paid $28 million in fees related to this senior credit facility, all of which were expensed during the year ended December 31, 2010.

12.  Collateral Financing Arrangements

Associated with the Closed Block

In December 2007, MLIC reinsured a portion of its closed block liabilities to MRC, a wholly-owned subsidiary of MetLife, Inc. In connection with this transaction, MRC issued, to investors placed by an unaffiliated financial institution, $2.5 billion in aggregate principal amount of 35-year surplus notes to provide statutory reserve support for the assumed closed block liabilities. Interest on the surplus notes accrues at an annual rate of three-month LIBOR plus 0.55%, payable quarterly. The ability of MRC to make interest and principal payments on the surplus notes is contingent upon South Carolina regulatory approval.

Simultaneous with the issuance of the surplus notes, MetLife, Inc. entered into an agreement with the unaffiliated financial institution, under which MetLife, Inc. is entitled to the interest paid by MRC on the surplus notes of three-month LIBOR plus 0.55% in exchange for the payment of three-month LIBOR plus 1.12%,

 

359


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

payable quarterly on such amount as adjusted, as described below. MetLife, Inc. may also be required to pledge collateral or make payments to the unaffiliated financial institution related to any decline in the estimated fair value of the surplus notes. Any such payments would be accounted for as a receivable and included in other assets on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets and would not reduce the principal amount outstanding of the surplus notes. Such payments would, however, reduce the amount of interest payments due from MetLife, Inc. under the agreement. Any payment received from the unaffiliated financial institution would reduce the receivable by an amount equal to such payment and would also increase the amount of interest payments due from MetLife, Inc. under the agreement. In addition, the unaffiliated financial institution may be required to pledge collateral to MetLife, Inc. related to any increase in the estimated fair value of the surplus notes. MetLife, Inc. may also be required to make a payment to the unaffiliated financial institution in connection with any early termination of this agreement.

In December 2011, following regulatory approval, MRC repurchased and canceled $650 million in aggregate principal amount of the surplus notes (the “Partial Repurchase”). Payments made by the Company in December 2011 associated with the Partial Repurchase, which also included payments made to the unaffiliated financial institution, totaled $650 million, exclusive of accrued interest on the surplus notes. At December 31, 2011 and 2010, the amount of the surplus notes outstanding was $1.9 billion and $2.5 billion, respectively.

At December 31, 2011 and 2010, the amount of the receivable from the unaffiliated financial institution was $241 million and $425 million, respectively. In June 2011, MetLife, Inc. received $100 million from the unaffiliated financial institution related to an increase in the estimated fair value of the surplus notes. No payments were made or received by MetLife, Inc. during 2010. During 2009, on a net basis, MetLife, Inc. received $375 million from the unaffiliated financial institution related to changes in the estimated fair value of the surplus notes.

In addition, at December 31, 2011 and 2010, MetLife, Inc. had pledged collateral with an estimated fair value of $125 million and $49 million, respectively, to the unaffiliated financial institution.

A majority of the proceeds from the offering of the surplus notes was placed in a trust, which is consolidated by the Company, to support MRC’s statutory obligations associated with the assumed closed block liabilities. At both December 31, 2011 and 2010, the estimated fair value of assets held in trust by the Company was $2.0 billion. The assets are principally invested in fixed maturity securities and are presented as such within the Company’s consolidated balance sheets, with the related income included within net investment income in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations. Interest on the collateral financing arrangement is included as a component of other expenses.

Total interest expense related to the collateral financing arrangement was $35 million, $36 million and $51 million for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

Associated with Secondary Guarantees

In May 2007, MetLife, Inc. and MRSC, a wholly-owned subsidiary of MetLife, Inc., entered into a 30-year collateral financing arrangement with an unaffiliated financial institution that provides up to $3.5 billion of statutory reserve support for MRSC associated with reinsurance obligations under intercompany reinsurance agreements. Such statutory reserves are associated with universal life secondary guarantees and are required under U.S. Valuation of Life Policies Model Regulation (commonly referred to as Regulation A-XXX). At both December 31, 2011 and 2010, $2.8 billion had been drawn upon under the collateral financing arrangement. Proceeds from the collateral financing arrangement were placed in trusts to support MRSC’s statutory obligations associated with the reinsurance of secondary guarantees. The trusts are VIEs which are consolidated by the

 

360


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

Company. The unaffiliated financial institution is entitled to the return on the investment portfolio held by the trusts. At both December 31, 2011 and 2010, the Company held assets in trust with an estimated fair value of $3.3 billion associated with the collateral financing arrangement. The assets are principally invested in fixed maturity securities and are presented as such within the Company’s consolidated balance sheets, with the related income included within net investment income in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations. Interest on the collateral financing arrangement is included as a component of other expenses. The collateral financing arrangement may be extended by agreement of MetLife, Inc. and the unaffiliated financial institution on each anniversary of the closing.

In connection with the collateral financing arrangement, MetLife, Inc. entered into an agreement with the same unaffiliated financial institution under which MetLife, Inc. is entitled to the return on the investment portfolio held by the trusts established in connection with this collateral financing arrangement in exchange for the payment of a stated rate of return to the unaffiliated financial institution of three-month LIBOR plus 0.70%, payable quarterly. MetLife, Inc. may also be required to make payments to the unaffiliated financial institution, for deposit into the trusts, related to any decline in the estimated fair value of the assets held by the trusts, as well as amounts outstanding upon maturity or early termination of the collateral financing arrangement. During 2011 and 2010, no payments were made or received by MetLife, Inc. During 2009, MetLife, Inc. contributed $360 million as a result of declines in the estimated fair value of the assets in the trusts. Cumulatively, since May 2007, MetLife, Inc. has contributed a total of $680 million as a result of declines in the estimated fair value of the assets in the trusts, all of which was deposited into the trusts.

In addition, MetLife, Inc. may be required to pledge collateral to the unaffiliated financial institution under this agreement. At December 31, 2011 and 2010, MetLife, Inc. had pledged $92 million and $63 million under the agreement, respectively.

Total interest expense related to the collateral financing arrangement was $29 million, $30 million and $44 million for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

13.  Junior Subordinated Debt Securities

Outstanding Junior Subordinated Debt Securities

Outstanding junior subordinated debt securities and trust securities which MetLife, Inc. will exchange for junior subordinated debt securities prior to redemption or repayment were as follows:

 

Issuer

  Issue Date   Face
Value
    Interest
Rate (2)
    Scheduled
Redemption
Date
  Interest  Rate
Subsequent  to
Scheduled
Redemption
Date (3)
    Final
Maturity
  Carrying Value
at December 31,
 
              2011     2010  
        (In millions)                         (In millions)  

MetLife, Inc.

  July 2009   $ 500       10.750    August 2039     LIBOR +7.548   August 2069   $ 500     $ 500  

MetLife Capital Trust X (1)

  April 2008   $ 750       9.250    April 2038     LIBOR +5.540   April 2068     750       750  

MetLife Capital Trust IV (1)

  December 2007   $ 700       7.875    December 2037     LIBOR +3.960   December 2067     694       694  

MetLife, Inc.

  December 2006   $ 1,250       6.400    December 2036     LIBOR +2.205   December 2066     1,248       1,247  
             

 

 

   

 

 

 
              $ 3,192     $ 3,191  
             

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

MetLife Capital Trust X and MetLife Capital Trust IV are VIEs which are consolidated in the financial statements of the Company. The securities issued by these entities are exchangeable surplus trust securities, which will be exchanged for a like amount of MetLife, Inc.’s junior subordinated debt securities on the scheduled redemption date; mandatorily under certain circumstances, and at any time upon MetLife, Inc. exercising its option to redeem the securities. The exchangeable surplus trust securities are classified as junior subordinated debt securities for purposes of financial statement presentation.

 

361


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

(2)

Prior to the scheduled redemption date, interest is payable semiannually in arrears.

 

(3)

In the event the securities are not redeemed on or before the scheduled redemption date, interest will accrue after such date at an annual rate of three-month LIBOR plus a margin, payable quarterly in arrears.

In connection with each of the securities described above, MetLife, Inc. may redeem or may cause the redemption of the securities (i) in whole or in part, at any time on or after the date five years prior to the scheduled redemption date at their principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but excluding, the date of redemption, or (ii) in certain circumstances, in whole or in part, prior to the date five years prior to the scheduled redemption date at their principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but excluding, the date of redemption or, if greater, a make-whole price. MetLife, Inc. also has the right to, and in certain circumstances the requirement to, defer interest payments on the securities for a period up to 10 years. Interest compounds during such periods of deferral. If interest is deferred for more than five consecutive years, MetLife, Inc. is required to use proceeds from the sale of its common stock or warrants on common stock to satisfy interest payment obligation. In connection with each of the securities described above, MetLife, Inc. entered into a separate replacement capital covenant (“RCC”). As part of each RCC, MetLife, Inc. agreed that it will not repay, redeem, or purchase the securities on or before a date 10 years prior to the final maturity date of each issuance, unless, subject to certain limitations, it has received cash proceeds during a specified period from the sale of specified replacement securities. Each RCC will terminate upon the occurrence of certain events, including an acceleration of the applicable securities due to the occurrence of an event of default. The RCCs are not intended for the benefit of holders of the securities and may not be enforced by them. Rather, each RCC is for the benefit of the holders of a designated series of MetLife, Inc.’s other indebtedness (the “Covered Debt”). Initially, the Covered Debt for each of the securities described above was MetLife, Inc.’s 5.70% senior notes due 2035 (the “Senior Notes”). As a result of the issuance of MetLife, Inc.’s 10.750% Fixed-to-Floating Rate Junior Subordinated Debentures due 2069 (the “10.750% JSDs”), the 10.750% JSDs became the Covered Debt with respect to, and in accordance with, the terms of the RCC relating to MetLife, Inc.’s 6.40% Fixed-to-Floating Rate Junior Subordinated Debentures due 2066. The Senior Notes continue to be the Covered Debt with respect to, and in accordance with, the terms of the RCCs relating to each of MetLife Capital Trust IV’s 7.875% Fixed-to-Floating Rate Exchangeable Surplus Trust Securities, MetLife Capital Trust X’s 9.250% Fixed-to-Floating Rate Exchangeable Surplus Trust Securities and the 10.750% JSDs. MetLife, Inc. also entered into a replacement capital obligation which will commence during the six month period prior to the scheduled redemption date of each of the securities described above and under which MetLife, Inc. must use reasonable commercial efforts to raise replacement capital to permit repayment of the securities through the issuance of certain qualifying capital securities.

Issuance costs associated with the issuance of the securities of $5 million were incurred during the year ended December 31, 2009. These issuance costs have been capitalized, are included in other assets, and are amortized over the period from the issuance date until the scheduled redemption date of the issuance. Interest expense on outstanding junior subordinated debt securities was $258 million, $258 million and $231 million for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively.

Other Junior Subordinated Debt Securities

In June 2005, MetLife, Inc. issued $1.1 billion 4.91% Series B junior subordinated debt securities due no later than February 2040, in exchange for $32 million in trust common securities of MetLife Capital Trust III (“Series B Trust”), a subsidiary trust of MetLife, Inc., and $1.0 billion in aggregate cash proceeds from the sale by the subsidiary trust of trust preferred securities.

In February 2009, the Series B Trust was dissolved and $32 million of the Series B junior subordinated debt securities were returned to MetLife, Inc. concurrently with the cancellation of the $32 million of trust common

 

362


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

securities of the Series B Trust held by MetLife, Inc. Upon dissolution of the Series B Trust, the remaining $1.0 billion of Series B junior subordinated debt securities were distributed to the holders of the trust preferred securities and such trust preferred securities were canceled. In connection with the remarketing transaction in February 2009, the remaining $1.0 billion of MetLife, Inc. Series B junior subordinated debt securities were modified, as permitted by their terms, to be 7.717% senior debt securities, Series B, due February 2019. The Company did not receive any proceeds from the remarketing. See Note 11.

Interest expense on these junior subordinated debt securities was $6 million for the year ended December 31, 2009.

14.  Common Equity Units

Acquisition of ALICO

In connection with the financing of the Acquisition (see Note 2) in November 2010, MetLife, Inc. issued to AM Holdings 40.0 million Equity Units with an aggregate stated amount at issuance of $3.0 billion and an estimated fair value of $3.2 billion. Each Equity Unit has an initial stated amount of $75 per unit and initially consists of: (i) three Purchase Contracts, each of which obligates the holder to purchase, on a subsequent settlement date, a variable number of shares of MetLife, Inc. common stock, par value $0.01 per share, for a purchase price of $25 ($75 in the aggregate); and (ii) a 1/40 undivided beneficial ownership interest in each of three series of Debt Securities issued by MetLife, Inc., each series of Debt Securities having an aggregate principal amount of $1.0 billion. Distributions on the Equity Units will be made quarterly, and will consist of contract payments on the Purchase Contracts and interest payments on the Debt Securities, at an aggregate annual rate of 5.00% of the stated amount at any time. The excess of the estimated fair value of the Equity Units over the estimated fair value of the Debt Securities (see Note 11), after accounting for the present value of future contract payments recorded in other liabilities, resulted in a net decrease to additional paid-in capital of $69 million, representing the fair value of the Purchase Contracts discussed below. On March 8, 2011, AM Holdings sold, in a public offering, all the Equity Units it received as consideration from MetLife in connection with the Acquisition. The Equity Units are listed on the New York Stock Exchange.

Purchase Contracts

Settlement of the Purchase Contracts of each series will occur upon the successful remarketing of the related series of Debt Securities, or upon a final failed remarketing of the related series, as described below under “— Debt Securities.” On each settlement date subsequent to a successful remarketing, the holder will pay $25 per Equity Unit and MetLife, Inc. will issue to such holder a variable number of shares of its common stock in settlement of the applicable Purchase Contract. The number of shares to be issued will depend on the average of the daily volume-weighted average prices of MetLife, Inc.’s common stock during the 20 trading day periods ending on, and including, the third day prior to the initial scheduled settlement date for each series of Purchase Contracts. The initially-scheduled settlement dates are October 10, 2012 for the Series C Purchase Contracts, September 11, 2013 for the Series D Purchase Contracts and October 8, 2014 for the Series E Purchase Contracts. If the average value of MetLife, Inc.’s common stock as calculated pursuant to the Stock Purchase Agreement during the applicable 20 trading day period is less than or equal to $35.42, as such amount may be adjusted (the “Reference Price”), the number of shares to be issued in settlement of the Purchase Contract will equal $25 divided by the Reference Price, as calculated pursuant to the Stock Purchase Agreement (the “Maximum Settlement Rate”). If the market value of MetLife, Inc.’s common stock is greater than or equal to $44.275, as such amount may be adjusted (the “Threshold Appreciation Price”), the number of shares to be issued in settlement of the Purchase Contract will equal $25 divided by the Threshold Appreciation Price, as so calculated (the “Minimum Settlement Rate”). If the market value of MetLife, Inc.’s common stock is greater than

 

363


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

the Reference Price and less than the Threshold Appreciation Price, the number of shares to be issued will equal $25 divided by the applicable market value, as so calculated. In the event of an unsuccessful remarketing of any series of Debt Securities and the postponement of settlement to a later date, the average market value used to calculate the settlement rate for a particular series will not be recalculated, although certain corporate events may require adjustments to the settlement rate. After settlement of all the Purchase Contracts, MetLife, Inc. will receive proceeds of $3.0 billion and issue between 67.8 million and 84.7 million shares of its common stock, subject to certain adjustments. The holder of an Equity Unit may, at its option, settle the related Purchase Contracts before the applicable settlement date. However, upon early settlement, the holder will receive the Minimum Settlement Rate.

Distributions on the Purchase Contracts will be made quarterly at an average annual rate of 3.02%. The value of the Purchase Contracts at issuance of $247 million was calculated as the present value of the future contract payments and was recorded in other liabilities with an offsetting decrease in additional paid-in capital. The other liabilities balance will be reduced as contract payments are made. For the year ended December 31, 2011, $102 million of contract payments were made. For the year ended December 31, 2010, no contract payments were made.

Debt Securities

The Debt Securities are senior, unsecured notes of MetLife, Inc. which, in the aggregate, pay quarterly distributions at an initial average annual rate of 1.98% and are included in long-term debt (see Note 11 for further discussion of terms). The Debt Securities will be initially pledged as collateral to secure the obligations of each Equity Unit holder under the related Purchase Contracts. Each series of the Debt Securities will be subject to a remarketing and sold on behalf of participating holders to investors. The proceeds of a remarketing, net of any related fees, will be applied on behalf of participating holders who so elect to settle any obligation of the holder to pay cash under the related Purchase Contract on the applicable settlement dates. The initially-scheduled remarketing dates are October 10, 2012 for the Series C Debt Securities, September 11, 2013 for the Series D Debt Securities and October 8, 2014 for the Series E Debt Securities, subject to delay if there are one or more unsuccessful remarketings. If the initial attempted remarketing of a series is unsuccessful, up to two additional remarketing attempts will occur. At the remarketing date, the remarketing agent may reset the interest rate on the Debt Securities, subject to a reset cap for each of the first two attempted remarketings of each series. If a remarketing is successful, the reset rate will apply to all outstanding Debt Securities of the applicable tranche of the remarketed series, whether or not the holder participated in the remarketing and will become effective on the settlement date of such remarketing. If the first remarketing attempt with respect to a series is unsuccessful, the applicable Purchase Contract settlement date will be delayed for three calendar months, at which time a second remarketing attempt will occur in connection with settlement. If the second remarketing attempt is unsuccessful, one additional delay may occur on the same basis. If both additional remarketing attempts are unsuccessful, a “final failed remarketing” will have occurred, and the interest rate on such series of Debt Securities will not be reset and the holder may put such series of Debt Securities to MetLife, Inc. at a price equal to its principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, and apply the principal amount against the holder’s obligations under the related Purchase Contract.

 

364


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

15. Income Tax

The provision for income tax from continuing operations was as follows:

 

 

    Years Ended December 31,  
    2011     2010     2009  
    (In millions)  

Current:

     

Federal

  $ (198   $ 123     $ (237

State and local

    (1     21       12  

Foreign

    614       203       227  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Subtotal

    415       347       2  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred:

     

Federal

    2,258       672       (2,130

State and local

    (3     (7     26  

Foreign

    405       153       77  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Subtotal

    2,660       818       (2,027
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Provision for income tax expense (benefit)

  $ 3,075     $ 1,165     $ (2,025
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The reconciliation of the income tax provision at the U.S. statutory rate to the provision for income tax as reported for continuing operations was as follows:

 

 

    Years Ended December 31,  
    2011     2010     2009  
    (In millions)  

Tax provision at U.S. statutory rate

  $ 3,509     $ 1,369     $ (1,526

Tax effect of:

     

Tax-exempt investment income

    (246     (242     (288

State and local income tax

    (4     9       17  

Prior year tax

    (4     59       (26

Tax credits

    (138     (82     (87

Foreign tax rate differential

    (53     29       (138

Change in valuation allowance

    16       7       20  

Other, net

    (5     16       3  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Provision for income tax expense (benefit)

  $ 3,075     $ 1,165     $ (2,025
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

365


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

Deferred income tax represents the tax effect of the differences between the book and tax basis of assets and liabilities. Net deferred income tax assets and liabilities consisted of the following at:

 

 

    December 31,  
    2011     2010  
    (In millions)  

Deferred income tax assets:

   

Policyholder liabilities and receivables

  $ 5,939     $ 8,450  

Net operating loss carryforwards

    1,595       1,971  

Employee benefits

    916       664  

Capital loss carryforwards

    449       408  

Tax credit carryforwards

    1,692       1,007  

Litigation-related and government mandated

    207       227  

Other

    483       336  
 

 

 

   

 

 

 
    11,281       13,063  

Less: Valuation allowance

    1,083       932  
 

 

 

   

 

 

 
    10,198       12,131  
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred income tax liabilities:

   

Investments, including derivatives

    3,371       2,261  

Intangibles

    5,309       5,814  

Net unrealized investment gains

    4,355       1,490  

DAC

    4,506       4,297  

Other

    192       125  
 

 

 

   

 

 

 
    17,733       13,987  
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred income tax asset (liability)

  $ (7,535   $ (1,856
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

The following table sets forth the domestic, state, and foreign net operating and capital loss carryforwards for tax purposes at December 31, 2011:

 

 

    Net Operating Loss
Carryforwards
  Capital Loss
Carryforwards
    Amount     Expiration   Amount     Expiration
    (In millions)         (In millions)      

Domestic

  $ 1,958     Beginning in 2018   $ 1,248     Beginning in 2013

State

  $ 251     Beginning in 2012   $      N/A

Foreign

  $ 3,056     Beginning in 2015   $ 37     Beginning in 2014

Tax credit carryforwards of $1.7 billion at December 31, 2011 will expire beginning in 2016.

As of the Acquisition Date, the Company had established a valuation allowance of $671 million against the amount of U.S. deferred tax assets that was expected to reverse post-branch restructuring of American Life. As of November 1, 2011 the Company finalized American Life’s current and deferred income tax liabilities based upon the determination of the amount of taxes resulting from the Section 338 Election and the corresponding filing of the income tax return. Accordingly, American Life’s current income tax receivable was increased by $12 million and deferred tax assets were reduced by $2 million with a corresponding net decrease to goodwill. The Company also increased the valuation allowance recorded against U.S. deferred tax assets to $720 million. The increase in the valuation allowance of $49 million, with a corresponding increase to goodwill, was a result of changes in estimates and assumptions relating to the reversal of U.S. temporary differences prior to the completion of the anticipated restructuring of American Life’s foreign branches and filing of the income tax return.

The Company also has recorded a valuation allowance increase related to tax benefits of $20 million related to certain state and foreign net operating loss carryforwards, $1 million related to certain foreign unrealized losses,

 

366


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

$86 million related to certain foreign other assets, and a decrease of $5 million related to certain foreign capital loss carryforwards. The valuation allowance reflects management’s assessment, based on available information, that it is more likely than not that the deferred income tax asset for certain foreign net operating and capital loss carryforwards, certain state net operating loss carryforwards, certain foreign unrealized losses and certain foreign other assets will not be realized. The tax benefit will be recognized when management believes that it is more likely than not that these deferred income tax assets are realizable.

The Company has not provided U.S. deferred taxes on cumulative earnings of certain non-U.S. affiliates and associated companies that have been reinvested indefinitely. These earnings relate to ongoing operations and have been reinvested in active non-U.S. business operations. The Company does not intend to repatriate these earnings to fund U.S. operations. Deferred taxes are provided for earnings of non-U.S. affiliates and associated companies when the Company plans to remit those earnings. At December 31, 2011 the Company had not made a provision for U.S. taxes on approximately $1.7 billion of the excess of the amount for financial reporting over the tax basis of investments in foreign subsidiaries that are essentially permanent in duration. It is not practicable to estimate the amount of deferred tax liability related to investments in these foreign subsidiaries.

The Company files income tax returns with the U.S. federal government and various state and local jurisdictions, as well as foreign jurisdictions. The Company is under continuous examination by the IRS and other tax authorities in jurisdictions in which the Company has significant business operations. The income tax years under examination vary by jurisdiction. With a few exceptions, the Company is no longer subject to U.S. federal, state and local, or foreign income tax examinations by tax authorities for years prior to 2000. In early 2009, the Company and the IRS completed and substantially settled the audit years of 2000 to 2002. A few issues not settled have been escalated to the next level, IRS Appeals. The IRS exam of the current audit cycle, years 2003 to 2006, began in April 2010.

The Company’s liability for unrecognized tax benefits may decrease in the next 12 months pending the outcome of remaining issues, tax-exempt income and tax credits associated with the 2000 to 2002 IRS audit. A reasonable estimate of the decrease cannot be made at this time. However, the Company continues to believe that the ultimate resolution of the issues will not result in a material change to its consolidated financial statements, although the resolution of income tax matters could impact the Company’s effective tax rate for a particular future period.

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits was as follows:

 

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2011     2010     2009  
     (In millions)  

Balance at January 1,

   $ 810     $ 773     $ 766  

Additions for tax positions of prior years

     30       186  (1)      43  

Reductions for tax positions of prior years

     (161     (84     (33

Additions for tax positions of current year

     13       13       52  

Reductions for tax positions of current year

     (8     (8     (9

Settlements with tax authorities

     (5     (59     (46

Lapses of statutes of limitations

            (11       
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31,

   $ 679     $ 810     $ 773  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Unrecognized tax benefits that, if recognized would impact the effective rate

   $ 527     $ 536     $ 583  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

An increase of $169 million resulted from the acquisition of American Life.

 

367


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

The Company classifies interest accrued related to unrecognized tax benefits in interest expense, included within other expenses, while penalties are included in income tax expense.

Interest and penalties were as follows:

 

 

    Years Ended December 31,  
        2011             2010             2009      
    (In millions)  

Interest and penalties recognized in the consolidated statements of operations

  $ 31     $ 6     $ 21  

 

    December 31,  
        2011                  2010      
    (In millions)  

Interest and penalties included in other liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets

  $ 235     $ 221  (1) 

 

 

(1)

An increase of $20 million resulted from the acquisition of American Life.

The U.S. Treasury Department and the IRS have indicated that they intend to address through regulations the methodology to be followed in determining the dividends received deduction (“DRD”), related to variable life insurance and annuity contracts. The DRD reduces the amount of dividend income subject to tax and is a significant component of the difference between the actual tax expense and expected amount determined using the federal statutory tax rate of 35%. Any regulations that the IRS ultimately proposes for issuance in this area will be subject to public notice and comment, at which time insurance companies and other interested parties will have the opportunity to raise legal and practical questions about the content, scope and application of such regulations. As a result, the ultimate timing and substance of any such regulations are unknown at this time. For the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, the Company recognized an income tax benefit of $159 million and $87 million, respectively, related to the separate account DRD. The 2011 benefit included a benefit of $8 million related to a true-up of the 2010 tax return. The 2010 benefit included an expense of $57 million related to a true-up of the 2009 tax return.

16. Contingencies, Commitments and Guarantees

Contingencies

Litigation

The Company is a defendant in a large number of litigation matters. In some of the matters, very large and/or indeterminate amounts, including punitive and treble damages, are sought. Modern pleading practice in the U.S. permits considerable variation in the assertion of monetary damages or other relief. Jurisdictions may permit claimants not to specify the monetary damages sought or may permit claimants to state only that the amount sought is sufficient to invoke the jurisdiction of the trial court. In addition, jurisdictions may permit plaintiffs to allege monetary damages in amounts well exceeding reasonably possible verdicts in the jurisdiction for similar matters. This variability in pleadings, together with the actual experience of the Company in litigating or resolving through settlement numerous claims over an extended period of time, demonstrates to management that the monetary relief which may be specified in a lawsuit or claim bears little relevance to its merits or disposition value.

Due to the vagaries of litigation, the outcome of a litigation matter and the amount or range of potential loss at particular points in time may normally be difficult to ascertain. Uncertainties can include how fact finders will evaluate documentary evidence and the credibility and effectiveness of witness testimony, and how trial and

 

368


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

appellate courts will apply the law in the context of the pleadings or evidence presented, whether by motion practice, or at trial or on appeal. Disposition valuations are also subject to the uncertainty of how opposing parties and their counsel will themselves view the relevant evidence and applicable law.

The Company establishes liabilities for litigation and regulatory loss contingencies when it is probable that a loss has been incurred and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated. Liabilities have been established for a number of the matters noted below. It is possible that some of the matters could require the Company to pay damages or make other expenditures or establish accruals in amounts that could not be estimated at December 31, 2011. While the potential future charges could be material in the particular quarterly or annual periods in which they are recorded, based on information currently known to management, management does not believe any such charges are likely to have a material effect on the Company’s financial position.

Matters as to Which an Estimate Can Be Made

For some of the matters disclosed below, the Company is able to estimate a reasonably possible range of loss. For such matters where a loss is believed to be reasonably possible, but not probable, no accrual has been made. As of December 31, 2011, the Company estimates the aggregate range of reasonably possible losses in excess of amounts accrued for these matters to be approximately $0 to $200 million.

Matters as to Which an Estimate Cannot Be Made

For other matters disclosed below, the Company is not currently able to estimate the reasonably possible loss or range of loss. The Company is often unable to estimate the possible loss or range of loss until developments in such matters have provided sufficient information to support an assessment of the range of possible loss, such as quantification of a damage demand from plaintiffs, discovery from other parties and investigation of factual allegations, rulings by the court on motions or appeals, analysis by experts, and the progress of settlement negotiations. On a quarterly and annual basis, the Company reviews relevant information with respect to litigation contingencies and updates its accruals, disclosures and estimates of reasonably possible losses or ranges of loss based on such reviews.

Asbestos-Related Claims

MLIC is and has been a defendant in a large number of asbestos-related suits filed primarily in state courts. These suits principally allege that the plaintiff or plaintiffs suffered personal injury resulting from exposure to asbestos and seek both actual and punitive damages. MLIC has never engaged in the business of manufacturing, producing, distributing or selling asbestos or asbestos-containing products nor has MLIC issued liability or workers’ compensation insurance to companies in the business of manufacturing, producing, distributing or selling asbestos or asbestos-containing products. The lawsuits principally have focused on allegations with respect to certain research, publication and other activities of one or more of MLIC’s employees during the period from the 1920’s through approximately the 1950’s and allege that MLIC learned or should have learned of certain health risks posed by asbestos and, among other things, improperly publicized or failed to disclose those health risks. MLIC believes that it should not have legal liability in these cases. The outcome of most asbestos litigation matters, however, is uncertain and can be impacted by numerous variables, including differences in legal rulings in various jurisdictions, the nature of the alleged injury and factors unrelated to the ultimate legal merit of the claims asserted against MLIC. MLIC employs a number of resolution strategies to manage its asbestos loss exposure, including seeking resolution of pending litigation by judicial rulings and settling individual or groups of claims or lawsuits under appropriate circumstances.

Claims asserted against MLIC have included negligence, intentional tort and conspiracy concerning the health risks associated with asbestos. MLIC’s defenses (beyond denial of certain factual allegations) include that: (i) MLIC owed no duty to the plaintiffs — it had no special relationship with the plaintiffs and did not

 

369


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

manufacture, produce, distribute or sell the asbestos products that allegedly injured plaintiffs; (ii) plaintiffs did not rely on any actions of MLIC; (iii) MLIC’s conduct was not the cause of the plaintiffs’ injuries; (iv) plaintiffs’ exposure occurred after the dangers of asbestos were known; and (v) the applicable time with respect to filing suit has expired. During the course of the litigation, certain trial courts have granted motions dismissing claims against MLIC, while other trial courts have denied MLIC’s motions to dismiss. There can be no assurance that MLIC will receive favorable decisions on motions in the future. While most cases brought to date have settled, MLIC intends to continue to defend aggressively against claims based on asbestos exposure, including defending claims at trials.

The approximate total number of asbestos personal injury claims pending against MLIC as of the dates indicated, the approximate number of new claims during the years ended on those dates and the approximate total settlement payments made to resolve asbestos personal injury claims at or during those years are set forth in the following table:

 

 

     December 31,  
     2011      2010      2009  
     (In millions, except number of claims)  

Asbestos personal injury claims at year end

     66,747        68,513        68,804  

Number of new claims during the year

     4,972        5,670        3,910  

Settlement payments during the year (1)

   $ 34.2      $ 34.9      $ 37.6  

 

 

(1)

Settlement payments represent payments made by MLIC during the year in connection with settlements made in that year and in prior years. Amounts do not include MLIC’s attorneys’ fees and expenses and do not reflect amounts received from insurance carriers.

In 2008, MLIC received approximately 5,063 new claims, ending the year with a total of approximately 74,027 claims, and paid approximately $99 million for settlements reached in 2008 and prior years. In 2007, MLIC received approximately 7,161 new claims, ending the year with a total of approximately 79,717 claims, and paid approximately $28.2 million for settlements reached in 2007 and prior years. In 2006, MLIC received approximately 7,870 new claims, ending the year with a total of approximately 87,070 claims, and paid approximately $35.5 million for settlements reached in 2006 and prior years. In 2005, MLIC received approximately 18,500 new claims, ending the year with a total of approximately 100,250 claims, and paid approximately $74.3 million for settlements reached in 2005 and prior years. In 2004, MLIC received approximately 23,900 new claims, ending the year with a total of approximately 108,000 claims, and paid approximately $85.5 million for settlements reached in 2004 and prior years. In 2003, MLIC received approximately 58,750 new claims, ending the year with a total of approximately 111,700 claims, and paid approximately $84.2 million for settlements reached in 2003 and prior years. The number of asbestos cases that may be brought, the aggregate amount of any liability that MLIC may incur, and the total amount paid in settlements in any given year are uncertain and may vary significantly from year to year.

The ability of MLIC to estimate its ultimate asbestos exposure is subject to considerable uncertainty, and the conditions impacting its liability can be dynamic and subject to change. The availability of reliable data is limited and it is difficult to predict the numerous variables that can affect liability estimates, including the number of future claims, the cost to resolve claims, the disease mix and severity of disease in pending and future claims, the impact of the number of new claims filed in a particular jurisdiction and variations in the law in the jurisdictions in which claims are filed, the possible impact of tort reform efforts, the willingness of courts to allow plaintiffs to pursue claims against MLIC when exposure to asbestos took place after the dangers of asbestos exposure were well known, and the impact of any possible future adverse verdicts and their amounts.

 

370


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

The ability to make estimates regarding ultimate asbestos exposure declines significantly as the estimates relate to years further in the future. In the Company’s judgment, there is a future point after which losses cease to be probable and reasonably estimable. It is reasonably possible that the Company’s total exposure to asbestos claims may be materially greater than the asbestos liability currently accrued and that future charges to income may be necessary. To the extent the Company can estimate reasonably possible losses in excess of amounts accrued, it has been included in the aggregate estimate of reasonably possible loss provided above. While the potential future charges could be material in the particular quarterly or annual periods in which they are recorded, based on information currently known by management, management does not believe any such charges are likely to have a material effect on the Company’s financial position.

The Company believes adequate provision has been made in its consolidated financial statements for all probable and reasonably estimable losses for asbestos-related claims. MLIC’s recorded asbestos liability is based on its estimation of the following elements, as informed by the facts presently known to it, its understanding of current law and its past experiences: (i) the probable and reasonably estimable liability for asbestos claims already asserted against MLIC, including claims settled but not yet paid; (ii) the probable and reasonably estimable liability for asbestos claims not yet asserted against MLIC, but which MLIC believes are reasonably probable of assertion; and (iii) the legal defense costs associated with the foregoing claims. Significant assumptions underlying MLIC’s analysis of the adequacy of its recorded liability with respect to asbestos litigation include: (i) the number of future claims; (ii) the cost to resolve claims; and (iii) the cost to defend claims.

MLIC reevaluates on a quarterly and annual basis its exposure from asbestos litigation, including studying its claims experience, reviewing external literature regarding asbestos claims experience in the United States, assessing relevant trends impacting asbestos liability and considering numerous variables that can affect its asbestos liability exposure on an overall or per claim basis. These variables include bankruptcies of other companies involved in asbestos litigation, legislative and judicial developments, the number of pending claims involving serious disease, the number of new claims filed against it and other defendants and the jurisdictions in which claims are pending. As previously disclosed, in 2002 MLIC increased its recorded liability for asbestos-related claims by $402 million from approximately $820 million to $1.2 billion. Based upon its regular reevaluation of its exposure from asbestos litigation, MLIC has updated its liability analysis for asbestos-related claims through December 31, 2011.

Regulatory Matters

The Company receives and responds to subpoenas or other inquiries from state regulators, including state insurance commissioners; state attorneys general or other state governmental authorities; federal regulators, including the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”); federal governmental authorities, including congressional committees; and the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”) seeking a broad range of information. The issues involved in information requests and regulatory matters vary widely. The Company cooperates in these inquiries.

MetLife Bank Mortgage Servicing Regulatory and Law Enforcement Authorities’ Inquiries.  Since 2008, MetLife, through its affiliate, MetLife Bank, has significantly increased its mortgage servicing activities by acquiring servicing portfolios. Currently, MetLife Bank services approximately 1% of the aggregate principal amount of the mortgage loans serviced in the U.S. State and federal regulatory and law enforcement authorities have initiated various inquiries, investigations or examinations of alleged irregularities in the foreclosure practices of the residential mortgage servicing industry. Mortgage servicing practices have also been the subject of Congressional attention. Authorities have publicly stated that the scope of the investigations extends beyond foreclosure documentation practices to include mortgage loan modification and loss mitigation practices.

 

371


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

MetLife Bank’s mortgage servicing has been the subject of recent inquiries and requests by state and federal regulatory and law enforcement authorities. MetLife Bank is cooperating with the authorities’ review of this business. On April 13, 2011, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (“OCC”) entered into consent decrees with several banks, including MetLife Bank. The consent decrees require an independent review of foreclosure practices and set forth new residential mortgage servicing standards, including a requirement for a designated point of contact for a borrower during the loss mitigation process. In addition, the Federal Reserve Board entered into consent decrees with the affiliated bank holding companies of these banks, including MetLife, Inc., to enhance the supervision of the mortgage servicing activities of their banking subsidiaries. In a February 9, 2012 press release, the Federal Reserve Board announced that it had issued monetary sanctions against five banking organizations for deficiencies in the organizations’ servicing of residential mortgage loans and processing of foreclosures. The Federal Reserve Board also stated that it plans to announce monetary penalties against six other institutions under its supervision against whom it had issued enforcement actions in 2011 for deficiencies in servicing of residential mortgage loans and processing foreclosures. The Federal Reserve Board did not identify these six institutions, but MetLife, Inc. is among the institutions that entered into consent decrees with the Federal Reserve Board in 2011. MetLife Bank has also had a meeting with the Department of Justice regarding mortgage servicing and foreclosure practices. It is possible that various state or federal regulatory and law enforcement authorities may seek monetary penalties from MetLife Bank relating to foreclosure practices. MetLife Bank is responding to a subpoena issued by the New York State Department of Financial Services regarding hazard insurance and flood insurance that MetLife Bank obtains to protect the lienholder’s interest when the borrower’s insurance has lapsed.

These consent decrees, as well as the inquiries or investigations referred to above, could adversely affect MetLife’s reputation or result in material fines, penalties, equitable remedies or other enforcement actions, and result in significant legal costs in responding to governmental investigations or other litigation. In addition, the changes to the mortgage servicing business required by the consent decrees and the resolution of any other inquiries or investigations may affect the profitability of such business. The Company is unable to estimate the reasonably possible loss or range of loss arising from the MetLife Bank regulatory matters. Management believes that the Company’s consolidated financial statements as a whole will not be materially affected by the MetLife Bank regulatory matters.

United States of America v. EME Homer City Generation, L.P., et al. (W.D. Pa., filed January 4, 2011).  On January 4, 2011, the U.S. commenced a civil action in United States District Court for the Western District of Pennsylvania against EME Homer City Generation L.P. (“EME Homer City”), Homer City OL6 LLC, and other defendants regarding the operations of the Homer City Generating Station, an electricity generating facility. Homer City OL6 LLC, an entity owned by MLIC, is a passive investor with a noncontrolling interest in the electricity generating facility, which is solely operated by the lessee, EME Homer City. The complaint sought injunctive relief and assessment of civil penalties for alleged violations of the federal Clean Air Act and Pennsylvania’s State Implementation Plan. The alleged violations were the subject of Notices of Violations (“NOVs”) that the Environmental Protection Agency (“EPA”) issued to EME Homer City, Homer City OL6 LLC, and others in June 2008 and May 2010. On January 7, 2011, the United States District Court for the Western District of Pennsylvania granted the motion by the Pennsylvania Department of Environmental Protection and the State of New York to intervene in the lawsuit as additional plaintiffs. On February 16, 2011, the State of New Jersey filed an Intervenor’s Complaint in the lawsuit. On January 7, 2011, two plaintiffs filed a putative class action titled Scott Jackson and Maria Jackson v. EME Homer City Generation L.P., et al . in the United States District Court for the Western District of Pennsylvania on behalf of a putative class of persons who have allegedly incurred damage to their persons and/or property because of the violations alleged in the action brought by the U.S. Homer City OL6 LLC is a defendant in this action. On October 12, 2011, the court issued an order dismissing the U.S.’s lawsuit with prejudice. The Government entities have appealed from the order

 

372


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

granting defendants’ motion to dismiss. On October 13, 2011, the court also issued an order dismissing the federal claims in the putative class actions with prejudice and dismissing the state law claims in the putative class actions without prejudice to re-file in state court. EME Homer City has acknowledged its obligation to indemnify Homer City OL6 LLC for any claims relating to the NOVs. Due to the acknowledged indemnification obligation, this matter is not included in the aggregate estimate of range of reasonably possible loss. In a February 13, 2012 letter to EME Homer City, Homer City OL6 LLC and others, the Sierra Club indicated its intent to sue for alleged violations of the Clean Air Act and to seek to enjoin the alleged violations, seek unspecified penalties and attorneys’ fees, and other relief. Homer City OL6 LLC has served a claim for indemnification on EME Homer City.

In the Matter of Chemform, Inc. Site, Pompano Beach, Broward County, Florida.  In July 2010, the EPA advised MLIC that it believed payments were due under two settlement agreements, known as “Administrative Orders on Consent,” that New England Mutual Life Insurance Company (“New England Mutual”) signed in 1989 and 1992 with respect to the cleanup of a Superfund site in Florida (the “Chemform Site”). The EPA originally contacted MLIC (as successor to New England Mutual) and a third party in 2001, and advised that they owed additional clean-up costs for the Chemform Site. The matter was not resolved at that time. The EPA is requesting payment of an amount under $1 million from MLIC and such third party for past costs and an additional amount for future environmental testing costs at the Chemform Site. The Company estimates that the aggregate cost to resolve this matter will not exceed $1 million.

Sales Practices Regulatory Matters.  Regulatory authorities in a small number of states and FINRA, and occasionally the SEC, have had investigations or inquiries relating to sales of individual life insurance policies or annuities or other products by MLIC, MICC, New England Life Insurance Company and General American Life Insurance Company, and four Company broker-dealers, which are MetLife Securities, Inc., New England Securities Corporation, Walnut Street Securities, Inc. and Tower Square Securities, Inc. These investigations often focus on the conduct of particular financial services representatives and the sale of unregistered or unsuitable products or the misuse of client assets. Over the past several years, these and a number of investigations by other regulatory authorities were resolved for monetary payments and certain other relief, including restitution payments. The Company may continue to resolve investigations in a similar manner. The Company believes adequate provision has been made in its consolidated financial statements for all probable and reasonably estimable losses for these sales practices-related investigations or inquiries.

Unclaimed Property Inquiries and Related Litigation

More than 30 U.S. jurisdictions are auditing MetLife, Inc. and certain of its affiliates for compliance with unclaimed property laws. Additionally, MLIC and certain of its affiliates have received subpoenas and other regulatory inquiries from certain regulators and other officials relating to claims-payment practices and compliance with unclaimed property laws. An examination of these practices by the Illinois Department of Insurance has been converted into a multistate targeted market conduct exam. On July 5, 2011, the New York Insurance Department issued a letter requiring life insurers doing business in New York to use data available on the U.S. Social Security Administration’s Death Master File or a similar database to identify instances where death benefits under life insurance policies, annuities, and retained asset accounts are payable, to locate and pay beneficiaries under such contracts, and to report the results of the use of the data. It is possible that other jurisdictions may pursue similar investigations or inquiries, may join the multistate market conduct exam, or issue directives similar to the New York Insurance Department’s letter. In the third quarter of 2011, the Company incurred a $117 million after tax charge to increase reserves in connection with the Company’s use of the U.S. Social Security Administration’s Death Master File and similar databases to identify potential life insurance claims that have not yet been presented to the Company. It is possible that the audits, market conduct exam, and related activity may result in additional payments to beneficiaries, additional escheatment of funds deemed

 

373


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

abandoned under state laws, administrative penalties, interest, and changes to the Company’s procedures for the identification and escheatment of abandoned property. The Company believes that payments for life insurance claims not yet presented and interest thereon will not be materially different from the reserve charge noted above. To the extent the Company can estimate the reasonably possible amount of potential additional payments, it has been included in the aggregate estimate of reasonably possible loss provided above. It is possible that there will be additional payments or other expenses incurred with respect to changes in procedures, and the Company is not currently able to estimate these additional possible amounts but such costs may be substantial.

Total Asset Recovery Services, LLC on behalf of the State of Illinois v. MetLife, Inc., et. al. (Cir. Ct. Cook County, IL, filed January 24, 2011).  Alleging that MetLife, Inc. and another company have violated the Illinois Uniform Disposition of Unclaimed Property Act by failing to escheat to Illinois benefits of 4,766 life insurance contracts, Total Asset Recovery Services, LLC (“the Relator”) has brought an action under the Illinois False Claims Whistleblower Reward and Protection Act seeking to recover damages on behalf of Illinois. The action was sealed by court order until January 18, 2012. The Relator alleges that the aggregate damages, including statutory damages and treble damages, is $1,572,780,000. The Relator does not allocate this claimed damage amount between MetLife, Inc. and the other defendant. The Relator also bases its damage calculation in part on its assumption that the average face amount of the subject policies is $110,000. MetLife, Inc. strongly disputes this assumption, the Relator’s alleged damages amounts, and other allegations in the complaint, and intends to defend this action vigorously.

City of Westland Police and Fire Retirement System v. MetLife, Inc., et. al. (S.D.N.Y., filed January 12, 2012). Seeking to represent a class of persons who purchased MetLife, Inc. common shares between February 2, 2010, and October 6, 2011, the plaintiff filed an action alleging that MetLife, Inc. and several current and former executive officers of MetLife, Inc. violated the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and Rule 10b-5 promulgated thereunder by issuing, or causing MetLife, Inc. to issue, materially false and misleading statements concerning MetLife, Inc.’s potential liability for millions of dollars in insurance benefits that should have been paid to beneficiaries or escheated to the states. Plaintiff seeks unspecified compensatory damages and other relief. The defendants intend to vigorously defend this action.

Fishbaum v. Kandarian, et al. (Sup. Ct., New York County, filed January 27, 2012). Seeking to sue derivatively on behalf of MetLife, Inc., a shareholder commenced an action against members of the MetLife, Inc. Board of Directors alleging that they breached their fiduciary and other duties to the Company. Plaintiff alleges that the defendants failed to ensure that the Company complied with state unclaimed property laws and to ensure that the Company accurately reported its earnings. Plaintiff alleges that because of the defendants’ breaches of duty, MetLife, Inc. has incurred damage to its reputation and has suffered other unspecified damages. The defendants intend to vigorously defend this action.

Total Control Accounts Litigation

MLIC is a defendant in lawsuits related to its use of retained asset accounts, known as Total Control Accounts (“TCA”), as a settlement option for death benefits. The lawsuits include claims of breach of contract, breach of a common law fiduciary duty or a quasi-fiduciary duty such as a confidential or special relationship, or breach of a fiduciary duty under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (“ERISA”).

Clark, et al. v. Metropolitan Life Insurance Company (D. Nev., filed March 28, 2008).  This putative class action lawsuit alleges breach of contract and breach of a common law fiduciary and/or quasi-fiduciary duty arising from use of the TCA to pay life insurance policy death benefits. As damages, plaintiffs seek disgorgement of the difference between the interest paid to the account holders and the investment earnings on the assets backing the accounts. In March 2009, the court granted in part and denied in part MLIC’s motion to dismiss, dismissing the fiduciary duty and unjust enrichment claims but allowing a breach of contract claim and a special

 

374


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

or confidential relationship claim to go forward. On September 9, 2010, the court granted MLIC’s motion for summary judgment. Plaintiffs appealed this order and on December 7, 2011, the United States Court of Appeals for the Ninth Circuit affirmed the district court’s grant of summary judgment to MLIC, finding no breach of contract because plaintiffs suffered no damages and finding that no special or confidential relationship existed between the parties under Nevada law.

Faber, et al. v. Metropolitan Life Insurance Company (S.D.N.Y., filed December 4, 2008).  This putative class action lawsuit alleges that MLIC’s use of the TCA as the settlement option under group life insurance policies violates MLIC’s fiduciary duties under ERISA. As damages, plaintiffs seek disgorgement of the difference between the interest paid to the account holders and the investment earnings on the assets backing the accounts. On October 23, 2009, the court granted MLIC’s motion to dismiss with prejudice. On August 5, 2011, the United States Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit affirmed the dismissal of the complaint. Plaintiffs’ petition for a rehearing or rehearing en banc with the Second Circuit was denied by the Second Circuit on November 1, 2011.

Keife, et al. v. Metropolitan Life Insurance Company (D. Nev., filed in state court on July 30, 2010 and removed to federal court on September 7, 2010).  This putative class action lawsuit raises a breach of contract claim arising from MLIC’s use of the TCA to pay life insurance benefits under the Federal Employees’ Group Life Insurance program (“FEGLI”). As damages, plaintiffs seek disgorgement of the difference between the interest paid to the account holders and the investment earnings on the assets backing the accounts. In September 2010, plaintiffs filed a motion for class certification of the breach of contract claim, which the court has denied. On April 28, 2011, the court denied MLIC’s motion to dismiss.

Simon v. Metropolitan Life Insurance Company (D. Nev., filed November 3, 2011). Similar to Keife v. Metropolitan Life Insurance Company (pending in the same court), in this putative class action the plaintiff alleges that MLIC improperly paid interest to FEGLI beneficiaries. Specifically, plaintiff alleges that under the terms of the FEGLI policy, MLIC is required to make “immediate” payment of death benefits in “one sum.” MLIC, plaintiff alleges, breached this duty by instead retaining the death benefits in its general investment account and sending beneficiaries a “book of drafts” known as the “TCA Money Market Option” as the only means by which funds can be accessed. Plaintiff further alleges that MLIC manipulates interest rates paid to policy beneficiaries. This matter has been consolidated with Keife .

The Company is unable to estimate the reasonably possible loss or range of loss arising from the TCA matters.

Other U.S. Litigation

Roberts, et al. v. Tishman Speyer Properties, et al. (Sup. Ct., N.Y. County, filed January 22, 2007).  This lawsuit was filed by a putative class of market rate tenants at Stuyvesant Town and Peter Cooper Village against parties including Metropolitan Tower Life Insurance Company (“MTL”) and Metropolitan Insurance and Annuity Company. Metropolitan Insurance and Annuity Company has merged into MTL and no longer exists as a separate entity. These tenants claim that MTL, as former owner, and the current owner improperly deregulated apartments while receiving J-51 tax abatements. The lawsuit seeks declaratory relief and damages for rent overcharges. In October 2009, the New York State Court of Appeals issued an opinion denying MTL’s motion to dismiss the complaint. MTL has reached a settlement in principle with the plaintiff tenants, subject to finalizing the settlement terms and court approval. The Company believes adequate provision has been made in its consolidated financial statements for all probable and reasonably estimable losses for this lawsuit.

Merrill Haviland, et al. v. Metropolitan Life Insurance Company (E.D. Mich., removed to federal court on July 22, 2011).  This lawsuit was filed by 45 retired General Motors (“GM”) employees against MLIC and includes claims for conversion, unjust enrichment, breach of contract, fraud, intentional infliction of emotional distress, fraudulent insurance acts, and unfair trade practices, based upon GM’s 2009 reduction of the employees’

 

375


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

life insurance coverage under GM’s ERISA-governed plan. The complaint includes a count seeking class action status. MLIC is the insurer of GM’s group life insurance plan and administers claims under the plan. According to the complaint, MLIC had previously provided plaintiffs with a “written guarantee” that their life insurance benefits under the GM plan would not be reduced for the rest of their lives. MLIC has removed the case to federal court based upon complete ERISA preemption of the state law claims. Plaintiffs filed an amended complaint recasting the state law claims and asserting ERISA claims. MLIC has filed a motion to dismiss.

Sales Practices Claims.  Over the past several years, the Company has faced numerous claims, including class action lawsuits, alleging improper marketing or sales of individual life insurance policies, annuities, mutual funds or other products. Some of the current cases seek substantial damages, including punitive and treble damages and attorneys’ fees. The Company continues to vigorously defend against the claims in these matters. The Company believes adequate provision has been made in its consolidated financial statements for all probable and reasonably estimable losses for sales practices matters.

International Litigation

Sun Life Assurance Company of Canada v. Metropolitan Life Ins. Co. (Super. Ct., Ontario, October 2006).  In 2006, Sun Life Assurance Company of Canada (“Sun Life”), as successor to the purchaser of MLIC’s Canadian operations, filed this lawsuit in Toronto, seeking a declaration that MLIC remains liable for “market conduct claims” related to certain individual life insurance policies sold by MLIC and that have been transferred to Sun Life. Sun Life had asked that the court require MLIC to indemnify Sun Life for these claims pursuant to indemnity provisions in the sale agreement for the sale of MLIC’s Canadian operations entered into in June of 1998. In January 2010, the court found that Sun Life had given timely notice of its claim for indemnification but, because it found that Sun Life had not yet incurred an indemnifiable loss, granted MLIC’s motion for summary judgment. Both parties appealed. In September 2010, Sun Life notified MLIC that a purported class action lawsuit was filed against Sun Life in Toronto, Kang v. Sun Life Assurance Co. (Super. Ct., Ontario, September 2010), alleging sales practices claims regarding the same individual policies sold by MLIC and transferred to Sun Life. An amended class action complaint in that case was served on Sun Life, again without naming MLIC as a party. On August 30, 2011, Sun Life notified MLIC that a purported class action lawsuit was filed against Sun Life in Vancouver, Alamwala v. Sun Life Assurance Co. (Sup. Ct., British Columbia, August 2011), alleging sales practices claims regarding certain of the same policies sold by MLIC and transferred to Sun Life. Sun Life contends that MLIC is obligated to indemnify Sun Life for some or all of the claims in these lawsuits. The Company is unable to estimate the reasonably possible loss or range of loss arising from this litigation.

Italy Fund Redemption Suspension Complaints and Litigation.  As a result of suspension of withdrawals and diminution in value in certain funds offered within certain unit-linked policies sold by the Italian branch of Alico Life International, Ltd. (“ALIL”), a number of policyholders invested in those funds have either commenced or threatened litigation against ALIL, alleging misrepresentation, inadequate disclosures and other related claims. These policyholders contacted ALIL beginning in July 2009 alleging that the funds operated at variance to the published prospectus and that prospectus risk disclosures were allegedly wrong, unclear, and misleading. The limited number of lawsuits that have been filed to date have either been resolved or are proceeding through litigation. In March 2011, ALIL began implementing a plan to resolve policyholder claims. Under the plan, ALIL will provide liquidity to the suspended funds so that policyholders may withdraw investments in these funds, and ALIL will offer policyholders amounts in addition to the liquidation value of the suspended funds based on the performance of other relevant financial products. The settlement program achieved a 96% acceptance rate. Those policyholders who did not accept the settlement may still pursue other remedies or commence individual litigation. The formal investigation opened by the Milan public prosecutor into the actions of ALIL employees, as well as of employees of ALIL’s major distributor, has been dismissed by the court. Under the terms of the stock purchase agreement dated as of March 7, 2010, as amended, by and among MetLife, Inc., AIG and AM

 

376


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

Holdings, AIG has agreed to indemnify MetLife, Inc. and its affiliates for third party claims and regulatory fines associated with ALIL’s suspended funds. Due to the acknowledged indemnification obligation, this matter is not included in the aggregate estimate of range of reasonably possible loss.

Summary

Putative or certified class action litigation and other litigation and claims and assessments against the Company, in addition to those discussed previously and those otherwise provided for in the Company’s consolidated financial statements, have arisen in the course of the Company’s business, including, but not limited to, in connection with its activities as an insurer, mortgage lending bank, employer, investor, investment advisor and taxpayer. Further, state insurance regulatory authorities and other federal and state authorities regularly make inquiries and conduct investigations concerning the Company’s compliance with applicable insurance and other laws and regulations.

It is not possible to predict the ultimate outcome of all pending investigations and legal proceedings. In some of the matters referred to previously, very large and/or indeterminate amounts, including punitive and treble damages, are sought. Although in light of these considerations it is possible that an adverse outcome in certain cases could have a material effect upon the Company’s financial position, based on information currently known by the Company’s management, in its opinion, the outcomes of such pending investigations and legal proceedings are not likely to have such an effect. However, given the large and/or indeterminate amounts sought in certain of these matters and the inherent unpredictability of litigation, it is possible that an adverse outcome in certain matters could, from time to time, have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated net income or cash flows in particular quarterly or annual periods.

Insolvency Assessments

Most of the jurisdictions in which the Company is admitted to transact business require insurers doing business within the jurisdiction to participate in guaranty associations, which are organized to pay contractual benefits owed pursuant to insurance policies issued by impaired, insolvent or failed insurers. These associations levy assessments, up to prescribed limits, on all member insurers in a particular state on the basis of the proportionate share of the premiums written by member insurers in the lines of business in which the impaired, insolvent or failed insurer engaged. Some states permit member insurers to recover assessments paid through full or partial premium tax offsets. In addition, Japan has established the Life Insurance Policyholders Protection Corporation of Japan as a contingency to protect policyholders against the insolvency of life insurance companies in Japan through assessments to companies licensed to provide life insurance.

Assets and liabilities held for insolvency assessments were as follows:

 

 

    December 31,  
          2011                 2010        
    (In millions)  

Other Assets:

   

Premium tax offset for future undiscounted assessments

  $ 97     $ 55  

Premium tax offsets currently available for paid assessments

    14       8  

Receivable for reimbursement of paid assessments (1)

    6       6  
 

 

 

   

 

 

 
  $ 117     $ 69  
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other Liabilities:

   

Insolvency assessments

  $ 193     $ 94  
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)

The Company holds a receivable from the seller of a prior acquisition in accordance with the purchase agreement.

 

377


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

On September 1, 2011, the New York State Department of Financial Services filed a liquidation plan for Executive Life Insurance Company of New York (“ELNY”), which had been under rehabilitation by the Liquidation Bureau since 1991. The plan will involve the satisfaction of insurers’ financial obligations under a number of state life and health insurance guaranty associations and also contemplates that additional industry support for certain ELNY policyholders will be provided. The Company recorded a net charge of $40 million, after tax, related to ELNY.

Argentina

The Argentine economic, regulatory and legal environment, including interpretations of laws and regulations by regulators and courts, is uncertain. Potential legal or governmental actions related to pension reform, fiduciary responsibilities, performance guarantees, insurance regulations and tax rulings could adversely affect the results of the Company.

In 2007, pension reform legislation in Argentina was enacted which instituted substantial pension reforms, as well as reforms to death and disability insurance coverage. The reform reinstituted the Argentine government’s pension plan system and allowed for pension participants to transfer their future contributions to the Argentine government pension plan system. The death and disability insurance reforms relieved the Company of its obligation to provide death and disability policy coverages and resulted in the elimination of related insurance liabilities.

In December 2008, the Argentine government, through adoption of the nationalization law, which nationalized the Social Security System by moving all pension fund assets and new contributions to the government-run “pay as you go” system, effectively eliminated private pension companies in Argentina.

In March 2009, in light of market developments resulting from the Argentine Supreme Court ruling against the 2002 pesification law and the implementation by the Company of a program to allow the contractholders that had not filed a lawsuit to convert to U.S. dollars the social security annuity contracts denominated in pesos by the pesification law, the Company reduced its related outstanding contingent liabilities by $108 million, net of income tax, which was partially offset by the establishment of contingent liabilities from the implementation of the program to convert these contracts to U.S. dollars of $13 million, net of income tax, resulting in a decrease to net loss of $95 million, net of income tax, for the year ended December 31, 2009.

In February 2011, the Argentine Superintendent of Insurance (“SSN”) enacted Resolution No. 35,615, which affects the reinsurance regulatory framework. From September 1, 2011, cross-border reinsurance operations were effectively prohibited, with some minor exceptions: Foreign reinsurers that have not set up an Argentine reinsurance subsidiary or branch are only able to underwrite risks from Argentine cedants when, due to the importance and type of risk to be ceded, there is no local capacity and subject to the approval of the SSN (which will be granted on a case by case basis) and to the registration of such foreign reinsurer with the SSN.

In October 2011, the SSN enacted Resolution No. 36,162 which affects the Company’s ability to invest and diversify abroad. From November 4, 2011, insurers will have a term of: (i) 10 business days to file with the SSN an affidavit, reporting all investments located abroad; and (ii) 50 calendar days to evidence with the SSN the transfer to Argentina of all the investments and funds located abroad. All investments and funds must be located in Argentina no later than December 31, 2011. The Company was in compliance with this resolution at December 31, 2011.

Further governmental or legal actions are possible in Argentina. Such actions may impact the level of existing assets and liabilities or may create additional obligations or benefits to the Company’s operations in Argentina.

 

378


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

Management has made its best estimate of its obligations based upon information currently available; however, further governmental or legal actions could result in changes in rights and obligations which could materially impact the amounts presented in the consolidated financial statements.

Commitments

Leases

In accordance with industry practice, certain of the Company’s income from lease agreements with retail tenants are contingent upon the level of the tenants’ revenues. Additionally, the Company, as lessee, has entered into various lease and sublease agreements for office space, information technology and other equipment. Future minimum rental and sublease income, and minimum gross rental payments relating to these lease agreements are as follows:

 

 

    Rental
     Income    
    Sublease
     Income    
    Gross
Rental
    Payments    
 
    (In millions)  

2012

  $ 425     $ 17     $ 337  

2013

  $ 386     $ 20     $ 279  

2014

  $ 332     $ 12     $ 202  

2015

  $ 283     $ 12     $ 172  

2016

  $ 223     $ 12     $ 145  

Thereafter

  $ 921     $ 74     $ 917  

The Company previously moved certain of its operations in New York from Long Island City, Queens to Manhattan. Market conditions, which precluded the Company’s immediate and complete sublet of all unused space following this movement of operations, resulted in a lease impairment charge of $52 million during 2009, which is included in other expenses within Corporate & Other. The impairment charge was determined based upon the present value of the gross rental payments less sublease income discounted at a risk-adjusted rate over the remaining lease terms which range from 15-20 years. The Company has made assumptions with respect to the timing and amount of future sublease income in the determination of this impairment charge. See Note 19 for discussion of $28 million of such charges related to restructuring. Additional impairment charges could be incurred should market conditions change.

Commitments to Fund Partnership Investments

The Company makes commitments to fund partnership investments in the normal course of business. The amounts of these unfunded commitments were $4.0 billion and $3.8 billion at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. The Company anticipates that these amounts will be invested in partnerships over the next five years.

Mortgage Loan Commitments

The Company has issued interest rate lock commitments on certain residential mortgage loan applications totaling $5.6 billion and $2.5 billion at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. The Company intends to sell the majority of these originated residential mortgage loans. Interest rate lock commitments to fund mortgage loans that will be held-for-sale are considered derivatives and their estimated fair value and notional amounts are included within interest rate forwards. See Note 4.

The Company also commits to lend funds under certain other mortgage loan commitments that will be held-for-investment. The amounts of these mortgage loan commitments were $4.1 billion and $3.8 billion at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

 

379


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

Commitments to Fund Bank Credit Facilities, Bridge Loans and Private Corporate Bond Investments

The Company commits to lend funds under bank credit facilities, bridge loans and private corporate bond investments. The amounts of these unfunded commitments were $1.4 billion and $2.4 billion at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

Guarantees

In the normal course of its business, the Company has provided certain indemnities, guarantees and commitments to third parties pursuant to which it may be required to make payments now or in the future. In the context of acquisition, disposition, investment and other transactions, the Company has provided indemnities and guarantees, including those related to tax, environmental and other specific liabilities and other indemnities and guarantees that are triggered by, among other things, breaches of representations, warranties or covenants provided by the Company. In addition, in the normal course of business, the Company provides indemnifications to counterparties in contracts with triggers similar to the foregoing, as well as for certain other liabilities, such as third-party lawsuits. These obligations are often subject to time limitations that vary in duration, including contractual limitations and those that arise by operation of law, such as applicable statutes of limitation. In some cases, the maximum potential obligation under the indemnities and guarantees is subject to a contractual limitation ranging from less than $1 million to $800 million, with a cumulative maximum of $1.5 billion, while in other cases such limitations are not specified or applicable. Since certain of these obligations are not subject to limitations, the Company does not believe that it is possible to determine the maximum potential amount that could become due under these guarantees in the future. Management believes that it is unlikely the Company will have to make any material payments under these indemnities, guarantees, or commitments.

In addition, the Company indemnifies its directors and officers as provided in its charters and by-laws. Also, the Company indemnifies its agents for liabilities incurred as a result of their representation of the Company’s interests. Since these indemnities are generally not subject to limitation with respect to duration or amount, the Company does not believe that it is possible to determine the maximum potential amount that could become due under these indemnities in the future.

The Company has also guaranteed minimum investment returns on certain international retirement funds in accordance with local laws. Since these guarantees are not subject to limitation with respect to duration or amount, the Company does not believe that it is possible to determine the maximum potential amount that could become due under these guarantees in the future.

During the year ended December 31, 2011, the Company did not record any additional liabilities for indemnities, guarantees and commitments. The Company’s recorded liabilities were $5 million at both December 31, 2011 and 2010, for indemnities, guarantees and commitments.

17.  Employee Benefit Plans

Pension and Other Postretirement Benefit Plans

The Subsidiaries sponsor and/or administer various U.S. qualified and non-qualified defined benefit pension plans and other postretirement employee benefit plans covering employees and sales representatives who meet specified eligibility requirements. U.S. pension benefits are provided utilizing either a traditional formula or cash balance formula. The traditional formula provides benefits that are primarily based upon years of credited service and either final average or career average earnings. The cash balance formula utilizes hypothetical or notional accounts which credit participants with benefits equal to a percentage of eligible pay, as well as earnings credits, determined annually based upon the average annual rate of interest on 30-year U.S. Treasury securities, for each

 

380


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

account balance. At December 31, 2011, the majority of active participants were accruing benefits under the cash balance formula; however, approximately 90% of the Subsidiaries’ obligations result from benefits calculated with the traditional formula. The U.S. non-qualified pension plans provide supplemental benefits in excess of limits applicable to a qualified plan. The non-U.S. pension plans generally provide benefits based upon either years of credited service and earnings preceding-retirement or points earned on job grades and other factors in years of service.

The Subsidiaries also provide certain postemployment benefits and certain postretirement medical and life insurance benefits for retired employees. Employees of the Subsidiaries who were hired prior to 2003 (or, in certain cases, rehired during or after 2003) and meet age and service criteria while working for one of the Subsidiaries may become eligible for these other postretirement benefits, at various levels, in accordance with the applicable plans. Virtually all retirees, or their beneficiaries, contribute a portion of the total costs of postretirement medical benefits. Employees hired after 2003 are not eligible for any employer subsidy for postretirement medical benefits.

In connection with the Acquisition, domestic American Life employees who became employees of certain Subsidiaries (including those who remained employees of companies acquired in the Acquisition) were credited with service recognized by AIG for purposes of determining eligibility under the pension plans with respect to benefits earned under the pension plans subsequent to the closing date of the Acquisition.

Additionally, in connection with the Acquisition, the Company acquired certain defined benefit pension plans sponsored by American Life. As of December 31, 2010, these plans had liabilities of approximately $595 million and assets of approximately $97 million.

Measurement dates used for all of the Subsidiaries’ defined benefit pension and other postretirement benefit plans correspond with the fiscal year ends of sponsoring Subsidiaries, which are December 31 for most Subsidiaries and November 30 for American Life.

 

381


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

Obligations, Funded Status and Net Periodic Benefit Costs

 

 

    Pension Benefits     Other Postretirement Benefits  
    U.S. Plans (1)     Non-U.S. Plans     U.S. Plans     Non-U.S. Plans  
    December 31,  
        2011           2010         2011         2010         2011         2010         2011         2010    
    (In millions)  

Change in benefit obligations:

               

Benefit obligations at January 1,

  $ 7,043     $ 6,562     $ 676     $ 87     $ 1,808     $ 1,801     $ 37     $ 46  

Service costs

    187       172       64       8       16       16       1       1  

Interest costs

    404       393       16       6       106       111       2       2  

Plan participants’ contributions

                                28       34                

Net actuarial (gains) losses

    1,072       301       24       (11     267       66       2       7  

Acquisition, divestitures and curtailments

                  (5     639                     1         

Change in benefits

    17                     1              (81            1  

Prescription drug subsidy

                                       12                

Benefits paid

    (396     (385     (30     (35     (132     (151     (4     (3

Transfers

                  (13                                 (17

Effect of foreign currency translation

                  41       (19                            
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Benefit obligations at December 31,

    8,327       7,043       773       676       2,093       1,808       39       37  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Change in plan assets:

               

Fair value of plan assets at January 1,

    6,310       5,684       178       86       1,185       1,106       15       15  

Actual return on plan assets

    944       708       (4     8       80       97       (1     5  

Acquisition and divestitures

                  (4     97                              

Plan participants’ contributions

                                28       34                

Employer contributions

    250       303       55       22       79       87       1       8  

Benefits paid

    (396     (385     (30     (35     (132     (139     (2     (1

Transfers

                  (13                                 (12

Effect of foreign currency translation

                  3                                     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Fair value of plan assets at December 31,

    7,108       6,310       185       178       1,240       1,185       13       15  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Over (under) funded status at December 31,

  $ (1,219   $ (733   $ (588   $ (498   $ (853   $ (623   $ (26   $ (22
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Amounts recognized in the consolidated balance sheets consist of:

               

Other assets

  $      $ 106     $ 3     $ 6     $      $      $      $   

Other liabilities

    (1,219     (839     (591     (504     (853     (623     (26     (22
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net amount recognized

  $ (1,219   $ (733   $ (588   $ (498   $ (853   $ (623   $ (26   $ (22
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accumulated other comprehensive (income) loss:

               

Net actuarial (gains) losses

  $ 2,498     $ 2,117     $ 10     $ (25   $ 623     $ 403     $ 2     $ (3

Prior service costs (credit)

    30       17       2       3       (179     (286     1       1  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accumulated other comprehensive (income) loss, before income tax

  $ 2,528     $ 2,134     $ 12     $ (22   $ 444     $ 117     $ 3     $ (2
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

Includes non-qualified unfunded plans, for which the aggregate projected benefit obligation was $997 million and $821 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

The accumulated benefit obligations for all U.S. defined benefit pension plans were $7.8 billion and $6.7 billion at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. The accumulated benefit obligations for all non-U.S. defined benefit pension plans were $658 million and $610 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

 

382


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

The aggregate pension accumulated benefit obligation and aggregate fair value of plan assets for pension benefit plans with accumulated benefit obligations in excess of plan assets was as follows:

 

 

    Pension Benefits  
    U.S. Plans     Non-U.S. Plans  
    December 31,  
    2011     2010     2011     2010  
    (In millions)  

Projected benefit obligations

  $ 1,164     $ 844     $ 708     $ 592  

Accumulated benefit obligations

  $ 1,045     $ 770     $ 644     $ 537  

Fair value of plan assets

  $ 131     $ 13     $ 121     $ 93  

Information for pension and other postretirement benefit plans with a projected benefit obligation in excess of plan assets were as follows:

 

 

    Pension Benefits     Other Postretirement Benefits  
    U.S. Plans     Non-U.S. Plans     U.S. Plans     Non-U.S. Plans  
    December 31,  
    2011     2010     2011     2010     2011     2010     2011     2010  
    (In millions)  

Projected benefit obligations

  $   8,327     $   1,187     $   732     $   616     $   2,093     $   1,808     $   39     $   37  

Fair value of plan assets

  $ 7,108     $ 347     $ 140     $ 114     $ 1,240     $ 1,185     $ 13     $ 15  

Net periodic pension costs and net periodic other postretirement benefit plan costs are comprised of the following:

 

  i)

Service Costs — Service costs are the increase in the projected (expected) pension benefit obligation resulting from benefits payable to employees of the Subsidiaries on service rendered during the current year.

 

  ii)

Interest Costs — Interest costs are the time value adjustment on the projected (expected) pension benefit obligation at the end of each year.

 

  iii)

Settlement and Curtailment Costs — The aggregate amount of net gains (losses) recognized in net periodic benefit costs due to settlements and curtailments. Settlements result from actions that relieve/eliminate the plan’s responsibility for benefit obligations or risks associated with the obligations or assets used for the settlement. Curtailments result from an event that significantly reduces/eliminates plan participants’ expected years of future services or benefit accruals.

 

  iv)

Expected Return on Plan Assets — Expected return on plan assets is the assumed return earned by the accumulated pension and other postretirement fund assets in a particular year.

 

  v)

Amortization of Net Actuarial Gains (Losses) — Actuarial gains and losses result from differences between the actual experience and the expected experience on pension and other postretirement plan assets or projected (expected) pension benefit obligation during a particular period. These gains and losses are accumulated and, to the extent they exceed 10% of the greater of the PBO or the fair value of plan assets, the excess is amortized into pension and other postretirement benefit costs over the expected service years of the employees.

 

  vi)

Amortization of Prior Service Costs (Credit) — These costs relate to the recognition of increases or decreases in pension and other postretirement benefit obligation due to amendments in plans or

 

383


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

 

initiation of new plans. These increases or decreases in obligation are recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) at the time of the amendment. These costs are then amortized to pension and other postretirement benefit costs over the expected service years of the employees affected by the change.

The components of net periodic benefit costs and other changes in plan assets and benefit obligations recognized in other comprehensive income (loss) were as follows:

 

 

    Pension Benefits     Other Postretirement Benefits  
    U.S. Plans     Non-U.S. Plans     U.S. Plans     Non-U.S. Plans  
    Years Ended December 31,  
      2011         2010         2009         2011         2010         2009         2011         2010         2009         2011         2010         2009    
    (In millions)  

Net Periodic Benefit Costs:

                       

Service costs

  $ 187     $ 172     $ 170     $ 64     $ 8     $      $ 16     $ 16     $ 22     $ 1     $ 1     $   

Interest costs

    404       393       395       16       6              106       111       125       2       2         

Settlement and curtailment costs

                  17              8                                   1       1         

Expected return on plan assets

    (448     (444     (439     (6     (6            (76     (79     (72     (1              

Amortization of net actuarial (gains) losses

    194       196       227                            43       38       42                       

Amortization of prior service costs (credit)

    4       7       10                            (108     (83     (36                     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total net periodic benefit costs (credit)

    341       324       380       74       16              (19     3       81       3       4         
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other Changes in Plan Assets and Benefit Obligations Recognized in Other Comprehensive Income (Loss):

                       

Net actuarial (gains) losses

    575       37       310       34       (15            262       49       283       5       1         

Prior service costs (credit)

    17              (10            1                     (81     (167            1         

Amortization of net actuarial gains (losses)

    (194     (196     (227                          (43     (38     (42                     

Amortization of prior service (costs) credit

    (4     (7     (10                          108       83       36                       
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total recognized in other comprehensive income (loss)

    394       (166     63       34       (14            327       13       110       5       2         
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total recognized in net periodic benefit costs and other comprehensive income (loss)

  $ 735     $ 158     $ 443     $ 108     $ 2     $      $ 308     $ 16     $ 191     $ 8     $ 6     $   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

For the year ended December 31, 2011, included within other comprehensive income (loss) were other changes in plan assets and benefit obligations associated with pension benefits of $394 million for the U.S. plans and $34 million for the non-U.S. plans and other postretirement benefits of $327 million for the U.S. plans and $5 million for the non-U.S. plans for an aggregate reduction in other comprehensive income (loss) of $760 million before income tax and $494 million, net of income tax.

The estimated net actuarial (gains) losses and prior service costs (credit) for the U.S. pension plans that will be amortized from accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) into net periodic benefit costs over the next year are $178 million and $6 million, respectively.

The estimated net actuarial (gains) losses and prior service costs (credit) for the U.S. defined benefit other postretirement benefit plans that will be amortized from accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) into net periodic benefit costs over the next year are $54 million and ($104) million, respectively.

 

384


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

The Medicare Modernization Act of 2003 created various subsidies for all U.S. sponsors of retiree drug programs. Two common ways of providing subsidies were the Retiree Drug Subsidy (“RDS”) and Medicare Part D Prescription Drug Plans (“PDP”). From 2006 through 2010, the Company applied for and received the RDS each year. The RDS program provides the subsidy through cash payments made by Medicare to the Company, resulting in smaller net claims paid by the Company. A summary of the reduction to the APBO and the related reduction to the components of net periodic other postretirement benefits plan costs resulting from receipt of the RDS is presented below. As of January 1, 2011, as a result of changes made under the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act of 2010, the Company, no longer applies for the RDS. Instead it has joined PDP and will indirectly receive Medicare subsidies in the form of smaller gross benefit payments for prescription drug coverage.

 

 

    December 31,  
            2010                     2009          
    (In millions)  

Cumulative reduction in other postretirement benefits obligations:

   

Balance at January 1,

  $ 247     $ 317  

Service costs

    3       2  

Interest costs

    16       16  

Net actuarial (gains) losses

    (255     (76

Expected prescription drug subsidy

    (11     (12
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31,

  $ —        $ 247  
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

    Years Ended December 31,  
              2010                          2009             
    (In millions)  

Reduction in net periodic other postretirement benefit costs:

   

Service costs

  $ 3     $ 2  

Interest costs

    16       16  

Amortization of net actuarial (gains) losses

    10       11  
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total reduction in net periodic benefit costs

  $ 29     $ 29  
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

The Company received subsidies of $3 million, $8 million and $12 million for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

Assumptions

Assumptions used in determining benefit obligations were as follows:

 

    Pension Benefits   Other Postretirement Benefits
    U.S. Plans   Non-U.S. Plans (1)   U.S. Plans   Non-U.S. Plans (1)

December 31, 2011:

       

Weighted average discount rate

  4.95%   2.33%   4.95%   5.60%

Rate of compensation increase

  3.5% - 7.5%   2.4% - 5.5%   N/A   N/A

December 31, 2010:

       

Weighted average discount rate

  5.80%   2.01%   5.80%   N/A

Rate of compensation increase

  3.5% - 7.5%   2.0% - 4.0%   N/A   N/A

 

(1)

Reflects those assumptions that were most appropriate for the local economic environments of each of the Subsidiaries providing such benefits.

 

385


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

Assumptions used in determining net periodic benefit costs were as follows:

 

    Pension Benefits   Other Postretirement Benefits
      U.S. Plans     Non-U.S. Plans (1)     U.S. Plans       Non-U.S. Plans (1)  

Year Ended December 31, 2011:

       

Weighted average discount rate

  5.80%   2.40%   5.80%   6.34%

Weighted average expected rate of return on plan assets

  7.25%   3.19%   7.25%   7.01%

Rate of compensation increase

  3.5% - 7.5%   3.0% - 5.5%   N/A   N/A

Year Ended December 31, 2010:

       

Weighted average discount rate

  6.25%   1.76%   6.25%   N/A

Weighted average expected rate of return on plan assets

  8.00%   1.32%   7.20%   N/A

Rate of compensation increase

  3.5% - 7.5%   2.0% - 4.0%   N/A   N/A

Year Ended December 31, 2009:

       

Weighted average discount rate

  6.60%   N/A   6.60%   N/A

Weighted average expected rate of return on plan assets

  8.25%   N/A   7.36%   N/A

Rate of compensation increase

  3.5% - 7.5%   N/A   N/A   N/A

 

(1)

Reflects those assumptions that were most appropriate for the local economic environments of each of the Subsidiaries providing such benefits.

The weighted average discount rate for the U.S. plans is determined annually based on the yield, measured on a yield to worst basis, of a hypothetical portfolio constructed of high quality debt instruments available on the valuation date, which would provide the necessary future cash flows to pay the aggregate projected benefit obligation when due.

The weighted average discount rate for non-U.S. pension plans is based on the duration of liabilities on a country by country basis. The rate was selected by reference to high quality corporate bonds in developed markets or local government bonds where markets were less robust or nonexistent.

The weighted average expected rate of return on plan assets for the U.S. plans is based on anticipated performance of the various asset sectors in which the plans invest, weighted by target allocation percentages. Anticipated future performance is based on long-term historical returns of the plan assets by sector, adjusted for the Subsidiaries’ long-term expectations on the performance of the markets. While the precise expected rate of return derived using this approach will fluctuate from year to year, the policy of most of the Subsidiaries’ is to hold this long-term assumption constant as long as it remains within reasonable tolerance from the derived rate.

The weighted average expected long-term rate of return for the non-U.S. pension plans is an aggregation of each country’s expected rate of return within each asset class. For each country, the rate of return with respect to each asset class was developed based on a building block approach that considers historical returns, current market conditions, asset volatility and the expectations for future market returns. While the assessment of the expected rate of return is long-term and not expected to change annually, significant changes in investment strategy or economic conditions may warrant such a change. The expected rate of return within each asset class, together with any contributions made, are expected to maintain the plans’ ability to meet all required benefit obligations.

The weighted average expected rate of return on plan assets for use in that plan’s valuation in 2012 is currently anticipated to be 7.00% for U.S. pension benefits and 6.22% for U.S. other postretirement benefits. The weighted average expected rate of return on plan assets for use in that plan’s valuation in 2012 is currently anticipated to be 2.05% for non-U.S. pension benefits and 6.54% for non-U.S. other postretirement benefits.

 

386


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

The assumed healthcare costs trend rates used in measuring the APBO and net periodic benefit costs were as follows:

 

 

   

December 31,

   

2011

 

2010

Pre-and Post-Medicare eligible claims

  7.3% in 2012, gradually decreasing each year until 2083 reaching the ultimate rate of 4.3%.   7.8% in 2011, gradually decreasing each year until 2083 reaching the ultimate rate of 4.4%.

Assumed healthcare costs trend rates may have a significant effect on the amounts reported for healthcare plans. A 1% change in assumed healthcare costs trend rates would have the following effects:

 

 

    U.S. Plans     Non-U.S. Plans  
    One  Percent
Increase
    One  Percent
Decrease
    One  Percent
Increase
    One  Percent
Decrease
 
       
    (In millions)  

Effect on total of service and interest costs components

  $ 7     $ (9   $      $   

Effect of accumulated postretirement benefit obligations

  $ 195     $ (160   $ 1     $ (1

Plan Assets

The pension and other postretirement benefit plan assets are categorized into the three-level fair value hierarchy, as defined in Note 1, based upon the priority of the inputs to the respective valuation technique. The following summarizes the types of assets included within the three-level fair value hierarchy presented below.

 

Level 1

 

This category includes investments in fixed maturity securities, equity securities, derivative securities, and short-term investments which have unadjusted quoted market prices in active markets for identical assets and liabilities.

 

Level 2

 

 

This category includes certain separate accounts that are primarily invested in liquid and readily marketable securities. The estimated fair value of such separate account is based upon reported NAV provided by fund managers and this value represents the amount at which transfers into and out of the respective separate account are effected. These separate accounts provide reasonable levels of price transparency and can be corroborated through observable market data.

 

 

Certain separate accounts are invested in investment partnerships designated as hedge funds. The values for these separate accounts is determined monthly based on the NAV of the underlying hedge fund investment. Additionally, such hedge funds generally contain lock out or other waiting period provisions for redemption requests to be filled. While the reporting and redemption restrictions may limit the frequency of trading activity in separate accounts invested in hedge funds, the reported NAV, and thus the referenced value of the separate account, provides a reasonable level of price transparency that can be corroborated through observable market data.

 

 

Directly held investments are primarily invested in U.S. and foreign government and corporate securities.

 

Level 3

 

 

This category includes separate accounts that are invested in fixed maturity securities, equity securities, pass-through securities, derivative securities, and other invested assets that provide little or no price transparency due to the infrequency with which the underlying assets trade and generally require additional time to liquidate in an orderly manner. Accordingly, the values for separate accounts invested in these alternative asset classes are based on inputs that cannot be readily derived from or corroborated by observable market data.

 

387


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

U.S. Plans

Most U.S. Subsidiaries have issued group annuity and life insurance contracts supporting the pension and other postretirement benefit plans assets, which are invested primarily in separate accounts.

The underlying assets of the separate accounts are principally comprised of cash and cash equivalents, short-term investments, fixed maturity and equity securities, mutual funds, real estate, private equity investments and hedge funds investments.

The pension and postretirement plan assets and liabilities measured at estimated fair value on a recurring basis were determined as described below. These estimated fair values and their corresponding placement in the fair value hierarchy are summarized as follows:

 

 

    December 31, 2011  
    Pension Benefits     Other Postretirement Benefits  
    Fair Value Measurements at
Reporting Date Using
    Total
Estimated
Fair
Value
    Fair Value Measurements at
Reporting Date Using
    Total
Estimated
Fair
Value
 
    Quoted
Prices
in Active
Markets
for
Identical
Assets and
Liabilities
(Level 1)
    Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
    Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
      Quoted
Prices
in Active
Markets
for
Identical
Assets and
Liabilities
(Level 1)
    Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
    Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
   
               
               
               
               
    (In millions)  

Assets:

               

Fixed maturity securities:

               

Corporate

  $      $ 1,932     $ 32     $ 1,964     $      $ 139     $ 4     $ 143  

Federal agencies

    1       286              287              29              29  

Foreign bonds

           213       5       218              13              13  

Municipals

           184              184              59       1       60  

Preferred stocks

           2              2                              

U.S. government bonds

    1,007       187              1,194       160       1              161  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total fixed maturity securities

    1,008       2,804       37       3,849       160       241       5       406  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Equity securities:

               

Common stock - domestic

    1,149       38       206       1,393       240       2              242  

Common stock - foreign

    287                     287       55                     55  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total equity securities

    1,436       38       206       1,680       295       2              297  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Money market securities

    2                     2              1              1  

Pass-through securities

           471       2       473              84       5       89  

Derivative securities

    30       10       4       44                     1       1  

Short-term investments

    4       401              405       6       435              441  

Other invested assets

           69       531       600                              

Other receivables

           47              47              4              4  

Securities receivable

           8              8              1              1  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

  $ 2,480     $ 3,848     $ 780     $ 7,108     $ 461     $ 768     $ 11     $ 1,240  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

388


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

 

    December 31, 2010  
    Pension Benefits     Other Postretirement Benefits  
    Fair Value Measurements at
Reporting Date Using
    Total
Estimated
Fair
Value
    Fair Value Measurements at
Reporting Date Using
    Total
Estimated
Fair
Value
 
    Quoted
Prices
in Active
Markets
for
Identical
Assets and
Liabilities
(Level 1)
    Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
    Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
      Quoted
Prices
in Active
Markets
for
Identical
Assets and
Liabilities
(Level 1)
    Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
    Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
   
    (In millions)  

Assets:

               

Fixed maturity securities:

               

Corporate

  $      $ 1,528     $ 49     $ 1,577     $      $ 67     $ 4     $ 71  

Federal agencies

           175              175              15              15  

Foreign bonds

           143       4       147              4              4  

Municipals

           137              137              37       1       38  

Preferred stocks

           4              4                              

U.S. government bonds

    650       136              786       82                     82  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total fixed maturity securities

    650       2,123       53       2,826       82       123       5       210  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Equity securities:

               

Common stock - domestic

    1,406       93       240       1,739       359       3              362  

Common stock - foreign

    461                     461       77                     77  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total equity securities

    1,867       93       240       2,200       436       3              439  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Money market securities

    200       90              290       1       1              2  

Pass-through securities

           321       2       323              73       6       79  

Derivative securities

    3       (5            (2                            

Short-term investments

    (11     101              90       8       443              451  

Other invested assets

           63       471       534                              

Other receivables

           39              39              3              3  

Securities receivable

           70              70              2              2  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

  $ 2,709     $ 2,895     $ 766     $ 6,370     $ 527     $ 648     $ 11     $ 1,186  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities:

               

Securities payable

  $      $ 60     $      $ 60     $      $ 1     $      $ 1  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

  $      $ 60     $      $ 60     $      $ 1     $      $ 1  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets and liabilities

  $ 2,709     $ 2,835     $ 766     $ 6,310     $ 527     $ 647     $ 11     $ 1,185  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

389


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

A rollforward of all pension and other postretirement benefit plan assets measured at estimated fair value on a recurring basis using significant unobservable (Level 3) inputs was as follows:

 

 

    Fair Value Measurements Using Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)  
    Pension Benefits     Other Postretirement Benefits  
    Fixed Maturity
Securities:
    Equity
Securities:
    Pass-
Through
Securities
    Derivative
Securities
    Other
Invested
Assets
    Fixed Maturity
Securities:
    Pass-
Through
Securities
    Derivative
Securities
 
    Corporate     Foreign
Bonds
    Common
Stock-
Domestic
          Corporate     Municipals      
    (In millions)        

Year Ended December 31, 2011:

                   

Balance, January 1,

  $ 49     $ 4     $ 240     $ 2     $      $ 471     $ 4     $ 1     $ 6     $   

Total realized/unrealized gains (losses) included in:

                   

Earnings:

                   

Net investment income

                                                                     

Net investment gains (losses)

                  (59     (1     2       85                     (1       

Net derivative gains (losses)

                                                                     

Other revenues

                                                                     

Policyholder benefits and claims

                                                                     

Other expenses

                                                                     

Other comprehensive income (loss)

    (4     (1     118       1       4       45                     1       1  

Purchases

           2       7       1              97                              

Sales

    (13            (100     (2     (2     (167                   (1       

Issuances

                                                                     

Settlements

                                                                     

Transfers into Level 3

                         1                                   1         

Transfers out of Level 3

                                                            (1       
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 31,

  $ 32     $ 5     $ 206     $ 2     $ 4     $ 531     $ 4     $ 1     $ 5     $ 1  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

390


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

 

    Fair Value Measurements Using Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)  
    Pension Benefits     Other Postretirement Benefits  
    Fixed Maturity
Securities:
    Equity
Securities:
    Pass-
Through
Securities
    Other
Invested
Assets
    Fixed Maturity
Securities:
    Pass-
Through
Securities
 
    Corporate     Foreign
Bonds
    Common
Stock
Domestic
        Corporate     Municipals    
    (In millions)  

Year Ended December 31, 2010:

               

Balance, January 1,

  $ 68     $ 5     $ 241     $ 69     $ 373     $      $      $ 9  

Total realized/unrealized gains (losses) included in:

               

Earnings:

               

Net investment income

                                                       

Net investment gains (losses)

                         (11     78                     (4

Net derivative gains (losses)

                                                       

Other revenues

                                                       

Policyholder benefits and claims

                                                       

Other expenses

                                                       

Other comprehensive income (loss)

    7       1       (2     14       (4     1              1  

Purchases, sales, issuances and settlements

    (17     (2     1       (71     24                     (1

Transfers into Level 3

    4                     2              3       1       1  

Transfers out of Level 3

    (13                   (1                            
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 31,

  $ 49     $ 4     $ 240     $ 2     $ 471     $ 4     $ 1     $ 6  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

391


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

 

    Fair Value Measurements Using Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)  
    Pension Benefits     Other Postretirement Benefits  
    Fixed Maturity
Securities:
    Equity
Securities:
    Pass-
Through
Securities
    Derivative
Securities
    Other
Invested
Assets
    Pass-
Through
Securities
 
    Corporate     Foreign
Bonds
    Common
Stock
Domestic
         
    (In millions)  

Year Ended December 31, 2009:

             

Balance, January 1,

  $ 57     $ 4     $ 460     $ 80     $ 40     $ 392     $ 13  

Total realized/unrealized gains
(losses) included in:

             

Earnings:

             

Net investment income

                                                

Net investment gains (losses)

    (5     (1            (2     36       4       (17

Net derivative gains (losses)

                                                

Other revenues

                                                

Policyholder benefits and claims

                                                

Other expenses

                                                

Other comprehensive income (loss)

    21       5       (232     8       (39     (59     17  

Purchases, sales, issuances and settlements

    (3     (3     13       (24     (37     36       (4

Transfers into and/or out of Level 3

    (2                   7                       
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 31,

  $ 68     $ 5     $ 241     $ 69     $      $ 373     $ 9  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See Note 5 for further information about the valuation techniques and inputs by level of major assets of invested assets that affect the amounts reported above.

The U.S. Subsidiaries provide employees with benefits under various ERISA benefit plans. These include qualified pension plans, postretirement medical plans and certain retiree life insurance coverage. The assets of the U.S. Subsidiaries’ qualified pension plans are held in insurance group annuity contracts, and the vast majority of the assets of the postretirement medical plan and backing the retiree life coverage are held in insurance contracts. All of these contracts are issued by Company insurance affiliates, and the assets under the contracts are held in insurance separate accounts that have been established by the Company. The insurance contract provider engages investment management firms (“Managers”) to serve as sub-advisors for the separate accounts based on the specific investment needs and requests identified by the plan fiduciary. These Managers have portfolio management discretion over the purchasing and selling of securities and other investment assets pursuant to the respective investment management agreements and guidelines established for each insurance separate account. The assets of the qualified pension plans and postretirement medical plans (the “Invested Plans”) are well diversified across multiple asset categories and across a number of different Managers, with the intent of minimizing risk concentrations within any given asset category or with any given Manager.

The Invested Plans, other than those held in participant directed investment accounts, are managed in accordance with investment policies consistent with the longer-term nature of related benefit obligations and within prudent risk parameters. Specifically, investment policies are oriented toward (i) maximizing the Invested Plan’s funded status; (ii) minimizing the volatility of the Invested Plan’s funded status; (iii) generating asset returns that exceed liability increases; and (iv) targeting rates of return in excess of a custom benchmark and industry standards over appropriate reference time periods. These goals are expected to be met through identifying appropriate and diversified asset classes and allocations, ensuring adequate liquidity to pay benefits and expenses when due and controlling the costs of administering and managing the Invested Plan’s investments. Independent investment consultants are periodically used to evaluate the investment risk of Invested Plan’s assets relative to liabilities, analyze the economic and portfolio impact of various asset allocations and management strategies and to recommend asset allocations.

 

392


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

Derivative contracts may be used to reduce investment risk, to manage duration and to replicate the risk/return profile of an asset or asset class. Derivatives may not be used to leverage a portfolio in any manner, such as to magnify exposure to an asset, asset class, interest rates or any other financial variable. Derivatives are also prohibited for use in creating exposures to securities, currencies, indices or any other financial variable that are otherwise restricted.

The table below summarizes the actual weighted average allocation of the fair value of total plan assets by asset class at December 31 for the years indicated and the approved target range allocation by major asset class as of December 31, 2011 for the Invested Plans:

 

 

    Defined Benefit Plan     Postretirement Medical     Postretirement Life  
    Target
Range
    Actual Allocation     Target
Range
    Actual Allocation     Target
Range
    Actual Allocation  
          2011             2010               2011             2010               2011             2010      

Asset Class:

                 

Fixed maturity securities:

                 

Corporate

      27      24        17            —      — 

Federal agency

                                  —         —    

Foreign bonds

                                  —         —    

Municipals

                                  —         —    

U.S. government bonds

      16        12          20        11          —         —    
   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total fixed maturity securities

    50% - 80     53      44      50% - 100     51      30      0     —      — 
   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Equity securities:

                 

Common stock - domestic

      20      27        30      48        —      — 

Common stock - foreign

                          10          —         —    
   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total equity securities

    0% - 40     24      35      0% - 50     37      58      0     —      — 
   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Alternative securities:

                 

Money market securities

      —                —        —      — 

Pass-through securities

                    11        10          —         —    

Derivatives

            —           —         —           —         —    

Short-term investments

                    —                 100        100   

Other invested assets

                    —         —           —         —    

Other receivables

                    —                 —         —    

Securities receivable

      —                 —         —           —         —    
   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total alternative securities

    10% - 20     23      21      10% - 20     12      12      100     100      100 
   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

      100      100        100      100        100      100 
   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

393


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

Non-U.S. Plans

The pension and postretirement plan assets and liabilities measured at estimated fair value on a recurring basis were determined as described below. These estimated fair values and their corresponding placement in the fair value hierarchy are summarized as follows:

 

 

    December 31, 2011  
    Pension Benefits     Other Postretirement Benefits  
    Fair Value Measurements at
Reporting Date Using
    Total
Estimated
Fair
Value
    Fair Value Measurements at
Reporting Date Using
    Total
Estimated
Fair
Value
 
    Quoted
Prices
in Active
Markets
for
Identical
Assets  and
Liabilities
(Level 1)
    Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
    Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
      Quoted
Prices
in Active
Markets
for
Identical
Assets  and
Liabilities
(Level 1)
    Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
    Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
   
    (In millions)  

Assets:

               

Fixed maturity securities:

               

Foreign bonds

  $      $ 96     $      $ 96     $      $ 13     $      $ 13  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total fixed maturity securities

           96              96              13              13  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Equity securities:

               

Common stock - foreign

           43              43                              
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total equity securities

           43              43                              
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Derivative securities

                  13       13                              

Short-term investments

           6              6                              

Other invested assets

    19                     19                              

Real estate

                  8       8                              
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

  $ 19     $ 145     $ 21     $ 185     $      $ 13     $      $ 13  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

394


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

 

    December 31, 2010  
    Pension Benefits     Other Postretirement Benefits  
    Fair Value Measurements at
Reporting Date Using
    Total
Estimated
Fair
Value
    Fair Value Measurements at
Reporting Date Using
    Total
Estimated
Fair
Value
 
    Quoted
Prices
In Active
Markets
for
Identical
Assets
(Level 1)
    Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
    Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
      Quoted
Prices
In Active
Markets
for
Identical
Assets
(Level 1)
    Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
    Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
   
    (In millions)  

Assets:

               

Fixed maturity securities:

               

Foreign bonds

  $ 1     $ 79     $      $ 80     $      $ 15     $      $ 15  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total fixed maturity securities

    1       79              80              15              15  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Equity securities:

               

Common stock - domestic

    4                     4                              

Common stock - foreign

    8       35              43                              
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total equity securities

    12       35              47                              
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Money market securities

           10              10                              

Derivative securities

                  11       11                              

Short-term investments

    2       4              6                              

Other invested assets

    16                     16                              

Real estate

                  8       8                              
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

  $ 31     $ 128     $ 19     $ 178     $      $ 15     $      $ 15  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

395


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

A rollforward of all pension and other postretirement benefit plan assets measured at estimated fair value on a recurring basis using significant unobservable (Level 3) inputs was as follows:

 

 

    Fair Value Measurements Using Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level  3)  
    Pension Benefits  
    Derivative
Securities
    Real
Estate
 
    (In millions)  

Year Ended December 31, 2011:

   

Balance, January 1,

  $ 11     $ 8  

Total realized/unrealized gains (losses) included in:

   

Earnings:

   

Net investment income

             

Net investment gains (losses)

             

Net derivative gains (losses)

             

Other revenues

             

Policyholder benefits and claims

             

Other expenses

             

Other comprehensive income (loss)

    2         

Purchases

             

Sales

             

Issuances

             

Settlements

             

Transfers into Level 3

             

Transfers out of Level 3

             
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 31,

  $ 13     $ 8  
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

396


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

 

    Fair Value Measurements Using Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level  3)  
    Pension Benefits  
    Derivative
Securities (1)
    Real
Estate (1)
 
    (In millions)  

Year Ended December 31, 2010:

   

Balance, January 1,

  $      $   

Total realized/unrealized gains (losses) included in:

   

Earnings:

   

Net investment income

             

Net investment gains (losses)

             

Net derivative gains (losses)

    3         

Other revenues

             

Policyholder benefits and claims

             

Other expenses

             

Other comprehensive income (loss)

    (3       

Purchases, sales, issuances, and settlements

    (1       

Transfers into Level 3

    12       8  

Transfers out of Level 3

             
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 31,

  $ 11     $ 8  
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

Derivative securities and real estate transfers into Level 3 are due to the Acquisition and are not related to the changes in Level 3 classification at the security level.

Certain non-U.S. Subsidiaries sponsor defined benefit plans that cover employees and sales representatives who meet specified eligibility requirements. Pension benefits are provided utilizing either a traditional formula or cash balance formula, similar to the U.S. plans discussed above. The investment objectives are also similar, subject to local regulations. Generally, these international pension plans invest directly in high quality equity and fixed maturity securities. The assets of the non-U.S. pension plans are comprised of cash and cash equivalents, equity and fixed maturity securities, real estate and hedge fund investments.

The assets of the non-U.S. pension plans, other than those held in participant directed investment accounts, are managed in accordance with investment policies consistent with the longer-term nature of related benefit obligations and within prudent risk parameters. Specifically, investment policies are oriented toward (i) maximizing the assets of the non-U.S. pension plans funded status; (ii) minimizing the volatility of the assets of the non-U.S. pension plans funded status; (iii) generating asset returns that exceed liability increases; and (iv) targeting rates of return in excess of a custom benchmark and industry standards over appropriate reference time periods. These goals are expected to be met through identifying appropriate and diversified asset classes and allocations, ensuring adequate liquidity to pay benefits and expenses when due and controlling the costs of administering and managing the non-U.S. pension plans’ investments. Independent investment consultants are periodically used to evaluate the investment risk of the non-U.S. pension plans’ assets relative to liabilities, analyze the economic and portfolio impact of various asset allocations and management strategies and recommend asset allocations.

Derivative contracts may be used to reduce investment risk, to manage duration and to replicate the risk/return profile of an asset or asset class. Derivatives may not be used to leverage a portfolio in any manner, such as to magnify exposure to an asset, asset class, interest rates or any other financial variable. Derivatives are also prohibited for use in creating exposures to securities, currencies, indices or any other financial variable that are otherwise restricted.

 

397


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

The table below summarizes the actual weighted average allocation of the fair value of total plan assets by asset class at December 31 for the years indicated and the approved target allocation by major asset class as of December 31, 2011 for the plans:

 

 

     Defined Benefit Plan     Other Postretirement Plans  
     Target     Actual Allocation     Target     Actual Allocation  
       2011     2010       2011     2010  

Asset Class:

            

Fixed maturity securities:

            

Foreign bonds

       52  %      45  %        100  %      100  % 
    

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total fixed maturity securities

     61      52  %      45  %      100      100  %      100  % 
    

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Equity securities:

            

Common stock - domestic

        %      2  %         %       % 

Common stock - foreign

       23       24                  
    

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total equity securities

     27      23  %      26  %      —       %       % 
    

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Alternative securities:

            

Money market securities

       —      6  %         %       % 

Short-term investments

       3       3                  

Other invested assets

       22       20                  
    

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total alternative securities

     12      25  %      29  %      —       %       % 
    

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

       100  %      100  %        100  %      100  % 
    

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Expected Future Contributions and Benefit Payments

It is the Subsidiaries’ practice to make contributions to the U.S. qualified pension plan to comply with minimum funding requirements of ERISA. In accordance with such practice, no contributions were required for 2012. The Subsidiaries expect to make discretionary contributions to the qualified pension plan of $205 million in 2012. For information on employer contributions, see “— Obligations, Funded Status and Net Periodic Benefit Costs.”

Benefit payments due under the U.S. non-qualified pension plans are primarily funded from the Subsidiaries’ general assets as they become due under the provision of the plans, therefore benefit payments equal employer contributions. The U.S. Subsidiaries expect to make contributions of $88 million to fund the benefit payments in 2012.

U.S. and non-U.S. postretirement benefits are either: (i) not vested under law; (ii) a non-funded obligation of the Subsidiaries; or (iii) both. Current regulations do not require funding for these benefits. The Subsidiaries use their general assets, net of participant’s contributions, to pay postretirement medical claims as they come due in lieu of utilizing any plan assets. The U.S. Subsidiaries expect to make contributions of $75 million towards benefit obligations in 2012 to pay postretirement medical claims.

As noted previously, the Subsidiaries no longer expect to receive the RDS under the Medicare Modernization Act of 2003 to partially offset payment of such benefits. Instead, the gross benefit payments that will be made under the PDP will already reflect subsidies.

 

398


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

Gross benefit payments for the next 10 years, which reflect expected future service where appropriate, are expected to be as follows:

 

 

     Pension Benefits      Other Postretirement Benefits  
     U.S. Plans      Non-U.S. Plans      U.S. Plans      Non-U.S. Plans  
     (In millions)  

2012

   $ 448      $ 38      $ 109      $ 3  

2013

   $ 424      $ 41      $ 111      $ 3  

2014

   $ 456      $ 45      $ 114      $ 3  

2015

   $ 457      $ 50      $ 117      $ 3  

2016

   $ 474      $ 58      $ 118      $ 3  

2017-2021

   $ 2,687      $ 322      $ 605      $ 14  

Additional Information

As previously discussed, most of the assets of the U.S. pension and other postretirement benefit plans are held in group annuity and life insurance contracts issued by the Subsidiaries. Total revenues from these contracts recognized in the consolidated statements of operations were $47 million, $46 million and $45 million for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively, and included policy charges and net investment income from investments backing the contracts and administrative fees. Total investment income (loss), including realized and unrealized gains (losses), credited to the account balances was $885 million, $767 million and $725 million for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. The terms of these contracts are consistent in all material respects with those the Subsidiaries offer to unaffiliated parties that are similarly situated.

Savings and Investment Plans

The Subsidiaries sponsor the U.S. savings and investment plans for substantially all Company employees under which a portion of employee contributions are matched. The Subsidiaries contributed $95 million, $86 million and $93 million for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

18.  Equity

Preferred Stock

There are 200,000,000 authorized shares of preferred stock, of which 6,857,000 shares were designated for issuance of convertible preferred stock in connection with the financing of the Acquisition in 2010. See “— Convertible Preferred Stock” below.

MetLife, Inc. has outstanding 24 million shares of Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series A (the “Series A preferred shares”) with a $0.01 par value per share, and a liquidation preference of $25 per share.

MetLife, Inc. has outstanding 60 million shares of 6.50% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series B (the “Series B preferred shares”), with a $0.01 par value per share, and a liquidation preference of $25 per share.

The Preferred Stock ranks senior to the common stock with respect to dividends and liquidation rights. Dividends on the Preferred Stock are not cumulative. Holders of the Preferred Stock will be entitled to receive dividend payments only when, as and if declared by MetLife, Inc.’s Board of Directors or a duly authorized committee of the Board. If dividends are declared on the Series A preferred shares, they will be payable quarterly, in arrears, at an annual rate of the greater of: (i) 1.00% above three-month LIBOR on the related

 

399


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

LIBOR determination date; or (ii) 4.00%. Any dividends declared on the Series B preferred shares will be payable quarterly, in arrears, at an annual fixed rate of 6.50%. Accordingly, in the event that dividends are not declared on the Preferred Stock for payment on any dividend payment date, then those dividends will cease to accrue and be payable. If a dividend is not declared before the dividend payment date, MetLife, Inc. has no obligation to pay dividends accrued for that dividend period whether or not dividends are declared and paid in future periods. No dividends may, however, be paid or declared on MetLife, Inc.’s common stock — or any other securities ranking junior to the Preferred Stock — unless the full dividends for the latest completed dividend period on all Preferred Stock, and any parity stock, have been declared and paid or provided for.

MetLife, Inc. is prohibited from declaring dividends on the Preferred Stock if it fails to meet specified capital adequacy, net income and equity levels. In addition, under Federal Reserve Board policy, MetLife, Inc. may not be able to pay dividends if it does not earn sufficient operating income.

The Preferred Stock does not have voting rights except in certain circumstances where the dividends have not been paid for an equivalent of six or more dividend payment periods whether or not those periods are consecutive. Under such circumstances, the holders of the Preferred Stock have certain voting rights with respect to members of the Board of Directors of MetLife, Inc.

The Preferred Stock is not subject to any mandatory redemption, sinking fund, retirement fund, purchase fund or similar provisions. The Preferred Stock is redeemable at MetLife, Inc.’s option in whole or in part, at a redemption price of $25 per share of Preferred Stock, plus declared and unpaid dividends.

In December 2008, MetLife, Inc. entered into an RCC related to the Preferred Stock. As part of such RCC, MetLife, Inc. agreed that it will not repay, redeem or purchase the Preferred Shares on or before December 31, 2018, unless, subject to certain limitations, it has received proceeds during a specified period from the sale of specified replacement securities. The RCC is for the benefit of the holders of the related Covered Debt, which was initially the Senior Notes. As a result of the issuance of the 10.750% JSDs, the 10.750% JSDs became the Covered Debt with respect to, and in accordance with, the terms of the RCC relating to the Preferred Shares. The RCC will terminate upon the occurrence of certain events, including the date on which MetLife, Inc. has no series of outstanding eligible debt securities.

 

400


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

Information on the declaration, record and payment dates, as well as per share and aggregate dividend amounts, for the Preferred Shares was as follows:

 

 

            Dividend  

Declaration Date

  Record Date   Payment Date   Series A
Per Share
    Series A
Aggregate
    Series B
Per Share
    Series B
Aggregate
 
            (In millions, except per share data)  

November 15, 2011

  November 30, 2011   December 15, 2011   $ 0.2527777     $ 7     $ 0.4062500     $ 24  

August 15, 2011

  August 31, 2011   September 15, 2011   $ 0.2555555       6     $ 0.4062500       24  

May 16, 2011

  May 31, 2011   June 15, 2011   $ 0.2555555       7     $ 0.4062500       24  

March 7, 2011

  February 28, 2011   March 15, 2011   $ 0.2500000       6     $ 0.4062500       24  
       

 

 

     

 

 

 
        $ 26       $ 96  
       

 

 

     

 

 

 

November 15, 2010

  November 30, 2010   December 15, 2010   $ 0.2527777     $ 7     $ 0.4062500     $ 24  

August 16, 2010

  August 31, 2010   September 15, 2010   $ 0.2555555       6     $ 0.4062500       24  

May 17, 2010

  May 31, 2010   June 15, 2010   $ 0.2555555       7     $ 0.4062500       24  

March 5, 2010

  February 28, 2010   March 15, 2010   $ 0.2500000       6     $ 0.4062500       24  
       

 

 

     

 

 

 
        $ 26       $ 96  
       

 

 

     

 

 

 

November 16, 2009

  November 30, 2009   December 15, 2009   $ 0.2527777     $ 7     $ 0.4062500     $ 24  

August 17, 2009

  August 31, 2009   September 15, 2009   $ 0.2555555       6     $ 0.4062500       24  

May 15, 2009

  May 31, 2009   June 15, 2009   $ 0.2555555       7     $ 0.4062500       24  

March 5, 2009

  February 28, 2009   March 16, 2009   $ 0.2500000       6     $ 0.4062500       24  
       

 

 

     

 

 

 
        $ 26       $ 96  
       

 

 

     

 

 

 

See Note 24 for information on subsequent dividends declared.

Convertible Preferred Stock

In connection with the financing of the Acquisition in November 2010, MetLife, Inc. issued to AM Holdings 6,857,000 shares of convertible preferred stock with a $0.01 par value per share, a liquidation preference of $0.01 per share and a fair value of $2.8 billion. On March 8, 2011, MetLife, Inc. repurchased and canceled all of the convertible preferred stock for $3.0 billion in cash, which resulted in a preferred stock redemption premium of $146 million. See Note 2.

For purposes of the earnings per common share calculation, for the year ended December 31, 2010, the convertible preferred stock was assumed converted into shares of common stock for both basic and diluted weighted average common shares. See Note 20.

Common Stock

Issuances

In March 2011, MetLife, Inc. issued 68,570,000 new shares of its common stock in a public offering at a price of $43.25 per share for gross proceeds of $3.0 billion. In connection with the offering of common stock, MetLife, Inc. incurred $16 million of issuance costs which have been recorded as a reduction of additional paid-in capital. The proceeds were used to repurchase the convertible preferred stock issued to AM Holdings in November 2010. See Note 2.

In November 2010, MetLife, Inc. issued to AM Holdings in connection with the financing of the Acquisition 78,239,712 new shares of its common stock at $40.90 per share with a fair value of $3.2 billion.

 

401


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

In August 2010, MetLife, Inc. issued 86,250,000 new shares of its common stock at a price of $42.00 per share for gross proceeds of $3.6 billion. In connection with the offering of common stock, MetLife, Inc. incurred $94 million of issuance costs which have been recorded as a reduction of additional paid-in capital.

In February 2009, MetLife, Inc. delivered 24,343,154 shares of newly issued common stock for $1.0 billion. The issuance was made in connection with the initial settlement of stock purchase contracts issued as part of common equity units sold in 2005.

During the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, 3,549,211 and 2,182,174 new shares of common stock were issued for $115 million and $74 million, respectively, to satisfy various stock option exercises and other stock-based awards. There were no new shares of common stock issued to satisfy the various stock option exercises and other stock-based awards during the year ended December 31, 2009. There were no shares of common stock issued from treasury stock during the year ended December 31, 2011. During the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, 332,121 shares and 861,586 shares of common stock were issued from treasury stock for $18 million and $46 million, respectively, to satisfy various stock option exercises and other stock-based awards.

Repurchase Programs

At December 31, 2011, MetLife, Inc. had $1.3 billion remaining under its common stock repurchase program authorizations. During the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, MetLife, Inc. did not repurchase any shares.

Under these authorizations, MetLife, Inc. may purchase its common stock from the MetLife Policyholder Trust, in the open market (including pursuant to the terms of a pre-set trading plan meeting the requirements of Rule 10b5-1 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) and in privately negotiated transactions. Any future common stock repurchases will be dependent upon several factors, including the Company’s capital position, its liquidity, its financial strength and credit ratings, general market conditions and the market price of MetLife, Inc.’s common stock compared to management’s assessment of the stock’s underlying value and applicable regulatory approvals, as well as other legal and accounting factors.

Dividends

The table below presents declaration, record and payment dates, as well as per share and aggregate dividend amounts, for the common stock:

 

 

               Dividend  
                   Per Share                 Aggregate      

Declaration Date

  

Record Date

  

Payment Date

   (In millions, except per share
data)
 

October 25, 2011

  

November 9, 2011

   December 14, 2011    $ 0.74      $ 787  

October 26, 2010

  

November 9, 2010

   December 14, 2010    $ 0.74      $ 784  (1) 

October 29, 2009

  

November 9, 2009

   December 14, 2009    $ 0.74      $ 610  

 

 

(1)

Includes dividends on convertible preferred stock (see “— Convertible Preferred Stock” above).

Stock-Based Compensation Plans

Description of Plans for Employees and Agents — General Terms

The MetLife, Inc. 2000 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended (the “2000 Stock Plan”) authorized the granting of awards to employees and agents in the form of options to buy shares of MetLife, Inc. common stock (“Stock

 

402


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

Options”) that either qualify as incentive Stock Options under Section 422A of the Code or are non-qualified. By December 31, 2009 all awards under the 2000 Stock Plan had either vested or been forfeited. No awards have been made under the 2000 Stock Plan since 2005.

Under the MetLife, Inc. 2005 Stock and Incentive Compensation Plan (the “2005 Stock Plan”), awards granted to employees and agents may be in the form of Stock Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units, Performance Shares or Performance Share Units, Cash-Based Awards and Stock-Based Awards (each as defined in the 2005 Stock Plan with reference to MetLife, Inc. common stock).

The aggregate number of shares authorized for issuance under the 2005 Stock Plan is 68,000,000, plus those shares available but not utilized under the 2000 Stock Plan and those shares utilized under the 2000 Stock Plan that are recovered due to forfeiture of Stock Options. Each share issued under the 2005 Stock Plan in connection with a Stock Option or Stock Appreciation Right reduces the number of shares remaining for issuance under that plan by one, and each share issued under the 2005 Stock Plan in connection with awards other than Stock Options or Stock Appreciation Rights reduces the number of shares remaining for issuance under that plan by 1.179 shares. At December 31, 2011, the aggregate number of shares remaining available for issuance pursuant to the 2005 Stock Plan was 31,803,801. Stock Option exercises and other awards settled in shares are satisfied through the issuance of shares held in treasury by the Company or by the issuance of new shares.

Compensation expense related to awards under the 2005 Stock Plan is recognized based on the number of awards expected to vest, which represents the awards granted less expected forfeitures over the life of the award, as estimated at the date of grant. Unless a material deviation from the assumed forfeiture rate is observed during the term in which the awards are expensed, any adjustment necessary to reflect differences in actual experience is recognized in the period the award becomes payable or exercisable.

Compensation expense related to awards under the 2005 Stock Plan is principally related to the issuance of Stock Options, Performance Shares and Restricted Stock Units. The majority of the awards granted each year under the 2005 Stock Plan are made in the first quarter of each year.

Certain stock-based awards provide solely for cash settlement based on changes in the price of MetLife, Inc. common stock and other factors (“Phantom Stock-Based Awards”). Such awards are made under the MetLife, Inc. International Unit Option Incentive Plan, the MetLife International Performance Unit Incentive Plan, and the MetLife International Restricted Unit Incentive Plan.

Description of Plans for Directors — General Terms

The MetLife, Inc. 2000 Directors Stock Plan, as amended (the “2000 Directors Stock Plan”) authorized the granting of awards in the form of MetLife, Inc. common stock, non-qualified Stock Options, or a combination of the foregoing to non-management Directors of MetLife, Inc. As of December 31, 2009, all awards under the 2000 Directors Stock Plan had either vested or been forfeited. No awards have been made under the 2000 Directors Stock Plan since 2004.

Under the MetLife, Inc. 2005 Non-Management Director Stock Compensation Plan (the “2005 Directors Stock Plan”), awards granted may be in the form of non-qualified Stock Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units, or Stock-Based Awards (each as defined in the 2005 Directors Stock Plan with reference to MetLife, Inc. common stock) to non-management Directors of MetLife, Inc. The number of shares authorized for issuance under the 2005 Directors Stock Plan is 2,000,000. There were no shares carried forward from the 2000 Directors Stock Plan to the 2005 Directors Stock Plan. At December 31, 2011, the aggregate number of shares remaining available for issuance pursuant to the 2005 Directors Stock Plan was 1,777,288. Stock Option exercises and other awards settled in shares are satisfied through the issuance of shares held in treasury by the Company or by the issuance of new shares.

 

403


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

Compensation expense related to awards under the 2005 Directors Plan is recognized based on the number of shares awarded. The Stock-Based Awards granted under the 2005 Directors Plan have vested immediately. The majority of the awards granted each year under the 2005 Directors Stock Plan are made in the second quarter of each year.

Compensation Expense Related to Stock-Based Compensation

The components of compensation expense related to stock-based compensation which includes compensation expense related to Phantom Stock-Based Awards, and excludes the insignificant compensation expense related to the 2005 Directors Stock Plan, were as follows:

 

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
       2011          2010          2009    
     (In millions)  

Stock Options

   $ 58      $ 45      $ 55  

Performance Shares (1)

     68        29        11  

Restricted Stock Units

     18        10        3  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total compensation expenses

   $ 144      $ 84      $ 69  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income tax benefits

   $ 50      $ 29      $ 24  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

Performance Shares expected to vest and the related compensation expenses may be further adjusted by the performance factor most likely to be achieved, as estimated by management, at the end of the performance period.

The following table presents the total unrecognized compensation expense related to stock-based compensation and the expected weighted average period over which these expenses will be recognized at:

 

 

     December 31, 2011
     Expense      Weighted Average
Period
     (In millions)      (Years)

Stock Options

   $ 52      1.82

Performance Shares

   $ 44      1.76

Restricted Stock Units

   $ 23      1.82

Stock Options

Stock Options are the contingent right of award holders to purchase shares of MetLife, Inc. common stock at a stated price for a limited time. All Stock Options have an exercise price equal to the closing price of MetLife, Inc. common stock reported on the NYSE on the date of grant, and have a maximum term of 10 years. The vast majority of Stock Options granted have become or will become exercisable at a rate of one-third of each award on each of the first three anniversaries of the grant date. Other Stock Options have become or will become exercisable on the third anniversary of the grant date. Vesting is subject to continued service, except for employees who are retirement eligible and in certain other limited circumstances.

 

404


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

A summary of the activity related to Stock Options for the year ended December 31, 2011 was as follows:

 

 

     Shares Under
Option
    Weighted Average
Exercise Price
     Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term
     Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value (1)
 
                  (Years)      (In millions)  

Outstanding at January 1, 2011

     32,702,331     $ 38.47        5.30      $ 195  

Granted (2)

     5,471,447     $ 45.16        

Exercised

     (2,944,529   $ 29.83        

Expired

     (317,342   $ 42.32        

Forfeited

     (198,381   $ 38.34        
  

 

 

         

Outstanding at December 31, 2011

     34,713,526     $ 40.22        5.35      $   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Aggregate number of stock options expected to vest at a future date as of December 31, 2011

     33,596,536     $ 40.31        5.25      $   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Exercisable at December 31, 2011

     24,345,356     $ 41.06        4.02      $   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)

The aggregate intrinsic value was computed using the closing share price on December 30, 2011 of $31.18 and December 31, 2010 of $44.44, as applicable.

 

(2)

The total fair value on the date of the grant was $78 million.

The fair value of Stock Options is estimated on the date of grant using a binomial lattice model. Significant assumptions used in the Company’s binomial lattice model, which are further described below, include: expected volatility of the price of MetLife, Inc. common stock; risk-free rate of return; expected dividend yield on MetLife, Inc. common stock; exercise multiple; and the post-vesting termination rate.

Expected volatility is based upon an analysis of historical prices of MetLife, Inc. common stock and call options on that common stock traded on the open market. The Company uses a weighted-average of the implied volatility for publicly-traded call options with the longest remaining maturity nearest to the money as of each valuation date and the historical volatility, calculated using monthly closing prices of MetLife, Inc.’s common stock. The Company chose a monthly measurement interval for historical volatility as it believes this better depicts the nature of employee option exercise decisions being based on longer-term trends in the price of the underlying shares rather than on daily price movements.

The binomial lattice model used by the Company incorporates different risk-free rates based on the imputed forward rates for U.S. Treasury Strips for each year over the contractual term of the option. The table below presents the full range of rates that were used for options granted during the respective periods.

Dividend yield is determined based on historical dividend distributions compared to the price of the underlying common stock as of the valuation date and held constant over the life of the Stock Option.

The binomial lattice model used by the Company incorporates the contractual term of the Stock Options and then factors in expected exercise behavior and a post-vesting termination rate, or the rate at which vested options are exercised or expire prematurely due to termination of employment, to derive an expected life. Exercise behavior in the binomial lattice model used by the Company is expressed using an exercise multiple, which reflects the ratio of exercise price to the strike price of Stock Options granted at which holders of the Stock Options are expected to exercise. The exercise multiple is derived from actual historical exercise activity. The post-vesting termination rate is determined from actual historical exercise experience and expiration activity under the Incentive Plans.

 

405


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

The following table presents the weighted average assumptions, with the exception of risk-free rate, which is expressed as a range, used to determine the fair value of Stock Options issued:

 

 

     Years Ended December 31,
     2011    2010    2009

Dividend yield

   1.65%    2.11%    3.15%

Risk-free rate of return

   0.29%-5.51%    0.35%-5.88%    0.73%-6.67%

Expected volatility

   32.64%    34.41%    44.39%

Exercise multiple

   1.69    1.75    1.76

Post-vesting termination rate

   3.36%    3.64%    3.70%

Contractual term (years)

   10    10    10

Expected life (years)

   7    7    6

Weighted average exercise price of stock options granted

   $45.16    $35.06    $23.61

Weighted average fair value of stock options granted

   $14.27    $11.29    $8.37

The following table presents a summary of Stock Option exercise activity:

 

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2011      2010      2009  
     (In millions)  

Total intrinsic value of stock options exercised

   $ 41      $ 22      $ 1  

Cash received from exercise of stock options

   $ 88      $ 52      $ 8  

Tax benefit realized from stock options exercised

   $ 14      $ 8      $   

Performance Shares

Performance Shares are units that, if they vest, are multiplied by a performance factor to produce a number of final Performance Shares which are payable in shares of MetLife, Inc. common stock. Performance Shares are accounted for as equity awards, but are not credited with dividend-equivalents for actual dividends paid on MetLife, Inc. common stock during the performance period. Accordingly, the estimated fair value of Performance Shares is based upon the closing price of MetLife, Inc. common stock on the date of grant, reduced by the present value of estimated dividends to be paid on that stock during the performance period.

Performance Share awards normally vest in their entirety at the end of the three-year performance period. Vesting is subject to continued service, except for employees who are retirement eligible and in certain other limited circumstances. Vested Performance Shares are multiplied by a performance factor of 0.0 to 2.0 based largely on MetLife, Inc.’s performance in change in annual net operating earnings and total shareholder return over the applicable three-year performance period compared to the performance of its competitors. The performance factor was 0.90 for the January 1, 2008 — December 31, 2010 performance period.

 

406


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

The following table presents a summary of Performance Share activity for the year ended December 31, 2011:

 

 

     Performance
Shares
     Weighted Average
Grant Date

Fair Value
 

Outstanding at January 1, 2011

     4,155,574      $ 31.91   

Granted (1)

     1,783,070      $ 42.84  

Forfeited

     (89,725)       $ 32.79   

Payable (2)

     (824,825)       $ 57.95   
  

 

 

    

Outstanding at December 31, 2011

     5,024,094      $ 31.50  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Performance Shares expected to vest at a future date as of December 31, 2011

     4,729,890      $ 32.35  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)

The total fair value on the date of the grant was $76 million.

 

(2)

Includes both shares paid and shares deferred for later payment.

Performance Share amounts above represent aggregate initial target awards and do not reflect potential increases or decreases resulting from the performance factor determined after the end of the respective performance periods. At December 31, 2011, the three year performance period for the 2009 Performance Share grants was completed, but the performance factor had not yet been calculated. Included in the immediately preceding table are 1,791,609 outstanding Performance Shares to which the 2009-2011 performance factor will be applied.

Restricted Stock Units

Restricted Stock Units are units that, if they vest, are payable in shares of MetLife, Inc. common stock. Restricted Stock Units are accounted for as equity awards, but are not credited with dividend-equivalents for actual dividends paid on MetLife, Inc. common stock during the performance period. Accordingly, the estimated fair value of Restricted Stock Units is based upon the closing price of MetLife, Inc. common stock on the date of grant, reduced by the present value of estimated dividends to be paid on that stock during the performance period.

The vast majority of Restricted Stock Units normally vest in their entirety on the third anniversary of their grant date. Other Restricted Stock Units normally vest in their entirety on the fifth anniversary of their grant date. Vesting is subject to continued service, except for employees who are retirement eligible and in certain other limited circumstances.

The following table presents a summary of Restricted Stock Unit activity for the year ended December 31, 2011:

 

 

     Restricted Stock
Units
     Weighted Average
Grant Date

Fair Value
 

Outstanding at January 1, 2011

     937,172      $ 29.63  

Granted (1)

     734,159      $ 41.94  

Forfeited

     (61,160)       $ 35.36  

Payable (2)

     (47,322)       $ 44.35  
  

 

 

    

Outstanding at December 31, 2011

     1,562,849      $ 34.74  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Restricted Stock Units expected to vest at a future date as of December 31, 2011

     1,562,849      $ 34.74  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

407


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

 

(1)

The total fair value on the date of the grant was $31 million.

 

(2)

Includes both shares paid and shares deferred for later payment.

Liability Awards (Phantom Stock-Based Awards)

Certain MetLife international subsidiaries have granted Phantom Stock-Based Awards in the form of Unit Options, Restricted Units, and Performance Units. These share-based cash settled awards are recorded as liabilities until payout is made. Unlike share-settled awards, which have a fixed grant-date fair value, the fair value of unsettled or unvested liability awards is remeasured at the end of each reporting period based on the change in fair value of one share of MetLife, Inc. common stock. The liability and corresponding expense are adjusted accordingly until the award is settled.

Unit Options.

Each Unit Option is the contingent right of the holders to receive a cash payment equal to the closing price of one share of MetLife, Inc. common stock on the surrender date, less the closing price on the grant date, if the difference is greater than zero. The vast majority of Unit Options have become or will become eligible for surrender at a rate of one-third of each award on each of the first three anniversaries of the grant date. Other Unit Options have become or will become eligible for surrender on the third anniversary of the grant date. Vesting is subject to continued service, except for employees who are retirement eligible and in certain other limited circumstances.

Restricted Units.

Restricted Units are units that, if they vest, are payable in cash equal to the closing price of MetLife, Inc. common stock on the last day of the restriction period. The vast majority of Restricted Units normally vest in their entirety on the third anniversary of their grant date. Vesting is subject to continued service, except for employees who are retirement eligible and in certain other limited circumstances.

Performance Units.

Performance Units are units that, if they vest, are multiplied by a performance factor to produce a number of final Performance Units which are payable in cash equal to the closing price of MetLife, Inc. common stock on a date following the last day of the three-year performance period. Performance Units are accounted for as liability awards, but are not credited with dividend-equivalents for actual dividends paid on MetLife, Inc. common stock during the performance period. Accordingly, the estimated fair value of Performance Units is based upon the closing price of MetLife, Inc. common stock on the date of grant, reduced by the present value of estimated dividends to be paid on that stock during the performance period.

Performance Units normally vest in their entirety at the end of the three-year performance period. Vesting is subject to continued service, except for employees who are retirement eligible and in certain other limited circumstances. Vested Performance Units are multiplied by a performance factor of 0.0 to 2.0 based largely on MetLife, Inc.’s performance in change in annual net operating earnings and total shareholder return over the applicable three-year performance period compared to the performance of its competitors.

 

408


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

The following table presents a summary of Liability Award activity for the year ended December 31, 2011:

 

 

     Unit
Options
    Performance
Units
    Restricted
Units
 

Outstanding at January 1, 2011

     811,221        139,893        216,251   

Granted

     369,665        125,710        340,750   

Exercised

     (29,068              

Forfeited

     (68,448     (6,825     (44,680

Paid

            (25,521     (1,640
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Outstanding at December 31, 2011

     1,083,370       233,257       510,681  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Units expected to vest at a future date as of December 31, 2011

     1,083,370       209,931       459,613  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Statutory Equity and Income

Except for American Life, each insurance company’s state of domicile imposes minimum risk-based capital (“RBC”) requirements that were developed by the National Association of Insurance Commissioners (“NAIC”). The formulas for determining the amount of RBC specify various weighting factors that are applied to financial balances or various levels of activity based on the perceived degree of risk. Regulatory compliance is determined by a ratio of total adjusted capital, as defined by the NAIC, to authorized control level RBC, as defined by the NAIC. Companies below specific trigger points or ratios are classified within certain levels, each of which requires specified corrective action. Each of MetLife, Inc.’s U.S. insurance subsidiaries exceeded the minimum RBC requirements for all periods presented herein.

American Life does not write business in Delaware or any other domestic state and, as such, is exempt from RBC by Delaware law. American Life operations are regulated by applicable authorities of the countries in which the company operates and are subject to capital and solvency requirements in those countries.

The NAIC has adopted the Codification of Statutory Accounting Principles (“Statutory Codification”). Statutory Codification is intended to standardize regulatory accounting and reporting to state insurance departments. However, statutory accounting principles continue to be established by individual state laws and permitted practices. Modifications by the various state insurance departments may impact the effect of Statutory Codification on the statutory capital and surplus of MetLife, Inc.’s U.S. insurance subsidiaries.

Statutory accounting principles differ from GAAP primarily by charging policy acquisition costs to expense as incurred, establishing future policy benefit liabilities using different actuarial assumptions, reporting surplus notes as surplus instead of debt and valuing securities on a different basis.

In addition, certain assets are not admitted under statutory accounting principles and are charged directly to surplus. The most significant assets not admitted by the Company are net deferred income tax assets resulting from temporary differences between statutory accounting principles basis and tax basis not expected to reverse and become recoverable within three years. Further, statutory accounting principles do not give recognition to purchase accounting adjustments.

 

409


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

Statutory net income (loss) (unaudited) was as follows:

 

          Years Ended December 31,  
    

State of Domicile

   2011      2010      2009  
          (In millions)  

Metropolitan Life Insurance Company

   New York    $ 1,970      $ 2,066      $ 1,221  

American Life Insurance Company (1)

   Delaware    $ 334       $ 803        N/A   

MetLife Insurance Company of Connecticut

   Connecticut    $ 46      $ 668      $ 81  

Metropolitan Property and Casualty Company

   Rhode Island    $ 41      $ 273      $ 266  

Metropolitan Tower Life Insurance Company

   Delaware    $ 63      $ 151      $ 57  

MetLife Investors Insurance Company

   Missouri    $ 94      $ 153      $ 49  

Delaware American Life Insurance Company

   Delaware    $ 13      $ 6        N/A   

 

(1)

Represents approximate statutory net income (loss) (unaudited).

Statutory capital and surplus (unaudited) was as follows at:

 

     December 31,  
     2011      2010  
     (In millions)  

Metropolitan Life Insurance Company

   $ 13,507      $ 13,217  

American Life Insurance Company (1)

   $ 3,310       $ 4,321  

MetLife Insurance Company of Connecticut

   $ 5,133      $ 5,105  

Metropolitan Property and Casualty Company

   $ 1,857      $ 1,845  

Metropolitan Tower Life Insurance Company

   $ 828      $ 805  

MetLife Investors Insurance Company

   $ 600      $ 499  

Delaware American Life Insurance Company

   $ 51       $ 29  

 

(1)

Represents approximate statutory capital and surplus (unaudited).

Dividend Restrictions

The table below sets forth the dividends permitted to be paid by the respective insurance subsidiary without insurance regulatory approval and the respective dividends paid:

 

 

    2012     2011     2010  

Company

  Permitted w/o
Approval (1)
    Paid (2)     Permitted w/o
Approval (3)
    Paid (2)     Permitted w/o
Approval (3)
 
    (In millions)  

Metropolitan Life Insurance Company

  $ 1,350     $ 1,321 (4)   $ 1,321     $ 631 (4)    $ 1,262  

American Life Insurance Company

  $ 168 (5)    $ 661     $ 661 (5)    $ (6)    $ 511 (5) 

MetLife Insurance Company of Connecticut

  $ 504     $ 517     $ 517     $ 330     $ 659  

Metropolitan Property and Casualty Insurance Company

  $      $ 30     $      $ 260     $   

Metropolitan Tower Life Insurance Company

  $ 82     $ 80     $ 80     $ 569 (7)    $ 93  

MetLife Investors Insurance Company

  $ 18     $      $      $      $   

Delaware American Life Insurance Company

  $ 12     $      $      $      $   

 

(1)

Reflects dividend amounts that may be paid during 2012 without prior regulatory approval. However, because dividend tests may be based on dividends previously paid over rolling 12-month periods, if paid before a specified date during 2012, some or all of such dividends may require regulatory approval.

 

410


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

(2)

All amounts paid, including those requiring regulatory approval.

 

(3)

Reflects dividend amounts that could have been paid during the relevant year without prior regulatory approval.

 

(4)

Includes securities transferred to MetLife, Inc. of $170 million and $399 million during the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

 

(5)

Reflects approximate dividend amounts permitted to be paid without prior regulatory approval.

 

(6)

Reflects the respective dividends paid since the Acquisition Date. See Note 2.

 

(7)

Includes shares of an affiliate distributed to MetLife, Inc. as an in-kind dividend of $475 million.

Under New York State Insurance Law, MLIC is permitted, without prior insurance regulatory clearance, to pay stockholder dividends to MetLife, Inc. as long as the aggregate amount of all such dividends in any calendar year does not exceed the lesser of: (i) 10% of its surplus to policyholders as of the end of the immediately preceding calendar year; or (ii) its statutory net gain from operations for the immediately preceding calendar year (excluding realized capital gains). MLIC will be permitted to pay a dividend to MetLife, Inc. in excess of the lesser of such two amounts only if it files notice of its intention to declare such a dividend and the amount thereof with the Superintendent and the Superintendent does not disapprove the dividend within 30 days of its filing. Under New York State Insurance Law, the Superintendent has broad discretion in determining whether the financial condition of a stock life insurance company would support the payment of such dividends to its shareholders.

Under Delaware State Insurance Law, each of American Life, DelAm and MTL is permitted, without prior insurance regulatory clearance, to pay a stockholder dividend to MetLife, Inc. as long as the amount of the dividend when aggregated with all other dividends in the preceding 12 months does not exceed the greater of: (i) 10% of its surplus to policyholders as of the end of the immediately preceding calendar year; or (ii) its statutory net gain from operations for the immediately preceding calendar year (excluding realized capital gains). Each of American Life, DelAm and MTL will be permitted to pay a dividend to MetLife, Inc. in excess of the greater of such two amounts only if it files notice of the declaration of such a dividend and the amount thereof with the Delaware Commissioner of Insurance (the “Delaware Commissioner”) and the Delaware Commissioner either approves the distribution of the dividend or does not disapprove the distribution within 30 days of its filing. In addition, any dividend that exceeds earned surplus (defined as unassigned funds) as of the last filed annual statutory statement requires insurance regulatory approval. Under Delaware State Insurance Law, the Delaware Commissioner has broad discretion in determining whether the financial condition of a stock life insurance company would support the payment of such dividends to its shareholders.

Under Connecticut State Insurance Law, MICC is permitted, without prior insurance regulatory clearance, to pay stockholder dividends to its stockholders as long as the amount of such dividends, when aggregated with all other dividends in the preceding 12 months, does not exceed the greater of: (i) 10% of its surplus to policyholders as of the end of the immediately preceding calendar year; or (ii) its statutory net gain from operations for the immediately preceding calendar year. MICC will be permitted to pay a dividend in excess of the greater of such two amounts only if it files notice of its declaration of such a dividend and the amount thereof with the Connecticut Commissioner of Insurance (the “Connecticut Commissioner”) and the Connecticut Commissioner does not disapprove the payment within 30 days after notice. In addition, any dividend that exceeds earned surplus (unassigned funds, reduced by 25% of unrealized appreciation in value or revaluation of assets or unrealized profits on investments) as of the last filed annual statutory statement requires insurance regulatory

 

411


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

approval. Under Connecticut State Insurance Law, the Connecticut Commissioner has broad discretion in determining whether the financial condition of a stock life insurance company would support the payment of such dividends to its shareholders.

Under Rhode Island State Insurance Law, MPC is permitted, without prior insurance regulatory clearance, to pay a stockholder dividend to MetLife, Inc. as long as the aggregate amount of all such dividends in any twelve-month period does not exceed the lesser of: (i) 10% of its surplus to policyholders as of the end of the immediately preceding calendar year; or (ii) net income, not including realized capital gains, for the immediately preceding calendar year, which may include carry forward net income from the second and third preceding calendar years excluding realized capital gains and less dividends paid in the second and immediately preceding calendar years. MPC will be permitted to pay a dividend to MetLife, Inc. in excess of the lesser of such two amounts only if it files notice of its intention to declare such a dividend and the amount thereof with the Rhode Island Commissioner of Insurance (the “Rhode Island Commissioner”) and the Rhode Island Commissioner does not disapprove the distribution within 30 days of its filing. Under Rhode Island State Insurance Code, the Rhode Island Commissioner has broad discretion in determining whether the financial condition of a stock property and casualty insurance company would support the payment of such dividends to its shareholders.

Under Missouri State Insurance Law, MetLife Investors Insurance Company (“MLIIC”) is permitted, without prior insurance regulatory clearance, to pay a stockholder dividend to its parent as long as the amount of the dividend when aggregated with all other dividends in the preceding 12 months does not exceed the greater of: (i) 10% of its surplus to policyholders as of the end of the immediately preceding calendar year; or (ii) its statutory net gain from operations for the immediately preceding calendar year (excluding net realized capital gains). MLIIC will be permitted to pay a cash dividend to its parent in excess of the greater of such two amounts only if it files notice of the declaration of such a dividend and the amount thereof with the Missouri Commissioner of Insurance (the “Missouri Commissioner”) and the Missouri Commissioner does not disapprove the distribution within 30 days of its filing. In addition, any dividend that exceeds earned surplus (defined as unassigned funds) as of the last filed annual statutory statement requires insurance regulatory approval. Under Missouri State Insurance Law, the Missouri Commissioner has broad discretion in determining whether the financial condition of a stock life insurance company would support the payment of such dividends to its shareholders.

 

412


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)

The following table sets forth the balance and changes in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) including reclassification adjustments required for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 in other comprehensive income (loss) that are included as part of net income for the current year that have been reported as a part of other comprehensive income (loss) in the current or prior year:

 

 

    Years Ended December 31,  
    2011     2010     2009  
    (In millions)  

Holding gains (losses) on investments arising during the year

  $ 13,945     $ 10,092     $ 18,548  

Income tax effect of holding gains (losses)

    (4,783     (3,516     (6,243

Reclassification adjustments for recognized holding (gains) losses included in current year income

    755       (733     1,464  

Income tax effect

    (260     255       (493

Unrealized investment loss of subsidiary at the date of disposal

    (105              

Income tax on unrealized investment loss of subsidiary at the date of disposal

    37                

Allocation of holding (gains) losses on investments relating to other policyholder amounts

    (6,339     (2,813     (2,979

Income tax effect of allocation of holding (gains) losses to other policyholder amounts

    2,174       980       1,002  

Allocation of holding (gains) losses on investments relating to other policyholder amounts of subsidiary at the date of disposal

    93                

Income tax effect of allocation of holding (gains) losses on investments relating to other policyholder amounts of subsidiary at the date of disposal

    (33              
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net unrealized investment gains (losses), net of income tax

    5,484       4,265       11,299  

Foreign currency translation adjustments, net of income tax

    (135     (350     63  

Foreign currency translation adjustments of subsidiary at the date of disposal

    (7              

Defined benefit plans adjustment, net of income tax

    (494     96       (102
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income (loss)

    4,848       4,011       11,260  

Other comprehensive (income) loss attributable to noncontrolling interests

    38       (5     11  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income (loss) attributable to MetLife, Inc., excluding cumulative effect of change in accounting principle

    4,886       4,006       11,271  

Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle, net of income tax of $0, $27 million and $40 million (see Note 1)

           52       (76
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income (loss) attributable to MetLife, Inc.

  $ 4,886     $ 4,058     $ 11,195  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

413


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

19.  Other Expenses

Information on other expenses was as follows:

 

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2011     2010     2009  
     (In millions)  

Compensation

   $ 5,287     $ 3,575     $ 3,394  

Pension, postretirement & post employment benefit costs

     463       380       452  

Commissions

     6,378       3,607       3,393  

Volume-related costs

     335       379       407  

Interest credited to bank deposits

     95       137       163  

Capitalization of DAC

     (6,858     (3,299     (2,976

Amortization of DAC and VOBA

     5,391       2,843       1,289  

Amortization of negative VOBA

     (697     (64       

Interest expense on debt and debt issuance costs

     1,629       1,550       1,044  

Premium taxes, licenses & fees

     633       513       526  

Professional services

     1,597       1,103       901  

Rent, net of sublease income

     426       305       383  

Other

     3,051       1,735       1,545  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other expenses

   $ 17,730     $ 12,764     $ 10,521  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Capitalization of DAC and Amortization of DAC and VOBA

See Note 6 for DAC and VOBA by segment and a roll forward of each including impacts of capitalization and amortization. See also Note 10 for a description of the DAC amortization impact associated with the closed block.

Interest Expense on Debt and Debt Issuance Costs

See Notes 11, 12, 13 and 14 for attribution of interest expense by debt issuance. Interest expense on debt and debt issuance costs includes interest expense related to CSEs. See Note 3.

Lease Impairments

See Note 16 for description of lease impairments included within other expenses.

Costs Related to the Acquisition

Transaction and Integration-Related Expenses

The Company incurred transaction costs of $3 million and $100 million for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. Transaction costs represent costs directly related to effecting the Acquisition and primarily include banking and legal expenses. Such costs have been expensed as incurred within Corporate & Other.

Integration-related costs were $362 million and $176 million for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. Integration-related costs represent costs directly related to integrating ALICO, including expenses for consulting, rebranding and the integration of information systems. Such costs have been expensed as incurred and as the integration of ALICO is an enterprise-wide initiative, these expenses are reported within Corporate & Other.

 

414


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

Restructuring Charges

As part of the integration of ALICO’s operations, management initiated restructuring plans focused on increasing productivity and improving the efficiency of the Company’s operations. See Note 2. Estimated restructuring charges may change as management continues to execute its restructuring plans. Management anticipates further restructuring charges, including severance, contract termination costs and other associated costs through the year ended December 31, 2013. However, such restructuring plans are not sufficiently developed to enable management to make an estimate of such restructuring charges at December 31, 2011.

Restructuring charges associated with restructuring plans related to the Acquisition are included in other expenses within Corporate & Other. Such restructuring charges included:

 

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2011     2010  
     (In millions)  

Balance at January 1,

   $ 10     $   

Restructuring charges

     46       10  

Cash payments

     (43       
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31,

   $ 13     $ 10  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Restructuring charges incurred in current period

   $ 46     $ 10  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total restructuring charges incurred since inception of restructuring plans

   $ 56     $ 10  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other Restructuring Charges

In September 2008, the Company began an enterprise-wide cost reduction and revenue enhancement initiative which was fully implemented by December 31, 2011. This initiative was focused on reducing complexity, leveraging scale, increasing productivity and improving the effectiveness of the Company’s operations, as well as providing a foundation for future growth.

These restructuring charges are included in other expenses. As the expenses relate to an enterprise-wide initiative, they are reported within Corporate & Other. Restructuring charges associated with this enterprise-wide initiative were as follows:

 

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2011     2010     2009  
     (In millions)  

Balance at January 1,

   $ 7     $ 36     $ 86  

Severance charges

     2       17       84  

Change in severance charge estimates

     (1     (1     (8

Cash payments

     (8     (45     (126
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31,

   $      $ 7     $ 36  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Restructuring charges incurred in current period

   $ 1     $ 16     $ 76  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total restructuring charges incurred since inception of initiative

   $ 194     $ 193     $ 177  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Changes in severance charge estimates were due to changes in estimates for variable incentive compensation, COBRA benefits, employee outplacement services and for employees whose severance status changed.

In addition to the above charges, the Company has recognized lease charges of $28 million associated with the consolidation of office space since the inception of the initiative.

 

415


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

20.  Earnings Per Common Share

The following table presents the weighted average shares used in calculating basic earnings per common share and those used in calculating diluted earnings per common share for each income category presented below:

 

    Years Ended December 31,  
    2011     2010     2009  
    (In millions, except share and per share data)  

Weighted Average Shares:

     

Weighted average common stock outstanding for basic earnings per common share (1)

    1,059,580,442       882,436,532       818,462,150  

Incremental common shares from assumed:

     

Stock purchase contracts underlying common equity units (2)

    1,641,444                

Exercise or issuance of stock-based awards (3)

    6,872,474       7,131,346         
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average common stock outstanding for diluted earnings per common share (1)

    1,068,094,360       889,567,878       818,462,150  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (Loss) from Continuing Operations:

     

Income (loss) from continuing operations, net of income tax

  $ 6,951     $ 2,747     $ (2,336

Less: Income (loss) from continuing operations, net of income tax, attributable to noncontrolling interests

    (10     (4     (32

Less: Preferred stock dividends

    122       122       122  

         Preferred stock redemption premium

    146                
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from continuing operations, net of income tax, available to MetLife, Inc.’s common shareholders

  $ 6,693     $ 2,629     $ (2,426
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic

  $ 6.32     $ 2.98     $ (2.96
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

  $ 6.27     $ 2.96     $ (2.96
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (Loss) from Discontinued Operations:

     

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of income tax

  $ 20     $ 39     $ 58  

Less: Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of income tax, attributable to noncontrolling interests

                    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of income tax, available to MetLife, Inc.’s common shareholders

  $ 20     $ 39     $ 58  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic

  $ 0.02     $ 0.04     $ 0.07  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

  $ 0.02     $ 0.04     $ 0.07  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Income (Loss):

     

Net income (loss)

  $ 6,971     $ 2,786     $ (2,278

Less: Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests

    (10     (4     (32

Less: Preferred stock dividends

    122       122       122  

         Preferred stock redemption premium

    146                

Net income (loss) available to MetLife, Inc.’s common shareholders

  $ 6,713     $ 2,668     $ (2,368

Basic

  $ 6.34     $ 3.02     $ (2.89

Diluted

  $ 6.29     $ 3.00     $ (2.89

 

416


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

 

(1)

For purposes of the earnings per common share calculation, for the year ended December 31, 2010, the convertible preferred stock was assumed converted into shares of common stock for both basic and diluted weighted average shares. See Note 18.

 

(2)

See Note 14 for a description of the Company’s common equity units.

 

(3)

For the year ended December 31, 2009, 4,213,700 shares related to the assumed exercise or issuance of stock-based awards have been excluded from the calculation of diluted earnings per common share as these assumed shares are anti-dilutive.

 

417


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

21.  Quarterly Results of Operations (Unaudited)

The unaudited quarterly results of operations for 2011 and 2010 are summarized in the table below:

 

 

     Three Months Ended  
         March 31,             June 30,           September 30,         December 31,    
     (In millions, except per share data)  

2011

        

Total revenues

   $ 15,911     $ 17,148     $ 20,457     $ 16,746  

Total expenses

   $ 14,429     $ 15,430     $ 15,152     $ 15,225  

Income (loss) from continuing operations, net of income tax

   $ 1,054     $ 1,199     $ 3,571     $ 1,127  

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of income tax

   $ (41   $ 31     $ 5     $ 25  

Net income (loss)

   $ 1,013     $ 1,230     $ 3,576     $ 1,152  

Less: Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests

   $ 7     $ (7   $ (6   $ (4

Net income (loss) attributable to MetLife, Inc.

   $ 1,006     $ 1,237     $ 3,582     $ 1,156  

Less: Preferred stock dividends

   $ 30     $ 31     $ 30     $ 31  

         Preferred stock redemption premium

   $ 146     $      $      $   

Net income (loss) available to MetLife, Inc.’s common shareholders

   $ 830     $ 1,206     $ 3,552     $ 1,125  

Basic earnings per common share:

        

Income (loss) from continuing operations, net of income tax, available to MetLife, Inc.’s common shareholders

   $ 0.82     $ 1.11     $ 3.35     $ 1.04  

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of income tax, attributable to MetLife, Inc.

   $ (0.04   $ 0.03     $      $ 0.02  

Net income (loss) attributable to MetLife, Inc.

   $ 0.95     $ 1.17     $ 3.38     $ 1.09  

Net income (loss) available to MetLife, Inc.’s common shareholders

   $ 0.78     $ 1.14     $ 3.35     $ 1.06  

Diluted earnings per common share:

        

Income (loss) from continuing operations, net of income tax, available to MetLife, Inc.’s common shareholders

   $ 0.82     $ 1.10     $ 3.33     $ 1.04  

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of income tax, attributable to MetLife, Inc.

   $ (0.04   $ 0.03     $      $ 0.02  

Net income (loss) attributable to MetLife, Inc.

   $ 0.94     $ 1.16     $ 3.36     $ 1.08  

Net income (loss) available to MetLife, Inc.’s common shareholders

   $ 0.78     $ 1.13     $ 3.33     $ 1.06  

2010

        

Total revenues

   $ 13,098     $ 14,139     $ 12,338     $ 12,690  

Total expenses

   $ 11,915     $ 11,775     $ 11,953     $ 12,710  

Income (loss) from continuing operations, net of income tax

   $ 828     $ 1,536     $ 317     $ 66  

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of income tax

   $ 6     $ 11     $ 3     $ 19  

Net income (loss)

   $ 834     $ 1,547     $ 320     $ 85  

Less: Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests

   $ (1   $ (10   $ 4     $ 3  

Net income (loss) attributable to MetLife, Inc.

   $ 835     $ 1,557     $ 316     $ 82  

Less: Preferred stock dividends

   $ 30     $ 31     $ 30     $ 31  

Net income (loss) available to MetLife, Inc.’s common shareholders

   $ 805     $ 1,526     $ 286     $ 51  

Basic earnings per common share:

        

Income (loss) from continuing operations, net of income tax, available to MetLife, Inc.’s common shareholders

   $ 0.97     $ 1.84     $ 0.33     $ 0.03  

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of income tax, attributable to MetLife, Inc.

   $ 0.01     $ 0.01     $      $ 0.02  

Net income (loss) attributable to MetLife, Inc.

   $ 1.02     $ 1.90     $ 0.36     $ 0.08  

Net income (loss) available to MetLife, Inc.’s common shareholders

   $ 0.98     $ 1.85     $ 0.33     $ 0.05  

Diluted earnings per common share:

        

Income (loss) from continuing operations, net of income tax, available to MetLife, Inc.’s common shareholders

   $ 0.96     $ 1.83     $ 0.32     $ 0.03  

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of income tax, attributable to MetLife, Inc.

   $ 0.01     $ 0.01     $      $ 0.02  

Net income (loss) attributable to MetLife, Inc.

   $ 1.01     $ 1.87     $ 0.36     $ 0.08  

Net income (loss) available to MetLife, Inc.’s common shareholders

   $ 0.97     $ 1.84     $ 0.32     $ 0.05  

 

418


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

22.  Business Segment Information

MetLife is organized into six segments: Insurance Products, Retirement Products, Corporate Benefit Funding and Auto & Home (collectively, “U.S. Business”), and Japan and Other International Regions (collectively, “International”). The assets, liabilities and operating results relating to the Acquisition are included in the Japan and Other International Regions segments. Prior year results have been adjusted to conform to the current year presentation. In addition, the Company reports certain of its results of operations in Corporate & Other, which includes MetLife Bank and other business activities. On November 21, 2011, MetLife, Inc. announced that it will be reorganizing its business into three broad geographic regions: The Americas; Europe, the Middle East and Africa (“EMEA”); and Asia, and creating a global employee benefits business to better reflect its global reach. While the Company has initiated certain changes in response to this announcement, management continued to evaluate the performance of the operating segments under the existing segment structure as of December 31, 2011.

Insurance Products offers a broad range of protection products and services to individuals and corporations, as well as other institutions and their respective employees, and is organized into three distinct businesses: Group Life, Individual Life and Non-Medical Health. Group Life insurance products and services include variable life, universal life and term life products. Individual Life insurance products and services include variable life, universal life, term life and whole life products. Non-Medical Health products and services include dental insurance, group short- and long-term disability, individual disability income, LTC, critical illness and accidental death & dismemberment coverages. Retirement Products offers a variety of variable and fixed annuities. Corporate Benefit Funding offers pension risk solutions, structured settlements, stable value and investment products and other benefit funding products. Auto & Home provides personal lines property and casualty insurance, including private passenger automobile, homeowners and personal excess liability insurance.

Japan life insurance products include whole life, term life, variable life and universal life products. Japan also provides accident and health insurance, fixed and variable annuities and endowment products. These products are offered to both individuals and groups. Other International Regions provides life insurance, accident and health insurance, credit life insurance, annuities, endowment and retirement & savings products to both individuals and groups.

Corporate & Other contains the excess capital not allocated to the segments, external integration costs, internal resource costs for associates committed to acquisitions and various start-up and run-off entities. Additionally, Corporate & Other includes interest expense related to the majority of the Company’s outstanding debt, expenses associated with certain legal proceedings, the financial results of MetLife Bank (see Note 2) and income tax audit issues. Corporate & Other also includes the elimination of intersegment amounts, which generally relate to intersegment loans, which bear interest rates commensurate with related borrowings.

Operating earnings is the measure of segment profit or loss the Company uses to evaluate segment performance and allocate resources. Consistent with GAAP accounting guidance for segment reporting, operating earnings is the Company’s measure of segment performance and is reported below. Operating earnings should not be viewed as a substitute for GAAP income (loss) from continuing operations, net of income tax. The Company believes the presentation of operating earnings as the Company measures it for management purposes enhances the understanding of its performance by highlighting the results of operations and the underlying profitability drivers of the business.

Operating earnings is defined as operating revenues less operating expenses, both net of income tax.

Operating revenues and operating expenses exclude results of discontinued operations and other businesses that have been or will be sold or exited by MetLife, Inc. (“Divested Businesses”). Operating revenues also excludes net investment gains (losses) and net derivative gains (losses).

 

419


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

The following additional adjustments are made to GAAP revenues, in the line items indicated, in calculating operating revenues:

 

   

Universal life and investment-type product policy fees excludes the amortization of unearned revenue related to net investment gains (losses) and net derivative gains (losses) and certain variable annuity GMIB fees (“GMIB Fees”);

 

   

Net investment income: (i) includes amounts for scheduled periodic settlement payments and amortization of premium on derivatives that are hedges of investments but do not qualify for hedge accounting treatment, (ii) includes income from discontinued real estate operations, (iii) excludes post-tax operating earnings adjustments relating to insurance joint ventures accounted for under the equity method, (iv) excludes certain amounts related to contractholder-directed unit-linked investments, and (v) excludes certain amounts related to securitization entities that are VIEs consolidated under GAAP; and

 

   

Other revenues are adjusted for settlements of foreign currency earnings hedges.

The following additional adjustments are made to GAAP expenses, in the line items indicated, in calculating operating expenses:

 

   

Policyholder benefits and claims and policyholder dividends excludes: (i) changes in the policyholder dividend obligation related to net investment gains (losses) and net derivative gains (losses), (ii) inflation-indexed benefit adjustments associated with contracts backed by inflation-indexed investments and amounts associated with periodic crediting rate adjustments based on the total return of a contractually referenced pool of assets, (iii) benefits and hedging costs related to GMIBs (“GMIB Costs”), and (iv) market value adjustments associated with surrenders or terminations of contracts (“Market Value Adjustments”);

 

   

Interest credited to policyholder account balances includes adjustments for scheduled periodic settlement payments and amortization of premium on derivatives that are hedges of PABs but do not qualify for hedge accounting treatment and excludes amounts related to net investment income earned on contractholder-directed unit-linked investments;

 

   

Amortization of DAC and VOBA excludes amounts related to: (i) net investment gains (losses) and net derivative gains (losses), (ii) GMIB Fees and GMIB Costs, and (iii) Market Value Adjustments;

 

   

Amortization of negative VOBA excludes amounts related to Market Value Adjustments;

 

   

Interest expense on debt excludes certain amounts related to securitization entities that are VIEs consolidated under GAAP; and

 

   

Other expenses excludes costs related to: (i) noncontrolling interests, (ii) implementation of new insurance regulatory requirements, and (iii) business combinations.

In 2011, management modified its definition of operating earnings to exclude the impacts of Divested Businesses, which includes certain operations of MetLife Bank and the Caribbean Business, as these results are not relevant to understanding the Company’s ongoing operating results. Consequently, prior years’ results for Corporate & Other and total consolidated operating earnings have been decreased by $111 million, net of $66 million of income tax, and $211 million, net of $139 million of income tax, for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

 

420


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

In addition, in 2011, management modified its definition of operating earnings to exclude impacts related to certain variable annuity guarantees and Market Value Adjustments to better conform to the way it manages and assesses its business. Accordingly, such results are no longer reported in operating earnings. Consequently, prior years’ results for Retirement Products and total consolidated operating earnings have been increased by $64 million, net of $34 million of income tax, and $90 million, net of $49 million of income tax, for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

Set forth in the tables below is certain financial information with respect to the Company’s segments, as well as Corporate & Other for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 and at December 31, 2011 and 2010. The accounting policies of the segments are the same as those of the Company, except for operating earnings adjustments as defined above, the method of capital allocation and the accounting for gains (losses) from intercompany sales, which are eliminated in consolidation.

Economic capital is an internally developed risk capital model, the purpose of which is to measure the risk in the business and to provide a basis upon which capital is deployed. The economic capital model accounts for the unique and specific nature of the risks inherent in the Company’s business.

Effective January 1, 2011, the Company updated its economic capital model to align segment allocated equity with emerging standards and consistent risk principles. Such changes to the Company’s economic capital model are applied prospectively. Segment net investment income is also credited or charged based on the level of allocated equity; however, changes in allocated equity do not impact the Company’s consolidated net investment income, operating earnings or income (loss) from continuing operations, net of income tax.

 

421


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

 

    Operating Earnings     Adjustments     Total
Consolidated
 
    U.S. Business     International     Corporate
& Other
    Total      

Year Ended December 31, 2011

  Insurance
Products
    Retirement
Products
    Corporate
Benefit
Funding
    Auto
&
Home
    Total     Japan     Other
International
Regions
    Total          
    (In millions)  

Revenues

                       

Premiums

  $ 16,949     $ 1,141     $ 2,418     $ 3,000     $ 23,508     $ 6,325     $ 6,426     $ 12,751     $ 10     $ 36,269     $ 92     $ 36,361  

Universal life and investment-type product policy fees

    2,264       2,463       231              4,958       824       1,746       2,570              7,528       278       7,806  

Net investment income

    6,107       3,195       5,181       205       14,688       2,079       1,995       4,074       914       19,676       (70     19,606  

Other revenues

    829       307       249       33       1,418       22       152       174       319       1,911       621       2,532  

Net investment gains (losses)

                                                                          (867     (867

Net derivative gains (losses)

                                                                          4,824       4,824  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenues

    26,149       7,106       8,079       3,238       44,572       9,250       10,319       19,569       1,243       65,384       4,878       70,262  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Expenses

                       

Policyholder benefits and claims and policyholder dividends

    18,707       1,846       4,594       2,375       27,522       3,973       4,724       8,697       8       36,227       676       36,903  

Interest credited to policyholder account balances

    997       1,595       1,321              3,913       1,561       583       2,144              6,057       (454     5,603  

Capitalization of DAC

    (864     (1,612     (27     (453     (2,956     (2,250     (1,643     (3,893            (6,849     (9     (6,858

Amortization of DAC and VOBA

    897       1,004       17       448       2,366       1,312       1,120       2,432       1       4,799       592       5,391  

Amortization of negative VOBA

                                       (555     (64     (619            (619     (78     (697

Interest expense on debt

           2       8              10              1       1       1,294       1,305       324       1,629  

Other expenses

    4,143       3,143       487       792       8,565       3,398       4,164       7,562       627       16,754       1,511       18,265  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total expenses

    23,880       5,978       6,400       3,162       39,420       7,439       8,885       16,324       1,930       57,674       2,562       60,236  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Provision for income tax expense (benefit)

    794       395       588       (28     1,749       635       398       1,033       (552     2,230       845       3,075  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Operating earnings

  $ 1,475     $ 733     $ 1,091     $ 104     $ 3,403     $ 1,176     $ 1,036     $ 2,212     $ (135     5,480      
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

Adjustments to:

  

                     

Total revenues

  

    4,878      

Total expenses

  

    (2,562    

Provision for income tax (expense) benefit

  

    (845    
                   

 

 

     

Income (loss) from continuing operations, net of income tax

  

  $ 6,951       $ 6,951  
                   

 

 

     

 

 

 
    U.S. Business     International     Corporate
& Other
    Total              

At December 31, 2011

  Insurance
Products
    Retirement
Products
    Corporate
Benefit
Funding
    Auto
&
Home
    Total     Japan     Other
International
Regions
    Total                  
    (In millions)              

Total assets

  $ 149,563     $ 196,160     $ 188,525     $ 5,915     $ 540,163     $ 104,563     $ 63,947     $ 168,510     $ 90,952     $ 799,625      

Separate account assets

  $ 8,425     $ 120,285     $ 64,828     $      $ 193,538     $      $ 9,485     $ 9,485     $      $ 203,023      

Separate account liabilities

  $ 8,425     $ 120,285     $ 64,828     $      $ 193,538     $      $ 9,485     $ 9,485     $      $ 203,023      

 

422


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

 

    Operating Earnings     Adjustments     Total
Consolidated
 
    U.S. Business     International     Corporate
& Other
    Total      

Year Ended December 31, 2010

  Insurance
Products
    Retirement
Products
    Corporate
Benefit
Funding
    Auto
&
Home
    Total     Japan     Other
International
Regions
    Total          
    (In millions)  

Revenues

                       

Premiums

  $ 17,200     $ 875     $ 1,938     $ 2,923     $ 22,936     $ 499     $ 3,625     $ 4,124     $ 11     $ 27,071     $      $ 27,071  

Universal life and investment-type product policy fees

    2,247       2,024       226              4,497       55       1,265       1,320              5,817       211       6,028  

Net investment income

    6,068       3,395       4,954       209       14,626       145       1,466       1,611       643       16,880       631       17,511  

Other revenues

    761       220       246       22       1,249       7       28       35       391       1,675       653       2,328  

Net investment gains (losses)

                                                                          (408     (408

Net derivative gains (losses)

                                                                          (265     (265
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenues

    26,276       6,514       7,364       3,154       43,308       706       6,384       7,090       1,045       51,443       822       52,265  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Expenses

                       

Policyholder benefits and claims and policyholder dividends

    19,075       1,487       4,041       2,021       26,624       309       3,053       3,362       (14     29,972       698       30,670  

Interest credited to policyholder account balances

    963       1,612       1,445              4,020       123       554       677              4,697       222       4,919  

Capitalization of DAC

    (841     (1,067     (19     (448     (2,375     (149     (775     (924            (3,299            (3,299

Amortization of DAC and VOBA

    966       808       16       439       2,229       82       490       572       1       2,802       41       2,843  

Amortization of negative VOBA

                                       (49     (8     (57            (57     (7     (64

Interest expense on debt

    1       3       6              10              3       3       1,126       1,139       411       1,550  

Other expenses

    4,080       2,437       460       769       7,746       244       2,233       2,477       467       10,690       1,044       11,734  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total expenses

    24,244       5,280       5,949       2,781       38,254       560       5,550       6,110       1,580       45,944       2,409       48,353  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Provision for income tax expense (benefit)

    711       431       495       73       1,710       52       148       200       (366     1,544       (379     1,165  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Operating earnings

  $ 1,321     $ 803     $ 920     $ 300     $ 3,344     $ 94     $ 686     $ 780     $ (169     3,955      
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

Adjustments to:

  

                     

Total revenues

  

    822      

Total expenses

  

    (2,409    

Provision for income tax (expense) benefit

  

    379      
                   

 

 

     

Income (loss) from continuing operations, net of income tax

  

  $ 2,747       $ 2,747  
                   

 

 

     

 

 

 
    U.S. Business     International     Corporate
& Other
    Total              

At December 31, 2010

  Insurance
Products
    Retirement
Products
    Corporate
Benefit
Funding
    Auto
&
Home
    Total     Japan     Other
International
Regions
    Total                  
    (In millions)              

Total assets

  $ 141,366     $ 177,045     $ 172,929     $   5,541     $ 496,881     $   87,416     $ 77,579     $ 164,995     $ 69,030     $ 730,906      

Separate account assets

  $ 9,567     $ 107,335     $ 56,571     $      $ 173,473     $      $ 9,665     $ 9,665     $      $ 183,138      

Separate account liabilities

  $ 9,567     $ 107,335     $ 56,571     $      $ 173,473     $      $ 9,665     $ 9,665     $      $ 183,138      

 

423


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

 

     Operating Earnings     Adjustments     Total
Consolidated
 
     U.S. Business     International     Corporate
& Other
    Total      

Year Ended December 31, 2009

   Insurance
Products
    Retirement
Products
    Corporate
Benefit
Funding
    Auto
&
Home
    Total     Japan      Other
International
Regions
    Total          
     (In millions)  

Revenues

                         

Premiums

   $ 17,168     $ 920     $ 2,264     $ 2,902     $ 23,254     $       $ 2,884     $ 2,884     $ 19     $ 26,157     $      $ 26,157  

Universal life and investment-type product policy fees

     2,281       1,543       176              4,000               1,055       1,055              5,055       142       5,197  

Net investment income

     5,614       3,098       4,527       180       13,419               1,111       1,111       70       14,600       141       14,741  

Other revenues

     779       173       238       33       1,223               14       14       236       1,473       856       2,329  

Net investment gains (losses)

                                                                            (2,901     (2,901

Net derivative gains (losses)

                                                                            (4,866     (4,866
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenues

     25,842       5,734       7,205       3,115       41,896               5,064       5,064       325       47,285       (6,628     40,657  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Expenses

                         

Policyholder benefits and claims and policyholder dividends

     19,111       1,486       4,245       1,932       26,774               2,326       2,326       4       29,104       548       29,652  

Interest credited to policyholder account balances

     952       1,688       1,632              4,272               577       577              4,849       (4     4,845  

Capitalization of DAC

     (873     (1,067     (14     (435     (2,389             (587     (587            (2,976            (2,976

Amortization of DAC and VOBA

     725       610       15       436       1,786               397       397       3       2,186       (897     1,289  

Amortization of negative VOBA

                                                                                     

Interest expense on debt

     6              3              9               8       8       1,027       1,044              1,044  

Other expenses

     4,206       2,403       456       764       7,829               1,737       1,737       586       10,152       1,012       11,164  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total expenses

     24,127       5,120       6,337       2,697       38,281               4,458       4,458       1,620       44,359       659       45,018  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Provision for income tax expense (benefit)

     573       216       288       96       1,173               155       155       (756     572       (2,597     (2,025
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Operating earnings

   $ 1,142     $ 398     $ 580     $ 322     $ 2,442     $       $ 451     $ 451     $ (539     2,354      
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

Adjustments to:

                         

Total revenues

  

    (6,628    

Total expenses

  

    (659    

Provision for income tax (expense) benefit

  

    2,597      
                     

 

 

     

Income (loss) from continuing operations, net of income tax

  

  $ (2,336     $ (2,336
                     

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

424


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

Net investment income is based upon the actual results of each segment’s specifically identifiable asset portfolio adjusted for allocated equity. Other costs are allocated to each of the segments based upon: (i) a review of the nature of such costs; (ii) time studies analyzing the amount of employee compensation costs incurred by each segment; and (iii) cost estimates included in the Company’s product pricing.

Operating revenues derived from any customer did not exceed 10% of consolidated operating revenues for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009. Operating revenues from U.S. operations were $44.7 billion, $43.7 billion and $41.4 billion for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively, which represented 68%, 85% and 88%, respectively, of consolidated operating revenues.

23.  Discontinued Operations

Real Estate

The Company actively manages its real estate portfolio with the objective of maximizing earnings through selective acquisitions and dispositions. Income related to real estate classified as held-for-sale or sold is presented in discontinued operations. These assets are carried at the lower of depreciated cost or estimated fair value less expected disposition costs. Income from discontinued real estate operations, net of income tax, was $64 million, $11 million and $19 million for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

The carrying value of real estate related to discontinued operations was $1 million and $184 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

Operations

MetLife Taiwan

During the first quarter of 2011, the Company entered into a definitive agreement to sell its wholly-owned subsidiary, MetLife Taiwan, to a third party, and the sale occurred in November 2011. See Note 2. The following tables present the amounts related to the operations and financial position of MetLife Taiwan that have been reflected as discontinued operations in the consolidated statements of operations and as assets and liabilities held-for-sale in the consolidated balance sheet:

 

 

     Years ended December 31,  
         2011             2010              2009      
     (In millions)  

Total revenues

   $ 379     $ 440      $ 386  

Total expenses

     363       406        373  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income (loss) before provision for income tax

     16       34        13  

Provision for income tax expense (benefit)

     (4     12        4  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income (loss) from operations of discontinued operations, net of income tax

     20       22        9  

Gain (loss) on disposal, net of income tax

     (64               
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of income tax

   $ (44   $ 22      $ 9  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     December 31, 2010  
     (In millions)  

Total assets held-for-sale

   $ 3,331  

Total liabilities held-for-sale

   $ 3,043  

Major classes of assets and liabilities included above:

  

Total investments

   $ 2,726  

Total future policy benefits

   $ 2,461  

 

425


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

Texas Life Insurance Company

During the fourth quarter of 2008, MetLife, Inc. entered into an agreement to sell its wholly-owned subsidiary, Cova, the parent company of Texas Life, to a third-party and the sale occurred in March 2009. See Note 2. The following table presents the amounts related to the operations of Cova that have been reflected as discontinued operations in the consolidated statements of operations:

 

     Year Ended
December 31, 2009
 
     (In millions)  

Total revenues

   $ 25  

Total expenses

     19  
  

 

 

 

Income before provision for income tax

     6  

Provision for income tax expense

     2  
  

 

 

 

Income from operations of discontinued operations, net of income tax

     4  

Gain on disposal, net of income tax

     28  
  

 

 

 

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of income tax

   $ 32  
  

 

 

 

24.  Subsequent Events

Dividends

On February 17, 2012, MetLife, Inc. announced dividends of $0.2527777 per share, for a total of $6 million, on its Series A preferred shares, and $0.4062500 per share, for a total of $24 million, on its Series B preferred shares, subject to the final confirmation that it has met the financial tests specified in the Series A and Series B preferred shares, which the Company anticipates will be made on or about March 5, 2012. Both dividends will be payable March 15, 2012 to shareholders of record as of February 29, 2012.

 

426


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

 

Schedule Consolidated Summary of Investments

Schedule I

Consolidated Summary of Investments —

Other Than Investments in Related Parties

December 31, 2011

(In millions)

 

Types of Investments

   Cost or
Amortized Cost (1)
     Estimated
Fair Value
     Amount at
Which Shown on
Balance Sheet
 

Fixed maturity securities:

        

Bonds:

        

Foreign government securities

   $ 49,840      $ 52,536      $ 52,536  

U.S. Treasury and agency securities

     34,132        40,012        40,012  

Public utilities

     11,959        13,590        13,590  

State and political subdivision securities

     11,975        13,235        13,235  

All other corporate bonds

     145,342        153,587        153,587  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total bonds

     253,248        272,960        272,960  

Mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities

     73,675        74,685        74,685  

Redeemable preferred stock

     2,888        2,626        2,626  

Other fixed maturity securities

                       
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total fixed maturity securities

     329,811        350,271        350,271  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Trading and other securities

     19,632        18,268        18,268  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Equity securities:

        

Common stock:

        

Industrial, miscellaneous and all other

     2,120        2,105        2,105  

Banks, trust and insurance companies

     99        100        100  

Public utilities

                       

Non-redeemable preferred stock

     989        818        818  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total equity securities

     3,208        3,023        3,023  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Mortgage loans:

        

Held-for-investment

     56,915           56,915  

Held-for-sale

     15,178           15,178  
  

 

 

       

 

 

 

Mortgage loans, net

     72,093           72,093  
  

 

 

       

 

 

 

Policy loans

     11,892           11,892  

Real estate and real estate joint ventures

     8,299           8,299  

Real estate acquired in satisfaction of debt

     264           264  

Other limited partnership interests

     6,378           6,378  

Short-term investments

     17,310           17,310  

Other invested assets

     23,628           23,628  
  

 

 

       

 

 

 

Total investments

   $ 492,515         $ 511,426  
  

 

 

       

 

 

 

 

(1)

The Company’s trading and other securities portfolio is mainly comprised of fixed maturity and equity securities, including mutual funds and, to a lesser extent, short-term investments and cash and cash equivalents. Cost or amortized cost for fixed maturity securities and mortgage loans held-for-investment represents original cost reduced by repayments, valuation allowances and impairments from other-than-temporary declines in estimated fair value that are charged to earnings and adjusted for amortization of premiums or discounts; for equity securities, cost represents original cost reduced by impairments from other-than-temporary declines in estimated fair value; for real estate, cost represents original cost reduced by impairments and adjusted for valuation allowances and depreciation; for real estate joint ventures and other limited partnership interests cost represents original cost reduced for other-than-temporary impairments or original cost adjusted for equity in earnings and distributions.

 

427


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

 

Condensed Financial Information

Schedule II

Condensed Financial Information

(Parent Company Only)

December 31, 2011 and 2010

(In millions, except share and per share data)

 

     2011     2010  

Condensed Balance Sheets

    

Assets

    

Investments:

    

Fixed maturity securities available-for-sale, at estimated fair value (amortized cost: $4,350 and $2,691, respectively)

   $ 4,419     $ 2,740  

Equity securities available-for-sale, at estimated fair value (cost: $17 and $18, respectively)

     13       15  

Short-term investments, principally at estimated fair value

     667       33  

Other invested assets, at estimated fair value

     275       114  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total investments

     5,374       2,902  

Cash and cash equivalents

     309       624  

Accrued investment income

     44       42  

Investment in subsidiaries

     76,559       65,832  

Loans to subsidiaries

            1,275  

Receivables from subsidiaries

     165       73  

Other assets

     1,201       1,320  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 83,652     $ 72,068  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity

    

Liabilities

    

Payables for collateral under securities loaned and other transactions

   $ 1,180     $ 660  

Long-term debt — unaffiliated

     15,666       16,258  

Long-term debt — affiliated

     500       665  

Collateral financing arrangements

     2,797       2,797  

Junior subordinated debt securities

     1,748       1,748  

Other liabilities

     1,964       1,315  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     23,855       23,443  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Stockholders’ Equity

    

Preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share; 200,000,000 shares authorized:

    

Preferred stock, 84,000,000 shares issued and outstanding; $2,100 aggregate liquidation preference

     1       1  

Convertible preferred stock, 0 and 6,857,000 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively

              

Common stock, par value $0.01 per share; 3,000,000,000 shares authorized; 1,061,150,915 and 989,031,704 shares issued at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively; 1,057,957,028 and 985,837,817 shares outstanding at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively

     11       10  

Additional paid-in capital

     26,782       26,423  

Retained earnings

     27,289       21,363  

Treasury stock, at cost; 3,193,887 shares at December 31, 2011 and 2010

     (172     (172

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

     5,886       1,000  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity

     59,797       48,625  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

   $ 83,652     $ 72,068  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to the condensed financial information.

 

428


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Schedule II

Condensed Financial Information — (Continued)

(Parent Company Only)

For the Years Ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

(In millions)

 

 

     2011     2010     2009  

Condensed Statements of Operations

      

Equity in earnings of subsidiaries

   $ 7,537     $ 3,441     $ (1,811

Net investment income

     121       144       153  

Other income

     155       144       155  

Net investment gains (losses):

      

Other-than-temporary impairments on fixed maturity securities

                   (23

Other net investment gains (losses)

     (146     31       (85
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total net investment gains (losses)

     (146     31       (108

Net derivative gains (losses)

     82       (81     199  

Interest expense

     (1,007     (882     (776

Other expenses

     (149     (319     (202
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before provision for income tax

     6,593       2,478       (2,390

Provision for income tax expense (benefit)

     (388     (312     (144
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

     6,981       2,790       (2,246

Less: Preferred stock dividends

     122       122       122  
          Preferred stock redemption premium      146                
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) available to common shareholders

   $ 6,713     $ 2,668     $ (2,368
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to the condensed financial information.

 

429


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Schedule II

Condensed Financial Information — (Continued)

(Parent Company Only)

For the Years Ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

(In millions)

 

 

     2011     2010     2009  

Condensed Statements of Cash Flows

      

Cash flows from operating activities

      

Net income (loss)

   $ 6,981     $ 2,790     $ (2,246

Earnings of subsidiaries

     (7,537     (3,441     1,811  

Dividends from subsidiaries

     2,578       916       515  

Other, net

     697       376       (458
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

     2,719       641       (378
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities

      

Sales of fixed maturity securities

     3,265       7,422       1,005  

Purchases of fixed maturity securities

     (4,787     (6,542     (3,002

Sales of equity securities

     1       5         

Purchases of equity securities

                   (3

Cash received in connection with freestanding derivatives

     257       200       239  

Cash paid in connection with freestanding derivatives

     (276     (450     (496

Sales of businesses

     180              130  

Disposal of subsidiary

                   (19

Purchases of businesses

            (7,196       

Expense paid on behalf of subsidiaries

     (75     (72     (69

Repayments of loans to subsidiaries

     1,275       300         

Investment in preferred stock of subsidiary

     (250     (50     (75

Returns of capital from subsidiaries

     591       54         

Capital contributions to subsidiaries

     (1,439     (374     (876

Net change in short-term investments

     (620     271       772  

Other, net

     (10     (35     186  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (1,888     (6,467     (2,208
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities

      

Net change in payables for collateral under securities loaned and other transactions

     520       233       84  

Net change in change in short-term debt

                   (300

Long-term debt issued

            2,987       1,647  

Long-term debt repaid

     (750              

Cash received in connection with collateral financing arrangements

     100              775  

Cash paid in connection with collateral financing arrangements

     (63            (400

Junior subordinated debt securities issued

                   500  

Debt issuance costs

     (1     (14     (30

Stock options exercised

     88       5       8  

Common stock issued, net of issuance costs

     2,950       3,576         

Common stock issued to settle stock forward contracts

                   1,035  

Redemption of convertible preferred stock

     (2,805              

Preferred stock redemption premium

     (146              

Dividends on preferred stock

     (122     (122     (122

Dividends on common stock

     (787     (784     (610

Other, net

     (130     (110       
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities

     (1,146     5,771       2,587  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Change in cash and cash equivalents

     (315     (55     1  

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year

     624       679       678  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents, end of year

   $ 309     $ 624     $ 679  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:

      

Net cash paid (received) during the year for:

      

Interest

   $ 997     $ 808     $ 704  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income tax

   $ (659   $ (474   $ 104  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

430


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Schedule II

Condensed Financial Information — (Continued)

(Parent Company Only)

For the Years Ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

(In millions)

 

Non-cash transactions during the year:

       

Business acquisitions:

       

Assets acquired (1)

   $       $ 125,728     $   

Liabilities assumed (1)

             (109,306       

Redeemable and non-redeemable noncontrolling interests assumed

             (130       
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net assets acquired

             16,292         

Cash paid, excluding transaction costs of $0, $88 and $0, respectively

             (7,196       

Other purchase price adjustments

             98         
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Securities issued

   $       $ 9,194     $   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Remarketing of debt securities:

       

Fixed maturity securities redeemed

   $       $      $ 32  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Long-term debt issued

   $       $      $ 1,035  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Junior subordinated debt securities redeemed

   $       $      $     1,067  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Issuance of collateral financing arrangements

   $       $      $ 105  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Dividends from subsidiaries

   $     170      $ 874     $   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Returns of capital from subsidiaries

   $ 47      $      $   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Capital contributions to subsidiaries

   $ 316      $      $ 105  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Allocation of interest expense to subsidiary

   $ 29      $ 30     $ 44  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Allocation of interest income to subsidiary

   $ 68      $ 46     $ 56  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Issuance of loan to subsidiary via transfer of fixed maturity securities

   $       $      $ 300  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

The 2010 amounts include measurement period adjustments described in Note 2 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

431


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Schedule II

Notes to the Condensed Financial Information

(Parent Company Only)

 

1.  Basis of Presentation

The condensed financial information of MetLife, Inc. (the “Parent Company”) should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements of MetLife, Inc. and its subsidiaries and the notes thereto (the “Consolidated Financial Statements”). These condensed unconsolidated financial statements reflect the results of operations, financial position and cash flows for MetLife, Inc. Investments in subsidiaries are accounted for using the equity method of accounting.

The preparation of these condensed unconsolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to adopt accounting policies and make certain estimates and assumptions. The most important of these estimates and assumptions relate to the fair value measurements, the accounting for goodwill and identifiable intangible assets and the provision for potential losses that may arise from litigation and regulatory proceedings and tax audits, which may affect the amounts reported in the condensed unconsolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from these estimates.

2.  Acquisition

On November 1, 2010, MetLife, Inc. acquired all of the issued and outstanding capital stock of American Life Insurance Company (“American Life”) and Delaware American Life Insurance Company (“DelAm”) (collectively, “ALICO”). For further information on the $16.4 billion purchase price including cash, common stock, convertible preferred stock and common equity units, as well as on the capital raised in anticipation of the acquisition, see Notes 2, 11, 14 and 18 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

3.  Loans to Subsidiaries

MetLife, Inc. lends funds, as necessary, to its subsidiaries, some of which are regulated, to meet their capital requirements. Such loans are included in loans to subsidiaries and consisted of the following at:

 

Subsidiaries

  Interest Rate   Maturity Date   December 31,  
      2011     2010  
            (In millions)  

Metropolitan Life Insurance Company

  Six-month LIBOR + 1.80%   December 31, 2011   $      $ 775  

Metropolitan Life Insurance Company

  7.13%   December 15, 2032            400  

Metropolitan Life Insurance Company

  7.13%   January 15, 2033            100  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

      $      $ 1,275  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

On December 15, 2011, Metropolitan Life Insurance Company (“MLIC”) repaid in cash the $400 million and $100 million capital notes issued to MetLife, Inc. in December 2002.

In September and November 2011, American Life issued notes to MetLife, Inc. for $100 million and $270 million, respectively. American Life repaid both notes during the fourth quarter of 2011.

In December 2009, the $700 million surplus note issued to MetLife, Inc. by MLIC was renewed and increased to $775 million, extending the maturity to December 31, 2011 with an interest rate of six-month LIBOR + 1.80%. In April 2011, MLIC repaid in cash the $775 million surplus note. The early redemption was approved by the New York Superintendent of Insurance.

 

432


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Schedule II

Notes to the Condensed Financial Information — (Continued)

(Parent Company Only)

 

In December 2009, MLIC issued a surplus note to MetLife, Inc. for $300 million maturing in 2011 with an interest rate of six-month LIBOR + 1.80%. MLIC received securities in exchange for the surplus note. On December 29, 2010, MLIC repaid the $300 million surplus note to MetLife, Inc. in cash.

Interest income earned on loans to subsidiaries of $40 million, $63 million and $50 million for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively, is included in net investment income.

Payments of interest and principal on surplus notes, which are subordinate to all other obligations of the issuing company, may be made only with the prior approval of the insurance department of the state of domicile.

4.  Long-term and Short-term Debt

Long-term Debt

Long-term debt outstanding was as follows:

 

    Interest Rates        December 31,  
    Range   Weighted Average   Maturity    2011      2010  
                 (In millions)  

Senior notes — unaffiliated

  0.57%-7.72%   4.84 %   2012-2045    $     15,666      $     16,258  

Senior notes — affiliated (1)

  5.00%-6.82%   5.48 %   2011              165  

Other affiliated debt

  0.95%-1.07%   1.01 %   2015-2016      500        500  
        

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

         $ 16,166      $ 16,923  
        

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

Represents $165 million of affiliated senior notes associated with bonds held by ALICO at December 31, 2010. Such bonds were sold to a third party in the second quarter of 2011.

The aggregate maturities of long-term debt at December 31, 2011 for the next five years and thereafter are $797 million in 2012, $749 million in 2013, $1.4 billion in 2014, $1.3 billion in 2015, $1.5 billion in 2016 and $10.5 billion thereafter.

Short-term Debt

There was no short-term debt outstanding at both December 31, 2011 and 2010. During the year ended December 31, 2009, the weighted average interest rate on short-term debt was 1.25%. During the year ended December 31, 2009, the average daily balance on short-term debt was $5 million, and the average days outstanding was six days. There was no short-term debt activity in 2011 and 2010.

 

433


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Schedule II

Notes to the Condensed Financial Information — (Continued)

(Parent Company Only)

 

Interest Expense

Interest expense was comprised of the following:

 

     December 31,  
     2011      2010      2009  
     (In millions)  

Long-term debt — unaffiliated

   $ 806      $ 689      $ 589  

Long-term debt — affiliated

     16        15        16  

Collateral financing arrangements

     43        44        59  

Junior subordinated debt securities

     134        134        112  

Stock purchase contracts

     8                  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $     1,007      $     882      $     776  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

5.  Support Agreements

MetLife, Inc. is party to various capital support commitments and guarantees with certain of its subsidiaries. Under these arrangements, MetLife, Inc. has agreed to cause each such entity to meet specified capital and surplus levels or has guaranteed certain contractual obligations.

In June 2011, MetLife, Inc. guaranteed the obligations of its subsidiary, DelAm, under a stop loss reinsurance agreement with RGA Reinsurance (Barbados) Inc. (“RGARe”), pursuant to which RGARe retrocedes to DelAm a portion of the whole life medical insurance business that RGARe assumed from American Life on behalf of its Japan branch.

Prior to the sale in April 2011 of its 50% interest in MSI MetLife to a third party, MetLife, Inc. guaranteed the obligations of its subsidiary, Exeter Reassurance Company, Ltd. (“Exeter”), under a reinsurance agreement with MSI MetLife, under which Exeter reinsures variable annuity business written by MSI MetLife. This guarantee will remain in place until such time as the reinsurance agreement between Exeter and MSI MetLife is terminated, notwithstanding the April 2011 disposition of MetLife, Inc.’s interest in MSI MetLife as described in Note 2 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

In March 2011, MetLife, Inc. guaranteed the obligations of its subsidiary, Missouri Reinsurance (Barbados) Inc. (“MoRe”), under a retrocession agreement with RGARe, pursuant to which MoRe retrocedes a portion of the closed block liabilities associated with industrial life and ordinary life insurance policies that it assumed from MLIC.

In November 2010, MetLife, Inc. guaranteed the obligations of Exeter in an aggregate amount up to $1.0 billion, under a reinsurance agreement with MetLife Europe Limited (“MEL”), under which Exeter reinsures the guaranteed living benefits and guaranteed death benefits associated with certain unit-linked annuity contracts issued by MEL.

In January 2010, MetLife, Inc. guaranteed the obligations of MoRe, under a retrocession agreement with RGARe, pursuant to which MoRe retrocedes certain group term life insurance liabilities that it assumed from MLIC.

 

434


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Schedule II

Notes to the Condensed Financial Information — (Continued)

(Parent Company Only)

 

In December 2009, MetLife, Inc., in connection with MetLife Reinsurance Company of Vermont’s (“MRV”) reinsurance of certain universal life and term life insurance risks, committed to the Vermont Department of Banking, Insurance, Securities and Health Care Administration to take necessary action to cause the third protected cell of MRV to maintain total adjusted capital equal to or greater than 200% of such protected cell’s authorized control level risk-based capital (“RBC”), as defined in state insurance statutes. See Note 11 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

MetLife, Inc., in connection with MRV’s reinsurance of certain universal life and term life insurance risks, committed to the Vermont Department of Banking, Insurance, Securities and Health Care Administration to take necessary action to cause each of the two initial protected cells of MRV to maintain total adjusted capital equal to or greater than 200% of such protected cell’s authorized control level RBC, as defined in state insurance statutes. See Note 11 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

MetLife, Inc., in connection with the collateral financing arrangement associated with MetLife Reinsurance Company of Charleston’s (“MRC”) reinsurance of a portion of the liabilities associated with the closed block, committed to the South Carolina Department of Insurance to make capital contributions, if necessary, to MRC so that MRC may at all times maintain its total adjusted capital at a level of not less than 200% of the company action level RBC, as defined in state insurance statutes as in effect on the date of determination or December 31, 2007, whichever calculation produces the greater capital requirement, or as otherwise required by the South Carolina Department of Insurance. See Note 12 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

MetLife, Inc., in connection with the collateral financing arrangement associated with MetLife Reinsurance Company of South Carolina’s (“MRSC”) reinsurance of universal life secondary guarantees, committed to the South Carolina Department of Insurance to take necessary action to cause MRSC to maintain total adjusted capital equal to the greater of $250,000 or 100% of MRSC’s authorized control level RBC, as defined in state insurance statutes. See Note 12 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

MetLife, Inc. has net worth maintenance agreements with two of its insurance subsidiaries, MetLife Investors Insurance Company and First MetLife Investors Insurance Company. Under these agreements, as subsequently amended, MetLife, Inc. agreed, without limitation as to the amount, to cause each of these subsidiaries to have a minimum capital and surplus of $10 million, total adjusted capital at a level not less than 150% of the company action level RBC, as defined by state insurance statutes, and liquidity necessary to enable it to meet its current obligations on a timely basis.

MetLife, Inc. also guarantees the obligations of a number of its subsidiaries under credit facilities with third-party banks. See Note 11 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

435


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

 

Consolidated Supplementary Insurance Information

Schedule III

Consolidated Supplementary Insurance Information

December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

(In millions)

 

Segment

   DAC
and VOBA
     Future Policy Benefits,
Other Policy-Related
Balances and
Policyholder Dividend
Obligation
     Policyholder
Account
Balances
     Policyholder
Dividends
Payable
     Unearned
Revenue (1)
 

2011

              

U.S. Business:

              

Insurance Products

   $ 8,609      $ 83,309      $ 30,196      $ 659      $ 872  

Retirement Products

     5,489        10,616        48,689                123  

Corporate Benefit Funding

     104        44,652        56,308                49  

Auto & Home

     194        3,145                          
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total U.S. Business

     14,396        141,722        135,193        659        1,044  

International:

              

Japan

     8,498        31,871        58,195                200  

Other International Regions

     5,075        22,592        24,278        115        1,072  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total International

     13,573        54,463        82,473        115        1,272  

Corporate & Other

     2        6,585        34                  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 27,971      $ 202,770      $ 217,700      $ 774      $ 2,316  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

2010

              

U.S. Business:

              

Insurance Products

   $ 9,080      $ 79,643      $ 29,407      $ 722      $ 988  

Retirement Products

     5,800        8,975        46,517                103  

Corporate Benefit Funding

     75        39,371        57,773                53  

Auto & Home

     190        3,207                          
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total U.S. Business

     15,145        131,196        133,697        722        1,144  

International:

              

Japan

     6,988        28,394        53,161                12  

Other International Regions

     4,956        21,727        23,857        108        932  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total International

     11,944        50,121        77,018        108        944  

Corporate & Other

     3        6,221        42                  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 27,092      $ 187,538      $ 210,757      $ 830      $ 2,088  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

2009

              

U.S. Business:

              

Insurance Products

   $ 10,103      $ 76,948      $ 28,118      $ 761      $ 1,123  

Retirement Products

     6,024        8,348        46,855                79  

Corporate Benefit Funding

     74        37,574        55,522                62  

Auto & Home

     181        3,156                          
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total U.S. Business

     16,382        126,026        130,495        761        1,264  

International:

              

Japan

                                       

Other International Regions

     2,697        10,353        7,970                776  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total International

     2,697        10,353        7,970                776  

Corporate & Other

     4        5,832        50                  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 19,083      $ 142,211      $ 138,515      $ 761      $ 2,040  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

Amounts are included within the future policy benefits, other policy-related balances and policyholder dividend obligation column.

 

436


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Schedule III — (Continued)

Consolidated Supplementary Insurance Information

December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

(In millions)

 

 

Segment

  Premium
Revenue and
Policy Charges
    Net
Investment
Income
    Policyholder
Benefits and
Claims and
Interest Credited
to Policyholder
Account Balances
    Amortization of
DAC and VOBA
Charged to
Other Expenses (1)
    Other
Operating
Expenses (1) (2)
    Premiums Written
(Excluding Life)
 

2011

           

U.S. Business:

           

Insurance Products

  $ 19,227     $ 5,883     $ 18,318     $ 812     $ 4,665     $ 5,818  

Retirement Products

    3,860       3,017       3,642       1,658       1,533         

Corporate Benefit Funding

    2,649       5,326       5,969       17       468         

Auto & Home

    3,000       205       2,375       448       339       3,044  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total U.S. Business

    28,736       14,431       30,304       2,935       7,005       8,862  

International:

           

Japan

    7,149       1,660       5,149       1,331       514       4,203  

Other International Regions

    8,272       1,946       5,599       1,124       2,653       1,757  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total International

    15,421       3,606       10,748       2,455       3,167       5,960  

Corporate & Other

    10       1,569       8       1       3,613         
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $ 44,167     $ 19,606     $ 41,060     $ 5,391     $ 13,785     $ 14,822  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

2010

           

U.S. Business:

           

Insurance Products

  $ 19,448     $ 5,917     $ 18,568     $ 1,056     $ 4,714     $ 5,899  

Retirement Products

    3,109       3,146       3,491       759       1,372         

Corporate Benefit Funding

    2,164       5,144       5,539       16       444         

Auto & Home

    2,923       209       2,021       439       321       2,970  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total U.S. Business

    27,644       14,416       29,619       2,270       6,851       8,869  

International:

           

Japan

    554       261       543       82       39       344  

Other International Regions

    4,890       1,394       3,956       490       1,471       785  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total International

    5,444       1,655       4,499       572       1,510       1,129  

Corporate & Other

    11       1,440       (14     1       3,045         
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $ 33,099     $ 17,511     $ 34,104     $ 2,843     $ 11,406     $ 9,998  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

2009

           

U.S. Business:

           

Insurance Products

  $ 19,422     $ 5,533     $ 18,431     $ 753     $ 4,981     $ 5,936  

Retirement Products

    2,632       2,878       3,638       (315     1,367         

Corporate Benefit Funding

    2,440       4,711       5,942       15       443         

Auto & Home

    2,902       180       1,930       436       331       2,898  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total U.S. Business

    27,396       13,302       29,941       889       7,122       8,834  

International:

           

Japan

                                         

Other International Regions

    3,939       942       2,903       397       1,195       590  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total International

    3,939       942       2,903       397       1,195       590  

Corporate & Other

    19       497       4       3       2,564         
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $ 31,354     $ 14,741     $ 32,848     $ 1,289     $ 10,881     $ 9,424  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

For 2010, certain amounts have been reclassified to conform with the 2011 presentation.

 

(2)

Includes other expenses and policyholder dividends, excluding amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs (“DAC”) and value of business acquired (“VOBA”) charged to other expenses.

 

437


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

 

Consolidated Reinsurance

Schedule IV

Consolidated Reinsurance

December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

(In millions)

 

     Gross Amount      Ceded      Assumed      Net Amount      % Amount
Assumed
to Net
 

2011

              

Life insurance in-force

   $ 4,263,421      $ 754,781      $ 604,555      $ 4,113,195        14.7 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Insurance premium

              

Life insurance

   $ 21,930      $ 1,670      $ 1,198      $ 21,458        5.6 

Accident and health

     12,186        568        275        11,893        2.3 

Property and casualty insurance

     3,069        70        11        3,010        0.4 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total insurance premium

   $ 37,185      $ 2,308      $ 1,484      $ 36,361        4.1 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

2010

              

Life insurance in-force

   $ 4,199,755      $ 742,194      $ 628,879      $ 4,086,440        15.4 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Insurance premium

              

Life insurance

   $ 17,300      $ 1,469      $ 1,183      $ 17,014        7.0 

Accident and health

     7,298        364        189        7,123        2.7 

Property and casualty insurance

     2,998        69        5        2,934        0.2 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total insurance premium

   $ 27,596      $ 1,902      $ 1,377      $ 27,071        5.1 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

2009

              

Life insurance in-force

   $ 3,792,074      $ 713,992      $ 740,196      $ 3,818,278        19.4 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Insurance premium

              

Life insurance

   $ 17,342      $ 1,813      $ 1,223      $ 16,752        7.3 

Accident and health

     6,842        429        79        6,492        1.2 

Property and casualty insurance

     2,981        79        11        2,913        0.4 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total insurance premium

   $ 27,165      $ 2,321      $ 1,313      $ 26,157        5.0 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

438


Table of Contents

Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

None.

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures

Management, with the participation of the Chief Executive Officer and Interim Chief Financial Officer, has evaluated the effectiveness of the design and operation of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures as defined in Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(e) as of the end of the period covered by this report. Based on that evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer and Interim Chief Financial Officer have concluded that these disclosure controls and procedures are effective.

Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Management of MetLife, Inc. and subsidiaries is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. In fulfilling this responsibility, estimates and judgments by management are required to assess the expected benefits and related costs of control procedures. The objectives of internal control include providing management with reasonable, but not absolute, assurance that assets are safeguarded against loss from unauthorized use or disposition, and that transactions are executed in accordance with management’s authorization and recorded properly to permit the preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”).

Management has documented and evaluated the effectiveness of the internal control of the Company at December 31, 2011 pertaining to financial reporting in accordance with the criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.

In the opinion of management, MetLife, Inc. maintained effective internal control over financial reporting at December 31, 2011.

Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, has audited the consolidated financial statements and consolidated financial statement schedules included in the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2011. The Report of the Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm on their audit of the consolidated financial statements and consolidated financial statement schedules is included at page 204.

Attestation Report of the Company’s Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Company’s independent registered public accounting firm, Deloitte & Touche LLP, has issued their attestation report on management’s internal control over financial reporting which is set forth below.

 

439


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of

MetLife, Inc.:

We have audited the internal control over financial reporting of MetLife, Inc. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2011, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed by, or under the supervision of, the company’s principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, and effected by the company’s board of directors, management, and other personnel to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of the inherent limitations of internal control over financial reporting, including the possibility of collusion or improper management override of controls, material misstatements due to error or fraud may not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. Also, projections of any evaluation of the effectiveness of the internal control over financial reporting to future periods are subject to the risk that the controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011, based on the criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedules of the Company as of and for the year ended December 31, 2011, and our report dated February 28, 2012 expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedules.

/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

New York, New York

February 28, 2012

 

440


Table of Contents

Item 9B. Other Information

None.

 

441


Table of Contents

Part III

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

The information called for by this Item pertaining to Directors is incorporated herein by reference to the sections entitled “Proposal 1 — Election of Directors,” “Corporate Governance — Information about the Board of Directors,” “Corporate Governance — Board Committees,” “Corporate Governance — Membership on Board Committees” and “Security Ownership of Directors and Executive Officers — Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance” in MetLife, Inc.’s definitive proxy statement for the Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held on April 24, 2012, to be filed by MetLife, Inc. with the SEC pursuant to Regulation 14A within 120 days after the year ended December 31, 2011 (the “2012 Proxy Statement”).

The information called for by this Item pertaining to Executive Officers appears in “Business — Executive Officers” in this Annual Report on Form 10-K and “Security Ownership of Directors and Executive Officers — Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance” in the 2012 Proxy Statement.

The Company has adopted the MetLife Financial Management Code of Professional Conduct (the “Financial Management Code”), a “code of ethics” as defined under the rules of the SEC, that applies to MetLife, Inc.’s Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Chief Accounting Officer and all professionals in finance and finance-related departments. In addition, the Company has adopted the Directors’ Code of Business Conduct and Ethics (the “Directors’ Code”) which applies to all members of MetLife, Inc.’s Board of Directors, including the Chief Executive Officer, and the Employee Code of Business Conduct and Ethics (together with the Financial Management Code and the Directors’ Code, collectively, the “Ethics Codes”), which applies to all employees of the Company, including MetLife, Inc.’s Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and Chief Accounting Officer. The Ethics Codes are available on the Company’s website at http://www.metlife.com/about/corporate-profile/corporate-governance/corporate-conduct/index.html. The Company intends to satisfy its disclosure obligations under Item 5.05 of Form 8-K by posting information about amendments to, or waivers from a provision of, the Ethics Codes that apply to MetLife, Inc.’s Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and Chief Accounting Officer on the Company’s website at the address given above.

Item 11. Executive Compensation

The information called for by this Item is incorporated herein by reference to the sections entitled “Corporate Governance — Board Committees,” “Corporate Governance — Compensation of Non-Management Directors,” “Compensation Committee Report,” “Compensation Discussion and Analysis,” “Summary Compensation Table,” “Grants of Plan-Based Awards in 2011,” “Outstanding Equity Awards at 2011 Fiscal Year-End,” “Option Exercises and Stock Vested in 2011,” “Pension Benefits,” “Nonqualified Deferred Compensation” and “Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change-in-Control” in the 2012 Proxy Statement.

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

The information called for by this Item pertaining to ownership of MetLife, Inc.’s common stock is incorporated herein by reference to the sections entitled “Security Ownership of Directors and Executive Officers” and “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners” in the 2012 Proxy Statement. The following table provides information, at December 31, 2011, regarding the securities authorized for issuance under MetLife, Inc.’s equity compensation plans:

 

442


Table of Contents

Equity Compensation Plan Information at December 31, 2011

 

     Number of Securities to
be Issued upon Exercise
of Outstanding Options
Warrants and Rights (2)
     Weighted-average
Exercise Price of
Outstanding Options,
Warrants and Rights (3)
     Number of Securities
Remaining Available for
Future Issuance Under
Equity Compensation
Plans (Excluding
Securities Reflected

in Column (a)) (4)
 

Plan Category

   (a)      (b)      (c)  

Equity compensation plans approved by security holders (1)

     51,129,763      $ 40.22        33,581,090  

Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders

     None                None   

Total

     51,129,763      $ 40.22        33,581,090  

 

 

(1)

Includes the MetLife, Inc. 2000 Stock Incentive Plan (the “2000 Stock Plan”) and the MetLife, Inc. 2000 Directors Stock Plan (the “2000 Directors Stock Plan”) each of which was approved by Metropolitan Life Insurance Company (“MLIC”), the sole shareholder of MetLife, Inc. at the time of approval. The policyholders of MLIC entitled to vote on its plan of reorganization (the “Plan of Reorganization”) approved the Plan of Reorganization, which included both the 2000 Stock Plan and the 2000 Directors Stock Plan. The policyholders entitled to so vote received a summary description of each plan, including the applicable limits on the number of shares of common stock of MetLife, Inc. (“Shares”) available for issuance under each plan. Also includes the MetLife, Inc. 2005 Stock and Incentive Compensation Plan (the “2005 Stock Plan”) and the MetLife, Inc. 2005 Non-Management Director Stock Compensation Plan (the “2005 Directors Stock Plan”), which were approved by MetLife, Inc. security holders.

 

(2)

As of December 31, 2011, awards of Stock Options remained outstanding under the 2000 Stock Plan and 2000 Directors Stock Plan, and awards of Stock Options, Performance Shares, and Restricted Stock Units (each as defined in the 2005 Stock Plan) remained outstanding under the 2005 Stock Plan. In addition, as of December 31, 2011, a number of Shares that had vested and become payable from any awards under any plan, but had been deferred, remained deferred and unpaid (“Deferred Shares”).

Under the award agreements that apply to the Performance Share awards made under the 2005 Stock Plan as of December 31, 2011, Shares are payable to eligible award recipients following the conclusion of the performance period. The number of shares payable is determined by multiplying the number of Performance Shares by a performance factor (from 0% to 200%) based on the performance of MetLife, Inc. with respect to: (i) change in annual net operating earnings per share; and (ii) proportionate total shareholder return, as defined, as a percentile of the performance of other companies in the Fortune 500 ® companies in the Standard & Poor’s Insurance Index, with such exceptions as MetLife, Inc. Compensation Committee has determined, with regard to the performance period. With respect to Performance Share awards made in 2009, no Performance Shares will be payable unless MetLife, Inc. generates positive net income available to common shareholders for either the third year of the performance period or for the performance period as a whole. With respect to Performance Share awards made in 2010 and 2011, no Performance Shares will be payable unless MetLife, Inc. generates positive income from continuing operations before provision for income tax, excluding net investment gains (losses) (as defined in the applicable award agreements) for the performance period or the third calendar year of the performance period, or generates positive proportionate total shareholder return for the performance period or the third calendar year of the performance period. In addition, the performance factor for awards made in 2009, 2010, or 2011 will be multiplied by 0.75 if MetLife, Inc.’s total shareholder return with regard to the performance period is zero percent or less.

Under the award agreements that apply to the Restricted Stock Unit awards made under the 2005 Stock Plan as of December 31, 2011, Shares equal to the number of Restricted Stock Units awarded are normally payable to eligible award recipients on the third or later anniversary of the date the Restricted Stock Units were granted.

 

443


Table of Contents
(3)

Column (b) reflects the weighted average exercise price of all Stock Options under any plan that, as of December 31, 2011, had been granted but not forfeited, expired, or exercised. Performance Shares, Restricted Stock Units, and Deferred Shares are not included in determining the weighted average in column (b) because they have no exercise price.

 

(4)

The aggregate number of Shares available for issuance under the 2005 Stock Plan is 68,000,000. In addition, 6,099,881 Shares that were available but had not been utilized under the 2000 Stock Plan became available for issuance under the 2005 Stock Plan at the time the 2005 Stock Plan became effective. At December 31, 2011, 7,107,463 additional Shares recovered due to forfeiture or expiration of awards under the 2000 Stock Plan, or that, under the Plan of Reorganization, would otherwise have reduced the number of Shares available for issuance under the 2000 Stock Plan, from the time the 2005 Stock Plan became effective to December 31, 2011, were also available for issuance under the 2005 Stock Plan. The aggregate number of Shares available for issuance under the 2005 Directors Stock Plan is 2,000,000.

Each Share issued under the 2005 Stock Plan in connection with awards other than Stock Options or Stock Appreciation Rights (including Shares payable on account of Performance Shares, Restricted Stock Units, and Stock-Based Awards) reduces the number of Shares remaining for issuance under the 2005 Stock Plan by 1.179 Shares. Each Share issued under the 2005 Stock Plan in connection with a Stock Option or Stock Appreciation Right reduces the number of Shares remaining for issuance under the 2005 Stock Plan by 1.0.

As of December 31, 2011, all Stock-Based awards made under the 2005 Directors Stock Plan have been immediately vested. Share awards to Directors under the 2000 Directors Stock Plan were made under a separate Share award authorization under that plan, and have not reduced the number of Shares remaining available for issuance under any plan as of December 31, 2011.

Under the 2005 Stock Plan, awards may be in the form of Stock Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units, Performance Shares or Performance Share Units, Cash-Based Awards, and Stock-Based Awards (each as defined in the 2005 Stock Plan). Under the MetLife, Inc. 2005 Non-Management Director Stock Compensation Plan (the “2005 Directors Stock Plan”), awards granted may be in the form of non-qualified Stock Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units, or Stock-Based Awards (each as defined in the 2005 Directors Stock Plan). Under both the 2005 Stock Plan and the 2005 Directors Stock Plan, in the event of a corporate event or transaction (including, but not limited to, a change in the Shares or the capitalization of MetLife, Inc.) such as a merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization, separation, stock dividend, extraordinary dividend, stock split, reverse stock split, split up, spin-off, or other distribution of stock or property of MetLife, Inc., combination of securities, exchange of securities, dividend in kind, or other like change in capital structure or distribution (other than normal cash dividends) to shareholders of MetLife, Inc., or any similar corporate event or transaction, the appropriate committee of the Board of Directors of MetLife, Inc. (each, a “Committee”), in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of participants’ rights under the applicable plan, shall in its sole discretion substitute or adjust, as applicable, the number and kind of Shares that may be issued under that plan and shall adjust the number and kind of Shares subject to outstanding awards. Any Shares related to awards under either plan which: (i) terminate by expiration, forfeiture, cancellation, or otherwise without the issuance of Shares; (ii) are settled in cash either in lieu of Shares or otherwise; or (iii) are exchanged with the appropriate Committee’s permission for awards not involving Shares, are available again for grant under the applicable plan. If the option price of any Stock Option granted under either plan or the tax withholding requirements with respect to any award granted under either plan are satisfied by tendering Shares to MetLife, Inc. (by either actual delivery or by attestation), or if a Stock Appreciation Right is exercised, only the number of Shares issued, net of the Shares tendered, if any, will be deemed delivered for purposes of determining the maximum number of Shares available for issuance under that plan. The maximum number of Shares available for issuance under either plan shall not be reduced to reflect any dividends or dividend equivalents that are reinvested into additional Shares or credited as additional Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, or Stock-Based Awards.

 

444


Table of Contents

Item 13.  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

The information called for by this Item is incorporated herein by reference to the sections entitled “Corporate Governance — Procedures for Reviewing Related Person Transactions,” “Corporate Governance — Related Person Transactions” and “Corporate Governance — Information About the Board of Directors — Composition and Independence of the Board of Directors” in the 2012 Proxy Statement.

Item 14.  Principal Accountant Fees and Services

The information called for by this item is incorporated herein by reference to the section entitled “Proposal 2 — Ratification of Appointment of the Independent Auditor” in the 2012 Proxy Statement.

 

445


Table of Contents

Part IV

Item 15.  Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

The following documents are filed as part of this report:

1. Financial Statements

The financial statements are listed in the Index to Consolidated Financial Statements and Schedules on page 203.

2. Financial Statement Schedules

The financial statement schedules are listed in the Index to Consolidated Financial Statements and Schedules on page 203.

3. Exhibits

The exhibits are listed in the Exhibit Index which begins on page E-1.

 

446


Table of Contents

Signatures

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

February 28, 2012

 

METLIFE, INC.

By

 

/s/  Steven A. Kandarian

 

Name:

 

Steven A. Kandarian

 

Title:

  Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/  Sylvia Mathews Burwell

Sylvia Mathews Burwell

   Director   February 28, 2012

/s/  Eduardo Castro-Wright

Eduardo Castro-Wright

   Director   February 28, 2012

/s/  Cheryl W. Grisé

Cheryl W. Grisé

   Director   February 28, 2012

/s/  R. Glenn Hubbard

R. Glenn Hubbard

   Director   February 28, 2012

/s/  John M. Keane

John M. Keane

   Director   February 28, 2012

/s/  Alfred F. Kelly, Jr.

Alfred F. Kelly, Jr.

   Director   February 28, 2012

/s/  James M. Kilts

James M. Kilts

   Director   February 28, 2012

/s/  Catherine R. Kinney

Catherine R. Kinney

   Director   February 28, 2012

/s/  Hugh B. Price

Hugh B. Price

   Director   February 28, 2012

/s/  David Satcher, M.D.

David Satcher, M.D.

   Director   February 28, 2012

/s/  Kenton J. Sicchitano

Kenton J. Sicchitano

   Director   February 28, 2012

/s/  Lulu C. Wang

Lulu C. Wang

   Director   February 28, 2012

/s/  Steven A. Kandarian

Steven A. Kandarian

   Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)   February 28, 2012

/s/  Eric T. Steigerwalt

Eric T. Steigerwalt

   Executive Vice President and Interim Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer)   February 28, 2012

/s/  Peter M. Carlson

Peter M. Carlson

   Executive Vice President, Finance Operations and Chief Accounting Officer (Principal Accounting Officer)   February 28, 2012

 

447


Table of Contents

Exhibit Index

(Note Regarding Reliance on Statements in Our Contracts: In reviewing the agreements included as exhibits to this Annual Report on Form 10-K, please remember that they are included to provide you with information regarding their terms and are not intended to provide any other factual or disclosure information about MetLife, Inc., its subsidiaries or affiliates, or the other parties to the agreements. The agreements contain representations and warranties by each of the parties to the applicable agreement. These representations and warranties have been made solely for the benefit of the other parties to the applicable agreement and (i) should not in all instances be treated as categorical statements of fact, but rather as a way of allocating the risk to one of the parties if those statements prove to be inaccurate; (ii) have been qualified by disclosures that were made to the other party in connection with the negotiation of the applicable agreement, which disclosures are not necessarily reflected in the agreement; (iii) may apply standards of materiality in a way that is different from what may be viewed as material to investors; and (iv) were made only as of the date of the applicable agreement or such other date or dates as may be specified in the agreement and are subject to more recent developments. Accordingly, these representations and warranties may not describe the actual state of affairs as of the date they were made or at any other time. Additional information about MetLife, Inc., its subsidiaries and affiliates may be found elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K and MetLife, Inc.’s other public filings, which are available without charge through the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov.)

 

Exhibit    
No.
  

Description

 2.1   

Plan of Reorganization. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to MetLife, Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-91517) (the “S-1 Registration Statement”)).

 2.2   

Amendment to Plan of Reorganization, dated as of March 9, 2000. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.2 to the S-1 Registration Statement).

 2.3   

Acquisition Agreement between MetLife, Inc. and Citigroup Inc., dated as of January 31, 2005. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.3 to MetLife, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009 (the “2009 Annual Report”)).

 2.4   

Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of March 7, 2010, among MetLife, Inc., AM Holdings LLC (formerly known as ALICO Holdings LLC) and American International Group, Inc. (“AIG”) (the “Stock Purchase Agreement”). (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to MetLife, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated March 11, 2010 (the “March 11, 2010 Form 8-K”)).

 2.5   

Amendment, dated October 28, 2010, among MetLife, Inc., AM Holdings LLC (formerly known as ALICO Holdings LLC) and AIG to the Stock Purchase Agreement. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to MetLife, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated November 2, 2010 (the “November 2, 2010 Form 8-K”)).

 2.6   

Amendment, dated October 29, 2010, among MetLife, Inc., AM Holdings LLC (formerly known as ALICO Holdings LLC) and AIG to the Stock Purchase Agreement. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.2 to the November 2, 2010 Form 8-K).

 3.1   

Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of MetLife, Inc.

 3.2   

Certificate of Designation, Preferences and Rights of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock of MetLife, Inc., filed with the Secretary of State of Delaware on April 7, 2000.

3.3   

Certificate of Designations of Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series A, of MetLife, Inc., filed with the Secretary of State of Delaware on June 10, 2005.

 

E-1


Table of Contents
3.4  

Certificate of Designations of 6.50% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series B, of MetLife, Inc., filed with the Secretary of State of Delaware on June 14, 2005.

3.5  

Certificate of Designations of Series B Contingent Convertible Junior Participating Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock of MetLife, Inc., filed with the Secretary of State of Delaware on October 27, 2010.

3.6  

Certificate of Amendment of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of MetLife, Inc., dated April 29, 2011.

3.7  

Amended and Restated By-Laws of MetLife, Inc., effective June 20, 2011. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to MetLife, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated June 23, 2011).

4.1(a)  

Indenture, dated as of November 9, 2001, between MetLife, Inc. and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A. (as successor in interest to J.P. Morgan Trust Company, National Association (as successor to Bank One Trust Company, N.A.)), as trustee, relating to Senior Debt Securities.

4.1(b)  

Form of Indenture for Senior Debt Securities between MetLife, Inc. and one or more banking institutions to be qualified as Trustee pursuant to Section 305(b)(2) of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1(a), except for the name of the trustee).

4.2  

Third Supplemental Indenture, dated as of December 10, 2002, between MetLife, Inc. and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A. (as successor in interest to J.P. Morgan Trust Company, National Association (as successor to Bank One Trust Company, N.A.)), as trustee, relating to the 5.375% Senior Notes due December 15, 2012. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to MetLife, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007 (the “2007 Annual Report”)).

4.3  

Fourth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of December 10, 2002, between MetLife, Inc. and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A. (as successor in interest to J.P. Morgan Trust Company, National Association (as successor to Bank One Trust Company, N.A.)), as trustee, relating to the 6.50% Senior Notes due December 15, 2032. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 to the 2007 Annual Report).

4.4  

Fifth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of November 21, 2003, between MetLife, Inc. and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A. (as successor in interest to J.P. Morgan Trust Company, National Association), as trustee, relating to the 5.875% Senior Notes due November 21, 2033. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.5 to MetLife, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008 (the “2008 Annual Report”)).

4.5  

Sixth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of November 24, 2003, between MetLife, Inc. and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A. (as successor in interest to J.P. Morgan Trust Company, National Association), as trustee, relating to the 5.00% Senior Notes due November 24, 2013. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.6 to the 2008 Annual Report).

4.6  

Seventh Supplemental Indenture, dated as of June 3, 2004, between MetLife, Inc. and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A. (as successor in interest to J.P. Morgan Trust Company, National Association), as trustee, relating to the 5.50% Senior Notes due June 15, 2014. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.7 to the 2009 Annual Report).

4.7  

Eighth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of June 3, 2004, between MetLife, Inc. and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A. (as successor in interest to J.P. Morgan Trust Company, National Association), as trustee, relating to the 6.375% Senior Notes due June 15, 2034. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.8 to the 2009 Annual Report).

4.8  

Ninth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of July 23, 2004, between MetLife, Inc. and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A. (as successor in interest to J.P. Morgan Trust Company, National Association), as trustee, relating to the 5.50% Senior Notes due June 15, 2014. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.9 to the 2009 Annual Report).

 

E-2


Table of Contents
4.9   

Tenth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of July 23, 2004, between MetLife, Inc. and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A. (as successor in interest to J.P. Morgan Trust Company, National Association), as trustee, relating to the 6.375% Senior Notes due June 15, 2034. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.10 to the 2009 Annual Report).

4.10   

Eleventh Supplemental Indenture, dated as of December 9, 2004, between MetLife, Inc. and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A. (as successor in interest to J.P. Morgan Trust Company, National Association), as trustee, relating to the 5.375% Senior Notes due December 9, 2024. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.11 to the 2009 Annual Report).

4.11   

Twelfth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of June 23, 2005, between MetLife, Inc. and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A. (as successor in interest to J.P. Morgan Trust Company, National Association), as trustee, relating to the 5.00% Senior Notes due June 15, 2015. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.12 to MetLife, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010 (the “2010 Annual Report”)).

4.12   

Thirteenth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of June 23, 2005, between MetLife, Inc. and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A. (as successor in interest to J.P. Morgan Trust Company, National Association), as trustee, relating to the 5.70% Senior Notes due June 15, 2035. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.13 to the 2010 Annual Report).

4.13   

Fourteenth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of June 29, 2005, between MetLife, Inc. and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A. (as successor in interest to J.P. Morgan Trust Company, National Association), as trustee, relating to the 5.25% Senior Notes due June 29, 2020. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.14 to the 2010 Annual Report).

4.14   

Fifteenth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of May 29, 2009, between MetLife, Inc. and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as trustee, relating to the 6.75% Senior Notes due June 1, 2016. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to MetLife, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated May 29, 2009 (the “May 29, 2009 Form 8-K”)).

4.15   

Sixteenth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of August 6, 2010, between MetLife, Inc. and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as trustee, relating to the 2.375% Senior Notes due February 6, 2014. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to MetLife, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated August 6, 2010 (the “August 6, 2010 Form 8-K”)).

4.16   

Seventeenth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of August 6, 2010, between MetLife, Inc. and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as trustee, relating to the 4.750% Senior Notes due February 8, 2021. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the August 6, 2010 Form 8-K).

4.17   

Eighteenth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of August 6, 2010, between MetLife, Inc. and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as trustee, relating to the 5.875% Senior Notes due February 6, 2041. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to the August 6, 2010 Form 8-K).

4.18   

Nineteenth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of August 6, 2010, between MetLife, Inc. and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as trustee, relating to the Floating Rate Senior Notes due August 6, 2013. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 to the August 6, 2010 Form 8-K).

4.19   

Twentieth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of November 1, 2010, between MetLife, Inc. and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as trustee, relating to the Series C Senior Debentures due June 15 , 2023. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.5 to the November 2, 2010 Form 8-K).

4.20   

Twenty-First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of November 1, 2010, between MetLife, Inc. and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as trustee, relating to the Series D Senior Debentures due June 15, 2024. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.6 to the November 2, 2010 Form 8-K).

 

E-3


Table of Contents
4.21   

Twenty-Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of November 1, 2010, between MetLife, Inc. and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as trustee, relating to the Series E Senior Debentures due June 15, 2045. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.7 to the November 2, 2010 Form 8-K).

4.22   

Form of 5.375% Senior Note due December 15, 2012. (Included in Exhibit 4.2 incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to the 2007 Annual Report).

4.23   

Form of 6.50% Senior Note due December 15, 2032. (Included in Exhibit 4.3 incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 to the 2007 Annual Report).

4.24   

Form of 5.875% Senior Note due November 21, 2033. (Included in Exhibit 4.4 incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.5 to the 2008 Annual Report).

4.25   

Form of 5.00% Senior Note due November 24, 2013. (Included in Exhibit 4.5 incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.6 to the 2008 Annual Report).

4.26   

Form of 5.50% Senior Note due June 15, 2014. (Included in Exhibit 4.6 incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.7 to the 2009 Annual Report).

4.27   

Form of 6.375% Senior Note due June 15, 2034. (Included in Exhibit 4.7 incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.8 to the 2009 Annual Report).

4.28   

Form of 5.50% Senior Note due June 15, 2014. (Included in Exhibit 4.8 incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.9 to the 2009 Annual Report).

4.29   

Form of 6.375% Senior Note due June 15, 2034. (Included in Exhibit 4.9 incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.10 to the 2009 Annual Report).

4.30   

Form of 5.375% Senior Note due December 9, 2024. (Included in Exhibit 4.10 incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.11 to the 2009 Annual Report).

4.31   

Form of 5.00% Senior Note due June 15, 2015. (Included in Exhibit 4.11 incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.12 to the 2010 Annual Report).

4.32   

Form of 5.70% Senior Note due June 15, 2035. (Included in Exhibit 4.12 incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.13 to the 2010 Annual Report).

4.33   

Form of 5.25% Senior Note due June 29, 2020. (Included in Exhibit 4.13 incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.14 to the 2010 Annual Report).

4.34   

Form of 6.75% Senior Note due June 1, 2016. (Included in Exhibit 4.14 incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the May 29, 2009 Form 8-K).

4.35   

Form of 2.375% Senior Note due February 6, 2014. (Included in Exhibit 4.15 incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the August 6, 2010 Form 8-K).

4.36   

Form of 4.750% Senior Note due February 8, 2021. (Included in Exhibit 4.16 incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the August 6, 2010 Form 8-K).

4.37   

Form of 5.875% Senior Note due February 6, 2041. (Included in Exhibit 4.17 incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to the August 6, 2010 Form 8-K).

4.38   

Form of Floating Rate Senior Note due August 6, 2013. (Included in Exhibit 4.18 incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 to the August 6, 2010 Form 8-K).

4.39   

Form of Series C Senior Debenture due June 15, 2023. (Included in Exhibit 4.19 incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.5 to the November 2, 2010 Form 8-K).

4.40   

Form of Series D Senior Debenture due June 15, 2024. (Included in Exhibit 4.20 incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.6 to the November 2, 2010 Form 8-K).

 

E-4


Table of Contents
4.41  

Form of Series E Senior Debenture due June 15, 2045. (Included in Exhibit 4.21 incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.7 to the November 2, 2010 Form 8-K).

4.42(a)  

Indenture, dated as of June 21, 2005, between MetLife, Inc. and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A. (as successor in interest to J.P. Morgan Trust Company, National Association), as trustee, relating to Subordinated Debt Securities (the “Subordinated Indenture”). (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.41(a) to the 2010 Annual Report).

4.42(b)  

Form of Indenture for Subordinated Debt Securities between MetLife, Inc. and one or more banking institutions to be qualified as Trustee pursuant to Section 305(b)(2) of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.42(a), except for the name of the trustee).

4.43  

First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of June 21, 2005, to the Subordinated Indenture (the “First Supplemental Indenture”) between MetLife, Inc. and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A. (as successor in interest to J.P. Morgan Trust Company, National Association), as trustee, relating to the 4.82% Junior Subordinated Debt Securities, Series A, due February 15, 2039 (the “Series A Debentures”). (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.42 to the 2010 Annual Report).

4.44  

Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of June 21, 2005, to the Subordinated Indenture (the “Second Supplemental Indenture”) between MetLife, Inc. and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A. (as successor in interest to J.P. Morgan Trust Company, National Association), as trustee, relating to the 4.91% Junior Subordinated Debt Securities, Series B, due February 15, 2040 (the “Series B Debentures”). (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.43 to the 2010 Annual Report).

4.45  

Third Supplemental Indenture, dated as of December 21, 2006, to the Subordinated Indenture between MetLife, Inc. and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as trustee, relating to the 6.40% Fixed-to-Floating Rate Junior Subordinated Debentures due December 15, 2066.

4.46  

Sixth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of August 7, 2008, to the Subordinated Indenture between MetLife, Inc. and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as trustee, amending the First Supplemental Indenture. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to MetLife, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated August 8, 2008).

4.47  

Seventh Supplemental Indenture, dated as of February 6, 2009, to the Subordinated Indenture between MetLife, Inc. and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as trustee, amending the Second Supplemental Indenture. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to MetLife, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated February 9, 2009).

4.48  

Eighth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of July 8, 2009, to the Subordinated Indenture between MetLife, Inc. and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as trustee, relating to the 10.750% Fixed-to-Floating Rate Junior Subordinated Debentures due August 1, 2069. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to MetLife, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated July 8, 2009 (the “July 8, 2009 Form 8-K”)).

4.49  

Form of Series A Debenture. (Included in Exhibit 4.43. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.48 to the 2010 Annual Report).

4.50  

Form of Series B Debenture. (Included in Exhibit 4.44. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.49 to the 2010 Annual Report).

4.51  

Form of 6.40% Fixed-to-Floating Rate Junior Subordinated Debenture due 2066. (Included in Exhibit 4.45).

4.52  

Form of 6.817% Senior Debt Securities, Series A, due 2018. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to MetLife, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated August 15, 2008).

4.53  

Form of 7.717% Senior Debt Securities, Series B, due 2019. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to MetLife Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated February 18, 2009).

 

E-5


Table of Contents
4.54   

Form of 10.750% Fixed-to-Floating Rate Junior Subordinated Debentures due August 1, 2069. (Included in Exhibit 4.48 incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the July 8, 2009 Form 8-K).

4.55   

Certificate of Trust of MetLife Capital Trust V. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to MetLife, Inc.’s, MetLife Capital Trust V’s, MetLife Capital Trust VI’s, MetLife Capital Trust VII’s, MetLife Capital Trust VIII’s and MetLife Capital Trust IX’s Registration Statement on Form S-3 (Nos. 333-147180, 333-147180-01, 333-147180-02, 333-147180-03, 333-147180-04 and 333-147180-05) (the “2007 S-3 Registration Statement”)).

4.56   

Certificate of Trust of MetLife Capital Trust VI. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 to the 2007 S-3 Registration Statement).

4.57   

Certificate of Trust of MetLife Capital Trust VII. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.5 to the 2007 S-3 Registration Statement).

4.58   

Certificate of Trust of MetLife Capital Trust VIII. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.6 to the 2007 S-3 Registration Statement).

4.59   

Certificate of Trust of MetLife Capital Trust IX. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.7 to the 2007 S-3 Registration Statement).

4.60   

Declaration of Trust of MetLife Capital Trust V. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.8 to the 2007 S-3 Registration Statement).

4.61   

Declaration of Trust of MetLife Capital Trust VI. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.9 to the 2007 S-3 Registration Statement).

4.62   

Declaration of Trust of MetLife Capital Trust VII. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.10 to the 2007 S-3 Registration Statement).

4.63   

Declaration of Trust of MetLife Capital Trust VIII. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.11 to the 2007 S-3 Registration Statement).

4.64   

Declaration of Trust of MetLife Capital Trust IX. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.12 to the 2007 S-3 Registration Statement).

4.65   

Form of Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust (substantially identical, except for names and dates, for MetLife Capital Trust V, MetLife Capital Trust VI, MetLife Capital Trust VII, MetLife Capital Trust VIII and MetLife Capital Trust IX). (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.13 to the 2007 S-3 Registration Statement).

4.66   

Form of Trust Preferred Security Certificate (substantially identical, except for names and dates, for MetLife Capital Trust V, MetLife Capital Trust VI, MetLife Capital Trust VII, MetLife Capital Trust VIII and MetLife Capital Trust IX). (Included in Exhibit 4.65. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.14 to the 2007 S-3 Registration Statement).

4.67   

Form of Trust Preferred Securities Guarantee Agreement (substantially identical, except for names and dates, for MetLife Capital Trust V, MetLife Capital Trust VI, MetLife Capital Trust VII, MetLife Capital Trust VIII and MetLife Capital Trust IX). (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.15 to the 2007 S-3 Registration Statement).

4.68   

Form of Common Securities Guarantee Agreement (substantially identical, except for names and dates, for MetLife Capital Trust V, MetLife Capital Trust VI, MetLife Capital Trust VII, MetLife Capital Trust VIII and MetLife Capital Trust IX). (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.16 to the 2007 S-3 Registration Statement).

4.69   

Form of Certificate for Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the S-1 Registration Statement).

 

E-6


Table of Contents
4.70   

Certificate of Designation, Preferences and Rights of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock of MetLife, Inc., filed with the Secretary of State of Delaware on April 7, 2000. (See Exhibit 3.2 above).

4.71   

Form of Warrant Agreement. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.21 to the 2007 S-3 Registration Statement).**

4.72   

Form of Deposit Agreement. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.22 to the 2007 S-3 Registration Statement).**

4.73   

Form of Depositary Receipt. (Included in Exhibit 4.72 incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.22 to the 2007 S-3 Registration Statement).**

4.74   

Form of Purchase Contract Agreement. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.24 to the 2007 S-3 Registration Statement).**

4.75   

Form of Pledge Agreement. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.25 to the 2007 S-3 Registration Statement).**

4.76   

Form of Unit Agreement. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.26 to the 2007 S-3 Registration Statement).**

4.77   

Certificate of Designations of Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series A, of MetLife, Inc., filed with the Secretary of State of Delaware on June 10, 2005. (See Exhibit 3.3 above).

4.78   

Form of Stock Certificate, Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series A, of MetLife, Inc. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.6 to MetLife, Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form 8-A filed on June 10, 2005).

4.79   

Certificate of Designations of 6.50% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series B, of MetLife, Inc., filed with the Secretary of State of Delaware on June 14, 2005. (See Exhibit 3.4 above).

4.80   

Form of Stock Certificate, 6.50% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series B, of MetLife, Inc. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.6 to MetLife, Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form 8-A filed on June 15, 2005).

4.81   

Certificate of Designations of Series B Contingent Convertible Junior Participating Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock of MetLife, Inc., filed with the Secretary of State of Delaware on October 27, 2010. (See Exhibit 3.5 above).

4.82   

Replacement Capital Covenant, dated as of December 21, 2006.

4.83   

Replacement Capital Covenant, dated as of December 12, 2007. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to MetLife, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated December 12, 2007).

4.84   

Replacement Capital Covenant, dated as of April 8, 2008. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to MetLife, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated April 8, 2008).

4.85   

Replacement Capital Covenant, dated as of December 30, 2008. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to MetLife, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated December 30, 2008 (the “December 30, 2008 Form 8-K”)).

4.86   

Replacement Capital Covenant, dated as of July 8, 2009. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the July 8, 2009 Form 8-K).

4.87   

Stock Purchase Contract Agreement, dated as of November 1, 2010, among MetLife, Inc. and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as Stock Purchase Contract Agent. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the November 2, 2010 Form 8-K).

 

E-7


Table of Contents
4.88   

Pledge Agreement, dated as of November 1, 2010, among MetLife, Inc. and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as Collateral Agent, Custodial Agent, Securities Intermediary and Stock Purchase Contract Agent. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 to the November 2, 2010 Form 8-K).

4.89   

Amended and Restated Indemnification Collateral Account Security and Control Agreement, dated as of March 8, 2011, among MetLife, Inc., AM Holdings LLC (formerly known as ALICO Holdings LLC), Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as Securities Intermediary, Pledge Collateral Agent and Stock Purchase Contract Agent, and AIG. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to MetLife, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2011).

10.1   

MetLife Executive Severance Plan (effective as of December 17, 2007). (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to MetLife, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated December 13, 2007).*

10.2   

MetLife Executive Severance Plan (as amended and restated, effective June 14, 2010). (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to MetLife, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated December 21, 2009 (the “December 21, 2009 Form 8-K”)).*

10.3   

Separation Agreement, Waiver and General Release, dated August 17, 2009, between Lisa M. Weber and MetLife Group, Inc. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to MetLife, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated September 3, 2009).*

10.4   

Employment Agreement, effective as of April 30, 2010, by and between James L. Lipscomb and MetLife, Inc. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to MetLife, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2010).*

10.5   

Agreement, effective as of May 9, 2011, by and between Kathleen A. Henkel and MetLife, Inc. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to MetLife, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2011).*

10.6   

Offer Letter and Appendix, dated July 14, 2011, between MetLife, Inc. and Martin J. Lippert. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to MetLife, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2011 (the “Third Quarter 2011 10-Q”)).*

10.7   

Offer Letter, dated July 27, 2011, between MetLife, Inc. and Frans Hijkoop. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Third Quarter 2011 10-Q).*

10.8   

Agreement between MetLife, Inc. and William J. Toppeta, which became final on December 20, 2011. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to MetLife, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated December 23, 2011).*

10.9   

Agreement between MetLife, Inc. and William J. Mullaney, which became final on December 24, 2011. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to MetLife, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated December 29, 2011).*

10.10   

Letter, dated March 24, 2011, from MetLife, Inc. to Michel Khalaf.*

10.11   

Offer Letter, dated March 25, 2009, between American Life Insurance Company and Michel Khalaf.*

10.12   

MetLife, Inc. 2000 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended and restated March 28, 2000. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to the S-1 Registration Statement).*

10.13   

MetLife, Inc. 2000 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended, effective February 8, 2002. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13 to the 2007 Annual Report).*

10.14   

Management Stock Option Agreement under the MetLife, Inc. 2000 Stock Incentive Plan. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the 2008 Annual Report).*

 

E-8


Table of Contents
10.15   

MetLife, Inc. 2000 Directors Stock Plan, as amended and restated March 28, 2000. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to the S-1 Registration Statement).*

10.16   

MetLife, Inc. 2000 Directors Stock Plan, as amended, effective February 8, 2002. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.17 to the 2007 Annual Report).*

10.17   

Form of Director Stock Option Agreement under the MetLife, Inc. 2000 Directors Stock Plan. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to the 2008 Annual Report).*

10.18   

MetLife, Inc. 2005 Stock and Incentive Compensation Plan, effective April 15, 2005 (the “2005 SIC Plan”). (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12 to the 2009 Annual Report).*

10.19   

MetLife, Inc. 2005 Non-Management Director Stock Compensation Plan, effective April 15, 2005. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13 to the 2009 Annual Report).*

10.20   

Form of Management Stock Option Agreement under the 2005 SIC Plan (effective as of April 25, 2007). (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to MetLife, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2007 (the “First Quarter 2007 10-Q”)).*

10.21   

Amendment to Stock Option Agreements under the 2005 SIC Plan (effective as of April 25, 2007). (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the First Quarter 2007 10-Q).*

10.22   

Form of Management Stock Option Agreement under the 2005 SIC Plan (effective December 15, 2009). (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the December 21, 2009 Form 8-K).*

10.23   

Form of Management Stock Option Agreement under the 2005 SIC Plan. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.14 to the 2009 Annual Report).*

10.24   

Form of Management Restricted Stock Unit Agreement under the 2005 SIC Plan. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.18 to the 2010 Annual Report).*

10.25   

Amendment to Management Restricted Stock Unit Agreement under the 2005 SIC Plan (effective December 31, 2005). (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.19 to the 2010 Annual Report).*

10.26   

Form of Management Restricted Stock Unit Agreement under the 2005 SIC Plan (effective December 31, 2005). (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.20 to the 2010 Annual Report).*

10.27   

Form of Management Restricted Stock Unit Agreement under the 2005 SIC Plan (effective as of April 25, 2007). (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the First Quarter 2007 10-Q).*

10.28   

Amendment to Restricted Stock Unit Agreements under the 2005 SIC Plan (effective as of April 25, 2007). (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the First Quarter 2007 10-Q).*

10.29   

Form of Management Restricted Stock Unit Agreement under the 2005 SIC Plan (effective December 11, 2007). (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to MetLife, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated December 13, 2007 (the “December 13, 2007 Form 8-K”)).*

10.30   

Amendment to Restricted Stock Unit Agreements under the 2005 SIC Plan (effective as of December 31, 2007). (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.29 to the 2007 Annual Report).*

10.31   

Form of Management Restricted Stock Unit Agreement under the 2005 SIC Plan (effective December 15, 2009). (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the December 21, 2009 Form 8-K).*

10.32   

Form of Management Performance Share Agreement under the 2005 SIC Plan (effective December 31, 2005). (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.31 to the 2010 Annual Report).*

10.33   

Clarification of Management Performance Share Agreement under the 2005 SIC Plan. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.29 to the 2010 Annual Report).*

10.34   

Amendment to Management Performance Share Agreement under the 2005 SIC Plan (effective December 31, 2005). (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.30 to the 2010 Annual Report).*

 

E-9


Table of Contents
10.35   

Form of Management Performance Share Agreement under the 2005 SIC Plan (effective February 27, 2007).*

10.36   

Form of Management Performance Share Agreement under the 2005 SIC Plan (effective as of April 25, 2007). (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the First Quarter 2007 10-Q).*

10.37   

Amendment to Management Performance Share Agreements under the 2005 SIC Plan (effective as of April 25, 2007). (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the First Quarter 2007 10-Q).*

10.38   

Form of Management Performance Share Agreement under the 2005 SIC Plan (effective December 11, 2007). (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the December 13, 2007 Form 8-K).*

10.39   

Amendment to Management Performance Share Agreements under the 2005 SIC Plan (effective as of December 31, 2007). (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the December 13, 2007 Form 8-K).*

10.40   

Form of Management Performance Share Agreement under the 2005 SIC Plan (effective January 27, 2009). (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to MetLife, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated January 30, 2009).*

10.41   

Form of Management Performance Share Agreement under the 2005 SIC Plan (effective February 24, 2009). (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to MetLife, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated March 13, 2009).*

10.42   

Form of Management Performance Share Agreement under the 2005 SIC Plan (effective December 15, 2009). (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the December 21, 2009 Form 8-K).*

10.43   

Form of Management Performance Share Agreement under the 2005 SIC Plan (effective February 21, 2010). (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to MetLife, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated February 22, 2010).*

10.44   

Form of Management Performance Share Agreement under the 2005 SIC Plan (effective December 14, 2010). (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to MetLife, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated December 17, 2010).*

10.45   

Amended and Restated 2010-2011 Long Term Incentive Plan for Employees of ALICO, including 2010-2011 Alico LTI Performance Measures and Goals (effective November 1, 2010).*

10.46   

MetLife International Performance Unit Incentive Plan, dated July 21, 2011 (as amended and restated effective February 23, 2011).*

10.47   

Form of Performance Unit Agreement under the MetLife International Performance Unit Incentive Plan (effective February 23, 2011).*

10.48   

MetLife International Unit Option Incentive Plan, dated July 21, 2011 (as amended and restated effective February 23, 2011).*

10.49   

Form of Unit Option Agreement under the MetLife International Unit Option Incentive Plan (effective February 23, 2011).*

10.50   

MetLife Policyholder Trust Agreement. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12 to the S-1 Registration Statement).

10.51   

Amendment to MetLife Policyholder Trust Agreement. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the MetLife Policyholder Trust’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007).

10.52   

Five-Year Credit Agreement, dated as of August 12, 2011, among MetLife, Inc. and MetLife Funding, Inc., as borrowers, and the other parties signatory thereto, amending and restating the 364-Day Credit Agreement, dated as of October 15, 2010, among MetLife, Inc. and MetLife Funding, Inc., as borrowers, and the other parties signatory thereto. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to MetLife, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated August 15, 2011).

 

E-10


Table of Contents
10.53   

Three-Year Credit Agreement, dated as of October 15, 2010, among MetLife, Inc. and MetLife Funding, Inc., as borrowers, and the other parties signatory thereto. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to MetLife, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated October 15, 2010).

10.54   

MetLife Annual Variable Incentive Plan (“AVIP”). (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.41 to the 2009 Annual Report).*

10.55   

Amendment Number One to the AVIP. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.48 to the 2010 Annual Report).*

10.56   

Resolutions of the MetLife, Inc. Board of Directors (adopted February 18, 2010) regarding the selection of performance measures for 2010 awards under the AVIP. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to MetLife, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2010).*

10.57   

Resolutions of the MetLife, Inc. Board of Directors (adopted December 14, 2010) regarding the selection of performance measures for 2011 awards under the AVIP. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.52 to the 2010 Annual Report).*

10.58   

Resolutions of the MetLife, Inc. Board of Directors (adopted December 13, 2011) regarding the selection of performance measures for 2012 awards under the AVIP.*

10.59   

Resolutions of the MetLife, Inc., Board of Directors (adopted September 13, 2011) regarding non-management director compensation. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Third Quarter 2011 10-Q).*

10.60   

Metropolitan Life Auxiliary Savings and Investment Plan (as amended and restated, effective January 1, 2008). (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.57 to the 2007 Annual Report).*

10.61   

Amendment 1 to the Metropolitan Life Auxiliary Savings and Investment Plan (as amended and restated, effective January 1, 2008). (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.46 to the 2009 Annual Report).*

10.62   

Amendment Number 2 to the Metropolitan Life Auxiliary Savings and Investment Plan (Amended and Restated Effective January 1, 2008). (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.55 to the 2010 Annual Report).*

10.63   

MetLife Deferred Compensation Plan for Officers, as amended and restated, effective November 1, 2003. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.41 to the 2008 Annual Report).*

10.64   

Amendment Number One to the MetLife Deferred Compensation Plan for Officers (as amended and restated as of November 1, 2003), dated May 4, 2005. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.57 to the 2010 Annual Report).*

10.65   

Amendment Number Two to the MetLife Deferred Compensation Plan for Officers (as amended and restated as of November 1, 2003, effective December 14, 2005). (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.58 to the 2010 Annual Report).*

10.66   

Amendment Number Three to the MetLife Deferred Compensation Plan for Officers (as amended and restated as of November 1, 2003, effective February 26, 2007).*

10.67   

MetLife Leadership Deferred Compensation Plan, dated November 2, 2006 (as amended and restated, effective with respect to salary and cash incentive compensation, January 1, 2005, and with respect to stock compensation, April 15, 2005). *

10.68   

Amendment Number One to the MetLife Leadership Deferred Compensation Plan, dated December 13, 2007 (effective as of December 31, 2007). (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.63 to the 2007 Annual Report).*

 

E-11


Table of Contents
10.69   

Amendment Number Two to the MetLife Leadership Deferred Compensation Plan, dated December 11, 2008 (effective December 31, 2008). (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.47 to the 2008 Annual Report).*

10.70   

Amendment Number Three to the MetLife Leadership Deferred Compensation Plan, dated December 11, 2009 (effective January 1, 2010). (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.54 to the 2009 Annual Report).*

10.71   

Amendment Number Four to the MetLife Leadership Deferred Compensation Plan, dated December 11, 2009 (effective December 31, 2009). (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.55 to the 2009 Annual Report).*

10.72   

Amendment Number Five to the MetLife Leadership Deferred Compensation Plan, dated December 11, 2009 (effective January 1, 2011). (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.65 to the 2010 Annual Report).*

10.73   

MetLife Deferred Compensation Plan for Outside Directors (effective December 9, 2003). (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.48 to the 2008 Annual Report).*

10.74   

Amendment Number One to the MetLife Deferred Compensation Plan for Outside Directors (as amended and restated as of December 9, 2003, effective February 26, 2007).*

10.75   

MetLife Non-Management Director Deferred Compensation Plan, dated November 2, 2006 (as amended and restated, effective January 1, 2005). *

10.76   

Amendment Number One to the MetLife Non-Management Director Deferred Compensation Plan (as amended and restated as of December 9, 2006, effective February 26, 2007).*

10.77   

MetLife Non-Management Director Deferred Compensation Plan, dated December 5, 2007 (as amended and restated, effective January 1, 2005). (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.68 to the 2007 Annual Report).*

10.78   

The MetLife Non-Management Director Deferred Compensation Plan, dated December 9, 2008 (as amended and restated, effective January 1, 2005). (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.53 to the 2008 Annual Report).*

10.79   

MetLife, Inc. Director Indemnity Plan (dated and effective July 22, 2008). (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to MetLife, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated July 25, 2008).*

10.80   

MetLife Auxiliary Pension Plan, dated August 7, 2006 (as amended and restated, effective June 30, 2006). *

10.81   

MetLife Auxiliary Pension Plan, dated December 21, 2006 (amending and restating Part I thereof, effective January 1, 2007).*

10.82   

MetLife Auxiliary Pension Plan, dated December 21, 2007 (amending and restating Part I thereof, effective January 1, 2008). (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to MetLife, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated December 28, 2007).*

10.83   

Amendment #1 to the MetLife Auxiliary Pension Plan (as amended and restated, effective January 1, 2008), dated October 24, 2008 (effective October 1, 2008). (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.58 to the 2008 Annual Report).*

10.84   

Amendment Number Two to the MetLife Auxiliary Pension Plan (as amended and restated, effective January 1, 2008), dated December 12, 2008 (effective December 31, 2008). (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.59 to the 2008 Annual Report).*

10.85   

Amendment Number Three to the MetLife Auxiliary Pension Plan (as amended and restated, effective January 1, 2008) dated March 25, 2009 (effective January 1, 2009). (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to MetLife, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated March 31, 2009).*

 

E-12


Table of Contents
10.86   

Amendment Number Four to the MetLife Auxiliary Pension Plan (as amended and restated, effective January 1, 2008), dated December 16, 2009 (effective January 1, 2010). (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the December 21, 2009 Form 8-K).*

10.87   

Amendment Number Five to the MetLife Auxiliary Pension Plan (as amended and restated, effective January 1, 2008) dated December 21, 2010 (effective January 1, 2010). (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.80 to the 2010 Annual Report).*

10.88   

Alico Overseas Pension Plan, dated January 2009.*

10.89   

Amendment Number One to the Alico Overseas Pension Plan (effective November 1, 2010), dated December 20, 2010.*

10.90   

Amendment Number Two to the Alico Overseas Pension Plan (effective as of November 1, 2010), dated December 13, 2011.*

10.91   

MetLife Plan for Transition Assistance for Officers, dated December 28, 2009 (as amended and restated, effective January 1, 2010 (the “MPTA”)). (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.84 to the 2009 Annual Report).*

10.92   

Amendment Number One to the MPTA, dated December 15, 2010. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.96 to the 2010 Annual Report).*

10.93   

Amendment Number Two to the MPTA, dated December 7, 2011.*

10.94   

Amendment Number Three to the MPTA, dated December 22, 2011.*

12.1   

Statement re: Computation of Ratios of Earnings to Fixed Charges.

21.1   

Subsidiaries of the Registrant.

23.1   

Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP.

31.1   

Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

31.2   

Certification of Interim Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

32.1   

Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

32.2   

Certification of Interim Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

101.INS   

XBRL Instance Document.

101.SCH   

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document.

101.CAL   

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document.

101.LAB   

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document.

101.PRE   

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document.

101.DEF   

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document.

 

*

Indicates management contracts or compensatory plans or arrangements.

**

Indicates document to be filed as an exhibit to a Current Report on Form 8-K or Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q pursuant to Item 601 of Regulation S-K and incorporated herein by reference.

 

E-13

Exhibit 3.1

AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

METLIFE, INC.

ARTICLE I

NAME OF CORPORATION

The name of the corporation is MetLife, Inc. (the “Corporation”).

ARTICLE II

REGISTERED OFFICE

The Corporation’s registered office in the State of Delaware is at 1209 Orange Street, City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, Delaware. The name of its registered agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.

ARTICLE III

PURPOSE

The nature of the business of the Corporation and its purpose is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be engaged under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

ARTICLE IV

STOCK

SECTION 1. AUTHORIZED STOCK. The aggregate number of shares of stock that the Corporation shall have authority to issue is three billion (3,000,000,000) shares of Common Stock, par value $.01 per share (the “Common Stock”), and two hundred million (200,000,000) shares of Preferred Stock, par value $.01 per share (the “Preferred Stock”). Subject to the rights of the holders of any class or series of Preferred Stock or Common Stock provided by this Certificate of Incorporation, or otherwise by law, the number of authorized shares of the Common Stock and the Preferred Stock or any other class of


stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the combined voting power of the outstanding shares of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon, and, irrespective of the provisions of Section 242(b)(2) of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware or any corresponding provision hereinafter enacted, with such outstanding shares of Common Stock and other stock considered for this purpose a single class.

SECTION 2. PREFERRED STOCK. (a) The Preferred Stock may be issued at any time and from time to time in one or more series. The Board of Directors is hereby authorized to provide by resolution for the issuance of shares of Preferred Stock in series and, by filing a certificate of designation containing such resolution pursuant to the applicable provisions of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (hereinafter referred to as a “Preferred Stock Certificate of Designation”), to establish from time to time the number of shares to be included in each such series, and to fix the designation, powers, preferences and rights of shares of each such series and the qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof.

(b) The authority of the Board of Directors with respect to each series of Preferred Stock shall include, but not be limited to, determination of the following:

 

  (i) the designation of the series, which may be by distinguishing number, letter or title;

 

  (ii) the number of shares of the series, which number the Board of Directors may thereafter (except where otherwise provided in the applicable Preferred Stock Certificate of Designation) increase or decrease (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding);

 

  (iii) whether dividends, if any, shall be cumulative or noncumulative and the dividend rate of the series;

 

  (iv) whether dividends, if any, shall be payable in cash, in kind or otherwise;

 

  (v) the dates on which dividends, if any, shall be payable;

 

  (vi) the redemption rights and price or prices, if any, for shares of the series;

 

  (vii) the terms and amount of any sinking fund provided for the purchase or redemption of shares of the series;

 

-2-


  (viii) the amounts payable on shares of the series in the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation;

 

  (ix) whether the shares of the series shall be convertible or exchangeable into shares of any other class or series, or any other security, of the Corporation or any other corporation, and, if so, the specification of such other class or series or such other security, the conversion or exchange price or prices or rate or rates, any adjustments thereof, the date or dates as of which such shares shall be convertible or exchangeable and all other terms and conditions upon which such conversion or exchange may be made;

 

  (x) restrictions on the issuance of shares of the same series or of any other class or series; and

 

  (xi) whether or not the holders of the shares of such series shall have voting rights, in addition to the voting rights provided by law, and if so, the terms of such voting rights, which may provide, among other things and subject to the other provisions of this Certificate of Incorporation, that each share of such series shall carry one vote or more or less than one vote per share, that the holders of such series shall be entitled to vote on certain matters as a separate class (which for such purpose may be comprised solely of such series or of such series and one or more other series or classes of stock of the Corporation) and that all the shares of such series entitled to vote on a particular matter shall be deemed to be voted on such matter in the manner that a specified portion of the voting power of the shares of such series or separate class are voted on such matter.

(c) The Common Stock shall be subject to the express terms of the Preferred Stock and any series thereof.

(d) Except as otherwise required by law, holders of Common Stock, as such, shall not be entitled to vote on any amendment to this Certificate of Incorporation that alters or changes the powers, preferences, rights or other terms of one or more outstanding series of Preferred Stock if the holders of such affected series are entitled, either separately or together with the holders of one or more other series of Preferred Stock, to vote thereon as a separate class pursuant to this Certificate of Incorporation or a Preferred Stock Certificate of Designation or pursuant to the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware as currently in effect or as the same may hereafter be amended.

(e) For purposes hereof and the By-Laws, the term “Certificate of Incorporation” includes the Certificate of Incorporation as it may be amended by a Preferred Stock Certificate of Designation from time to time.

 

-3-


SECTION 3. VOTING IN ELECTION OF DIRECTORS. Except as may be required by law or as provided in this Certificate of Incorporation, the Common Stock shall have the exclusive right to vote for the election of Directors and for all other purposes, and holders of Preferred Stock shall not be entitled to vote on any matter or receive notice of any meeting of stockholders. The election of Directors need not be taken by written ballot.

SECTION 4. OWNER. The Corporation shall be entitled to treat the person in whose name any share of its stock is registered as the owner thereof for all purposes and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to, or interest in, such share on the part of any other person, whether or not the Corporation shall have notice thereof, except as expressly provided by applicable law.

SECTION 5. STOCKHOLDER RIGHTS PLANS. The Board of Directors is hereby authorized to create and issue, whether or not in connection with the issuance and sale of any of its stock or other securities or property, rights entitling the holders thereof to purchase from the Corporation shares of stock or other securities of the Corporation or any other corporation. The times at which and the terms upon which such rights are to be issued will be determined by the Board of Directors and set forth in the contracts or instruments that evidence such rights. The authority of the Board of Directors with respect to such rights shall include, but not be limited to, determination of the following:

 

  (a) the initial purchase price per share or other unit of the stock or other securities or property to be purchased upon exercise of such rights;

 

  (b) provisions relating to the times at which and the circumstances under which such rights may be exercised or sold or otherwise transferred, either together with or separately from any other stock or other securities of the Corporation;

 

  (c) provisions which adjust the number or exercise price of such rights, or amount or nature of the stock or other securities or property receivable upon exercise of such rights, in the event of a combination, split or recapitalization of any stock of the Corporation, a change in ownership of the Corporation’s stock or other securities or a reorganization, merger, consolidation, sale of assets or other occurrence relating to the Corporation or any stock of the Corporation, and provisions restricting the ability of the Corporation to enter into any such transaction absent an assumption by the other party or parties thereto of the obligations of the Corporation under such rights;

 

  (d) provisions which deny the holder of a specified percentage of the outstanding stock or other securities of the Corporation the right to exercise such rights and/or cause the rights held by such holder to become void;

 

-4-


  (e) provisions which permit the Corporation to redeem such rights or which prohibit or limit the redemption of such rights; and

 

  (f) the appointment of a rights agent with respect to such rights.

ARTICLE V

INCORPORATOR

The name and mailing address of the incorporator is as follows:

Gary A. Beller

Metropolitan Life Insurance Company

One Madison Avenue

New York, New York 10010

ARTICLE VI

BOARD OF DIRECTORS;

MANAGEMENT OF THE CORPORATION

SECTION 1. CLASSIFIED BOARD. (a) The Directors of the Corporation, subject to the rights of the holders of shares of any class or series of Preferred Stock, shall be classified with respect to the time for which they severally hold office, into three classes, as nearly equal in number as possible, as shall be provided in the By-Laws of the Corporation, one class (“Class I”) whose term expires at the 2000 annual meeting of stockholders, another class (“Class II”) whose term expires at the 2001 annual meeting of stockholders, and another class (“Class III”) whose term expires at the 2002 annual meeting of stockholders, with each class to hold office until its successors are elected and qualified. At each annual meeting of stockholders of the Corporation, the date of which will be fixed pursuant to the By-Laws of the Corporation, and subject to the rights of the holders of shares of any class or series of Preferred Stock, the successors of the class of directors whose term expires at that meeting shall be elected to hold office for a term expiring at the annual meeting of stockholders held in the third year following the year of their election.

SECTION 2. POLICYHOLDER TRUST. While the Trust (as defined below) is in existence, each Director shall, in exercising his or her duties as a director, take the interests of the beneficiaries of the Trust into account as if they were holders of the shares of Common Stock held therein, except to the extent that any such Director determines, based on advice of counsel, that to do so would violate his or her duties as a director under Delaware law. For purposes of this Section 2, the “Trust” shall mean the Policyholder Trust created by the Policyholder Trust Agreement among the Corporation,

 

-5-


Metropolitan Life Insurance Company, Wilmington Trust Company and Chase Mellon Shareholder Services, L.L.C., dated November 3, 1999, as such may be amended from time to time.

SECTION 3. MANAGEMENT OF BUSINESS. The following provisions are inserted for the management of the business, for the conduct of the affairs of the Corporation and for the purpose of creating, defining, limiting and regulating the powers of the Corporation and its directors and stockholders:

 

  (a) Subject to the rights of any holders of any series of Preferred Stock, if any, to elect additional Directors under specified circumstances, the holders of a majority of the combined voting power of the then outstanding stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of Directors may remove any Director, but only for cause.

 

  (b) Vacancies in the Board of Directors resulting from death, resignation, retirement, disqualification, removal from office or other cause and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of Directors shall be filled in the manner provided in the By-Laws of the Corporation.

 

  (c) Advance notice of nominations for the election of Directors shall be given in the manner and to the extent provided in the By-Laws of the Corporation.

 

  (d) The election of Directors may be conducted in any manner approved by the officer presiding at a meeting of stockholders or the Director presiding at a meeting of the Board of Directors, as the case may be, at the time when the election is held and need not be by written ballot.

 

  (e) All corporate powers and authority of the Corporation (except as at the time otherwise provided by law, by this Certificate of Incorporation or by the By-Laws) shall be vested in and exercised by the Board of Directors.

 

  (f) The Board of Directors shall have the power without the assent or vote of the stockholders to adopt, amend, alter or repeal the By-Laws of the Corporation, except to the extent that the By-Laws or this Certificate of Incorporation otherwise provide. In addition to any requirements of law and any other provision of this Certificate of Incorporation, the stockholders of the Corporation may adopt, amend, alter or repeal any provision of the By-Laws upon the affirmative vote of the holders of three-quarters (3/4) or more of the combined voting power of the then outstanding stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of Directors.

 

-6-


ARTICLE VII

LIABILITY OF DIRECTORS

SECTION 1. GENERAL. No Director of the Corporation shall be liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of his or her fiduciary duty as a Director, except to the extent that such exemption from liability or limitation thereof is not permitted under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware as currently in effect or as the same may hereafter be amended.

SECTION 2. REPEAL OR MODIFICATION. Any repeal or modification of this Article VII by the stockholders of the Corporation shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a Director, officer or the Corporation existing at the time of such repeal or modification. If the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware is amended after the filing of this Certificate of Incorporation to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of Directors, then the liability of a Director of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, as so amended.

ARTICLE VIII

NO STOCKHOLDER ACTIONS BY WRITTEN CONSENT

Any action required or permitted to be taken by the stockholders of the Corporation must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation, and the ability of the stockholders to consent in writing to the taking of any action, including (but not limited to) the election of Directors, is specifically denied.

ARTICLE IX

AMENDMENT

The Corporation reserves the right to amend or repeal any provision contained in this Certificate of Incorporation in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by the laws of the State of Delaware, and all rights herein conferred upon stockholders or Directors (in the present form of this Certificate of Incorporation or as hereinafter amended) are granted subject to this reservation; provided, however, that any amendment or repeal of Article VII of this Certificate of Incorporation shall not adversely affect any right or protection existing hereunder immediately prior to such amendment or repeal; and, provided, further, that Section 5 of Article IV and Articles VI, VII, VIII and this Article IX of this Certificate of Incorporation shall not be amended, altered or repealed without the affirmative vote of the holders of at least three-quarters (3/4) of the then outstanding stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of Directors.

 

-7-

Exhibit 3.2

METLIFE, INC.

Certificate of Designation,

Preferences and Rights

Pursuant to Section 151

of the General Corporation law

of the State of Delaware

 

 

Certificate of Designation,

Preferences and Rights

of

Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock

I, Gary A. Beller, being the Senior Executive Vice President and General Counsel of MetLife, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under the General Corporation Law of Delaware (the “Corporation”), do hereby certify:

FIRST: That, pursuant to authority expressly vested in the Board of Directors of the Corporation by the provisions of its Amended and Restated Certification of Incorporation, the Board of Directors on March 28, 2000 duly adopted the following resolution:

RESOLVED that a Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock, par value $0.01 per share, be, and it hereby is, created by this Board of Directors, pursuant to authority expressly vested in it by the provisions of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, and that the designation, relative powers, preferences and rights, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof are as follows:

Section 1. Designation and Number of Shares . 10,000,000 shares of the Preferred Stock of the Corporation shall constitute a series of Preferred Stock designated as Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock (hereinafter referred to as the “Series A Preferred Stock”). Such number of shares may be increased or decreased by resolution of the Board of Directors; provided, that no decrease shall reduce the number of shares of Series A Preferred Stock to a number less than the number of shares then outstanding plus the number of shares reserved for issuance upon the exercise of outstanding options, rights or warrants or upon the conversion of any outstanding securities issued by the Corporation convertible into Series A Preferred Stock.

Section 2. Dividends and Distributions . (A) Subject to the rights of the holders of any shares of any series of Preferred Stock (or any similar stock) ranking prior and superior to the Series A Preferred Stock with respect to dividends, the holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock, in preference to the holders of Common Stock, par value $0.01 of the Corporation (the “Common Stock”) and of any other junior stock which may


be outstanding, shall be entitled to receive, when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors out of funds legally available for the purpose, annual dividends payable in cash on the fifteenth day of December in each year (each such date being referred to herein as a “Dividend Payment Date”), commencing on the first Dividend Payment Date after the first issuance of a share of fraction of a share of Series A Preferred Stock, in an amount per share (rounded to the nearest cent) equal to the greater of (a) $10.00 per share, or (b) subject to the provision for adjustment hereinafter set forth, 100 times the aggregate per share amount of all cash dividends, and 100 times the aggregate per share amount (payable in kind) of all non-cash dividends or other distributions, other than a dividend payable in shares of Common Stock or a subdivision of the outstanding shares of Common Stock (by reclassification or otherwise), declared on the Common Stock since the immediately preceding Dividend Payment Date, or, with respect to the first Dividend Payment Date, since the first issuance of any share or fraction of a share of Series A Preferred Stock. In the event the Corporation shall at any time declare or pay any dividend on Common Stock payable in shares of Common Stock, or effect a subdivision or combination or consolidation of the outstanding shares of Common Stock (by reclassification or otherwise) into a greater or lesser number of shares of Common Stock, then in each such case the amount to which holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock were entitled immediately prior to such event under clause (b) of the preceding sentence shall be adjusted by multiplying such amount by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately after such event and the denominator of which is the number of shares of Common Stock that were outstanding immediately prior to such event.

(B) The Corporation shall declare a dividend or distribution on the Series A Preferred Stock as provided in paragraph (A) of this Section immediately after it declares a dividend or distribution on the Common Stock (other than a dividend payable in shares of Common Stock); provided that, in the event no dividend or distribution shall have been declared on the Common Stock during the period between any Dividend Payment Date and the next subsequent Dividend Payment Date, a dividend of $10.00 per share of the Series A Preferred Stock shall be nevertheless be payable on such subsequent Dividend Payment Date.

(C) Dividends shall begin to accrue and be cumulative on outstanding shares or Series A Preferred Stock from the Dividend Payment Date next preceding the date of issue of such shares of Series A Preferred Stock, unless the date of issue of such shares is prior to the record date for the first Dividend Payment Date, in which case dividends on such shares shall begin to accrue from the date of issue of such shares, or unless the date of issue is a Dividend Payment Date or is a date after the record date for the determination of holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock entitled to receive a quarterly dividend and before such Dividend Payment Date, in either of which events such dividends shall begin to accrue and be cumulative from such Dividend Payment Date. Accrued but unpaid dividends shall accumulate but shall not bear interest. Dividends paid on the shares of Series A Preferred Stock in an amount less than the total amount of such dividends at the time accrued and payable on such shares shall be allocated pro rata on a share-by-share basis among all such shares at the time outstanding.

 

-2-


The Board of Directors may fix a record date for the determination of holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock entitled to receive payment of a dividend or distribution thereon, which record date shall be not more than 60 days prior to the date fixed for the payment thereof.

Section 3. Voting Rights . The holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall have the following voting rights:

(A) Subject to the provisions for adjustments as hereinafter set forth, each share of Series A Preferred stock shall entitle the holder thereof to 100 votes (and each one one-hundredth of a share of Series a Preferred Stock shall entitle the holder thereof to one vote) on all matters submitted to a vote of the stockholders of the Corporation. In the event the Corporation shall at any time declare or pay any dividend on Common Stock payable in shares of Common Stock or effect a subdivision or combination or consolidation of the outstanding shares of Common Stock or effect a subdivision or combination or consolidation of the outstanding shares of Common Stock (by reclassification or otherwise) into a greater or lesser number of shares of Common Stock, then in each such case the number of votes per share to which holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock were entitled immediately prior to such event shall be adjusted by multiplying such number by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately after such event and the denominator of which is the number of shares of Common Stock that were outstanding immediately prior to such event.

(B) Except as otherwise provided herein, the Certificate of Incorporation, in any other certificate of designation creating a series of preferred stock or any similar stock, or by law, the holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock and the holders of shares of Common Stock and any other capital stock of the Corporation having general voting rights shall vote together as one class on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders of the Corporation.

(C) Except as provided herein, in Section 10 or by applicable law, holders of Series A Preferred Stock shall have no special voting rights and their consent shall not be required (except to the extent they are entitled to vote with holders of Common Stock as set forth herein) for authorizing or taking any corporate action.

Section 4. Certain Restrictions .

(A) Whenever quarterly dividends or other dividends or distributions payable on the Series A Preferred Stock as provided in Section 2 are in arrears, thereafter and until all accrued and unpaid dividends and distributions, whether or not declared, on shares of Series A Preferred Stock outstanding shall have been paid in full, the Corporation shall not:

(i) declare or pay dividends on, make any other distributions on any shares or stock ranking junior (either as to dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution or winding-up) to the Series A Preferred Stock;

 

-3-


(ii) declare or pay dividends, or make any other distributions, on any shares of stock ranking on a parity (either as to dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up) with the Series A Preferred Stock except dividends paid ratably on the Series A Preferred Stock, and all such parity stock on which dividends are payable or in arrears in proportion to the total amounts to which the holders of all such shares are then entitled;

(iii) redeem or purchase or otherwise acquire for consideration shares of any stock ranking junior (either as to dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution or winding-up) to the Series A Preferred Stock, provided that the Corporation may at any time redeem, purchase or otherwise acquire shares of any such junior stock in exchange for shares of any stock of the Corporation ranking junior (either as to dividends or upon dissolution, liquidation or winding up) to the Series A Preferred Stock; or

(iv) purchase or otherwise acquire for consideration any shares of Series A Preferred Stock, or any shares of stock ranking on a parity (either as to dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution or winding-up) with the Series A Preferred Stock, except in accordance with a purchase offer made in writing or by publication (as determined by the Board of Directors) to all holders of such shares upon such terms as the Board of Directors, after consideration of the respective annual dividend rates and other relative rights, preferences and limitations of the respective series and classes, shall determine in good faith will result in fair and equitable treatment among the respective series or classes.

(B) The Corporation shall not permit any subsidiary of the Corporation to purchase or otherwise acquire for consideration any shares of stock of the Corporation unless the Corporation could, under paragraph (A) of this Section 4, purchase or otherwise acquire such shares at such time and in such manner.

Section 5. Reacquired Shares . Any shares of Series A Preferred Stock purchased or otherwise acquired by the Corporation in any manner whatsoever, shall be retired and canceled promptly after the acquisition thereof. All such shares shall upon their cancellation become authorized but unissued shares of preferred stock, without designation as to series, and may be reissued as part of a new series of preferred stock to be created by resolution or resolutions of the Board of Directors, subject to the conditions and restrictions on issuance set forth herein, in the Restated Certificate of Incorporation, in any other certificate of designation creating a series of preferred stock or any similar stock or as otherwise required by law.

Section 6. Liquidation, Dissolution or Winding-Up . Upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the Corporation, no distribution shall be made (A) to the holders of shares of stock ranking junior (either as to dividends

 

-4-


or upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up) to the Series A Preferred Stock unless prior thereto, the holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall have received the higher of (i) $100 per share, plus an amount equal to accrued and unpaid dividends and distributions thereon, whether or not declared, to the date of such payment, or (ii) an aggregate amount per share, subject to the provision for adjustment hereinafter set forth, equal to 100 times the aggregate amount to be distributed per share to holders of Common Stock; nor shall any distribution be made (B) to the holders of stock ranking on a parity (either as to dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution or winding-up) with the Series A Preferred Stock, except distributions made ratably on the Series A Preferred Stock and all other such parity stock in proportion to the total amounts to which the holders of all such shares are entitled upon such liquidation, dissolution or winding-up. In the event the Corporation shall at any time declare or pay any dividend on Common Stock payable in shares of Common Stock, or effect a subdivision or combination or consolidation of the outstanding shares of Common Stock (by reclassification or otherwise) into a greater of lesser number of shares of Common Stock, then in each such case the aggregate amount to which holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock were entitled immediately prior to such event under the provision in clause (A) of the preceding sentence shall be adjusted by multiplying such amount by a fraction the numerator of which is the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately after such event and the denominator of which is the number of shares of Common Stock that were outstanding immediately prior to such event.

Section 7. Consolidation, Merger, etc . In case the Corporation shall enter into any consolidation, merger, combination or other transaction in which the share of Common Stock are exchanged for or changed into other stock or securities, cash and/or any other property, or otherwise changed, then in any such case each share of Series A Preferred Stock shall at the same time be similarly exchanged or changed into an amount per share (subject to the provision for adjustment hereinafter set forth) equal to 100 times the aggregate amount of stock, securities, cash and/or any other property (payable in kind), as the case may be, into which or for which each share of Common Stock is changed or exchanged. In the event the Corporation shall at any time declare or pay any dividend on Common Stock payable in shares of Common Stock, or effect a subdivision or combination or consolidation of the outstanding shares of Common Stock (by reclassification or otherwise) into a greater or lesser number of shares of Common Stock, then in each such case the amount set forth in the preceding sentence with respect to the exchange or change of shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall be adjusted by multiplying such amount by a fraction the numerator of which is the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately after such event and the denominator of which is the number of shares of Common Stock that were outstanding immediately prior to such event.

Section 8. No Redemption . The shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall not be redeemable.

Section 9. Rank . Unless otherwise provided in the Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation or a Certificate of Designation relating to a subsequent

 

-5-


series of preferred stock of the Corporation, the Series A Preferred Stock shall rank junior to all other series of the Corporation’s preferred stock as the payment of dividends and the distribution of assets on liquidation, dissolution or winding-up, and senior to the Common Stock of this Corporation.

Section 10. Amendment . The Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, as amended, shall not be amended in any manner which would materially alter or change the powers, preferences or special rights of the Series A Preferred Stock so as to affect them adversely without the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds of the outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock, voting together as a single series.

Section 11. Fractional Shares . Series A Preferred Stock may be issued in fractions of a share (in one one-hundredths (1/100th) of a share and integral multiples thereof) which shall entitle the holder, in proportion to such holder’s fractional shares, to exercise voting rights, receive dividends, participate in distributions and to have the benefit of all other rights of holders of Series A Preferred Stock.

 

-6-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Certificate of Designation is executed on behalf of the Corporation by its Senior Executive Vice President and General Counsel and attested by its Secretary this 7th of April, 2000.

 

/s/ Gary A. Beller

Name:

  Gary A. Beller

Title:

  Senior Executive Vice President and
  General Counsel

 

ATTEST:

/s/ Gwenn L. Carr

Name:

  Gwenn L. Carr

Title:

  Secretary

 

-7-

Exhibit 3.3

CERTIFICATE OF DESIGNATIONS

OF

FLOATING RATE NON-CUMULATIVE PREFERRED STOCK, SERIES A

OF

METLIFE, INC.

METLIFE, INC., a corporation organized and existing under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “Corporation”), in accordance with the provisions of Sections 103 and 151 thereof, does hereby certify:

The Terms Committee (the “Committee”) of the board of directors of the Corporation (the “Board of Directors”), in accordance with the resolutions of the Board of Directors dated February 22, 2005, March 3, 2005 and the unanimous written consent of the Board of Directors dated as of May 16, 2005, the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation and By-Laws of the Corporation and applicable law, adopted the following resolution creating a series of 27,600,000 shares of Preferred Stock, par value $.01 per share, of the Corporation designated as “Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series A” at a meeting of the Committee on June 6, 2005.

RESOLVED, that pursuant to the authority vested in the Committee and in accordance with the resolutions of the Board of Directors dated February 22, 2005, March 3, 2005 and the unanimous written consent of the Board of Directors dated as of May 16, 2005, the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation and By-Laws of the Corporation and applicable law, a series of Preferred Stock, par value $.01 per share, of the Corporation be and hereby is created, and that the designation and number of shares of such series, and the voting and other powers, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other rights, and the qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof, of the shares of such series, are as follows:

SECTION 1. DESIGNATION. The distinctive serial designation of such series of Preferred Stock is “Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series A” (“Series A Preferred Stock”). Each share of Series A Preferred Stock shall be identical in all respects to every other share of Series A Preferred Stock, except as to the respective dates from which dividends thereon shall accrue, to the extent such dates may differ as permitted pursuant to Section 4(a) below.

SECTION 2. NUMBER OF SHARES. The authorized number of shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall be 27,600,000. Shares of Series A Preferred Stock that are redeemed, purchased or otherwise acquired by the Corporation, or converted into another series of Preferred Stock, shall be cancelled and shall revert to authorized but unissued shares of Series A Preferred Stock.


SECTION 3. DEFINITIONS. As used herein with respect to Series A Preferred Stock:

(a) “Adjusted Shareholders’ Equity Amount” means, as of any Quarter End, the shareholders’ equity of the Corporation as reflected on its consolidated balance sheet as of such Quarter End minus accumulated other comprehensive income as reflected on such consolidated balance sheet, (i) subject to Section 5(d)(iv) and (ii) except that any increase in shareholders’ equity resulting from the issuance of Preferred Stock during the period from and including the Final Quarter End Test Date for a Dividend Period as to which the Corporation fails the test set forth in Section 5(a)(ii) through the first Quarter End thereafter as of which the Adjusted Shareholders’ Equity Amount has declined by less than 10% or increased as compared to such amount on the Benchmark Quarter End Test Date shall not be taken into account in calculating the Adjusted Shareholders’ Equity Amount as of such Quarter End during such period.

(b) “Annual Statement” means, as to an Insurance Subsidiary, the annual statement of such Insurance Subsidiary containing its statutory balance sheet and income statement as required to be filed by it with one or more state insurance commissioners or other state insurance regulatory authorities.

(c) “Benchmark Quarter End Test Date” has the meaning specified in Section 5(a)(ii).

(d) “By-Laws” means the amended and restated bylaws of the Corporation, as they may be amended from time to time.

(e) “Business Day” means a day that is a Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday or Friday and is not a day on which banking institutions in New York City generally are authorized or obligated by law or executive order to close.

(f) “Calculation Agent” means, at any time, the person or entity appointed by the Corporation and serving as such agent at such time. The Corporation may terminate any such appointment and may appoint a successor agent at any time and from time to time, provided that the Corporation shall use its best efforts to ensure that there is, at all relevant times when the Series A Preferred Stock is outstanding, a person or entity appointed and serving as such agent. The Calculation Agent may be a person or entity affiliated with the Corporation.

(g) “Certificate of Designations” means this Certificate of Designations relating to the Series A Preferred Stock, as it may be amended from time to time.

(h) “Certification of Incorporation” shall mean the amended and restated certificate of incorporation of the Corporation, as it may be amended from time to time, and shall include this Certificate of Designations.

(i) “Commission” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

(j) “Common Stock” means the common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Corporation.

 

2


(k) “Company-Action-Level RBC” has the meaning specified in subsection J of Section 1 (or the relevant successor section, if any) of the Model Act.

(l) “Consolidated Net Income Amount” means, for any fiscal quarter of the Corporation, its consolidated net income as reflected on its consolidated balance sheet for such fiscal quarter, subject to Section 5(d)(iv).

(m) “Covered Insurance Subsidiaries” means, as of any Year End, Insurance Subsidiaries that collectively account for 80% or more of the combined General Account Admitted Assets of the Insurance Subsidiaries as of such Year End. The Insurance Subsidiaries as of a Year End shall be identified by first ranking the Insurance Subsidiaries from largest to smallest based upon the amount of each Insurance Subsidiary’s General Account Admitted Assets and then, beginning with the Insurance Subsidiary that has the largest amount of General Account Admitted Assets as of such Year End, identifying such Insurance Subsidiaries as Covered Insurance Subsidiaries until the ratio of the combined General Account Admitted Assets of the Insurance Subsidiaries so identified to the combined General Account Admitted Assets of all of the Insurance Subsidiaries as of such Year End equals or exceeds 80%.

(n) “Covered Insurance Subsidiaries’ Most Recent Weighted Average NAIC RBC Ratio” means, as of any date, an amount (expressed as a percentage) calculated as:

the sum of the Total Adjusted Capital of each of the Covered Insurance Subsidiaries as shown on such Covered Insurance Subsidiary’s most recently filed Annual Statement, divided by

the sum of the Company-Action-Level RBC of each of the Covered Insurance Subsidiaries as shown on such Covered Insurance Subsidiary’s most recently filed Annual Statement.

(o) “Dividend Declaration Date” has the meaning specified in Section 5(a).

(p) “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

(q) “Final Quarter End Test Date” and “Preliminary Quarter End Test Date” mean, with respect to a Dividend Payment Date in the relevant month indicated under “Dividend Payment Date” in the table set forth below, the related date indicated under “Final Quarter End Test Date” or “Preliminary Quarter End Test Date” (as applicable) in such table:

 

    Dividend

Payment Date

  

Preliminary

Quarter End Test Date

   Final
Quarter End Test Date
In March    The June 30 preceding    The December 31
   such Dividend Payment    preceding such
   Date    Dividend Payment
      Date
In June    The September 30    The March 31
   preceding such Dividend    preceding such
   Payment Date    Dividend Payment
      Date
In September    The December 31    The June 30 preceding
   preceding such Dividend    such Dividend
   Payment Date    Payment Date
In December    The March 31 preceding    The September 30
   such Dividend Payment    preceding such
   Date    Dividend Payment
      Date

 

3


(r) “General Account Admitted Assets” means, as to an Insurance Subsidiary as of any Year End, the total admitted assets of such Insurance Subsidiary as reflected on the statutory balance sheet included in its Annual Statement as of such Year End minus the separate account assets reflected on such statutory balance sheet.

(s) “Insurance Subsidiary” means a subsidiary of the Corporation that is organized under the laws of any state in the United States and is licensed as a life insurance company in any state in the United States, but does not include any subsidiary of an Insurance Subsidiary.

(t) “Junior Stock” means the Common Stock, the Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock and any other class or series of stock of the Corporation (other than Series A Preferred Stock) that ranks junior to Series A Preferred Stock either or both as to the payment of dividends (whether such dividends are cumulative or non-cumulative) and/or as to the distribution of assets on any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, including the Convertible Non-Voting Participating Preferred Stock, if issued to Citigroup Inc. in connection with the Acquisition Agreement, dated as of January 31, 2005, as amended, by and between Citigroup Inc. and MetLife, Inc.

(u) “London Business Day” means a day that is a Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday or Friday and is a day on which dealings in U.S. dollars are transacted in the London interbank market.

(v) “Model Act” means the Risk-Based Capital (RBC) for Insurers Model Act as prepared by the NAIC and included in its Model Laws, Regulations and Guidelines as of June 6, 2005 and as hereafter amended, modified or supplemented.

(w) “Moneyline Telerate Page” means the display on Moneyline Telerate, Inc., or any successor service, on the page or pages specified in Section 4 below or any replacement page or pages on that service.

(x) “NAIC” means the National Association of Insurance Commissioners.

(y) “New Common Equity Amount” means, at any date, the net proceeds (after underwriters’ or placement agents’ fees, commissions or discounts and other expenses relating to

 

4


the issuances) received by the Corporation from new issuances of Common Stock (whether in one or more public offerings registered under the Securities Act or private placements or other transactions exempt from registration under the Securities Act) during the period commencing on the 90th day prior to such date.

(z) “Parity Stock” means any class or series of stock of the Corporation (other than Series A Preferred Stock) that ranks equally with the Series A Preferred Stock in the payment of dividends (whether such dividends are cumulative or non-cumulative) and in the distribution of assets on any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation.

(aa) “Preferred Stock” means any and all series of preferred stock, having a par value of $0.01 per share, of the Corporation, including the Series A Preferred Stock.

(bb) “Quarter End” means the last day of each fiscal quarter of the Corporation (i.e., March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31).

(cc) “Representative Amount” means, at any time, an amount that, in the Calculation Agent’s judgment, is representative of a single transaction in the relevant market at the relevant time.

(dd) “Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(ee) “Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock” means the Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Corporation.

(ff) “Total Adjusted Capital” has the meaning specified in subsection M of Section 1 (or the relevant successor section, if any) of the Model Act.

(gg) “Trailing Four Quarters Consolidated Net Income” means, for any period ending on a Quarter End, the sum of the Consolidated Net Income Amounts for the Corporation’s four fiscal quarters ending as of such Quarter End, with losses being treated as negative numbers for such purpose.

(hh) “Voting Preferred Stock” means, with regard to any election or removal of a Preferred Stock Director (as defined in Section 8(b) below) or any other matter as to which the holders of Series A Preferred Stock are entitled to vote as specified in Section 8 of this Certificate of Designations, any and all series of Preferred Stock (other than Series A Preferred Stock) that rank equally with Series A Preferred Stock either as to the payment of dividends or as to the distribution of assets upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation and upon which like voting rights have been conferred and are exercisable with respect to such matter.

(ii) “U.S. GAAP” means, at any date or for any period, U.S. generally accepted accounting principles as in effect on such date or for such period.

(jj) “Year End” means the last day of each fiscal year of the Corporation.

 

5


SECTION 4. DIVIDENDS.

(a) RATE. Holders of Series A Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors or a duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors out of funds legally available for the payment of dividends under Delaware law, non-cumulative cash dividends at the rate determined as set forth below in this Section 4(a) applied to the liquidation preference amount of $25.00 per share of Series A Preferred Stock. Such dividends shall be payable quarterly in arrears (as provided below in this Section 4(a)), but only when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors or a duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors, on March 15, June 15, September 15 and December 15 (each, a “Dividend Payment Date”), commencing on September 15, 2005; provided that if any such Dividend Payment Date would otherwise occur on a day that is not a Business Day, such Dividend Payment Date shall instead be (and any dividend payable on Series A Preferred Stock on such Dividend Payment Date shall instead be payable on) the immediately succeeding Business Day, unless such immediately succeeding Business Day falls in the next calendar month, in which case such Dividend Payment Date shall instead be (and any such dividend shall instead be payable on) the immediately preceding Business Day. Dividends on Series A Preferred Stock shall not be cumulative; holders of Series A Preferred Stock shall not be entitled to receive any dividends not declared by the Board of Directors or a duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors and no interest, or sum of money in lieu of interest, shall be payable in respect of any dividend not so declared.

Dividends that are payable on Series A Preferred Stock on any Dividend Payment Date will be payable to holders of record of Series A Preferred Stock as they appear on the stock register of the Corporation on the applicable record date, which shall be the 15th calendar day before such Dividend Payment Date or such other record date fixed by the Board of Directors or a duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors that is not more than 60 nor less than 10 days prior to such Dividend Payment Date (each, a “Dividend Record Date”). Any such day that is a Dividend Record Date shall be a Dividend Record Date whether or not such day is a Business Day.

Each dividend period (a “Dividend Period”) shall commence on and include a Dividend Payment Date (other than the initial Dividend Period, which shall commence on and include the date of original issue of the Series A Preferred Stock, provided that, for any share of Series A Preferred Stock issued after such original issue date, the initial Dividend Period for such shares may commence on and include such other date as the Board of Directors or the Committee or a duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors shall determine and publicly disclose) and shall end on and include the calendar day preceding the next Dividend Payment Date. Dividends payable on the Series A Preferred Stock in respect of any Dividend Period shall be computed by the Calculation Agent on the basis of a 360-day year and the actual number of days elapsed in such Dividend Period, except that dividends for the initial period will be calculated from the original issue date. Dividends payable in respect of a Dividend Period shall be payable in arrears (i.e., on the first Dividend Payment Date after such Dividend Period).

The dividend rate on the Series A Preferred Stock, for each Dividend Period, shall be at an annual rate equal to the greater of (1) 1.00% above LIBOR (as defined below) on the related LIBOR determination date for such Dividend Period and (2) 4.00%. LIBOR, with respect to any

 

6


Dividend Period, means the annual offered rate expressed as a percentage for three-month deposits in U.S. dollars, beginning on the first day of such Dividend Period, as that rate appears on Moneyline Telerate Page 3750 as of 11:00 a.m. London time, on the second London Business Day immediately preceding the first day of such Dividend Period.

If the rate described in the preceding paragraph does not appear on Moneyline Telerate Page 3750, LIBOR shall be determined on the basis of the rates, at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, on the second London Business Day immediately preceding the first day of such Dividend Period, at which deposits of the following kind are offered to prime banks in the London interbank market by four major banks in that market selected by the Calculation Agent: three-month deposits in U.S. dollars, beginning on the first day of such Dividend Period, and in a Representative Amount. The Calculation Agent shall request the principal London office of each of these banks to provide a quotation of its rate at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time. If at least two quotations are provided, LIBOR on the second London Business Day immediately preceding the first day of such Dividend Period shall be the arithmetic mean of such quotations.

If fewer than two quotations are provided as described in the preceding paragraph, LIBOR on the second London Business Day immediately preceding the first day of such Dividend Period shall be the arithmetic mean of the rates for loans of the following kind to leading European banks quoted, at approximately 11:00 a.m. New York City time, on the second London Business Day immediately preceding the first day of such Dividend Period, by three major banks in New York City selected by the Calculation Agent: three-month loans of U.S. dollars, beginning on the first day of such Dividend Period, and in a Representative Amount.

If fewer than three banks selected by the Calculation Agent are quoting as described in the preceding paragraph, LIBOR for such Dividend Period shall be LIBOR in effect for the prior Dividend Period.

The Calculation Agent’s determination of any dividend rate, and its calculation of the amount of dividends for any Dividend Period, will be maintained on file at the Corporation’s principal offices and will be available to any stockholder upon request and will be final and binding in the absence of manifest error.

Holders of Series A Preferred Stock shall not be entitled to any dividends, whether payable in cash, securities or other property, other than dividends (if any) declared and payable on the Series A Preferred Stock as specified in this Section 4 (subject to the other provisions of this Certificate of Designations).

(b) PRIORITY OF DIVIDENDS. So long as any shares of Series A Preferred Stock remain outstanding for any Dividend Period, unless the full dividends for the latest completed Dividend Period on all outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock and Parity Stock have been declared and paid (or declared and a sum sufficient for the payment thereof has been set aside), no dividend shall be declared or paid on the Common Stock or any other shares of Junior Stock (other than a dividend payable solely in Junior Stock), and no Common Stock or other Junior Stock shall be purchased, redeemed or otherwise acquired for consideration by the Corporation, directly or indirectly (other than as a result of a reclassification of Junior Stock for or into other Junior Stock, or the exchange or conversion of one share of Junior Stock for or into another share of Junior Stock and other than through the use of the proceeds of a substantially contemporaneous sale of Junior Stock) during a Dividend Period.

 

7


When dividends are not paid (or declared and a sum sufficient for payment thereof set aside) in full on any Dividend Payment Date (or, in the case of Parity Stock having dividend payment dates different from the Dividend Payment Dates, on a dividend payment date falling within a Dividend Period) upon the Series A Preferred Stock and any shares of Parity Stock, all dividends declared on the Series A Preferred Stock and all such Parity Stock and payable on such Dividend Payment Date (or, in the case of Parity Stock having dividend payment dates different from the Dividend Payment Dates, on a dividend payment date falling within the Dividend Period related to such Dividend Payment Date) shall be declared pro rata so that the respective amounts of such dividends shall bear the same ratio to each other as all accrued but unpaid dividends per share on the Series A Preferred Stock and all Parity Stock payable on such Dividend Payment Date (or, in the case of Parity Stock having dividend payment dates different from the Dividend Payment Dates, on a dividend payment date falling within the Dividend Period related to such Dividend Payment Date) bear to each other.

SECTION 5. MANDATORY SUSPENSION OF DIVIDENDS.

(a) TESTS FOR SUSPENSION. Notwithstanding Section 4(a), neither the Board of Directors nor any committee of the Board of Directors may declare dividends on the Series A Preferred Stock for payment on any Dividend Payment Date in an aggregate amount exceeding the New Common Equity Amount as of the date of declaration (the “Dividend Declaration Date”) for such Dividend Payment Date if:

(i) the Covered Insurance Subsidiaries’ Most Recent Weighted Average NAIC RBC Ratio was less than 175% (subject to Section 5(d)(iii)); or

(ii) (x) the Trailing Four Quarters Consolidated Net Income Amount for the period ending on the Preliminary Quarter End Test Date for such Dividend Payment Date is zero or a negative amount and (y) the Adjusted Shareholders’ Equity Amount as of each of the Preliminary Quarter End Test Date and the Final Quarter End Test Date for such Dividend Payment Date has declined by 10% or more as compared to the Adjusted Shareholders’ Equity Amount as of the tenth Quarter End prior to such Final Quarter End Test Date (such date for such Dividend Payment Date and related Final Quarter End Test Date, the “Benchmark Quarter End Test Date”).

Additionally, and without limiting the foregoing provisions of this Section 5(a), if the Corporation has failed the test in Section 5(a)(ii) as to a prior Dividend Payment Date, then neither the Board of Directors nor any committee of the Board of Directors may declare dividends on the Series A Preferred Stock for payment thereafter in an aggregate amount exceeding the New Common Equity Amount as of the Dividend Declaration Date for such prior Dividend Payment Date until the Dividend Declaration Date for the first Dividend Payment Date for which, as of the related Final Quarter End Test Date, the Adjusted Shareholders’ Equity Amount has increased or has declined by less than 10%, in either case as compared to the Adjusted Shareholders’ Equity Amount as of the Benchmark Quarter End Test Date for such prior Dividend Payment Date.

 

8


(b) POTENTIAL DIVIDEND SUSPENSION NOTICE. If as of the Preliminary Quarter End Test Date for any Dividend Payment Date (x) the Trailing Four Quarters Consolidated Net Income Amount for the period ending on such Preliminary Quarter End Test Date is zero or a negative amount and (y) the Adjusted Shareholders’ Equity Amount as of such Preliminary Quarter End Test Date has declined by 10% or more as compared to the Adjusted Shareholders’ Equity Amount as of the Benchmark Quarter End Test Date for such Dividend Payment Date, then the Corporation shall give notice of such circumstance by first class mail, postage prepaid, addressed to the holders of record of the shares of Series A Preferred Stock at their respective last addresses appearing on the books of the Corporation, and shall file a copy of such notice on Form 8-K with the Commission (or, if the Corporation is not then a reporting company under the Exchange Act, post a copy of such notice on the Corporation’s website), by not later than the first Dividend Payment Date following such Preliminary Quarter End Test Date. Such notice shall (i) set forth the Trailing Four Quarters Consolidated Net Income Amount for the period ending on such Preliminary Quarter End Test Date and the Adjusted Shareholders’ Equity Amount as of such Preliminary Quarter End Test Date and as of the Benchmark Quarter End Test Date, and (ii) state that the Corporation may be precluded by the terms of the Series A Preferred Stock from declaring and paying dividends on such Dividend Payment Date unless the Corporation, through the generation of earnings or issuance of new common equity, increases its Adjusted Shareholders’ Equity Amount by an amount specified in such notice by the second Quarter End after the date of such notice. The Corporation need not give any notice under this Section 5(b) during any period in which the Corporation’s ability to declare and pay dividends is limited by reason of the application of Section 5(a).

(c) DIVIDEND SUSPENSION NOTICE. By not later than the 15th day prior to each Dividend Payment Date for which dividends are being suspended by reason of the tests set forth in Section 5(a), the Corporation shall give notice of such suspension by first class mail, postage prepaid, addressed to the holders of record of the shares of Series A Preferred Stock at their respective last addresses appearing on the books of the Corporation, and shall file a copy of such notice on Form 8-K with the Commission (or, if the Corporation is not then a reporting company under the Exchange Act, post a copy of such notice on the Corporation’s website). Such notice, in addition to stating that dividends will be suspended, shall (i) if dividends are suspended by reason of the test set forth in Section 5(a)(i), state that the Covered Insurance Subsidiaries’ Most Recent Weighted Average NAIC RBC Ratio is less than 175% and (ii) if such suspension is by reason of the test set forth in Section 5(a)(ii), set forth the Adjusted Shareholders’ Equity Amount as of the most recent Quarter End and the amount by which the Adjusted Shareholders’ Equity Amount must increase in order for declaration and payment of dividends to be resumed.

(d) INTERPRETIVE PROVISIONS; QUALIFICATIONS, ETC. In order to give effect to the foregoing, the following provisions apply:

(i) Neither the Board of Directors nor a committee of the Board of Directors may declare dividends on any date that (x) in the case of a Dividend Declaration Date relating to a Dividend Payment Date in March in any year, is before March 5 in such year, and (y) in the case of a Dividend Declaration Date

 

9


for a Dividend Payment Date in June, September or December of any year, is before the immediately preceding May 15 (in the case of a June Dividend Payment Date), August 15 (in the case of a September Dividend Payment Date), and November 15 (in the case of a December Dividend Payment Date).

(ii) Except as expressly provided otherwise in this Section 5 or in Section 3, all references in this Section 5 to financial statements of the Corporation shall be deemed to be to financial statements prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP, consistently applied, and, for so long as the Corporation is a reporting company under the Exchange Act, filed by the Corporation with the Commission under the Exchange Act. If at any relevant time or for any relevant period the Corporation is not a reporting company under the Exchange Act, then (x) for all relevant dates and periods the Corporation shall prepare and post on its website the financial statements that it would have been required to file with the Commission had it continued to be a reporting company under the Exchange Act, in each case on or before the dates that the Corporation would have been required to file such financial statements with the Commission under the Exchange Act had it continued to be an “accelerated filer” within the meaning of Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act, and (y) the provisions of this Section 5 shall be read mutatis mutandis to give effect to such provision.

(iii) The limitation on dividends provided for in Section 5(a)(i) shall be of no force and effect if, as of a Dividend Declaration Date, the combined total assets of the Insurance Subsidiaries do not account for 25% or more of the consolidated total assets of the Corporation as reflected on its most recent consolidated financial statements filed with the Commission or, in case Section 5(d)(ii) then applies, posted on the Corporation’s website.

(iv) All financial terms used in this Section 5 that are not specifically defined, including financial terms used within the definitions of defined terms, shall be determined in accordance with U.S. GAAP as applied to and reflected in the related financial statements of the Corporation as of the relevant dates and for the relevant period, except as provided in the next sentence. If because of a change in U.S. GAAP that results in a cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle or a restatement:

(x) Consolidated Net Income for a period is lower or higher than it would have been absent such change, then, for purposes of the calculations under Section 5(a)(ii) for the four fiscal quarters of the Corporation commencing with the fiscal quarter for which such change in U.S. GAAP becomes effective, Consolidated Net Income shall be calculated on a pro forma basis without giving effect to such change in U.S. GAAP; or

 

10


(y) the Adjusted Shareholders’ Equity Amount as of a Quarter End (whether or not a Preliminary Quarter End Test Date or a Final Quarter End Test Date) is lower or higher than it would have been absent such change, then, for purposes of the calculations under Section 5(a)(ii) and the last sentence of Section 5(a), the Adjusted Shareholders’ Equity Amount shall be calculated on a pro forma basis without giving effect to such change in U.S. GAAP, commencing with the first Quarter End as of which such change in U.S. GAAP becomes effective and continuing through (A) for purposes of Section 5(a)(ii), the tenth Quarter End thereafter, and (B) for purposes of the last sentence of Section 5(a), the Quarter End immediately preceding the first Dividend Payment Date for which the payment of dividends is not restricted by such sentence.

SECTION 6. LIQUIDATION RIGHTS.

(a) VOLUNTARY OR INVOLUNTARY LIQUIDATION. In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary, holders of Series A Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, out of the assets of the Corporation or proceeds thereof (whether capital or surplus) available for distribution to stockholders of the Corporation, and after satisfaction of all liabilities and obligations to creditors of the Corporation, before any distribution of such assets or proceeds is made to or set aside for the holders of Common Stock and any other Junior Stock, in full an amount equal to $25.00 per share, together with an amount equal to all dividends (if any) that have been declared but not paid prior to the date of payment of such distribution (but without any amount in respect of dividends that have not been declared prior to such payment date).

(b) PARTIAL PAYMENT. If in any distribution described in Section 6(a) above the assets of the Corporation or proceeds thereof are not sufficient to pay the Liquidation Preferences (as defined below) in full to all holders of Series A Preferred Stock and all holders of any Parity Stock, the amounts paid to the holders of Series A Preferred Stock and to the holders of all such other Parity Stock shall be paid pro rata in accordance with the respective aggregate Liquidation Preferences of the holders of Series A Preferred Stock and the holders of all such other Parity Stock. In any such distribution, the “Liquidation Preference” of any holder of Preferred Stock of the Corporation shall mean the amount otherwise payable to such holder in such distribution (assuming no limitation on the assets of the Corporation available for such distribution), including an amount equal to any declared but unpaid dividends (and, in the case of any holder of stock other than Series A Preferred Stock and on which dividends accrue on a cumulative basis, an amount equal to any unpaid, accrued cumulative dividends, whether or not declared, as applicable).

(c) RESIDUAL DISTRIBUTIONS. If the Liquidation Preference has been paid in full to all holders of Series A Preferred Stock and any Parity Stock, the holders of other stock of the Corporation shall be entitled to receive all remaining assets of the Corporation (or proceeds thereof) according to their respective rights and preferences.

(d) MERGER, CONSOLIDATION AND SALE OF ASSETS NOT LIQUIDATION. For purposes of this Section 6, the merger or consolidation of the Corporation with any other corporation or other entity, including a merger or consolidation in which the holders of Series A Preferred Stock receive cash, securities or other property for their shares, or the sale, lease or exchange (for cash, securities or other property) of all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation, shall not constitute a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation.

 

11


SECTION 7. REDEMPTION.

(a) OPTIONAL REDEMPTION. The Series A Preferred Stock may not be redeemed by the Corporation prior to September 15, 2010. On or after September 15, 2010, the Corporation, at its option, may redeem, in whole at any time or in part from time to time, the shares of Series A Preferred Stock at the time outstanding, upon notice given as provided in Section 7(c) below, at a redemption price equal to $25.00 per share, together (except as otherwise provided hereinbelow) with an amount equal to any dividends that have been declared but not paid prior to the redemption date (but with no amount in respect of any dividends that have not been declared prior to such date). The redemption price for any shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall be payable on the redemption date to the holder of such shares against surrender of the certificate(s) evidencing such shares to the Corporation or its agent. Any declared but unpaid dividends payable on a redemption date that occurs subsequent to the Dividend Record Date for a Dividend Period shall not be paid to the holder entitled to receive the redemption price on the redemption date, but rather shall be paid to the holder of record of the redeemed shares on such Dividend Record Date relating to the Dividend Payment Date as provided in Section 4 above.

(b) NO SINKING FUND. The Series A Preferred Stock will not be subject to any mandatory redemption, sinking fund, retirement fund or purchase fund or other similar provisions. Holders of Series A Preferred Stock will have no right to require redemption, repurchase or retirement of any shares of Series A Preferred Stock.

(c) NOTICE OF REDEMPTION. Notice of every redemption of shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall be given by first class mail, postage prepaid, addressed to the holders of record of the shares to be redeemed at their respective last addresses appearing on the books of the Corporation. Such mailing shall be at least 30 days and not more than 60 days before the date fixed for redemption. Any notice mailed as provided in this Subsection shall be conclusively presumed to have been duly given, whether or not the holder receives such notice, but failure duly to give such notice by mail, or any defect in such notice or in the mailing thereof, to any holder of shares of Series A Preferred Stock designated for redemption shall not affect the validity of the proceedings for the redemption of any other shares of Series A Preferred Stock. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Series A Preferred Stock or any depositary shares representing interests in the Series A Preferred Stock are issued in book-entry form through The Depository Trust Company or any other similar facility, notice of redemption may be given to the holders of Series A Preferred Stock at such time and in any manner permitted by such facility. Each such notice given to a holder shall state: (1) the redemption date; (2) the number of shares of Series A Preferred Stock to be redeemed and, if less than all the shares held by such holder are to be redeemed, the number of such shares to be redeemed from such holder; (3) the redemption price; and (4) the place or places where certificates for such shares are to be surrendered for payment of the redemption price.

 

12


(d) PARTIAL REDEMPTION. In case of any redemption of only part of the shares of Series A Preferred Stock at the time outstanding, the shares to be redeemed shall be selected either pro rata or in such other manner as the Corporation may determine to be fair and equitable. Subject to the provisions hereof, the Corporation shall have full power and authority to prescribe the terms and conditions upon which shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall be redeemed from time to time. If fewer than all the shares represented by any certificate are redeemed, a new certificate shall be issued representing the unredeemed shares without charge to the holder thereof.

(e) EFFECTIVENESS OF REDEMPTION. If notice of redemption has been duly given and if on or before the redemption date specified in the notice all funds necessary for the redemption have been set aside by the Corporation, separate and apart from its other funds, in trust for the pro rata benefit of the holders of the shares called for redemption, so as to be and continue to be available therefor, then, notwithstanding that any certificate for any share so called for redemption has not been surrendered for cancellation, on and after the redemption date dividends shall cease to accrue on all shares so called for redemption, all shares so called for redemption shall no longer be deemed outstanding and all rights with respect to such shares shall forthwith on such redemption date cease and terminate, except only the right of the holders thereof to receive the amount payable on such redemption, without interest. Any funds unclaimed at the end of three years from the redemption date shall, to the extent permitted by law, be released to the Corporation, after which time the holders of the shares so called for redemption shall look only to the Corporation for payment of the redemption price of such shares.

SECTION 8. VOTING RIGHTS.

(a) GENERAL. The holders of Series A Preferred Stock shall not have any voting rights except as set forth below or as otherwise from to time required by law.

(b) RIGHT TO ELECT TWO DIRECTORS UPON NONPAYMENT EVENTS. If and whenever dividends on any shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall not have been declared and paid for at least six Dividend Periods, whether or not consecutive (a “Nonpayment Event”), the number of directors then constituting the Board of Directors shall automatically be increased by two and the holders of Series A Preferred Stock, together with the holders of any outstanding shares of Voting Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class, shall be entitled to elect the two additional directors (the “Preferred Stock Directors”), provided that it shall be a qualification for election for any such Preferred Stock Director that the election of such director shall not cause the Corporation to violate the corporate governance requirement of the New York Stock Exchange (or any other securities exchange or other trading facility on which securities of the Corporation may then be listed or traded) that listed or traded companies must have a majority of independent directors.

In the event that the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock, and such other holders of Voting Preferred Stock, shall be entitled to vote for the election of the Preferred Stock Directors following a Nonpayment Event, such directors shall be initially elected following such Nonpayment Event only at a special meeting called at the request of the holders of record of at least 20% of the Series A Preferred Stock or of any other such series of Voting Preferred Stock then outstanding (unless such request for a special meeting is received less than 90 days before the date fixed for the next annual or special meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation, in

 

13


which event such election shall be held only at such next annual or special meeting of stockholders), and at each subsequent annual meeting of stockholders of the Corporation. Such request to call a special meeting for the initial election of the Preferred Stock Directors after a Nonpayment Event shall be made by written notice, signed by the requisite holders of Series A Preferred Stock or Voting Preferred Stock, and delivered to the Secretary of the Corporation in such manner as provided for in Section 10 below, or as may otherwise be required by law.

When dividends have been paid (or declared and a sum sufficient for payment thereof set aside) in full on the Series A Preferred Stock for at least four Dividend Periods (whether or not consecutive) after a Nonpayment Event, then the right of the holders of Series A Preferred Stock to elect the Preferred Stock Directors shall cease (but subject always to revesting of such voting rights in the case of any future Nonpayment Event pursuant to this Section 8 and the number of Dividend Periods in which dividends have not been declared and paid shall be reset to zero), and, if and when any rights of holders of Series A Preferred Stock and Voting Preferred Stock to elect the Preferred Stock Directors shall have ceased, the terms of office of all the Preferred Stock Directors shall forthwith terminate and the number of directors constituting the Board of Directors shall automatically be reduced accordingly.

Any Preferred Stock Director may be removed at any time without cause by the holders of record of a majority of the outstanding shares of the Series A Preferred Stock and Voting Preferred Stock, when they have the voting rights described above (voting together as a single class). So long as a Nonpayment Event shall continue, any vacancy in the office of a Preferred Stock Director (other than prior to the initial election of Preferred Stock Directors after a Nonpayment Event) may be filled by the written consent of the Preferred Stock Director remaining in office, or if none remains in office, by a vote of the holders of record of a majority of the outstanding shares of the Series A Preferred Stock and Voting Preferred Stock, when they have the voting rights described above (voting together as a single class). Any such vote of stockholders to remove, or to fill a vacancy in the office of, a Preferred Stock Director may be taken only at a special meeting of such stockholders, called as provided above for an initial election of Preferred Stock Director after a Nonpayment Event (unless such request is received less than 90 days before the date fixed for the next annual or special meeting of the stockholders, in which event such election shall be held at such next annual or special meeting of stockholders). The Preferred Stock Directors shall each be entitled to one vote per director on any matter that shall come before the Board of Directors for a vote. Each Preferred Stock Director elected at any special meeting of stockholders or by written consent of the other Preferred Stock Director shall hold office until the next annual meeting of the stockholders if such office shall not have previously terminated as above provided.

(c) OTHER VOTING RIGHTS. So long as any shares of Series A Preferred Stock are outstanding, in addition to any other vote or consent of stockholders required by law or by the Certificate of Incorporation, the vote or consent of the holders of at least 66 2/3% of the shares of Series A Preferred Stock and any Voting Preferred Stock (subject to the last paragraph of this Section 8(c)) at the time outstanding and entitled to vote thereon, voting together as a single class, given in person or by proxy, either in writing without a meeting or by vote at any meeting called for the purpose, shall be necessary for effecting or validating:

 

14


(i) AUTHORIZATION OF SENIOR STOCK. Any amendment or alteration of the Certificate of Incorporation to authorize or create, or increase the authorized amount of, any shares of any class or series of capital stock of the Corporation ranking senior to the Series A Preferred Stock with respect to either or both the payment of dividends and/or the distribution of assets on any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation;

(ii) AMENDMENT OF SERIES A PREFERRED STOCK. Any amendment, alteration or repeal of any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation so as to materially and adversely affect the special rights, preferences, privileges or voting powers of the Series A Preferred Stock, taken as a whole; or

(iii) SHARE EXCHANGES, RECLASSIFICATIONS, MERGERS AND CONSOLIDATIONS. Any consummation of a binding share exchange or reclassification involving the Series A Preferred Stock, or of a merger or consolidation of the Corporation with another corporation or other entity, unless in each case (x) the shares of Series A Preferred Stock remain outstanding or, in the case of any such merger or consolidation with respect to which the Corporation is not the surviving or resulting entity, are converted into or exchanged for preference securities of the surviving or resulting entity or its ultimate parent, and (y) such shares remaining outstanding or such preference securities, as the case may be, have such rights, preferences, privileges and voting powers, and limitations and restrictions thereof, taken as a whole, as are not materially less favorable to the holders thereof than the rights, preferences, privileges and voting powers, and limitations and restrictions thereof, of the Series A Preferred Stock immediately prior to such consummation, taken as a whole;

provided, however, that for all purposes of this Section 8(c), any increase in the amount of the authorized or issued Series A Preferred Stock or authorized Preferred Stock, or the creation and issuance, or an increase in the authorized or issued amount, of any other series of Preferred Stock ranking equally with and/or junior to the Series A Preferred Stock with respect to the payment of dividends (whether such dividends are cumulative or non-cumulative) and/or the distribution of assets upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation will not be deemed to materially and adversely affect the special rights, preferences, privileges or voting powers of the Series A Preferred Stock.

If any amendment, alteration, repeal, share exchange, reclassification, merger or consolidation specified in this Section 8(c) would materially and adversely affect the Series A Preferred Stock and one or more but not all other series of Preferred Stock, then only the Series A Preferred Stock and such series of Preferred Stock as are materially and adversely affected by and entitled to vote on the matter shall vote on the matter together as a single class (in lieu of all other series of Preferred Stock).

(d) CHANGES FOR CLARIFICATION. Without the consent of the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock, so long as such action does not adversely affect the special rights, preferences, privileges and voting powers, and limitations and restrictions thereof, of the Series A Preferred Stock, the Corporation may amend, alter, supplement or repeal any terms of the Series A Preferred Stock:

 

15


(i) to cure any ambiguity, or to cure, correct or supplement any provision contained in this Certificate of Designations that may be defective or inconsistent; or

(ii) to make any provision with respect to matters or questions arising with respect to the Series A Preferred Stock that is not inconsistent with the provisions of this Certificate of Designations.

(e) CHANGES AFTER PROVISION FOR REDEMPTION. No vote or consent of the holders of Series A Preferred Stock shall be required pursuant to Section 8(b), (c) or (d) above if, at or prior to the time when any such vote or consent would otherwise be required pursuant to such Section, all outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall have been redeemed, or shall have been called for redemption upon proper notice and sufficient funds shall have been set aside for such redemption, in each case pursuant to Section 7 above.

(f) PROCEDURES FOR VOTING AND CONSENTS. The rules and procedures for calling and conducting any meeting of the holders of Series A Preferred Stock (including, without limitation, the fixing of a record date in connection therewith), the solicitation and use of proxies at such a meeting, the obtaining of written consents and any other aspect or matter with regard to such a meeting or such consents shall be governed by any rules the Board of Directors or a duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors, in its discretion, may adopt from time to time, which rules and procedures shall conform to the requirements of the Certificate of Incorporation, the By-Laws, applicable law and any national securities exchange or other trading facility on which the Series A Preferred Stock is listed or traded at the time. Whether the vote or consent of the holders of a plurality, majority or other portion of the shares of Series A Preferred Stock and any Voting Preferred Stock has been cast or given on any matter on which the holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock are entitled to vote shall be determined by the Corporation by reference to the specified liquidation amounts of the shares voted or covered by the consent.

SECTION 9. RECORD HOLDERS. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Corporation and the transfer agent for the Series A Preferred Stock may deem and treat the record holder of any share of Series A Preferred Stock as the true and lawful owner thereof for all purposes, and neither the Corporation nor such transfer agent shall be affected by any notice to the contrary.

SECTION 10. NOTICES. All notices or communications in respect of Series A Preferred Stock shall be sufficiently given if given in writing and delivered in person or by first class mail, postage prepaid, or if given in such other manner as may be permitted in this Certificate of Designations, in the Certificate of Incorporation or By-Laws or by applicable law.

SECTION 11. NO PREEMPTIVE RIGHTS. No share of Series A Preferred Stock shall have any rights of preemption whatsoever as to any securities of the Corporation, or any warrants, rights or options issued or granted with respect thereto, regardless of how such securities, or such warrants, rights or options, may be designated, issued or granted.

 

16


SECTION 12. OTHER RIGHTS. The shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall not have any voting powers, preferences or relative, participating, optional or other special rights, or qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, other than as set forth herein or in the Certificate of Incorporation or as provided by applicable law.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, METLIFE, INC. has caused this certificate to be signed by Anthony J. Williamson, its Senior Vice President and Treasurer, this 7th day of June, 2005.

 

METLIFE, INC.
By:  

/s/ Anthony J. Williamson

  Name: Anthony J. Williamson
  Title: Senior Vice President and Treasurer

 

17

Exhibit 3.4

CERTIFICATE OF DESIGNATIONS

OF

6.500% NON-CUMULATIVE PREFERRED STOCK, SERIES B

OF

METLIFE, INC.

METLIFE, INC., a corporation organized and existing under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “Corporation”), in accordance with the provisions of Sections 103 and 151 thereof, does hereby certify:

The Terms Committee (the “Committee”) of the board of directors of the Corporation (the “Board of Directors”), in accordance with the resolutions of the Board of Directors dated February 22, 2005, March 3, 2005 and the unanimous written consent of the Board of Directors dated as of May 16, 2005, the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation and By-Laws of the Corporation and applicable law, adopted the following resolution creating a series of 69,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock, par value $.01 per share, of the Corporation designated as “6.500% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series B” at a meeting of the Committee on June 9, 2005.

RESOLVED, that pursuant to the authority vested in the Committee and in accordance with the resolutions of the Board of Directors dated February 22, 2005, March 3, 2005 and the unanimous written consent of the Board of Directors dated as of May 16, 2005, the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation and By-Laws of the Corporation and applicable law, a series of Preferred Stock, par value $.01 per share, of the Corporation be and hereby is created, and that the designation and number of shares of such series, and the voting and other powers, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other rights, and the qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof, of the shares of such series, are as follows:

SECTION 1. DESIGNATION. The distinctive serial designation of such series of Preferred Stock is “6.500% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series B” (“Series B Preferred Stock”). Each share of Series B Preferred Stock shall be identical in all respects to every other share of Series B Preferred Stock, except as to the respective dates from which dividends thereon shall accrue, to the extent such dates may differ as permitted pursuant to Section 4(a) below.

SECTION 2. NUMBER OF SHARES. The authorized number of shares of Series B Preferred Stock shall be 69,000,000. Shares of Series B Preferred Stock that are redeemed, purchased or otherwise acquired by the Corporation, or converted into another series of Preferred Stock, shall be cancelled and shall revert to authorized but unissued shares of Series B Preferred Stock.


SECTION 3. DEFINITIONS. As used herein with respect to Series B Preferred Stock:

(a) “Adjusted Shareholders’ Equity Amount” means, as of any Quarter End, the shareholders’ equity of the Corporation as reflected on its consolidated balance sheet as of such Quarter End minus accumulated other comprehensive income as reflected on such consolidated balance sheet, (i) subject to Section 5(d)(iv) and (ii) except that any increase in shareholders’ equity resulting from the issuance of Preferred Stock during the period from and including the Final Quarter End Test Date for a Dividend Period as to which the Corporation fails the test set forth in Section 5(a)(ii) through the first Quarter End thereafter as of which the Adjusted Shareholders’ Equity Amount has declined by less than 10% or increased as compared to such amount on the Benchmark Quarter End Test Date shall not be taken into account in calculating the Adjusted Shareholders’ Equity Amount as of such Quarter End during such period.

(b) “Annual Statement” means, as to an Insurance Subsidiary, the annual statement of such Insurance Subsidiary containing its statutory balance sheet and income statement as required to be filed by it with one or more state insurance commissioners or other state insurance regulatory authorities.

(c) “Benchmark Quarter End Test Date” has the meaning specified in Section 5(a)(ii).

(d) “By-Laws” means the amended and restated bylaws of the Corporation, as they may be amended from time to time.

(e) “Business Day” means a day that is a Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday or Friday and is not a day on which banking institutions in New York City generally are authorized or obligated by law or executive order to close.

(f) “Certificate of Designations” means this Certificate of Designations relating to the Series B Preferred Stock, as it may be amended from time to time.

(g) “Certification of Incorporation” shall mean the amended and restated certificate of incorporation of the Corporation, as it may be amended from time to time, and shall include this Certificate of Designations.

(h) “Commission” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

(i) “Common Stock” means the common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Corporation.

(j) “Company-Action-Level RBC” has the meaning specified in subsection J of Section 1 (or the relevant successor section, if any) of the Model Act.

(k) “Consolidated Net Income Amount” means, for any fiscal quarter of the Corporation, its consolidated net income as reflected on its consolidated balance sheet for such fiscal quarter, subject to Section 5(d)(iv).

 

2


(l) “Covered Insurance Subsidiaries” means, as of any Year End, Insurance Subsidiaries that collectively account for 80% or more of the combined General Account Admitted Assets of the Insurance Subsidiaries as of such Year End. The Insurance Subsidiaries as of a Year End shall be identified by first ranking the Insurance Subsidiaries from largest to smallest based upon the amount of each Insurance Subsidiary’s General Account Admitted Assets and then, beginning with the Insurance Subsidiary that has the largest amount of General Account Admitted Assets as of such Year End, identifying such Insurance Subsidiaries as Covered Insurance Subsidiaries until the ratio of the combined General Account Admitted Assets of the Insurance Subsidiaries so identified to the combined General Account Admitted Assets of all of the Insurance Subsidiaries as of such Year End equals or exceeds 80%.

(m) “Covered Insurance Subsidiaries’ Most Recent Weighted Average NAIC RBC Ratio” means, as of any date, an amount (expressed as a percentage) calculated as:

the sum of the Total Adjusted Capital of each of the Covered Insurance Subsidiaries as shown on such Covered Insurance Subsidiary’s most recently filed Annual Statement, divided by

the sum of the Company-Action-Level RBC of each of the Covered Insurance Subsidiaries as shown on such Covered Insurance Subsidiary’s most recently filed Annual Statement.

(n) “Dividend Declaration Date” has the meaning specified in Section 5(a).

(o) “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

(p) “Final Quarter End Test Date” and “Preliminary Quarter End Test Date” mean, with respect to a Dividend Payment Date in the relevant month indicated under “Dividend Payment Date” in the table set forth below, the related date indicated under “Final Quarter End Test Date” or “Preliminary Quarter End Test Date” (as applicable) in such table:

 

    Dividend

Payment Date

 

Preliminary

Quarter End Test Date

 

Final

Quarter End Test Date

In March

  The June 30 preceding such Dividend Payment Date   The December 31 preceding such Dividend Payment Date

In June

  The September 30 preceding such Dividend Payment Date   The March 31 preceding such Dividend Payment Date

In September

  The December 31 preceding such Dividend Payment Date   The June 30 preceding such Dividend Payment Date

In December

  The March 31 preceding such Dividend Payment Date   The September 30 preceding such Dividend Payment Date

 

3


(q) “General Account Admitted Assets” means, as to an Insurance Subsidiary as of any Year End, the total admitted assets of such Insurance Subsidiary as reflected on the statutory balance sheet included in its Annual Statement as of such Year End minus the separate account assets reflected on such statutory balance sheet.

(r) “Insurance Subsidiary” means a subsidiary of the Corporation that is organized under the laws of any state in the United States and is licensed as a life insurance company in any state in the United States, but does not include any subsidiary of an Insurance Subsidiary.

(s) “Junior Stock” means the Common Stock, the Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock and any other class or series of stock of the Corporation (other than Series B Preferred Stock) that ranks junior to Series B Preferred Stock either or both as to the payment of dividends (whether such dividends are cumulative or non-cumulative) and/or as to the distribution of assets on any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, including the Convertible Non-Voting Participating Preferred Stock, if issued to Citigroup Inc. in connection with the Acquisition Agreement, dated as of January 31, 2005, as amended, by and between Citigroup Inc. and MetLife, Inc.

(t) “Model Act” means the Risk-Based Capital (RBC) for Insurers Model Act as prepared by the NAIC and included in its Model Laws, Regulations and Guidelines as of June 6, 2005 and as hereafter amended, modified or supplemented.

(u) “NAIC” means the National Association of Insurance Commissioners.

(v) “New Common Equity Amount” means, at any date, the net proceeds (after underwriters’ or placement agents’ fees, commissions or discounts and other expenses relating to the issuances) received by the Corporation from new issuances of Common Stock (whether in one or more public offerings registered under the Securities Act or private placements or other transactions exempt from registration under the Securities Act) during the period commencing on the 90th day prior to such date.

(w) “Parity Stock” means the Series A Preferred Stock and any class or series of stock of the Corporation (other than Series B Preferred Stock) that ranks equally with the Series B Preferred Stock in the payment of dividends (whether such dividends are cumulative or non-cumulative) and in the distribution of assets on any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation.

(x) “Preferred Stock” means any and all series of preferred stock, having a par value of $0.01 per share, of the Corporation, including the Series B Preferred Stock.

(y) “Quarter End” means the last day of each fiscal quarter of the Corporation (i.e., March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31).

 

4


(z) “Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(aa) “Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock” means the Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Corporation.

(bb) “Series A Preferred Stock” means the Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series A, par value $0.01 per share, of the Corporation.

(cc) “Total Adjusted Capital” has the meaning specified in subsection M of Section 1 (or the relevant successor section, if any) of the Model Act.

(dd) “Trailing Four Quarters Consolidated Net Income” means, for any period ending on a Quarter End, the sum of the Consolidated Net Income Amounts for the Corporation’s four fiscal quarters ending as of such Quarter End, with losses being treated as negative numbers for such purpose.

(ee) “Voting Preferred Stock” means, with regard to any election or removal of a Preferred Stock Director (as defined in Section 8(b) below) or any other matter as to which the holders of Series B Preferred Stock are entitled to vote as specified in Section 8 of this Certificate of Designations, any and all series of Preferred Stock (other than Series B Preferred Stock) that rank equally with Series B Preferred Stock either as to the payment of dividends or as to the distribution of assets upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation and upon which like voting rights have been conferred and are exercisable with respect to such matter.

(ff) “U.S. GAAP” means, at any date or for any period, U.S. generally accepted accounting principles as in effect on such date or for such period.

(gg) “Year End” means the last day of each fiscal year of the Corporation.

 

5


SECTION 4. DIVIDENDS.

(a) RATE. Holders of Series B Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors or a duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors out of funds legally available for the payment of dividends under Delaware law, non-cumulative cash dividends at the annual rate of 6.500% applied to the liquidation preference amount of $25.00 per share of Series B Preferred Stock. Such dividends shall be payable quarterly in arrears (as provided below in this Section 4(a)), but only when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors or a duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors, on March 15, June 15, September 15 and December 15 (each, a “Dividend Payment Date”), commencing on September 15, 2005; provided that if any such Dividend Payment Date would otherwise occur on a day that is not a Business Day, such Dividend Payment Date shall instead be (and any dividend payable on Series B Preferred Stock on such Dividend Payment Date shall instead be payable on) the immediately succeeding Business Day. Dividends on Series B Preferred Stock shall not be cumulative; holders of Series B Preferred Stock shall not be entitled to receive any dividends not declared by the Board of Directors or a duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors and no interest, or sum of money in lieu of interest, shall be payable in respect of any dividend not so declared.

Dividends that are payable on Series B Preferred Stock on any Dividend Payment Date will be payable to holders of record of Series B Preferred Stock as they appear on the stock register of the Corporation on the applicable record date, which shall be the 15th calendar day before such Dividend Payment Date or such other record date fixed by the Board of Directors or a duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors that is not more than 60 nor less than 10 days prior to such Dividend Payment Date (each, a “Dividend Record Date”). Any such day that is a Dividend Record Date shall be a Dividend Record Date whether or not such day is a Business Day.

Each dividend period (a “Dividend Period”) shall commence on and include a Dividend Payment Date (other than the initial Dividend Period, which shall commence on and include the date of original issue of the Series B Preferred Stock, provided that, for any share of Series B Preferred Stock issued after such original issue date, the initial Dividend Period for such shares may commence on and include such other date as the Board of Directors or the Committee or a duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors shall determine and publicly disclose) and shall end on and include the calendar day preceding the next Dividend Payment Date. Dividends payable on the Series B Preferred Stock in respect of any Dividend Period shall be computed by the Calculation Agent on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months, except that dividends for the initial period will be calculated from the original issue date. Dividends payable in respect of a Dividend Period shall be payable in arrears (i.e., on the first Dividend Payment Date after such Dividend Period).

Holders of Series B Preferred Stock shall not be entitled to any dividends, whether payable in cash, securities or other property, other than dividends (if any) declared and payable on the Series B Preferred Stock as specified in this Section 4 (subject to the other provisions of this Certificate of Designations).

 

6


(b) PRIORITY OF DIVIDENDS. So long as any shares of Series B Preferred Stock remain outstanding for any Dividend Period, unless the full dividends for the latest completed Dividend Period on all outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock and Parity Stock have been declared and paid (or declared and a sum sufficient for the payment thereof has been set aside), no dividend shall be declared or paid on the Common Stock or any other shares of Junior Stock (other than a dividend payable solely in Junior Stock), and no Common Stock or other Junior Stock shall be purchased, redeemed or otherwise acquired for consideration by the Corporation, directly or indirectly (other than as a result of a reclassification of Junior Stock for or into other Junior Stock, or the exchange or conversion of one share of Junior Stock for or into another share of Junior Stock and other than through the use of the proceeds of a substantially contemporaneous sale of Junior Stock) during a Dividend Period.

When dividends are not paid (or declared and a sum sufficient for payment thereof set aside) in full on any Dividend Payment Date (or, in the case of Parity Stock having dividend payment dates different from the Dividend Payment Dates, on a dividend payment date falling within a Dividend Period) upon the Series B Preferred Stock and any shares of Parity Stock, all dividends declared on the Series B Preferred Stock and all such Parity Stock and payable on such Dividend Payment Date (or, in the case of Parity Stock having dividend payment dates different from the Dividend Payment Dates, on a dividend payment date falling within the Dividend Period related to such Dividend Payment Date) shall be declared pro rata so that the respective amounts of such dividends shall bear the same ratio to each other as all accrued but unpaid dividends per share on the Series B Preferred Stock and all Parity Stock payable on such Dividend Payment Date (or, in the case of Parity Stock having dividend payment dates different from the Dividend Payment Dates, on a dividend payment date falling within the Dividend Period related to such Dividend Payment Date) bear to each other.

SECTION 5. MANDATORY SUSPENSION OF DIVIDENDS.

(a) TESTS FOR SUSPENSION. Notwithstanding Section 4(a), neither the Board of Directors nor any committee of the Board of Directors may declare dividends on the Series B Preferred Stock for payment on any Dividend Payment Date in an aggregate amount exceeding the New Common Equity Amount as of the date of declaration (the “Dividend Declaration Date”) for such Dividend Payment Date if:

(i) the Covered Insurance Subsidiaries’ Most Recent Weighted Average NAIC RBC Ratio was less than 175% (subject to Section 5(d)(iii)); or

(ii) (x) the Trailing Four Quarters Consolidated Net Income Amount for the period ending on the Preliminary Quarter End Test Date for such Dividend Payment Date is zero or a negative amount and (y) the Adjusted Shareholders’ Equity Amount as of each of the Preliminary Quarter End Test Date and the Final Quarter End Test Date for such Dividend Payment Date has declined by 10% or more as compared to the Adjusted Shareholders’ Equity Amount as of the tenth Quarter End prior to such Final Quarter End Test Date (such date for such Dividend Payment Date and related Final Quarter End Test Date, the “Benchmark Quarter End Test Date”).

 

7


Additionally, and without limiting the foregoing provisions of this Section 5(a), if the Corporation has failed the test in Section 5(a)(ii) as to a prior Dividend Payment Date, then neither the Board of Directors nor any committee of the Board of Directors may declare dividends on the Series B Preferred Stock for payment thereafter in an aggregate amount exceeding the New Common Equity Amount as of the Dividend Declaration Date for such prior Dividend Payment Date until the Dividend Declaration Date for the first Dividend Payment Date for which, as of the related Final Quarter End Test Date, the Adjusted Shareholders’ Equity Amount has increased or has declined by less than 10%, in either case as compared to the Adjusted Shareholders’ Equity Amount as of the Benchmark Quarter End Test Date for such prior Dividend Payment Date.

(b) POTENTIAL DIVIDEND SUSPENSION NOTICE. If as of the Preliminary Quarter End Test Date for any Dividend Payment Date (x) the Trailing Four Quarters Consolidated Net Income Amount for the period ending on such Preliminary Quarter End Test Date is zero or a negative amount and (y) the Adjusted Shareholders’ Equity Amount as of such Preliminary Quarter End Test Date has declined by 10% or more as compared to the Adjusted Shareholders’ Equity Amount as of the Benchmark Quarter End Test Date for such Dividend Payment Date, then the Corporation shall give notice of such circumstance by first class mail, postage prepaid, addressed to the holders of record of the shares of Series B Preferred Stock at their respective last addresses appearing on the books of the Corporation, and shall file a copy of such notice on Form 8-K with the Commission (or, if the Corporation is not then a reporting company under the Exchange Act, post a copy of such notice on the Corporation’s website), by not later than the first Dividend Payment Date following such Preliminary Quarter End Test Date. Such notice shall (i) set forth the Trailing Four Quarters Consolidated Net Income Amount for the period ending on such Preliminary Quarter End Test Date and the Adjusted Shareholders’ Equity Amount as of such Preliminary Quarter End Test Date and as of the Benchmark Quarter End Test Date, and (ii) state that the Corporation may be precluded by the terms of the Series B Preferred Stock from declaring and paying dividends on such Dividend Payment Date unless the Corporation, through the generation of earnings or issuance of new common equity, increases its Adjusted Shareholders’ Equity Amount by an amount specified in such notice by the second Quarter End after the date of such notice. The Corporation need not give any notice under this Section 5(b) during any period in which the Corporation’s ability to declare and pay dividends is limited by reason of the application of Section 5(a).

(c) DIVIDEND SUSPENSION NOTICE. By not later than the 15th day prior to each Dividend Payment Date for which dividends are being suspended by reason of the tests set forth in Section 5(a), the Corporation shall give notice of such suspension by first class mail, postage prepaid, addressed to the holders of record of the shares of Series B Preferred Stock at their respective last addresses appearing on the books of the Corporation, and shall file a copy of such notice on Form 8-K with the Commission (or, if the Corporation is not then a reporting company under the Exchange Act, post a copy of such notice on the Corporation’s website). Such notice, in addition to stating that dividends will be suspended, shall (i) if dividends are suspended by reason of the test set forth in Section 5(a)(i), state that the Covered Insurance Subsidiaries’ Most Recent Weighted Average NAIC RBC Ratio is less than 175% and (ii) if such suspension is by reason of the test set forth in Section 5(a)(ii), set forth the Adjusted Shareholders’ Equity Amount as of the most recent Quarter End and the amount by which the Adjusted Shareholders’ Equity Amount must increase in order for declaration and payment of dividends to be resumed.

 

8


(d) INTERPRETIVE PROVISIONS; QUALIFICATIONS, ETC. In order to give effect to the foregoing, the following provisions apply:

(i) Neither the Board of Directors nor a committee of the Board of Directors may declare dividends on any date that (x) in the case of a Dividend Declaration Date relating to a Dividend Payment Date in March in any year, is before March 5 in such year, and (y) in the case of a Dividend Declaration Date for a Dividend Payment Date in June, September or December of any year, is before the immediately preceding May 15 (in the case of a June Dividend Payment Date), August 15 (in the case of a September Dividend Payment Date), and November 15 (in the case of a December Dividend Payment Date).

(ii) Except as expressly provided otherwise in this Section 5 or in Section 3, all references in this Section 5 to financial statements of the Corporation shall be deemed to be to financial statements prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP, consistently applied, and, for so long as the Corporation is a reporting company under the Exchange Act, filed by the Corporation with the Commission under the Exchange Act. If at any relevant time or for any relevant period the Corporation is not a reporting company under the Exchange Act, then (x) for all relevant dates and periods the Corporation shall prepare and post on its website the financial statements that it would have been required to file with the Commission had it continued to be a reporting company under the Exchange Act, in each case on or before the dates that the Corporation would have been required to file such financial statements with the Commission under the Exchange Act had it continued to be an “accelerated filer” within the meaning of Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act, and (y) the provisions of this Section 5 shall be read mutatis mutandis to give effect to such provision.

(iii) The limitation on dividends provided for in Section 5(a)(i) shall be of no force and effect if, as of a Dividend Declaration Date, the combined total assets of the Insurance Subsidiaries do not account for 25% or more of the consolidated total assets of the Corporation as reflected on its most recent consolidated financial statements filed with the Commission or, in case Section 5(d)(ii) then applies, posted on the Corporation’s website.

(iv) All financial terms used in this Section 5 that are not specifically defined, including financial terms used within the definitions of defined terms, shall be determined in accordance with U.S. GAAP as applied to and reflected in the related financial statements of the Corporation as of the relevant dates and for the relevant period, except as provided in the next sentence. If because of a change in U.S. GAAP that results in a cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle or a restatement:

 

9


(x) Consolidated Net Income for a period is lower or higher than it would have been absent such change, then, for purposes of the calculations under Section 5(a)(ii) for the four fiscal quarters of the Corporation commencing with the fiscal quarter for which such change in U.S. GAAP becomes effective, Consolidated Net Income shall be calculated on a pro forma basis without giving effect to such change in U.S. GAAP; or

(y) the Adjusted Shareholders’ Equity Amount as of a Quarter End (whether or not a Preliminary Quarter End Test Date or a Final Quarter End Test Date) is lower or higher than it would have been absent such change, then, for purposes of the calculations under Section 5(a)(ii) and the last sentence of Section 5(a), the Adjusted Shareholders’ Equity Amount shall be calculated on a pro forma basis without giving effect to such change in U.S. GAAP, commencing with the first Quarter End as of which such change in U.S. GAAP becomes effective and continuing through (A) for purposes of Section 5(a)(ii), the tenth Quarter End thereafter, and (B) for purposes of the last sentence of Section 5(a), the Quarter End immediately preceding the first Dividend Payment Date for which the payment of dividends is not restricted by such sentence.

SECTION 6. LIQUIDATION RIGHTS.

(a) VOLUNTARY OR INVOLUNTARY LIQUIDATION. In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary, holders of Series B Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, out of the assets of the Corporation or proceeds thereof (whether capital or surplus) available for distribution to stockholders of the Corporation, and after satisfaction of all liabilities and obligations to creditors of the Corporation, before any distribution of such assets or proceeds is made to or set aside for the holders of Common Stock and any other Junior Stock, in full an amount equal to $25.00 per share, together with an amount equal to all dividends (if any) that have been declared but not paid prior to the date of payment of such distribution (but without any amount in respect of dividends that have not been declared prior to such payment date).

(b) PARTIAL PAYMENT. If in any distribution described in Section 6(a) above the assets of the Corporation or proceeds thereof are not sufficient to pay the Liquidation Preferences (as defined below) in full to all holders of Series B Preferred Stock and all holders of any Parity Stock, the amounts paid to the holders of Series B Preferred Stock and to the holders of all such other Parity Stock shall be paid pro rata in accordance with the respective aggregate Liquidation Preferences of the holders of Series B Preferred Stock and the holders of all such other Parity Stock. In any such distribution, the “Liquidation Preference” of any holder of Preferred Stock of the Corporation shall mean the amount otherwise payable to such holder in such distribution (assuming no limitation on the assets of the Corporation available for such distribution), including an amount equal to any declared but unpaid dividends (and, in the case of any holder of stock other than Series B Preferred Stock and on which dividends accrue on a cumulative basis, an amount equal to any unpaid, accrued cumulative dividends, whether or not declared, as applicable).

 

10


(c) RESIDUAL DISTRIBUTIONS. If the Liquidation Preference has been paid in full to all holders of Series B Preferred Stock and any Parity Stock, the holders of other stock of the Corporation shall be entitled to receive all remaining assets of the Corporation (or proceeds thereof) according to their respective rights and preferences.

(d) MERGER, CONSOLIDATION AND SALE OF ASSETS NOT LIQUIDATION. For purposes of this Section 6, the merger or consolidation of the Corporation with any other corporation or other entity, including a merger or consolidation in which the holders of Series B Preferred Stock receive cash, securities or other property for their shares, or the sale, lease or exchange (for cash, securities or other property) of all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation, shall not constitute a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation.

SECTION 7. REDEMPTION.

(a) OPTIONAL REDEMPTION. The Series B Preferred Stock may not be redeemed by the Corporation prior to September 15, 2010. On or after September 15, 2010, the Corporation, at its option, may redeem, in whole at any time or in part from time to time, the shares of Series B Preferred Stock at the time outstanding, upon notice given as provided in Section 7(c) below, at a redemption price equal to $25.00 per share, together (except as otherwise provided hereinbelow) with an amount equal to any dividends that have been declared but not paid prior to the redemption date (but with no amount in respect of any dividends that have not been declared prior to such date). The redemption price for any shares of Series B Preferred Stock shall be payable on the redemption date to the holder of such shares against surrender of the certificate(s) evidencing such shares to the Corporation or its agent. Any declared but unpaid dividends payable on a redemption date that occurs subsequent to the Dividend Record Date for a Dividend Period shall not be paid to the holder entitled to receive the redemption price on the redemption date, but rather shall be paid to the holder of record of the redeemed shares on such Dividend Record Date relating to the Dividend Payment Date as provided in Section 4 above.

(b) NO SINKING FUND. The Series B Preferred Stock will not be subject to any mandatory redemption, sinking fund, retirement fund or purchase fund or other similar provisions. Holders of Series B Preferred Stock will have no right to require redemption, repurchase or retirement of any shares of Series B Preferred Stock.

(c) NOTICE OF REDEMPTION. Notice of every redemption of shares of Series B Preferred Stock shall be given by first class mail, postage prepaid, addressed to the holders of record of the shares to be redeemed at their respective last addresses appearing on the books of the Corporation. Such mailing shall be at least 30 days and not more than 60 days before the date fixed for redemption. Any notice mailed as provided in this Subsection shall be conclusively presumed to have been duly given, whether or not the holder receives such notice, but failure duly to give such notice by mail, or any defect in such notice or in the mailing thereof, to any holder of shares of Series B Preferred Stock designated for redemption shall not affect the validity of the proceedings for the redemption of any other shares of Series B Preferred Stock. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Series B Preferred Stock or any depositary shares representing interests in the Series B Preferred Stock are issued in book-entry form through The Depository Trust Company or any other similar facility, notice of redemption

 

11


may be given to the holders of Series B Preferred Stock at such time and in any manner permitted by such facility. Each such notice given to a holder shall state: (1) the redemption date; (2) the number of shares of Series B Preferred Stock to be redeemed and, if less than all the shares held by such holder are to be redeemed, the number of such shares to be redeemed from such holder; (3) the redemption price; and (4) the place or places where certificates for such shares are to be surrendered for payment of the redemption price.

(d) PARTIAL REDEMPTION. In case of any redemption of only part of the shares of Series B Preferred Stock at the time outstanding, the shares to be redeemed shall be selected either pro rata or in such other manner as the Corporation may determine to be fair and equitable. Subject to the provisions hereof, the Corporation shall have full power and authority to prescribe the terms and conditions upon which shares of Series B Preferred Stock shall be redeemed from time to time. If fewer than all the shares represented by any certificate are redeemed, a new certificate shall be issued representing the unredeemed shares without charge to the holder thereof.

(e) EFFECTIVENESS OF REDEMPTION. If notice of redemption has been duly given and if on or before the redemption date specified in the notice all funds necessary for the redemption have been set aside by the Corporation, separate and apart from its other funds, in trust for the pro rata benefit of the holders of the shares called for redemption, so as to be and continue to be available therefor, then, notwithstanding that any certificate for any share so called for redemption has not been surrendered for cancellation, on and after the redemption date dividends shall cease to accrue on all shares so called for redemption, all shares so called for redemption shall no longer be deemed outstanding and all rights with respect to such shares shall forthwith on such redemption date cease and terminate, except only the right of the holders thereof to receive the amount payable on such redemption, without interest. Any funds unclaimed at the end of three years from the redemption date shall, to the extent permitted by law, be released to the Corporation, after which time the holders of the shares so called for redemption shall look only to the Corporation for payment of the redemption price of such shares.

SECTION 8. VOTING RIGHTS.

(a) GENERAL. The holders of Series B Preferred Stock shall not have any voting rights except as set forth below or as otherwise from time to time required by law.

(b) RIGHT TO ELECT TWO DIRECTORS UPON NONPAYMENT EVENTS. If and whenever dividends on any shares of Series B Preferred Stock shall not have been declared and paid for at least six Dividend Periods, whether or not consecutive (a “Nonpayment Event”), the number of directors then constituting the Board of Directors shall automatically be increased by two and the holders of Series B Preferred Stock, together with the holders of any outstanding shares of Voting Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class, shall be entitled to elect the two additional directors (the “Preferred Stock Directors”), provided that it shall be a qualification for election for any such Preferred Stock Director that the election of such director shall not cause the Corporation to violate the corporate governance requirement of the New York Stock Exchange (or any other securities exchange or other trading facility on which securities of the Corporation may then be listed or traded) that listed or traded companies must have a majority of independent directors.

 

12


In the event that the holders of the Series B Preferred Stock, and such other holders of Voting Preferred Stock, shall be entitled to vote for the election of the Preferred Stock Directors following a Nonpayment Event, such directors shall be initially elected following such Nonpayment Event only at a special meeting called at the request of the holders of record of at least 20% of the Series B Preferred Stock or of any other such series of Voting Preferred Stock then outstanding (unless such request for a special meeting is received less than 90 days before the date fixed for the next annual or special meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation, in which event such election shall be held only at such next annual or special meeting of stockholders), and at each subsequent annual meeting of stockholders of the Corporation. Such request to call a special meeting for the initial election of the Preferred Stock Directors after a Nonpayment Event shall be made by written notice, signed by the requisite holders of Series B Preferred Stock or Voting Preferred Stock, and delivered to the Secretary of the Corporation in such manner as provided for in Section 10 below, or as may otherwise be required by law.

When dividends have been paid (or declared and a sum sufficient for payment thereof set aside) in full on the Series B Preferred Stock for at least four Dividend Periods (whether or not consecutive) after a Nonpayment Event, then the right of the holders of Series B Preferred Stock to elect the Preferred Stock Directors shall cease (but subject always to revesting of such voting rights in the case of any future Nonpayment Event pursuant to this Section 8 and the number of Dividend Periods in which dividends have not been declared and paid shall be reset to zero), and, if and when any rights of holders of Series B Preferred Stock and Voting Preferred Stock to elect the Preferred Stock Directors shall have ceased, the terms of office of all the Preferred Stock Directors shall forthwith terminate and the number of directors constituting the Board of Directors shall automatically be reduced accordingly.

Any Preferred Stock Director may be removed at any time without cause by the holders of record of a majority of the outstanding shares of the Series B Preferred Stock and Voting Preferred Stock, when they have the voting rights described above (voting together as a single class). So long as a Nonpayment Event shall continue, any vacancy in the office of a Preferred Stock Director (other than prior to the initial election of Preferred Stock Directors after a Nonpayment Event) may be filled by the written consent of the Preferred Stock Director remaining in office, or if none remains in office, by a vote of the holders of record of a majority of the outstanding shares of the Series B Preferred Stock and Voting Preferred Stock, when they have the voting rights described above (voting together as a single class). Any such vote of stockholders to remove, or to fill a vacancy in the office of, a Preferred Stock Director may be taken only at a special meeting of such stockholders, called as provided above for an initial election of Preferred Stock Director after a Nonpayment Event (unless such request is received less than 90 days before the date fixed for the next annual or special meeting of the stockholders, in which event such election shall be held at such next annual or special meeting of stockholders). The Preferred Stock Directors shall each be entitled to one vote per director on any matter that shall come before the Board of Directors for a vote. Each Preferred Stock Director elected at any special meeting of stockholders or by written consent of the other Preferred Stock Director shall hold office until the next annual meeting of the stockholders if such office shall not have previously terminated as above provided.

 

13


(c) OTHER VOTING RIGHTS. So long as any shares of Series B Preferred Stock are outstanding, in addition to any other vote or consent of stockholders required by law or by the Certificate of Incorporation, the vote or consent of the holders of at least 66 2/3% of the shares of Series B Preferred Stock and any Voting Preferred Stock (subject to the last paragraph of this Section 8(c)) at the time outstanding and entitled to vote thereon, voting together as a single class, given in person or by proxy, either in writing without a meeting or by vote at any meeting called for the purpose, shall be necessary for effecting or validating:

(i) AUTHORIZATION OF SENIOR STOCK. Any amendment or alteration of the Certificate of Incorporation to authorize or create, or increase the authorized amount of, any shares of any class or series of capital stock of the Corporation ranking senior to the Series B Preferred Stock with respect to either or both the payment of dividends and/or the distribution of assets on any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation;

(ii) AMENDMENT OF SERIES B PREFERRED STOCK. Any amendment, alteration or repeal of any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation so as to materially and adversely affect the special rights, preferences, privileges or voting powers of the Series B Preferred Stock, taken as a whole; or

(iii) SHARE EXCHANGES, RECLASSIFICATIONS, MERGERS AND CONSOLIDATIONS. Any consummation of a binding share exchange or reclassification involving the Series B Preferred Stock, or of a merger or consolidation of the Corporation with another corporation or other entity, unless in each case (x) the shares of Series B Preferred Stock remain outstanding or, in the case of any such merger or consolidation with respect to which the Corporation is not the surviving or resulting entity, are converted into or exchanged for preference securities of the surviving or resulting entity or its ultimate parent, and (y) such shares remaining outstanding or such preference securities, as the case may be, have such rights, preferences, privileges and voting powers, and limitations and restrictions thereof, taken as a whole, as are not materially less favorable to the holders thereof than the rights, preferences, privileges and voting powers, and limitations and restrictions thereof, of the Series B Preferred Stock immediately prior to such consummation, taken as a whole;

provided, however, that for all purposes of this Section 8(c), any increase in the amount of the authorized or issued Series B Preferred Stock or authorized Preferred Stock, or the creation and issuance, or an increase in the authorized or issued amount, of any other series of Preferred Stock ranking equally with and/or junior to the Series B Preferred Stock with respect to the payment of dividends (whether such dividends are cumulative or non-cumulative) and/or the distribution of assets upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation will not be deemed to materially and adversely affect the special rights, preferences, privileges or voting powers of the Series B Preferred Stock.

If any amendment, alteration, repeal, share exchange, reclassification, merger or consolidation specified in this Section 8(c) would materially and adversely affect the Series B Preferred Stock and one or more but not all other series of Preferred Stock, then only the Series B Preferred Stock and such series of Preferred Stock as are materially and adversely affected by

and entitled to vote on the matter shall vote on the matter together as a single class (in lieu of all other series of Preferred Stock).

 

14


(d) CHANGES FOR CLARIFICATION. Without the consent of the holders of the Series B Preferred Stock, so long as such action does not adversely affect the special rights, preferences, privileges and voting powers, and limitations and restrictions thereof, of the Series B Preferred Stock, the Corporation may amend, alter, supplement or repeal any terms of the Series B Preferred Stock:

(i) to cure any ambiguity, or to cure, correct or supplement any provision contained in this Certificate of Designations that may be defective or inconsistent; or

(ii) to make any provision with respect to matters or questions arising with respect to the Series B Preferred Stock that is not inconsistent with the provisions of this Certificate of Designations.

(e) CHANGES AFTER PROVISION FOR REDEMPTION. No vote or consent of the holders of Series B Preferred Stock shall be required pursuant to Section 8(b), (c) or (d) above if, at or prior to the time when any such vote or consent would otherwise be required pursuant to such Section, all outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock shall have been redeemed, or shall have been called for redemption upon proper notice and sufficient funds shall have been set aside for such redemption, in each case pursuant to Section 7 above.

(f) PROCEDURES FOR VOTING AND CONSENTS. The rules and procedures for calling and conducting any meeting of the holders of Series B Preferred Stock (including, without limitation, the fixing of a record date in connection therewith), the solicitation and use of proxies at such a meeting, the obtaining of written consents and any other aspect or matter with regard to such a meeting or such consents shall be governed by any rules the Board of Directors or a duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors, in its discretion, may adopt from time to time, which rules and procedures shall conform to the requirements of the Certificate of Incorporation, the By-Laws, applicable law and any national securities exchange or other trading facility on which the Series B Preferred Stock is listed or traded at the time. Whether the vote or consent of the holders of a plurality, majority or other portion of the shares of Series B Preferred Stock and any Voting Preferred Stock has been cast or given on any matter on which the holders of shares of Series B Preferred Stock are entitled to vote shall be determined by the Corporation by reference to the specified liquidation amounts of the shares voted or covered by the consent.

SECTION 9. RECORD HOLDERS. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Corporation and the transfer agent for the Series B Preferred Stock may deem and treat the record holder of any share of Series B Preferred Stock as the true and lawful owner thereof for all purposes, and neither the Corporation nor such transfer agent shall be affected by any notice to the contrary.

 

15


SECTION 10. NOTICES. All notices or communications in respect of Series B Preferred Stock shall be sufficiently given if given in writing and delivered in person or by first class mail,

postage prepaid, or if given in such other manner as may be permitted in this Certificate of Designations, in the Certificate of Incorporation or By-Laws or by applicable law.

SECTION 11. NO PREEMPTIVE RIGHTS. No share of Series B Preferred Stock shall have any rights of preemption whatsoever as to any securities of the Corporation, or any warrants, rights or options issued or granted with respect thereto, regardless of how such securities, or such warrants, rights or options, may be designated, issued or granted.

SECTION 12. OTHER RIGHTS. The shares of Series B Preferred Stock shall not have any voting powers, preferences or relative, participating, optional or other special rights, or qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, other than as set forth herein or in the Certificate of Incorporation or as provided by applicable law.

 

16


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, METLIFE, INC. has caused this certificate to be signed by Anthony J. Williamson, its Senior Vice President and Treasurer, this 9th day of June, 2005.

 

METLIFE, INC.

By  

/s/ Anthony J. Williamson

  Anthony J. Williamson
  Senior Vice President and Treasurer

Exhibit 3.5

C ERTIFICATE OF D ESIGNATIONS

OF

S ERIES B C ONTINGENT C ONVERTIBLE J UNIOR P ARTICIPATING N ON -C UMULATIVE

P ERPETUAL P REFERRED S TOCK

OF

M ET L IFE , I NC .

MetLife, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “ Corporation ,” which term shall include the successors of MetLife, Inc.), in accordance with the provisions of Sections 103 and 151 thereof, does hereby certify:

The Finance and Risk Committee (the “ Committee ”) of the board of directors of the Corporation (the “ Board of Directors ”), in accordance with the resolutions of the Board of Directors dated March 7, 2010 and April 27, 2010, the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation and By-Laws of the Corporation and applicable law, adopted the following resolution creating a series of shares of Preferred Stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Corporation designated as “Series B Contingent Convertible Junior Participating Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock” at a meeting of the Committee on October 26, 2010.

R ESOLVED , that pursuant to the authority vested in the Committee and in accordance with the resolutions of the Board of Directors dated March 7, 2010 and April 27, 2010, the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation and By-Laws of the Corporation and applicable law, a series of Preferred Stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Corporation be and hereby is created, and that the designation and number of shares of such series, and the voting and other powers, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other rights, and the qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof, of the shares of such series, are as follows:

Section 1. Designation . The distinctive serial designation of such series of Preferred Stock is “Series B Contingent Convertible Junior Participating Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock” (“ Series B Preferred Stock ”). Each share of Series B Preferred Stock shall be identical in all respects to every other share of Series B Preferred Stock. The Series B Preferred Stock shall have a par value of $0.01 per share.

Section 2. Number of Shares . The authorized number of shares of Series B Preferred Stock shall be 6,857,000. Shares of Series B Preferred Stock that are purchased or otherwise acquired by the Corporation, or converted into shares of Common Stock, shall not be reissued as shares of such series and shall, upon filing of the appropriate certificate with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, become authorized but unissued shares of Preferred Stock.

 

1


Section 3. Definitions . As used herein with respect to Series B Preferred Stock:

(a) “ Affiliate ” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For the purposes of this definition, “control,” when used with respect to any specified Person, means the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

(b) “ Business Day ” means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which banking institutions in New York, New York are authorized or required by law or executive order to remain closed.

(c) “ By-Laws ” means the amended and restated bylaws of the Corporation, as they may be amended from time to time.

(d) “ Certificate of Designations ” means this Certificate of Designations relating to the Series B Preferred Stock, as it may be amended from time to time.

(e) “ Certificate of Incorporation ” shall mean the amended and restated certificate of incorporation of the Corporation, as it may be amended from time to time, and shall include this Certificate of Designations.

(f) The term “ close of business ” on any day means 5:00 P.M., New York City time, on such day.

(g) “ Common Stock ” means the common stock, par value $0.01 per share (or such other par value, or no par value, as such common stock may have from time to time), of the Corporation.

(h) “ Common Stock Distribution ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5(b).

(i) “ Common Stock Distribution Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5(b).

(j) “ Common Stock Distribution Record Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5(b).

(k) “ Constituent Person ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10(d).

(l) “ Conversion Rate ” means the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of one (1) share of Series B Preferred Stock, which Conversion Rate shall initially be ten (10) shares of Common Stock per share of Series B Preferred Stock, subject to adjustment as provided in Section 10(c).

 

2


(m) “ Distributed Property ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5(b).

(n) “ Dividend Parity Stock ” means all classes or series of stock of the Corporation (other than the Series B Preferred Stock) ranking on parity with the Series B Preferred Stock as to payment of dividends.

(o) “ Holder ” means a Person in whose name one or more shares of the Series B Preferred Stock are registered.

(p) “ Indemnification Security Agreement ” means the Indemnification Collateral Account Security and Control Agreement, dated as of November 1, 2010, by and among the Corporation, in its capacity as Secured Party, ALICO Holdings LLC, in its capacity as Pledgor, Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, in its capacities as Securities Intermediary and Pledge Collateral Agent, and, for certain limited purposes, Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, in its capacity as Stock Purchase Contract Agent under the Pledge Agreement.

(q) “ Junior Stock ” means the Common Stock and any other class or series of stock of the Corporation, other than Series B Preferred Stock, that ranks junior to Series B Preferred Stock either or both as to the payment of dividends (whether such dividends are cumulative or non-cumulative) and/or as to the distribution of assets on any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation.

(r) “ Liquidation Preference ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6(b).

(s) “ Liquidation Preference Amount ” means one cent ($0.01) per share of Series B Preferred Stock.

(t) “ Mandatory Conversion Date ” means the third (3rd) Business Day immediately after the date the Corporation obtains the Stockholder Approval.

(u) “ Market Disruption Event ” means any of the following events that the Corporation, in its reasonable discretion, determines has occurred and is material:

(i) the occurrence or existence, for an aggregate period of at least thirty (30) minutes or during the one-hour period prior to the close of trading for the regular trading session on the Relevant Exchange, of any suspension of, or limitation imposed on, trading by the Relevant Exchange, whether by reason of movements in price exceeding limits permitted by the Relevant Exchange, or otherwise: (1) relating to Common Stock; or (2) in futures or options contracts relating to the Common Stock on the Relevant Exchange;

(ii) any event (other than an event described in clause (iii) below) that disrupts or impairs the ability of market participants, for an aggregate period of at least thirty (30) minutes or during the one-hour period prior to the close of trading for the regular trading session on the Relevant Exchange in general: (1) to effect transactions in, or obtain market values for, the Common Stock on the Relevant Exchange; or (2) to effect transactions in, or obtain market values for, futures or options contracts relating to the Common Stock on the Relevant Exchange; or

 

3


(iii) the failure to open of the Relevant Exchange on which futures or options contracts relating to the Common Stock are traded or the closure of such exchange prior to its respective scheduled closing time for the regular trading session on such day (without regard to after hours or any other trading outside of the regular trading session hours) unless such earlier closing time is announced by such exchange at least one hour prior to the earlier of: (1) the actual closing time for the regular trading session on such day, and (2) the submission deadline for orders to be entered into such exchange for execution at the actual closing time on such day.

(v) “ Non-Electing Share ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10(d).

(w) “ Non-Partial Common Stock Distribution ” means a transaction that both (i) requires the Conversion Rate to be adjusted pursuant to Section 10(c) and (ii) is not a Partial Common Stock Distribution.

(x) “ Nonpayment Event ” has the meaning specified in Section 9(b).

(y) The term “ open of business ” on any day means 9:00 A.M., New York City time, on such day.

(z) “ Parity Stock ” means the Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock and each other class or series of stock of the Corporation, other than Series B Preferred Stock, that ranks equally with the Series B Preferred Stock in the payment of dividends (whether such dividends are cumulative or non-cumulative) and in the distribution of assets on any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation.

(aa) “ Partial Common Stock Distribution ” has the meaning specified in Section 10(c).

(bb) “ Person ” means a legal person, including any individual, corporation, estate, partnership, joint venture, association, joint stock company, company, limited liability company, trust, unincorporated association, or government or any agency or political subdivision thereof, or any other entity of whatever nature.

(cc) “ Preferred Stock ” means any and all series of preferred stock of the Corporation, including the Series B Preferred Stock.

(dd) “ Preferred Stock Directors ” has the meaning specified in Section 9(b).

(ee) “ Record Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5(c).

 

4


(ff) “ Reference Property ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10(d).

(gg) “ Relevant Exchange ” means the New York Stock Exchange; provided , however , that if the Common Stock is not listed for trading on the New York Stock Exchange, then “Relevant Exchange” means the principal U.S. national or regional securities exchange on which the Common Stock is listed; provided further , that if the Common Stock is not listed on a U.S. national or regional securities exchange, then “Relevant Exchange” means the over-the-counter market on which the Common Stock is traded.

(hh) “ Reorganization Event ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10(d).

(ii) “ Representative Holder ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10(d).

(jj) “ Senior Stock ” means all Preferred Stock that ranks senior to the Series B Preferred Stock in the distribution of assets on any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation.

(kk) “ Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock ” means the Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Corporation.

(ll) “ Stockholder Approval ” means the receipt of all approvals of the stockholders of the Corporation necessary, pursuant to Section 312.03 of the New York Stock Exchange Listed Company Manual, to approve the conversion of each outstanding share of Series B Preferred Stock into shares of Common Stock at the Conversion Rate.

(mm) “ Trading Day ” means any day during which both of the following conditions are satisfied: (i) trading in the Common Stock generally occurs on the Relevant Exchange; and (ii) there is no Market Disruption Event.

(nn) “ Voting Parity Preferred Stock ” has the meaning specified in Section 9(b).

(oo) “ VWAP ” per share of Common Stock on any Trading Day means the volume-weighted average price per share of Common Stock in respect of the period from 9:30 a.m. to 4:00 p.m. (New York City time) on such Trading Day, as displayed under the heading “Bloomberg VWAP” on Bloomberg page “MET.N <equity> AQR” (or its equivalent successor if such page is not available); provided , however , that if such volume-weighted average price shall not be available on such Trading Day, then VWAP on such Trading Day shall be determined, using a volume-weighted average method, by a nationally recognized independent investment banking firm retained for such purpose by the Corporation.

Section 4. Ranking . The Series B Preferred Stock will, with respect to the payment of dividends (whether such dividends are cumulative or non-cumulative) and the distribution of assets on any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, rank (i) on parity with Parity Stock and (ii) senior to Junior Stock.

 

5


Section 5. Dividends .

(a) Holders of Series B Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors or a duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors, out of funds or property legally available therefor under Delaware law, non-cumulative dividends and distributions, if any, in the amount, kind and manner set forth in Section 5(b). Except as provided in the immediately preceding sentence, in Section 5(b) or in Section 6, Holders shall not be entitled to any other dividends or distributions on the Series B Preferred Stock. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (i) dividends and distributions on the Series B Preferred Stock shall not be cumulative; (ii) Holders of Series B Preferred Stock shall not be entitled to receive any dividends or distributions not declared by the Board of Directors or a duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors; and (iii) no interest, or sum of money in lieu of interest, shall be payable in respect of any dividend or distribution not so declared.

(b) If the Board of Directors or a duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors declares a dividend, or the Corporation otherwise makes any distribution, on all outstanding shares of Common Stock, of cash, securities (including, without limitation, rights, warrants, options or evidences of indebtedness) or other property or assets (in each case excluding Non-Partial Common Stock Distributions and Reorganization Events) (such a dividend or distribution, a “ Common Stock Distribution ,” and the cash, securities, property or assets dividended or distributed on the Common Stock pursuant to such Common Stock Distribution, subject to the last sentence of Section 10(c), the “ Distributed Property ,” and the date such Distributed Property is paid to holders of Common Stock pursuant to such Common Stock Distribution, the “ Common Stock Distribution Date ,” and the record date for determining the holders of Common Stock entitled to receive such Common Stock Distribution, the “ Common Stock Distribution Record Date ”), then the Board of Directors or a duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors shall, in accordance with this Section 5(b), declare to be paid, or cause there to be distributed, to the Holders of the Series B Preferred Stock, Distributed Property in accordance with this Section 5(b). The date on which such Distributed Property is to be paid to Holders of the Series B Preferred Stock on account of such Common Stock Distribution shall be the Common Stock Distribution Date, and the kind and amount of Distributed Property to be dividended or distributed per share of Series B Preferred Stock shall be the kind and amount of Distributed Property that a holder of a number of shares of Common Stock equal to the Conversion Rate in effect at the close of business on the Common Stock Distribution Record Date for such Common Stock Distribution would have been entitled to receive pursuant to such Common Stock Distribution. The Corporation shall not declare any Common Stock Distribution unless the Corporation has funds legally available to comply, and complies, with this Section 5(b) with respect to such Common Stock Distribution. For avoidance of doubt, no dividend or distribution shall be payable on the Series B Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section 5(b) unless there shall occur a Common Stock Distribution. For avoidance of doubt, if (1) in connection with a Reorganization Event, the Board of Directors or a duly

 

6


authorized committee of the Board of Directors declares a dividend, or the Corporation otherwise makes any distribution, on all outstanding shares of Common Stock and (2) in connection with such Reorganization Event, the Common Stock is converted into or exchanged for, or constitutes solely the right to receive, cash, securities or other property, then (x) such dividend or distribution shall be subject to this Section 5(b) but not to Section 10(d) and (y) such conversion into, exchange for or right to receive cash, securities or other property shall be subject to Section 10(d) but not to this Section 5(b).

(c) Dividends or distributions that are payable on Series B Preferred Stock on a Common Stock Distribution Date pursuant to Section 5(b) on account of a Common Stock Distribution will be payable to holders of record of Series B Preferred Stock as they appear on the stock register of the Corporation at the close of business on the date (each such date, a “ Record Date ”) that is the Common Stock Distribution Record Date for such Common Stock Distribution.

(d) If the Mandatory Conversion Date with respect to any share of Series B Preferred Stock is on or prior to a Record Date for a dividend or distribution on the Series B Preferred Stock pursuant to Section 5(b), then the Holder of such share of Series B Preferred Stock shall not have the right to receive such dividend or distribution. If the Mandatory Conversion Date with respect to any share of Series B Preferred Stock is after a Record Date for a dividend or distribution on the Series B Preferred Stock pursuant to Section 5(b) but on or prior to the date such dividend or distribution is to be made, then the Holder of such share of Series B Preferred Stock at the close of business on such Record Date shall have the right to receive such dividend or distribution notwithstanding such conversion.

(e) For purposes of this Certificate of Designations, dividends and distributions will be deemed to have been declared and paid in full on the Series B Preferred Stock during a calendar quarter or any other period if there exists no Common Stock Distribution whose Common Stock Distribution Date occurs during such calendar quarter or period, as applicable.

Section 6. Liquidation Rights .

(a) Voluntary or Involuntary Liquidation . In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary, the Holders of Series B Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, per share of Series B Preferred Stock, out of the assets of the Corporation or proceeds thereof legally available for distribution to stockholders of the Corporation, and after satisfaction of all liabilities and obligations to creditors of the Corporation, before any distribution of such assets or proceeds is made to or set aside for the holders of Junior Stock, in full an amount equal to the Liquidation Preference Amount per share, together with all dividends (if any) that have been declared but not paid prior to the date of payment of such distribution.

 

7


(b) Partial Payment . If, in any distribution described in Section 6(a) above, the assets of the Corporation or proceeds thereof are not sufficient to pay the Liquidation Preferences in full to all holders of Series B Preferred Stock and all holders of any Parity Stock, then the amounts paid to the holders of Series B Preferred Stock and to the holders of all such other Parity Stock shall be paid pro rata in accordance with the respective aggregate Liquidation Preferences of the holders of Series B Preferred Stock and the holders of all such other Parity Stock. In any such distribution, the “ Liquidation Preference ” of any holder of Preferred Stock of the Corporation shall mean the amount otherwise payable to such holder in such distribution (assuming no limitation on the assets of the Corporation available for such distribution), including any declared but unpaid dividends (and, in the case of any holder of stock other than Series B Preferred Stock and on which dividends accrue on a cumulative basis, any unpaid, accrued cumulative dividends, whether or not declared, as applicable).

(c) Residual Distributions . In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary, if the Liquidation Preference has been paid in full to all holders of Series B Preferred Stock and all Parity Stock and Senior Stock, then the Holders shall (subject to the rights of any other series of Preferred Stock that is not Junior Stock to similarly be treated as holders of Common Stock) thereafter be treated as holders of Common Stock, determined as if each share of Series B Preferred Stock were converted into shares of Common Stock at the Conversion Rate in effect at the time of such liquidation, dissolution or winding up.

(d) Merger, Consolidation and Sale of Assets Not Liquidation . For purposes of this Section 6, the merger or consolidation of the Corporation with any other corporation or other entity, including a merger or consolidation in which the holders of Series B Preferred Stock receive cash, securities or other property for their shares, or the sale, lease or exchange (for cash, securities or other property) of all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation, shall not constitute a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation.

Section 7. No Redemption . The Series B Preferred Stock shall not be redeemable at the election of the Corporation.

Section 8. Maturity . The Series B Preferred Stock shall be perpetual unless converted in accordance herewith.

Section 9. Voting Rights .

(a) General . The Holders of Series B Preferred Stock shall not have any voting rights except as set forth below or as otherwise from time to time required by law.

(b) Right to Elect Two Directors Upon Nonpayment Events . If and whenever dividends on any shares of Series B Preferred Stock that are required, pursuant to Section 5(b), to be declared and paid have not been so declared and paid for at least six (6) calendar quarters, whether or not consecutive (a “ Nonpayment Event ”), the number of directors then constituting the Board of Directors shall automatically be increased by two (2) and the holders of Series B Preferred Stock, together with the holders of any

 

8


outstanding shares of Dividend Parity Stock similarly entitled to vote for the election of a total of two (2) additional directors (“ Voting Parity Preferred Stock ”), voting together as a single class, shall be entitled to elect the two (2) additional directors (the “ Preferred Stock Directors ”); provided , however , that, as a condition to exercising such right to so elect such Preferred Stock Directors, the election of no such Preferred Stock Director shall cause the Corporation to violate the corporate governance requirement of the New York Stock Exchange (or any other exchange on which its securities may be listed) that listed companies must have a majority of independent directors.

If the Holders of the Series B Preferred Stock, and such other holders of Voting Parity Preferred Stock, shall be entitled to vote for the election of the Preferred Stock Directors following a Nonpayment Event, then such directors shall be initially elected following such Nonpayment Event only at a special meeting called at the request of the holders of record of at least twenty percent (20%) of the Series B Preferred Stock or of any other such series of Voting Parity Preferred Stock then outstanding, and at each subsequent annual meeting of stockholders of the Corporation at which time such Nonpayment Event shall be continuing. Such request to call a special meeting for the initial election of the Preferred Stock Directors after a Nonpayment Event shall be made by written notice, signed by the requisite holders of Series B Preferred Stock or Voting Parity Preferred Stock, and delivered to the Secretary of the Corporation, or as may otherwise be required by law.

When dividends have been paid (or declared and a sum sufficient for payment thereof set aside) in full on the Series B Preferred Stock for at least four (4) calendar quarters (whether or not consecutive) after a Nonpayment Event, then (1) such Nonpayment Event shall be deemed to have ceased; (2) the number of calendar quarters in which dividends have not been declared and paid shall, for purposes of this Section 9, be reset to zero (0); (3) the right of the holders of Series B Preferred Stock to elect the Preferred Stock Directors on account of such Nonpayment Event shall cease (but subject always to revesting of such voting rights in the case of any

future Nonpayment Event pursuant to this Section 9); (4) the terms of office of all the Preferred Stock Directors shall forthwith terminate; and (5) the number of directors constituting the Board of Directors shall automatically be reduced accordingly. For avoidance of doubt, “full” dividends on the Series B Preferred Stock shall in no event include any arrearage, or any dividends that would accrue on unpaid dividends or distributions, had dividends on the Series B Preferred Stock been cumulative.

Any Preferred Stock Director may be removed at any time without cause by the holders of record of a majority of the outstanding shares of the Series B Preferred Stock and Voting Parity Preferred Stock, when they have the voting rights set forth above in this Section 9 (voting together as a single class). So long as a Nonpayment Event shall continue, any vacancy in the office of a Preferred Stock Director (other than prior to the initial election of Preferred Stock Directors after a Nonpayment Event) may be filled by the written consent of the Preferred Stock Director remaining in office, or if none remains in office, by a vote of the holders of record of a majority of the outstanding shares of the Series B Preferred Stock and Voting Parity Preferred Stock, when they have the voting rights set forth above in this Section 9 (voting together as a single class). Each such vote

 

9


of stockholders to remove, or to fill a vacancy in the office of, a Preferred Stock Director must be taken only at a special meeting of such stockholders, called in the same manner as provided above for the initial election of Preferred Stock Directors after a Nonpayment Event. The Preferred Stock Directors shall each be entitled to one (1) vote per director on any matter that shall come before the Board of Directors for a vote. Each Preferred Stock Director shall hold office until the next annual meeting of the stockholders or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal, if such office shall not have previously terminated as above provided.

Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, this Section 9(b) shall have no force and effect (and, for all purposes, shall be deemed not to be included in this Certificate of Designations) at any time when no shares of Series B Preferred Stock are listed on the New York Stock Exchange or any other U.S. national securities exchange on which the Common Stock is then listed.

(c) Other Voting Rights . So long as any shares of Series B Preferred Stock are outstanding, in addition to any other vote or consent of stockholders required by law or by the Certificate of Incorporation, the vote or consent of the holders of at least 66 2/3% of the outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock at the time outstanding and entitled to vote thereon, given in person or by proxy, either in writing without a meeting or by vote at any meeting called for the purpose, shall be necessary for effecting or validating:

(i) Amendment of Series B Preferred Stock . Any amendment, alteration or repeal of any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation so as to increase the number of authorized shares of Series B Preferred Stock or materially and adversely affect the special rights, preferences, privileges or voting powers of the Series B Preferred Stock, taken as a whole; or

(ii) Share Exchanges, Reclassifications, Mergers and Consolidations . Any consummation of a binding share exchange or reclassification involving the Series B Preferred Stock, or of a merger or consolidation of the Corporation with another corporation or other entity, unless in each case either (A) such binding share exchange or reclassification constitutes a Reorganization Event and the Corporation complies with Section 10(d) with respect to such Reorganization Event; or (B) the shares of Series B Preferred Stock remain outstanding and have such rights, preferences, privileges and voting powers, and limitations and restrictions thereof, taken as a whole, as are not materially less favorable to the holders thereof than the rights, preferences, privileges and voting powers, and limitations and restrictions thereof, of the Series B Preferred Stock immediately prior to such consummation, taken as a whole;

provided , however , that for all purposes of this Section 9(c), any increase in the amount of the authorized or issued Series B Preferred Stock or authorized Preferred Stock, or the creation and issuance, or an increase in the authorized or issued amount, of any other

 

10


series of Preferred Stock or other stock of the Corporation ranking senior to, equally with and/or junior to the Series B Preferred Stock with respect to the payment of dividends (whether such dividends are cumulative or non-cumulative) and/or the distribution of assets upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation will not be deemed to materially and adversely affect the special rights, preferences, privileges or voting powers of the Series B Preferred Stock, taken as a whole, and each Holder, by its acceptance of any shares of Series B Preferred Stock, is, to the fullest extent permitted by law, deemed to consent, and authorize the Corporation, the Board of Directors and any committee of the Board of Directors, to take any action to effect any such increase, creation or issuance.

In addition, so long as any shares of Series B Preferred Stock are outstanding, in addition to any other vote or consent of stockholders required by law or by the Certificate of Incorporation, the vote or consent of the holders of at a majority of the shares of Series B Preferred Stock then outstanding, given in person or by proxy, either in writing without a meeting or by vote at any meeting called for the purpose, shall be necessary for effecting a publicly announced tender offer by the Corporation of shares of Common Stock; provided , however , that such vote or consent shall not be required if the Corporation grants Holders of Series B Preferred Stock of the right to participate, based on the number of shares of Common Stock into which such Series B Preferred Stock is convertible, in such tender offer on the same terms and conditions as holders of Common Stock.

(d) Changes for Clarification . Without the consent of the Holders of the Series B Preferred Stock, so long as such action does not adversely affect the special rights, preferences, privileges and voting powers, and limitations and restrictions thereof, of the Series B Preferred Stock, taken as a whole, the Corporation may, to the fullest extent permitted by law, amend, alter, supplement or repeal any terms of the Series B Preferred Stock:

(i) to cure any ambiguity, or to cure, correct or supplement any provision contained in this Certificate of Designations that may be defective or inconsistent; or

(ii) to make any provision with respect to matters or questions arising with respect to the Series B Preferred Stock that is not inconsistent with the provisions of this Certificate of Designations.

(e) Procedures for Voting and Consents . The rules and procedures for calling and conducting any meeting of the holders of Series B Preferred Stock (including, without limitation, the fixing of a record date in connection therewith), the solicitation and use of proxies at such a meeting, the obtaining of written consents and any other aspect or matter with regard to such a meeting or such consents shall be governed by any rules the Board of Directors or a duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors, in its discretion, may adopt from time to time, which rules and procedures shall conform to the requirements of the Certificate of Incorporation, the By-Laws, applicable law and any national securities exchange or other trading facility on which the Series B Preferred

 

11


Stock is listed or traded at the time. Whether the vote or consent of the holders of a plurality, majority or other portion of the shares of Series B Preferred Stock and any Voting Parity Preferred Stock has been cast or given on any matter on which the Holders of shares of Series B Preferred Stock are entitled to vote shall be determined by the Corporation by reference to the specified liquidation amounts of the shares voted or covered by the consent.

Section 10. Mandatory Conversion .

(a) Effectiveness of Conversion. If the Corporation shall have obtained the Stockholder Approval, then, effective as of the open of business on the Mandatory Conversion Date, each outstanding share of Series B Preferred Stock shall, automatically and without the act of any Holder, be converted into a number of shares of Common Stock equal to the Conversion Rate in effect as of the open of business on the Mandatory Conversion Date; provided , however , that the Corporation will not issue fractional shares of Common Stock upon conversion of the Series B Preferred Stock and shall instead deliver a check in an amount equal to the value of such fraction computed on the basis of the VWAP per share of Common Stock on the Trading Day immediately before the Mandatory Conversion Date. All shares of Common Stock issued or delivered upon conversion of the Series B Preferred Stock shall be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable and shall be free of preemptive or similar rights and (except, in the case of Series B Preferred Stock pledged pursuant to the Indemnification Security Agreement, as provided in the Indemnification Security Agreement) free of any lien or adverse claim created by the Corporation. If more than one share of Series B Preferred Stock is surrendered for conversion at one time by the same Holder, then the number of full shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of such shares shall be computed on the basis of the aggregate number of shares of Series B Preferred Stock so surrendered.

(b) Effect of Conversion . Subject to the second sentence of Section 5(d), on and after the Mandatory Conversion Date each outstanding share of Series B Preferred Stock shall cease to be outstanding, dividends and distributions on such share shall cease to accrue or be due, and all rights of the Holder(s) of such share shall terminate with respect to such share, other than the right to receive, upon delivery of the certificate(s) evidencing such share to the Corporation or its registrar, certificates evidencing the shares of Common Stock into which such share of Series B Preferred Stock has been converted, together with cash in lieu of any fractional share, as provided herein.

(c) Adjustment to the Conversion Rate . If, after the date of original issue of the Series B Preferred Stock, the Corporation: (A) pays a dividend or makes another distribution on Common Stock to all holders of Common Stock payable, in whole or in part, in shares of Common Stock; (B) subdivides or splits the outstanding shares of Common Stock into a greater number of shares; or (C) combines or reclassifies the outstanding shares of Common Stock into a smaller number of shares, then the Conversion Rate shall be adjusted by multiplying such Conversion Rate in effect immediately before such adjustment by the number of shares of Common Stock which a person who owns only one (1) share of Common Stock immediately before the record

 

12


date or effective date, as applicable, of such dividend, distribution, subdivision, split, or combination or reclassification and who is entitled to participate in such dividend, distribution, subdivision, split, combination or reclassification would own immediately after giving effect to such dividend, distribution, subdivision, split, combination or reclassification (without giving effect to any arrangement pursuant to such dividend, distribution, subdivision, split, combination or reclassification not to issue fractional shares of Common Stock). Such adjustment shall become effective immediately after the close of business on such record date, in the case of a stock dividend or stock distribution, and shall become effective at the open of business on such effective date, in the case of a subdivision, split, combination or reclassification. For avoidance of doubt, if, after the date of original issue of the Series B Preferred Stock, the Corporation pays a dividend or makes another distribution on Common Stock to all holders of Common Stock payable, in part (and not exclusively), in shares of Common Stock (such a dividend or distribution, a “ Partial Common Stock Distribution ”), then, without duplication, (i) an adjustment to the Conversion Rate shall be made pursuant to this Section 10(c) on account of the portion (and only such portion) of such Partial Common Stock Distribution paid in shares of Common Stock; and (ii) the portion of such Partial Common Stock Distribution (and only such portion) not paid in shares of Common Stock shall be subject to Section 5(b). If, after the date of original issue of the Series B Preferred Stock, the Corporation makes a Partial Common Stock Distribution, then the Distributed Property of such Partial Common Stock Distribution shall, for purposes hereof, be deemed not to include the portion of such Partial Common Stock Distribution that is paid in shares of Common Stock.

(d) Conversion Upon Reorganization Event . If, after the date of original issue of the Series B Preferred Stock, (1) there occurs (A) any consolidation or merger of the Corporation with or into another Person; (B) any sale, transfer, lease or conveyance to another Person of the property of the Corporation as an entirety or substantially as an entirety; (C) any statutory exchange of securities of the Corporation with another Person or any binding share exchange which reclassifies or changes its outstanding Common Stock (other than a change in par value, or from par value to no par value, or from no par value to par value, or as a result of a transaction that is subject to Section 10(c)); or (D) any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation (any such event in clauses (A) through (D), inclusive, a “ Reorganization Event ”); and (2) pursuant to such Reorganization, the Common Stock is converted into or exchanged for, or constitutes solely the right to receive, cash, securities or other property, then, immediately after the effective time of such Reorganization Event, the Corporation shall make provision for each outstanding share of Series B Preferred Stock to be converted, out of funds legally available therefor, into the kind and amount of cash, securities or other property (collectively, “ Reference Property ”) receivable pursuant to such Reorganization Event by a holder (the “ Representative Holder ”) of a number of shares of Common Stock equal to the Conversion Rate in effect at such effective time, which holder (A) is not a Person with which the Corporation consolidated or into which the Corporation merged or which merged into the Corporation or to which such sale, transfer, lease or conveyance was made, as the case may be (any such Person, a “ Constituent Person ”), or an Affiliate of a Constituent Person, to the extent such Reorganization Event provides for different treatment of Common Stock held by Affiliates of the Corporation

 

13


and non-Affiliates, and (B) failed to exercise his rights of election, if any, as to the kind or amount of such Reference Property ( provided that if the kind or amount of such Reference Property is not the same for each share of Common Stock held by a Person (other than a Constituent Person or an Affiliate thereof) who has not exercised such rights of election (“ Non-Electing Share ”), then for the purpose of this Section 10(d), the kind and amount of Reference Property in respect of each Non-Electing Share shall be deemed to be the weighted average of the kinds and amounts of Reference Property receivable per share of Common Stock pursuant to such Reorganization Event in respect of all Non-Electing Shares). On and after the effective time of a Reorganization Event, each outstanding share of Series B Preferred Stock shall cease to be outstanding, dividends on such share shall cease to accrue, and all rights of the Holder(s) of such share shall terminate with respect to such share, other than the right to receive the kind and amount of Reference Property into which such share of Series B Preferred Stock has been converted.

(e) Conversion at Corporation’s Election . If, after the date of original issue of the Series B Preferred Stock, the Corporation or its successor shall have consummated a tender offer or exchange offer for, or shall have repurchased, in each case whether in a single transaction or a series of transactions, more than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock initially issued hereunder, then, subject to any applicable requirements of the exchange on which the Common Stock is then listed and subject to applicable law, the Corporation may elect to have the provisions of Section 10(a) apply as if the Stockholder Approval shall have been obtained on a date of the Corporation’s choosing, which date cannot be earlier than the consummation of such tender offer, exchange offer or repurchase.

(f) Notice of Adjustments . Whenever the Conversion Rate is adjusted pursuant to Section 10(c), the Corporation shall, within ten (10) Business Days following the occurrence of the event that requires such adjustment, (i) compute the adjusted Conversion Rate in accordance with Section 10(c); and (ii) cause the Chief Financial Officer of the Corporation (or a designee of such Chief Financial Officer) to prepare and mail to each Holder, at such Holder’s last address shown on the records of the Corporation, a certificate setting forth such adjustment and showing in reasonable detail the facts upon which such adjustment is based.

(g) Reservation of Common Stock. The Corporation shall, at all times when any shares of Series B Preferred Stock are outstanding, reserve and keep available, free from preemptive rights, out of its authorized but unissued Common Stock, the full number of shares of Common Stock then issuable upon conversion of all then outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Corporation may, at its election, deliver, upon conversion of the Series B Preferred Stock, treasury shares of Common Stock or other shares of Common Stock that the Corporation has reacquired, provided such shares comply with the second sentence of Section 10(a).

 

14


Section 11. Record Holders . To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Corporation and the transfer agent for the Series B Preferred Stock may deem and treat the record holder of any share of Series B Preferred Stock as the true and lawful owner thereof for all purposes, and neither the Corporation nor such transfer agent shall be affected by any notice to the contrary.

Section 12. Notices . All notices or communications in respect of Series B Preferred Stock shall be sufficiently given if given in writing and delivered in person or by first class mail, postage prepaid, or if given in such other manner as may be permitted in this Certificate of Designations, in the Certificate of Incorporation or By-Laws or by applicable law.

Section 13. No Preemptive Rights . No share of Series B Preferred Stock shall have any rights of preemption whatsoever as to any securities of the Corporation, or any warrants, rights or options issued or granted with respect thereto, regardless of how such securities, or such warrants, rights or options, may be designated, issued or granted.

Section 14. Other Rights . The shares of Series B Preferred Stock shall not have any voting powers, preferences or relative, participating, optional or other special rights, or qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, other than as set forth herein or in the Certificate of Incorporation or as provided by applicable law.

[ Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank; Signature Page Follows ]

 

15


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, METLIFE, INC. has caused this certificate to be signed by Steven J. Goulart, its Senior Vice President and Treasurer, this 26th day of October, 2010.

 

MetLife, Inc.
By:   /s/ Steven J. Goulart
 

Name: Steven J. Goulart

Title: Senior Vice President and Treasurer

Exhibit 3.6

CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

OF

AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

METLIFE, INC.

METLIFE, INC., a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “Corporation”),

DOES HEREBY CERTIFY:

FIRST: That the Board of Directors of the Corporation, at a meeting duly held on February 23, 2011, adopted a resolution proposing and declaring advisable an amendment to the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, subject to the approval of stockholders of the Corporation at the 2011 Annual Meeting, to replace Article VI, Sections 1 and 3 in their entirety with the revised text of such Sections as set forth below:

SECTION 1. CLASSIFIED BOARD. Subject to the succeeding provisions of this Section 1 of Article VI, the Directors of the Corporation, subject to the rights of the holders of shares of any class or series of Preferred Stock, shall be classified with respect to the time for which they severally hold office, into three classes, as nearly equal in number as possible, which shall be designated Class I, Class II and Class III, as shall be provided in the By-Laws of the Corporation, each class to hold office until its successors are elected and qualified. At each annual meeting of stockholders of the Corporation prior to the 2012 annual meeting of stockholders, the date of which will be fixed pursuant to the By-Laws of the Corporation, and subject to the rights of the holders of shares of any class or series of Preferred Stock, the successors of the class of directors whose term expires at that meeting shall be elected to hold office for a term expiring at the annual meeting of stockholders held in the third year following the year of their election. At each annual meeting of stockholders commencing with the 2012 annual meeting of stockholders, the dates of which will be fixed pursuant to the By-Laws of the Corporation, and subject to the rights of the holders of shares of any class or series of Preferred Stock, directors elected to succeed those directors whose terms then expire shall be elected for a term expiring at the next annual meeting of stockholders. Commencing with the 2014 annual meeting of stockholders, the foregoing classification of the Board of Directors shall cease.


SECTION 3. MANAGEMENT OF BUSINESS. The following provisions are inserted for the management of the business, for the conduct of the affairs of the Corporation and for the purpose of creating, defining, limiting and regulating the powers of the Corporation and its directors and stockholders:

(a) Subject to the rights of holders of any series of Preferred Stock, if any, to elect additional Directors under specified circumstances, (i) prior to the 2014 annual meeting of stockholders, the holders of a majority of the combined voting power of the then outstanding stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of Directors may remove any Director, but only for cause; and (ii) from and after the 2014 annual meeting of stockholders, the holders of a majority of the combined voting power of the then outstanding stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of Directors may remove any Director with or without cause.

(b) Vacancies in the Board of Directors resulting from death, resignation, retirement, disqualification, removal from office or other cause and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of Directors shall be filled in the manner provided in the By-Laws of the Corporation.

(c) Advance notice of nominations for the election of Directors shall be given in the manner and to the extent provided in the By-Laws of the Corporation.

(d) The election of Directors may be conducted in any manner approved by the officer presiding at a meeting of stockholders or the Director presiding at a meeting of the Board of Directors, as the case may be, at the time when the election is held and need not be by written ballot.

(e) All corporate powers and authority of the Corporation (except as at the time otherwise provided by law, by this Certificate of Incorporation or by the By-Laws) shall be vested in and exercised by the Board of Directors.

 

2


(f) The Board of Directors shall have the power without the assent or vote of the stockholders to adopt, amend, alter or repeal the By-Laws of the Corporation, except to the extent that the By-Laws or this Certificate of Incorporation otherwise provide. In addition to any requirements of law and any other provision of this Certificate of Incorporation, the stockholders of the Corporation may adopt, amend, alter or repeal any provision of the By-Laws upon the affirmative vote of the holders of three-quarters (3/4) or more of the combined voting power of the then outstanding stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of Directors.

SECOND: That, the stockholders of the Corporation were given notice of the proposed amendment to the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation in accordance with the requirements of Section 222 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation and the By-Laws of the Corporation, and duly adopted the amendment to the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation in accordance with the requirements of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation and the By-Laws of the Corporation.

THIRD: That such amendment was duly adopted in accordance with the applicable provisions of Sections 242 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, MetLife, Inc. has caused this certificate to be signed by Christine M. DeBiase, its Vice President and Secretary, this 29th day of April, 2011.

 

METLIFE, INC.
By:  

/s/ Christine M. DeBiase

 

Christine M. DeBiase

Vice President and Secretary

 

3

Exhibit 4.1(a)

METLIFE, INC.,

ISSUER

AND

BANK ONE TRUST COMPANY, N.A.,

TRUSTEE

 

 

INDENTURE

DATED AS OF NOVEMBER 9, 2001

 

 

SENIOR DEBT SECURITIES


CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE(1)

 

SECTION OF

TRUST INDENTURE ACT OF

1939, AS AMENDED

  

SECTION OF INDENTURE

310(a)

   Inapplicable

310(b)

   7.08

310(c)

   Inapplicable

311(a)

   7.13

311(b)

   7.13

311(c)

   Inapplicable

312(b)

   5.02(c)

312(c)

   Inapplicable

313(a)

   5.04(a)

313(b)

   5.04(b)

313(c)

   5.04(b)

313(d)

   Inapplicable

314(a)

   Inapplicable

314(b)

   Inapplicable

314(c)

   Inapplicable

314(d)

   Inapplicable

314(e)

   Inapplicable

314(f)

   Inapplicable

315(a)

   Inapplicable

315(b)

   Inapplicable

315(c)

   Inapplicable

315(d)

   Inapplicable

315(e)

   Inapplicable

316(a)

   Inapplicable

316(b)

   Inapplicable

316(c)

   Inapplicable

317(a)

   Inapplicable

317(b)

   Inapplicable

318(a)

   Inapplicable

 

(1)

This Cross-Reference Table does not constitute part of the Indenture and shall not have any bearing on the interpretation of any of its terms or provisions.


TABLE OF CONTENTS (1)

 

    PAGE  
   

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

 

SECTION 1.01

  Definitions of Terms      1   
  Affiliate      1   
  Authenticating Agent      1   
  Bankruptcy Law      1   
  Board of Directors      1   
  Board Resolution      1   
  Business Day      1   
  Certificate      2   
  Company      2   
  Commission      2   
  Common Securities      2   
  Common Securities Guarantee      2   
  Corporate Trust Office      2   
  Custodian      2   
  Declaration      2   
  Default      2   
  Deferral Period      2   
  Depositary      2   
  Event of Default      2   
  Global Security      2   
  Governmental Obligations      2   
  herein, hereof and hereunder      3   
  Indebtedness      3   
  Indenture      3   
  Interest Payment Date      3   
  Investment Company Act      3   
  MetLife Trust      3   
  MLIC      3   
  Officers’ Certificate      3   
  Opinion of Counsel      3   
  Original Issue Discount Security      3   
  Outstanding      4   
  Paying Agent      4   
  Person      4   
  Place of Payment      4   
  Predecessor Security      4   
  Preferred Securities      4   
  Preferred Securities Guarantee      4   
  Property Trustee      4   
  Redemption Date      5   
  Redemption Price      5   
  Responsible Officer      5   
  Securities      5   
  Securities Act      5   

 

i


   

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

 
  Securityholder, holder of Securities and registered holder      5   
  Stated Maturity      5   
  Subsidiary      5   
  Trustee      5   
  Trust Indenture Act      5   
  Trust Securities      5   
  Voting Stock      5   
  Yield to Maturity      5   

 

    ARTICLE II       
    DESCRIPTION, TERMS, EXECUTION,       
    REGISTRATION AND EXCHANGE OF SECURITIES       

SECTION 2.01

  Designation and Terms of Securities      6   

SECTION 2.02

  Form of Securities and Trustee’s Certificate      8   

SECTION 2.03

  Denominations; Provisions for Payment      8   

SECTION 2.04

  Execution and Authentications      9   

SECTION 2.05

  Registration of Transfer and Exchange      9   

SECTION 2.06

  Temporary Securities      10   

SECTION 2.07

  Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Securities      10   

SECTION 2.08

  Cancellation      11   

SECTION 2.09

  Benefits of Indenture      11   

SECTION 2.10

  Authenticating Agent      11   

SECTION 2.11

  Global Securities      12   

 

ARTICLE III  
REDEMPTION OF SECURITIES AND SINKING FUND PROVISIONS  

SECTION 3.01

  Redemption      12   

SECTION 3.02

  Notice of Redemption      13   

SECTION 3.03

  Payment Upon Redemption      13   

SECTION 3.04

  Sinking Fund      14   

SECTION 3.05

  Satisfaction of Sinking Fund Payments with Securities      14   

SECTION 3.06

  Redemption of Securities for Sinking Fund      14   

 

    ARTICLE IV       
    CERTAIN COVENANTS       

SECTION 4.01

  Payment of Principal, Premium and Interest      14   

SECTION 4.02

  Maintenance of Office or Agency      15   

SECTION 4.03

  Paying Agents      15   

SECTION 4.04

  Statement by Officers as to Default      16   

SECTION 4.05

  Existence      16   

SECTION 4.06

  Payment of Taxes      17   

SECTION 4.07

  Limitation on Liens on Stock of Metropolitan Life Insurance Company      17   

SECTION 4.08

  Limitations on Disposition of Stock of Metropolitan Life Insurance Company      17   

SECTION 4.09

  Covenants as to MetLife Trusts      17   

SECTION 4.10

  Waiver of Certain Covenants      18   

SECTION 4.11

  Appointment to Fill Vacancy in Office of Trustee      18   

SECTION 4.12

  Compliance with Consolidation Provisions      18   

 

ii


 

    ARTICLE V       
    SECURITYHOLDERS’ LISTS AND REPORTS       
    BY THE COMPANY AND THE TRUSTEE       

SECTION 5.01

  Company to Furnish Trustee Names and Addresses of Securityholders      18   

SECTION 5.02

  Preservation Of Information; Communications With Securityholders      18   

SECTION5.03

  Reports by the Company      19   

SECTION 5.04

  Reports by the Trustee      19   
  ARTICLE VI   
  REMEDIES OF THE TRUSTEE AND SECURITYHOLDERS   
  ON EVENT OF DEFAULT   

SECTION 6.01

  Events of Default      19   

SECTION 6.02

  Collection of Indebtedness and Suits for Enforcement by Trustee      21   

SECTION 6.03

  Application of Moneys Collected      22   

SECTION 6.04

  Limitation on Suits      23   

SECTION 6.05

  Rights and Remedies Cumulative; Delay or Omission Not Waiver      23   

SECTION 6.06

  Control by Securityholders      23   

SECTION 6.07

  Undertaking to Pay Costs      24   

SECTION 6.08

  Waiver of Past Defaults      24   
  ARTICLE VII   
  CONCERNING THE TRUSTEE   

SECTION 7.01

  Certain Duties and Responsibilities of Trustee      24   

SECTION 7.02

  Certain Rights of Trustee      25   

SECTION 7.03

  Trustee Not Responsible for Recitals or Issuance or Securities      26   

SECTION 7.04

  May Hold Securities      26   

SECTION 7.05

  Moneys Held in Trust      26   

SECTION 7.06

  Compensation and Reimbursement      26   

SECTION 7.07

  Reliance on Officers’ Certificate      27   

SECTION 7.08

  Disqualification; Conflicting Interests      27   

SECTION 7.09

  Corporate Trustee Required; Eligibility      27   

SECTION 7.10

  Resignation and Removal; Appointment of Successor      27   

SECTION 7.11

  Acceptance of Appointment By Successor      28   

SECTION 7.12

  Merger, Conversion, Consolidation or Succession to Business      29   

SECTION 7.13

  Preferential Collection of Claims Against the Company      29   

 

    ARTICLE VIII       
    CONCERNING THE SECURITYHOLDERS       

SECTION 8.01

  Evidence of Action by Securityholders      29   

SECTION 8.02

  Proof of Execution by Securityholders      30   

SECTION 8.03

  Who May be Deemed Owners      30   

SECTION 8.04

  Certain Securities Owned by Company Disregarded      30   

SECTION 8.05

  Actions Binding on Future Securityholders      31   

 

iii


 

    ARTICLE IX     
    SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES     

SECTION 9.01

  Supplemental Indentures Without the Consent of Securityholders    31

SECTION 9.02

  Supplemental Indentures With Consent of Securityholders    32

SECTION 9.03

  Effect of Supplemental Indentures    33

SECTION 9.04

  Securities Affected by Supplemental Indentures    33

SECTION 9.05

  Execution of Supplemental Indentures    33

 

    ARTICLE X       
    CONSOLIDATION, MERGER, CONVEYANCE,       
    TRANSFER OR LEASE       

SECTION 10.1

  When the Company May Consolidate, Merge, Etc.      33   

 

    ARTICLE XI       
    SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE       

SECTION 11.01

  Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture      34   

SECTION 11.02

  Discharge of Obligations      34   

SECTION 11.03

  Deposited Moneys to be Held in Trust      35   

SECTION 11.04

  Payment of Moneys Held by Paying Agents      35   

SECTION 11.05

  Repayment to Company      35   

 

    ARTICLE XII       
    IMMUNITY OF INCORPORATORS, STOCKHOLDERS, OFFICERS       
    AND DIRECTORS       

SECTION 12.01

  No Recourse      35   

 

    ARTICLE XIII       
    DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE       

SECTION 13.01

  Company’s Option to Effect Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance      36   

SECTION 13.02

  Defeasance and Discharge      36   

SECTION 13.03

  Covenant Defeasance      36   

SECTION 13.04

  Conditions to Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance      36   

SECTION 13.05

  Deposited Money and Government Obligations to Be Held in Trust;   
  Miscellaneous Provisions      37   

SECTION 13.06

  Reinstatement      38   
  ARTICLE XIV   
  MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS   

SECTION 14.01

  Effect on Successors and Assigns      38   

SECTION 14.02

  Actions by Successor      38   

SECTION 14.03

  Surrender of Company Powers      38   

SECTION 14.04

  Notices      38   

SECTION 14.05

  Governing Law      39   

SECTION 14.06

  Treatment of Securities as Debt      39   

SECTION 14.07

  Compliance Certificates and Opinions      39   

SECTION 14.08

  Payments on Business Days      39   

 

iv


 

SECTION 14.09

  Conflict with Trust Indenture Act      39   

SECTION 14.10

  Counterparts      39   

SECTION 14.11

  Separability      39   

SECTION 14.12

  Assignment      40   

SECTION 14.13

  Acknowledgment of Rights      40   

 

(1)

This Table of Contents does not constitute part of the Indenture and shall not have any bearing upon the interpretation of any of its terms or provisions.

 

 

v


INDENTURE, dated as of November 9, 2001, between MetLife, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and Bank One Trust Company, N.A., a national banking association, as trustee (the “Trustee”):

WHEREAS, for its lawful corporate purposes, the Company has duly authorized the execution and delivery of this Indenture to provide for the issuance of unsecured debt securities, debentures, notes, bonds, or other evidences of indebtedness (hereinafter referred to as the “Securities”), in an unlimited aggregate principal amount to be issued from time to time in one or more series, as provided in this Indenture, including, without limitation, Securities to be issued and sold from time to time to one or more MetLife Trusts (as defined herein);

WHEREAS, to provide the terms and conditions upon which the Securities are to be authenticated, issued and delivered, the Company has duly authorized the execution of this Indenture; and

WHEREAS, all things necessary to make this Indenture a valid agreement of the Company, in accordance with its terms, have been done.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the purchase of the Securities by the holders thereof, it is mutually covenanted and agreed as follows for the equal and ratable benefit of the holders of Securities:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

SECTION 1.01 Definitions of Terms.

The terms defined in this Section (except as in this Indenture otherwise expressly provided or unless the context otherwise requires) for all purposes of this Indenture and of any indenture supplemental hereto shall have the respective meanings specified in this Section and shall include the plural as well as the singular. All other terms used in this Indenture that are defined in the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, or that are by reference in such Act defined in the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (except as herein otherwise expressly provided or unless the context otherwise requires), shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in said Trust Indenture Act and in said Securities Act as in force at the date of the execution of this instrument.

“Affiliate” of any specified Person means any other Person, directly or indirectly, controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. When used with respect to any Person, “control” means the power, directly or indirectly, to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” and “under common control with” have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

“Authenticating Agent” means an authenticating agent with respect to all or any of the series of Securities appointed with respect to all or any series of the Securities by the Trustee pursuant to Section 2.10.

“Bankruptcy Law” means Title 11, U.S. Code, or any similar federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other law for the relief of debtors.

“Board of Directors” means the Board of Directors of the Company or any duly authorized committee of such Board.

“Board Resolution” means a copy of a resolution certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company to have been duly adopted by the Board of Directors and to be in full force and effect on the date of such certification.

“Business Day” means, with respect to any series of Securities, any day other than a day on which federal or state banking institutions in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, are authorized or obligated by law, executive order or regulation to close.

 

1


“Certificate” means a certificate signed by the principal executive officer, the principal financial officer or the principal accounting officer of the Company. The Certificate need not comply with the provisions of Section 14.07.

“Company” means MetLife, Inc., a corporation duly organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware, and, subject to the provisions of Article Ten, shall also include its successors and assigns.

“Commission” means the Securities and Exchange Commission, from time to time constituted, created under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), or, if at any time after the execution of this instrument such Commission is not existing and performing the duties now assigned to it under the Trust Indenture Act, then the body performing such duties at such time.

“Common Securities” means undivided beneficial interests in the assets of a MetLife Trust which rank pari passu with Preferred Securities issued by such MetLife Trust; provided, however, that upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, the rights of holders of Common Securities to payment in respect of distributions and payments upon liquidation, redemption and otherwise are subordinated to the rights of holders of Preferred Securities.

“Common Securities Guarantee” means any guarantee agreement executed by the Company with respect to the Common Securities issued by a MetLife Trust pursuant to which the Company agrees to pay the guarantee payments under any such guarantee agreement to the holders of such Common Securities.

“Corporate Trust Office” means the office of the Trustee at which, at any particular time, its corporate trust business shall be principally administered, which office at the date hereof is located at Bank One Trust Company, N.A., 1 Bank One Plaza, Chicago, Illinois 60670.

“Custodian” means any receiver, trustee, assignee, liquidator, sequestrator, custodian or similar official under any Bankruptcy Law.

“Declaration,” with respect to a MetLife Trust, means the Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust of such MetLife Trust.

“Default” means any event, act or condition that with notice or lapse of time, or both, would constitute an Event of Default.

“Deferral Period,” with respect to any series of Securities, means any period during which the Company elects to extend the interest payment period on such series of Securities pursuant to Section 4.01(b); provided that a Deferral Period (or any extension thereof) may not extend beyond the Stated Maturity or the Redemption Date of any Security of such series and must end on an Interest Payment Date or, if the Securities are redeemed, on an Interest Payment Date or the Redemption Date for such Securities.

“Depositary” means, with respect to Securities of any series, for which the Company shall determine that such Securities will be issued as a Global Security, The Depository Trust Company, New York, New York, another clearing agency, or any successor registered as a clearing agency under the Exchange Act, or other applicable statute or regulation, which, in each case, shall be designated by the Company pursuant to either Section 2.01 or Section 2.11.

“Event of Default” means, with respect to Securities of a particular series any event specified in Section 6.01, continued for the period of time, if any, therein designated.

“Global Security” means, with respect to any series of Securities, a Security executed by the Company and delivered by the Trustee to the Depositary or pursuant to the Depositary’s instruction, all in accordance with the Indenture, which shall be registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee.

“Governmental Obligations” means securities that are (i) direct obligations of the United States of America for the payment of which its full faith and credit is pledged or (ii) obligations of a Person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of the United States of America, the payment of which is unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation by the United States of America that, in either case, are not callable or redeemable at the option of the

 

 

2


issuer thereof, and shall also include a depositary receipt issued by a bank (as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended) as custodian with respect to any such Governmental Obligation or a specific payment of principal of or interest on any such Governmental Obligation held by such custodian for the account of the holder of such depositary receipt; provided, however, that (except as required by law) such custodian is not authorized to make any deduction from the amount payable to the holder of such depositary receipt from any amount received by the custodian in respect of the Governmental Obligation or the specific payment of principal of or interest on the Governmental Obligation evidenced by such depositary receipt.

“herein,” “hereof” and “hereunder,” and other words of similar import, refer to this Indenture as a whole and not to any particular Article, Section or other subdivision.

“Indebtedness” of any person means the principal of and premium, if any, and interest due on indebtedness of such Person, whether outstanding on the date of this Indenture or thereafter created, incurred or assumed, which is (a) indebtedness for money borrowed, and (b) any amendments, renewals, extensions, modifications and refundings of any such indebtedness. For the purposes of this definition, “indebtedness for money borrowed” means (i) any obligation of, or any obligation guaranteed by, such Person for the repayment of borrowed money, whether or not evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other written instruments, (ii) any obligation of, or any such obligation guaranteed by, such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or similar written instruments, including obligations assumed or incurred in connection with the acquisition of property, assets or businesses (provided, however, that the deferred purchase price of any other business or property or assets shall not be considered Indebtedness if the purchase price thereof is payable in full within 90 days from the date on which such indebtedness was created), and (iii) any obligations of such Person as lessee under leases required to be capitalized on the balance sheet of the lessee under generally accepted accounting principles and leases of property or assets made as part of any sale and lease-back transaction to which such Person is a party.

“Indenture” means this instrument as originally executed and as it may from time to time be supplemented or amended by one or more indentures supplemental hereto entered into pursuant to the applicable provisions hereof, including, for all purposes of this instrument and any such supplemental indenture, the provisions of the Trust Indenture Act that are deemed to be a part of and govern this instrument and any such supplemental indenture, respectively. The term “Indenture” shall also include the terms of particular series of Securities established as contemplated by Section 2.01.

“Interest Payment Date,” when used with respect to any Security, means the Stated Maturity of an installment of interest on a Security of a particular series.

“Investment Company Act” means the Investment Company Act of 1940 and any statute successor thereto, in each case as amended from time to time.

“MetLife Trust” means each of MetLife Capital Trust II and MetLife Capital Trust III (together, the “Trusts”), each a statutory business trust formed under the laws of the State of Delaware, or any other similar trust created for the purpose of issuing preferred securities in connection with the issuance of Securities under this Indenture.

“MLIC” means Metropolitan Life Insurance Company, an insurance company duly organized and existing under the insurance laws of the State of New York or any Person successor thereto.

“Officers’ Certificate” means a certificate signed by the Chief Financial Officer, President or a Vice President and by the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer or the Controller or an Assistant Controller or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company that is delivered to the Trustee in accordance with the terms hereof. Each such certificate shall include the statements provided for in Section 14.07, if and to the extent required by the provisions thereof.

“Opinion of Counsel” means an opinion in writing of legal counsel, who may be an employee of or counsel for the Company that is delivered to the Trustee in accordance with the terms hereof. Each such opinion shall include the statements provided for in Section 14.07, if and to the extent required by the provisions thereof.

“Original Issue Discount Security” means any Security which provides for an amount less than the principal amount thereof to be due and payable upon a declaration of acceleration of the maturity thereof pursuant to Section 6.01(b).

 

3


“Outstanding,” when used with reference to Securities of any series, means, subject to the provisions of Section 8.04, as of any particular time, all Securities of that series theretofore authenticated and delivered by the Trustee under this Indenture, except (a) Securities theretofore canceled by the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or delivered to the Trustee or any Paying Agent for cancellation or that have previously been canceled; (b) Securities or portions thereof for the payment or redemption of which moneys or Governmental Obligations in the necessary amount shall have been deposited in trust with the Trustee or with any Paying Agent (other than the Company) or shall have been set aside and segregated in trust by the Company (if the Company shall act as its own Paying Agent); provided, however, that if such Securities or portions of such Securities are to be redeemed prior to the maturity thereof, notice of such redemption shall have been given as in Article Three provided, or provision satisfactory to the Trustee shall have been made for giving such notice; (c) Securities in lieu of or in substitution for which other Securities shall have been authenticated and delivered pursuant to the terms of Section 2.07; and (d) Securities as to which Defeasance (as defined in Section 13.02) has been effected pursuant to Section 13.02, provided, however, that in determining whether the holders of the requisite principal amount of the Outstanding Securities have given, made or taken any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action hereunder as of any date, (A) the principal amount of an Original Issue Discount Security which shall be deemed to be Outstanding shall be the amount of the principal thereof which would be due and payable as of such date upon acceleration of the maturity thereof to such date pursuant to Section 6.01(b), (B) if, as of such date, the principal amount payable at the Stated Maturity of a Security is not determinable, the principal amount of such Security which shall be deemed to be Outstanding shall be the amount as specified or determined as contemplated by Section 2.01, (C) the principal amount of a Security denominated in one or more foreign currencies or currency units which shall be deemed to be Outstanding shall be the U.S. dollar equivalent, determined as of such date in the manner provided as contemplated by Section 2.01, of the principal amount of such Security (or, in the case of a Security described in Clause (A) or (B) above, of the amount determined as provided in such Clause), and (D) Securities beneficially owned by the Company or any other obligor upon such Securities or any Affiliate of the Company or of such other obligor shall be disregarded and deemed not to be Outstanding, except that, in determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying upon any such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action, only Securities which a Responsible Officer of the Trustee knows to be so owned shall be so disregarded. Securities so owned which have been pledged in good faith may be regarded as Outstanding if the pledgee establishes to the satisfaction of the Trustee the pledgee’s right so to act with respect to such Securities and that the pledgee is not the Company or any other obligor upon the Securities or any Affiliate of the Company or of such other obligor.

“Paying Agent” means any Person authorized by the Company to pay the principal of or any premium or interest on any Securities on behalf of the Company.

“Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint- venture, joint- stock company, unincorporated organization or government or any agency or political subdivision thereof.

“Place of Payment,” when used with respect to the Securities of any series, means the place or places where the principal of and any premium and interest on the Securities of that series are payable as specified as contemplated by Section 2.01.

“Predecessor Security” of any particular Security means every previous Security evidencing all or a portion of the same debt as that evidenced by such particular Security; and, for the purposes of this definition, any Security authenticated and delivered under Section 2.07 in lieu of a lost, destroyed or stolen Security shall be deemed to evidence the same debt as the lost, destroyed or stolen Security.

“Preferred Securities” means undivided beneficial interests in the assets of a MetLife Trust which rank pari passu with Common Securities issued by such MetLife Trust; provided, however, that upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, the rights of holders of Common Securities to payment in respect of distributions and payments upon liquidation, redemption and otherwise are subordinated to the rights of holders of Preferred Securities.

“Preferred Securities Guarantee” means any guarantee agreement executed by the Company with respect to the Preferred Securities issued by a MetLife Trust pursuant to which the Company agrees to pay the guarantee payments under any such guarantee agreement to the holders of such Preferred Securities.

“Property Trustee” has the meaning set forth in the Declaration of the applicable MetLife Trust.

 

4


“Redemption Date,” when used with respect to any Security to be redeemed, means the date fixed for such redemption by or pursuant to this Indenture.

“Redemption Price,” when used with respect to any Security to be redeemed, means the price at which it is to be redeemed pursuant to this Indenture.

“Responsible Officer,” when used with respect to the Trustee, means the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the President, any Vice-President, the Secretary, the Treasurer, any trust officer, any corporate trust officer or any other officer or assistant officer of the Trustee customarily performing functions similar to those performed by the Persons who at the time shall be such officers, respectively, or to whom any corporate trust matter is referred because of his or her knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject.

“Securities” has the meaning stated in the preamble of this Indenture and more particularly means any Securities authenticated and delivered under this Indenture.

“Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933 and any statute successor thereto, in each case as amended from time to time.

“Securityholder,” “holder of Securities,” “registered holder,” or other similar term, means the Person or Persons in whose name or names a particular Security shall be registered on the books of the Company kept for that purpose in accordance with the terms of this Indenture.

“Stated Maturity,” when used with respect to any Security or any installment of principal thereof or interest thereon, means the date specified in such Security as the fixed date on which the principal of such Security or such installment of principal or interest is due and payable.

“Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person, (i) any corporation at least a majority of whose outstanding Voting Stock shall at the time be owned, directly or indirectly, by such Person or by one or more of its Subsidiaries or by such Person and one or more of its Subsidiaries, (ii) any general partnership, joint venture or similar entity, at least a majority of whose outstanding partnership or similar interests shall at the time be owned by such Person, or by one or more of its Subsidiaries, or by such Person and one or more of its Subsidiaries and (iii) any limited partnership of which such Person or any of its Subsidiaries is a general partner.

“Trustee” means Bank One Trust Company, N.A. and, subject to the provisions of Article Seven, shall also include its successors and assigns and, if at any time there is more than one Person acting in such capacity hereunder, “Trustee” shall mean each such Person. The term “Trustee” as used with respect to a particular series of the Securities shall mean the trustee with respect to that series.

“Trust Indenture Act” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, subject to the provisions of Sections 9.01, 9.02, and 10.01, as in effect at the date of execution of this instrument.

“Trust Securities” means, collectively, Common Securities and Preferred Securities of a MetLife Trust.

“Voting Stock,” as applied to stock of any Person, means shares, interests, participations or other equivalents in the equity interest (however designated) in such Person having ordinary voting power for the election of a majority of the directors (or the equivalent) of such Person, other than shares, interests, participations or other equivalents having such power only by reason of the occurrence of a contingency.

“Yield to Maturity” means the yield to maturity on a series of securities calculated at the time of issuance of such series or, if applicable, of the most recent redetermination of interest on such series, and calculated in accordance with accepted financial practice.

 

5


ARTICLE II

DESCRIPTION, TERMS, EXECUTION,

REGISTRATION AND EXCHANGE OF SECURITIES

SECTION 2.01 Designation and Terms of Securities.

(a) The aggregate principal amount of Securities that may be authenticated and delivered under this Indenture is unlimited. The Securities may be issued in one or more series up to the aggregate principal amount of Securities of that series from time to time authorized by or pursuant to a Board Resolution of the Company or pursuant to one or more indentures supplemental hereto. Prior to the initial issuance of Securities of any series, there shall be established in or pursuant to a Board Resolution of the Company, and set forth in an Officers’ Certificate of the Company, or established in one or more indentures supplemental hereto:

(1) the title of the Security of the series (which shall distinguish the Securities of the series from all other Securities);

(2) any limit upon the aggregate principal amount of the Securities of that series that may be authenticated and delivered under this Indenture (except for Securities authenticated and delivered upon registration of transfer of, or in exchange for, or in lieu of, other Securities of that series);

(3) the price or prices at which the Company will sell the Securities;

(4) the Stated Maturity of the Securities;

(5) the rate or rates at which the Securities of the series shall bear interest or the manner of calculation of such rate or rates, if any;

(6) the date or dates from which such interest shall accrue, the Interest Payment Dates on which such interest will be payable or the manner of determination of such Interest Payment Dates and the record date for the determination of holders to whom interest is payable on any such Interest Payment Dates;

(7) the right, if any, to extend the interest payment periods and the duration of any such Deferral Period, including the maximum consecutive period during which interest payment periods may be extended;

(8) if the amount of principal of or any premium or interest on any Securities of the series may be determined with reference to any index, formula, or other method, such as one or more currencies, commodities, equity indices or other indices, and the manner in which such amounts shall be determined;

(9) the place or places where the principal of and any premium and interest on any Securities of the series shall be payable;

(10) the period or periods within which, the price or prices at which and the terms and conditions upon which, Securities of the series may be redeemed, in whole or in part, at the option of the Company;

(11) the obligation, if any, of the Company to redeem, repay or purchase Securities of the series pursuant to any sinking fund or analogous provisions (including payments made in cash in participation of future sinking fund obligations) or at the option of a holder thereof and the period or periods within which, the price or prices at which, and the terms and conditions upon which, Securities of the series shall be redeemed, repaid or purchased, in whole or in part, pursuant to such obligation;

(12) if other than denominations of one thousand U.S. dollars ($1,000) or any integral multiple thereof, the denominations in which the Securities of the series shall be issuable;

(13) if other than the full principal amount thereof, the portion or, methods of determining the portion, of the principal amount of Securities of the series which shall be payable upon declaration of acceleration of the maturity thereof pursuant to Section 6.01;

 

 

6


(14) if other than the currency of the United States of America, the currency, currencies or currency units in which the principal of or any premium or interest on any Securities of the series shall be payable and the manner of determining the equivalent thereof in the currency of the United States of America for any purpose, including for purposes of the definition of “Outstanding” in Section 1.01;

(15) provisions granting special rights to holders of the Securities upon the occurrence of specific events;

(16) any deletions from, modifications of or additions to the Events of Default or the Company’s covenants provided for with respect to the Securities of the series;

(17) if applicable, that the Securities of the series, in whole or any specified part, shall be defeasible pursuant to Section 13.02 or Section 13.03 or both such Sections and, if other than by a Board Resolution, the manner in which any election by the Company to defease such Securities shall be evidenced;

(18) whether the Securities will be convertible into shares of common stock or other securities or property of the Company and, if so, the terms and conditions upon which such Securities will be so convertible, including the conversion price and the conversion period;

(19) whether the Securities are issuable as a Global Security and, in such case, the identity for the Depositary for such series and the terms and conditions upon which Global Securities may be exchanged for certificated debt securities;

(20) any special tax implications of the Securities of the series, including any provisions for Original Issue Discount Securities, if offered;

(21) any change in the right of the Trustee or the requisite holders of such Securities to declare the principal amount thereof due and payable pursuant to Section 6.01;

(22) any trustees, authenticating or Paying Agents, transfer agents or registrars or other agents with respect to the Securities; and

(23) any other terms of the series (which terms shall not be inconsistent with the provisions of this Indenture, except as permitted by Section 9.01(11)), but which may modify or delete any provision of this Indenture with respect to such series, provided that no such term may modify or delete any provision hereof if imposed by the Trust Indenture Act, and provided, further that any modification or deletion of the rights, duties or immunities of the Trustee hereunder shall have been consented to in writing by the Trustee).

All Securities of any one series shall be substantially identical except as to denomination and except as may otherwise be provided in or pursuant to any such Board Resolution or in any indentures supplemental hereto.

If any of the terms of the series are established by action taken pursuant to a Board Resolution of the Company, a copy of an appropriate record of such action shall be certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company and delivered to the Trustee at or prior to the delivery of the Officers’ Certificate of the Company setting forth the terms of the series.

Securities of any particular series may be issued at various times, with different dates on which the principal or any installment of principal is payable, with different rates of interest, if any, or different methods by which rates of interest may be determined, with different dates on which such interest may be payable and with different redemption dates.

 

7


SECTION 2.02 Form of Securities and Trustee’s Certificate.

The Securities of any series and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication to be borne by such Securities shall be substantially of the tenor and purport as set forth in one or more indentures supplemental hereto or as provided in a Board Resolution of the Company and as set forth in an Officers’ Certificate of the Company and may have such letters, numbers or other marks of identification or designation and such legends or endorsements printed, lithographed or engraved thereon as the Company may deem appropriate and as are not inconsistent with the provisions of this Indenture, or as may be required to comply with any law or with any rule or regulation made pursuant thereto or with any rule or regulation of any stock exchange on which Securities of that series may be listed, or to conform to usage.

SECTION 2.03 Denominations; Provisions for Payment.

The Securities shall be issuable as registered Securities and in the denominations of one thousand U.S. dollars ($1,000) or any integral multiple thereof, subject to Section 2.01(11). The Securities of a particular series shall bear interest payable on the dates and at the rate specified with respect to that series. Unless otherwise provided pursuant to Section 2.01, the principal of and the interest on the Securities of any series, as well as any premium thereon in case of redemption thereof prior to maturity, shall be payable in the coin or currency of the United States of America that at the time is legal tender for public and private debt, at the office or agency of the Company maintained for that purpose in the Borough of Manhattan, the City and State of New York. Each Security shall be dated the date of its authentication. Interest on the Securities shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year composed of twelve 30-day months.

The interest installment on any Security that is payable, and is punctually paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date for Securities of that series shall be paid to the Person in whose name said Security (or one or more Predecessor Securities) is registered at the close of business on the regular record date for such interest installment. In the event that any Security of a particular series or portion thereof is called for redemption and the redemption date is subsequent to a regular record date with respect to any Interest Payment Date and prior to such Interest Payment Date, interest on such Security will be paid upon presentation and surrender of such Security as provided in Section 3.03.

Except as otherwise specified with respect to a series of Securities in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.01, any interest on any Security that is payable, but is not punctually paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date for Securities of the same series (herein called “Defaulted Interest”) shall forthwith cease to be payable to the registered holder on the relevant regular record date by virtue of having been such holder; and such Defaulted Interest shall be paid by the Company, at its election, as provided in clause (1) or clause (2) below:

(1) The Company may make payment of any Defaulted Interest on Securities to the Persons in whose names such Securities (or their respective Predecessor Securities) are registered at the close of business on a special record date for the payment of such Defaulted Interest, which shall be fixed in the following manner: the Company shall notify the Trustee in writing of the amount of Defaulted Interest proposed to be paid on each such Security and the date of the proposed payment, and at the same time the Company shall deposit with the Trustee an amount of money equal to the aggregate amount proposed to be paid in respect of such Defaulted Interest or shall make arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for such deposit prior to the date of the proposed payment, such money when deposited to be held in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled to such Defaulted Interest as in this clause provided. Thereupon the Trustee shall fix a special record date for the payment of such Defaulted Interest which shall not be more than 15 nor less than 10 days prior to the date of the proposed payment and not less than 10 days after the receipt by the Trustee of the notice of the proposed payment. The Trustee shall promptly notify the Company of such special record date and, in the name and at the expense of the Company, shall cause notice of the proposed payment of such Defaulted Interest and the special record date therefor to be mailed, first class postage prepaid, to each Securityholder at his or her address as it appears in the Security Register (as hereinafter defined), not less than 10 days prior to such special record date. Notice of the proposed payment of such Defaulted Interest and the special record date therefor having been mailed as aforesaid, such Defaulted Interest shall be paid to the Persons in whose names such Securities (or their respective Predecessor Securities) are registered on such special record date and shall be no longer payable pursuant to the following clause (2).

 

8


(2) The Company may make payment of any Defaulted Interest on any Securities in any other lawful manner not inconsistent with the requirements of any securities exchange on which such Securities may be listed, and upon such notice as may be required by such exchange, if, after notice given by the Company to the Trustee of the proposed payment pursuant to this clause, such manner of payment shall be deemed practicable by the Trustee.

Unless otherwise set forth in a Board Resolution of the Company or one or more indentures supplemental hereto establishing the terms of any series of Securities pursuant to Section 2.01 hereof, the term “regular record date” as used in this Section with respect to a series of Securities with respect to any Interest Payment Date for such series shall mean either the fifteenth day of the month immediately preceding the month in which an Interest Payment Date established for such series pursuant to Section 2.01 hereof shall occur, if such Interest Payment Date is the first day of a month, or the last day of the month immediately preceding the month in which an Interest Payment Date established for such series pursuant to Section 2.01 hereof shall occur, if such Interest Payment Date is the fifteenth day of a month, whether or not such date is a Business Day.

Subject to the foregoing provisions of this Section, each Security of a series delivered under this Indenture upon transfer of or in exchange for or in lieu of any other Security of such series shall carry the rights to interest accrued and unpaid, and to accrue, that were carried by such other Security.

SECTION 2.04 Execution and Authentications.

The Securities shall be signed on behalf of the Company by its President, or one of its Vice Presidents, or its Treasurer, or one of its Assistant Treasurers, or its Secretary, or one of its Assistant Secretaries, under its corporate seal attested by its Secretary or one of its Assistant Secretaries. Signatures may be in the form of a manual or facsimile signature. The Company may use the facsimile signature of any Person who shall have been a President or Vice President thereof, or of any Person who shall have been a Secretary or Assistant Secretary thereof, notwithstanding the fact that at the time the Securities shall be authenticated and delivered or disposed of such Person shall have ceased to be the President or a Vice President, or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, of the Company. The seal of the Company may be in the form of a facsimile of such seal and may be impressed, affixed, imprinted or otherwise reproduced on the Securities. The Securities may contain such notations, legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rule or usage. Each Security shall be dated the date of its authentication by the Trustee.

A Security shall not be valid until authenticated manually by an authorized signatory of the Trustee, or by an Authenticating Agent. Such signature shall be conclusive evidence that the Security so authenticated has been duly authenticated and delivered hereunder and that the holder is entitled to the benefits of this Indenture.

At any time and from time to time after the execution and delivery of this Indenture, the Company may deliver Securities of any series executed by the Company to the Trustee for authentication, together with a written order of the Company for the authentication and delivery of such Securities, signed by its President or any Vice President and its Secretary or any Assistant Secretary, and the Trustee in accordance with such written order shall authenticate and deliver such Securities.

In authenticating such Securities and accepting the additional responsibilities under this Indenture in relation to such Securities, the Trustee shall be entitled to receive, and (subject to Section 7.01) shall be fully protected in relying upon, an Opinion of Counsel stating that the form and terms thereof have been established in conformity with the provisions of this Indenture.

The Trustee shall not be required to authenticate such Securities if the issue of such Securities pursuant to this Indenture will affect the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under the Securities and this Indenture or otherwise in a manner that is not reasonably acceptable to the Trustee.

SECTION 2.05 Registration of Transfer and Exchange.

(a) Securities of any series may be exchanged upon presentation thereof at the office or agency of the Company designated for such purpose in the Borough of Manhattan, the City and State of New York, for other Securities of such series of authorized denominations, and for a like aggregate principal amount, upon payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge in relation thereto, all as provided in this Section. In respect of any Securities so surrendered for exchange, the Company shall execute, the Trustee shall authenticate and such office or agency shall deliver in exchange therefor the Security or Securities of the same series that the Securityholder making the exchange shall be entitled to receive, bearing numbers not contemporaneously outstanding.

 

9


(b) The Company shall keep, or cause to be kept, at its office or agency designated for such purpose in the Borough of Manhattan, the City and State of New York, or such other location designated by the Company a register or registers (herein referred to as the “Security Register”) in which, subject to such reasonable regulations as it may prescribe, the Company shall register the Securities and the transfers of Securities as in this Article provided and which at all reasonable times shall be open for inspection by the Trustee. The registrar for the purpose of registering Securities and transfer of Securities as herein provided shall be appointed as authorized by Board Resolution (the “Security Registrar”).

Upon surrender for transfer of any Security at the office or agency of the Company designated for such purpose, the Company shall execute, the Trustee shall authenticate and such office or agency shall deliver in the name of the transferee or transferees a new Security or Securities of the same series as the Security presented for a like aggregate principal amount.

All Securities presented or surrendered for exchange or registration of transfer, as provided in this Section, shall be accompanied (if so required by the Company or the Security Registrar) by a written instrument or instruments of transfer, in form satisfactory to the Company or the Security Registrar, duly executed by the registered holder or by such holder’s duly authorized attorney in writing.

(c) No service charge shall be made for any exchange or registration of transfer of Securities, or issue of new Securities in case of partial redemption of any series, but the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge in relation thereto, other than exchanges pursuant to Section 2.06, the second paragraph of Section 3.03 and Section 9.04 not involving any transfer.

(d) The Company shall not be required (i) to issue, exchange or register the transfer of any Securities during a period beginning at the opening of business 15 days before the day of the mailing of a notice of redemption of less than all the Outstanding Securities of the same series and ending at the close of business on the day of such mailing, nor (ii) to register the transfer of or exchange any Securities of any series or portions thereof called for redemption. The provisions of this Section 2.05 are, with respect to any Global Security, subject to Section 2.11 hereof.

SECTION 2.06 Temporary Securities.

Pending the preparation of definitive Securities of any series, the Company may execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, temporary Securities (printed, lithographed or typewritten) of any authorized denomination. Such temporary Securities shall be substantially in the form of the definitive Securities in lieu of which they are issued, but with such omissions, insertions and variations as may be appropriate for temporary Securities, all as may be determined by the Company. Every temporary Security of any series shall be executed by the Company and be authenticated by the Trustee upon the same conditions and in substantially the same manner, and with like effect, as the definitive Securities of such series. Without unnecessary delay the Company will execute and will furnish definitive Securities of such series and thereupon any or all temporary Securities of such series may be surrendered in exchange therefor (without charge to the holders), at the office or agency of the Company designated for the purpose in the Borough of Manhattan, the City and State of New York, and the Trustee shall authenticate and such office or agency shall deliver in exchange for such temporary Securities an equal aggregate principal amount of definitive Securities of such series, unless the Company advises the Trustee to the effect that definitive Securities need not be executed and furnished until further notice from the Company. Until so exchanged, the temporary Securities of such series shall be entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as definitive Securities of such series authenticated and delivered hereunder.

SECTION 2.07 Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Securities.

In case any temporary or definitive Security shall become mutilated or be destroyed, lost or stolen, the Company (subject to the next succeeding sentence) shall execute, and upon the Company’s request the Trustee (subject as aforesaid) shall authenticate and deliver, a new Security of the same series, bearing a number not contemporaneously outstanding, in exchange and substitution for the mutilated Security, or in lieu of and in substitution for the Security so destroyed, lost or stolen. In every case the applicant for a substituted Security shall furnish to the Company and the Trustee such

 

10


security or indemnity as may be required by them to save each of them harmless, and, in every case of destruction, loss or theft, the applicant shall also furnish to the Company and the Trustee evidence to their satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of the applicant’s Security and of the ownership thereof. The Trustee may authenticate any such substituted Security and deliver the same upon the written request or authorization of any officer of the Company. Upon the issuance of any substituted Security, the Company may require the payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in relation thereto and any other expenses (including the fees and expenses of the Trustee) connected therewith. In case any Security that has matured or is about to mature shall become mutilated or be destroyed, lost or stolen, the Company may, instead of issuing a substitute Security, pay or authorize the payment of the same (without surrender thereof except in the case of a mutilated Security) if the applicant for such payment shall furnish to the Company and the Trustee such security or indemnity as they may require to save them harmless, and, in case of destruction, loss or theft, evidence to the satisfaction of the Company and the Trustee of the destruction, loss or theft of such Security and of the ownership thereof.

Every replacement Security issued pursuant to the provisions of this Section shall constitute an additional contractual obligation of the Company whether or not the mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Security shall be found at any time, or be enforceable by anyone, and shall be entitled to all the benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with any and all other Securities of the same series duly issued hereunder. All Securities shall be held and owned upon the express condition that the foregoing provisions are exclusive with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Securities, and shall preclude (to the extent lawful) any and all other rights or remedies, notwithstanding any law or statute existing or hereafter enacted to the contrary with respect to the replacement or payment of negotiable instruments or other securities without their surrender.

SECTION 2.08 Cancellation.

All Securities surrendered for the purpose of payment, redemption, exchange or registration of transfer shall, if surrendered to the Company or any Paying Agent, be delivered to the Trustee for cancellation, or, if surrendered to the Trustee, shall be canceled by it, and no Securities shall be issued in lieu thereof except as expressly required or permitted by any of the provisions of this Indenture. On request of the Company at the time of such surrender, the Trustee shall deliver to the Company canceled Securities held by the Trustee. In the absence of such request the Trustee may dispose of canceled Securities in accordance with its standard procedures and deliver a certificate of disposition to the Company. If the Company shall otherwise acquire any of the Securities, however, such acquisition shall not operate as a redemption or satisfaction of the indebtedness represented by such Securities unless and until the same are delivered to the Trustee for cancellation.

SECTION 2.09 Benefits of Indenture.

Nothing in this Indenture or in the Securities, express or implied, shall give or be construed to give to any Person, other than the parties hereto and the holders of the Securities any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in respect of this Indenture, or under any covenant, condition or provision herein contained; all such covenants, conditions and provisions being for the sole benefit of the parties hereto and of the holders of the Securities.

SECTION 2.10 Authenticating Agent.

So long as any of the Securities of any series remain Outstanding there may be an Authenticating Agent for any or all such series of Securities which the Trustee shall have the right to appoint. Said Authenticating Agent shall be authorized to act on behalf of the Trustee to authenticate Securities of such series issued upon exchange, transfer or partial redemption thereof, and Securities so authenticated shall be entitled to the benefits of this Indenture and shall be valid and obligatory for all purposes as if authenticated by the Trustee hereunder. All references in this Indenture to the authentication of Securities by the Trustee shall be deemed to include authentication by an Authenticating Agent for such series. Each Authenticating Agent shall be acceptable to the Company and shall be a corporation that has a combined capital and surplus, as most recently reported or determined by it, sufficient under the laws of any jurisdiction under which it is organized or in which it is doing business to conduct a trust business, and that is otherwise authorized under such laws to conduct such business and is subject to supervision or examination by federal or state authorities. If at any time any Authenticating Agent shall cease to be eligible in accordance with these provisions, it shall resign immediately.

 

11


Any Authenticating Agent may at any time resign by giving written notice of resignation to the Trustee and to the Company. The Trustee may at any time (and upon request by the Company shall) terminate the agency of any Authenticating Agent by giving written notice of termination to such Authenticating Agent and to the Company. Upon resignation, termination or cessation of eligibility of any Authenticating Agent, the Trustee may appoint an eligible successor Authenticating Agent acceptable to the Company. Any successor Authenticating Agent, upon acceptance of its appointment hereunder, shall become vested with all the rights, powers and duties of its predecessor hereunder as if originally named as an Authenticating Agent pursuant hereto.

SECTION 2.11 Global Securities.

(a) If the Company shall establish pursuant to Section 2.01 that the Securities of a particular series are to be issued as a Global Security, then the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall, in accordance with Section 2.04, authenticate and deliver, a Global Security that (i) shall represent, and shall be denominated in an amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of, all of the Outstanding Securities of such series, (ii) shall be registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee, (iii) shall be delivered by the Trustee to the Depositary or pursuant to the Depositary’s instruction and (iv) shall bear a legend substantially to the following effect: “Except as otherwise provided in Section 2.11 of the Indenture, this Security may be transferred, in whole but not in part, only to another nominee of the Depositary or to a successor Depositary or to a nominee of such successor Depositary.”

(b) Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 2.05, the Global Security of a series may be transferred, in whole but not in part and in the manner provided in Section 2.05, only to another nominee of the Depositary for such series, or to a successor Depositary for such series selected or approved by the Company or to a nominee of such successor Depositary.

(c) If at any time the Depositary for a series of the Securities notifies the Company that it is unwilling or unable to continue as Depositary for such series or if at any time the Depositary for such series shall no longer be registered or in good standing under the Exchange Act, or other applicable statute or regulation, and a successor Depositary for such series is not appointed by the Company within 90 days after the Company receives such notice or becomes aware of such condition, as the case may be, this Section 2.11 shall no longer be applicable to the Securities of such series and the Company will execute, and subject to Section 2.05, the Trustee will authenticate and deliver the Securities of such series in definitive registered form without coupons, in authorized denominations, and in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of the Global Security of such series in exchange for such Global Security. In addition, the Company may at any time determine that the Securities of any series shall no longer be represented by a Global Security and that the provisions of this Section 2.11 shall no longer apply to the Securities of such series. In such event the Company will execute and subject to Section 2.05, the Trustee, upon receipt of an Officers’ Certificate evidencing such determination by the Company, will authenticate and deliver the Securities of such series in definitive registered form without coupons, in authorized denominations, and in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of the Global Security of such series in exchange for such Global Security. Upon the exchange of the Global Security for such Securities in definitive registered form without coupons, in authorized denominations, the Global Security shall be canceled by the Trustee. Such Securities in definitive registered form issued in exchange for the Global Security pursuant to this Section 2.11(c) shall be registered in such names and in such authorized denominations as the Depositary, pursuant to instructions from its direct or indirect participants or otherwise, shall instruct the Trustee. The Trustee shall deliver such Securities to the Depositary for delivery to the Persons in whose names such Securities are so registered.

ARTICLE III

REDEMPTION OF SECURITIES AND SINKING FUND PROVISIONS

SECTION 3.01 Redemption.

The Company may redeem the Securities of any series issued hereunder on and after the dates and in accordance with the terms established for such series pursuant to Section 2.01 hereof.

 

12


SECTION 3.02 Notice of Redemption.

(a) In case the Company shall desire to exercise such right to redeem all or, as the case may be, a portion of the Securities of any series in accordance with the right reserved so to do, the Company shall, or shall cause the Trustee to, give notice of such redemption to holders of the Securities of such series to be redeemed by mailing, first class postage prepaid, a notice of such redemption not less than 30 days and not more than 90 days before the date fixed for redemption of that series to such holders at their last addresses as they shall appear upon the Security Register unless a shorter period is specified in the Securities to be redeemed. Any notice that is mailed in the manner herein provided shall be conclusively presumed to have been duly given, whether or not the registered holder receives the notice. In any case, failure duly to give such notice to the holder of any Security of any series designated for redemption in whole or in part, or any defect in the notice, shall not affect the validity of the proceedings for the redemption of any other Securities of such series or any other series. In the case of any redemption of Securities prior to the expiration of any restriction on such redemption provided in the terms of such Securities or elsewhere in this Indenture, the Company shall furnish the Trustee with an Officers’ Certificate evidencing compliance with any such restriction.

Each such notice of redemption shall specify the date fixed for redemption and the redemption price at which Securities of that series are to be redeemed, and shall state that payment of the redemption price of such Securities to be redeemed will be made at the office or agency of the Company in the Borough of Manhattan, the City and State of New York, upon presentation and surrender of such Securities, that interest accrued to the date fixed for redemption will be paid as specified in said notice, that from and after said date interest will cease to accrue and that the redemption is for a sinking fund, if such is the case. If less than all the Securities of a series are to be redeemed, the notice to the holders of Securities of that series to be redeemed in whole or in part shall specify the particular Securities to be so redeemed. In case any Security is to be redeemed in part only, the notice that relates to such Security shall state the portion of the principal amount thereof to be redeemed, and shall state that on and after the redemption date, upon surrender of such Security, a new Security or Securities of such series in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion thereof will be issued.

(b) If less than all the Securities of a series are to be redeemed, the Company shall give the Trustee at least 45 days’ notice in advance of the date fixed for redemption as to the aggregate principal amount of Securities of the series to be redeemed, and thereupon the Trustee shall select, by lot or in such other manner as it shall deem appropriate and fair in its discretion and that may provide for the selection of a portion or portions (equal to one thousand U.S. dollars ($1,000) or any integral multiple thereof) of the principal amount of such Securities of a denomination larger than $1,000, the Securities to be redeemed and shall thereafter promptly notify the Company in writing of the numbers of the Securities to be redeemed, in whole or in part.

The Company may, if and whenever it shall so elect, by delivery of instructions signed on its behalf by its President or any Vice President, instruct the Trustee or any Paying Agent to call all or any part of the Securities of a particular series for redemption and to give notice of redemption in the manner set forth in this Section, such notice to be in the name of the Company or its own name as the Trustee or such Paying Agent may deem advisable. In any case in which notice of redemption is to be given by the Trustee or any such Paying Agent, the Company shall deliver or cause to be delivered to, or permit to remain with, the Trustee or such Paying Agent, as the case may be, such Security Register, transfer books or other records, or suitable copies or extracts therefrom, sufficient to enable the Trustee or such Paying Agent to give any notice by mail that may be required under the provisions of this Section.

SECTION 3.03 Payment upon Redemption.

(a) If the giving of notice of redemption shall have been completed as above provided, the Securities or portions of Securities of the series to be redeemed specified in such notice shall become due and payable on the date and at the place stated in such notice at the applicable redemption price, together with interest accrued to the date fixed for redemption and interest on such Securities or portions of Securities shall cease to accrue on and after the date fixed for redemption, unless the Company shall default in the payment of such redemption price and accrued interest with respect to any such Security or portion thereof. On presentation and surrender of such Securities on or after the date fixed for redemption at the place of payment specified in the notice, said Securities shall be paid and redeemed at the applicable redemption price for such series, together with interest accrued thereon to the date fixed for redemption (but if the date fixed for redemption is an interest payment date, the interest installment payable on such date shall be payable to the registered holder at the close of business on the applicable record date pursuant to Section 2.03).

 

13


(b) Upon presentation of any Security of such series that is to be redeemed in part only, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and the office or agency where the Security is presented shall deliver to the holder thereof, at the expense of the Company, a new Security of the same series of authorized denominations in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion of the Security so presented.

SECTION 3.04 Sinking Fund.

The provisions of Sections 3.04, 3.05 and 3.06 shall be applicable to any sinking fund for the retirement of Securities of a series, except as otherwise specified as contemplated by Section 2.01 for Securities of such series.

The minimum amount of any sinking fund payment provided for by the terms of Securities of any series is herein referred to as a “mandatory sinking fund payment,” and any payment in excess of such minimum amount provided for by the terms of Securities of any series is herein referred to as an “optional sinking fund payment”. If provided for by the terms of Securities of any series, the cash amount of any sinking fund payment may be subject to reduction as provided in Section 3.05. Each sinking fund payment shall be applied to the redemption of Securities of any series as provided for by the terms of Securities of such series.

SECTION 3.05 Satisfaction of Sinking Fund Payments with Securities.

The Company (i) may deliver Outstanding Securities of a series (other than any Securities previously called for redemption) and (ii) may apply as a credit Securities of a series that have been redeemed either at the election of the Company pursuant to the terms of such Securities or through the application of permitted optional sinking fund payments pursuant to the terms of such Securities, in each case in satisfaction of all or any part of any sinking fund payment with respect to the Securities of such series required to be made pursuant to the terms of such Securities as provided for by the terms of such series, provided that such Securities have not been previously so credited. Such Securities shall be received and credited for such purpose by the Trustee at the redemption price specified in such Securities for redemption through operation of the sinking fund and the amount of such sinking fund payment shall be reduced accordingly.

SECTION 3.06 Redemption of Securities for Sinking Fund.

Not less than 45 days prior to each sinking fund payment date for any series of Securities, the Company will deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate specifying the amount of the next ensuing sinking fund payment for that series pursuant to the terms of the series, the portion thereof, if any, that is to be satisfied by delivering and crediting Securities of that series pursuant to Section 3.05 and the basis for such credit and will, together with such Officers’ Certificate, deliver to the Trustee any Securities to be so delivered. Not less than 30 days before each such sinking fund payment date the Trustee shall select the Securities to be redeemed upon such sinking fund payment date in the manner specified in Section 3.02 and cause notice of the redemption thereof to be given in the name of and at the expense of the Company in the manner provided in Section 3.02. Such notice having been duly given, the redemption of such Securities shall be made upon the terms and in the manner stated in Section 3.03.

ARTICLE IV

CERTAIN COVENANTS

SECTION 4.01 Payment of Principal, Premium and Interest.

(a) The Company shall pay or cause to be paid the principal of and premium, if any, and interest (including interest accruing during any Deferral Period) on the Securities on or prior to the dates and in the manner provided in such Securities or pursuant to this Indenture. An installment of principal, premium, if any, or interest shall be considered paid on the applicable due date if on such date the Trustee or the Paying Agent holds, in accordance with this Indenture, money sufficient to pay all of such installment then due.

 

14


(b) Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 4.01(a) or any other provision herein to the contrary, the Company shall have the right, as provided in an Officer’s Certificate or Supplemental Indenture issued pursuant to Section 2.01, in its sole and absolute discretion at any time and from time to time while the Securities of any series are outstanding, so long as no Event of Default with respect to such series of Securities has occurred and is continuing, to defer payments of interest by extending the interest payment period for such series of Securities for the maximum consecutive period, if any, specified for such series of Securities, provided that such Deferral Period (or any extension thereof) may not extend beyond the Stated Maturity date or Redemption Date of any Security of such series, and must end on an Interest Payment Date or, if the Securities are redeemed, on an Interest Payment Date or the Redemption Date for such Securities, and provided further that at the end of each Deferral Period the Company shall pay all interest then accrued and unpaid (together with interest thereon to the extent permitted by applicable law at the rate accruing on such Securities). Prior to the termination of a Deferral Period, the Company may shorten or may further extend the interest payment period for such series of Securities, provided that such Deferral Period together with all such previous and further extensions may not exceed the maximum consecutive period specified for such series of Securities, end on a date other than an Interest Payment Date or extend beyond the Stated Maturity date or Redemption Date of any Security of such series. The Company shall give the Trustee written notice of the Company’s election to begin a Deferral Period for any series of Securities and any shortening or extension thereof at least five Business Days prior to the earlier of (i) the date the interest on such Securities or distributions on the related Preferred Securities are payable or (ii) the date the trustees of a MetLife Trust are required to give notice to holders of Preferred Securities of such MetLife Trust of the record date or the date such distributions are payable, but in any event not less than five Business Days prior to such record date. The Company shall give or cause the Trustee to give notice (a form of which shall be provided by the Company to the Trustee) of the Company’s election to begin a Deferral Period to the Holders by first class mail, postage prepaid.

SECTION 4.02 Maintenance of Office or Agency.

So long as any series of the Securities remain Outstanding, the Company agrees to maintain an office or agency in the Borough of Manhattan, the City and State of New York, with respect to each such series and at such other location or locations as may be designated as provided in this Section 4.02, where (i) Securities of that series may be presented for payment, (ii) Securities of that series may be presented as hereinabove authorized for registration of transfer and exchange, and (iii) notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect of the Securities of that series and this Indenture may be given or served, such designation to continue with respect to such office or agency until the Company shall, by written notice signed by its President or a Vice President and delivered to the trustee, designate some other office or agency for such purposes or any of them. If at any time the Company shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, notices and demands may be made or served at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, and the Company hereby appoints the Trustee as its agent to receive all such presentations, notices and demands.

The Company may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where the Securities of one or more series may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations; provided, however, that no such designation or rescission shall in any manner relieve the Company of its obligation to maintain an office or agency in each Place of Payment for Securities of any series for such purposes. The Company will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such other office or agency.

SECTION 4.03 Paying Agents.

(a) If the Company shall appoint one or more Paying Agents for all or any series of the Securities, other than the Trustee, the Company will cause each such Paying Agent to execute and deliver to the Trustee an instrument in which such agent shall agree with the Trustee, subject to the provisions of this Section:

(1) that it will hold all sums held by it as such agent for the payment of the principal of and premium, if any or interest on the Securities of that series (whether such sums have been paid to it by the Company or by any other obligor of such Securities) in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled thereto;

(2) that it will give the Trustee notice of any failure by the Company (or by any other obligor of such Securities) to make any payment of the principal of and premium, if any or interest on the Securities of that series when the same shall be due and payable;

 

15


(3) that it will, at any time during the continuance of any failure referred to in the preceding paragraph (a)(2) above, upon the written request of the Trustee, forthwith pay to the Trustee all sums so held in trust by such Paying Agent; and

(4) that it will perform all other duties of Paying Agent as set forth in this Indenture.

(b) If the Company shall act as its own Paying Agent with respect to any series of the Securities, it will on or before each due date of the principal of, and premium, if any, or interest on Securities of that series, set aside, segregate and hold in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled thereto a sum sufficient to pay such principal, and premium, if any, or interest so becoming due on Securities of that series until such sums shall be paid to such Persons or otherwise disposed of as herein provided and will promptly notify the Trustee of such action, or any failure (by it or any other obligor on such Securities) to take such action. Whenever the Company shall have one or more Paying Agents for any series of Securities, it will, prior to each due date of the principal of, and premium, if any, or interest on any Securities of that series, deposit with the Paying Agent a sum sufficient to pay the principal, and premium, if any, or interest so becoming due, such sum to be held in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled to such principal, premium or interest, and (unless such Paying Agent is the Trustee) the Company will promptly notify the Trustee of this action or failure so to act.

(c) Notwithstanding anything in this Section to the contrary, (i) the agreement to hold sums in trust as provided in this Section is subject to the provisions of Section 11.05, and (ii) the Company may at any time, for the purpose of obtaining the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture or for any other purpose, pay, or direct any Paying Agent to pay, to the Trustee all sums held in trust by the Company or such Paying Agent, such sums to be held by the Trustee upon the same terms and conditions as those upon which such sums were held by the Company or such Paying Agent; and, upon such payment by any Paying Agent to the Trustee, such Paying Agent shall be released from all further liability with respect to such money.

(d) Except as otherwise specified with respect to a series of Securities in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.01, any money or Government Obligations deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by the Company, in trust for the payment of the principal of or any premium or interest on any Security of any series and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal, premium or interest has become due and payable shall be paid to the Company at its option at the request of the Company, or (if then held by the Company) shall be discharged from such trust; and the holder of such Security shall thereafter, as an unsecured general creditor, look only to the Company for payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such trust money, and all liability of the Company as trustee thereof, shall thereupon cease; provided, however, that the Trustee or such Paying Agent, before being required to make any such repayment, may at the expense of the Company cause to be published once, in a newspaper published in the English language, customarily published on each Business Day and of general circulation in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, notice that such money remains unclaimed and that, after a date specified therein, which shall not be less than 30 days from the date of such publication, any unclaimed balance of such money then remaining will be repaid to the Company.

SECTION 4.04 Statement by Officers as to Default.

The Company will deliver to the Trustee, within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company ending after the date hereof, an Officers’ Certificate, stating whether or not to the best knowledge of the signers thereof the Company is in default in the performance and observance of any of the terms, provisions and conditions of this Indenture (without regard to any period of grace or requirement of notice provided hereunder) and, if the Company shall be in default, specifying all such defaults and the nature and status thereof of which they may have knowledge.

SECTION 4.05 Existence.

Subject to Article Ten, the Company will do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect its existence, rights (charter and statutory) and franchises; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to preserve any such right or franchise if the Board of Directors shall determine that the preservation thereof is no longer desirable in the conduct of the business of the Company and that the loss thereof is not disadvantageous in any material respect to the holders.

 

16


SECTION 4.06 Payment of Taxes.

The Company will pay or discharge or cause to be paid or discharged, before the same shall become delinquent, all taxes, assessments and governmental charges levied or imposed upon the Company or any Subsidiary or upon the income, profits or property of the Company or any Subsidiary, which, if unpaid, might by law become a lien upon the property of the Company or any Subsidiary; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to pay or discharge or cause to be paid or discharged any such tax, assessment or governmental charge whose amount, applicability or validity is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings.

SECTION 4.07 Limitation on Liens on Stock of Metropolitan Life Insurance Company.

Except as otherwise specified with respect to a series of Securities in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.01, and for so long as any Securities are Outstanding, the Company will not, and it will not permit any Subsidiary of the Company to, at any time directly or indirectly create, assume, incur, guarantee or permit to exist any Indebtedness secured by a mortgage, pledge, lien, security interest, or other encumbrance (any mortgage, pledge, lien, security interest or other encumbrance being hereinafter in this Section referred to as a “lien”) on the capital stock of MLIC, of any successor to substantially all of the business of MLIC which is also a Subsidiary of the Company, or of any corporation (other than the Company) having direct or indirect control of MLIC without making effective provision whereby the Securities then Outstanding (and, if the Company so elects, any other Indebtedness of the Company that is not subordinate to the Securities and with respect to which the governing instruments require, or pursuant to which the Company is otherwise obligated or required, to provide such security) shall be equally and ratably secured with such secured Indebtedness so long as such other Indebtedness shall be secured. For purposes of this Section 4.07 only, “Indebtedness,” in addition to those items specified in Section 1.01 hereof, shall include any obligation of, or any such obligation guaranteed by, any Person for the payment of amounts due under a swap agreement or other similar instrument or agreement or foreign currency hedge exchange or similar instrument or agreement.

If the Company shall hereafter be required to secure the Securities equally and ratably with any other Indebtedness pursuant to this Section, (i) the Company will promptly deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that the foregoing covenant has been complied with, and an Opinion of Counsel stating that in the opinion of such counsel the foregoing covenant has been complied with and that any instruments executed by the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company in the performance of the foregoing covenant comply with the requirements of the foregoing covenant and (ii) the Trustee is hereby authorized to enter into an indenture or agreement supplemental hereto and to take such action, if any, as it may deem advisable to enable it to enforce the rights of the holders of the Securities so secured.

SECTION 4.08 Limitations on Disposition of Stock of Metropolitan Life Insurance Company.

Except in a transaction governed by Article Ten hereof, so long as Securities of any series are Outstanding, neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries will sell or otherwise dispose of any shares of capital stock (other than preferred stock having no voting rights of any kind) of MLIC, or of any such successor to substantially all of the business of MLIC which is also a Subsidiary of the Company, or of any corporation (other than the Company) having direct or indirect control of MLIC or any such successor. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company may sell or otherwise dispose of shares of capital stock of MLIC (i) to any wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, (ii) for at least fair value (as determined by the Company’s Board of Directors acting in good faith) or (iii) to comply with an order of a court or regulatory authority of competent jurisdiction, other than an order issued at the Company’s request or the request of any of the Company’s Subsidiaries.

SECTION 4.09 Covenants as to MetLife Trusts.

In the event Securities are issued to a MetLife Trust or a trustee of such trust in connection with the issuance of Trust Securities of such MetLife Trust, for so long as such Trust Securities remain outstanding, the Company will covenant (i) to directly or indirectly maintain 100% ownership of the Common Securities of such MetLife Trust; provided, however, that any permitted successor of the Company under this Indenture may succeed to the Company’s ownership of such Common Securities, (ii) to use its reasonable efforts to cause such MetLife Trust (a) to remain a statutory business trust, except in connection with the distribution of Securities to the holders of Trust Securities in liquidation of such MetLife Trust, the redemption of all of the Trust Securities of such MetLife Trust, or certain mergers, consolidations or amalgamations, each as permitted by the Declaration of such MetLife Trust, and (b) to continue to be classified as a grantor trust for United States federal income tax purposes and (iii) to use its reasonable efforts to cause each holder of Trust Securities to be treated as owning an undivided beneficial interest in the Securities.

 

17


SECTION 4.10 Waiver of Certain Covenants.

Except as otherwise specified as contemplated by Section 2.01 for Securities of such series, the Company may, with respect to the Securities of any series, omit in any particular instance to comply with any term, provision or condition set forth in any covenant provided pursuant to Sections 2.01(16), 9.01(4) or 9.01(7) for the benefit of the holders of such series or in any of Sections 4.06 to 4.08, inclusive, if before the time for such compliance the holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of such series shall, by act of such holders, either waive such compliance in such instance or generally waive compliance with such term, provision or condition, but no such waiver shall extend to or affect such term, provision or condition except to the extent so expressly waived, and, until such waiver shall become effective, the obligations of the Company and the duties of the Trustee in respect of any such term, provision or condition shall remain in full force and effect.

SECTION 4.11 Appointment to Fill Vacancy in Office of Trustee.

The Company, whenever necessary to avoid or fill a vacancy in the office of Trustee, will appoint, in the manner provided in Section 7.10, a Trustee, so that there shall at all times be a Trustee hereunder.

SECTION 4.12 Compliance with Consolidation Provisions.

The Company will not, while any of the Securities remain Outstanding, consolidate with, or merge into, or merge into itself, or sell or convey all or substantially all of its property to any other company unless the provisions of Article Ten hereof are complied with.

ARTICLE V

SECURITYHOLDERS’ LISTS AND REPORTS BY THE COMPANY AND THE TRUSTEE

SECTION 5.01 Company to Furnish Trustee Names and Addresses of Securityholders.

The Company will furnish or cause to be furnished to the Trustee (a) on a monthly basis on each regular record date a list, in such form as the Trustee may reasonably require, of the names and addresses of the holders of each series of Securities as of such regular record date, provided that the Company shall not be obligated to furnish or cause to furnish such list at any time that the list shall not differ in any respect from the most recent list furnished to the Trustee by the Company and (b) at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing within 30 days after the receipt by the Company of any such request, a list of similar form and content as of a date not more than 15 days prior to the time such list is furnished; provided, however, that, in either case, no such list need be furnished for any series for which the Trustee shall be the Security Registrar.

SECTION 5.02 Preservation Of Information; Communications With Securityholders.

(a) The Trustee shall preserve, in as current a form as is reasonably practicable, all information as to the names and addresses of the holders of Securities contained in the most recent list furnished to it as provided in Section 5.01 and as to the names and addresses of holders of Securities received by the Trustee in its capacity as Security Registrar (if acting in such capacity).

(b) The Trustee may destroy any list furnished to it as provided in Section 5.01 upon receipt of a new list so furnished.

(c) Securityholders may communicate as provided in Section 312(b) of the Trust Indenture Act with other Securityholders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or under the Securities.

 

18


SECTION 5.03 Reports by the Company.

(a) The Company covenants and agrees to file with the Trustee, within 15 days after the Company is required to file the same with the Commission, copies of the annual reports and of the information, documents and other reports (or

copies of such portions of any of the foregoing as the Commission may from time to time by rules and regulations prescribe) that the Company may be required to file with the Commission pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act; or, if the Company is not required to file information, documents or reports pursuant to either of such sections, then to file with the Trustee and the Commission, in accordance with the rules and regulations prescribed from time to time by the Commission, such of the supplementary and periodic information, documents and reports that may be required pursuant to Section 13 of the Exchange Act, in respect of a security listed and registered on a national securities exchange as may be prescribed from time to time in such rules and regulations.

(b) The Company covenants and agrees to file with the Trustee and the Commission, in accordance with the rules and regulations prescribed from to time by the Commission, such additional information, documents and reports with respect to compliance by the Company with the conditions and covenants provided for in this Indenture as may be required from time to time by such rules and regulations.

(c) The Company covenants and agrees to transmit to the Securityholders, such summaries of any information, documents and reports required to be filed by the Company pursuant to subsections (a) and (b) of this Section as may be required by the Trust Indenture Act and the rules and regulations prescribed from time to time by the Commission.

SECTION 5.04 Reports by the Trustee.

(a) On or before July 15 in each year in which any of the Securities are Outstanding, the Trustee shall transmit by mail, first class postage prepaid, to the Securityholders, as their names and addresses appear upon the Security Register, a brief report dated as of the preceding May 15, if and to the extent required under Section 313(a) of the Trust Indenture Act.

(b) The Trustee shall comply with Sections 313(b) and 313(c) of the Trust Indenture Act.

(c) A copy of each such report shall, at the time of such transmission to Securityholders, be filed by the Trustee with the Company, with each stock exchange upon which any Securities are listed (if so listed) and also with the Commission. The Company agrees to notify the Trustee when any Securities become listed on any stock exchange.

ARTICLE VI

REMEDIES OF THE TRUSTEE AND SECURITYHOLDERS ON EVENT OF DEFAULT

SECTION 6.01 Events of Default.

(a) Whenever used herein with respect to Securities of a particular series, “Event of Default” means any one or more of the following events that has occurred and is continuing, unless such event is specifically deleted or modified in accordance with Section 2.01:

(1) the Company defaults in the payment of any installment of interest upon any of the Securities of that series, as and when the same shall become due and payable, and continuance of such default for a period of 30 days; provided, however, that during any Deferral Period for the Securities of that series, failure to pay interest on the Securities of that series shall not constitute a default in the payment of interest for this purpose; and, provided, further, that a valid extension of an interest payment period by the Company in accordance with the terms of any indenture supplemental hereto, shall not constitute a default in the payment of interest for this purpose;

(2) the Company defaults in the payment of the principal of, or premium, if any, on any of the Securities of that series as and when the same shall become due and payable whether at maturity, upon redemption, because of acceleration or otherwise, or in any payment required by any sinking or analogous fund established with respect to that series; provided, however, that a valid extension of the maturity of such Securities in accordance with the terms of any indenture supplemental hereto shall not constitute a default in the payment of principal or premium, if any;

(3) the Company fails to observe or perform any other of its covenants or agreements with respect to that series contained in this Indenture or otherwise established with respect to that series of Securities pursuant to Section 2.01 hereof (other than a covenant or agreement that has been expressly included in this Indenture solely for the benefit

 

19


of one or more series of Securities other than such series) for a period of 90 days after the date on which written notice of such failure, requiring the same to be remedied and stating that such notice is a “Notice of Default” hereunder, shall have been given to the Company by the Trustee, by registered or certified mail, or to the Company and the Trustee by the holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the Securities of that series at the time Outstanding;

(4) an event of default, as defined in any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there may be issued, or by which there may be secured or evidenced, any Indebtedness for money borrowed of the Company (other than a default under this Indenture with respect to Securities of any series or a default with respect to any non-recourse Indebtedness), whether such Indebtedness now exists or shall hereafter be created, shall happen and shall result in a principal amount in excess of $100,000,000 of Indebtedness becoming or being declared due and payable prior to the date on which it would otherwise have become due and payable, and such acceleration shall not have been rescinded or annulled, or such Indebtedness shall not have been discharged, within a period of 15 days after there has been given, by registered or certified United States mail, to the Company by the Trustee or to the Company and the Trustee by the holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of that series a written notice specifying such event of default and requiring the Company to cause such acceleration to be rescinded or annulled or to cause such Indebtedness to be discharged and stating that such notice is a “Notice of Default” hereunder;

(5) the entry by a court of competent jurisdiction of:

(i) a decree or order for relief in respect of the Company in an involuntary proceeding under any applicable Bankruptcy Law and such decree or order shall remain unstayed and in effect for a period of 60 consecutive days;

(ii) a decree or order adjudging the Company to be insolvent, or approving a petition seeking reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition of the Company and such decree or order shall remain unstayed and in effect for a period of 60 consecutive days; or

(iii) a final and non-appealable order appointing a Custodian of the Company or of any substantial part of the property of the Company, or ordering the winding up or liquidation of the affairs of the Company;

(6) the Company pursuant to or within the meaning of any Bankruptcy Law: (i) commences a voluntary case or proceeding; (ii) consents to the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary case or proceeding; (iii) files a petition or answer or consent seeking reorganization or relief or consents to such filing or to the appointment of or taking possession by a Custodian of it or for all or substantially all of its property, and such Custodian is not discharged within 60 days; (iv) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors; or (v) admits in writing its inability to pay its debts generally as they become due;

(7) in the event Securities are issued to a MetLife Trust or a trustee of such trust in connection with the issuance of Trust Securities by such MetLife Trust, such MetLife Trust shall have voluntarily or involuntarily dissolved, wound up its business or otherwise terminated its existence, except in connection with (i) the distribution of Securities to holders of Trust Securities in liquidation of their interests in such MetLife Trust, (ii) the redemption of all of the outstanding Trust Securities of such MetLife Trust or (iii) certain mergers, consolidations or amalgamations, each as permitted by the Declaration of such MetLife Trust; or

(8) any other Event of Default provided for pursuant to Section 2.01 with respect to Securities of that series.

(b) Except as otherwise specified with respect to a series of Securities in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.01, if an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default specified in Sections 6.01(a)(5) or 6.01(a)(6)) with respect to Securities of any series at the time Outstanding occurs and is continuing, either the Trustee or the holders of not less than 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Securities of that series then Outstanding hereunder, by notice in writing to the Company (and to the Trustee if given by such Securityholders), may declare the principal of all the Securities of that series (or, if any Securities of that series are Original Issue Discount Securities, such portion of the principal amount as may be specified in the terms of such series) to be due and payable immediately, and upon any such declaration the same shall become and shall be immediately due and payable. If an Event of Default specified in Sections 6.01(a)(5) or 6.01(a)(6) with respect to Securities of any series at the time Outstanding occurs, the principal amount of all the Securities of that series (or, if any Securities of that series are

 

20


Original Issue Discount Securities, such portion of the principal amount of such Securities as may be specified by the terms thereof) shall automatically, and without any declaration or other action on the part of the Trustee or any holder, become immediately due and payable.

(c) At any time after the principal of the Securities of that series shall have been so declared due and payable, and before any judgment or decree for the payment of the moneys due shall have been obtained or entered as hereinafter provided, the holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Securities of that series then Outstanding hereunder, by written notice to the Company and the Trustee, may rescind and annul such declaration and its consequences if: (i) the Company has paid or deposited with the Trustee a sum sufficient to pay all matured installments of interest upon all the Securities of that series and the principal of, and premium, if any, on any and all Securities of that series that shall have become due otherwise than by acceleration (with interest upon such principal and premium, if any, and, to the extent that such payment is enforceable under applicable law, upon overdue installments of interest, at the rate per annum or Yield to Maturity (in the case of Original Issue Discount Securities) expressed in the Securities of that series (or at the respective rates of interest or Yields to Maturity of all the Securities, as the case may be) to the date of such payment or deposit) and the amount payable to the Trustee under Section 7.06, and (ii) any and all Events of Default under the Indenture with respect to such series, other than the nonpayment of principal on Securities of that series (or, if any Securities of that series are Original Issue Discount Securities, such portion of the principal amount as may be specified in the terms of such series) that shall not have become due by their terms, shall have been remedied or waived as provided in Section 6.08.

No such rescission and annulment shall extend to or shall affect any subsequent default or impair any right consequent thereon.

(d) In case the Trustee shall have proceeded to enforce any right with respect to Securities of that series under this Indenture and such proceedings shall have been discontinued or abandoned because of such rescission or annulment or for any other reason or shall have been determined adversely to the Trustee, then and in every such case the Company, and the Trustee shall be restored respectively to their former positions and rights hereunder, and all rights, remedies and powers of the Company and the Trustee shall continue as though no such proceedings had been taken.

SECTION 6.02 Collection of Indebtedness and Suits for Enforcement by Trustee.

(a) The Company covenants that (1) in case it shall default in the payment of any installment of interest on any of the Securities of a series, or any payment required by any sinking or analogous fund established with respect to that series as and when the same shall have become due and payable, and such default shall have continued for a period of 90 Business Days, or (2) in case it shall default in the payment of the principal of, or premium, if any, on any of the Securities of a series when the same shall have become due and payable, whether upon maturity of the Securities of a series or upon redemption or upon declaration or otherwise, then, upon demand of the Trustee, the Company will pay to the Trustee, for the benefit of the holders of the Securities of that series, the whole amount that then shall have been become due and payable on all such Securities for principal, and premium, if any, or interest, or both, as the case may be, with interest upon the overdue principal, and premium, if any, and (to the extent that payment of such interest is enforceable under applicable law) upon overdue installments of interest at the rate per annum expressed in the Securities of that series; and, in addition thereto, such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, and the amount payable to the Trustee under Section 7.06.

(b) If the Company shall fail to pay such amounts forthwith upon such demand, the Trustee, in its own name and as trustee of an express trust, shall be entitled and empowered to institute any action or proceedings at law or in equity for the collection of the sums so due and unpaid, and may prosecute any such action or proceeding to judgment or final decree, and may enforce any such judgment or final decree against the Company or other obligor upon the Securities of that series and collect the moneys adjudged or decreed to be payable in the manner provided by law out of the property of the Company or other obligor upon the Securities of that series, wherever situated.

(c) In case of any receivership, insolvency, liquidation, bankruptcy, reorganization, readjustment, arrangement, composition or judicial proceedings affecting the Company, or its creditors or property, the Trustee shall have power to intervene in such proceedings and take any action therein that may be permitted by the court and shall (except as may be otherwise provided by law) be entitled to file such proofs of claim and other papers and documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee and of the holders of Securities of such series allowed for the entire amount due and payable by the Company under the Indenture at the date of institution of such proceedings and for any additional

 

21


amount that may become due and payable by the Company after such date, and to collect and receive any moneys or other property payable or deliverable on any such claim, and to distribute the same after the deduction of the amount payable to the Trustee under Section 7.06; and any receiver, assignee or trustee in bankruptcy or reorganization is hereby authorized by each of the holders of Securities of such series to make such payments to the Trustee, and, in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to such Securityholders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due it under Section 7.06.

(d) All rights of action and of asserting claims under this Indenture, or under any of the terms established with respect to Securities of that series, may be enforced by the Trustee without the possession of any of such Securities, or the production thereof at any trial or other proceeding relative thereto, and any such suit or proceeding instituted by the Trustee shall be brought in its own name as trustee of an express trust, and any recovery of judgment shall, after provision for payment to the Trustee of any amounts due under Section 7.06, be for the ratable benefit of the holders of the Securities of such series.

In case of an Event of Default hereunder, the Trustee may in its discretion proceed to protect and enforce the rights vested in it by this Indenture by such appropriate judicial proceedings as the Trustee shall deem most effectual to protect and enforce any of such rights, either at law or in equity or in bankruptcy or otherwise, whether for the specific enforcement of any covenant or agreement contained in the Indenture or in aid of the exercise of any power granted in this Indenture, or to enforce any other legal or equitable right vested in the Trustee by this Indenture or by law.

Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Securityholder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Securities of that series or the rights of any holder thereof or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Securityholder in any such proceeding.

SECTION 6.03 Application of Moneys Collected.

Any moneys collected by the Trustee pursuant to this Article with respect to a particular series of Securities shall be applied in the following order, at the date or dates fixed by the Trustee and, in case of the distribution of such moneys on account of principal, or premium, if any, or interest, upon presentation of the Securities of that series, and notation thereon the payment, if only partially paid, and upon surrender thereof if fully paid:

FIRST: To the payment of costs and expenses of collection and of all amounts payable to the Trustee under Section 7.06;

SECOND: To the payment of the amounts then due and unpaid upon Securities of such series for principal, and premium, if any, and interest, in respect of which or for the benefit of which such money has been collected, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on such Securities for principal, and premium, if any, and interest, respectively and

THIRD: To the payment of the remainder, if any, to the Company, its successors or assigns or to whomever may be lawfully entitled to receive the same or as a court of competent jurisdiction may direct.

 

22


SECTION 6.04 Limitation on Suits.

No holder of any Security of any series shall have any right by virtue or by availing of any provision of this Indenture to institute any suit, action or proceeding in equity or at law upon or under or with respect to this Indenture or for the appointment of a receiver or trustee, or for any other remedy hereunder, unless (i) such holder previously shall have given to the Trustee written notice of an Event of Default and of the continuance thereof with respect to the Securities of such series specifying such Event of Default, as hereinbefore provided; (ii) the holders of not less than 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Securities of such series then Outstanding shall have made written request upon the Trustee to institute such action, suit or proceeding in its own name as trustee hereunder; (iii) such holder or holders shall have offered to the Trustee such reasonable indemnity as it may require against the costs, expenses and liabilities to be incurred therein or thereby; and (iv) the Trustee for 60 days after its receipt of such notice, request and offer of indemnity, shall have failed to institute any such action, suit or proceeding and (v) during such 60 day period, the holders of a majority in principal amount of the Securities of that series do not give the Trustee a direction inconsistent with the request.

Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, any other provisions of this Indenture, the right of any holder of any Security to receive payment of the principal of, and premium, if any, and interest on such Security, as therein provided, on or after the respective due dates expressed in such Security (or in the case of redemption, on the redemption date), or to institute suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates or redemption date, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such holder and by accepting a Security hereunder it is expressly understood, intended and covenanted by the taker and holder of every Security of such series with every other such taker and holder and the Trustee, that no one or more holders of Securities of such series shall have any right in any manner whatsoever by virtue or by availing of any provision of this Indenture to affect, disturb or prejudice the rights of the holders of any other of such Securities, or to obtain or seek to obtain priority over or preference to any other such holder, or to enforce any right under this Indenture, except in the manner herein provided and for the equal, ratable and common benefit of all holders of Securities of such series. For the protection and enforcement of the provisions of this Section, each and every Securityholder and the Trustee shall be entitled to such relief as can be given either at law or in equity.

SECTION 6.05 Rights and Remedies Cumulative; Delay or Omission Not Waiver.

(a) Except as otherwise provided in Section 2.07, all powers and remedies given by this Article to the Trustee or to the Securityholders shall, to the extent permitted by law, be deemed cumulative and not exclusive of any other powers and remedies available to the Trustee or the holders of the Securities, by judicial proceedings or otherwise, to enforce the performance or observance of the covenants and agreements contained in this Indenture or otherwise established with respect to such Securities.

(b) No delay or omission of the Trustee or of any holder of any of the Securities to exercise any right or power accruing upon any Event of Default occurring and continuing as aforesaid shall impair any such right or power, or shall be construed to be a waiver of any such default or on acquiescence therein; and, subject to the provisions of Section 6.04, every power and remedy given by this Article or by law to the Trustee or the Securityholders may be exercised from time to time, and as often as shall be deemed expedient, by the Trustee or by the Securityholders.

SECTION 6.06 Control by Securityholders.

The holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Securities of any series at the time Outstanding, determined in accordance with Section 8.04, shall have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee, or exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee with respect to such series; provided, however, that such direction shall not be in conflict with any rule of law or with this Indenture or be unduly prejudicial to the rights of holders of Securities of any other series at the time Outstanding determined in accordance with Section 8.04. Subject to the provisions of Section 7.01, the Trustee shall have the right to decline to follow any such direction if the Trustee in good faith shall, by a Responsible Officer or Officers of the Trustee, determine that the proceeding so directed would involve the Trustee in personal liability.

 

23


SECTION 6.07 Undertaking to Pay Costs.

All parties to this Indenture agree, and each holder of any Securities by such holder’s acceptance thereof shall be deemed to have agreed, that any court may in its discretion require, in any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture, or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as Trustee, the filing by any party litigant in such suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of such suit, and that such court may in its discretion assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, against any party litigant in such suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by such party litigant; but the provisions of this Section shall not apply to any suit instituted by the Trustee, to any suit instituted by any Securityholder, or group of Securityholders, holding more than 10% in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of any series, or to any suit instituted by any Securityholder for the enforcement of the payment of the principal of, or premium, if any, or interest on any Security of such series, on or after the respective due dates expressed in such Security or established pursuant to this Indenture.

SECTION 6.08 Waiver of Past Defaults.

The holders of not less than a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of any series, determined in accordance with Section 8.04, may on behalf of the holders of all the Securities of such series waive any past default hereunder with respect to such series and its consequences, except a default

(1) in the payment of the principal of or any premium or interest on any Security of such series, or

(2) in respect of a covenant or provision hereof which under Article Nine cannot be modified or amended without the consent of the holder of each Outstanding Security of such series affected; provided, however, that if the Securities of such series are held by a MetLife Trust or a trustee of such trust, such waiver or modification to such waiver shall not be effective until the holders of a majority in liquidation preference of Trust Securities of the applicable MetLife Trust shall have consented to such waiver or modification to such waiver; provided, further, that if the consent of the holder of each outstanding Security is required, such waiver shall not be effective until each holder of the Trust Securities of the applicable MetLife Trust shall have consented to such waiver.

Upon any such waiver, such default shall cease to exist, and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured, for every purpose of this Indenture; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other default or impair any right consequent thereon.

ARTICLE VII

CONCERNING THE TRUSTEE

SECTION 7.01 Certain Duties and Responsibilities of Trustee.

(a) The Trustee, prior to the occurrence of an Event of Default with respect to the Securities of a series and after the curing of all Events of Default with respect to the Securities of that series that may have occurred, shall undertake to perform with respect to the Securities of such series such duties and only such duties as are specifically set forth in this Indenture, and no implied covenants shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee. In case an Event of Default with respect to the Securities of a series has occurred (that has not been cured or waived), the Trustee shall exercise with respect to Securities of that series such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture, and use the same degree of care and skill in their exercise, as a prudent man would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of his own affairs.

(b) No provision of this Indenture shall be construed to relieve the Trustee from liability for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct, except that:

(1) prior to the occurrence of an Event of Default with respect to the Securities of a series and after the curing or waiving of all such Events of Default with respect to that series that may have occurred:

 

24


(a) the duties and obligations of the Trustee shall with respect to the Securities of such series be determined solely by the express provisions of this Indenture, and the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to the Securities of such series except for the performance of such duties and obligations as are specifically set forth in this Indenture, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and

(b) in the absence of bad faith on the part of the Trustee, the Trustee may with respect to the Securities of such series conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon any certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture; but in the case of any such certificates or opinions that by any provision hereof are specifically required to be furnished to the Trustee, the Trustee shall be under a duty to examine the same to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture;

(2) the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer or Responsible Officers of the Trustee, unless it shall be proved that the Trustee, was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts;

(3) the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action taken or omitted to be taken by it in good faith in accordance with the direction of the holders of not less than a majority in principal amount of the Securities of any series at the time Outstanding relating to the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee, or exercising any trust or power conferred upon the Trustee under this Indenture with respect to the Securities of that series; and

(4) None of the provisions contained in this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur personal financial liability in the performance of any of its duties or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers, if there is reasonable ground for believing that the repayment of such funds or liability is not reasonably assured to it under the terms of this Indenture or adequate indemnity against such risk is not reasonably assured to it.

SECTION 7.02 Certain Rights of Trustee.

Except as otherwise provided in Section 7.01:

(a) The Trustee may rely and shall be protected in acting or refraining from acting upon any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, consent, order, approval, bond, security or other paper or document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties;

(b) Any request, direction, order or demand of the Company mentioned herein shall be sufficiently evidenced by a Board Resolution or an instrument signed in the name of the Company, by the President or any Vice President and by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary or the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer thereof (unless other evidence in respect thereof is specifically prescribed herein);

(c) The Trustee may consult with counsel and the written advice of such counsel or any Opinion of Counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection in respect of any action taken or suffered or omitted hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon;

(d) The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request, order or direction of any of the Securityholders, pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture, unless such Securityholders shall have offered to the Trustee reasonable security or indemnity against the costs, expenses and liabilities that may be incurred therein or thereby; nothing contained herein shall, however, relieve the Trustee of the obligation, upon the occurrence of an Event of Default with respect to a series of the Securities (that has not been cured or waived) to exercise with respect to Securities of that series such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture, and to use the same degree of care and skill in their exercise, as a prudent man would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of his own affairs;

 

25


(e) The Trustee shall not be liable for any action taken or omitted to be taken by it in good faith and believed by it to be authorized or within the discretion or rights or powers conferred upon it by this Indenture;

(f) The Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, consent, order, approval, bond, security, or other papers or documents, unless requested in writing so to do by the holders of not less than a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of the particular series affected thereby (determined as provided in Section 8.04); provided, however, that if the payment within a reasonable time to the Trustee of the costs, expenses or liabilities likely to be incurred by it in the making of such investigation is, in the opinion of the Trustee, not reasonably assured to the Trustee by the security afforded to it by the terms of this Indenture, the Trustee may require reasonable indemnity against such costs, expenses or liabilities as a condition to so proceeding. The reasonable expense of every such examination shall be paid by the Company or, if paid by the Trustee, shall be repaid by the Company upon demand; and

(g) The Trustee may execute any of the trusts or powers hereunder or perform any duties hereunder either directly or by or through agents or attorneys and the Trustee shall not be responsible for any misconduct or negligence on the part of any agent or attorney appointed with due care by it hereunder.

SECTION 7.03 Trustee Not Responsible for Recitals or Issuance or Securities.

(a) The recitals contained herein and in the Securities shall be taken as the statements of the Company, and the Trustee assumes no responsibility for the correctness of the same.

(b) The Trustee makes no representations as to the validity or sufficiency of this Indenture or of the Securities.

(c) The Trustee shall not be accountable for the use or application by the Company of any of the Securities or of the proceeds of such Securities, or for the use or application of any moneys paid over by the Trustee in accordance with any provision of this Indenture or established pursuant to Section 2.01, or for the use or application of any moneys received by any Paying Agent other than the Trustee.

SECTION 7.04 May Hold Securities.

The Trustee or any Paying Agent or Security Registrar, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Securities with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee, Paying Agent or Security Registrar.

SECTION 7.05 Moneys Held in Trust.

Subject to the provisions of Section 11.05, all moneys received by the Trustee shall, until used or applied as herein provided, be held in trust for the purposes for which they were received, but need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law. The Trustee shall be under no liability for interest on any moneys received by it hereunder except such as it may agree with the Company to pay thereon.

SECTION 7.06 Compensation and Reimbursement.

(a) The Company covenants and agrees to pay to the Trustee, and the Trustee shall be entitled to, such reasonable compensation (which shall not be limited by any provision of law in regard to the compensation of a trustee of an express trust), as the Company, and the Trustee may from time to time agree in writing, for all services rendered by it in the execution of the trusts hereby created and in the exercise and performance of any of the powers and duties hereunder of the Trustee, and, except as otherwise expressly provided herein, the Company will pay or reimburse the Trustee upon its request for all reasonable expenses, disbursements and advances incurred or made by the Trustee in accordance with any of the provisions of this Indenture (including the reasonable compensation and the expenses and disbursements of its counsel and of all Persons not regularly in its employ) except any such expense, disbursement or advance as may arise from its negligence or bad faith. The Company also covenants to indemnify the Trustee (and its officers, agents, directors and employees) for, and to hold it harmless against, any loss, liability or expense incurred without negligence or bad faith on the part of the Trustee and arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of this trust, including the costs and expenses of defending itself against any claim of liability in the premises.

 

26


(b) The obligations of the Company under this Section to compensate and indemnify the Trustee and to pay or reimburse the Trustee for expenses, disbursements and advances shall constitute additional indebtedness hereunder. Such additional indebtedness shall be secured by a lien prior to that of the Securities upon all property and funds held or collected by the Trustee as such, except funds held in trust for the benefit of the holders of particular Securities.

SECTION 7.07 Reliance on Officers’ Certificate.

Except as otherwise provided in Section 7.01, whenever in the administration of the provisions of this Indenture the Trustee shall deem it necessary or desirable that a matter be proved or established prior to taking or suffering or omitting to take any action hereunder, such matter (unless other evidence in respect thereof be herein specifically prescribed) may, in the absence of negligence or bad faith on the part of the Trustee, be deemed to be conclusively proved and established by an Officers’ Certificate delivered to the Trustee and such certificate, in the absence of negligence or bad faith on the part of the Trustee, shall be full warrant to the Trustee for any action taken, suffered or omitted to be taken by it under the provisions of this Indenture upon the faith thereof.

SECTION 7.08 Disqualification; Conflicting Interests.

If the Trustee has or shall acquire any “conflicting interest” within the meaning of Section 310(b) of the Trust Indenture Act, the Trustee and the Company shall in all respects comply with the provisions of Section 310(b) of the Trust Indenture Act.

SECTION 7.09 Corporate Trustee Required; Eligibility.

There shall at all times be a Trustee with respect to the Securities issued hereunder which shall at all times be a corporation organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of America or any State or Territory thereof or of the District of Columbia, or a corporation or other Person permitted to act as trustee by the Commission, authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trust powers, having a combined capital and surplus of at least 50 million U.S. dollars ($50,000,000), and subject to supervision or examination by federal, state, territorial, or District of Columbia authority. If such corporation publishes reports of condition at least annually, pursuant to law or to the requirements of the aforesaid supervising or examining authority, then for the purposes of this Section, the combined capital and surplus of such corporation shall be deemed to be its combined capital and surplus as set forth in its most recent report of condition so published. The Company may not, nor may any Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under common control with the Company, serve as Trustee. In case at any time the Trustee shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section, the Trustee shall resign immediately in the manner and with the effect specified in Section 7.10.

SECTION 7.10 Resignation and Removal; Appointment of Successor.

(a) The Trustee or any successor hereafter appointed, may at any time resign with respect to the Securities of one or more series by giving written notice thereof to the Company and by transmitting notice of resignation by mail, first class postage prepaid, to the Securityholders of such series, as their names and addresses appear upon the Security Register. Upon receiving such notice of resignation, the Company shall promptly appoint a successor trustee with respect to Securities of such series by written instrument, in duplicate, executed by order of the Board of Directors, one copy of which instrument shall be delivered to the resigning Trustee and one copy to the successor trustee. If no successor trustee shall have been so appointed and have accepted appointment within 30 days after the mailing of such notice of resignation, the resigning Trustee may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor trustee with respect to Securities of such series, or any Securityholder of that series who has been a bona fide holder of a Security or Securities for at least six months may on behalf of himself and all others similarly situated, petition any such court for the appointment of a successor trustee. Such court may thereupon after such notice, if any, as it may deem proper and prescribe, appoint a successor trustee.

(b) In case at any time any one of the following shall occur:

(1) the Trustee shall fail to comply with the provisions of Section 7.08 after written request therefor by the Company or by any Securityholder who has been a bona fide holder of a Security or Securities for at least six months; or

 

27


(2) the Trustee shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of Section 7.09 and shall fail to resign after written request therefor by the Company or by any such Securityholder; or

(3) the Trustee shall become incapable of acting, or shall be adjudged a bankrupt or insolvent, or commence a voluntary bankruptcy proceeding, or a receiver of the Trustee or of its property shall be appointed or consented to, or any public officer shall take charge or control of the Trustee or of its property or affairs for the purpose of rehabilitation, conservation or liquidation;

then, in any such case, (i) the Company may remove the Trustee with respect to all Securities and appoint a successor trustee by written instrument, in duplicate, executed by order of the Board of Directors, one copy of which instrument shall be delivered to the Trustee so removed and one copy to the successor trustee, or (ii) unless the Trustee’s duty to resign is stayed as provided herein, any Securityholder who has been a bona fide holder of a Security or Securities for at least six months may, on behalf of that holder and all others similarly situated, petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor trustee. Such court may thereupon after such notice, if any, as it may deem proper and prescribe, remove the Trustee and appoint a successor trustee.

(c) The holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Securities of any series at the time Outstanding may at any time remove the Trustee with respect to such series by so notifying the Trustee and the Company and may appoint a successor Trustee for such series with the consent of the Company.

(d) Any resignation or removal of the Trustee and appointment of a successor trustee with respect to the Securities of a series pursuant to any of the provisions of this Section shall become effective upon acceptance of appointment by the successor trustee as provided in Section 7.11.

(e) Any successor trustee appointed pursuant to this Section may be appointed with respect to the Securities of one or more series or all of such series, and at any time there shall be only one Trustee with respect to the Securities of any particular series.

SECTION 7.11 Acceptance of Appointment By Successor.

(a) In case of the appointment hereunder of a successor trustee with respect to all Securities, every such successor trustee so appointed shall execute, acknowledge and deliver to the Company and to the retiring Trustee an instrument accepting such appointment, and thereupon the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective and such successor trustee, without any further act, deed or conveyance, shall become vested with all the rights, powers, trusts and duties of the retiring Trustee; but, on the request of the Company or the successor trustee, such retiring Trustee shall, upon payment of its charges, execute and deliver an instrument transferring to such successor trustee all the rights, powers, and trusts of the retiring Trustee and shall duly assign, transfer and deliver to such successor trustee all property and money held by such retiring Trustee hereunder.

(b) In case of the appointment hereunder of a successor trustee with respect to the Securities of one or more (but not all) series, the Company, the retiring Trustee and each successor trustee with respect to the Securities of one or more series shall execute and deliver an indenture supplemental hereto wherein each successor trustee shall accept such appointment and which (1) shall contain such provisions as shall be necessary or desirable to transfer and confirm to, and to vest in, each successor trustee all the rights, powers, trusts and duties of the retiring Trustee with respect to the Securities of that or those series to which the appointment of such successor trustee relates, (2) shall contain such provisions as shall be deemed necessary or desirable to confirm that all the rights, powers, trusts and duties of the retiring Trustee with respect to the Securities of that or those series as to which the retiring Trustee is not retiring shall continue to be vested in the retiring Trustee, and (3) shall add to or change any of the provisions of this Indenture as shall be necessary to provide for or facilitate the administration of the trusts hereunder by more than one Trustee, it being understood that nothing herein or in such supplemental indenture shall constitute such Trustees co-trustees of the same trust, that each such Trustee shall be trustee of a trust or trusts hereunder separate and apart from any trust or trusts hereunder administered by any other such Trustee and that no Trustee shall be responsible for any act or failure to act on the part of any other Trustee hereunder; and upon the execution and delivery of such supplemental indenture the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective to the extent provided therein, such retiring Trustee shall with respect to the Securities of that or those series to which the appointment of such successor trustee relates have no further

 

28


responsibility for the exercise of rights and powers or for the performance of the duties and obligations vested in the Trustee under this Indenture, and each such successor trustee, without any further act, deed or conveyance, shall become vested with all the rights, powers, trusts and duties of the retiring Trustee with respect to the Securities of that or those series to which the appointment of such successor trustee relates; but, on request of the Company or any successor trustee, such retiring Trustee shall duly assign, transfer and deliver to such successor trustee, to the extent contemplated by such supplemental indenture, the property and money held by such retiring Trustee hereunder with respect to the Securities of that or those series to which the appointment of such successor trustee relates.

(c) Upon request of any such successor trustee, the Company shall execute any and all instruments for more fully and certainly vesting in and confirming to such successor trustee all such rights, powers and trusts referred to in paragraph (a) or (b) of this Section, as the case may be.

(d) No successor trustee shall accept its appointment unless at the time of such acceptance such successor trustee shall be qualified and eligible under this Article.

(e) Upon acceptance of appointment by a successor trustee as provided in this Section, the Company shall transmit notice of the succession of such trustee hereunder by mail, first class postage prepaid, to the Securityholders, as their names and addresses appear upon the Security Register. If the Company fails to transmit such notice within ten days after acceptance of appointment by the successor trustee, the successor trustee shall cause such notice to be transmitted at the expense of the Company.

SECTION 7.12 Merger, Conversion, Consolidation or Succession to Business.

Any corporation into which the Trustee may be merged or converted or with which it may be consolidated, or any corporation resulting from any merger, conversion or consolidation to which the Trustee shall be a party, or any corporation succeeding to the corporate trust business of the Trustee, shall be the successor of the Trustee hereunder, provided that such corporation shall be qualified under the provisions of Section 7.08 and eligible under the provisions of Section 7.09, without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of any of the parties hereto, anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding. In case any Securities shall have been authenticated, but not delivered, by the Trustee then in office, any successor by merger, conversion or consolidation to such authenticating Trustee may adopt such authentication and deliver the Securities so authenticated with the same effect as if such successor Trustee had itself authenticated such Securities.

SECTION 7.13 Preferential Collection of Claims against the Company.

The Trustee shall comply with Section 311(a) of the Trust Indenture Act, excluding any creditor relationship described in Section 311(b) of the Trust Indenture Act. A Trustee who has resigned or been removed shall be subject to Section 311(a) of the Trust Indenture Act to the extent included therein.

ARTICLE VIII

CONCERNING THE SECURITYHOLDERS

SECTION 8.01 Evidence of Action by Securityholders.

Whenever in this Indenture it is provided that the holders of a majority or specified percentage in aggregate principal amount of the Securities of a particular series may take any action (including the making of any demand or request, the giving of any notice, consent or waiver or the taking of any other action), the fact that at the time of taking any such action the holders of such majority or specified percentage of that series have joined therein may be evidenced by any instrument or any number of instruments of similar tenor executed by such holders of Securities of that series in Person or by agent or proxy appointed in writing.

If the Company shall solicit from the Securityholders of any series any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action, the Company may, at its option, as evidenced by an Officers’ Certificate, fix in advance a record date for such series for the determination of Securityholders entitled to give such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action, but the Company shall have no obligation to do so. If such a

 

29


record date is fixed, such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action may be given before or after the record date, but only the Securityholders of record at the close of business on the record date shall be deemed to be Securityholders for the purposes of determining whether Securityholders of the requisite proportion of Outstanding Securities of that series have authorized or agreed or consented to such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action, and for that purpose the Outstanding Securities of that series shall be computed as of the record date; provided, however, that no such authorization, agreement or consent by such Securityholders on the record date shall be deemed effective unless it shall become effective pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture not later than six months after the record date.

SECTION 8.02 Proof of Execution by Securityholders.

Subject to the provisions of Section 7.01, proof of the execution of any instrument by a Securityholder (such proof will not require notarization) or his agent or proxy and proof of the holding by any Person of any of the Securities shall be sufficient if made in the following manner:

(a) The fact and date of the execution by any such Person of any instrument may be proved in any reasonable manner acceptable to the Trustee.

(b) The ownership of Securities shall be proved by the Security Register of such Securities or by a certificate of the Security Registrar thereof.

(c) The Trustee may require such additional proof of any matter referred to in this Section as it shall deem necessary.

SECTION 8.03 Who May be Deemed Owners.

Prior to the due presentment for registration of transfer of any Security, the Company, the Trustee, any Paying Agent and any Security Registrar may deem and treat the Person in whose name such Security shall be registered upon the books of the Company as the absolute owner of such Security (whether or not such Security shall be overdue and notwithstanding any notice of ownership or writing thereon made by anyone other than the Security Registrar) for the purpose of receiving payment of or on account of the principal of, premium, if any, and (subject to Section 2.03) interest on such Security and for all other purposes; and neither the Company nor the Trustee nor any Paying Agent nor any Security Registrar shall be affected by any notice to the contrary.

SECTION 8.04 Certain Securities Owned by Company Disregarded.

In determining whether the holders of the requisite aggregate principal amount of Securities of a particular series have concurred in any direction, consent of waiver under this Indenture, the Securities of that series that are owned by the Company or any other obligor on the Securities of that series or by any Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under common control with the Company or any other obligor on the Securities of that series shall be disregarded and deemed not to be Outstanding for the purpose of any such determination, except that for the purpose of determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying on any such direction, consent or waiver, only Securities of such series that the Trustee actually knows are so owned shall be so disregarded. The Securities so owned that have been pledged in good faith may be regarded as Outstanding for the purposes of this Section, if the pledgee shall establish to the satisfaction of the Trustee the pledgee’s right so to act with respect to such Securities and that the pledgee is not a Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with the Company or any such other obligor. In case of a dispute as to such right, any decision by the Trustee taken upon the advice of counsel shall be full protection to the Trustee.

 

30


SECTION 8.05 Actions Binding on Future Securityholders.

At any time prior to (but not after) the evidencing to the Trustee, as provided in Section 8.01, of the taking of any action by the holders of the majority or percentage in aggregate principal amount of the Securities of a particular series specified in this Indenture in connection with such action, any holder of a Security of that series that is shown by the evidence to be included in the Securities the holders of which have consented to such action may, by filing written notice with the Trustee, and upon proof of holding as provided in Section 8.02, revoke such action so far as concerns such Security. Except as aforesaid any such action taken by the holder of any Security shall be conclusive and binding upon such holder and upon all future holders and owners of such Security, and of any Security issued in exchange therefor, on registration of transfer thereof or in place thereof, irrespective of whether or not any notation in regard thereto is made upon such Security. Any action taken by the holders of the majority or percentage in aggregate principal amount of the Securities of a particular series specified in this Indenture in connection with such action shall be conclusively binding upon the Company, the Trustee and the holders of all the Securities of that series.

ARTICLE IX

SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES

SECTION 9.01 Supplemental Indentures without the Consent of Securityholders.

In addition to any supplemental indenture otherwise authorized by this Indenture, the Company and the Trustee may from time to time and at any time enter into an indenture or indentures supplemental hereto (which shall conform to the provisions of the Trust Indenture Act as then in effect), without the consent of the Securityholders, for one or more of the following purposes:

(1) to cure any ambiguity, defect, or inconsistency herein, in the Securities of any series;

(2) to comply with Article Ten;

(3) to provide for uncertificated Securities in addition to or in place of certificated Securities;

(4) to add to the covenants of the Company for the benefit of the holders of all or any Series of Securities (and if such covenants are to be for the benefit of less than all series of Securities, stating that such covenants are expressly being included solely for the benefit of such series) or to surrender any right or power herein conferred upon the Company;

(5) to add to, delete from, or revise the conditions, limitations, and restrictions on the authorized amount, terms, or purposes of issue, authentication, and delivery of Securities, as herein set forth;

(6) to make any change that does not adversely affect the rights of any Securityholder in any material respect;

(7) to provide for the issuance of and establish the form and terms and conditions of the Securities of any series as provided in Section 2.01, to establish the form of any certifications required to be furnished pursuant to the terms of this Indenture or any series of Securities, or to add to the rights of the holders of any series of Securities;

(8) to add to the covenants of the Company for the benefit of the holders of all or any series of Securities (and if such covenants are to be for the benefit of less than all series of Securities, stating that such covenants are expressly being included solely for the benefit of such series) or to surrender any right or power herein conferred upon the Company;

(9) to add any additional Events of Default for the benefit of the holders of all or any series of Securities (and if such additional Events of Default are to be for the benefit of less than all series of Securities, stating that such additional Events of Default are expressly being included solely for the benefit of such series);

 

31


(10) to add to or change any of the provisions of this Indenture to such extent as shall be necessary to permit or facilitate the issuance of Securities in uncertificated form;

(11) to add to, change or eliminate any of the provisions of this Indenture in respect of one or more series of Securities, provided that any such addition, change or elimination (A) shall neither (i) apply to any Security of any series created prior to the execution of such supplemental indenture and entitled to the benefit of such provision nor (ii) modify the rights of the holder of any such Security with respect to such provision or (B) shall become effective only when there is no such Security Outstanding;

(12) to secure the Securities; or

(13) to evidence and provide for the acceptance of appointment hereunder by a successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of one or more series and to add to or change any of the provisions of this Indenture as shall be necessary to provide for or facilitate the administration of the trusts hereunder by more than one Trustee, pursuant to the requirements of Section 7.11.

The Trustee is hereby authorized to join with the Company in the execution of any such supplemental indenture, and to make any further appropriate agreements and stipulations that may be therein contained, but the Trustee shall not be obligated to enter into any such supplemental indenture that affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise.

Any supplemental indenture authorized by the provisions of this Section may be executed by the Company and the Trustee without the consent of the holders of any of the Securities at the time Outstanding, notwithstanding any of the provisions of Section 9.02.

SECTION 9.02 Supplemental Indentures with Consent of Securityholders.

With the consent (evidenced as provided in Section 8.01) of the holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Securities of each series affected by such supplemental indenture or indentures at the time Outstanding, the Company, when authorized by Board Resolutions, and the Trustee may from time to time and at any time enter into an indenture or indentures supplemental hereto (which shall conform to the provisions of the Trust Indenture Act as then in effect) for the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of this Indenture or of any supplemental indenture or of modifying in any manner not covered by Section 9.01 the rights of the holders of the Securities of such series under this Indenture; provided, however, that no such supplemental indenture shall, without the consent of the holders of each Security then Outstanding and affected thereby, (i) extend the fixed maturity of any Securities of any series, or reduce the principal amount thereof, or reduce the rate or extend the time of payment of interest thereon, or reduce any premium payable upon the redemption thereof; (ii) reduce the amount of principal of an Original Issue Discount Security or any other Security payable upon acceleration of the maturity thereof pursuant to Section 6.01(b); (iii) change the currency in which any Security or any premium or interest is payable; (iv) impair the right to enforce any payment on or with respect to any Security; (v) adversely change the right to convert or exchange, including decreasing the conversion rate or increasing the conversion price of, such Security (if applicable); (vi) reduce the percentage in principal amount of outstanding Securities of any series, the consent of whose holders is required for modification or amendment of this Indenture or for waiver of compliance with certain provisions of this Indenture or for waiver of certain defaults; (vii) reduce the requirements contained in this Indenture for quorum or voting; or (viii) modify any of the above provisions; provided, further, that if the Securities of such series are held by a MetLife Trust or a trustee of such Trust, such supplemental indenture shall not be effective until the holders of not less than a majority in liquidation preference of Trust Securities of the applicable MetLife Trust shall have consented to such supplemental indenture; and, provided, further, that if the consent of the holder of each outstanding Security is required, such supplemental indenture shall not be effective until each holder of the Trust Securities of the applicable MetLife Trust shall have consented to such supplemental indenture.

It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Securityholders of any series affected thereby under this Section to approve the particular form of any proposed supplemental indenture, but it shall be sufficient if such consent shall approve the substance thereof.

 

32


SECTION 9.03 Effect of Supplemental Indentures.

Upon the execution of any supplemental indenture pursuant to the provisions of this Article or of Article X, this Indenture shall, with respect to such series, be and be deemed to be modified and amended in accordance therewith and the respective rights, limitations of rights, obligations, duties and immunities under this Indenture of the Trustee, the Company and the holders of Securities of the series affected thereby shall thereafter be determined, exercised and enforced hereunder subject in all respects to such modifications and amendments, and all the terms and conditions of any such supplemental indenture shall be and be deemed to be part of the terms and conditions of this Indenture for any and all purposes.

SECTION 9.04 Securities Affected by Supplemental Indentures.

Securities of any series, affected by a supplemental indenture, authenticated and delivered after the execution of such supplemental indenture pursuant to the provisions of this Article or of Article X, may bear a notation in form approved by the Company, provided such form meets the requirements of any exchange upon which such series may be listed, as to any matter provided for in such supplemental indenture. If the Company shall so determine, new Securities of that series so modified as to conform, in the opinion of the Board of Directors of the Company, to any modification of this Indenture contained in any such supplemental indenture may be prepared by the Company, authenticated by the Trustee and delivered in exchange for the Securities of that series then Outstanding.

SECTION 9.05 Execution of Supplemental Indentures.

Upon the request of the Company, accompanied by its Board Resolutions authorizing the execution of any such supplemental indenture, and upon the filing with the Trustee of evidence of the consent of Securityholders required to consent thereto as aforesaid, the Trustee shall join with the Company in the execution of such supplemental indenture unless such supplemental indenture affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise, in which case the Trustee may, in its discretion, but shall not be obligated to, enter into such supplemental indenture. The Trustee, subject to the provisions of Section 7.01, may receive an Opinion of Counsel as conclusive evidence that any supplemental indenture executed pursuant to this Article is authorized or permitted by, and conforms to, the terms of this Article and that it is proper for the Trustee under the provisions of this Article to join in the execution thereof; provided, however, that such Opinion of Counsel need not be provided in connection with the execution of a supplemental indenture that establishes the terms of a series of Securities pursuant to Section 2.01 hereof.

Promptly after the execution by the Company and the Trustee of any supplemental indenture pursuant to the provisions of this Section, the Trustee shall transmit by mail, first class postage prepaid, a notice, setting forth in general terms the substance of such supplemental indenture, to the Securityholders of all series affected thereby as their names and addresses appear upon the Security Register. Any failure of the Trustee to mail such notice, or any defect therein, shall not, however, in any way impair or affect the validity of any such supplemental indenture.

ARTICLE X

CONSOLIDATION, MERGER, CONVEYANCE, TRANSFER OR LEASE

SECTION 10.01 When the Company May Consolidate, Merge, Etc.

The Company may not (a) merge with or into or consolidate with, or (b) sell, assign, transfer, lease or convey all or substantially all of its properties and assets to, any Person other than, with respect to this clause (b), a direct or indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, and no Person shall (x) merge with or into or consolidate with the Company, or (y) except for any direct or indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, sell, assign, transfer, lease or convey all or substantially all of its properties and assets to the Company, unless:

(a) the Company is the surviving corporation or the Person formed by or surviving such merger or consolidation or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease or conveyance shall have been made (the “Successor”), if other than the Company, shall expressly assume by an indenture supplemental hereto, executed and delivered to the Trustee, in form satisfactory to the Trustee, all the obligations of the Company under the Securities, this Indenture, the Common Securities Guarantee and the Preferred Securities Guarantee;

 

33


(b) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing;

(c) if at the time any Preferred Securities are outstanding, such transaction is not prohibited under the Declaration and the Preferred Securities Guarantee; and

(d) the Company delivers to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such supplemental indenture comply with this Indenture.

The Successor will be the successor to the Company, and will be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power and become the obligor on the Securities with the same effect as if the Successor had been named as the Company herein but, in the case of a sale, assignment, transfer, lease or conveyance of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Company, the predecessor Company will not be released from its obligations to pay the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Securities.

ARTICLE XI

SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE

SECTION 11.01 Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture.

If at any time: (a) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee for cancellation all Securities of a series theretofore authenticated (other than any Securities that shall have been destroyed, lost or stolen and that shall have been replaced or paid as provided in Section 2.07) and Securities for whose payment money or Governmental Obligations have theretofore been deposited in trust or segregated and held in trust by the Company (and thereupon repaid to the Company or discharged from such trust, as provided in Section 11.05); or (b) all such Securities of a particular series not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation shall have become due and payable, or are by their terms to become due and payable within one year or are to be called for redemption within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption, and the Company shall deposit or cause to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds the entire amount in moneys or Governmental Obligations sufficient or a combination thereof, sufficient in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee, to pay at maturity or upon redemption all Securities of that series not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation, including principal, and premium, if any, and interest due or to become due to such date of maturity or date fixed for redemption, as the case may be, and if the Company shall also pay or cause to be paid all other sums payable hereunder with respect to such series by the Company then this Indenture shall thereupon cease to be of further effect with respect to such series except for the provisions of Sections 2.03, 2.05, 2.07, 4.01, 4.02, 4.03 and 7.10, that shall survive until the date of maturity or redemption date, as the case may be, and Sections 7.06 and 11.05, that shall survive to such date and thereafter, and the Trustee, on demand of the Company and at the cost and expense of the Company shall execute proper instruments acknowledging satisfaction of and discharging this Indenture with respect to such series.

SECTION 11.02 Discharge of Obligations.

If at any time all such Securities of a particular series not heretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation or that have not become due and payable as described in Section 11.01 shall have been paid by the Company by depositing irrevocably with the Trustee as trust funds money in U.S. dollars sufficient or an amount of non-callable Governmental Obligations, the principal of and interest on which when due, will be sufficient or a combination thereof, sufficient in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee, to pay at maturity or upon redemption all such Securities of that series not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation, including principal, and premium, if any, and interest due or to become due to such date of maturity or date fixed for redemption, as the case may be, and if the Company shall also pay or cause to be paid all other sums payable hereunder by the Company with respect to such series, then after the date such moneys or Governmental Obligations, as the case may be, are deposited with the Trustee the obligations of the Company under this Indenture with respect to such series shall cease to be of further effect except for the provisions of Sections 2.03, 2.05, 2.07, 4.01, 4.02, 4.03, 7.06, 7.10 and 11.05 hereof that shall survive until such Securities shall mature and be paid. Thereafter, Sections 7.06 and 11.05 shall survive.

 

34


SECTION 11.03 Deposited Moneys to be Held in Trust.

All moneys or Governmental Obligations deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Sections 11.01 or 11.02 shall be held in trust and shall be available for payment as due, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Company acting as its own Paying Agent), to the holders of the particular series of Securities for the payment or redemption of which such moneys or Governmental Obligations have been deposited with the Trustee.

SECTION 11.04 Payment of Moneys Held by Paying Agents.

In connection with the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture all moneys or Governmental Obligations then held by any Paying Agent under the provisions of this Indenture shall, upon demand of the Company, be paid to the Trustee and thereupon such Paying Agent shall be released from all further liability with respect to such moneys or Governmental Obligations.

SECTION 11.05 Repayment to Company.

Any moneys or Governmental Obligations deposited with any Paying Agent or the Trustee, or then held by the Company, in trust for payment of principal of or premium or interest on the Securities of a particular series that are not applied but remain unclaimed by the holders of such Securities for at least two years after the date upon which the principal of, and premium, if any, or interest on such Securities shall have respectively become due and payable, shall be repaid to the Company on May 31 of each year or (if then held by the Company) shall be discharged from such trust; and thereupon the Paying Agent and the Trustee shall be released from all further liability with respect to such moneys or Governmental Obligations, and the holder of any of the Securities entitled to receive such payment shall thereafter, as an unsecured general creditor, look only to the Company for the payment thereof.

ARTICLE XII

IMMUNITY OF INCORPORATORS, STOCKHOLDERS, OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS

SECTION 12.01 No Recourse.

No recourse under or upon any obligation, covenant or agreement of this Indenture, or of any Security, or for any claim based thereon or otherwise in respect thereof, shall be had against any incorporator, stockholder, officer or director, past, present or future as such, of the Company or of any predecessor or successor corporation, either directly or through the Company or any such predecessor or successor corporation, whether by virtue of any constitution, statute or rule of law, or by the enforcement of any assessment or penalty or otherwise; it being expressly understood that this Indenture and the obligations issued hereunder are solely corporate obligations, and that no such personal liability whatever shall attach to, or is or shall be incurred by, the incorporators, stockholders, officers or directors as such, of the Company or of any predecessor or successor corporation, or any of them, because of the creation of the indebtedness hereby authorized, or under or by reason of the obligations, covenants or agreements contained in this Indenture or in any of the Securities or implied therefrom; and that any and all such personal liability of every name and nature, either at common law or in equity or by constitution or statute, of, and any and all such rights and claims against, every such incorporator, stockholder, officer or director as such, because of the creation of the indebtedness hereby authorized, or under or by reason of the obligations, covenants or agreements contained in this Indenture or in any of the Securities or implied therefrom, are hereby expressly waived and released as a condition of, and as a consideration for, the execution of this Indenture and the issuance of such Securities.

 

35


ARTICLE XIII

DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE

SECTION 13.01 Company’s Option to Effect Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.

The Company may elect, at its option at any time, to have Section 13.02 or Section 13.03 applied to any Securities or any series of Securities, as the case may be, designated pursuant to Section 2.01 as being defeasible pursuant to such Sections 13.02 or 13.03, in accordance with any applicable requirements provided pursuant to Section 2.01 and upon compliance with the conditions set forth below in this Article. Any such election shall be evidenced by a Board Resolution or in another manner specified as contemplated by Section 2.01 for such Securities.

SECTION 13.02 Defeasance and Discharge.

Upon the Company’s exercise of its option (if any) to have this Section applied to any Securities or any series of Securities, as the case may be, the Company shall be deemed to have been discharged from its obligations with respect to such Securities as provided in this Section on and after the date the conditions set forth in Section 13.04 are satisfied (hereinafter called “Defeasance”). For this purpose, such Defeasance means that the Company shall be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire indebtedness represented by such Securities and to have satisfied all its other obligations under such Securities and this Indenture insofar as such Securities are concerned (and the Trustee, at the expense of the Company, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging the same), subject to the following which shall survive until otherwise terminated or discharged hereunder: (1) the rights of holders of such Securities to receive, solely from the trust fund described in Section 13.04 and as more fully set forth in such Section, payments in respect of the principal of and any premium and interest on such Securities when payments are due, (2) the Company’s obligations with respect to such Securities under Sections 2.05, 2.06, 2.07, 4.01, 4.02 and 4.03, (3) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee hereunder and (4) this Article. Subject to compliance with this Article, the Company may exercise its option (if any) to have this Section applied to any Securities notwithstanding the prior exercise of its option (if any) to have Section 13.03 applied to such Securities.

SECTION 13.03 Covenant Defeasance.

Upon the Company’s exercise of its option (if any) to have this Section applied to any Securities or any series of Securities, as the case may be, (1) the Company shall be released from its obligations under Article X, Sections 4.06 through 4.08, inclusive, and any covenants provided pursuant to Sections 2.01(16), 9.01(4) or 9.01(7) for the benefit of the holders of such Securities and (2) the occurrence of any event specified in Sections 6.01(3) (with respect to any of Article X, Sections 4.06 through 4.08, inclusive, and any such covenants provided pursuant to Sections 2.01(16), 9.01(4) or 9.01(7)), 6.01(a)(7) and 6.01(a)(8) shall be deemed not to be or result in an Event of Default, in each case with respect to such Securities as provided in this Section on and after the date the conditions set forth in Section 13.04 are satisfied (hereinafter called “Covenant Defeasance”). For this purpose, such Covenant Defeasance means that, with respect to such Securities, the Company may omit to comply with and shall have no liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such specified Section (to the extent so specified in the case of Section 6.01(3)), whether directly or indirectly by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such Section or by reason of any reference in any such Section to any other provision herein or in any other document, but the remainder of this Indenture and such Securities shall be unaffected thereby.

SECTION 13.04 Conditions to Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.

The following shall be the conditions to the application of Section 13.02 or Section 13.03 to any Securities or any series of Securities, as the case may be:

(1) The Company shall irrevocably have deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee (or another trustee which satisfies the requirements contemplated by Section 7.09 and agrees to comply with the provisions of this Article applicable to it) as trust funds in trust for the purpose of making the following payments, specifically pledged as security for, and dedicated solely to, the benefits of the holders of such Securities, (A) money in an amount, or (B) Government Obligations which through the scheduled payment of principal and interest in respect thereof in accordance with their terms will provide, not later than one day before the due date of any payment, money in an

 

36


amount, or (C) a combination thereof, in each case sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee, to pay and discharge, and which shall be applied by the Trustee (or any such other qualifying trustee) to pay and discharge, the principal of and any premium and interest on such Securities on the respective Stated Maturities, in accordance with the terms of this Indenture and such Securities.

(2) In the event of an election to have Section 13.02 apply to any Securities or any series of Securities, as the case may be, the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel stating that (A) the Company has received from, or there has been published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling or (B) since the date of this Indenture, there has been a change in the applicable federal income tax law, in either case (A) or (B) to the effect that, and based thereon such opinion shall confirm that, the holders of such Securities will not recognize gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of the deposit, Defeasance and discharge to be effected with respect to such Securities and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amount, in the same manner and at the same times as would be the case if such deposit, Defeasance and discharge were not to occur.

(3) In the event of an election to have Section 13.03 apply to any Securities or any series of Securities, as the case may be, the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that the holders of such Securities will not recognize gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of the deposit and Covenant Defeasance to be effected with respect to such Securities and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amount, in the same manner and at the same times as would be the case if such deposit and Covenant Defeasance were not to occur.

(4) The Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate to the effect that it has been informed by the relevant securities exchange(s) that neither such Securities nor any other Securities of the same series, if then listed on any securities exchange, will be delisted as a result of such deposit.

(5) No event which is, or after notice or lapse of time or both would become, an Event of Default with respect to such Securities or any other Securities shall have occurred and be continuing at the time of such deposit or, with regard to any such event specified in Sections 6.01(a)(5) and 6.01(a)(6), at any time on or prior to the 90th day after the date of such deposit (it being understood that this condition shall not be deemed satisfied until after such 90th day).

(6) Such Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance shall not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any indenture or other agreement or instrument for borrowed money, pursuant to which in excess of $100,000,000 principal amount is then outstanding, to which the Company is a party or by which it is bound.

(7) Such Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance shall not result in the trust arising from such deposit constituting an investment company within the meaning of the Investment Company Act unless such trust shall be registered under such Act or exempt from registration thereunder.

(8) The Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent with respect to such Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance have been complied with.

SECTION 13.05 Deposited Money and Government Obligations to Be Held in Trust; Miscellaneous Provisions.

Subject to the provisions of Section 4.03(d), all money and Government Obligations (including the proceeds thereof) deposited with the Trustee or other qualifying trustee (solely for purposes of this Section and Section 13.06, the Trustee and any such other trustee are referred to collectively as the “Trustee”) pursuant to Section 13.04 in respect of any Securities shall be held in trust and applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of such Securities and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any such Paying Agent (including the Company acting as its own Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the holders of such Securities, of all sums due and to become due thereon in respect of principal and any premium and interest, but money so held in trust need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

 

37


The Company shall pay and indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against the Government Obligations deposited pursuant to Section 13.04 or the principal and interest received in respect thereof other than any such tax, fee or other charge which by law is for the account of the holders of Outstanding Securities.

Anything in this Article to the contrary notwithstanding, the Trustee shall deliver or pay to the Company from time to time upon request of the Company any money or Government Obligations held by it as provided in Section 13.04 with respect to any Securities which, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee, are in excess of the amount thereof which would then be required to be deposited to effect the Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance, as the case may be, with respect to such Securities.

SECTION 13.06 Reinstatement.

If the Trustee or the Paying Agent is unable to apply any money in accordance with this Article with respect to any Securities by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, then the obligations under this Indenture and such Securities from which the Company has been discharged or released pursuant to Sections 13.02 or 13.03 shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to this Article with respect to such Securities, until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all money held in trust pursuant to Section 13.05 with respect to such Securities in accordance with this Article; provided, however, that if the Company makes any payment of principal of or any premium or interest on any such Security following such reinstatement of its obligations, the Company shall be subrogated to the rights (if any) of the holders of such Securities to receive such payment from the money so held in trust.

ARTICLE XIV

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

SECTION 14.01 Effect on Successors and Assigns.

All the covenants, stipulations, promises and agreements in this Indenture contained by or on behalf of the Company shall bind their respective successors and assigns, whether so expressed or not.

SECTION 14.02 Actions by Successor.

Any act or proceeding by any provision of this Indenture authorized or required to be done or performed by any board, committee or officer of the Company shall and may be done and performed with like force and effect by the corresponding board, committee or officer of any corporation that shall at the time be the lawful sole successor of the Company.

SECTION 14.03 Surrender of Company Powers.

The Company by instrument in writing executed by authority of 2/3 (two-thirds) of its Board of Directors and delivered to the Trustee may surrender any of the powers reserved to the Company, and thereupon such power so surrendered shall terminate both as to the Company and as to any successor corporation.

SECTION 14.04 Notices.

Except as otherwise expressly provided herein any notice or demand that by any provision of this Indenture is required or permitted to be given or served by the Trustee or by the holders of Securities to or on the Company may be given or served by being deposited first class postage prepaid in a post-office letterbox addressed (until another address is filed in writing by the Company with the Trustee), as follows: MetLife, Inc., One Madison Avenue, New York, New York 10010-10036, Attention: Treasurer, with copies of any notice of an Event of Default to the attention of the General Counsel at the same address. Any notice, election, request or demand by the Company or any Securityholder to or upon the Trustee shall be deemed to have been sufficiently given or made, for all purposes, if given or made in writing at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee.

 

38


SECTION 14.05 Governing Law.

This Indenture and each Security shall be deemed to be a contract made under the internal laws of the State of New York, and for all purposes shall be construed in accordance with the laws of said State.

SECTION 14.06 Treatment of Securities as Debt.

It is intended that the Securities will be treated as indebtedness and not as equity for federal income tax purposes. The provisions of this Indenture shall be interpreted to further this intention.

SECTION 14.07 Compliance Certificates and Opinions.

(a) Upon any application or demand by the Company to the Trustee to take any action under any of the provisions of this Indenture, the Company, shall furnish to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that all conditions precedent provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied with and an Opinion of Counsel stating that in the opinion of such counsel all such conditions precedent have been complied with, except that in the case of any such application or demand as to which the furnishing of such documents is specifically required by any provision of this Indenture relating to such particular application or demand, no additional certificate or opinion need be furnished.

(b) Each certificate or opinion provided for in this Indenture and delivered to the Trustee with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant in this Indenture shall include (1) a statement that the Person making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition; (2) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based; (3) a statement that, in the opinion of such Person, he has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and (4) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such Person, such condition or covenant has been complied with.

SECTION 14.08 Payments on Business Days.

Except as provided pursuant to Section 2.01 pursuant to a Board Resolution, and as set forth in an Officers’ Certificate, or established in one or more indentures supplemental to this Indenture, in any case where the date of maturity of interest or principal of any Security or the date of redemption of any Security shall not be a Business Day, then payment of interest or principal, and premium, if any, may be made on the next succeeding Business Day with the same force and effect as if made on the nominal date of maturity or redemption, and no interest shall accrue for the period after such nominal date.

SECTION 14.09 Conflict with Trust Indenture Act.

If and to the extent that any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with the duties imposed by Sections 310 to 317, inclusive, of the Trust Indenture Act, such imposed duties shall control.

SECTION 14.10 Counterparts.

This Indenture may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, but such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument.

SECTION 14.11 Separability.

In case any one or more of the provisions contained in this Indenture or in the Securities of any series shall for any reason be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect any other provisions of this Indenture or of such Securities, but this Indenture and such Securities shall be construed as if such invalid or illegal or unenforceable provision had never been contained herein or therein.

 

39


SECTION 14.12 Assignment.

The Company will have the right at all times to assign any of its rights or obligations under this Indenture to a direct or indirect wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, provided that, in the event of any such assignment, the Company, will remain liable for all such obligations. Subject to the foregoing, the Indenture is binding upon and inures to the benefit of the parties thereto and their respective successors and assigns. This Indenture may not otherwise be assigned by the parties thereto.

SECTION 14.13 Acknowledgment of Rights.

The Company acknowledges that, with respect to any Securities held by a MetLife Trust or a trustee of such Trust, if the Property Trustee of such Trust fails to enforce its rights under this Indenture as the holder of the series of Securities held as the assets of such MetLife Trust, any holder of Preferred Securities may institute legal proceedings directly against the Company to enforce such Property Trustee’s rights under this Indenture without first instituting any legal proceedings against such Property Trustee or any other person or entity. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and such event is attributable to the failure of the Company to pay interest or principal on the applicable series of Securities on the date such interest or principal is otherwise payable (or in the case of redemption, on the redemption date), the Company acknowledges that a holder of Preferred Securities may directly institute a proceeding for enforcement of payment to such holder of the principal of or interest on the applicable series of Securities having a principal amount equal to the aggregate liquidation amount of the Preferred Securities of such holder as determined after the respective due date specified in the applicable series of Securities.

This instrument may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which so executed shall be deemed to be an original. But all such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument.

 

40


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Indenture to be duly executed, and their respective corporate seals to be hereunto affixed and attested, all as of the day and year first above written.

 

METLIFE, INC.
By:   /s/ Anthony J. Williamson
 

Name: Anthony J. Williamson

Title: Senior Vice-President and Treasurer

 

Attest:
/s/ Tracey A. Dedrick

Name: Tracey A. Dedrick

Title: Vice President

 

BANK ONE TRUST COMPANY, N.A.,

as Trustee

By:   /s/ Steve M. Husbands
 

Name: Steve M. Husbands

Title: Vice President

 

Attest:
/s/ Illegible

Name: Illegible

Title: Trust Officer

 

41

Exhibit 4.45

EXECUTION COPY

 

 

 

THIRD SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

DATED AS OF DECEMBER 21, 2006

BETWEEN

METLIFE, INC.,

AS ISSUER

AND

THE BANK OF NEW YORK TRUST COMPANY, N.A.,

AS TRUSTEE

 

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

          Page

ARTICLE 1 DEFINITIONS

  

Section 1.1

  

Definition of Terms

   1

ARTICLE 2 GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THE JUNIOR SUBORDINATED DEBENTURES

  

Section 2.1

   Designation and Principal Amount    15

Section 2.2

   Final Maturity    15

Section 2.3

   Form and Payment    15

Section 2.4

   Interest    16

ARTICLE 3 REDEMPTION OF THE JUNIOR SUBORDINATED DEBENTURES/SCHEDULED REDEMPTION

  

Section 3.1

   Optional Redemption    17

Section 3.2

   Scheduled Redemption    18

Section 3.3

   Redemption Procedure for Junior Subordinated Debentures    20

Section 3.4

   Payment of Securities Called for Redemption    21

Section 3.5

   No Sinking Fund    21

ARTICLE 4 OPTIONAL DEFERRAL OF INTEREST AND TRIGGER EVENTS

  

Section 4.1

   Optional Deferral of Interest    21

Section 4.2

   Notices of Deferral and Trigger Period    22

Section 4.3

   Trigger Events    22

ARTICLE 5 EVENTS OF DEFAULT

  

Section 5.1

   Events of Default    23

ARTICLE 6 COVENANTS

  

Section 6.1

   Certain Restrictions During Optional Deferral Periods or Following a Trigger Event    25

Section 6.2

   Obligation to Effect Certain Sales of Common Stock of the Company; Alternative Payment Mechanism    27

Section 6.3

   Payment of Expenses    29

Section 6.4

   Payment Upon Resignation or Removal    30

ARTICLE 7 SUBORDINATION

  

Section 7.1

   Agreement to Subordinate    30

Section 7.2

   Liquidation; Dissolution; Bankruptcy    30

 

i


 

Section 7.3

   Default on Senior Indebtedness    31

Section 7.4

   When Distribution Must Be Paid Over    31

Section 7.5

   Subrogation    31

Section 7.6

   Relative Rights    32

Section 7.7

   Rights of the Trustee; Holders of Senior Indebtedness    32

Section 7.8

   Subordination May Not Be Impaired    32

Section 7.9

   Distribution    32

Section 7.10

   Authorization to Effect Subordination    33

ARTICLE 8 NOTICE

  

Section 8.1

   Notice by the Company    33

ARTICLE 9 FORM OF JUNIOR SUBORDINATED DEBENTURE

  

Section 9.1

   Form of Junior Subordinated Debenture    33

ARTICLE 10 ORIGINAL ISSUE OF JUNIOR SUBORDINATED DEBENTURES

  

Section 10.1

   Original Issue of Junior Subordinated Debentures    45

ARTICLE 11 LIMITATION ON CLAIMS

  

Section 11.1

   Limitation on Claim for Deferred Interest Due to a Trigger Event in Bankruptcy    45

ARTICLE 12 Discharge, Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance

  

ARTICLE 13 MISCELLANEOUS

  

Section 13.1

   Ratification of Base Indenture; Conflicts    46

Section 13.2

   Junior Subordinated Debentures Unaffected by Other Supplemental Indentures    46

Section 13.3

   Trustee Not Responsible for Recitals    46

Section 13.4

   Tax Treatment    46

Section 13.5

   Governing Law    46

Section 13.6

   Separability    47

Section 13.7

   Counterparts    47

Section 13.8

   Calculation Agent and Premium Calculation Agent    47

 

ii


THIRD SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE, dated as of December 21, 2006 (this “Third Supplemental Indenture”), between MetLife, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A., as trustee (the “Trustee”), supplementing the Subordinated Indenture, dated as of June 21, 2005 (the “Base Indenture”), between the Company and The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A. (as successor in interest to J.P. Morgan Trust Company, National Association), as trustee.

RECITALS

WHEREAS, the Company executed and delivered the Base Indenture to the Trustee to provide for the future issuance of the Company’s unsecured subordinated debentures, notes or other evidence of indebtedness (the “Securities”), to be issued from time to time in one or more series as might be determined by the Company under the Base Indenture;

WHEREAS, pursuant to the terms of the Base Indenture and this Third Supplemental Indenture (together, the “Indenture”), the Company desires to provide for the establishment of a new series of its Securities to be known as its 6.40% Fixed-to-Floating Rate Junior Subordinated Debentures due 2066 (the “Junior Subordinated Debentures”), the form and substance of such Junior Subordinated Debentures and the terms, provisions and conditions thereof to be set forth herein as provided in the Indenture;

WHEREAS, the Company has requested that the Trustee execute and deliver this Third Supplemental Indenture; and

WHEREAS, all requirements necessary to make this Third Supplemental Indenture a valid instrument in accordance with its terms, and to make the Junior Subordinated Debentures, when executed by the Company and authenticated and delivered by the Trustee, the valid obligations of the Company, have been done and performed, and the execution and delivery of this Third Supplemental Indenture have been duly authorized in all respects.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the purchase and acceptance of the Junior Subordinated Debentures by the holders thereof, and for the purpose of setting forth, as provided in the Indenture, the form and substance of the Junior Subordinated Debentures and the terms, provisions and conditions thereof, the Company covenants and agrees with the Trustee as follows:

ARTICLE 1

DEFINITIONS

SECTION 1.1 DEFINITION OF TERMS.

Unless the context otherwise requires or unless otherwise set forth herein:

(a) a term not defined herein that is defined in the Base Indenture, as previously supplemented, has the same meaning when used in this Third Supplemental Indenture;


(b) the definition of any term in this Third Supplemental Indenture that is also defined in the Base Indenture, as previously supplemented, shall for the purposes of this Third Supplemental Indenture supersede the definition of such term in the Base Indenture, as previously supplemented;

(c) a term defined anywhere in this Third Supplemental Indenture has the same meaning throughout;

(d) the definition of a term in this Third Supplemental Indenture is not intended to have any effect on the meaning or definition of an identical term that is defined in the Base Indenture, as previously supplemented, insofar as the use or effect of such term in the Base Indenture, as previously defined, is concerned;

(e) the singular includes the plural and vice versa;

(f) headings are for convenience of reference only and do not affect interpretation; and

(g) the following terms have the meanings given to them in this Section 1.1(g):

“Acceleration Date” has the meaning provided in Section 4.1 hereof.

“Adjusted Stockholders’ Equity Amount” means, as of any quarter end and subject to certain adjustments, the stockholders’ equity of the Company as reflected on the Company’s consolidated GAAP balance sheet as of such quarter end, minus accumulated other comprehensive income as reflected on such consolidated balance sheet.

“Alternative Payment Mechanism” has the meaning provided in Section 6.2(a) hereof.

“Annual Statement” means, as to a U.S. Life Insurance Subsidiary, the annual statement of such U.S. Life Insurance Subsidiary containing its statutory balance sheet and income statement as required to be filed by it with one or more state insurance commissioners or other state insurance regulatory authorities.

“Base Indenture” has the meaning provided in the preamble hereto.

“Benchmark Quarter” means, with respect to any completed fiscal quarter, the fiscal quarter that is 10 fiscal quarters prior to such completed fiscal quarter.

“Business Day” means any day which is not (i) a Saturday, a Sunday or a legal holiday, and (ii) a day on which banking institutions or trust companies located in New York City are authorized or obligated by law to close, and, on or after December 15, 2036, a day which is not a London Banking Day.

“Calculation Agent” means The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A., or any other firm appointed by the Company, acting as Calculation Agent.

 

2


“Commercially Reasonable Efforts” means commercially reasonable efforts on the part of the Company to complete the offer and sale of shares of the Company’s Common Stock to third parties that are not Subsidiaries of the Company in public offerings or private placements, provided that the Company shall be deemed to have made such Commercially Reasonable Efforts during a Market Disruption Event or for so long as the Company is prevented from selling its Common Stock in accordance with the Alternative Payment Mechanism because it does not have Shares Available for Issuance, regardless of whether the Company makes any offers or sales during such Market Disruption Event. The Company will not be considered to have made such Commercially Reasonable Efforts to effect a sale of Common Stock if it determines to not pursue or complete such sale due to pricing, dividend rate or dilution considerations.

“Common Stock” means shares of common stock of the Company, including treasury shares and shares sold pursuant to the Company’s dividend reinvestment plans and employee benefit plans.

“Company” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.

“Company Action Level” has the meaning specified in the definition of the term Risk-Based Capital Ratio.

“Comparable Treasury Issue” means the U.S. Treasury security selected by the Premium Calculation Agent as having a maturity comparable to the term remaining from the early Redemption Date to December 15, 2031 (the “Remaining Life”) that would be utilized, at the time of selection and in accordance with customary financial practice, in pricing new issues of corporate debt securities of comparable term.

“Comparable Treasury Price” means, with respect to an early Redemption Date (1) the average of five Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations for such Redemption Date, after excluding the highest and lowest reference treasury dealer quotations, or (2) if the Premium Calculation Agent obtains fewer than five such Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations, the average of all such quotations.

“Compounded Interest” means additional interest on any accrued and unpaid interest to the extent permitted by applicable law at the then applicable interest rate on the Junior Subordinated Debentures.

“Covered Insurance Subsidiaries” means the Company’s largest U.S. Life Insurance Subsidiaries (in terms of general admitted assets) that collectively account for 80% or more of the General Account Admitted Assets of all of the Company’s U.S. Life Insurance Subsidiaries.

“Current Market Price” with respect to the Common Stock on any date means the closing sale price per share (or if no closing sale price is reported, the average of the bid and ask prices or, if more than one in either case, the average of the average bid and the average ask prices) on that date as reported in composite transactions by the New York Stock Exchange or, if the Common Stock is not then listed on the New York Stock Exchange, as reported by the principal U.S. securities exchange on which the Common Stock is traded or quoted. If the

 

3


Common Stock is not either listed or quoted on any U.S. securities exchange on the relevant date, the Current Market Price will be the last quoted bid price for the Common Stock in the over-the-counter market on the relevant date as reported by the National Quotation Bureau or similar organization. If the Common Stock is not so quoted, the Current Market Price will be the average of the mid-point of the last bid and ask prices for the Common Stock on the relevant date from each of at least three nationally recognized independent investment banking firms selected by the Company for this purpose.

“Depositary,” with respect to the Junior Subordinated Debentures, means The Depository Trust Company or any successor clearing agency.

“Event of Default” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 5.1 hereof.

“Fifth Deferral Anniversary” has the meaning provided in Section 6.2(a) hereof.

“Final Maturity Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.2 hereof.

“Fixed Rate Period” has the meaning provided in Section 2.4 (a) hereof.

“Floating Rate Period” has the meaning provided in Section 2.4 (b) hereof.

“Foregone Interest” has the meaning provided in Section 11.1 hereof.

“GAAP” means, at any date or for any period, U.S. generally accepted accounting principles as in effect on such date or for such period.

“General Account Admitted Assets” means, as to a U.S. Life Insurance Subsidiary as of any year end, the total admitted assets of such U.S. Life Insurance Subsidiary as reflected on the balance sheet included in its statutory financial statements as of such year end minus the separate account assets reflected on such balance sheet.

“Indenture” has the meaning set forth in the recitals hereto.

“Interest Payment Date” means, during the Fixed Rate Period, each of June 15 and December 15, commencing June 15, 2007 and during the Floating Rate Period, each of March 15, June 15, September 15 and December 15, commencing December 15, 2036; provided that, if any such day is not a Business Day, then,

with respect to an Interest Payment Date during the Fixed Rate Period, the Interest Payment Date shall be the immediately succeeding Business Day, and with respect to an Interest Payment Date during the Floating Rate Period, the Interest Payment Date shall be the immediately succeeding Business Day unless such date falls in the next calendar month, in which case the Interest Payment Date will be the immediately preceding Business Day, except that if any of the Interest Payment Dates during the Floating Rate Period falls on a date fixed for redemption or repayment and such day is not a Business Day, the interest payment due on that date will be postponed to the next day that is a Business Day without any interest or other payment in respect of any such delay in connection with such redemption or repayment.

 

4


“Interest Payment Period” means the period from and including an Interest Payment Date to but not including the next succeeding Interest Payment Date, except for the first Interest Payment Period which shall be the period from and including the date of initial issuance of the Junior Subordinated Debentures (subject to Section 2.1(b) hereof) to but not including June 15, 2007.

“Junior Subordinated Debentures” has the meaning set forth in the recitals hereto. “LIBOR Determination Date” means the second London Banking Day immediately preceding the first day of the relevant Interest Payment Period.

“London Banking Day” means any day on which commercial banks are open for general business (including dealings in deposits in U.S. dollars) in London, England.

“Make-Whole Redemption Amount” means the sum, as calculated by the Premium Calculation Agent, of the present values of the remaining scheduled payments of principal (discounted from December 15, 2031) and interest that would have been payable to and including December 15, 2031 (discounted from their respective Interest Payment Dates) on the Junior Subordinated Debentures to be redeemed (not including any portion of such payments of interest accrued to the Redemption Date) to the Redemption Date on a semi-annual basis (assuming a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months) at the Treasury Rate plus 35 basis points; plus accrued and unpaid interest, together with any Compounded Interest, on the principal amount of the Junior Subordinated Debentures being redeemed to the Redemption Date.

“Market Disruption Event” means the occurrence or existence of any of the following events or sets of circumstances:

 

  (i) trading in securities generally on any national securities exchange or over-the-counter market, on which the Common Stock is then listed or traded (as of the date of this Third Supplemental Indenture, the New York Stock Exchange), is suspended or the settlement of such trading generally is materially disrupted or minimum prices are established on any such exchange or such market by the SEC, by such exchange or by any other regulatory body or governmental authority having jurisdiction, and the establishment of such minimum prices materially disrupts or otherwise has a material adverse effect on trading in, and the issuance and sale of, the Common Stock;

 

  (ii) if the Company were required to obtain the consent or approval of its stockholders, a regulatory body or governmental authority to issue or sell Common Stock pursuant to the Alternative Payment Mechanism or to issue or sell Qualifying Capital Securities pursuant to the Replacement Capital Obligation and, after using its commercially reasonable efforts to obtain such consent or approval, it fails to obtain that consent or approval;

 

  (iii) a material disruption or banking moratorium occurs or has been declared in commercial banking or securities settlement or clearance services in the United States;

 

5


  (iv) there shall have occurred such a material adverse change in general domestic or international economic, political or financial conditions, including without limitation as a result of terrorist activities, or the effect of international conditions on the financial markets in the United States is such, as to make it, in the Company’s judgment, impracticable to proceed with the issuance and sale of Common Stock pursuant to the Alternative Payment Mechanism or the issuance and sale of Qualifying Capital Securities pursuant to the Replacement Capital Obligation;

 

  (v) an event occurs and is continuing as a result of which the offering document for the offer and sale of Common Stock pursuant to the Alternative Payment Mechanism or the offer and sale of Qualifying Capital Securities pursuant to the Replacement Capital Obligation would, in the Company’s reasonable judgment, contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading and either (1) the disclosure of that event at such time, in the Company’s judgment, would have a material adverse effect on its business, or (2) the disclosure relates to a previously undisclosed proposed or pending material business transaction, and the Company has a bona fide reason for keeping the same confidential or its disclosure would impede the Company’s ability to consummate such transaction; provided that no single suspension period contemplated by this clause (v) may exceed 90 consecutive days and multiple suspension periods contemplated by this clause (v) may not exceed an aggregate of 180 days in any 360-day period; or

 

  (vi) the Company reasonably believes that the offering document for the offer and the sale of the Common Stock pursuant to the Alternative Payment Mechanism or the offer and sale of Qualifying Capital Securities pursuant to the Replacement Capital Obligation would not be in compliance with a rule or regulation of the SEC (for reasons other than those referred to in clause (v)) and the Company is unable to comply with such rule or regulation or such compliance is impracticable; provided that no single suspension period contemplated by this clause (vi) may exceed 90 consecutive days and multiple suspension periods contemplated by this clause (vi) may not exceed an aggregate of 180 days in any 360-day period.

“Maturity Date” means the Final Maturity Date and any earlier date on which the Junior Subordinated Debentures become due and payable, whether pursuant to a notice of redemption, acceleration or otherwise and on which the principal shall be due and payable together with all accrued and unpaid interest thereon, including Compounded Interest.

“Model Act” means the NAIC Risk-Based Capital (RBC) for Insurers Model Act as included in the NAIC’s Model Laws, Regulations and Guidelines as of June 15, 2006 and as hereinafter amended, modified or supplemented.

 

6


“MoneyLine Telerate Page” means the display on Moneyline Telerate, Inc., or any successor service, on Telerate Page 3750 or any replacement page or pages on that service.

“Most Recently Completed Quarter” means:

 

  (i) as to an Interest Payment Date on March 31, the quarter ended on the preceding December 31;

 

  (ii) as to an Interest Payment Date on June 30, the quarter ended on the preceding March 31;

 

  (iii) as to an Interest Payment Date on September 30, the quarter ended on the preceding June 30; and

 

  (iv) as to an Interest Payment Date on December 31, the quarter ended on the preceding September 30.

“NAIC” means the National Association of Insurance Commissioners.

“Notice Date” has the meaning provided in Section 3.2(d) hereof.

“NRSRO” means a nationally recognized statistical rating organization within the meaning of Rule 15c3-1(c)(2)(vi)(F) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

“Optional Deferral” has the meaning provided in Section 4.1 hereof.

“Optional Deferral Period” has the meaning provided in Section 4.1 hereof.

“Optionally Deferred Interest” has the meaning provided in Section 4.1 hereof.

“Other Covenant Default” has the meaning provided in Section 5.1(b) hereof.

“Other Covenant Default Notice” has the meaning provided in Section 5.1(c) hereof.

“Par Redemption Amount” means a cash redemption price of 100% of the principal amount of the Junior Subordinated Debentures to be redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest, together with any Compounded Interest, on such Junior Subordinated Debentures to the date of redemption.

“Parity Debt Securities” has the meaning provided in Section 6.1(b) hereof.

“Parity Guarantees” has the meaning provided in Section 6.1(c) hereof.

“Parity Securities” has the meaning provided in Section 6.1(c) hereof.

“Premium Calculation Agent” means The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A., or any other firm appointed by the Company or, if that firm is unwilling or unable to select the Comparable Treasury Issue or calculate the Make-Whole Redemption Amount or Special Event Make-Whole Redemption Amount, an investment banking institution of national standing appointed by the Company.

 

7


“Primary Treasury Dealer” means a primary U.S. government securities dealer in New York City.

“QCS Commercially Reasonable Efforts” means commercially reasonable efforts on the part of the Company to complete the offer and sale of Qualifying Capital Securities to third parties that are not Subsidiaries of the Company in public offerings or private placements, provided that the Company will be deemed to have made such QCS Commercially Reasonable Efforts during a Market Disruption Event, regardless of whether the Company makes any offers or sales during such Market Disruption Event. The Company will not be considered to have made such QCS Commercially Reasonable Efforts to effect a sale of Qualifying Capital Securities if it determines to not pursue or complete such sale due to pricing, coupon, dividend rate or dilution considerations.

“QCS Proceeds Collection Period” means, with respect to any Required Repayment Date that is the Scheduled Redemption Date, the period commencing 180 days, and with respect to any subsequent Required Repayment Date, the period commencing 90 days, prior thereto and ending on the Notice Date with respect thereto.

“Qualifying APM Securities” means: (i) Common Stock; and (ii) Qualifying Warrants.

“Qualifying Capital Securities” has the meaning given to it in the RCC.

“Qualifying Warrants” means net share settled warrants to purchase Common Stock that the Company can sell at its sole discretion and that have an exercise price greater than the Current Market Price of the Common Stock as of their date of issuance, that the Company is not entitled to redeem for cash and that the holders of which are not entitled to require the Company to repurchase for cash in any circumstance.

“Rating Agency Event” means a change by any NRSRO that rates the Junior Subordinated Debentures, in the equity rating criteria for securities such as the Junior Subordinated Debentures as is in effect on the date of this Third Supplemental Indenture, which change results in lower equity credit being given to the Junior Subordinated Debentures than the equity credit that would have been given to the Junior Subordinated Debentures in the absence of such change.

“RBC” has the meaning provided herein in the definition of Risk Based Capital Ratio.

“RCC” means the replacement capital covenant the Company has entered into for the benefit of holders of Covered Debt (as defined therein) on December 21, 2006, as amended or supplemented from time to time, a copy of which shall be delivered by the Company to the Trustee on or before the date hereof.

 

8


“Reference Treasury Dealer” means (1) each of Goldman, Sachs & Co., J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. and Merrill Lynch & Co. and their successors, provided, however, that if any of the foregoing shall cease to be a Primary Treasury Dealer the Company will substitute therefor another Primary Treasury Dealer, and (2) any other Primary Treasury Dealers selected by the Premium Calculation Agent after consultation with the Company.

“Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations” means, with respect to each Reference Treasury Dealer and any early Redemption Date, the average, as determined by the Premium Calculation Agent, of the bid and ask prices for the Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed in each case as a percentage of its principal amount) quoted in writing to the Premium Calculation Agent at 5:00

p.m., New York City time, on the third Business Day preceding such Redemption Date.

“Registered Security” means any Security in the form established pursuant to Section 9.1 hereof which is registered as to principal and interest in the Security Register.

“Relevant Period” has the meaning set forth in the definition of Three-Month LIBOR.

“Remaining Life” has the meaning set forth in the definition of Comparable Treasury Issue.

“Replacement Capital Obligation” means the Company’s obligations under Section 3.2.

“Required Repayment Date” has the meaning provided in Section 3.2 (d) hereof.

“Risk-Based Capital Ratio” means the ratio that insurance companies are required to calculate and report to their regulators as of the end of each year in accordance with prescribed procedures. The ratio measures the relationship of the insurance companies’ “total adjusted capital” calculated in accordance with those prescribed procedures, relative to a standard that is determined based on the magnitude of various risks present in the insurer’s operations. For all Covered Insurance Subsidiaries, calculated on a combined basis, this ratio equals the sum of total adjusted capital amounts for Covered Insurance Subsidiaries divided by the sum of Company Action Level amounts for those same subsidiaries. The NAIC’s model risk-based capital, or “RBC,” law sets forth the RBC levels, ranging from the Company Action Level to the mandatory control level, at which certain corrective actions are required and at which a state insurance regulator is authorized and expected to take regulatory action. The highest RBC level is known as the “Company Action Level.” If an insurance company’s Total Adjusted Capital is higher than the Company Action Level, no corrective action is required to be taken. At progressively lower levels of Total Adjusted Capital, an insurance company faces increasingly rigorous levels of corrective action, including the submission of a comprehensive financial plan to the insurance regulator in its state of domicile, a mandatory examination or analysis of the insurer’s business and operations by the regulator and the issuance of appropriate corrective orders to address the insurance company’s financial problems, and, at the lowest levels, either voluntary or mandatory action by the regulator to place the insurer under regulatory control. The Company Action Level

 

9


is twice the level (known as the “authorized control level”) below which the regulator is authorized (but not yet required) to place the insurance company under regulatory control.

“Scheduled Redemption Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.2(a).

“SEC” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

“Securities” has the meaning set forth in the recitals of this Third Supplemental Indenture.

“Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

“Senior Indebtedness” means principal of, and interest and premium, if any, on, and any other amounts payable in respect of (i) all indebtedness of the Company, whether outstanding on the date of the initial issuance of the Junior Subordinated Debentures or thereafter created, incurred or assumed, which is for money borrowed (including, without limitation, trust preferred securities of statutory trusts and related subordinated debentures and guarantees of the Company issued under the Base Indenture), or which is evidenced by a note or similar instrument given in connection with the acquisition of any business, properties or assets, including securities; (ii) all obligations of the Company under leases required or permitted to be capitalized under GAAP; (iii) any indebtedness referred to in clause (i) of other Persons for the payment of which the Company is responsible or liable as guarantor or otherwise; and (iv) amendments, modifications, renewals, extensions, deferrals and refundings of any of the above types of indebtedness; provided, however, that Senior Indebtedness shall not include: (1) indebtedness incurred for the purchase of goods or materials or for services obtained in the ordinary course of business (i.e., trade accounts payable), which will rank equally in right of payment and upon liquidation with the Junior Subordinated Debenture; (2) any indebtedness which by its terms ranks equally with or subordinated to the Junior Subordinated Debentures in right of payment or upon liquidation; (3) indebtedness owed by the Company to its Subsidiaries, which also will rank equally in right of payment and upon liquidation to the Junior Subordinated Debentures; and (4) any liability for Federal, state, local or other taxes owed or owing by the Company or its Subsidiaries. Senior Indebtedness will continue to be Senior Indebtedness and entitled to the benefits of the subordination provisions of this Indenture irrespective of any amendment, modification or waiver of any term of the Senior Indebtedness or extension or renewal of the Senior Indebtedness.

“Shares Available for Issuance” means a number of shares of Common Stock calculated in two steps, as follows:

 

  (i) first, the Company will deduct from the number of its authorized and unissued shares of Common Stock, the maximum number of shares of Common Stock that can be issued under existing options, warrants, convertible securities, any equity-linked contracts and other agreements which require it to issue a determinable number of shares of Common Stock; and

 

  (ii) after the Company deducts the number of shares of Common Stock provided for in clause (i) from the number of the Company’s authorized

 

10


  and unissued shares of Common Stock, the Company will allocate on a pro rata basis or such other basis as it determines is appropriate, the remaining authorized and unissued shares of Common Stock to the Alternative Payment Mechanism and to any other similar commitment that is of an indeterminate nature and under which the Company is then required to issue shares of Common Stock;

provided, that by acceptance of the Junior Subordinated Debentures, each holder of Junior Subordinated Debentures expressly agrees that the Company may modify the foregoing definition of “Shares Available for Issuance” and the related provisions of this Third Supplemental Indenture without the consent of holders of the Junior Subordinated Debentures, provided that (i) the Company has determined, in good faith, that such modification is not materially adverse to such holders, (ii) the rating agencies then rating the Junior Subordinated Debentures confirm the then current ratings of the Junior Subordinated Debentures and (iii) the number of Shares Available for Issuance after giving effect to such modification will not fall below the then applicable threshold set forth in Section 6.2(c) hereof.

For the avoidance of doubt, if the number of authorized shares of Common Stock remaining after the two steps described above is not sufficient to satisfy the Company’s remaining commitments, the Company will have no obligation, other than its obligation to use commercially reasonable efforts as provided for in Section 6.2(c), to seek shareholder consent to increase the number of authorized and unissued shares of Common Stock.

“Special Event Make-Whole Redemption Amount” means the sum, as calculated by the Premium Calculation Agent, of the present values of the remaining scheduled payments of principal (discounted from December 15, 2031) and interest that would have been payable to and including December 15, 2031 (discounted from their respective Interest Payment Dates) on the Junior Subordinated Debentures to be redeemed (not including any portion of such payments of interest accrued to the Redemption Date) to the Redemption Date on a semi-annual basis (assuming a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months) at the Treasury Rate plus 50 basis points; plus accrued and unpaid interest, together with any Compounded Interest, on the principal amount of the Junior Subordinated Debentures being redeemed to the Redemption Date.

“Tax Event” means with respect to the Junior Subordinated Debentures the receipt by the Company of an opinion of counsel, rendered by a law firm with experience in such matters, to the effect that, as a result of (a) any amendment to, or change (including any announced prospective change) in, the laws (or any regulations thereunder) of the United States or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein, (b) any official administrative pronouncement (including a private letter ruling, technical advice memorandum or similar pronouncement) or judicial decision interpreting or applying such laws or regulations, or (c) a threatened challenge asserted in connection with an audit of the Company or any of the Company’s subsidiaries, or a threatened challenge asserted in writing against any other taxpayer that has raised capital through the issuance of securities that are substantially similar to the Junior Subordinated Debentures, which amendment or change is enacted or effective or which pronouncement or decision is announced or which challenge becomes publicly known on or after the date of initial issuance of the Junior Subordinated Debentures, there is more than an insubstantial increase in the risk that interest accruing or payable by the Company on the Junior

 

11


Subordinated Debentures is not or, at any time subsequent to the Company’s receipt of such opinion, will not be, wholly deductible by the Company for U.S. Federal income tax purposes.

“Telerate Page 3750” means the display designated on page 3750 on MoneyLine Telerate Page (or such other page as may replace the 3750 page on the service or such other service as may be nominated by the British Bankers’ Association for the purpose of displaying London interbank offered rates for U.S. Dollar deposits).

“Third Supplemental Indenture” has the meaning provided in the preamble hereto.

“Three-Month LIBOR” means, with respect to any Interest Payment Period, the rate (expressed as a percentage per annum) for deposits in U.S. dollars for a three-month period commencing on the first day of that Interest Payment Period and ending on the next Interest Payment Date (the “Relevant Period”) that appears on MoneyLine Telerate Page 3750 as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the LIBOR Determination Date for that Interest Payment Period. If such rate does not appear on MoneyLine Telerate Page 3750, LIBOR will be determined on the basis of the rates at which deposits in U.S. dollars for the Relevant Period and in a principal amount of not less than $1,000,000 are offered to prime banks in the London interbank market by four major banks in the London interbank market selected by the Calculation Agent (after consultation with the Company), at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time on the LIBOR Determination Date for that Interest Payment Period. The Calculation Agent will request the principal London office of each such bank to provide a quotation of its rate. If at least two such quotations are provided, Three-Month LIBOR with respect to that Interest Payment Period will be the arithmetic mean (rounded upward if necessary to the nearest whole multiple of 0.00001%) of such quotations. If fewer than two quotations are provided, Three-Month LIBOR with respect to that Interest Payment Period will be the arithmetic mean (rounded upward if necessary to the nearest whole multiple of 0.00001%) of the rates quoted by three major banks in New York City selected by the Calculation Agent (after consultation with the Company), at approximately 11:00 a.m., New York City time, on the first day of that Interest Payment Period for loans in U.S. dollars to leading European banks for the Relevant Period and in a principal amount of not less than $1,000,000. However, if fewer than three banks selected by the Calculation Agent to provide quotations are quoting as described above, Three-Month LIBOR for that Interest Payment Period will be the same as LIBOR as determined for the previous Interest Payment Period or, in the case of the Interest Payment Period beginning on December 15, 2036, 4.195%. The establishment of Three-Month LIBOR for each Interest Payment Period beginning on or after December 15, 2036 by the Calculation Agent shall (in the absence of manifest error) be final and binding.

“Total Adjusted Capital” has the meaning specified in subsection M of Section 1 (or the relevant successor section, if any) of the Model Act.

“Trailing Four Quarters Consolidated Net Income Amount” means, for any fiscal quarter, the sum of the Company’s consolidated GAAP net income for the four fiscal quarters ending as of the last day of such fiscal quarter.

“Treasury Rate” means, with respect to any Redemption Date, the yield, under the heading that represents the average for the immediately preceding week, appearing in the most

 

12


recently published statistical release designated H.15(519) or any successor publication that is published weekly by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System and that establishes yields on actively traded U.S. Treasury securities adjusted to constant maturity under the caption Treasury Constant Maturities, for the maturity corresponding to the Comparable Treasury Issue (if no maturity is within three months before or after the Remaining Life), yields for the two published maturities most closely corresponding to the Comparable Treasury Issue will be determined and the Treasury Rate will be interpolated or extrapolated from such yields on a straight line basis, rounding to the nearest month); or if such release (or any successor release) is not published during the week preceding the calculation date or does not contain such yields, the rate per annum equal to the semi-annual equivalent yield to maturity of the Comparable Treasury Issue, calculated using a price for the Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed as a percentage of its principal amount) equal to the Comparable Treasury Price for such Redemption Date. The Treasury Rate will be

calculated on the third Business Day preceding the Redemption Date.

“Trigger Event” will have occurred if one of the following conditions exists as of the date which is 30 days prior to any Interest Payment Date:

 

  (i) the Covered Insurance Subsidiaries’ Risk-Based Capital Ratio is less than 175% of the Company Action Level for the Covered Insurance Subsidiaries, in the case of each Covered Insurance Subsidiary based on the most recent annual financial statements for the year ended prior to such Interest Payment Date for which such Covered Insurance Subsidiary has filed its Annual Statement with the applicable state insurance commissioners; or

 

  (ii) (x) the Trailing Four Quarters Consolidated Net Income Amount, for the period ending on the last day of the quarter that is two quarters prior to the Most Recently Completed Quarter is zero or a negative amount, and (y) the Adjusted Stockholders’ Equity Amount, as of the last day of the Most Recently Completed Quarter and as of the end of the quarter that is two quarters before the Most Recently Completed Quarter, has declined by 10% or more as compared to the Adjusted Stockholders’ Equity Amount at the end of the Benchmark Quarter;

provided, however, that

 

  (A) if, because of a change in GAAP that results in a cumulative effect of a change in an accounting principle or a restatement, either (i) the Company’s consolidated net income is higher or lower than it would have been absent such change, then, for purposes of making the calculations described in clause (ii)(x) above, commencing with the fiscal quarter for which such change in GAAP becomes effective, such consolidated net income will be calculated on a pro forma basis as if such change had not occurred; or (ii) the Adjusted Stockholders’ Equity Amount as of a quarter end is higher or lower than it would have been absent such change, then, for purposes of making the calculations described in clause (ii)(y) above, the Adjusted Stockholders’ Equity Amount will be calculated on a pro forma basis as if such change had not occurred; and

 

13


  (B) if, after the end of the Benchmark Quarter for an Interest Payment Date and before the end of the next quarter, the Company issues a material amount of equity securities to fund an acquisition of a business or assets, with the consequence that the Adjusted Stockholders’ Equity Amount as of the end of subsequent quarters is higher than otherwise would have been the case, then for purposes of making the calculation described in clause (ii)(y) above, commencing with the quarter end after such issuance of a material amount of equity securities, the Adjusted Stockholders’ Equity Amount will be calculated on a pro forma basis without giving effect to the issuance of such material amount of equity securities until the later of (x) the first quarter end that is more than ten quarters after the end of the Benchmark Quarter and (y) if a Trigger Event occurs before the quarter end determined pursuant to clause (x), the first quarter end as of which a Trigger Period is no longer continuing. For purposes of this clause, a “material amount of equity securities” means equity securities that result in an increase in the Adjusted Stockholders’ Equity Amount equal to or exceeding the greater of (i) 1.5% of the Company’s stockholders’ equity as of the end of the relevant Benchmark Quarter and (ii) $100 million, in each case calculated without giving effect to this paragraph.

“Trigger Period” means a period commencing upon the occurrence of a Trigger Event and continuing until the Company is able again to satisfy both tests set forth in the definition of Trigger Event. In addition, in the case of a Trigger Event described in clause (ii) of the definition of “Trigger Event,” the Trigger Period will continue until the Company is able again to satisfy the two tests in clauses (i) and (ii) of the definition of “Trigger Event” for an Interest Payment Date and the Company’s Adjusted Stockholders’ Equity Amount has increased, or has declined by less than 10%, in either case as compared to the Adjusted Stockholders’ Equity Amount at the end of the Benchmark Quarter for each Interest Payment Date as to which a Trigger Event had occurred under clause (ii) of the definition of “Trigger Event”.

“Trustee” has the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.

“U.S. Life Insurance Subsidiary” means any of the Company’s Subsidiaries that is organized under the laws of any state in the United States and is licensed as a life insurance company in any state in the United States but does not include any Subsidiary of a U.S. Life Insurance Subsidiary.

 

14


ARTICLE 2

GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THE JUNIOR SUBORDINATED

DEBENTURES

SECTION 2.1 DESIGNATION AND PRINCIPAL AMOUNT.

(a) There is hereby authorized a series of Securities designated the 6.40% Fixed-to-Floating Rate Junior Subordinated Debentures due 2066, limited in aggregate principal amount to not more than $1,250,000,000 (subject to Section 2.1(b) hereof), which amount to be issued shall be as set forth in any written order of the Company for the authentication and delivery of Junior Subordinated Debentures pursuant to the Indenture.

(b) The Company may, from time to time, subject to compliance with any other applicable provisions of this Third Supplemental Indenture but without the consent of the holders of the Junior Subordinated Debentures, create and issue pursuant to this Third Supplemental Indenture an unlimited principal amount of additional Junior Subordinated Debentures (in excess of any amounts theretofore issued) having the same terms and conditions as those of the other Outstanding Junior Subordinated Debentures, except that any such additional Junior Subordinated Debentures (i) must be issued on an Interest Payment Date and (ii) may have a different issue date and issue price from other Outstanding Junior Subordinated Debentures. Such additional Junior Subordinated Debentures shall constitute part of the same series of Junior Subordinated Debentures hereunder, unless any such adjustment pursuant to this Section 2.1(b) shall cause such additional Junior Subordinated Debentures to constitute, as determined pursuant to an Opinion of Counsel, a different class of securities than the original series of Securities for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

SECTION 2.2 FINAL MATURITY.

The final maturity date shall be December 15, 2066 (the “Final Maturity Date”). Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, in the event that the Final Maturity Date is not a Business Day, then the Final Maturity Date will be the next succeeding day which is a Business Day.

SECTION 2.3 FORM AND PAYMENT.

Except as provided in Section 2.4 hereof, the Junior Subordinated Debentures shall be issued in fully registered certificated form without interest coupons in denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples thereof, bearing identical terms. The Depository Trust Company shall serve as the initial Depositary for the Junior Subordinated Debentures. Principal and interest on the Junior Subordinated Debentures issued in certificated form will be payable, the transfer of such Junior Subordinated Debentures will be registrable and such Junior Subordinated Debentures will be exchangeable for Junior Subordinated Debentures bearing identical terms and provisions at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee; provided, however, that payment of interest may be made at the option of the Company (with the consent of the Trustee) by check mailed to the holder of a Junior Subordinated Debenture at such address as shall appear in the Security Register; provided further, that, notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.3, for so long as the Depositary is the holder of all of the Outstanding Junior

 

15


Subordinated Debentures, and provided that the Depositary has provided wire transfer instructions to the Company or the Paying Agent in a timely manner prior to each Interest Payment Date (which it may do by standing instructions) designating an account of the Depositary or its nominee at a commercial bank in the United States to which it wishes payments of interest on the Junior Subordinated Debentures to be made, the Company shall pay interest on the Junior Subordinated Debentures by wire transfer of federal (same day) funds to the account of the Depositary or its nominee in accordance with such wire transfer instructions.

SECTION 2.4 INTEREST.

(a) From the date of initial issuance to but excluding December 15, 2036 or earlier redemption, as applicable (the “Fixed Rate Period”) the Junior Subordinated Debentures will bear interest at an annual rate equal to 6.40%, payable semi-annually in arrears on June 15 and December 15 of each year, commencing on June 15, 2007.

(b) Solely in the event that the Junior Subordinated Debentures are not repaid or otherwise redeemed on or before the Scheduled Redemption Date, from and including December 15, 2036 to but excluding December 15, 2066 or earlier Maturity Date (the “Floating Rate Period”), the Junior Subordinated Debentures will bear interest at an annual rate equal to Three-Month LIBOR plus a margin equal to 2.205%, payable quarterly in arrears on March 15, June 15, September 15 and December 15 of each year.

(c) Interest payments shall include accrued interest from and including the later of the issue date and the last date in respect of which interest has been paid or duly provided for to, but not including, the next succeeding Interest Payment Date or the Maturity Date, as the case may be. The amount of interest payable for any full Interest Payment Period during the Fixed Rate Period shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months and during the Floating Rate Period on the basis of a 360-day year and the actual number of days elapsed, and the amount of interest payable for any period shorter than a full Interest Payment Period for which interest is computed will be computed on the basis of 30-day months and, for periods of less than a 30-day month, the actual number of days elapsed per 30-day month.

(d) Otherwise than in connection with the maturity or early redemption of the Junior Subordinated Debentures or the payment in whole or in part of deferred or overdue interest on the Junior Subordinated Debentures, interest on the Junior Subordinated Debentures may be paid only on an Interest Payment Date. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, in the event that any Interest Payment Date is not a Business Day, then payment of interest payable on such Interest Payment Date shall be made, (i) with respect to any Interest Payment Date during the Fixed Rate Period, on the next succeeding day which is a Business Day without any interest or other payment in respect of any such delay and (ii) with respect to any Interest Payment Date during the Floating Rate Period, on the next succeeding day which is a Business Day, unless such date falls in the next calendar month, in which case on the immediately preceding day which is a Business Day, except that if any of the Interest Payment Dates during the Floating Rate Period falls on a date fixed for redemption or repayment, and such day is not a Business Day, the interest payment due on that date will be postponed to the next day that is a Business Day without any interest or other payment in respect of any such delay in connection with such redemption or repayment.

 

16


(e) To the extent permitted by applicable law, interest not paid when due hereunder, including, without limitation, all Optionally Deferred Interest, will accrue and compound on each Interest Payment Date at the then applicable interest rate on the Junior Subordinated Debentures on each Interest Payment Date until paid. References to the term “interest” in this Indenture shall include such Compounded Interest.

(f) For so long as the Junior Subordinated Debentures are represented by one or more Global Securities, interest in respect of each Junior Subordinated Debenture will be payable, on each Interest Payment Date to the Person in whose name the Junior Subordinated Debentures are registered at the close of business on the Business Day next preceding the Interest Payment Date, which shall be the record date for such Interest Payment Date. In the event the Junior Subordinated Debentures at any time are not represented solely by one or more Global Securities, the Company may select (with written notice thereof to be sent to the Trustee) a different record date, which shall be at least one Business Day before an Interest Payment Date. Any such interest installment not punctually paid or duly provided for shall forthwith cease to be payable to the registered holders of Junior Subordinated Debentures on such record date, and may be paid to the Person in whose name the Junior Subordinated Debentures (or one or more Predecessor Securities) is registered at the close of business on a special record date to be fixed by the Trustee for the payment of such defaulted interest after the Company has deposited with the Trustee an amount of money equal to the aggregate amount proposed to be paid in respect of such defaulted interest, notice whereof shall be given to the registered holders of Junior Subordinated Debentures not less than 10 days prior to such special record date, or may be paid at any time in any other lawful manner not inconsistent with the requirements of any securities exchange on which the Junior Subordinated Debentures may be listed, and upon such notice as may be required by such exchange.

ARTICLE 3

REDEMPTION OF THE JUNIOR SUBORDINATED DEBENTURES/SCHEDULED REDEMPTION

Article III of the Base Indenture shall be superseded in its entirety by this Article 3 with respect to, and solely for the benefit of the holders of, the Junior Subordinated Debentures, provided that this Article 3 shall not become a part of the terms of any other series of Securities.

SECTION 3.1 OPTIONAL REDEMPTION.

(a) The Company shall have the right to redeem the Junior Subordinated Debentures at its option:

(i) in whole or in part, at any time, on or after December 15, 2031, at a cash redemption price equal to the Par Redemption Amount; provided that if the Junior Subordinated Debentures are not redeemed in whole pursuant to this clause (i), at least $50 million aggregate principal amount of the Junior Subordinated Debentures (excluding any Junior Subordinated Debentures held by the Company or any of its Affiliates) must remain outstanding after giving effect to such redemption;

 

17


(ii) in whole or in part, at any time prior to December 15, 2031, in cases not involving a Tax Event or Rating Agency Event, at a cash redemption price equal to the greater of (x) the Par Redemption Amount and (y) the Make-Whole Redemption Amount; provided that if the Junior Subordinated Debentures are not redeemed in whole pursuant to this clause (ii), at least $50 million aggregate principal amount of the Junior Subordinated Debentures (excluding any Junior Subordinated Debentures held by the Company or any of its Affiliates) must remain outstanding after giving effect to such redemption; and

(iii) in whole, but not in part, at any time prior to December 15, 2031, within 180 days after the occurrence of a Tax Event or a Rating Agency Event, at a cash redemption price equal to the greater of (x) the Par Redemption Amount and (y) the Special Event Make-Whole Redemption Amount.

(b) With respect to any redemption of Junior Subordinated Debentures as a result of a Tax Event or a Rating Agency Event, the date fixed for such redemption will be within 180 days following the occurrence of such Tax Event or Rating Agency Event, as applicable; provided, however, that if at that time the Company is able to eliminate, within the 180-day period, the Tax Event or the Rating Agency Event by taking some ministerial action (such as making an election or filing a form) that has no adverse effect on the Company or the holders of the Junior Subordinated Debentures, the Company shall pursue such action in lieu of redemption. The Company will have no right or obligation to redeem the Junior Subordinated Debentures while pursuing such measure.

SECTION 3.2 SCHEDULED REDEMPTION.

(a) Subject to the limitations contained in this Section 3.2, the Company shall repay the principal amount of the Junior Subordinated Debentures, together with accrued and unpaid interest, on December 15, 2036 (the “Scheduled Redemption Date”);

(b) The Company shall repay the Junior Subordinated Debentures on the Scheduled Redemption Date only to the extent that the Company has raised sufficient net proceeds during the applicable QCS Proceeds Collection Period from the issuance of Qualifying Capital Securities;

(c) The Company will use QCS Commercially Reasonable Efforts, subject to the Company’s right to otherwise redeem the Junior Subordinated Debentures pursuant to Section 3.1(a) hereof, to raise sufficient net proceeds during the applicable QCS Proceeds Collection Period from the issuance of Qualifying Capital Securities to permit repayment of the Junior Subordinated Debentures in full on the Scheduled Redemption Date. If the Company has not raised sufficient net proceeds during the applicable QCS Proceeds Collection Period to permit repayment of all principal and accrued and unpaid interest, including any Compounded Interest, on the Junior Subordinated Debentures on the Scheduled Redemption Date, the Company shall continue to use QCS Commercially Reasonable Efforts, subject to the Company’s right to otherwise redeem the Junior Subordinated Debentures pursuant to Section 3.1(a) hereof, to raise sufficient net proceeds during the applicable QCS Proceeds Collection Period from the issuance of Qualifying Capital Securities to permit repayment of the Junior Subordinated Debentures on the next Interest Payment Date, and on each Interest Payment Date thereafter, until the Junior Subordinated Debentures are paid in full;

 

18


(d) The Company shall not be required to redeem the Junior Subordinated Debentures on the Scheduled Redemption Date or any Interest Payment Date following the Scheduled Redemption Date (and prior to the Final Maturity Date), as the case may be (each a “Required Repayment Date”), to the extent it provides written certification to the Trustee (which the Trustee will promptly forward upon receipt to each holder of record of Junior Subordinated Debentures) not less than 15 and no more than 30 days prior to such Required Repayment Date (the “Notice Date”) certifying that either:

 

  (1) a Market Disruption Event was existing and continued during the entire applicable QCS Proceeds Collection Period, or

 

  (2) the Company was unable after using QCS Commercially Reasonable Efforts to raise sufficient net proceeds during the applicable QCS Proceeds Collection Period to permit repayment of the Junior Subordinated Debentures in full on the applicable Required Repayment Date;

(e) Net proceeds from the sale of Qualifying Capital Securities received during the applicable QCS Proceeds Collection Period that the Company is permitted to apply to the repayment of Junior Subordinated Debentures on or after the Scheduled Redemption Date will be applied:

 

  (1) first, to pay interest on the Junior Subordinated Debentures that the Company is not paying from other sources (other than interest required to be paid pursuant to the Alternative Payment Mechanism) and,

 

  (2) second, to repay the principal of Junior Subordinated Debentures; provided that if the Company raises less than $5 million of net proceeds from the sale of Qualifying Capital Securities during the applicable QCS Proceeds Collection Period, it will not be required to repay any Junior Subordinated Debentures on the Scheduled Redemption Date or the applicable Required Payment Date, but will use those net proceeds to repay the Junior Subordinated Debentures on the next Required Payment Date as of which it has raised at least $5 million of net proceeds;

(f) If, as of any Required Payment Date, the Company is obligated to use QCS Commercially Reasonable Efforts to sell Qualifying Capital Securities and apply the net proceeds to payments of principal of or interest on any outstanding Parity Debt Securities in addition to the Junior Subordinated Debentures, then on any date and for any period the amount of net proceeds received by the Company from those sales and available for such payments shall be applied to the Junior Subordinated

 

19


Debentures and such Parity Debt Securities having the same scheduled repayment date or scheduled redemption date as the Junior Subordinated Debentures pro rata in accordance with their respective outstanding principal amounts and none of such net proceeds shall be applied to any other securities having a later scheduled repayment date or scheduled redemption date until the principal of and all accrued and unpaid interest on the Junior Subordinated Debentures has been paid in full;

(g) The Company shall not, without written notice to the Trustee and the consent of a majority in principal amount of the Junior Subordinated Debentures, amend the RCC to impose additional restrictions on the type or amount of Qualifying Capital Securities that the Company may include for purposes of determining when repayment, redemption or repurchase of the Junior Subordinated Debentures is permitted; and

(h) The Replacement Capital Obligation shall continue to apply until (i) the Company has redeemed the Junior Subordinated Debentures in full in accordance with the Replacement Capital Obligation, (ii) the Junior Subordinated Debentures are otherwise paid in full on the Final Maturity Date, or (iii) upon the occurrence of an Event of Default resulting in acceleration of the Junior Subordinated Debentures.

SECTION 3.3 REDEMPTION PROCEDURE FOR JUNIOR SUBORDINATED DEBENTURES.

The Company shall mail, or cause the Trustee to mail, notice of every redemption of Junior Subordinated Debentures by first class mail, postage prepaid, addressed to the holders of record of the Junior Subordinated Debentures to be redeemed at such holders’ respective last addresses appearing on the Security Register. Any redemption pursuant to this Article 3 shall be made upon no less than 15 and no more than 30 days’ notice before the date fixed for redemption to the registered holders of the Junior Subordinated Debentures. If the Junior Subordinated Debentures are to be redeemed in part pursuant to Section 3.1 or 3.2 hereof, (a) the Company shall give the Trustee no less than 15 and no more than 30 days’ notice in advance of the date fixed for redemption and (b) the Junior Subordinated Debentures shall be redeemed pro rata or by lot or by any other method utilized by the Trustee that the Trustee shall deem fair and appropriate in its discretion. Any notice mailed as provided in this Section 3.3 shall be conclusively presumed to have been duly given, whether or not the holder of the Junior Subordinated Debentures receives such notice, but failure duly to give such notice by mail, or any defect in such notice or in the mailing thereof, to any holder of the Junior Subordinated Debentures designated for redemption shall not affect the validity of the proceedings for the redemption of any other Junior Subordinated Debentures. Each such notice given to such a holder shall state: (i) the Redemption Date; (ii) the redemption price; (iii) that the Junior Subordinated Debentures are being redeemed pursuant to the Indenture or the terms of the Junior Subordinated Debentures together with the facts permitting such redemption; (iv) if less than all Outstanding Junior Subordinated Debentures are to be redeemed, the identification (and, in the case of partial redemption, the principal amounts) of the particular Junior Subordinated Debentures to be redeemed; (v) the place or places where the Junior Subordinated Debentures are to be redeemed; and (vi) that interest on the Junior Subordinated Debentures to be redeemed will cease to accrue on the Redemption Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Junior Subordinated Debentures are issued in book-entry form through The Depository Trust Company or any other similar facility, notice of redemption may be given to the holders of Junior Subordinated Debentures at such time and in any manner permitted by such facility. The redemption price shall be paid prior to 12:00 noon, New York City time, on the date of such

 

20


redemption or at such earlier time on such date as the Company determines and specifies in the notice of redemption. The Company shall deposit with the Trustee or with a Paying Agent an amount of money sufficient to pay the redemption price of such Junior Subordinated Debentures or any portion thereof which are to be redeemed on Redemption Date.

SECTION 3.4 PAYMENT OF SECURITIES CALLED FOR REDEMPTION.

If any notice of redemption has been given as provided in Section 3.3 hereof, the Junior Subordinated Debentures or portion of the Junior Subordinated Debentures with respect to which such notice has been given shall become due and payable on the date and at the place or places stated in such notice at the applicable redemption price. From and after such date, the Junior Subordinated Debentures to be redeemed shall cease to bear interest. If any Junior Subordinated Debentures called for redemption shall not be so paid upon surrender thereof for redemption, the redemption price shall, until paid, bear interest from the date set for redemption until the date redemption actually occurs at the then applicable interest rate on the Junior Subordinated Debentures. On presentation and surrender of certificates representing such Junior Subordinated Debentures at a place of payment in said notice specified, the said Junior Subordinated Debentures or the specified portions thereof shall be paid and redeemed by the Company at the applicable redemption price. Upon presentation of certificates representing Junior Subordinated Debentures to be redeemed in part only, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the holder thereof, at the expense of the Company, a new certificate or certificates representing Junior Subordinated Debentures, of authorized denominations, in aggregate principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion of the Junior Subordinated Debentures represented by the certificate(s) so presented and having the same original issue date, Final Maturity Date and terms. If a Global Security is so surrendered, such new Junior Subordinated Debentures will also be a new Global Security.

SECTION 3.5 NO SINKING FUND.

The Junior Subordinated Debentures shall not be entitled to the benefit of any sinking fund.

ARTICLE 4

OPTIONAL DEFERRAL OF INTEREST AND TRIGGER EVENTS

SECTION 4.1 OPTIONAL DEFERRAL OF INTEREST.

So long as (i) no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and (ii) no Trigger Event has occurred and the related Trigger Period is continuing, the Company may elect to defer one or more payments of interest on such Junior Subordinated Debentures (an “Optional Deferral” and any such deferred interest, “Optionally Deferred Interest”) at any time during the term of the Junior Subordinated Debentures, and from time to time, for up to ten years (which may include a combination of semi-annual and quarterly Interest Payment Periods) without giving rise to an Event of Default and acceleration under the terms of the Indenture, provided, however, that (notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein) the Company may not defer any payment of interest past the Maturity Date and no Optional Deferral Period (as defined below) may end on a date other than on an Interest Payment Date. During any Optional Deferral and for

 

21


so long as any Optionally Deferred Interest remains outstanding (an “Optional Deferral Period”), the Company may pay Optionally Deferred Interest that was deferred through the Fifth Deferral Anniversary out of any source of funds. Optionally Deferred Interest will continue to accrue and compound on each Interest Payment Date, to the extent permitted by applicable law, at the then applicable interest rate on the Junior Subordinated Debentures. If Optional Deferral has continued beyond the Fifth Deferral Anniversary, then the provisions of Section 6.2 hereof will apply, and the Company (except on the Final Maturity Date or upon an acceleration of the Junior Subordinated Debentures following an Event of Default (an “Acceleration Date”) with respect to the Junior Subordinated Debentures) must make Commercially Reasonable Efforts to sell Common Stock (unless such interest has been (or is being) paid from the proceeds of Qualifying Warrants) to satisfy its obligation to pay Optionally Deferred Interest on the Junior Subordinated Debentures and may pay such Optionally Deferred Interest only out of the net proceeds from the sale of Qualifying APM Securities. Additionally, during any Optional Deferral Period, the restrictions on payment by the Company of dividends and other distributions on capital stock pursuant to Section 6.1 hereof will apply. Subject to the proviso in the first sentence of this Section 4.1, there is no limit on the number of Optional Deferral Periods that the Company may begin.

SECTION 4.2 NOTICES OF DEFERRAL AND TRIGGER PERIOD.

(a) The Company shall provide a written notice of any Optional Deferral to the Trustee and the holders of the Junior Subordinated Debentures no more than 30 and no fewer than 15 days prior to the relevant Interest Payment Date. Subject to Section 4.2(b) hereof, a notice of Optional Deferral, once given, shall be irrevocable and the deferral of payments on the related Interest Payment Date shall be considered an Optional Deferral, unless a Trigger Event has occurred as of the 30th day prior to such Interest Payment Date.

(b) Not earlier than the 30th nor later than the 15th day prior to each Interest Payment Date during a Trigger Period, the Company shall give written notice of the continuance of such Trigger Period to the Trustee and holders of the Junior Subordinated Debentures. Such notice shall, depending on which condition is relied upon in determining that a Trigger Event has occurred, set forth either (x) the Covered Insurance Subsidiaries’ Risk-Based Capital Ratio or (y) the Trailing Four Quarters Consolidated Net Income Amount and the Adjusted Stockholders’ Equity Amount, as applicable, and the extent to which these amounts must increase in order for payments of interest from sources other than the Alternative Payment Mechanism to resume.

SECTION 4.3 TRIGGER EVENTS.

(a) (i) If and to the extent that a Trigger Event has occurred and the Trigger Period caused thereby is continuing as of the 30th day prior to an Interest Payment Date, and regardless of any notice of Optional Deferral that has been previously delivered, the Company may pay interest on the Junior Subordinated Debentures (other than any interest that had accrued during an Optional Deferral Period through the Fifth Deferral Anniversary thereof and prior to the occurrence of a Trigger Event which may continue to be deferred to the extent provided herein or be paid out of any source of funds) only to the extent that such interest is paid through the Alternative Payment Mechanism. Any interest that is accrued and unpaid during a Trigger

 

22


Period will continue to accrue and compound on each Interest Payment Date, to the extent permitted by applicable law, at the then applicable interest rate on the Junior Subordinated Debentures.

(ii) If a Trigger Event occurs after commencement of an Optional Deferral Period, the Optional Deferral Period shall be deemed suspended for as long as the related Trigger Period is continuing. Once the Trigger Period is no longer continuing, the Optional Deferral Period shall resume subject to the limitations and consequences described herein, and any accrued time during the Optional Deferral Period prior to such suspension shall be counted toward the five year limitation set forth in Section 6.2 hereof.

(b) In the event that a Trigger Period is no longer continuing and at the termination of the Trigger Period there is no unpaid interest from an Optional Deferral Period that had continued beyond the Fifth Deferral Anniversary, the Company may pay subsequent interest in cash from any source of funds. However, any unpaid interest that accrued during the continuance of a Trigger Period or an Optional Deferral Period that continued beyond the Fifth Deferral Anniversary may only be satisfied in accordance with the provisions of the Alternative Payment Mechanism, except that on the Final Maturity Date and on the Acceleration Date of the Junior Subordinated Debentures, the Company may pay any accrued and unpaid interest without regard to the source of funds. Any accrued and unpaid interest will in all events be due and payable upon the Maturity Date or redemption of the Junior Subordinated Debentures, except for Foregone Interest (if any).

ARTICLE 5

EVENTS OF DEFAULT

SECTION 5.1 EVENTS OF DEFAULT.

(a) The term “Event of Default,” in the Indenture shall mean with respect to the Junior Subordinated Debentures only, the occurrence and continuation of any one or more of the following events and shall not have any other meanings ascribed to such term in the Base Indenture or any other indenture supplementing the Indenture:

 

  (i) default in the payment of the principal of, or premium, if any, on the Junior Subordinated Debentures when due;

 

  (ii) the failure to pay interest (including Compounded Interest) in full, whether due to an Optional Deferral, during a Trigger Period or otherwise, after the conclusion of a period of 10 consecutive years following the commencement of any Optional Deferral Period or Trigger Period or on the Final Maturity Date;

 

  (iii) the entry by a court of competent jurisdiction of:

 

  (1) a decree or order for relief in respect of the Company in an involuntary proceeding under any applicable Bankruptcy Law and such decree or order shall remain unstayed and in effect for a period of 60 consecutive days;

 

23


  (2) a decree or order adjudging the Company to be insolvent, or approving a petition seeking reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition of the Company and such decree or order shall remain unstayed and in effect for a period of 60 consecutive days; or

 

  (3) a final and non-appealable order appointing a Custodian of the Company or of any substantial part of the property of the Company or ordering the winding up or liquidation of the affairs of the Company; or

 

  (iv) the Company pursuant to or within the meaning of any Bankruptcy Law: (A) commences a voluntary case or proceeding; (B) consents to the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary case or proceeding; (C) files a petition or answer or consent seeking reorganization or relief or consents to such filing or to the appointment of or taking possession by a Custodian of it or for all or substantially all of its property, and such Custodian is not discharged within 60 days; (D) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors; or (E) admits in writing its inability to pay its debts generally as they become due.

(b) For the avoidance of doubt, (i) Events of Default with respect to the Junior Subordinated Debentures do not include failure to comply with or breach of the Company’s other covenants set forth in Article 6 hereof with respect to the Junior Subordinated Debentures (each, an “Other Covenant Default”), including the covenant to sell Common Stock pursuant to the Alternative Payment Mechanism to meet certain interest payment obligations and (ii) the occurrence and continuation of the events described in Section 5.1(a)(i) or (ii) shall constitute an Event of Default, even if any such event has occurred and is continuing because of the provisions of Section 7 hereof.

(c) Holders of Junior Subordinated Debentures may not themselves institute a proceeding against the Company on account of an Other Covenant Default unless, among other things, the Trustee fails to institute such a proceeding, subject to the terms hereof. However, the holders of a majority in principal amount of Junior Subordinated Debentures may direct the Trustee to bring such a proceeding if an Other Covenant Default continues for a period of 90 days after delivery of written notice to the Company from the Trustee or to the Company and the Trustee from the holders of a majority in principal amount of the Junior Subordinated Debentures (each, an “Other Covenant Default Notice”), subject to the terms hereof. The Trustee shall not be required to take any action in case of an Other Covenant Default (other than to give notice of such default to the holders of the Junior Subordinated Debentures) unless so directed by the holders.

(d) Subject to the provisions of Section 5.1(c) hereof as to Other Covenant Defaults, the provisions of Section 6.04 of the Base Indenture shall apply with respect to limitations on suits, proceedings and remedies.

 

24


(e) Within 90 days after an Event of Default, the Trustee shall give to the holders of Junior Subordinated Debentures notice of all uncured and unwaived defaults by the Company known to it; provided, however, that the failure of the Trustee to give such notice shall not be deemed to be a breach by the Trustee hereunder. However, except in the case of default in payment of interest, the Trustee may withhold such notice if it determines that such withholding is in the interest of such holders.

ARTICLE 6

COVENANTS

Article IV of the Base Indenture is hereby supplemented with respect to, and solely for the benefit of the holders of the Junior Subordinated Debentures by, the following additional covenants of the Company; provided that the Junior Subordinated Debentures shall also benefit from the other covenants in Article IV of the Base Indenture:

SECTION 6.1 CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS DURING OPTIONAL DEFERRAL PERIODS OR FOLLOWING A TRIGGER EVENT.

On any date on which accrued interest through the most recent Interest Payment Date has not been paid in full, whether because of an Optional Deferral or a Trigger Event, the Company, subject to certain exceptions set forth below will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to:

 

  (a) declare or pay any dividends on, make any distribution with respect to, or redeem, purchase, acquire or make a liquidation payment with respect to, any shares of its capital stock, other than:

 

  (i) any purchase, redemption or other acquisition of shares of capital stock of the Company in connection with (x) any employment contract, employee or benefit plan or other similar arrangement, (y) a dividend reinvestment or stockholder purchase plan, or (z) the issuance of capital stock of the Company, or securities convertible into or exercisable for such capital stock, as consideration in an acquisition transaction entered into prior to the applicable Optional Deferral or Trigger Event, as the case may be;

 

  (ii) any exchange, redemption or conversion of any class or series of capital stock of the Company, or the capital stock of one of the Company’s Subsidiaries, for any other class or series of capital stock of the Company, or of any class or series of the Company’s indebtedness for any class or series of capital stock of the Company;

 

  (iii) any purchase of, or payment of cash in lieu of, fractional interests in shares of capital stock of the Company pursuant to the conversion or exchange provisions of such capital stock or the securities being converted or exchanged;

 

25


  (iv) any declaration of a dividend in connection with any rights plan, or the issuance of rights, stock or other property under any rights plan, or the redemption or repurchase of rights pursuant thereto; or

 

  (v) any dividend in the form of stock, warrants, options or other rights where the dividend stock or stock issuable upon exercise of such warrants, options or other rights is the same stock as that on which the dividend is being paid or ranks equal with or junior to such stock;

(b) make any payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest on, or repay, repurchase or redeem, any debt securities issued by the Company that rank equally with or junior to the Junior Subordinated Debentures, other than any payment, repurchase or redemption in respect of debt securities that rank equally with the Junior Subordinated Debentures (“Parity Debt Securities”) made ratably and in proportion to the respective amount of (1) accrued and unpaid amounts on such Parity Debt Securities, on the one hand, and (2) accrued and unpaid amounts on the Junior Subordinated Debentures, on the other hand; or

(c) make any guarantee payments with respect to Parity Debt Securities, if such guarantee ranks equally with or junior to the Junior Subordinated Debentures, other than any payment in respect of guarantees that rank equally with the Junior Subordinated Debentures (“Parity Guarantees” and, together with the Parity Debt Securities, the “Parity Securities”) made ratably and in proportion to the respective amount of (1) accrued and unpaid amounts on such Parity Guarantees, on the one hand, and (2) accrued and unpaid amounts on the Junior Subordinated Debentures, on the other hand; it being understood, for the avoidance of doubt, that the Company shall be permitted to make any guarantee payments pursuant to its

 

  (1) Guarantee Agreement, dated as of June 21, 2005, with respect to the 4.82% trust preferred securities issued by MetLife Capital Trust II;

 

  (2) Guarantee Agreement, dated as of June 21, 2005, with respect to the 4.91% trust preferred securities issued by MetLife Capital Trust III;

 

  (3) Common Securities Guarantee Agreement, dated as of June 21, 2005, with respect to the common securities issued by MetLife Capital Trust II; and

 

  (4) Common Securities Guarantee Agreement, dated as of June 21, 2005, with respect to the common securities issued by MetLife Capital Trust III.

The restrictions contained in this Section 6.1 shall not apply to:

 

  (1) any payment of current interest in respect of Parity Securities that is made pro rata to the amounts due on such Parity Securities (including the Junior Subordinated Debentures) and any payments of deferred interest on Parity Securities that, if not made, would

 

26


  cause the Company to breach the terms of the instrument governing such Parity Securities; provided that such payments are made in accordance with Section 6.2(f) to the extent it applies;

 

  (2) any payment of principal in respect of Parity Securities having the same scheduled redemption date as the Junior Subordinated Debentures, as required under a provision of such Parity Securities that is substantially the same as the provision of Section 3.2 hereof and that is made on a pro rata basis among one or more series of Parity Securities having such a provision and the Junior Subordinated Debentures; or

 

  (3) any purchase or acquisition of the Company’s Capital Stock by any of the Company’s separate accounts.

SECTION 6.2 OBLIGATION TO EFFECT CERTAIN SALES OF COMMON STOCK OF THE COMPANY; ALTERNATIVE PAYMENT MECHANISM.

(a) Subject to certain conditions and exceptions described below:

 

  (1) if the Company has optionally deferred payment of interest otherwise due on the Junior Subordinated Debentures for a period of more than five consecutive years (excluding any time an Optional Deferral Period is suspended pursuant to Section 4.3 hereof)(the last day of such five-year period, the “Fifth Deferral Anniversary”), or

 

  (2) if a Trigger Event has occurred and the related Trigger Period is continuing on an Interest Payment Date (regardless of whether a notice of an Optional Deferral has been delivered),

then: (i) the Company may satisfy its obligation to pay interest on the Junior Subordinated Debentures (A) in the case of an event described in clause (1) above, on any subsequent Interest Payment Date and (B) in the case of an event described in clause (2) above, on such Interest Payment Date (in each case, other than any interest that has accrued during an Optional Deferral Period prior to Fifth Deferral Anniversary thereof and prior to the occurrence of a Trigger Event, which may continue to be deferred to the extent provided herein or be paid out of any source of funds and except that on the Final Maturity Date and on the Acceleration Date of the Junior Subordinated Debentures, the Company may pay interest without regard to the source of funds), only to the extent of net proceeds from the sale of Qualifying APM Securities received by the Company during the 180 days prior to such Interest Payment Date (the “Alternative Payment Mechanism”); and (ii) the Company must make Commercially Reasonable Efforts to sell Common Stock, the sale of which will provide sufficient cash proceeds to pay any amount due to the holders of the Junior Subordinated Debentures in satisfaction of all accrued and unpaid interest, together with any Compounded Interest, to the extent permitted by law (unless such interest has been paid (or is being paid) from the sale of Qualifying Warrants). Such obligation will continue until all unpaid interest has been paid in full or, if such obligation has arisen only

 

27


because a Trigger Event has occurred and the related Trigger Period is continuing, until such Trigger Period is no longer continuing. The Company’s obligation to make Commercially Reasonable Efforts to sell Common Stock to satisfy its obligation to pay interest (x) does not apply to interest that has accrued during an Optional Deferral Period through the Fifth Deferral Anniversary, and (y) does not apply on the Final Maturity Date and on the Acceleration Date of the Junior Subordinated Debentures. Any accrued and unpaid interest will, in all events be due and payable on the Maturity Date, except for Forgone Interest to the extent provided for in Article 11 hereof.

(b) The net proceeds received by the Company from the sale of Qualifying APM Securities (i) during the 180 days prior to any Interest Payment Date on which the Company is required to use the Alternative Payment Mechanism and (ii) designated by the Company at or before the time of such sale as available to pay interest on the Junior Subordinated Debentures will, at the time such proceeds are delivered to the Trustee to satisfy the relevant interest payment, be deemed to satisfy the Company’s obligations to pay interest on the Junior Subordinated Debentures pursuant to the Alternative Payment Mechanism.

(c) The Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to seek shareholder consent to increase the number of its authorized shares of Common Stock if, at any date, its Shares Available for Issuance fall below the greater of:

 

  (x) 250 million shares (as adjusted for any stock split, stock dividend, reclassification, recapitalization, split-up, combination, exchange of shares or similar transaction since the date of this Third Supplemental Indenture), and

 

  (y) three times the number of shares that the Company would need to issue to raise sufficient proceeds to pay (assuming a price per share equal to the average trading price of its shares over the 10-trading-day period preceding such date) then outstanding deferred interest on the Junior Subordinated Debentures (including Compounded Interest), plus twelve additional months of interest (including Compounded Interest) on the Junior Subordinated Debentures, up to a total of ten years of interest (including Compounded Interest). For purposes of determining the amounts accruing during a Floating Rate Period, interest will be computed by reference to spot Three-Month LIBOR on such calculation date plus a margin equal to 2.205%.

An “Other Covenant Default” (as defined in Section 5.1(b) hereof) shall have occurred (but no Event of Default shall have occurred) if the Company does not use its commercially reasonable efforts to seek consent of its stockholders to increase the number of its authorized shares if, at any date, its Shares Available for Issuance fall below the number specified above.

(d) Following the Fifth Deferral Anniversary or the occurrence of a Trigger Event, the Company shall apply the net proceeds received by it from sales of shares of its Common Stock pursuant to this Section 6.2 to the payment of interest on the Junior Subordinated Debentures then Outstanding, with net proceeds to be paid promptly after receipt until all interest amounts owing have been paid in full.

 

28


(e) In the event that net proceeds received by the Company from one or more sales of shares of its Common Stock following such Fifth Deferral Anniversary or the occurrence of a Trigger Event are not sufficient to satisfy the full interest amount, such net proceeds will be paid to the holders of the Junior Subordinated Debentures on a pro rata basis.

(f) Any interest payment made pursuant to the provisions of this Section 6.2 will first be allocated to payment of the interest due on the Interest Payment Date for the then current Interest Payment Period. Any payment of interest in excess of the amount of the interest due on that Interest Payment Date will be applied first against any then existing accrued and unpaid interest with respect to prior Interest Payment Periods for which interest must be paid pursuant to the Alternative Payment Mechanism, in chronological order beginning with the earliest Interest Payment Period for which interest has not been paid in full and for which interest must be paid pursuant to the Alternative Payment Mechanism, including Compounded Interest. If the Company has Outstanding at such time any debt securities ranking pari passu with the Junior Subordinated Debentures under the terms of which the Company is obligated to sell Common Stock and apply the net proceeds to payment of deferred interest on such pari passu securities and the Company at such time is required to apply such proceeds to pay deferred interest on such pari passu securities, then on any date and for any period the amount of net proceeds received by the Company from such sales and available for payment of such deferred interest shall be applied to the Junior Subordinated Debentures and such pari passu securities on a pro rata basis, or on such other basis as any regulatory authority may direct (taking into account the availability of proceeds of preferred shares or other securities to settle deferred interest under any such other pari passu securities). Notwithstanding the foregoing, a partial payment will be applied (i) only to Optionally Deferred Interest to the extent that the source of such partial payment is other than proceeds of Qualifying APM Securities, and (ii) first to interest that is unpaid during a Trigger Period and second to Optionally Deferred Interest, to the extent that the source of such partial payment is the sale of Qualifying APM Securities.

(g) If the Company elects to satisfy its obligation to pay deferred interest pursuant to the Alternative Payment Mechanism by issuing Qualifying Warrants, it will only do so if the total number of shares of Common Stock underlying such Qualifying Warrants applied to pay interest on the Junior Subordinated Debentures pursuant to the Alternative Payment Mechanism, together with the total number of shares of Common Stock underlying all prior issuances of Qualifying Warrants so applied, does not exceed an amount equal to 15% of the total number of the Company’s issued and outstanding shares of Common Stock as of the date of any proposed issuance.

SECTION 6.3 PAYMENT OF EXPENSES.

The Company, as issuer of the Junior Subordinated Debentures, shall pay or caused to be paid all costs and expenses relating to the offering, sale and issuance thereof, including compensation of the Trustee under the Indenture in accordance with the provisions of Section 7.06 of the Base Indenture.

 

29


SECTION 6.4 PAYMENT UPON RESIGNATION OR REMOVAL.

Upon termination of this Third Supplemental Indenture or the Base Indenture or the removal or resignation of the Trustee, the Company shall pay to the Trustee all amounts accrued to the date of such termination, removal or resignation. ARTICLE 7 SUBORDINATION

Article XV of the Base Indenture shall be superseded in its entirety by this Article 7 with respect to, and solely for the benefit of, the holders of the Junior Subordinated Debentures; provided, that this Article 7 shall not become a part of the terms of any other series of Securities.

SECTION 7.1 AGREEMENT TO SUBORDINATE.

The Company agrees, and each holder by accepting any Junior Subordinated Debentures agrees, that the indebtedness evidenced by the Junior Subordinated Debentures is subordinated in right of payment, to the extent and in the manner provided in this Article 7, to the prior payment in full of all Senior Indebtedness, and that the subordination is for the benefit of, and shall be enforceable directly by, the holders of Senior Indebtedness, without any act or notice of acceptance hereof or reliance hereon.

SECTION 7.2 LIQUIDATION; DISSOLUTION; BANKRUPTCY.

In the event of:

(a) any insolvency, bankruptcy, receivership, liquidation, reorganization, readjustment, composition or other similar proceeding relating to the Company, its creditors or its property;

(b) any proceeding for the liquidation, dissolution or other winding up of the Company, voluntary or involuntary, whether or not involving insolvency or bankruptcy proceedings;

(c) any general assignment by the Company for the benefit of creditors; or

(d) any other marshalling of the assets of the Company,

all Senior Indebtedness (including, without limitation, interest accruing after the commencement of any such proceeding, assignment or marshalling of assets) shall first be paid in full before any payment or distribution, whether in cash, securities or other property, shall be made by the Company on account of the Junior Subordinated Debentures. In any such event, any payment or distribution, whether in cash, securities or other property, which would otherwise (but for the provisions of this Article 7) be payable or deliverable in respect of the Junior Subordinated Debentures (including any such payment or distribution which may be payable or deliverable by reason of the payment of any other indebtedness of the Company being subordinated to the payment of the Securities) shall generally be paid to the holders of Senior Indebtedness, or to their representatives, in accordance with the priorities then existing among such holders until all Senior Indebtedness shall have been paid in full. Payments on the Junior Subordinated Debentures in the form of other securities of the Company or those of any other

 

30


corporation provided for by a plan of reorganization or a readjustment, the payment of which is subordinate, at least to the extent provided in the subordination provisions of this Third Supplemental Indenture with respect to the indebtedness evidenced by the Junior Subordinated Debentures, to the payment of all Senior Indebtedness at the time outstanding and to any securities issued in respect of such Senior Indebtedness under any such plan of reorganization or readjustment, shall be paid or delivered directly to the holders of Senior Indebtedness and then, if any amounts remain, to the holders of Junior Subordinated Debentures. No present or future holder of any Senior Indebtedness will be prejudiced in the right to enforce the subordination of the Junior Subordinated Debentures by any act or failure to act on the part of the Company.

SECTION 7.3 DEFAULT ON SENIOR INDEBTEDNESS.

No direct or indirect payment, in cash, property or securities, by set-off or otherwise, may be made or agreed to be made on account of the Junior Subordinated Debentures including in respect of any repayment, redemption, retirement, purchase or other acquisition of the Junior Subordinated Debentures, if: (i) the Company defaults in the payment of any principal, or premium, if any, or interest on any Senior Indebtedness, whether at maturity or at a date fixed for prepayment or declaration or otherwise; or (ii) an event of default occurs with respect to any Senior Indebtedness permitting the holders thereof to accelerate the maturity and written notice of such event of default, requesting that payments on the Junior Subordinated Debentures cease, is given to the Company by any holder of Senior Indebtedness, unless and until such event of default has been cured or waived or ceases to exist.

SECTION 7.4 WHEN DISTRIBUTION MUST BE PAID OVER.

Subject to Section 8.1 hereof, if a distribution is made to the Trustee or any holder of Junior Subordinated Debentures at a time when a Responsible Officer of the Trustee or such holder has actual knowledge that, because of this Article 7 such distribution should not have been made to it, the Trustee or such holder who receives the distribution shall hold it in trust for the benefit of, and, upon written request, shall pay it over to, the holders of Senior Indebtedness as their interests may appear, or their agents or representatives, for application to the payment of all principal, premium, if any, and interest then payable with respect to any Senior Indebtedness.

SECTION 7.5 SUBROGATION.

Senior Indebtedness shall not be deemed to have been paid in full unless the holders thereof shall have received cash, securities or other property equal to the amount of such Senior Indebtedness then Outstanding. After payment in full of all Senior Indebtedness, holders of the Junior Subordinated Debentures will be subrogated to the rights of any holders of Senior Indebtedness to receive any further payments that are applicable to the Senior Indebtedness until all the Junior Subordinated Debentures are paid in full. In matters between holders of the Junior Subordinated Debentures and any other type of the Company’s creditors, any payments that would otherwise be paid to holders of Senior Indebtedness and that are made to holders of the Junior Subordinated Debentures because of this subrogation will be deemed a payment by the Company on account of Senior Indebtedness and not on account of the Junior Subordinated Debentures.

 

31


SECTION 7.6 RELATIVE RIGHTS.

This Article 7 defines the relative rights of holders of the Junior Subordinated Debentures and holders of Senior Indebtedness. Unless otherwise specified in Article 11 hereof, nothing in this Indenture shall:

(a) impair, as between the Company and holders of Junior Subordinated Debentures, the obligation of the Company, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay principal of and interest on the Junior Subordinated Debentures in accordance with their terms;

(b) affect the relative rights of holders of Junior Subordinated Debentures other than their rights in relation to holders of Senior Indebtedness; or

(c) prevent the Trustee or any holder of Junior Subordinated Debentures from exercising its available remedies upon a Default, an Other Covenant Default or Event of Default, subject to the rights of holders and beneficial owners of Senior Indebtedness to receive distributions and payments otherwise payable to holders of Junior Subordinated Debentures.

SECTION 7.7 RIGHTS OF THE TRUSTEE; HOLDERS OF SENIOR INDEBTEDNESS.

With respect to the holders of Senior Indebtedness of the Company, the Trustee undertakes to perform or to observe only such of its covenants and obligations as are specifically set forth in this Article 7, and no implied covenants or obligations with respect to the holders of such Senior Indebtedness shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee. The Trustee shall not be deemed to owe any fiduciary duty to the holders of such Senior Indebtedness and the Trustee shall not be liable to any holder of such Senior Indebtedness (except with respect to holders of any Senior Indebtedness for which the Trustee is acting as trustee under the Base Indenture or otherwise) if it shall pay over or deliver to holders of Junior Subordinated Debentures, the Company or any other Person money or assets to which any holder of such Senior Indebtedness shall be entitled by virtue of this Article 7 or otherwise.

SECTION 7.8 SUBORDINATION MAY NOT BE IMPAIRED.

No present or future holder of any Senior Indebtedness shall be prejudiced in the right to enforce subordination of the indebtedness constituting the Securities by any act or failure to act on the part of the Company.

SECTION 7.9 DISTRIBUTION.

Upon any payment or distribution of assets of the Company referred to in this Article 7, the Trustee and the holders of Junior Subordinated Debentures shall be entitled to rely upon any order or decree made by any court of competent jurisdiction or upon any certificate of the liquidating trustee or agent or other Person making any distribution to the Trustee or to the holders of Junior Subordinated Debentures for the purpose of ascertaining the Persons entitled to participate in such distribution, the holders of the Senior Indebtedness and other Indebtedness of the Company, the amount thereof or payable thereon, the amount or amounts paid or distributed thereon and all other facts pertinent thereto or to this Article 7.

 

32


SECTION 7.10 AUTHORIZATION TO EFFECT SUBORDINATION.

Each holder of Junior Subordinated Debentures by his acceptance thereof authorizes and directs the Trustee on his behalf to take such action as may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate the subordination as provided in this Article 7, and appoints the Trustee his attorney-in-fact for any and all such purposes.

ARTICLE 8

NOTICE

SECTION 8.1 NOTICE BY THE COMPANY.

The Company shall give prompt written notice to a Responsible Officer of the Trustee of any fact known to the Company that would prohibit the making of any payment of monies to or by the Trustee in respect of the Junior Subordinated Debentures pursuant to the provisions of Article 7 hereof; provided that failure to give such notice shall not affect the subordination of the Junior Subordinated Debentures to the Senior Indebtedness as provided in Article 7 hereof. Notwithstanding any of the provisions of the Base Indenture and this Third Supplemental Indenture, the Trustee shall not be charged with knowledge of the existence of any facts that would prohibit the making of any payment of monies to or by the Trustee in respect of the Junior Subordinated Debentures pursuant to the provisions of the Base Indenture; provided, however, that if the Trustee shall not have received the notice provided for in this Article 8 at least two Business Days prior to the date upon which by the terms hereof any money may become payable for any purpose (including, without limitation, the payment of the principal of (or premium, if any) or interest on any Junior Subordinated Debentures), then, anything herein contained to the contrary notwithstanding, the Trustee shall have full power and authority to receive such money and to apply the same to the purposes for which they were received, and shall not be affected by any notice to the contrary that may be received by it within two Business Days prior to such date.

ARTICLE 9

FORM OF JUNIOR SUBORDINATED DEBENTURE

SECTION 9.1 FORM OF JUNIOR SUBORDINATED DEBENTURE.

The Junior Subordinated Debentures and the Trustee’s Certificate of Authentication to be endorsed thereon are to be substantially in the following forms:

(FORM OF FACE OF DEBENTURE)

[If the Debenture is to be a Global Security, insert – THIS DEBENTURE IS A GLOBAL SECURITY WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE INDENTURE HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO AND IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF THE CLEARING AGENCY OR A NOMINEE OF THE CLEARING AGENCY. THIS DEBENTURE IS EXCHANGEABLE FOR DEBENTURES REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF A PERSON OTHER THAN THE CLEARING AGENCY OR ITS NOMINEE ONLY IN THE LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES DESCRIBED IN THE INDENTURE, AND NO TRANSFER OF THIS DEBENTURE (OTHER THAN A TRANSFER OF THIS DEBENTURE AS A WHOLE BY THE CLEARING

 

33


AGENCY TO A NOMINEE OF THE CLEARING AGENCY OR BY A NOMINEE OF THE CLEARING AGENCY TO THE CLEARING AGENCY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE CLEARING AGENCY) MAY BE REGISTERED EXCEPT IN LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES.

UNLESS THIS DEBENTURE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (55 WATER STREET, NEW YORK, NEW YORK) TO THE ISSUER OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT AND ANY DEBENTURE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY AND ANY PAYMENT HEREON IS MADE TO CEDE & CO., ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY A PERSON IS WRONGFUL SINCE THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.]

 

34


METLIFE, INC.

Global Certificate initially representing

$            aggregate principal amount of

6.40% Fixed-to-Floating Rate Junior Subordinated Debentures due 2066

 

No. R-        

CUSIP No.             

This global certificate (the “Global Certificate”) is one of the Global Certificates in respect of a duly authorized issue of 6.40% Fixed-to-Floating Rate Junior Debentures due 2066 (the “Junior Subordinated Debentures”) of MetLife, Inc., a Delaware corporation (hereinafter called the “Company,” which term includes any successor corporation under the Indenture, as defined on the reverse hereof). For value received, the Company hereby promises to pay to Cede & Co., or its registered assigns, on December 15, 2066 (the “Final Maturity Date”) (or on the date of redemption by the Company prior to the Final Maturity Date, as provided for in the Indenture) the amount of principal of the Junior Subordinated Debentures represented by this Global Certificate from time to time and to pay interest from time to time on the Junior Subordinated Debentures represented by this Global Certificate from December 21, 2006 or from the most recent Interest Payment Date to which interest has been paid or duly provided for as specified on the reverse hereof and in the Indenture; provided, however, that the amount of principal of, and all amounts and unpaid interest on, the Junior Subordinated Debentures represented by this Global Certificate shall be payable in full on December 15, 2036 or any subsequent Interest Payment Date to the extent, and subject to the conditions, set forth on the reverse hereof and in the Indenture. If any date fixed for redemption or repayment of the Junior Subordinated Debentures represented by this Global Certificate is not a Business Day, then payment of the principal amount of the redemption price or repayment of the principal amount of the Junior Subordinated Debentures represented by this Global Certificate shall be made on the next day that is a Business day, without any interest or other payment as a result of such delay.

This Junior Subordinated Debenture shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture, be valid or become obligatory for any purpose, until the Certificate of Authentication hereon shall have been executed by the Trustee.

All terms used in this Global Certificate that are defined in the Indenture shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.

The provisions of the Junior Subordinated Debentures are continued on the reverse side hereof and such continued provisions shall for all purposes have the same effect as though fully set forth at this place.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this instrument to be executed.

Dated:                     , 2006

 

35


METLIFE, INC.

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

36


CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

This is one of the Debentures referred to in the within mentioned Indenture.

 

   

THE BANK OF NEW YORK TRUST COMPANY, N.A.,

as Trustee

    By:  

 

      Authorized Officer

Dated:                    , 2006

 

37


[REVERSE OF DEBENTURE]

This Global Certificate is one of the certificates representing a duly authorized issue of Junior Subordinated Debentures due 2066 (the “Junior Subordinated Debentures”), issued under a Subordinated Indenture, dated as of June 21, 2005 (herein called the “Base Indenture”), between the Company and the Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A. (as successor in interest to J.P. Morgan Trust Company, National Association) (herein called the “Trustee,” which term includes any successor trustee under the Indenture), as supplemented by the Third Supplemental Indenture, dated as of December 21, 2006 (the “Third Supplemental Indenture” together with the Base Indenture, the “Indenture”), to which Indenture and all indentures supplemental thereto reference is hereby made for a statement of the respective rights, limitations of rights, duties and immunities thereunder of the Trustee, the Company and the holders of the Junior Subordinated Debentures, and of the terms upon which the Junior Subordinated Debentures are, and are to be, authenticated and delivered.

All terms used in this Junior Subordinated Debenture that are defined in the Indenture shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.

Interest on the Junior Subordinated Debentures shall accrue (i) from the date of initial issuance to but excluding December 15, 2036, or earlier redemption, at an annual rate equal to 6.40%, payable semi-annually in arrears on June 15 and December 15 of each year, commencing on June 15, 2007 and (ii) solely in the event that the Junior Subordinated Debentures are not repaid or otherwise redeemed on or before the scheduled Redemption Date (as defined below) from and including December 15, 2036 to but excluding the Final Maturity Date or earlier Maturity Date, at an annual rate equal to Three-Month LIBOR plus a margin equal to 2.205%, payable quarterly in arrears on March 15, June 15, September 15 and December 15 of each year.

Notwithstanding the provisions of Article III of the Base Indenture, the Company shall have the right to redeem the Junior Subordinated Debentures, in whole or in part, at any time on or after December 15, 2031, at a cash redemption price equal to the Par Redemption Amount; provided that, if the Junior Subordinated Debentures are not redeemed in whole, at least $50 million aggregate principal amount of the Junior Subordinated Debentures (excluding any Junior Subordinated Debentures held by the Company or any of its Affiliates), must remain outstanding after giving effect to such redemption.

The Company shall have the right to redeem the Junior Subordinated Debentures, in whole or in part, at any time prior to December 15, 2031, in cases not involving a Tax Event or Rating Agency Event, at a cash redemption price equal to the greater of (i) the Par Redemption Amount and (ii) the Make-Whole Redemption Amount; provided that if the Junior Subordinated Debentures are not redeemed in whole, at least $50 million aggregate principal amount of the Junior Subordinated Debentures (excluding any Junior Subordinated Debentures held by the Company or any of its Affiliates) must remain outstanding after giving effect to such redemption.

At any time prior to December 15, 2031, the Company shall have the right to redeem the Junior Subordinated Debentures in whole, but not in part, and only following the

 

38


occurrence of a Tax Event or a Rating Agency Event, at a cash redemption price equal to the greater of (i) the Par Redemption Amount and (ii) the Special Event Make-Whole Redemption Amount. With respect to any redemption of Junior Subordinated Debentures as a result of a Tax Event or Rating Agency Event, the date fixed for such redemption will be within 180 days following the occurrence of such Tax Event or a Rating Agency Event, as applicable; provided, however, that if at that time the Company is able to eliminate, within the 180-day period, the Tax Event or Rating Agency Event by taking some ministerial action (such as making an election or filing a form) that has no adverse effect on the Company or the holders of the Junior Subordinated Debentures, the Company shall pursue such action in lieu of redemption. The Company will have no right or obligation to redeem the Junior Subordinated Debentures while pursuing such measure.

Any redemption shall be made upon not less than 15 days and no more than 30 days’ notice before the date fixed for redemption to the registered holders of the Junior Subordinated Debentures. If the Junior Subordinated Debentures are to be redeemed in part,(a) the Company shall give the Trustee not less than 15 days and no more than 30 days notice in advance of the date fixed for redemption and (b) the Junior Subordinated Debentures shall be redeemed pro rata or by lot or by any other method utilized by the Trustee that the Trustee shall deem fair and appropriate in its discretion. Any notice mailed as provided herein shall be conclusively presumed to have been duly given, whether or not the holder of the Junior Subordinated Debentures receives such notice, but failure duly to give such notice by mail, or any defect in such notice or in the mailing thereof, to any holder of the Junior Subordinated Debentures designated for redemption shall not affect the validity of the proceedings for the redemption of any other Junior Subordinated Debentures. Each such notice given to a holder shall state: (i) the Redemption Date; (ii) the redemption price; (iii) that the Junior Subordinated Debentures are being redeemed pursuant to the Indenture or the terms of the Junior Subordinated Debentures together with the facts permitting such redemption; (iv) if less than all Outstanding Junior Subordinated Debentures are to be redeemed, the identification (and, in the case of partial redemption, the principal amounts) of the particular Junior Subordinated Debentures to be redeemed; (v) the place or places where the Junior Subordinated Debentures are to be redeemed; and (vi) that interest on the Junior Subordinated Debentures to be redeemed will cease to accrue on the Redemption Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Junior Subordinated Debentures are issued in book-entry form through The Depository Trust Company or any other similar facility, notice of redemption may be given to the holders of Junior Subordinated Debentures at such time and in any manner permitted by such facility. The redemption price shall be paid prior to 12:00 noon, New York City time, on the date of such redemption or at such earlier time on such date as the Company determines and specifies in the notice of redemption. The Company shall deposit with the Trustee or with a Paying Agent an amount of money sufficient to pay the redemption price of such Junior Subordinated Debentures or any portion thereof which are to be redeemed on Redemption Date.

Subject to the limitations contained in Section 3.2 of the Third Supplemental Indenture, the Company has agreed to repay the principal amount of the Junior Subordinated Debentures, together with accrued and unpaid interest, on December 15, 2036 (the “Scheduled Redemption Date”). The Company has agreed to repay the Junior Subordinated Debentures on the Scheduled Redemption Date only to the extent that the Company has raised sufficient net proceeds during the applicable QCS Proceeds Collection Period from the issuance of Qualifying

 

39


Capital Securities. The Company will use QCS Commercially Reasonable Efforts to raise sufficient net proceeds during the applicable QCS Proceeds Collection Period from the issuance of Qualifying Capital Securities to permit repayment of the Junior Subordinated Debentures in full on the Scheduled Redemption Date. If the Company has not raised sufficient net proceeds during the applicable QCS Proceeds Collection Period to permit repayment of all principal and accrued and unpaid interest, including any Compounded Interest, on the Junior Subordinated Debentures on the Scheduled Redemption Date, the Company shall continue to use QCS Commercially Reasonable Efforts to raise sufficient net proceeds during the applicable QCS Proceeds Collection Period from the issuance of Qualifying Capital Securities to permit repayment of the Junior Subordinated Debentures on the next Interest Payment Date, and on each Interest Payment Date thereafter, until the Junior Subordinated Debentures are paid in full.

If any notice of redemption has been given as provided herein, the Junior Subordinated Debentures or portion of the Junior Subordinated Debentures with respect to which such notice has been given shall become due and payable on the date and at the place or places stated in such notice at the applicable redemption price. From and after such date, the Junior Subordinated Debentures to be redeemed shall cease to bear interest. If any Junior Subordinated Debentures called for redemption shall not be so paid upon surrender thereof for redemption, the redemption price shall, until paid, bear interest from the date set for redemption until the date redemption actually occurs at the then applicable interest rate on the Junior Subordinated Debentures. On presentation and surrender of certificates representing such Junior Subordinated Debentures at a place of payment specified, in said notice the said Junior Subordinated Debentures or the specified portions thereof shall be paid and redeemed by the Company at the applicable redemption price. Upon presentation of certificates representing Junior Subordinated Debentures to be redeemed in part only, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the holder thereof, at the expense of the Company, a new certificate or certificates representing Junior Subordinated Debentures, of authorized denominations, in aggregate principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion of the Junior Subordinated Debentures represented by the certificate(s) so presented and having the same original issue date, Final Maturity Date and terms. If a Global Security is so surrendered, such new Junior Subordinated Debentures will also be a new Global Security.

The Junior Subordinated Debentures shall not be entitled to the benefit of any sinking fund.

If an Event of Default with respect to the Junior Subordinated Debentures shall occur and be continuing, the principal of the Junior Subordinated Debentures may be declared due and payable in the manner, with the effect and subject to the conditions provided in the Indenture.

The Base Indenture contains provisions for satisfaction, discharge and defeasance at any time of the entire indebtedness of this Junior Subordinated Debenture upon compliance by the Company with certain conditions set forth in the Indenture.

The Indenture contains provisions permitting the Company and the Trustee, with the consent of the holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Junior Subordinated Debentures at the time Outstanding (as defined in the Indenture) to execute

 

40


supplemental indentures for the purpose of, among other things, adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of the Indenture or of any supplemental indenture or of modifying in any manner the rights of the holders of the Junior Subordinated Debentures; provided, however, that, among other things, no such supplemental indenture shall (i) reduce the principal amount thereof, or reduce the rate or extend the time of payment of interest thereon without the consent of the holder of each Junior Subordinated Debenture so affected, or (ii) reduce the aforesaid percentage of Junior Subordinated Debentures, the holders of which are required to consent to any such supplemental indenture, without the consent of the holders of each Junior Subordinated Debenture then Outstanding and affected thereby. The Indenture also contains provisions permitting the holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Junior Subordinated Debentures at the time Outstanding affected thereby, on behalf of all of the holders of the Junior Subordinated Debentures, to waive a default or Event of Default with respect to the Junior Subordinated Debentures, and its consequences, except a default or Event of Default in the payment of the principal of or interest on any of the Junior Subordinated Debentures or a default in respect of a provision that under Article IX of the Base Indenture cannot be amended without the consent of each holder affected thereby. Any such consent or waiver by the registered holder of this Junior Subordinated Debenture (unless revoked as provided in the Indenture) shall be conclusive and binding upon such holder and upon all future holders and owners of this Junior Subordinated Debenture and of any Junior Subordinated Debenture issued in exchange for or in place hereof (whether by registration of transfer or otherwise) irrespective of whether or not any notation of such consent or waiver is made upon this Junior Subordinated Debenture.

So long as (i) no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and (ii) no Trigger Event has occurred and the related Trigger Period is continuing, the Company may elect to defer one or more payments of interest on such Junior Subordinated Debentures (an “Optional Deferral” and any such deferred interest, “Optionally Deferred Interest”) at any time during the Term of the Junior Subordinated Debentures, and from time to time, for up to ten years (which may include a combination of semi-annual and quarterly Interest Payment Periods) without giving rise to an Event of Default and acceleration under the terms of the Indenture, provided, however, that (notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein) the Company may not defer any payment of interest past the Maturity Date and no Optional Deferral Period (as defined below) may end on a date other than on an Interest Payment Date. During any Optional Deferral and for so long as any Optionally Deferred Interest remains outstanding (an “Optional Deferral Period”), the Company may pay Optionally Deferred Interest that was deferred through the Fifth Deferral Anniversary out of any source of funds. Optionally Deferred Interest will continue to accrue and compound on each Interest Payment Date, to the extent permitted by applicable law, at the then applicable interest rate on the Junior Subordinated Debentures. If Optional Deferral has continued beyond the Fifth Deferral Anniversary, then the provisions of Section 6.2 of the Third Supplemental Indenture will apply, and the Company must (except on the Final Maturity Date or upon an acceleration of the Junior Subordinated Debentures following an Event of Default (an “Acceleration Date”) with respect to the Junior Subordinated Debentures) make Commercially Reasonable Efforts to sell Common Stock (unless such interest has been (or is being) paid from the proceeds of Qualifying Warrants) to satisfy its obligation to pay Optionally Deferred Interest on the Junior Subordinated Debentures and may pay such Optionally Deferred Interest only out of the net proceeds from the sale of Qualifying APM Securities. Additionally, during any Optional Deferral Period, the restrictions on payment by the Company of dividends and other

 

41


distributions on capital stock pursuant to Section 6.1 of the Third Supplemental Indenture will apply. Subject to the proviso in the first sentence of this paragraph, there is no limit on the number of Optional Deferral Periods that the Company may begin.

The Company shall provide a notice of any Optional Deferral to the Trustee and the holders of the Junior Subordinated Debentures no more than 30 and no fewer than 15 days prior to the relevant Interest Payment Date. Subject to Section 4.2(b) of the Third Supplemental Indenture, a notice of Optional Deferral, once given, shall be irrevocable and the deferral of payments on the related Interest Payment Date shall be considered an Optional Deferral, unless a Trigger Event has occurred as of the 30th day prior to such Interest Payment Date.

If and to the extent that a Trigger Event has occurred and a Trigger Period caused thereby is continuing as of the 30th day prior to an Interest Payment Date, and regardless of any notice of Optional Deferral that has been previously delivered (except on the Final Maturity Date or Acceleration Date with respect to the Junior Subordinated Debentures) (i) the Company may pay interest on the Junior Subordinated Debentures (other than any interest that had accrued during an Optional Deferral Period through the Fifth Deferral Anniversary thereof and prior to the occurrence of a Trigger Event which may continue to be deferred to the extent provided herein or be paid out of any source of funds) only to the extent that such interest is paid through the Alternative Payment Mechanism and (ii) the Company must make Commercial Reasonable Efforts to sell Common Stock, the sale of which will provide sufficient cash proceeds to pay any amounts due to the holders of the Junior Subordinated Debentures in satisfaction of all accrued and unpaid interest, together with any Compounded Interest, to the extent permitted by law (unless such interest has been (or is being) paid from the proceeds of Qualifying Warrants). Any interest that is accrued and unpaid during a Trigger Period will continue to accrue and compound on each Interest Payment Date, to the extent permitted by applicable law, at the then applicable interest rate on the Junior Subordinated Debentures.

Not earlier than the 15th nor later than the 30th day prior to each Interest Payment Date during a Trigger Period, the Company shall give written notice of the continuance of such Trigger Period to the Trustee and holders of the Junior Subordinated Debentures. Such notice shall, depending on which condition is relied upon in determining that a Trigger Event has occurred, set forth either (x) the Covered Insurance Subsidiaries’ Risk-Based Capital Ratio or (y) the Trailing Four Quarters Consolidated Net Income Amount and the Adjusted Stockholders’ Equity Amount, as applicable, and the extent to which these amounts must increase in order for payments of interest from sources other than the Alternative Payment Mechanism to resume.

In the event that a Trigger Period is no longer continuing and at the termination of the Trigger Period there is no unpaid interest from an Optional Deferral Period that had continued beyond the Fifth Deferral Anniversary, the Company may pay subsequent interest in cash from any source of funds. However, any unpaid interest, that accrued during the continuance of a Trigger Period or an Optional Deferral Period that continued beyond the Fifth Deferral Anniversary may only be satisfied in accordance with the provisions of the Alternative Payment Mechanism, except that on the Final Maturity Date and the Acceleration Date of the Junior Subordinated Debentures, the Company may pay any accrued and unpaid interest without regard to the source of funds. Any accrued and unpaid interest will in all events be due and payable upon the Maturity Date, except for Foregone Interest to the extent provided for in Article 11 of the Third Supplemental Indenture.

 

42


Each holder of a Junior Subordinated Debenture, by such holder’s acceptance thereof, agrees that upon any payment or distribution of assets to creditors of the Company upon any bankruptcy, insolvency or receivership proceeding with respect to the Company, and prior to the Maturity Date or redemption of such Junior Subordinated Debentures, such holder shall not have a claim for, and thus no right to receive, interest that is unpaid due to certain consequences of a Trigger Event (including Compounded Interest) and has not been settled through the application of the Alternative Payment Mechanism, to the extent that the aggregate amount thereof (including Compounded Interest) exceeds 25% of the then Outstanding principal amount of such Junior Subordinated Debenture in respect of which such interest was deferred. For the avoidance of doubt, this limitation on

claims for unpaid interest does not apply to Optionally Deferred Interest, and holders will have a full claim for, and right to receive, such Optionally Deferred Interest.

Except as provided in the immediately preceding paragraph and Article 11 of the Third Supplemental Indenture, no reference herein to the Indenture and no provision of this Junior Subordinated Debenture or of the Indenture shall alter or impair the obligation of the Company, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on this Junior Subordinated Debenture at the times, place and rate, and in the coin or currency, herein prescribed.

As provided in the Base Indenture and subject to certain limitations therein set forth, the transfer of Junior Subordinated Debentures is registrable in the Security Register, upon surrender of Junior Subordinated Debentures for registration of transfer at the office or agency of the Company maintained under Section 4.02 of the Base Indenture duly endorsed by, or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company and the Securities Registrar duly executed by, the holder hereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing, and thereupon one or more new Junior Subordinated Debentures of this series, of authorized denominations and for the same aggregate principal amount, will be issued to the designated transferee or transferees. No service charge shall be made for any such registration of transfer or exchange, but the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge payable in connection therewith.

Prior to due presentment of Junior Subordinated Debentures for registration of transfer, the Company, the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the Trustee may treat the Person in whose name Junior Subordinated Debentures are registered as the owner hereof for all purposes, whether or not Junior Subordinated Debentures are overdue, and neither the Company, the Trustee nor any such agent shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

The Junior Subordinated Debentures are issuable only in registered form without coupons in denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples thereof. This Global Certificate is exchangeable for Junior Subordinated Debentures in definitive form only under certain limited circumstances set forth in the Base Indenture. As provided in the Base Indenture and subject to certain limitations therein set forth, Junior Subordinated Debentures are exchangeable for a like aggregate principal amount of Junior Subordinated Debentures of a different authorized denomination, as requested by the holder surrendering the same.

 

43


No recourse shall be had for the payment of the principal of or the interest on Junior Subordinated Debentures, or for any claim based hereon, or otherwise in respect hereof, or based on or in respect of the Indenture, against any incorporator, shareholder, officer or director, past, present or future, as such, of the Company or of any predecessor or successor corporation, whether by virtue of any constitution, statute or rule of law, or by the enforcement of any assessment or penalty or otherwise, all such liability being, by the acceptance hereof and as part of the consideration for the issuance hereof, expressly waived and released.

The Company agrees, and by acquiring an interest in a Junior Subordinated Debenture each beneficial owner of a Junior Subordinated Debenture agrees, to treat the Junior Subordinated Debentures as indebtedness for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

THE INDENTURE AND THE JUNIOR SUBORDINATED DEBENTURES SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK APPLICABLE TO CONTRACTS MADE AND TO BE PERFORMED ENTIRELY WITHIN SUCH STATE.

 

44


ARTICLE 10

ORIGINAL ISSUE OF JUNIOR SUBORDINATED DEBENTURES

SECTION 10.1 ORIGINAL ISSUE OF JUNIOR SUBORDINATED DEBENTURES.

(a) Junior Subordinated Debentures in the aggregate principal amount not to exceed $1,250,000,000, except as provided in Section 2.1(b) hereof, may, upon execution of this Third Supplemental Indenture, be executed by the Company and delivered to the Trustee for authentication, and the Trustee shall thereupon authenticate and deliver said Junior Subordinated Debentures to or upon the written order of the Company, signed by its Chief Executive Officer, its President, or any Vice President (or more senior officer) and its Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer, without any further action by the Company.

(b) The Company shall file with the Trustee promptly at the end of each calendar year (i) a written notice specifying the amount of original issue discount (including daily rates and accrual periods) accrued on Outstanding Securities as of the end of the year and (ii) such other specific information relating to such original issue discount as may then be relevant under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.

ARTICLE 11

LIMITATION ON CLAIMS

SECTION 11.1 LIMITATION ON CLAIM FOR DEFERRED INTEREST DUE TO A TRIGGER EVENT IN BANKRUPTCY.

Each holder of a Junior Subordinated Debenture, by such holder’s acceptance thereof, agrees that upon any payment or distribution of assets to creditors of the Company upon any bankruptcy, insolvency or receivership proceeding with respect to the Company, and prior to the Maturity Date or redemption of such Junior Subordinated Debentures, such holder shall not have a claim for, and thus no right to receive, interest that is unpaid due to certain consequences of a Trigger Event (including Compounded Interest) and has not been settled through the application of the Alternative Payment Mechanism, to the extent that the aggregate amount thereof (including Compounded Interest) exceeds 25% of the then Outstanding principal amount of such Junior Subordinated Debenture in respect of which such interest was deferred. Amounts to which the holders of the Junior Subordinated Debentures would have been entitled to receive hereunder, but for the operation of this Section 11.1, are referred to as “Foregone Interest.” For the avoidance of doubt, this limitation on claims for unpaid interest does not apply to Optionally Deferred Interest, and holders will have a full claim for, and right to receive, such Optionally Deferred Interest.

 

45


ARTICLE 12

DISCHARGE, DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE

The provisions of Article XIII of the Base Indenture shall apply to the Junior Subordinated Debentures.

ARTICLE 13

MISCELLANEOUS

SECTION 13.1 RATIFICATION OF BASE INDENTURE; CONFLICTS.

The Base Indenture, as supplemented by this Third Supplemental Indenture, is in all respects ratified and confirmed, and this Third Supplemental Indenture shall be deemed part of the Base Indenture in the manner and to the extent herein and therein provided. To the extent permitted by applicable law and the Base Indenture, in the event of any conflict between this Third Supplemental Indenture and the Base Indenture or the provisions set forth in the certificates of Junior Subordinated Debentures, as the case may be, this Third Supplemental Indenture shall control.

SECTION 13.2 JUNIOR SUBORDINATED DEBENTURES UNAFFECTED BY OTHER SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES.

None of the Company’s supplemental indentures to the Base Indenture entered into prior to the date hereof applies to the Junior Subordinated Debentures. To the extent the terms of the Base Indenture are amended by any of such other supplemental indenture, no such amendment shall relate or apply to the Junior Subordinated Debentures. To the extent the terms of the Base Indenture are amended as provided herein, no such amendment shall in any way affect the terms of any such other supplemental indenture or any other series of Securities. This Third Supplemental Indenture shall relate and apply solely to the Junior Subordinated Debentures.

SECTION 13.2 TRUSTEE NOT RESPONSIBLE FOR RECITALS.

The recitals herein contained are made by the Company and not by the Trustee, and the Trustee assumes no responsibility for the correctness thereof.

SECTION 13.4 TAX TREATMENT.

The Company agrees, and by acquiring an interest in a Junior Subordinated Debenture each beneficial owner of a Junior Subordinated Debenture agrees, to treat the Junior Subordinated Debentures as indebtedness for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

SECTION 13.5 GOVERNING LAW.

This Third Supplemental Indenture and the Junior Subordinated Debentures will be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the internal laws of the State of New York.

 

46


SECTION 13.6 SEPARABILITY.

In case any one or more of the provisions contained in this Third Supplemental Indenture or in the Junior Subordinated Debentures shall for any reason be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect any other provisions of this Third Supplemental Indenture or of the Junior Subordinated Debentures, but this Third Supplemental Indenture and the Junior Subordinated Debentures shall be construed as if such invalid or illegal or unenforceable provision had never been contained herein or therein.

SECTION 13.7 COUNTERPARTS.

This Third Supplemental Indenture may be executed in any number of counterparts each of which shall be an original; but such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument.

SECTION 13.8 CALCULATION AGENT AND PREMIUM CALCULATION AGENT

Whether or not expressly provided herein or in the Base Indenture, every provision of this Third Supplemental Indenture relating to the conduct or affecting the liability of or affording protection to the Trustee, the Calculation Agent and the Premium Calculation Agent shall be subject to Article VII of the Base Indenture.

 

47


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Third Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized, on the date or dates indicated in the acknowledgments and as of the day and year first above written.

 

METLIFE, INC, as
Issuer
By:  

/s/ Anthony J. Williamson

  Name: Anthony J. Williamson
  Title: Senior Vice President and
  Treasurer

[SEAL]

Attested:

 

By  

: /s/ Gwenn L. Carr

  Name: Gwenn L. Carr
  Title: Senior Vice President and Secretary

 

THE BANK OF NEW YORK TRUST COMPANY, N.A.,

as Trustee

By:  

/s/ Lawrence M. Kusch

  Name: Lawrence M. Kusch
  Title: Assistant Vice President

 

48

Exhibit 4.82

REPLACEMENT CAPITAL COVENANT, dated as of December 21, 2006 (this “REPLACEMENT CAPITAL COVENANT”), by MetLife, Inc., a Delaware corporation (together with its successors and assigns, the “CORPORATION”), in favor of and for the benefit of each Covered Debtholder (as defined below).

RECITALS

(A) On the date hereof, the Corporation is issuing $1,250,000,000 aggregate principal amount of its 6.40% Fixed-to-Floating Rate Junior Subordinated Debentures due 2066 (including any such junior subordinated debentures issued after the date hereof that may be consolidated and form a single series with such Junior Subordinated Debentures issued on the date hereof, the “JUNIOR SUBORDINATED DEBENTURES”).

(B) This Replacement Capital Covenant is the “Replacement Capital Covenant” referred to in the Prospectus Supplement, dated December 14, 2006, relating to the Junior Subordinated Debentures (together with the Prospectus, dated April 27, 2005 attached thereto, the “PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT”).

(C) The Corporation is entering into and disclosing the content of this Replacement Capital Covenant in the manner provided below with the intent that the covenants provided for in this Replacement Capital Covenant be enforceable by each Covered Debtholder and that the Corporation be estopped from disregarding the covenants in this Replacement Capital Covenant, in each case to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law.

(D) The Corporation acknowledges that reliance by each Covered Debtholder upon the covenants in this Replacement Capital Covenant is reasonable and foreseeable by the Corporation and that, were the Corporation to disregard its covenants in this Replacement Capital Covenant, each Covered Debtholder would have sustained an injury as a result of its reliance on such covenants.

NOW, THEREFORE, the Corporation hereby covenants and agrees as follows in favor of and for the benefit of each Covered Debtholder.

SECTION 1. Definitions. Capitalized terms used in this Replacement Capital Covenant (including the Recitals) have the respective meanings set forth in Schedule I hereto.

SECTION 2. Limitations on Repayment, Redemption and Purchase of Junior Subordinated Debentures. The Corporation hereby promises and covenants to and for the benefit of each Covered Debtholder that the Corporation shall not repay, redeem or purchase (for the avoidance of doubt, any reference in this Replacement Capital Covenant to any repayment of the Corporation’s securities will be deemed to include a reference to defeasance of the

 


Corporation’s obligations under the securities), and will cause its Subsidiaries not to, repay, redeem or purchase, as applicable, all or any part of the Junior Subordinated Debentures on or before December 15, 2056, except to the extent that the principal amount repaid or the applicable redemption, repayment or purchase price does not exceed the sum of the following amounts:

(a) the Applicable Percentage of the aggregate amount of net cash proceeds received by the Corporation and its Subsidiaries since the most recent Measurement Date (without double counting proceeds received in any prior Measurement Period) from the sale of Common Stock and rights to acquire Common Stock to Persons other than the Corporation and its Subsidiaries; plus

(b) the Applicable Percentage of the aggregate amount of net cash proceeds received by the Corporation and its Subsidiaries since the most recent Measurement Date (without double counting proceeds received in any prior Measurement Period) from the sale of Mandatorily Convertible Preferred Stock, Debt Exchangeable for Equity and Qualifying Capital Securities to Persons other than the Corporation and its Subsidiaries.

SECTION 3. Covered Debt. (a) The Corporation represents and warrants that the Initial Covered Debt is Eligible Debt.

(b) On or during the 30-day period immediately preceding any Redesignation Date with respect to the Covered Debt then in effect, the Corporation shall identify the series of Eligible Debt that will become the Covered Debt on and after such Redesignation Date in accordance with the following procedures:

(i) the Corporation shall identify each series of its then outstanding long-term indebtedness for money borrowed that is Eligible Debt;

(ii) if only one series of the Corporation’s then outstanding long-term indebtedness for money borrowed is Eligible Debt, such series shall become the Covered Debt commencing on the related Redesignation Date;

(iii) if the Corporation has more than one outstanding series of long-term indebtedness for money borrowed that is Eligible Debt, then the Corporation shall identify the series that has the latest stated final maturity date as of the date the Corporation is applying the procedures in this Section 3(b) and such series shall become the Covered Debt on the related Redesignation Date;

(iv) the series of outstanding long-term indebtedness for money borrowed that is determined to be Covered Debt pursuant to this Section 3(b) shall be the Covered Debt for purposes of this Replacement Capital Covenant for the period commencing on the related Redesignation Date and continuing to but not including the Redesignation Date as of which a new series of outstanding long-term indebtedness is next determined to be the Covered Debt pursuant to the procedures set forth in this Section 3(b); and

(v) in connection with such identification of a new series of Covered Debt, the Corporation shall, as provided for in Section 3(c), give a notice and file with the Commission a current report on Form 8-K including or incorporating by reference this Replacement Capital Covenant as an exhibit within the time frame provided for in such section.

 

2


(c) Notice. In order to give effect to the intent of the Corporation described in Recital C, the Corporation covenants that (i) simultaneously with the execution of this Replacement Capital Covenant or as soon as practicable after the date hereof, it shall (A) give notice to the Holders of the Initial Covered Debt, in the manner provided in the indenture relating to the Initial Covered Debt, of this Replacement Capital Covenant and the rights granted to such Holders hereunder and (B) file a copy of this Replacement Capital Covenant with the Commission as an exhibit to a current report on Form 8-K under the Exchange Act; (ii) so long as the Corporation is a reporting company under the Exchange Act, the Corporation will include in each annual report filed with the Commission on Form 10-K under the Exchange Act a description of the covenant set forth in Section 2 and identify the series of long-term indebtedness for borrowed money that is Covered Debt as of the date such annual report on Form 10-K is filed with the Commission; (iii) if a series of the Corporation’s long-term indebtedness for money borrowed (A) becomes Covered Debt or (B) ceases to be Covered Debt pursuant to the procedures set forth in Section 3(b), the Corporation shall give notice of such occurrence within 30 days to the holders of such long-term indebtedness for money borrowed in the manner provided for in the indenture, fiscal agency agreement or other instrument under which such long-term indebtedness for money borrowed was issued and report such change in a current report on Form 8-K including or incorporating by reference this Replacement Capital Covenant, and in the Corporation’s next quarterly report on Form 10-Q or annual report on Form 10-K, as applicable; (iv) if, and only if, the Corporation ceases to be a reporting company under the Exchange Act, the Corporation shall post on its website the information otherwise required to be included in Exchange Act filings pursuant to clauses (ii) and (iii) of this Section 3(c); and (v) promptly upon request by any Holder of Covered Debt, the Corporation shall provide such Holder with a conformed copy of this Replacement Capital Covenant.

SECTION 4. Termination, Amendment and Waiver. (a) The obligations of the Corporation pursuant to this Replacement Capital Covenant shall remain in full force and effect until the earliest (the “TERMINATION DATE”) to occur of (i) December 15, 2056, or, if earlier, the date on which the Junior Subordinated Debentures are otherwise repaid, redeemed or purchased in full, (ii) the date, if any, on which the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then-effective series of Covered Debt consent or agree in writing to the termination of this Replacement Capital Covenant and the obligations of the Corporation hereunder, (iii) the date on which the Corporation ceases to have any series of outstanding Eligible Senior Debt or Eligible Subordinated Debt (in each case, without giving effect to the rating requirement in clause (b) of the definition of each such term) and (iv) the date on which an event of default under the Subordinated Indenture resulting in an acceleration of the Junior Subordinated Debentures occurs. From and after the Termination Date, the obligations of the Corporation pursuant to this Replacement Capital Covenant shall be of no further force and effect.

(b) This Replacement Capital Covenant may be amended or supplemented from time to time by a written instrument signed by the Corporation with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the then-effective series of Covered Debt, provided that this Replacement Capital Covenant may be amended or supplemented from time to time by a written instrument signed only by the Corporation (and without the consent of any Holder of the then-effective series of Covered Debt) if (i) the effect of such amendment or

 

3


supplement is solely to impose additional restrictions on the types of securities qualifying as Replacement Capital Securities, and an officer of the Corporation has delivered to the Holders of the then-effective series of Covered Debt in the manner provided for in the indenture, fiscal agency agreement or other instrument with respect to such Covered Debt a written certificate to that effect, (ii) such amendment or supplement is not adverse to the Covered Debtholders and an officer of the Corporation has delivered to the Holders of the then-effective series of Covered Debt in the manner provided for in the indenture, fiscal agency agreement or other instrument with respect to such Covered Debt a written certificate stating that, in his or her determination, such amendment or supplement is not adverse to such Covered Debtholders, or (iii) such amendment or supplement eliminates Common Stock and/or Mandatorily Convertible Preferred Stock as Replacement Capital Securities if, in the case of this clause (iii), the Corporation has been advised in writing by a nationally recognized independent accounting firm that there is more than an insubstantial risk that the failure to do so would result in a reduction in the Corporation’s earnings per share as calculated for financial reporting purposes.

(c) For purposes of Sections 4(a) and 4(b), the Holders whose consent or agreement is required to terminate, amend or supplement the obligations of the Corporation under this Replacement Capital Covenant shall be the Holders of the then-effective Covered Debt as of a record date established by the Corporation that is not more than 30 days prior to the date on which the Corporation proposes that such termination, amendment or supplement becomes effective.

SECTION 5. Miscellaneous. (a) THIS REPLACEMENT CAPITAL COVENANT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

(b) This Replacement Capital Covenant shall be binding upon the Corporation and its successors and assigns and shall inure to the benefit of the Covered Debtholders as they exist from time to time (it being understood and agreed by the Corporation that any Person who is a Covered Debtholder at the time such Person acquires, holds or sells Covered Debt shall retain its status as a Covered Debtholder for so long as the series of long-term indebtedness for borrowed money owned by such Person is Covered Debt and, if such Person initiates a claim or proceeding to enforce its rights under this Replacement Capital Covenant after the Corporation has violated its covenants in Section 2 and before the series of long-term indebtedness for money borrowed held by such Person is no longer Covered Debt, such Person’s rights under this Replacement Capital Covenant shall not terminate prior to a Termination Date solely by reason of such series of long-term indebtedness for money borrowed no longer being Covered Debt).

(c) All demands, notices, requests and other communications to the Corporation under this Replacement Capital Covenant shall be deemed to have been duly given and made if in writing and (i) if served by personal delivery upon the Corporation, on the day so delivered (or, if such day is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day), (ii) if delivered by registered post or certified mail, return receipt requested, or sent to the Corporation by a national or international courier service, on the date of receipt by the Corporation (or, if such date of receipt is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day), or (iii) if sent by telecopier, on the day telecopied, or if not a Business Day, the next

 

4


 

succeeding Business Day, provided that the telecopy is promptly confirmed by telephone confirmation thereof, and in each case to the Corporation at the address set forth below, or at such other address as the Corporation may thereafter notify to Covered Debtholders or post on its website as the address for notices under this Replacement Capital Covenant:

MetLife, Inc.

One MetLife Plaza

Long Island City, NY 11101

(d) If the Corporation is obligated to sell Replacement Capital Securities and apply the net proceeds to payments of principal of or interest on any outstanding securities in addition to the Junior Subordinated Debentures, then on any date and for any period the amount of net proceeds received by the Corporation from those sales and available for such payments shall be applied to the Junior Subordinated Debentures and those other securities having the same scheduled repayment date or scheduled redemption date as the Junior Subordinated Debentures pro rata in accordance with their respective outstanding principal amounts and none of such net proceeds shall be applied to any other securities having a later scheduled repayment date or scheduled redemption date until the principal of and all accrued and unpaid interest on the Junior Subordinated Debentures has been paid in full.

 

5


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused this Replacement Capital Covenant to be executed by its duly authorized officer, as of the day and year first above written.

 

METLIFE, INC.
By:  

/s/ Anthony J. Williamson

Name:   Anthony J. Williamson
Title:   Senior Vice President and Treasurer

[Signature page to the Replacement Capital Covenant]

 


Schedule I

DEFINITIONS

“ALTERNATIVE PAYMENT MECHANISM” means, with respect to any securities or combination of securities (together in this definition, “such securities”), provisions in the related transaction documents requiring the Corporation to issue (or use commercially reasonable efforts to issue) one or more types of APM Qualifying Securities raising eligible proceeds at least equal to the deferred Distributions on such securities and apply the proceeds to pay unpaid Distributions on such securities, commencing on the earlier of (x) the first Distribution Date after commencement of a deferral period on which the Corporation pays current Distributions on such securities and (y) the fifth anniversary of the commencement of such deferral period, and that:

(a) define “eligible proceeds” to mean, for purposes of such Alternative Payment Mechanism, the net proceeds (after underwriters’ or placement agents’ fees, commissions or discounts and other expenses relating to the issuance or sale of the relevant securities, where applicable, and including the fair market value of property received by the Corporation or any of its Subsidiaries as consideration for such securities) that the Corporation has received during the 180 days prior to the related Distribution Date from the issuance of APM Qualifying Securities, up to the Preferred Cap (as defined in paragraph (f) below) in the case of APM Qualifying Securities that are Qualifying Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock;

(b) permit the Corporation to pay current Distributions on any Distribution Date out of any source of funds but (x) require the Corporation to pay deferred Distributions only out of eligible proceeds and (y) prohibit the Corporation from paying deferred Distributions out of any source of funds other than eligible proceeds, unless (if the Corporation elects to so provide in the terms of such securities) an Applicable Governmental Authority directs otherwise;

(c) if deferral of Distributions continues for more than one year (unless the Corporation elects to provide for a shorter period in the terms of such securities), require the Corporation not to repay, redeem or purchase any securities of the Corporation that on a bankruptcy or liquidation of the Corporation rank pari passu with or junior to such securities until at least one year after all deferred Distributions have been paid;

(d) notwithstanding the foregoing provision, if an Applicable Governmental Authority disapproves the issuer’s sale of APM Qualifying Securities, may (if the Corporation elects to so provide in the terms of such securities) permit the Corporation to pay deferred Distributions from any source without a breach of its obligations under the transaction documents;

(e) if an Applicable Governmental Authority does not disapprove the Corporation’s issuance and sale of APM Qualifying Securities but disapproves the use of the proceeds thereof to pay deferred Distributions, may (if the Corporation elects to so provide in the terms of such securities) permit the Corporation to use such proceeds for other purposes and to continue to defer Distributions without a breach of its obligations under the transaction documents; and

 


(f) limit the obligation of the Corporation to issue (or use commercially reasonable efforts to issue) APM Qualifying Securities up to:

(i) in the case of APM Qualifying Securities that are Common Stock or rights to purchase Common Stock, an amount from the issuance thereof pursuant to the Alternative Payment Mechanism (including at any point in time from all prior issuances thereof pursuant to the Alternative Payment Mechanism) with respect to deferred Distributions attributable to the first five years of any deferral period equal to 2% of the product of the average of the current stock market prices of the Common Stock on the ten consecutive trading days ending on the fourth trading day immediately preceding the date of issuance multiplied by the total number of issued and outstanding shares of Common Stock as of the date of the Corporation’s most recent publicly available consolidated financial statements (the “COMMON CAP”), provided (and it being understood) that the Common Cap shall cease to apply to such deferral period by a date (as specified in the related transaction documents) which shall be not later than the ninth anniversary of the commencement of such deferral period; and

(ii) in the case of APM Qualifying Securities that are Qualifying Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, an amount from the issuance thereof pursuant to the related Alternative Payment Mechanism (including at any point in time from all prior issuances thereof pursuant to such Alternative Payment Mechanism) equal to 25% of the initial principal or stated amount of the securities that are the subject of the related Alternative Payment Mechanism (the “PREFERRED CAP”);

(iii) provided (and it being understood) that:

(A) the Corporation shall not be obligated to issue (or use commercially reasonable efforts to issue) APM Qualifying Securities for so long as a Market Disruption Event has occurred and is continuing;

(B) if, due to a Market Disruption Event or otherwise, the Corporation is able to raise and apply some, but not all, of the eligible proceeds necessary to pay all deferred Distributions on any Distribution Date, the Corporation will apply any available eligible proceeds to pay accrued and unpaid Distributions on the applicable Distribution Date in chronological order subject to the Common Cap and Preferred Cap, as applicable; and

(C) if the Corporation has outstanding more than one class or series of securities under which it is obligated to sell a type of APM Qualifying Securities and apply some part of the proceeds to the payment of deferred Distributions, then on any

 

2


date and for any period the amount of net proceeds received by the Corporation from those sales and available for payment of deferred Distributions on such securities shall be applied to such securities on a pro rata basis in proportion to the total amounts that are due on such securities, or on such other basis as an Applicable Governmental Authority may approve.

“APM QUALIFYING SECURITIES” means, with respect to an Alternative Payment Mechanism, one or more of the following (as designated in the transaction documents for the Qualifying Capital Securities that include an Alternative Payment Mechanism or Debt Exchangeable for Equity):

 

  (a) Common Stock;

 

  (b) rights to purchase Common Stock; or

 

  (c) Qualifying Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock;

provided (and it being understood) that if the APM Qualifying Securities for any Alternative Payment Mechanism include both Common Stock and rights to purchase Common Stock, such Alternative Payment Mechanism may permit, but need not require, the Corporation to issue rights to purchase Common Stock.

“APPLICABLE GOVERNMENTAL AUTHORITY” means any regulatory body, administrative agency, or governmental body having jurisdiction over the Corporation or any Subsidiary thereof, including, without limitation, any insurance regulatory authority and the Federal Reserve Board.

“APPLICABLE PERCENTAGE” means:

(a) in the case of any Common Stock or rights to acquire Common Stock, 100 divided by (i) 75% with respect to any repayment, redemption or purchase prior to December 15, 2036, (ii) 50% with respect to any repayment, redemption or purchase on or after December 15, 2036 and prior to December 15, 2046 and (iii) 25% with respect to any repayment, redemption or purchase on or after December 15, 2046 (for example, prior to December 15, 2036, the Applicable Percentage in the case of such securities will be 133.33%);

(b) in the case of any Mandatorily Convertible Preferred Stock or Debt Exchangeable for Equity, 75 divided by (i) 75% with respect to any repayment, redemption or purchase prior to December 15, 2036, (ii) 50% with respect to any repayment, redemption or purchase on or after December 15, 2036 and prior to December 15, 2046 and (iii) 25% with respect to any repayment, redemption or purchase on or after December 15, 2046 (for example, on or after December 15, 2036 and prior to December 15, 2046, the Applicable Percentage in the case of such securities will be 150%);

(c) in the case of any Qualifying Capital Securities described in clause (a) of the definition of that term, 75 divided by (i) 75% with respect to any repayment, redemption or purchase prior to December 15, 2036, (ii) 50% with respect to any repayment, redemption or purchase on or after December 15, 2036 and prior to December 15, 2046 and (iii) 25% with

 

3


respect to any repayment, redemption or purchase on or after December 15, 2046 (for example, after December 15, 2046, the Applicable Percentage in the case of such securities will be 300%);

(d) in the case of any Qualifying Capital Securities described in clause (b) of the definition of that term, 50 divided by (i) 50% with respect to any repayment, redemption or purchase on or after December 15, 2036 and prior to December 15, 2046, and (ii) 25% with respect to any repayment, redemption or purchase on or after December 15, 2046 (for example, after December 15, 2046, the Applicable Percentage in the case of such securities will be 200%); and

(e) in the case of any Qualifying Capital Securities described in clause (c) of the definition of that term, 100%.

“BUSINESS DAY” means each day other than (a) a Saturday or Sunday or (b) a day on which banking institutions in The City of New York are authorized or required by law or executive order to remain closed, and, on or after December 15, 2036, a day that is not a London business day. A “LONDON BUSINESS DAY” is any day on which dealings in deposits in U.S. dollars are transacted in the London interbank market.

“COMMISSION” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.

“COMMON STOCK” means common stock of the Corporation and rights to acquire common stock issued pursuant to any dividend reinvestment plan and employee benefit plans of the Corporation (including treasury shares of common stock).

“CORPORATION” has the meaning specified in the introduction to this instrument.

“COVERED DEBT” means (a) at the date of this Replacement Capital Covenant and continuing to but not including the first Redesignation Date, the Initial Covered Debt and (b) thereafter, commencing with each Redesignation Date and continuing to but not including the next succeeding Redesignation Date, the Eligible Debt identified pursuant to Section 3(b) as the Covered Debt for such period.

“COVERED DEBTHOLDER” means each Person (whether a Holder or a beneficial owner holding through a participant in a clearing agency) that buys, holds or sells long-term indebtedness for money borrowed of the Corporation during the period that such long-term indebtedness for money borrowed is Covered Debt.

“DEBT EXCHANGEABLE FOR EQUITY” means a security or combination of securities (together in this definition, “such securities”) that:

(a) gives the holder a beneficial interest in (i) subordinated debt securities of the Corporation that include a provision requiring the Corporation to issue (or use commercially reasonable efforts to issue) one or more types of APM Qualifying Securities raising proceeds at least equal to the deferred Distributions on such subordinated debt securities commencing not later than two years after initial issuance of such securities and that are the most junior subordinated debt of the Corporation (or rank pari passu with the most junior subordinated

 

4


debt of the Corporation) (in this definition, “subordinated debt” of the Corporation) and (ii) a fractional interest in a stock purchase contract for a share of non-cumulative perpetual preferred stock of the Corporation that ranks pari passu with or junior to all other preferred stock of the Corporation (in this definition, “preferred stock” of the Corporation);

(b) provides that the investors directly or indirectly grant to the Corporation a security interest in such subordinated debt securities and their proceeds (including any substitute collateral permitted under the transaction documents) to secure the investors’ direct or indirect obligation to purchase preferred stock of the Corporation pursuant to such stock purchase contracts;

(c) includes a remarketing feature pursuant to which the subordinated debt of the Corporation is remarketed to new investors commencing not later than the first Distribution Date that is at least five years after the date of issuance of securities or earlier in the event of an early settlement event based on (i) the capital ratios of the Corporation as anticipated by any Applicable Governmental Authority or (ii) one or more financial tests set forth in the terms of such securities or the forward purchase contract or similar agreement;

(d) provides for the proceeds raised in the remarketing to be used to purchase preferred stock of the Corporation under the stock purchase contracts and, if there has not been a successful remarketing by the first Distribution Date that is six years after the date of issuance of such securities, provides that the stock purchase contracts will be settled by the Corporation foreclosing on its subordinated debt securities or other collateral directly or indirectly pledged by investors in the Debt Exchangeable for Equity;

(e) includes a replacement capital covenant substantially similar to this Replacement Capital Covenant that will apply to such securities and to the preferred stock of the Corporation, and will not include Debt Exchangeable for Equity as a replacement capital security; and

(f) after the issuance of such preferred stock of the Corporation, provides the holders of such securities with a beneficial interest in such preferred stock of the Corporation.

“DISTRIBUTION DATE” means, as to any securities or combination of securities, the dates on which periodic Distributions on such securities are scheduled to be made.

“DISTRIBUTION PERIOD” means, as to any securities or combination of securities, each period from and including the later of the issue date and a Distribution Date for such securities to but excluding the next succeeding Distribution Date for such securities.

“DISTRIBUTIONS” means, as to a security or combination of securities, dividends, interest payments or other income distributions to the holders thereof that are not Subsidiaries of the Corporation.

“ELIGIBLE DEBT” means, at any time, Eligible Subordinated Debt or, if no Eligible Subordinated Debt is then outstanding, Eligible Senior Debt.

 

5


“ELIGIBLE SENIOR DEBT” means, at any time in respect of any issuer, each series of outstanding long-term indebtedness for money borrowed of such issuer that (a) upon a bankruptcy, liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the issuer, ranks most senior among the issuer’s then outstanding classes of indebtedness for money borrowed, (b) is then assigned a rating by at least one NRSRO (provided that this clause (b) shall apply on a Redesignation Date only if on such date the issuer has outstanding senior long-term indebtedness for money borrowed that satisfies the requirements of clauses (a), (c) and (d) that is then assigned a rating by at least one NRSRO), (c) has an outstanding principal amount of not less than $100,000,000, and (d) was issued through or with the assistance of a commercial or investment banking firm or firms acting as underwriters, initial purchasers or placement or distribution agents. For purposes of this definition as applied to securities with a CUSIP number, each issuance of long-term indebtedness for money borrowed that has (or, if such indebtedness is held by a trust or other intermediate entity established directly or indirectly by the issuer, the securities of such intermediate entity that have) a separate CUSIP number shall be deemed to be a series of the issuer’s long-term indebtedness for money borrowed that is separate from each other series of such indebtedness.

“ELIGIBLE SUBORDINATED DEBT” means, at any time in respect of any issuer, each series of the issuer’s then outstanding long-term indebtedness for money borrowed that (a) upon a bankruptcy, liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the issuer, ranks subordinate to the issuer’s then outstanding series of indebtedness for money borrowed that ranks most senior, (b) is then assigned a rating by at least one NRSRO (provided that this clause (b) shall apply on a Redesignation Date only if on such date the issuer has outstanding subordinated long-term indebtedness for money borrowed that satisfies the requirements in clauses (a), (c) and (d) that is then assigned a rating by at least one NRSRO), (c) has an outstanding principal amount of not less than $100,000,000, and (d) was issued through or with the assistance of a commercial or investment banking firm or firms acting as underwriters, initial purchasers or placement or distribution agents. For purposes of this definition as applied to securities with a CUSIP number, each issuance of long-term indebtedness for money borrowed that has (or, if such indebtedness is held by a trust or other intermediate entity established directly or indirectly by the issuer, the securities of such intermediate entity that have) a separate CUSIP number shall be deemed to be a series of the issuer’s long-term indebtedness for money borrowed that is separate from each other series of such indebtedness.

“EXCHANGE ACT” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

“HOLDER” means, as to the Covered Debt then in effect, each holder of such Covered Debt as reflected on the securities register maintained by or on behalf of the Corporation with respect to such Covered Debt.

“INITIAL COVERED DEBT” means the Corporation’s 5.70% Senior Notes due 2035.

“INTENT-BASED REPLACEMENT DISCLOSURE” means, as to any security or combination of securities (together in this definition, “securities”), that the Corporation has publicly stated its intention, either in the prospectus or other offering document under which such securities were initially offered for sale or in filings with the Commission made by the Corporation under the Exchange Act prior to or contemporaneously with the issuance of such securities, that the

 

6


Corporation, to the extent the securities provide the Corporation with equity credit, will repay, redeem or purchase such securities only with the proceeds of replacement capital securities that have terms and provisions at the time of repayment, redemption or purchase that are as or more equity-like than the securities then being repaid, redeemed or purchased, raised within 180 days prior to the applicable repayments, redemption or purchase date.

“JUNIOR SUBORDINATED DEBENTURES” has the meaning specified in Recital A.

“MANDATORILY CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK” means cumulative preferred stock with (a) no prepayment obligation on the part of the issuer thereof, whether at the election of the holders or otherwise, and (b) a requirement that such cumulative preferred stock convert into common stock within three years from the date of its issuance at a conversion ratio within a range established at the time of issuance of such cumulative preferred stock.

“MANDATORY TRIGGER PROVISION” means, as to any security or combination of securities (together in this definition, “securities”), provisions in the terms thereof or of the related transaction agreements that (a) require or, at its option in the case of non-cumulative perpetual preferred stock, permit the issuer of such securities to make payment of Distributions on such securities only pursuant to the issue and sale of APM Qualifying Securities, within no more than two years of a failure to satisfy one or more financial tests set forth in the terms of such securities or related transaction agreements, in an amount such that the net proceeds of such sale are at least equal to the amount of unpaid Distributions on such securities (including without limitation all deferred and accumulated amounts) and in either case require the application of the net proceeds of such sale to pay such unpaid Distributions, provided that if the APM Qualifying Securities issued and sold are Qualifying Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, the amount of the net proceeds of Qualifying Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock which the issuer may apply to pay such Distributions pursuant to such provision may not exceed 25% of the initial liquidation or principal amount of such securities, (b) if the APM Qualifying Securities are Common Stock or rights to acquire Common Stock, prohibit the issuer from repurchasing any Common Stock prior to the date that is six months after the issuer applies the net proceeds of the sales described in clause (a) to pay such unpaid Distributions, (c) if the APM Qualifying Securities are warrants to purchase Common Stock, prohibit the issuer from issuing such warrants and using the proceeds therefrom to pay unpaid Distributions if the total number of shares of the issuer’s Common Stock underlying all warrants issued as APM Qualifying Securities during the life of the security would be in excess of 15% of the total number of the issuer’s issued and outstanding shares of Common Stock as of the date of any proposed issuance of warrants as APM Qualifying Securities, and (d) upon any liquidation, dissolution, winding up, reorganization or in connection with any insolvency, receivership or proceeding under any bankruptcy law with respect to the Corporation, limit the claim of the holders of such securities (other than non-cumulative perpetual preferred stock) to Distributions that accumulate during a period in which the Corporation fails to satisfy one or more financial tests set forth in the terms of such securities or related transaction agreements to (x) 25% of the principal amount of such securities then outstanding in the case of securities not permitting the issuance and sale pursuant to the provisions described in clause (a) above of securities other than Common Stock or rights to acquire Common Stock or (y) two years of accumulated and unpaid Distributions (including compounded amounts thereon) in all other cases. No remedy other than Permitted Remedies may arise by the terms of such securities or related transaction agreements in favor of the holders of

 

7


such securities as a result of the issuer’s failure to pay Distributions because of the Mandatory Trigger Provision or as a result of the issuer’s exercise of its right under an Optional Deferral Provision until Distributions have been deferred for one or more Distribution Periods that total together at least ten years.

“MARKET DISRUPTION EVENTS” means the occurrence or existence of any of the following events or sets of circumstances:

(a) trading in securities generally on any national securities exchange or over-the-counter market on which the Common Stock and/or the Corporation’s preferred stock is then listed or traded is suspended or the settlement of such trading generally is materially disrupted or minimum prices are established on any such exchange or such market by the Commission, by such exchange or by any other regulatory body or governmental body having jurisdiction and the establishment of such minimum prices materially disrupts or otherwise has a material adverse effect on trading in, and the issuance and sale of, the Corporation’s Common Stock and/or the Corporation’s preferred stock;

(b) the Corporation was required to obtain the consent or approval of its stockholders, a regulatory body or governmental authority to issue or sell APM Qualifying Securities and, after using commercially reasonable efforts to obtain such consent or approval, the Corporation fails to obtain such consent or approval;

(c) a material disruption or banking moratorium occurs or has been declared in commercial banking or securities settlement or clearance services in the United States;

(d) there shall have occurred such a material adverse change in general domestic or international economic, political or financial conditions, including without limitation as a result of terrorist activities, or the effect of international conditions on the financial markets in the United States is such, as to make it, in the Corporation’s judgment, impracticable to proceed with the issuance of APM Qualifying Securities;

(e) an event occurs and is continuing as a result of which the offering document for the offer and sale of APM Qualifying Securities would, in the reasonable judgment of the Corporation, contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading and either (i) the disclosure of that event at such time, in the judgment of the Corporation, would have a material adverse effect on the business of the Corporation or (ii) the disclosure relates to a previously undisclosed proposed or pending material business transaction, and the Corporation has a bona fide reason for keeping the same confidential or its disclosure would impede the ability of the Corporation to consummate such transaction, provided that no single suspension period contemplated by this paragraph (e) may exceed 90 consecutive days and multiple suspension periods contemplated by this paragraph (e) may not exceed an aggregate of 180 days in any 360-day period; or

(f) the Corporation reasonably believes that the offering document for the offer and sale of APM Qualifying Securities would not be in compliance with a rule or regulation of the Commission (for reasons other than those referred to in paragraph (e) above) and the

 

8


Corporation is unable to comply with such rule or regulation or such compliance is impracticable, provided that no single suspension period contemplated by this paragraph (f) may exceed 90 consecutive days and multiple suspension periods contemplated by this paragraph (f) may not exceed an aggregate of 180 days in any 360-day period.

The definition of “Market Disruption Event” as used in any securities or combination of securities that constitute APM Qualifying Securities may include less than all of the paragraphs outlined above, as determined by the Corporation at the time of issuance of such securities, and in the case of clauses (a), (b), (c) and (d), as applicable to a circumstance where the Corporation would otherwise endeavor to issue preferred stock, shall be limited to circumstances affecting markets where the Corporation’s preferred stock trades or where a listing for its trading is being sought.

“MEASUREMENT DATE” means (a) with respect to any repayment, redemption or purchase of Junior Subordinated Debentures on or prior to December 15, 2036, the date that is 180 days; and (b) with respect to any repayment, redemption or purchase of junior subordinated debentures after the scheduled redemption date, the date that is 90 days, in each case prior to delivery of notice of such repayment or redemption or prior to the date of such repayment, redemption or purchase.

“MEASUREMENT PERIOD” means the period from a Measurement Date to the related notice date or purchase date. Measurement Periods cannot run concurrently.

“NO PAYMENT PROVISION” means a provision or provisions in the transaction documents for securities (referred to in this definition as “such securities”) that include the following:

(a) an Alternative Payment Mechanism; and

(b) an Optional Deferral Provision modified and supplemented from the general definition of that term to provide that:

(i) the issuer of such securities may, in its sole discretion, or (if the Corporation elects to so provide in the terms of such securities) shall in response to a directive or order from any Applicable Governmental Authority defer in whole or in part payment of Distributions on such securities for one or more consecutive Distribution Periods of up to five years or, if a Market Disruption Event has occurred and is continuing, ten years, without any remedy other than Permitted Remedies and the obligations (and limitations on obligations) described in the definition of “Alternative Payment Mechanism” applying; and

(ii) if the Corporation becomes subject to a bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or similar proceeding prior to the redemption or repayment of such securities, the holders of such securities will have no claim to any deferred and unpaid Distributions exceeding (x) if the APM Qualifying Securities include only Common Stock or rights to acquire Common Stock and do not include Qualifying Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, 25% of the principal or stated amount of such securities then outstanding and (y) if the

 

9


APM Qualifying Securities include Qualifying Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, two years of Distributions on such securities; provided, however, that if the APM Qualifying Securities include Qualifying Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock and, accordingly, clause (y) applies, holders of such securities may have an additional preferred equity claim in respect of deferred and unpaid distributions which are in excess of two years of Distributions that is senior to the Corporation’s Common Stock and is or would be pari passu with any Qualifying Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock up to the amount equal to their pro rata shares of any unused portion of the Preferred Cap (as defined in the definition of “Alternative Payment Mechanism”).

“NON-CUMULATIVE” means, with respect to any securities, that the issuer may elect not to make any number of periodic Distributions without any remedy arising under the terms of the securities or related agreements in favor of the holders, other than one or more Permitted Remedies.

“NRSRO” means a nationally recognized statistical rating organization within the meaning of Rule 15c3-1(c)(2)(vi)(F) under the Exchange Act.

“OPTIONAL DEFERRAL PROVISION” means, as to any securities, provisions in the terms thereof or of the related transaction agreements to the effect of either (a) or (b) below:

(a) (i) the issuer of such securities may, in its sole discretion, defer in whole or in part payment of Distributions on such securities for one or more consecutive Distribution Periods of up to five years or, if a Market Disruption Event is continuing, ten years, without any remedy other than Permitted Remedies and (ii) an Alternative Payment Mechanism (provided that such Alternative Payment Mechanism need not apply during the first five years of any deferral period and need not include a Common Cap or Preferred Cap); or

(b) the issuer of such securities may, in its sole discretion, defer in whole or in part payment of Distributions on such securities for one or more consecutive Distribution Periods up to ten years, without any remedy other than Permitted Remedies.

“PERMITTED REMEDIES” means, with respect to any securities, one or more of the following remedies:

(a) rights in favor of the holders of such securities permitting such holders to elect one or more directors of the issuer (including any such rights required by the listing requirements of any stock or securities exchange on which such securities may be listed or traded), and

(b) complete or partial prohibitions preventing the issuer from paying Distributions on or repurchasing Common Stock or other securities that rank pari passu with or junior as to Distributions to such securities for so long as Distributions on such securities, including unpaid Distributions, remain unpaid.

 

10


“PERSON” means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, limited liability company or corporation, unincorporated organization or government or any agency or political subdivision thereof.

“PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT” has the meaning specified in Recital B.

“QUALIFYING CAPITAL SECURITIES” means securities (other than Common Stock, rights to acquire Common Stock, Mandatorily Convertible Preferred Stock and Debt Exchangeable for Equity) that, in the determination of the Corporation’s Board of Directors reasonably construing the definitions and other terms of this Replacement Capital Covenant, meet one of the following criteria:

(a) in connection with any repayment, redemption or purchase of Junior Subordinated Debentures on or prior to December 15, 2036:

(i) securities issued by the Corporation or its Subsidiaries that (A) rank pari passu with or junior to the Junior Subordinated Debentures upon the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, (B) have no maturity or a maturity of at least 60 years and (C) either (x) are subject to a replacement capital covenant substantially similar to this Replacement Capital Covenant and have either a No Payment Provision or are Non-Cumulative or (y) have a Mandatory Trigger Provision and are subject to Intent-Based Replacement Disclosure and have either an Optional Deferral Provision or a No Payment Provision; or

(ii) preferred stock issued by the Corporation or its Subsidiaries that (A) is Non-Cumulative, (B) has no prepayment obligation on the part of the issuer thereof, whether at the election of the holders or otherwise, (C) has no maturity or a maturity of at least 60 years and (D) either (x) is subject to a replacement capital covenant substantially similar to this Replacement Capital Covenant or (y) has a Mandatory Trigger Provision and is subject to Intent-Based Replacement Disclosure; or

(iii) securities issued by the Corporation or its Subsidiaries that (A) rank pari passu or junior to other preferred stock of the issuer, (B) have no maturity or a maturity of at least 40 years, (C) are subject to a replacement capital covenant substantially similar to this Replacement Capital Covenant, (D) have an Optional Deferral Provision and (E) have a Mandatory Trigger Provision; or

(b) in connection with any repayment, redemption or purchase of Junior Subordinated Debentures at any time after December 15, 2036 but on or prior to December 15, 2046:

(i) all securities described under clause (a) of this definition;

(ii) securities issued by the Corporation or its Subsidiaries that (A) rank pari passu with or junior to the Junior Subordinated Debentures upon a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, (B) have no maturity or a maturity of at least 60 years, (C) are subject to a replacement capital covenant substantially similar to this Replacement Capital Covenant and (D) have an Optional Deferral Provision;

 

11


(iii) securities issued by the Corporation or its Subsidiaries that (A) rank pari passu with or junior to the Junior Subordinated Debentures upon a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, (B) are Non-Cumulative or have a No Payment Provision and (C) (x) have no maturity or a maturity of at least 60 years and (y) are subject to Intent-Based Replacement Disclosure;

(iv) securities issued by the Corporation or its Subsidiaries that (A) rank pari passu with or junior to the Junior Subordinated Debentures upon a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, (B) are Non-Cumulative or have a No Payment Provision, (C) have no maturity or a maturity of at least 40 years and (D) are subject to a replacement capital covenant substantially similar to this Replacement Capital Covenant;

(v) securities issued by the Corporation or its Subsidiaries that (A) rank pari passu with or junior to the Junior Subordinated Debentures upon a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, (B) have an Optional Deferral Provision, (C) have a Mandatory Trigger Provision and (D) have no maturity or a maturity of at least 60 years;

(vi) cumulative preferred stock issued by the Corporation or its Subsidiaries that (A) has no prepayment obligation on the part of the issuer thereof, whether at the election of the holders or otherwise, and (B) (x) has no maturity or a maturity of at least 60 years and (y) is subject to a replacement capital covenant substantially similar to this Replacement Capital Covenant; or

(vii) other securities issued by the Corporation or its Subsidiaries that (A) rank upon a liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the Corporation either (x) pari passu with or junior to the Junior Subordinated Debentures or (y) pari passu with the claims of the Corporation’s trade creditors and junior to all of the Corporation’s long-term indebtedness for money borrowed (other than the Corporation’s long-term indebtedness for money borrowed from time to time outstanding that by its terms ranks pari passu with such securities on a liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the Corporation), (B) have an Optional Deferral Provision or a No Payment Provision and (C) have a Mandatory Trigger Provision and (D) either (x) have no maturity or a maturity of at least 40 years and Intent-Based Replacement Disclosure or (y) have no maturity or a maturity of at least 25 years and are subject to a replacement capital covenant substantially similar to this Replacement Capital Covenant; or

(c) in connection with any repayment, redemption or purchase of Junior Subordinated Debentures at any time after December 15, 2046:

(i) securities described under clause (b) of this definition;

 

12


(ii) preferred stock issued by the Corporation that (A) (x) has no maturity or a maturity of at least 50 years and (y) is subject to Intent-Based Replacement Disclosure and (B) is Non-Cumulative;

(iii) securities issued by the Corporation or its Subsidiaries that (A) rank pari passu with or junior to the Junior Subordinated Debentures upon a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, (B) either (x) have no maturity or a maturity of at least 60 years and are subject to Intent-Based Replacement Disclosure or (y) have no maturity or a maturity at least 30 years and are subject to a replacement capital covenant substantially similar to this Replacement Capital Covenant and (C) are Non-Cumulative;

(iv) securities issued by the Corporation or its Subsidiaries that (A) rank pari passu with or junior to the Junior Subordinated Debentures upon a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, (B) have an Optional Deferral Provision, (C) have a Mandatory Trigger Provision and (D) (x) have no maturity or a maturity at least 30 years and (y) are subject to Intent-Based Replacement Disclosure; or

(v) cumulative preferred stock issued by the Corporation or its Subsidiaries that either (A) (x) has no maturity or a maturity of at least 60 years and (y) are subject to Intent-Based Replacement Disclosure or (B) has a maturity of at least 40 years and is subject to a replacement capital covenant substantially similar to this Replacement Capital Covenant.

“QUALIFYING NON-CUMULATIVE PERPETUAL PREFERRED STOCK” means non-cumulative preferred shares of the Corporation that rank pari passu with or junior to all other preferred shares of the Corporation, are perpetual and (a) are subject to a replacement capital covenant substantially similar to this Replacement Capital Covenant or (b) are subject to both (i) mandatory suspension of dividends in the event the Corporation breaches certain financial metrics specified within the offering documents, and (ii) Intent-Based Replacement Disclosure. Additionally, in both (a) and (b) the transaction documents shall provide for no remedies as a consequence of non-payment of Distributions other than Permitted Remedies.

“REDESIGNATION DATE” means, as to the Covered Debt in effect at any time, the earliest of (a) the date that is two years prior to the final maturity date of such Covered Debt, (b) if the Corporation elects to redeem or repay, or the Corporation or a Subsidiary of the Corporation elects to purchase, such Covered Debt either in whole or in part with the consequence that after giving effect to such redemption, repayment or purchase the outstanding principal amount of such Covered Debt is less than $100,000,000, the applicable redemption, repayment or purchase date and (c) if such Covered Debt is not Eligible Subordinated Debt, the date on which the Corporation issues long-term indebtedness for money borrowed that is Eligible Subordinated Debt.

“REPLACEMENT CAPITAL COVENANT” has the meaning specified in the introduction to this instrument.

 

13


“REPLACEMENT CAPITAL SECURITIES” means,

(a) Common Stock and rights to acquire Common Stock (including Common Stock and rights to acquire Common Stock issued pursuant to any reinvestment plan and employee benefit plans of the Corporation);

(b) Mandatorily Convertible Preferred Stock;

(c) Debt Exchangeable for Equity; and

(d) Qualifying Capital Securities.

“SUBORDINATED INDENTURE” means the indenture, dated June 21, 2005, between the Corporation and The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A. (as successor to J.P. Morgan Trust Company, National Association), as subordinated indenture trustee, as supplemented by the Supplemental Indenture.

“SUBSIDIARY” means, at any time, any Person the shares of stock or other ownership interests of which having ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the board of directors or other managers of such Person are at the time owned, or the management or policies of which are otherwise at the time controlled, directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries (including other Subsidiaries) or both, by another Person.

“SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE” means the Third Supplemental Indenture, dated as of December 21, 2006, between the Corporation and The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A., as trustee.

“TERMINATION DATE” has the meaning specified in Section 4(a).

 

14

Exhibit 10.10

1095 Avenue of Americas

New York, NY 10036-6796

 

LOGO

March 24, 2011

 

   William J. Toppeta
Personal and Confidential    President
   International
Michel Khalaf    212-578-1030
   212 252-7237 FAX
   btoppeta@metlife.com

Dear Michel:

As you know, the International business has ambitious financial and integration objectives ahead of it over the next few years. Your alignment with these objectives and continued engagement during this time is of utmost importance.

As your alignment with the 2011 business plan is critical, I am pleased to offer to you the opportunity to receive a special alignment incentive award for this year in an amount up to $750,000 (US), payable in March 2012 (less applicable and required withholding). You will be eligible for this award upon a determination that the financial and integration objectives set out in the 2011 International Line of Business plan have been met. Further, in order to receive this award you must remain continuously employed in your current position through the date of payment in March 2012, and your performance must be satisfactory, as determined by MetLife management.

In additional, I recognize the need to phase you into MetLife’s long term compensation program and therefore we will provide you with a special award payable in two parts: up to $1.0 million (US) for performance year 2011, payable in March 2012 (less applicable and required withholding); and up to 1.0 million (US) for performance year 2012, payable in March 2013 (less applicable and required withholding). In order to receive the maximum payments you must achieve your business plan for the applicable year. Further you must remain continuously employed in your current position through the date of payment, and your performance must be satisfactory, as determined by MetLife management.

This letter represents the entire terms of these award opportunities and no other documents or oral statements will govern. All amounts discussed in this letter represent discretionary bonuses and not salary payments. All amounts described herein will not be considered in determining your retirement, disability, life insurance, or for the purpose of any other employer paid or sponsored benefit or compensation program, including but not limited to the calculation of statutory or other severance. Furthermore, the amounts referred to herein will only be included in the calculation of severance benefits if MetLife determines that the laws of your locality require it. These amounts are also not eligible to be deferred.

Your participation in these award opportunities underscores the important role you play in the on-going success of the International business and the integration of Alico into MetLife. I appreciate your continued hard work, commitment and professionalism.

If you have questions, please do not hesitate to contact me.

 

Sincerely,
/s/ Bill Toppeta
William J. Toppeta

 

cc:    K. Henkel

Exhibit 10.11

 

LOGO    American Life Insurance Company    William B. Feehan
   600 N. King Street    SVP, Human Resources
   Wilmington, DE 19801   
   302-594-2030   
   212-770-8320   
   William.feehan@aig.com   

25 March 2009

STRICTLY PRIVATE AND CONFIDENTIAL

Mr. Michel Khalaf

Dear Michel:

This will confirm our offer of your employment with ALICO Middle East, Africa and South Asia (MEASA) , subject to the following terms and conditions:

POSITION:

You will be appointed as Regional President- ALICO MEASA effective your transfer date.

You will report to the ALICO Chairman and CEO.

SALARY:

Your base annual salary will be US$400,000 (Four Hundred Thousand Dollars only) on a 13-month basis, payable in UAE Dirhams. Your salary shall be reviewed in the first quarter of 2009, and each following year thereafter.

BONUS:

Contingent upon your meeting the Company’s performance expectations and being an active, full-time employee, you will be eligible for a pro-rated performance bonus based on the effective date of this assignment. For 2009 your target bonus will be USD 133,000 (payable in UAE Dirhams).

TRANSPORTATION:

You will receive a transportation allowance of UAE Dirhams 7,000/- per month.

HOUSING ALLOWANCE:

You will be entitled to annual housing allowance of UAE Dirhams 475,000. The Company will pay your housing utilities expenses (electricity, water, and municipality charges).

Your private home telephone is your responsibility. However, the company will reimburse you for approved business calls made from your home.


LOGO

 

ANNUAL LEAVE:

You will be entitled to 30 Calendar days paid annual leave for each one full year of service. Weekends and Public Holidays will be considered part of your leave entitlement if they fall during your leave period. Entitlement is due on completion of one year of service. The timing of your leave will be coordinated with and approved by the Regional Chief Agency Officer.

RETURN AIRFARE:

Dubai/Home of record/ Dubai economy class airfare will be provided to you and your dependents, on assignment with you, on completion of one full year of service and annually thereafter.

SCHOOLING:

From Junior Kindergarten or equivalent through Grade 12, the company will cover your children’s (on assignment with you) school tuition fees & directly related charges. Your contribution will be limited to 20% of the cost, with a maximum of US$ 875 ( US$ Eight Hundred Seventy Five) per child per year. The Company will cover the excess up to US$ 10,000 (US$ Ten Thousand only) per child per year.

CLUB MEMBERSHIP:

You will be entitled to Club Membership for you and your dependents.

INSURANCE:

You will be entitled to enroll under ALICO MEASA Employees Group Life and Medical Insurance plans per company guideline. You will also be eligible for other local benefits normally granted to staff, per standing regulations.

 

LOGO     A Member Company of American International Group, Inc


LOGO

 

GROUP PENSION PLAN:

You will be eligible to participate in ALICO MEASA Employees Group Pension Plan.

Employees contribute 5% of their salaries to this plan, and the company matches this contribution by an equal 5%.

It should be understood that the governing law is the labor law of DIFU-UAE.

It is also understood and agreed that this offer is contingent upon your obtaining valid work permits or visa necessary to reside/work in UAE. The Company will assist you with this process.

Please signify your acceptance and understanding of the above terms by signing and returning the attached copy of this letter.

 

/s/ William B. Feehan    25 March 2009

I hereby confirm my acceptance of this offer and agree to the terms and conditions specified therein.

Signature & Date

cc: R. Haber

 

LOGO     A Member Company of American International Group, Inc

Exhibit 10.35

MANAGEMENT PERFORMANCE SHARE AGREEMENT

MetLife, Inc. confirms that, on [grant date] (the “Grant Date”), it granted you, [name] , [number] Performance Shares (your “Performance Shares”). Your Performance Shares are subject to the terms and conditions of this Management Performance Share Agreement (this “Agreement”) and the MetLife, Inc. 2005 Stock and Incentive Compensation Plan (the “Plan”).

 

  1. Standard Performance Terms .

(a) The terms of this Section 1 shall be referred to as the “Standard Performance Terms” and will apply to your Performance Shares except in so far as Sections 2 (Change of Status) or 3 (Change of Control) apply.

(b) The Performance Period for your Performance Shares will begin on [date] , [year] and end on the December 31 immediately preceding the third anniversary of the beginning of the Performance Period. After the conclusion of the Performance Period, the Committee shall certify in writing the number of Performance Shares payable in accordance with Section 1(c) (your “Final Performance Shares”), and your Final Performance Shares will be due and payable in Shares.

(c) The Committee will determine your Final Performance Shares by multiplying your Performance Shares by the “Performance Factor.” The Performance Factor means a percentage (from zero to 200%) which is the sum of two other percentages (each from zero to 100%), described in (1) and (2) below.

(1) The first percentage will be based on the Company’s performance with respect to Change in Annual Net Operating Income Available to Common Shareholders Per Share during the Performance Period relative to the other companies in the Standard and Poor’s Insurance Index, determined according to Table 1 of Schedule A to this Agreement. For this purpose, (a) “Net Operating Income Available to Common Shareholders Per Share” for any period means net income, excluding: (1) after-tax net investment gains and losses, (2) after-tax adjustments related to net investment gains and losses, (3) after-tax discontinued operations other than discontinued real estate, and (4) preferred stock dividends, in each case determined according to generally accepted accounting principles, divided by the weighted average number of shares outstanding during such period determined on a diluted basis under generally accepted accounting principles; and (b) “Change in Annual Net Operating Income Available to Common Shareholders Per Share” means Net Operating Income Available to Common Shareholders Per Share in the final calendar year of the Performance Period divided by Net Operating Income Available to Common Shareholders Per Share in the calendar year immediately preceding the beginning of the Performance Period.

(2) The second percentage will be based on the Company’s performance with respect to Proportionate Total Shareholder Return during the Performance Period relative to the other companies in the Standard and Poor’s Insurance Index, determined according to Table 2 of Schedule A to this Agreement. For this purpose, (a) “Initial Closing Price” means the average Closing Price (and, in the case of a company other than the Company, the most closely analogous price) in the twenty (20) trading days prior to the first day of the Performance Period; (b) “Final Closing Price” means the average Closing Price (and, the case of a company other than the Company, the most closely analogous price) in the twenty (20) trading days prior


to and including the final day of the Performance Period; (c) “Total Shareholder Return” means the change (plus or minus) from the Initial Closing Price to the Final Closing Price, plus dividends (if any) actually paid on Shares (or, in the case of a company other than the Company, the most closely analogous security) on a reinvested basis from the first day of the Performance Period to and including the last day of the Performance Period; and (d) “Proportionate Total Shareholder Return” means Total Shareholder Return divided by Initial Closing Price.

(d) For these purposes, the Standard & Poor’s Insurance Index means each company which is described by either of the following criteria:

(1) the company is included in such index for the entirety of the Performance Period; or

(2) the company is included in such index on the final day of the Performance Period, and at least fifty percent (50%) of the securities entitled to vote for the directors of that company were owned, directly or indirectly, immediately after and as the result of a merger, acquisition, or other similar corporate transaction, by a majority of the shareholders (determined immediately prior to such transaction) of a company that was either: (i) included in such index on the first day of the Performance Period, or (ii) described by this Section 1(d)(2).

2. Change of Status . For purposes of this Section 2, your transfer between the Company and an Affiliate, or among Affiliates, will not be a termination of employment. In the event of a Change of Control, any applicable terms of Section 3 (Change of Control) will supersede the terms of this Section 2.

(a) Long-Term Disability . In the event you qualify for long-term disability benefits under a plan or arrangement offered by the Company or an Affiliate for its Employees, the Standard Performance Terms will continue to apply to your Performance Shares. Once this provision applies, no other change of status described in this Section 2 (except the provision regarding termination for Cause) will affect your Performance Shares, even if you subsequently return to active service or your employment with the Company or an Affiliate terminates other than for Cause.

(b) Death . In the event that your employment with the Company or an Affiliate terminates due to your death, your Performance Shares will be due and payable in Shares (or cash at a value equal to the Closing Price on the date of your death, if so determined by the Committee).

(c) Retirement . If your employment with the Company or an Affiliate terminates (other than for Cause) on after your early retirement date or normal retirement date (in each case determined under any ERISA qualified pension plan offered by the Company or an Affiliate in which you participate) (“Retirement”), the Standard Performance Terms will continue to apply to your Performance Shares.

(d) Bridge Eligibility . If your employment with the Company or an Affiliate terminates (other than for Cause) with bridge eligibility for retirement-related medical benefits (determined under an ERISA qualified benefit plan offered by the Company or an Affiliate in which you participate, if any) (“Bridge Eligibility”), and your separation agreement (offered to you under the severance program offered by the Company or an Affiliate to its Employees) becomes final, the Standard Performance Terms will continue to apply to your Performance Shares.

 

2


(e) Termination for Cause . In the event that your employment with the Company or an Affiliate terminates for Cause, your Performance Shares will be forfeited immediately.

(f) Other Termination of Employment . Unless the Committee determines otherwise, if no other provision in this Section 2 regarding change of status applies, including, for example, your voluntary termination of employment, your termination without Retirement or Bridge Eligibility, or your termination by the Company or an Affiliate without Cause, your Performance Shares will be forfeited immediately. To the extent you are offered a separation agreement by the Company or an Affiliate, the value of your forfeited Performance Shares may, in the discretion of the Company or Affiliate, be considered in determining the terms of that offer.

3. Change of Control .

(a) Except as provided in Section 3(b), and unless otherwise prohibited under law or by applicable rules of a national security exchange, if a Change of Control occurs, your Performance Shares will be due and payable in the form of cash equal to the number of your Performance Shares multiplied by the Change of Control Price, and such sum shall be paid to you within thirty (30) days of the Change of Control.

(b) The terms of Section 3(a) will not apply to your Performance Shares if the Committee reasonably determines in good faith, prior to the Change of Control, that you have been granted an Alternative Award for your Performance Shares pursuant to Section 15.2 of the Plan.

4. Nontransferability of Awards . Except as provided in Section 5 or as otherwise permitted by the Committee, you may not sell, transfer, pledge, assign or otherwise alienate or hypothecate any of your Performance Shares, and all rights with respect to your Performance Shares are exercisable during your lifetime only by you.

5. Beneficiary Designation . You may name any beneficiary or beneficiaries (who may be named contingently or successively) who may then exercise any right under this Agreement in the event of your death. Each beneficiary designation for such purpose will revoke all such prior designations. Beneficiary designations must be properly completed on a form prescribed by the Committee and must be filed with the Company during your lifetime. If you have not designated a beneficiary, your rights under this Agreement will pass to and may be exercised by your estate.

6. Tax Withholding . The Company will withhold from payment made under this Agreement an amount sufficient to satisfy the minimum statutory Federal, state, and local tax withholding requirements relating to payment on account of your Performance Shares.

7. Adjustments . The Committee may, in its discretion, make adjustments in the terms and conditions of your Performance Shares in recognition of unusual or nonrecurring events affecting the Company or its financial statements, or in recognition of changes to applicable laws, regulations, or accounting principles, whenever the Committee determines that such adjustments are appropriate to prevent unintended dilution or enlargement of the potential benefits of your Performance Shares. The Committee’s determination in this regard will be conclusive.

8. Timing of Payment . The Company will make payment to you as soon as reasonably practicable after such payment becomes payable under this Agreement, unless you have earlier

deferred such payment in accordance with arrangements offered to you for that purpose. If Shares are to be paid to you, you will receive evidence of ownership of those Shares.

 

3


9. Closing Price . For purpose of this Agreement, “Closing Price” will mean the closing price of a Share as reported in the principal consolidated transaction reporting system for the New York Stock Exchange (or on such other recognized quotation system on which the trading prices of the Shares are quoted at the relevant time), or in the event that there are no Share transactions reported on such tape or other system on the applicable date, the closing price on the immediately preceding date on which Share transactions were reported. Closing Price shall constitute “Fair Market Value” under the Plan for all purposes related to your Performance Shares.

10. No Guarantee of Employment . This Agreement is not a contract of employment and it is not a guarantee of employment for life or any period of time. Nothing in this Agreement interferes with or limits in any way the right of the Company or an Affiliates to terminate your employment at any time. This Agreement does not give you any right to continue in the employ of the Company or an Affiliate.

11. Governing Law; Choice of Forum . This Agreement will be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of Delaware, regardless of the law that might be applied under principles of conflict of laws. Any action to enforce this Agreement or any action otherwise regarding this Agreement must be brought in a court in the State of New York, to which jurisdiction the Company and you consent.

12. Miscellaneous . For purposes of this Agreement, “Committee” includes any direct or indirect delegate of the Committee as defined in the Plan and the word “Section” refers to a Section in this Agreement. Any other capitalized word used in this Agreement and not defined in this Agreement, including each form of that word, is defined in the Plan. Any determination or interpretation by the Committee pursuant to this Agreement will be final and conclusive. In the event of a conflict between any term of this Agreement and the terms of the Plan, the terms of the Plan control. This Agreement and the Plan represent the entire agreement between you and the Company, and you and all Affiliates, regarding your Performance Shares. No promises, terms, or agreements of any kind regarding your Performance Shares that are not set forth, or referred to, in this Agreement or in the Plan are part of this Agreement. In the event any provision of this Agreement is held illegal or invalid, the rest of this Agreement will remain enforceable. If you are an Employee of an Affiliate, your Performance Shares are being provided to you by the Company on behalf of that Affiliate, and the value of your Performance Shares will be considered a compensation obligation of that Affiliate. Your Performance Shares are not Shares and do not give you the rights of a holder of Shares. You will not be credited with additional Performance Shares on account of any dividend paid on Shares. The issuance of Shares or payment of cash pursuant to your Performance Shares is subject to all applicable laws, rules and regulations, and to any approvals by any governmental agencies or national securities exchanges as may be required. No Shares will be issued or no cash will be paid if that issuance or payment would result in a violation of applicable law, including the federal securities laws and any applicable state or foreign securities laws.

13. Amendments . The Committee has the exclusive right to amend this Agreement as long as the amendment does not adversely affect any of your previously-granted Awards in any material way (without your written consent) and is otherwise consistent with the Plan. The Company will give written notice to you (or, in the event of your death, to your beneficiary or estate) of any amendment as promptly as practicable after its adoption.

 

4


14. Agreement to Protect Corporate Property . The grant of your Performance Shares is subject to your execution of the Agreement to Protect Corporate Property provided to you with this Agreement (“Property Agreement”). If you do not return a signed copy of the Property Agreement, this Agreement and the Performance Shares granted to you will be void. The Company may in its sole discretion allow an extension of time for you to return your signed Property Agreement.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused its duly authorized officer to execute this Agreement, and you have executed this Agreement.

 

METLIFE, INC.     EMPLOYEE
By:   C. Robert Henrikson       [name]
  Name      
       
 

Chairman of the Board,

President and CEO

     
  Title      
       
           
  Signature       Signature
        Date: _____________________________________________

 

5


Schedule A

to Management Performance Share Agreement

 

Table 1

 

Change in Annual Net

Operating Income Available

to Common Shareholders

Company Performance

(Percentile Relative to Other

Companies in S&P Ins.

Index)

   First Percentage For
Purposes of  Determining
Performance Factor*
 

0-24

     0   

25

     25   

26

     26   

27

     27   

28

     28   

29

     29   

30

     30   

31

     31   

32

     32   

33

     33   

34

     34   

35

     35   

36

     36   

37

     37   

38

     38   

39

     39   

40

     40   

41

     41   

42

     42   

43

     43   

44

     44   

45

     45   

46

     46   

47

     47   

48

     48   

49

     49   

50

     50   

51

     52   

52

     54   

53

     56   

54

     58   

55

     60   

56

     62   

57

     64   

58

     66   

59

     68   

60

     70   

61

     72   

62

     74   

63

     76   

64

     78   

65

     80   

66

     82   

67

     84   

68

     86   

69

     88   

70

     90   

71

     92   

72

     94   

73

     96   

74

     98   

75-99

     100   

 

Table 2

 

Proportionate Total

Shareholder Return Company

Performance (Percentile

Relative to Other Companies

in S&P Ins. Index)

   Second Percentage For
Purposes of  Determining
Performance Factor*
 

0-24

     0   

25

     25   

26

     26   

27

     27   

28

     28   

29

     29   

30

     30   

31

     31   

32

     32   

33

     33   

 

6


 

34

     34   

35

     35   

36

     36   

37

     37   

38

     38   

39

     39   

40

     40   

41

     41   

42

     42   

43

     43   

44

     44   

45

     45   

46

     46   

47

     47   

48

     48   

49

     49   

50

     50   

51

     52   

52

     54   

53

     56   

54

     58   

55

     60   

56

     62   

57

     64   

58

     66   

59

     68   

60

     70   

61

     72   

62

     74   

63

     76   

64

     78   

65

     80   

66

     82   

67

     84   

68

     86   

69

     88   

70

     90   

71

     92   

72

     94   

73

     96   

74

     98   

75-99

     100   

 

 

* First percentage and second percentage are added together and the total is multiplied by the number of Performance Shares granted to determine the number of Final Performance Shares. See Section 1(c) of this Agreement.

 

7

Exhibit 10.45

AMENDED AND RESTATED

2010-2011 LONG TERM INCENTIVE PLAN FOR EMPLOYEES OF ALICO

(effective November 1, 2010)

This 2010-2011 Long Term Incentive Plan for Employees of American Life Insurance Company (“ALICO”) (this “Plan”) is effective as amended and restated as of November 1, 2010, and was originally effective (under the name, “American International Group, Inc. 2010-2011 Long Term Incentive Plan for Employees of American Life Insurance Company”) as of March 29, 2010. The obligations and liabilities under this Plan are obligations and liabilities of ALICO and not obligations or liabilities of MetLife, Inc. or any affiliate of MetLife, Inc. other than ALICO.

The purpose of this Plan is to provide certain key employees of ALICO (the “Company”), an affiliate of MetLife, Inc. (together with its affiliates), “MetLife”), with an incentive and reward for contributions to the growth and profitability of the Company and with recognition of and incentive for their contributions to the sale of ALICO by ALICO Holdings LLC, and the sale of Delaware American Life Insurance Company by American International Group, Inc. (“AIG”), each to MetLife, Inc. (the “ALICO Transaction”).

 

SECTION 1 Participation

1.1. Participants . Each employee of the Company or one of its affiliates who was selected prior to November 1, 2010 to participate by the Compensation and Management Resources Committee (“the CMRC”) of the Board of Directors of AIG (including any successor to that committee, or person or persons who were designated by the CMRC to administer the Plan from time to time until November 1, 2010, the “CMRC” or “Committee”), as evidenced by the receipt by such individual of an award letter detailing an award issued under this Plan (an “Award”) (the “Award Letter”) from the CMRC, will be a “Participant” in this Plan.

 

SECTION 2 Awards

2.1. Performance Awards . A Participant’s Award Letter will set forth a cash award opportunity (the “Cash Target”) for the Participant, as was established prior to November 1, 2010 by the CMRC.

2.2. Performance Measures . The prescribed metrics, along with the performance measures and percentages of value attributable to each such metric, by which award values will be determined, are set forth on the Annex to this Plan (the “Performance Measures”), as well as a threshold level of performance (“Threshold”) and a maximum level of performance (“Maximum”).

2.3. Measurement Period . The period during which the performance of the Company will be measured (the “Performance Period”) in respect of the Performance Measurements will be the period beginning on January 1, 2010 and ending on December 31, 2011.


2.4. Earned Cash Awards . At the end of the Performance Period, the officer of MetLife, Inc. in charge of Human Resources or that officer’s written designee (the “Administrator”) will measure performance against the Performance Measures and determine the amount of cash earned for the Performance Period (the “Earned Cash Award”). Subject to the terms and conditions of this Plan and unless determined otherwise by the Administrator, the Earned Cash Award will be determined as follows, provided that in no event may the Earned Cash Award exceed two times the Cash Target:

 

Performance    Percentage of Cash
Target Earned
 

Performance less than Threshold

     0

Performance at Threshold

     50

Performance between Threshold and Maximum

    
 
Greater than 50% -
Less than 200
  

Performance at or above Maximum

     200

The percentage of the Cash Target that will be awarded if performance is between Threshold and Maximum will be proportionate to the amount by which performance exceeds Threshold.

2.5. Vesting of Earned Cash Awards . Except as provided in Section 3, and subject to the other terms and conditions of this Plan and the applicable Award Letter, Earned Cash Awards shall vest according to the following schedule: 33 1/3% of the Earned Cash Award shall vest on January 1, 2012, 33 1/3% of the Earned Cash Award shall vest on January 1, 2013 and the remaining 33 1/3% of the Earned Cash Award shall vest on January 1, 2014 (each, a “Scheduled Vesting Date”).

2.6. Payment of Earned Cash Awards . Except as provided in Section 3, Participants will receive payment in respect of any Earned Cash Award, or part thereof, as promptly as administratively practicable following the applicable Scheduled Vesting Date (each such date of payment, a “Payment Date”), provided that any payment following the first Scheduled Vesting Date shall be made as promptly as administratively practicable following the determination of Earned Cash Awards by the Administrator, but no later than April 30, 2012 and payment following the subsequent Scheduled Vesting Dates shall be made within 30 days following the applicable Scheduled Vesting Date. Subject to Section 3, a Participant must be an Active Employee (as defined below) on the applicable Scheduled Vesting Date in order to be entitled to receive a payment of a portion of an Earned Cash Award.

 

SECTION 3 Employment Requirement; Death

3.1. Continuous Employment Through Payment Date . Except as otherwise expressly provided herein and in Section 3.2, a Participant will not be entitled to receive payment of an Award, and will forfeit all rights with respect to any unpaid portion of an Award, if for any reason the Participant is not an Active Employee of MetLife on the relevant Payment Date, other than in cases of death, Disability, or involuntary termination without Cause. The Administrator however, shall be able, in its sole discretion, to reinstate an Award that has terminated or otherwise been forfeited. Solely for purposes of

 

2


this Plan, an “Active Employee” shall mean an employee (i) who is actively performing services for MetLife, (ii) who is on an MetLife-approved leave of absence, whether paid or unpaid, or (iii) is in receipt of long-term disability benefits, in each case while in good standing with MetLife.

 

  A. In the event that a Participant has been involuntarily terminated by MetLife without Cause or incurs a long-term Disability during the Performance Period, the Participant shall receive payment of an Award in accordance with Section 3.1.B, unless, in its sole discretion, the Administrator affirmatively determines that an Award shall not be paid to the Participant. For the avoidance of doubt, an involuntary termination as provided in this clause A shall not include a resignation that a Participant may assert was a constructive dismissal.

 

  B. If the Administrator determines to pay an Award in the circumstances set forth in Section 3.1.A, the amount will be determined by the Administrator (based on actual performance through the end of the applicable performance period) on a pro rata basis calculated by multiplying the amount by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days elapsed in the 2010-2011 Performance Period from 1/1/10 through the last date that the Participant was actively performing services for MetLife or on short-term disability leave (including parental leave), and the denominator of which is the total number of days in the 2010-2011 Performance Period. Such amount shall be paid to such Participant by the earlier of (i) within two and one-half months after the end of the calendar year in which the Participant is involuntarily terminated by MetLife without Cause or incurs a long-term Disability, as applicable or (ii) to the extent some amount is payable earlier, the scheduled payment date with respect to such amount.

 

  C. If the Participant is involuntarily terminated without Cause or incurs a long-term Disability after the completion of the Performance Period, the Earned Cash Award shall not be prorated but shall be fully paid, and shall immediately vest and be paid as provided in the last sentence of Section 3.1.B.

 

  D. For these purposes, the term “Cause” will mean (i) a Participant’s conviction, whether following trial or by plea of guilty or nolo contendere (or similar plea), in a criminal proceeding (A) on a misdemeanor charge involving fraud, false statements or misleading omissions, wrongful taking, embezzlement, bribery, forgery, counterfeiting or extortion, or (B) on a felony charge or (C) on an equivalent charge to those in clauses (A) and (B) in jurisdictions which do not use those designations; (ii) a Participant’s engaging in any conduct which constitutes an employment disqualification under applicable law (including statutory disqualification as defined under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934); (iii) a Participant’s material failure to perform his or her duties to MetLife; (iv) a Participant’s violation of any securities or commodities laws, any rules or regulations issued pursuant to such laws, or the rules and regulations of any securities or commodities exchange or association of which MetLife is a member; (v) a Participant’s violation of any MetLife policy concerning hedging or confidential or proprietary information, or a Participant’s material violation of any other MetLife policy as in effect from time to time; (vi) a Participant’s engaging in any act or making any statement which impairs, impugns, denigrates, disparages or negatively reflects upon the name, reputation or business interests of MetLife; or (vii) a Participant’s engaging in any conduct detrimental to MetLife. The determination as to whether “Cause” has occurred shall be made by the Administrator in the Administrator’s sole discretion.

 

3


For the purposes of the Plan, “Disability” will mean that a Participant, who after receiving short-term disability income replacement payments for 6 months, (i) is determined to be disabled in accordance with the Company’s long-term disability plan in which employees of the Company are generally able to participate, if one is in effect at such time, or (ii) to the extent such Participant is not participating in the Company long-term disability plan, or no such long-term disability plan exists, is determined to have a medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months as determined by, as applicable, the Company’s long-term disability insurer or the department or vendor directed by the Company to determine eligibility for unpaid medical leave.

3.2. Death . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan, in the event a Participant’s employment terminates by reason of his or her death, such Participant will be eligible to receive an Award, unless, in its sole discretion, the Administrator determines that an Award shall not be paid to the Participant. Any amount that would be payable to such a Participant’s estate hereunder will be calculated in the same manner as if the employee had been involuntarily terminated without Cause as is set forth in Sections 3.1A, B and C above provided, however, that the date of death shall be substituted for the date of termination of employment. Such amount shall be paid to such Participant’s estate by the earlier of (i) within two and one-half months after the end of the calendar year in which the Participant dies or (ii) to the extent some amount is payable earlier, the scheduled payment date with respect to such amount.

3.3. Retirement . If a Participant retires, whether on or after normal retirement age or on or after early retirement age, all unvested Awards will be forfeited.

3.4. Closing of ALICO Transaction . As the closing date of the ALICO Transaction took place during the 2010-2011 Performance Period, Earned Cash Awards for Participants who were Active Employees as of November 1, 2010 will vest and be paid according to the normal vesting and payment schedule described in Sections 2.5 , 2.6 or 3, as applicable.

 

SECTION 4 Administration of this Plan

4.1. General . This Plan will be administered by the Administrator. The Administrator may allocate among its members and delegate to any of the Administrator’s administrative responsibilities. The Administrator will have power to interpret this Plan, to make regulations for carrying out its purpose and to make all other determinations in connection with the Plan and its administration in the Administrator’s sole discretion (including, without limitation, whether Cause exists with respect to any Participant, the amount and extent to which a Performance Measure has been achieved, and the amount of all Awards), all of which will, unless otherwise determined by the Administrator, be final, binding and conclusive.

4.2. Non-Uniform Determinations . The Administrator’s determinations under this Plan need not be uniform and may be made by it selectively among Participants (whether or not such Participants are similarly situated). Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Administrator will be entitled, among other things, to make non-uniform and selective determinations as to the persons to become Participants under this Plan and the amounts of the Cash Target.

 

4


4.3. Determination of Employment . The Administrator will have the sole right to determine the commencement or date of termination of a Participant’s employment with MetLife, and whether the Participant is an Active Employee, for the purposes of this Plan, separate and apart from any determinations as may be made by MetLife with respect to the individual’s employment.

4.4. Amendments . The Administrator will have the power to amend this Plan in any manner and at any time, including in a manner adverse to the rights of the Participants or any Participant; provided that , notwithstanding the foregoing, the Administrator may not accelerate or postpone any payment to a Participant to occur at a time other than the time provided for in this Plan unless permitted by Section 409A for compensation that satisfies the exception for “short-term deferrals.”

4.5. No Liability . Neither the Administrator nor any employee of MetLife involved in the operation or administration of this Plan (each, a “Covered Person”) will have any liability to any person (including any Participant) for any action taken or omitted to be taken or any determination made in good faith with respect to the Plan or any Participant’s participation in it.

4.6. Adjustments . The Administrator may, in the Administrator’s discretion, adjust the metrics and/or Performance Measures under this Plan to preserve the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available to Participants under this Plan for any sale, transfer or other disposition of MetLife or the Company to a third party, including the U.S. government, or conversion of shares of common stock or other securities of MetLife, or for any other reason which the Administrator deems appropriate.

4.7. Release of Claims . In the case of a Participant who is involuntarily terminated by MetLife without Cause or terminates employment due to Disability, ALICO will require the Participant to execute a release substantially in the form used under the MetLife Plan for Tranisition Assistance, or otherwise determined by the Administrator.

 

SECTION 5 General Rules

5.1. Plan and Awards Subject to Compensation Requirements . [Reserved]

5.2. No Funding . MetLife will be under no obligation to fund or set aside amounts to pay obligations under this Plan. Participants will have no rights to the Awards other than as a general unsecured creditor of the Company.

5.3. Tax Withholding . As a condition to the payment of any compensation under this Plan or in connection with any other event that gives rise to a federal or other governmental tax withholding obligation (i) MetLife may deduct or withhold (or cause to be deducted or withheld) from any payment to a Participant whether or not pursuant to this Plan, or (ii) the Administrator will be entitled to require that the Participant remit cash to MetLife (through payroll deduction or otherwise), in each case, in an amount sufficient as determined by the MetLife to satisfy such withholding obligation. Participants shall be solely liable for any applicable taxes (including, without limitation, income and excise taxes) and penalties, and any interest that accrues thereon, that they incur in connection with the receipt of any Award, and MetLife shall have no liability in respect thereof.

 

5


5.4. No Rights to Other Payments . The provisions of this Plan provide no right or eligibility to a Participant to any other payouts from MetLife under any other alternative plans, schemes, arrangements or contracts MetLife may have with any employees or group of employees of MetLife.

5.5. No Effect on Benefits . Subject to Section 5.1, grants and payments under this Plan will constitute a special discretionary incentive payment to the Participants and will not be required to be taken into account by MetLife in computing the amount of salary or compensation of the Participants for the purpose of determining any contributions to or any benefits under any pension, retirement, profit-sharing, bonus, life insurance, severance or other benefit plan of MetLife or under any agreement with the Participant, unless the Company specifically provides otherwise.

5.6. Repayment and Clawback . If the Administrator determines that any Award or payment or delivery made under this Plan was based on materially inaccurate financial statements (which includes, but is not limited to, statements of earnings, revenues or gains) or any other materially inaccurate performance metric criteria (including the Performance Measures), or if, following the payment or delivery of an Award under this Plan, a Participant is terminated for Cause, then (i) any unpaid Award shall be forfeited or (ii) following payment or delivery of cash with respect to any Award, the Company shall be entitled to receive, and the Participant shall be obligated to repay to the Company immediately upon demand therefor, the amount of cash paid with respect to the applicable Payment Date. The repayment to the Company described in clause (ii) of this Section 5.6 shall be net of any taxes withheld from the original payment to the Participant. Payment of any Award is contingent on the existence of no such material inaccuracies as of the applicable Payment Date.

5.7. Section 409A . Awards under this Plan are intended to provide payments that satisfy the “short-term deferral” exemption under Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time (the “Code”), and therefore Awards are not intended to be “deferred compensation” subject to Section 409A (“Section 409A”). It is the Company’s intent that payments under this Plan are exempt from Section 409A, and that the Plan be interpreted and administered accordingly. For this purpose, “ Section 409A ” means Section 409A of the Code, including any amendments or successor provisions to that section, and any regulations and other administrative guidance thereunder, in each case as they may be from time to time amended or interpreted through further administrative guidance. The Administrator will have full authority to give effect to the intent of this Section 5.7. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that the payment of any Award would be subject to the limitations in Section 409A(a)(2)(b) of the Code, any such Award shall be delayed until six months after the Participant’s separation from service with MetLife (or earlier death) in accordance with the requirements of Section 409A. Each payment or delivery in respect of any Award will be treated as a separate payment or delivery for purposes of Section 409A.

5.8. Severability . If any of the provisions of this Plan is or are finally held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable (whether in whole or in part), such provision will be deemed modified to the extent, but only to the extent, of such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability and the remaining provisions will not be affected thereby; provided that if any of such provisions is finally held to be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable because it exceeds the maximum scope determined to be acceptable to permit such provision to be enforceable, such provision will be deemed to be modified to the minimum extent necessary to modify such scope in order to make such provision enforceable hereunder.

 

6


5.9. Entire Agreement . This Plan, along with the Award Letter, contains the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter thereof and supersedes all prior agreements, promises, covenants, arrangements, communications, representations and warranties between them, whether written or oral, with respect to the subject matter thereof.

5.10. Waiver of Claims . Each Participant recognizes and agrees that, prior to the receipt of any Award under the Plan, he or she has no right to any benefits under this Plan. Accordingly, in consideration of the Participant’s receipt of any Award hereunder, he or she expressly waives any right to contest the value of any Award, the terms of this Plan, any determination, action or omission pursuant to this Plan or the Award Letter by the Administrator or the Company, or any amendment to this Plan.

5.11. No Third Party Beneficiaries . Except as expressly provided herein, this Plan will not confer on any person other than MetLife and the Participant any rights or remedies hereunder.

5.12. Successor Entity; Company’s Assigns . Except as otherwise determined by the Administrator, in the event of a merger, consolidation, mandatory share exchange or other similar business combination of the Company with or into any other entity (“Successor Entity”) or any transaction in which another person or entity acquires all of the issued and outstanding voting securities of the Company, or all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, outstanding Awards may be assumed or a substantially equivalent award may be substituted by such Successor Entity or a parent or subsidiary of such Successor Entity. The terms of this Plan will be binding and inure to the benefit of the Company and its successors and assigns.

5.13. Nonassignability . No Award (or any rights and obligations thereunder) granted to any person under the Plan may be sold, exchanged, transferred, assigned, pledged, hypothecated or otherwise disposed of or hedged, in any manner (including through the use of any cash-settled instrument), whether voluntarily or involuntarily and whether by operation of law or otherwise, other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, except as may be otherwise determined by the Administrator. Any sale, exchange, transfer, assignment, pledge, hypothecation, or other disposition in violation of the provisions of this Section 5.13 will be null and void and any Award which is hedged in any manner will immediately be forfeited. All of the terms and conditions of this Plan and the Award Letters will be binding upon any permitted successors and assigns.

5.14. Right to Discharge . Nothing contained in this Plan or in any Award Letter will confer on any Participant any right to be continued in the employ of MetLife or to be included in any future plans of a similar nature.

5.15. Right of Offset . To the extent consistent with law, MetLife will have the right to offset against its obligation to deliver cash under the Plan any outstanding amounts (including, without limitation, travel and entertainment or advance account balances, loans, repayment obligations under any Awards, or amounts repayable to MetLife pursuant to tax equalization, housing, automobile or other employee programs) that the Participant then owes to MetLife and any amounts the Administrator otherwise deems appropriate pursuant to any tax equalization policy or agreement.

5.16. No Liability With Respect to Tax Qualification or Adverse Tax Treatment . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, in no event shall

 

7


MetLife be liable to a Participant on account of the failure of any Award or amount payable under this Plan to (a) qualify for favorable United States or foreign tax treatment or (b) avoid adverse tax treatment under United States or foreign law, including, without limitation, Section 409A.

 

SECTION 6 Disputes

6.1. Governing Law . This Plan will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without regard to principles of conflict of laws. The Plan shall also be subject to all applicable non-U.S. laws as to Participants located outside of the United States. In the event that any provision of this Plan is not permitted by the local laws of a country or jurisdiction in which a Participant performs services, such local law shall supersede that provision of this Plan with respect to that Participant. The benefits to which a Participant would otherwise be entitled under this Plan may be adjusted or limited to the extent that the Administrator determines is necessary or appropriate in light of applicable law or local practice.

6.2. Arbitration . Subject to the provisions of this Section 6, any dispute, controversy or claim between MetLife, on the one hand, and a Participant, on the other hand, arising out of or relating to or concerning this Plan or any Award, will be finally settled by arbitration in New York City before, and in accordance with the rules then obtaining of, the New York Stock Exchange, Inc. (the “NYSE”) or, if the NYSE declines to arbitrate the matter (or if the matter otherwise is not arbitrable by it), the American Arbitration Association (the “AAA”) in accordance with the commercial arbitration rules of the AAA. Prior to arbitration, all claims maintained by a Participant must first be submitted to the Administrator in accordance with claims procedures determined by the Administrator.

6.3. Jurisdiction . MetLife and each Participant hereby irrevocably submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of a state or federal court of appropriate jurisdiction located in the Borough of Manhattan, the City of New York over any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to or concerning this Plan or any Award that is not otherwise arbitrated or resolved according to Section 6.2 . MetLife and each Participant acknowledge that the forum designated by this section has a reasonable relation to this Plan and to such Participant’s relationship with MetLife, that the agreement as to forum is independent of the law that may be applied in the action, suit or proceeding and that such forum shall apply even if the forum may under applicable law choose to apply non-forum law.

6.4. Waiver . MetLife and each Participant waive, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any objection which MetLife and such Participant now or hereafter may have to personal jurisdiction or to the laying of venue of any such suit, action or proceeding in any court referred to in Section 6.3. MetLife and each Participant undertake not to commence any action, suit or proceeding arising out of or relating to or concerning this Plan or any Award in any forum other than a forum described in Section 6.3. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall preclude MetLife from bringing any action, suit or proceeding in any other court for the purpose of enforcing the provisions of this Section 6. MetLife and each Participant agree that, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, a final and non-appealable judgment in any such suit, action or proceeding in any such court shall be conclusive and binding upon the Participant and MetLife.

 

8


6.5. Service of Process . Each Participant irrevocably appoints the General Counsel of ALICO (the “General Counsel”) at 600 King Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19801, U.S.A. as his or her agent for service of process in connection with any action, suit or proceeding arising out of or relating to or concerning this Plan or any Award that is not otherwise arbitrated or resolved according to Section 6.2. The General Counsel will promptly advise the Participant of any such service of process.

6.6. Confidentiality . To the extent consistent with law, each Participant must keep confidential any information concerning any grant made under this Plan and any dispute, controversy or claim relating to this Plan, except that a Participant may disclose information concerning a dispute or claim to the court that is considering such dispute or to such Participant’s legal counsel (provided that such counsel agrees not to disclose any such information other than as necessary to the prosecution or defense of the dispute).

 

SECTION 7 Term of Plan

This Plan will continue until suspended or terminated by the Administrator in its sole discretion.

 

ADOPTED AS AMENDED AND RESTATED:

/s/ Kathleen A. Henkel

Kathleen A. Henkel
Administrator

 

9


Annex to the

Amended And Restated 2010-2011

Long Term Incentive Plan For Employees Of Alico

Performance Measures


LOGO

   2010-2011 Alico LTI Performance Measures and Goals

2010 Measures and Goals: 50% Weighting *

 

Performance Area

 

Metric

 

Measurement

 

Results Target Corridor

Separation/Integration

Milestones

 

Weight: 30%

  Successful closing of scheduled separation items, Alico Independent items and MetLife cooperation items   On Time (per the Separation Dashboard) and On Budget (in accordance with the separation budget)  

Separation

 

•    Threshold: Items in schedules 6.13(a)(i), 6.13 (a)(ii) and 6.08 (e)

 

•    Target: 6.13(a)(i), 6.13 (a)(ii) and 6.08 (e) items and High Priority Cooperation interdependencies on or before Close

 

•    Exceeds: Meets Target and closes 90% of the medium and low priority interdependencies on or before close and 100% by the end of Q12011

  Ensure Day 1 readiness by delivering all Day 1 Must Have Initiatives   On Time (Prior to or At closing) per the MetLife Day 1 Initiative Project Plan   Day 1 Readiness: Pass or Fail

Capital & Liquidity

 

Weight: 30%

  Maintain solvency ratios and manage capital without increasing leverage in line with expectations and without AIG support   Actual solvency ratios will be calculated and provided by ALICO  

Threshold: Maintain solvency ratios in line with approved budget (RBC of 400%, CAR of 150%, UK at 160%, Japan 1000%)

 

Target: Maintain solvency ratios in line with approved budget and build Home Office liquidity buffer of $100M

  Build and maintain a Home Office liquidity buffer for ALICO   Liquidity buffer to be maintained at the ALICO Home Office level  

Profitability Management

 

Weight: 40%

  Alico businesses to achieve 2010 core reforecast earnings of $2.2 billion, GAAP Pre-tax Operating Income prior to MetLife PGAAP and other adjustments  

Pre-tax operating income (GAAP basis);

 

Year-end PTOI to be normalized for the effect of FX and adjusted for lost net income on dividends.

  GAAP PTOI: threshold is 80% of target, target is 100% of target and over achievement represents 120% of target prior to MetLife PGAAP and other adjustments.
  Maintain 2010 unlevered ROE to average of prior two years 2008-2009   ROE will be calculated by ALICO using after-tax net income divided by average equity (ex-AOCI), excluding IPO costs   ROE results as of closing: 13% ROE threshold; 13.5% ROE target and 14% ROE considered over achievement

 

* All performance results will be determined by the committee or other plan administrator designated under the 2010-2011 Long Term Incentive Plan for Employees of Alico in its discretion, and those determinations will be final.

 

LOGO


LOGO    2010-2011 Alico LTI Performance Measures and Goals

2011 Measures and Goals: 50% Weighting *

 

Performance Area

 

Metric

 

Measurement

 

Results Target Corridor

Integration/Synergy

Milestones

 

Weight: 30%

  Achievement of all post Day 1 through Day 3 Initiatives set out in the joint MetLife/Alico integration Plan   On Time per the MetLife post Day 1 through Day 3 Initiatives set out in joint MetLife/Alico Integration Plans on budget with achievement of synergy targets  

Day 1 to Day 3

 

•    Threshold – All TSA’s exited as scheduled

 

•    Target – TSA’s exited as scheduled and all High Priority Initiatives implemented on time and on budget

 

•    Exceeds – Meets Target plus delivers at least 50% of milestones ahead of schedule and/or under budget

Profitability Management

 

Weight: 40%

  Combined Alico/MetLife International business to achieve 2011 PGAAP After-tax Net Earnings of $2,350 million based on plan FX rates with Alico accretive to MetLife’s share price of 50 cents   Combined after-tax net earnings (PGAAP basis) with Alico accretive to MetLife’s share price of 50 cents   PGAAP After-tax net earnings: threshold is 80% of target, target is 100% of plan target and over achievement represents 120% of target.
Growth      
PFOI Weight: 15%   Combined Alico/MetLife International business to achieve 2011 PFOI of $15.7 billion   Combined Alico/MetLife International PFOI   Threshold is 80% of target, target is 100% of target and over achievement represents 120% of target.
Sales Weight: 15%   Combined Alico/MetLife International business to achieve 2011 Sales of $6.0 billion   Combined Alico/MetLife International Sales under common definition (i.e. ANP)   Threshold is 75% of target, target is 100% of target and over achievement represents 125% of target.

 

* All performance results will be determined by the committee or other plan administrator designated under the 2010-2011 Long Term Incentive Plan for Employees of Alico in its discretion, and those determinations will be final.

 

LOGO

Exhibit 10.46

METLIFE INTERNATIONAL PERFORMANCE UNIT INCENTIVE PLAN

(as amended and restated effective February 23, 2011)

ARTICLE I.

PURPOSE

The purpose of the “METLIFE INTERNATIONAL PERFORMANCE UNIT INCENTIVE PLAN” as it may be amended from time to time (the “Plan”) is to foster and promote the long-term financial success of each Affiliate and materially increase the value of each Affiliate by (a) motivating superior performance, and (b) enabling each Affiliate to attract and retain the services of an outstanding management team upon whose judgment, interest, and special effort the successful conduct of its operations is largely dependent.

ARTICLE II.

DEFINITIONS

2.1. Definitions . Whenever used herein, the following terms shall have the respective meanings set forth below:

(a) “Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

(b) “Administrator” means the Chief Executive Officer of the Company, or such individual(s) as he shall designate in writing for such purpose from time to time.

(c) “Affiliate” includes each corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, or other entity (not including the Company):

(i) that is within the meaning of that term in Rule 12b-2 of the General Rules and Regulations of the Act, with reference to the Company;

(ii) in which the Company owns, directly or indirectly, at least twenty percent (20%) of the total combined Voting Power of such corporation or of the capital interest or profits interest of such partnership or other entity; or

(ii) which is a partner in a partnership with the Company or any Affiliate as defined in parts (i) or (ii) of this definition.

(d) “Alternative Award” means new rights that:

(i) are based on stock which is traded on an established securities market, or that the Administrator reasonably believes will be so traded within 60 days after the Change of Control;

(ii) provide such Participant with rights and entitlements substantially equivalent to or better than the rights, terms and conditions applicable under the Performance Unit with regard to which it is granted, including, but not limited to, an identical or better exercise, eligibility, or vesting schedule and identical or better timing and methods of payment;


(iii) have substantially equivalent economic value to the Performance Unit with regard to which it is granted (determined at the time of the Change of Control);

(iv) have terms and conditions which provide that in the event that of the Participant’s involuntary Termination or is Constructively Terminated, any conditions on a Participant’s rights under, or any restrictions on transfer or exercisability applicable to, the rights shall be waived or shall lapse, as the case may be; and

(v) do not accelerate the timing of payment or otherwise violate Code Section 409A.

(e) “Approved Retirement” means a Participant’s Termination:

(i) on or after any of the dates indicated below, with credit for purposes of reaching any such date to include credit for service: (x) with any Affiliate; and (y) with American Life Insurance Company and any of its affiliates as of October 31, 2010 (collectively, “Alico”) (to the extent the Participant was an employee of Alico as of October 31, 2010 and to the extent such service was recognized by Alico for any of its retirement plan purposes as of October 31, 2010):

 

Participant Age:

   Minimum
Years of
Service:

55 to 57  1 / 2

   15

58

   14

59

   12

60

   10

61

   8  

62 but less than 65

   5  

65 or older

   1; 

(ii) at times and under such circumstances as determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion; or

(ii) on or after any date as of which the Participant’s Termination is required under applicable law or employer policy (excluding agreements or contractual obligations in either case applicable solely to an individual employee) in either case due to the Participant attaining a particular age, so long as the Participant has service (as defined in Section 2.1(e)(i)) of at least one year;

provided that, in each case, the Administrator may require, as a condition to a Participant’s retirement being an “Approved Retirement” for purpose of the

 

2


Plan, that the Participant enter into a general release of claims, non-solicitation and/or non-competition agreement in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrator.

(f) “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

(g) “Cause” means ( i ) the willful failure by the Participant to perform substantially his duties as an Employee (or, should the Participant’s employment transfer to the Company, as an employee of the Company)), other than due to physical or mental illness, after reasonable notice to the Participant of such failure, ( ii ) the Participant’s engaging in serious misconduct that is injurious to the Company or any Affiliate in any way, including, but not limited to, by way of damage to their respective reputations or standings in their respective industries, ( iii ) the Participant’s having been convicted of, or having entered a plea of nolo contendere to, a crime that constitutes a felony or ( iv ) the breach by the Participant of any written covenant or agreement with the Company or any Affiliate not to disclose or misuse any information pertaining to, or misuse any property of, the Company or any Affiliate or not to compete or interfere with the Company or any Affiliate.

(h) “Change of Control” shall be deemed to have occurred if:

(i) any person (within the meaning of Section 3(a)(9) of the Act), including any group (within the meaning of Rule 13d-5(b) under the Act), but excluding the MetLife Policyholder Trust (and any person(s) who would otherwise be described herein solely by reason of having the power to control the voting of the shares held by such Trust) and any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Company or any Affiliate thereof, acquires “beneficial ownership” (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 25% or more of the combined Voting Power of the Company’s securities; or

(ii) within any 24-month period, the persons who were directors of the Company at the beginning of such period (the “Incumbent Directors”) shall cease to constitute at least a majority of the Board or the board of directors of any successor to the Company; provided , however , that any director elected to the Board, or nominated for election, by a majority of the Incumbent Directors then still in office shall be deemed to be an Incumbent Director for purposes of this subclause (ii); or

(iii) upon the consummation of a merger, consolidation, share exchange, division, sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company which has been approved by the shareholders of the Company (a “Corporate Event”), and immediately following the consummation of which the stockholders of the Company immediately prior to such Corporate Event do not hold, directly or indirectly, a majority of the Voting Power of (x) in the case of a merger or consolidation, the surviving or resulting corporation, (y) in the case of a share exchange, the acquiring corporation or (z) in the case of a

 

3


division or a sale or other disposition of assets, each surviving, resulting or acquiring corporation which, immediately following the relevant Corporate Event, holds more than 25% of the consolidated assets of the Company immediately prior to such Corporate Event; or

(iv) any other event occurs which the Board declares to be a Change of Control.

(i) “Change of Control Price” means the highest price per share of Common Stock offered in conjunction with any transaction resulting in a Change of Control (as determined in good faith by the Administrator if any part of the offered price is payable other than in cash) or, in the case of a Change of Control occurring solely by reason of a change in the composition of the Board, the highest Closing Price of Common Stock on any of the 30 trading days immediately preceding the date on which a Change of Control occurs.

(j) “Closing Price” means, on any date, the closing price of Common Stock as reported in the principal consolidated transaction reporting system for the New York Stock Exchange (or on such other recognized quotation system on which the trading prices of Common Stock are quoted at the relevant time) on such date. In the event that there are no Common Stock transactions reported on such tape (or such other system) on such date, Closing Price shall mean the closing price on the immediately preceding date on which Common Stock transactions were so reported.

(k) “Code” means the United States Internal Revenue Code.

(l) “Committee” means the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company, or the successor committee to such committee, or any other duly authorized committee of such Board of Directors of the Company appointed by the Board of Directors of the Company to administer the Plan, or the Board of Directors of the Company, and the Committee’s designee or delegate.

(m) “Common Stock” means the common stock of the Company, par value United Stated Dollars $0.01 per share.

(n) “Company” means MetLife, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and any successor thereto.

(o) “Constructively Termination” means a voluntary Termination by an Employee within ten (10) business days after any of the following actions by the Company, Affiliate, or person acting on behalf of either:

(i) requiring the Employee to be based as his/her regular or customary place employment at any office or location more than fifty (50) miles from the location at which the Employee performed his/her duties immediately prior to the Change of Control, except for travel reasonably required in the performance of the individual’s responsibilities;

 

4


(ii) reducing the Employee’s base salary below the rate in effect at the time of a Change of Control; or

(iii) failing to pay the Employee’s base salary, other wages, or employment-related benefits as required by law.

(p) “Disability” has the meaning given in such long-term disability plan, program, or arrangement maintained by the Company or an Affiliate in which the Participant participates, or in such other long-term disability plan, program, or arrangement in which the Participant participates designated for purposes of this definition at any time, and from time to time, by the Administrator.

(q) “Employee” means any employee of any Affiliate, as determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Administrator may revise the definition of Employee so as to conform to the laws of any jurisdiction in accordance with Section 4.3(c) below. For greater clarity, no employee of the Company shall be an Employee.

(r) “Final Performance Units” will have the meaning ascribed to that term in the applicable Performance Unit Agreement.

(s) “Participant” means any Employee designated by the Committee or the Administrator to participate in the Plan.

(t) “Performance Factor” will have the meaning ascribed to that term in the applicable Performance Unit Agreement.

(u) “Performance Period” will have the meaning ascribed to that term in the applicable Performance Unit Agreement.

(v) “Performance Unit” means a conditional right to payment granted pursuant to and subject to the terms of this Plan, denominated in units.

(w) “Performance Unit Agreement” means a written agreement between the Participant and one or more Affiliates that specifies the number of Performance Units granted to the Participant, the Performance Factor, the Performance Period, how the number of Final Performance Units will be determined, the effect of any Termination on Performance Units, and any other conditions of any payment related to Performance Units, and such other terms and conditions as the Administrator shall determine which are not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan.

(x) “Termination” means the termination of employment, except that no transfer of employment between an Affiliate and the Company, or between an Affiliate and any other Affiliate will be considered a Termination.

(y) “Voting Power” means such number of Voting Securities as shall enable the holders thereof to cast all the votes which could be cast in an annual election of directors of a company, and “Voting Securities” shall mean all securities entitling the holders thereof to vote in an annual election of directors of a company.

 

5


2.2 Gender and Number . Except when otherwise indicated by the context, words in the masculine gender used in the Plan shall include the feminine gender, the singular shall include the plural, and the plural shall include the singular.

ARTICLE III.

ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION

Participants in the Plan shall be those Employees selected by the Committee or the Administrator to be granted Performance Units pursuant to the Plan.

ARTICLE IV.

POWERS OF THE COMMITTEE AND THE ADMINISTRATOR

4.1. Power to Grant .

(a) The Committee and the Administrator shall determine the Employees to whom Performance Units shall be granted. The number of Performance Units the Committee may grant shall be unlimited. The number of Performance Units the Administrator may grant to any individual Participant shall be limited to 15,000 in any 12-month period. The Administrator may not grant any Performance Units to any individual who is (x) subject to Section 16 of the Act; (y) an executive officer of the Company; or (z) subject to Section 4230 of the New York Insurance Law, in each case unless the Committee approves or ratifies such a grant.

(b) The Administrator shall determine the terms and conditions of any and all such Performance Units, including the terms of any Performance Unit Agreements. The Administrator may establish different terms and conditions for different Participants and for the same Participant for each Performance Unit such Participant may receive, whether or not granted at different times. Notwithstanding any other terms of this Plan, no grant of Performance Units shall be effective unless an one or more Affiliates approves or ratifies the grant. The Committee’s or Administrator’s grant of Performance Units to an employee of MetLife Group, Inc. shall constitute approval of the grant by MetLife Group, Inc.

4.2. Administration .

(a) Rules, Interpretations and Determinations . The Plan shall be administered by the Administrator. The Administrator shall have full authority to interpret and administer the Plan, to establish, amend, and rescind rules and regulations relating to the Plan, to provide for conditions deemed necessary or advisable to protect the interests of any Affiliate, to construe Performance Unit Agreements and to make all other determinations it determines necessary or advisable for the administration and interpretation of the Plan in order to carry out its provisions and purposes. Determinations, interpretations, or other actions made or taken by the Administrator shall be final, binding, and conclusive for all purposes and upon all persons.

 

6


(b) Agents and Expenses . The Administrator may appoint agents (who may be officers or employees of the Company or any Affiliate) to assist in the administration of the Plan and may grant authority to such persons to execute agreements or other documents on the Administrator’s behalf. The Administrator may employ such legal counsel, consultants and agents as it may deem desirable for the administration of the Plan and may rely upon any opinion received from any such counsel or consultant and any computation received from any such consultant or agent. All expenses incurred in the administration of the Plan, including, without limitation, for the engagement of any counsel, consultant or agent, shall be paid by the Company or an Affiliate.

(c) Adjustments to Conform With Law . Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, the Administrator may, in its sole discretion, amend or vary the terms of the Plan in order to conform such terms with the requirements of local law or to meet the goals and objectives of the Plan, and may, in its sole discretion, establish administrative rules and procedures to facilitate the operation of the Plan. The Administrator may, where it deems appropriate in its sole discretion, establish one or more sub-plans of the Plan for these purposes.

ARTICLE V.

ADJUSTMENTS TO PERFORMANCE UNITS

The Administrator will make appropriate adjustments in the terms and conditions of Performance Units in recognition of unusual or nonrecurring events affecting the Company or its financial statements (such as a Common Stock dividend, Common Stock split, recapitalization, payment of an extraordinary dividend, merger, consolidation, combination, spin-off, distribution of assets to stockholders other than ordinary cash dividends, exchange of shares, or other similar corporate change), or in recognition of changes to applicable laws, regulations, or accounting principles, to prevent unintended dilution or enlargement of the potential benefits of Performance Units. The Administrator’s determinations in this regard will be conclusive.

ARTICLE VI.

PERFORMANCE UNITS

6.1. Grant of Performance Units . Performance Units may be granted to Employees at such time or times as shall be determined by the Committee or the Administrator. Except as otherwise provided herein, the Committee or the Administrator shall have complete discretion in determining the number of Performance Units, if any, to be granted to an Employee. The Committee or the Administrator may grant Performance Units before, at the same time as, or after the beginning of the Performance Period applicable to those Performance Units. Notwithstanding any other terms of this Plan, no grant of Performance Units shall be effective unless one ore more Affiliates approves or ratifies the grant and the terms thereof. The Committee’s or the Administrator’s grant of

 

7


Performance Units to an employee of MetLife Group, Inc. shall constitute approval of the grant by MetLife Group, Inc. Each Performance Unit shall be evidenced by a Performance Unit Agreement. Any Affiliate that approves or ratifies a grant of Performance Units shall execute the applicable Performance Unit Agreement through a representative.

6.2. Payment . Subject to the terms of Articles VII and VIII of this Plan, a cash payment equal to the number of Final Performance Units multiplied by the Closing Price on the date designated by the Plan Administrator (such date shall follow the last day of the Performance Period), less minimum withholding for applicable taxes and other legally-required items, shall be due and payable to the Participant (or another individual in lieu of the Participant pursuant to Section 10.2 of the Plan). The timing of payment shall be determined under the applicable Performance Unit Agreement.

6.3 Substitution . The Administrator may, at any time prior to payment for Performance Units, in its sole discretion, may:

(a) find that the Company or an Affiliate has made an award to the Participant intended to substitute for the Performance Units, including but not limited to a contingent right to acquire Common Stock (whether restricted or unrestricted, subject to Common Stock-price appreciation or other performance terms, in the form of options, or otherwise);

(b) find that such substitute award is subject to such material terms and conditions that: (i) are no less favorable than the terms and conditions governing the Performance Units; and (ii) that provide for the same terms for timing of payment as do the Performance Units; and

(c) in light of such findings, cancel the Performance Units without additional compensation to the Participant.

ARTICLE VII.

CHANGES OF STATUS

The applicable Performance Unit Agreement will specify the effect of changes of status including Disability, Termination (including Termination for Cause or Approved Retirement) on Performance Units.

 

8


ARTICLE VIII.

CHANGE OF CONTROL

Notwithstanding any other terms of this Plan, in the event of a Change of Control, unless the Administrator reasonable determines in good faith prior to the occurrence of a Change of Control that an Alternative Award has been granted with regard to a Performance Unit, the Performance Units (without being transformed into Final Performance Units) will be valued at the Change of Control Price and be immediately payable in cash. The timing of payment shall be determined under the applicable Performance Unit Agreement.

ARTICLE IX.

AMENDMENT, MODIFICATION, AND TERMINATION OF PLAN

The Administrator may amend or terminate the Plan at any time in its sole discretion. No amendment or termination of the Plan shall in any manner adversely affect any Performance Unit theretofore granted under the Plan without the consent of the Participant.

SECTION X.

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

10.1. Nature and Transferability of Performance Units . No Performance Unit shall be considered a property interest of any Participant, and such Performance Unit shall have no value except as a means of determining, in part, the amount of payments, if any, under the Plan. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, no Performance Unit may be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned, or otherwise alienated or hypothecated, other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution.

10.2. No Guarantee of Employment or Participation . Nothing in the Plan shall interfere with or limit in any way the right of any Affiliate to terminate any Participant’s employment or service at any time, nor confer upon any Participant any right to continue in the employ of any Affiliate. No Employee shall have a right to be selected as a Participant, or, having been so selected, to receive any future Performance Units.

103. Tax Withholding and Currency . Each Affiliate shall have the power to withhold, or require a Participant to remit to the Affiliate, an amount sufficient to satisfy any applicable withholding tax requirements imposed by any competent authority on any Performance Unit under the Plan, and the Affiliate may defer any payment until such requirements are satisfied. Any Affiliate may make any payment under this Plan in any currency chosen by the Affiliate in its discretion.

10.4. No Limitation on Compensation . Nothing in the Plan shall be construed to limit the right of the Company or any Affiliate to establish other plans, programs, agreements, or arrangements.

 

9


10.5. Requirements of Law . The granting of Performance Units and all payments under this Plan shall be subject to all applicable laws, rules, and regulations, and to such approvals by any governmental agencies as may be required.

10.6. Term of Plan . The Plan shall be effective upon its execution by the Administrator. The Plan shall continue in effect until terminated pursuant to Article IX.

10.7. Governing Law . The Plan and all Performance Unit Agreements hereunder shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of Delaware of the United States of America, without regard to principles of conflict of laws.

10.8. No Impact on Benefits . Except as may otherwise be specifically stated under any employee benefit plan, policy or program, Performance Units shall not be treated as compensation for purposes of calculating an Employee’s right under any such plan, policy or program.

10.9. No Constraint on Corporate Action . Nothing in this Plan shall be construed ( i ) to limit, impair or otherwise affect the Company’s or any Affiliate’s right or power to make adjustments, reclassifications, reorganizations or changes of its capital or business structure, or to merge or consolidate, or dissolve, liquidate, sell, or transfer all or any part of its business or assets or ( ii ) except as provided in Article IX, to limit the right or power of the Company or any Affiliate to take any action which such entity deems to be necessary or appropriate.

10.10. Unfunded Plan . This Plan shall be unfunded and shall not create (or be construed to create) a trust or separate fund. Likewise, this Plan shall not establish any fiduciary relationship between the Company or any Affiliate or the Administrator and the Participant. To the extent that any Participant holds any rights by virtue of being granted Performance Units under this Plan, such right shall be no greater than the right of an unsecured general creditor of any Affiliate that approves or ratifies the grant of Performance Units to such Participant.

 

10


10.11. Obligor . The obligation to make payments due under each Performance Unit Agreement, if any, shall be the sole obligation of the Affiliate (or Affiliates, as the case may be) that enters into such Performance Unit Agreement. Payment due from any Affiliate in relation to any Performance Units may be made on behalf of that Affiliate by any other Affiliate. In no event shall the Company be obligated to make payments due under this Plan pursuant to any Performance Unit Agreement.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Plan Administrator has adopted this MetLife International Performance Unit Incentive Plan, effective as amended and restated effective February 23, 2011.

 

PLAN ADMINISTRATOR  

/s/ Dennis J. Shiel

Dennis J. Shiel

 
Date:  

7/21/11

 

 

11

Exhibit 10.47

PERFORMANCE UNIT AGREEMENT

[Company] (the “Global Affiliate”) confirms that, on [date], [year] (the “Grant Date”), you were granted [amount in words] ( [number] ) Performance Units under the MetLife International Performance Unit Incentive Plan (the “Plan”), and approves and ratifies such grant. Your Performance Units are subject to the terms and conditions of this Performance Unit Agreement (this “Agreement”) and of the Plan (which is incorporated in this Agreement by reference). Any payment due under this Agreement may be made on behalf of the Global Affiliate by any one or more Affiliates (each such Affiliate(s) making any such payment will be known as a “Paying Affiliate”). Unless otherwise specified, the word “Section” refers to a Section in this Agreement. Any other capitalized word used in this Agreement but not defined here is defined in the Plan.

1. Standard Performance Terms ..

(a) The terms of this Section 1 shall be referred to as the “Standard Performance Terms” and will apply to your Performance Units except in so far as Sections 2 (Change of Status) or 3 (Change of Control) apply.

(b) The Performance Period for your Performance Units will begin on [date] , [year] and end on the December 31 immediately preceding the third anniversary of the beginning of the Performance Period. The Administrator will determine your Final Performance Units in accordance with this Section 1 (your “Final Performance Units”). Each Final Performance Unit will be paid in cash equal to the Closing Price of Common Stock on the date designated by the Administrator following the last day of the Performance Period. Your Final Performance Units will be due and payable in cash at the time specified in Section 16.

(c) If the Committee determines in writing that the Company met one or more of the Section 162(m) Goals, then you will be eligible for a payment of up to 200% of your Performance Units. The “Section 162(m) Goals” shall be the following:

(1) Positive Company income from continuing operations before provision for income tax, excluding net investment gains (losses) (defined in accordance with Section 3(a) of Article 7.04 of United States Securities and Exchange Commission Regulation S-X ), which includes total net investment gains (losses) and net derivatives gains (losses), as presented in the financial statements in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the calendar year preceding the beginning of the Performance Period (“Adjusted Income”), for the Performance Period.

(2) Positive Adjusted Income for the third calendar year of the Performance Period.

(3) Positive Company Proportionate Total Shareholder Return for the Performance Period, as defined for the Company in Section 1(d)(2).

(4) Positive Company Proportionate Total Shareholder Return for the third calendar year of the Performance Period, as defined for the Company in Section 1(d)(2) with respect to the third calendar year of the Performance Period.


(d) If, under Section 1(c), you are eligible for a payment, the Administrator will determine your Final Performance Units by multiplying your Performance Units by the “Performance Factor.” The Performance Factor means a percentage (from zero to 200%) which is the sum of two other percentages (each from zero to 100%), described in (1) and (2) below, multiplied by the factor determined by (3) below, if applicable.

(1) The first percentage will be based on the Company’s average percentile performance with respect to Change in Annual Net Operating Income Available to Common Shareholders Per Share during the Performance Period relative to the other companies in the Index, determined in the following manner:

(a) First, the Net Operating Income Available to Common Shareholders Per Share will be determined for the Company and for each of the other companies in the Index, for each calendar year of the Performance Period and the calendar immediately preceding the first calendar year of the Performance Period. For this purpose, “Net Operating Income Available to Common Shareholders Per Share” for each calendar year will have the meaning of that term, or its substantial equivalent, defined in or derived from the Company’s quarterly financial supplement for the fourth quarter of the prior year filed with or furnished to the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.

(b) Second, the Change in Annual Net Operating Income Available to Common Shareholders Per Share will be determined for the Company and for each of the other companies in the Index for each calendar year of the Performance Period. For this purpose, “Change in Annual Net Operating Income Available to Common Shareholders Per Share” means Net Operating Income Available to Common Shareholders Per Share for each calendar year of the Performance Period divided by Net Operating Income Available to Common Shareholders Per Share in the immediately preceding calendar year.

(c) Third, the Company’s Change in Annual Net Operating Income Available to Common Shareholders Per Share for each calendar year of the Performance Period will be compared to the Change in Annual Net Operating Income Available to Common Shareholders Per Share for each of the other companies in the Index for the same calendar year to determine the percentage of the other companies in the Index whose performance was less than that of the Company, rounded down to the nearest whole number percentile appearing on the left-hand column of Table 1 of Schedule A to this Agreement (Company performance greater than every other company in the Index being deemed to be performance in the ninety-ninth percentile), producing the Company’s percentile performance relative to the other companies in the Index.

(d) Fourth, a percentage for each calendar year of the Performance Period will be determined using the percentile determined under Section 1(d)(1)(c) and the corresponding percentage on the right-hand column of Table 1 of Schedule A to this Agreement.

 

2


(e) Finally, the three percentages referenced in Section (1)(d)(1)(d) will be averaged.

(2) The second percentage will be based on the Company’s performance with respect to Proportionate Total Shareholder Return during the Performance Period as a percentage of that of the Index, determined according to Table 2 of Schedule A to this Agreement, determined in the following manner:

(a) First, the Initial Closing Price of the Company and the Index will each be determined. For this purpose, “Initial Closing Price” means, in the case of the Company the average Closing Price, and in the case of the Index the value of the Index, in each case for the twenty (20) trading days prior to the first day of the Performance Period.

(b) Second, the Final Closing Price of the Company and the Index will each be determined. For this purpose, “Final Closing Price” means, in the case of the Company the average Closing Price, and in the case of the Index the value of the Index, in each case for the twenty (20) trading days prior to and including the final day of the Performance Period.

(c) Third, the Total Shareholder Return of the Company and the Index will each be determined. For this purpose, “Total Shareholder Return” means the change (plus or minus) from the Initial Closing Price to the Final Closing Price, plus (in the case of the Company) dividends (if any) actually paid on Common Stock on a reinvested basis from the first day of the Performance Period to and including the last day of the Performance Period.

(d) Fourth, the Proportionate Total Shareholder Return of the Company and the Index will each be determined. For this purpose, “Proportionate Total Shareholder Return” means Total Shareholder Return divided by Initial Closing Price.

(e) Fifth, the Proportionate Total Shareholder Return of the Index will be subtracted from the Company’s Proportionate Total Shareholder Return, and the result rounded up or down to the nearest percentage appearing on the left-hand column of Table 2 of Schedule A to this Agreement (any result precisely halfway between two percentages being rounded up to the next highest percentage).

(f) Finally, a percentage will be determined using the result produced under Section 1(d)(2)(e) and the corresponding percentage on the right-hand column of Table 2 of Schedule A to this Agreement.

(3) If the Total Shareholder Return of the Company, as determined under Section (1)(d)(2)(c), is zero percent or less, then the sum of the percentages described under Sections (1)(d)(1) and (1)(d)(2) will be multiplied by a factor of seventy-five hundredths (0.75) and rounded up or down to the nearest whole percentage (any result precisely halfway between two percentages being rounded up to the next highest percentage) to determine the Performance Factor.

 

3


(e) For purposes of Section 1(d)(1), the companies in the Index refers to each company, other than the Company and other than Berkshire Hathaway Inc. (and any company that the Committee determines in its discretion is a successor to Berkshire Hathaway Inc.), that:

(1) does not adopt International Financial Reporting Standards with respect to a reporting period earlier than the reporting period with respect to which the Company does so;

(2) has publicly reported its earnings in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America for each of the two calendar years being compared under Section 1(d)(1)(b); and

(3) is included in the Standard & Poor’s Insurance Index derived from Fortune 500 companies for the entirety of the second of the two calendar years being compared under Section 1(d)(1)(b).

(f) For purposes of Section 1(d)(2), the Index refers to the Standard & Poor’s Insurance Index derived from Fortune 500 companies, excluding Berkshire Hathaway Inc. (and any company that the Committee determines in its discretion is a successor to Berkshire Hathaway Inc.), including any weighting of the stock of the companies included in that Index that is applied by Standard & Poor’s, from time to time.

2. Changes of Status . For purposes of this Section 2, your transfer between the Company and an Affiliate, or among Affiliates, will not be a termination of employment. In the event of a Change of Control, any applicable terms of Section 3 (Change of Control) will supersede the terms of this Section 2.

(a) Disability . In the event of your qualification for Disability benefits, Section 1 will continue to apply to your Performance Units. Notwithstanding any other terms of this Section 2, if you qualify for Disability benefits no subsequent Termination, other than a Termination for Cause, shall affect your Performance Units.

(b) Death . In the event of your Termination due to your death, each of your Performance Units (without being transformed into Final Performance Units) will be valued at the Closing Price on the date of death and due and payable in cash. Any payment will be made at the time specified in Section 16.

(c) Approved Retirement . In the event of your Termination by reason of an Approved Retirement, Section 1 will continue to apply to your Performance Units. Subject to Section 2.1(e) of the Plan, you do not need special approval from the Administrator for an Approved Retirement.

(d) Termination for Cause . Notwithstanding any other terms of this Section 2, in the event of your Termination for Cause, all of your Performance Units will be forfeited immediately.

(e) Other Terminations . Unless the Administrator determines otherwise, if no other provision of this Section 2 applies (including, for example, your voluntary Termination other than due to Approved Retirement or your involuntary Termination other than for Cause or due to

 

4


Approved Retirement), all of your Performance Units will be forfeited immediately unless you are offered a separation agreement by the Company or an Affiliate under a severance program. To the extent you are offered a separation agreement by the Company or an Affiliate, and your separation agreement becomes final, your Prorated Performance Units will be due and payable to you. Any payment will be made at the time specified in Section 16. The number of your “Prorated Performance Units” will be determined by dividing the number of calendar months in the Performance Period that have ended as of the end of the month of the termination of your employment by thirty-six (36), multiplying the result by the number of your Performance Units, and rounding to the nearest whole number, and, if you were subject to the reporting requirements of Section 16 of the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time, or any successor act thereto (the “Exchange Act”), or were an “executive officer” of the Company under the Exchange Act and the rules promulgated thereunder, at any time during the Performance Period, further multiplying the result by the lesser of 100% or the Performance Factor; provided, however , that if the date of the termination of your employment is prior to the first anniversary of the beginning of the Performance Period, then the number of your Prorated Performance Units shall be zero (0). Payment for each of your Prorated Performance Units will be made in cash at a value equal to the Closing Price on the Grant Date and shall be rounded to the nearest US one-hundred dollars (US$100.00) in value; provided, however , that if you were subject to the reporting requirements of Section 16 of the Exchange Act, or were an “executive officer” of the Company under the Exchange Act and the rules promulgated thereunder, at any time during the Performance Period, payment for each of your Performance Units will be made in cash at a value equal to the lesser of the Closing Price on the Grant Date or the Closing Price on the date the Performance Factor is determined, and shall be rounded to the nearest US one-hundred dollars (US$100.00) in value. If your separation agreement does not become final, your Performance Units will be forfeited.

3. Change of Control . Notwithstanding any other terms of this Plan, in the event of a Change of Control, unless the Administrator reasonably determines in good faith prior to the occurrence of a Change of Control that an Alternative Award has been granted to you with regard to a Performance Unit, your Performance Units will be valued at the Change of Control Price and be immediately due and payable in cash. Any payment will be made at the time specified in Section 16.

4. Nontransferability of Awards . You may not sell, transfer, pledge, assign or otherwise alienate or hypothecate any of your Performance Units, other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution.

5. Estate . Benefits remaining unpaid at your death will be paid to your estate, except as otherwise required by law.

6. Tax Withholding . The Paying Affiliate may withhold, or require you to remit, an amount sufficient to satisfy any applicable withholding tax requirements relating to the payment on account of your Performance Units, and the Paying Affiliate may defer payment until this requirement is satisfied. Regardless of any action any Affiliate takes with respect to any or all tax withholding (including social insurance contributions and payment on account obligations, if any), you acknowledge that the ultimate liability for all such taxes is and remains your responsibility (or that of your estate) and that no Affiliate makes any representations or

 

5


undertakings regarding the treatment of any tax withholding in connection with any aspect of any of your Performance Units, including the grant or payment on account of the Performance Units, and that neither the Administrator nor any Affiliate commits to structure the terms of the grant of or any aspect of any Performance Unit to reduce or eliminate your (or you estate’s or any heir’s) liability for such tax.

7. Adjustment of the Number of Performance Units . The Administrator will make appropriate adjustments in the terms and conditions of your Performance Units in recognition of unusual or nonrecurring events affecting the Company or its financial statements as provided in the Plan. The Administrator’s determinations in this regard will be conclusive. No additional Performance Units will be credited to you on the occasion of the payment of any cash dividend on Common Stock or any other payment in connection with such Common Stock.

8. Governing Law; Choice of Forum . This Agreement will be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of Delaware of the United States of America, regardless of the law that might be applied under principles of conflict of laws. Any action to enforce this Agreement or any other action regarding this Agreement must be brought in a court in the State of New York of the United States of America, to which jurisdiction the Administrator, the Global Affiliate, and you consent, to the maximum extent consistent with law.

9. Interpretation; Construction . Any determination or interpretation by the Administrator pursuant to this Agreement will be final and conclusive. In the event of a conflict between any term of this Agreement and the terms of the Plan, the terms of the Plan control.

10. Entire Agreement . This Agreement and the Plan represent the entire agreement between you and the Global Affiliate regarding your Performance Units. No promises, terms, or agreements of any kind regarding your Performance Units that are not set forth in this Agreement or in the Plan, or to which there is no reference in this Agreement or the Plan, are part of this Agreement.

11. Amendments . The Administrator has the exclusive right to amend this Agreement as long as the amendment is consistent with the Plan. The Administrator will give written notice to you (or, in the event of your death, to your estate) of any amendment as promptly as practicable after its adoption.

12. No Right to Future Grants; No Right of Employment . This Agreement is not a contract of employment and it is not a guarantee of employment for life or any period of time. Nothing in this Agreement interferes with or limits in any way the right of any Affiliate to terminate your employment at any time. This Agreement does not give you any right to continue in the employ of any Affiliate. In accepting this Agreement, you acknowledge that: (a) the Plan is established voluntarily, and this Agreement is established voluntarily by the Global Affiliate, and that each is discretionary in nature and may be modified, suspended or terminated by the Administrator at any time, as provided in the Plan and this Agreement, respectively; (b) the grant of your Performance Units is voluntary and occasional and does not create any contractual or other right to receive future grants of Performance Units, or benefits in lieu of Performance Units, even if Performance Units have been granted repeatedly in the past; (c) all decisions with respect to future Performance Unit grants, if any, will be at the sole discretion of the

 

6


Administrator, including, but not limited to, the timing of any grants, the number of Performance Units and vesting provisions; (d) your participation in the Plan is voluntary; (e) the Performance Units are an extraordinary item that does not constitute compensation of any kind for services of any kind rendered to the Company, and which is outside the scope of your employment contract, if any; (f) the Performance Units are not part of normal or expected compensation or salary for any purposes, including, but not limited to, calculating any severance, resignation, Termination, redundancy, end of service payments, bonuses, long-service awards, pension or retirement benefits or similar payments; (g) the Performance Unit grant will not be interpreted to form an employment contract or relationship with any Affiliate or the Company; (h) the future Closing Price of Common Stock and the applicable Performance Factor applicable to your Performance Units are unknown and cannot be predicted with certainty; (i) your Performance Units will have no value unless the applicable Performance Factor is greater than zero; (j) to the fullest extent permitted by law, no claim or entitlement to compensation or damages arises from termination of the Performance Units or diminution in value of the Performance Units and you irrevocably release the Administrator, the Company, and each Affiliate from any such claim that may arise; and (k) in the event of your Termination, neither your eligibility, nor any right to receive Performance Units, nor any period within which payment may be made on account of your Performance Units, if any, will be extended beyond the period specified under this Agreement by any notice period mandated under law ( e.g. , active employment would not include a period of “garden leave” or similar period pursuant to local law); furthermore, in the event of your Termination, your right to payment on account of your Performance Units, if any, will not be extended by any notice period mandated under law.

13. Employee Data Privacy . You hereby explicitly and unambiguously consent to the collection, use and transfer, in electronic or other form, of your personal data as described in this document by the Administrator, any Affiliate, or the Company, for the exclusive purpose of implementing, administering and managing your participation in the Plan. You understand that the Administrator, Affiliates, and the Company hold certain personal information about you, including, but not limited to, your name, home address and telephone number, date of birth, social insurance number or other identification number, salary, nationality, job title, or shares of stock or directorships held in Affiliates, and the Company, details of all Performance Units awarded, forfeited, on which payment has been made, and/or outstanding in your favor, for the purpose of implementing, administering and managing the Plan (“Data”). You understand that the Administrator, Affiliates, or the Company will transfer Data amongst themselves as necessary for the implementation, administration and management of the Plan, that Data may be transferred to any third parties assisting in the implementation, administration and management of the Plan, that these recipients may be located in your country or elsewhere, and that the recipient’s country may have different data privacy laws and protections than your country. You understand that you may request a list with the names and addresses of any potential recipients of the Data by contacting your local human resources representative. You authorize the recipients to receive, possess, use, retain and transfer the Data, in electronic or other form, for the purposes of implementing, administering and managing your participation in the Plan, including any requisite transfer of such Data as may be required to a broker or other third party. You understand that Data will be held only as long as is necessary to implement, administer and manage your participation in the Plan, including but not limited to any applicable retention period necessary for effective or lawful administration of the Plan. You understand that you may, at any time, view Data, request additional information about the storage and processing of

 

7


Data, require any amendments to Data that are required by applicable law or refuse or withdraw the consents herein, in any case without cost, by contacting in writing your local human resources representative. You are not obligated to consent to the collection, use, processing and transfer of Data. However, you understand that if you refuse to grant consent under this Section 13 by failing to accept this Agreement you will not receive any Performance Units pursuant to this Agreement, and that if you subsequently withdraw your consent under this Section 13 you will forfeit all of your Performance Units. You understand that you may contact your local human resources representative for more information on the consequences of your refusal to consent or withdrawal of consent.

14. Severability . The provisions of this Agreement are severable and if any one or more provisions are determined to be illegal or otherwise unenforceable, in whole or in part, the remaining provisions shall nevertheless be binding and enforceable.

15. Nature of Obligation . You acknowledge that, subject to the terms of Section 19 of this Agreement, the obligation to make payments due under this Agreement, if any, shall be the sole obligation of the Global Affiliate, but may be satisfied by any Affiliate on behalf of the Global Affiliate, and shall be unfunded and unsecured. In no event shall the Company be obligated to make payments due under this Agreement. The Global Affiliate and you agree and acknowledge that, to the extent consistent with applicable law, neither the Performance Units, this Agreement, the Plan nor any rights, obligations, terms and conditions set forth therein or in connection therewith, constitute securities, negotiable instruments, or derivatives instruments or transactions.

16. Timing of Payment .

(a) This Agreement is intended to comply with Code Section 409A and shall be interpreted accordingly.

(b) If payment is due and payable under Section 2(b), it will be made upon your death.

(c) If payment is due and payable under Section 2(e), it will be made six (6) months after the termination of your employment (or six (6) months after your “separation from service” under Code Section 409A, if that is a different date); provided, however, that if you were subject to the reporting requirements of Section 16 of the Exchange Act, or were an “executive officer” of the Company under the Exchange Act and the rules promulgated thereunder, at any time during the Performance Period, payment will be made in the calendar year after the end of the Performance Period but in no event earlier than six (6) months after the termination of your employment (or six (6) months after your “separation from service” under Code Section 409A, if that is a different date).

(d) If payment is due and payable under Section 3, and the Change of Control that causes payment to be due and payable is a “change of control” as defined under Code Section 409A, such sum shall be paid to you within thirty (30) days of the Change of Control. If payment is due and payable under Section 3, and the Change of Control that causes payment to be due and payable is not a “change of control” as defined under Code Section 409A, such sum shall be paid to you at the time determined under Section 16(e).

 

8


(e) If payment is due and payable under the Standard Performance Terms (and you have not been offered or chosen to defer payment under an applicable deferred compensation plan offered by the Company or an Affiliate), payment will be made in the calendar year after the end of the Performance Period.

17. Currency; Exchange Rate . Payments pursuant to Section 3 will be made in your then-current payroll currency (or another currency of your choosing) at a reasonable US currency exchange rate chosen in good faith by the Paying Affiliate. Otherwise, any payment due to you will be made in your then-current payroll currency (or other currency of the Paying Affiliate’s choosing) at a United States currency exchange rate determined by the Paying Affiliate in its discretion.

18. Consideration . To the extent any separate or additional consideration is necessary under applicable law to effectuate the parties’ intentions to be bound by the terms of this Agreement, you agree to pay US$1.00 (One Dollar 00/100 currency of the United States of America) to the Global Affiliate, which shall not be refundable to you.

19. Substitution of Award . Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, the Administrator may, at any time prior to payment for your Performance Units, in its sole discretion, find that the Company or an Affiliate has made an award to you intended to substitute for the Performance Units (including but not limited to a contingent right to acquire Common Stock), and that such substitute award is subject to such material terms and conditions that are no less favorable than the material terms and conditions governing your Performance Units and that provide for the same timing for payment as apply to your Performance Units. Upon such a finding, the Administrator may, in its sole discretion, cancel your Performance Units in light of that substitute award without additional compensation to you.

20. Miscellaneous Terms . Your Performance Units are not Common Stock and do not give you the rights of a holder of Common Stock. Any payment attributable to your Performance Units is subject to all applicable laws, rules and regulations, and to any approvals by any governmental agencies as may be required, and to any Company policy on insider trading. No payment will be made on account of your Performance Units if that payment would result in a violation of applicable law. Your Performance Units are subject to the Company’s performance-based compensation recoupment policy (which currently covers only officers or officer-equivalent employees of the Company and its Affiliates) in effect from time to time. As a condition of the grant confirmed in this Agreement, you agree to take any and all actions, and consent to any and all actions taken by the Administrator, Company, Global Affiliate, or any Affiliate as may be required to comply with any laws, rules and regulations. In addition, you agree to take any and all actions as may be required to comply with your personal legal and tax obligations under laws, rules and regulations. Any or all documents related to awards granted to you under the Plan may be delivered to you by electronic means. You hereby consent to receive such documents by electronic delivery and agree to engage in any transaction under the Plan through any on-line or electronic system as may be established and maintained for that purpose. You acknowledge and agree that it is your express intent that this Agreement, the Plan and all other documents, notices and legal proceedings entered into, given or instituted pursuant to the award, be drawn up in English. If you have received this Agreement, the Plan or any other documents related to the award translated into a language other than English, and if the meaning

 

9


of the translated version is different than the English version, the English version will control except as otherwise required by law. The Administrator and the Global Affiliate reserve the right to impose other requirements on awards granted to you under the Plan to the extent that either the Administrator or the Global Affiliate determines, in their respective sole discretion, that such other requirements are necessary or advisable in order to comply with law or to facilitate the administration of the Plan.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Global Affiliate has caused its duly authorized officer to execute, and you have executed, this Agreement effective on the Grant Date.

 

[COMPANY     EMPLOYEE  
By:  

 

     
  Signature      

 

        Signature  

 

       
Name        
       

 

 
        Date  

 

     
Title        

 

10


Schedule A

to Performance Unit Agreement

 

Table 1    Table 2

Company Change in Net

Operating Income Company
Performance (Percentile

Relative to Other Companies

in the Index)

   First Percentage (Averaged
For Each Year  of
Performance Period) For
Purposes of Determining
Performance Factor*
   Index Proportionate Total
Shareholder  Return
Subtracted From Company
Proportionate Total
Shareholder Return
  Second Percentage For
Purposes of  Determining
Performance Factor*
0-24    0    -26.0% or less   0
25    25    -25.0%   25
26    26    -24.0%   26
27    27    -23.0%   27
28    28    -22.0%   28
29    29    -21.0%   29
30    30    -20.0%   30
31    31    -19.0%   31
32    32    -18.0%   32
33    33    -17.0%   33
34    34    -16.0%   34
35    35    -15.0%   35
36    36    -14.0%   36
37    37    -13.0%   37
38    38    -12.0%   38
39    39    -11.0%   39
40    40    -10.0%   40
41    41    -9.0%   41
42    42    -8.0%   42
43    43    -7.0%   43
44    44    -6.0%   44
45    45    -5.0%   45
46    46    -4.0%   46
47    47    -3.0%   47
48    48    -2.0%   48
49    49    -1.0%   49
50    50    0.0%   50
51    52    1.2%   52
52    54    2.4%   54
53    56    3.6%   56
54    58    4.8%   58
55    60    6.0%   60
56    62    7.2%   62
57    64    8.4%   64
58    66    9.6%   66
59    68    10.8%   68
60    70    12.0%   70
61    72    13.2%   72
62    74    14.4%   74
63    76    15.6%   76
64    78    16.8%   78
65    80    18.0%   80
66    82    19.2%   82
67    84    20.4%   84
68    86    21.6%   86
69    88    22.8%   88
70    90    24.0%   90
71    92    25.2%   92
72    94    26.4%   94
73    96    27.6%   96
74    98    28.8%   98
75-99    100    30.0% or greater   100

 

* First percentage is determined for each calendar year of the Performance Period and averaged, and added to second percentage. The total is multiplied by the number of Performance Units granted to determine the number of Final Performance Units. See Section 1 of this Agreement.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Administrator has approved this form of Performance Unit Agreement pursuant to the MetLife International Performance Unit Incentive Plan, effective February 23, 2011.

 

ADMINISTRATOR  

/s/ Dennis J. Shiel

Dennis J. Shiel

 
Date:  

7/21/11

 

Exhibit 10.48

METLIFE INTERNATIONAL UNIT OPTION INCENTIVE PLAN

(as amended and restated effective February 23, 2011

ARTICLE I.

PURPOSE

The purpose of the MetLife International Unit Option Incentive Plan, as it may be amended from time to time (the “Plan”), is to foster and promote the long-term financial success of each Affiliate and materially increase the value of each Affiliate by (a) motivating superior performance, and (b) enabling each Affiliate to attract and retain the services of an outstanding management team upon whose judgment, interest, and special effort the successful conduct of its operations is largely dependent.

ARTICLE II.

DEFINITIONS

2.1. Definitions . Whenever used herein, the following terms shall have the respective meanings set forth below:

(a) “Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

(b) “Administrator” means the Chief Executive Officer of the Company, or such individual(s) as he shall designate in writing for such purpose from time to time.

(c) “Affiliate” includes each corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, or other entity (not including the Company):

(i) that is within the meaning of that term in Rule 12b-2 of the General Rules and Regulations of the Act, with reference to the Company;

(ii) in which the Company owns, directly or indirectly, at least twenty percent (20%) of the total combined Voting Power of such corporation or of the capital interest or profits interest of such partnership or other entity; or

(ii) which is a partner in a partnership with the Company or any Affiliate as defined in parts (i) or (ii) of this definition.

(d) “Alternative Award” means new rights that:

(i) are based on stock which is traded on an established securities market, or that the Administrator reasonably believes will be so traded within 60 days after the Change of Control;

(ii) provide such Participant with rights and entitlements substantially equivalent to or better than the rights, terms and conditions applicable under the Unit Option with regard to which it is granted, including, but not limited to, an identical or better exercise, eligibility, or vesting schedule and identical or better timing and methods of payment;


(iii) have substantially equivalent economic value to the Unit Options with regard to which it is granted (determined at the time of the Change of Control); and

(iv) have terms and conditions which provide that in the event that of the Participant’s involuntary Termination or is Constructively Terminated, any conditions on a Participant’s rights under, or any restrictions on transfer or exercisability applicable to, the rights shall be waived or shall lapse, as the case may be.

(e) “Approved Retirement” means Termination:

(i) on or after any of the dates indicated below, with credit for purposes of reaching any such date to include credit for service: (x) with any Affiliate; and (y) with American Life Insurance Company and any of its affiliates as of October 31, 2010 (collectively, “Alico”) (to the extent the Participant was an employee of Alico as of October 31, 2010 and to the extent such service was recognized by Alico for any of its retirement plan purposes as of October 31, 2010):

 

Participant Age:

   Minimum
Years of
Service:

55 to 57  1 / 2

   15

58

   14

59

   12

60

   10

61

   8  

62 but less than 65

   5  

65 or older

   1; 

(ii) on or after any date as of which the Participant’s Termination is required under applicable law or employer policy (excluding agreements or contractual obligations in either case applicable solely to an individual employee) in either case due to the Participant attaining a particular age, so long as the Participant has service (as defined in Section 2.1(e)(i)) of at least one year; or

(iii) at times and under such circumstances as determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion;

provided that, in each case, the Administrator may require, as a condition to a Participant’s retirement being an “Approved Retirement” for purpose of the Plan, that the Participant enter into a general release of claims, non-solicitation and/or non-competition agreement in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrator.

 

2


(f) “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

(g) “Cause” means ( i ) the willful failure by the Participant to perform substantially his duties as an Employee (or, should the Participant’s employment transfer to the Company, as an employee of the Company)), other than due to physical or mental illness, after reasonable notice to the Participant of such failure, ( ii ) the Participant’s engaging in serious misconduct that is injurious to the Company or any Affiliate in any way, including, but not limited to, by way of damage to their respective reputations or standings in their respective industries, ( iii ) the Participant’s having been convicted of, or having entered a plea of nolo contendere to, a crime that constitutes a felony or ( iv ) the breach by the Participant of any written covenant or agreement with the Company or any Affiliate not to disclose or misuse any information pertaining to, or misuse any property of, the Company or any Affiliate or not to compete or interfere with the Company or any Affiliate.

(h) “Change of Control” shall be deemed to have occurred if:

(i) any person (within the meaning of Section 3(a)(9) of the Act), including any group (within the meaning of Rule 13d-5(b) under the Act), but excluding the MetLife Policyholder Trust (and any person(s) who would otherwise be described herein solely by reason of having the power to control the voting of the shares held by such Trust) and any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Company or any Affiliate thereof, acquires “beneficial ownership” (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 25% or more of the combined Voting Power of the Company’s securities; or

(ii) within any 24-month period, the persons who were directors of the Company at the beginning of such period (the “Incumbent Directors”) shall cease to constitute at least a majority of the Board or the board of directors of any successor to the Company; provided , however , that any director elected to the Board, or nominated for election, by a majority of the Incumbent Directors then still in office shall be deemed to be an Incumbent Director for purposes of this subclause (ii); or

(iii) upon the consummation of a merger, consolidation, share exchange, division, sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company which has been approved by the shareholders of the Company (a “Corporate Event”), and immediately following the consummation of which the stockholders of the Company immediately prior to such Corporate Event do not hold, directly or indirectly, a majority of the Voting Power of ( x ) in the case of a merger or consolidation, the surviving or resulting corporation, ( y ) in the case of a share exchange, the acquiring corporation or ( z ) in the case of a division or a sale or other disposition of assets, each surviving, resulting or acquiring corporation which, immediately following the relevant Corporate Event, holds more than 25% of the consolidated assets of the Company immediately prior to such Corporate Event; or

 

3


(iv) any other event occurs which the Board declares to be a Change of Control.

(i) “Change of Control Price” means the highest price per share of Common Stock offered in conjunction with any transaction resulting in a Change of Control (as determined in good faith by the Administrator if any part of the offered price is payable other than in cash) or, in the case of a Change of Control occurring solely by reason of a change in the composition of the Board, the highest Closing Price of the Common Stock on any of the 30 trading days immediately preceding the date on which a Change of Control occurs.

(j) “Closing Price” means, on any date, the closing price of Common Stock as reported in the principal consolidated transaction reporting system for the New York Stock Exchange (or on such other recognized quotation system on which the trading prices of the Common Stock are quoted at the relevant time) on such date. In the event that there are no Common Stock transactions reported on such tape (or such other system) on such date, Closing Price shall mean the closing price on the immediately preceding date on which Common Stock transactions were so reported.

(k) “Code” means the United States Internal Revenue Code.

(l) “Committee” means the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company, or the successor committee to such committee, or any other duly authorized committee of such Board of Directors of the Company appointed by the Board of Directors of the Company to administer the Plan, or the Board of Directors of the Company, and the Committee’s designee or delegate.

(m) “Common Stock” means the common stock of the Company, par value United States Dollars $0.01 per share.

(n) “Company” means MetLife, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and any successor thereto.

(o) “Constructively Terminated” means a voluntary Termination by an Employee within ten (10) business days after any of the following actions by the Company, Affiliate, or person acting on behalf of either:

(i) Requiring the Employee to be based as his/her regular or customary place employment at any office or location more than fifty (50) miles from the location at which the Employee performed his/her duties immediately prior to the Change of Control, except for travel reasonably required in the performance of the individual’s responsibilities;

(ii) reducing the Employee’s base salary below the rate in effect at the time of a Change of Control; or

(iii) failing to pay the Employee’s base salary, other wages, or employment-related benefits as required by law.

 

4


(p) “Disability” has the meaning given in such long-term disability plan, program, or arrangement maintained by the Company or an Affiliate in which the Participant participates, or in such other long-term disability plan, program, or arrangement in which the Participant participates designated for purposes of this definition at any time, and from time to time, by the Administrator.

(q) “Employee” means any employee of any Affiliate, as determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Administrator may revise the definition of Employee so as to conform to the laws of any jurisdiction in accordance with Section 4.3(c) below. For greater clarity, no employee of the Company shall be an Employee.

(r) “Family Member” means, as to a Participant, any ( i ) child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, sibling, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law, or sister-in-law (including adoptive relationships), of such Participant, ( ii ) trust for the exclusive benefit of such persons and ( iii ) other entity owned solely by such persons.

(s) “Participant” means any Employee designated by the Administrator or the Committee to participate in the Plan.

(t) “Surrender” means a request in writing by the Participant (or another individual in lieu of the Participant pursuant to Section 10.2 of the Plan) to receive payment pursuant to Section 6.4 of the Plan, made consistent with such procedures or rules regarding the form of such a request established from time to time by the Administrator and received by the Plan Administrator or his designee.

(u) “Surrender Date” means the next business day in New York City, New York after the date of actual receipt by the Plan Administrator or his designee of a notice of Surrender consistent with the terms of the Plan.

(v) “Grant Value” means a number determined for each Unit Option by the Administrator at the time of the grant of such Unit Option under this Plan, consistent with Section 6.2 of this Plan.

(w) “Termination” means the termination of employment, except that no transfer of employment between an Affiliate and the Company, or between an Affiliate and any other Affiliate will be considered a Termination.

(x) “Unit Option” means the conditional right to receive a cash payment equal to the difference between the Closing Price of one share of Common Stock on the Surrender Date and the Grant Value, if such difference is greater than zero.

(y) “Unit Option Agreement” means an agreement in writing between the Participant and one or more Affiliates that shall specify the Grant Value of each Unit Option, the duration of each Unit Option, the number of Unit Options granted, the effect of any Termination on Restricted Units, and such other terms and conditions as the Administrator shall determine which are not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan.

 

5


(z) “Voting Power” means such number of Voting Securities as shall enable the holders thereof to cast all the votes which could be cast in an annual election of directors of a company, and “Voting Securities” shall mean all securities entitling the holders thereof to vote in an annual election of directors of a company.

2.2. Gender and Number . Except when otherwise indicated by the context, words in the masculine gender used in the Plan shall include the feminine gender, the singular shall include the plural, and the plural shall include the singular.

ARTICLE III.

ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION

Participants in the Plan shall be those Employees selected by the Committee or the Administrator to be granted Units Options pursuant to the Plan.

ARTICLE IV.

POWERS OF THE COMMITTEE AND THE ADMINISTRATOR

4.1. Power to Grant .

(a) The Committee and the Administrator shall determine the Employees to whom Unit Options shall be granted. The number of Unit Options the Committee may grant shall be unlimited. The number of Unit Options the Administrator may grant to any individual Participant shall be limited to 50,000 in any 12-month period. The Administrator may not grant any Unit Options to any individual who is (x) subject to Section 16 of the Act; (y) an executive officer of the Company; or (z) subject to Section 4230 of the New York Insurance Law, in each case unless the Committee approves or ratifies such a grant.

(b) The Administrator shall determine the terms and conditions of any and all such Unit Options, including the terms of any Unit Option Agreements. The Administrator may establish different terms and conditions for different Participants and for the same Participant for each Unit Option such Participant may receive, whether or not granted at different times. Notwithstanding any other terms of this Plan, no grant of Unit Options shall be effective unless one or more Affiliates approves or ratifies the grant. The Committee’s or Administrator’s grant of Unit Options to an employee of MetLife Group, Inc. shall constitute approval of the grant by MetLife Group, Inc.

4.2. Repricing or Substitution of Unit Options . The Administrator shall not have the right to reprice or otherwise change the Grant Value of any outstanding Unit Options or to grant new Unit Options under the Plan in substitution for or upon the cancellation of Unit Options previously granted.

 

6


4.3. Administration .

(a) Rules, Interpretations and Determinations . The Plan shall be administered by the Administrator. The Administrator shall have full authority to interpret and administer the Plan, to establish, amend, and rescind rules and regulations relating to the Plan, to provide for conditions deemed necessary or advisable to protect the interests of any Affiliate, to construe Unit Option Agreements and to make all other determinations it determines necessary or advisable for the administration and interpretation of the Plan in order to carry out its provisions and purposes. Determinations, interpretations, or other actions made or taken by the Administrator shall be final, binding, and conclusive for all purposes and upon all persons.

(b) Agents and Expenses . The Administrator may appoint agents (who may be officers or employees of the Company or any Affiliate) to assist in the administration of the Plan and may grant authority to such persons to execute agreements or other documents on the Administrator’s behalf. The Administrator may employ such legal counsel, consultants and agents as it may deem desirable for the administration of the Plan and may rely upon any opinion received from any such counsel or consultant and any computation received from any such consultant or agent. All expenses incurred in the administration of the Plan, including, without limitation, for the engagement of any counsel, consultant or agent, shall be paid by the Company or an Affiliate.

(c) Adjustments to Conform With Law . Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, the Administrator may, in its sole discretion, amend or vary the terms of the Plan in order to conform such terms with the requirements of local law or to meet the goals and objectives of the Plan, and may, in its sole discretion, establish administrative rules and procedures to facilitate the operation of the Plan. The Administrator may, where it deems appropriate in its sole discretion, establish one or more sub-plans of the Plan for these purposes.

ARTICLE V.

ADJUSTMENTS TO UNIT OPTIONS

The Administrator will make appropriate adjustments in the terms and conditions of Units Options in recognition of unusual or nonrecurring events affecting the Company or its financial statements (such as a Common Stock dividend, Common Stock split, recapitalization, payment of an extraordinary dividend, merger, consolidation, combination, spin-off, distribution of assets to stockholders other than ordinary cash dividends, exchange of shares, or other similar corporate change), or in recognition of changes to applicable laws, regulations, or accounting principles, to prevent unintended dilution or enlargement of the potential benefits of Unit Options. The Administrator’s determinations in this regard will be conclusive.

 

7


ARTICLE VI.

UNIT OPTIONS

6.1. Grant of Unit Options . Unit Options may be granted to Participants at such time or times as shall be determined by the Committee or the Administrator. Except as otherwise provided herein, the Committee or the Administrator shall have complete discretion in determining the number of Unit Options, if any, to be granted to a Participant. Notwithstanding any other terms of this Plan, no grant of Unit Options shall be effective unless one or more Affiliates approves or ratifies the grant and the terms thereof. The Committee’s or the Administrator’s grant of Unit Options to an employee of MetLife Group, Inc. shall constitute approval of the grant by MetLife Group, Inc. Each Unit Option shall be evidenced by a Unit Option Agreement. Any Affiliate that approves or ratifies a grant of Unit Option shall execute the applicable Unit Option Agreement through a representative.

6.2. Grant Value . Each Unit Option granted pursuant to the Plan shall have a Grant Value no less than the Closing Price of one share of Common Stock on the date the Unit Option is granted.

6.3. Surrender of Unit Options . One-third of each grant of Unit Options made pursuant to the Plan shall become eligible for Surrender on each of the first three anniversaries of the date such Unit Options were granted; provided , further , that the Administrator may at the time of grant establish longer periods of service for Unit Options to become eligible for Surrender and may establish performance-based criteria for eligibility for Surrender. Subject to the provisions of Article VII, once any Unit Option has become eligible for Surrender it shall remain eligible for Surrender for its full term. The Administrator shall determine the term of each Unit Option granted, but in no event shall any such Unit Option remain eligible for Surrender for more than 10 years after the date on which it is granted.

6.4. Payment . Following Surrender of a Unit Option, a cash payment equal to the Closing Price of one share of Common Stock on the Surrender Date less the Grant Value of the Unit Option, if the result is greater than zero, shall be made to the Participant (or another individual in lieu of the Participant pursuant to Section 10.2 of the Plan). The Affiliate making payment may make such payment in any currency chosen by it in its discretion.

6.3 Substitution . The Administrator may, at any time prior to payment for Unit Options, in its sole discretion, may:

(a) find that the Company or an Affiliate has made an award to the Participant, intended to substitute for Unit Options; that is in substantially the same form as the Unit Options and on the same material terms, but with payment due in Common Stock rather than cash (i.e., stock-payable share appreciation rights); and

(c) in light of such findings, cancel the Unit Options without additional compensation to the Participant.

 

8


ARTICLE VII.

CHANGES OF STATUS

The applicable Unit Option Agreement will specify the effect of changes of status including Disability, Termination (including Termination for Cause or Approved Retirement) on Units Options.

ARTICLE VIII.

CHANGE OF CONTROL

8.1. Accelerated Vesting and Payment . Subject to the provisions of Section 8.2, in the event of a Change of Control each Unit Option shall be fully eligible for Surrender regardless of the Surrender eligibility schedule otherwise applicable to such Unit Option and, in the even of the Participant’s involuntarily Termination for any reason other than Cause within twelve (12) months of such Change of Control, the Participant shall have until the earlier of (i) twelve (12) months following such termination date, or (ii) the term of the Unit Option, to exercise the Unit Option. In connection with such a Change of Control, the Administrator may, in exercise of discretion, provide that each Unit Option shall, upon the occurrence of such Change of Control, be canceled in exchange for a payment in an amount equal to the excess, if any, of the Change of Control Price over the Grant Value for such Unit Option.

8.2. Alternative Awards . Notwithstanding Section 8.1, no cancellation, acceleration of eligibility for Surrender, vesting, cash settlement or other payment shall occur with respect to any Unit Option if the Administrator reasonably determines in good faith prior to the occurrence of a Change of Control that such Unit Option shall be honored or assumed, or an Alternative Award substituted therefor, by a Participant’s employer (or the parent or an affiliate of such employer) immediately following the Change of Control.

ARTICLE IX.

AMENDMENT, MODIFICATION, AND TERMINATION OF PLAN

The Administrator may amend or terminate the Plan at any time in its sole discretion. No amendment or termination of the Plan shall in any manner adversely affect any Unit Option theretofore granted under the Plan without the consent of the Participant.

 

9


SECTION X.

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

10.1. Nature and Transferability of Unit Options . No Unit Option shall be considered a property interest of any Participant, and such Unit Option shall have no value except as a means of determining, in part, the amount of payments, if any, under the Plan. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, no Unit Option may be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned, or otherwise alienated or hypothecated, other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution; provided that the Administrator may, in the Unit Option Agreement or otherwise, permit transfers of rights regarding Unit Options by gift or a domestic relations order to Family Members.

10.2. No Guarantee of Employment or Participation . Nothing in the Plan shall interfere with or limit in any way the right of any Affiliate to terminate any Participant’s employment or service at any time, nor confer upon any Participant any right to continue in the employ of any Affiliate. No Employee shall have a right to be selected as a Participant, or, having been so selected, to receive any future Unit Options.

10.3 Tax Withholding and Currency . Each Affiliate shall have the power to withhold, or require a Participant to remit to the Affiliate, an amount sufficient to satisfy any applicable withholding tax requirements imposed by any competent authority on any Unit Option under the Plan, and the Affiliate may defer any payment until such requirements are satisfied. Any Affiliate may make any payment under this Plan in any currency chosen by the Affiliate in its discretion.

10.4. No Limitation on Compensation . Nothing in the Plan shall be construed to limit the right of the Company or any Affiliate to establish other plans, programs, agreements, or arrangements.

10.5. Requirements of Law . The granting of Unit Options and payments upon Surrender thereof shall be subject to all applicable laws, rules, and regulations, to such approvals by any governmental agencies as may be required, and to any Company policy on insider trading.

10.6. Term of Plan . The Plan as amended and restated shall be effective upon its execution by the Administrator. The Plan shall continue in effect until terminated pursuant to Article IX.

10.7. Governing Law . The Plan and all Unit Option Agreements hereunder shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of Delaware of the United States of America, without regard to principles of conflict of laws.

10.8. No Impact on Benefits . Except as may otherwise be specifically stated under any employee benefit plan, policy or program, Unit Options shall not be treated as compensation for purposes of calculating an Employee’s right under any such plan, policy or program.

 

10


10.9. No Constraint on Corporate Action . Nothing in this Plan shall be construed ( i ) to limit, impair or otherwise affect the Company’s or any Affiliate’s right or power to make adjustments, reclassifications, reorganizations or changes of its capital or business structure, or to merge or consolidate, or dissolve, liquidate, sell, or transfer all or any part of its business or assets or ( ii ) except as provided in Article IX, to limit the right or power of the Company or any Affiliate to take any action which such entity deems to be necessary or appropriate.

10.10. Unfunded Plan . This Plan shall be unfunded and shall not create (or be construed to create) a trust or separate fund. Likewise, this Plan shall not establish any fiduciary relationship between the Company or any Affiliate or the Administrator and the Participant. To the extent that any Participant holds any rights by virtue of being granted a Unit Option under this Plan, such right shall be no greater than the right of an unsecured general creditor of any Affiliate that approves or ratifies the grant of Unit Options to such Participant.

10.11. Obligor . The obligation to make payments due under each Unit Option Agreement, if any, shall be the sole obligation of the Affiliate that enters into such Unit Option Agreement. In no event shall the Company be obligated to make payments due under this Plan pursuant to any Unit Option Agreement. Payment due from any Affiliate in relation to any Performance Units may be made on behalf of that Affiliate by any other Affiliate.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Plan Administrator has adopted this Plan, as amended and restated effective February 23, 2010.

 

PLAN ADMINISTRATOR  

/s/ Dennis J. Shiel

Dennis J. Shiel  
Date:  

7/21/11

 

 

11

Exhibit 10.49

UNIT OPTION AGREEMENT

[Company] (the “Global Affiliate”) confirms that, on              , 20      , (the “Grant Date”) you were granted                  ,      Unit Options, and approves or ratifies such grant. Each Unit Option entitles you to receive a cash payment equal to the Fair Market Value of one share of Common Stock on the Surrender Date less $      .      (the “Grant Value”), if the difference is greater than zero. Your Unit Options are subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and of the MetLife International Unit Option Incentive Plan (the “Plan”). Any payment due under this Agreement may be made on behalf of the Global Affiliate by any one or more Affiliates (each such Affiliate(s) making any such payment will be known as a “Paying Affiliate”). Unless otherwise specified, the word “Section” refers to a Section in this Agreement. Any other capitalized word used in this Agreement but not defined here is defined in the Plan.

1. Normal Term of Your Options . Except as provided in Sections 3 and 4:

 

  (a) one-third of your Unit Options granted hereunder will become eligible for Surrender on each of the first, second and third anniversaries of the Grant Date;

 

  (b)

you may Surrender your Unit Options which are eligible for Surrender until the close of business in New York City on              , 20      [day bef 10 th anniv of Grant Date] (the “Expiration Date”), and

 

  (c) you need not Surrender all of your Unit Options at one time.

2. Method of Surrender; Form of Payment . You may Surrender any of your Unit Options that have become eligible for Surrender by notifying the Administrator in writing, using procedures that will be established for this purpose. (As defined in the Plan, the Surrender Date for a Unit Option is the next business date in New York City, New York, United States, after your Surrender of that Unit Option.) Payment will be made in a currency chosen by the Paying Affiliate.

3. Changes of Status . For purposes of this Section 3, your transfer between an Affiliate and any other Affiliate or the Company will not be a termination of employment.

(a) Disability . In the event of your Disability, your Unit Options will become eligible for Surrender just as they would have if you remained in active service and, once your Unit Options are eligible for Surrender, they may be Surrendered at any time until the close of business on the Expiration Date. Any of your Unit Options that are not Surrendered within that period will be forfeited. Once this Section 3(a) applies, Sections 3(b), (c), (e) and (f) will not apply to your Unit Options, even if you subsequently return to active service or terminate employment with the any Affiliate or the Company for any reason.

(b) Death . In the event that your employment with the any Affiliate or the Company terminates due to your death, all of your Unit Options will become fully eligible for Surrender as of the date of your death and will remain so until the close of business on the Expiration Date. Any of your Unit Options that are not Surrendered within that period will be forfeited.


(c) Approved Retirement . If your employment with any Affiliate or the Company terminates due to your Approved Retirement, your Unit Options will become eligible for Surrender just as if you had not retired, and you may Surrender your Unit Options which are eligible for Surrender at any time until the close of business on the Expiration Date. Any of your Unit Options that are not Surrendered within that period will be forfeited. Subject to Section 2.1(c) of the Plan, you do not need special approval from the Administrator for an Approved Retirement.

(d) Termination for Cause . Notwithstanding any other terms of this Section 3, in the event that your employment with any Affiliate or the Company is terminated for Cause, all of your Unit Options not yet Surrendered will be forfeited immediately.

(e) Other Termination of Employment . Unless the Administrator determines otherwise, if your employment with any Affiliate or the Company terminates for any reason other than those listed in paragraphs (b), (c), (d) or (e) of this Section 3, including, for example, your voluntary termination of employment or your termination by the any Affiliate or the Company without Cause, your Unit Options that are eligible for Surrender as of the date of termination will remain eligible for Surrender for a period of 30 days or until the close of business on the Expiration Date, whichever period is shorter. All of your Unit Options that are not eligible for Surrender at the date of termination will be forfeited immediately, as will any Unit Option that is not Surrendered within that period.

4. Change of Control .

(a) Accelerated Exercisability and Payment . Except as provided in Section 4(b), if a Change of Control occurs, all of your outstanding Unit Options not yet eligible for Surrender will become eligible for Surrender immediately, regardless of the applicable Surrender eligibility schedule, and, if your employment is involuntarily terminated for any reason other than Cause within twelve (12) months of such Change of Control, you will have until the earlier of (i) twelve (12) months following such termination date, or (ii) the Expiration Date, to exercise your Unit Options. However, the Administrator may elect to redeem your Unit Options for a cash payment equal to the Change of Control Price less the Grant Value, multiplied by the number of exercisable Unit Options that you have not yet Surrendered.

(b) Alternative Award . Notwithstanding Section 4(a), your Unit Options will not become eligible for Surrender immediately, and they will not be subject to being redeemed with a cash payment to you, if the Administrator reasonably determines in good faith, prior to the Change of Control, that your Unit Options will be honored or assumed, or new rights substituted for the outstanding Unit Options (referred to as an “Alternative Award”) by your employer or an affiliate immediately after the Change of Control. Any Alternative Award must:

 

  (1) be based on stock which is traded on an established securities market, or that the Administrator reasonably believes will be traded on an established securities market within 60 days after the Change of Control;

 

2


  (2) provide you with rights substantially equivalent to or better than the rights applicable to your Unit Options (including, but not limited to, an identical or better exercise or surrender eligibility schedule, and identical or better timing and methods of payment);

 

  (3) have substantially equivalent economic value to your Unit Options (determined at the time of the Change of Control); and

 

  (4) provide that, in the event that your employment is involuntarily or Constructively Terminated after a Change of Control, any conditions imposed on your rights under an Alternative Award, including any restrictions on transfer, surrender eligibility, or exercisability of any Alternative Award, will be waived or will lapse.

5. Nontransferability of Awards . You may not sell, transfer, pledge, assign or otherwise alienate or hypothecate any of your Unit Options, other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. All rights with respect to your Unit Options are exercisable or eligible for Surrender during your lifetime only by you.

6. Estate . Your rights under this Agreement will pass to and may be exercised or Surrendered after your death by your estate, except as otherwise required by law. Any payments due you under this Agreement not paid to you as of your death will be paid to your estate, except as otherwise required by law.

7. Tax Withholding . The Paying Affiliate may withhold, or require you to remit, an amount sufficient to satisfy any applicable withholding tax requirements relating to the Surrender of your Unit Options, and the Paying Affiliate may defer payment until this requirement is satisfied. Regardless of any action the Paying Affiliate takes with respect to any or all tax withholding (including social insurance contributions and payment on account obligations, if any), you acknowledge that the ultimate liability for all such taxes is and remains your responsibility (or that of your estate) and that no Affiliate makes any representations or undertakings regarding the treatment of any tax withholding in connection with any aspect of any Unit Option, including the grant, eligibility for Surrender, or Surrender of the Unit Option, and that neither the Administrator nor any Affiliate commits to structure the terms of the grant of or any aspect of any Unit Option to reduce or eliminate your (or you estate’s or any heir’s) liability for such tax.

8. Adjustment of Unit Options . The Administrator will make appropriate adjustments in the terms and conditions of your Units Options in recognition of unusual or nonrecurring events affecting the Company or its financial statements as provided in the Plan. The Administrator’s determination in this regard will be conclusive.

9. Governing Law; Choice of Forum . This Agreement will be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of Delaware of the United States of America, regardless of the law that might be applied under principles of conflict of laws. Any action to enforce this Agreement or any action otherwise regarding this Agreement must be brought in a court in the State of New York of the United States of America, to which jurisdiction the Administrator, the Global Affiliate, and you consent, to the maximum extent consistent with law.

 

3


10. Interpretation; Construction . Any determination or interpretation by the Administrator pursuant to this Agreement will be final and conclusive. In the event of a conflict between any term of this Agreement and the terms of the Plan, the terms of the Plan control.

11. Entire Agreement. This Agreement and the Plan represent the entire agreement between you and the Global Affiliate regarding your Unit Options. No promises, terms, or agreements of any kind regarding your Unit Options that are not set forth in this Agreement or in the Plan, or to which there is no reference in this Agreement or the Plan, are part of this Agreement.

12. Amendments . The Administrator has the exclusive right to amend this Agreement as long as the amendment is consistent with the Plan. The Administrator will give written notice to you (or, in the event of your death, to your estate) of any amendment as promptly as practicable after its adoption.

13. No Right to Future Grants; No Right of Employment . This Agreement is not a contract of employment and it is not a guarantee of employment for life or any period of time. Nothing in this Agreement interferes with or limits in any way the right of any Affiliate to terminate your employment at any time. This Agreement does not give you any right to continue in the employ of any Affiliate. In accepting this Agreement, you acknowledge that: (a) the Plan is established voluntarily, and this Unit Option Agreement is established voluntarily by the Global Affiliate, and that each is discretionary in nature and may be modified, suspended or terminated by the Administrator at any time, as provided in the Plan and this Agreement, respectively; (b) the grant of the Unit Options is voluntary and occasional and does not create any contractual or other right to receive future grants of Unit Options, or benefits in lieu of Unit Options, even if Unit Options have been granted repeatedly in the past; (c) all decisions with respect to future Unit Option grants, if any, will be at the sole discretion of the Administrator, including, but not limited to, the timing of any grants, the number of Unit Options and vesting provisions; (d) your participation in the Plan is voluntary; (e) the Unit Option is an extraordinary item that does not constitute compensation of any kind for services of any kind rendered to the Company, and which is outside the scope of your employment contract, if any; (f) the Unit Options are not part of normal or expected compensation or salary for any purposes, including, but not limited to, calculating any severance, resignation, termination, redundancy, end of service payments, bonuses, long-service awards, pension or retirement benefits or similar payments; (g) the Unit Option grant will not be interpreted to form an employment contract or relationship with any Affiliate or the Company; (h) the future Fair Market Value of Common Stock is unknown and cannot be predicted with certainty; (i) if the Fair Market Value of Common Stock does not increase during the term of your Unit Options, your Unit Options will have no value; (j) to the fullest extent permitted by law, no claim or entitlement to compensation or damages arises from termination of the Unit Options or diminution in value of the Unit Options and you irrevocably release the Administrator, the Company, and each Affiliate from any such claim that may arise; and (k) in the event of the termination of your employment, neither your eligibility, nor any right to receive Unit Options, nor any period within which your Unit Options may become eligible for Surrender, if any, will not be extended beyond the period

 

4


specified under this Agreement by any notice period mandated under law ( e.g. , active employment would not include a period of “garden leave” or similar period pursuant to local law); furthermore, in the event of termination of employment, your right to Surrender the Unit Options, if any, will not be extended by any notice period mandated under law.

14. Employee Data Privacy . You hereby explicitly and unambiguously consent to the collection, use and transfer, in electronic or other form, of your personal data as described in this document by the Administrator, any Affiliate, or the Company, for the exclusive purpose of implementing, administering and managing your participation in the Plan. You understand that the Administrator, any Affiliate, and the Company hold certain personal information about you, including, but not limited to, your name, home address and telephone number, date of birth, social insurance number or other identification number, salary, nationality, job title, or shares of stock or directorships held in Affiliates, and the Company, details of all Unit Options awarded, canceled, Surrendered, eligible for surrender, and/or outstanding in your favor, for the purpose of implementing, administering and managing the Plan (“Data”). You understand that the Administrator, Affiliates, or the Company will transfer Data amongst themselves as necessary for the implementation, administration and management of the Plan, that Data may be transferred to any third parties assisting in the implementation, administration and management of the Plan, that these recipients may be located in your country or elsewhere, and that the recipient’s country may have different data privacy laws and protections than your country. You understand that you may request a list with the names and addresses of any potential recipients of the Data by contacting your local human resources representative. You authorize the recipients to receive, possess, use, retain and transfer the Data, in electronic or other form, for the purposes of implementing, administering and managing your participation in the Plan, including any requisite transfer of such Data as may be required to a broker or other third party. You understand that Data will be held only as long as is necessary to implement, administer and manage your participation in the Plan, including but not limited to any applicable retention period necessary for effective or lawful administration of the Plan. You understand that you may, at any time, view Data, request additional information about the storage and processing of Data, require any amendments to Data that are required by applicable law or refuse or withdraw the consents herein, in any case without cost, by contacting in writing your local human resources representative. You are not obligated to consent to the collection, use, processing and transfer of Data. However, you understand that if you refuse to grant consent under this Section 14 by failing to accept this Agreement you will not receive any Unit Options pursuant to this Agreement, and that if you subsequently withdraw your consent under this Section 14 you will forfeit any of your Unit Options you have not yet Surrendered. You understand that you may contact your local human resources representative for more information on the consequences of your refusal to consent or withdrawal of consent.

15. Severability . The provisions of this Agreement are severable and if any one or more provisions are determined to be illegal or otherwise unenforceable, in whole or in part, the remaining provisions shall nevertheless be binding and enforceable.

16. Nature of Obligation . You acknowledge that, subject to the terms of Section 19 of this Agreement, the obligation to make payments due under this Unit Option agreement, if any, shall be the sole obligation of the Global Affiliate, but may be satisfied by any Affiliate on behalf of the Global Affiliate, and shall be unfunded and unsecured. In no event shall the Company be

 

5


obligated to make payments due under this Unit Option Agreement. The Global Affiliate and you agree and acknowledge that, to the extent consistent with applicable law, neither the Unit Options, this Agreement, the Plan nor any rights, obligations, terms and conditions set forth therein or in connection therewith, constitute securities, negotiable instruments, or derivatives instruments or transactions.

17. Currency; Exchange Rate . Payments pursuant to Section 4 of this Agreement will be made in your then-current payroll currency (or another currency of your choosing) at a reasonable US currency exchange rate chosen in good faith by the Paying Affiliate. Otherwise, any payment due to you will be made in your then-current payroll currency (or other currency of the Paying Affiliate’s choosing) at a US currency exchange rate determined by the Paying Affiliate in its discretion.

18. Consideration . To the extent any separate or additional consideration is necessary under applicable law to effectuate the parties’ intentions to be bound by the terms of this Agreement, you agree to pay US$1.00 (One Dollar 00/100 currency of the United States of America) to the Global Affiliate, which shall not be refundable to you.

19. Substitution of Stock-Based Award . Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, the Administrator may, at any time prior to payment for your Unit Options, in its sole discretion, find that the Company or an Affiliate has made an award to you, intended to substitute for your Unit Options, that is in substantially the same form as your Unit Options and on the same material terms, but with payment due in Common Stock rather than cash (i.e., stock-payable share appreciation rights). Upon such a finding, the Administrator may, in its sole discretion, cancel your Unit Options in light of that substitute award without additional compensation to you.

20. Miscellaneous Terms . Your Unit Options are not Common Stock or the right to acquire Common Stock and do not give you the rights of a holder of Common Stock. Payment pursuant to Surrender of your Unit Options is subject to all applicable laws, rules and regulations, to any approvals by any governmental agencies as may be required, and to any Company policy on insider trading. No payment will be made upon Surrender of any of your Unit Options if that payment or Surrender would result in a violation of such law, rule, regulation, approval, or policy. Your Unit Options are subject to the Company’s performance-based compensation recoupment policy (which currently covers only officers or officer-equivalent employees of the Company and its Affiliates) in effect from time to time. As a condition of the grant confirmed in this Agreement, you agree to take any and all actions, and consent to any and all actions taken by the Administrator, Company, Global Affiliate, or any Affiliate as may be required to comply with any laws, rules and regulations. In addition, you agree to take any and all actions as may be required to comply with your personal legal and tax obligations under laws, rules and regulations. Any or all documents related to awards granted to you under the Plan may be delivered to you by electronic means. You hereby consent to receive such documents by electronic delivery and agree to engage in any transaction under the Plan through any on-line or electronic system as may be established and maintained for that purpose. You acknowledge and agree that it is your express intent that this Agreement, the Plan and all other documents, notices and legal proceedings entered into, given or instituted pursuant to the award, be drawn up in English. If you have received this Agreement, the Plan or any other

 

6


documents related to the award translated into a language other than English, and if the meaning of the translated version is different than the English version, the English version will control except as otherwise required by law. The Administrator and the Global Affiliate reserve the right to impose other requirements on awards granted to you under the Plan to the extent that the Administrator or the Global Affiliate determines, in its sole discretion, that such other requirements are necessary or advisable in order to comply with law or to facilitate the administration of the Plan.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Global Affiliate has caused their duly authorized officers to execute, and you have executed, this Agreement effective on the Grant Date.

 

[Company]       EMPLOYEE
By:            

 

  Signature       Signature
       

 

Name       Name
         
Title      

 

7


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Plan Administrator has approved this form of Unit Option Agreement pursuant to the MetLife International Unit Option Incentive Plan effective February 23, 2011.

 

ADMINISTRATOR  
/s/ Dennis J. Shiel    
Dennis J. Shiel  
Date:  

7/21/11

 

 

8

Exhibit 10.58

 

MetLife, Inc.     LOGO

 

   
   
Board of Directors    

December 13, 2011

ON MOTION, it was RESOLVED that the Board of Directors approved the following resolution:

 

(1) That the Annual Variable Incentive Plan (“AVIP”) awards for 2012 performance shall constitute Cash-Based Awards under the MetLife, Inc. 2005 Stock and Incentive Compensation Plan (the “Stock and Incentive Plan”);

 

(2) That the measures to be used to determine performance results for establishing the amount to be available for payment of awards under AVIP for 2012 performance (the “2012 Available Amount”) are approved in all respects substantially in the form described in the memorandum presented to the Board and filed with the records of the meeting, subject to Committee discretion to increase or decrease the 2012 Available Amount;

 

(3) That the 2012 Section 162(m) Goals shall be of the following:

 

  (a) Positive Company income from continuing operations before provision for income tax, excluding net investment gains (losses) (determined in accordance with Section 3(a) of Article 7.04 of SEC Regulation S-X), which includes total net investment gains (losses) and net derivatives gains (losses), as presented in the financial statements in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for 2010, for 2012.

 

  (b) Positive MetLife, Inc. Proportionate Total Shareholder Return, as defined for MetLife, Inc. in Section 1(d)(2) of the form of Management Performance Share Agreement used for awards for the 2011-2013 Performance Period (the “Performance Share Agreement”), for 2012.

 

(4) That the Chief Executive Officer of the Company (“CEO”) and each other member of the Company’s Executive Group shall be eligible for an AVIP award for 2012 of $10 million if any one or more of the 2012 Section 162(m) Goals is met; provided, however , that the Committee shall retain the ability, in its discretion, to reduce the amount of the award payable (including reducing the amount payable to zero) based on such factors or considerations that the Committee shall deem appropriate, including but not limited to the amounts that would have been payable to the CEO or other member of the Company’s Executive Group, respectively, under the methodology applicable to other employees under AVIP;


(5) That if the Company does not meet any of the 2012 Section 162(m) Goals, neither the CEO nor any of the other members of the Company’s Executive Group shall be eligible for any AVIP award for 2012, with the exception of any AVIP award that has been guaranteed in writing with the previous approval of the Committee or Board of Directors; and

 

(6) That the Officers of the Company be and hereby are authorized, in the name and on behalf of the Company, to (a) take or cause to be taken any and all such further actions and to prepare, execute and deliver or cause to be prepared, executed and delivered, and where necessary or appropriate, file or cause to be filed with the appropriate governmental authorities, all such other instruments and documents, including but not limited to all certificates, contracts, bonds, agreements, documents, instruments, receipts or other papers, (b) incur and pay or cause to be paid all fees and expenses and (c) engage such persons, in each case as such Officer shall in that Officer’s judgment determine to be necessary or appropriate to carry out fully the intent and purposes of the foregoing resolutions and each of the transactions contemplated thereby.

Exhibit 10.66

Amendment Number Three to

The MetLife Deferred Compensation Plan for Officers

(as amended and restated as of November 1, 2003) (the “Plan”)

The Plan is hereby amended in the manner set forth below, to the extent consistent with legal requirements to maintain the deferred status of compensation credited under the Plan, including the grandfathered status of such deferrals precluding the applicability of United States Internal Revenue Code Section 409A:

1. Section 6 is amended and restated to read as follows:

 

  6. Investment Tracking Funds . The methods of Investment Tracking described in or determined under this Section 6 shall be available for Deferral Elections and Reallocation Elections. To the extent the methods of Investment Tracking are changed, or otherwise as the Plan Administrator determines in its discretion, the Plan Administrator may require the Participant to make an appropriate change in the Participant’s Investment Tracking or may unilaterally impose a method of Investment Tracking.

 

  6.1. MetLife Deferred Shares Fund. Value tracked in the MetLife Deferred Shares Fund shall be accounted in number of tracking shares equal to the number of shares of MetLife Stock deferred and adjusted to simulate the effect of each and any of the following on the Stock Compensation had it been paid in MetLife Stock: (a) dividend; (b) stock dividend; (c) stock split; (d) MetLife, Inc. recapitalization (including, but not limited, to the payment of an extraordinary dividend), (e) merger, consolidation, combination, or spin-off affecting MetLife, Inc. capitalization; (f) distribution of MetLife, Inc. assets to holders of MetLife Stock (other than ordinary cash dividends); (g) exchange of shares, or (h) other similar corporate change. Unless otherwise determined by the Plan Administrator, only the value of a Participant’s Deferred Stock Compensation Account may be tracked in the MetLife Deferred Shares Fund.

 

  6.2. Other Investment Tracking Funds. Except as provided in Section 6.1, and to the extent consistent with legal requirements to maintain the deferred status of compensation credited under the Plan, including the grandfathered status of such deferrals precluding the applicability of United States Internal Revenue Code Section 409A, the Plan Administrator shall determine in its discretion any method(s) of Investment Tracking that will be available from time to time.

2. This Amendment will be effective immediately upon execution.


3. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, the Plan (including any amendments thereto) shall continue in full force and effect without amendment.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this amendment is approved.
PLAN ADMINISTRATOR

/s/ Andrew J. Bernstein for Margery Brittain

Date: 2-26-07
Witness: /s/ Joo Young Kang                                 

Exhibit 10.67

THIS DOCUMENT CONSTITUTES PART OF A PROSPECTUS

COVERING SECURITIES THAT HAVE BEEN REGISTERED

UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED.

MetLife Leadership Deferred Compensation Plan

(as amended and restated effective with respect to

salary and Cash Incentive Compensation January 1, 2005,

and with respect to Stock Compensation April 15, 2005)

 

1. PURPOSE. The purpose of the Plan is to provide an opportunity for Participants, a select group of highly compensated employees within the meaning of Sections 201(2) and 301(a)(3) of ERISA, to delay receipt of certain compensation until a later date, at which time payment of the compensation will be made after adjustment for the simulated investment experience of such compensation from the date of deferral. The Plan is intended to be maintained in compliance with Legal Deferral Requirements and requirements for the registration of debt incurred by MetLife, Inc. under the Plan with the Securities and Exchange Commission on a form S-8.

 

2. PLAN ADMINISTRATION.

 

  2.1. The Plan Administrator shall administer the Plan.

 

  2.2. The Plan Administrator may establish, amend, and rescind rules and regulations relating to the Plan, provide for conditions necessary or advisable to protect the interest of the Affiliates, construe all communications related to the Plan, and make all other determinations it deems necessary or advisable for the administration and interpretation of the Plan. The Plan Administrator may conform any provision of this Plan to the extent such provision is inconsistent with Legal Deferral Requirements.

 

  2.3. Determinations, interpretations, and other actions made by the Plan Administrator shall be final, binding, and conclusive for all purposes and upon all individuals.

 

  2.4. The Plan Administrator may prescribe forms as the sole and exclusive means for Participants to take actions authorized or allowed under the Plan. The Plan Administrator may issue communications to Eligible Associates and Participants as it deems necessary or appropriate in connection with the Plan (including but not limited to communications explaining the risks and potential benefits of the Investment Tracking Funds). Subject to the provisions of Section 19 of this Plan, the Plan Administrator may, in its discretion, adjust the value of Deferred Compensation Accounts on a basis other than as prescribed in Deferral Elections or Reallocation Elections, including but not limited to the use of Investment Tracking Funds other than those selected by the Participant.

 

  2.5. Except to the extent prohibited by law, communication by the Plan Administrator (and by an Eligible Associate or Participant to the extent authorized by the Plan Administrator) of any document or writing, including any document or writing that must be executed by a party, may be in an electronic form of communication.

 


  2.6. The Plan Administrator may appoint such agents, who may be officers or employees of an Affiliate, as it deems necessary or appropriate to assist it in administering the Plan and may grant authority to such agents to execute documents and take action on its behalf. The Plan Administrator may consult such legal counsel, consultants, or other professional as it deems desirable and may rely on any opinion received from any such professional or from its agent. All expenses incurred in the administration of the Plan shall be paid by one or more of the Affiliates.

 

3. ELIGIBILITY TO PARTICIPATE. Each Eligible Associate shall be eligible to participate in this Plan; provided, however, that unless the Plan Administrator determines otherwise, no otherwise Eligible Associate who, at the individual’s election or request, receives an accelerated payment pursuant to the terms of any non-qualified deferred compensation plan in which the individual participated by virtue of employment with any MetLife Company shall be eligible to participate in this Plan with regard to Compensation payable in any calendar year prior to the calendar year next beginning after the third anniversary of such payment is made.

 

4. DEFERRAL ELECTIONS.

 

  4.1. At such times as are determined by the Plan Administrator, each Eligible Associate may complete and submit to the Plan Administrator a Deferral Election applicable to the Eligible Associate’s Compensation payable for services performed in such periods on and after January 1, 2005 and following the date of the Deferral Election (or other such periods consistent with Legal Deferral Requirements) determined by the Plan Administrator. Within thirty (30) days after attaining the status of Eligible Associate in his or her first calendar year as an Officer or 090 Employee, such Eligible Associate may complete and submit to the Plan Administrator a Deferral Election applicable to the Eligible Associate’s Compensation payable for services in the current calendar year or other periods following the date of the Deferral Election (or other such periods consistent with Legal Deferral Requirements) determined by the Plan Administrator. The Plan Administrator shall prescribe the form(s) of Deferral Election.

 

  4.2.

The Plan Administrator may offer an Eligible Participant the opportunity to indicate each or any of the following, either separately or in combination, in a Deferral Election: (a) the percentage, in increments of 5%, or maximum dollar amount of salary (which, for greater clarity, shall not include any payments under any such plans contingent on a separation agreement, release, or similar agreement) that would otherwise be paid the receipt of which the Eligible Associate wishes to defer into a Deferred Cash Compensation Account, which shall be no greater than 75% of salary; (b) the percentage, in increments of 5%, or (except for payments under the Long Term Performance Compensation Plan, International Long Term Performance Compensation Plan, or payments to an 090 Employee) maximum dollar amount of Cash Incentive Compensation, by plan under which such Compensation may be payable, that would otherwise be paid the receipt of which the Eligible Associate wishes to defer into a Deferred Cash Compensation Account (PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that if the Participant expresses a maximum dollar amount of Cash Incentive Compensation for deferral and the amount of Cash Incentive Compensation actually payable to the Participant is less than the maximum dollar amount specified, the Deferral Election shall be deemed to apply to the full amount of the Cash Incentive Compensation); (c) the percentage, in

 

2


  increments of 5%, of Stock Compensation that would otherwise be paid the receipt of which the Eligible Associate wishes to defer into a Deferred Stock Compensation Account; (d) the percentage, in increments of 5%, of cash payments under the Long Term Performance Compensation Plan which the Eligible Associate wishes to defer into a Deferred Stock Compensation Account; (e) the Investment Tracking Fund(s) which the Eligible Participant selects to adjust the value of the Deferred Cash Compensation Account and the value of the Matching Contribution Account, in increments of 5%; (f) the date on which the Eligible Participant wishes the payment of the Deferred Stock Compensation Account to begin; (g) the date on which the Eligible Participant wishes the payment of the Deferred Cash Compensation Account and Matching Contribution Account to begin; (h) whether the Deferred Compensation Accounts are to be paid in a single lump sum or annual installments; and (i) if the Deferred Compensation Accounts are to be paid in annual installments, the number (not to exceed fifteen (15)) of such installments. If, upon Employment Discontinuance, the Participant is Retirement Eligible or will be deemed to be Retirement Eligible upon attaining age 55, the Participant’s elections regarding Cash Incentive Compensation and/or Deferred Stock Compensation shall be applied to any such compensation otherwise payable after the Participant’s Employment Discontinuance.

 

  4.3. Each Deferral Election that specifies any deferral of salary in terms of a maximum dollar amount rather than in percentage terms must specify deferral of at least two hundred dollars ($200) of salary per pay period. Each Deferral Election that specifies any deferral of Cash Incentive Compensation in terms of a maximum dollar amount rather than in percentage terms must specify deferral of at least five thousand dollars ($5,000) of Cash Incentive Compensation per year.

 

  4.4. Each Deferral Election shall indicate the date(s) on which the Eligible Associate wishes the payment of a Deferred Compensation Account to begin by indicating either: (a) a single date certain that is no earlier than January 1 of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the third anniversary of the latest date any Compensation subject to the Deferral Election would have otherwise been paid; or (b) the date of the Eligible Associate’s termination of employment when Retirement Eligible.

 

  4.5. The Plan Administrator may, in its discretion, reject and/or reform any Deferral Election, in whole or in part, due to (a) inconsistency of the Deferral Election with this Plan; (b) inconsistency of the Deferral Election with employer compliance with legal requirements (including those regarding sufficient tax withholding and those regarding payroll taxation for FICA or otherwise); (c) inconsistency of the Deferral Election with requirements for employee contributions or premium payments from compensation under the terms of any plan; (d) inconsistency of the Deferral Election with Legal Deferral Requirements; or (e) any other lawful basis.

 

  4.6. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Plan, no Compensation payable to a Participant less than one-hundred eighty (180) days after the first day of the second calendar month following a hardship payment to the Participant under SIP or other qualified deferred compensation plan in which the individual participates by virtue of employment with any Affiliate shall be deferred under this Plan.

 

3


  4.7. No election by an Eligible Associate of the percentage of cash payments under the Long Term Performance Compensation Plan which the Eligible Associate wishes to defer into a Deferred Stock Compensation Account under Section 4.2(d) of this Plan shall be made in violation of the Insider Trading Policy promulgated by MetLife, Inc. or an Affiliate. To the extent such an election is in violation of that policy, the amount of cash payments under the Long Term Performance Compensation Plan which the Eligible Associate specified for deferral into a Deferred Stock Compensation Account shall instead be deferred as Cash Incentive Compensation into a Deferred Cash Compensation Account.

 

  4.8. For purposes of applicable determinations pursuant to Legal Deferral Requirements, to the extent any Deferred Compensation Account is to be paid in annual installments, such payments shall constitute a single payment.

 

5. INVESTMENT TRACKING.

 

  5.1. Except as provided in Sections 2.4 and 5.2 of this Plan, the value of each Participant’s Deferred Cash Compensation Account and Matching Contribution Account shall be adjusted to reflect the simulated investment performance on a Total Return Basis using the Investment Tracking Funds described in Section 6 of this Plan, on the same basis as if the value of such Deferred Compensation Accounts had been invested in such Investment Tracking Funds, for such period(s) of time determined under the Plan until they are paid. To the extent permitted by the Plan Administrator, each Participant may select from among the Investment Tracking Funds for purposes of such valuation in the Participant’s Deferral Election and Reallocation Elections.

 

  5.2. Except as provided in Section 2.4 of this Plan, the value of a Participant’s Deferred Stock Compensation Account, and only the value of such Deferred Stock Compensation Account, shall be adjusted using the MetLife Deferred Shares Fund as provided in Section 6.1 of this Plan, on the same basis as if the Participant had invested in the number of shares of MetLife Stock constituting such deferred Stock Compensation (on a Total Return Basis) for such period(s) of time determined by the Deferral Election until it is paid.

 

  5.3. The number of shares of MetLife Stock represented by cash payments under the Long Term Performance Compensation Plan deferred into a Deferred Stock Compensation Account pursuant to the terms of Section 4.2(d) of this Plan shall be initially determined by dividing the amount of the cash payment deferred by the Fair Market Value of the MetLife Stock on the date such payment was granted to the Participant under the terms of the Long Term Performance Compensation Plan, and shall thereafter be subject to Investment Tracking on the same terms as the balance of the Deferred Stock Compensation Account under Section 5.2 of this Plan.

 

6. INVESTMENT TRACKING FUNDS. The methods of Investment Tracking described in or determined under this Section 6 shall be available for Deferral Elections and Reallocation Elections. To the extent the methods of Investment Tracking are changed, or otherwise as the Plan Administrator determines in its discretion, the Plan Administrator may require the Participant to make an appropriate change in the Participant’s Investment Tracking or may unilaterally impose a method of Investment Tracking.

 

4


  6.1. MetLife Deferred Shares Fund. Value tracked in the MetLife Deferred Shares Fund shall be accounted in number of tracking shares equal to the number of shares of MetLife Stock deferred and adjusted to simulate the effect of each and any of the following on the Stock Compensation had it been paid in MetLife Stock: (a) dividend; (b) stock dividend; (c) stock split; (d) MetLife, Inc. recapitalization (including, but not limited, to the payment of an extraordinary dividend), (e) merger, consolidation, combination, or spin-off affecting MetLife, Inc. capitalization; (f) distribution of MetLife, Inc. assets to holders of MetLife Stock (other than ordinary cash dividends); (g) exchange of shares, or (h) other similar corporate change. Unless otherwise determined by the Plan Administrator, only the value of a Participant’s Deferred Stock Compensation Account may be tracked in the MetLife Deferred Shares Fund.

 

  6.2. Other Investment Tracking Funds. Except as provided in Section 6.1, the Plan Administrator shall determine in its discretion any method(s) of Investment Tracking that will be available from time to time.

 

7. REALLOCATION ELECTIONS.

 

  7.1. The Participant may change the Investment Tracking Funds used to adjust either (a) the value of new contributions to his/her Deferred Cash Compensation Account and credits to his/her Matching Contribution Account, from the date(s) Compensation is deferred rather than paid and any Matching Contributions are credited, as the case may be; and/or (b) the value of the Participant’s existing Deferred Cash Compensation Account and Matching Contribution Account.

 

  7.2. Unless otherwise determined by the Plan Administrator, a Reallocation Election shall be effective on the date it is received by the Plan Administrator, or on the following business day if it is received by the Plan Adminstrator at a time when the Plan Administrator determines it is not practicable or convenient to the operation of the Plan to apply such Reallocation Election on the date it is received. The number of Reallocation Elections by a Participant regarding each of items (a) and (b) of Section 7.1 of this Plan, respectively, shall not exceed six (6) in any calendar year; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the number of such Reallocation Elections submitted by a Participant on a single day shall be aggregated as a single election for purposes of the limit expressed in this sentence.

 

8. MATCHING CONTRIBUTION. If a Participant makes contributions to SIP throughout a calendar year, the Participant’s Matching Contribution Account shall be credited with the amount of matching contributions (if any) with which the Participant’s SIP account would have been credited under the terms and provisions of such plan, in each case with relation to deferred Compensation in that calendar year had the Compensation not been deferred. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Matching Contributions shall be credited in favor of a Participant during the suspension of such Participant’s deferrals pursuant to Section 4.6 of this Plan.

 

9. BENEFICIARY DESIGNATION. The Plan Administrator shall prescribe the form by which each Eligible Associate and Participant may designate a beneficiary or beneficiaries (who may be named contingently, and among whom payments received under this Plan may be split as indicated by the individual) for purposes of receiving payment of Deferred Compensation

 

5


  Accounts under this Plan after the death of such individual. Each designation will be effective only upon its receipt by the Plan Administrator during the life of the individual making the designation and shall revoke all prior beneficiary designations by that individual related to this Plan. Beneficiary designations submitted by an Eligible Associate or Participant pursuant to the terms of the MetLife Deferred Compensation Plan for Officers or MetLife Individual Business Special Deferred Compensation Plan during or prior to 2004 shall be effective for purposes of this Plan.

 

10. PAYMENT OF DEFERRED COMPENSATION ACCOUNTS.

 

  10.1. Amount. Except as provided in Section 2.4 of this Plan, the amount of payment(s) of each Deferred Compensation Account shall reflect the value of those Deferred Compensation Accounts through the date each payment of Deferred Compensation Accounts is payable, as adjusted for Investment Tracking. If payment of Deferred Compensation Accounts is to be made in installments, then (a) the amount of each installment payment from either a Deferred Cash Compensation Account and Matching Contribution Account will be determined by dividing the value of each of the Deferred Compensation Accounts at the time the payment is due by the remaining number of installments in which the Deferred Cash Compensation Account or Matching Contribution Account, respectively, is to be paid, and (b) the amount of each installment payment from a Deferred Stock Compensation Account will be determined by dividing the number of tracking shares (each equal to a share of MetLife Stock) in the Deferred Compensation Accounts at the time the payment is due by the remaining installments in which the Deferred Stock Compensation Account is to be paid, and disregarding any fraction of a tracking share remaining until the last such installment payment.

 

  10.2. Medium. Payment of a Participant’s Deferred Stock Compensation Account shall be made in the form of shares of MetLife Stock. The form of payment of all other Deferred Compensation Accounts shall be cash.

 

  10.3. Timing and Number of Payments.

 

  10.3.1. If a Participant dies on any date prior to completion of all payments from a Participant’s Deferred Compensation Accounts, the unpaid portions of the Participant’s Deferred Compensation Accounts shall become immediately payable in a lump sum.

 

  10.3.2. If the date on which payment of any of a Participant’s Deferred Compensation Accounts is to begin, as specified in the Participant’s Deferral Election, occurs prior to the Participant’s Employment Discontinuance, then the Participant’s Deferred Compensation Accounts shall be payable beginning on the date determined by the Participant’s Deferral Election and in the number of payments determined by the Participant’s Deferral Election; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that if the Participant’s Employment Discontinuance occurs prior to the completion of all such payments, then all amounts remaining in the Participant’s Deferred Compensation Accounts shall be immediately payable in a lump sum (except that, in the case of a Key Employee, all remaining amounts in the Deferred Compensation Account shall be payable six (6) months following Employment Discontinuance).

 

6


  10.3.3. If the date on which payment of any of a Participant’s Deferred Compensation Accounts is to begin, as specified in the Participant’s Deferral Election, has not occurred prior to the Participant’s Employment Discontinuance, and Participant is Retirement Eligible upon Employment Discontinuance , then the Participant’s Deferred Compensation Accounts shall be payable beginning on the date determined by the Participant’s Deferral Election and in the number of payments determined by the Participant’s Deferral Election (except that, in the case of a Key Employee who specified payment upon termination of employment when Retirement Eligible, payment of the Deferred Compensation Account shall be payable six (6) months following Employment Discontinuance).

 

  10.3.4. If the date on which payment of any of a Participant’s Deferred Compensation Accounts is to begin, as specified in the Participant’s Deferral Election, has not yet occurred prior to the Participant’s Employment Discontinuance, and the Participant (a) is not Retirement Eligible upon Employment Discontinuance; (b) is, at Employment Discontinuance, eligible to participate in a severance plan offered by an Affiliate; and (c) either will be deemed to be Retirement Eligible upon attaining age 55 after Employment Discontinuance or whose benefit under the Retirement Plan is otherwise determined with reference to the reduction factors for commencing benefit payments prior to normal retirement age applicable to Retirement Plan participants with twenty (20) or more years of service, then the Participant’s Deferred Compensation Account shall be payable and in the number of payments determined by the Participant’s Deferral Election beginning on the date determined by the Participant’s Deferral Election; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that if the Participant’s Deferral Election specified payment upon termination of employment when Retirement Eligible then the Participant’s Deferred Compensation Account shall be payable upon the Participant’s Employment Discontinuance (except that, in the case of a Key Employee, all remaining amounts in the Deferred Compensation Account shall be payable six (6) months following Employment Discontinuance).

 

  10.3.5. If the date on which payment of a any of a Participant’s Deferred Compensation Account is to begin, as specified in the Participant’s Deferral Election, has not occurred prior to the Participant’s Employment Discontinuance, and neither Sections 10.3.3 nor 10.3.4 of this Plan applies to the Participant, then the Participant’s Deferred Compensation Account shall be payable in a lump sum upon the Participant’s Employment Discontinuance, notwithstanding the Participant’s Deferral Election (except that, in the case of a Key Employee, all remaining amounts in the Deferred Compensation Account shall be payable six (6) months following Employment Discontinuance).

 

  10.3.6. If, consistent with the terms of this Section 10, other than this Section 10.3.6 of this Plan, the Participant’s Deferral Election applies to Cash Incentive Compensation or Stock Compensation payable after the Participant’s Employment Discontinuance, then the Participant’s applicable Deferred Compensation Account shall be payable beginning on the date determined by the Participant’s Deferral Election and in the number of payments determined by the Participant’s Deferral Election.

 

7


  10.3.7. Notwithstanding any of the other terms of this Section 10.3. distribution of amounts from a Participant’s Matching Contribution Account shall not be made beginning on any date earlier than the date on which payments of Matching Contributions could have been payable under the terms of SIP. To the extent that the Participant’s Matching Contribution Account is not payable on the earliest date(s) that the Participant’s other Deferred Compensation Accounts become payable, in each case by virtue of this Section 10.3.7. the Matching Contribution Account shall be paid in a lump sum.

 

  10.3.8. Notwithstanding any of the other terms of this Section 10.3. except Section 10.3.7 of this Plan, to the extent any of the Participant’s Deferred Compensation Accounts are payable pursuant to Sections 12 or 13 of this Plan, payment shall be made in a single lump sum.

 

  10.3.9. Payment(s) of a Participant’s Deferred Compensation Account shall be made on the earlier of the date payable or after any delays in payment required under Legal Deferral Requirements have passed as determined by the Plan Administrator in its discretion. In no event shall MetLife, Inc., any Affiliate, or the Plan have any liability to anyone on account of payment being made later than the date payable due to administrative considerations or otherwise.

 

  10.3.10. Notwithstanding any other terms of this Plan, no payment of any Deferred Compensation Account shall be made at a time inconsistent with Legal Deferral Requirements.

 

  10.4. To Whom Paid. Except as otherwise provided in this Section 10.4 of this Plan, all payments of a Participant’s Deferred Compensation Accounts will be made to the Participant. If a Participant dies on any date prior to the date of the completion of all such payments, all unpaid value in the Participant’s Deferred Compensation Accounts shall be paid to the beneficiary designated for that purpose by the Participant. If the Participant’s designated beneficiary has not survived the Participant, or the Participant has designated no beneficiary for purposes of this Plan, such payment will be made to the Participant’s estate.

 

  10.5. Withholding and Effect of Taxes. Payments under this Plan will be made after the withholding of any Federal, state, or local income, employment or other taxes legally obligated to be withheld, as determined by the Plan Administrator in its discretion. All tax liabilities arising out of deferrals under this Plan shall be the sole obligation of the Participant or his/her beneficiary, including but not limited to any tax liabilities arising out of Legal Deferral Requirements. Withholding of any taxes or other items required by law may be made from each payment of a Participant’s Deferred Compensation Account or from other payments due to the Participant from any Affiliate to the extent consistent with law.

 

11.

NO LOANS AND ASSIGNMENTS. The Plan shall make no loan, including any loan on account of any Deferred Compensation Account, to any Participant or any other person nor permit any Deferred Compensation Account to serve as the basis or security for any loan to any

 

8


  Participant or any other person. Except as provided in Section 20 of this Plan, no Participant or any other person may sell, assign, transfer, pledge, commute, or encumber any Deferred Compensation Account or any other rights under this Plan.

 

12. HARDSHIP ACCOMMODATIONS.

 

  12.1. Upon the written request of an Eligible Associate or Participant, the Plan Administrator may, in its discretion and in light of any facts or considerations it deems appropriate, find that the Eligible Associate or Participant has suffered an Unforeseeable Emergency. In light of such a finding, the Plan Administrator may, to the extent the Plan Administrator determines necessary for the Eligible Associate or Participant to address the Unforeseeable Emergency, (a) suspend the deferral of receipt of Compensation by the Eligible Associate or Participant pursuant to a Deferral Election; and/or (b) to the extent the Plan Administrator finds, in its discretion, that such a suspension of deferral is insufficient to address the Participant’s Unforeseeable Emergency, make payment of all or a portion of the Participant’s Deferred Compensation Accounts. The Plan Administrator shall provide the Eligible Associate or Participant with written notice of its determinations in response to the Eligible Associate’s or Participant’s request.

 

  12.2. The total amount of deferrals suspended or payment advanced shall not exceed the amount necessary to satisfy the financial consequences of the Unforeseeable Emergency and amounts equal to the withholding required by Section 10.5 of this Plan, and shall not exceed the total value of the Deferred Compensation Accounts under the Plan. No accommodation pursuant to this Section 12 shall be implemented in manner or at a time when prohibited or punishable by any applicable Affiliate policy or law, including but not limited to law regarding trading of securities on inside information and the exemptions therefrom.

 

  12.3. If the Eligible Associate or Participant participates in any other deferred compensation plan by virtue of employment with any Affiliate, the Plan Administrator may coordinate the operation of this Section 12 with the operation or similar provisions of any such other plan, including but not limited to reducing the value of deferrals in ascending order of the value of deferrals in each plan beginning with the plan in which the individual’s deferrals have the lowest value.

 

  12.4. In the event that a payment from the Participant’s Deferred Compensation Accounts is made pursuant to this Section 12, (a) the value of the Participant’s Deferred Cash Compensation Account shall be reduced, and (b) if the reduction in the value of the Participant’s Deferred Cash Compensation Account is less than the payment made, the Plan Administrator may in its discretion reduce the value of the Participant’s Matching Contribution Account and/or Deferred Stock Compensation Account, in amounts determined by the Plan Administrator in its discretion, equal to a total reduction equal to the difference between the payments made and the value by which the Participant’s Deferred Cash Compensation Account was reduced.

 

9


  12.5. To the extent that the value of the Participant’s Deferred Cash Compensation Account or Matching Contribution Account is reduced, the value tracked according to each Investment Tracking Fund shall be reduced proportionate to the total value of the Deferred Cash Compensation Account or Matching Contribution Account, respectively, being tracked in that Investment Tracking Fund.

 

13. UNILATERAL PAYMENT CONSISTENT WITH LAW. In those circumstances permitted by law consistent with Legal Deferral Requirements, the Plan Administrator may, in its discretion, and regardless of the Participant’s wishes, pay a Participant the value of the Participant’s Deferred Compensation Accounts in whole or in part. No payment pursuant to this Section 13 shall be made in manner or at a time when prohibited or punishable by any applicable Affiliate policy or law, including but not limited to law regarding trading of securities on inside information and the exemptions therefrom.

 

14. NATURE OF LIABILITY. All Deferred Compensation Accounts accrued under this Plan are unsecured obligations of MetLife, Inc. and any successor thereto, and are neither obligations, debts, nor liabilities of any other entity or party. This Plan and the liabilities created hereunder are unfunded. Investment Tracking, any other means for adjusting or communicating the value of Deferred Compensation Accounts, and any communication or documentation regarding this Plan or any Participant’s Deferred Compensation Accounts are for recordkeeping purposes only and do not create any right, property, security, or interest in any assets of MetLife, Inc. or any other party. All Deferred Compensation Accounts accrued under this Plan are subject to the claims of general creditors of MetLife, Inc. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any Affiliate employing a Participant ceases to be an Affiliate, the Plan Administrator may determine on or before the date of the transaction in which the Affiliate ceased to be an Affiliate (or afterward, with the consent of an officer of MetLife, Inc.), that the liabilities associated with some or all of the employees of that Affiliate who are Participants shall transfer from MetLife, Inc. to that MetLife Company as of the date that Affiliate ceases or ceased to be an Affiliate. Although the Plan is intended to be designed and administered in complete accordance with Legal Deferral Requirements, in no event shall MetLife, Inc., any Affiliate, or the Plan have any liability to anyone for any taxes, penalties, or other losses on account of the Plan or its administration failing to comply with Legal Deferral Requirements.

 

15. NO GUARANTEE OF EMPLOYMENT; NO LIMITATION ON EMPLOYER ACTION. Nothing in this Plan shall interfere with or limit in any way the right of any employer to establish the terms and conditions of employment of any individual, including but not limited to compensation and benefits, or to terminate the employment of any individual, nor confer on any individual the right to continue in the employ of any employer. Nothing in this Plan shall limit the right of any employer to establish any other compensation or benefit plan. No Deferred Compensation Account shall be treated as compensation for purposes of a Participant’s right under any other plan, policy, or program, except as stated or provided in such plan, policy, or program. Nothing in this Plan shall be construed to limit, impair, or otherwise affect the right of any entity to make adjustments, reorganizations, or changes to its capital or business structure, or to merge, consolidate, dissolve, liquidate, sell, or transfer all or any part of its business or assets.

 

10


16. TERM OF PLAN. This Plan shall be effective with regard to salary and Cash Incentive Compensation payable on and after January 1, 2005 and with regard to Stock Compensation payable on and after April 15, 2005, and shall continue in effect unless and until it is terminated pursuant to its terms. The Plan Administrator may solicit and receive Deferral Elections prior to the dates this Plan and any amended and restated terms and any amendment to the Plan are effective.

 

17. GOVERNING LAW. The Plan shall be construed in accordance with and governed by New York law, without regard to principles of conflict of laws.

 

18. ENTIRE PLAN; THIRD PARTY BENEFICIARIES. This Plan document is the entire expression of the Plan, and no other oral or written communication, other than documents authorized under this Plan and fulfilling its express terms, shall determine the terms of the Plan or the terms of any agreement between an Eligible Associate or Participant and an Affiliate with regard to the Plan or Deferred Compensation Accounts. There are no third party beneficiaries to this Plan, other than Participants’ respective beneficiaries designated under the terms of this Plan.

 

19. AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION CONSISTENT WITH LAW. To the extent permissible under law, including Legal Deferral Requirements, the Plan Administrator may amend, modify, suspend, or terminate this Plan at any time. Any such amendment or termination will not reduce the amount in Deferred Compensation Accounts accrued under this Plan prior to the execution of such amendment or termination. For further clarification, except as otherwise provided in this Section 19, amendments may otherwise be made to any and all provisions of the Plan, including but not limited to amendments affecting the time of distribution of Deferred Compensation Accounts, affecting forms of distribution of Deferred Compensation Accounts, or affecting any of the Investment Tracking Funds or any other means for adjusting the value of Deferred Compensation Accounts.

 

20. QUALIFIED DOMESTIC RELATIONS ORDERS. The Plan Administrator will distribute, designate, or otherwise recognize the attachment of any portion of a Participant’s Deferred Compensation Accounts in favor of the Participant’s spouse, former spouse or dependents to the extent such action is mandated by the terms of a qualified domestic relations order as defined in Section 414(p) of the Code, and otherwise as determined by this Plan.

 

21. CLAIMS. Claims for benefits and appeals of denied claims under the Plan shall be administered in accordance with Section 503 of ERISA, regulations thereunder (and any other law that amends, supplements, or supersedes said section of ERISA), and any procedures adopted by the Plan Administrator. The claims procedures referenced above are incorporated in this Plan by this reference.

 

22. DEFINITIONS. Capitalized terms in this Plan, and their forms, shall have the following meanings:

 

  22.1. “Affiliate” shall mean any corporation, partnership, limited liability company, trust or other entity which directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, MetLife, Inc.

 

11


  22.2. “Cash Incentive Compensation” shall mean compensation payable in the form of cash under the MetLife Annual Variable Incentive Compensation Plan, the Institutional Regional Executive Plan, the International Long Term Performance Compensation Plan, the Long Term Performance Compensation Plan (and, in the case of each incentive compensation plan, any successor plan(s)), or payments of the nature of incentive compensation to an 090 Employee, but (for greater clarity) shall not include any payments in lieu of compensation payable under any such plans contingent on a separation agreement, release, or similar agreement.

 

  22.3. “Code” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of the United States.

 

  22.4. “Compensation” shall mean salary, Cash Incentive Compensation, and Stock Compensation payable by MetLife, Inc. or a MetLife Company.

 

  22.5. “Deferral Election” shall mean a written document executed by the Eligible Associate specifying the Eligible Associate’s instructions regarding the matters addressed by Section 4 of this Plan.

 

  22.6. “Deferred Cash Compensation Account” shall mean a record-keeping account established for the benefit of a Participant in which is credited Compensation otherwise payable in cash to a Participant, but accounted for to the credit of the Participant under the terms of this Plan rather than paid to the Participant as and when originally earned.

 

  22.7. “Deferred Compensation Account” shall mean a Deferred Cash Compensation Account, Deferred Stock Compensation Account, or Matching Contribution Account (and, when used in the plural, all such Deferred Compensation Accounts to the credit of a Participant under the terms of this Plan). The value of each Deferred Compensation Account shall be adjusted as provided in this Plan.

 

  22.8. “Deferred Stock Compensation Account” shall mean a record-keeping account established for the benefit of a Participant in which is credited Compensation either (a) otherwise payable in MetLife Stock to a Participant, or (b) otherwise payable in cash as an award under the Long Term Performance Compensation Plan, but which the Participant has elected to defer in a Deferred Stock Compensation Account under Section 4.2(d) of this Plan, but accounted for to the credit of the Participant under the terms of this Plan rather than paid to the Participant as and when originally earned.

 

  22.9. “Eligible Associate” shall mean (a) an individual to whom an offer of employment as an Officer or 090 Employee has been made, who is selected by the Plan Administrator for eligibility and has been so notified; (b) an individual in his or her first calendar year as an Officer or 090 Employee who is selected by the Plan Administrator for eligibility and has been so notified; and (c) an individual in his or her second or later calendar year as an Office or 090 Employee, at such times that Officer or 090 Employee is eligible to participate in this Plan as provided in Section 3 of this Plan.

 

  22.10. “Employment Discontinuance” shall mean the termination of employment with an Affiliate, other than in connection with the transfer of employment to another Affiliate, or such other date as required to comply with Legal Deferral Requirements.

 

12


  22.11. “ERISA” shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time.

 

  22.12. “Fair Market Value” shall mean, on any date, the closing price of MetLife Stock as reported in the principal consolidated transaction reporting system for the New York Stock Exchange (or on such other recognized quotation system on which the trading prices of MetLife Stock are quoted at the relevant time) on such date. In the event that there are no MetLife Stock transactions reported on such tape (or such other system) on such date, Fair Market Value shall mean the closing price on the immediately preceding date on which MetLife Stock transactions were so reported.

 

  22.13. “Investment Tracking” shall mean the adjustment of value to reflect simulated investment performance.

 

  22.14. “Investment Tracking Funds” shall mean those funds and vehicles described in Section 6 of this Plan.

 

  22.15. “Key Employee” shall mean at any given time, an employee subject to Code Section 416(i) as of August 31 of the prior calendar year as determined by the Plan Administrator.

 

  22.16. “Legal Deferral Requirements” shall mean requirements under law to achieve deferral of income taxation, including but not limited to Code Section 409A and any regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

  22.17. “Matching Contributions” shall mean the matching contributions described in Section 8 of this Plan.

 

  22.18. “Matching Contribution Account” shall mean a record-keeping account established for the benefit of a Participant in which is credited Matching Contributions and Pre-2005 Unvested Matching Contributions.

 

  22.19. “MetLife Common Stock Fund” shall mean Fair Market Value, plus the value of reinvested dividends payable on MetLife Stock.

 

  22.20. “MetLife Companies” shall mean MetLife Group, Inc.; Metropolitan Property and Casualty Insurance Company; and MetLife Bank, National Association.

 

  22.21. “MetLife Stock” shall mean shares of common stock of MetLife, Inc.

 

  22.22. “Officer” shall mean each individual who is employed by a MetLife Company paid from the United States in United States currency and whose compensation is in an officer or officer-equivalent grade level, each as determined by the Plan Administrator in its discretion.

 

  22.23. “Participant” shall mean each Eligible Associate who has had compensation deferred by operation of a Deferral Election under this Plan, and each individual credited with Pre-2005 Unvested Matching Contributions under this Plan.

 

  22.24. “Plan” shall mean this MetLife Leadership Deferred Compensation Plan.

 

  22.25. “Plan Administrator” shall mean the Plan Administrator of the Retirement Plan, including any person to whom such office has been delegated consistent with the Retirement Plan.

 

13


  22.26. “Pre-2005 Unvested Matching Contributions” shall mean those amounts of “Matching Contributions” (as defined in the MetLife Deferred Compensation Plan for Officers) that are not credited in favor of the Participant under the MetLife Deferred Compensation Plan for Officers by virtue of the fact that such amounts would not have been vested under SIP as of December 31, 2004.

 

  22.27. “Reallocation Election” shall mean a written document executed by the Participant specifying the Participant’s instructions regarding the matters addressed by Section 7 of this Plan.

 

  22.28. “Retirement Eligible” shall mean: (a) if the Participant participates in the Retirement Plan, the Participant has met the age and service criteria necessary to begin receiving pension payments under the “traditional formula” in the Retirement Plan immediately upon terminating service (regardless of whether the Participant is actually eligible to receive “traditional formula” pension payments), and (b) if the Participant participates in any other retirement plan offered by a MetLife Company or any Affiliate, the Participant has met the age and service criteria necessary to begin receiving pension payments immediately upon terminating service.

 

  22.29. “Retirement Plan” shall mean the Metropolitan Life Retirement Plan for United States Employees.

 

  22.30. “SIP” shall mean each and all of the Savings and Investment Plan for Employees of Metropolitan Life and Participating Affiliates, the Metropolitan Life Auxiliary Savings and Investment Plan, and the Metropolitan Life Supplemental Auxiliary Savings and Investment Plan (and/or any successor plan(s)).

 

  22.31. “Stock Compensation” shall mean compensation payable in the form of shares of MetLife Stock, including awards in that form under the Long Term Performance Compensation Plan or the MetLife, Inc. 2005 Stock and Incentive Compensation Plan.

 

  22.32. “Total Return” shall mean the change (plus or minus) in price or value, plus dividends (if any) on a reinvested basis, during the applicable period, less any management fees or other expenses applicable to the fund or investment serving as the basis for Investment Tracking Fund, as determined by the Plan Administrator in its discretion.

 

  22.33. “Unforeseeable Emergency” shall mean severe financial hardship to the Participant resulting from a sudden and unexpected illness or accident of the Participant or a dependent of the Participant, loss of the Participant’s property due to casualty, or other similar extraordinary and unforeseeable circumstances arising as a result of events beyond the control of the Participant, in any case that is not or can not be relieved by the Participant through reimbursement or compensation by insurance or otherwise, liquidation of the Participant’s assets (to the extent such liquidation would not itself cause severe financial hardship), and in any case solely to the extent consistent with the grounds for action by the Plan Administrator under Section 12 of this Plan consistent with Legal Deferral Requirements.

 

14


  22.34. “090 Employee” shall mean each individual who is employed by a MetLife Company paid from the United States in United States currency, who is either (a) classified by the individual’s employer in compensation grade 090 and earned two-hundred thousand dollars ($200,000) in annual total cash compensation benefitable under the terms of SIP for the twelve (12) months immediately preceding October 1 of the year prior to the year subject to the Deferral Election or in such twelve (12) month period otherwise designated by the Plan Administrator; (b) serving in the first calendar year in compensation grade 090, and found by the Plan Administrator in its discretion to have earned two-hundred thousand dollars ($200,000) in compensation from any or all employers or principals in the prior calendar year (or in the second prior calendar year, should the Plan Administrator anticipate or determine that information on the individual’s earnings in the prior calendar year that the Plan Administrator would find sufficiently reliable is not available); (c) an employee of any MetLife Company who was formerly a participant in the GenAmerica Executive Deferred Savings Plan, deferred compensation under that plan, and has submitted a Deferral Election under this Plan for each year the individual was otherwise eligible to do so under this Plan; or (d) deemed to be an 090 Employee by the Plan Administrator in its discretion.

 

15


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this MetLife Leadership Deferred Compensation Plan, as amended and restated effective January 1, 2005, is approved.

PLAN ADMINISTRATOR

 

/s/ Margery Brittain

  
Date:  11-2-06   
Witness:  

/s/ Rose Alston

  

 

16

Exhibit 10.74

Amendment Number One to

The MetLife Deferred Compensation Plan for Outside Directors

(as amended and restated as of December, 2003) (the “Plan”)

The Plan is hereby amended in the manner set forth below, to the extent consistent with legal requirements to maintain the deferred status of compensation credited under the Plan, including the grandfathered status of such deferrals precluding the applicability of United States Internal Revenue Code Section 409A:

 

  1. The third paragraph of the section entitled “Investment Tracking Funds” is amended and restated to read as follows:

The Plan Administrator may eliminate or replace any investment tracking fund or index at any time. When the Plan Administrator has determined to make a change, you will be informed and you will be given an opportunity to change your investment tracking selections to the extent they are affected by the change. Changes to investment tracking fund or index may be made without amending the Plan document, but will be reflected in any amended and restated Plan document.

Any changes to investment tracking funds or indices will be made only to the extent consistent with legal requirements to maintain the deferred status of compensation credited under the Plan, including the grandfathered status of such deferrals precluding the applicability of United States Internal Revenue Code Section 409A

 

  2. This Amendment will be effective immediately upon execution.

 

  3. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, the Plan (including any amendments thereto) shall continue in full force and effect without amendment.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this amendment is approved.

PLAN ADMINISTRATOR

 

/s/ Andrew J. Bernstein for Margery Brittain
Date: 2-26-07
Witness: /s/ Joo Young Kang                                   

Exhibit 10.75

THE METLIFE NON-MANAGEMENT

DIRECTOR DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN

December 2006


IMPORTANT NOTICES

This Program Description provides an overview of the MetLife Non-Management Director Deferred Compensation Plan (the “Plan”). It is also the official plan document that legally governs the Plan. This Plan document will govern in every respect and instance, and replaces and supersedes prior Plan documents.

This Program Description may be updated from time to time to implement changes in the Plan. Fund performance data will be updated periodically. These updates will constitute part of the Prospectus distributed with respect to the Plan.

The Plan Administrator may amend, alter or terminate the Plan in accordance with its terms at any time and for any reason. The Plan was effective on January 1, 2005, and the Plan will continue in effect until it is amended, suspended, or terminated according to its terms. This Plan was designed to replace the MetLife Deferred Compensation Plan for Outside Directors and Article VII of the MetLife, Inc. 2000 Directors Stock Plan, respectively, beginning with 2005 compensation deferrals; earlier deferrals will remain governed by the earlier plans.

MetLife, Inc. will have the obligation to pay amounts deferred under the Plan. MetLife, Inc.’s obligations are registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. Since this is an unfunded plan, your rights or claims against assets or property are no greater than those of a general unsecured creditor of MetLife, Inc. Your deferrals may gain or lose value over time; see “Investment Tracking For Your Deferred Cash Accounts” and “MetLife Deferred Stock Accounts” below. Shares of MetLife, Inc. common stock paid under the Plan may be shares of treasury common stock or authorized but unissued common stock.

This document constitutes part of a prospectus covering securities

that have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

The date of this Prospectus is December 2006.

 

Page 2


PLAN AT-A-GLANCE

 

PURPOSE    To provide eligible directors with the opportunity to defer their cash and MetLife Stock compensation, thereby deferring payment of federal and most state income taxes on such compensation.
ELIGIBILITY    Directors of MetLife, Inc. who are not employees of MetLife, Inc. or any of its affiliates.
ELECTION OPTIONS   

•      Deferral amount

 

•      Investment tracking funds (for cash deferrals)

 

•      Distribution date

 

•      Number of distribution payments

ANNUAL ENROLLMENT PERIOD    The 2007 annual enrollment will be open December 1, 2006 - December 29, 2006.
ENROLLMENT PERIOD FOR NEW DIRECTORS    Newly-appointed directors may make a deferral election for fees payable in the calendar year in which they are elected, but must do so by the earlier of the next Directors meeting attended for which they earn fees or the 30th day after appointment.
INVESTMENT TRACKING    Your deferred cash compensation accounts will be credited with gains and losses reflecting the performance of the investment tracking funds and indices you select.
INVESTMENT TRACKING FUND CHANGES    Limited to a total of six times per year for future deferrals and existing account balances.
CHANGES IN AMOUNTS DEFERRED    None allowed, except for hardship.
FORM OF DISTRIBUTION    Your deferred cash compensation will be paid in cash at the end of the deferral period. Your deferred awards of MetLife Stock will be paid in the form of such stock, with imputed reinvested dividends, at the end of the deferral period.
DISTRIBUTION:   

•   NUMBER

   Lump-sum payment or up to 15 annual installments.

•   TIMING

   Beginning upon earlier of 60 days after termination of service as a director or on a designated future date.

•   HARDSHIP

   Immediate lump-sum payment (availability strictly limited).
CHANGES TO DISTRIBUTION DATE AND/OR NUMBER OF PAYMENTS    You may change the distribution date to a date at least five years later than the date you originally selected, and/or change the number of payments. Your change will only be effective if you submit your request no later than one year before the earlier of the end of your service as a director or the date of payment you originally selected.
TAXES    Deferred compensation is taxable as ordinary income at the time of distribution. Rollover to an IRA, qualified plan or non-qualified plan is not permitted.
BENEFICIARY    Upon your death, any existing account balances will be paid to your designated beneficiary or beneficiaries in a lump sum.
PLAN FUNDING    The Plan is a non-qualified, unfunded plan. Your accounts are maintained for record-keeping purposes only.

 

Page 3


METLIFE NON-MANAGEMENT DIRECTOR DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN

The MetLife Non-Management Director Deferred Compensation Plan (the “Plan”) allows eligible directors to defer receiving a portion of their annual retainer, committee chair fees, and meeting fees, if any, payable in cash or shares of MetLife, Inc. common stock (“MetLife Stock”) for services in 2005 and thereafter, thereby deferring payment of federal and most state income taxes until a later date when the deferred payments are received. Participation in the Plan is completely voluntary.

ELIGIBILITY

Members of the Board of Directors of MetLife, Inc. (the “Board”) who are not employees of MetLife, Inc. or any of its affiliates (“Non-Management Directors”) are eligible to participate. In this Program Description, “you” refers to a director who is eligible to participate in the Plan.

MAKING A DEFERRAL ELECTION

Prior to each year in which you will provide services as a Non-Management Director, you may defer all or a portion of fees payable as compensation for such services. Deferrals begin with the first fees payable for such services during a calendar year and end with the last fees payable during the calendar year. Designations do not carry over from year to year; you must make a new designation each year.

When you are elected to the Board, you may defer all or a portion of your fees payable in that calendar year by submitting a deferral election before the earlier of (1) the first meeting that you attend for which you earn fees; or (2) the thirtieth day after you become eligible to participate in the Plan.

The MetLife Non-Management Director Deferred Compensation Plan is a non-qualified plan that is unfunded and subject to the risks described in this document. Amounts credited to an account are solely for record-keeping purposes. The Plan is not subject to full protection under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (ERISA).

To defer your cash compensation, you need to complete a deferral election form specifying:

 

 

The percentage of your cash fees you want deferred into a Deferred Cash Account (if you choose to defer any of your cash fees, your deferral must equal at least $10,000.00);

 

 

The investment tracking funds that will be used to adjust the value of that Deferred Cash Account; and

 

 

A future distribution date and number of payments for that Deferred Cash Account (paid in cash).

 

Page 4


To defer your MetLife Stock compensation, you need to complete a deferral election form specifying:

 

 

The percentage of your MetLife Stock fees you want deferred into a MetLife Deferred Stock Account; and

 

 

The future distribution date and number of payments for your MetLife Deferred Stock Account.

Your deferral election form must be submitted during the enrollment period. If you submit an election form that does not specify when payment is to be made, payment will be made upon the termination of your service as a Non-Management Director. If you submit an election form that does not specify the number of installments in which payment should be made, payment will be made in a single lump sum.

Before making your elections, you may wish to consult a tax or personal financial advisor regarding all of the ramifications of deferral of compensation under Internal Revenue Code Section 409A and all other requirements under law for deferral of income taxation (“Legal Deferral Requirements”).

All deferrals are subject to the terms of this Plan.

INCOME TAXES

Compensation is not subject to current taxation under federal and most state income tax laws at the time it is deferred. Deferred compensation to Non-Management Directors is not subject to Social Security or Medicare taxes, but it is subject to tax under the Self-Employment Contributions Act (SECA) when the amounts are includible in your income. You should consult with a tax or personal financial advisor to determine whether you must pay SECA on these amounts when received.

DEFERRAL AMOUNTS

During the annual enrollment period, you may elect to defer all or a portion of your fees payable in the following year for services as a director of MetLife, Inc. If you choose to defer any of your cash fees, you must defer at least $10,000.

Once you elect your deferral amount, you may not change it. You may, however, suspend deferrals in cases of extreme hardship as provided in the Plan. See “Hardship Exceptions,” below.

DEFERRED COMPENSATION ACCOUNTS

If you defer any or all of your cash compensation, a Deferred Cash Account in your name for that year’s deferrals will be established for record-keeping purposes. If you defer any of your MetLife Stock compensation, a MetLife Deferred Stock Account in your name for that year’s deferrals will be established for record-keeping purposes. You will receive account statements annually.

Your accounts will be credited effective on the date on which your fees would have been payable had you not elected to defer receipt of such fees.

 

Page 5


INVESTMENT TRACKING FOR YOUR DEFERRED CASH ACCOUNTS

Investment tracking is used as a device for adjusting the value of your Deferred Cash Accounts, based on performance of the actual fund or index. Gains or losses, measured on a daily basis, will be reflected in your account, in effect “mirroring” the performance of the specified fund(s) or index(ices) you select. Your deferred cash will not actually be invested in the funds or indices.

The Plan may be amended by the Plan Administrator to eliminate or replace any investment tracking fund or index at any time. See “Plan Administrator” below.

You currently may select one or more of 13 investment tracking funds and indices, each of which mirrors the performance of the actual fund or index.

 

ACTIVELY MANAGED FUNDS

  

MARKET INDICES

MetLife SIP Fixed Income Fund    S&P 500(R) Index
Lord Abbett Bond Debenture Fund    Russell 2000(R) Index
Oakmark Fund(R)    Nasdaq Composite(R) Index
MetLife SIP Small Company Stock Fund    MSCI EAFE(R) Index
Oakmark International Fund    Lehman Brothers(R) Aggregate Bond Index
   Merrill Lynch US High Yield Master II Index
   MSCI Emerging Markets Index(SM)

SINGLE-STOCK FUND

MetLife Common Stock Fund*

Fund and index allocations must be made in multiples of 5%.

You may change your allocation among investment tracking funds and indices - either with regard to future deferrals or your existing account - at any time during the year by accessing the website www.benefitplanservices.com/metlife, (click on Change Allocations) or by calling Benefit Plan Services, Inc. (BPSI) at 1-800-340-8151, however, you may make no more than six changes per year. For this purpose, all changes submitted on the same day will count as a single change. You will receive confirmations of your changes shortly after they are made. Allocations into and out of the MetLife Common Stock Fund must be pre-cleared with the Corporate Secretary in accordance with the MetLife Insider Trading Policy.

See below for information about the investment tracking funds and indices.

 

* This investment tracking fund may be used to adjust the value of any or all of your Deferred Cash Compensation Account. Values are tracked in this investment tracking fund using the value and performance of MetLife Stock, but payment is made in cash. Your MetLife Deferred Stock Account, which consists of deferred MetLife Stock payments, is paid out in the form of MetLife Stock.

 

Page 6


METLIFE DEFERRED STOCK ACCOUNTS

Your MetLife Deferred Stock Accounts will reflect the number of shares of MetLife Stock you deferred, plus imputed reinvested dividends (on the same basis as such dividends are paid on actual shares of MetLife Stock).

The value of your MetLife Deferred Stock Account will depend on the price of MetLife Stock, which is affected by market conditions and other factors, such as declared dividends. As a result, the value of your MetLife Deferred Stock Account is anticipated to have a relatively high risk profile.

Your MetLife Deferred Stock Accounts will be appropriately adjusted (as determined by the Governance Committee of the Board, or its successor) in the event of any MetLife Stock dividend, MetLife Stock split, recapitalization (including, but not limited, to the payment of an extraordinary dividend), merger, consolidation, combination, or spin-off affecting MetLife, Inc. capitalization, distribution of MetLife, Inc. assets to holders of MetLife Stock (other than ordinary cash dividends), exchange of shares, or other similar corporate change.

The performance of MetLife Deferred Stock Awards will be identical to that of the MetLife Common Stock Fund, and is labeled the “MetLife Deferred Shares Fund” in the “Total Return Historic Fund & Index Performance by Calendar Year” chart.

THE DISTRIBUTION DATES

For each of your Deferred Cash Accounts and your MetLife Deferred Stock Accounts separately, you may choose to have your distributions begin either (1) on a specific date no less than three years after the year of deferral (for example: for payments attributable to services performed in 2007, the date you may choose may not be earlier than 2011), or (2) upon the termination of your service as a Non-Management Director of MetLife, Inc. (the date of your termination of service will be determined in accordance with Legal Deferral Requirements). If you choose to receive your account on a specific date, your account will be paid to you on the earlier of (a) the date you selected, or (b) on the date of the termination of your service as a director.

Once you have designated a distribution date, you cannot change it except as described below under “Changing the Distribution Date And/Or Number of Payments.”

NUMBER OF PAYMENTS

You may elect to receive each of your account balances in either a lump-sum payment or up to 15 annual installments. For each of your Deferred Cash Accounts, each annual installment will be a fraction of the account’s cash value with one being the numerator and the number of payments remaining being the denominator. For each of your MetLife Deferred Stock Accounts, each annual installment will be a fraction of the number of shares of MetLife Stock represented in the account, with one being the numerator and the number of payments remaining being the denominator and disregarding any fraction of a share until the last installment. For example, if you elect to receive 10 annual payments,

 

Page 7


the first payment is equal to 1/10th of the account; the second payment is equal to 1/9th of the account; and so on until final payment is made. For purposes of Legal Deferral Rules, any payment option selected under this plan will be considered to be a single payment form of benefit.

FORM OF PAYMENTS

All payments from your Deferred Cash Accounts (including portions invested in the MetLife Common Stock Fund) will be made in cash. All payments from your MetLife Deferred Stock Account will be made in MetLife Stock, except that fractional shares will be paid in cash at the Closing Price of MetLife Stock on the date of payment.*

TAXATION OF PAYMENTS

Generally, payments are subject to federal, state and local tax income taxes in the year you receive the amounts. Rollover to an IRA, qualified plan or non-qualified plan is not permitted.

CHANGING THE DISTRIBUTION DATE AND/OR NUMBER OF PAYMENTS

For each of your Deferred Cash Account and your MetLife Deferred Stock Account for a given year, you may make changes only once, at which time you may change either or both: (1) the date you have selected to receive payment of your deferred compensation to a date at least five (5) years later than your original selection; and/or (2) the number of payments you have chosen to receive (your change may increase or decrease the number of payments). You must make all changes to any particular account at the same time; provided, however, that your changes are effective if you submit them no later than one year before the earlier of the original date you had selected for payment or the date your service as a Non-Management Director ends, and otherwise will not be effective. All changes will be effective to the extent consistent with Legal Deferral Requirements.

PAYMENT TO BENEFICIARIES

If you die before your distributions begin or are completed, the balance in your accounts will be paid as a single lump sum to your beneficiary. If you have not designated a beneficiary, or your beneficiary (or beneficiaries) die(s) before you do, the balance in your accounts will be paid to your estate.

You may designate an individual, entity, trustee, or your estate as your beneficiary, and you may change your beneficiary at any time. Each beneficiary designation will apply to all of your deferrals under the Plan, and will supersede your previous beneficiary designations. Unless or until you submit a new beneficiary designation form, your last beneficiary designation (if any) under the MetLife Deferred Compensation Plan for

 

 

* “Closing Price” means the closing price of a share of MetLife Stock as reported in the principal consolidated transaction reporting system for the New York Stock Exchange (or on such other recognized quotation system on which the trading prices of shares of MetLife Stock are quoted at the relevant time) on such date. In the event that there are no transactions of MetLife Stock reported on such tape (or such other system) on such date, Closing Price shall mean the closing price on the immediately preceding date on which MetLife Stock transactions were so reported.

 

Page 8


Outside Directors (or, if you have not designated a beneficiary under that plan, the beneficiary you have designated under the MetLife, Inc. 2000 Directors Stock Plan, if any) will apply under this Plan.

You may designate your beneficiary(ies) during each annual enrollment period. If you wish to change your beneficiary designations during the year you may access the website www/benefitplanservices.com/metlife (by clicking on Beneficiary Detail) or contact BPSI at 1-800-340-8151 and they will send you a form on which you can make your new beneficiary elections.

LOANS

No loans may be taken from your accounts.

HARDSHIP EXCEPTIONS

In cases of extreme hardship, and consistent with legal requirements for deferral of income taxation, the Plan Administrator may suspend deferrals or make payments to you, reducing the value of your account. However, the total amount suspended and paid cannot exceed the amount required to satisfy the financial consequences of the hardship and tax withholding requirements.

UNFUNDED, UNSECURED OBLIGATIONS OF METLIFE, INC.

Deferrals under the Plan are unfunded and unsecured obligations of MetLife, Inc. Your rights are those of a general unsecured creditor of MetLife, Inc. The Plan is intended to be designed and administered in complete accordance with Legal Deferral Requirements, but in no event will MetLife, Inc., any affiliate, or the Plan be liable for any taxes, penalties, or other losses on account of the Plan or its administration failing to comply with Legal Deferral Requirements.

ASSIGNMENT

No assignment or pledge of the right to receive the payment of amounts deferred or any other rights under the Plan may be made.

QUALIFIED DOMESTIC RELATIONS ORDERS (“QDROs”)

Deferred compensation will be distributed or attached to the extent required by a QDRO.

PLAN ADMINISTRATOR

The Plan is administered by a Plan Administrator who may establish, amend or rescind rules and regulations relating to the Plan. The Plan Administrator of this Plan is also the Plan Administrator of the Metropolitan Life Retirement Plan for U.S. Employees. The Employee Benefits Committee of the Metropolitan Life Insurance Company appoints the Plan Administrator of the Retirement Plan, who serves until such time as the Committee appoints a new Plan Administrator.

 

Page 9


To the extent consistent with law, including Legal Deferral Requirements, the Plan Administrator may amend, modify, suspend, or terminate the Plan at any time and for any reason. The Plan Administrator may not amend, modify or terminate the Plan in a way that will reduce the amount that has been accrued in your deferred compensation account prior to the effective date of the amendment, modification or termination.

The determinations and interpretations of the Plan made by the Plan Administrator shall be final, binding, and conclusive for all purposes under the Plan. The Plan Administrator may prescribe forms for participants to take action authorized or allowed under the Plan and may appoint agents and consult legal counsel and other professionals to assist in administration of the Plan. The Plan Administrator may, in his or her discretion, adjust the value of a deferred compensation account on a basis other than as prescribed in deferral or reallocation elections, including but not limited to the use of investment tracking funds other than those selected by the participant. The Plan Administrator will administer any claims under the Plan by following Section 503 of ERISA, any applicable regulations, and any other procedures the Plan Administrator adopts.

The Plan Administrator may reject or reform a deferral election on any lawful basis, and may conform any provision of the Plan to Legal Deferral Requirements. Where consistent with such requirements, the Plan Administrator may pay deferred compensation regardless of the participant’s election for payment at another time.

INVESTMENT TRACKING FUNDS AND INDICES - ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

Each investment tracking fund and index mirrors the performance of the actual fund or index to which it refers. Following are descriptions and historic performance data for the actual funds and indices, determined on a Total Return basis. Total Return means the change in price or value, plus dividends (if any) on a reinvested basis, less any management fees or expenses that apply under the actual fund.

There is no guarantee that any of the funds will achieve its objectives or increase in value. Except to the extent you choose the investment tracking fund for the MetLife SIP Fixed Income Fund, your deferrals may lose value. Each actively managed fund has investment management fees and/or other expenses associated with it. The descriptions below are derived from information provided by the funds and other sources deemed to be reliable by the Plan Administrator.

ACTIVELY MANAGED FUNDS

METLIFE SIP FIXED INCOME FUND: The fund seeks to generate a predictable return through a specified interest rate, with preservation of original principle invested. The fund is reviewed periodically and may be changed, up or down as appropriate based on a number of factors, including investment market conditions and the performance of the fund managers. The fund invests in several MetLife issued GIC (Guaranteed Investment Contracts) alternatives, which consist of bonds, international securities, public utilities and similar corporate issues.

LORD ABBETT BOND DEBENTURE FUND: This fund (the Lord Abbett Bond Debenture Portfolio of the Met Investor Series Trust) is a mutual fund investment choice available

 

Page 10


under various variable insurance contracts issued by Metropolitan Life Insurance Company and its affiliates. The fund seeks to provide high current income and the opportunity for capital appreciation to produce a high total return. Under normal circumstances, the fund invests substantially all (at least 80%) of its net assets in debt securities of various types. The fund normally invests substantially all of its assets in high yield and investment-grade debt securities. It may invest in convertible securities. Up to 80% of the fund’s total assets may be invested in high-yield/high-risk debt securities (“junk bonds”). At least 20% of the fund’s assets must be invested in any combination of investment-grade debt securities, U.S. Government securities, and cash equivalents. The fund may also invest up to 20% of its net assets in equity securities including common stocks, preferred stocks, convertible preferred stocks, warrants and similar instruments. The fund may invest up to 15% of its assets in credit default swaps. The fund may also invest up to 20% of its net assets in debt and equity securities primarily traded in foreign countries. The fund attempts to invest in securities selling at reasonable prices in relation to the adviser’s assessment of its potential value. (1, 2, 3)

OAKMARK FUND(R): This fund is a mutual fund and seeks to achieve long-term capital appreciation following a value style by investing primarily in the common stocks of U.S. companies. (4)

METLIFE SIP SMALL COMPANY STOCK FUND: This fund is an individually managed fund that seeks to generate long-term growth of capital by investing in the stocks of small U.S. companies with strong growth potential. The fund seeks to outperform the Russell 2000(R) Growth Index, which measures the performance of small company stocks with lower market capitalization. (5)

OAKMARK INTERNATIONAL FUND: This fund is a mutual fund and seeks to achieve long-term capital appreciation following a value style by investing primarily in the common stocks of non-U.S. companies. The fund may invest in mature markets (e.g., Japan, Canada, United Kingdom) and in less developed markets (e.g., Mexico, Brazil, South Korea). Ordinarily, the fund will invest in the securities of at least five countries outside the U.S. There are no geographic limits on the fund’s foreign investments, but the fund does not expect to invest more than 35% of its assets in securities of companies based in emerging markets. (3, 4)

MARKET INDEXES

S&P 500(R) INDEX: This index includes some of the 500 largest capitalized stocks in the U.S. and is one of the most widely recognized and used benchmarks of U.S. equity performance.

RUSSELL 2000(R) INDEX: This index measures stock performance of 2,000 smaller U.S. companies with market capitalization under $2 billion as of May 31, 2006. (5)

NASDAQ COMPOSITE(R) INDEX: The Nasdaq Composite Index measures all Nasdaq domestic and international-based common-type stocks listed on the Nasdaq Stock Market. The Nasdaq Composite includes over 3,000 securities. (3, 6)

MSCI EAFE(R) INDEX: The Morgan Stanley Capital International Europe, Australasia, Far East Index is a benchmark for developed market equity performance, excluding the United States and Canada. (3)

 

Page 11


LEHMAN BROTHERS(R) AGGREGATE BOND INDEX: A benchmark index comprised of the Lehman Brothers Government/Credit Index, the Lehman Brothers Mortgage-Backed Securities Index, the Lehman Brothers Asset-Backed Securities Index, and the Lehman Brothers Commercial Mortgage-Backed Securities Index. Fixed income securities in the index include debt obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government or its agencies and instrumentalities, debt issued or guaranteed by U.S. corporations, foreign companies, municipalities, government and international agencies, asset-backed securities and mortgage-backed securities. Lehman Brothers refers to this index as the Lehman Brothers U.S. Aggregate Index. (1, 3)

MERRILL LYNCH US HIGH YIELD MASTER II INDEX: The Merrill Lynch U.S. High Yield Master II Index tracks the performance of below investment-grade U.S. dollar-denominated corporate bonds publicly issued in the U.S. domestic market. (1, 2)

MSCI EMERGING MARKETS INDEX(SM): The MSCI Emerging Markets Index is designed to measure equity market performance in global emerging markets. As of June 2006, the MSCI Emerging Markets Index consisted of the following 25 emerging market country indices: Argentina, Brazil, Chile, China, Colombia, Czech Republic, Egypt, Hungary, India, Indonesia, Israel, Jordan, Korea, Malaysia, Mexico, Morocco, Pakistan, Peru, Philippines, Poland, Russia, South Africa, Taiwan, Thailand and Turkey. (3)

SINGLE-STOCK FUND

METLIFE COMMON STOCK FUND: The performance of this fund will depend on the price of MetLife, Inc common stock, which is affected by market condition and other factors, such as declared dividends. Like other individual stock funds, this fund is anticipated to have a relatively high risk profile. The performance of this fund also includes the value of reinvested dividends on MetLife, Inc. common stock, if any.

 

(1) Invests in bonds and other fixed-income securities, which involve both credit risk and market risk. Credit risk is the risk that the security’s issuer will not pay the interest, dividends or principal that it has promised to pay. Market risk is the risk that the value of the security will fall because of changes in market rates of interest or other factors. Interest rate risk is the risk that values of fixed-income security may fall as interest rates rise. This risk is greater for longer term securities.

 

(2) Lower rated, high-yield debt securities generally involve a greater risk of default by the issuer (i.e., higher credit risk). These securities may also be subject to greater market price fluctuations than higher rated, lower yielding debt securities.

 

(3) Securities of foreign issuers pose additional risks that are not associated with U.S. domestic securities, such as changes in currency exchange rates, different governmental regulations, fluctuating economic conditions, accounting standards and political instability.

 

(4) Invests in stocks that tend to trade at lower prices relative to their fundamental financial characteristics and are therefore considered under valued. Value stocks can perform differently than other categories of stocks (e.g., growth stocks) and can continue to be undervalued by the market for long periods of time.

 

(5) Investments in small capitalization and emerging growth companies involve greater than average risk. Such securities may have limited marketability and the issues may have limited product lines, markets, and financial resources. The value of such investments may fluctuate more widely than investments in larger, more established companies.

 

(6) This index is comprised to a significant degree in technology issues. The technology industry can be significantly affected by obsolescence, short product cycles, failing profits and prices, and competition from new market participants. A choice that is weighted in one sector is more volatile than those that diversify across many industry sectors.

 

Page 12


TOTAL RETURN

HISTORIC FUND & INDEX PERFORMANCE BY CALENDAR YEAR

As of September 30, 2006

These figures are past performance and are not an indication of future performance. Note: Unit values fluctuate and amounts received upon distribution may be more or less than deferrals and any matching contributions. Current performance may be lower or higher than the performance figures quoted. More information regarding the performance of the investment tracking funds may be found at the “Plan Information” link located on your participant account Home page at www.benefitplanservices.com/metlife.

 

     YTD     2005     2004     2003     2002  

ACTIVELY MANAGED FUNDS

          

MetLife SIP Fixed Income Fund(1)

     3.72     4.77     4.51     5.00     5.80

Lord Abbett Bond Debenture Fund(2)

     5.51     1.81     8.43     19.52     1.28

Oakmark Fund(R)(3)

     9.20     -1.31     11.73     25.30     -14.41

MetLife SIP Small Company Stock Fund(1)

     3.79     6.04     10.79     45.11     -19.98

Oakmark International Fund(3)

     19.14     14.12     19.09     38.04     -8.46

MARKET INDEXES

          

S&P 500(R) Index (4, 8)

     8.53     4.91     10.88     28.70     -22.10

Russell 2000(R) Index (5, 8)

     8.69     4.55     18.33     47.25     -20.48

Nasdaq Composite(R) Index (6, 8)

     2.94     2.17     9.16     50.01     -31.53

MSCI EAFE(R) Index (7, 8)

     14.49     13.54     20.25     38.59     -15.94

Lehman Brothers(R) Aggregate Bond Index(6)

     3.06     2.43     4.34     4.10     10.25

Merrill Lynch US High Yield Master II Index(6)

     7.25     2.72     10.87     28.15     -1.89

MSCI Emerging Markets Index(SM)(7, 8)

     12.39     34.00     25.55     55.82     -6.17

MetLife Deferred Shares Fund (9)

     15.67     22.21     21.68     25.38     -14.01

MetLife Common Stock Fund (10)

          

 

(1) All performance shown for the MetLife SIP Fixed Income Fund and the MetLife SIP Small Company Stock Fund are net of investment management fees and other expenses. Both funds have been available as tracking funds in the Plan since January 1, 1998. Returns in the MetLife SIP Fixed Income Fund are credited to participants’ balances by crediting a daily interest factor that produces the effective annual return that is declared for the fund. The effective annual interest rate for the MetLife SIP Fixed Income Fund is currently 5%.
(2) The Lord Abbett Bond Debenture Fund (Lord Abbett Bond Debenture Portfolio of the Met Investors Series Trust, Class A shares) is a mutual fund investment choice available under various variable insurance contracts issued by Metropolitan Life Insurance Company and its affiliates. The Loomis Sayles High Yield Bond Portfolio of the Metropolitan Series Fund was merged into the Lord Abbett Bond Debenture Portfolio after the close of business on April 26, 2002. Performance for the Lord Abbett Bond Debenture Portfolio includes performance of the Loomis Sayles High Yield Bond Portfolio prior to April 27, 2002, and performance of the Lord Abbett Debenture Portfolio after April 26, 2002. All performance is shown net of the Lord Abbett Bond Debenture Portfolio’s investment management fees and other expenses.
(3) The Oakmark Fund and the Oakmark International Fund are mutual funds. All performance is shown net of investment management fees and other expenses. The Oakmark Fund and Oakmark International Fund have been available as tracking funds in the Plan since January 1, 1998.

 

Page 13


(4) The S&P 500 Index Fund has been available as a tracking fund in the Plan since January 1, 2001. The MetLife SIP Common Stock Index Fund was available in the Plan from January 1, 1998 through December 31, 2000. The MetLife SIP Common Stock Index Fund was converted to the S&P 500 Index Fund after the close of business on December 31, 2000.
(5) The Russell 2000 Index has been available as a tracking fund in the Plan since January 1, 2001.
(6) The Nasdaq Composite Index, Lehman Brothers Aggregate Bond Index (Lehman Brothers refers to this index as the Lehman Brothers U.S. Aggregate Index), and Merrill Lynch US High Yield Master II Index have been available as tracking funds in the Plan since January 1, 2001.
(7) The MSCI EAFE Index and the MSCI Emerging Markets Index have been available as tracking funds in the Plan since January 1, 2001. The name of the MSCI EMF Index tracking fund has been changed to MSCI Emerging Markets Index to reflect the corresponding change of name in this MSCI market index.
(8) Investment-tracking on participants’ accounts will be done using the Total Return measure (the percentage change in the unit price, plus the impact of reinvested dividends) for all funds, including the S&P 500 Index, Russell 2000 Index, Nasdaq Composite Index, MSCI EAFE Index, and MSCI Emerging Markets Index tracking funds. Returns in this chart reflect the Total Return measure for all periods shown for all funds except the Nasdaq Composite Index, for which 2004 returns reflect the Total Return measure and 2000-2003 returns reflect the Price Return measure. Total Return information on the Nasdaq Composite Index is not available prior to 2004. Investment-tracking for periods prior to January 2005 was done using the Price Return measure (the percentage change in the unit price, without reinvested dividends) for the S&P 500 Index, Russell 2000 Index, Nasdaq Composite Index, MSCI EAFE Index, and MSCI Emerging Markets Index tracking funds. The preceding sentence applies only to the MetLife Deferred Compensation Plan for Officers and the MetLife Deferred Compensation Plan For Outside Directors, which provided for deferral of compensation prior to January 2005; performance charts in the program descriptions for elections that were offered under those plans reflected the Price Return measure.
(9) The MetLife Deferred Shares Fund has been available as a tracking fund since May 1, 2001 for MetLife Directors. The Performance data is obtained from MetLife, Inc. Returns reflect the MetLife stock price (MET), including reinvested dividends, as reported by MetLife, Inc.
(10) Performance data is obtained from MetLife, Inc. Returns reflect the MetLife stock price (MET), including reinvested dividends, as reported by MetLife, Inc.

 

Page 14


PROSPECTUS INFORMATION

In connection with the obligations of MetLife, Inc. under the Plan, the following constitute the prospectus meeting the requirements of Section 10(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended:

 

1. The information set forth in this Program Description;

 

2. Any other written documents delivered to participants updating or revising the information in item 1 above. Those documents will contain a legend indicating that they constitute a part of the prospectus covering the obligations being offered as permitted by the Plan;

 

3. Each of the following documents filed by MetLife, Inc. with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”), which are incorporated by reference in this prospectus:

 

  a) MetLife, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2005;

 

  b) All other reports filed by MetLife, Inc. with the Commission pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, since December 31, 2005; and

 

  c) All documents subsequently filed by MetLife, Inc. pursuant to Sections 13(a), 13(c), 14 and 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, prior to the filing of a post-effective amendment which indicates that all securities offered have been sold or which de-registers all securities then remaining unsold.

You may obtain a copy of the above filings described in items 1 and 2, at no cost, by calling BPSI at 1-800-340-8151. Filings described in item 3 and any other documents MetLife, Inc. provides to its shareholders may be obtained, at no cost, at www.metlife.com (by clicking on Investor Relations) or by calling 1-800-649-3593. You may also request copies of any of the above documents by writing to the MetLife Corporate Secretary, 200 Park Avenue, New York, NY 10166-0188.

 

Page 15


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this MetLife Non-Management Director Deferred Compensation Plan, as amended and restated effective January 1, 2005, is approved.

PLAN ADMINISTRATOR

 

/s/ Margery Brittain

Date: 11-2-06
Witness:  

/s/ Rose Alston

 

Page 16

Exhibit 10.76

Amendment Number One to

The MetLife Non-Management Director Deferred Compensation Plan

(as amended and restated as of December, 2006) (the “Plan”)

The Plan is hereby amended in the manner set forth below:

1. The second paragraph of the section entitled “Investment Tracking for Your Deferred Cash Accounts” is amended and restated to read as follows:

The Plan Administrator may eliminate or replace any investment tracking fund or index at any time. When the Plan Administrator has determined to make a change, you will be informed and you will be given an opportunity to change your investment tracking selections to the extent they are affected by the change. Changes to investment tracking fund or index may be made without amending the Plan document, but will be reflected in the next amended and restated Plan document.

2. This Amendment will be effective immediately upon execution.

3. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, the Plan (including any amendments thereto) shall continue in full force and effect without amendment.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this amendment is approved.

PLAN ADMINISTRATOR

 

/s/ Andrew J. Bernstein for Margery Brittain

Date: 2-26-07
Witness:   /s/ Joo Young Kang

Exhibit 10.80

METLIFE AUXILIARY PENSION PLAN

Metropolitan Life Insurance Company (“Company”) hereby amends and restates the MetLife Auxiliary Pension Plan (“Plan”) effective June 30, 2006.

Part I

Part I of this Plan document contains the provisions of the Plan that govern 409A Benefits as defined in Article 4.1(a) of Part I. All references to “409A” or “Section 409A” in this Plan are references to Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code and the regulations there under.

Article 1. Purpose of Plan.

The purpose of the Plan is to provide to certain participants employed by the Company, other employers (each an “Employer”) participating under the Metropolitan Life Retirement Plan for United States Employees (“Retirement Plan”) and his/her beneficiaries, the excess amount that would have been payable under the Retirement Plan in the absence of the limitations under (i) section 415 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (as amended) (“Internal Revenue Code”), (ii) section 401(a)(17) of the Internal Revenue Code, or such lesser limit as in effect under the Retirement Plan and (iii) section 1.415-2(d)(2) of the Income tax Regulations, that excludes compensation deferred under the Company’s or an Employer’s deferred compensation arrangements.

Except for terms defined in this Plan, all capitalized terms used in this Plan shall have the same definition and meaning assigned to those terms under the Retirement Plan.

Article 2. Participation

A Participant in the Plan is any Employee that is eligible under Section 2.1, 2.2 or 2.3 below:

2.1. An Employee participating in the Retirement Plan:

 

(a) whose Retirement Plan benefits are reduced because of the application of Section 401(a)(17) of the Internal Revenue Code (or such lesser limit as in effect under the Retirement Plan), or,

 

(b) whose Retirement Plan benefits are reduced because of the application of section 415 of the Internal Revenue Code, including Treasury Regulation 1.415-2.

shall be eligible to participate in the Plan as stated in all Articles except Section 4.2 of Article 4 and Article 4A.

 

1


2.2. PRA/PLS Benefit. “PRA/PLS Benefit” means a benefit that is either a Personal Retirement Account benefit or a Performance Pension Account benefit under the Retirement Plan. Likewise, any benefit referred to as a “non PRA/PLS Benefit” or “not a PRA/PLS Benefit” refers to benefits under the Retirement Plan that are not PRA/PLS Benefits.

An Employee with a benefit that is not a PRA/PLS Benefit participating in the Retirement Plan who:

 

(a) is in a compensation grade of 36 or higher (or an equivalent compensation grade), or,

 

(b) is a member of the Chairman’s Council for 3 consecutive years, or,

 

(c) is listed in Appendix A, or,

 

(d) has been inducted into the Sales Representative Hall of Fame and has attained the age of 65

 

shall be eligible to participate in the Plan as stated in all Articles.

If an Employee is an eligible Participant in the Plan under Section 2.1 of this Article, and on or after January 1, 1995, he/she qualifies as a Participant under Section 2.2 of this Article, then the portion of his/her benefit that is not a PRA/PLS Benefit that has accrued to that Employee shall be determined and payable as if the Employee was always eligible under Section 2.2 of this Article. If, after qualifying as a Participant under Section 2.2 of this Article, an individual’s compensation grade drops below level 36 (or its equivalent), or the individual ceases to qualify for the Chairman’s Council, then that individual shall continue to be treated as if he or she meets the requirements of Section 2.2 of this Article.

2.3. An Employee participating in the Retirement Plan:

 

(a)(i) who participated and accrued benefits in either of the following plans.:

 

   

The New England Life Insurance Company Select Employee’s Supplemental Retirement Plan, or

 

   

New England Life Insurance Company Supplemental Retirement Plan, and,

 

    (ii) who, on December 31, 2000, was actively employed by New England Life Insurance Company, the Company or an Employer,

shall be eligible, on January 1, 2001, to participate in this Plan, except Section 4.2 of Article 4 and Article 4A. These individuals shall have his/her entire auxiliary defined benefit as defined in Article 4.2 (and including amounts previously accrued under the New England plans named above) paid under this Plan, in accordance with the terms of this Plan. These individuals shall be eligible to participate in this Plan as stated in Section 4.2 of Article 4 and Article 4A if they qualify as a Participant under Section 2.2 of this Article after December 31, 2000.

 

2


(b)(i) who participated and accrued benefits in the GenAmerica Corporation Augmented Benefit Plan, (only insofar as it relates to benefits on compensation that exceeded the limits imposed by or upon the GenAmerica Corporation Performance Pension Plan and Trust.) and,

 

    (ii) who, on December 31, 2002, was actively employed by General American Life Insurance Company, the Company or an Employer,

shall be eligible, on January 1, 2003, to participate in this Plan, except Section 4.2 of Article 4 and Article 4A. These individuals shall have his/her entire auxiliary defined benefit as defined in Section 4.2 (and including amounts previously accrued under the Augmented Benefit Plan) paid under this Plan, in accordance with the terms of this Plan. These individuals shall be eligible to participate in Section 4.2 of Article 4 and Article 4A of this Plan if they qualify as a Participant under Section 2.2 of this Article after December 31, 2002.

Article 3. Vesting

Participants will vest in their accrued benefit, described in Article 4.2, under this Plan in accordance with the vesting schedule under the Retirement Plan.

All benefits accrued by Participants under this Plan, prior to a Change of Control as defined in Article 8, shall vest if the Participant satisfies the vesting schedule that existed under the Retirement Plan immediately prior to the Change of Control.

Article 4. Payment of Benefits

4.1. Definitions.

 

(a) 409A Benefits. “409A Benefits” For individuals who are eligible under Section 2.2 on or before December 31, 2006, “409A Benefits” means the portion of a Participant’s vested benefit that accrues after December 31, 2004. For all other Participants in the Plan “409A Benefits” means his/her entire accrued benefit payable under this Plan.

 

(b) Grandfathered Benefits. “Grandfathered Benefits” means the portion of a Participant’s benefit vested and accrued prior to January 1, 2005 plus any other increases or amounts that can be included in the grandfathered benefit under Internal Revenue Code Section 409A and the regulations there under. Only individuals who:

 

  (i) are eligible under Section 2.2 on or before December 31, 2006,

 

  (ii) are described in Section 4.6(c) and (d) of the Plan, or

 

3


  (iii) terminated on or before December 31, 2004 with a vested benefit that is not a PRA/PLS Benefit will have “Grandfathered Benefits” under this Plan.

4.2. Benefits under this Plan shall be payable to a Participant in an amount equal to the difference, as determined by the Plan Administrator in its sole discretion, between (a) and (b) below:

 

(a) the largest amount (without duplication of amount) that would have been payable to the Participant under the Retirement Plan, had the Retirement Plan not been subject to the limitations of Internal Revenue Code Sections: (i) 415, (ii) 401(a)(17) or such lesser limit as stated in the Retirement Plan, and (iii) Regulation Section 1. 415-2(d)(2) (with respect to deferred compensation arrangements); and,

 

(b) the amount of benefits payable under the Retirement Plan and any predecessor auxiliary plan.

4.3. Distribution of 409A Benefits

Participants who have an election on file that complies with 409A, as determined by the Plan Administrator, and specifies the time and form for distribution of benefits, will have that election govern payment. If a Participant does not have an election on file that complies with 409A, then benefits commencing during 2006 will continue to follow, in time and form, the Participant’s distributions under the Retirement Plan. With regard to benefits commencing after December 31, 2006, the time/form of payment for the Participant’s 409A Benefits will be as specified below:

 

(a) PRA/PLS Benefits will be paid in a lump sum as soon as administratively possible after separation from service.

 

(b) Benefits that are not PRA/PLS Benefits will be paid in the following annuity forms commencing after separation from service and attainment of Retirement eligibility:

 

  (i) Participants who are not married at the time distributions commence will receive a life annuity with a 5 year term certain.

 

  (ii) Participants who are married at the time distributions commence will receive a 50% contingent survivor annuity, with the spouse of the Participant as the survivor annuitant.

 

(c) PRA/PLS Benefits for Participants who terminated on or before December 31, 2006, will be paid in a lump sum as soon as administratively possible after December 31, 2006.

 

4


(d) Participants with benefits that are not PRA/PLS Benefits, who separated from service and are Retirement eligible as of December 31, 2006, will have benefits paid to him/her in the appropriate annuity form specified in (b)(i) or (ii) above, commencing as soon as administratively possible after December 31, 2006.

 

(e) Alternate payees receiving benefits under the Plan through a Qualified Domestic Relations Order (“QDRO”) as defined under section 414 (p) of the Internal Revenue Code, will receive benefits in the time and form specified in the QDRO. In the absence of a specified time for payment in the QDRO the alternate payee will have benefits paid to them at the same time as benefits are paid under this Plan to the Participant from whom his/her interest in the Plan arose. In the absence of a specified form of payment in the QDRO, the alternate payee will have benefits paid to them under either (i) or (ii) below :

 

  (i) For alternate payees whose interest arose from a Participant who was a Participant under Article 2.2 of the Plan the alternate payee’s form of benefit will be the same form payable to the Participant under the Plan.,

 

  (ii) For alternate payees whose interest arose from a Participant with a PRA/PLS Benefit under the Plan, the alternate payee’s form of benefit will be a lump sum payment as soon as administratively possible after separation from service,

 

  (iii) For alternate payees whose interest arose from a Participant who was not a Participant under Article 2.2 of the Plan and who had a benefit that was not a PRA/PLS Benefit, the alternate payee will receive his/her benefit in the form of a life annuity with a 5 year term certain.

In no event will benefits be distributed under a QDRO at any time or in any form not allowed, in the sole discretion of the Plan Administrator, under the Plan or under the laws governing this Plan. Alternate payees have the status of beneficiaries under this Plan.

4.4 Notwithstanding the default forms of payment listed in Article 4.3 above:

 

(a) the Company intends all forms of payment to be treated as a single payment and Participants with annuity forms of benefit under Article 4.3 above, will be able to elect, in accordance with Internal Revenue Code Section 409A, as determined by the Plan Administrator, among actuarially equivalent annuity forms of benefit any time prior to the payment commencement date for such benefit.

 

(b) any Participant identified as a Key Employee as that term is defined under 409A, and, whose benefit is payable due to separation from service or Retirement shall not have his/her 409A Benefits commence under this Plan in any form until six months have elapsed since his/her separation or Retirement. The determination of who is a Key Employee will be based on taxable compensation paid during the 12-month period ending August 31st of the calendar year immediately preceding the year of the distribution.

 

5


4.5 Only for those individuals who are eligible under Article 2.2, Final Average Compensation used to determine the largest amount that would have been payable under Article 4.2(a) above, will be based on the following rules, notwithstanding the actual provisions of the Retirement Plan.

For an eligible Participant that is not a Commissioned Employee under the Retirement Plan, Final Average Compensation will be the sum of (a) and (b) below:

 

(a) The base salary component of the Participant’s Final Average Compensation is determined using the average of the Participant’s base salary for the 60 highest consecutive months during the 120 months preceding the Participant’s date of Retirement or termination, and,

 

(b) The component of the Participant’s Final Average Compensation representing the MetLife Annual Variable Incentive Compensation Plan or successor annual cash bonus plan or program (“AVIP”) award will be determined using the average of the Participant’s highest 5 AVIP payments (not necessarily consecutive) with respect to the 10 calendar years preceding such Participant’s date of Retirement or termination (including any projected payment(s) to be made beyond the Participant’s date of Retirement or termination).

The AVIP award, as set forth in subsection (b) immediately above, projected to be made beyond the Participant’s date of Retirement or termination will be deemed equal to the result of the following calculation, as determined by the Plan Administrator in its sole discretion:

 

  (i) the highest of the last 3 bonuses/awards paid while the Participant was in active Company service multiplied by

 

  (ii) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of months (or part thereof) that the Participant was actively employed in the calendar year(s) for which the bonus/award would be payable and the denominator of which is 12.

 

  (iii) If the fraction determined under (ii) immediately above, is less than 1, then, the fractional amount determined under (ii) shall replace an equivalent fractional amount in the lowest of the 5 highest AVIP payments used in (b) above. This replacement shall occur only if the fractional amount determined under (ii) is greater than the fractional amount it is replacing in the lowest of the 5 highest AVIP payments.

Notwithstanding (b)(i), (ii) and (iii), if a specific amount of bonus/award was already approved under the AVIP, prior to the Participant’s date of Retirement or termination, such amount shall be used instead of the deemed estimate, and such amount shall also be taken into account in determining the highest of the Participant’s last 3 bonuses/awards with regard to any bonus/award payable for the Participant’s year of Retirement or termination.

 

6


If, at the time of Retirement or termination, fewer than 5 AVIP payments have been made to a Participant, then the AVIP component of Final Average Compensation shall be the average of: all AVIP payments actually made to the Participant and the projected payment (described above) for the year of Retirement or termination.

For eligible Participants that are compensated on a commission basis, Final Average Compensation will be the amount described in appropriate provisions of the Retirement Plan.

4.6. Except as described in (a) through (e) immediately below, Grandfathered Benefits shall be payable in the same form(s) and at the same times as benefits are payable under the Retirement Plan.

 

(a) Alternative Distributions of the benefit under Article 4A shall be paid in the form, and at the time stated in the election form completed by the Participant and approved by the Committee.

 

(b) Pre-Distribution Death Benefits as described in Article 4A.5 shall be paid in accordance with the terms of that Article.

 

(c) Individuals who:

 

  (i) had accrued benefits under the New England Life Insurance Company’s non-qualified Plans listed in Section 2.3,

 

  (ii) terminated employment on or before December 31, 2000, and,

 

  (iii) did not become Employees of the Company or an Employer upon that termination of employment,

will have his/her benefits paid from this Plan in the amounts, at the times and in the form provided for under the provisions of those prior plans.

 

(d) Individuals who:

 

  (i) had accrued benefits under the GenAmerica Corporation Augmented Benefit Plan,

 

  (ii) terminated employment on or before December 31, 2002, and,

 

  (iii) did not become Employees of the Company or an Employer upon that termination of employment,

will have his/her entire auxiliary defined benefit paid from this Plan in the amounts, at the times, and in the form provided for under the provisions of that prior plan.

 

(e) Individuals described in Section 2.3 shall have his/her entire auxiliary defined benefit (including amounts previously accrued under the plans named in Section 2.3) paid under this Plan, in accordance with the terms of this Plan.

 

7


4.7 Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary, the payment of benefits under this Plan shall not be effected by, or be subject to, the qualified pre-retirement survivor annuity and qualified joint and survivor annuity rules under the Retirement Equity Act of 1984.

Payment of benefits under this Plan will not be effected by, or be subject to, minimum distributions as described under Section 401(a)(9) of the Internal Revenue Code and the accompanying Regulations under that Section.

Article 4A. Alternative Distribution

Alternative forms of distribution are available only to those individuals who are eligible Participants under Section 2.2 herein on or before December 31, 2006. Alternative forms of distribution may be elected by eligible Participants under Section 2.2 on or before December 31, 2006 and may apply to his/her 409A benefit as allowed under the transition relief provided under 409A. After December 31, 2006, alternative forms of distribution can only be elected by eligible individuals under Section 2.2 for his/her Grandfathered Benefits.

4A.1 Definitions

 

(a) Alternative Distribution. “Alternative Distribution” means one of the following modes of payment:

 

  (i) Single Sum: Payment in a single sum.

 

  (ii) Installment Payments for a Specific Period: Monthly or annual payments are made to the Participant for a specified number of years selected (not exceeding 20 years). If the Participant dies before the expiration of the specified period, installment payments will continue to be made for the remainder of the period chosen by the Participant to a beneficiary designated by the Participant.

 

  (iii) Other Distribution: Any other form of payment that is mutually agreed upon by the Participant and the Committee.

 

(b) Committee. “Committee” means the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company. The Committee, or either component thereof, may delegate any of its powers or authority under this Plan in any manner consistent with law.

 

(c) Election Date. “Election Date” means the date on which the Participant files his/her request for an Alternative Distribution. For Participants who are Retirement eligible when they separate from service with the Company or an Employer, this date can be no later than the day before the Participant’s Retirement or termination date. For Participants who are not Retirement eligible when they separate from service with the Company or an Employer, this date can be no later than 12 months before the Distribution Date.

 

8


(d) Distribution Date. “Distribution Date” means the date distributions commence under the mode of payment elected by the Participant. For Participants who are Retirement eligible when they separate from service with the Company or an Employer, this date cannot be earlier than the Participant’s Retirement or termination date. For Participants who are not Retirement eligible when they separate from service with the Company or an Employer, this date cannot be earlier than the later of:

 

  (i) 12 months following the Participant’s Election Date, and

 

  (ii) the earliest date the Participant becomes eligible for a distribution from the Retirement Plan.

4A.2. Payment in the Form of an Alternative Distribution.

In order to receive an Alternative Distribution: (i) a request form must be duly filed by the Participant in compliance with both the provisions of this Article 4A and the procedures as set forth from time to time by the Committee, (ii) consent thereto must be given by the Committee, and (iii) payment in the form of an Alternative Distribution must be made pursuant to a request form that satisfies 409A and the regulations there under.

4A.3. Election of Alternative Distribution.

A form requesting that 409A Benefits under this Plan be paid in the form of an Alternative Distribution must be submitted by the Participant to the Committee no later than the last date specified under 409A transition relief for submitting elections with regard to 409A Benefits. Request forms for an Alternative Distribution of 409A Benefits will be accepted at the discretion of the Plan Administrator. For Participants who are separated from service with the Company or an Employer before they are Retirement eligible, the form requesting an Alternative Distribution must have an Election Date no later than 12 months before the Distribution Date indicated on the election form. All requests must be in writing, signed by the Participant, and follow the format prescribed by the Committee. On the request form the Participant must also designate (i) the mode of payment requested and (ii) the Participant’s Retirement or Distribution Date. A request form shall be deemed submitted by the Participant to the Committee on the day that such form postmarked, if sent by U.S. mail, or on the day received by the Committee, if sent by means other than the U.S. mail. A form requesting an Alternative Distribution of 409A Benefits cannot be revoked or modified after the last date allowed for transition period elections under 409A. Except that, individuals who elected an annuity form of payment for their 409A Benefits may be allowed to choose among actuarially equivalent annuity forms any time prior to commencement of payments as allowed under 409A and in the discretion of the Plan Administrator. Any modification of the request form must be in writing, comply with the procedures of the Committee and is subject to the approval of the Committee.

 

9


4A.4. Consent of the Committee.

Payment in the form of an Alternative Distribution shall require the consent of the Committee. The Committee shall have full and complete discretion to approve or reject any request for an Alternative Distribution. The decision of the Committee on the Participant’s request form shall be made known to the Participant in writing.

4A.5. Death of Participant Before Distribution Date.

 

(a) A Participant under Section 2.2, who accrued Plan benefits other than PRA/PLS Benefits before death, shall have 50% of the present value of his/her undistributed non PRA/PLS Benefit, (valued as a single sum under Section 4A.6(a) below and actuarially adjusted for payment at the Participant’s earliest Retirement date or the day prior to death, if the Participant was Retirement eligible at death), paid to his/her designated beneficiary. This pre-distribution death benefit will be payable in the form designated by the Participant and approved by the Committee.

A Participant may file with the Committee a form (which will become irrevocable only upon death) designating a beneficiary or changing his/her existing designation. This form will also allow the Participant to choose the form in which the pre-distribution death benefit will be paid. All optional forms of benefit available to the Participant under this Plan and the Retirement Plan will be available for payment of this death benefit.

 

(b) For salaried Participants covered under Section 2.2, a single sum, equivalent to the full value of a Participant’s undistributed non PRA/PLS Benefit on the date of the Participant’s death, (valued under Section 4A.6(a)), shall be paid to the Participant’s designated beneficiary if:

 

  (i) the Participant notifies the Committee in a request form in effect on the Election Date of his or her anticipated Retirement date,

 

  (ii) the Committee gives its consent to the payment of a Single Sum or Installment Payments for a Specific Period before the Distribution Date is reached,

 

  (iii) the Participant agrees to defer Retirement at the Company’s written request,

 

  (iv) the Distribution Date for payment of the Single Sum or Installment Payments for a Specific Period is deferred to the Participant’s Retirement date, and

 

  (v) the Participant dies after such anticipated Retirement date but before Retirement.

In the absence of a designation by the Participant, the death benefit, under (a) or (b) immediately above, shall be paid to the Participant’s surviving spouse in a single sum. If the Participant has no surviving spouse at the time of death, then the death benefit shall be paid to the Participant’s estate.

 

10


4A.6. Valuation of Alternative Benefit

 

(a) The actuarial equivalent value of the Single Sum shall be determined using the UP 84 Mortality Table, set forward one year for the Participant and set back four years for the Participant’s spouse, (if applicable). If the Participant was Retirement eligible on December 31, 2004, then the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation immediate interest rate (“PBGC Rate”) used to calculate the Single Sum shall be the lowest rate in effect in the 12 months prior to the Participant’s actual Retirement date If the Participant was not Retirement eligible on December 31, 2004, then the PBGC Rate used to calculate the Single Sum shall be the rate in effect in the month prior to the later of:

 

  (i) the Participant’s earliest Retirement date or

 

  (ii) the Participant’s actual Retirement date.

 

(b) The actuarial equivalent benefit amount for the Installment Payments for a Specific Period will be determined by converting the Single Sum benefit amount, determined under Article 4A.6(a). The interest rate basis for the immediate annuity purchase rates offered under the Metropolitan Savings and Investment Plan (“SIP Rate”) and its successors utilized in the calculation of installment payments will be as follows:

 

  (i) If the Participant was Retirement eligible on December 31, 2004, the SIP Rate is the highest rate in the month that had the lowest PBGC Rate out of the12 months prior to the Participant’s actual Retirement date.

 

  (ii) If the Participant was not on December 31, 2004, the SIP Rate is the rate in effect on the last day of the month prior to the later of:

 

  a. the Participant’s earliest Retirement date, or

 

  b. the Participant’s actual Retirement date.

4A.7. Interest on Deferred Installments

Individuals who elect deferred installment payments under the terms of this Article 4A, shall receive interest from the date they separate from service to the date that the installment payments commence. Interest will be calculated based on the entire amount that the Participant has elected to receive as deferred installments under Article 4A. Interest will be credited using the SIP Rate in effect on the Election Date and will be compounded annually from the date of separation from service to the date payments commence. The interest accrued prior to payment commencement will be added to the accrued Plan benefit to produce a total benefit amount. This total benefit amount will be credited with the SIP Rate for the duration of the payment(s) and divided by the number of installment payments due under the Participant’s election to produce uniform payments under the Plan. This interest will be part of the Participant’s 409A Benefit and will be paid in accordance with 409A.

 

11


4A.8. Power of Committee.

The Committee shall have the discretionary power to make any and all administrative decisions regarding the election and payment of an Alternative Distribution, including but not limited to, (i) the design and format of request forms, (ii) the approval or rejection of requests for an Alternative Distribution, (iii) the design and format of revocation forms and (iv) the sending of notices.

Article 5. Unfunded Plan.

The Plan is completely unfunded. Except as obligations under this Plan have been undertaken pursuant to plans or other arrangements offered by another company, obligations under this Plan are obligations of the Company. All obligations under this Plan are entirely separate from the Retirement Plan and any other plan. Participation in this Plan gives a Participant no right to any funds or assets of the Retirement Plan, or any other plan. The fact that contracts or certificates may be distributed to recipients of benefits under the Retirement Plan in discharge of obligations thereunder shall in no way entitle a Participant in this Plan to receive any such contract or certificate in discharge of obligations under this Plan.

Article 6. Non-transferability of Participant’s Interest

No Participant shall have any power or right to transfer, assign, mortgage, commute or otherwise encumber any of the Plan benefits payable hereunder, nor shall such benefits be subject to seizure for the payment of any debts or judgments, or be transferable by operation of law in the event of bankruptcy, insolvency or otherwise.

Article 7. Effect of Taxes

Payments under this Plan shall be made after withholding of any Federal, state or local income, employment or other taxes, legally obligated to be withheld. All tax liabilities arising out of benefits under this Plan are the sole obligation of the Plan Participant(s) or his/her beneficiary, including but not limited to, any tax liabilities that may arise under Section 409A. In the event that a Participant or beneficiary incurs greater tax burdens from payments under this Plan (whether income, employment, estate or other tax burdens) than they would if such payments had been made from the Retirement Plan, neither the Company nor any other person shall have an obligation to reimburse the Participant or beneficiary for such greater tax burdens.

 

12


Article 8. Change of Control

8.1. Definitions.

 

(a) Change of Control. For the purposes of this Plan, a “Change of Control” shall be deemed to have occurred if:

 

  (i) any Person acquires “beneficial ownership” (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Corporation representing 25% or more of the combined Voting Power of the Corporation’s securities;

 

  (ii) within any 24-month period, the persons who were directors of the Corporation at the beginning of such period (the “Incumbent Directors”) shall cease to constitute at least a majority of the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “Board”) or the board of directors of any successor to the Corporation; provided, however, that any director elected or nominated for election to the Board by a majority of the Incumbent Directors then still in office shall be deemed to be an Incumbent Director for purposes of this Section 8.1(a)(ii);

 

  (iii) the stockholders of the Corporation approve a merger, consolidation, share exchange, division, sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation which is consummated (a “Corporate Event”), and immediately following the consummation of which the stockholders of the Corporation immediately prior to such Corporate Event do not hold, directly or indirectly, a majority of the Voting Power of (A) in the case of a merger or consolidation, the surviving or resulting corporation, (B) in the case of a share exchange, the acquiring corporation, or (C) in the case of a division or a sale or other disposition of assets, each surviving, resulting or acquiring corporation which, immediately following the relevant Corporate Event, holds more than 25% of the consolidated assets of the Corporation immediately prior to such Corporate Event; or

 

  (iv) any other event occurs which the Board declares to be a Change of Control.

 

(b) Corporation. For the Purposes of this Article, “Corporation” means MetLife, Inc.

 

(c) Person. For purposes of the definition of Change of Control, “Person” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 3(a)(9) of the Exchange Act, as supplemented by Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act, and shall include any group (within the meaning of Rule 13d-5(b) under the Exchange Act); provided, however, that “Person” shall not include (A) the Corporation or any Affiliate, (B) the MetLife Policyholder Trust (or any person(s) who would otherwise be described herein solely by reason of having the power to control the voting of the shares held by that trust), or (C) any employee benefit plan (including an employee stock ownership plan) sponsored by the Corporation, Company or any Affiliate.

 

13


(d) Voting Power. For purposes of the definition of Change of Control, “Voting Power” shall mean such number of Voting Securities as shall enable the holders thereof to cast all the votes which could be cast in an annual election of directors of a company, and “Voting Securities” shall mean all securities entitling the holders thereof to vote in an annual election of directors of a company.

 

(e) Affiliate. For the purposes of this article, an “Affiliate” shall mean any corporation, partnership, limited liability company, trust or other entity which directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, the Corporation.

 

(f) Cause. For the purposes of this article, “Cause” means either:

 

  (i) the Participant’s conviction or plea of nolo contendere to a felony, or,

 

  (ii) any act or acts of dishonesty or gross misconduct on the Participant’s part which results or is intended to result in material damage to the business or reputation of MetLife.

 

(g) Good Reason. For the purposes of this article, “Good Reason” means any of:

 

  (i) any reduction by the Corporation or an Affiliate in the Participant’s base salary rate below the rate in effect immediately before the Change of Control;

 

  (ii) any relocation by the Corporation or an Affiliate of the Participant’s usual base work location to any other office or location more than 50 miles from the Participant’s usual base work location immediately prior to a Change of Control, or in a state other than the one in which the Participant performed his duties immediately prior to the Change of Control, in each case except for travel reasonably required in the performance of the Participant’s responsibilities;

 

  (iii) if the Participant is a party to an Employment Continuation Agreement with the Corporation or an Affiliate, any circumstance or occurrence constituting “Good Reason” under that Employment Continuation Agreement;

 

  (iv) the failure of the Corporation or an Affiliate to pay the Employee’s base salary or employee benefits as required by law.

 

8.2. Vesting and Other Rights on and After a Change of Control Subject to Conditions

In the event that:

 

(a) there is a Change of Control as defined in Section 8.1(a) of this Article, and,

 

14


(b) on the date of the Change of Control or on a date before the second anniversary of the Change of Control, a Participant in this Plan:

 

  (i) is involuntarily terminated from employment by the Corporation or any Affiliate (other than directly in connection with a transfer of employment to or from the Corporation or any Affiliate) without Cause,

 

  (ii) voluntarily terminates employment with the Corporation or any Affiliate for Good Reason,

then the Participant’s unvested benefits and rights accrued as of the Change of Control in each, the Retirement Plan and this Plan, will vest immediately under this Plan, notwithstanding any other provision of the Retirement Plan or this Plan, or any amendment or termination of this Plan taking place on or after a Change of Control.

These accrued benefits will be paid under this Plan according to the ordinary distribution rules of this Plan. The ordinary distribution rules of this Plan are described in Article 4 and where applicable, Article 4A as they existed immediately prior to the Change of Control. If this Section 8.2 is triggered, a Participant under Section 2.2 does not have to obtain Committee approval for an Alternate Distribution in the form of a Single Sum or Installment Payments for a Specific Period, to the extent that an Alternative Distribution is available to that Participant under 409A.

Article 9. Interpretation of the Plan

 

(a) The Committee is empowered to take all actions it deems appropriate in administering this Plan. Any Committee determination with respect to the meaning or application of the provisions of the Plan shall be binding and conclusive. Benefits will be paid under this Plan only if the Committee determines in its discretion that the applicant is entitled to them. Once a Change of Control (as defined in Article 8) has occurred, this subpart (a) of Article 9 shall no longer apply.

 

(b) Claims for benefits and appeals of denied claims under the Plan shall be administered in accordance with Section 503 of ERISA, the regulations thereunder (and any other law that amends, supplements or supersedes said Section of ERISA), and the procedures adopted by the Committee, as appropriate. The claims procedures referenced above are incorporated herein by reference.

Article 10. Governing Law

To the extent not inconsistent with Federal law, the validity of the Plan and its provisions shall be construed according to the laws of the State of New York.

 

15


Article 11. Amendment and Termination of Plan

11.1. Except to the extent prohibited by law, the Committee may amend or terminate this Plan at any time without the consent of any Participant or of any other person. However, any such amendment or termination will not adversely affect the benefit entitlements of:

 

(a) any Participant receiving benefits under this Plan at or prior to the time of such amendment or termination, or,

 

(b) any Employee who is a Participant in the Retirement Plan to the extent of the present value of his/her accrued benefit under this Plan prior to the time of such amendment or termination. However, amendments may be made to all other aspects of this Plan consistent with Section 409A, including, but not limited to:

 

  (i) amendments impacting the timing under which the Participant’s entire accrued benefit is paid, or,

 

  (ii) amendments impacting the optional forms of benefit available for payment of the Participant’s entire accrued benefit.

Notwithstanding the above, any amendment or group of amendments made effective on the same date, which would increase or decrease the annual cost of Plan benefits for active Plan Participants and former Plan Participants by ten million dollars or more in the aggregate, as determined in good faith by the Committee, shall be effective only if authorized or ratified by the Board of Directors of the Company.

11.2.

 

(a) Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 11.1 above, or any other provision of this Plan, on or after a Change of Control (as defined in Article 8), no amendments can be made to Article 8, Article 9 or Section 11.2 of Article 11 of this Plan; and

 

(b) Participants who:

 

  (i) accrued rights or benefits under this Plan prior to a Change of Control (as defined in Article 8), and,

 

  (ii) whose rights or benefits are not vested at the time of the Change of Control

cannot have the vesting schedule under Article 3, applicable on the day prior to the Change of Control, amended with regard to such rights or benefits. The Company may not wrongfully deny Participants the opportunity to vest in rights or benefits accrued prior to a Change of Control under this Plan.

Part II

Part II of the this plan document contains the provisions of the Plan that will govern Grandfathered Benefits as defined in Article 4.1(b) of Part I of this Plan.

Article 1. Purpose of Plan.

The purpose of the Plan is to provide to certain participants employed by the Company, other employers (each a “Subsidiary”) participating under the Metropolitan Life Retirement Plan for United States Employees (“Retirement Plan”) and their beneficiaries, the

 

16


excess amount that would have been payable under the Retirement Plan in the absence of the limitations under (i) section 415 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (as amended) (“Internal Revenue Code”), (ii) section 401(a)(17) of the Internal Revenue Code, or such lesser limit as in effect under the Retirement Plan and (iii) section 1.415-2(d)(2) of the Income tax Regulations, that excludes compensation deferred under the Company’s or a Subsidiary’s deferred compensation arrangements.

Article 2. Participation

A Participant in the Plan is any employee that qualifies under Section 2.1, 2.2 or 2.3 below:

2.1. A Company or Subsidiary (including, but not limited to, a MetLife Group, Inc.) employee participating in the Retirement Plan:

 

(a) whose benefits are reduced because of the application of Section 401(a)(17) of the Internal Revenue Code (or such lesser limit as in effect under the Retirement Plan), or,

 

(b) whose benefits are reduced because of the application of section 415 of the Internal Revenue Code, including Treasury Regulation 1.415-2.

shall be eligible to participate in the Plan as stated in all Articles except Section 4.2 of Article 4 and Article 4A.

2.2. A Company or Subsidiary (including, but not limited to, a MetLife Group Inc.) employee participating in the Retirement Plan who:

 

(a) is in a compensation grade of 36 or higher (or an equivalent compensation grade), or,

 

(b) is a member of the Chairman’s Council for 3 consecutive years, or,

 

(c) is listed in Appendix A, or,

 

(d) has been inducted into the Sales Representative Hall of Fame and has attained the age of 65

shall be eligible to participate in the Plan as stated in all Articles.

If an employee is an eligible Participant in the Plan under Section 2.1 of this Article, and on or after January 1, 1995, he/she qualifies as a Participant under Section 2.2 of this Article, then the entire benefit that has accrued to that employee shall be payable as if the employee always qualified as a Participant under Section 2.2 of this Article. If, after qualifying as a Participant under Section 2.2 of this Article, an individual’s compensation grade drops below level 36 (or its equivalent), or the individual ceases to qualify for the Chairman’s Council, then that individual shall continue to be treated as if he or she meets the requirements of Section 2.2 of this Article.

 

17


2.3. A Company or Subsidiary employee participating in the Retirement Plan:

 

  (a)(i) who participated and accrued benefits in the New England Life Insurance Company’s non-qualified Plans, (named in the first paragraph of this Plan), and,

 

      (ii) who, on December 31, 2000, was actively employed by New England Life Insurance Company, the Company or a Subsidiary,

shall be eligible, on January 1, 2001, to participate in this Plan, except Section 4.2 of Article 4 and Article 4A. These individuals shall have their entire auxiliary defined benefit (including amounts previously accrued under the New England plans named in the first paragraph of this Plan) paid under this Plan, in accordance with the terms of this Plan. These individuals shall be eligible to participate in this Plan as stated in Section 4.2 of Article 4 and Article 4A if they independently qualify as a Participant under Section 2.2 of this Article after December 31, 2000.

 

  (b)(i) who participated and accrued benefits in the GenAmerica Corporation Augmented Benefit Plan, and,

 

      (ii) who, on December 31, 2002, was actively employed by General American Life Insurance Company, the Company or a Subsidiary,

shall be eligible, on January 1, 2003, to participate in this Plan, except Section 4.2 of Article 4 and Article 4A. These individuals shall have their entire auxiliary defined benefit (including amounts previously accrued under the Augmented Benefit Plan) paid under this Plan, in accordance with the terms of this Plan. These individuals shall be eligible to participate in Section 4.2 of Article 4 and Article 4A of this Plan if they independently qualify as a Participant under Section 2.2 of this Article after December 31, 2002.

Article 3. Vesting

Participants will vest in their accrued benefit under this Plan in accordance with the vesting schedule under the Retirement Plan.

All benefits accrued by Participants under this Plan, prior to a Change of Control as defined in Article 8, shall vest if the Participant satisfies the vesting schedule that existed under the Retirement Plan immediately prior to the Change of Control.

 

18


Article 4. Payment of Benefits

4.1. Benefits under this Plan shall be payable to a Participant in an amount equal to the difference between:

 

(a) the largest amount (without duplication of amount) that would have been payable to the Participant under the Retirement Plan, had the Retirement Plan not been subject to the limitations of Internal Revenue Code Sections: (i) 415, (ii) 401(a)(17) or such lesser limit as stated in the Retirement Plan, and (iii) Regulation Section 1. 415-2(d)(2) (with respect to deferred compensation arrangements); and,

 

(b) the amount of benefits payable under the Retirement Plan and any predecessor Auxiliary Plan.

4.2. Only for those individuals who qualify as Participants in the Plan under Section 2.2, Final Average Compensation used to determine the largest amount that would have been payable under Section 4.1(a) above, will be based on the following rules, notwithstanding the actual provisions of the Retirement Plan.

For qualifying Participants that are not compensated on a commission basis, Final Average Compensation will be the sum of (a) and (b) below:

 

(a) The base salary component of the Participant’s Final Average Compensation, determined using the average of the Participant’s base salary for the 60 highest consecutive months during the 120 months preceding the Participant’s date of retirement or termination, and,

 

(b) The component of the Participant’s Final Average Compensation representing the Annual Variable Incentive Compensation Plan or successor annual cash bonus plan or program (“AVIP”) award will be determined using the average of the Participant’s highest 5 AVIP payments, (not necessarily consecutive) with respect to, the 10 calendar years preceding such Participant’s date of retirement or termination, (including any projected payment(s) to be made beyond the Participant’s date of retirement or termination).

The AVIP award, as set forth in subsection (b) immediately above, projected to be made beyond the Participant’s date of retirement or termination will be deemed equal to:

 

  (i) the highest of the last 3 bonuses/awards paid while the Participant was in active Company service multiplied by

 

  (ii) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of months (or part thereof) that the Participant was actively employed in the calendar year(s) for which the bonus/award would be payable and the denominator of which is 12.

 

  (iii) If the fraction determined under (ii) immediately above, is less than 1, then, the fractional amount determined under (ii) shall replace an equivalent fractional amount in the lowest of the 5 highest AVIP payments used in (b) above. This replacement shall occur only if the fractional amount determined under (ii) is greater than the fractional amount it is replacing in the lowest of the 5 highest AVIP payments.

 

19


Notwithstanding (b)(i), (ii) and (iii), if a specific amount of bonus/award was already approved under the AVIP, prior to the Participant’s date of retirement or termination, such amount shall be used instead of the deemed estimate, and such amount shall also be taken into account in determining the highest of the Participant’s last 3 bonuses/awards with regard to any bonus/award payable for the Participant’s year of retirement or termination.

For qualifying Participants that are compensated on a commission basis, Final Average Compensation will be the amount described in appropriate provisions of the Retirement Plan.

4.3. Except as described in (a) through (e) immediately below, benefits payable under this Plan shall be payable in the same form(s) and at the same times as benefits are payable under the Retirement Plan.

 

(a) Alternative Distributions under Article 4A shall be paid in the form, and at the time, stated in the election form completed by the Participant and approved by the Committee.

 

(b) Pre-Distribution Death Benefits as described in Article 4A.5 shall be paid in accordance with the terms of that Article.

 

(c) If a Participant directs his or her accrued, Personal Retirement Account (“PRA”) or Performance Pension Account (“PPA”), benefit under the Retirement Plan to be transferred to the Savings and Investment Plan, and, at the time the request is made, the Participant has an accrued benefit under the Auxiliary Savings and Investment Plan, then the Participant’s accrued PRA or PPA benefit under this Plan will be transferred to the Auxiliary Savings and Investment Plan and will be payable in accordance with the terms of the Auxiliary Savings and Investment Plan. If a Participant directs his or her accrued PRA or PPA benefit under the Retirement Plan to be transferred to the Savings and Investment Plan, and at the time the request is made, the Participant has no accrued benefit under the Auxiliary Savings and Investment Plan, then the Participant’s accrued PRA or PPA benefit, under this Plan, will be paid to the Participant in a lump sum. The transfer discussed in the preceding sentence does not apply to a Participant’s traditional formula benefit under the Retirement Plan or this Plan.

 

(d) Individuals who:

 

  (i) had accrued benefits under the New England Life Insurance Company’s non qualified Plans listed in the first paragraph of this Plan,

 

  (ii) terminated employment on or before December 31, 2000, and,
  (iii) did not become employees of the Company or a Subsidiary upon that termination of employment, will have their benefits paid from this Plan in the amounts, at the times and in the form provided for under the provisions of those prior plans.

 

20


(e) Individuals who:

 

  (i) had accrued benefits under the GenAmerica Corporation Augmented Benefit Plan,

 

  (ii) terminated employment on or before December 31, 2002, and,

 

  (iii) did not become employees of the Company or a Subsidiary upon that termination of employment,

will have their entire auxiliary defined benefit paid from this Plan in the amounts, at the times, and in the form provided for under the provisions of that prior plan.

Individuals described in Section 2.3 shall have their entire auxiliary defined benefit (including amounts previously accrued under the plans named in the first paragraph of this Plan) paid under this Plan, in accordance with the terms of this Plan.

Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary, the payment of benefits under this Plan shall not be affected by, or be subject to, the qualified pre-retirement survivor annuity and qualified joint and survivor annuity rules under the Retirement Equity Act of 1984.

Article 4A. Alternative Distribution

Alternative forms of distribution are available only to those Participants in the Plan as defined in Section 2 of Article 2.

4A.1 Definitions

 

(a) Alternative Distribution. “Alternative Distribution” means one of the following modes of payment:

 

  (i) Single Sum: Payment in a single sum.

 

  (ii) Installment Payments for a Specific Period: Monthly or annual payments are made to the Participant for a specified number of years selected (not exceeding 20 years). If the Participant dies before the expiration of the specified period, installment payments will continue to be made for the remainder of the period chosen by the Participant to a beneficiary designated by the Participant.

 

  (iii) Other Distribution: Any other form of payment that is mutually agreed upon by the Participant and the Committee.

 

(b) Committee. “Committee” means the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of Metropolitan Life Insurance Company or their designated agent(s).

 

21


(c) Election Date. “Election Date” means the date on which the Participant files his/her request for an Alternative Distribution. For Participants who are retirement eligible, as defined in the Retirement Plan, (“Retirement Eligible”) when they separate from service with the Company or a Subsidiary, this date can be no later than the day before the Participant’s retirement or termination date. For Participants who are not Retirement Eligible when they separate from service with the Company or a Subsidiary, this date can be no later than 12 months before the Distribution Date.

 

(d) Distribution Date. “Distribution Date” means the date distributions commence under the mode of payment elected by the Participant. For Participants who are Retirement Eligible when they separate from service with the Company or a Subsidiary, this date cannot be earlier than the Participant’s retirement or termination date. For Participants who are not Retirement Eligible when they separate from service with the Company or a Subsidiary, this date cannot be earlier than the later of:

 

  (i) 12 months following the Participant’s Election Date, and

 

  (ii) the earliest date the Participant becomes eligible for a distribution from the Retirement Plan.

4A.2. Payment in the Form of an Alternative Distribution.

Auxiliary retirement benefits under this Plan shall be payable in whole or in part to a Participant in the form of an Alternative Distribution provided (i) a request form is duly filed by the Participant in compliance with both the provisions of this Article 4A and the procedures as set forth from time to time by the Committee and (ii) consent thereto is given by the Committee.

4A.3. Election of Alternative Distribution.

A form requesting that auxiliary retirement benefits under this Plan be paid in the form of an Alternative Distribution must be submitted by the Participant to the Committee no later than the day before the Participant’s retirement date. For Participants who are separating from service with the Company or a Subsidiary before they are Retirement Eligible, the form requesting an Alternative Distribution must be submitted by the Participant to the Committee no later than 12 months before the Distribution Date indicated on the election form. All requests must be in writing, signed by the Participant, and follow the format prescribed by the Committee. On the request form the Participant must also designate (i) the mode of payment requested and (ii) the Participant’s retirement or Distribution Date. A request form shall be deemed submitted by the Participant to the Committee on the day that such form is received by the Committee. Prior to the Participant’s retirement date, the request form can be revoked by the Participant. Any revocation must be in writing and comply with the procedures of the Committee. A request form submitted by the Participant shall become irrevocable and binding as to all elections and designations made by the Participant as of the retirement date. In the event that a Participant’s request form is not filed before his/her retirement date, the Participant’s Plan benefits will be paid in the same form as the

 

22


benefits paid to the Participant under the Retirement Plan. For Participants who separate from service before they are Retirement Eligible, the request form shall become irrevocable and binding, as to all elections and designations, 12 months before the Distribution Date.

4A.4. Consent of the Committee.

Payment in the form of an Alternative Distribution shall require the consent of the Committee. The Committee shall have full and complete discretion to approve or reject any request for an Alternative Distribution. The decision of the Committee on the Participant’s request form shall be made known to the Participant in writing.

4A.5. Death of Participant Before Distribution Date.

 

(a) A Participant under Section 2.2, who accrued benefits in this Plan under the traditional formula before death, shall have 50% of the present value of his/her undistributed traditional formula benefit, (valued as a single sum under Section 4A.6(a) below and actuarially adjusted for payment at the Participant’s earliest retirement date), paid to his/her designated beneficiary. This pre-distribution death benefit will be payable in the form designated by the Participant and approved by the Committee.

A Participant may file with the Committee a form (which will become irrevocable only upon death) designating a beneficiary or changing their existing designation. This form will also allow the Participant to choose the form in which the pre-distribution death benefit will be paid. All optional forms of benefit available to the Participant under this Plan and the Retirement Plan will be available for payment of this death benefit.

 

(b) For salaried Participants under Section 2.2, a single sum, equivalent to the full value of a Participant’s undistributed traditional formula benefit on the date of the Participant’s death, (valued under Section 4A.6(a)), shall be paid to the Participant’s designated beneficiary if:

 

  (i) the Participant notifies the Committee in a request form in effect on the Election Date of his or her anticipated retirement date,

 

  (ii) the Committee gives its consent to the payment of a Single Sum or Installment Payments for a Specific Period before the Distribution Date is reached,

 

  (iii) the Participant agrees to defer actual retirement at the Company’s written request,

 

  (iv) the Distribution Date for payment of the Single Sum or Installment Payments for a Specific Period is deferred to the Participant’s actual retirement date, and

 

  (v) the Participant dies after such anticipated retirement date but before actual retirement.

 

23


In the absence of a designation by the Participant, the death benefit, under (a) or (b) immediately above, shall be paid to the Participant’s surviving spouse in a single sum. If the Participant has no surviving spouse at the time of death, then the death benefit shall be paid to the Participant’s estate.

4A.6. Valuation of Alternative Benefit

 

(a) The actuarial equivalent value of the Single Sum shall be determined using the UP 84 Mortality Table, set forward one year for the Participant and set back four years for the Participant’s spouse, (if applicable), and the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation immediate interest rate.

 

(b) The actuarial equivalent benefit amount for the Installment Payments for a Specific Period will be determined by converting the Single Sum benefit amount, determined under Article 4A.6(a), using the interest rate basis for the immediate annuity purchase rates offered under the Metropolitan Savings and Investment Plan and its successors.

 

(c) The interest rates referenced in Article 4A.6, (a) and (b) above shall be the rates in effect at the following times:

 

  (i) For Participants who are Retirement Eligible when they separate from service with the Company or a Subsidiary, the rate in effect, on their Election Date, but in no event earlier than one year before the Participant’s retirement date.

 

  (ii) For Participants who are not Retirement Eligible when they separate from service with the Company or a Subsidiary, the rate in effect 12 months before their Distribution Date.

4A.7. Power of Committee.

The Committee shall have the discretionary power to make any and all administrative decisions regarding the election and payment of an Alternative Distribution, including but not limited to, (i) the design and format of request forms, (ii) the approval or rejection of requests for an Alternative Distribution, (iii) the design and format of revocation forms and (iv) the sending of notices.

Article 5. Unfunded Plan.

The Plan is completely unfunded. This Plan is entirely separate from the Retirement Plan and any other plan. Participation in this Plan gives a Participant no right to any funds or assets of the Retirement Plan, or any other plan. The fact that contracts or certificates may be distributed to recipients of benefits under the Retirement Plan in discharge of obligations thereunder shall in no way entitle a Participant in this Plan to receive any such contract or certificate in discharge of obligations under this Plan.

 

24


Article 6. Non-transferability of Participant’s Interest

No Participant shall have any power or right to transfer, assign, mortgage, commute or otherwise encumber any of the benefits payable hereunder, nor shall such benefits be subject to seizure for the payment of any debts or judgments, or be transferable by operation of law in the event of bankruptcy, insolvency or otherwise.

Article 7. Effect of Taxes

In making payments under this Plan, the Company and the Subsidiary shall withhold any Federal, state or local income, employment or other taxes, it determines that it is legally obligated to withhold. All tax liabilities arising out of benefits under this Plan are the sole obligation of the Plan Participant(s) or their beneficiary. In the event that a Participant or beneficiary incurs greater tax burdens from payments under this plan (whether income, employment, estate or other tax burdens) than they would if such payments had been made from the Retirement Plan, the Company and the Subsidiary shall have no obligation to reimburse the Participant or beneficiary for such greater tax burdens.

Article 8. Change of Control

8.1. Definitions.

 

(a) Change of Control. For the purposes of this Plan, a “Change of Control” shall be deemed to have occurred if:

 

  (i) any Person acquires “beneficial ownership” (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Corporation representing 25% or more of the combined Voting Power of the Corporation’s securities;

 

  (ii) within any 24-month period, the persons who were directors of the Corporation at the beginning of such period (the “Incumbent Directors”) shall cease to constitute at least a majority of the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “Board”) or the board of directors of any successor to the Corporation; provided, however, that any director elected or nominated for election to the Board by a majority of the Incumbent Directors then still in office shall be deemed to be an Incumbent Director for purposes of this Section 8.1(a)(ii);

 

  (iii)

the stockholders of the Corporation approve a merger, consolidation, share exchange, division, sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation which is consummated (a “Corporate Event”), and immediately following the consummation of which the stockholders of the Corporation immediately prior to such Corporate Event do not hold, directly or

 

25


  indirectly, a majority of the Voting Power of (A) in the case of a merger or consolidation, the surviving or resulting corporation, (B) in the case of a share exchange, the acquiring corporation, or (C) in the case of a division or a sale or other disposition of assets, each surviving, resulting or acquiring corporation which, immediately following the relevant Corporate Event, holds more than 25% of the consolidated assets of the Corporation immediately prior to such Corporate Event; or any other event occurs which the Board declares to be a Change of Control.

 

(b) Corporation. For the Purposes of this Article, “Corporation” means MetLife, Inc.

 

(c) Person. For purposes of the definition of Change of Control, “Person” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 3(a)(9) of the Exchange Act, as supplemented by Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act, and shall include any group (within the meaning of Rule 13d-5(b) under the Exchange Act); provided, however, that “Person” shall not include (A) the Corporation or any Affiliate, (B) the MetLife Policyholder Trust (or any person(s) who would otherwise be described herein solely by reason of having the power to control the voting of the shares held by that trust), or (C) any employee benefit plan (including an employee stock ownership plan) sponsored by the Corporation, Company or any Affiliate.

 

(d) Voting Power. For purposes of the definition of Change of Control, “Voting Power” shall mean such number of Voting Securities as shall enable the holders thereof to cast all the votes which could be cast in an annual election of directors of a company, and “Voting Securities” shall mean all securities entitling the holders thereof to vote in an annual election of directors of a company.

 

(e) Affiliate. For the purposes of this article, an “Affiliate” shall mean any corporation, partnership, limited liability company, trust or other entity which directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, the Corporation.

 

(f) Cause. For the purposes of this article, “Cause” means either:

 

  (i) Participant’s conviction or plea of nolo contendere to a felony, or

 

  (ii) any act or acts of dishonesty or gross misconduct on the Participant’s part which results or is intended to result in material damage to the business or reputation of MetLife.

 

(g) Good Reason. For the purposes of this article, “Good Reason” means any of:

 

  (i) any reduction by the Corporation or an Affiliate in the Participant’s base salary rate below the rate in effect immediately before the Change of Control;

 

  (ii)

any relocation by the Corporation or an Affiliate of the Participant’s usual base work location to any other office or location more than 50 miles from

 

26


  the Participant’s usual base work location immediately prior to a Change of Control, except for travel reasonably required in the performance of the Participant’s responsibilities;

 

  (iii) if the Participant is a party to an Employment Continuation Agreement with the Corporation or an Affiliate, any circumstance or occurrence constituting “Good Reason” under that Employment Continuation Agreement;

 

  (iv) the failure of the Corporation or an Affiliate to pay the Employee’s base salary or employee benefits as required by law.

8.2. Vesting and Other Rights on and After a Change of Control Subject to Conditions

In the event that:

 

(a) there is a Change of Control as defined in Section 8.1(a) of this Article, and,

 

(b) on the date of the Change of Control or on a date before the second anniversary of the Change of Control, a Participant in this Plan:

 

  (i) is involuntarily terminated from employment by the Corporation or any Affiliate (other than directly in connection with a transfer of employment to or from the Corporation or any Affiliate) without Cause,

 

  (ii) voluntarily terminates employment with the Corporation or any Affiliate for Good Reason,

then the Participant’s unvested benefits and rights accrued as of the Change of Control in each, the Retirement Plan and this Plan, will vest immediately under this Plan, notwithstanding any other provision of the Retirement Plan or this Plan, or any amendment or termination of this Plan taking place on or after a Change of Control.

These accrued benefits will be paid under this Plan according to the ordinary distribution rules of this Plan. The ordinary distribution rules of this Plan are described in Article 4 and where applicable, Article 4A as they existed immediately prior to the Change of Control. If this Section 8.2 is triggered, a Participant under Section 2.2 does not have to obtain Committee approval for an Alternate Distribution in the form of a Single Sum or Installment Payments for a Specific Period.

Article 9. Interpretation of the Plan

The Committee is empowered to take all actions it deems appropriate in administering this Plan. Claims for benefits and appeals of denied claims under the Plan shall be administered in accordance with Section 503 of ERISA, the regulations thereunder (and any other law that amends, supplements or supersedes said Section of ERISA), and the procedures adopted by the Committee, or its delegate, as appropriate. The claims procedures referenced above are incorporated herein by reference. The Plan shall provide adequate notice to any claimant whose claim for benefits under the Plan has been denied, setting forth the reasons for such denial, and afford a reasonable opportunity to

 

27


such claimant for a full and fair review by the appropriate administrator of the decision denying the claim. Benefits will be paid under the Plan only if the Committee, or its delegate, determines in its discretion that the applicant is entitled to them.

In the event of a difference of opinion between a Participant and the Committee with respect to the meaning or application of the provisions of the Plan, the Committee’s final interpretation shall be binding and conclusive. However, once a Change of Control (as defined in Article 8) has occurred, this Article 9 shall no longer apply to differences of opinion between the Committee and a Participant regarding the application of Article 8 of this Plan to a Participant or with regard to any rights or benefits protected under Article 8 of this Plan or otherwise accrued prior to the Change of Control including the vesting thereof.

Article 10. Governing Law

To the extent not inconsistent with Federal law, the validity of the Plan and its provisions shall be construed according to the laws of the State of New York.

Article 11. Amendment and Termination of Plan

11.1. Except to the extent required by law, the Committee may amend or terminate this Plan at any time without the consent of any Participant or of any other person. However, any such amendment or termination will not adversely affect the benefit entitlements of:

 

(a) any Participant receiving benefits under the Plan at or prior to the time of such amendment or termination, or,

 

(b) any employee who is a Participant in the Retirement Plan to the extent of the present value of their accrued benefit under this Plan prior to the time of such amendment or termination. However, amendments may be made to all other aspects of this Plan including, but not limited to:

 

  (i) amendments impacting the timing under which the Participant’s entire accrued benefit is paid, or,

 

  (ii) amendments impacting the optional forms of benefit available for payment of the Participant’s entire accrued benefit.

Notwithstanding the above, any amendment or group of amendments made effective on the same date, which would increase or decrease the annual cost of Plan benefits for active Plan Participants and former Plan Participants by ten million dollars or more in the aggregate, as determined in good faith by the Committee, shall take effect only after the action is authorized or ratified by the Board of Directors of Metropolitan Life Insurance Company.

 

28


11.2.

 

(a) Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 11.1 above, or any other provision of this plan, on or after a Change of Control (as defined in Article 8), amendments can no longer be made to Article 8, Article 9 or Section 11.2 of Article 11 of this Plan; and

 

(b) Participants who:

 

  (i) accrued rights or benefits under this Plan prior to a Change of Control (as defined in Article 8), and,

 

  (ii) whose rights or benefits are not vested at the time of the Change of Control

cannot have the vesting schedule, applicable on the day prior to the Change of Control, amended with regard to such rights or benefits, and cannot forfeit, or be deprived of, their right to vest in these accrued benefits due to any amendment or termination of this Plan.

 

        METROPOLITAN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
Date   August 7, 2006    

 

 
By  

/s/ Margery Brittain

   

 

 

 

29


Appendix A.

List of Additional Individuals Covered Under This Plan.

The following additional individuals, who were covered under this Plan as of January 1, 1995, are grandfathered as Participants under Section 2.2 of this Plan:

Anthony E. Amodeo

Oliver N. Greeves

Sibyl C. Jacobson

William D. Kerrigan

Alan E. Lazarescu

Felix Schirripa

Anthony F. Trani

 

30

Exhibit 10.81

METLIFE AUXILIARY PENSION PLAN

Metropolitan Life Insurance Company (“Company”) hereby amends and restates the Part I of the MetLife Auxiliary Pension Plan (“Plan”) effective January 1,2007.

Part I

Part I of this Plan document contains the provisions of the Plan that govern 409A Benefits as defined in Article 4.1(a) of Part I. All references to “409A” or “Section 409A” in this Plan are references to Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code and the regulations there under.

Article 1. Purpose of Plan .

The purpose of the Plan is to provide to certain participants employed by the Company, other employers (each an “Employer”) participating under the Metropolitan Life Retirement Plan for United States Employees (“Retirement Plan”) and his/her beneficiaries, the excess amount that would have been payable under the Retirement Plan in the absence of the limitations under (i) section 415 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (as amended) (“Internal Revenue Code”), (ii) section 401(a)(17) of the Internal Revenue Code, or such lesser limit as in effect under the Retirement Plan and (iii) section 1.415-2(d)(2) of the Income tax Regulations, that excludes compensation deferred under the Company’s or an Employer’s deferred compensation arrangements.

Except for terms defined in this Plan, all capitalized terms used in this Plan shall have the same definition and meaning assigned to those terms under the Retirement Plan.

Article 2. Participation

A Participant in the Plan is any Employee that is eligible under Section 2.1, 2.2 or 2.3 below:

 

2.1. An Employer or Company Employee participating in the Retirement Plan:

 

(a) whose Retirement Plan benefits are reduced because of the application of Section 401(a)(17) of the Internal Revenue Code (or such lesser limit as in effect under the Retirement Plan), or,

 

(b) whose Retirement Plan benefits are reduced because of the application of section 415 of the Internal Revenue Code, including Treasury Regulation 1.415-2.

shall be eligible to participate in the Plan as stated in all Articles except Section 4.2 of Article 4 and Article 4A.

 

1


2.2. PRA/PLS Benefit . “PRA/PLS Benefit” means a benefit that is either a Personal Retirement Account benefit or a Performance Pension Account benefit under the Retirement Plan. Likewise, any benefit referred to as a “non PRA/PLS Benefit” or “not a PRA/PLS Benefit” refers to benefits under the Retirement Plan that are not PRA/PLS Benefits.

An Employer or Company Employee with a benefit that is not a PRA/PLS Benefit participating in the Retirement Plan who:

 

(a) is in a compensation grade of 36 or higher (or an equivalent compensation grade), or,

 

(b) is a member of the Chairman’s Council for 3 consecutive years, or,

 

(c) is listed in Appendix A, or,

 

(d) has been inducted into the Sales Representative Hall of Fame and has attained the age of 65

shall be eligible to participate in the Plan as stated in all Articles.

If an Employee is an eligible Participant in the Plan under Section 2.1 of this Article, and on or after January 1, 1995, he/she qualifies as a Participant under Section 2.2 of this Article, then the portion of his/her benefit that is not a PRA/PLS Benefit that has accrued to that Employee shall be determined and payable as if the Employee was always eligible under Section 2.2 of this Article. If, after qualifying as a Participant under Section 2.2 of this Article, an individual’s compensation grade drops below level 36 (or its equivalent), or the individual ceases to qualify for the Chairman’s Council, then that individual shall continue to be treated as if he or she meets the requirements of Section 2.2 of this Article.

2.3. An Employer or Company Employee participating in the Retirement Plan:

 

(a) (i) who participated and accrued benefits in either of the following plans.:

The New England Life Insurance Company Select Employee’s Supplemental Retirement Plan, or

• New England Life Insurance Company Supplemental Retirement Plan, and,

 

  (ii) who, on December 31, 2000, was actively employed by New England Life Insurance Company, the Company or an Employer,

shall be eligible, on January 1, 2001, to participate in this Plan, except Section 4.2 of Article 4 and Article 4A. These individuals shall have his/her entire auxiliary defined benefit as defined in Article 4.2 (and including amounts previously accrued under the New England plans named above) paid under this Plan, in accordance with the terms of this Plan. These individuals shall be eligible to participate in this Plan as stated in

 

2


Section 4.2 of Article 4 and Article 4A if they qualify as a Participant under Section 2.2 of this Article after December 31, 2000.

 

(b) (i) who participated and accrued benefits in the GenAmerica Corporation Augmented Benefit Plan, (only insofar as it relates to benefits on compensation that exceeded the limits imposed by or upon the GenAmerica Corporation Performance Pension Plan and Trust.) and,

 

  (ii) who, on December 31, 2002, was actively employed by General American Life Insurance Company, the Company or an Employer,

shall be eligible, on January 1, 2003, to participate in this Plan, except Section 4.2 of Article 4 and Article 4A. These individuals shall have his/her entire auxiliary defined benefit as defined in Section 4.2 (and including amounts previously accrued under the Augmented Benefit Plan) paid under this Plan, in accordance with the terms of this Plan. These individuals shall be eligible to participate in Section 4.2 of Article 4 and Article 4A of this Plan if they qualify as a Participant under Section 2.2 of this Article after December 31, 2002.

Article 3. Vesting

Participants will vest in their accrued benefit, described in Article 4.2, under this Plan in accordance with the vesting schedule under the Retirement Plan.

All benefits accrued by Participants under this Plan, prior to a Change of Control as defined in Article 8, shall vest if the Participant satisfies the vesting schedule that existed under the Retirement Plan immediately prior to the Change of Control.

Article 4. Payment of Benefits

4.1. Definitions.

 

(a) 409A Benefits . “409A Benefits” For individuals who are eligible under Section 2.2 on or before December 31, 2006, “409A Benefits” means the portion of a Participant’s vested benefit that accrues after December 31, 2004. For all other Participants in the Plan “409A Benefits” means his/her entire accrued benefit payable under this Plan.

 

(b) Grandfathered Benefits . “Grandfathered Benefits” means the portion of a Participant’s benefit vested and accrued prior to January 1, 2005 plus any other increases or amounts that can be included in the grandfathered benefit under Internal Revenue Code Section 409A and the regulations there under. Only individuals who:

 

  (i) are eligible under Section 2.2 on or before December 31, 2006,

 

  (ii) are described in Section 4.7(c) and (d) of the Plan, or

 

3


  (iii) terminated on or before December 31, 2004 with a vested benefit that is not a PRA/PLS Benefit

will have “Grandfathered Benefits” under this Plan.

4.2. Benefits under this Plan shall be payable to a Participant in an amount equal to the difference, as determined by the Plan Administrator in its sole discretion, between (a) and (b) below:

 

(a)  the largest amount (without duplication of amount) that would have been payable to the Participant under the Retirement Plan, had the Retirement Plan not been subject to the limitations of Internal Revenue Code Sections: (i) 415, (ii) 401(a)(17) or such lesser limit as stated in the Retirement Plan, and (iii) Regulation Section 1. 415-2(d)(2) (with respect to deferred compensation arrangements); and,

 

(b) the amount of benefits payable under the Retirement Plan and any predecessor auxiliary plan.

4.3. Distribution of 409A Benefits

Participants who have an election on file that complies with 409A, as determined by the Plan Administrator, and specifies the time and form for distribution of benefits, will have that election govern payment. If a Participant does not have an election on file that complies with 409A, then benefits commencing during 2006 will continue to follow, in time and form, the Participant’s distributions under the Retirement Plan. With regard to benefits commencing after December 31, 2006, the time/form of payment for the Participant’s 409A Benefits will be as specified below:

 

(a) PRA/PLS Benefits will be paid in a lump sum as soon as administratively possible after separation from service.

 

(b) Benefits that are not PRA/PLS Benefits will be paid in the following annuity forms commencing at the later of separation from service or attainment of Retirement eligibility:

 

  (i) Participants who are not married at the time distributions commence will receive a life annuity with a 5 year term certain.

 

  (ii) Participants who are married at the time distributions commence will receive a 50% contingent survivor annuity, with the spouse of the Participant as the survivor annuitant.

 

(c) PRA/PLS Benefits for Participants who terminated on or before December 31, 2006, will be paid in a lump sum as soon as administratively possible after December 31, 2006.

 

4


(d) Participants with benefits that are not PRA/PLS Benefits, who separated from service and have reached the earliest date they are eleigible for a distribution from the Retirement Plan as of December 31, 2006, will have benefits paid to him/her in the appropriate annuity form specified in (b)(i) or (ii) above, commencing as soon as administratively possible after December 31, 2006.

 

(e) Alternate payees receiving benefits under the Plan through a Qualified Domestic Relations Order (“QDRO”) as defined under section 414 (p) of the Internal Revenue Code, will receive benefits in the time and form specified in the QDRO. At the discretion of the Plan Administrator, certain alternate payees with a QDRO that does not specify the time or the form of their benefit payments may be provided the opportunity, during 2006 and 2007, to elect the time and/or form for payment of their benefits under the Plan. In the absence of an election filed by the alternate payee or a specified time for payment in the QDRO the alternate payee will have benefits paid to them at the same time as benefits are paid under this Plan to the Participant from whom his/her interest in the Plan arose. In the absence of an election filed by the alternate payee or a specified form of payment in the QDRO, the alternate payee will have benefits paid to them under either (i), (ii) or (iii) below:

 

  (i) For alternate payees whose interest arose from a Participant who was a Participant under Article 2.2 of the Plan the alternate payee’s form of benefit will be the same form payable to the Participant under the Plan,

 

  (ii) For alternate payees whose interest arose from a Participant with a PRA/PLS Benefit under the Plan, the alternate payee’s form of benefit will be a lump sum payment as soon as administratively possible after the Participant’s separation from service,

 

  (iii) For alternate payees whose interest arose from a Participant who was not a Participant under Article 2.2 of the Plan and who had a benefit that was not a PRA/PLS Benefit, the alternate payee will receive his/her benefit in the form of a life annuity with a 5 year term certain.

In no event will benefits be distributed under a QDRO at any time or in any form not allowed, in the sole discretion of the Plan Administrator, under the Plan or under the laws governing this Plan. Alternate payees have the status of beneficiaries under this Plan.

4.4 Notwithstanding the default forms of payment listed in Article 4.3 above:

 

(a) the Company intends all forms of payment to be treated as a single payment and Participants with benefits other than PRA/PLS Benefits will be able to elect, in accordance with Internal Revenue Code Section 409A, as determined by the Plan Administrator, among actuarially equivalent annuity forms of benefit any time prior to the payment commencement date for such benefit.

 

5


(b) any Participant identified as a Key Employee as that term is defined under 409A, and, whose benefit is payable due to separation from service or Retirement shall not have his/her 409A Benefits commence under this Plan in any form until six months have elapsed since his/her separation or Retirement. The determination of who is a Key Employee will be based on taxable compensation paid during the 12-month period ending August 31st of the calendar year immediately preceding the year of the distribution.

4.5 Minimum Distribution. Through December 31, 2007, Participants subject to minimum distribution of their Retirement Plan benefit under Code Section 401(a)(9), and the regulations thereunder, will have their Auxiliary Pension Plan benefits taken into account in calculating their total minimum distributions, and will have their Auxiliary Pension Plan benefits follow, in time and form of payment, the minimum distributions made under the Retirement Plan.

4.6 Only for those individuals who are eligible under Article 2.2, Final Average Compensation used to determine the largest amount that would have been payable under Article 4.2(a) above, will be based on the following rules, notwithstanding the actual provisions of the Retirement Plan.

For an eligible Participant that is not a Commissioned Employee under the Retirement Plan, Final Average Compensation will be the sum of (a) and (b) below:

 

(a) The base salary component of the Participant’s Final Average Compensation is determined using the average of the Participant’s base salary for the 60 highest consecutive months during the 120 months preceding the Participant’s date of Retirement or termination, and,

 

(b) The component of the Participant’s Final Average Compensation representing the MetLife Annual Variable Incentive Compensation Plan or successor annual cash bonus plan or program (“AVIP”) award will be determined using the average of the Participant’s highest 5 AVIP payments (not necessarily consecutive) with respect to the 10 calendar years preceding such Participant’s date of Retirement or termination (including any projected payment(s) to be made beyond the Participant’s date of Retirement or termination).

The AVIP award, as set forth in subsection (b) immediately above, projected to be made beyond the Participant’s date of Retirement or termination will be deemed equal to the result of the following calculation, as determined by the Plan Administrator in its sole discretion:

 

(i) the highest of the last 3 bonuses/awards paid while the Participant was in active Company service multiplied by

 

(ii) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of months (or part thereof) that the Participant was actively employed in the calendar year(s) for which the bonus/award would be payable and the denominator of which is 12.

 

6


  (iii) If the fraction determined under (ii) immediately above, is less than 1, then, the fractional amount determined under (ii) shall replace an equivalent fractional amount in the lowest of the 5 highest AVIP payments used in (b) above. This replacement shall occur only if the fractional amount determined under (ii) is greater than the fractional amount it is replacing in the lowest of the 5 highest AVIP payments.

Notwithstanding (b)(i), (ii) and (iii), if a specific amount of bonus/award was already approved under the AVIP, prior to the Participant’s date of Retirement or termination, such amount shall be used instead of the deemed estimate, and such amount shall also be taken into account in determining the highest of the Participant’s last 3 bonuses/awards with regard to any bonus/award payable for the Participant’s year of Retirement or termination.

If, at the time of Retirement or termination, fewer than 5 AVIP payments have been made to a Participant, then the AVIP component of Final Average Compensation shall be the average of: all AVIP payments actually made to the Participant and the projected payment (described above) for the year of Retirement or termination.

For eligible Participants that are compensated on a commission basis, Final Average Compensation will be the amount described in appropriate provisions of the Retirement Plan.

4.7 Except as described in (a) through (e) immediately below, Grandfathered Benefits shall be payable in the same form(s) and at the same times as benefits are payable under the Retirement Plan.

 

(a) Alternative Distributions of the benefit under Article 4A shall be paid in the form, and at the time stated in the election form completed by the Participant and approved by the Committee.

 

(b) Pre-Distribution Death Benefits as described in Article 4A.5 shall be paid in accordance with the terms of that Article.

 

(c) Individuals who:

 

  (i) had accrued benefits under the New England Life Insurance Company’s non-qualified Plans listed in Section 2.3,

 

  (ii) terminated employment on or before December 31, 2000, and,

 

  (iii) did not become Employees of the Company or an Employer upon that termination of employment,

will have his/her benefits paid from this Plan in the amounts, at the times and in the form provided for under the provisions of those prior plans.

 

7


(d)  Individuals who:

 

  (i) had accrued benefits under the GenAmerica Corporation Augmented Benefit Plan,

 

  (ii) terminated employment on or before December 31, 2002, and,

 

  (iii) did not become Employees of the Company or an Employer upon that termination of employment,

will have his/her entire auxiliary defined benefit paid from this Plan in the amounts, at the times, and in the form provided for under the provisions of that prior plan.

(e) Individuals described in Section 2.3 shall have his/her entire auxiliary defined benefit (including amounts previously accrued under the plans named in Section 2.3) paid under this Plan, in accordance with the terms of this Plan.

4.8 Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary, the payment of benefits under this Plan shall not be effected by, or be subject to, the qualified pre-retirement survivor annuity and qualified joint and survivor annuity rules under the Retirement Equity Act of 1984.

Payment of benefits under this Plan will not be effected by, or be subject to, minimum distributions as described under Section 401(a)(9) of the Internal Revenue Code and the accompanying Regulations under that Section.

Article 4A. Alternative Distribution

Alternative forms of distribution are available to those individuals who are eligible Participants under Section 2.2 herein on or before December 31, 2006. The ability to elect an Alternative form of distribution may, in the discretion of the Plan Administrator, be granted to Participants who do not qualify under Section 2.2 of the Plan, but who, as of December 31, 2006, have a PRA benefit and meet any of the requirements in (a) through (d) of Section 2.2 of the Plan. Alternative forms of distribution may be elected by eligible Participants on or before December 31, 2007 and may apply to his/her 409A benefit as allowed under the transition relief provided under 409A. After December 31, 2007, alternative forms of distribution can only be elected by eligible Participants under Section 2.2 herein for his/her Grandfathered Benefits.

4A.1 Definitions

 

(a) Alternative Distribution . “Alternative Distribution” means one of the following modes of payment:

 

  (i) Single Sum : Payment in a single sum.

 

  (ii) Installment Payments for a Specific Period: Monthly or annual payments are made to the Participant for a specified number of years selected (not exceeding 20 years). If the Participant dies before the expiration of the specified period, installment payments will continue to be made for the remainder of the period chosen by the Participant to a beneficiary designated by the Participant.

 

8


  (iii) Other Distribution : Any other form of payment that is mutually agreed upon by the Participant and the Committee.

 

(b) Committee . “Committee” means the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company. The Committee, or either component thereof, may delegate any of its powers or authority under this Plan in any manner consistent with law.

 

(c) Election Date . “Election Date” means the date on which the Participant files his/her request for an Alternative Distribution. For Participants who are Retirement eligible when they separate from service with the Company or an Employer, this date can be no later than the day before the Participant’s Retirement or termination date. For Participants who are not Retirement eligible when they separate from service with the Company or an Employer, this date can be no later than 12 months before the Distribution Date.

 

(d) Distribution Date . “Distribution Date” means the date distributions commence under the mode of payment elected by the Participant. For Participants who are Retirement eligible when they separate from service with the Company or an Employer, this date cannot be earlier than the Participant’s Retirement or termination date. For Participants who are not Retirement eligible when they separate from service with the Company or an Employer, this date cannot be earlier than the later of:

 

  (i) 12 months following the Participant’s Election Date, and

 

  (ii) the earliest date the Participant becomes eligible for a distribution from the Retirement Plan.

4A.2. Payment in the Form of an Alternative Distribution .

In order to receive an Alternative Distribution: (i) a request form must be duly filed by the Participant in compliance with both the provisions of this Article 4A and the procedures as set forth from time to time by the Committee, (ii) consent thereto must be given by the Committee, and (iii) payment in the form of an Alternative Distribution must be made pursuant to a request form that satisfies 409A and the regulations there under.

 

9


4A.3. Election of Alternative Distribution .

A form requesting that Grandfathered Benefits under this Plan be paid in the form of an Alternative Distribution must be submitted by the Participant to the Committee no later than the day before the Participant’s Retirement date. For Participants who are separating from service with the Company or an Employer before they are Retirement eligible, the form requesting an Alternative Distribution must be submitted by the Participant to the Committee no later than 12 months before the Distribution Date indicated on the election form. All requests must be in writing, signed by the Participant, and follow the format prescribed by the Committee. On the request form the Participant must also designate (i) the mode of payment requested and (ii) the Participant’s Retirement or Distribution Date. A request form shall be deemed submitted by the Participant to the Committee on the day that such form is received by the Committee. Prior to the Participant’s Retirement date, the request form can be revoked by the Participant. Any revocation must be in writing and comply with the procedures of the Committee. A request form submitted by the Participant shall become irrevocable and binding as to all elections and designations made by the Participant as of the Retirement date. In the event that a Participant’s request form is not filed before his/her Retirement date, the Participant’s Plan benefits will be paid in the same form as the benefits paid to the Participant under the Retirement Plan. For Participants who separate from service before they are Retirement eligible, the request form shall become irrevocable and binding, as to all elections and designations, 12 months before the Distribution Date.

4A.4. Consent of the Committee.

Payment in the form of an Alternative Distribution shall require the consent of the Committee. The Committee shall have full and complete discretion to approve or reject any request for an Alternative Distribution. The decision of the Committee on the Participant’s request form shall be made known to the Participant in writing.

4A.5. Death of Participant Before Distribution Date .

 

(a) A Participant under Section 2.2, who accrued Plan benefits other than PRA/PLS Benefits before death, shall have 50% of the present value of his/her undistributed non PRA/PLS Benefit, (valued as a single sum under Section 4A.6(a) below and actuarially adjusted for payment at the Participant’s earliest Retirement date or the day prior to death, if the Participant was Retirement eligible at death), paid to his/her designated beneficiary. This pre-distribution death benefit will be payable in the form designated by the Participant and approved by the Committee.

A Participant may file with the Committee a form (which will become irrevocable only upon death) designating a beneficiary or changing his/her existing designation. This form will also allow the Participant to choose the form in which the pre-distribution death benefit will be paid. All optional forms of benefit available to the Participant under this Plan and the Retirement Plan will be available for payment of this death benefit.

 

(b) For salaried Participants covered under Section 2.2, a single sum, equivalent to the full value of a Participant’s undistributed non PRA/PLS Benefit on the date of the Participant’s death, (valued under Section 4A.6(a)), shall be paid to the Participant’s designated beneficiary if:

 

10


  (i) the Participant notifies the Committee in a request form in effect on the Election Date of his or her anticipated Retirement date,

 

  (ii) the Committee gives its consent to the payment of a Single Sum or Installment Payments for a Specific Period before the Distribution Date is reached,

 

  (iii) the Participant agrees to defer Retirement at the Company’s written request,

 

  (iv) the Distribution Date for payment of the Single Sum or Installment Payments for a Specific Period is deferred to the Participant’s Retirement date, and

 

  (v) the Participant dies after such anticipated Retirement date but before Retirement.

In the absence of a designation by the Participant, the death benefit, under (a) or (b) immediately above, shall be paid to the Participant’s surviving spouse in a single sum. If the Participant has no surviving spouse at the time of death, then the death benefit shall be paid to the Participant’s estate.

4A.6. Valuation of Alternative Benefit

 

(a)  The actuarial equivalent value of the Single Sum shall be determined using the UP 84 Mortality Table, set forward one year for the Participant and set back four years for the Participant’s spouse, (if applicable). If the Participant is Retirement eligible at separation from service, then the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation immediate interest rate (“PBGC Rate”) used to calculate the Single Sum shall be the lowest rate in effect in the 12 months prior to the Participant’s actual Retirement date If the Participant was not Retirement eligible on December 31, 2004, then the PBGC Rate used to calculate the Single Sum shall be the rate in effect in the month prior to the later of:

 

  (i) the Participant’s earliest Retirement date or

 

  (ii) the Participant’s actual Retirement date.

 

(b)  The actuarial equivalent benefit amount for the Installment Payments for a Specific Period will be determined by converting the Single Sum benefit amount, determined under Article 4A.6(a). The interest rate basis for the immediate annuity purchase rates offered under the Metropolitan Savings and Investment Plan (“SIP Rate”) and its successors utilized in the calculation of installment payments will be as follows:

 

  (i)  If the Participant was Retirement eligible on December 31, 2004, the SIP Rate is the highest rate in the month that had the lowest PBGC Rate out of the12 months prior to the Participant’s actual Retirement date.

 

  (ii) If the Participant was not on December 31, 2004, the SIP Rate is the rate in effect on the last day of the month prior to the later of:

 

  a. the Participant’s earliest Retirement date, or

 

  b. the Participant’s actual Retirement date.

 

11


4A.7. Interest on Deferred Installments

Individuals who elect deferred installment payments under the terms of this Article 4A, shall receive interest from the date they separate from service to the date that the installment payments commence. Interest will be calculated based on the entire amount that the Participant has elected to receive as deferred installments under Article 4A. Interest will be credited using the SIP Rate in effect on the Election Date and will be compounded annually from the date of separation from service to the date payments commence. The interest accrued prior to payment commencement will be added to the accrued Plan benefit to produce a total benefit amount. This total benefit amount will be credited with the SIP Rate for the duration of the payment(s) and divided by the number of installment payments due under the Participant’s election to produce uniform payments under the Plan. This interest will be part of the Participant’s 409A Benefit and will be paid in accordance with 409A.

4A.8. Power of Committee.

The Committee shall have the discretionary power to make any and all administrative decisions regarding the election and payment of an Alternative Distribution, including but not limited to, (i) the design and format of request forms, (ii) the approval or rejection of requests for an Alternative Distribution, (iii) the design and format of revocation forms and (iv) the sending of notices.

Article 5. Unfunded Plan .

The Plan is completely unfunded. Except as obligations under this Plan have been undertaken pursuant to plans or other arrangements offered by another company, obligations under this Plan are obligations of the Company. All obligations under this Plan are entirely separate from the Retirement Plan and any other plan. Participation in this Plan gives a Participant no right to any funds or assets of the Retirement Plan, or any other plan. The fact that contracts or certificates may be distributed to recipients of benefits under the Retirement Plan in discharge of obligations thereunder shall in no way entitle a Participant in this Plan to receive any such contract or certificate in discharge of obligations under this Plan.

Article 6. Non-transferability of Participant’s Interest

No Participant shall have any power or right to transfer, assign, mortgage, commute or otherwise encumber any of the Plan benefits payable hereunder, nor shall such benefits be subject to seizure for the payment of any debts or judgments, or be transferable by operation of law in the event of bankruptcy, insolvency or otherwise.

 

12


Article 7. Effect of Taxes

Payments under this Plan shall be made after withholding of any Federal, state or local income, employment or other taxes, legally obligated to be withheld. All tax liabilities arising out of benefits under this Plan are the sole obligation of the Plan Participant(s) or his/her beneficiary, including but not limited to, any tax liabilities that may arise under Section 409A. In the event that a Participant or beneficiary incurs greater tax burdens from payments under this Plan (whether income, employment, estate or other tax burdens) than they would if such payments had been made from the Retirement Plan, neither the Company nor any other person shall have an obligation to reimburse the Participant or beneficiary for such greater tax burdens.

 

13


Article 8. Change of Control

8.1. Definitions .

 

(a)  Change of Control . For the purposes of this Plan, a “Change of Control” shall be deemed to have occurred if:

 

  (i) any Person acquires “beneficial ownership” (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Corporation representing 25% or more of the combined Voting Power of the Corporation’s securities;

 

  (ii) within any 24-month period, the persons who were directors of the Corporation at the beginning of such period (the “Incumbent Directors”) shall cease to constitute at least a majority of the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “Board”) or the board of directors of any successor to the Corporation; provided , however , that any director elected or nominated for election to the Board by a majority of the Incumbent Directors then still in office shall be deemed to be an Incumbent Director for purposes of this Section 8.1(a)(ii);

 

  (iii) the stockholders of the Corporation approve a merger, consolidation, share exchange, division, sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation which is consummated (a “Corporate Event”), and immediately following the consummation of which the stockholders of the Corporation immediately prior to such Corporate Event do not hold, directly or indirectly, a majority of the Voting Power of (A) in the case of a merger or consolidation, the surviving or resulting corporation, (B) in the case of a share exchange, the acquiring corporation, or (C) in the case of a division or a sale or other disposition of assets, each surviving, resulting or acquiring corporation which, immediately following the relevant Corporate Event, holds more than 25% of the consolidated assets of the Corporation immediately prior to such Corporate Event; or

 

  (iv) any other event occurs which the Board declares to be a Change of Control.

 

(b)  Corporation . For the Purposes of this Article, “Corporation” means MetLife, Inc.

 

(c)  Person . For purposes of the definition of Change of Control, “Person” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 3(a)(9) of the Exchange Act, as supplemented by Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act, and shall include any group (within the meaning of Rule 13d-5(b) under the Exchange Act); provided , however , that “Person” shall not include (A) the Corporation or any Affiliate, (B) the MetLife Policyholder Trust (or any person(s) who would otherwise be described herein solely by reason of having the power to control the voting of the shares held by that trust), or (C) any employee benefit plan (including an employee stock ownership plan) sponsored by the Corporation, Company or any Affiliate.

 

14


(d)  Voting Power . For purposes of the definition of Change of Control, “Voting Power” shall mean such number of Voting Securities as shall enable the holders thereof to cast all the votes which could be cast in an annual election of directors of a company, and “Voting Securities” shall mean all securities entitling the holders thereof to vote in an annual election of directors of a company.

 

(e) Affiliate . For the purposes of this article, an “Affiliate” shall mean any corporation, partnership, limited liability company, trust or other entity which directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, the Corporation.

 

(f)  Cause . For the purposes of this article, “Cause” means either:

 

  (i) the Participant’s conviction or plea of nolo contendere to a felony, or,

 

  (ii) any act or acts of dishonesty or gross misconduct on the Participant’s part which results or is intended to result in material damage to the business or reputation of MetLife.

 

(g)  Good Reason . For the purposes of this article, “Good Reason” means any of:

 

  (i) any reduction by the Corporation or an Affiliate in the Participant’s base salary rate below the rate in effect immediately before the Change of Control;

 

  (ii) any relocation by the Corporation or an Affiliate of the Participant’s usual base work location to any other office or location more than 50 miles from the Participant’s usual base work location immediately prior to a Change of Control, or in a state other than the one in which the Participant performed his duties immediately prior to the Change of Control, in each case except for travel reasonably required in the performance of the Participant’s responsibilities;

 

  (iii) if the Participant is a party to an Employment Continuation Agreement with the Corporation or an Affiliate, any circumstance or occurrence constituting “Good Reason” under that Employment Continuation Agreement;

 

  (iv) the failure of the Corporation or an Affiliate to pay the Employee’s base salary or employee benefits as required by law.

8.2. Vesting and Other Rights on and After a Change of Control Subject to Conditions

In the event that:

 

(a)  there is a Change of Control as defined in Section 8.1(a) of this Article, and,

 

(b)  on the date of the Change of Control or on a date before the second anniversary of the Change of Control, a Participant in this Plan:

 

15


  (i) is involuntarily terminated from employment by the Corporation or any Affiliate (other than directly in connection with a transfer of employment to or from the Corporation or any Affiliate) without Cause,

 

  (ii) voluntarily terminates employment with the Corporation or any Affiliate for Good Reason,

then the Participant’s unvested benefits and rights accrued as of the Change of Control in each, the Retirement Plan and this Plan, will vest immediately under this Plan, notwithstanding any other provision of the Retirement Plan or this Plan, or any amendment or termination of this Plan taking place on or after a Change of Control.

These accrued benefits will be paid under this Plan according to the ordinary distribution rules of this Plan. The ordinary distribution rules of this Plan are described in Article 4 and where applicable, Article 4A as they existed immediately prior to the Change of Control. If this Section 8.2 is triggered, a Participant under Section 2.2 does not have to obtain Committee approval for an Alternate Distribution in the form of a Single Sum or Installment Payments for a Specific Period, to the extent that an Alternative Distribution is available to that Participant under 409A.

Article 9. Interpretation of the Plan

 

(a)  The Committee is empowered to take all actions it deems appropriate in administering this Plan. Any Committee determination with respect to the meaning or application of the provisions of the Plan shall be binding and conclusive. Benefits will be paid under this Plan only if the Committee determines in its discretion that the applicant is entitled to them. Once a Change of Control (as defined in Article 8) has occurred, this subpart (a) of Article 9 shall no longer apply.

 

(b)  Claims for benefits and appeals of denied claims under the Plan shall be administered in accordance with Section 503 of ERISA, the regulations thereunder (and any other law that amends, supplements or supersedes said Section of ERISA), and the procedures adopted by the Committee, as appropriate. The claims procedures referenced above are incorporated herein by reference.

Article 10. Governing Law

To the extent not inconsistent with Federal law, the validity of the Plan and its provisions shall be construed according to the laws of the State of New York.

Article 11. Amendment and Termination of Plan

11.1. Except to the extent prohibited by law, the Committee may amend or terminate this Plan at any time without the consent of any Participant or of any other person. However, any such amendment or termination will not adversely affect the benefit entitlements of:

 

16


(a) any Participant receiving benefits under this Plan at or prior to the time of such amendment or termination, or,

 

(b)  any Employee who is a Participant in the Retirement Plan to the extent of the present value of his/her accrued benefit under this Plan prior to the time of such amendment or termination. However, amendments may be made to all other aspects of this Plan consistent with Section 409A, including, but not limited to:

 

  (i) amendments impacting the timing under which the Participant’s entire accrued benefit is paid, or,

 

  (ii) amendments impacting the optional forms of benefit available for payment of the Participant’s entire accrued benefit.

Notwithstanding the above, any amendment or group of amendments made effective on the same date, which would increase or decrease the annual cost of Plan benefits for active Plan Participants and former Plan Participants by ten million dollars or more in the aggregate, as determined in good faith by the Committee, shall be effective only if authorized or ratified by the Board of Directors of the Company.

11.2.

 

(a)  Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 11.1 above, or any other provision of this Plan, on or after a Change of Control (as defined in Article 8), no amendments can be made to Article 8, Article 9 or Section 11.2 of Article 11 of this Plan; and

 

(b)  Participants who:

 

  (i) accrued rights or benefits under this Plan prior to a Change of Control (as defined in Article 8), and,

 

  (ii) whose rights or benefits are not vested at the time of the Change of Control

cannot have the vesting schedule under Article 3, applicable on the day prior to the Change of Control, amended with regard to such rights or benefits. The Company may not wrongfully deny Participants the opportunity to vest in rights or benefits accrued prior to a Change of Control under this Plan.

METROPOLITAN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY        

Date December 21, 2006

 

  By   /s/ Margery Brittain

 

17

Exhibit 10.88

ALICO OVERSEAS PENSION PLAN

January 2009


ALICO OVERSEAS PENSION PLAN

 

   

Article

   Page  
1.  

Definitions

     1   
2.  

Participation

     1   
3.  

Credited Service

     1   
4.  

Continuous Service

     2   
5.  

Benefits

     3   
6.  

Unfunded Plan

     13   
7.  

Participating Companies

     13   
8.  

Administration of the Plan

     13   
9.  

Certain Rights and Limitations

     16   
10.  

Other Provisions

     16   
11.  

Construction

     17   


1. DEFINITIONS

 

1.01 “Average Final Compensation” shall mean the average annual Compensation of a Participant during the 3 consecutive years in the last 10 years of his Credited Service affording the highest such average, or during all of the years of his Credited Service if less than 3 years.

 

1.02 “Board of Directors” shall mean the Board of Directors of American Life Insurance Company, Inc.

 

1.03 “Break in Continuous Service” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.03

 

1.04 Company” shall mean American Life Insurance Company, Inc. (ALICO) or any successor by merger, purchase or otherwise, with respect to its Employees who are Participants.

 

1.05 “Compensation” shall mean the regular remuneration paid to an Employee for service rendered to the Company or Participating Company, as applicable, excluding by way of example and not by way of limitation, any commissions, premium pay, shift differential, foreign service allowance, bonuses and pay for overtime or special pay, and excluding the Company’s or Participating Company’s cost for any public or private employee benefit plan including this Plan, under rules uniformly applicable to all Employees similarly situated. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, compensation for personal services rendered in the United States while a U.S. taxpayer, a resident of the United States or a green card holder, or while a United States citizen shall not be recognized as “Compensation” under the Plan.

 

1.06 “Continuous Service” is used to determine whether a Participant is vested and shall mean all service as an Employee as provided in Article 4, or since last becoming an Employee in the event his prior service is disregarded pursuant to Section 4.03.

 

1.07 “Credited Service” is used to determine a Participant’s benefit and whether a Participant is eligible for Early Retirement and shall mean service credited under the Plan as provided in Article 3.

 

1.08 “Effective Date” shall mean January 1, 1964. With regard to a person who becomes an Employee by admission of his employer to the Plan on or after January 1, 1964, “Effective Date” shall mean the date of such admission.


1.09 “Employee” shall mean a salaried person who is employed by the Company or a Participating Company who is not eligible for participation in the American International Group, Inc. Retirement Plan (and would not be eligible upon satisfaction of the American International Group, Inc. Retirement Plan age and service requirements), who is regularly employed on a full time basis by the Company or a Participating Company outside the United States, and who receives regular stated compensation other than hourly or pension pay. Every person who works for at least 20 hours a week and for at least 6 months a year shall be a full time Employee. The ALICO Benefit Committee or its designee shall select and approve participation in the Plan among those who are eligible. An Employee who is selected by the ALICO Benefit Committee or its designee cannot be a member or accrue a benefit if he is an American citizen, green card holder, resident of the United States or a US taxpayer.

 

1.10 “Home Country” shall mean the country in which the Participants is a citizen; provided however, that in the event a Participant is a citizen of more than one country, the ALICO Benefit Committee, or its designee in its sole discretion, shall determine which county shall be deemed the Participant’s Home Country.

 

1.11

“Normal Retirement Date” shall mean the first day of the calendar month coincident with or next following the 65 th anniversary of an Employee’s birth and completion of 5 years of Plan participation.

 

1.12 “Participant” shall mean any eligible Employee who becomes a Participant in the Plan in accordance with Article 2. Where so indicated in the context, “Participant” also refers to a person who is no longer accruing Credited Service but who has attained pension eligibility under this Plan at the date he ceased to accrue Credited Service, including a person who is retired and is receiving or is entitled to receive pension benefits described in this Plan.

 

1.13 “Participating Company” shall mean a company which is participating in the Plan pursuant to Article 7 with respect to its Employees who are Participants.

 

1.14 “Plan” shall mean ALICO Overseas Pension Plan.

 

1.15 “ALICO Benefit Committee” shall mean the managing board of the Plan as provided in Article 8.


1.16 “Social Security Benefit” shall mean the old age, survivors, retirement and other benefits paid by a governmental system similar to the U.S. Social Security. However, the term “Social Security Benefit” shall not include benefits payable under the U.S. Social Security System. It shall include benefits provided from any compulsory programs such as the AGIRC and UNIRS systems in France, or the Canadian Pension Plan/Quebec Pension Plan and the Canadian Old Age Security Act. It shall also include the portion attributable to Company or Participating Company contributions (including interest thereon, if applicable) to mandated plans including, but not limited to, those in Argentina, Australia, Chile, Hong Kong and Singapore. If the employee has not reached the age on which he would be entitled to receive an unreduced Social Security Benefit on the date he retires, his Social Security Benefit will be computed assuming he remains in service to age 65 at his last rate of compensation.

 

1.17 “Vesting” shall mean the point in time when an Employee has earned a nonforfeitable benefit under the Plan. An Employee vests in the Plan upon the completion of five years of Vesting Service.

 

1.18 “Vesting Service” shall mean a Participant’s period of Continuous Service while a Participant in the Plan.


2. PARTICIPATION

 

2.01

Each Employee shall become a Participant in the Plan, provided that the ALICO Benefit Committee or its designee has approved such Employee to be a Participant, as of the first day of the calendar month coincident or following the latest of (i) the date he completes six months of Continuous Service, (ii) the 21 st anniversary of his birth, (iii) January 1, 1986, or (iv) effective on or after July 1, 2007, the date of participation designated by the ALICO Benefit Committee or its designee. Notwithstanding the above, an Employee will be a Participant for any period of time he participated while the Plan was contributory prior to January 1, 1986.

 

2.02 An Employee’s participation in the Plan shall continue during any period of disability salary continuance, weekly disability income benefits and/or any period during which the Participant is in receipt of benefits under a long-term disability program sponsored by the Company or a Participating Company or otherwise mandated by law. During any such period, Continuous Service and Credited Service shall continue to accrue, and the Employee shall be credited with compensation at his rate of compensation immediately prior to commencement of such benefit.

 

2.03 A non-vested Employee’s participation in the Plan shall terminate if he incurs a Break in Continuous Service as defined in Section 4.03. Participation shall be continued during a period while on leave of absence from service approved by the Company or a Participating Company, but no benefit accruals shall be allowed with respect to such period unless a leave of absence is due to required service in the Armed Forces in the country of his residence or citizenship, in which event credit may be allowed thereof as provided in Section 3.02.

 

2.04

Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, any Participant who would otherwise become ineligible to continue his participation in the Plan because of a transfer to an ineligible position within the Company or a Participating Company or any other employer in which the Company is by the ALICO Benefit Committee deemed to have sufficient interest, shall remain a Participant and all rights under the Plan shall continue as if all of his service in the employ of such employer subsequent to the date of transfer constituted Continuous Service under the Plan and Credited Service, but only if the Participant had earned five (5) or more years of Vesting Service prior to becoming ineligible to continue participation in the Plan. The Participant’s compensation used in the computation of his Average Final Compensation shall


  include such compensation received from such subsequent employer as would have been included had the service been rendered to the Company (except as provided in the last sentence of Section 1.05); provided such Participant had earned five (5) or more years of Vesting Service prior to becoming ineligible to continue participation in the Plan. In all other cases, if a Participant becomes ineligible to continue participation in the Plan, such Participant’s Continuous Service, Credited Service and Compensation shall cease to be credited under the Plan.

 

2.05 Each Participant, before any benefit shall be payable to him or on his account under the Plan, shall file with the ALICO Benefit Committee such information as it shall require to establish his rights and benefits under the Plan.


3. CREDITED SERVICE

 

3.01 Except as provided in Section 2.04, all Continuous Service as an Employee rendered after he becomes a Participant shall be Credited Service under the Plan. In addition, if the Participant has earned at least five (5) years of Vesting Service, then all service in the employ of the Company (except such Employee’s first six months of service) shall be Credited Service except as set forth in the paragraph immediately below. Service shall also be credited for periods during which Participants are in receipt of long term disability benefits under a program administered by the Company as provided in Section 2.02.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Participant (1) who becomes an Employee after December 31, 1990 shall not receive Credited Service for service rendered prior to his 21st birthday, or (2) who became an Employee after December 31, 1975 and prior to January 1, 1991 shall not receive Credited Service for service rendered prior to his 25th birthday, or (3) who became an Employee prior to January 1, 1976 shall not receive Credited Service for service rendered prior to his 30th birthday.

Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, Credited Service shall not be credited for a period of employment rendered in the United States while a U.S. taxpayer, a resident of the United States or a green card holder, or while a citizen of the United States.

 

3.02 If an Employee shall have been absent from the service of the Company or a Participating Company because of required service in the Armed Forces of the country of his residence or citizenship and if he shall have returned to the service of the Company or a Participating Company within 90 days either (i) after having become entitled to release from active duty in the Armed Forces of the country of his residence or citizenship or (ii) after the termination of any hospitalization that commenced prior to discharge and continuing after discharge for a period of not more than one year, such absence shall not count as a break in Continuous Service. The period of any such absence occurring on or after the Effective Date of the Plan shall, upon direction of the Board of Directors uniformly applicable to all Employees similarly situated, be considered as Continuous Service with the Company with compensation at the Participant’s rate of compensation in effect immediately prior to such absence.


4. CONTINUOUS SERVICE

 

4.01 Except as hereinafter provided or as provided in Section 2.04, all service with the Company and with any corporation or other business entity of the Company (including a Participating Company), rendered by an Employee, whether as a Participant or otherwise, prior to his retirement shall be Continuous Service for the purposes of the Plan. An Employee’s Continuous Service shall be measured in years and months with each partial month of Continuous Service treated as one full month.

 

4.02 With respect to a person who was employed by the Company or a Participating Company on January 1, 1986, Continuous Service for service rendered prior to that date shall be equal to the Continuous Service recognized on his account through that date under the provisions of the Plan as then in effect.

 

4.03 There shall be a Break in Continuous Service for any period for which an individual is not employed by the Company or a Participating Company except for reasons of disability or military service. Any service rendered prior to the Break in Continuous Service shall be excluded from the Employee’s Continuous Service and Credited Service if the continuous period of separation equals or exceeds the greater of (i) five (5) years or (ii) the Employee’s period of Continuous Service credited under the Plan prior to the commencement of the separation; provided that the Employee was not vested when the period of separation from employment commenced. In addition, such Employee shall be treated as a new Employee for purposes of determining if he has five (5) years of participation in the Plan. Except as otherwise provided in Section 5.06, in all other cases, the Employee’s period of Credited Service, Continuous Service and Plan participation shall be restored if the Employee is rehired and again becomes a Participant in the Plan.

 

4.04 If any former Participant is reemployed after incurring a break in Continuous Service, he shall again become a Participant for purposes of the Plan as of the date he completes a year of Continuous Service. If his prior Credited Service and Continuous Service are restored pursuant to Section 4.03, he shall become a Participant retroactively to his date of rehire. Otherwise, his participation shall be retroactive to the first of the month following six months of Continuous Service.


5. BENEFITS

 

5.01 Normal Retirement Allowance

 

  (a) A Participant who retires upon reaching his Normal Retirement Date shall receive a normal retirement allowance commencing on his Normal Retirement Date. The normal retirement allowance for a Participant who is not married shall be equal to the basic retirement allowance computed under Section 5.01(b) in the form of a single life annuity. The normal retirement allowance for a married Participant shall be the 50% Joint & Survivor Annuity option described in Option 3 of Section 5.07 with the Participant’s spouse named as contingent annuitant which is of equivalent actuarial value to the basic retirement allowance for an unmarried Participant.

 

  (b) The annual basic retirement allowance shall be equal to (i) less the sum of (ii), (iii), (iv), (v), (vi) and (vii) as follows:

 

  (i)

1-  3 / 4 % of the Participant’s Average Final Compensation multiplied by the number of his years of Credited Service after January 1, 1966 limited to a total of 40 years, less

 

  (ii)

1  3 / 7 % of any Social Security Benefit determined by the ALICO Benefit Committee to be payable to a single person (who is the same gender as the Participant) which the Participant would receive upon proper application to the appropriate governmental entity multiplied by the number of years of his Credited Service limited to 35 years, less

 

  (iii) The actuarial equivalent of the portion of any Provident Fund attributable to Company or Participating Company contributions, less

 

  (iv) An amount of equivalent actuarial value to any termination indemnity or severance allowance that the Company or Participating Company must pay under any applicable law or labor agreement, not including the American International Group, Inc. Executive Severance Policy or any individually negotiated severance or employment agreement, less


  (v) The actuarial equivalent of the Company’s and Participating Company’s contributions and earnings thereon to a defined contribution plan whether sponsored by the Company or a Participating Company or mandated by laws, and less

 

  (vi) The actuarial equivalent of the amount due a participant from a defined benefit plan sponsored by the Company or a Participating Company.

 

  (c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon the later of the completion of 5 years of participation in the Plan or the date the Participant is credited with 5 or more years of Continuous Service outside his Home Country, a Participant will receive a benefit which is the greater of (1) his benefit calculated under the formula set forth in (b) above or (2) a benefit equal to 1.75% of his Average Final Compensation multiplied by the number of his years of Credited Service earned while participating in the Plan while not accruing a Company or Participating Company funded pension or retirement benefit (including both defined benefit and defined contribution benefits) under another such plan sponsored by the Company or a Participating Company.

The minimum benefit a Participant will receive is $100 per month (when paid as a single life annuity), proportionately reduced for less than 10 years of Credited Service.

 

  (d) A Participant who retires after his Normal Retirement Date shall receive a normal retirement allowance commencing on the first day of the month following his retirement. The amount of such normal retirement allowance shall be equal to the greater of (i) the annual basic retirement allowance computed under Section 5.01(b) or (c) above (whichever is larger), taking into account compensation and Credited Service after Normal Retirement Date, or (ii) the equivalent actuarial value of the annual normal retirement allowance which would have been payable to the Participant if he had retired on his Normal Retirement Date.

 

5.02 Early Retirement Allowance

 

  (a)

A Participant who has not reached his Normal Retirement Date but who has reached the 55 th anniversary of his birth while an Employee and has completed 10 years of Credited Service shall be retired from service on an early retirement allowance on the first day of the calendar month next following receipt by the ALICO Benefit Committee of written application therefore made by the Participant.


  (b) The annual early retirement allowance shall be a deferred allowance commencing on the Participant’s Normal Retirement Date and shall be computed as a normal retirement allowance on the basis of his Average Final Compensation and Credited Service at the time of early retirement (except as hereinafter provided), provided that at the time of retirement, the Participant may elect to receive an early retirement allowance commencing on his early retirement date or at any time thereafter, but not later than his Normal Retirement Date. In the case of a Participant who was 54 years of age or older on January 1, 2006, the amounts computed under Sections 5.01(b)(i) and (ii) and the amount computed under Section 5.01(c) shall be reduced by 3% for each year by which such commencement date precedes his Normal Retirement Date. In the case of an individual who was younger than 54 years of age on January 1, 2006, the amounts computed under Sections 5.01(b)(i) and (ii) and the amount computed under Section 5.01(c) shall be reduced by 5% for each year by which such commencement precedes his Normal Retirement Date, except that the reduction will be 4% per year if the individual has attained age 60 and 25 years of Credited Service at the time the benefit commences or 3% per year if the individual has attained age 60 and has 30 years of Credited Service at the time the benefit commences.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of an individual who was younger than 54 years of age on January 1, 2006, an early retirement allowance computed as follows shall be payable to the Participant if it is larger than the amount computed in the previous sentence. Such early retirement allowance shall be computed by replacing the amounts computed under Sections 5.01(b)(i) and (ii) and the amount computed under Section 5.01(c) (reduced in accordance with the foregoing to reflect early commencement) with the sum of the corresponding amounts computed under (i) and (ii) below:

 

  (i) The amounts computed under Section 5.01(b)(i) and (ii) and the amount computed under Section 5.01(c) reflecting the Participant’s Years of Credited Service, Average Final Compensation and Social Security Benefit as of December 31, 2005 reduced by 3% for each year by which such commencement date precedes his Normal Retirement Date; and


  (ii) The amounts computed under Section 5.01(b)(i) and (ii) and the amount computed under Section 5.01(c) reflecting the Participant’s Years of Credited Service, Average Final Compensation and Social Security Benefit earned after December 31, 2005 to the Participant’s Early Retirement Date reduced by 5% for each year by which such commencement precedes his Normal Retirement Date, except that the reduction will be 4% per year if the individual has attained age 60 and 25 years of Credited Service at the time the benefit commences or 3% per year if the individual has attained age 60 and has 30 years of Credited Service at the time the benefit commences.

In computing an amount under Section 5.01(b)(i) under this (ii), the Participant’s Years of Credited Service will not exceed 40 years less the number of Years of Credited Service the Participant had earned as of December 31, 2005. In computing an amount under Section 5.01(b)(ii) under this (ii), the Participant’s Years of Credited Service will not exceed 35 less the number of Years of Credited Service the Participant had earned as of December 31, 2005.

 

  (c) In the event that the Participant is not eligible to receive a benefit from another Company-sponsored plan or mandated plan but will receive such a benefit upon attainment of a later age, no offset will be calculated for such benefit until the Participant is eligible to receive such benefit (at which time the offset will be calculated in accordance with Section 5.01(b)).

 

5.03 Disability Retirement Allowance

 

  (a) A Participant who has not reached his Normal Retirement Date but who has completed five years of Credited Service shall be retired on a disability retirement allowance on the first day of a calendar month not less than 30 nor more than 90 days next following receipt by the ALICO Benefit Committee of written application therefore made by the Participant, provided a physician or physicians designated by the ALICO Benefit Committee shall certify, and the ALICO Benefit Committee shall find, that such Participant is totally incapacitated, mentally or physically, for the further performance of duty, and that such incapacity is likely to be permanent.


A Participant may not retire under this Section 5.03, however, while in receipt of disability salary continuance, weekly disability income benefits or long term disability benefits under a program sponsored by the Company or a Participating Company or otherwise mandated by law. During any such period, Continuous Service and Credited Service shall continue to accrue, and the Employee shall be credited with compensation at his rate of compensation immediately prior to commencement of such benefit.

 

  (b) The disability retirement allowance per annum shall be a retirement allowance computed as a normal retirement allowance on the basis of the Participant’s Average Final Compensation and Credited Service at the time of disability retirement.

The reduction for Social Security Benefits provided in Section 5.01(b)(ii) shall begin when the Participant first becomes eligible for an unreduced old age or disability insurance benefit under the applicable Social Security law (regardless of whether or when such benefit actually commences to be paid).

Any amounts which may be paid or payable on account of disability to a Participant or his dependents as the result of premiums, taxes or contributions paid by the Company or Participating Company under any Workers’ Compensation Law or policy or plan similar to Workers’ Compensation, whether self-insured or otherwise, exclusive of fixed payments pursuant to Workers’ Compensation or similar policies or plans for the loss of any bodily member, may be offset against and payable in lieu of that part of his disability retirement allowance provided under the Plan by Company or Participating Company contributions on account of the same disability, in such equitable manner as the ALICO Benefit Committee shall determine.

 

  (c)

Once each year, the ALICO Benefit Committee may require any Participant receiving a disability retirement allowance who has not reached his Normal Retirement Date to undergo a medical examination by a physician or physicians designated by the ALICO Benefit Committee, such examination to be made at a place mutually agreed upon. Should any such Participant refuse to submit to such medical examination, the part of his disability retirement allowance provided by Company or Participating Company


  contributions shall be discontinued until his withdrawal of such refusal; and should his refusal continue for a year, all rights in and to the disability retirement allowance shall cease, and the election of an optional benefit if one has been elected shall be of no further effect, but he shall in any event be entitled to a vested retirement allowance under Section 5.04. If the ALICO Benefit Committee finds from such medical examination or otherwise that the disability of a Participant receiving a disability retirement allowance who has not reached his Normal Retirement Date has been removed and that he gained his earning capacity, in whole or in part, the part of his disability retirement allowance provided by Company or Participating Company contributions shall be discontinued or reduced proportionately until he shall reach his normal retirement age provided that he shall be entitled to have his original disability retirement allowance restored in whole or in part prior to his Normal Retirement Date if, on the basis of a medical examination by a physician or physicians designated by the ALICO Benefit Committee, the ALICO Benefit Committee finds that he has again lost earning capacity because of the same disability.

 

5.04 Vested Retirement Allowance

 

  (a) A Participant who has not reached his Normal Retirement Date but who has completed five years of Vesting Services and then separates from service shall, be entitled to a vested retirement allowance in an amount calculated under Section 5.04(d).

 

  (b) The vested retirement allowance shall be a deferred allowance commencing on the Participant’s Normal Retirement Date and shall be computed as a normal retirement allowance on the basis of his Average Final Compensation and Credited Service at the time of termination.

 

  (c) A Participant who has ten years of Credited Service and is not eligible for early retirement under Section 5.02(a) may elect to have his benefit commence at any time after he would have been eligible for an early retirement allowance had he remained in the service of the Company, but not later than his Normal Retirement Date.

 

  (d)

In the event the election under Section 5.04(c) is made, the vested retirement allowance shall be computed under Section 5.01(b) or Section 5.01(c), as applicable, and the amounts computed under Section 5.01(b)(i) and (ii) or Section 5.01(c) shall be reduced


  by  1 / 15 th for each of the first five years and  1 / 30 th for each of the next five years by which such commencement date precedes his Normal Retirement Date and the amount computed under Section 5.01(b)(ii) shall be computed by projecting the Participant’s years of Credited Service to Normal Retirement Date (but not in excess of 35 years) and multiplying such amount by a fraction, the numerator of which is the Participant’s actual years of Credited Service at termination of employment and the denominator of which is the years of Credited Service the Participant would have had at Normal Retirement Date if the Participant had continued in employment to such date.

 

  (e) In the event that the Participant is not eligible to receive a benefit from another Company-sponsored plan or mandated plan but will receive such a benefit upon attainment of a later age, no offset will be calculated for such benefit until the Participant is eligible to receive such benefit (at which time the offset will be calculated in accordance with Section 5.01(b)).

 

5.05 Death Benefit

 

  (a) If a Participant should die while an Employee and prior to his annuity commencement date after having completed five years of Vesting Service, his surviving spouse, upon submitting proof of death satisfactory to the ALICO Benefit Committee, shall receive a death benefit under this Section. In addition, in order to be eligible for a death benefit under this Section, the spouse must be married to the Participant for a minimum of 6 (six) months.

 

  (b) If a Participant should die while an Employee, the death benefit shall be equal to the greater of (i) 40% of the Participant’s projected retirement allowance payable in the form of a single life annuity computed as if he had retired on his Normal Retirement Date on the basis of his Average Final Compensation at the time of his death, reduced by 2% for every year that the surviving spouse is more than five years younger than the Participant, (ii) one-half of the Participant’s allowance calculated as an early retirement allowance payable immediately upon the assumed retirement date in the form of a 50% joint and survivor annuity and assuming retirement on the date of death or, if later, upon the attainment of age fifty-five (55) or age sixty-five (65) if the Participant has less than ten years of Credited Service, or (iii) in the case of a Participant who continues in service beyond his Normal Retirement Date, an amount computed as if Option 2 in Section 5.07 (100°/0 Joint & Survivor Annuity) had been elected by the Participant and was in effect on the date of his death.


The death benefit shall be payable in monthly installments commencing with the first day of the month following the month in which the Participant dies; provided, however, that any benefit payable pursuant to (b)(ii) above shall not be payable earlier than the first day of the month following the date the Participant would have attained age fifty-five (55) or age sixty-five (65) if such Participant has less than ten years of Credited Service. The death benefit payable hereunder shall cease as of the first day of the month in which the surviving spouse dies.

 

  (c) In the event a Participant is retired from service (or terminates employment with a vested retirement allowance) at any time prior to his Normal Retirement Date and dies prior to commencement of his retirement allowance, then his spouse shall receive an allowance for the life of said spouse at the rate of one-half of the allowance that would have been paid the Participant had he elected to have his early retirement allowance commence as of the date of his death in the form of a 50% Joint & Survivor Annuity with his spouse named as beneficiary or as of his earliest retirement date, if he was not eligible to commence benefits as of his date of death.

 

  (d) The payment of a death benefit to a surviving spouse pursuant to this Section 5.05 shall not reflect a reduction pursuant to Section 5.01(b)(ii) until such spouse is eligible for Social Security benefits.

 

5.06 Payment of Retirement Allowance

Each retirement allowance shall be payable in monthly installments ceasing with the last monthly payment prior to death of the Participant entitled thereto, except if and otherwise required as a survivorship payment under the normal retirement allowance or by an option in effect under the Plan. A lump sum payment of equivalent actuarial value shall be made in lieu of all benefits of a Participant where such value is less than $10,000.00. If a Participant receives a lump sum payment, all of such Participant’s Credited Service under the Plan for benefit computation purposes shall be canceled. Consequently, if such Participant is reemployed and re-enters the Plan, his prior Vesting Service shall be restored and his prior years of Credited Service for benefit computation purposes shall be zero, but shall be restored for purposes of eligibility for Early Retirement.


All retirement allowances, under normal retirement or otherwise, shall be payable in U.S. dollars or in such other currency as shall from time to time be determined by the ALICO Benefit Committee.

 

5.07 Optional Form of Retirement Allowance

Any Participant may, by written notice duly acknowledged by him and received by the ALICO Benefit Committee within the 90-day period ending on his annuity starting date, elect to convert his retirement allowance payable as a single life annuity (if he is unmarried) or his retirement allowance payable as a 50% Joint & Survivor Annuity (if he is married) into an optional form of benefit of equivalent actuarial value in accordance with one of the options named below.

Option 1: Single Life Annuity.

The basic retirement allowance payable during the life of the Participant; or

Option 2: 100% Joint & Survivor Annuity.

An adjusted retirement allowance payable during the Participant’s life, with the provision that after his death, it shall be paid during the life of, and to, the contingent annuitant nominated by him by written designation duly acknowledged and filed with the ALICO Benefit Committee when he elected the option; or

Option 3: 75% Joint & Survivor Annuity.

An adjusted retirement allowance payable during the Participant’s life, with the provision that after his death, an allowance at three-quarters the rate of his reduced allowance shall be paid during the life of, and to, the contingent annuitant nominated by him by written designation duly acknowledged and filed with the ALICO Benefit Committee when he elected the option; or


Option 4: 50% Joint & Survivor Annuity.

An adjusted retirement allowance payable during the Participant’s life, with the provision that after his death, an allowance at one-half the rate of his reduced allowance shall be paid during the life of, and to, the contingent annuitant nominated by him by written designation duly acknowledged and filed with the ALICO Benefit Committee when he elected the option; or

Option 5: Life and 10 Year Certain.

An adjusted retirement allowance payable during the Participant’s life, but guaranteed for a period of ten years or, if lesser, a period of years not extending beyond the life expectancy of the Participant and the designated beneficiary, beginning on the annuity commencement date. If a Participant dies before expiration of the guaranteed period certain, payment shall be continued to the extent provided in the preceding sentence to a designated beneficiary (other than the Participant’s estate).

For all period certain distributions payable under the Plan, if the Participant’s estate is the designated beneficiary or is the beneficiary as a result of the absence of a surviving designated beneficiary, the estate shall be paid, at the estate’s election, either a lump sum equal to the commuted value of the Participant’s guaranteed period certain payments or in the form of the periodic allowance being paid prior to the Participant’s death for the remainder of the guaranteed period certain. If the designated beneficiary should die while further payments are due and after having received at least one (1) payment, such further payments shall be paid to any person designated by the Participant as an alternate surviving beneficiary, or in the absence of an alternate surviving beneficiary, the commuted value of such payment shall be paid to the estate of the last surviving beneficiary in a single lump sum.

 

5.08 Restoration of Retired Participant to Service

Except to the extent otherwise required under Section 5.06 or as hereinafter provided, if a Participant returns to employment with the Company or a Participating Company, his retirement allowance shall be suspended during each calendar month of such employment. In the case of a Participant who received monthly retirement allowance payments, upon his


subsequent retirement or termination of employment, his annual basic retirement allowance shall be recomputed, based on his retirement allowance accrued during his Plan participation prior and subsequent to such return to employment and reduced to reflect the equivalent actuarial value of retirement allowance payments previously received by him. Section 5.06 shall apply in the case of a Participant who had previously received a lump sum distribution. For this purpose, equivalent actuarial value shall be determined using the interest rate and mortality table used for this purpose under the American Life Insurance Company, Inc. Retirement Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the retirement allowance of a Participant who is reemployed on an hourly basis shall not be suspended by reason of such reemployment unless and until such Participant is reemployed in an employment classification that is eligible to accrue benefits under the Plan.

6. UNFUNDED PLAN

The Plan is unfunded, and there are no segregated Plan assets; provided, however, that the Company or a Participating Company may purchase an annuity (to be held in its own name) to make regular payments to a retiree. The Company and Participating Companies intend to pay benefits pursuant to the terms of the Plan from their general assets.

7. PARTICIPATING COMPANIES

If any company is now or hereafter becomes a subsidiary or affiliated company of the Company, the Retirement Board may include the employees of such subsidiary or affiliated company in the membership of the Plan. In such event, or if any persons become Employees of the Company or of a Participating Company as the result of merger or consolidation or as the result of acquisition of all or part of the assets or business of another company, the ALICO Benefit Committee shall determine to what extent, if any, credit and benefits shall be granted for previous service with such subsidiary, affiliated or other company.

8. ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN

 

8.01 The operation and administration of the Plan and the responsibility for carrying out the provisions hereof shall be placed in a ALICO Benefit Committee of not less than three members who shall be appointed from time to time by the Board of Directors.


8.02 Any person appointed a member of the ALICO Benefit Committee shall signify his acceptance by filing written acceptance with the Board of Directors. Any member of the ALICO Benefit Committee may resign by delivering his written resignation to the Board of Directors or to the Secretary of the ALICO Benefit Committee who shall transmit same to the Board of Directors, and such resignation shall become effective at delivery or at any later date specified therein.

 

8.03 The members of the ALICO Benefit Committee shall elect from their number a Chairman and shall appoint a Secretary, who may be but need not be one of the members of the ALICO Benefit Committee. Subject to the direction of the Board of Directors, the ALICO Benefit Committee shall be authorized to allocate part or all of its responsibilities with respect to the Plan to or among one or more of its members and to vest such members with joint or several authority to carry out such responsibilities.

The ALICO Benefit Committee may appoint from their number such committees with such powers as they shall determine, may authorize one or more of their number or any agent to make any payment in their behalf, or to execute or deliver any instrument, may retain or appoint such counsel, accountants and actuaries and may employ such agents, clerical and medical services as they may require in carrying out the provisions of the Plan; and may by written instrument designate other persons to carry out any of its duties and responsibilities under the Plan; provided, however, that any such duties or responsibilities thus allocated must be described in the written instrument. If a person other than an Employee of the Company or a Participating Company in the Plan is so designated, such person must acknowledge in writing his acceptance of the duties and responsibilities allocated to him.

If the ALICO Benefit Committee delegates its authority to select Employees for membership and approve their membership in the Plan, the delegee shall provide annual reports to the ALICO Benefit Committee of the Employees selected for membership and their dates of membership. If there is any issue regarding the membership or potential member of an Employee, the delegee shall refer the matter to the ALICO Benefit Committee.

 

8.04 The ALICO Benefit Committee shall hold meetings upon such notice, at such place or places, and at such time or times as they may from time to time determine.

 

8.05

A majority of the members of the ALICO Benefit Committee at the time in office shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. All resolutions or other actions taken by the


  ALICO Benefit Committee may be made whether by the vote of a majority of the ALICO Benefit Committee present at a meeting or in writing signed by a majority of the members at the time in office without a meeting.

 

8.06 No member of the ALICO Benefit Committee who is also an Employee of the Company shall receive any compensation for his services as such. Except as otherwise provided in Section 412 of the Act, no bond or other security need be required of any member in any jurisdiction.

 

8.07 Subject to the limitations of the Plan, the ALICO Benefit Committee from time to time shall establish rules for the administration of the Plan and the transaction of its business. The ALICO Benefit Committee shall have the authority to interpret the Plan and to decide any and all matters arising thereunder, including the right to remedy possible ambiguities, inconsistencies or omissions. All interpretations, determinations and decisions of the ALICO Benefit Committee in respect of any matter hereunder shall be finally conclusive and binding on all parties affected thereby.

 

8.08 The members of the ALICO Benefit Committee, the Company, each Participating Company and the officers and directors shall be entitled to rely upon all tables, valuations, certificates and reports furnished by any actuary approved by the ALICO Benefit Committee, upon all certificates and reports made by any accountant selected or approved by the ALICO Benefit Committee, and upon all opinions given by any legal counsel selected or approved by the ALICO Benefit Committee, and the members of the ALICO Benefit Committee, the Company, each Participating Company and the officers and directors shall be fully protected in respect of any action taken or suffered by them in good faith in reliance upon any tables, valuations, certificates, reports, opinions, or other advice, furnished by any such actuary, accountant, or counsel, and all action so taken or suffered shall be conclusive upon each of them and upon all parties affected thereby.

The members of the ALICO Benefit Committee shall use ordinary care and diligence in performance of their duties, but no member shall be personally liable by virtue of any contract, agreement, bond or other instrument made or executed by him or on his behalf as a member of the ALICO Benefit Committee, nor for any loss unless resulting from his own gross negligence or willful misconduct. The Company shall indemnify and save harmless each and all of the members of the ALICO Benefit Committee against and from all loss, cost, damage and expenses arising out of or connected with their actions or failures as members of the ALICO Benefit Committee, provided such act or failures shall have been done and made in good faith and shall not have constituted willful misconduct or gross negligence.


9. CERTAIN RIGHTS AND LIMITATIONS

 

9.01 The Company may amend in whole or in part any or all of the provisions of the Plan and may do so retroactively if deemed necessary or appropriate to conform with governmental regulations. The Company may terminate the Plan for any reason at any time. In case of termination or partial termination of the Plan, benefits accrued under the Plan by Participants affected by such termination or partial termination shall become fully vested and nonforfeitable.

 

9.02 The establishment of the Plan shall not be considered as conferring any legal rights upon any Employee or other person for a continuation of employment, nor shall it interfere with the rights of the Company or a Participating Company to discharge any Participant and to treat him without regard to the effect which such treatment might have upon him as a Participant of the Plan.

 

9.03 In the event of the death of a Participant, beneficiary, or contingent annuitant not survived by a person designated to receive any payment then due, or in the event that the ALICO Benefit Committee shall find that a Participant or other person entitled to a benefit is unable to care for his affairs because of illness or accident or is a minor or has died, the ALICO Benefit Committee may direct that any benefit payment due him unless claim shall have been made therefore by a duly appointed legal representative, be paid to his spouse, child, a parent or other blood relative, or to a person with whom he resides, and any such payment so made shall be a complete discharge of the liabilities of the Plan therefore.

10. OTHER PROVISIONS

 

10.01

Subject to the applicable law, no benefit under the Plan shall be subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance or charge, and any attempt so to do shall be void, except as specifically provided in the Plan, nor shall any such benefit be in any manner liable for or subject to garnishment, attachment, execution or levy, or liable for or subject to the debts, contracts, liabilities, engagements or torts of the persons entitled to such benefit; and in the event that the ALICO Benefit Committee shall find that any


  Participant, beneficiary or contingent annuitant under the Plan has become bankrupt or that any attempt has been made to anticipate, alienate, sell, transfer, assign., pledge, encumber or charge any of his benefits under the Plan except as specifically provided in the Plan, then such benefit shall cease and terminate, and in that event the ALICO Benefit Committee shall hold or apply the same to or for the benefit of such Participant, beneficiary or contingent annuitant, his spouse, children, parents or other blood relatives, or any of them.

11. CONSTRUCTION

 

11.01 The Plan shall be construed, regulated and administered under the laws of Bermuda.

 

11.02 The masculine pronoun shall mean the feminine wherever appropriate.

Exhibit 10.89

AMENDMENT NUMBER ONE TO

THE ALICO OVERSEAS PENSION PLAN

THE ALICO OVERSEAS PENSION PLAN (the “Plan”) is hereby amended, effective November 1, 2010, except as otherwise set forth herein, as follows:

 

  1. Section 1.09 of the Plan is amended by deleting the phrase “by the Company or a Participating Company who is not eligible for participation in the American International Group, Inc. Retirement Plan (and who would not be eligible upon satisfaction of the American International Group, Inc. Retirement Plan age and service requirements) who is regularly employed.”

 

  2. Section 1.15 of the Plan is amended by deleting in its entirety the definition of “ALICO Benefit Committee” and replacing it with the following definition:

“‘Plan Administrator’ shall mean the party responsible for the administration of the Plan as set forth in Article 8.”

 

  3. The Plan is amended by deleting the term “ALICO Benefit Committee” each place it appears therein and replacing it in each such instance with the term “Plan Administrator.”

 

  4. Section 2.02 of the Plan is amended by adding the phrase “or any affiliate of the MetLife, Inc. enterprise” immediately after the phrase “Participating Company.”

 

  5. Section 3.01 of the Plan is amended by adding the phrase “or a Participating Company” immediately following the word “Company” the first time it appears therein and by adding the phrase “, a Participating Company or any affiliate of the MetLife, Inc. enterprise” immediately following the word “Company” the second time it appears therein.

 

  6. Section 5.01(b)(iv) of the Plan is amended by deleting the phrase “the American International Group, Inc. Executive Severance Policy” and replacing it with the phrase “any severance plan or policy of the Company or any affiliate of the MetLife, Inc. enterprise.”

 

  7. Section 5.01(b)(v) of the Plan is amended by adding the phrase “or any affiliate of the MetLife, Inc. enterprise” immediately following the phrase “Participating Company” the second time it appears therein.

 

  8. Section 5.01(b)(vi) of the Plan is amended by adding the phrase “or any affiliate of the MetLife, Inc. enterprise” immediately following the phrase “Participating Company.”

 

  9. Section 5.02(c) of the Plan is amended by adding the phrase “or any affiliate of the MetLife, Inc. enterprise-sponsored” after the phrase “Company-sponsored.”

 

  10. The second paragraph of Section 5.03(a) of the Plan is amended by adding the phrase “or any affiliate of the MetLife, Inc. enterprise” after the phrase “Participating Company.”


  11. The third paragraph of Section 5.03(b) of the Plan is amended by adding the phrase “or any affiliate of the MetLife, Inc. enterprise” after the phrase “Participating Company” the second time it appears therein.

 

  12. Section 5.03(c) of the Plan is amended by adding the phrase “or any affiliate of the MetLife, Inc. enterprise” after the phrase “Participating Company” each time it appears therein.

 

  13. Section 5.04(c) of the Plan is amended by adding the phrase “or a Participating Company” after the word “Company”.

 

  14. Section 5.04(e) of the Plan is amended by adding the phrase “or any affiliate of the MetLife, Inc. enterprise-sponsored” after the phrase “Company-sponsored.”

 

  15. Section 5.08 of the Plan is amended by deleting the phrase “American Life Insurance Company, Inc. Retirement Plan” and replacing it with the phrase “Metropolitan Life Retirement Plan for United States Employees.”

 

  16. Article 7 of the Plan is hereby restated in its entirety to read as follows:

PARTICIPATING COMPANIES

Participating Company means the following entity:

(a) MetLife Global, Inc.”

 

  17. Article 8 of the Plan is hereby restated in its entirety to read as follows:

ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN

 

  8.01 The Plan Administrator shall be the Plan Administrator for the New England Life Insurance Company Retirement and Health & Welfare Plans.

 

  8.02 The Plan Administrator shall administer the Plan.

 

  8.03 The Plan Administrator may establish, amend, and rescind rules and regulations relating to the Plan, provide for conditions necessary or advisable to protect the interest of the Company, the Participating Companies or any affiliate of the MetLife, Inc. enterprise, construe all communications related to the Plan, and make all other determinations it deems necessary or advisable for the administration and interpretation of the Plan. The Plan Administrator may conform any provision of this Plan to the extent such provision is inconsistent with applicable law.

 

  8.04 Determinations, interpretations, and other actions made by the Plan Administrator shall be final, binding, and conclusive for all purposes and upon all individuals.

 

  8.05 The Plan Administrator may prescribe forms as the sole and exclusive means for Participants to take actions authorized or allowed under the Plan. The Plan Administrator may issue communications to eligible Employees and Participants as it deems necessary or appropriate in connection with the Plan.

 

  8.06 Except to the extent prohibited by law, communication by the Plan Administrator (and by an eligible Employee or Participant to the extent authorized by the Plan Administrator) of any document or writing, including any document or writing that must be executed by a party, may be in an electronic form of communication.

 

2


  8.07 The Plan Administrator may appoint such agents, who may be officers or employees of the Company, a Participating Company or any affiliate of the MetLife, Inc. enterprise, as it deems necessary or appropriate to assist it in administering the Plan and may grant authority to such agents to execute documents and take action on its behalf. The Plan Administrator may engage or consult, as appropriate, such legal counsel, consultants, actuaries, third party administrators or other professionals as it deems desirable and may rely on any opinion, as applicable, received from any such professional or from its agent. All expenses incurred in the administration of the Plan shall be paid by the Company, a Participating Company or one or more affiliates of the MetLife, Inc. enterprise.”

 

  18. The first sentence of Section 9.01 of the Plan is hereby restated in its entirety to read as follows:

“The Company or the Plan Administrator may amend in whole or in part any or all of the provisions of the Plan and may do so retroactively if deemed necessary or appropriate to conform with governmental regulations; provided, however, that the Plan Administrator may not so amend the Plan if any such amendment or group of amendments made effective on the same date would increase or decrease the annual cost of Plan benefits for Participants by $2 million or more.”

 

  19. Section 11.01 of the Plan is amended, effective January 1, 2011, by deleting the word “Bermuda” and replacing it with “the Island of Guernsey.”

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, American Life Insurance Company has caused this amendment to be executed by an officer thereunto duly authorized on the date noted below the officer’s signature.

 

AMERICAN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
By:  

/s/ Ralph R. Gonzalez

Name:  

Ralph R. Gonzalez

Title:  

Sr. Vice President & General Counsel

Date:  

12/20/10

Witness:  

/s/ Mayer Naiman

Name:  

Mayer Naiman

Date:  

12/20/10

 

3

Exhibit 10.90

AMENDMENT NUMBER TWO

TO

THE ALICO OVERSEAS PENSION PLAN

THE ALICO OVERSEAS PENSION PLAN (the “Plan”) is hereby amended, effective as of November 1, 2011, as follows:

 

  1. Section 2.01 of the Plan is hereby amended by adding the following sentence to the end of such section:

“Effective November, 1, 2011, participation in the Plan is closed to any Employee who was not already a Participant as of October 31, 2011.”

 

  2. Section 2.04 of the Plan is hereby amended by adding the phrase “and if the Plan Administrator approves such continued participation” at the end of the first sentence and adding the phrase “If the Plan Administrator approves such continued participation,” at the beginning of the second sentence.

 

  3. Section 2.05 of the Plan is hereby amended by adding the following sentence to the end of such section:

“The Participant shall be responsible for notifying the Plan Administrator of any benefits that are offset under Section 5.01(b) of the Plan and any information needed to calculate his benefits under Section 5.01(c) of the Plan. In addition, the Participant is responsible for keeping the Plan Administrator notified of his address.”

 

  4. Section 3.01 of the Plan is hereby amended by replacing the phrase “(except such Employee’s first six months of service)” with “(except such Employee’s first six months of service as measured from the first day of the month in which the Employee was hired).”

 

  5. Section 4.04 of the Plan is hereby amended to read as follows:

“If any former Participant is reemployed after incurring a break in Continuous Service, he shall, subject to the approval of the Plan Administrator, again become a Participant for purposes of the Plan as of the date he completes a year of Continuous Service. Where the Plan Administrator approves his continued participation and his prior Credited Service and Continuous Service are restored pursuant to Section 4.03, he shall become a Participant retroactively to his date of rehire. Otherwise, where the Plan Administrator approves his continued participation, his participation shall be retroactive to the first day of the month in which the Participant has completed six months of service with the Company or a Participating Company following such reemployment”.

 

  6. Section 5.01(d)(ii) of the Plan is hereby amended by adding the phrase “, as determined by the Plan Administrator,” after the words “equivalent actuarial value”.


  7. Section 5.06 is hereby amended by adding the phrase “with the approval of the Plan Administrator” after the words “re-enters the Plan” in the fourth sentence and by adding the following paragraph to the end of such section:

“In the event a Participant with an early retirement allowance or a vested retirement allowance fails to elect to have his benefit commence by his Normal Retirement Date, a late retirement factor, as determined by the Plan Administrator, will be applied to his early retirement allowance or vested retirement allowance computed under Section 5.01, and Section 5.02 or 5.04, whichever is applicable, at the time of commencement. In the event the spouse of a terminated Participant fails to elect to have the death benefit under Section 5.05(c) commence by the date that would have been the Participant’s Normal Retirement Date, a late retirement factor, as determined by the Plan Administrator, shall be applied to the spouse’s death benefit computed under Section 5.05(c).”

 

  8. Section 5.08 of the Plan is hereby amended by adding the phrase “(if applicable)” after the words “prior and subsequent” in the first sentence.

 

  9. Section 8.03 of the Plan is hereby amended by adding the following sentence to the end of such section:

“Wherever the term “equivalent actuarial value”, “actuarial equivalent” or a term with a similar meaning is used throughout the Plan and specific actuarial assumptions are not included, the actuarial factors to be used shall be determined by the Plan Administrator.”

 

METLIFE GLOBAL, INC.
By:  

/s/ Mark J. Davis

  Mark J. Davis
  Plan Administrator
Date:  

12/13/2011

Witness:  

/s/ Francesca Pulis

 

2

Exhibit 10.93

AMENDMENT NUMBER TWO TO

THE METLIFE PLAN FOR TRANSITION ASSISTANCE FOR OFFICERS

( Amended and Restated Effective January 1, 2010 )

THE METLIFE PLAN FOR TRANSITION ASSISTANCE FOR OFFICERS (the “Plan”) is hereby amended, effective November 1, 2011, as follows:

 

  1. Section 1.4.05 of the Plan is hereby amended by adding the following new Subsection (c) at the end thereof to read as follows:

“Notwithstanding the provisions of Subsection (b)(2) of this Section 1.4.05, with respect to an Employee whose name appears on Schedule 1 of the MetLife Bank Mortgage Supplementary Severance Plan, the circumstances described in such Subsection (b)(2) shall constitute a Discontinuance of Employment.”

 

  2. Section 1.4.05 of the Plan is hereby amended by adding a new Subsection (d) at the end thereof to read as follows:

“Notwithstanding the provisions of Subsection (b)(4) of this Section 1.4.05, with respect to an Employee whose name appears on (1) Schedule 1 of the MetLife Bank Mortgage Supplementary Severance Plan; (2) Appendix B of the MetLife Bank Enhanced Severance Plan for Fulfillment Employees; (3) Appendix A of the MetLife Bank Enhanced Severance Plan for Officer Corporate Staff; or (4) Appendix A of the MetLife Bank Enhanced Severance and Retention Plan for Officer Servicing Employees, the circumstances described in such Subsection (b)(4) shall constitute a Discontinuance of Employment.”

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Metropolitan Life Insurance Company has caused this amendment to be executed by an officer thereunto duly authorized on the date noted below the officer’s signature.

 

METROPOLITAN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
By:  

/s/ Lynne E. DiStasio

Name/Title:  

Lynne E. DiStasio, Vice President

Date:  

7 December 2011

Witness:  

/s/ Sophia Gordon

Exhibit 10.94

AMENDMENT NUMBER THREE TO

THE METLIFE PLAN FOR TRANSITION ASSISTANCE FOR OFFICERS

( Amended and Restated Effective January 1, 2010 )

THE METLIFE PLAN FOR TRANSITION ASSISTANCE FOR OFFICERS (the “Plan”) is hereby amended, effective as of the dates set forth below, as follows:

 

  1. Effective November 1, 2011, Section 1.4.05(b)(2) of the Plan is hereby amended by restating it in its entirety to read as follows:

“The transfer of an Employee to, or the offer of employment to an Employee by, an employer other than a MetLife Enterprise Affiliate as a result of a sale, merger, acquisition, outsourcing of a function or similar transaction, provided the Employee continues to, or the offer of employment is for the Employee to continue to, perform the same or similar duties immediately following such transfer or immediately upon the start of employment pursuant to such offer. The determination of whether an employee continues to, or the offer of employment is for the Employee to continue to, perform the same or similar duties immediately following such transfer or immediately upon the start of employment pursuant to such offer shall be exclusively determined by the Company or Subsidiary; or”

 

  2. Effective January 1, 2012, Section 1.4.19 of the Plan is hereby amended by adding a new Subsection (ii) at the end of the second paragraph thereof to read as follows:

“American Life Insurance Company”

 

  3. Effective November 1, 2011, Section 4.1 of the Plan is hereby amended by adding the following new paragraph at the end thereof to read as follows:

“Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, with respect to an Employee whose name (or job code, if applicable) appears on Appendix A or B of the MetLife Bank Enhanced Severance Plan for Fulfillment Employees, such Employee shall receive the greater of the Severance Pay determined under this Plan or the enhanced severance pay under the MetLife Bank Enhanced Severance Plan for Fulfillment Employees. In no event will such Employee receive both Severance Pay under this Plan and enhanced severance pay under the MetLife Bank Enhanced Severance Plan for Fulfillment Employees.”

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Metropolitan Life Insurance Company has caused this amendment to be executed by an officer thereunto duly authorized on the date noted below the officer’s signature.

 

METROPOLITAN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
By:  

/s/ Lynne E. DiStasio

Name/Title:  

Lynne E. DiStasio, Vice-President

Date:  

22 December 2011

Witness:  

/s/ Lucida Plummer

Exhibit 12.1

MetLife, Inc.

Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2011     2010     2009     2008      2007  

Income (loss) from continuing operations before provision for income tax

   $ 10,026      $ 3,912      $ (4,361   $ 5,030       $ 5,751   

Undistributed income and losses from investees

     (180     (424     1,473        784         (596
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Adjusted earnings before fixed charges (1)

   $ 9,846      $ 3,488      $ (2,888   $ 5,814       $ 5,155   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Add: fixed charges

           

Interest and debt issue costs (2)

     1,666        1,565        1,083        1,157         1,117   

Estimated interest component of rent expense

     34        50        74        46         71   

Interest credited to bank deposits

     95        137        163        166         199   

Interest credited to policyholder account balances

     5,603        4,919        4,845        4,787         5,458   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total fixed charges

   $ 7,398      $ 6,671      $ 6,165      $ 6,156       $ 6,845   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Preferred stock dividends (3)

     387        174        228        181         193   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total fixed charges plus preferred stock dividends

   $ 7,785      $ 6,845      $ 6,393      $ 6,337       $ 7,038   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total earnings and fixed charges

   $ 17,244      $ 10,159      $ 3,277      $ 11,970       $ 12,000   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Ratio of earnings to fixed charges (1)

     2.33        1.52        —          1.94         1.75   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total earnings including fixed charges and preferred stock dividends

   $ 17,631      $ 10,333      $ 3,505      $ 12,151       $ 12,193   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Ratio of earnings to fixed charges and preferred stock dividends (1)

     2.26        1.51        —          1.92         1.73   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Earnings were insufficient to cover fixed charges at a 1:1 ratio by $2,888 million for the year ended December 31, 2009, primarily due to increased derivatives losses on freestanding derivatives, partially offset by gains on embedded derivatives.
(2) Interest costs include $324 million and $411 million related to variable interest entities for the years ended December 2011 and 2010, respectively. Excluding these costs would result in a ratio of earnings to fixed charges and ratio of earnings to fixed charges including preferred stock dividends of 2.39 and 2.36 and 1.56 and 1.54, respectively.
(3) For the year ended December 31, 2011, preferred stock dividends includes the redemption premium of $211 million associated with the convertible preferred stock repurchased and canceled in March 2011.

 

1

Exhibit 21.1

METLIFE, INC.

As of December 31, 2011

Wholly-Owned Active Subsidiaries 1

 

  1.

23 RD STREET INVESTMENTS, INC. (DE)

 

  2. 85 BROAD STREET LLC (DE)

 

  3. 85 BROAD STREET MEZZANINE LLC (DE)

 

  4. 334 MADISON EURO INVESTMENTS, INC. (DE)

 

  5. 500 GRANT STREET ASSOCIATES LIMITED PARTNERSHIP (CT)

 

  6. 500 GRANT STREET GP LLC (DE)

 

  7. 1320 GP LLC (DE)

 

  8. 1320 OWNER LP (DE)

 

  9. 1320 VENTURE LLC (DE)

 

  10. A.I.G. LIMITED (NIGERIA)

 

  11. AGENVITA S.R.L. (ITALY)

 

  12. AHICO FIRST AMERICAN HUNGARIAN INSURANCE COMPANY (ELSO AMERIKAI-MAGYAR BIZTOSITO) ZRT. (HUNGARY)

 

  13. ALGICO PROPERTIES, LTD. (T&T)

 

  14. ALICO ASIGURARI ROMANIA S.A. (ROMANIA)

 

  15. ALICO ASSET MANAGEMENT CORP. (JAPAN)

 

  16. ALICO COMPANIA de SEGUROS de RETIRO, S.A. (ARGENTINA)

 

  17. ALICO COMPANIA de SEGUROS, S.A. (ARGENTINA)

 

  18. ALICO COSTA RICA S.A. (COSTA RICA)

 

  19. ALICO EUROPEAN HOLDINGS LIMITED (IRELAND)

 

  20. ALICO FUNDS CENTRAL EUROPE SPRAV. SPOL., A.S. (SLOVAKIA)

 

  21. ALICO GESTORA de FONDOS y PLANOS de PENSIONES S.A. (SPAIN)

 

  22. ALICO HELLAS SINGLE MEMBER LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY (GREECE)

 

  23. ALICO ITALIA S.P.A.

 

  24. ALICO LIFE INTERNATIONAL LIMITED (IRELAND)

 

  25. ALICO LIMITED (NIGERIA)

 

  26. ALICO MANAGEMENT SERVICES LIMITED (UK)

 

  27. ALICO MEXICO COMPANIA de SEGUROS de VIDA, S.A. de C.V. (MEXICO)

 

  28. ALICO NAGASAKI OPERATION YUGEN KAISHA (JAPAN)

 

  29. ALICO OPERATIONS, INC. (US)

 

  30. ALICO SERVICES CENTRAL EUROPE S.R.O. (SLOVAKIA)

 

  31. ALICO SERVICES, INC. (PANAMA)

 

  32. ALICO SOCIETATE de ADMINISTRARE a UNUI FOND de PENSII ADMINISTRAT PRIVAT S.A.

 

  33. ALICO TRAINING & CONSULTING S.R.L. (ROMANIA)

 

  34. ALICO TRUSTEES LTD. (UK)

 

  35. ALICO ZHIVOTOZASTRAHOVAT elno DRUZESTVO EAD (BULGARIA)

 

  36. ALPHA PROPERTIES, INC. (US)

 

1  

Does not include real estate joint ventures and partnerships of which MetLife, Inc. and/or its subsidiaries is an investment partner.


  37. ALTERNATIVE FUEL I, LLC (DE)

 

  38. AMCICO POJISTOVNA A.S. (CZECH REPUBLIC)

 

  39. AMERICAN LIFE HAYAT SIGORTA A.S. (TURKEY)

 

  40. AMERICAN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY (DE)

 

  41. AMERICAN LIFE LIMITED (NIGERIA)

 

  42. AMPLICO LIFE-FIRST AMERICAN POLISH LIFE INSURANCE & REINSURANCE COMPANY, S.A. (POLAND)

 

  43. AMPLICO POWSZECHNE TOWARTZYSTWO (POLAND)

 

  44. AMPLICO SERVICES SP Z.O.O. (POLAND)

 

  45. AMPLICO TOWARTZYSTWO FUNDUSZKY INWESTYCYJNYCH S.A. (POLAND)

 

  46. AMSLICO POIST’OVNA ALICO A.S. (SLOVAKIA)

 

  47. BEST MARKET S.A. (ARGENTINA)

 

  48. BETA PROPERTIES, INC. (DE)

 

  49. BORDERLAND INVESTMENT LIMITED (DE)

 

  50. CITYPOINT HOLDINGS II LIMITED (UK)

 

  51. CML COLUMBIA PARK FUND I LLC (DE)

 

  52. COMMUNICATION ONE KABUSHIKI KAISHA (JAPAN)

 

  53. COMPANIA PREVISIONAL METLIFE S.A. (BRAZIL)

 

  54. CONVENT STATION EURO INVESTMENTS FOUR COMPANY (UK)

 

  55. CORPORATE REAL ESTATE HOLDINGS, LLC (DE)

 

  56. CORRIGAN TLP LLC (DE)

 

  57. COVA LIFE MANAGEMENT COMPANY (DE)

 

  58. CRB CO., INC. (MA)

 

  59. DELAWARE AMERICAN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY (DE)

 

  60. DELTA PROPERTIES JAPAN, INC. (DE)

 

  61. DENIZ EMEKLILIK DE HAYAT A.S. (TURKEY)

 

  62. ECONOMY FIRE & CASUALTY COMPANY (IL)

 

  63. ECONOMY PREFERRED INSURANCE COMPANY (IL)

 

  64. ECONOMY PREMIER ASSURANCE COMPANY (IL)

 

  65. ELEVEN DEE LIMITED (T&T)

 

  66. ENTERPRISE GENERAL INSURANCE AGENCY, INC. (DE)

 

  67. ENTRECAP REAL ESTATE II LLC (DE)

 

  68. EPSILON PROPERTIES JAPAN, INC. (DE)

 

  69. EURO CL INVESTMENTS, LLC (DE)

 

  70. EURO TI INVESTMENTS LLC (DE)

 

  71. EURO TL INVESTMENTS LLC (DE)

 

  72. EXETER REASSURANCE COMPANY, LTD. (CAYMAN ISLANDS)

 

  73. FEDERAL FLOOD CERTIFICATION CORP (TX)

 

  74. FINANCIAL LEARNING KABUSHIKI KAISHA (JAPAN)

 

  75. FIRST HUNGARIAN-AMERICAN INSURANCE AGENCY LIMITED (HUNGARY)

 

  76. FIRST METLIFE INVESTORS INSURANCE COMPANY (NY)

 

  77. FUNDACION METLIFE MEXICO, A.C. (MEXICO)

 

  78. GALIC HOLDINGS LLC (DE)

 

  79. GBN, LLC (DE)

 

  80. GENERAL AMERICAN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY (MO)

 

  81. GLOBAL PROPERTIES, INC. (DE)

 

  82. GREATER SANDHILL I, LLC (DE)

 

  83. GREENWICH STREET CAPITAL OFFSHORE FUND, LTD (VIRGIN ISLANDS)

 

  84. GREENWICH STREET INVESTMENTS, L.L.C. (DE)

 

  85. GREENWICH STREET INVESTMENTS, L.P. (DE)

 

  86. HEADLAND PROPERTIES ASSOCIATES (CA)

 

  87. HEADLAND-PACIFIC PALISADES, LLC (CA)


  88. HOUSING FUND MANAGER, LLC (DE)

 

  89. HPZ ASSETS LLC (DE)

 

  90. HYATT LEGAL PLANS OF FLORIDA, INC. (FL)

 

  91. HYATT LEGAL PLANS, INC. (DE)

 

  92. INTERNATIONAL INVESTMENT HOLDING COMPANY LIMITED (RUSSIA)

 

  93. INTERNATIONAL SERVICES INCORPORATED (DE)

 

  94. INTERNATIONAL TECHNICAL AND ADVISORY SERVICES LIMITED (DE)

 

  95. INVERSIONES INTERAMERICANA S.A. (CHILE)

 

  96. INVERSIONES METLIFE HOLDCO DOS LIMITADA (Chile)

 

  97. IRIS PROPERTIES, INC. (DE)

 

  98. KAPPA PROPERTIES JAPAN, INC. (DE)

 

  99. LEGALGROUP S.A. (CHILE)

 

  100. LEGAL CHILE S.A. (CHILE)

 

  101. MET AFJP S.A. (ARGENTINA)

 

  102. MET P&C MANAGING GENERAL AGENCY, INC. (TX)

 

  103. MET II OFFICE, LLC (FL)

 

  104. MET II OFFICE MEZZANINE, LLC (FL)

 

  105. MET1 SIEFORE, S.A. de C.V. (MEXICO)

 

  106. MET2 SIEFORE, S.A. de C.V. (MEXICO)

 

  107. MET3 SIEFORE BASICA, S.A. de C.V. (MEXICO)

 

  108. MET4 SIEFORE, S.A. de C.V. (MEXICO)

 

  109. MET5 SIEFORE, S.A. de C.V. (MEXICO)

 

  110. META SIEFORE ADICIONAL, S.A. de C.V. (MEXICO)

 

  111. METCANADA INVESTMENTS LTD. (CANADA)

 

  112. METLIFE ADMINISTRADORA DE FUNDOS MULTIPATROCINADOS LTDA. (BRAZIL)

 

  113. METLIFE ADVISERS, LLC (MA)

 

  114. METLIFE AFORE, S.A. DE C.V. (MEXICO)

 

  115. METLIFE AKCIONARSKA DRUSTVOZA za ZIVOTNO OSIGURANJE (SERBIA)

 

  116. METLIFE ALICO PREPARATORY COMPANY KK (JAPAN)

 

  117. METLIFE ASIA PACIFIC LIMITED (HONG KONG)

 

  118. METLIFE ASSOCIATES LLC (DE)

 

  119. METLIFE ASSURANCE LIMITED (UK)

 

  120. METLIFE AUTO & HOME INSURANCE AGENCY, INC. (RI)

 

  121. METLIFE BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION (USA)

 

  122. METLIFE CANADA/ METVIE CANADA (CANADA)

 

  123. METLIFE CANADIAN PROPERTY VENTURES LLC (NY)

 

  124. METLIFE CAPITAL CREDIT L.P. (DE)

 

  125. METLIFE CAPITAL TRUST IV (DE)

 

  126. METLIFE CAPITAL TRUST X (DE)

 

  127. METLIFE CAPITAL, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP (DE)

 

  128. METLIFE CHILE ADMINISTRADORA DE MUTUOS HIPOTECARIOS S.A. (CHILE)

 

  129. METLIFE CHILE INVERSIONES LIMITADA (CHILE)

 

  130. METLIFE CHILE SEGUROS DE VIDA S.A. (CHILE)

 

  131. METLIFE CREDIT CORP. (DE)

 

  132. METLIFE DIRECT CO., LTD. (JAPAN)

 

  133. METLIFE EU HOLDING COMPANY LIMITED (IRELAND)

 

  134. METLIFE EUROPE LIMITED (IRELAND)

 

  135. METLIFE EUROPE R LIMITED (IRELAND)

 

  136. METLIFE EUROPE SERVICES LIMITED (IRELAND)

 

  137. METLIFE EUROPEAN HOLDINGS, LLC. (DE)


  138. METLIFE EXCHANGE TRUST I (DE)

 

  139. METLIFE FUNDING, INC. (DE)

 

  140. METLIFE GENERAL INSURANCE LIMITED (AUSTRALIA)

 

  141. METLIFE GLOBAL HOLDING COMPANY I GmbH (SWISS I) (SWITZERLAND)

 

  142. METLIFE GLOBAL HOLDING COMPANY II GmbH (SWISS II) (SWITZERLAND)

 

  143. METLIFE GLOBAL HOLDINGS CORPORATION (MEXICO)

 

  144. METLIFE GLOBAL OPERATIONS SUPPORT CENTER PRIVATE LIMITED (INDIA)

 

  145. METLIFE GLOBAL, INC. (DE)

 

  146. METLIFE GREENSTONE SOUTHEAST VENTURES, LLC (DE)

 

  147. METLIFE GROUP, INC. (NY)

 

  148. METLIFE HEALTH PLANS, INC. (DE)

 

  149. METLIFE HOLDINGS, INC. (DE)

 

  150. METLIFE HOME LOANS LLC (DE)

 

  151. METLIFE INSURANCE AND INVESTMENT TRUST (AUSTRALIA)

 

  152. METLIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF CONNECTICUT (CT)

 

  153. METLIFE INSURANCE LIMITED (AUSTRALIA)

 

  154. METLIFE INSURANCE LIMITED (UNITED KINGDOM)

 

  155. METLIFE INSURANCE S.A./NV (BELGIUM)

 

  156. METLIFE INTERNATIONAL HOLDINGS, INC. (DE)

 

  157. METLIFE INTERNATIONAL LIMITED, LLC (DE)

 

  158. METLIFE INVESTMENT ADVISORS COMPANY, LLC (DE)

 

  159. METLIFE INVESTMENT FUNDS SERVICES LLC (NJ)

 

  160. METLIFE INVESTMENTS ASIA LIMITED (HONG KONG)

 

  161. METLIFE INVESTMENTS LIMITED (UNITED KINGDOM)

 

  162. METLIFE INVESTMENTS PTY LIMITED (AUSTRALIA)

 

  163. METLIFE INVESTORS DISTRIBUTION COMPANY (MO)

 

  164. METLIFE INVESTORS GROUP, INC. (DE)

 

  165. METLIFE INVESTORS INSURANCE COMPANY (MO)

 

  166. METLIFE INVESTORS USA INSURANCE COMPANY (DE)

 

  167. METLIFE IRELAND HOLDINGS ONE LIMITED (IRELAND)

 

  168. METLIFE IRELAND TREASURY LIMITED (IRELAND)

 

  169. METLIFE LATIN AMERICA ASESORIAS E INVERSIONES LIMITADA (CHILE)

 

  170. METLIFE LIMITED (HONG KONG)

 

  171. METLIFE LIMITED (UNITED KINGDOM)

 

  172. METLIFE MEXICO CARES, S.A. DE C.V. (MEXICO)

 

  173. METLIFE MEXICO S.A. (MEXICO)

 

  174. METLIFE MEXICO SERVICIOS, S.A. DE C.V. (MEXICO)

 

  175. METLIFE NC LIMITED (IRELAND)

 

  176. METLIFE PENSIONES MEXICO S.A. (MEXICO)

 

  177. METLIFE PENSIONS TRUSTEES LIMITED (UK)

 

  178. METLIFE PLANOS ODONTOLOGICOS LTDA. (BRAZIL)

 

  179. METLIFE PRIVATE EQUITY HOLDINGS, LLC (DE)

 

  180. METLIFE PROPERTIES VENTURES, LLC (DE)

 

  181. METLIFE PROPERTY VENTURES CANADA ULC (CANADA)

 

  182. METLIFE REAL ESTATE CAYMAN COMPANY (CAYMAN ISLANDS)

 

  183. METLIFE REINSURANCE COMPANY OF CHARLESTON (SC)

 

  184. METLIFE REINSURANCE COMPANY OF SOUTH CAROLINA (SC)

 

  185. METLIFE REINSURANCE COMPANY OF VERMONT (VT)

 

  186. METLIFE RENEWABLES HOLDING, LLC (DE)


  187. METLIFE RETIREMENT SERVICES LLC (NJ)

 

  188. METLIFE S.A. (FRANCE)

 

  189. METLIFE SAENGMYOUNG INSURANCE COMPANY LTD. (SOUTH KOREA) - (also known as MetLife Insurance Company of Korea Limited)

 

  190. METLIFE SECURITIES, INC. (DE)

 

  191. METLIFE SEGUROS DE RETIRO S.A. (ARGENTINA)

 

  192. METLIFE SEGUROS DE VIDA S.A. (ARGENTINA)

 

  193. METLIFE SEGUROS DE VIDA S.A. (URUGUAY)

 

  194. METLIFE SERVICES (SINGAPORE) PTE LIMITED (SINGAPORE)

 

  195. METLIFE SERVICES AND SOLUTIONS, LLC (DE)

 

  196. METLIFE SERVICES EAST PRIVATE LIMITED (INDIA)

 

  197. METLIFE SERVICES EEIG (IRELAND)

 

  198. METLIFE SERVICES LIMITED (UNITED KINGDOM)

 

  199. METLIFE SOLUTIONS PTE. LTD. (SINGAPORE)

 

  200. METLIFE SOLUTIONS S.A.S. (FRANCE)

 

  201. METLIFE STANDBY I, LLC (DE)

 

  202. METLIFE TOWER RESOURCES GROUP, INC. (DE)

 

  203. METLIFE WORLDWIDE HOLDINGS, INC. (DE)

 

  204. METPARK FUNDING, INC. (DE)

 

  205. METROPOLITAN CASUALTY INSURANCE COMPANY (RI)

 

  206. METROPOLITAN CONNECTICUT PROPERTIES VENTURES, LLC (DE)

 

  207. METROPOLITAN DIRECT PROPERTY AND CASUALTY INSURANCE COMPANY (RI)

 

  208. METROPOLITAN GENERAL INSURANCE COMPANY (RI)

 

  209. METROPOLITAN GLOBAL MANAGEMENT, LLC. (DE)

 

  210. METROPOLITAN GROUP PROPERTY AND CASUALTY INSURANCE COMPANY (RI)

 

  211. METROPOLITAN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY (NY)

 

  212. METROPOLITAN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF HONG KONG LIMITED (HONG KONG)

 

  213. METROPOLITAN LIFE SEGUROS DE VIDA S.A. (URUGUAY)

 

  214. METROPOLITAN LIFE SEGUROS E PREVIDÊNCIA PRIVADA S.A. (BRAZIL)

 

  215. METROPOLITAN LLOYDS, INC. (TX)

 

  216. METROPOLITAN PROPERTY AND CASUALTY INSURANCE COMPANY (RI)

 

  217. METROPOLITAN REINSURANCE COMPANY (U.K.) LIMITED (UNITED KINGDOM)

 

  218. METROPOLITAN TOWER LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY (DE)

 

  219. METROPOLITAN TOWER REALTY COMPANY, INC. (DE)

 

  220. MEX DF PROPERTIES, LLC (DE)

 

  221. MIDTOWN HEIGHTS, LLC (DE)

 

  222. MISSOURI REINSURANCE (BARBADOS), INC. (BARBADOS)

 

  223. ML CAPACITACION COMERCIAL S.A. DE C.V. (MEXICO)

 

  224. ML/VCC UT WEST JORDAN, LLC (DE)

 

  225. MLA COMERCIAL, S.A. DE C.V. (MEXICO)

 

  226. MLA SERVICIOS, S.A. DE C.V. (MEXICO)

 

  227. MLGP LAKESIDE, LLC (DE)

 

  228. MLIC ASSET HOLDINGS II LLC (DE)

 

  229. MLIC ASSET HOLDINGS LLC (DE)

 

  230. MLIC CB HOLDINGS LLC (DE)

 

  231. MSV IRVINE PROPERTY, LLC (DE)

 

  232. MTC FUND I, LLC (DE)


  233. MTC FUND II, LLC (DE)

 

  234. MTC FUND III, LLC (DE)

 

  235. MTL LEASING, LLC (DE)

 

  236. NATILOPORTEM HOLDINGS, INC. (DE)

 

  237. NEW ENGLAND LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY (MA)

 

  238. NEW ENGLAND SECURITIES CORPORATION (MA)

 

  239. NEWBURY INSURANCE COMPANY, LIMITED (BERMUDA)

 

  240. ONE FINANCIAL PLACE CORPORATION (DE)

 

  241. ONE MADISON INVESTMENTS (CAYCO) LIMITED (CAYMAN ISLANDS)

 

  242. PANTHER VALLEY, INC. (NJ)

 

  243. PARA-MET PLAZA ASSOCIATES (FL)

 

  244. PARK TWENTY THREE INVESTMENTS COMPANY (UNITED KINGDOM)

 

  245. PILGRIM ALTERNATIVE INVESTMENTS OPPORTUNITY FUND I, LLC (DE)

 

  246. PJSC ALICO UKRAINE (UKRAINE)

 

  247. PLAZA DRIVE PROPERTIES LLC (DE)

 

  248. PLAZA LLC (CT)

 

  249. PREFCO DIX-HUIT LLC (CT)

 

  250. PREFCO FOURTEEN LIMITED PARTNERSHIP (CT)

 

  251. PREFCO IX REALTY LLC (CT)

 

  252. PREFCO TEN LIMITED PARTNERSHIP (CT)

 

  253. PREFCO TWENTY LIMITED PARTNERSHIP (CT)

 

  254. PREFCO VINGT LLC (CT)

 

  255. PREFCO X HOLDINGS LLC (CT)

 

  256. PREFCO XIV HOLDINGS LLC (CT)

 

  257. SAFEGUARD HEALTH PLANS, INC. (CA)

 

  258. SAFEGUARD HEALTH PLANS, INC. (FL)

 

  259. SAFEGUARD HEALTH PLANS, INC. (NV)

 

  260. SAFEGUARD HEALTH PLANS, INC. (TX)

 

  261. SAFEGUARD HEATLH ENTERPRISES, INC. (DE)

 

  262. SAFEHEALTH LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY (CA)

 

  263. SERVICIOS ADMINISTRATIVOS GEN, S.A. DE C.V. (MEXICO)

 

  264. ST. JAMES FLEET INVESTMENTS TWO LIMITED (CAYMAN ISLANDS)

 

  265. TEN PARK SPC (CAYMAN ISLANDS)

 

  266. THE BUILDING AT 575 FIFTH AVENUE MEZZANINE LLC (DE)

 

  267. THE BUILDING AT 575 FIFTH LLC (DE)

 

  268. THE DIRECT CALL CENTRE PTY LIMITED (AUSTRALIA)

 

  269. THE PROSPECT COMPANY (DE)

 

  270. THORNGATE, LLC (DE)

 

  271. TIC EUROPEAN REAL ESTATE LP, LLC (DE)

 

  272. TLA HOLDINGS II LLC (DE)

 

  273. TLA HOLDINGS III LLC (DE)

 

  274. TLA HOLDINGS LLC (DE)

 

  275. TOWER SQUARE SECURITIES, INC. (CT)

 

  276. TRAL & CO. (CT)

 

  277. TRANSMOUNTAIN LAND & LIVESTOCK COMPANY (MT)

 

  278. TRAVELERS INTERNATIONAL INVESTMENTS LTD. (CAYMAN ISLANDS)

 

  279. WALNUT STREET SECURITIES, INC. (MO)

 

  280. WFP 1000 HOLDING COMPANY GP, LLC (DE)

 

  281. WHITE OAK ROYALTY COMPANY (OK)

 

  282. ZAO ALICO INSURANCE COMPANY (RUSSIA)

 

  283. ZAO MASTER D (RUSSIA)

 

  284. ZEUS ADMINISTRATION SERVICES LIMITED (UK)


METLIFE, INC.

As of December 31, 2011

Companies of which MetLife, Inc. directly or indirectly has actual ownership (for its own account) of 10% through 99% of the total outstanding voting stock 2

 

  1. ALICO MUTUAL FUND MANAGEMENT COMPANY (GREECE) 90%

 

  2. ALICO PROPERTIES, INC. (DE) 51%

 

  3. AMERICAN LIFE AND GENERAL INSURANCE COMPANY (TRINIDAD AND TOBAGO) LTD. (T&T) 80.92373%

 

  4. AMERICAN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY LTD. (PAKISTAN) 66.47%

 

  5. HESTIS S.A.S. (FRANCE) 66.06%

 

  6. METLIFE COLOMBIA SEGUROS de VIDA S.A. (COLUMBIA) 94.989811%

 

  7. METLIFE INDIA INSURANCE COMPANY LIMITED (26%) (INDIA)

 

  8.

METROPOLITAN LLOYDS INSURANCE COMPANY OF TEXAS 3 (TX)

 

  9. PHARAONIC AMERICAN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY (EGYPT) 84.125%

 

  10. PILGRIM ALTERNATIVE INVESTMENTS OPPORTUNITY FUND III ASSOCIATES, LLC (67%) (CT)

 

2  

Does not include real estate joint ventures and partnerships of which MetLife, Inc. and/or its subsidiaries is an investment partner.

3  

Affiliate

Exhibit 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We consent to the incorporation by reference in Registration Statement Nos. 333-170876, 333-170876-01, 333-170876-02, 333-170876-03, 333-170876-04 and 333-170876-05 on Form S-3 and 333-170879, 333-162927, 333-162926, 333-148024, 333-139384, 333-139383, 333-139382, 333-139380, 333-121344, 333-121343, 333-121342, 333-102306, 333-101291, 333-59134 and 333-37108 on Form S-8 of our report on the consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedules of MetLife, Inc., and subsidiaries (the “Company”) dated February 28, 2012 (which expresses an unqualified opinion and includes an explanatory paragraph regarding changes in the Company’s method of accounting for the recognition and presentation of other-than-temporary impairment losses for certain investments as required by accounting guidance adopted on April 1, 2009) and our report on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting dated February 28, 2012, appearing in this Annual Report on Form 10-K of the Company for the year ended December 31, 2011.

/ S / D ELOITTE & T OUCHE LLP

New York, New York

February 28, 2012

 

Exhibit 31.1

CERTIFICATIONS

I, Steven A. Kandarian, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of MetLife, Inc.;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15(d)-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

 

  a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

  b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

  c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

  d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

  a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and


  b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: February 28, 2012

 

/s/ Steven A. Kandarian

Steven A. Kandarian
Chairman, President and
Chief Executive Officer

Exhibit 31.2

CERTIFICATIONS

I, Eric T. Steigerwalt, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of MetLife, Inc.;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15(d)-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

 

  a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

  b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

  c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

  d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

  a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and


  b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: February 28, 2012

 

/s/ Eric T. Steigerwalt

Eric T. Steigerwalt
Executive Vice President and
Interim Chief Financial Officer

Exhibit 32.1

SECTION 906 CERTIFICATION

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 1350 OF CHAPTER 63 OF TITLE 18 OF THE UNITED STATES CODE

I, Steven A. Kandarian, certify that (i) MetLife, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2011 (the “Form 10-K”) fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and (ii) the information contained in the Form 10-K fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of MetLife, Inc.

Date: February 28, 2012

 

/s/ Steven A. Kandarian

Steven A. Kandarian
Chairman, President and
Chief Executive Officer

A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to MetLife, Inc. and will be retained by MetLife, Inc. and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.

Exhibit 32.2

SECTION 906 CERTIFICATION

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 1350 OF CHAPTER 63 OF TITLE 18 OF THE UNITED STATES CODE

I, Eric T. Steigerwalt, certify that (i) MetLife, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2011 (the “Form 10-K”) fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and (ii) the information contained in the Form 10-K fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of MetLife, Inc.

Date: February 28, 2012

 

/s/ Eric T. Steigerwalt

Eric T. Steigerwalt
Executive Vice President and
Interim Chief Financial Officer

A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to MetLife, Inc. and will be retained by MetLife, Inc. and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.